[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]
[AUCTeX-diffs] GNU AUCTeX branch, elpa, created. d9126babe3c9b9f278a1628
|
From: |
Tassilo Horn |
|
Subject: |
[AUCTeX-diffs] GNU AUCTeX branch, elpa, created. d9126babe3c9b9f278a1628e8722d0d2dfc71ff5 |
|
Date: |
Tue, 27 Jan 2015 11:56:06 +0000 |
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "GNU AUCTeX".
The branch, elpa has been created
at d9126babe3c9b9f278a1628e8722d0d2dfc71ff5 (commit)
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
commit d9126babe3c9b9f278a1628e8722d0d2dfc71ff5
Merge: e72989a 4b43c80
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Tue Jan 27 12:51:02 2015 +0100
Fix merge commits
diff --cc ChangeLog
index c7693dc,dab2cad..08b51a5
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@@ -1,15 -1,238 +1,246 @@@
- 2015-01-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+ 2015-01-27 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Remove "start" as
+ executable entry because it's no executable but a Windows system
+ command.
+ (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Also remove "start" as executable
+ from the "dvips and start" entry.
+
+ 2015-01-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-heading): Use default parameter of
+ completing-read. Fixes bug#19675.
+
+ 2015-01-19 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-store): Fix indentation in auto files.
+
+ 2015-01-16 Arash Esbati <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/minted.el: Update copyright year.
+ (LaTeX-minted-auto-cleanup): Fix the name of the new langcode
+ environment.
+
+ 2014-12-30 Arash Esbati <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/multirow.el ("multirow"): Fix a typo in the name of a
+ variable.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add new styles.
+
+ * style/relsize.el: New file.
+
+ * style/wrapfig.el: New file.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Add `Form' environment needed
+ for PDF and HTML forms.
+ (LaTeX-hyperref-forms-options): New variable for key-val options
+ used in form related macros (`TextField', `CheckBox',
+ `ChoiceMenu', `PushButton', `Submit', `Reset').
+
+ 2014-12-22 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document addition of LaTeX-command-section and
+ forward/backward search enhancements with Evince.
+
+ * latex.el (auto-mode-alist): Add latex-mode association for HeVeA
+ files.
+
+ 2014-12-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro): Enclose arg in
+ LaTeX-default-verb-delimiter if macro is in
+ LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims and there's only one argument.
+ (TeX-auto-store): Check if LaTeX-verbatim-environments,
+ LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims, and
+ LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces are bound before using them.
+
+ * style/minted.el (LaTeX-minted-newminted-regexp)
+ (LaTeX-minted-newmint-regexp, LaTeX-minted-newmintinline-regexp)
+ (LaTeX-minted-newmintedfile-regexp, LaTeX-minted-auto-cleanup):
+ Extend to recognize optional env/macro name.
+ ("minted"): Add \newminted, \newmint, \newmintinline, and
+ \newmintedfile macros.
+
+ 2014-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-store): Write LaTeX-verbatim-*-local variables
+ to auto file to make them document-local.
+
+ * style/minted.el (LaTeX-minted-auto-cleanup): Recognize macros
+ generated by \newmint, \newmintinline, and \newmintedfile, too.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-sync-view): Encode URI with `url-encode-url'.
-2014-12-19 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+ * auctex.el: Remove byte-recompile-directory call compiling style
+ files because package.el does that anyhow.
+
+ * Version 11.88.1 released.
+
+2015-01-19 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * auctex.el (byte-recompile-directory): Refer to correct style
+ directory on load.
+ * style/minted.el: New style.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/minted.el.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-args): Bind exit-mark if its not bound
+ already.
+ (LaTeX-verbatim-regexp): Make variable obsolete.
+ (LaTeX-verbatim-regexp): New function which computes a regexp of
+ verbatim environments from LaTeX-verbatim-environments.
+ (LaTeX-indent-calculate, LaTeX-indent-calculate-last): Use the
+ function LaTeX-verbatim-regexp instead of the variable.
+
+ * style/listings.el ("listings"): Don't modify the now obsolete
+ LaTeX-verbatim-regexp.
+
+ * style/fancyvrb.el ("fancyvrb"): Don't modify the now obsolete
+ LaTeX-verbatim-regexp.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Don't modify the now obsolete
+ LaTeX-verbatim-regexp.
+
+ * style/alltt.el ("alltt"): Don't modify the now obsolete
+ LaTeX-verbatim-regexp.
+
+ 2014-12-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-sync-view): Don't URL-encode commas in the
+ file name (bug#19398).
+
+ 2014-12-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment-name-regexp): New function.
+ (LaTeX-modify-environment): Use it.
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-end): Use `TeX-grop' instead of the
+ hard-coded "{". Search for the closing of the environment with
+ `re-search-forward' instead of `search-forward' and use
+ `LaTeX-environment-name-regexp': this allows to consider
+ environments with macros in their names. (Bug#19281)
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Use `TeX-grop' instead of the
+ hard-coded "{".
+
+ 2014-12-09 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/babel.el (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Move `nreverse'
+ call inside `let'.
+
+ 2014-12-08 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Remove Emacs 20
+ compatibility code.
+
+ * style/shortvrb.el ("shortvrb"): Use mapcar instead of
+ dolist/add-to-list.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-pst-point-in-parens)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-psarc, LaTeX-pst-macro-pscircle)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-rput, LaTeX-pst-macro-uput)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps, LaTeX-pst-macro-psline)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-psdots, LaTeX-pst-macro-parabola)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-pnt-twolen, LaTeX-pst-macro-psbezier)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-pspolygon, LaTeX-pst-macro-psframe)
+ (LaTeX-pst-macro-psgrid, LaTeX-pst-macro-newpsobject): Rename
+ unused arg to silence the byte-compiler.
+ (LaTeX-pst-parameters-add): Remove unused var beg.
+
+ * style/pst-plot.el (LaTeX-pst-macro-psaxes): Rename unused arg to
+ silence the byte-compiler and fix indentation.
+ ("pst-plot"): Use mapc instead of mapcar for side-effects only.
+
+ * style/pst-node.el (LaTeX-pstnode-macro-nput)
+ (LaTeX-pstnode-macro-cnodeput, LaTeX-pstnode-macro-nc)
+ (LaTeX-pstnode-macro-pc, LaTeX-pstnode-macro-tnabcput): Rename
+ unused arg to silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/psfig.el (TeX-arg-psfig, LaTeX-env-psfigure): Rename
+ unused arg to silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/prosper.el: Fix comment style.
+ (LaTeX-prosper-insert-title, LaTeX-prosper-arg-pdftransition)
+ (LaTeX-prosper-insert-options, LaTeX-prosper-insert-slide): Rename
+ unused arg to silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page): Remove unused
+ sync-line variable.
+
+ * style/natbib.el (natbib-note-args): Rename unused arg to silence
+ the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/inputenc.el (LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc): Rename unused
+ arg to silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/harvard.el (LaTeX-env-harvardbib): Rename unused arg to
+ silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-arg-includegraphics): Rename unused arg
+ to silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/fancyref.el (TeX-arg-fancyref-format): Rename unused arg
+ to silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/epsf.el (TeX-arg-epsfsize): Rename unused arg to silence
+ the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/emp.el (LaTeX-env-empfile): Rename unused arg to silence
+ the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/dinbrief.el (LaTeX-dinbrief-sender): Add a FIXME.
+
+ * style/bigstrut.el (TeX-arg-bigstrut): Rename unused arg to
+ silence the byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/beamer.el
+ (LaTeX-beamer-after-insert-env, TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec)
+ (TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle, TeX-arg-beamer-note)
+ (LaTeX-arg-beamer-theme, LaTeX-arg-beamer-inner-theme)
+ (LaTeX-arg-beamer-outer-theme, LaTeX-arg-beamer-color-theme)
+ (LaTeX-arg-beamer-font-theme): Rename unused arg to silence the
+ byte-compiler.
+
+ * style/babel.el (require): Require cl at compile-time.
+ (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Use pushnew/nreverse instead of
+ add-to-list.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-cite--kind): New function.
+ (bib-display, bib-find): Use it.
+ (featurep): Use with-current-buffer instead of set-buffer.
+ (bib-cite--fontify-help): New function.
+ (bib-cite-fontify-help-as-bibtex, bib-cite-fontify-help-as-latex):
+ Use it.
+ (bib-highlight-mouse, bib-label-help): Make comment conform to the
+ commenting conventions.
+ (bib-label-prompt-map): Derive from
+ minibuffer-local-completion-map instead of copying that.
+ (bib-display-this-environment): Fix comment.
+ (bib-document-TeX-files): Don't doubly-declare the-file.
+
+ 2014-12-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Fix closing bracket
+ placement. (Bug#19301)
+
+ 2014-12-08 Arash Esbati <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add new styles.
+
+ * style/newtxttt.el: New file.
+
+ * style/newtxtext.el: New file.
+
+ * style/newtxsf.el: New file.
+
+ * style/newtxmath.el: New file.
+
+ * style/fbb.el: New file.
+
+ * style/erewhon.el: New file.
+
+ * style/baskervaldx.el: New file.
+
2014-12-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-Omega-command): Add aleph and omega choices.
commit e72989a6aa375b828c23d5e1b3cddbaf9dfde1cc
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Tue Jan 20 14:20:12 2015 +0100
Release version 11.88.1.
* auctex.el: Remove byte-recompile-directory call compiling style
files because package.el does that anyhow.
* Version 11.88.1 released.
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index f01b667..c7693dc 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+2015-01-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * auctex.el: Remove byte-recompile-directory call compiling style
+ files because package.el does that anyhow.
+
+ * Version 11.88.1 released.
+
2015-01-19 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
* auctex.el (byte-recompile-directory): Refer to correct style
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 2c692b7..327426b 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
;;; auctex.el --- Integrated environment for *TeX*
-;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.88
+;; Version: 11.88.1
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -29,11 +29,6 @@
;;; Code:
-(eval-when-compile
- (byte-recompile-directory
- (expand-file-name "style/"
- (file-name-directory load-file-name)) 0))
-
(autoload 'TeX-load-hack
(expand-file-name "tex-site.el"
(file-name-directory load-file-name)))
diff --git a/auctex.info b/auctex.info
index c5f98a8..d145d0e 100644
--- a/auctex.info
+++ b/auctex.info
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
This is auctex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from auctex.texi.
-This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28), a
+This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88.1 from 2015-01-20), a
sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014 Free Software
@@ -5333,8 +5333,8 @@ A.1 Copying this Manual
The copyright notice for this manual is:
- This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28),
-a sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+ This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88.1 from 2015-01-20), a
+sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
@@ -8058,100 +8058,100 @@ Concept Index
Tag Table:
-Node: Top927
-Node: Copying7189
-Node: Introduction9145
-Node: Summary9415
-Node: Installation12156
-Node: Prerequisites13530
-Node: Configure16398
-Node: Build/install21809
-Node: Loading the package22300
-Node: Advice for package providers24107
-Node: Advice for non-privileged users28052
-Node: Installation under MS Windows32010
-Node: Customizing47233
-Node: Quick Start48816
-Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150806
-Node: Editing Facilities50953
-Node: Processing Facilities55756
-Node: Editing59650
-Node: Quotes60980
-Node: Font Specifiers69248
-Node: Sectioning71074
-Node: Environments75394
-Node: Equations80548
-Node: Floats81139
-Node: Itemize-like82672
-Node: Tabular-like83393
-Node: Customizing Environments84876
-Node: Mathematics85116
-Node: Completion88042
-Node: Marking93365
-Node: Marking (LaTeX)93989
-Node: Marking (Texinfo)94931
-Node: Commenting96541
-Node: Indenting97866
-Node: Filling103651
-Node: Display108971
-Node: Font Locking110583
-Node: Fontification of macros112658
-Node: Fontification of quotes122096
-Node: Fontification of math123591
-Node: Verbatim content125310
-Node: Faces126084
-Node: Known problems126573
-Node: Folding127502
-Node: Outline138326
-Node: Narrowing139598
-Node: Processing140648
-Node: Commands141811
-Node: Starting a Command142367
-Node: Selecting a Command146903
-Node: Processor Options150429
-Node: Viewing157171
-Node: Starting Viewers157545
-Node: I/O Correlation164063
-Node: Debugging167509
-Node: Checking171864
-Node: Control173026
-Node: Cleaning173753
-Node: Documentation174966
-Node: Customization175746
-Node: Modes and Hooks176239
-Node: Multifile177445
-Node: Parsing Files182124
-Node: Internationalization187036
-Node: European188217
-Node: Japanese195097
-Node: Automatic196794
-Node: Automatic Global199285
-Node: Automatic Private200417
-Node: Automatic Local201730
-Node: Style Files202761
-Node: Simple Style203554
-Node: Adding Macros206827
-Node: Adding Environments215948
-Node: Adding Other220609
-Node: Hacking the Parser221196
-Node: Appendices225065
-Node: Copying this Manual225449
-Node: GNU Free Documentation License226342
-Node: Changes251461
-Node: Development280392
-Node: Mid-term Goals281038
-Node: Wishlist282255
-Node: Bugs288212
-Node: FAQ289742
-Node: Texinfo mode295915
-Node: Exploiting297051
-Node: Superseding297871
-Node: Mapping302075
-Node: Unbinding303904
-Node: Indices304725
-Node: Key Index304950
-Node: Function Index310982
-Node: Variable Index321427
-Node: Concept Index342031
+Node: Top918
+Node: Copying7180
+Node: Introduction9136
+Node: Summary9406
+Node: Installation12147
+Node: Prerequisites13521
+Node: Configure16389
+Node: Build/install21800
+Node: Loading the package22291
+Node: Advice for package providers24098
+Node: Advice for non-privileged users28043
+Node: Installation under MS Windows32001
+Node: Customizing47224
+Node: Quick Start48807
+Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150797
+Node: Editing Facilities50944
+Node: Processing Facilities55747
+Node: Editing59641
+Node: Quotes60971
+Node: Font Specifiers69239
+Node: Sectioning71065
+Node: Environments75385
+Node: Equations80539
+Node: Floats81130
+Node: Itemize-like82663
+Node: Tabular-like83384
+Node: Customizing Environments84867
+Node: Mathematics85107
+Node: Completion88033
+Node: Marking93356
+Node: Marking (LaTeX)93980
+Node: Marking (Texinfo)94922
+Node: Commenting96532
+Node: Indenting97857
+Node: Filling103642
+Node: Display108962
+Node: Font Locking110574
+Node: Fontification of macros112649
+Node: Fontification of quotes122087
+Node: Fontification of math123582
+Node: Verbatim content125301
+Node: Faces126075
+Node: Known problems126564
+Node: Folding127493
+Node: Outline138317
+Node: Narrowing139589
+Node: Processing140639
+Node: Commands141802
+Node: Starting a Command142358
+Node: Selecting a Command146894
+Node: Processor Options150420
+Node: Viewing157162
+Node: Starting Viewers157536
+Node: I/O Correlation164054
+Node: Debugging167500
+Node: Checking171855
+Node: Control173017
+Node: Cleaning173744
+Node: Documentation174957
+Node: Customization175737
+Node: Modes and Hooks176230
+Node: Multifile177436
+Node: Parsing Files182115
+Node: Internationalization187027
+Node: European188208
+Node: Japanese195088
+Node: Automatic196785
+Node: Automatic Global199276
+Node: Automatic Private200408
+Node: Automatic Local201721
+Node: Style Files202752
+Node: Simple Style203545
+Node: Adding Macros206818
+Node: Adding Environments215939
+Node: Adding Other220600
+Node: Hacking the Parser221187
+Node: Appendices225056
+Node: Copying this Manual225440
+Node: GNU Free Documentation License226324
+Node: Changes251443
+Node: Development280374
+Node: Mid-term Goals281020
+Node: Wishlist282237
+Node: Bugs288194
+Node: FAQ289724
+Node: Texinfo mode295897
+Node: Exploiting297033
+Node: Superseding297853
+Node: Mapping302057
+Node: Unbinding303886
+Node: Indices304707
+Node: Key Index304932
+Node: Function Index310964
+Node: Variable Index321409
+Node: Concept Index342013
End Tag Table
diff --git a/preview-latex.info b/preview-latex.info
index 97ab019..0b52bf8 100644
--- a/preview-latex.info
+++ b/preview-latex.info
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This is preview-latex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2
from
preview-latex.texi.
This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
-(version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28).
+(version 11.88.1 from 2015-01-20).
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ Appendix C Copying this Manual
The copyright notice for this manual is:
This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
-(version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28).
+(version 11.88.1 from 2015-01-20).
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
@@ -2520,41 +2520,41 @@ Index
Tag Table:
-Node: Top952
-Node: Copying2224
-Node: Introduction2678
-Node: What use is it?3352
-Node: Activating preview-latex4741
-Node: Getting started5556
-Node: Basic modes of operation7644
-Node: More documentation8846
-Node: Availability9734
-Node: Contacts10339
-Node: Installation11611
-Node: Keys and lisp11812
-Node: Simple customization18476
-Node: Known problems24236
-Node: Font problems with Dvips25024
-Node: Too small bounding boxes26197
-Node: x-symbol interoperation27593
-Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling28976
-Node: For advanced users29792
-Node: The LaTeX style file30291
-Node: Package options32852
-Node: Provided commands43756
-Node: The Emacs interface51103
-Node: The preview images60274
-Node: Misplaced previews63757
-Node: ToDo67211
-Node: Frequently Asked Questions71982
-Node: Introduction to FAQ72383
-Node: Requirements72722
-Node: Installation Trouble75693
-Node: Customization78255
-Node: Troubleshooting81800
-Node: Other formats84318
-Node: Copying this Manual85633
-Node: GNU Free Documentation License86572
-Node: Index111694
+Node: Top943
+Node: Copying2215
+Node: Introduction2669
+Node: What use is it?3343
+Node: Activating preview-latex4732
+Node: Getting started5547
+Node: Basic modes of operation7635
+Node: More documentation8837
+Node: Availability9725
+Node: Contacts10330
+Node: Installation11602
+Node: Keys and lisp11803
+Node: Simple customization18467
+Node: Known problems24227
+Node: Font problems with Dvips25015
+Node: Too small bounding boxes26188
+Node: x-symbol interoperation27584
+Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling28967
+Node: For advanced users29783
+Node: The LaTeX style file30282
+Node: Package options32843
+Node: Provided commands43747
+Node: The Emacs interface51094
+Node: The preview images60265
+Node: Misplaced previews63748
+Node: ToDo67202
+Node: Frequently Asked Questions71973
+Node: Introduction to FAQ72374
+Node: Requirements72713
+Node: Installation Trouble75684
+Node: Customization78246
+Node: Troubleshooting81791
+Node: Other formats84309
+Node: Copying this Manual85624
+Node: GNU Free Documentation License86554
+Node: Index111676
End Tag Table
commit 601be8260a621e298497469b929b04158d9ce3ef
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Mon Jan 19 08:29:44 2015 +0100
Fix load error.
* auctex.el (byte-recompile-directory): Refer to correct style
directory on load.
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 8b081a5..f01b667 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2015-01-19 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * auctex.el (byte-recompile-directory): Refer to correct style
+ directory on load.
+
2014-12-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-Omega-command): Add aleph and omega choices.
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index c20a3d4..2c692b7 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -30,7 +30,9 @@
;;; Code:
(eval-when-compile
- (byte-recompile-directory "style/" 0))
+ (byte-recompile-directory
+ (expand-file-name "style/"
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)) 0))
(autoload 'TeX-load-hack
(expand-file-name "tex-site.el"
commit cf43037c6a2eeb826934e19bed9c7c976006713a
Merge: c4c1a3c c332551
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Dec 5 15:00:45 2014 -0500
Merge from upstream
commit c4c1a3c9ca0ec45097abc300cee821a4685d49b0
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Wed Dec 3 10:05:37 2014 -0500
* auctex.el: Add maintainer.
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 815bc10..c20a3d4 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
;; Version: 11.88
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
commit 588c8678cf3de991ce755927ca145def7ba83d2b
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Mon Dec 1 14:56:45 2014 -0500
* style/*psf*.el: Cleanup copyright notices.
diff --git a/style/epsf.el b/style/epsf.el
index 52191c8..c8ac8bc 100644
--- a/style/epsf.el
+++ b/style/epsf.el
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
;;; epsf.el - Support for the epsf style option.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
-;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; FIXME: What about the copyright for <= 2014?
;;; Code:
diff --git a/style/psfig.el b/style/psfig.el
index 1165bea..637065a 100644
--- a/style/psfig.el
+++ b/style/psfig.el
@@ -1,13 +1,10 @@
;;; psfig.el - Support for the psfig style option.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;; Please direct comments to him.
-;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; FIXME: What about the copyright for <= 2014?
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook "psfig"
commit 7909657676bab72663be6e12dc7e1c4f915b89ba
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Nov 28 12:55:20 2014 -0500
Fix compilation and remove a few more warnings.
* tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Fix up paren typo.
* preview.el: Cleanup compiler warnings. Mark unused arguments.
(error): Don't declare; we don't use it anyway.
(view-exit-action): Declare.
(desktop-buffer-preview): Use normal names for the function's args.
(preview-parse-messages): Remove unused vars `error', `context-start',
and `context' (this last one wasn't even bound).
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index cea97e3..34efff3 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
+2014-11-28 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Fix up paren typo.
+
+ * preview.el: Cleanup compiler warnings. Mark unused arguments.
+ (error): Don't declare; we don't use it anyway.
+ (view-exit-action): Declare.
+ (desktop-buffer-preview): Use normal names for the function's args.
+ (preview-parse-messages): Remove unused vars `error', `context-start',
+ and `context' (this last one wasn't even bound).
+
2014-11-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Add the new third
diff --git a/preview.el b/preview.el
index c5556ba..919c098 100644
--- a/preview.el
+++ b/preview.el
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ preview-latex buffers will not survive across sessions.")))
(file-error (message "Missing reporter library, probably from the mail-lib
package:
preview-latex's bug reporting commands will probably not work.")))
(require 'info))
-(defvar error)
;; we need the compatibility macros which do _not_ get byte-compiled.
(eval-when-compile
@@ -326,7 +325,8 @@ LIST consists of TeX dimensions in sp (1/65536 TeX point)."
(consp list)
(let* ((dims (vconcat (mapcar
#'(lambda (x)
- (/ x 65781.76)) list)))
+ (/ x 65781.76))
+ list)))
(box
(vector
(+ 72 (min 0 (aref dims 2)))
@@ -336,13 +336,15 @@ LIST consists of TeX dimensions in sp (1/65536 TeX
point)."
(border (if preview-parsed-tightpage
(vconcat (mapcar
#'(lambda(x)
- (/ x 65781.76)) preview-parsed-tightpage))
+ (/ x 65781.76))
+ preview-parsed-tightpage))
(vector (- preview-TeX-bb-border)
(- preview-TeX-bb-border)
preview-TeX-bb-border
preview-TeX-bb-border))))
- (dotimes (i 4 box)
- (aset box i (+ (aref box i) (aref border i)))))))
+ (dotimes (i 4)
+ (aset box i (+ (aref box i) (aref border i))))
+ box)))
(defcustom preview-gs-command
(or ;; The GS wrapper coming with TeX Live
@@ -879,7 +881,7 @@ Pure borderless black-on-white will return an empty string."
(defalias 'preview-dvipng-abort 'preview-dvips-abort)
; "Abort a DviPNG run.")
-(defun preview-gs-dvips-sentinel (process command &optional gsstart)
+(defun preview-gs-dvips-sentinel (process _command &optional gsstart)
"Sentinel function for indirect rendering DviPS process.
The usual PROCESS and COMMAND arguments for
`TeX-sentinel-function' apply. Starts gs if GSSTART is set."
@@ -909,7 +911,7 @@ The usual PROCESS and COMMAND arguments for
(error (preview-log-error err "DviPS sentinel" process)))
(preview-reraise-error process))
-(defun preview-pdf2dsc-sentinel (process command &optional gsstart)
+(defun preview-pdf2dsc-sentinel (process _command &optional gsstart)
"Sentinel function for indirect rendering PDF process.
The usual PROCESS and COMMAND arguments for
`TeX-sentinel-function' apply. Starts gs if GSSTART is set."
@@ -965,7 +967,7 @@ The usual PROCESS and COMMAND arguments for
(unless (eq (process-status process) 'signal)
(preview-dvips-abort)))))
-(defun preview-dvipng-sentinel (process command &optional placeall)
+(defun preview-dvipng-sentinel (process _command &optional placeall)
"Sentinel function for indirect rendering DviPNG process.
The usual PROCESS and COMMAND arguments for
`TeX-sentinel-function' apply. Places all snippets if PLACEALL is set."
@@ -1114,7 +1116,7 @@ is located."
t)
-(defun preview-gs-place (ov snippet box run-buffer tempdir ps-file imagetype)
+(defun preview-gs-place (ov snippet box run-buffer tempdir ps-file _imagetype)
"Generate an image placeholder rendered over by Ghostscript.
This enters OV into all proper queues in order to make it render
this image for real later, and returns the overlay after setting
@@ -1139,6 +1141,8 @@ for the file extension."
(preview-add-urgentization #'preview-gs-urgentize ov run-buffer)
(list ov))
+(defvar view-exit-action)
+
(defun preview-mouse-open-error (string)
"Display STRING in a new view buffer on click."
(let ((buff (get-buffer-create
@@ -1156,6 +1160,8 @@ for the file extension."
"Display eps FILE in a view buffer on click.
Place point at POSITION, else beginning of file."
(let ((default-major-mode
+ ;; FIXME: Yuck! Just arrange for the file name to have the right
+ ;; extension instead!
(or
(assoc-default "x.ps" auto-mode-alist #'string-match)
(default-value 'major-mode)))
@@ -1425,7 +1431,7 @@ icon is cached in the property list of the symbol."
,@(preview-filter-specs-1 (nthcdr 2 specs))))))
(put 'preview-filter-specs :min
- #'(lambda (keyword value &rest args)
+ #'(lambda (_keyword value &rest args)
(if (> value preview-min-spec)
(throw 'preview-filter-specs nil)
(preview-filter-specs-1 args))))
@@ -1436,7 +1442,7 @@ This should be hardwired into the startup file containing
the
autoloads for preview-latex.")
(put 'preview-filter-specs :file
- #'(lambda (keyword value &rest args)
+ #'(lambda (_keyword value &rest args)
`(:file ,(expand-file-name value (expand-file-name "images"
preview-datadir))
,@(preview-filter-specs-1 args))))
@@ -1831,16 +1837,13 @@ BUFFER-MISC is the appropriate data to be used."
(preview-buffer-restore-internal
',buffer-misc)))))
-(defun desktop-buffer-preview (desktop-buffer-file-name
- desktop-buffer-name
- desktop-buffer-misc)
+(defun desktop-buffer-preview (file-name _buffer-name misc)
"Hook function for restoring persistent previews into a buffer."
- (when (and desktop-buffer-file-name
- (file-readable-p desktop-buffer-file-name))
- (let ((buf (find-file-noselect desktop-buffer-file-name)))
- (if (eq (car desktop-buffer-misc) 'preview)
+ (when (and file-name (file-readable-p file-name))
+ (let ((buf (find-file-noselect file-name)))
+ (if (eq (car misc) 'preview)
(with-current-buffer buf
- (preview-buffer-restore desktop-buffer-misc)
+ (preview-buffer-restore misc)
buf)
buf))))
@@ -2664,7 +2667,7 @@ call, and in its CDR the final stuff for the placement
hook."
file line
(lsnippet 0) lstart (lfile "") lline lbuffer lpoint
lcounters
- string after-string error context-start
+ string after-string
offset
parsestate (case-fold-search nil)
(run-buffer (current-buffer))
@@ -2753,23 +2756,19 @@ name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
(match-string 6)))
t))
counters (mapcar #'cdr preview-parsed-counters)
- error (progn
- (setq lpoint (point))
- (end-of-line)
- (buffer-substring lpoint (point)))
-
- ;; And the context for the help window.
- context-start (point)
;; And the line number to position the cursor.
+ line (progn
+ (setq lpoint (point))
+ (end-of-line)
;;; variant 1: profiling seems to indicate the regexp-heavy solution
;;; to be favorable. Removing incomplete characters from the error
;;; context is an absolute nuisance.
- line (and (re-search-forward "\
+ (and (re-search-forward "\
^l\\.\\([0-9]+\\)
\\(\\.\\.\\.\\(?:\\^*\\(?:[89a-f][0-9a-f]\\|address@hidden)\\|\
\[0-9a-f]?\\)\\)?\\([^\n\r]*?\\)\r?
\\([^\n\r]*?\\)\\(\\(?:\\^+[89a-f]?\\)?\\.\\.\\.\\)?\r?$" nil t)
- (string-to-number (match-string 1)))
+ (string-to-number (match-string 1))))
;; And a string of the context to search for.
string (and line (match-string 3))
after-string (and line (buffer-substring
@@ -2778,8 +2777,6 @@ name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
(match-beginning 0)))
(match-end 4)))
- ;; And we have now found to the end of the context.
- context (buffer-substring context-start (point))
;; We may use these in another buffer.
offset (or (car TeX-error-offset) 0)
file (car TeX-error-file))
@@ -3042,7 +3039,7 @@ and `preview-colors' are set as given."
(insert-before-markers "Running `" name "' with ``" command "''\n")
(setq mode-name name)
(setq TeX-sentinel-function
- (lambda (process name) (message "%s: done." name)))
+ (lambda (_process name) (message "%s: done." name)))
(if TeX-process-asynchronous
(let ((process (start-process name (current-buffer) TeX-shell
TeX-shell-command-option
@@ -3080,12 +3077,13 @@ If FAST is set, do a fast conversion."
(setq preview-ps-file (and fast
(preview-make-filename
(preview-make-filename
- "preview.ps" tempdir) tempdir)))
+ "preview.ps" tempdir)
+ tempdir)))
(goto-char (point-max))
(insert-before-markers "Running `" name "' with ``" command "''\n")
(setq mode-name name)
(setq TeX-sentinel-function
- (lambda (process name) (message "%s: done." name)))
+ (lambda (_process name) (message "%s: done." name)))
(if TeX-process-asynchronous
(let ((process (start-process name (current-buffer) TeX-shell
TeX-shell-command-option
@@ -3123,12 +3121,13 @@ If FAST is set, do a fast conversion."
pdfsource
(preview-make-filename
(preview-make-filename
- "preview.dsc" tempdir) tempdir)))
+ "preview.dsc" tempdir)
+ tempdir)))
(goto-char (point-max))
(insert-before-markers "Running `" name "' with ``" command "''\n")
(setq mode-name name)
(setq TeX-sentinel-function
- (lambda (process name) (message "%s: done." name)))
+ (lambda (_process name) (message "%s: done." name)))
(if TeX-process-asynchronous
(let ((process (start-process name (current-buffer) TeX-shell
TeX-shell-command-option
@@ -3149,7 +3148,7 @@ If FAST is set, do a fast conversion."
TeX-shell-command-option
command))))
-(defun preview-TeX-inline-sentinel (process name)
+(defun preview-TeX-inline-sentinel (process _name)
"Sentinel function for preview.
See `TeX-sentinel-function' and `set-process-sentinel'
for definition of PROCESS and NAME."
diff --git a/tex.el b/tex.el
index b422ed1..7dfba89 100644
--- a/tex.el
+++ b/tex.el
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ the requirements are met."
" -i %(outpage)"
" -p %(outpage)")) " %o")) "evince")
("Okular" ("okular --unique %o" (mode-io-correlate "#src:%n%a"))
"okular")
- ("xdg-open" "xdg-open %o"))) "xdg-open")
+ ("xdg-open" "xdg-open %o" "xdg-open"))))
"Alist of built-in viewer specifications.
This variable should not be changed by the user who can use
`TeX-view-program-list' to add new viewers or overwrite the
@@ -5871,6 +5871,7 @@ output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us
important
information about your AUCTeX version and AUCTeX configuration."
(interactive)
(require 'reporter)
+ (defvar reporter-prompt-for-summary-p)
(let ((reporter-prompt-for-summary-p "Bug report subject: "))
(reporter-submit-bug-report
"address@hidden"
commit c3906824a707f658729de91fba3ba8a7b791d220
Merge: 6ff4fca 59ccf34
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Nov 28 12:25:26 2014 -0500
Merge from upstream.
diff --cc .gitignore
index 6a5d2af,87ee433..7ddb905
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@@ -13,15 -14,31 +13,33 @@@ auto-loads.e
autom4te.*
config.*
configure
-tex-site.el
+#tex-site.el
tex-site.el.out
-doc/*.info
-doc/*.info-*
-doc/dir
+
+# Files generated while building the auto-generated files included in elpa.
doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi
-doc/preview-latex.info
-doc/tex-ref.pdf
doc/version.texi
++
+ auto.el
+ latex/prauctex.cfg
+ latex/prauctex.def
+ latex/prcounters.def
latex/preview-mk.ins
+ latex/preview.aux
latex/preview.drv
+ latex/preview.dvi
+ latex/preview.pdf
+ latex/preview.sty
+ latex/prfootnotes.def
+ latex/prlyx.def
+ latex/prshowbox.def
+ latex/prshowlabels.def
+ latex/prtightpage.def
+ latex/prtracingall.def
+ preview-latex.el
+ preview.el
+ PROBLEMS.preview
+
+# Files generated when installing/compiling the package in place.
+auctex-pkg.el
+auctex-autoloads.el
diff --cc auctex.info
index ab93a7d,0000000..c5f98a8
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/auctex.info
+++ b/auctex.info
@@@ -1,8119 -1,0 +1,8157 @@@
+This is auctex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from auctex.texi.
+
- This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88 from 2014-10-29), a
++This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28), a
+sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Top, Next: Copying, Up: (dir)
+
+AUCTeX
+******
+
+This manual may be copied under the conditions spelled out in *note
+Copying this Manual::.
+
+ AUCTeX is an integrated environment for editing LaTeX, ConTeXt,
+docTeX, Texinfo, and TeX files.
+
+ Although AUCTeX contains a large number of features, there are no
+reasons to despair. You can continue to write TeX and LaTeX documents
+the way you are used to, and only start using the multiple features in
+small steps. AUCTeX is not monolithic, each feature described in this
+manual is useful by itself, but together they provide an environment
+where you will make very few LaTeX errors, and makes it easy to find the
+errors that may slip through anyway.
+
+ It is a good idea to make a printout of AUCTeX's reference card
+'tex-ref.tex' or one of its typeset versions.
+
+ If you want to make AUCTeX aware of style files and multi-file
+documents right away, insert the following in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+
+ Another thing you should enable is RefTeX, a comprehensive solution
+for managing cross references, bibliographies, indices, document
+navigation and a few other things. (*note (reftex)Installation::)
+
+ For detailed information about the preview-latex subsystem of AUCTeX,
+see *note Introduction: (preview-latex)Top.
+
+ There is a mailing list for general discussion about AUCTeX: write a
+mail with "subscribe" in the subject to <address@hidden> to join
+it. Send contributions to <address@hidden>.
+
+ Bug reports should go to <address@hidden>, suggestions for new
+features, and pleas for help should go to either <address@hidden>
+(the AUCTeX developers), or to <address@hidden> if they might have
+general interest. Please use the command 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report
+RET' to report bugs if possible. You can subscribe to a low-volume
+announcement list by sending "subscribe" in the subject of a mail to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying:: Copying
+* Introduction:: Introduction to AUCTeX
+* Editing:: Editing the Document Source
+* Display:: Controlling Screen Display
+* Processing:: Starting Processors, Viewers and Other
Programs
+* Customization:: Customization and Extension
+* Appendices:: Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ, Texinfo
mode
+* Indices:: Indices
+
+ -- The Detailed Node Listing --
+
+Introduction
+
+* Summary:: Overview of AUCTeX
+* Installation:: Installing AUCTeX
+* Quick Start:: Quick Start
+
+Editing the Document Source
+
+* Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
+* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
+* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
+* Mathematics:: Entering Mathematics
+* Completion:: Completion of macros
+* Commenting:: Commenting text
+* Indenting:: Reflecting syntactic constructs with
whitespace
+* Filling:: Automatic and manual line breaking
+
+Inserting Environment Templates
+
+* Equations:: Equations
+* Floats:: Floats
+* Itemize-like:: Itemize-like Environments
+* Tabular-like:: Tabular-like Environments
+* Customizing Environments:: Customizing Environments
+
+Controlling Screen Display
+
+* Font Locking:: Font Locking
+* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
+* Outline:: Outlining the Document
+* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
+
+Font Locking
+
+* Fontification of macros:: Fontification of macros
+* Fontification of quotes:: Fontification of quotes
+* Fontification of math:: Fontification of math constructs
+* Verbatim content:: Verbatim macros and environments
+* Faces:: Faces used by font-latex
+
+Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+
+* Commands:: Invoking external commands.
+* Viewing:: Invoking external viewers.
+* Debugging:: Debugging TeX and LaTeX output.
+* Checking:: Checking the document.
+* Control:: Controlling the processes.
+* Cleaning:: Cleaning intermediate and output files.
+* Documentation:: Documentation about macros and packages.
+
+Viewing the Formatted Output
+
+* Starting Viewers:: Starting viewers
+* I/O Correlation:: Forward and inverse search
+
+Customization and Extension
+
+* Multifile:: Multifile Documents
+* Parsing Files:: Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+* Internationalization:: Language Support
+* Automatic:: Automatic Customization
+* Style Files:: Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+Language Support
+
+* European:: Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+* Japanese:: Using AUCTeX with Japanese
+
+Automatic Customization
+
+* Automatic Global:: Automatic Customization for the Site
+* Automatic Private:: Automatic Customization for a User
+* Automatic Local:: Automatic Customization for a Directory
+
+Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+* Simple Style:: A Simple Style File
+* Adding Macros:: Adding Support for Macros
+* Adding Environments:: Adding Support for Environments
+* Adding Other:: Adding Other Information
+* Hacking the Parser:: Automatic Extraction of New Things
+
+Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ
+
+* Copying this Manual::
+* Changes::
+* Development::
+* FAQ::
+* Texinfo mode::
+
+Copying this Manual
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+Indices
+
+* Key Index::
+* Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept Index::
+
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+
+Copying
+*******
+
+AUCTeX primarily consists of Lisp files for Emacs (and XEmacs), but
+there are also installation scripts and files and TeX support files.
+All of those are "free"; this means that everyone is free to use them
+and free to redistribute them on a free basis. The files of AUCTeX are
+not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there are
+restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are designed
+to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.
+What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further sharing any
+version of these programs that they might get from you.
+
+ Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
+away copies of the files that constitute AUCTeX, that you receive source
+code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these files
+or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know you can do
+these things.
+
+ To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
+deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute
+copies of parts of AUCTeX, you must give the recipients all the rights
+that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
+the source code. And you must tell them their rights.
+
+ Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
+finds out that there is no warranty for AUCTeX. If any parts are
+modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to know
+that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any problems
+introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.
+
+ The precise conditions of the licenses for the files currently being
+distributed as part of AUCTeX are found in the General Public Licenses
+that accompany them. This manual specifically is covered by the GNU
+Free Documentation License (*note Copying this Manual::).
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Editing, Prev: Copying, Up:
Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Summary:: Overview of AUCTeX
+* Installation:: Installing AUCTeX
+* Quick Start:: Quick Start
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Summary, Next: Installation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 Overview of AUCTeX
+======================
+
+AUCTeX is a comprehensive customizable integrated environment for
+writing input files for TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo, and docTeX using
+Emacs or XEmacs.
+
+ It supports you in the insertion of macros, environments, and
+sectioning commands by providing completion alternatives and prompting
+for parameters. It automatically indents your text as you type it and
+lets you format a whole file at once. The outlining and folding
+facilities provide you with a focused and clean view of your text.
+
+ AUCTeX lets you process your source files by running TeX and related
+tools (such as output filters, post processors for generating indices
+and bibliographies, and viewers) from inside Emacs. AUCTeX lets you
+browse through the errors TeX reported, while it moves the cursor
+directly to the reported error, and displays some documentation for that
+particular error. This will even work when the document is spread over
+several files.
+
+ One component of AUCTeX that LaTeX users will find attractive is
+preview-latex, a combination of folding and in-source previewing that
+provides true "What You See Is What You Get" experience in your
+sourcebuffer, while letting you retain full control.
+
+ More detailed information about the features and usage of AUCTeX can
+be found in the remainder of this manual.
+
+ AUCTeX is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, and hence you can easily
+add new features for your own needs. It is a GNU project and
+distributed under the 'GNU General Public License Version 3'.
+
+ The most recent version is always available at
+<http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex/>.
+
+ WWW users may want to check out the AUCTeX page at
+<http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/>.
+
+ For comprehensive information about how to install AUCTeX *Note
+Installation::, or *note Installation under MS Windows::, respectively.
+
+ If you are considering upgrading AUCTeX, the recent changes are
+described in *note Changes::.
+
+ If you want to discuss AUCTeX with other users or its developers,
+there are several mailing lists you can use.
+
+ Send a mail with the subject "subscribe" to <address@hidden>
+in order to join the general discussion list for AUCTeX. Articles
+should be sent to <address@hidden>. In a similar way, you can subscribe
+to the <address@hidden> list for just getting important
+announcements about AUCTeX. The list <address@hidden> is for bug
+reports which you should usually file with the 'M-x
+TeX-submit-bug-report <RET>' command. If you want to address the
+developers of AUCTeX themselves with technical issues, they can be found
+on the discussion list <address@hidden>.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Installation, Next: Quick Start, Prev: Summary,
Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Installing AUCTeX
+=====================
+
+The simplest way of installing AUCTeX is by using the Emacs package
+manager integrated in Emacs 24 and greater (ELPA). Simply do 'M-x
+package-list-packages RET', mark the auctex package for installation
+with 'i', and hit 'x' to execute the installation procedure. That's
+all.
+
+ The remainder of this section is about installing AUCTeX from a
+release tarball or from a checkout of the AUCTeX repository.
+
+ Installing AUCTeX should be simple: merely './configure', 'make', and
+'make install' for a standard site-wide installation (most other
+installations can be done by specifying a '--prefix=...' option).
+
+ On many systems, this will already activate the package, making its
+modes the default instead of the built-in modes of Emacs. If this is
+not the case, consult *note Loading the package::. Please read through
+this document fully before installing anything. The installation
+procedure has changed as compared to earlier versions. Users of MS Windows
+are asked to consult *Note Installation under MS Windows::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Prerequisites::
+* Configure::
+* Build/install::
+* Loading the package::
+* Advice for package providers::
+* Advice for non-privileged users::
+* Installation under MS Windows::
+* Customizing::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: Configure, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.1 Prerequisites
+-------------------
+
+ * A recent version of Emacs, alternatively XEmacs
+
+ Emacs 20 is no longer supported, and neither is XEmacs with a
+ version of 'xemacs-base' older than 1.84 (released in sumo from
+ 02/02/2004). Using preview-latex requires a version of Emacs
+ compiled with image support. While the X11 version of Emacs 21
+ will likely work, Emacs 22 and later is preferred.
+
+ Windows
+ Precompiled versions are available from
+ <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/>.
+ Mac OS X
+ For an overview of precompiled versions of Emacs for Mac OS X
+ see for example
+ <http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/EmacsForMacOS>.
+ GNU/Linux
+ Most GNU/Linux distributions nowadays provide a recent variant
+ of Emacs via their package repositories.
+ Self-compiled
+ Compiling Emacs yourself requires a C compiler and a number of
+ tools and development libraries. Details are beyond the scope
+ of this manual. Instructions for checking out the source code
+ can be found at <https://savannah.gnu.org/bzr/?group=emacs>.
+
+ If you really need to use Emacs 21 on platforms where this implies
+ missing image support, you should disable the installation of
+ preview-latex (see below).
+
+ While XEmacs (version 21.4.15, 21.4.17 or later) is supported,
+ doing this in a satisfactory manner has proven to be difficult.
+ This is mostly due to technical shortcomings and differing API's
+ which are hard to come by. If AUCTeX is your main application for
+ XEmacs, you are likely to get better results and support by
+ switching to Emacs. Of course, you can improve support for your
+ favorite editor by giving feedback in case you encounter bugs.
+
+ * A working TeX installation
+
+ Well, AUCTeX would be pointless without that. Processing
+ documentation requires TeX, LaTeX and Texinfo during installation.
+ preview-latex requires Dvips for its operation in DVI mode. The
+ default configuration of AUCTeX is tailored for teTeX or
+ TeXlive-based distributions, but can be adapted easily.
+
+ * A recent Ghostscript
+
+ This is needed for operation of preview-latex in both DVI and PDF
+ mode. Most versions of Ghostscript nowadays in use should work
+ fine (version 7.0 and newer).
+
+ * The 'texinfo' package
+
+ Strictly speaking, you can get away without it if you are building
+ from the distribution tarball, have not modified any files and
+ don't need a printed version of the manual: the pregenerated info
+ file is included in the tarball. At least version 4.0 is required.
+
+ For some known issues with various software, see *note
+(preview-latex)Known problems::.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Configure, Next: Build/install, Prev:
Prerequisites, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.2 Configure
+---------------
+
+The first step is to configure the source code, telling it where various
+files will be. To do so, run
+
+ ./configure OPTIONS
+
+ (Note: if you have fetched AUCTeX from Git rather than a regular
+release, you will have to first follow the instructions in
+'README.GIT').
+
+ On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
+'configure' cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to help
+it out with one of these options:
+
+'--prefix=/usr/local'
+ All automatic placements for package components will be chosen from
+ sensible existing hierarchies below this: directories like 'man',
+ 'share' and 'bin' are supposed to be directly below PREFIX.
+
+ Only if no workable placement can be found there, in some cases an
+ alternative search will be made in a prefix deduced from a suitable
+ binary.
+
+ '/usr/local' is the default PREFIX, intended to be suitable for a
+ site-wide installation. If you are packaging this as an operating
+ system component for distribution, the setting '/usr' will probably
+ be the right choice. If you are planning to install the package as
+ a single non-priviledged user, you will typically set PREFIX to
+ your home directory.
+
+'--with-emacs[=/PATH/TO/EMACS]'
+ If you are using a pretest which isn't in your '$PATH', or
+ 'configure' is not finding the right Emacs executable, you can
+ specify it with this option.
+
+'--with-xemacs[=/PATH/TO/XEMACS]'
+ Configure for generation under XEmacs (Emacs is the default).
+ Again, the name of the right XEmacs executable can be specified,
+ complete with path if necessary.
+
+'--with-packagedir=/DIR'
+ This XEmacs-only option configures the directory for XEmacs
+ packages. A typical user-local setting would be
+ '~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages'. If this directory exists and is below
+ PREFIX, it should be detected automatically. This will install and
+ activate the package.
+
+'--without-packagedir'
+ This XEmacs-only option switches the detection of a package
+ directory and corresponding installation off. Consequently, the
+ Emacs installation scheme will be used. This might be appropriate
+ if you are using a different package system/installer than the
+ XEmacs one and want to avoid conflicts.
+
+ The Emacs installation scheme has the following options:
+
+'--with-lispdir=/DIR'
+ This Emacs-only option specifies the location of the 'site-lisp'
+ directory within 'load-path' under which the files will get
+ installed (the bulk will get installed in a subdirectory).
+ './configure' should figure this out by itself.
+
+'--with-auctexstartfile=auctex.el'
+'--with-previewstartfile=preview-latex.el'
+ This is the name of the respective startup files. If LISPDIR
+ contains a subdirectory 'site-start.d', the start files are placed
+ there, and 'site-start.el' should load them automatically. Please
+ be aware that you must not move the start files after installation
+ since other files are found _relative_ to them.
+
+'--with-packagelispdir=auctex'
+ This is the directory where the bulk of the package gets located.
+ The startfile adds this into LOAD-PATH.
+
+'--with-auto-dir=/DIR'
+ You can use this option to specify the directory containing
+ automatically generated information. It is not necessary for most
+ TeX installs, but may be used if you don't like the directory that
+ configure is suggesting.
+
+'--help'
+ This is not an option specific to AUCTeX. A number of standard
+ options to 'configure' exist, and we do not have the room to
+ describe them here; a short description of each is available, using
+ '--help'. If you use '--help=recursive', then also
+ preview-latex-specific options will get listed.
+
+'--disable-preview'
+ This disables configuration and installation of preview-latex.
+ This option is not actually recommended. If your Emacs does not
+ support images, you should really upgrade to a newer version.
+ Distributors should, if possible, refrain from distributing AUCTeX
+ and preview-latex separately in order to avoid confusion and
+ upgrade hassles if users install partial packages on their own.
+
+'--with-texmf-dir=/DIR
+--without-texmf-dir'
+ This option is used for specifying a TDS-compliant directory
+ hierarchy. Using '--with-texmf-dir=/DIR' you can specify where the
+ TeX TDS directory hierarchy resides, and the TeX files will get
+ installed in '/DIR/tex/latex/preview/'.
+
+ If you use the '--without-texmf-dir' option, the TeX-related files
+ will be kept in the Emacs Lisp tree, and at runtime the 'TEXINPUTS'
+ environment variable will be made to point there. You can install
+ those files into your own TeX tree at some later time with 'M-x
+ preview-install-styles RET'.
+
+'--with-tex-dir=/DIR'
+ If you want to specify an exact directory for the preview TeX
+ files, use '--with-tex-dir=/DIR'. In this case, the files will be
+ placed in '/DIR', and you'll also need the following option:
+
+'--with-doc-dir=/DIR'
+ This option may be used to specify where the TeX documentation
+ goes. It is to be used when you are using '--with-tex-dir=/DIR',
+ but is normally not necessary otherwise.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Build/install, Next: Loading the package, Prev:
Configure, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.3 Build/install
+-------------------
+
+Once 'configure' has been run, simply enter
+
+ make
+
+at the prompt to byte-compile the lisp files, extract the TeX files and
+build the documentation files. To install the files into the locations
+chosen earlier, type
+
+ make install
+
+ You may need special privileges to install, e.g., if you are
+installing into system directories.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Loading the package, Next: Advice for package
providers, Prev: Build/install, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.4 Loading the package
+-------------------------
+
+You can detect the successful activation of AUCTeX and preview-latex in
+the menus after loading a LaTeX file like 'preview/circ.tex': AUCTeX
+then gives you a 'Command' menu, and preview-latex gives you a 'Preview'
+menu.
+
+ For XEmacs, if the installation occured into a valid package
+directory (which is the default), then this should work out of the box.
+
+ With Emacs (or if you explicitly disabled use of the package system),
+the startup files 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' may already be in a
+directory of the 'site-start.d/' variety if your Emacs installation
+provides it. In that case they should be automatically loaded on
+startup and nothing else needs to be done. If not, they should at least
+have been placed somewhere in your 'load-path'. You can then load them
+by placing the lines
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ into your init file.
+
+ If you explicitly used '--with-lispdir', you may need to add the
+specified directory into Emacs' 'load-path' variable by adding something
+like
+
+ (add-to-list 'load-path "~/elisp")
+
+ before the above lines into your Emacs startup file.
+
+ For site-wide activation in GNU Emacs, see *Note Advice for package
+providers::.
+
+ Once activated, the modes provided by AUCTeX are used per default for
+all supported file types. If you want to change the modes for which it
+is operative instead of the default, use
+ M-x customize-variable <RET> TeX-modes <RET>
+
+ If you want to remove a preinstalled AUCTeX completely before any of
+its modes have been used,
+ (unload-feature 'tex-site)
+ should accomplish that.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Advice for package providers, Next: Advice for
non-privileged users, Prev: Loading the package, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.5 Providing AUCTeX as a package
+-----------------------------------
+
+As a package provider, you should make sure that your users will be
+served best according to their intentions, and keep in mind that a
+system might be used by more than one user, with different preferences.
+
+ There are people that prefer the built-in Emacs modes for editing TeX
+files, in particular plain TeX users. There are various ways to tell
+AUCTeX even after auto-activation that it should not get used, and they
+are described in *note Introduction to AUCTeX: Introduction.
+
+ So if you have users that don't want to use the preinstalled AUCTeX,
+they can easily get rid of it. Activating AUCTeX by default is
+therefore a good choice.
+
+ If the installation procedure did not achieve this already by placing
+'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' into a possibly existing
+'site-start.d' directory, you can do this by placing
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+in the system-wide 'site-start.el'.
+
+ If your package is intended as an XEmacs package or to accompany a
+precompiled version of Emacs, you might not know which TeX system will
+be available when preview-latex gets used. In this case you should
+build using the '--without-texmf-dir' option described previously. This
+can also be convenient for systems that are intended to support more
+than a single TeX distribution. Since more often than not TeX packages
+for operating system distributions are either much more outdated or much
+less complete than separately provided systems like TeX Live, this
+method may be generally preferable when providing packages.
+
+ The following package structure would be adequate for a typical fully
+supported Unix-like installation:
+
+'preview-tetex'
+ Style files and documentation for 'preview.sty', placed into a TeX
+ tree where it is accessible from the teTeX executables usually
+ delivered with a system. If there are other commonly used TeX
+ system packages, it might be appropriate to provide separate
+ packages for those.
+'auctex-emacs-tetex'
+ This package will require the installation of 'preview-tetex' and
+ will record in 'TeX-macro-global' where to find the TeX tree. It
+ is also a good idea to run
+ emacs -batch -f TeX-auto-generate-global
+ when either AUCTeX or teTeX get installed or upgraded. If your
+ users might want to work with a different TeX distribution
+ (nowadays pretty common), instead consider the following:
+'auctex-emacs'
+ This package will be compiled with '--without-texmf-dir' and will
+ consequently contain the 'preview' style files in its private
+ directory. It will probably not be possible to initialize
+ 'TeX-macro-global' to a sensible value, so running
+ 'TeX-auto-generate-global' does not appear useful. This package
+ would neither conflict with nor provide 'preview-tetex'.
+'auctex-xemacs-tetex'
+'auctex-xemacs'
+ Those are the obvious XEmacs equivalents. For XEmacs, there is the
+ additional problem that the XEmacs sumo package tree already
+ possibly provides its own version of AUCTeX, and the user might
+ even have used the XEmacs package manager to updating this package,
+ or even installing a private AUCTeX version. So you should make
+ sure that such a package will not conflict with existing XEmacs
+ packages and will be at an appropriate place in the load order
+ (after site-wide and user-specific locations, but before a
+ distribution-specific sumo package tree). Using the
+ '--without-packagedir' option might be one idea to avoid conflicts.
+ Another might be to refrain from providing an XEmacs package and
+ just rely on the user or system administrator to instead use the
+ XEmacs package system.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Advice for non-privileged users, Next:
Installation under MS Windows, Prev: Advice for package providers, Up:
Installation
+
+1.2.6 Installation for non-privileged users
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Often people without system administration privileges want to install
+software for their private use. In that case you need to pass more
+options to the 'configure' script. For XEmacs users, this is fairly
+easy, because the XEmacs package system has been designed to make this
+sort of thing practical: but GNU Emacs users (and XEmacs users for whom
+the package system is for some reason misbehaving) may need to do a
+little more work.
+
+ The main expedient is using the '--prefix' option to the 'configure'
+script, and let it point to the personal home directory. In that way,
+resulting binaries will be installed under the 'bin' subdirectory of
+your home directory, manual pages under 'man' and so on. It is
+reasonably easy to maintain a bunch of personal software, since the
+prefix argument is supported by most 'configure' scripts.
+
+ You'll have to add something like
+'/home/myself/share/emacs/site-lisp' to your 'load-path' variable, if it
+isn't there already.
+
+ XEmacs users can achieve the same end by pointing 'configure' at an
+appropriate package directory (normally
+'--with-packagedir=~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages' will serve). The package
+directory stands a good chance at being detected automatically as long
+as it is in a subtree of the specified PREFIX.
+
+ Now here is another thing to ponder: perhaps you want to make it easy
+for other users to share parts of your personal Emacs configuration. In
+general, you can do this by writing '~myself/' anywhere where you
+specify paths to something installed in your personal subdirectories,
+not merely '~/', since the latter, when used by other users, will point
+to non-existent files.
+
+ For yourself, it will do to manipulate environment variables in your
+'.profile' resp. '.login' files. But if people will be copying just
+Elisp files, their copies will not work. While it would in general be
+preferable if the added components where available from a shell level,
+too (like when you call the standalone info reader, or try using
+'preview.sty' for functionality besides of Emacs previews), it will be a
+big help already if things work from inside of Emacs.
+
+ Here is how to do the various parts:
+
+Making the Elisp available
+--------------------------
+
+In GNU Emacs, it should be sufficient if people just do
+
+ (load "~myself/share/emacs/site-lisp/auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "~myself/share/emacs/site-lisp/preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ where the path points to your personal installation. The rest of the
+package should be found relative from there without further ado.
+
+ In XEmacs, you should ask the other users to add symbolic links in
+the subdirectories 'lisp', 'info' and 'etc' of their
+'~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages/' directory. (Alas, there is presently no
+easy programmatic way to do this, except to have a script do the
+symlinking for them.)
+
+Making the Info files available
+-------------------------------
+
+For making the info files accessible from within Elisp, something like
+the following might be convenient to add into your or other people's
+startup files:
+
+ (eval-after-load 'info
+ '(add-to-list 'Info-directory-list "~myself/info"))
+
+ In XEmacs, as long as XEmacs can see the package, there should be no
+need to do anything at all; the info files should be immediately
+visible. However, you might want to set 'INFOPATH' anyway, for the sake
+of standalone readers outside of XEmacs. (The info files in XEmacs are
+normally in '~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages/info'.)
+
+Making the LaTeX style available
+--------------------------------
+
+If you want others to be able to share your installation, you should
+configure it using '--without-texmf-dir', in which case things should
+work as well for them as for you.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Installation under MS Windows, Next: Customizing,
Prev: Advice for non-privileged users, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.7 Installation under MS Windows
+-----------------------------------
+
+In a Nutshell
+-------------
+
+The following are brief installation instructions for the impatient. In
+case you don't understand some of this, run into trouble of some sort,
+or need more elaborate information, refer to the detailed instructions
+further below.
+
+ 1. Install the prerequisites, i.e. Emacs or XEmacs, MSYS or Cygwin, a
+ TeX system, and Ghostscript.
+
+ 2. Open the MSYS shell or a Cygwin shell and change to the directory
+ containing the unzipped file contents.
+
+ 3. Configure AUCTeX:
+
+ For Emacs: Many people like to install AUCTeX into the pseudo file
+ system hierarchy set up by the Emacs installation. Assuming Emacs
+ is installed in 'C:/Program Files/Emacs' and the directory for
+ local additions of your TeX system, e.g. MiKTeX, is
+ 'C:/localtexmf', you can do this by typing the following statement
+ at the shell prompt:
+
+ ./configure --prefix='C:/Program Files/Emacs' \
+ --infodir='C:/Program Files/Emacs/info' \
+ --with-texmf-dir='C:/localtexmf'
+
+ For XEmacs: You can install AUCTeX as an XEmacs package. Assuming
+ XEmacs is installed in 'C:/Program Files/XEmacs' and the directory
+ for local additions of your TeX system, e.g. MiKTeX, is
+ 'C:/localtexmf', you can do this by typing the following command at
+ the shell prompt:
+
+ ./configure --with-xemacs='C:/Program Files/XEmacs/bin/xemacs' \
+ --with-texmf-dir='C:/localtexmf'
+
+ The commands above are examples for common usage. More on
+ configuration options can be found in the detailed installation
+ instructions below.
+
+ If the configuration script failed to find all required programs,
+ make sure that these programs are in your system path and add
+ directories containing the programs to the 'PATH' environment
+ variable if necessary. Here is how to do that in W2000/XP:
+
+ 1. On the desktop, right click "My Computer" and select
+ properties.
+ 2. Click on "Advanced" in the "System Properties" window.
+ 3. Select "Environment Variables".
+ 4. Select "path" in "System Variables" and click "edit". Move to
+ the front in the line (this might require scrolling) and add
+ the missing path including drive letter, ended with a
+ semicolon.
+
+ 4. If there were no further error messages, type
+
+ make
+
+ In case there were, please refer to the detailed description below.
+
+ 5. Finish the installation by typing
+
+ make install
+
+Detailed Installation Instructions
+----------------------------------
+
+Installation of AUCTeX under Windows is in itself not more complicated
+than on other platforms. However, meeting the prerequisites might
+require more work than on some other platforms, and feel less natural.
+
+ If you are experiencing any problems, even if you think they are of
+your own making, be sure to report them to <address@hidden> so
+that we can explain things better in future.
+
+ Windows is a problematic platform for installation scripts. The main
+problem is that the installation procedure requires consistent file
+names in order to find its way in the directory hierarchy, and Windows
+path names are a mess.
+
+ The installation procedure tries finding stuff in system search paths
+and in Emacs paths. For that to succeed, you have to use the same
+syntax and spelling and case of paths everywhere: in your system search
+paths, in Emacs' 'load-path' variable, as argument to the scripts. If
+your path names contain spaces or other 'shell-unfriendly' characters,
+most notably backslashes for directory separators, place the whole path
+in '"double quote marks"' whenever you specify it on a command line.
+
+ Avoid 'helpful' magic file names like '/cygdrive/c' and
+'C:\PROGRA~1\' like the plague. It is quite unlikely that the scripts
+will be able to identify the actual file names involved. Use the full
+paths, making use of normal Windows drive letters like ' 'C:/Program
+Files/Emacs' ' where required, and using the same combination of upper-
+and lowercase letters as in the actual files. File names containing
+shell-special characters like spaces or backslashes (if you prefer that
+syntax) need to get properly quoted to the shell: the above example used
+single quotes for that.
+
+ Ok, now here are the steps to perform:
+
+ 1. You need to unpack the AUCTeX distribution (which you seemingly
+ have done since you are reading this). It must be unpacked in a
+ separate installation directory outside of your Emacs file
+ hierarchy: the installation will later copy all necessary files to
+ their final destination, and you can ultimately remove the
+ directory where you unpacked the files.
+
+ Line endings are a problem under Windows. The distribution
+ contains only text files, and theoretically most of the involved
+ tools should get along with that. However, the files are processed
+ by various utilities, and it is conceivable that not all of them
+ will use the same line ending conventions. If you encounter
+ problems, it might help if you try unpacking (or checking out) the
+ files in binary mode, if your tools allow that.
+
+ If you don't have a suitable unpacking tool, skip to the next step:
+ this should provide you with a working 'unzip' command.
+
+ 2. The installation of AUCTeX will require the MSYS tool set from
+ <http://www.mingw.org/> or the Cygwin tool set from
+ <http://cygwin.com/>. The latter is slower and larger (the
+ download size of the base system is about 15 MB) but comes with a
+ package manager that allows for updating the tool set and
+ installing additional packages like, for example, the spell checker
+ aspell.
+
+ If Cygwin specific paths like '/cygdrive/c' crop up in the course
+ of the installation, using a non-Cygwin Emacs could conceivably
+ cause trouble. Using Cygwin either for everything or nothing might
+ save headaches, _if_ things don't work out.
+
+ 3. Install a current version of XEmacs from <http://www.xemacs.org/>
+ or Emacs from <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/>. Emacs is the
+ recommended choice because it is currently the primary platform for
+ AUCTeX development.
+
+ 4. You need a working TeX installation. One popular installation
+ under Windows is MiKTeX (http://www.miktex.org). Another much more
+ extensive system is TeX Live (http://www.tug.org/texlive) which is
+ rather close to its Unix cousins.
+
+ 5. A working copy of Ghostscript (http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/) is
+ required for preview-latex operation. Examining the output from
+ gswin32c -h
+ on a Windows command line should tell you whether your Ghostscript
+ supports the 'png16m' device needed for PNG support. MiKTeX
+ apparently comes with its own Ghostscript called 'mgs.exe'.
+
+ 6. Perl (http://www.perl.org) is needed for rebuilding the
+ documentation if you are working with a copy from Git or have
+ touched documentation source files in the preview-latex part. If
+ the line endings of the file 'preview/latex/preview.dtx' don't
+ correspond with what Perl calls '\n' when reading text files,
+ you'll run into trouble.
+
+ 7. Now the fun stuff starts. If you have not yet done so, unpack the
+ AUCTeX distribution into a separate directory after rereading the
+ instructions for unpacking above.
+
+ 8. Ready for takeoff. Start some shell (typically 'bash') capable of
+ running 'configure', change into the installation directory and
+ call './configure' with appropriate options.
+
+ Typical options you'll want to specify will be
+ '--prefix=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/EMACS-HIERARCHY'
+ which tells 'configure' where to perform the installation. It
+ may also make 'configure' find Emacs or XEmacs automatically;
+ if this doesn't happen, try one of '--with-emacs' or
+ '--with-xemacs' as described below. All automatic detection
+ of files and directories restricts itself to directories below
+ the PREFIX or in the same hierarchy as the program accessing
+ the files. Usually, directories like 'man', 'share' and 'bin'
+ will be situated right under PREFIX.
+
+ This option also affects the defaults for placing the Texinfo
+ documentation files (see also '--infodir' below) and
+ automatically generated style hooks.
+
+ If you have a central directory hierarchy (not untypical with
+ Cygwin) for such stuff, you might want to specify its root
+ here. You stand a good chance that this will be the only
+ option you need to supply, as long as your TeX-related
+ executables are in your system path, which they better be for
+ AUCTeX's operation, anyway.
+
+ '--with-emacs'
+ if you are installing for a version of Emacs. You can use
+ '--with-emacs=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/EMACS' to specify the name of the
+ installed Emacs executable, complete with its path if
+ necessary (if Emacs is not within a directory specified in
+ your 'PATH' environment setting).
+
+ '--with-xemacs'
+ if you are installing for a version of XEmacs. Again, you can
+ use '--with-xemacs=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/XEMACS' to specify the name
+ of the installed XEmacs executable complete with its path if
+ necessary. It may also be necessary to specify this option if
+ a copy of Emacs is found in your 'PATH' environment setting,
+ but you still would like to install a copy of AUCTeX for
+ XEmacs.
+
+ '--with-packagedir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ is an XEmacs-only option giving the location of the package
+ directory. This will install and activate the package. Emacs
+ uses a different installation scheme:
+
+ '--with-lispdir=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/SITE-LISP'
+ This Emacs-only option tells a place in 'load-path' below
+ which the files are situated. The startup files 'auctex.el'
+ and 'preview-latex.el' will get installed here unless a
+ subdirectory 'site-start.d' exists which will then be used
+ instead. The other files from AUCTeX will be installed in a
+ subdirectory called 'auctex'.
+
+ If you think that you need a different setup, please refer to
+ the full installation instructions in *note Configure::.
+
+ '--infodir=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/INFO/DIRECTORY'
+ If you are installing into an Emacs directory, info files have
+ to be put into the 'info' folder below that directory. The
+ configuration script will usually try to install into the
+ folder 'share/info', so you have to override this by
+ specifying something like '--infodir='C:/Program Files/info''
+ for the configure call.
+
+ '--with-auto-dir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ Directory containing automatically generated information. You
+ should not normally need to set this, as '--prefix' should
+ take care of this.
+
+ '--disable-preview'
+ Use this option if your Emacs version is unable to support
+ image display. This will be the case if you are using a
+ native variant of Emacs 21.
+
+ '--with-texmf-dir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ This will specify the directory where your TeX installation
+ sits. If your TeX installation does not conform to the TDS
+ (TeX directory standard), you may need to specify more options
+ to get everything in place.
+
+ For more information about any of the above and additional options,
+ see *note Configure::.
+
+ Calling './configure --help=recursive' will tell about other
+ options, but those are almost never required.
+
+ Some executables might not be found in your path. That is not a
+ good idea, but you can get around by specifying environment
+ variables to 'configure':
+ GS="DRIVE:/PATH/TO/GSWIN32C.EXE" ./configure ...
+ should work for this purpose. 'gswin32c.exe' is the usual name for
+ the required _command line_ executable under Windows; in contrast,
+ 'gswin32.exe' is likely to fail.
+
+ As an alternative to specifying variables for the 'configure' call
+ you can add directories containing the required executables to the
+ 'PATH' variable of your Windows system. This is especially a good
+ idea if Emacs has trouble finding the respective programs later
+ during normal operation.
+
+ 9. Run 'make' in the installation directory.
+
+ 10. Run 'make install' in the installation directory.
+
+ 11. With XEmacs, AUCTeX and preview-latex should now be active by
+ default. With Emacs, activation depends on a working
+ 'site-start.d' directory or similar setup, since then the startup
+ files 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' will have been placed
+ there. If this has not been done, you should be able to load the
+ startup files manually with
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+ in either a site-wide 'site-start.el' or your personal startup file
+ (usually accessible as '~/.emacs' from within Emacs and
+ '~/.xemacs/init.el' from within XEmacs).
+
+ The default configuration of AUCTeX is probably not the best fit
+ for Windows systems with MiKTeX. You might want to add
+ (require 'tex-mik)
+ after loading 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' in order to get
+ more appropriate values for some customization options.
+
+ You can always use
+
+ M-x customize-group RET AUCTeX RET
+
+ in order to customize more stuff, or use the 'Customize' menu.
+
+ 12. Load 'preview/circ.tex' into Emacs or XEmacs and see if you get
+ the 'Command' menu. Try using it to LaTeX the file.
+
+ 13. Check whether the 'Preview' menu is available in this file. Use
+ it to generate previews for the document.
+
+ If this barfs and tells you that image type 'png' is not supported,
+ you can either add PNG support to your Emacs installation or choose
+ another image format to be used by preview-latex.
+
+ Adding support for an image format usually involves the
+ installation of a library, e.g. from <http://gnuwin32.sf.net/>.
+ If you got your Emacs from <gnu.org> you might want to check its
+ README file (ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/README) for
+ details.
+
+ A different image format can be chosen by setting the variable
+ 'preview-image-type'. While it is recommended to keep the 'dvipng'
+ or 'png' setting, you can temporarily select a different format
+ like 'pnm' to check if the lack of PNG support is the only problem
+ with your Emacs installation.
+
+ Try adding the line
+
+ (setq preview-image-type 'pnm)
+
+ to your init file for a quick test. You should remove the line
+ after the test again, because PNM files take away *vast* amounts of
+ disk space, and thus also of load/save time.
+
+ Well, that about is all. Have fun!
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customizing, Prev: Installation under MS Windows,
Up: Installation
+
+1.2.8 Customizing
+-----------------
+
+Most of the site-specific customization should already have happened
+during configuration of AUCTeX. Any further customization can be done
+with customization buffers directly in Emacs. Just type 'M-x
+customize-group RET AUCTeX RET' to open the customization group for
+AUCTeX or use the menu entries provided in the mode menus. Editing the
+file 'tex-site.el' as suggested in former versions of AUCTeX should not
+be done anymore because the installation routine will overwrite those
+changes.
+
+ You might check some variables with a special significance. They are
+accessible directly by typing 'M-x customize-variable RET <variable>
+RET'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-global
+ Directories containing the site's TeX style files.
+
+ Normally, AUCTeX will only allow you to complete macros and
+environments which are built-in, specified in AUCTeX style files or
+defined by yourself. If you issue the 'M-x TeX-auto-generate-global'
+command after loading AUCTeX, you will be able to complete on all macros
+available in the standard style files used by your document. To do
+this, you must set this variable to a list of directories where the
+standard style files are located. The directories will be searched
+recursively, so there is no reason to list subdirectories explicitly.
+Automatic configuration will already have set the variable for you if it
+could use the program 'kpsewhich'. In this case you normally don't have
+to alter anything.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Quick Start, Prev: Installation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Quick Start
+===============
+
+AUCTeX is a powerful program offering many features and configuration
+options. If you are new to AUCTeX this might be deterrent. Fortunately
+you do not have to learn everything at once. This Quick Start Guide
+will give you the knowledge of the most important commands and enable
+you to prepare your first LaTeX document with AUCTeX after only a few
+minutes of reading.
+
+ In this introduction, we assume that AUCTeX is already installed on
+your system. If this is not the case, you should read the file
+'INSTALL' in the base directory of the unpacked distribution tarball.
+These installation instructions are available in this manual as well,
+*note Installation::. We also assume that you are familiar with the way
+keystrokes are written in Emacs manuals. If not, have a look at the
+Emacs Tutorial in the Help menu.
+
+ If AUCTeX is installed, you might still need to activate it, by
+inserting
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+
+ in your user init file.(1) If you've installed AUCTeX from the Emacs
+package manager (ELPA), you must not have this line in your user init
+file. The installation procedure already cares about loading AUCTeX
+correctly.
+
+ In order to get support for many of the LaTeX packages you will use
+in your documents, you should enable document parsing as well, which can
+be achieved by putting
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+
+ into your init file. Finally, if you often use '\include' or
+'\input', you should make AUCTeX aware of the multi-file document
+structure. You can do this by inserting
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+
+ into your init file. Each time you open a new file, AUCTeX will then
+ask you for a master file.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Editing Facilities:: Functions for editing TeX files
+* Processing Facilities:: Creating and viewing output, debugging
+
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
+
+ (1) This usually is a file in your home directory called '.emacs' if
+you are utilizing GNU Emacs or '.xemacs/init.el' if you are using
+XEmacs.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Editing Facilities, Next: Processing Facilities,
Up: Quick Start
+
+1.3.1 Functions for editing TeX files
+-------------------------------------
+
+1.3.1.1 Making your TeX code more readable
+..........................................
+
+AUCTeX can do syntax highlighting of your source code, that means
+commands will get special colors or fonts. You can enable it locally by
+typing 'M-x font-lock-mode RET'. If you want to have font locking
+activated generally, enable 'global-font-lock-mode', e.g. with 'M-x
+customize-variable RET global-font-lock-mode RET'.
+
+ AUCTeX will indent new lines to indicate their syntactical
+relationship to the surrounding text. For example, the text of a
+'\footnote' or text inside of an environment will be indented relative
+to the text around it. If the indenting has gotten wrong after adding
+or deleting some characters, use <TAB> to reindent the line, 'M-q' for
+the whole paragraph, or 'M-x LaTeX-fill-buffer RET' for the whole
+buffer.
+
+1.3.1.2 Entering sectioning commands
+....................................
+
+Insertion of sectioning macros, that is '\chapter', '\section',
+'\subsection', etc. and accompanying '\label' commands may be eased by
+using 'C-c C-s'. You will be asked for the section level. As nearly
+everywhere in AUCTeX, you can use the <TAB> or <SPC> key to get a list
+of available level names, and to auto-complete what you started typing.
+Next, you will be asked for the printed title of the section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with the section.
+
+1.3.1.3 Inserting environments
+..............................
+
+Similarly, you can insert environments, that is '\begin{}'-'\end{}'
+pairs: Type 'C-c C-e', and select an environment type. Again, you can
+use <TAB> or <SPC> to get a list, and to complete what you type.
+Actually, the list will not only provide standard LaTeX environments,
+but also take your '\documentclass' and '\usepackage' commands into
+account if you have parsing enabled by setting 'TeX-parse-self' to 't'.
+If you use a couple of environments frequently, you can use the up and
+down arrow keys (or 'M-p' and 'M-n') in the minibuffer to get back to
+the previously inserted commands.
+
+ Some environments need additional arguments. Often, AUCTeX knows
+about this and asks you to enter a value.
+
+1.3.1.4 Inserting macros
+........................
+
+'C-c C-m', or simply 'C-c RET' will give you a prompt that asks you for
+a LaTeX macro. You can use <TAB> for completion, or the up/down arrow
+keys (or 'M-p' and 'M-n') to browse the command history. In many cases,
+AUCTeX knows which arguments a macro needs and will ask you for that.
+It even can differentiate between mandatory and optional arguments--for
+details, see *note Completion::.
+
+ An additional help for inserting macros is provided by the
+possibility to complete macros right in the buffer. With point at the
+end of a partially written macro, you can complete it by typing 'M-TAB'.
+
+1.3.1.5 Changing the font
+.........................
+
+AUCTeX provides convenient keyboard shortcuts for inserting macros which
+specify the font to be used for typesetting certain parts of the text.
+They start with 'C-c C-f', and the last 'C-' combination tells AUCTeX
+which font you want:
+
+'C-c C-f C-b'
+ Insert bold face '\textbf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-i'
+ Insert italics '\textit{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-e'
+ Insert emphasized '\emph{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-s'
+ Insert slanted '\textsl{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-r'
+ Insert roman \textrm{-!-} text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-f'
+ Insert sans serif '\textsf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-t'
+ Insert typewriter '\texttt{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-c'
+ Insert SMALL CAPS '\textsc{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-d'
+ Delete the innermost font specification containing point.
+
- If you want to change font attributes of existing text, mark it as a
- region, and then invoke the commands. If no region is selected, the
- command will be inserted with empty braces, and you can start typing the
- changed text.
++ If you want to change font attributes of existing text, mark it as an
++active region, and then invoke the commands. If no region is selected,
++the command will be inserted with empty braces, and you can start typing
++the changed text.
+
+ Most of those commands will also work in math mode, but then macros
+like '\mathbf' will be inserted.
+
+1.3.1.6 Other useful features
+.............................
+
+AUCTeX also tries to help you when inserting the right "quote" signs for
+your language, dollar signs to typeset math, or pairs of braces. It
+offers shortcuts for commenting out text ('C-c ;' for the current region
+or 'C-c %' for the paragraph you are in). The same keystrokes will
+remove the % signs, if the region or paragraph is commented out yet.
+With 'TeX-fold-mode', you can hide certain parts (like footnotes,
+references etc.) that you do not edit currently. Support for Emacs'
+outline mode is provided as well. And there's more, but this is beyond
+the scope of this Quick Start Guide.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processing Facilities, Prev: Editing Facilities,
Up: Quick Start
+
+1.3.2 Creating and viewing output, debugging
+--------------------------------------------
+
+1.3.2.1 One Command for LaTeX, helpers, viewers, and printing
+.............................................................
+
+If you have typed some text and want to run LaTeX (or TeX, or other
+programs--see below) on it, type 'C-c C-c'. If applicable, you will be
+asked whether you want to save changes, and which program you want to
+invoke. In many cases, the choice that AUCTeX suggests will be just
+what you want: first 'latex', then a viewer. If a 'latex' run produces
+or changes input files for 'makeindex', the next suggestion will be to
+run that program, and AUCTeX knows that you need to run 'latex' again
+afterwards--the same holds for BibTeX.
+
+ When no processor invocation is necessary anymore, AUCTeX will
+suggest to run a viewer, or you can chose to create a PostScript file
+using 'dvips', or to directly print it.
+
+ At this place, a warning needs to be given: First, although AUCTeX is
+really good in detecting the standard situations when an additional
+'latex' run is necessary, it cannot detect it always. Second, the
+creation of PostScript files or direct printing currently only works
+when your output file is a DVI file, not a PDF file.
+
+ Ah, you didn't know you can do both? That brings us to the next
+topic.
+
+1.3.2.2 Choosing an output format
+.................................
+
+From a LaTeX file, you can produce DVI output, or a PDF file directly
+via 'pdflatex'. You can switch on source specials for easier navigation
+in the output file, or tell 'latex' to stop after an error (usually
+'\noninteractive' is used, to allow you to detect all errors in a single
+run).
+
+ These options are controlled by toggles, the keystrokes should be
+easy to memorize:
+
+'C-c C-t C-p'
+ This command toggles between DVI and PDF output
+
+'C-c C-t C-i'
+ toggles interactive mode
+
+'C-c C-t C-s'
+ toggles source specials support
+
+'C-c C-t C-o'
+ toggles usage of Omega/lambda.
+
+1.3.2.3 Debugging LaTeX
+.......................
+
+When AUCTeX runs a program, it creates an output buffer in which it
+displays the output of the command. If there is a syntactical error in
+your file, 'latex' will not complete successfully. AUCTeX will tell you
+that, and you can get to the place where the first error occured by
+pressing 'C-c `' (the last character is a backtick). The view will be
+split in two windows, the output will be displayed in the lower buffer,
+and both buffers will be centered around the place where the error
+ocurred. You can then try to fix it in the document buffer, and use the
+same keystrokes to get to the next error. This procedure may be
+repeated until all errors have been dealt with. By pressing 'C-c C-w'
+('TeX-toggle-debug-boxes') you can toggle whether AUCTeX should notify
+you of overfull and underfull boxes in addition to regular errors.
+
+ If a command got stuck in a seemingly infinite loop, or you want to
+stop execution for other reasons, you can use 'C-c C-k' (for "kill").
+Similar to 'C-l', which centers the buffer you are in around your
+current position, 'C-c C-l' centers the output buffer so that the last
+lines added at the bottom become visible.
+
+1.3.2.4 Running LaTeX on parts of your document
+...............................................
+
+If you want to check how some part of your text looks like, and do not
+want to wait until the whole document has been typeset, then mark it as
+a region and use 'C-c C-r'. It behaves just like 'C-c C-c', but it only
+uses the document preamble and the region you marked.
+
+ If you are using '\include' or '\input' to structure your document,
+try 'C-c C-b' while you are editing one of the included files. It will
+run 'latex' only on the current buffer, using the preamble from the
+master file.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Editing, Next: Display, Prev: Introduction, Up:
Top
+
+2 Editing the Document Source
+*****************************
+
+The most commonly used commands/macros of AUCTeX are those which simply
+insert templates for often used TeX, LaTeX, or ConTeXt constructs, like
+font changes, handling of environments, etc. These features are very
+simple, and easy to learn, and help you avoid mistakes like mismatched
+braces, or '\begin{}'-'\end{}' pairs.
+
+ Apart from that this chapter contains a description of some features
+for entering more specialized sorts of text, for formatting the source
+by indenting and filling and for navigating through the document.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Quotes:: Inserting quotes, dollars, and braces
+* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
+* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
+* Mathematics:: Entering Mathematics
+* Completion:: Completion of macros
+* Marking:: Marking Environments, Sections, or Texinfo
Nodes
+* Commenting:: Commenting text
+* Indenting:: Reflecting syntactic constructs with
whitespace
+* Filling:: Automatic and manual line breaking
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Quotes, Next: Font Specifiers, Up: Editing
+
+2.1 Insertion of Quotes, Dollars, and Braces
+============================================
+
+Quotation Marks
+---------------
+
+In TeX, literal double quotes '"like this"' are seldom used, instead two
+single quotes are used '``like this'''. To help you insert these
+efficiently, AUCTeX allows you to continue to press '"' to insert two
+single quotes. To get a literal double quote, press '"' twice.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-quote COUNT
+ ('"') Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
+
+ Inserts the value of 'TeX-open-quote' (normally '``') or
+ 'TeX-close-quote' (normally '''') depending on the context. With
+ prefix argument, always inserts '"' characters.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-open-quote
+ String inserted by typing '"' to open a quotation. (*Note
+ European::, for language-specific quotation mark insertion.)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-close-quote
+ String inserted by typing '"' to close a quotation. (*Note
+ European::, for language-specific quotation mark insertion.)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-quote-after-quote
+ Determines the behavior of '"'. If it is non-nil, typing '"' will
+ insert a literal double quote. The respective values of
+ 'TeX-open-quote' and 'TeX-close-quote' will be inserted after
+ typing '"' once again.
+
+ The 'babel' package provides special support for the requirements of
+typesetting quotation marks in many different languages. If you use
+this package, either directly or by loading a language-specific style
+file, you should also use the special commands for quote insertion
+instead of the standard quotes shown above. AUCTeX is able to recognize
+several of these languages and will change quote insertion accordingly.
+*Note European::, for details about this feature and how to control it.
+
+ In case you are using the 'csquotes' package, you should customize
+'LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote', 'LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote' and
+'LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote'. The quotation characters will only
+be used if both variables--'LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote' and
+'LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote'--are non-empty strings. But then the
+'csquotes'-related values will take precedence over the
+language-specific ones.
+
+Dollar Signs
+------------
+
+In AUCTeX, dollar signs should match like they do in TeX. This has been
+partially implemented, we assume dollar signs always match within a
+paragraph. By default, the first '$' you insert in a paragraph will do
+nothing special. The second '$' will match the first. This will be
+indicated by moving the cursor temporarily over the first dollar sign.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-dollar ARG
+ ('$') Insert dollar sign.
+
+ Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign end the TeX math
+ mode.
+
+ With optional ARG, insert that many dollar signs.
+
+ TeX and LaTeX users often look for a way to insert inline equations
+like '$...$' or '\(...\)' simply typing '$'. AUCTeX helps them through
+the customizable variable 'TeX-electric-math'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-math
+ If the variable is non-nil and you type '$' outside math mode,
+ AUCTeX will automatically insert the opening and closing symbols
+ for an inline equation and put the point between them. The opening
+ symbol will blink when 'blink-matching-paren' is non-nil. If
+ 'TeX-electric-math' is nil, typing '$' simply inserts '$' at point,
+ this is the default.
+
+ Besides 'nil', possible values for this variable are '(cons "$"
+ "$")' for TeX inline equations '$...$', and '(cons "\\(" "\\)")'
+ for LaTeX inline equations '\(...\)'.
+
+ If the variable is non-nil and point is inside math mode right
+ between a couple of single dollars, pressing '$' will insert
+ another pair of dollar signs and leave the point between them.
+ Thus, if 'TeX-electric-math' is set to '(cons "$" "$")' you can
+ easily obtain a TeX display equation '$$...$$' by pressing '$'
+ twice in a row. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs
+ in LaTeX because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset
+ documents.)
+
+ In addition, when the variable is non-nil and there is an active
+ region outside math mode, typing '$' will put around the active
+ region symbols for opening and closing inline equation and keep the
+ region active, leaving point after the closing symbol. By pressing
+ repeatedly '$' while the region is active you can toggle between an
+ inline equation, a display equation, and no equation. To be
+ precise, '$...$' is replaced by '$$...$$', whereas '\(...\)' is
+ replaced by '\[...\]'.
+
+ If you want to automatically insert '$...$' in plain TeX files, and
+'\(...\)' in LaTeX files by pressing '$', add the following to your init
+file
+ (add-hook 'plain-TeX-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
+ (cons "$" "$"))))
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
+ (cons "\\(" "\\)"))))
+
+Braces
+------
+
+To avoid unbalanced braces, it is useful to insert them pairwise. You
+can do this by typing 'C-c {'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-braces
+ ('C-c {') Make a pair of braces and position the cursor to type
+ inside of them. If there is an active region, put braces around it
+ and leave point after the closing brace.
+
+ When writing complex math formulas in LaTeX documents, you sometimes
+need to adjust the size of braces with pairs of macros like
+'\left'-'\right', '\bigl'-'\bigr' and so on. You can avoid unbalanced
+pairs with the help of 'TeX-insert-macro', bound to 'C-c C-m' or 'C-c
+<RET>' (*note Completion::). If you insert left size adjusting macros
+such as '\left', '\bigl' etc. with 'TeX-insert-macro', it asks for left
+brace to use and supplies automatically right size adjusting macros such
+as '\right', '\bigr' etc. and corresponding right brace in addtion to
+the intended left macro and left brace.
+
+ The completion by 'TeX-insert-macro' also applies when entering
+macros such as '\langle', '\lfloor' and '\lceil', which produce the left
+part of the paired braces. For example, inserting '\lfloor' by 'C-c
+C-m' is immediately followed by the insertion of '\rfloor'. In
+addition, if the point was located just after '\left' or its friends,
+the corresponding '\right' etc. will be inserted in front of '\rfloor'.
+In both cases, active region is honored.
+
+ As a side effect, when 'LaTeX-math-mode' (*note Mathematics::) is on,
+just typing '`(' inserts not only '\langle', but also '\rangle'.
+
+ If you do not like such auto completion at all, it can be disabled by
+a user option.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-arg-right-insert-p
+ If this option is turned off, the automatic supply of the right
+ macros and braces is suppressed.
+
+ When you edit LaTeX documents, you can enable automatic brace pairing
+when typing '(', '{' and '['.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace
+ If this option is on, just typing '(', '{' or '[' immediately adds
+ the corresponding right brace ')', '}' or ']'. The point is left
+ after the opening brace. If there is an active region, braces are
+ put around it.
+
+ They recognize the preceeding backslash or size adjusting macros
+ such as '\left', '\bigl' etc., so the following completions will
+ occur:
+
+ * (when typing single left brace)
+
+ - '(' -> '()'
+
+ - '{' -> '{}'
+
+ - '[' -> '[]'
+
+ * (when typing left brace just after a backslash)
+
+ - '\(' -> '\(\)'
+
+ - '\{' -> '\{\}'
+
+ - '\[' -> '\[\]'
+
+ * (when typing just after '\left' or '\bigl')
+
+ - '\left(' -> '\left(\right)'
+
+ - '\bigl[' -> '\bigl[\bigr]'
+
+ * (when typing just after '\Bigl\')
+
+ - '\Bigl\{' -> '\Bigl\{\Bigr\}'
+
+ This auto completion feature may be a bit annoying when editing an
+ already existing LaTeX document. In that case, use 'C-u 1' or
+ 'C-q' before typing '(', '{' or '['. Then no completion is done
+ and just a single left brace is inserted. In fact, with optional
+ prefix ARG, just that many open braces are inserted without any
+ completion.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Font Specifiers, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Quotes,
Up: Editing
+
+2.2 Inserting Font Specifiers
+=============================
+
+Perhaps the most used keyboard commands of AUCTeX are the short-cuts
+available for easy insertion of font changing macros.
+
+ If you give an argument (that is, type 'C-u') to the font command,
+the innermost font will be replaced, i.e. the font in the TeX group
+around point will be changed. The following table shows the available
+commands, with '-!-' indicating the position where the text will be
+inserted.
+
+'C-c C-f C-b'
+ Insert bold face '\textbf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-i'
+ Insert italics '\textit{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-e'
+ Insert emphasized '\emph{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-s'
+ Insert slanted '\textsl{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-r'
+ Insert roman \textrm{-!-} text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-f'
+ Insert sans serif '\textsf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-t'
+ Insert typewriter '\texttt{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-c'
+ Insert SMALL CAPS '\textsc{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-d'
+ Delete the innermost font specification containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-font replace what
+ ('C-c C-f') Insert template for font change command.
+
+ If REPLACE is not nil, replace current font. WHAT determines the
+ font to use, as specified by 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-font-list
+ List of fonts used by 'TeX-font'.
+
+ Each entry is a list with three elements. The first element is the
+ key to activate the font. The second element is the string to
+ insert before point, and the third element is the string to insert
+ after point. An optional fourth element means always replace if
+ not nil.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-font-list
+ List of fonts used by 'TeX-font' in LaTeX mode. It has the same
+ structure as 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Environments, Prev: Font
Specifiers, Up: Editing
+
+2.3 Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+======================================
+
+Insertion of sectioning macros, that is '\chapter', '\section',
+'\subsection', etc. and accompanying '\label''s may be eased by using
+'C-c C-s'. This command is highly customizable, the following describes
+the default behavior.
+
+ When invoking you will be asked for a section macro to insert. An
+appropriate default is automatically selected by AUCTeX, that is either:
+at the top of the document; the top level sectioning for that document
+style, and any other place: The same as the last occurring sectioning
+command.
+
+ Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section. The
+label will be prefixed by the value specified in 'LaTeX-section-hook'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-section ARG
+ ('C-c C-s') Insert a sectioning command.
+
+ Determine the type of section to be inserted, by the argument ARG.
+
+ * If ARG is nil or missing, use the current level.
+ * If ARG is a list (selected by C-u), go downward one level.
+ * If ARG is negative, go up that many levels.
+ * If ARG is positive or zero, use absolute level:
+ + 0 : part
+ + 1 : chapter
+ + 2 : section
+ + 3 : subsection
+ + 4 : subsubsection
+ + 5 : paragraph
+ + 6 : subparagraph
+
+ The following variables can be set to customize the function.
+
+ 'LaTeX-section-hook'
+ Hooks to be run when inserting a section.
+ 'LaTeX-section-label'
+ Prefix to all section references.
+
+ The precise behavior of 'LaTeX-section' is defined by the contents of
+'LaTeX-section-hook'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-section-hook
+ List of hooks to run when a new section is inserted.
+
+ The following variables are set before the hooks are run
+
+ LEVEL
+ Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to
+ 'LaTeX-section'.
+ NAME
+ Name of the sectioning command, derived from LEVEL.
+ TITLE
+ The title of the section, default to an empty string.
+ TOC
+ Entry for the table of contents list, default nil.
+ DONE-MARK
+ Position of point afterwards, default nil meaning after the
+ inserted text.
+
+ A number of hooks are already defined. Most likely, you will be
+ able to get the desired functionality by choosing from these hooks.
+
+ 'LaTeX-section-heading'
+ Query the user about the name of the sectioning command.
+ Modifies LEVEL and NAME.
+ 'LaTeX-section-title'
+ Query the user about the title of the section. Modifies
+ TITLE.
+ 'LaTeX-section-toc'
+ Query the user for the toc entry. Modifies TOC.
+ 'LaTeX-section-section'
+ Insert LaTeX section command according to NAME, TITLE, and
+ TOC. If TOC is nil, no toc entry is inserted. If TOC or
+ TITLE are empty strings, DONE-MARK will be placed at the point
+ they should be inserted.
+ 'LaTeX-section-label'
+ Insert a label after the section command. Controlled by the
+ variable 'LaTeX-section-label'.
+
+ To get a full featured 'LaTeX-section' command, insert
+
+ (setq LaTeX-section-hook
+ '(LaTeX-section-heading
+ LaTeX-section-title
+ LaTeX-section-toc
+ LaTeX-section-section
+ LaTeX-section-label))
+
+ in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ The behavior of 'LaTeX-section-label' is determined by the variable
+'LaTeX-section-label'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-section-label
+ Default prefix when asking for a label.
+
+ If it is a string, it is used unchanged for all kinds of sections.
+ If it is nil, no label is inserted. If it is a list, the list is
+ searched for a member whose car is equal to the name of the
+ sectioning command being inserted. The cdr is then used as the
+ prefix. If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label
+ is inserted.
+
+ By default, chapters have a prefix of 'cha:' while sections and
+ subsections have a prefix of 'sec:'. Labels are not automatically
+ inserted for other types of sections.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Environments, Next: Mathematics, Prev:
Sectioning, Up: Editing
+
+2.4 Inserting Environment Templates
+===================================
+
+A large apparatus is available that supports insertions of environments,
+that is '\begin{}' -- '\end{}' pairs.
+
+ AUCTeX is aware of most of the actual environments available in a
+specific document. This is achieved by examining your '\documentclass'
+command, and consulting a precompiled list of environments available in
+a large number of styles.
+
+ Most of these are described further in the following sections, and
+you may easily specify more. *Note Customizing Environments::.
+
+ You insert an environment with 'C-c C-e', and select an environment
+type. Depending on the environment, AUCTeX may ask more questions about
+the optional parts of the selected environment type. With 'C-u C-c C-e'
+you will change the current environment.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-environment ARG
+ ('C-c C-e') AUCTeX will prompt you for an environment to insert.
+ At this prompt, you may press <TAB> or <SPC> to complete a
+ partially written name, and/or to get a list of available
+ environments. After selection of a specific environment AUCTeX may
+ prompt you for further specifications.
+
+ If the optional argument ARG is not-nil (i.e. you have given a
+ prefix argument), the current environment is modified and no new
+ environment is inserted.
+
+ AUCTeX helps you adding labels to environments which use them, such
+as 'equation', 'figure', 'table', etc... When you insert one of the
+supported environments with 'C-c C-e', you will be automatically
+prompted for a label. You can select the prefix to be used for such
+environments with the 'LaTeX-label-alist' variable.
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-label-alist
+ List the prefixes to be used for the label of each supported
+ environment.
+
+ This is an alist whose car is the environment name, and the cdr
+ either the prefix or a symbol referring to one.
+
+ If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label is
+ automatically inserted for that environment.
+
+ If you want to automatically insert a label for a environment but
+ with an empty prefix, use the empty string '""' as the cdr of the
+ corresponding entry.
+
+ As a default selection, AUCTeX will suggest the environment last
+inserted or, as the first choice the value of the variable
+'LaTeX-default-environment'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-environment
+ Default environment to insert when invoking 'LaTeX-environment'
+ first time. When the current environment is 'document', it is
+ overriden by 'LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
+
+ -- Variable: LaTeX-default-document-environment
+ Default environment when invoking 'LaTeX-environment' and the
+ current environment is 'document'. It is intended to be used in
+ LaTeX class style files. For example, in 'beamer.el' it is set to
+ 'frame', in 'letter.el' to 'letter', and in 'slides.el' to 'slide'.
+
+ If the document is empty, or the cursor is placed at the top of the
+document, AUCTeX will default to insert a 'document' environment
+prompting also for the insertion of '\documentclass' and '\usepackage'
+macros. You will be prompted for a new package until you enter nothing.
+If you do not want to insert any '\usepackage' at all, just press <RET>
+at the first 'Packages' prompt.
+
+ AUCTeX distinguishes normal and expert environments. By default, it
+will offer completion only for normal environments. This behavior is
+controlled by the user option 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-complete-expert-commands
+ Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
+
+ Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
+
+ nil
+ Don't complete expert commands (default).
+ t
+ Always complete expert commands.
+ (STYLES ...)
+ Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Equations:: Equations
+* Floats:: Floats
+* Itemize-like:: Itemize-like Environments
+* Tabular-like:: Tabular-like Environments
+* Customizing Environments:: Customizing Environments
+
+ You can close the current environment with 'C-c ]', but we suggest
+that you use 'C-c C-e' to insert complete environments instead.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-close-environment
+ ('C-c ]') Insert an '\end' that matches the current environment.
+
+ AUCTeX offers keyboard shortcuts for moving point to the beginning
+and to the end of the current environment.
+ -- Command: LaTeX-find-matching-begin
+ ('C-M-a') Move point to the '\begin' of the current environment.
+
+ If this command is called inside a comment and
+ 'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is enabled, try to find the environment
+ in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-find-matching-end
+ ('C-M-e') Move point to the '\end' of the current environment.
+
+ If this command is called inside a comment and
+ 'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is enabled, try to find the environment
+ in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Equations, Next: Floats, Up: Environments
+
+2.4.1 Equations
+---------------
+
+When inserting equation-like environments, the '\label' will have a
+default prefix, which is controlled by the following variables:
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-equation-label
+ Prefix to use for 'equation' labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-eqnarray-label
+ Prefix to use for 'eqnarray' labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-amsmath-label
+ Prefix to use for amsmath equation labels. Amsmath equations
+ include 'align', 'alignat', 'xalignat', 'aligned', 'flalign' and
+ 'gather'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Floats, Next: Itemize-like, Prev: Equations, Up:
Environments
+
+2.4.2 Floats
+------------
+
+Figures and tables (i.e., floats) may also be inserted using AUCTeX.
+After choosing either 'figure' or 'table' in the environment list
+described above, you will be prompted for a number of additional things.
+
+FLOAT POSITION
+ This is the optional argument of float environments that controls
+ how they are placed in the final document. In LaTeX this is a
+ sequence of the letters 'htbp' as described in the LaTeX manual.
+ The value will default to the value of 'LaTeX-float'.
+
+CAPTION
+ This is the caption of the float. The default is to insert the
+ caption at the bottom of the float. You can specify floats where
+ the caption should be placed at the top with
+ 'LaTeX-top-caption-list'.
+
+LABEL
+ The label of this float. The label will have a default prefix,
+ which is controlled by the variables 'LaTeX-figure-label' and
+ 'LaTeX-table-label'.
+
+ Moreover, you will be asked if you want the contents of the float
+environment to be horizontally centered. Upon a positive answer a
+'\centering' macro will be inserted at the beginning of the float
+environment.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-float
+ Default placement for floats.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-figure-label
+ Prefix to use for figure labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-table-label
+ Prefix to use for table labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-top-caption-list
+ List of float environments with top caption.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Itemize-like, Next: Tabular-like, Prev: Floats,
Up: Environments
+
+2.4.3 Itemize-like Environments
+-------------------------------
+
+In an itemize-like environment, nodes (i.e., '\item's) may be inserted
+using 'C-c <LFD>'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-insert-item
+ ('C-c <LFD>') Close the current item, move to the next line and
+ insert an appropriate '\item' for the current environment. That
+ is, 'itemize' and 'enumerate' will have '\item ' inserted, while
+ 'description' will have '\item[]' inserted.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-arg-item-label-p
+ If non-nil, you will always be asked for optional label in items.
+ Otherwise, you will be asked only in description environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Tabular-like, Next: Customizing Environments,
Prev: Itemize-like, Up: Environments
+
+2.4.4 Tabular-like Environments
+-------------------------------
+
+When inserting Tabular-like environments, that is, 'tabular' 'array'
+etc., you will be prompted for a template for that environment. Related
+variables:
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-format
+ Default format string for array and tabular environments.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-width
+ Default width for minipage and tabular* environments.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-position
+ Default position string for array and tabular environments. If
+ nil, act like the empty string is given, but don't prompt for a
+ position.
+
+ AUCTeX calculates the number of columns from the format string and
+inserts the suitable number of ampersands.
+
+ You can use 'C-c <LFD>' ('LaTeX-insert-item') to terminate rows in
+these environments. It supplies line break macro '\\' and inserts the
+suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-insert-item
+ ('C-c <LFD>') Close the current row with '\\', move to the next
+ line and insert an appropriate number of ampersands for the current
+ environment.
+
+ Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments such
+as 'align', 'gather', 'alignat', 'matrix' etc. Try typing 'C-c <LFD>'
+in these environments. It recognizes the current environment and does
+the appropriate job depending on the context.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customizing Environments, Prev: Tabular-like, Up:
Environments
+
+2.4.5 Customizing Environments
+------------------------------
+
+*Note Adding Environments::, for how to customize the list of known
+environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mathematics, Next: Completion, Prev:
Environments, Up: Editing
+
+2.5 Entering Mathematics
+========================
+
+TeX is written by a mathematician, and has always contained good support
+for formatting mathematical text. AUCTeX supports this tradition, by
+offering a special minor mode for entering text with many mathematical
+symbols. You can enter this mode by typing 'C-c ~'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-math-mode
+ ('C-c ~') Toggle LaTeX Math mode. This is a minor mode rebinding
+ the key 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' to allow easy typing of
+ mathematical symbols. '`' will read a character from the keyboard,
+ and insert the symbol as specified in 'LaTeX-math-default' and
+ 'LaTeX-math-list'. If given a prefix argument, the symbol will be
+ surrounded by dollar signs.
+
+ You can use another prefix key (instead of '`') by setting the
+variable 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'.
+
+ To enable LaTeX Math mode by default, add the following in your
+'.emacs' file:
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-math-mode)
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix
+ A string containing the prefix of 'LaTeX-math-mode' commands; This
+ value defaults to '`'.
+
+ The string has to be a key or key sequence in a format understood
+ by the 'kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax usually used in
+ the manuals for Emacs Emacs Lisp.
+
+ The variable 'LaTeX-math-list' allows you to add your own mappings.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-list
+ A list containing user-defined keys and commands to be used in
+ LaTeX Math mode. Each entry should be a list of two to four
+ elements.
+
+ First, the key to be used after 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' for
+ macro insertion. If it is nil, the symbol has no associated
+ keystroke (it is available in the menu, though).
+
+ Second, a string representing the name of the macro (without a
+ leading backslash.)
+
+ Third, a string representing the name of a submenu the command
+ should be added to. Use a list of strings in case of nested menus.
+
+ Fourth, the position of a Unicode character to be displayed in the
+ menu alongside the macro name. This is an integer value.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
+ Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect. Your
+ Emacs built must be able to display include Unicode characters in
+ menus for this feature.
+
+ AUCTeX's reference card 'tex-ref.tex' includes a list of all math
+mode commands.
+
+ AUCTeX can help you write subscripts and superscripts in math
+constructs by automatically inserting a pair of braces after typing <_>
+or <^> respectively and putting point between the braces. In order to
+enable this feature, set the variable 'TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'
+to a non-nil value.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript
+ If non-nil, insert braces after typing <^> and <_> in math mode.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Completion, Next: Marking, Prev: Mathematics,
Up: Editing
+
+2.6 Completion
+==============
+
+Emacs lisp programmers probably know the 'lisp-complete-symbol' command,
+usually bound to 'M-<TAB>'. Users of the wonderful ispell mode know and
+love the 'ispell-complete-word' command from that package. Similarly,
+AUCTeX has a 'TeX-complete-symbol' command, by default bound to
+'M-<TAB>' which is equivalent to 'M-C-i'. Using 'TeX-complete-symbol'
+makes it easier to type and remember the names of long LaTeX macros.
+
+ In order to use 'TeX-complete-symbol', you should write a backslash
+and the start of the macro. Typing 'M-<TAB>' will now complete as much
+of the macro, as it unambiguously can. For example, if you type
+''\renewc'' and then 'M-<TAB>', it will expand to ''\renewcommand''.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-complete-symbol
+ ('M-<TAB>') Complete TeX symbol before point.
+
+ A more direct way to insert a macro is with 'TeX-insert-macro', bound
+to 'C-c C-m' which is equivalent to 'C-c <RET>'. It has the advantage
+over completion that it knows about the argument of most standard LaTeX
+macros, and will prompt for them. It also knows about the type of the
+arguments, so it will for example give completion for the argument to
+'\include'. Some examples are listed below.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-macro
+ ('C-c C-m' or 'C-c <RET>') Prompt (with completion) for the name of
+ a TeX macro, and if AUCTeX knows the macro, prompt for each
+ argument.
+
+ As a default selection, AUCTeX will suggest the macro last inserted
+or, as the first choice the value of the variable 'TeX-default-macro'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-macro-default-style
+ Specifies whether 'TeX-insert-macro' will ask for all optional
+ arguments.
+
+ If set to the symbol 'show-optional-args', 'TeX-insert-macro' asks
+ for optional arguments of TeX marcos, unless the previous optional
+ argument has been rejected. If set to 'show-all-optional-args',
+ 'TeX-insert-macro' asks for all optional arguments.
+ 'mandatory-args-only', 'TeX-insert-macro' asks only for mandatory
+ arguments. When 'TeX-insert-macro' is called with prefix argument
+ ('C-u'), it's the other way round.
+
+ Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, e.g.
+ 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' and 'TeX-arg-cite-note-p'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-default-macro
+ Default macro to insert when invoking 'TeX-insert-macro' first
+ time.
+
+ A faster alternative is to bind the function 'TeX-electric-macro' to
+'\'. This can be done by setting the variable 'TeX-electric-escape'
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-escape
+ If this is non-nil when AUCTeX is loaded, the TeX escape character
+ '\' will be bound to 'TeX-electric-macro'
+
+ The difference between 'TeX-insert-macro' and 'TeX-electric-macro' is
+that space will complete and exit from the minibuffer in
+'TeX-electric-macro'. Use <TAB> if you merely want to complete.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-electric-macro
+ Prompt (with completion) for the name of a TeX macro, and if AUCTeX
+ knows the macro, prompt for each argument. Space will complete and
+ exit.
+
+ By default AUCTeX will put an empty set braces '{}' after a macro
+with no arguments to stop it from eating the next whitespace. This can
+be stopped by entering 'LaTeX-math-mode', *note Mathematics::, or by
+setting 'TeX-insert-braces' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-braces
+ If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-braces-alist
+ Control the insertion of a pair of braces after a macro on a per
+ macro basis.
+
+ This variable is an alist. Each element is a cons cell, whose car
+ is the macro name, and the cdr is non-nil or nil, depending on
+ whether a pair of braces should be, respectively, appended or not
+ to the macro.
+
+ If a macro has an element in this variable, 'TeX-parse-macro' will
+ use its value to decided what to do, whatever the value of the
+ variable 'TeX-insert-braces'.
+
+ Completions work because AUCTeX can analyze TeX files, and store
+symbols in Emacs Lisp files for later retrieval. *Note Automatic::, for
+more information.
+
+ AUCTeX distinguishes normal and expert macros. By default, it will
+offer completion only for normal commands. This behavior can be
+controlled using the user option 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-complete-expert-commands
+ Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
+
+ Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
+
+ nil
+ Don't complete expert commands (default).
+ t
+ Always complete expert commands.
+ (STYLES ...)
+ Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
+
+ AUCTeX will also make completion for many macro arguments, for
+example existing labels when you enter a '\ref' macro with
+'TeX-insert-macro' or 'TeX-electric-macro', and BibTeX entries when you
+enter a '\cite' macro. For this kind of completion to work, parsing
+must be enabled as described in *note Parsing Files::. For '\cite' you
+must also make sure that the BibTeX files have been saved at least once
+after you enabled automatic parsing on save, and that the basename of
+the BibTeX file does not conflict with the basename of one of TeX files.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking, Next: Commenting, Prev: Completion, Up:
Editing
+
+2.7 Marking Environments, Sections, or Texinfo Nodes
+====================================================
+
+You can mark the current environment by typing 'C-c .', or the current
+section by typing 'C-c *'.
+
+ In Texinfo documents you can type 'M-C-h' to mark the current node.
+
+ When the region is set, the point is moved to its beginning and the
+mark to its end.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Marking (LaTeX):: LaTeX Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+* Marking (Texinfo):: Texinfo Commands for Marking Environments, Sections,
and Nodes
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking (LaTeX), Next: Marking (Texinfo), Up:
Marking
+
+2.7.1 LaTeX Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-mark-section
+ ('C-c *') Set mark at end of current logical section, and point at
+ top.
+
+ With a non-nil prefix argument, mark only the region from the
+ current section start to the next sectioning command. Thereby
+ subsections are not being marked. Otherwise, any included
+ subsections are also marked along with current section.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-mark-environment
+ ('C-c .') Set mark to the end of the current environment and point
+ to the matching beginning.
+
+ If a prefix argument is given, mark the respective number of
+ enclosing environments. The command will not work properly if
+ there are unbalanced begin-end pairs in comments and verbatim
+ environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking (Texinfo), Prev: Marking (LaTeX), Up:
Marking
+
+2.7.2 Texinfo Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-section
+ ('C-c *') Mark the current section, with inclusion of any
+ containing node.
+
+ The current section is detected as starting by any of the
+ structuring commands matched by the regular expression in the
+ variable 'outline-regexp' which in turn is a regular expression
+ matching any element of the variable 'texinfo-section-list'.
+
+ With a non-nil prefix argument, mark only the region from the
+ current section start to the next sectioning command. Thereby
+ subsections are not being marked. Otherwise, any included
+ subsections are also marked
+
+ Note that when the current section is starting immediately after a
+ node command, then the node command is also marked as part of the
+ section.
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-environment
+ ('C-c .') Set mark to the end of the current environment and point
+ to the matching beginning.
+
+ If a prefix argument is given, mark the respective number of
+ enclosing environments. The command will not work properly if
+ there are unbalanced begin-end pairs in comments and verbatim
+ environments.
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-node
+ ('M-C-h') Mark the current node. This is the node in which point
+ is located. It is starting at the previous occurrence of the
+ keyword '@node' and ending at next occurrence of the keywords
+ '@node' or '@bye'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Commenting, Next: Indenting, Prev: Marking, Up:
Editing
+
+2.8 Commenting
+==============
+
+It is often necessary to comment out temporarily a region of TeX or
+LaTeX code. This can be done with the commands 'C-c ;' and 'C-c %'.
+'C-c ;' will comment out all lines in the current region, while 'C-c %'
+will comment out the current paragraph. Type 'C-c ;' again to uncomment
+all lines of a commented region, or 'C-c %' again to uncomment all
+comment lines around point. These commands will insert or remove a
+single '%' respectively.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region
+ ('C-c ;') Add or remove '%' from the beginning of each line in the
+ current region. Uncommenting works only if the region encloses
+ solely commented lines. If AUCTeX should not try to guess if the
+ region should be commented or uncommented the commands
+ 'TeX-comment-region' and 'TeX-uncomment-region' can be used to
+ explicitly comment or uncomment the region in concern.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph
+ ('C-c %') Add or remove '%' from the beginning of each line in the
+ current paragraph. When removing '%' characters the paragraph is
+ considered to consist of all preceding and succeeding lines
+ starting with a '%', until the first non-comment line.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Indenting, Next: Filling, Prev: Commenting, Up:
Editing
+
+2.9 Indenting
+=============
+
+Indentation means the addition of whitespace at the beginning of lines
+to reflect special syntactical constructs. This makes it easier to see
+the structure of the document, and to catch errors such as a missing
+closing brace. Thus, the indentation is done for precisely the same
+reasons that you would indent ordinary computer programs.
+
+ Indentation is done by LaTeX environments and by TeX groups, that is
+the body of an environment is indented by the value of
+'LaTeX-indent-level' (default 2). Also, items of an 'itemize-like'
+environment are indented by the value of 'LaTeX-item-indent', default
+-2. (Items are identified with the help of 'LaTeX-item-regexp'.) If
+more environments are nested, they are indented 'accumulated' just like
+most programming languages usually are seen indented in nested
+constructs.
+
+ You can explicitely indent single lines, usually by pressing <TAB>,
+or marked regions by calling 'indent-region' on it. If you have
+'auto-fill-mode' enabled and a line is broken while you type it, Emacs
+automatically cares about the indentation in the following line. If you
+want to have a similar behavior upon typing <RET>, you can customize the
+variable 'TeX-newline-function' and change the default of 'newline'
+which does no indentation to 'newline-and-indent' which indents the new
+line or 'reindent-then-newline-and-indent' which indents both the
+current and the new line.
+
+ There are certain LaTeX environments which should be indented in a
+special way, like 'tabular' or 'verbatim'. Those environments may be
+specified in the variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list' together with
+their special indentation functions. Taking the 'verbatim' environment
+as an example you can see that 'current-indentation' is used as the
+indentation function. This will stop AUCTeX from doing any indentation
+in the environment if you hit <TAB> for example.
+
+ There are environments in 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list' which do
+not bring a special indentation function with them. This is due to the
+fact that first the respective functions are not implemented yet and
+second that filling will be disabled for the specified environments.
+This shall prevent the source code from being messed up by accidently
+filling those environments with the standard filling routine. If you
+think that providing special filling routines for such environments
+would be an appropriate and challenging task for you, you are invited to
+contribute. (*Note Filling::, for further information about the filling
+functionality)
+
+ The check for the indentation function may be enabled or disabled by
+customizing the variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-check'.
+
+ As a side note with regard to formatting special environments: Newer
+Emacsen include 'align.el' and therefore provide some support for
+formatting 'tabular' and 'tabbing' environments with the function
+'align-current' which will nicely align columns in the source code.
+
+ AUCTeX is able to format commented parts of your code just as any
+other part. This means LaTeX environments and TeX groups in comments
+will be indented syntactically correct if the variable
+'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is set to t. If you disable it, comments
+will be filled like normal text and no syntactic indentation will be
+done.
+
+ Following you will find a list of most commands and variables related
+to indenting with a small summary in each case:
+
+'<TAB>'
+ 'LaTeX-indent-line' will indent the current line.
+
+'<LFD>'
+ 'newline-and-indent' inserts a new line (much like <RET>) and moves
+ the cursor to an appropriate position by the left margin.
+
+ Most keyboards nowadays lack a linefeed key and 'C-j' may be
+ tedious to type. Therefore you can customize AUCTeX to perform
+ indentation upon typing <RET> as well. The respective option is
+ called 'TeX-newline-function'.
+
+'C-j'
+ Alias for <LFD>
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-indent-environment-list
+ List of environments with special indentation. The second element
+ in each entry is the function to calculate the indentation level in
+ columns.
+
+ The filling code currently cannot handle tabular-like environments
+ which will be completely messed-up if you try to format them. This
+ is why most of these environments are included in this
+ customization option without a special indentation function. This
+ will prevent that they get filled.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-indent-level
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for each '\begin' not
+ matched by a '\end'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-item-indent
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for '\item''s in list
+ environments.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-brace-indent-level
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for each '{' not matched
+ by a '}'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-syntactic-comments
+ If non-nil comments will be filled and indented according to LaTeX
+ syntax. Otherwise they will be filled like normal text.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-newline-function
+ Used to specify the function which is called when <RET> is pressed.
+ This will normally be 'newline' which simply inserts a new line.
+ In case you want to have AUCTeX do indentation as well when you
+ press <RET>, use the built-in functions 'newline-and-indent' or
+ 'reindent-then-newline-and-indent'. The former inserts a new line
+ and indents the following line, i.e. it moves the cursor to the
+ right position and therefore acts as if you pressed <LFD>. The
+ latter function additionally indents the current line. If you
+ choose 'Other', you can specify your own fancy function to be
+ called when <RET> is pressed.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Filling, Prev: Indenting, Up: Editing
+
+2.10 Filling
+============
+
+Filling deals with the insertion of line breaks to prevent lines from
+becoming wider than what is specified in 'fill-column'. The linebreaks
+will be inserted automatically if 'auto-fill-mode' is enabled. In this
+case the source is not only filled but also indented automatically as
+you write it.
+
+ 'auto-fill-mode' can be enabled for AUCTeX by calling
+'turn-on-auto-fill' in one of the hooks AUCTeX is running. *Note Modes
+and Hooks::. As an example, if you want to enable 'auto-fill-mode' in
+'LaTeX-mode', put the following into your init file:
+
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
+
+ You can manually fill explicitely marked regions, paragraphs,
+environments, complete sections, or the whole buffer. (Note that manual
+filling in AUCTeX will indent the start of the region to be filled in
+contrast to many other Emacs modes.)
+
+ There are some syntactical constructs which are handled specially
+with regard to filling. These are so-called code comments and paragraph
+commands.
+
+ Code comments are comments preceded by code or text in the same line.
+Upon filling a region, code comments themselves will not get filled.
+Filling is done from the start of the region to the line with the code
+comment and continues after it. In order to prevent overfull lines in
+the source code, a linebreak will be inserted before the last
+non-comment word by default. This can be changed by customizing
+'LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments'. If you have overfull lines
+with code comments you can fill those explicitely by calling
+'LaTeX-fill-paragraph' or pressing 'M-q' with the cursor positioned on
+them. This will add linebreaks in the comment and indent subsequent
+comment lines to the column of the comment in the first line of the code
+comment. In this special case 'M-q' only acts on the current line and
+not on the whole paragraph.
+
+ Lines with '\par' are treated similarly to code comments, i.e.
+'\par' will be treated as paragraph boundary which should not be
+followed by other code or text. But it is not treated as a real
+paragraph boundary like an empty line where filling a paragraph would
+stop.
+
+ Paragraph commands like '\section' or '\noindent' (the list of
+commands is defined by 'LaTeX-paragraph-commands') are often to be
+placed in their own line(s). This means they should not be consecuted
+with any preceding or following adjacent lines of text. AUCTeX will
+prevent this from happening if you do not put any text except another
+macro after the end of the last brace of the respective macro. If there
+is other text after the macro, AUCTeX regards this as a sign that the
+macro is part of the following paragraph.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+
+ \begin{quote}
+ text text text text
+
+ \begin{quote}\label{foo}
+ text text text text
+
+ If you press 'M-q' on the first line in both examples, nothing will
+change. But if you write
+
+ \begin{quote} text
+ text text text text
+
+ and press 'M-q', you will get
+
+ \begin{quote} text text text text text
+
+ Besides code comments and paragraph commands, another speciality of
+filling in AUCTeX involves commented lines. You should be aware that
+these comments are treated as islands in the rest of the LaTeX code if
+syntactic filling is enabled. This means, for example, if you try to
+fill an environment with 'LaTeX-fill-environment' and have the cursor
+placed on a commented line which does not have a surrounding environment
+inside the comment, AUCTeX will report an error.
+
+ The relevant commands and variables with regard to filling are:
+
+'C-c C-q C-p'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph' will fill and indent the current paragraph.
+
+'M-q'
+ Alias for 'C-c C-q C-p'
+
+'C-c C-q C-e'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-environment' will fill and indent the current
+ environment. This may e.g. be the 'document' environment, in
+ which case the entire document will be formatted.
+
+'C-c C-q C-s'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-section' will fill and indent the current logical
+ sectional unit.
+
+'C-c C-q C-r'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-region' will fill and indent the current region.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators
+ List of separators before or after which respectively linebreaks
+ will be inserted if they do not fit into one line. The separators
+ can be curly braces, brackets, switches for inline math ('$', '\(',
+ '\)') and switches for display math ('\[', '\]'). Such formatting
+ can be useful to make macros and math more visible or to prevent
+ overfull lines in the LaTeX source in case a package for displaying
+ formatted TeX output inside the Emacs buffer, like preview-latex,
+ is used.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments
+ Code comments are comments preceded by some other text in the same
+ line. When a paragraph containing such a comment is to be filled,
+ the comment start will be seen as a border after which no line
+ breaks will be inserted in the same line. If the option
+ 'LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments' is enabled (which is the
+ default) and the comment does not fit into the line, a line break
+ will be inserted before the last non-comment word to minimize the
+ chance that the line becomes overfull.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Display, Next: Processing, Prev: Editing, Up: Top
+
+3 Controlling Screen Display
+****************************
+
+It is often desirable to get visual help of what markup code in a text
+actually does without having to decipher it explicitly. For this
+purpose Emacs and AUCTeX provide font locking (also known as syntax
+highlighting) which visually sets off markup code like macros or
+environments by using different colors or fonts. For example text to be
+typeset in italics can be displayed with an italic font in the editor as
+well, or labels and references get their own distinct color.
+
+ While font locking helps you grasp the purpose of markup code and
+separate markup from content, the markup code can still be distracting.
+AUCTeX lets you hide those parts and show them again at request with its
+built-in support for hiding macros and environments which we call
+folding here.
+
+ Besides folding of macros and environments, AUCTeX provides support
+for Emacs' outline mode which lets you narrow the buffer content to
+certain sections of your text by hiding the parts not belonging to these
+sections.
+
+ Moreover, you can focus in a specific portion of the code by
+narrowing the buffer to the desired region. AUCTeX provides also
+functions to narrow the buffer to the current group and to LaTeX
+environments.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font Locking:: Font Locking
+* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
+* Outline:: Outlining the Document
+* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Font Locking, Next: Folding, Up: Display
+
+3.1 Font Locking
+================
+
+Font locking is supposed to improve readability of the source code by
+highlighting certain keywords with different colors or fonts. It
+thereby lets you recognize the function of markup code to a certain
+extent without having to read the markup command. For general
+information on controlling font locking with Emacs' Font Lock mode, see
+*note Font Lock Mode: (emacs)Font Lock.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-install-font-lock
+ Once font locking is enabled globally or for the major modes
+ provided by AUCTeX, the font locking patterns and functionality of
+ font-latex are activated by default. You can switch to a different
+ font locking scheme or disable font locking in AUCTeX by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-install-font-lock'.
+
+ Besides font-latex AUCTeX ships with a scheme which is derived from
+ Emacs' default LaTeX mode and activated by choosing
+ 'tex-font-setup'. Be aware that this scheme is not coupled with
+ AUCTeX's style system and not the focus of development. Therefore
+ and due to font-latex being much more feature-rich the following
+ explanations will only cover font-latex.
+
+ In case you want to hook in your own fontification scheme, you can
+ choose 'other' and insert the name of the function which sets up
+ your font locking patterns. If you want to disable fontification
+ in AUCTeX completely, choose 'ignore'.
+
+ font-latex provides many options for customization which are
+accessible with 'M-x customize-group RET font-latex RET'. For this
+description the various options are explained in conceptional groups.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Fontification of macros:: Fontification of macros
+* Fontification of quotes:: Fontification of quotes
+* Fontification of math:: Fontification of math constructs
+* Verbatim content:: Verbatim macros and environments
+* Faces:: Faces used by font-latex
+* Known problems:: Known fontification problems
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of macros, Next: Fontification of
quotes, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.1 Fontification of macros
+-----------------------------
+
+Highlighting of macros can be customized by adapting keyword lists which
+can be found in the customization group 'font-latex-keywords'.
+
+ Three types of macros can be handled differently with respect to
+fontification:
+
+ 1. Commands of the form '\foo[bar]{baz}' which consist of the macro
+ itself, optional arguments in square brackets and mandatory
+ arguments in curly braces. For the command itself the face
+ 'font-lock-keyword-face' will be used and for the optional
+ arguments the face 'font-lock-variable-name-face'. The face
+ applied to the mandatory argument depends on the macro class
+ represented by the respective built-in variables.
+ 2. Declaration macros of the form '{\foo text}' which consist of the
+ macro which may be enclosed in a TeX group together with text to be
+ affected by the macro. In case a TeX group is present, the macro
+ will get the face 'font-lock-keyword-face' and the text will get
+ the face configured for the respective macro class. If no TeX
+ group is present, the latter face will be applied to the macro
+ itself.
+ 3. Simple macros of the form '\foo' which do not have any arguments or
+ groupings. The respective face will be applied to the macro
+ itself.
+
+ Customization variables for '\foo[bar]{baz}' type macros allow both
+the macro name and the sequence of arguments to be specified. The
+latter is done with a string which can contain the characters
+'*'
+ indicating the existence of a starred variant for the macro,
+'['
+ for optional arguments in brackets,
+'{'
+ for mandatory arguments in braces,
+'\'
+ for mandatory arguments consisting of a single macro and
+'|'
+ as a prefix indicating that two alternatives are following.
+ For example the specifier for '\documentclass' would be '[{' because
+the macro has one optional followed by one mandatory argument. The
+specifier for '\newcommand' would be '*|{\[[{' because there is a
+starred variant, the mandatory argument following the macro name can be
+a macro or a TeX group which can be followed by two optional arguments
+and the last token is a mandatory argument in braces.
+
+ Customization variables for the '{\foo text}' and '\foo' types are
+simple lists of strings where each entry is a macro name (without the
+leading backslash).
+
+General macro classes
+---------------------
+
+font-latex provides keyword lists for different macro classes which are
+described in the following table:
+
+'font-latex-match-function-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to functions, like
+ '\newcommand'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-function-name-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-reference-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to references, like '\ref'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-constant-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-textual-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros specifying textual content, like '\caption'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-type-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-variable-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to variables, like
+ '\setlength'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-variable-name-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-warning-keywords'
+ Keywords for important macros, e.g. affecting line or page break,
+ like '\clearpage'.
+ Type: '\macro'
+ Face: 'font-latex-warning-face'
+
+Sectioning commands
+-------------------
+
+Sectioning commands are macros like '\chapter' or '\section'. For these
+commands there are two fontification schemes which may be selected by
+customizing the variable 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-fontify-sectioning
+ Per default sectioning commands will be shown in a larger,
+ proportional font, which corresponds to a number for this variable.
+ The font size varies with the sectioning level, e.g. '\part'
+ ('font-latex-sectioning-0-face') has a larger font than
+ '\paragraph' ('font-latex-sectioning-5-face'). Typically, values
+ from 1.05 to 1.3 for 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning' give best
+ results, depending on your font setup. If you rather like to use
+ the base font and a different color, set the variable to the symbol
+ 'color'. In this case the face 'font-lock-type-face' will be used
+ to fontify the argument of the sectioning commands.
+
+ You can make font-latex aware of your own sectioning commands be
+adding them to the keyword lists:
+'font-latex-match-sectioning-0-keywords'
+('font-latex-sectioning-0-face') ...
+'font-latex-match-sectioning-5-keywords'
+('font-latex-sectioning-5-face').
+
+ Related to sectioning there is special support for slide titles which
+may be fontified with the face 'font-latex-slide-title-face'. You can
+add macros which should appear in this face by customizing the variable
+'font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
+
+Commands for changing fonts
+---------------------------
+
+LaTeX provides various macros for changing fonts or font attributes.
+For example, you can select an italic font with '\textit{...}' or bold
+with '\textbf{...}'. An alternative way to specify these fonts is to
+use special macros in TeX groups, like '{\itshape ...}' for italics and
+'{\bfseries ...}' for bold. As mentioned above, we call the former
+variants commands and the latter declarations.
+
+ Besides the macros for changing fonts provided by LaTeX there is an
+infinite number of other macros--either defined by yourself for logical
+markup or defined by macro packages--which affect the font in the
+typeset text. While LaTeX's built-in macros and macros of packages
+known by AUCTeX are already handled by font-latex, different keyword
+lists per type style and macro type are provided for entering your own
+macros which are listed in the table below.
+
+'font-latex-match-bold-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a bold type style.
+ Face: 'font-latex-bold-face'
+'font-latex-match-italic-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying an italic font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-italic-face'
+'font-latex-match-math-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a math font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-math-face'
+'font-latex-match-type-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a typewriter font.
+ Face: 'font-lock-type-face'
+'font-latex-match-bold-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying a bold type style.
+ Face: 'font-latex-bold-face'
+'font-latex-match-italic-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying an italic font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-italic-face'
+'font-latex-match-type-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying a typewriter font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-type-face'
+
+Deactivating defaults of built-in keyword classes
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+font-latex ships with predefined lists of keywords for the classes
+described above. You can disable these defaults per class by
+customizing the variable 'font-latex-deactivated-keyword-classes'. This
+is a list of strings for keyword classes to be deactivated. Valid
+entries are "warning", "variable", "reference", "function" ,
+"sectioning-0", "sectioning-1", "sectioning-2", "sectioning-3",
+"sectioning-4", "sectioning-5", "textual", "bold-command",
+"italic-command", "math-command", "type-command", "bold-declaration",
+"italic-declaration", "type-declaration".
+
+ You can also get rid of certain keywords only. For example if you
+want to remove highlighting of footnotes as references you can put the
+following stanza into your init file:
+
+ (eval-after-load "font-latex"
+ '(setq-default
+ font-latex-match-reference-keywords-local
+ (remove "footnote" font-latex-match-reference-keywords-local)))
+
+ But note that this means fiddling with font-latex's internals and is
+not guaranteed to work in future versions of font-latex.
+
+User-defined keyword classes
+----------------------------
+
+In case the customization options explained above do not suffice for
+your needs, you can specify your own keyword classes by customizing the
+variable 'font-latex-user-keyword-classes'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-user-keyword-classes
+ Every keyword class consists of four parts, a name, a list of
+ keywords, a face and a specifier for the type of macros to be
+ highlighted.
+
+ When adding new entries, you have to use unique values for the
+ class names, i.e. they must not clash with names of the built-in
+ keyword classes or other names given by you. Additionally the
+ names must not contain spaces.
+
+ The list of keywords defines which commands and declarations should
+ be covered by the keyword class. A keyword can either be a simple
+ command name omitting the leading backslash or a list consisting of
+ the command name and a string specifying the sequence of arguments
+ for the command.
+
+ The face argument can either be an existing face or font
+ specifications made by you. (The latter option is not available on
+ XEmacs.)
+
+ There are three alternatives for the type of keywords--"Command
+ with arguments", "Declaration inside TeX group" and "Command
+ without arguments"--which correspond with the macro types explained
+ above.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of quotes, Next: Fontification of
math, Prev: Fontification of macros, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.2 Fontification of quotes
+-----------------------------
+
+Text in quotation marks is displayed with the face
+'font-latex-string-face'. Besides the various forms of opening and
+closing double and single quotation marks, so-called guillemets (<<, >>)
+can be used for quoting. Because there are two styles of using
+them--French style: << text >>; German style: >>text<<--you can
+customize the variable 'font-latex-quotes' to tell font-latex which type
+you are using if the correct value cannot be derived from document
+properties.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-quotes
+ The default value of 'font-latex-quotes' is 'auto' which means that
+ font-latex will try to derive the correct type of quotation mark
+ matching from document properties like the language option supplied
+ to the babel LaTeX package.
+
+ If the automatic detection fails for you and you mostly use one
+ specific style you can set it to a specific language-dependent
+ value as well. Set the value to 'german' if you are using >>German
+ quotes<< and to 'french' if you are using << French quotes >>.
+ font-latex will recognize the different ways these quotes can be
+ given in your source code, i.e. ('"<', '">'), ('<<', '>>') and the
+ respective 8-bit variants.
+
+ If you set 'font-latex-quotes' to nil, quoted content will not be
+ fontified.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of math, Next: Verbatim content,
Prev: Fontification of quotes, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.3 Fontification of mathematical constructs
+----------------------------------------------
+
+In LaTeX mathematics can be indicated by a variety of different methods:
+toggles (like dollar signs), macros and environments. Math constructs
+known by font-latex are displayed with the face 'font-latex-math-face'.
+Support for dollar signs and shorthands like '\(...\)' or '\[...\]' is
+built-in and not customizable. Support for other math macros and
+environments can be adapted by customizing the variables
+'font-latex-match-math-command-keywords' and
+'font-latex-math-environments' respectively.
+
+ In order to make math constructs more readable, font-latex displays
+subscript and superscript parts in a smaller font and raised or lowered
+respectively. This fontification feature can be controlled with the
+variables 'font-latex-fontify-script' and 'font-latex-script-display'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-fontify-script
+ If non-nil, fontify subscript and superscript strings.
+
+ Note that this feature is not available on XEmacs, for which it is
+ disabled per default. In GNU Emacs raising and lowering is not
+ enabled for versions 21.3 and before due to it working not
+ properly.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-script-display
+ Display specification for subscript and superscript content. The
+ car is used for subscript, the cdr is used for superscript. The
+ feature is implemented using so-called display properties. For
+ information on what exactly to specify for the values, see *note
+ Other Display Specifications: (elisp)Other Display Specs.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Verbatim content, Next: Faces, Prev:
Fontification of math, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.4 Verbatim macros and environments
+--------------------------------------
+
+Usually it is not desirable to have content to be typeset verbatim
+highlighted according to LaTeX syntax. Therefore this content will be
+fontified uniformly with the face 'font-latex-verbatim-face'.
+
+ font-latex differentiates three different types of verbatim
+constructs for fontification. Macros with special characters like | as
+delimiters, macros with braces, and environments. Which macros and
+environments are recognized is controlled by the variables
+'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims',
+'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces', and 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments'
+respectively.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Faces, Next: Known problems, Prev: Verbatim
content, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.5 Faces used by font-latex
+------------------------------
+
+In case you want to change the colors and fonts used by font-latex
+please refer to the faces mentioned in the explanations above and use
+'M-x customize-face RET <face> RET'. All faces defined by font-latex
+are accessible through a customization group by typing 'M-x
+customize-group RET font-latex-highlighting-faces RET'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Known problems, Prev: Faces, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.6 Known fontification problems
+----------------------------------
+
+In certain cases the fontification machinery fails to interpret buffer
+contents correctly. This can lead to color bleed, i.e. large parts of
+a buffer get fontified with an inappropriate face. A typical situation
+for this to happen is the use of a dollar sign ('$') in a verbatim macro
+or environment. If font-latex is not aware of the verbatim construct,
+it assumes the dollar sign to be a toggle for mathematics and fontifies
+the following buffer content with the respective face until it finds a
+closing dollar sign or till the end of the buffer.
+
+ As a remedy you can make the verbatim construct known to font-latex,
+*note Verbatim content::. If this is not possible, you can insert a
+commented dollar sign ('%$') at the next suitable end of line as a quick
+workaround.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Folding, Next: Outline, Prev: Font Locking, Up:
Display
+
+3.2 Folding Macros and Environments
+===================================
+
+A popular complaint about markup languages like TeX and LaTeX is that
+there is too much clutter in the source text and that one cannot focus
+well on the content. There are macros where you are only interested in
+the content they are enclosing, like font specifiers where the content
+might already be fontified in a special way by font locking. Or macros
+the content of which you only want to see when actually editing it, like
+footnotes or citations. Similarly you might find certain environments
+or comments distracting when trying to concentrate on the body of your
+document.
+
+ With AUCTeX's folding functionality you can collapse those items and
+replace them by a fixed string, the content of one of their arguments,
+or a mixture of both. If you want to make the original text visible
+again in order to view or edit it, move point sideways onto the
+placeholder (also called display string) or left-click with the mouse
+pointer on it. (The latter is currently only supported on Emacs.) The
+macro or environment will unfold automatically, stay open as long as
+point is inside of it and collapse again once you move point out of it.
+(Note that folding of environments currently does not work in every
+AUCTeX mode.)
+
+ In order to use this feature, you have to activate 'TeX-fold-mode'
+which will activate the auto-reveal feature and the necessary commands
+to hide and show macros and environments. You can activate the mode in
+a certain buffer by typing the command 'M-x TeX-fold-mode RET' or using
+the keyboard shortcut 'C-c C-o C-f'. If you want to use it every time
+you edit a LaTeX document, add it to a hook:
+
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook (lambda ()
+ (TeX-fold-mode 1)))
+
+ If it should be activated in all AUCTeX modes, use 'TeX-mode-hook'
+instead of 'LaTeX-mode-hook'.
+
+ Once the mode is active there are several commands available to hide
+and show macros, environments and comments:
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-buffer
+ ('C-c C-o C-b') Hide all foldable items in the current buffer
+ according to the setting of 'TeX-fold-type-list'.
+
+ If you want to have this done automatically every time you open a
+ file, add it to a hook and make sure the function is called after
+ font locking is set up for the buffer. The following code should
+ accomplish this:
+
+ (add-hook 'find-file-hook 'TeX-fold-buffer t)
+
+ The command can be used any time to refresh the whole buffer and
+ fold any new macros and environments which were inserted after the
+ last invocation of the command.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-type-list
+ List of symbols determining the item classes to consider for
+ folding. This can be macros, environments and comments. Per
+ default only macros and environments are folded.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-force-fontify
+ In order for all folded content to get the right faces, the whole
+ buffer has to be fontified before folding is carried out.
+ 'TeX-fold-buffer' therefore will force fontification of unfontified
+ regions. As this will prolong the time folding takes, you can
+ prevent forced fontification by customizing the variable
+ 'TeX-fold-force-fontify'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-auto
+ By default, a macro inserted with 'TeX-insert-macro' ('C-c C-m')
+ will not be folded. Set this variable to a non-nil value to
+ aumatically fold macros as soon as they are inserted.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-preserve-comments
+ By default items found in comments will be folded. If your
+ comments often contain unfinished code this might lead to problems.
+ Give this variable a non-nil value and foldable items in your
+ comments will be left alone.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark
+ When this variable is non-nil and there is an active regione, text
+ around the mark will be kept unfolded.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-region
+ ('C-c C-o C-r') Hide all configured macros in the marked region.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-paragraph
+ ('C-c C-o C-p') Hide all configured macros in the paragraph
+ containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-macro
+ ('C-c C-o C-m') Hide the macro on which point currently is located.
+ If the name of the macro is found in 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list',
+ the respective display string will be shown instead. If it is not
+ found, the name of the macro in sqare brackets or the default
+ string for unspecified macros
+ ('TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string') will be shown, depending
+ on the value of the variable 'TeX-fold-unspec-use-name'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-env
+ ('C-c C-o C-e') Hide the environment on which point currently is
+ located. The behavior regarding the display string is analogous to
+ 'TeX-fold-macro' and determined by the variables
+ 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list' and 'TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string'
+ respectively.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-math
+ Hide the math macro on which point currently is located. If the
+ name of the macro is found in 'TeX-fold-math-spec-list', the
+ respective display string will be shown instead. If it is not
+ found, the name of the macro in sqare brackets or the default
+ string for unspecified macros
+ ('TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string') will be shown, depending
+ on the value of the variable 'TeX-fold-unspec-use-name'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-comment
+ ('C-c C-o C-c') Hide the comment point is located on.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-buffer
+ ('C-c C-o b') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ current buffer.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-region
+ ('C-c C-o r') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ marked region.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph
+ ('C-c C-o p') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ paragraph containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-item
+ ('C-c C-o i') Permanently show the macro or environment on which
+ point currently is located. In contrast to temporarily opening the
+ macro when point is moved sideways onto it, the macro will be
+ permanently unfolded and will not collapse again once point is
+ leaving it.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-dwim
+ ('C-c C-o C-o') Hide or show items according to the current
+ context. If there is folded content, unfold it. If there is a
+ marked region, fold all configured content in this region. If
+ there is no folded content but a macro or environment, fold it.
+
+ In case you want to use a different prefix than 'C-c C-o' for these
+commands you can customize the variable 'TeX-fold-command-prefix'.
+(Note that this will not change the key binding for activating the
+mode.)
+
+ The commands above will only take macros or environments into
+consideration which are specified in the variables
+'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list' or 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list' respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-macro-spec-list
+ List of replacement specifiers and macros to fold. The specifier
+ can be a string, an integer or a function symbol.
+
+ If you specify a string, it will be used as a display replacement
+ for the whole macro. Numbers in braces, brackets, parens or angle
+ brackets will be replaced by the respective macro argument. For
+ example '{1}' will be replaced by the first mandatory argument of
+ the macro. One can also define alternatives within the specifier
+ which are used if an argument is not found. Alternatives are
+ separated by '||'. They are most useful with optional arguments.
+ As an example, the default specifier for '\item' is '[1]:||*' which
+ means that if there is an optional argument, its value is shown
+ followed by a colon. If there is no optional argument, only an
+ asterisk is used as the display string.
+
+ If you specify a number as the first element, the content of the
+ respective mandatory argument of a LaTeX macro will be used as the
+ placeholder.
+
+ If the first element is a function symbol, the function will be
+ called with all mandatory arguments of the macro and the result of
+ the function call will be used as a replacement for the macro.
+
+ The placeholder is made by copying the text from the buffer
+ together with its properties, i.e. its face as well. If
+ fontification has not happened when this is done (e.g. because of
+ lazy font locking) the intended fontification will not show up. As
+ a workaround you can leave Emacs idle a few seconds and wait for
+ stealth font locking to finish before you fold the buffer. Or you
+ just re-fold the buffer with 'TeX-fold-buffer' when you notice a
+ wrong fontification.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-env-spec-list
+ List of display strings or argument numbers and environments to
+ fold. Argument numbers refer to the '\begin' statement. That
+ means if you have e.g. '\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{XXX} ...
+ \end{tabularx}' and specify 3 as the argument number, the resulting
+ display string will be "XXX".
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-math-spec-list
+ List of display strings and math macros to fold.
+
+ The variables 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list', 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list',
+and 'TeX-fold-math-spec-list' apply to any AUCTeX mode. If you want to
+make settings which are only applied to LaTeX mode, you can use the
+mode-specific variables 'LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list',
+'LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list', and 'LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list'
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string
+ Default display string for macros which are not specified in
+ 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string
+ Default display string for environments which are not specified in
+ 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-use-name
+ If non-nil the name of the macro or environment surrounded by
+ square brackets is used as display string, otherwise the defaults
+ specified in 'TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string' or
+ 'TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string' respectively.
+
+ When you hover with the mouse pointer over folded content, its
+original text will be shown in a tooltip or the echo area depending on
+Tooltip mode being activate. In order to avoid exorbitantly big
+tooltips and to cater for the limited space in the echo area the content
+will be cropped after a certain amount of characters defined by the
+variable 'TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length
+ Maximum length of original text displayed in a tooltip or the echo
+ area for folded content. Set it to zero in order to disable this
+ feature.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Outline, Next: Narrowing, Prev: Folding, Up:
Display
+
+3.3 Outlining the Document
+==========================
+
+AUCTeX supports the standard outline minor mode using LaTeX/ConTeXt
+sectioning commands as header lines. *Note Outline Mode: (emacs)Outline
+Mode.
+
+ You can add your own headings by setting the variable
+'TeX-outline-extra'.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-outline-extra
+ List of extra TeX outline levels.
+
+ Each element is a list with two entries. The first entry is the
+ regular expression matching a header, and the second is the level
+ of the header. A '^' is automatically prepended to the regular
+ expressions in the list, so they must match text at the beginning
+ of the line.
+
+ See 'LaTeX-section-list' or 'ConTeXt-INTERFACE-section-list' for
+ existing header levels.
+
+ The following example add '\item' and '\bibliography' headers, with
+'\bibliography' at the same outline level as '\section', and '\item'
+being below '\subparagraph'.
+
+ (setq TeX-outline-extra
+ '(("[ \t]*\\\\\\(bib\\)?item\\b" 7)
+ ("\\\\bibliography\\b" 2)))
+
+ You may want to check out the unbundled 'out-xtra' package for even
+better outline support. It is available from your favorite emacs lisp
+archive.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Narrowing, Prev: Outline, Up: Display
+
+3.4 Narrowing
+=============
+
+Sometimes you want to focus your attention to a limited region of the
+code. You can do that by restricting the text addressable by editing
+commands and hiding the rest of the buffer with the narrowing functions,
+*note (emacs)Narrowing::. In addition, AUCTeX provides a couple of
+other commands to narrow the buffer to a group, i.e. a region enclosed
+in a pair of curly braces, and to LaTeX environments.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-narrow-to-group
+ ('C-x n g') Make text outside current group invisible.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-narrow-to-environment COUNT
+ ('C-x n e') Make text outside current environment invisible. With
+ optional argument COUNT keep visible that number of enclosing
+ environmens.
+
+ Like other standard narrowing functions, the above commands are
+disabled. Attempting to use them asks for confirmation and gives you
+the option of enabling them; if you enable the commands, confirmation
+will no longer be required for them.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processing, Next: Customization, Prev: Display,
Up: Top
+
+4 Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+*************************************************
+
+The most powerful features of AUCTeX may be those allowing you to run
+TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt and other external commands like BibTeX and
+'makeindex' from within Emacs, viewing and printing the results, and
+moreover allowing you to _debug_ your documents.
+
+ AUCTeX comes with a special tool bar for TeX and LaTeX which provides
+buttons for the most important commands. You can enable or disable it
+by customizing the options 'plain-TeX-enable-toolbar' and
+'LaTeX-enable-toolbar' in the 'TeX-tool-bar' customization group.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Commands:: Invoking external commands.
+* Viewing:: Invoking external viewers.
+* Debugging:: Debugging TeX and LaTeX output.
+* Checking:: Checking the document.
+* Control:: Controlling the processes.
+* Cleaning:: Cleaning intermediate and output files.
+* Documentation:: Documentation about macros and packages.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Commands, Next: Viewing, Up: Processing
+
+4.1 Executing Commands
+======================
+
+Formatting the document with TeX, LaTeX or ConTeXt, viewing with a
+previewer, printing the document, running BibTeX, making an index, or
+checking the document with 'lacheck' or 'chktex' all require running an
+external command.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting a Command:: Starting a Command on a Document or Region
+* Selecting a Command:: Selecting and Executing a Command
+* Processor Options:: Options for TeX Processors
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Starting a Command, Next: Selecting a Command,
Up: Commands
+
+4.1.1 Starting a Command on a Document or Region
+------------------------------------------------
+
+There are two ways to run an external command, you can either run it on
+the current document with 'TeX-command-master', or on the current region
+with 'TeX-command-region'. A special case of running TeX on a region is
+'TeX-command-buffer' which differs from 'TeX-command-master' if the
+current buffer is not its own master file.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-master
+ ('C-c C-c') Query the user for a command, and run it on the master
+ file associated with the current buffer. The name of the master
+ file is controlled by the variable 'TeX-master'. The available
+ commands are controlled by the variable 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-region
+ ('C-c C-r') Query the user for a command, and run it on the
+ contents of the selected region. The region contents are written
+ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
+ the master file. If mark is inactive (which can happen with
+ Transient Mark mode), use the old region. See also the command
+ 'TeX-pin-region' about how to fix a region.
+
+ The name of the region file is controlled by the variable
+ 'TeX-region'. The name of the master file is controlled by the
+ variable 'TeX-master'. The header is all text up to the line
+ matching the regular expression 'TeX-header-end'. The trailer is
+ all text from the line matching the regular expression
+ 'TeX-trailer-start'. The available commands are controlled by the
+ variable 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-buffer
+ ('C-c C-b') Query the user for a command, and apply it to the
+ contents of the current buffer. The buffer contents are written
+ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
+ the master file. The command is then actually run on the region
+ file. See above for details.
+
++ -- Command: LaTeX-command-section
++ ('C-c C-z') Query the user for a command, and apply it to the
++ current section (or part, chapter, subsection, paragraph, or
++ subparagraph). What makes the current section is determined by
++ 'LaTeX-command-section-level' which can be enlarged/shrunken using
++ 'LaTeX-command-section-change-level' ('C-c M-z'). The given
++ numeric prefix arg is added to the current value of
++ 'LaTeX-command-section-level'. By default,
++ 'LaTeX-command-section-level' is initialized with the current
++ document's 'LaTeX-largest-level'. The buffer contents are written
++ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
++ the master file. The command is then actually run on the region
++ file. See 'TeX-command-region' for details.
++
+ -- User Option: TeX-region
+ The name of the file for temporarily storing the text when
+ formatting the current region.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-header-end
+ A regular expression matching the end of the header. By default,
+ this is '\begin{document}' in LaTeX mode and '%**end of header' in
+ TeX mode.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-trailer-start
+ A regular expression matching the start of the trailer. By
+ default, this is '\end{document}' in LaTeX mode and '\bye' in TeX
+ mode.
+
+ If you want to change the values of 'TeX-header-end' and
+'TeX-trailer-start' you can do this for all files by setting the
+variables in a mode hook or per file by specifying them as file
+variables (*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ -- Command: TeX-pin-region
+ ('C-c C-t C-r') If you don't have a mode like Transient Mark mode
+ active, where marks get disabled automatically, the region would
+ need to get properly set before each call to 'TeX-command-region'.
+ If you fix the current region with 'C-c C-t C-r', then it will get
+ used for more commands even though mark and point may change. An
+ explicitly activated mark, however, will always define a new region
+ when calling 'TeX-command-region'.
+
+ AUCTeX will allow one process for each document, plus one process for
+the region file to be active at the same time. Thus, if you are editing
+N different documents, you can have N plus one processes running at the
+same time. If the last process you started was on the region, the
+commands described in *note Debugging:: and *note Control:: will work on
+that process, otherwise they will work on the process associated with
+the current document.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Selecting a Command, Next: Processor Options,
Prev: Starting a Command, Up: Commands
+
+4.1.2 Selecting and Executing a Command
+---------------------------------------
+
- Once you started the command selection with 'C-c C-c', 'C-c C-s' or 'C-c
++Once you started the command selection with 'C-c C-c', 'C-c C-r' or 'C-c
+C-b' you will be prompted for the type of command. AUCTeX will try to
+guess which command is appropriate in the given situation and propose it
+as default. Usually this is a processor like 'TeX' or 'LaTeX' if the
+document was changed or a viewer if the document was just typeset.
+Other commands can be selected in the minibuffer with completion support
+by typing <TAB>.
+
+ The available commands are defined by the variable
+'TeX-command-list'. Per default it includes commands for typesetting
+the document (e.g. 'LaTeX'), for viewing the output ('View'), for
+printing ('Print'), for generating an index ('Index') or for spell
+checking ('Spell') to name but a few. You can also add your own
+commands by adding entries to 'TeX-command-list'. Refer to its doc
+string for information about its syntax. You might also want to look at
+'TeX-expand-list' to learn about the expanders you can use in
+'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ Note that the default of the variable occasionally changes.
+Therefore it is advisable to add to the list rather than overwriting it.
+You can do this with a call to 'add-to-list' in your init file. For
+example, if you wanted to add a command for running a program called
+'foo' on the master or region file, you could do this with the following
+form.
+
+ (eval-after-load "tex"
+ '(add-to-list 'TeX-command-list
+ '("Foo" "foo %s" TeX-run-command t t :help "Run foo") t))
+
+ As mentioned before, AUCTeX will try to guess what command you want
+to invoke. If you want to use another command than 'TeX', 'LaTeX' or
+whatever processor AUCTeX thinks is appropriate for the current mode,
+set the variable 'TeX-command-default'. You can do this for all files
+by setting it in a mode hook or per file by specifying it as a file
+variable (*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-command-default
+ The default command to run in this buffer. Must be an entry in
+ 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ In case you use biblatex in a document, when automatic parsing is
+enabled AUCTeX checks the value of 'backend' option given to biblatex at
+load time to decide whether to use BibTeX or Biber for bibliography
+processing. Should AUCTeX fail to detect the right backend, you can use
+the file local 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' variable.
+ -- Variable: LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
+ If this boolean variable is set as file local, it tells to AUCTeX
+ whether to use Biber with biblatex. In this case, the
+ autodetection of the biblatex backend will be overridden. You may
+ want to set locally this variable if automatic parsing is not
+ enabled.
+
+ After confirming a command to execute, AUCTeX will try to save any
+buffers related to the document, and check if the document needs to be
+reformatted. If the variable 'TeX-save-query' is non-nil, AUCTeX will
+query before saving each file. By default AUCTeX will check emacs
+buffers associated with files in the current directory, in one of the
+'TeX-macro-private' directories, and in the 'TeX-macro-global'
+directories. You can change this by setting the variable
+'TeX-check-path'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-check-path
+ Directory path to search for dependencies.
+
+ If nil, just check the current file. Used when checking if any
+ files have changed.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processor Options, Prev: Selecting a Command, Up:
Commands
+
+4.1.3 Options for TeX Processors
+--------------------------------
+
+There are some options you can customize affecting which processors are
+invoked or the way this is done and which output they produce as a
+result. These options control if DVI or PDF output should be produced,
+if TeX should be started in interactive or nonstop mode, if source
+specials or a SyncTeX file should be produced for making inverse and
+forward search possible or which TeX engine should be used instead of
- regular TeX, like PDFTeX, Omega or XeTeX.
++regular TeX, like PDFTeX, Omega or XeTeX, and the style error messages
++are printed with.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-PDF-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-p') This command toggles the PDF mode of AUCTeX, a
+ buffer-local minor mode which is enabled by default. You can
+ customize 'TeX-PDF-mode' to give it a different default or set it
+ as a file local variable on a per-document basis. This option
+ usually results in calling either PDFTeX or ordinary TeX.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX
+ If this is set, DVI will also be produced by calling PDFTeX,
+ setting '\pdfoutput=0'. This makes it possible to use PDFTeX
+ features like character protrusion even when producing DVI files.
+ Contemporary TeX distributions do this anyway, so that you need not
+ enable the option within AUCTeX.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-interactive-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-i') This command toggles the interactive mode of
+ AUCTeX, a global minor mode. You can customize
+ 'TeX-interactive-mode' to give it a different default. In
+ interactive mode, TeX will pause with an error prompt when errors
+ are encountered and wait for the user to type something.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-source-correlate-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-s') Toggles support for forward and inverse search.
+ Forward search refers to jumping to the place in the previewed
+ document corresponding to where point is located in the document
+ source and inverse search to the other way round. *Note I/O
+ Correlation::.
+
+ You can permanently activate 'TeX-source-correlate-mode' by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-source-correlate-mode'. There is a
+ bunch of customization options for the mode, use 'M-x
+ customize-group <RET> TeX-view <RET>' to find out more.
+
+ AUCTeX is aware of three different means to do I/O correlation:
+ source specials (only DVI output), the pdfsync LaTeX package (only
+ PDF output) and SyncTeX. The choice between source specials and
+ SyncTeX can be controlled with the variable
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ Should you use source specials it has to be stressed _very_
+ strongly however, that source specials can cause differences in
+ page breaks and spacing, can seriously interfere with various
+ packages and should thus _never_ be used for the final version of a
+ document. In particular, fine-tuning the page breaks should be
+ done with source specials switched off.
+
+ AUCTeX also allows you to easily select different TeX engines for
+processing, either by using the entries in the 'TeXing Options' submenu
+below the 'Command' menu or by calling the function 'TeX-engine-set'.
+These eventually set the variable 'TeX-engine' which you can also modify
+directly.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-engine
+ This variable allows you to choose which TeX engine should be used
+ for typesetting the document, i.e. the executables which will be
+ used when you invoke the 'TeX' or 'LaTeX' commands. The value
+ should be one of the symbols defined in 'TeX-engine-alist-builtin'
+ or 'TeX-engine-alist'. The symbols 'default', 'xetex', 'luatex'
+ and 'omega' are available from the built-in list.
+
+ Note that 'TeX-engine' is buffer-local, so setting the variable
+directly or via the above mentioned menu or function will not take
+effect in other buffers. If you want to activate an engine for all
+AUCTeX modes, set 'TeX-engine' in your init file, e.g. by using 'M-x
+customize-variable <RET>'. If you want to activate it for a certain
+AUCTeX mode only, set the variable in the respective mode hook. If you
+want to activate it for certain files, set it through file variables
+(*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ Should you need to change the executable names related to the
+different engine settings, there are some variables you can tweak.
+Those are 'TeX-command', 'LaTeX-command', 'TeX-Omega-command',
+'LaTeX-Omega-command', 'ConTeXt-engine' and 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine'. The
+rest of the executables is defined directly in
+'TeX-engine-alist-builtin'. If you want to override an entry from that,
+add an entry to 'TeX-engine-alist' that starts with the same symbol as
+that the entry in the built-in list and specify the executables you want
+to use instead. You can also add entries to 'TeX-engine-alist' in order
+to add support for engines not covered per default.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-engine-alist
+ Alist of TeX engines and associated commands. Each entry is a list
+ with a maximum of five elements. The first element is a symbol
+ used to identify the engine. The second is a string describing the
+ engine. The third is the command to be used for plain TeX. The
+ fourth is the command to be used for LaTeX. The fifth is the
+ command to be used for the '--engine' parameter of ConTeXt's
+ 'texexec' program. Each command can either be a variable or a
+ string. An empty string or nil means there is no command
+ available.
+
+ As shown above, AUCTeX handles in a special way most of the main
+options that can be given to the TeX processors. When you need to pass
+to the TeX processor arbitrary options not handled by AUCTeX, you can
+use the file local variable 'TeX-command-extra-options'.
+ -- User Option: TeX-command-extra-options
+ String with the extra options to be given to the TeX processor.
+ For example, if you need to enable the shell escape feature to
+ compile a document, add the following line to the list of local
+ variables of the source file:
+ %%% TeX-command-extra-options: "-shell-escape"
+ By default this option is not safe as a file-local variable because
+ a specially crafted document compiled with shell escape enabled can
+ be used for malicious purposes.
+
+ You can customize AUCTeX to show the processor output as it is
+produced.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-show-compilation
+ If non-nil, the output of TeX compilation is shown in another
+ window.
+
++ You can instruct TeX to print error messages in the form
++file:line:error which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-file-line-error
++ If non-nil, TeX will produce file:line:error style error messages.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Viewing, Next: Debugging, Prev: Commands, Up:
Processing
+
+4.2 Viewing the Formatted Output
+================================
+
+AUCTeX allows you to start external programs for previewing the
+formatted output of your document.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting Viewers:: Starting viewers
+* I/O Correlation:: Forward and inverse search
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Starting Viewers, Next: I/O Correlation, Up:
Viewing
+
+4.2.1 Starting Viewers
+----------------------
+
+Viewers are normally invoked by pressing 'C-c C-c' once the document is
+formatted, which will propose the View command, or by activating the
+respective entry in the Command menu. Alternatively you can type 'C-c
+C-v' which calls the function 'TeX-view'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-view
+ ('C-c C-v') Start a viewer without confirmation. The viewer is
+ started either on a region or the master file, depending on the
+ last command issued. This is especially useful for jumping to the
+ location corresponding to point in the viewer when using
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
+
+ AUCTeX will try to guess which type of viewer (DVI, PostScript or
+PDF) has to be used and what options are to be passed over to it. This
+decision is based on the output files present in the working directory
+as well as the class and style options used in the document. For
+example, if there is a DVI file in your working directory, a DVI viewer
+will be invoked. In case of a PDF file it will be a PDF viewer. If you
+specified a special paper format like 'a5paper' or use the 'landscape'
+option, this will be passed to the viewer by the appropriate options.
+Especially some DVI viewers depend on this kind of information in order
+to display your document correctly. In case you are using 'pstricks' or
+'psfrag' in your document, a DVI viewer cannot display the contents
+correctly and a PostScript viewer will be invoked instead.
+
+ The association between the tests for the conditions mentioned above
+and the viewers is made in the variable 'TeX-view-program-selection'.
+Therefore this variable is the starting point for customization if you
+want to use other viewers than the ones suggested by default.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-program-selection
+ This is a list of predicates and viewers which is evaluated from
+ front to back in order to find out which viewer to call under the
+ given conditions. In the first element of each list item you can
+ reference one or more predicates defined in
+ 'TeX-view-predicate-list' or 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin'. In
+ the second element you can reference a viewer defined in
+ 'TeX-view-program-list' or 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin'. The
+ viewer of the first item with a positively evaluated predicate is
+ selected.
+
+ So 'TeX-view-program-selection' only contains references to the
+actual implementations of predicates and viewer commands respectively
+which can be found elsewhere. AUCTeX comes with a set of preconfigured
+predicates and viewer commands which are stored in the variables
+'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin' and 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin'
+respectively. If you are not satisfied with those and want to overwrite
+one of them or add your own definitions, you can do so via the variables
+'TeX-view-predicate-list' and 'TeX-view-program-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-predicate-list
+ This is a list of predicates for viewer selection and invocation.
+ The first element of each list item is a symbol and the second
+ element a Lisp form to be evaluated. The form should return nil if
+ the predicate is not fulfilled.
+
+ A built-in predicate from 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin' can be
+ overwritten by defining a new predicate with the same symbol.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-program-list
+ This is a list of viewer specifications each consisting of a
+ symbolic name and either a command line or a function to be invoked
+ when the viewer is called. If a command line is used, parts of it
+ can be conditionalized by prefixing them with predicates from
+ 'TeX-view-predicate-list' or 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin'.
+ (See the doc string for the exact format to use.) The command line
+ can also contain placeholders as defined in 'TeX-expand-list' which
+ are expanded before the viewer is called.
+
++ The third element of each item is a string, or a list of strings,
++ with the name of the executable, or executables, needed to open the
++ output file in the viewer. Placeholders defined in
++ 'TeX-expand-list' can be used here. This element is optional and
++ is used to check whether the viewer is actually available on the
++ system.
++
+ A built-in viewer spec from 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin' can be
+ overwritten by defining a new viewer spec with the same name.
+
+ Note that the viewer selection and invocation as described above will
+only work if certain default settings in AUCTeX are intact. For one,
+the whole viewer selection machinery will only be triggered if the '%V'
+expander in 'TeX-expand-list' is unchanged. So if you have trouble with
+the viewer invocation you might check if there is an older customization
+of the variable in place. In addition, the use of a function in
+'TeX-view-program-list' only works if the View command in
+'TeX-command-list' makes use of the hook 'TeX-run-discard-or-function'.
+
+ Note also that the implementation described above replaces an older
+one which was less flexible. This old implementation works with the
+variables 'TeX-output-view-style' and 'TeX-view-style' which are used to
+associate file types and style options with viewers. If desired you can
+reactivate it by using the placeholder '%vv' for the View command in
+'TeX-command-list'. Note however, that it is bound to be removed from
+AUCTeX once the new implementation proved to be satisfactory. For the
+time being, find a short description of the mentioned customization
+options below.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-output-view-style
+ List of output file extensions, style options and view options.
+ Each item of the list consists of three elements. If the first
+ element (a regular expression) matches the output file extension,
+ and the second element (a regular expression) matches the name of
+ one of the style options, any occurrence of the string '%V' in a
+ command in 'TeX-command-list' will be replaced with the third
+ element.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-style
+ List of style options and view options. This is the predecessor of
+ 'TeX-output-view-style' which does not provide the possibility to
+ specify output file extensions. It is used as a fallback in case
+ none of the alternatives specified in 'TeX-output-view-style'
+ match. In case none of the entries in 'TeX-view-style' match
+ either, no suggestion for a viewer is made.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: I/O Correlation, Prev: Starting Viewers, Up:
Viewing
+
+4.2.2 Forward and Inverse Search
+--------------------------------
+
+Forward and inverse search refer to the correlation between the document
+source in the editor and the typeset document in the viewer. Forward
+search allows you to jump to the place in the previewed document
+corresponding to a certain line in the document source and inverse
+search vice versa.
+
+ AUCTeX supports three methods for forward and inverse search: source
+specials (only DVI output), the pdfsync LaTeX package (only PDF output)
+and SyncTeX (any type of output). If you want to make use of forward
+and inverse searching with source specials or SyncTeX, switch on
+'TeX-source-correlate-mode'. *Note Processor Options::, on how to do
+that. The use of the pdfsync package is detected automatically if
+document parsing is enabled. Customize the variable
+'TeX-source-correlate-method' to select the method to use.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-source-correlate-method
+ Method to use for enabling forward and inverse search. This can be
+ 'source-specials' if source specials should be used, 'synctex' if
+ SyncTeX should be used, or 'auto' if AUCTeX should decide.
+
+ When the variable is set to 'auto', AUCTeX will always use SyncTeX
+ if your 'latex' processor supports it, source specials otherwise.
+ You must make sure your viewer supports the same method.
+
+ It is also possible to specify a different method depending on the
+ output, either DVI or PDF, by setting the variable to an alist of
+ the kind
+ ((dvi . <source-specials or synctex>)
+ (pdf . <source-specials or synctex>))
+ in which the CDR of each entry is a symbol specifying the method to
+ be used in the corresponding mode. The default value of the
+ variable is
+ ((dvi . source-specials)
+ (pdf . synctex))
+ which is compatible with the majority of viewers.
+
+ Forward search happens automatically upon calling the viewer, e.g.
+by typing 'C-c C-v' ('TeX-view'). This will open the viewer or bring it
+to front and display the output page corresponding to the position of
+point in the source file. AUCTeX will automatically pass the necessary
+command line options to the viewer for this to happen.
+
+ Upon opening the viewer you will be asked if you want to start a
+server process (Gnuserv or Emacs server) which is necessary for inverse
+search. This happens only if there is no server running already. You
+can customize the variable 'TeX-source-correlate-start-server' to
+inhibit the question and always or never start the server respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-source-correlate-start-server
+ If 'TeX-source-correlate-mode' is active and a viewer is invoked,
+ the default behavior is to ask if a server process should be
+ started. Set this variable to 't' if the question should be
+ inhibited and the server should always be started. Set it to 'nil'
+ if the server should never be started. Inverse search will not be
+ available in the latter case.
+
+ Inverse search, i.e. jumping to the part of your document source in
+Emacs corresponding to a certain position in the viewer, is triggered
+from the viewer, typically by a mouse click. Refer to the documentation
+of your viewer to find out how it has to be configured and what you have
+to do exactly. In xdvi you normally have to use 'C-down-mouse-1'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Debugging, Next: Checking, Prev: Viewing, Up:
Processing
+
+4.3 Catching the errors
+=======================
+
+Once you've formatted your document you may 'debug' it, i.e. browse
+through the errors (La)TeX reported.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-next-error ARG REPARSE
+ ('C-c `') Go to the next error reported by TeX. The view will be
+ split in two, with the cursor placed as close as possible to the
+ error in the top view. In the bottom view, the error message will
+ be displayed along with some explanatory text.
+
+ An optional numeric ARG, positive or negative, specifies how many
+ error messages to move. A negative ARG means to move back to
+ previous error messages, see also 'TeX-previous-error'.
+
+ The optional REPARSE argument makes AUCTeX reparse the error
+ message buffer and start the debugging from the first error. This
+ can also be achieved by calling the function with a prefix argument
+ ('C-u').
+
+ -- Command: TeX-previous-error ARG
+ ('M-g p') Go to the previous error reported by TeX. An optional
+ numeric ARG specifies how many error messages to move backward.
+ This is like calling 'TeX-next-error' with a negative argument.
+
+ The command 'TeX-previous-error' works only if AUCTeX can parse the
+whole TeX log buffer. This is controlled by the 'TeX-parse-all-errors'
+variable.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-parse-all-errors
+ If t, AUCTeX automatically parses the whole output log buffer right
+ after running a TeX command, in order to collect all warnings and
+ errors. This makes it possible to navigate back and forth between
+ the error messages using 'TeX-next-error' and 'TeX-previous-error'.
+ This is the default. If nil, AUCTeX does not parse the whole
+ output log buffer and 'TeX-previous-error' cannot be used.
+
+ Normally AUCTeX will only report real errors, but you may as well ask
+it to report 'bad boxes' and warnings as well.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes
+ ('C-c C-t C-b') Toggle whether AUCTeX should stop at bad boxes
+ (i.e. overfull and underfull boxes) as well as normal errors.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-toggle-debug-warnings
+ ('C-c C-t C-w') Toggle whether AUCTeX should stop at warnings as
+ well as normal errors.
+
+ As default, AUCTeX will display a special help buffer containing the
+error reported by TeX along with the documentation. There is however an
+'expert' option, which allows you to display the real TeX output.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-display-help
+ If t AUCTeX will automatically display a help text whenever an
+ error is encountered using 'TeX-next-error' ('C-c `'). If nil a
+ terse information about the error is displayed in the echo area.
+ If 'expert' AUCTeX will display the output buffer with the raw TeX
+ output.
+
+ When the option 'TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil, you will be also
+able to open an overview of all errors and warnings reported by the TeX
+compiler. This feature requires 'tabulated-list-mode', shipped with GNU
+Emacs 24 or later.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-error-overview
+ Show an overview of the errors and warnings occurred in the last
+ TeX run.
+
+ In this window you can visit the error on which point is on by
+ pressing <RET>, and visit the next or previous issue by pressing
+ <n> or <p> respectively. A prefix argument to these keys specifies
+ how many errors to move forward or backward. You can visit an
+ error also by clicking on its message. Press <q> to quit the
+ overview.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run
+ When this boolean variable is non-nil, the error overview will be
+ automatically opened after running TeX if there are errors or
+ warnings to show.
+
+ The error overview is opened in a new window of the current frame by
+default, but you can change this behavior by customizing the option
+'TeX-error-overview-setup'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-error-overview-setup
+ Controls the frame setup of the error overview. The possible value
+ is: 'separate-frame'; with a nil value the current frame is used
+ instead.
+
+ The parameters of the separate frame can be set with the
+ 'TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters' option.
+
+ If the display does not support multi frame, the current frame will
+ be used regardless of the value of this variable.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Checking, Next: Control, Prev: Debugging, Up:
Processing
+
+4.4 Checking for problems
+=========================
+
+Running TeX or LaTeX will only find regular errors in the document, not
+examples of bad style. Furthermore, description of the errors may often
+be confusing. The utilities 'lacheck' and 'chktex' can be used to find
+style errors, such as forgetting to escape the space after an
+abbreviation or using '...' instead of '\ldots' and other similar
+problems. You start 'lacheck' with 'C-c C-c Check <RET>' and 'chktex'
+with 'C-c C-c ChkTeX <RET>'. The result will be a list of errors in the
+'*compilation*' buffer. You can go through the errors with 'C-x `'
+('next-error', *note (emacs)Compilation::), which will move point to the
+location of the next error.
+
+ Each of the two utilities will find some errors the other doesn't,
+but 'chktex' is more configurable, allowing you to create your own
+errors. You may need to install the programs before using them. You
+can get 'lacheck' from
+'<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>' and 'chktex'
+from '<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/chktex/>'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Control, Next: Cleaning, Prev: Checking, Up:
Processing
+
+4.5 Controlling the output
+==========================
+
+A number of commands are available for controlling the output of an
+application running under AUCTeX
+
+ -- Command: TeX-kill-job
+ ('C-c C-k') Kill currently running external application. This may
+ be either of TeX, LaTeX, previewer, BibTeX, etc.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-recenter-output-buffer
+ ('C-c C-l') Recenter the output buffer so that the bottom line is
+ visible.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-home-buffer
+ ('C-c ^') Go to the 'master' file in the document associated with
+ the current buffer, or if already there, to the file where the
+ current process was started.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Cleaning, Next: Documentation, Prev: Control,
Up: Processing
+
+4.6 Cleaning intermediate and output files
+==========================================
+
+ -- Command: TeX-clean
+ Remove generated intermediate files. In case a prefix argument is
+ given, remove output files as well.
+
+ Canonical access to the function is provided by the 'Clean' and
+ 'Clean All' entries in 'TeX-command-list', invokable with 'C-c C-c'
+ or the Command menu.
+
+ The patterns governing which files to remove can be adapted
+ separately for each AUCTeX mode by means of the variables
+ 'plain-TeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'plain-TeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'LaTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes', 'LaTeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'docTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'docTeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'Texinfo-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'Texinfo-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'ConTeXt-clean-intermediate-suffixes' and
+ 'ConTeXt-clean-output-suffixes'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-clean-confirm
+ Control if deletion of intermediate and output files has to be
+ confirmed before it is actually done. If non-nil, ask before
+ deleting files.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Documentation, Prev: Cleaning, Up: Processing
+
+4.7 Documentation about macros and packages
+===========================================
+
+ -- Command: TeX-doc
+ ('C-c ?') Get documentation about macros, packages or TeX & Co. in
+ general. The function will prompt for the name of a command or
+ manual, providing a list of available keywords for completion. If
+ point is on a command or word with available documentation, this
+ will be suggested as default.
+
+ In case no documentation could be found, a prompt for querying the
+ 'texdoc' program is shown, should the latter be available.
+
+ The command can be invoked by the key binding mentioned above as
+ well as the 'Find Documentation...' entry in the mode menu.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customization, Next: Appendices, Prev:
Processing, Up: Top
+
+5 Customization and Extension
+*****************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Modes and Hooks:: Modes and Hooks
+* Multifile:: Multifile Documents
+* Parsing Files:: Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+* Internationalization:: Language Support
+* Automatic:: Automatic Customization
+* Style Files:: Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Modes and Hooks, Next: Multifile, Up:
Customization
+
+5.1 Modes and Hooks
+===================
+
+AUCTeX supports a wide variety of derivatives and extensions of TeX.
+Besides plain TeX those are LaTeX, AMS-TeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo and docTeX.
+For each of them there is a separate major mode in AUCTeX and each major
+mode runs 'text-mode-hook', 'TeX-mode-hook' as well as a hook special to
+the mode in this order. The following table provides an overview of the
+respective mode functions and hooks.
+
+Type Mode function Hook
+-------------------------------------------------------
+Plain TeX 'plain-TeX-mode' 'plain-TeX-mode-hook'
+LaTeX 'LaTeX-mode' 'LaTeX-mode-hook'
+AMS-TeX 'ams-tex-mode' 'AmS-TeX-mode-hook'
+ConTeXt 'ConTeXt-mode' 'ConTeXt-mode-hook'
+Texinfo 'Texinfo-mode' 'Texinfo-mode-hook'
+DocTeX 'docTeX-mode' 'docTeX-mode-hook'
+
+ If you need to make a customization via a hook which is only relevant
+for one of the modes listed above, put it into the respective mode hook,
+if it is relevant for any AUCTeX mode, add it to 'TeX-mode-hook' and if
+it is relevant for all text modes, append it to 'text-mode-hook'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Multifile, Next: Parsing Files, Prev: Modes and
Hooks, Up: Customization
+
+5.2 Multifile Documents
+=======================
+
+You may wish to spread a document over many files (as you are likely to
+do if there are multiple authors, or if you have not yet discovered the
+power of the outline commands (*note Outline::)). This can be done by
+having a "master" file in which you include the various files with the
+TeX macro '\input' or the LaTeX macro '\include'. These files may also
+include other files themselves. However, to format the document you
+must run the commands on the top level master file.
+
+ When you, for example, ask AUCTeX to run a command on the master
+file, it has no way of knowing the name of the master file. By default,
+it will assume that the current file is the master file. If you insert
+the following in your '.emacs' file AUCTeX will use a more advanced
+algorithm.
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil) ; Query for master file.
+
+ If AUCTeX finds the line indicating the end of the header in a master
+file ('TeX-header-end'), it can figure out for itself that this is a
+master file. Otherwise, it will ask for the name of the master file
+associated with the buffer. To avoid asking you again, AUCTeX will
+automatically insert the name of the master file as a file variable
+(*note (emacs)File Variables::). You can also insert the file variable
+yourself, by putting the following text at the end of your files.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-master: "master"
+ %%% End:
+
+ You should always set this variable to the name of the top level
+document. If you always use the same name for your top level documents,
+you can set 'TeX-master' in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master "master") ; All master files called "master".
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-master
+ The master file associated with the current buffer. If the file
+ being edited is actually included from another file, then you can
+ tell AUCTeX the name of the master file by setting this variable.
+ If there are multiple levels of nesting, specify the top level
+ file.
+
+ If this variable is 'nil', AUCTeX will query you for the name.
+
+ If the variable is 't', then AUCTeX will assume the file is a
+ master file itself.
+
+ If the variable is 'shared', then AUCTeX will query for the name,
+ but will not change the file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-one-master
+ Regular expression matching ordinary TeX files.
+
+ You should set this variable to match the name of all files, for
+ which it is a good idea to append a 'TeX-master' file variable
+ entry automatically. When AUCTeX adds the name of the master file
+ as a file variable, it does not need to ask next time you edit the
+ file.
+
+ If you dislike AUCTeX automatically modifying your files, you can
+ set this variable to '"<none>"'. By default, AUCTeX will modify
+ any file with an extension of '.tex'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-master-file-ask
+ ('C-c _') Query for the name of a master file and add the
+ respective File Variables (*note (emacs)File Variables::) to the
+ file for setting this variable permanently.
+
+ AUCTeX will not ask for a master file when it encounters existing
+ files. This function shall give you the possibility to insert the
+ variable manually.
+
+ AUCTeX keeps track of macros, environments, labels, and style files
+that are used in a given document. For this to work with multifile
+documents, AUCTeX has to have a place to put the information about the
+files in the document. This is done by having an 'auto' subdirectory
+placed in the directory where your document is located. Each time you
+save a file, AUCTeX will write information about the file into the
+'auto' directory. When you load a file, AUCTeX will read the
+information in the 'auto' directory about the file you loaded _and the
+master file specified by 'TeX-master'_. Since the master file (perhaps
+indirectly) includes all other files in the document, AUCTeX will get
+information from all files in the document. This means that you will
+get from each file, for example, completion for all labels defined
+anywhere in the document.
+
+ AUCTeX will create the 'auto' directory automatically if
+'TeX-auto-save' is non-nil. Without it, the files in the document will
+not know anything about each other, except for the name of the master
+file. *Note Automatic Local::.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-save-document
+ ('C-c C-d') Save all buffers known to belong to the current
+ document.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-save-query
+ If non-nil, then query the user before saving each file with
+ 'TeX-save-document'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Parsing Files, Next: Internationalization, Prev:
Multifile, Up: Customization
+
+5.3 Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+==================================
+
+AUCTeX depends heavily on being able to extract information from the
+buffers by parsing them. Since parsing the buffer can be somewhat slow,
+the parsing is initially disabled. You are encouraged to enable them by
+adding the following lines to your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t) ; Enable parse on load.
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t) ; Enable parse on save.
+
+ The latter command will make AUCTeX store the parsed information in
+an 'auto' subdirectory in the directory each time the TeX files are
+stored, *note Automatic Local::. If AUCTeX finds the pre-parsed
+information when loading a file, it will not need to reparse the buffer.
+The information in the 'auto' directory is also useful for multifile
+documents, *note Multifile::, since it allows each file to access the
+parsed information from all the other files in the document. This is
+done by first reading the information from the master file, and then
+recursively the information from each file stored in the master file.
+
+ The variables can also be done on a per file basis, by changing the
+file local variables.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-parse-self: t
+ %%% TeX-auto-save: t
+ %%% End:
+
+ Even when you have disabled the automatic parsing, you can force the
+generation of style information by pressing 'C-c C-n'. This is often
+the best choice, as you will be able to decide when it is necessary to
+reparse the file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-parse-self
+ Parse file after loading it if no style hook is found for it.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-save
+ Automatically save style information when saving the buffer.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-normal-mode ARG
+ ('C-c C-n') Remove all information about this buffer, and apply the
+ style hooks again. Save buffer first including style information.
+ With optional argument, also reload the style hooks.
+
+ When AUCTeX saves your buffer, it can optionally convert all tabs in
+your buffer into spaces. Tabs confuse AUCTeX's error message parsing
+and so should generally be avoided. However, tabs are significant in
+some environments, and so by default AUCTeX does not remove them. To
+convert tabs to spaces when saving a buffer, insert the following in
+your '.emacs' file:
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-untabify t)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-untabify
+ Automatically remove all tabs from a file before saving it.
+
+ Instead of disabling the parsing entirely, you can also speed it
+significantly up by limiting the information it will search for (and
+store) when parsing the buffer. You can do this by setting the default
+values for the buffer local variables 'TeX-auto-regexp-list' and
+'TeX-auto-parse-length' in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ ;; Only parse LaTeX class and package information.
+ (setq-default TeX-auto-regexp-list 'LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list)
+ ;; The class and package information is usually near the beginning.
+ (setq-default TeX-auto-parse-length 2000)
+
+ This example will speed the parsing up significantly, but AUCTeX will
+no longer be able to provide completion for labels, macros,
+environments, or bibitems specified in the document, nor will it know
+what files belong to the document.
+
+ These variables can also be specified on a per file basis, by
+changing the file local variables.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-auto-regexp-list: TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ %%% TeX-auto-parse-length: 999999
+ %%% End:
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ List of regular expressions used for parsing the current file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-parse-length
+ Maximal length of TeX file that will be parsed.
+
+ The pre-specified lists of regexps are defined below. You can use
+these before loading AUCTeX by quoting them, as in the example above.
+
+ -- Constant: TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list
+ Parse nothing
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX class and packages.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX labels.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX index and glossary entries.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list
+ Only parse macros in LaTeX classes and packages.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX pagestyles.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX counters.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX lengths.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX saveboxes.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
+ Parse common LaTeX commands.
+
+ -- Constant: plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ Parse common plain TeX commands.
+
+ -- Constant: TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ Parse all TeX and LaTeX commands that AUCTeX can use.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Automatic, Prev:
Parsing Files, Up: Customization
+
+5.4 Language Support
+====================
+
+TeX and Emacs are usable for European (Latin, Cyrillic, Greek) based
+languages. Some LaTeX and EmacsLisp packages are available for easy
+typesetting and editing documents in European languages.
+
+ For CJK (Chinese, Japanese, and Korean) languages, Emacs or XEmacs
+with MULE (MULtilingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs) support is required.
+MULE is part of Emacs by default since Emacs 20. XEmacs has to be
+configured with the '--with-mule' option. Special versions of TeX are
+needed for CJK languages: CTeX and ChinaTeX for Chinese, ASCII pTeX and
+NTT jTeX for Japanese, HLaTeX and kTeX for Korean. The CJK-LaTeX
+package is required for supporting multiple CJK scripts within a single
+document.
+
+ Note that Unicode is not fully supported in Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.
+CJK characters are not usable. Please use the MULE-UCS EmacsLisp
+package or Emacs 22 (not released yet) if you need CJK.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* European:: Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+* Japanese:: Using AUCTeX with Japanese
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: European, Next: Japanese, Up: Internationalization
+
+5.4.1 Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+------------------------------------------
+
+5.4.1.1 Typing and Displaying Non-ASCII Characters
+..................................................
+
+First you will need a way to write non-ASCII characters. You can either
+use macros, or teach TeX about the ISO character sets. I prefer the
+latter, it has the advantage that the usual standard emacs word movement
+and case change commands will work.
+
+ With LaTeX2e, just add '\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}'. Other
+languages than Western European ones will probably have other encoding
+needs.
+
+ To be able to display non-ASCII characters you will need an
+appropriate font and a version of GNU Emacs capable of displaying 8-bit
+characters (e.g. Emacs 21). The manner in which this is supported
+differs between Emacsen, so you need to take a look at your respective
+documentation.
+
+ A compromise is to use an European character set when editing the
+file, and convert to TeX macros when reading and writing the files.
+
+'iso-cvt.el'
+ Much like 'iso-tex.el' but is bundled with Emacs 19.23 and later.
+
+'x-compose.el'
+ Similar package bundled with new versions of XEmacs.
+
+'X-Symbol'
+ a much more complete package for both Emacs and XEmacs that can
+ also handle a lot of mathematical characters and input methods.
+
+5.4.1.2 Style Files for Different Languages
+...........................................
+
+AUCTeX supports style files for several languages. Each style file may
+modify AUCTeX to better support the language, and will run a language
+specific hook that will allow you to for example change ispell
+dictionary, or run code to change the keyboard remapping. The following
+will for example choose a Danish dictionary for documents including
+'\usepackage[danish]{babel}'. This requires parsing to be enabled,
+*note Parsing Files::.
+
+ (add-hook 'TeX-language-dk-hook
+ (lambda () (ispell-change-dictionary "danish")))
+
+ The following style files are recognized:
+
+'bulgarian'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-bg-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Typing <"> twice will
+ insert insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice
+ will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'czech'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-cz-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\uv{' and '}' depending on context.
+
+'danish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-dk-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '"`' and '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice will insert
+ '"=', i.e. a hyphen string allowing hyphenation in the composing
+ words.
+
+'dutch'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-nl-hook'.
+
+'english'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-en-hook'.
+
+'frenchb'
+'francais'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-fr-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\\og' and '\\fg' depending on context. Note that the language
+ name for customizing 'TeX-quote-language-alist' is 'french'.
+
+'german'
+'ngerman'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-de-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing the key twice
+ will give you opening or closing German quotes ('"`' or '"'').
+ Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'icelandic'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-is-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Typing <"> twice will
+ insert insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice
+ will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'italian'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-it-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '"<' and '">' depending on context.
+
+'polish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-pl-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax and
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing <"> twice will
+ insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context.
+
+'polski'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-pl-hook'. Makes the <"> key insert a
+ literal '"'. Pressing <"> twice will insert ',,' or '''' depending
+ on context.
+
+'slovak'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-sk-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\uv{' and '}' depending on context.
+
+'swedish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-sv-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ ''''. Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+ Replacement of language-specific hyphen strings like '"=' with dashes
+does not require to type <-> three times in a row. You can put point
+after the hypen string anytime and trigger the replacement by typing
+<->.
+
+ In case you are not satisfied with the suggested behavior of quote
+and hyphen insertion you can change it by customizing the variables
+'TeX-quote-language-alist' and 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist'
+respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-quote-language-alist
+ Used for overriding the default language-specific quote insertion
+ behavior. This is an alist where each element is a list consisting
+ of four items. The first item is the name of the language in
+ concern as a string. See the list of supported languages above.
+ The second item is the opening quotation mark. The third item is
+ the closing quotation mark. Opening and closing quotation marks
+ can be specified directly as strings or as functions returning a
+ string. The fourth item is a boolean controlling quote insertion.
+ It should be non-nil if if the special quotes should only be used
+ after inserting a literal '"' character first, i.e. on second key
+ press.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist
+ Used for overriding the behavior of hyphen insertion for specific
+ languages. Every element in this alist is a list of three items.
+ The first item should specify the affected language as a string.
+ The second item denotes the hyphen string to be used as a string.
+ The third item, a boolean, controls the behavior of hyphen
+ insertion and should be non-nil if the special hyphen should be
+ inserted after inserting a literal '-' character, i.e. on second
+ key press.
+
+ The defaults of hyphen insertion are defined by the variables
+'LaTeX-babel-hyphen' and 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen' respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen
+ String to be used when typing <->. This usually is a hyphen
+ alternative or hyphenation aid provided by 'babel' and the related
+ language style files, like '"=', '"~' or '"-'.
+
+ Set it to an empty string or nil in order to disable
+ language-specific hyphen insertion.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen
+ Control insertion of hyphen strings. If non-nil insert normal
+ hyphen on first key press and swap it with the language-specific
+ hyphen string specified in the variable 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen' on
+ second key press. If nil do it the other way round.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Japanese, Prev: European, Up: Internationalization
+
+5.4.2 Using AUCTeX with Japanese TeX
+------------------------------------
+
+To write Japanese text with AUCTeX, you need to have versions of TeX and
+Emacs that support Japanese. There exist at least two variants of TeX
+for Japanese text (NTT jTeX and ASCII pTeX). AUCTeX can be used with
+MULE (MULtilingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs) supported Emacsen.
+
+ To use the Japanese TeX variants, simply activate
+'japanese-plain-tex-mode' or 'japanese-latex-mode' and everything should
+work. If not, send mail to Masayuki Ataka
+'<address@hidden>', who kindly donated the code for
+supporting Japanese in AUCTeX. None of the primary AUCTeX maintainers
+understand Japanese, so they cannot help you.
+
+ If you usually use AUCTeX in Japanese, setting the following
+variables is useful.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-default-mode
+ Mode to enter for a new file when it cannott be determined whether
+ the file is plain TeX or LaTeX or what.
+
+ If you want to enter Japanese LaTeX mode whenever this may happen,
+ set the variable like this:
+ (setq TeX-default-mode 'japanese-latex-mode)
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-TeX-command-default
+ The default command for 'TeX-command' in Japanese TeX mode.
+
+ The default value is '"pTeX"'.
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-LaTeX-command-default
+ The default command for 'TeX-command' in Japanese LaTeX mode.
+
+ The default value is '"LaTeX"'.
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-LaTeX-default-style
+ The default style/class when creating a new Japanese LaTeX
+ document.
+
+ The default value is '"jarticle"'.
+
+ See 'tex-jp.el' for more information.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic, Next: Style Files, Prev:
Internationalization, Up: Customization
+
+5.5 Automatic Customization
+===========================
+
+Since AUCTeX is so highly customizable, it makes sense that it is able
+to customize itself. The automatic customization consists of scanning
+TeX files and extracting symbols, environments, and things like that.
+
+ The automatic customization is done on three different levels. The
+global level is the level shared by all users at your site, and consists
+of scanning the standard TeX style files, and any extra styles added
+locally for all users on the site. The private level deals with those
+style files you have written for your own use, and use in different
+documents. You may have a '~/lib/TeX/' directory where you store useful
+style files for your own use. The local level is for a specific
+directory, and deals with writing customization for the files for your
+normal TeX documents.
+
+ If compared with the environment variable 'TEXINPUTS', the global
+level corresponds to the directories built into TeX. The private level
+corresponds to the directories you add yourself, except for '.', which
+is the local level.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Automatic Global:: Automatic Customization for the Site
+* Automatic Private:: Automatic Customization for a User
+* Automatic Local:: Automatic Customization for a Directory
+
+ By default AUCTeX will search for customization files in all the
+global, private, and local style directories, but you can also set the
+path directly. This is useful if you for example want to add another
+person's style hooks to your path. Please note that all matching files
+found in 'TeX-style-path' are loaded, and all hooks defined in the files
+will be executed.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-path
- List of directories to search for AUCTeX style files. Each must
- end with a slash.
++ List of directories to search for AUCTeX style files.
+
+ By default, when AUCTeX searches a directory for files, it will
+recursively search through subdirectories.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-file-recurse
+ Whether to search TeX directories recursively: nil means do not
+ recurse, a positive integer means go that far deep in the directory
+ hierarchy, t means recurse indefinitely.
+
+ By default, AUCTeX will ignore files named '.', '..', 'SCCS', 'RCS',
+and 'CVS'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-ignore-file
+ Regular expression matching file names to ignore.
+
+ These files or directories will not be considered when searching
+ for TeX files in a directory.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Global, Next: Automatic Private, Up:
Automatic
+
+5.5.1 Automatic Customization for the Site
+------------------------------------------
+
+Assuming that the automatic customization at the global level was done
+when AUCTeX was installed, your choice is now: will you use it? If you
+use it, you will benefit by having access to all the symbols and
+environments available for completion purposes. The drawback is slower
+load time when you edit a new file and perhaps too many confusing
+symbols when you try to do a completion.
+
+ You can disable the automatic generated global style hooks by setting
+the variable 'TeX-auto-global' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-global
+ Directories containing the site's TeX style files.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-global
- Directory containing hand generated TeX information. Must end with
- a slash.
++ Directory containing hand generated TeX information.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros shared by all users of a site.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-global
+ Directory containing automatically generated information.
+
+ For storing automatic extracted information about the TeX macros
+ shared by all users of a site.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Private, Next: Automatic Local, Prev:
Automatic Global, Up: Automatic
+
+5.5.2 Automatic Customization for a User
+----------------------------------------
+
+You should specify where you store your private TeX macros, so AUCTeX
+can extract their information. The extracted information will go to the
+directories listed in 'TeX-auto-private'
+
+ Use 'M-x TeX-auto-generate <RET>' to extract the information.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-private
+ Directories where you store your personal TeX macros. The value
+ defaults to the directories listed in the 'TEXINPUTS' and
+ 'BIBINPUTS' environment variables or to the respective directories
+ in '$TEXMFHOME' if no results can be obtained from the environment
+ variables.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-private
+ List of directories containing automatically generated AUCTeX style
+ files. These correspond to the personal TeX macros.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-auto-generate TEX AUTO
+ ('M-x TeX-auto-generate <RET>') Generate style hook for TEX and
+ store it in AUTO. If TEX is a directory, generate style hooks for
+ all files in the directory.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-private
+ List of directories containing hand generated AUCTeX style files.
+ These correspond to the personal TeX macros.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Local, Prev: Automatic Private, Up:
Automatic
+
+5.5.3 Automatic Customization for a Directory
+---------------------------------------------
+
+AUCTeX can update the style information about a file each time you save
+it, and it will do this if the directory 'TeX-auto-local' exist.
+'TeX-auto-local' is by default set to '"auto"', so simply creating an
+'auto' directory will enable automatic saving of style information.
+
+ The advantage of doing this is that macros, labels, etc. defined in
+any file in a multifile document will be known in all the files in the
+document. The disadvantage is that saving will be slower. To disable,
+set 'TeX-auto-local' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-local
- Directory containing hand generated TeX information. Must end with
- a slash.
++ Directory containing hand generated TeX information.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros found in the current directory.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-local
- Directory containing automatically generated TeX information. Must
- end with a slash.
++ Directory containing automatically generated TeX information.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros found in the current directory.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Style Files, Prev: Automatic, Up: Customization
+
+5.6 Writing Your Own Style Support
+==================================
+
+*Note Automatic::, for a discussion about automatically generated
+global, private, and local style files. The hand generated style files
+are equivalent, except that they by default are found in 'style'
+directories instead of 'auto' directories.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Simple Style:: A Simple Style File
+* Adding Macros:: Adding Support for Macros
+* Adding Environments:: Adding Support for Environments
+* Adding Other:: Adding Other Information
+* Hacking the Parser:: Automatic Extraction of New Things
+
+ If you write some useful support for a public TeX style file, please
+send it to us.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Simple Style, Next: Adding Macros, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.1 A Simple Style File
+-------------------------
+
+Here is a simple example of a style file.
+
+ ;;; book.el - Special code for book style.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "book"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+ The example is from the AUCTeX sources and is loaded for any LaTeX
+document using the book document class (or style before LaTeX2e). The
+file specifies that the largest kind of section in such a document is
+chapter. The interesting thing to notice is that the style file defines
+an (anonymous) function, and adds it to the list of loaded style hooks
+by calling 'TeX-add-style-hook'.
+
+ The first time the user indirectly tries to access some
+style-specific information, such as the largest sectioning command
+available, the style hooks for all files directly or indirectly read by
+the current document are executed. The actual files will only be
+evaluated once, but the hooks will be called for each buffer using the
+style file.
+
+ Note that the basename of the style file and the name of the style
+hook should usually be identical.
+
+ -- Function: TeX-add-style-hook STYLE HOOK &optional DIALECT-EXPR
+ Add HOOK to the list of functions to run when we use the TeX file
+ STYLE and the current dialect is one in the set derived from
+ DIALECT-EXPR. When DIALECT-EXPR is omitted, then HOOK is allowed
+ to be run whatever the current dialect is.
+
+ DIALECT-EXPR may be one of:
+
+ * A symbol indicating a singleton containing one basic TeX
+ dialect, this symbol shall be selected among:
+ ':latex'
+ For all files in LaTeX mode, or any mode derived thereof
+ ':bibtex'
+ For all files in BibTeX mode, or any mode derived thereof
+ ':texinfo'
+ For all files in Texinfo mode.
+ * A logical expression like:
+ '(or DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 ... DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N)'
+ For union of the sets of dialects corresponding to
+ DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 through DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N
+ '(and DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 ... DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N)'
+ For intersection of the sets of dialects corresponding to
+ DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 through DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N
+ '(nor DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 ... DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N)'
+ For complement of the union sets of dialects
+ corresponding to DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 through
+ DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N relatively to the set of all
+ supported dialects
+ '(not DIALECT-EXPR)'
+ For complement set of dialect corresponding to
+ DIALECT-EXPR relatively to the set of all supported
+ dialects
+
+ In case of adding a style hook for LaTeX, when calling function
+'TeX-add-style-hook' it is thought more futureproof for argument
+DIALECT-EXPR to pass constant 'LaTeX-dialect' currently defined to
+':latex', rather than passing ':latex' directly.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-dialect
+ Default dialect for use with function 'TeX-add-style-hook' for
+ argument DIALECT-EXPR when the hook is to be run only on LaTeX
+ file, or any mode derived thereof.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Macros, Next: Adding Environments, Prev:
Simple Style, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.2 Adding Support for Macros
+-------------------------------
+
+The most common thing to define in a style hook is new symbols (TeX
+macros). Most likely along with a description of the arguments to the
+function, since the symbol itself can be defined automatically.
+
+ Here are a few examples from 'latex.el'.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("arabic" TeX-arg-counter)
+ '("label" TeX-arg-define-label)
+ '("ref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("newcommand" TeX-arg-define-macro [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
+ '("newtheorem" TeX-arg-define-environment
+ [ TeX-arg-environment "Numbered like" ]
+ t [ TeX-arg-counter "Within counter" ]))))
+
+ -- Function: TeX-add-symbols SYMBOL ...
+ Add each SYMBOL to the list of known symbols.
+
+ Each argument to 'TeX-add-symbols' is a list describing one symbol.
+The head of the list is the name of the symbol, the remaining elements
+describe each argument.
+
+ If there are no additional elements, the symbol will be inserted with
+point inside braces. Otherwise, each argument of this function should
+match an argument of the TeX macro. What is done depends on the
+argument type.
+
+ If a macro is defined multiple times, AUCTeX will chose the one with
+the longest definition (i.e. the one with the most arguments).
+
+ Thus, to overwrite
+ '("tref" 1) ; one argument
+ you can specify
+ '("tref" TeX-arg-ref ignore) ; two arguments
+
+ 'ignore' is a function that does not do anything, so when you insert
+a 'tref' you will be prompted for a label and no more.
+
+ You can use the following types of specifiers for arguments:
+
+'string'
+ Use the string as a prompt to prompt for the argument.
+
+'number'
+ Insert that many braces, leave point inside the first. 0 and -1
+ are special. 0 means that no braces are inserted. -1 means that
+ braces are inserted around the macro and an active region (e.g.
+ '{\tiny foo}'). If there is no active region, no braces are
+ inserted.
+
+'nil'
+ Insert empty braces.
+
+'t'
+ Insert empty braces, leave point between the braces.
+
+'other symbols'
+ Call the symbol as a function. You can define your own hook, or
+ use one of the predefined argument hooks.
+
+'list'
+ If the car is a string, insert it as a prompt and the next element
+ as initial input. Otherwise, call the car of the list with the
+ remaining elements as arguments.
+
+'vector'
+ Optional argument. If it has more than one element, parse it as a
+ list, otherwise parse the only element as above. Use square
+ brackets instead of curly braces, and is not inserted on empty user
+ input.
+
+ A lot of argument hooks have already been defined. The first
+argument to all hooks is a flag indicating if it is an optional
+argument. It is up to the hook to determine what to do with the
+remaining arguments, if any. Typically the next argument is used to
+overwrite the default prompt.
+
+'TeX-arg-conditional'
+ Implements if EXPR THEN ELSE. If EXPR evaluates to true, parse THEN
+ as an argument list, else parse ELSE as an argument list.
+
+'TeX-arg-literal'
+ Insert its arguments into the buffer. Used for specifying extra
+ syntax for a macro.
+
+'TeX-arg-free'
+ Parse its arguments but use no braces when they are inserted.
+
+'TeX-arg-eval'
+ Evaluate arguments and insert the result in the buffer.
+
+'TeX-arg-label'
+ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If RefTeX is
+ active, prompt for the reference format.
+
+'TeX-arg-ref'
+ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If RefTeX is
+ active, do not prompt for the reference format. Usually, reference
+ macros should use this function instead of 'TeX-arg-label'.
+
+'TeX-arg-index-tag'
+ Prompt for an index tag. This is the name of an index, not the
+ entry.
+
+'TeX-arg-index'
+ Prompt for an index entry completing with known entries.
+
+'TeX-arg-length'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX length completing with known lengths.
+
+'TeX-arg-macro'
+ Prompt for a TeX macro with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-date'
+ Prompt for a date, defaulting to the current date. The format of
+ the date is specified by the 'TeX-date-format' option. If you want
+ to change the format when the 'babel' package is loaded with a
+ specific language, set 'TeX-date-format' inside the appropriate
+ language hook, for details *note European::.
+
+'TeX-arg-version'
+ Prompt for the version of a file, using as initial input the
+ current date.
+
+'TeX-arg-environment'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX environment with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-cite'
+ Prompt for a BibTeX citation. If the variable
+ 'TeX-arg-cite-note-p' is non-nil, ask also for optional note in
+ citations.
+
+'TeX-arg-counter'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX counter completing with known counters.
+
+'TeX-arg-savebox'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX savebox completing with known saveboxes.
+
+'TeX-arg-file'
+ Prompt for a filename in the current directory, and use it without
+ the extension.
+
+'TeX-arg-file-name'
+ Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
+ being visited in the current buffer, with extension.
+
+'TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension'
+ Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
+ being visited in the current buffer, without extension.
+
+'TeX-arg-input-file'
+ Prompt for the name of an input file in TeX's search path, and use
+ it without the extension. Run the style hooks for the file. (Note
+ that the behavior (type of prompt and inserted file name) of the
+ function can be controlled by the variable
+ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search'.)
+
+'TeX-arg-define-label'
+ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. Add label to list
+ of defined labels.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-length'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX length completing with known lengths. Add
+ length to list of defined lengths.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-macro'
+ Prompt for a TeX macro with completion. Add macro to list of
+ defined macros.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-environment'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX environment with completion. Add environment to
+ list of defined environments.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-cite'
+ Prompt for a BibTeX citation.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-counter'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-savebox'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
+
+'TeX-arg-document'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX document class, using 'LaTeX-default-style' as
+ default value and 'LaTeX-default-options' as default list of
+ options. If the variable 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' is t, you
+ will be able to complete with all LaTeX classes available on your
+ system, otherwise classes listed in the variable 'LaTeX-style-list'
+ will be used for completion. It is also provided completion for
+ options of many common classes.
+
+'LaTeX-arg-usepackage'
+ Prompt for LaTeX packages. If the variable
+ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' is t, you will be able to complete with
+ all LaTeX packages available on your system. It is also provided
+ completion for options of many common packages.
+
+'TeX-arg-bibstyle'
+ Prompt for a BibTeX style file completing with all style available
+ on your system.
+
+'TeX-arg-bibliography'
+ Prompt for BibTeX database files completing with all databases
+ available on your system.
+
+'TeX-arg-corner'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side or corner position with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-lr'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-tb'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-pagestyle'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-verb'
+ Prompt for delimiter and text.
+
+'TeX-arg-pair'
+ Insert a pair of numbers, use arguments for prompt. The numbers
+ are surrounded by parentheses and separated with a comma.
+
+'TeX-arg-size'
+ Insert width and height as a pair. No arguments.
+
+'TeX-arg-coordinate'
+ Insert x and y coordinates as a pair. No arguments.
+
+'LaTeX-arg-author'
+ Prompt for document author, using 'LaTeX-default-author' as initial
+ input.
+
+'TeX-read-key-val'
+ Prompt for a key=value list of options and return them.
+
+'TeX-arg-key-val'
+ Prompt for a key=value list of options and insert it as a TeX macro
+ argument.
+
+ If you add new hooks, you can assume that point is placed directly
+after the previous argument, or after the macro name if this is the
+first argument. Please leave point located after the argument you are
+inserting. If you want point to be located somewhere else after all
+hooks have been processed, set the value of 'exit-mark'. It will point
+nowhere, until the argument hook sets it.
+
+ Some packages provide macros that are rarely useful to non-expert
+users. Those should be marked as expert macros using
+'TeX-declare-expert-macros'.
+
+ -- Function: TeX-declare-expert-macros STYLE MACROS...
+ Declare MACROS as expert macros of STYLE.
+
+ Expert macros are completed depending on
+ 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Environments, Next: Adding Other, Prev:
Adding Macros, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.3 Adding Support for Environments
+-------------------------------------
+
+Adding support for environments is very much like adding support for TeX
+macros, except that each environment normally only takes one argument,
+an environment hook. The example is again a short version of
+'latex.el'.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("document" LaTeX-env-document)
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("itemize" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("list" LaTeX-env-list))))
+
+ It is completely up to the environment hook to insert the
+environment, but the function 'LaTeX-insert-environment' may be of some
+help. The hook will be called with the name of the environment as its
+first argument, and extra arguments can be provided by adding them to a
+list after the hook.
+
+ For simple environments with arguments, for example defined with
+'\newenvironment', you can make AUCTeX prompt for the arguments by
+giving the prompt strings in the call to 'LaTeX-add-environments'. The
+fact that an argument is optional can be indicated by wrapping the
+prompt string in a vector.
+
+ For example, if you have defined a 'loop' environment with the three
+arguments FROM, TO, and STEP, you can add support for them in a style
+file.
+
+ %% loop.sty
+
+ \newenvironment{loop}[3]{...}{...}
+
+ ;; loop.el
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "loop"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("loop" "From" "To" "Step"))))
+
+ If an environment is defined multiple times, AUCTeX will choose the
+one with the longest definition. Thus, if you have an enumerate style
+file, and want it to replace the standard LaTeX enumerate hook above,
+you could define an 'enumerate.el' file as follows, and place it in the
+appropriate style directory.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-env-enumerate foo))))
+
+ (defun LaTeX-env-enumerate (environment &optional ignore) ...)
+
+ The symbol 'foo' will be passed to 'LaTeX-env-enumerate' as the
+second argument, but since we only added it to overwrite the definition
+in 'latex.el' it is just ignored.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-environments ENV ...
+ Add each ENV to list of loaded environments.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-insert-environment ENV [ EXTRA ]
+ Insert environment of type ENV, with optional argument EXTRA.
+
+ Following is a list of available hooks for 'LaTeX-add-environments':
+
+'LaTeX-env-item'
+ Insert the given environment and the first item.
+
+'LaTeX-env-figure'
+ Insert the given figure-like environment with a caption and a
+ label.
+
+'LaTeX-env-array'
+ Insert the given array-like environment with position and column
+ specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-label'
+ Insert the given environment with a label.
+
+'LaTeX-env-list'
+ Insert the given list-like environment, a specifier for the label
+ and the first item.
+
+'LaTeX-env-minipage'
+ Insert the given minipage-like environment with position and width
+ specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-tabular*'
+ Insert the given tabular*-like environment with width, position and
+ column specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-picture'
+ Insert the given environment with width and height specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-bib'
+ Insert the given environment with a label for a bibitem.
+
+'LaTeX-env-contents'
+ Insert the given environment with a filename as its argument.
+
+'LaTeX-env-args'
+ Insert the given environment with arguments. You can use this as a
+ hook in case you want to specify multiple complex arguments just
+ like in elements of 'TeX-add-symbols'. This is most useful if the
+ specification of arguments to be prompted for with strings and
+ strings wrapped in a vector as described above is too limited.
+
+ Here is an example from 'listings.el' which calls a function with
+ one argument in order to prompt for a key=value list to be inserted
+ as an optional argument of the 'lstlisting' environment:
+
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
+
+ Some packages provide environments that are rarely useful to
+non-expert users. Those should be marked as expert environments using
+'LaTeX-declare-expert-environments'.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-declare-expert-environments STYLE ENVIRONMENTS...
+ Declare ENVIRONMENTS as expert environments of STYLE.
+
+ Expert environments are completed depending on
+ 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Other, Next: Hacking the Parser, Prev:
Adding Environments, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.4 Adding Other Information
+------------------------------
+
+You can also specify bibliographical databases and labels in the style
+file. This is probably of little use, since this information will
+usually be automatically generated from the TeX file anyway.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-bibliographies BIBLIOGRAPHY ...
+ Add each BIBLIOGRAPHY to list of loaded bibliographies.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-labels LABEL ...
+ Add each LABEL to the list of known labels.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Hacking the Parser, Prev: Adding Other, Up: Style
Files
+
+5.6.5 Automatic Extraction of New Things
+----------------------------------------
+
+The automatic TeX information extractor works by searching for regular
+expressions in the TeX files, and storing the matched information. You
+can add support for new constructs to the parser, something that is
+needed when you add new commands to define symbols.
+
+ For example, in the file 'macro.tex' I define the following macro.
+
+ \newcommand{\newmacro}[5]{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }
+
+ AUCTeX will automatically figure out that 'newmacro' is a macro that
+takes five arguments. However, it is not smart enough to automatically
+see that each time we use the macro, two new macros are defined. We can
+specify this information in a style hook file.
+
+ ;;; macro.el --- Special code for my own macro file.
+
+ ;;; Code:
+
+ (defvar TeX-newmacro-regexp
+ '("\\\\newmacro{\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\)}{\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\)}"
+ (1 2) TeX-auto-multi)
+ "Matches \newmacro definitions.")
+
+ (defvar TeX-auto-multi nil
+ "Temporary for parsing \\newmacro definitions.")
+
+ (defun TeX-macro-cleanup ()
+ "Move symbols from `TeX-auto-multi' to `TeX-auto-symbol'."
+ (mapcar (lambda (list)
+ (mapcar (lambda (symbol)
+ (setq TeX-auto-symbol
+ (cons symbol TeX-auto-symbol)))
+ list))
+ TeX-auto-multi))
+
+ (defun TeX-macro-prepare ()
+ "Clear `Tex-auto-multi' before use."
+ (setq TeX-auto-multi nil))
+
+ (add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'TeX-macro-prepare)
+ (add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'TeX-macro-cleanup)
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "macro"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp TeX-newmacro-regexp)
+ (TeX-add-symbols '("newmacro"
+ TeX-arg-macro
+ (TeX-arg-macro "Capitalized macro: \\")
+ t
+ "BibTeX entry: "
+ nil))))
+
+ ;;; macro.el ends here
+
+ When this file is first loaded, it adds a new entry to
+'TeX-newmacro-regexp', and defines a function to be called before the
+parsing starts, and one to be called after the parsing is done. It also
+declares a variable to contain the data collected during parsing.
+Finally, it adds a style hook which describes the 'newmacro' macro, as
+we have seen it before.
+
+ So the general strategy is: Add a new entry to 'TeX-newmacro-regexp'.
+Declare a variable to contain intermediate data during parsing. Add
+hook to be called before and after parsing. In this case, the hook
+before parsing just initializes the variable, and the hook after parsing
+collects the data from the variable, and adds them to the list of
+symbols found.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ List of regular expressions matching TeX macro definitions.
+
+ The list has the following format ((REGEXP MATCH TABLE) ...), that
+ is, each entry is a list with three elements.
+
+ REGEXP. Regular expression matching the macro we want to parse.
+
+ MATCH. A number or list of numbers, each representing one
+ parenthesized subexpression matched by REGEXP.
+
+ TABLE. The symbol table to store the data. This can be a function,
+ in which case the function is called with the argument MATCH. Use
+ 'TeX-match-buffer' to get match data. If it is not a function, it
+ is presumed to be the name of a variable containing a list of match
+ data. The matched data (a string if MATCH is a number, a list of
+ strings if MATCH is a list of numbers) is put in front of the
+ table.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-prepare-hook nil
+ List of functions to be called before parsing a TeX file.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-cleanup-hook nil
+ List of functions to be called after parsing a TeX file.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Appendices, Next: Indices, Prev: Customization,
Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ, Texinfo Mode
+***********************************************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying this Manual::
+* Changes::
+* Development::
+* FAQ::
+* Texinfo mode::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Copying this Manual, Next: Changes, Up: Appendices
+
+A.1 Copying this Manual
+=======================
+
+The copyright notice for this manual is:
+
- This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88 from 2014-10-29), a
- sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
++ This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28),
++a sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+
+ The full license text can be read here:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying this
Manual
+
+A.1.1 GNU Free Documentation License
+------------------------------------
+
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ 0. PREAMBLE
+
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+ functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+ assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+ with or without modifying it, either commercially or
+ noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
+ author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
+ being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
+
+ This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+ works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+ It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+ license designed for free software.
+
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+ that the software does. But this License is not limited to
+ software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+ of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
+ recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+ instruction or reference.
+
+ 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+ This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+ that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+ be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
+ grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+ to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
+ "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
+ of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
+ the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+ requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+ A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+ Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+ of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+ publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+ subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+ fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
+ is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+ explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
+ historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+ of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+
+ The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
+ titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+ If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+ is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
+ contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
+ any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+ The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
+ listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+ that says that the Document is released under this License. A
+ Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
+ be at most 25 words.
+
+ A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+ represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+ general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+ straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+ of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+ available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+ formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+ suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
+ Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+ been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+ readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
+ used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
+ "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
+ SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+ simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+ Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
+ Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+ edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+ the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+ the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+ processors for output purposes only.
+
+ The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+ plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+ material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
+ works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
+ Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+ work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+ The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+ of the Document to the public.
+
+ A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
+ whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+ following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
+ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+ "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
+ To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
+ Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
+ to this definition.
+
+ The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+ which states that this License applies to the Document. These
+ Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+ this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+ implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+ has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+ 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+ You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+ add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
+ may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+ or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
+ you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
+ distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+ conditions in section 3.
+
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+ and you may publicly display copies.
+
+ 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+ If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+ have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+ the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+ enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+ these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
+ and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
+ front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+ equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
+ covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+ long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+
+ If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+ numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+ Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+ each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+ network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+ network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+ of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+ through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+ the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+ to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+ Document.
+
+ 4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+ You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+ under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+ release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+ distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+ possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
+ the Modified Version:
+
+ A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+ distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+ versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+ History section of the Document). You may use the same title
+ as a previous version if the original publisher of that
+ version gives permission.
+
+ B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+ entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
+ the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
+ principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
+ authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
+ from this requirement.
+
+ C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+ D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+ E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+ F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+ notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
+ Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
+ the Addendum below.
+
+ G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+ Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+ license notice.
+
+ H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+ I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
+ and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
+ authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
+ Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
+ Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
+ publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
+ an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
+ previous sentence.
+
+ J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+ for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+ likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+ previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+ "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
+ that was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+ to gives permission.
+
+ K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+ all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+ L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+ in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+ M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+ N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+ "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+ Section.
+
+ O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+ appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
+ material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
+ some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
+ titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
+ license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
+ section titles.
+
+ You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+ nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
+ and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
+ the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
+ of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+ through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
+ by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
+ behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
+ one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
+ the old one.
+
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
+ License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+ 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+ this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+ modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+ of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+ unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+ combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+ their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+ multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+ copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+ but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+ by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+ original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
+ unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+ the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+ combined work.
+
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+ "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
+ Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+ "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
+ must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+
+ 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+ documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+ copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+ that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+ in all other respects.
+
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+ a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+ License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+ document.
+
+ 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+ A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+ separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
+ storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
+ copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+ legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+ works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+ License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+ are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+ If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+ of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+ on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+ electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+ form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+ the whole aggregate.
+
+ 8. TRANSLATION
+
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
+ 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+ translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+ original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+ translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+ Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
+ include the original English version of this License and the
+ original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
+ disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+ this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+ prevail.
+
+ If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+ "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
+ Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+ actual title.
+
+ 9. TERMINATION
+
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+ except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+ otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+ and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+ license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+ provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+ finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+ copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+ reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+ violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+ received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+ that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+ after your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+ the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+ under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
+ permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+ same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+ 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+ the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+ versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+ differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+ <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.
+
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+ version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
+ have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+ that specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+ Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
+ choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
+ Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
+ decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+ proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+ authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+ 11. RELICENSING
+
+ "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+ World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+ provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+ public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
+ A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+ site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+ site.
+
+ "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+ license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+ corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+ California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+ published by that same organization.
+
+ "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+ in part, as part of another Document.
+
+ An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+ License, and if all works that were first published under this
+ License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+ incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+ texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+ to November 1, 2008.
+
+ The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+ site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+ 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
+notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
+Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being LIST.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
+software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
+their use in free software.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Changes, Next: Development, Prev: Copying this
Manual, Up: Appendices
+
+A.2 Changes and New Features
+============================
+
++News since 11.88
++================
++
++ * New option 'TeX-file-line-error' allows to select file:line:error
++ style for error messages.
++
++ * 'TeX-view-program-list' can contain, as third optional element of
++ each item, the name of the executable(s) needed to open the viewer.
++
+News in 11.88
+=============
+
+ * 'TeX-PDF-mode' is now enabled by default.
+
+ * Now 'TeX-previous-error' works with TeX commands if the new option
+ 'TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil, which is the default. When this
+ option is non-nil, an overview of errors and warnings reported by
+ the TeX compiler can be opened with 'M-x TeX-error-overview <RET>'.
+ *Note Debugging::, for details.
+
+ * Style file authors are encouraged to distinguish common from expert
+ macros and environments, and mark the latter using
+ 'TeX-declare-expert-macros' and
+ 'LaTeX-declare-expert-environments'.
+
+ Users can then restrict completion using
+ 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ * Management of LaTeX package options in the parser was improved.
+ You might need to reparse your documents, especially if you loaded
+ the 'babel' package with language options.
+
+ * Now you can insert '$...$' or '\(...\)' by typing a single '$'. To
+ do this, customize the new option 'TeX-electric-math'.
+ 'TeX-math-close-double-dollar' was removed. *Note Quotes::, for
+ details.
+
+ * 'C-c <RET> documentclass <RET>' completes with all available LaTeX
+ classes, if the 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' variable is non-nil.
+ Completion for class options of the standard LaTeX classes is
+ provided as well.
+
+ * New user options 'LaTeX-default-author',
+ 'LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search',
+ 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default', 'TeX-date-format', and
+ 'TeX-insert-braces-alist'. A new possible value
+ ('show-all-optional-args') for 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style' was
+ added. The default value of 'TeX-source-correlate-method' has been
+ changed.
+
+ * 'biblatex' support was greatly expanded. If parsing is enabled,
+ AUCTeX looks at 'backend' option to decide whether to use Biber or
+ BibTeX. The 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' variable was changed to be
+ file local only and is no more customizable.
+
+ * With some LaTeX classes, the default environment suggested by
+ 'LaTeX-environment' ('C-c C-e') when the current environment is
+ 'document' was changed. With 'beamer' class the default
+ environment is 'frame', with 'letter' it is 'letter', with 'slides'
+ it is 'slide'.
+
+ * Brace pairing feature was enhanced in LaTeX documents. Support for
+ '\bigl', '\Bigl', '\biggl' and '\Biggl', the same as the one for
+ '\left', was added to 'TeX-insert-macro'. For example, 'C-c <RET>
+ bigl <RET> ( <RET>' inserts '\bigl(\bigr)'.
+
+ You can insert brace pair '()', '{}' and '[]' by typing a single
+ left brace if the new user option 'LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace'
+ is enabled.
+
+ Macros '\langle', '\lfloor' and '\lceil', which produce the left
+ part of the paired braces, are treated similarly as '(', '{' and
+ '[' during the course of 'TeX-insert-macro'. *Note Quotes::, for
+ details.
+
+ * Support for dozens of LaTeX packages was added.
+
+ * Tabular-like environments (tabular, tabular*, tabularx, tabulary,
+ array, align, ...) are indented in a nicer and more informative
+ way when the column values of a table line are written across
+ multiple lines in the tex file.
+
+ * The suitable number of ampersands are inserted when you insert
+ array, tabular and tabular* environments with 'C-c C-e'. Similar
+ experience is obtained if you terminate rows in these environments
+ with 'C-c <LFD>'. It supplies line break macro '\\' and inserts
+ the suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
+
+ Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments.
+
+ *Note Tabular-like::, for details.
+
+ * Commands for narrowing to a group ('TeX-narrow-to-group') and to
+ LaTeX environments ('LaTeX-narrow-to-environment') were added.
+
+ * Now arbitrary options can be passed to the TeX processor on a per
+ file basis using the 'TeX-command-extra-options' option. *Note
+ Processor Options::, for details.
+
+ * Now 'C-c C-e document <RET>', in an empty document, prompts for
+ '\usepackage' macros in addition to '\documentclass'.
+
+ * 'TeX-add-style-hook' has now a third argument to tell AUCTeX for
+ which dialect (LaTeX, Texinfo or BibTeX) the style hook is
+ registers. Labelling style hook by dialect will avoid applying
+ them not in the right context.
+
+ * There have been lots of bug fixes and feature additions.
+
+News since 11.87
+================
+
+ * AUCTeX now supports Biber in conjunction with biblatex in addition
+ to BibTeX.
+
+ * Each AUCTeX mode now has its own abbrev table. On Emacsen which
+ provide the possibility to inherit abbrevs from other tables, the
+ abbrevs from the Text mode abbrev table are available as well.
+ Newly defined abbrevs are written to the mode-specific tables,
+ though.
+
+ * The file 'tex-fptex.el' was removed.
+
+ * Forward/backward search for Evince has been improved. If Emacs is
+ compiled with DBUS support and a recent Evince version (3.x) is
+ installed, the communication goes over the desktop bus instead of
+ the command line, resulting in more accurate positioning of point
+ in Emacs and highlighting of the target paragraph in Evince.
+
+ * A problem where Ghostscript threw an /invalidfileaccess error when
+ running preview-latex was fixed.
+
+ * A lot of smaller fixes and additions have been made.
+
+News in 11.86
+=============
+
+ * Parsing of LaTeX output was improved. It is now less likely that
+ AUCTeX opens a non-existent file upon calling 'TeX-next-error'; a
+ problem for example encountered when using MiKTeX 2.8. In addition
+ quoted file names as emitted by MiKTeX are now supported.
+
+ * A new framework for the definition and selection of viewers was
+ implemented. If you have customizations regarding viewers you will
+ have to redo them in this new framework or reenable the old one.
+ *Note Starting Viewers::, for details.
+
+ * Comprehensive editing support for PSTricks was added.
+
+ * Support for various LaTeX packages was added, e.g. 'tabularx',
+ 'CJK', and 'hyperref'.
+
+ * An easy way to switch between TeX engines (PDFTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX,
+ Omega) was added.
+
+ * Support for SyncTeX was added. This involves the command line
+ options for LaTeX and the viewer.
+
+ * Folding can now be customized to use macro arguments as replacement
+ text.
+
+ * 'preview.sty' now works with XeTeX.
+
+ * A lot of smaller and larger bugs have been squashed.
+
+News in 11.85
+=============
+
+ * Font locking has been improved significantly. It is now less prone
+ to color bleeding which could lead to high resource usage. In
+ addition it now includes information about LaTeX macro syntax and
+ can indicate syntactically incorrect macros in LaTeX mode.
+
+ * The license was updated to GPLv3.
+
+ * Support for the nomencl, flashcards and comment LaTeX packages as
+ well as the Icelandic language option of babel were added.
+
+ * Support for folding of math macros was added.
+
+ * Lots of minor bugs in features and documentation fixed.
+
+News in 11.84
+=============
+
+ * There have been problems with the '-without-texmf-dir' option to
+ 'configure' when the value of '-with-kpathsea-sep' was set or
+ determined for an installation system with a default different from
+ that of the runtime system. 'with-kpathsea-sep' has been removed;
+ the setting is now usually determined at runtime.
+
+ Due to this and other problems, preview-latex in the released
+ XEmacs package failed under Windows or with anything except recent
+ 21.5 XEmacsen.
+
+ * AUCTeX and preview-latex have been changed in order to accommodate
+ file names containing spaces. preview-latex now tolerates bad
+ PostScript code polluting the stack (like some Omega fonts).
+
+ * 'preview.sty' had in some cases failed to emit PostScript header
+ specials.
+
+ * Support for folding of comments was added.
+
+ * The 'polish' language option of the babel LaTeX package as well as
+ the polski LaTeX package are now supported. Most notably this
+ means that AUCTeX will help to insert quotation marks as defined by
+ polish.sty ('"`..."'') and polski.sty (',,...''').
+
+ * The TeX tool bar is now available and enabled by default in plain
+ TeX mode. *Note Processing Facilities::.
+
+ * Bug fix in the display of math subscripts and superscripts.
+
+ * Bug fix 'TeX-doc' for Emacs 21.
+
+ * There has been quite a number of other bug fixes to various
+ features and documentation across the board.
+
+News in 11.83
+=============
+
+ * The new function 'TeX-doc' provides easy access to documentation
+ about commands and packages or information related to TeX and
+ friends in general. *Note Documentation::.
+
+ * You can now get rid of generated intermediate and output files by
+ means of the new 'Clean' and 'Clean All' entries in
+ 'TeX-command-list' accessible with 'C-c C-c' or the Command menu.
+ *Note Cleaning::.
+
+ * Support for forward search with PDF files was added. That means
+ you can jump to a place in the output file corresponding to the
+ position in the source file. *Note Viewing::.
+
+ Adding support for this feature required the default value of the
+ variable 'TeX-output-view-style' to be changed. Please make sure
+ you either remove any customizations overriding the new default or
+ incorporate the changes into your customizations if you want to use
+ this feature.
+
+ * TeX error messages of the '-file-line-error' kind are now
+ understood in AUCTeX and preview-latex (parsers are still
+ separate).
+
+ * Bug fix in XyMTeX support.
+
+ * The LaTeX tool bar is now enabled by default. *Note Processing
+ Facilities::.
+
+News in 11.82
+=============
+
+ * Support for the MinionPro LaTeX package was added.
+
+ * Warnings and underfull/overfull boxes are now being indicated in
+ the echo area after a LaTeX run, if the respective debugging
+ options are activated with 'TeX-toggle-debug-warnings' ('C-c C-t
+ C-w') or 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' ('C-c C-t C-b'). In this
+ case 'TeX-next-error' will find these warnings in addition to
+ normal errors.
+
+ The key binding 'C-c C-w' for 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' (which
+ was renamed from 'TeX-toggle-debug-boxes') now is deprecated.
+
+ * AUCTeX now can automatically insert a pair of braces after typing
+ <_> or <^> in math constructs if the new variable
+ 'TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript' is set to a non-nil value.
+
+ * Some language-specific support for French was added. There now is
+ completion support for the commands provided by the 'frenchb' (and
+ 'francais') options of the babel LaTeX package and easier input of
+ French quotation marks ('\\og ...\\fg') which can now be inserted
+ by typing <">.
+
+ * Completion support for options of some LaTeX packages was added.
+
+ * Already in version 11.81 the way to activate AUCTeX changed
+ substantially. This should now be done with '(load "auctex.el" nil
+ t t)' instead of the former '(require 'tex-site)'. Related to this
+ change 'tex-mik.el' does not load 'tex-site.el' anymore. That
+ means if you used only '(require 'tex-mik)' in order to activate
+ AUCTeX, you have to add '(load "auctex.el" nil t t)' before the
+ latter statement. *Note Loading the package::.
+
+ * Handling of verbatim constructs was consolidated across AUCTeX.
+ This resulted in the font-latex-specific variables
+ 'font-latex-verb-like-commands', 'font-latex-verbatim-macros', and
+ 'font-latex-verbatim-environments' being removed and the more
+ general variables 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims',
+ 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces', and
+ 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments' being added.
+
+ * The output of a BibTeX run is now checked for warnings and errors,
+ which are reported in the echo area.
+
+ * The aliases for 'font-latex-title-fontify' were removed. Use
+ 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning' instead.
+
+ * The problem that Japanese macros where broken across lines was
+ fixed.
+
+ * Various bug fixes.
+
+News in 11.81
+=============
+
+ * 'LaTeX-mark-section' now marks subsections of a given section as
+ well. The former behavior is available via the prefix argument.
+
+ * preview-latex which was previously available separately became a
+ subsystem of AUCTeX. There is no documented provision for building
+ or installing preview-latex separately. It is still possible to
+ use and install AUCTeX without preview-latex, however.
+
+ * The installation procedures have been overhauled and now also
+ install startup files as part of the process (those had to be
+ copied manually previously). You are advised to remove previous
+ installations of AUCTeX and preview-latex before starting the
+ installation procedure. A standard installation from an unmodified
+ tarball no longer requires Makeinfo or Perl.
+
+ Also note that the way AUCTeX is supposed to be activated changed.
+ Instead of '(require 'tex-site)' you should now use '(load
+ "auctex.el" nil t t)'. While the former method may still work, the
+ new method has the advantage that you can deactivate a preactivated
+ AUCTeX with the statement '(unload-feature 'tex-site)' before any
+ of its modes have been used. This may be important especially for
+ site-wide installations.
+
+ * Support for the babel LaTeX package was added.
+
+ * Folding a buffer now ensures that the whole buffer is fontified
+ before the actual folding is carried out. If this results in
+ unbearably long execution times, you can fall back to the old
+ behavior of relying on stealth font locking to do this job in the
+ background by customizing the variable 'TeX-fold-force-fontify'.
+
+ * Folded content now reveals part of its original text in a tooltip
+ or the echo area when hovering with the mouse pointer over it.
+
+ * The language-specific insertion of quotation marks was generalized.
+ The variables 'LaTeX-german-open-quote',
+ 'LaTeX-german-close-quote', 'LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote',
+ 'LaTeX-italian-open-quote', 'LaTeX-italian-close-quote', and
+ 'LaTeX-italian-quote-after-quote' are now obsolete. If you are not
+ satisfied with the default settings, you should customize
+ 'TeX-quote-language-alist' instead.
+
+ * Similar to language-specific quote insertion, AUCTeX now helps you
+ with hyphens in different languages as well. *Note European::, for
+ details.
+
+ * Fill problems in Japanese text introduced in AUCTeX 11.55 were
+ fixed. AUCTeX tries not to break lines between 1-byte and 2-byte
+ chars. These features will work in Chinese text, too.
+
+ * The scaling factor of the fontification of sectioning commands can
+ now be customized using the variable
+ 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning'. This variable was previously
+ called 'font-latex-title-fontify'; In this release we provide an
+ alias but this will disappear in one of the the next releases. The
+ faces for the sectioning commands are now called
+ 'font-latex-sectioning-N-face' (N=0...5) instead of
+ 'font-latex-title-N-face' (N=1...4). Analogously the names of the
+ variables holding the related keyword lists were changed from
+ 'font-latex-title-N-keywords' to
+ 'font-latex-sectioning-N-keywords'. *Note Font Locking::, for
+ details. Make sure to adjust your customizations.
+
+ * Titles in beamer slides marked by the "\frametitle" command are
+ know displayed with the new face 'font-latex-slide-title-face'.
+ You can add macros to be highlighted with this face to
+ 'font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
+
+ * Of course a lot of bugs have been fixed.
+
+News in 11.55
+=============
+
+ * A bug was fixed which lead to the insertion of trailing whitespace
+ during filling. In particular extra spaces were added to sentence
+ endings at the end of lines. You can make this whitespace visible
+ by setting the variable 'show-trailing-whitespace' to 't'. If you
+ want to delete all trailing whitespace in a buffer, type 'M-x
+ delete-trailing-whitespace RET'.
+
+ * A bug was fixed which lead to a '*Compile-Log*' buffer popping up
+ when the first LaTeX file was loaded in an Emacs session.
+
+ * On some systems the presence of an outdated Emacspeak package lead
+ to the error message 'File mode specification error: (error
+ "Variable binding depth exceeds max-specpdl-size")'. Precautions
+ were added which prevent this error from happening. But
+ nevertheless, it is advised to upgrade or uninstall the outdated
+ Emacspeak package.
+
+ * The value of 'TeX-macro-global' is not determined during
+ configuration anymore but at load time of AUCTeX. Consequently the
+ associated configuration option '--with-tex-input-dirs' was
+ removed.
+
+ * Support for the LaTeX Japanese classes 'jsarticle' and 'jsbook' was
+ added.
+
+News in 11.54
+=============
+
+ * The parser (used e.g. for 'TeX-auto-generate-global') was extended
+ to recognize keywords common in LaTeX packages and classes, like
+ "\DeclareRobustCommand" or "\RequirePackage". Additionally a bug
+ was fixed which led to duplicate entries in AUCTeX style files.
+
+ * Folding can now be done for paragraphs and regions besides single
+ constructs and the whole buffer. With the new 'TeX-fold-dwim'
+ command content can both be hidden and shown with a single key
+ binding. In course of these changes new key bindings for unfolding
+ commands where introduced. The old bindings are still present but
+ will be phased out in future releases.
+
+ * Info files of the manual now have a .info extension.
+
+ * There is an experimental tool bar support now. It is not activated
+ by default. If you want to use it, add
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-install-toolbar)
+ to your init file.
+
+ * The manual now contains a new chapter "Quick Start". It explains
+ the main features and how to use them, and should be enough for a
+ new user to start using AUCTeX.
+
+ * A new section "Font Locking" was added to the manual which explains
+ syntax highlighting in AUCTeX and its customization. Together with
+ the sections related to folding and outlining, the section is part
+ of the new chapter "Display".
+
+ * Keywords for syntax highlighting of LaTeX constructs to be typeset
+ in bold, italic or typewriter fonts may now be customized. Besides
+ the built-in classes, new keyword classes may be added by
+ customizing the variable 'font-latex-user-keyword-classes'. The
+ customization options can be found in the customization group
+ 'font-latex-keywords'.
+
+ * Verbatim content is now displayed with the 'fixed-pitch' face.
+ (GNU Emacs only)
+
+ * Syntax highlighting should not spill out of verbatim content
+ anymore. (GNU Emacs only)
+
+ * Verbatim commands like '\verb|...|' will not be broken anymore
+ during filling.
+
+ * You can customize the completion for graphic files with
+ 'LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'.
+
+ * Support for the LaTeX packages 'url', 'listings', 'jurabib' and
+ 'csquotes' was added with regard to command completion and syntax
+ highlighting.
+
+ * Performance of fontification and filling was improved.
+
+ * Insertion of nodes in Texinfo mode now supports completion of
+ existing node names.
+
+ * Setting the variable 'LaTeX-float' to 'nil' now means that you will
+ not be prompted for the float position of figures and tables. You
+ can get the old behaviour of 'nil' by setting the variable to '""',
+ i.e. an empty string. See also *note Floats::.
+
+ * The XEmacs-specific bug concerning 'overlays-at' was fixed.
+
+ * Lots of bug fixes.
+
+News in 11.53
+=============
+
+ * The LaTeX math menu can include Unicode characters if your Emacs
+ built supports it. See the variable 'LaTeX-math-menu-unicode',
+ *note Mathematics::.
+
+ * Bug fixes for XEmacs.
+
+ * Completion for graphic files in the TeX search path has been added.
+
+ * 'start' is used for the viewer for MiKTeX and fpTeX.
+
+ * The variable 'TeX-fold-preserve-comments' can now be customized to
+ deactivate folding in comments.
+
+News in 11.52
+=============
+
+ * Installation and menus under XEmacs work again (maybe for the first
+ time).
+
+ * Fontification of subscripts and superscripts is now disabled when
+ the fontification engine is not able to support it properly.
+
+ * Bug fixes in the build process.
+
+News in 11.51
+=============
+
+ * PDFTeX and Source Special support did not work with ConTeXt, this
+ has been fixed. Similar for Source Special support under Windows.
+
+ * Omega support has been added.
+
+ * Bug fixes in the build process.
+
+ * 'TeX-fold' now supports folding of environments in Texinfo mode.
+
+News in 11.50
+=============
+
+ * The use of source specials when processing or viewing the document
+ can now be controlled with the new 'TeX-source-specials' minor mode
+ which can be toggled via an entry in the Command menu or the key
+ binding 'C-c C-t C-s'. If you have customized the variable
+ 'TeX-command-list', you have to re-initialize it for this to work.
+ This means to open a customization buffer for the variable by
+ typing 'M-x customize-variable RET TeX-command-list RET', selecting
+ "Erase Customization" and do your customization again with the new
+ default.
+
+ * The content of the command menu now depends on the mode (plain TeX,
+ LaTeX, ConTeXt etc.). Any former customization of the variable
+ 'TeX-command-list' has to be erased. Otherwise the command menu
+ and the customization will not work correctly.
+
+ * Support for hiding and auto-revealing macros, e.g. footnotes or
+ citations, and environments in a buffer was added, *note Folding::.
+
+ * You can now control if indentation is done upon typing <RET> by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-newline-function', *note Indenting::.
+
+ * Limited support for 'doc.sty' and 'ltxdoc.cls' ('dtx' files) was
+ added. The new docTeX mode provides functionality for editing
+ documentation parts. This includes formatting (indenting and
+ filling), adding and completion of macros and environments while
+ staying in comments as well as syntax highlighting. (Please note
+ that the mode is not finished yet. For example syntax highlighting
+ does not work yet in XEmacs.)
+
+ * For macro completion in docTeX mode the AUCTeX style files
+ 'doc.el', 'ltxdoc.el' and 'ltx-base.el' were included. The latter
+ provides general support for low-level LaTeX macros and may be used
+ with LaTeX class and style files as well. It is currently not
+ loaded automatically for those files.
+
+ * Support for ConTeXt with a separate ConTeXt mode is now included.
+ Macro definitions for completion are available in Dutch and
+ English.
+
+ * The filling and indentation code was overhauled and is now able to
+ format commented parts of the source syntactically correct. Newly
+ available functionality and customization options are explained in
+ the manual.
+
+ * Filling and indentation in XEmacs with preview-latex and activated
+ previews lead to the insertion of whitespace before multi-line
+ previews. AUCTeX now contains facilities to prevent this problem.
+
+ * If 'TeX-master' is set to 't', AUCTeX will now query for a master
+ file only when a new file is opened. Existing files will be left
+ alone. The new function 'TeX-master-file-ask' (bound to 'C-c _' is
+ provided for adding the variable manually.
+
+ * Sectioning commands are now shown in a larger font on display
+ devices which support such fontification. The variable
+ 'font-latex-title-fontify' can be customized to restore the old
+ appearance, i.e. the usage of a different color instead of a
+ change in size.
+
+ * Support for 'alphanum.sty', 'beamer.cls', 'booktabs.sty',
+ 'captcont.sty', 'emp.sty', 'paralist.sty', 'subfigure.sty' and
+ 'units.sty'/'nicefrac.sty' was added. Credits go to the authors
+ mentioned in the respective AUCTeX style files.
+
+ * Inserting graphics with 'C-c RET \includegraphics RET' was
+ improved. See the variable 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'.
+
+ * If 'LaTeX-default-position' is 'nil', don't prompt for position
+ arguments in Tabular-like environments, see *note Tabular-like::.
+
+ * Completion for available packages when using 'C-c RET \usepackage
+ RET' was improved on systems using the kpathsea library.
+
+ * The commenting functionality was fixed. The separate functions for
+ commenting and uncommenting were unified in one function for
+ paragraphs and regions respectively which do both.
+
+ * Syntax highlighting can be customized to fontify quotes delimited
+ by either >>German<< or <<French>> quotation marks by changing the
+ variable 'font-latex-quotes'.
+
+ * Certain TeX/LaTeX keywords for functions, references, variables and
+ warnings will now be fontified specially. You may add your own
+ keywords by customizing the variables
+ 'font-latex-match-function-keywords',
+ 'font-latex-match-reference-keywords',
+ 'font-latex-match-variable-keywords' and
+ 'font-latex-match-warning-keywords'.
+
+ * If you include the style files 'german' or 'ngerman' in a document
+ (directly or via the 'babel' package), you should now customize
+ 'LaTeX-german-open-quote', 'LaTeX-german-close-quote' and
+ 'LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote' instead of 'TeX-open-quote',
+ 'TeX-close-quote' and 'TeX-quote-after-quote' if you want to
+ influence the type of quote insertion.
+
+ * Upon viewing an output file, the right viewer and command line
+ options for it are now determined automatically by looking at the
+ extension of the output file and certain options used in the source
+ file. The behavior can be adapted or extended respectively by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-output-view-style'.
+
+ * You can control whether 'TeX-insert-macro' ('C-c RET') ask for all
+ optional arguments by customizing the variable
+ 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style', *note Completion::.
+
+ * 'TeX-run-discard' is now able to completely detach a process that
+ it started.
+
+ * The build process was enhanced and is now based on 'autoconf'
+ making installing AUCTeX a mostly automatic process. See *note
+ Installation:: and *note Installation under MS Windows:: for
+ details.
+
+News in 11.14
+=============
+
+ * Many more LaTeX and LaTeX2e commands are supported. Done by
+ Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
+
+News in 11.12
+=============
+
+ * Support for the KOMA-Script classes. Contributed by Mark Trettin
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.11
+=============
+
+ * Support for 'prosper.sty', see <http://prosper.sourceforge.net/>.
+ Contributed by Phillip Lord <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.10
+=============
+
+ * 'comment-region' now inserts %% by default. Suggested by "Davide
+ G. M. Salvetti" <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.06
+=============
+
+ * You can now switch between using the 'font-latex' (all emacsen),
+ the 'tex-font' (Emacs 21 only) or no special package for font
+ locking. Customize 'TeX-install-font-lock' for this.
+
+News in 11.04
+=============
+
+ * Now use -t landscape by default when landscape option appears.
+ Suggested by Erik Frisk <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.03
+=============
+
+ * Use 'tex-fptex.el' for fpTeX support. Contributed by Fabrice
+ Popineau <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.02
+=============
+
+ * New user option 'LaTeX-top-caption-list' specifies environments
+ where the caption should go at top. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Allow explicit dimensions in 'graphicx.sty'. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Limited support for 'verbatim.sty'. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Better support for asmmath items. Patch by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * More accurate error parsing. Added by David Kastrup
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.01
+=============
+
+ * Bug fixes.
+
+Older versions
+--------------
+
+See the file 'history.texi' for older changes.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Development, Next: FAQ, Prev: Changes, Up:
Appendices
+
+A.3 Future Development
+======================
+
+The following sections describe future development of AUCTeX. Besides
+mid-term goals, bug reports and requests we cannot fix or honor right
+away are being gathered here. If you have some time for Emacs Lisp
+hacking, you are encouraged to try to provide a solution to one of the
+following problems. If you don't know Lisp, you may help us to improve
+the documentation. It might be a good idea to discuss proposed changes
+on the mailing list of AUCTeX first.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Mid-term Goals::
+* Wishlist::
+* Bugs::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mid-term Goals, Next: Wishlist, Up: Development
+
+A.3.1 Mid-term Goals
+--------------------
+
+ * Integration of preview-latex into AUCTeX
+
+ As of AUCTeX 11.81 preview-latex is a part of AUCTeX in the sense
+ that the installation routines were merged and preview-latex is
+ being packaged with AUCTeX.
+
+ Further integration will happen at the backend. This involves
+ folding of error parsing and task management of both packages which
+ will ease development efforts and avoid redundant work.
+
+ * Error help catalogs
+
+ Currently, the help for errors is more or less hardwired into
+ 'tex.el'. For supporting error help in other languages, it would
+ be sensible to instead arrange error messages in language-specific
+ files, make a common info file from all such catalogs in a given
+ language and look the error texts up in an appropriate index. The
+ user would then specify a preference list of languages, and the
+ errors would be looked up in the catalogs in sequence until they
+ were identified.
+
+ * Combining 'docTeX' with RefTeX
+
+ Macro cross references should also be usable for document
+ navigation using RefTeX.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Wishlist, Next: Bugs, Prev: Mid-term Goals, Up:
Development
+
+A.3.2 Wishlist
+--------------
+
+ * Documentation lookup for macros
+
+ A parser could gather information about which macros are defined in
+ which LaTeX packages and store the information in a hashtable which
+ can be used in a backend for 'TeX-doc' in order to open the
+ matching documentation for a given macro. The information could
+ also be used to insert an appropriate '\usepackage' statement if
+ the user tries to insert a macro for which the respective package
+ has not been requested yet.
+
+ * Spell checking of macros
+
+ A special ispell dictionary for macros could be nice to have.
+
+ * Improvements to error reporting
+
+ Fringe indicators for errors in the main text would be nice.
+
+ * A math entry grid
+
+ A separate frame with a table of math character graphics to click
+ on in order to insert the respective sequence into the buffer (cf.
+ the "grid" of x-symbol).
+
+ * Crossreferencing support
+
+ It would be nice if you could index process your favorite
+ collection of '.dtx' files (such as the LaTeX source), just call a
+ command on arbitrary control sequence, and get either the DVI
+ viewer opened right at the definition of that macro (using Source
+ Specials), or the source code of the '.dtx' file.
+
+ * Better plain TeX support
+
+ For starters, 'LaTeX-math-mode' is not very LaTeX-specific in the
+ first place, and similar holds for indentation and formatting.
+
+ * Page count when compiling should (optionally) go to modeline of the
+ window where the compilation command was invoked, instead of the
+ output window. Suggested by Karsten Tinnefeld
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * Command to insert a macrodefinition in the preamble, without moving
+ point from the current location. Suggested by "Jeffrey C. Ely"
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * A database of all commands defined in all stylefiles. When a
+ command or environment gets entered that is provided in one of the
+ styles, insert the appropriate '\usepackage' in the preamble.
+
+ * A way to add and overwrite math mode entries in style files, and to
+ decide where they should be. Suggested by Remo Badii
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * Create template for (first) line of tabular environment.
+
+ * I think prompting for the master is the intended behaviour. It
+ corresponds to a 'shared' value for TeX-master.
+
+ There should probably be a 'none' value which wouldn't query for
+ the master, but instead disable all features that relies on
+ TeX-master.
+
+ This default value for TeX-master could then be controled with
+ mapping based on the extension.
+
+ * Suggest 'makeindex' when appropriate.
+
+ * Use index files (when available) to speed up 'C-c C-m include
+ <RET>'.
+
+ * Option not to calculate very slow completions like for 'C-c C-m
+ include <RET>'.
+
+ * Font menu should be created from 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+ * Installation procedure written purely in emacs lisp.
+
+ * Included PostScript files should also be counted as part of the
+ document.
+
+ * A nice hierarchical by-topic organization of all officially
+ documented LaTeX macros, available from the menu bar.
+
+ * 'TeX-command-default' should be set from the master file, if not
+ set locally. Suggested by Peter Whaite '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make AUCTeX work with 'crypt++'. Suggested by Chris Moore
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make AUCTeX work with 'longlines'. This would also apply to
+ preview-latex, though it might make sense to unify error processing
+ before attempting this.
+
+ * The 'Spell' command should apply to all files in a document. Maybe
+ it could try to restrict to files that have been modified since
+ last spell check? Suggested by Ravinder Bhumbla
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make <.> check for abbreviations and sentences ending with capital
+ letters.
+
+ * Use Emacs 19 minibuffer history to choose between previewers, and
+ other stuff. Suggested by John Interrante
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make features.
+
+ A new command 'TeX-update' ('C-c C-u') could be used to create an
+ up-to-date dvi file by repeatedly running BibTeX, MakeIndex and
+ (La)TeX, until an error occurs or we are done.
+
+ An alternative is to have an 'Update' command that ensures the
+ 'dvi' file is up to date. This could be called before printing and
+ previewing.
+
+ * Documentation of variables that can be set in a style hook.
+
+ We need a list of what can safely be done in an ordinary style
+ hook. You can not set a variable that AUCTeX depends on, unless
+ AUCTeX knows that it has to run the style hooks first.
+
+ Here is the start of such a list.
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-environments'
+
+ 'TeX-add-symbols'
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-labels'
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies'
+
+ 'LaTeX-largest-level'
+
+ * Outline should be (better) supported in TeX mode.
+
+ At least, support headers, trailers, as well as TeX-outline-extra.
+
+ * 'TeX-header-start' and 'TeX-trailer-end'.
+
+ We might want these, just for fun (and outlines)
+
+ * Plain TeX and LaTeX specific header and trailer expressions.
+
+ We should have a way to globally specify the default value of the
+ header and trailer regexps.
+
+ * Get closer to original 'TeX-mode' keybindings.
+
+ A third initialization file ('tex-mode.el') containing an emulator
+ of the standard 'TeX-mode' would help convince some people to
+ change to AUCTeX.
+
+ * Use markers in 'TeX-error-list' to remember buffer positions in
+ order to be more robust with regard to line numbers and changed
+ files.
+
+ * Finish the Texinfo mode. For one thing, many Texinfo mode commands
+ do not accept braces around their arguments.
+
+ * Hook up the letter environment with 'bbdb.el'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Bugs, Prev: Wishlist, Up: Development
+
+A.3.3 Bugs
+----------
+
+ * The style hooks automatically generated by parsing files for
+ 'example.dtx', 'example.sty', 'example.drv' and 'example.bib' all
+ clash. Bad. Clash with hand-written style hooks should be removed
+ by dialect discrimination -- to be checked.
+
+ * 'C-c `' should always stay in the current window, also when it
+ finds a new file.
+
+ * Do not overwrite emacs warnings about existing auto-save files when
+ loading a new file.
+
+ * Maybe the regexp for matching a TeX symbol during parsing should be
+ '"\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\|.\\)"' --
+ '<address@hidden>' Peter Thiemann.
+
+ * AUCTeX should not parse verbatim environments.
+
+ * Make '`' check for math context in 'LaTeX-math-mode'. and simply
+ self insert if not in a math context.
+
+ * Make 'TeX-insert-dollar' more robust. Currently it can be fooled
+ by '\mbox''es and escaped double dollar for example.
+
+ * Correct indentation for tabular, tabbing, table, math, and array
+ environments.
+
+ * No syntactic font locking of verbatim macros and environments.
+ (XEmacs only)
+
+ * Font locking inside of verbatim macros and environments is not
+ inhibited. This may result in syntax highlighting of unbalanced
+ dollar signs and the like spilling out of the verbatim content.
+ (XEmacs only)
+
+ * Folding of LaTeX constructs spanning more than one line may result
+ in overfull lines. (XEmacs only)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: FAQ, Next: Texinfo mode, Prev: Development, Up:
Appendices
+
+A.4 Frequently Asked Questions
+==============================
+
+ 1. Something is not working correctly. What should I do?
+
+ Well, you might have guessed it, the first place to look is in the
+ available documentation packaged with AUCTeX. This could be the
+ release notes (in the 'RELEASE' file) or the news section of the
+ manual in case you are experiencing problems after an upgrade, the
+ 'INSTALL' file in case you are having problems with the
+ installation, the section about bugs in the manual in case you
+ encountered a bug or the relevant sections in the manual for other
+ related problems.
+
+ If this did not help, you can send a bug report to the AUCTeX bug
+ reporting list by using the command 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report
+ RET'. But before you do this, you can try to get more information
+ about the problem at hand which might also help you locate the
+ cause of the error yourself.
+
+ First, you can try to generate a so-called backtrace which shows
+ the functions involved in a program error. In order to do this,
+ start Emacs with the command line 'emacs --debug-init' and/or put
+ the line
+
+ (setq debug-on-error t)
+
+ as the first line into your init file. XEmacs users might want to
+ add '(setq stack-trace-on-error t)' as well. After Emacs has
+ started, you can load a file which triggers the error and a new
+ window should pop up showing the backtrace. If you get such a
+ backtrace, please include it in the bug report.
+
+ Second, you can try to figure out if something in your personal or
+ site configuration triggers the error by starting Emacs without
+ such customizations. You can do this by invoking Emacs with the
+ command line 'emacs -q -no-site-file -l auctex'. The '-l' option
+ 'auctex.el' which you normally do in your init file. After you
+ have started Emacs like this, you can load the file triggering the
+ error. If everything is working now, you know that you have to
+ search either in the site configuration file or your personal init
+ file for statements related to the problem.
+
+ 2. What versions of Emacs and XEmacs are supported?
+
+ AUCTeX was tested with Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.4.15. Older versions
+ may work but are unsupported. Older versions of XEmacs might
+ possibly made to work by updating the 'xemacs-base' package through
+ the XEmacs package system. If you are looking for a
+ recommendation, it would appear that the smoothest working platform
+ on all operating systems at the current point of time would be Emacs 22
+ or higher.
+
+ Our success with XEmacs has been less than convincing. Code for
+ core functionality like formatting and syntax highlighting tends to
+ be different and often older than even Emacs 21.4, and Unicode
+ support as delivered is problematic at best, missing on Windows.
+ Both AUCTeX and XEmacs developers don't hear much from active users
+ of the combination. Partly for that reason, problems tend to go
+ unnoticed for long amounts of time and are often found, if at all,
+ after releases. No experiences or recommendations can be given for
+ beta or developer versions of XEmacs.
+
+ 3. What should I do when './configure' does not find programs like
+ latex?
+
+ This is problem often encountered on Windows. Make sure that the
+ 'PATH' environment variable includes the directories containing the
+ relevant programs, as described in *note (auctex)Installation under
+ MS Windows::.
+
+ 4. Why doesn't the completion, style file, or multi-file stuff work?
+
+ It must be enabled first, insert this in your init file:
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+
+ Read also the chapters about parsing and multifile documents in the
+ manual.
+
+ 5. Why doesn't 'TeX-save-document' work?
+
+ 'TeX-check-path' has to contain "./" somewhere.
+
+ 6. Why is the information in 'foo.tex' forgotten when I save
+ 'foo.bib'?
+
+ For various reasons, AUCTeX ignores the extension when it stores
+ information about a file, so you should use unique base names for
+ your files. E.g. rename 'foo.bib' to 'foob.bib'.
+
+ 7. Why doesn't AUCTeX signal when processing a document is done?
+
+ If the message in the minibuffer stays "Type 'C-c C-l' to display
+ results of compilation.", you probably have a misconfiguration in
+ your init file ('.emacs', 'init.el' or similar). To track this
+ down either search in the '*Messages*' buffer for an error message
+ or put '(setq debug-on-error t)' as the first line into your init
+ file, restart Emacs and open a LaTeX file. Emacs will complain
+ loudly by opening a debugging buffer as soon as an error occurs.
+ The information in the debugging buffer can help you find the cause
+ of the error in your init file.
+
+ 8. Why does 'TeX-next-error' ('C-c `') fail?
+
- When writing the log file, TeX puts information related to a file,
- including error messages, between a pair of parentheses. AUCTeX
- determines the file where the error happened by parsing the log
- file and counting the parentheses. This can fail when there are
- other, unbalanced parentheses present.
-
- As a workaround you can activate so-called file:line:error messages
- for the log file. (Those are are easier to parse, but may lack
- some details.) Either you do this in the configuration of your TeX
- system (consult its manual to see where this is) or you add a
- command line switch to the (la)tex call, e.g. by customizing
- 'LaTeX-command-style' or 'TeX-command-list'.
++ If 'TeX-file-line-error' is set to nil (not the default), these
++ sort of failures might be related to the the fact that when writing
++ the log file, TeX puts information related to a file, including
++ error messages, between a pair of parentheses. In this scenario
++ AUCTeX determines the file where the error happened by parsing the
++ log file and counting the parentheses. This can fail when there
++ are other, unbalanced parentheses present.
++
++ Activating so-called file:line:error messages for the log file
++ usually solves this issue, as these kind of messages are are easier
++ to parse; however, they may lack some details. Activation can be
++ done either in the configuration of your TeX system (consult its
++ manual to see where this is) or by simply keeping the variable
++ 'TeX-file-line-error' to the default value of non-nil.
+
+ 9. What does AUC stand for?
+
+ AUCTeX came into being at Aalborg University in Denmark. Back then
+ the Danish name of the university was Aalborg Universitetscenter;
+ AUC for short.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Texinfo mode, Prev: FAQ, Up: Appendices
+
+A.5 Features specific to AUCTeX's Texinfo major mode
+====================================================
+
+AUCTeX includes a major mode for editting Texinfo files. This major
+mode is not the same mode as the native Texinfo mode (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode::) of Emacs, although they have the same name. However,
+AUCTeX still relies on a number of functions from the native Texinfo
+mode.
+
+ The following text describes which functionality is offered by AUCTeX
+and which by the native Texinfo mode. This should enable you to decide
+when to consult the AUCTeX manual and when the manual of the native
+mode. And in case you are a seasoned user of the native mode, the
+information should help you to swiftly get to know the AUCTeX-specific
+commands.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Exploiting:: How AUCTeX and the native mode work together
+* Superseding:: Where the native mode is superseded
+* Mapping:: Where key bindings are mapped to the native
mode
+* Unbinding:: Which native mode key bindings are missing
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Exploiting, Next: Superseding, Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.1 How AUCTeX and the native mode work together
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+In a nutshell the split between AUCTeX Texinfo mode, and native Texinfo
+mode is as follows:
+
+ * Most of the editing (environment creation, commenting, font command
+ insertions) and/or processing commands (e.g. compiling or
+ printing) which are available in other AUCTeX modes are also
+ handled by AUCTeX in Texinfo mode.
+
+ * Texinfo-related features (e.g. info node linkage or menu creation)
+ rely on the commands provided by the native Texinfo mode. AUCTeX
+ provides the key bindings to reach these functions, keeping the
+ same keys as in native Texinfo whenever possible, or similar ones
+ otherwise.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Superseding, Next: Mapping, Prev: Exploiting,
Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.2 Where the native mode is superseded
+-----------------------------------------
+
+This section is directed to users of the native Texinfo mode switching
+to AUCTeX. It follows the summary of the native mode (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode Summary::) and lists which of its commands are no longer of
+use.
+
+Insert commands
+ In the native Texinfo mode, frequently used Texinfo commands can be
+ inserted with key bindings of the form 'C-c C-c K' where K differs
+ for each Texinfo command; 'c' inserts @code, 'd' inserts @dfn, 'k'
+ @kbd, etc.
+
+ In AUCTeX commands are inserted with the key binding 'C-c C-m'
+ instead which prompts for the macro to be inserted. For font
+ selection commands (like @b, @i, or @emph) and a few related ones
+ (like @var, @key or @code) there are bindings which insert the
+ respective macros directly. They have the form 'C-c C-f K' or 'C-c
+ C-f C-K' and call the function 'TeX-font'. Type 'C-c C-f <RET>' to
+ get a list of supported commands.
+
+ Note that the prefix argument is not handled the same way by
+ AUCTeX. Note also that the node insertion command from the native
+ mode ('address@hidden') can still accessed from the Texinfo
+ menu in AUCTeX.
+
+Insert braces
+ In AUCTeX braces can be inserted with the same key binding as in
+ the native Texinfo mode: 'C-c {'. But AUCTeX uses its own function
+ for the feature: 'TeX-insert-braces'.
+
+Insert environments
+ The native Texinfo mode does not insert full environments.
+ Instead, it provides the function 'address@hidden' (mapped to
+ 'C-c C-c e') for closing an open environment with a matching @end
+ statement.
+
+ In AUCTeX you can insert full environments, i.e. both the opening
+ and closing statements, with the function 'Texinfo-environment'
+ (mapped to 'C-c C-e').
+
+Format info files with makeinfo and TeX
+ In the native Texinfo mode there are various functions and bindings
+ to format a region or the whole buffer for info or to typeset the
+ respective text. For example, there is 'makeinfo-buffer' (mapped
+ to 'C-c C-m C-b') which runs 'makeinfo' on the buffer or there is
+ 'texinfo-tex-buffer' (mapped to 'C-c C-t C-b') which runs TeX on
+ the buffer in order to produce a DVI file.
+
+ In AUCTeX different commands for formatting or typesetting can be
+ invoked through the function 'TeX-command-master' (mapped to 'C-c
+ C-c'). After typing 'C-c C-c', you can select the desired command,
+ e.g 'Makeinfo' or 'TeX', through a prompt in the mini buffer. Note
+ that you can make, say 'Makeinfo', the default by adding this
+ statement in your init file:
+
+ (add-hook 'Texinfo-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (setq TeX-command-default "Makeinfo")))
+
+ Note also that 'C-c C-c Makeinfo <RET>' is not completely
+ functionally equivalent to 'makeinfo-buffer' as the latter will
+ display the resulting info file in Emacs, showing the node
+ corresponding to the position in the source file, just after a
+ successful compilation. This is why, while using AUCTeX, invoking
+ 'makeinfo-buffer' might still be more convenient.
+
+ Note also that in the case of a multifile document, 'C-c C-c' in
+ AUCTeX will work on the whole document (provided that the file
+ variable 'TeX-master' is set correctly), while 'makeinfo-buffer' in
+ the native mode will process only the current buffer, provided at
+ the '@setfilename' statement is provided.
+
+Produce indexes and print
+ The native Texinfo mode provides the binding 'C-c C-t C-i'
+ ('texinfo-texindex') for producing an index and the bindings 'C-c
+ C-t C-p' ('texinfo-tex-print') and 'C-c C-t C-q'
+ ('tex-show-print-queue') for printing and showing the printer
+ queue. These are superseded by the respective commands available
+ through 'C-c C-c' ('TeX-command-master') in AUCTeX: Index, Print,
+ and Queue.
+
+Kill jobs
+ The command 'C-c C-t C-k' ('tex-kill-job') in the native mode is
+ superseded by 'C-c C-k' ('TeX-kill-job') in AUCTeX.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mapping, Next: Unbinding, Prev: Superseding, Up:
Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.3 Where key bindings are mapped to the native mode
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+This node follows the native Texinfo mode summary (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode Summary::) and lists only those commands to which AUCTeX
+provides a keybinding.
+
+ Basically all commands of the native mode related to producing menus
+and interlinking nodes are mapped to same or similar keys in AUCTeX,
+while a few insertion commands are mapped to AUCTeX-like keys.
+
+'@item' insertion
+ The binding 'C-c C-c i' for the insertion of '@item' in the native
+ mode is mapped to 'M-<RET>' or 'C-c C-j' in AUCTeX, similar to
+ other AUCTeX modes.
+
+'@end' insertion
+ The binding 'C-c C-c e' for closing a '@FOO' command by a
+ corresponding '@end FOO' statement in the native mode is mapped to
+ 'C-c C-]' in AUCTeX, similar to other AUCTeX modes.
+
+Move out of balanced braces
+ The binding 'C-}' ('up-list') is available both in the native mode
+ and in AUCTeX. (This is because the command is not implemented in
+ either mode but a native Emacs command.) However, in AUCTeX, you
+ cannot use 'C-]' for this, as it is used for '@end' insertion.
+
+Update pointers
+ The bindings 'C-c C-u C-n' ('texinfo-update-node') and 'C-c C-u
+ C-e' ('texinfo-every-node-update') from the native mode are
+ available in AUCTeX as well.
+
+Update menus
+ The bindings 'C-c C-u m' ('texinfo-master-menu'), 'C-c C-u C-m'
+ ('texinfo-make-menu'), and 'C-c C-u C-a'
+ ('texinfo-all-menus-update') from the native mode are available in
+ AUCTeX as well. The command 'texinfo-start-menu-description',
+ bound to 'C-c C-c C-d' in the native mode, is bound to 'C-c C-u
+ C-d' in AUCTeX instead.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Unbinding, Prev: Mapping, Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.4 Which native mode key bindings are missing
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The following commands from the native commands might still be useful
+when working with AUCTeX, however, they are not accessible with a key
+binding any longer.
+
+'@node' insertion
+ The node insertion command, mapped to 'C-c C-c n' in the native
+ mode, is not mapped to any key in AUCTeX. You can still access it
+ through the Texinfo menu, though. Another alternative is to use
+ the 'C-c C-m' binding for macro insertion in AUCTeX.
+
+Show the section structure
+ The command 'texinfo-show-structure' ('C-c C-s') from the native
+ mode does not have a key binding in AUCTeX. The binding is used by
+ AUCTeX for sectioning.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Indices, Prev: Appendices, Up: Top
+
+Indices
+*******
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Key Index::
+* Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept Index::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Key Index, Next: Function Index, Up: Indices
+
+Key Index
+=========
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* ": Quotes. (line 15)
+* $: Quotes. (line 61)
+* C-c %: Commenting. (line 23)
+* C-c *: Marking (LaTeX). (line 7)
+* C-c * <1>: Marking (Texinfo). (line 7)
+* C-c .: Marking (LaTeX). (line 16)
+* C-c . <1>: Marking (Texinfo). (line 25)
+* C-c ;: Commenting. (line 15)
+* C-c ?: Documentation. (line 7)
+* C-c C-b: Starting a Command. (line 35)
+* C-c C-c: Starting a Command. (line 13)
+* C-c C-d: Multifile. (line 97)
+* C-c C-e: Environments. (line 23)
+* C-c C-f: Font Specifiers. (line 43)
+* C-c C-f C-b: Editing Facilities. (line 73)
+* C-c C-f C-b <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 16)
+* C-c C-f C-c: Editing Facilities. (line 94)
+* C-c C-f C-c <1>: Editing Facilities. (line 97)
+* C-c C-f C-c <2>: Font Specifiers. (line 37)
+* C-c C-f C-c <3>: Font Specifiers. (line 40)
+* C-c C-f C-e: Editing Facilities. (line 79)
+* C-c C-f C-e <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 22)
+* C-c C-f C-f: Editing Facilities. (line 88)
+* C-c C-f C-f <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 31)
+* C-c C-f C-i: Editing Facilities. (line 76)
+* C-c C-f C-i <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 19)
+* C-c C-f C-r: Editing Facilities. (line 85)
+* C-c C-f C-r <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 28)
+* C-c C-f C-s: Editing Facilities. (line 82)
+* C-c C-f C-s <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 25)
+* C-c C-f C-t: Editing Facilities. (line 91)
+* C-c C-f C-t <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 34)
+* C-c C-k: Control. (line 10)
+* C-c C-l: Control. (line 14)
+* C-c C-m: Completion. (line 29)
+* C-c C-n: Parsing Files. (line 44)
+* C-c C-o b: Folding. (line 122)
+* C-c C-o C-b: Folding. (line 44)
+* C-c C-o C-c: Folding. (line 119)
+* C-c C-o C-e: Folding. (line 103)
+* C-c C-o C-f: Folding. (line 32)
+* C-c C-o C-m: Folding. (line 94)
+* C-c C-o C-o: Folding. (line 141)
+* C-c C-o C-p: Folding. (line 90)
+* C-c C-o C-r: Folding. (line 87)
+* C-c C-o i: Folding. (line 134)
+* C-c C-o p: Folding. (line 130)
+* C-c C-o r: Folding. (line 126)
+* C-c C-q C-e: Filling. (line 92)
+* C-c C-q C-p: Filling. (line 86)
+* C-c C-q C-r: Filling. (line 101)
+* C-c C-q C-s: Filling. (line 97)
+* C-c C-r: Starting a Command. (line 19)
+* C-c C-s: Sectioning. (line 22)
+* C-c C-t C-b: Debugging. (line 45)
- * C-c C-t C-i: Processor Options. (line 29)
- * C-c C-t C-p: Processor Options. (line 15)
- * C-c C-t C-r: Starting a Command. (line 61)
- * C-c C-t C-s: Processor Options. (line 36)
++* C-c C-t C-i: Processor Options. (line 30)
++* C-c C-t C-p: Processor Options. (line 16)
++* C-c C-t C-r: Starting a Command. (line 75)
++* C-c C-t C-s: Processor Options. (line 37)
+* C-c C-t C-w: Debugging. (line 49)
+* C-c C-v: Starting Viewers. (line 12)
++* C-c C-z: Starting a Command. (line 42)
+* C-c <LFD>: Itemize-like. (line 10)
+* C-c <LFD> <1>: Tabular-like. (line 29)
+* C-c ]: Environments. (line 102)
+* C-c ^: Control. (line 18)
+* C-c _: Multifile. (line 69)
+* C-c `: Debugging. (line 10)
+* C-c {: Quotes. (line 119)
+* C-c ~: Mathematics. (line 12)
+* C-j: Indenting. (line 81)
+* C-M-a: Environments. (line 107)
+* C-M-e: Environments. (line 114)
+* C-x n e: Narrowing. (line 17)
+* C-x n g: Narrowing. (line 14)
+* <LFD>: Indenting. (line 72)
+* M-C-h: Marking (Texinfo). (line 34)
+* M-g p: Debugging. (line 25)
+* M-q: Filling. (line 89)
+* M-<TAB>: Completion. (line 19)
+* <TAB>: Indenting. (line 69)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Function Index, Next: Variable Index, Prev: Key
Index, Up: Indices
+
+Function Index
+==============
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* AmS-TeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* ConTeXt-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* docTeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-add-bibliographies: Adding Other. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-add-environments: Adding Environments. (line 66)
+* LaTeX-add-labels: Adding Other. (line 13)
+* LaTeX-arg-author: Adding Macros. (line 239)
+* LaTeX-arg-usepackage: Adding Macros. (line 200)
+* LaTeX-close-environment: Environments. (line 101)
++* LaTeX-command-section: Starting a Command. (line 41)
+* LaTeX-declare-expert-environments: Adding Environments. (line 128)
+* LaTeX-env-args: Adding Environments. (line 109)
+* LaTeX-env-array: Adding Environments. (line 81)
+* LaTeX-env-bib: Adding Environments. (line 103)
+* LaTeX-env-contents: Adding Environments. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-env-figure: Adding Environments. (line 77)
+* LaTeX-env-item: Adding Environments. (line 74)
+* LaTeX-env-label: Adding Environments. (line 85)
+* LaTeX-env-list: Adding Environments. (line 88)
+* LaTeX-env-minipage: Adding Environments. (line 92)
+* LaTeX-env-picture: Adding Environments. (line 100)
+* LaTeX-env-tabular*: Adding Environments. (line 96)
+* LaTeX-environment: Environments. (line 22)
+* LaTeX-fill-environment: Filling. (line 81)
+* LaTeX-fill-environment <1>: Filling. (line 92)
+* LaTeX-fill-paragraph: Filling. (line 86)
+* LaTeX-fill-region: Filling. (line 101)
+* LaTeX-fill-section: Filling. (line 97)
+* LaTeX-find-matching-begin: Environments. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-find-matching-end: Environments. (line 113)
+* LaTeX-indent-line: Indenting. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-insert-environment: Adding Environments. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-insert-item: Itemize-like. (line 9)
+* LaTeX-insert-item <1>: Tabular-like. (line 28)
+* LaTeX-mark-environment: Marking (LaTeX). (line 15)
+* LaTeX-mark-section: Marking (LaTeX). (line 6)
+* LaTeX-math-mode: Mathematics. (line 11)
+* LaTeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-narrow-to-environment: Narrowing. (line 16)
+* LaTeX-section: Sectioning. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-section-heading: Sectioning. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-section-label: Sectioning. (line 82)
+* LaTeX-section-section: Sectioning. (line 77)
+* LaTeX-section-title: Sectioning. (line 72)
+* LaTeX-section-toc: Sectioning. (line 75)
+* plain-TeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* TeX-add-style-hook: Simple Style. (line 33)
+* TeX-add-symbols: Adding Macros. (line 24)
+* TeX-arg-bibliography: Adding Macros. (line 210)
+* TeX-arg-bibstyle: Adding Macros. (line 206)
+* TeX-arg-cite: Adding Macros. (line 136)
+* TeX-arg-conditional: Adding Macros. (line 86)
+* TeX-arg-coordinate: Adding Macros. (line 236)
+* TeX-arg-corner: Adding Macros. (line 214)
+* TeX-arg-counter: Adding Macros. (line 141)
+* TeX-arg-date: Adding Macros. (line 122)
+* TeX-arg-define-cite: Adding Macros. (line 182)
+* TeX-arg-define-counter: Adding Macros. (line 185)
+* TeX-arg-define-environment: Adding Macros. (line 178)
+* TeX-arg-define-label: Adding Macros. (line 166)
+* TeX-arg-define-length: Adding Macros. (line 170)
+* TeX-arg-define-macro: Adding Macros. (line 174)
+* TeX-arg-define-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 188)
+* TeX-arg-document: Adding Macros. (line 191)
+* TeX-arg-environment: Adding Macros. (line 133)
+* TeX-arg-eval: Adding Macros. (line 97)
+* TeX-arg-file: Adding Macros. (line 147)
+* TeX-arg-file-name: Adding Macros. (line 151)
+* TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension: Adding Macros. (line 155)
+* TeX-arg-free: Adding Macros. (line 94)
+* TeX-arg-index: Adding Macros. (line 113)
+* TeX-arg-index-tag: Adding Macros. (line 109)
+* TeX-arg-input-file: Adding Macros. (line 159)
+* TeX-arg-key-val: Adding Macros. (line 246)
+* TeX-arg-label: Adding Macros. (line 100)
+* TeX-arg-length: Adding Macros. (line 116)
+* TeX-arg-literal: Adding Macros. (line 90)
+* TeX-arg-lr: Adding Macros. (line 217)
+* TeX-arg-macro: Adding Macros. (line 119)
+* TeX-arg-pagestyle: Adding Macros. (line 223)
+* TeX-arg-pair: Adding Macros. (line 229)
+* TeX-arg-ref: Adding Macros. (line 104)
+* TeX-arg-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 144)
+* TeX-arg-size: Adding Macros. (line 233)
+* TeX-arg-tb: Adding Macros. (line 220)
+* TeX-arg-verb: Adding Macros. (line 226)
+* TeX-arg-version: Adding Macros. (line 129)
+* TeX-auto-generate: Automatic Private. (line 23)
+* TeX-clean: Cleaning. (line 6)
+* TeX-command-buffer: Starting a Command. (line 34)
+* TeX-command-master: Starting a Command. (line 12)
+* TeX-command-region: Starting a Command. (line 18)
+* TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph: Commenting. (line 22)
+* TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region: Commenting. (line 14)
+* TeX-complete-symbol: Completion. (line 18)
+* TeX-declare-expert-macros: Adding Macros. (line 261)
+* TeX-doc: Documentation. (line 6)
+* TeX-electric-macro: Completion. (line 66)
+* TeX-error-overview: Debugging. (line 68)
+* TeX-fold-buffer: Folding. (line 43)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-buffer: Folding. (line 121)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-item: Folding. (line 133)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph: Folding. (line 129)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-region: Folding. (line 125)
+* TeX-fold-comment: Folding. (line 118)
+* TeX-fold-dwim: Folding. (line 140)
+* TeX-fold-env: Folding. (line 102)
+* TeX-fold-macro: Folding. (line 93)
+* TeX-fold-math: Folding. (line 109)
+* TeX-fold-mode: Folding. (line 32)
+* TeX-fold-paragraph: Folding. (line 89)
+* TeX-fold-region: Folding. (line 86)
+* TeX-font: Font Specifiers. (line 42)
+* TeX-header-end: Multifile. (line 28)
+* TeX-home-buffer: Control. (line 17)
+* TeX-insert-braces: Quotes. (line 118)
+* TeX-insert-dollar: Quotes. (line 60)
+* TeX-insert-macro: Completion. (line 28)
+* TeX-insert-quote: Quotes. (line 14)
- * TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 28)
++* TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 29)
+* TeX-kill-job: Control. (line 9)
+* TeX-master-file-ask: Multifile. (line 68)
+* TeX-narrow-to-group: Narrowing. (line 13)
+* TeX-next-error: Debugging. (line 9)
+* TeX-normal-mode: Parsing Files. (line 43)
- * TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 14)
- * TeX-pin-region: Starting a Command. (line 60)
++* TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
++* TeX-pin-region: Starting a Command. (line 74)
+* TeX-previous-error: Debugging. (line 24)
+* TeX-read-key-val: Adding Macros. (line 243)
+* TeX-recenter-output-buffer: Control. (line 13)
+* TeX-save-document: Multifile. (line 96)
- * TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 35)
++* TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 12)
+* TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes: Debugging. (line 44)
+* TeX-toggle-debug-warnings: Debugging. (line 48)
+* TeX-view: Starting Viewers. (line 11)
+* TeX-view <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 42)
+* Texinfo-mark-environment: Marking (Texinfo). (line 24)
+* Texinfo-mark-node: Marking (Texinfo). (line 33)
+* Texinfo-mark-section: Marking (Texinfo). (line 6)
+* Texinfo-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Variable Index, Next: Concept Index, Prev:
Function Index, Up: Indices
+
+Variable Index
+==============
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* AmS-TeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* ConTeXt-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* ConTeXt-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
- * ConTeXt-engine: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* ConTeXt-engine: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* ConTeXt-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
- * ConTeXt-Omega-engine: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* ConTeXt-Omega-engine: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* docTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* docTeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* docTeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* font-latex-deactivated-keyword-classes: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 162)
+* font-latex-fontify-script: Fontification of math.
+ (line 20)
+* font-latex-fontify-sectioning: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 95)
+* font-latex-match-bold-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-bold-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-function-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-italic-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-italic-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-math-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-math-command-keywords <1>: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* font-latex-match-reference-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-0-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-1-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-2-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-3-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-4-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-5-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 114)
+* font-latex-match-textual-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-type-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-type-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-variable-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-warning-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-math-environments: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* font-latex-quotes: Fontification of quotes.
+ (line 15)
+* font-latex-script-display: Fontification of math.
+ (line 28)
+* font-latex-sectioning-0-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-1-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-2-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-3-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-4-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-5-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-slide-title-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 114)
+* font-latex-user-keyword-classes: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 191)
+* japanese-LaTeX-command-default: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-LaTeX-command-default <1>: Japanese. (line 34)
+* japanese-LaTeX-default-style: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-LaTeX-default-style <1>: Japanese. (line 39)
+* japanese-TeX-command-default: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-TeX-command-default <1>: Japanese. (line 29)
+* LaTeX-amsmath-label: Equations. (line 15)
+* LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 105)
+* LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 111)
+* LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 102)
+* LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 99)
+* LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 114)
+* LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 96)
+* LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 108)
+* LaTeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 120)
+* LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 117)
+* LaTeX-babel-hyphen: European. (line 152)
+* LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen: European. (line 160)
+* LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist: European. (line 139)
+* LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 51)
+* LaTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* LaTeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
- * LaTeX-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* LaTeX-command: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-default-author: Adding Macros. (line 240)
+* LaTeX-default-document-environment: Environments. (line 61)
+* LaTeX-default-environment: Environments. (line 56)
+* LaTeX-default-format: Tabular-like. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-default-options: Adding Macros. (line 192)
+* LaTeX-default-position: Tabular-like. (line 16)
+* LaTeX-default-style: Adding Macros. (line 192)
+* LaTeX-default-width: Tabular-like. (line 13)
+* LaTeX-dialect: Simple Style. (line 71)
+* LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace: Quotes. (line 154)
+* LaTeX-enable-toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* LaTeX-eqnarray-label: Equations. (line 12)
+* LaTeX-equation-label: Equations. (line 9)
+* LaTeX-figure-label: Floats. (line 25)
+* LaTeX-figure-label <1>: Floats. (line 35)
+* LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators: Filling. (line 103)
+* LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments: Filling. (line 113)
+* LaTeX-float: Floats. (line 14)
+* LaTeX-float <1>: Floats. (line 32)
+* LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 198)
+* LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 198)
+* LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 198)
+* LaTeX-font-list: Font Specifiers. (line 57)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-check: Indenting. (line 51)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list: Indenting. (line 37)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list <1>: Indenting. (line 48)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list <2>: Indenting. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-indent-level: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-indent-level <1>: Indenting. (line 94)
+* LaTeX-item-indent: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-item-indent <1>: Indenting. (line 98)
+* LaTeX-item-regexp: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-label-alist: Environments. (line 38)
+* LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix: Mathematics. (line 26)
+* LaTeX-math-list: Mathematics. (line 36)
+* LaTeX-math-menu-unicode: Mathematics. (line 54)
+* LaTeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
- * LaTeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* LaTeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* LaTeX-paragraph-commands: Filling. (line 55)
+* LaTeX-section-hook: Sectioning. (line 40)
+* LaTeX-section-hook <1>: Sectioning. (line 48)
+* LaTeX-section-label: Sectioning. (line 42)
+* LaTeX-section-label <1>: Sectioning. (line 100)
+* LaTeX-style-list: Adding Macros. (line 192)
+* LaTeX-syntactic-comments: Indenting. (line 63)
+* LaTeX-syntactic-comments <1>: Indenting. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-table-label: Floats. (line 25)
+* LaTeX-table-label <1>: Floats. (line 38)
+* LaTeX-top-caption-list: Floats. (line 20)
+* LaTeX-top-caption-list <1>: Floats. (line 41)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-environments: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 123)
+* plain-TeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* plain-TeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* plain-TeX-enable-toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* plain-TeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* TeX-arg-cite-note-p: Adding Macros. (line 137)
+* TeX-arg-input-file-search: Adding Macros. (line 160)
+* TeX-arg-input-file-search <1>: Adding Macros. (line 192)
+* TeX-arg-input-file-search <2>: Adding Macros. (line 201)
+* TeX-arg-item-label-p: Itemize-like. (line 15)
+* TeX-arg-right-insert-p: Quotes. (line 147)
+* TeX-auto-cleanup-hook: Hacking the Parser. (line 100)
+* TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 93)
+* TeX-auto-full-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 126)
- * TeX-auto-global: Automatic Global. (line 25)
- * TeX-auto-local: Automatic Local. (line 22)
++* TeX-auto-global: Automatic Global. (line 24)
++* TeX-auto-local: Automatic Local. (line 21)
+* TeX-auto-parse-length: Parsing Files. (line 87)
+* TeX-auto-prepare-hook: Hacking the Parser. (line 97)
+* TeX-auto-private: Automatic Private. (line 19)
+* TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 84)
+* TeX-auto-regexp-list <1>: Hacking the Parser. (line 78)
+* TeX-auto-save: Parsing Files. (line 40)
+* TeX-auto-untabify: Parsing Files. (line 57)
+* TeX-brace-indent-level: Indenting. (line 102)
+* TeX-check-path: Selecting a Command. (line 67)
+* TeX-clean-confirm: Cleaning. (line 26)
+* TeX-close-quote: Quotes. (line 25)
- * TeX-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* TeX-command: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* TeX-command-default: Selecting a Command. (line 42)
- * TeX-command-extra-options: Processor Options. (line 109)
++* TeX-command-extra-options: Processor Options. (line 110)
+* TeX-command-list: Starting a Command. (line 16)
+* TeX-command-list <1>: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-command-list <2>: Selecting a Command. (line 14)
+* TeX-complete-expert-commands: Environments. (line 78)
+* TeX-complete-expert-commands <1>: Completion. (line 100)
+* TeX-date-format: Adding Macros. (line 123)
+* TeX-default-macro: Completion. (line 51)
+* TeX-default-mode: Japanese. (line 6)
+* TeX-default-mode <1>: Japanese. (line 21)
+* TeX-display-help: Debugging. (line 56)
- * TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX: Processor Options. (line 21)
++* TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX: Processor Options. (line 22)
+* TeX-electric-escape: Completion. (line 58)
+* TeX-electric-math: Quotes. (line 72)
+* TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript: Mathematics. (line 68)
- * TeX-engine: Processor Options. (line 66)
- * TeX-engine-alist: Processor Options. (line 83)
- * TeX-engine-alist <1>: Processor Options. (line 94)
- * TeX-engine-alist-builtin: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* TeX-engine: Processor Options. (line 67)
++* TeX-engine-alist: Processor Options. (line 84)
++* TeX-engine-alist <1>: Processor Options. (line 95)
++* TeX-engine-alist-builtin: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters: Debugging. (line 97)
+* TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run: Debugging. (line 79)
+* TeX-error-overview-setup: Debugging. (line 88)
+* TeX-expand-list: Selecting a Command. (line 14)
- * TeX-file-recurse: Automatic. (line 45)
++* TeX-file-line-error: Processor Options. (line 130)
++* TeX-file-recurse: Automatic. (line 44)
+* TeX-fold-auto: Folding. (line 71)
+* TeX-fold-command-prefix: Folding. (line 146)
+* TeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 188)
+* TeX-fold-force-fontify: Folding. (line 63)
+* TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length: Folding. (line 225)
+* TeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 155)
+* TeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 195)
+* TeX-fold-preserve-comments: Folding. (line 76)
+* TeX-fold-type-list: Folding. (line 58)
+* TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark: Folding. (line 82)
+* TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string: Folding. (line 208)
+* TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string: Folding. (line 204)
+* TeX-fold-unspec-use-name: Folding. (line 212)
+* TeX-font-list: Font Specifiers. (line 48)
+* TeX-header-end: Starting a Command. (line 32)
- * TeX-header-end <1>: Starting a Command. (line 45)
- * TeX-ignore-file: Automatic. (line 53)
++* TeX-header-end <1>: Starting a Command. (line 59)
++* TeX-ignore-file: Automatic. (line 52)
+* TeX-insert-braces: Completion. (line 76)
+* TeX-insert-braces-alist: Completion. (line 79)
+* TeX-insert-macro-default-style: Completion. (line 36)
+* TeX-install-font-lock: Font Locking. (line 13)
- * TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 29)
++* TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 30)
+* TeX-language-bg-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-cz-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-de-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-dk-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-en-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-is-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-it-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-nl-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-pl-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-sk-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-sv-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-macro-global: Customizing. (line 19)
+* TeX-macro-global <1>: Automatic Global. (line 16)
+* TeX-macro-private: Automatic Private. (line 12)
+* TeX-master: Starting a Command. (line 16)
+* TeX-master <1>: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-master <2>: Multifile. (line 40)
+* TeX-newline-function: Indenting. (line 29)
+* TeX-newline-function <1>: Indenting. (line 110)
- * TeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* TeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 84)
+* TeX-one-master: Multifile. (line 55)
+* TeX-open-quote: Quotes. (line 21)
+* TeX-outline-extra: Outline. (line 13)
- * TeX-output-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 97)
++* TeX-output-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 104)
+* TeX-parse-all-errors: Debugging. (line 33)
+* TeX-parse-self: Parsing Files. (line 37)
- * TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
++* TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 16)
+* TeX-quote-after-quote: Quotes. (line 29)
+* TeX-quote-language-alist: European. (line 126)
+* TeX-region: Starting a Command. (line 32)
- * TeX-region <1>: Starting a Command. (line 41)
++* TeX-region <1>: Starting a Command. (line 55)
+* TeX-save-query: Multifile. (line 100)
- * TeX-show-compilation: Processor Options. (line 122)
- * TeX-source-correlate-method: Processor Options. (line 47)
++* TeX-show-compilation: Processor Options. (line 123)
++* TeX-source-correlate-method: Processor Options. (line 48)
+* TeX-source-correlate-method <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 21)
- * TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 36)
++* TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 37)
+* TeX-source-correlate-start-server: I/O Correlation. (line 48)
+* TeX-source-correlate-start-server <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 54)
+* TeX-style-global: Automatic Global. (line 19)
+* TeX-style-local: Automatic Local. (line 16)
+* TeX-style-path: Automatic. (line 38)
+* TeX-style-private: Automatic Private. (line 28)
+* TeX-trailer-start: Starting a Command. (line 32)
- * TeX-trailer-start <1>: Starting a Command. (line 50)
++* TeX-trailer-start <1>: Starting a Command. (line 64)
+* TeX-view-predicate-list: Starting Viewers. (line 56)
+* TeX-view-program-list: Starting Viewers. (line 65)
+* TeX-view-program-selection: Starting Viewers. (line 36)
- * TeX-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 106)
++* TeX-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 113)
+* Texinfo-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* Texinfo-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* Texinfo-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Variable Index, Up: Indices
+
+Concept Index
+=============
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* '.emacs': Loading the package. (line 6)
+* '\begin': Environments. (line 6)
+* '\chapter': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\chapter' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* \cite, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* '\emph': Editing Facilities. (line 79)
+* '\emph' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 22)
+* '\end': Environments. (line 6)
+* \include: Multifile. (line 6)
+* \input: Multifile. (line 6)
+* \item: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* '\label': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\label' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* \label, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* \ref, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* '\section': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\section' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* '\subsection': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\subsection' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* '\textbf': Editing Facilities. (line 73)
+* '\textbf' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 16)
+* '\textit': Editing Facilities. (line 76)
+* '\textit' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 19)
+* '\textrm': Editing Facilities. (line 85)
+* '\textrm' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 28)
+* '\textsc': Editing Facilities. (line 94)
+* '\textsc' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 37)
+* '\textsf': Editing Facilities. (line 88)
+* '\textsf' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 31)
+* '\textsl': Editing Facilities. (line 82)
+* '\textsl' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 25)
+* '\texttt': Editing Facilities. (line 91)
+* '\texttt' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 34)
+* Abbreviations: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* Adding a style hook: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Adding bibliographies: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding environments: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Adding labels: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding macros: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Adding other information: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding to 'PATH' in Windows: Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 51)
+* amsmath: Equations. (line 6)
+* amsmath <1>: Tabular-like. (line 6)
+* ANSI: European. (line 5)
+* Arguments to TeX macros: Completion. (line 6)
+* ASCII pTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* ASCII pTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* 'auctex.el': Loading the package. (line 14)
- * 'auctex.el' <1>: Changes. (line 274)
++* 'auctex.el' <1>: Changes. (line 283)
+* 'auto' directories.: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Auto-Reveal: Folding. (line 6)
+* Automatic: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Automatic Customization: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Automatic Parsing: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Automatic updating style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Bad boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* biblatex: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* Bibliographies, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Bibliography: Commands. (line 6)
+* bibliography, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* BibTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* BibTeX, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* 'book.el': Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Braces: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Brackets: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Bulgarian: European. (line 53)
+* Changing font: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Changing the parser: Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Chapters: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Chapters <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Character set: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Checking: Checking. (line 6)
+* ChinaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* 'chktex': Checking. (line 6)
+* citations, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* cite, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* CJK language: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* CJK-LaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Cleaning: Cleaning. (line 6)
+* Commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Completion: Completion. (line 6)
+* Controlling the output: Control. (line 6)
+* Copying: Copying. (line 6)
+* Copyright: Copying. (line 6)
+* CTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Current file: Control. (line 6)
+* Customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Customization, personal: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Customization, site: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Czech: European. (line 53)
+* Danish: European. (line 53)
+* Debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Default command: Commands. (line 6)
+* Defining bibliographies in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Defining environments in style hooks: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Defining labels in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Defining macros in style hooks: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Defining other information in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Deleting fonts: Editing Facilities. (line 97)
+* Deleting fonts <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 40)
+* Descriptions: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Display math mode: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Distribution: Copying. (line 6)
+* Documentation: Documentation. (line 6)
+* Documents: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Documents with multiple files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Dollar signs, color bleed with: Known problems. (line 6)
+* Dollars: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Double quotes: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Dutch: European. (line 53)
+* English: European. (line 53)
+* Enumerates: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Environments: Environments. (line 6)
+* Environments, adding: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Eqnarray: Equations. (line 6)
+* Equation: Equations. (line 6)
+* Equations: Equations. (line 6)
+* Errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Europe: European. (line 6)
+* European Characters: European. (line 6)
+* Example of a style file.: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Expansion: Completion. (line 6)
+* External Commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Extracting TeX symbols: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Faces: Faces. (line 6)
+* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
+ (line 6)
+* Figure environment: Floats. (line 6)
+* Figures: Floats. (line 6)
+* Filling: Filling. (line 6)
+* Finding errors: Checking. (line 6)
+* Finding the current file: Control. (line 6)
+* Finding the master file: Control. (line 6)
+* Floats: Floats. (line 6)
+* Folding: Folding. (line 6)
+* Folding <1>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Font Locking: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Font macros: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* font-latex: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Fonts: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Formatting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Formatting <1>: Filling. (line 6)
+* Formatting <2>: Commands. (line 6)
+* Forward search: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Free: Copying. (line 6)
+* Free software: Copying. (line 6)
+* General Public License: Copying. (line 6)
+* Generating symbols: Automatic. (line 6)
+* German: European. (line 53)
+* Global directories: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global style hook directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global TeX macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* GPL: Copying. (line 6)
+* Header: Commands. (line 6)
+* Headers: Outline. (line 6)
+* Hide Macros: Folding. (line 6)
+* HLaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
- * I/O correlation: Processor Options. (line 35)
++* I/O correlation: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* I/O correlation <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Including: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Indentation: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Indenting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Indexing: Commands. (line 6)
+* Initialization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Inputing: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Installation: Build/install. (line 6)
+* Internationalization: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Inverse search: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* ISO 8859 Latin 1: European. (line 6)
+* ISO 8859 Latin 2: European. (line 6)
+* 'iso-cvt.el': European. (line 28)
+* ispell: European. (line 40)
+* Italian: European. (line 53)
+* Itemize: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Items: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Japan: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Japanese: Japanese. (line 6)
+* jLaTeX: Japanese. (line 6)
+* jTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* jTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Killing a process: Control. (line 6)
+* kTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Label prefix: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Label prefix <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* Labels: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Labels <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* Labels, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* labels, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* 'lacheck': Checking. (line 6)
+* Language Support: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* LaTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Latin 1: European. (line 6)
+* Latin 2: European. (line 6)
+* License: Copying. (line 6)
+* Literature: Commands. (line 6)
+* Local style directory: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Local style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Local style hooks <1>: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Macro arguments: Completion. (line 6)
+* Macro completion: Completion. (line 6)
+* Macro expansion: Completion. (line 6)
+* 'macro.el': Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* 'macro.tex': Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Macros, adding: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Make: Build/install. (line 6)
+* 'makeindex': Commands. (line 6)
+* Making a bibliography: Commands. (line 6)
+* Making an index: Commands. (line 6)
+* Many Files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Master file: Control. (line 6)
+* Master file <1>: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Matching dollar signs: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Math mode delimiters: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Math, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Math, fontification problems with: Known problems. (line 6)
+* Mathematics: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* MULE: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* MULE <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* MULE-UCS: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Multifile Documents: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Multiple Files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* National letters: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Next error: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Nippon: Japanese. (line 6)
+* NTT jTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* NTT jTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Other information, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Outlining: Folding. (line 6)
+* Outlining <1>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Output: Control. (line 6)
+* Overfull boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Overview: Outline. (line 6)
+* Parsing errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Parsing LaTeX errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Parsing new macros: Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX <1>: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX output: Debugging. (line 6)
+* 'PATH' in Windows: Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 51)
- * PDF mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
- * PDFSync: Processor Options. (line 35)
++* PDF mode: Processor Options. (line 16)
++* PDFSync: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* PDFSync <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Personal customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Personal information: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Personal macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Personal TeX macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* pLaTeX: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Polish: European. (line 53)
+* Prefix for labels: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Prefix for labels <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* preview-install-styles: Configure. (line 102)
+* Previewing: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Printing: Commands. (line 6)
+* Private directories: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private style hook directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private TeX macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Problems: Checking. (line 6)
+* Processes: Control. (line 6)
+* pTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* pTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Quotes: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Quotes, fontification of: Fontification of quotes.
+ (line 6)
+* Redisplay output: Control. (line 6)
+* Refilling: Filling. (line 6)
+* Reformatting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Reformatting <1>: Filling. (line 6)
+* Region: Commands. (line 6)
+* Region file: Commands. (line 6)
+* Reindenting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Reveal: Folding. (line 6)
+* Right: Copying. (line 6)
+* Running BibTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'chktex': Checking. (line 6)
+* Running commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'lacheck': Checking. (line 6)
+* Running LaTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'makeindex': Commands. (line 6)
+* Running TeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Sample style file: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Sectioning: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Sectioning <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Sectioning commands, fontification of: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 91)
+* Sections: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Sections <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Sections <2>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Setting the default command: Commands. (line 6)
+* Setting the header: Commands. (line 6)
+* Setting the trailer: Commands. (line 6)
+* Site customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Site information: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Site initialization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Site macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Site TeX macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Slovak: European. (line 53)
- * Source specials: Processor Options. (line 35)
++* Source specials: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* Source specials <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Specifying a font: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Starting a previewer: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Stopping a process: Control. (line 6)
+* Style: Checking. (line 6)
+* 'style': Style Files. (line 6)
+* Style file: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Style files: Style Files. (line 6)
+* Style hook: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Style hooks: Style Files. (line 6)
+* Subscript, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Superscript, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Swedish: European. (line 53)
+* Symbols: Mathematics. (line 6)
- * SyncTeX: Processor Options. (line 35)
++* SyncTeX: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* SyncTeX <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Syntax Highlighting: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Tabify: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Table environment: Floats. (line 6)
+* Tables: Floats. (line 6)
+* Tabs: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* TeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* TeX parsing: Automatic. (line 6)
+* 'tex-jp.el': Japanese. (line 6)
+* 'tex-mik.el': Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 286)
+* 'tex-site.el': Loading the package. (line 14)
+* 'tex-site.el' <1>: Customizing. (line 6)
- * 'tex-site.el' <2>: Changes. (line 274)
++* 'tex-site.el' <2>: Changes. (line 283)
+* tool bar, toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* Trailer: Commands. (line 6)
+* Underfull boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* UNICODE: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Untabify: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Updating style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Verbatim, fontification of: Verbatim content. (line 6)
+* Viewing: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Warranty: Copying. (line 6)
+* Writing to a printer: Commands. (line 6)
+* 'x-compose.el': European. (line 31)
+* X-Symbol: European. (line 34)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
- Node: Top916
- Node: Copying7178
- Node: Introduction9134
- Node: Summary9404
- Node: Installation12145
- Node: Prerequisites13519
- Node: Configure16387
- Node: Build/install21798
- Node: Loading the package22289
- Node: Advice for package providers24096
- Node: Advice for non-privileged users28041
- Node: Installation under MS Windows31999
- Node: Customizing47222
- Node: Quick Start48805
- Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150795
- Node: Editing Facilities50942
- Node: Processing Facilities55737
- Node: Editing59631
- Node: Quotes60961
- Node: Font Specifiers69229
- Node: Sectioning71055
- Node: Environments75375
- Node: Equations80529
- Node: Floats81120
- Node: Itemize-like82653
- Node: Tabular-like83374
- Node: Customizing Environments84857
- Node: Mathematics85097
- Node: Completion88023
- Node: Marking93346
- Node: Marking (LaTeX)93970
- Node: Marking (Texinfo)94912
- Node: Commenting96522
- Node: Indenting97847
- Node: Filling103632
- Node: Display108952
- Node: Font Locking110564
- Node: Fontification of macros112639
- Node: Fontification of quotes122077
- Node: Fontification of math123572
- Node: Verbatim content125291
- Node: Faces126065
- Node: Known problems126554
- Node: Folding127483
- Node: Outline138307
- Node: Narrowing139579
- Node: Processing140629
- Node: Commands141792
- Node: Starting a Command142348
- Node: Selecting a Command146071
- Node: Processor Options149597
- Node: Viewing156049
- Node: Starting Viewers156423
- Node: I/O Correlation162585
- Node: Debugging166031
- Node: Checking170386
- Node: Control171548
- Node: Cleaning172275
- Node: Documentation173488
- Node: Customization174268
- Node: Modes and Hooks174761
- Node: Multifile175967
- Node: Parsing Files180646
- Node: Internationalization185558
- Node: European186739
- Node: Japanese193619
- Node: Automatic195316
- Node: Automatic Global197841
- Node: Automatic Private199002
- Node: Automatic Local200315
- Node: Style Files201404
- Node: Simple Style202197
- Node: Adding Macros205470
- Node: Adding Environments214591
- Node: Adding Other219252
- Node: Hacking the Parser219839
- Node: Appendices223708
- Node: Copying this Manual224092
- Node: GNU Free Documentation License224974
- Node: Changes250093
- Node: Development278741
- Node: Mid-term Goals279387
- Node: Wishlist280604
- Node: Bugs286561
- Node: FAQ288091
- Node: Texinfo mode294107
- Node: Exploiting295243
- Node: Superseding296063
- Node: Mapping300267
- Node: Unbinding302096
- Node: Indices302917
- Node: Key Index303142
- Node: Function Index309101
- Node: Variable Index319473
- Node: Concept Index340004
++Node: Top927
++Node: Copying7189
++Node: Introduction9145
++Node: Summary9415
++Node: Installation12156
++Node: Prerequisites13530
++Node: Configure16398
++Node: Build/install21809
++Node: Loading the package22300
++Node: Advice for package providers24107
++Node: Advice for non-privileged users28052
++Node: Installation under MS Windows32010
++Node: Customizing47233
++Node: Quick Start48816
++Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150806
++Node: Editing Facilities50953
++Node: Processing Facilities55756
++Node: Editing59650
++Node: Quotes60980
++Node: Font Specifiers69248
++Node: Sectioning71074
++Node: Environments75394
++Node: Equations80548
++Node: Floats81139
++Node: Itemize-like82672
++Node: Tabular-like83393
++Node: Customizing Environments84876
++Node: Mathematics85116
++Node: Completion88042
++Node: Marking93365
++Node: Marking (LaTeX)93989
++Node: Marking (Texinfo)94931
++Node: Commenting96541
++Node: Indenting97866
++Node: Filling103651
++Node: Display108971
++Node: Font Locking110583
++Node: Fontification of macros112658
++Node: Fontification of quotes122096
++Node: Fontification of math123591
++Node: Verbatim content125310
++Node: Faces126084
++Node: Known problems126573
++Node: Folding127502
++Node: Outline138326
++Node: Narrowing139598
++Node: Processing140648
++Node: Commands141811
++Node: Starting a Command142367
++Node: Selecting a Command146903
++Node: Processor Options150429
++Node: Viewing157171
++Node: Starting Viewers157545
++Node: I/O Correlation164063
++Node: Debugging167509
++Node: Checking171864
++Node: Control173026
++Node: Cleaning173753
++Node: Documentation174966
++Node: Customization175746
++Node: Modes and Hooks176239
++Node: Multifile177445
++Node: Parsing Files182124
++Node: Internationalization187036
++Node: European188217
++Node: Japanese195097
++Node: Automatic196794
++Node: Automatic Global199285
++Node: Automatic Private200417
++Node: Automatic Local201730
++Node: Style Files202761
++Node: Simple Style203554
++Node: Adding Macros206827
++Node: Adding Environments215948
++Node: Adding Other220609
++Node: Hacking the Parser221196
++Node: Appendices225065
++Node: Copying this Manual225449
++Node: GNU Free Documentation License226342
++Node: Changes251461
++Node: Development280392
++Node: Mid-term Goals281038
++Node: Wishlist282255
++Node: Bugs288212
++Node: FAQ289742
++Node: Texinfo mode295915
++Node: Exploiting297051
++Node: Superseding297871
++Node: Mapping302075
++Node: Unbinding303904
++Node: Indices304725
++Node: Key Index304950
++Node: Function Index310982
++Node: Variable Index321427
++Node: Concept Index342031
+
+End Tag Table
diff --cc preview-latex.info
index e72e6ba,0000000..97ab019
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/preview-latex.info
+++ b/preview-latex.info
@@@ -1,2560 -1,0 +1,2560 @@@
+This is preview-latex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from
+preview-latex.texi.
+
+This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
- (version 11.88 from 2014-10-29).
++(version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28).
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex). Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex). Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Top, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
+
+preview-latex
+*************
+
+This manual may be copied under the conditions spelled out in *note
+Copying this Manual::.
+
+ preview-latex is a package embedding preview fragments into Emacs
+source buffers under the AUCTeX editing environment for LaTeX. It uses
+'preview.sty' for the extraction of certain environments (most notably
+displayed formulas). Other applications of this style file are possible
+and exist.
+
+ The name of the package is really 'preview-latex', all in lowercase
+letters, with a hyphen. If you typeset it, you can use a sans-serif
+font to visually offset it.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying:: Copying
+* Introduction:: Getting started.
+* Installation:: Make Install.
+* Keys and lisp:: Key bindings and user-level lisp functions.
+* Simple customization:: To make it fit in.
+* Known problems:: When things go wrong.
+* For advanced users:: Internals and more customizations.
+* ToDo:: Future development.
+* Frequently Asked Questions:: All about preview-latex
+* Copying this Manual:: GNU Free Documentation License
+* Index:: A menu of many topics.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top,
Up: Top
+
+Copying
+*******
+
+For the conditions for copying parts of preview-latex, see the General
+Public Licenses referres to in the copyright notices of the files, the
+General Public Licenses accompanying them and the explanatory section in
+*note (auctex)Copying::.
+
+ This manual specifically is covered by the GNU Free Documentation
+License (*note Copying this Manual::).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev:
Copying, Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+Does your neck hurt from turning between previewer windows and the
+source too often? This AUCTeX component will render your displayed
+LaTeX equations right into the editing window where they belong.
+
+ The purpose of preview-latex is to embed LaTeX environments such as
+display math or figures into the source buffers and switch conveniently
+between source and image representation.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* What use is it?::
+* Activating preview-latex::
+* Getting started::
+* Basic modes of operation::
+* More documentation::
+* Availability::
+* Contacts::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: What use is it?, Next: Activating
preview-latex, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 What use is it?
+===================
+
+WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) sometimes is considered all the
+rage, sometimes frowned upon. Do we really want it? Wrong question.
+The right question is _what_ we want from it. Except when finetuning
+the layout, we don't want to use printer fonts for on-screen text
+editing. The low resolution and contrast of a computer screen render
+all but the coarsest printer fonts (those for low-quality newsprint)
+unappealing, and the margins and pagination of the print are not wanted
+on the screen, either. On the other hand, more complex visual
+compositions like math formulas and tables can't easily be taken in when
+seen only in the source. preview-latex strikes a balance: it only uses
+graphic renditions of the output for certain, configurable constructs,
+does this only when told, and then right in the source code. Switching
+back and forth between the source and preview is easy and natural and
+can be done for each image independently. Behind the scenes of
+preview-latex, a sophisticated framework of other programs like
+'dvipng', Dvips and Ghostscript are employed together with a special
+LaTeX style file for extracting the material of interest in the
+background and providing fast interactive response.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Activating preview-latex, Next: Getting
started, Prev: What use is it?, Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Activating preview-latex
+============================
+
+After installation, the package may need to be activated (and remember
+to activate AUCTeX too). In XEmacs, and in any prepackaged versions
+worth their salt, activation should be automatic upon installation. If
+this seems not the case, complain to your installation provider.
+
+ The usual activation (if it is not done automatically) would be
+
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ If you still don't get a "Preview" menu in LaTeX mode in spite of
+AUCTeX showing its "Command", your installation is broken. One possible
+cause are duplicate Lisp files that might be detectable with '<M-x>
+list-load-path-shadows <RET>'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Getting started, Next: Basic modes of
operation, Prev: Activating preview-latex, Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Getting started
+===================
+
+Once activated, preview-latex and its documentation will be accessible
+via its menus (note that preview-latex requires AUCTeX to be loaded).
+When you have loaded a LaTeX document (a sample document 'circ.tex' is
+included in the distribution, but most documents including math and/or
+figures should do), you can use its menu or 'C-c C-p C-d' (for
+'Preview/Document'). Previews will now be generated for various objects
+in your document. You can use the time to take a short look at the
+other menu entries and key bindings in the 'Preview' menu. You'll see
+the previewed objects change into a roadworks sign when preview-latex
+has determined just what it is going to preview. Note that you can
+freely navigate the buffer while this is going on. When the process is
+finished you will see the objects typeset in your buffer.
+
+ It is a bad idea, however, to edit the buffer before the roadworks
+signs appear, since that is the moment when the correlation between the
+original text and the buffer locations gets established. If the buffer
+changes before that point of time, the previews will not be placed where
+they belong. If you do want to change some obvious error you just
+spotted, we recommend you stop the background process by pressing 'C-c
+C-k'.
+
+ To see/edit the LaTeX code for a specific object, put the point (the
+cursor) on it and press 'C-c C-p C-p' (for 'Preview/at point'). It will
+also do to click with the middle mouse button on the preview. Now you
+can edit the code, and generate a new preview by again pressing 'C-c C-p
+C-p' (or by clicking with the middle mouse button on the icon before the
+edited text).
+
+ If you are using the 'desktop' package, previews will remain from one
+session to the next as long as you don't kill your buffer. If you are
+using XEmacs, you will probably need to upgrade the package to the
+newest one; things are being fixed just as I am writing this.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Basic modes of operation, Next: More
documentation, Prev: Getting started, Up: Introduction
+
+1.4 Basic modes of operation
+============================
+
+preview-latex has a number of methods for generating its graphics. Its
+default operation is equivalent to using the 'LaTeX' command from
+AUCTeX. If this happens to be a call of PDFLaTeX generating PDF output
+(you need at least AUCTeX 11.51 for this), then Ghostscript will be
+called directly on the resulting PDF file. If a DVI file gets produced,
+first Dvips and then Ghostscript get called by default.
+
+ The image type to be generated by Ghostscript can be configured with
+
+ M-x customize-variable RET preview-image-type RET
+
+The default is 'png' (the most efficient image type). A special setting
+is 'dvipng' in case you have the 'dvipng' program installed. In this
+case, 'dvipng' will be used for converting DVI files and Ghostscript
+(with a 'PNG' device) for converting PDF files. 'dvipng' is much faster
+than the combination of Dvips and Ghostscript. You can get downloads,
+access to its CVS archive and further information from its project site
+(http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/dvipng).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: More documentation, Next: Availability,
Prev: Basic modes of operation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.5 More documentation
+======================
+
+After the installation, documentation in the form of this info manual
+will be available. You can access it with the standalone info reader
+with
+
+ info preview-latex
+
+or by pressing 'C-h i d m preview-latex <RET>' in Emacs. Once
+preview-latex is activated, you can instead use 'C-c C-p <TAB>' (or the
+menu entry 'Preview/Read documentation').
+
+ Depending on your installation, a printable manual may also be
+available in the form of 'preview-latex.dvi' or 'preview-latex.ps'.
+
+ Detailed documentation for the LaTeX style used for extracting the
+preview images is placed in 'preview.dvi' in a suitable directory during
+installation; on typical teTeX-based systems,
+
+ texdoc preview
+
+will display it.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Availability, Next: Contacts, Prev: More
documentation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.6 Availability
+================
+
+The preview-latex project is now part of AUCTeX and accessible as part
+of the AUCTeX project page (http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex).
+You can get its files from the AUCTeX download area
+(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex). As of AUCTeX 11.81, preview-latex
+should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate download will
+be necessary.
+
+ You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
+Anonymous Git is available as well.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Contacts, Prev: Availability, Up:
Introduction
+
+1.7 Contacts
+============
+
+Bug reports should be sent by using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', as
+this will fill in a lot of information interesting to us. If the
+installation fails (but this should be a rare event), report bugs to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+ There is a general discussion list for AUCTeX which also covers
+preview-latex, look at <http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/auctex>.
+For more information on the mailing list, send a message with just the
+word "help" as subject or body to <address@hidden>. For the
+developers, there is the <address@hidden> list; it would probably
+make sense to direct feature requests and questions about internal
+details there. There is a low-volume read-only announcement list
+available to which you can subscribe by sending a mail with "subscribe"
+in the subject to <address@hidden>.
+
+ Offers to support further development will be appreciated. If you
+want to show your appreciation with a donation to the main developer,
+you can do so via PayPal to <address@hidden>, and of course you can arrange
+for service contracts or for added functionality. Take a look at the
+'TODO' list for suggestions in that area.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Installation, Next: Keys and lisp, Prev:
Introduction, Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+Installation is now being covered in *note (auctex)Installation::.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Keys and lisp, Next: Simple customization,
Prev: Installation, Up: Top
+
+3 Key bindings and user-level lisp functions
+********************************************
+
+preview-latex adds key bindings starting with 'C-c C-p' to the supported
+modes of AUCTeX (*note (auctex)Key Index::). It will also add its own
+'Preview' menu in the menu bar, as well as an icon in the toolbar.
+
+ The following only describes the interactive use: view the
+documentation strings with 'C-h f' if you need the Lisp information.
+
+'C-c C-p C-p'
+'preview-at-point'
+Preview/Generate previews (or toggle) at point
+ If the cursor is positioned on or inside of a preview area, this
+ toggles its visibility, regenerating the preview if necessary. If
+ not, it will run the surroundings through preview. The
+ surroundings include all areas up to the next valid preview, unless
+ invalid previews occur before, in which case the area will include
+ the last such preview in either direction. And overriding any
+ other action, if a region is active ('transient-mark-mode' or
+ 'zmacs-regions'), it is run through 'preview-region'.
+
+'<mouse-2>'
+ The middle mouse button has a similar action bound to it as
+ 'preview-at-point', only that it knows which preview to apply it to
+ according to the position of the click. You can click either
+ anywhere on a previewed image, or when the preview is opened and
+ showing the source text, you can click on the icon preceding the
+ source text. In other areas, the usual mouse key action
+ (typically: paste) is not affected.
+
+'<mouse-3>'
+ The right mouse key pops up a context menu with several options:
+ toggling the preview, regenerating it, removing it (leaving the
+ unpreviewed text), copying the text inside of the preview, and
+ copying it in a form suitable for copying as an image into a mail
+ or news article. This is a one-image variant of the following
+ command:
+
+'C-c C-p C-w'
+'preview-copy-region-as-mml'
+Copy a region as MML
+ This command is also available as a variant in the context menu on
+ the right mouse button (where the region is the preview that has
+ been clicked on). It copies the current region into the kill
+ buffer in a form suitable for copying as a text including images
+ into a mail or news article using mml-mode (*note Composing:
+ (emacs-mime)Composing.).
+
+ If you regenerate or otherwise kill the preview in its source
+ buffer before the mail or news gets posted, this will fail. Also
+ you should generate images you want to send with
+ 'preview-transparent-border' set to 'nil', or the images will have
+ an ugly border. preview-latex detects this condition and asks
+ whether to regenerate the region with borders switched off. As
+ this is an asynchronous operation running in the background, you'll
+ need to call this command explicitly again to get the newly
+ generated images into the kill ring.
+
+ Preview your articles with 'mml-preview' (on 'M-m P', or 'C-c C-m
+ P' in Emacs 22) to make sure they look fine.
+
+'C-c C-p C-e'
+'preview-environment'
+Preview/Generate previews for environment
+ Run preview on LaTeX environment. The environments in
+ 'preview-inner-environments' are treated as inner levels so that
+ for instance, the 'split' environment in
+ '\begin{equation}\begin{split}...\end{split}\end{equation}' is
+ properly displayed. If called with a numeric argument, the
+ corresponding number of outward nested environments is treated as
+ inner levels.
+
+'C-c C-p C-s'
+'preview-section'
+Preview/Generate previews for section
+ Run preview on this LaTeX section.
+
+'C-c C-p C-r'
+'preview-region'
+Preview/Generate previews for region
+ Run preview on current region.
+
+'C-c C-p C-b'
+'preview-buffer'
+Preview/Generate previews for buffer
+ Run preview on the current buffer.
+
+'C-c C-p C-d'
+'preview-document'
+Preview/Generate previews for document
+ Run preview on the current document.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-p'
+'preview-clearout-at-point'
+Preview/Remove previews at point
+ Clear out (remove) the previews that are immediately adjacent to
+ point.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-s'
+'preview-clearout-section'
+Preview/Remove previews from section
+ Clear out all previews in current section.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-r'
+'preview-clearout'
+Preview/Remove previews from region
+ Clear out all previews in the current region.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-b'
+'preview-clearout-buffer'
+Preview/Remove previews from buffer
+ Clear out all previews in current buffer. This makes the current
+ buffer lose all previews.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-d'
+'preview-clearout-document'
+Preview/Remove previews from document
+ Clear out all previews in current document. The document consists
+ of all buffers that have the same master file as the current
+ buffer. This makes the current document lose all previews.
+
+'C-c C-p C-f'
+'preview-cache-preamble'
+Preview/Turn preamble cache on
+ Dump a pregenerated format file. For the rest of the session, this
+ file is used when running on the same master file. Use this if you
+ know your LaTeX takes a long time to start up, the speedup will be
+ most noticeable when generating single or few previews. If you
+ change your preamble, do this again. preview-latex will try to
+ detect the necessity of that automatically when editing changes to
+ the preamble are done from within Emacs, but it will not notice if
+ the preamble effectively changes because some included file or
+ style file is tampered with.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-f'
+'preview-cache-preamble-off'
+Preview/Turn preamble cache off
+ Clear the pregenerated format file and stop using preambles for the
+ current document. If the caching gives you problems, use this.
+
+'C-c C-p C-i'
+'preview-goto-info-page'
+Preview/Read Documentation
+ Read this info manual.
+
+'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>'
+'preview-report-bug'
+Preview/Report Bug
+ This is the preferred way of reporting bugs as it will fill in what
+ version of preview-latex you are using as well as versions of
+ relevant other software, and also some of the more important
+ settings. Please use this method of reporting, if at all possible
+ and before reporting a bug, have a look at *note Known problems::.
+
+'C-c C-k'
+LaTeX/TeX Output/Kill Job
+ Kills the preview-generating process. This is really an AUCTeX
+ keybinding, but it is included here as a hint. If you are
+ generating a preview and then make a change to the buffer,
+ preview-latex may be confused and place the previews wrong.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Simple customization, Next: Known problems,
Prev: Keys and lisp, Up: Top
+
+4 Simple customization
+**********************
+
+Customization options can be found by typing 'M-x customize-group <RET>
+preview <RET>'. Remember to set the option when you have changed it.
+The list of suggestions can be made very long (and is covered in detail
+in *note For advanced users::), but some are:
+
+ * Change the color of the preview background
+
+ If you use a non-white background in Emacs, you might have color
+ artifacts at the edges of your previews. Playing around with the
+ option 'preview-transparent-color' in the 'Preview Appearance'
+ group might improve things. With some settings, the cursor may
+ cover the whole background of a preview, however.
+
+ This option is specific to the display engine in use. Its default
+ is different in Emacs 21 and Emacs 22, and it is not available in
+ XEmacs.
+
+ * Showing '\label's
+
+ When using preview-latex, the '\label's are hidden by the previews.
+ It is possible to make them visible in the output by using the
+ LaTeX package 'showkeys' alternatively 'showlabels'. However, the
+ boxes of these labels will be outside the region preview-latex
+ considers as the preview image. To enable a similar mechanism
+ internal to preview-latex, enable the 'showlabels' option in the
+ variable 'preview-default-option-list' in the 'Preview Latex'
+ group.
+
+ It must be noted, however, that a much better idea may be to use
+ the RefTeX package for managing references. *Note RefTeX in a
+ Nutshell: (reftex)RefTeX in a Nutshell.
+
+ * Open previews automatically
+
+ The current default is to open previews automatically when you
+ enter them with cursor left/right motions. Auto-opened previews
+ will close again once the cursor leaves them again (this is also
+ done when doing incremental search, or query-replace operations),
+ unless you changed anything in it. In that case, you will have to
+ regenerate the preview (via e.g., 'C-c C-p C-p'). Other options
+ for 'preview-auto-reveal' are available via 'customize'.
+
+ * Automatically cache preambles
+
+ Currently preview-latex asks you whether you want to cache the
+ document preamble (everything before '\begin{document}') before it
+ generates previews for a buffer the first time. Caching the
+ preamble will significantly speed up regeneration of previews. The
+ larger your preamble is, the more this will be apparent. Once a
+ preamble is cached, preview-latex will try to keep track of when it
+ is changed, and dump a fresh format in that case. If you
+ experience problems with this, or if you want it to happen without
+ asking you the first time, you can customize the variable
+ 'preview-auto-cache-preamble'.
+
+ * Attempt to keep counters accurate when editing
+
+ Since preview-latex frequently runs only small regions through
+ LaTeX, values like equation counters are not consistent from run to
+ run. If this bothers you, customize the variable
+ 'preview-preserve-counters' to 't' (this is consulted by
+ 'preview-required-option-list'). LaTeX will then output a load of
+ counter information during compilation, and this information will
+ be used on subsequent updates to keep counters set to useful
+ values. The additional information takes additional time to
+ analyze, but this is relevant mostly only when you are regenerating
+ all previews at once, and maybe you will be less tempted to do so
+ when counters appear more or less correct.
+
+ * Preview your favourite LaTeX constructs
+
+ If you have a certain macro or environment that you want to
+ preview, first check if it can be chosen by cutomizing
+ 'preview-default-options-list' in the 'Preview Latex' group.
+
+ If it is not available there, you can add it to
+ 'preview-default-preamble' also in the 'Preview Latex' group, by
+ adding a '\PreviewMacro' or '\PreviewEnvironment' entry (*note
+ Provided commands::) _after_ the '\RequirePackage' line. For
+ example, if you want to preview the 'center' environment, press the
+ <Show> button and the last <INS> button, then add
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{center}
+ in the space that just opened. Note that since 'center' is a
+ generic formatting construct of LaTeX, a general configuration like
+ that is not quite prudent. You better to do this on a per-document
+ base so that it is easy to disable this behavior when you find this
+ particular entry gives you trouble.
+
+ One possibility is to save such settings in the corresponding
+ file-local variable instead of your global configuration (*note
+ Local Variables in Files: (emacs)File Variables.). A perhaps more
+ convenient place for such options would be in a configuration file
+ in the same directory with your project (*note Package options::).
+
+ The usual file for preview-latex preconfiguration is
+ 'prauctex.cfg'. If you also want to keep the systemwide defaults,
+ you should add a line
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{preview/prauctex.cfg}{}{}
+ to your own version of 'prauctex.cfg' (this is assuming that global
+ files relating to the 'preview' package are installed in a
+ subdirectory 'preview', the default behavior).
+
+ * Don't preview inline math
+
+ If you have performance problems because your document is full of
+ inline math ('$...$'), or if your usage of '$' conflicts with
+ preview-latex's, you can turn off inline math previews. In the
+ 'Preview Latex' group, remove 'textmath' from
+ 'preview-default-option-list' by customizing this variable.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Known problems, Next: For advanced users,
Prev: Simple customization, Up: Top
+
+5 Known problems
+****************
+
+A number of issues are known concerning the interoperation with various
+other software. Some of the known problems can be solved by moving to
+newer versions of the problematic software or by simple patches.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font problems with Dvips::
+* Too small bounding boxes::
+* x-symbol interoperation::
+* Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling::
+
+ If you find something not mentioned here, please send a bug report
+using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', which will fill in a lot of
+information interesting to us and send it to the <address@hidden>
+list. Please use the bug reporting commands if at all possible.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Font problems with Dvips, Next: Too small
bounding boxes, Up: Known problems
+
+5.1 Font problems with Dvips
+============================
+
+Some fonts have been reported to produce wrong characters with
+preview-latex. preview-latex calls Dvips by default with the option
+'-Pwww' in order to get scalable fonts for nice results. If you are
+using antialiasing, however, the results might be sufficiently nice with
+bitmapped fonts, anyway. You might try '-Ppdf' for another stab at
+scalable fonts, or other printer definitions. Use
+
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-fast-dvips-command <RET>'
+and
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-dvips-command <RET>'
+in order to customize this.
+
+ One particular problem is that several printer setup files (typically
+in a file called '/usr/share/texmf/dvips/config/config.pdf' if you are
+using the '-Ppdf' switch) contain the 'G' option for 'character
+shifting'. This option will result in 'fi' being rendered as '#'
+(British Pounds sign) in several fonts, unless your version of Dvips has
+a long-standing bug in its implementation fixed (only very recent
+versions of Dvips have).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Too small bounding boxes, Next: x-symbol
interoperation, Prev: Font problems with Dvips, Up: Known problems
+
+5.2 Too small bounding boxes
+============================
+
+The bounding box of a preview is determined by the LaTeX package using
+the pure TeX bounding boxes. If there is material extending outside of
+the TeX box, that material will be missing from the preview image. This
+happens for the label-showing boxes from the 'showkeys' package. This
+particular problem can be circumvented by using the 'showlabels' option
+of the preview package.
+
+ In general, you should try to fix the problem in the TeX code, like
+avoiding drawing outside of the picture with PSTricks.
+
+ One possible remedy is to set 'preview-fast-conversion' to 'Off'
+(*note The Emacs interface::). The conversion will take more time, but
+will then use the bounding boxes from EPS files generated by Dvips.
+
+ Dvips generally does not miss things, but it does not understand
+PostScript constructs like '\resizebox' or '\rotate' commands, so will
+generate rather wrong boxes for those. Dvips can be helped with the
+'psfixbb' package option to preview (*note The LaTeX style file::),
+which will tag the corners of the included TeX box. This will mostly be
+convenient for _pure_ PostScript stuff like that created by PSTricks,
+which Dvips would otherwise reserve no space for.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: x-symbol interoperation, Next:
Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling, Prev: Too small bounding boxes, Up:
Known problems
+
+5.3 x-symbol interoperation
+===========================
+
+Thanks to the work of Christoph Wedler, starting with version
+'4.0h/beta' of x-symbol, the line parsing of AUCTeX and preview-latex is
+fully supported. Earlier versions exhibit problems. However, versions
+before 4.2.2 will cause a drastic slowdown of preview-latex's parsing
+pass, so we don't recommend to use versions earlier than that.
+
+ If you wonder what x-symbol is, it is a package that transforms
+various tokens and subscripts to a more readable form while editing and
+offers a few input methods handy especially for dealing with math. Take
+a look at <http://x-symbol.sourceforge.net>.
+
+ x-symbol versions up to 4.5.1-beta at least require an 8bit-clean TeX
+implementation (meaning that its terminal output should not use
+'^^'-started escape sequences) for cooperation with preview-latex.
+Later versions may get along without it, like preview-latex does now.
+
+ If you experience problems with 'circ.tex' in connection with both
+x-symbol and Latin-1 characters, you may need to change your language
+environment or, as a last resort, customize the variable
+'LaTeX-command-style' by replacing the command 'latex' with 'latex
+-translate-file=cp8bit'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling,
Prev: x-symbol interoperation, Up: Known problems
+
+5.4 Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling
+===========================================
+
+This is probably the fault of your favorite package. 'flyspell.el' and
+'mouse-drag.el' are known to be affected in versions before Emacs 21.3.
+Upgrade to the most recent version. What version of XEmacs might
+contain the fixes is unknown.
+
+ 'isearch.el' also shows this effect while searches are in progress,
+but the code is such a complicated mess that no patch is in sight.
+Better just end the search with '<RET>' before toggling and resume with
+'C-s C-s' or similar afterwards. Since previews over the current match
+will auto-open, anyway, this should not be much of a problem in
+practice.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: For advanced users, Next: ToDo, Prev:
Known problems, Up: Top
+
+6 For advanced users
+********************
+
+This package consists of two parts: a LaTeX style that splits the output
+into appropriate parts with one preview object on each page, and an
+Emacs-lisp part integrating the thing into Emacs (aided by AUCTeX).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* The LaTeX style file::
+* The Emacs interface::
+* The preview images::
+* Misplaced previews::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The LaTeX style file, Next: The Emacs
interface, Prev: For advanced users, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.1 The LaTeX style file
+========================
+
+The main purpose of this package is the extraction of certain
+environments (most notably displayed formulas) from LaTeX sources as
+graphics. This works with DVI files postprocessed by either Dvips and
+Ghostscript or dvipng, but it also works when you are using PDFTeX for
+generating PDF files (usually also postprocessed by Ghostscript).
+
+ Current uses of the package include the preview-latex package for
+WYSIWYG functionality in the AUCTeX editing environment, generation of
+previews in LyX, as part of the operation of the ps4pdf package, the
+tbook XML system and some other tools.
+
+ Producing EPS files with Dvips and its derivatives using the '-E'
+option is not a good alternative: People make do by fiddling around with
+'\thispagestyle{empty}' and hoping for the best (namely, that the
+specified contents will indeed fit on single pages), and then trying to
+guess the baseline of the resulting code and stuff, but this is at best
+dissatisfactory. The preview package provides an easy way to ensure
+that exactly one page per request gets shipped, with a well-defined
+baseline and no page decorations. While you still can use the preview
+package with the 'classic'
+
+ dvips -E -i
+
+invocation, there are better ways available that don't rely on Dvips not
+getting confused by PostScript specials.
+
+ For most applications, you'll want to make use of the 'tightpage'
+option. This will embed the page dimensions into the PostScript or PDF
+code, obliterating the need to use the '-E -i' options to Dvips. You
+can then produce all image files with a single run of Ghostscript from a
+single PDF or PostScript (as opposed to EPS) file.
+
+ Various options exist that will pass TeX dimensions and other
+information about the respective shipped out material (including
+descender size) into the log file, where external applications might
+make use of it.
+
+ The possibility for generating a whole set of graphics with a single
+run of Ghostscript (whether from LaTeX or PDFLaTeX) increases both speed
+and robustness of applications. It is also feasible to use dvipng on a
+DVI file with the options
+
+ -picky -noghostscript
+
+to omit generating any image file that requires Ghostscript, then let a
+script generate all missing files using Dvips/Ghostscript. This will
+usually speed up the process significantly.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Package options::
+* Provided commands::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Package options, Next: Provided commands,
Prev: The LaTeX style file, Up: The LaTeX style file
+
+6.1.1 Package options
+---------------------
+
+The package is included with the customary
+
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{preview}
+
+You should usually load this package as the last one, since it redefines
+several things that other packages may also provide.
+
+ The following options are available:
+
+'active'
+ is the most essential option. If this option is not specified, the
+ 'preview' package will be inactive and the document will be typeset
+ as if the 'preview' package were not loaded, except that all
+ declarations and environments defined by the package are still
+ legal but have no effect. This allows defining previewing
+ characteristics in your document, and only activating them by
+ calling LaTeX as
+
+ latex '\PassOptionsToPackage{active}{preview} \input{FILENAME}'
+
+'noconfig'
+ Usually the file 'prdefault.cfg' gets loaded whenever the 'preview'
+ package gets activated. 'prdefault.cfg' is supposed to contain
+ definitions that can cater for otherwise bad results, for example,
+ if a certain document class would otherwise lead to trouble. It
+ also can be used to override any settings made in this package,
+ since it is loaded at the very end of it. In addition, there may
+ be configuration files specific for certain 'preview' options like
+ 'auctex' which have more immediate needs. The 'noconfig' option
+ suppresses loading of those option files, too.
+'psfixbb'
+ Dvips determines the bounding boxes from the material in the DVI
+ file it understands. Lots of PostScript specials are not part of
+ that. Since the TeX boxes do not make it into the DVI file, but
+ merely characters, rules and specials do, Dvips might include far
+ too small areas. The option 'psfixbb' will include '/dev/null' as
+ a graphic file in the ultimate upper left and lower right corner of
+ the previewed box. This will make Dvips generate an appropriate
+ bounding box.
+'dvips'
+ If this option is specified as a class option or to other packages,
+ several packages pass things like page size information to Dvips,
+ or cause crop marks or draft messages written on pages. This
+ seriously hampers the usability of previews. If this option is
+ specified, the changes will be undone if possible.
+'pdftex'
+ If this option is set, PDFTeX is assumed as the output driver.
+ This mainly affects the 'tightpage' option.
+'xetex'
+ If this option is set, XeTeX is assumed as the output driver. This
+ mainly affects the 'tightpage' option.
+'displaymath'
+ will make all displayed math environments subject to preview
+ processing. This will typically be the most desired option.
+'floats'
+ will make all float objects subject to preview processing. If you
+ want to be more selective about what floats to pass through to a
+ preview, you should instead use the '\PreviewSnarfEnvironment'
+ command on the floats you want to have previewed.
+'textmath'
+ will make all text math subject to previews. Since math mode is
+ used throughly inside of LaTeX even for other purposes, this works
+ by redefining '\(', '\)' and '$' and the 'math' environment
+ (apparently some people use that). Only occurences of these text
+ math delimiters in later loaded packages and in the main document
+ will thus be affected.
+'graphics'
+ will subject all '\includegraphics' commands to a preview.
+'sections'
+ will subject all section headers to a preview.
+'delayed'
+ will delay all activations and redefinitions the 'preview' package
+ makes until '\''begin{document}'. The purpose of this is to cater
+ for documents which should be subjected to the 'preview' package
+ without having been prepared for it. You can process such
+ documents with
+
+ latex '\RequirePackage[active,delayed,OPTIONS]{preview}
+ \input{FILENAME}'
+
+ This relaxes the requirement to be loading the 'preview' package as
+ last package.
+DRIVER
+ loads a special driver file 'prDRIVER.def'. The remaining options
+ are implemented through the use of driver files.
+'auctex'
+ This driver will produce fake error messages at the start and end
+ of every preview environment that enable the Emacs package
+ preview-latex in connection with AUCTeX to pinpoint the exact
+ source location where the previews have originated. Unfortunately,
+ there is no other reliable means of passing the current TeX input
+ position _in_ a line to external programs. In order to make the
+ parsing more robust, this option also switches off quite a few
+ diagnostics that could be misinterpreted.
+
+ You should not specify this option manually, since it will only be
+ needed by automated runs that want to parse the pseudo error
+ messages. Those runs will then use '\PassOptionsToPackage' in
+ order to effect the desired behaviour. In addition, 'prauctex.cfg'
+ will get loaded unless inhibited by the 'noconfig' option. This
+ caters for the most frequently encountered problematic commands.
+'showlabels'
+ During the editing process, some people like to see the label names
+ in their equations, figures and the like. Now if you are using
+ Emacs for editing, and in particular preview-latex, I'd strongly
+ recommend that you check out the RefTeX package which pretty much
+ obliterates the need for this kind of functionality. If you still
+ want it, standard LaTeX provides it with the 'showkeys' package,
+ and there is also the less encompassing 'showlabels' package.
+ Unfortunately, since those go to some pain not to change the page
+ layout and spacing, they also don't change 'preview''s idea of the
+ TeX dimensions of the involved boxes. So if you are using
+ 'preview' for determing bounding boxes, those packages are mostly
+ useless. The option 'showlabels' offers a substitute for them.
+'tightpage'
+ It is not uncommon to want to use the results of 'preview' as
+ graphic images for some other application. One possibility is to
+ generate a flurry of EPS files with
+
+ dvips -E -i -Pwww -o OUTPUTFILE.000 INPUTFILE
+
+ However, in case those are to be processed further into graphic
+ image files by Ghostscript, this process is inefficient since all
+ of those files need to be processed one by one. In addition, it is
+ necessary to extract the bounding box comments from the EPS files
+ and convert them into page dimension parameters for Ghostscript in
+ order to avoid full-page graphics. This is not even possible if
+ you wanted to use Ghostscript in a _single_ run for generating the
+ files from a single PostScript file, since Dvips will in that case
+ leave no bounding box information anywhere.
+
+ The solution is to use the 'tightpage' option. That way a single
+ command line like
+
+ gs -sDEVICE=png16m -dTextAlphaBits=4 -r300
+ -dGraphicsAlphaBits=4 -dSAFER -q -dNOPAUSE
+ -sOutputFile=OUTPUTFILE%d.png INPUTFILE.ps
+
+ will be able to produce tight graphics from a single PostScript
+ file generated with Dvips _without_ use of the options '-E -i', in
+ a single run.
+
+ The 'tightpage' option actually also works when using the 'pdftex'
+ option and generating PDF files with PDFTeX. The resulting PDF
+ file has separate page dimensions for every page and can directly
+ be converted with one run of Ghostscript into image files.
+
+ If neither 'dvips' or 'pdftex' have been specified, the
+ corresponding option will get autodetected and invoked.
+
+ If you need this in a batch environment where you don't want to use
+ 'preview''s automatic extraction facilities, no problem: just don't
+ use any of the extraction options, and wrap everything to be
+ previewed into 'preview' environments. This is how LyX does its
+ math previews.
+
+ If the pages under the 'tightpage' option are just too tight, you
+ can adjust by setting the length '\PreviewBorder' to a different
+ value by using '\setlength'. The default value is '0.50001bp',
+ which is half of a usual PostScript point, rounded up. If you go
+ below this value, the resulting page size may drop below '1bp', and
+ Ghostscript does not seem to like that. If you need finer control,
+ you can adjust the bounding box dimensions individually by changing
+ the macro '\PreviewBbAdjust' with the help of '\renewcommand'. Its
+ default value is
+
+ \newcommand \PreviewBbAdjust
+ {-\PreviewBorder -\PreviewBorder
+ \PreviewBorder \PreviewBorder}
+
+ This adjusts the left, lower, right and upper borders by the given
+ amount. The macro must contain 4 TeX dimensions after another, and
+ you may not omit the units if you specify them explicitly instead
+ of by register. PostScript points have the unit 'bp'.
+'lyx'
+ This option is for the sake of LyX developers. It will output a
+ few diagnostics relevant for the sake of LyX' preview functionality
+ (at the time of writing, mostly implemented for math insets, in
+ versions of LyX starting with 1.3.0).
+'counters'
+ This writes out diagnostics at the start and the end of previews.
+ Only the counters changed since the last output get written, and if
+ no counters changed, nothing gets written at all. The list
+ consists of counter name and value, both enclosed in '{}' braces,
+ followed by a space. The last such pair is followed by a colon
+ (':') if it is at the start of the preview snippet, and by a period
+ ('.') if it is at the end. The order of different diagnostics like
+ this being issued depends on the order of the specification of the
+ options when calling the package.
+
+ Systems like preview-latex use this for keeping counters accurate
+ when single previews are regenerated.
+'footnotes'
+ This makes footnotes render as previews, and only as their footnote
+ symbol. A convenient editing feature inside of Emacs.
+
+ The following options are just for debugging purposes of the package
+and similar to the corresponding TeX commands they allude to:
+
+'tracingall'
+ causes lots of diagnostic output to appear in the log file during
+ the preview collecting phases of TeX's operation. In contrast to
+ the similarly named TeX command, it will not switch to
+ '\errorstopmode', nor will it change the setting of
+ '\tracingonline'.
+'showbox'
+ This option will show the contents of the boxes shipped out to the
+ DVI files. It also sets '\showboxbreadth' and '\showboxdepth' to
+ their maximum values at the end of loading this package, but you
+ may reset them if you don't like that.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Provided commands, Prev: Package options,
Up: The LaTeX style file
+
+6.1.2 Provided commands
+-----------------------
+
+'\begin{preview}...\end{preview}'
+ The 'preview' environment causes its contents to be set as a single
+ preview image. Insertions like figures and footnotes (except those
+ included in minipages) will typically lead to error messages or be
+ lost. In case the 'preview' package has not been activated, the
+ contents of this environment will be typeset normally.
+
+'\begin{nopreview}...\end{nopreview}'
+ The 'nopreview' environment will cause its contents not to undergo
+ any special treatment by the 'preview' package. When 'preview' is
+ active, the contents will be discarded like all main text that does
+ not trigger the 'preview' hooks. When 'preview' is not active, the
+ contents will be typeset just like the main text.
+
+ Note that both of these environments typeset things as usual when
+ preview is not active. If you need something typeset
+ conditionally, use the '\ifPreview' conditional for it.
+
+'\PreviewMacro'
+ If you want to make a macro like '\includegraphics' (actually, this
+ is what is done by the 'graphics' option to 'preview') produce a
+ preview image, you put a declaration like
+
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\includegraphics}
+
+ or, more readable,
+
+ \PreviewMacro[{*[][]{}}]{\includegraphics}
+
+ into your preamble. The optional argument to '\PreviewMacro'
+ specifies the arguments '\includegraphics' accepts, since this is
+ necessary information for properly ending the preview box. Note
+ that if you are using the more readable form, you have to enclose
+ the argument in a '[{' and '}]' pair. The inner braces are
+ necessary to stop any included '[]' pairs from prematurely ending
+ the optional argument, and to make a single '{}' denoting an
+ optional argument not get stripped away by TeX's argument parsing.
+
+ The letters simply mean
+
+ '*'
+ indicates an optional '*' modifier, as in '\includegraphics*'.
+ '['
+ ^^A] indicates an optional argument in brackets. This syntax
+ is somewhat baroque, but brief.
+ '[]'
+ also indicates an optional argument in brackets. Be sure to
+ have encluded the entire optional argument specification in an
+ additional pair of braces as described above.
+ '!'
+ indicates a mandatory argument.
+ '{}'
+ indicates the same. Again, be sure to have that additional
+ level of braces around the whole argument specification.
+ '?'DELIMITER{TRUE CASE}{FALSE CASE}
+ is a conditional. The next character is checked against being
+ equal to DELIMITER. If it is, the specification TRUE CASE is
+ used for the further parsing, otherwise FALSE CASE will be
+ employed. In neither case is something consumed from the
+ input, so {TRUE CASE} will still have to deal with the
+ upcoming delimiter.
+ '@'{LITERAL SEQUENCE}
+ will insert the given sequence literally into the executed
+ call of the command.
+ '-'
+ will just drop the next token. It will probably be most often
+ used in the true branch of a '?' specification.
+ '#'{ARGUMENT}{REPLACEMENT}
+ is a transformation rule that calls a macro with the given
+ argument and replacement text on the rest of the argument
+ list. The replacement is used in the executed call of the
+ command. This can be used for parsing arbitrary constructs.
+ For example, the '[]' option could manually be implemented
+ with the option string '?[{#{[#1]}{[{#1}]}}{}'. PStricks
+ users might enjoy this sort of flexibility.
+ ':'{ARGUMENT}{REPLACEMENT}
+ is again a transformation rule. As opposed to '#', however,
+ the result of the transformation is parsed again. You'll
+ rarely need this.
+
+ There is a second optional argument in brackets that can be used to
+ declare any default action to be taken instead. This is mostly for
+ the sake of macros that influence numbering: you would want to keep
+ their effects in that respect. The default action should use '#1'
+ for referring to the original (not the patched) command with the
+ parsed options appended. Not specifying a second optional argument
+ here is equivalent to specifying '[#1]'.
+
+'\PreviewMacro*'
+ A similar invocation '\PreviewMacro*' simply throws the macro and
+ all of its arguments declared in the manner above away. This is
+ mostly useful for having things like '\footnote' not do their magic
+ on their arguments. More often than not, you don't want to declare
+ any arguments to scan to '\PreviewMacro*' since you would want the
+ remaining arguments to be treated as usual text and typeset in that
+ manner instead of being thrown away. An exception might be, say,
+ sort keys for '\cite'.
+
+ A second optional argument in brackets can be used to declare any
+ default action to be taken instead. This is for the sake of macros
+ that influence numbering: you would want to keep their effects in
+ that respect. The default action might use '#1' for referring to
+ the original (not the patched) command with the parsed options
+ appended. Not specifying a second optional argument here is
+ equivalent to specifying '[]' since the command usually gets thrown
+ away.
+
+ As an example for using this argument, you might want to specify
+
+ \PreviewMacro*\footnote[{[]}][#1{}]
+
+ This will replace a footnote by an empty footnote, but taking any
+ optional parameter into account, since an optional paramter changes
+ the numbering scheme. That way the real argument for the footnote
+ remains for processing by preview-latex.
+
+'\PreviewEnvironment'
+ The macro '\PreviewEnvironment' works just as '\PreviewMacro' does,
+ only for environments.
+'\PreviewEnvironment*'
+ And the same goes for '\PreviewEnvironment*' as compared to
+ '\PreviewMacro*'.
+
+'\PreviewSnarfEnvironment'
+ This macro does not typeset the original environment inside of a
+ preview box, but instead typesets just the contents of the original
+ environment inside of the preview box, leaving nothing for the
+ original environment. This has to be used for figures, for
+ example, since they would
+
+ 1. produce insertion material that cannot be extracted to the
+ preview properly,
+ 2. complain with an error message about not being in outer par
+ mode.
+
+'\PreviewOpen'
+'\PreviewClose'
+ Those Macros form a matched preview pair. This is for macros that
+ behave similar as '\begin' and '\end' of an environment. It is
+ essential for the operation of '\PreviewOpen' that the macro
+ treated with it will open an additional group even when the preview
+ falls inside of another preview or inside of a 'nopreview'
+ environment. Similarly, the macro treated with 'PreviewClose' will
+ close an environment even when inactive.
+
+'\ifPreview'
+ In case you need to know whether 'preview' is active, you can use
+ the conditional '\ifPreview' together with '\else' and '\fi'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The Emacs interface, Next: The preview
images, Prev: The LaTeX style file, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.2 The Emacs interface
+=======================
+
+You can use 'M-x customize-group <RET> preview-latex <RET>' in order to
+customize these variables, or use the menus for it. We explain the
+various available options together with explaining how they work
+together in making preview-latex work as intended.
+
+'preview-LaTeX-command'
+ When you generate previews on a buffer or a region, the command in
+ 'preview-LaTeX-command' gets run (that variable should only be
+ changed with Customize since its structure is somewhat peculiar,
+ though expressive). As usual with AUCTeX, you can continue working
+ while this is going on. It is not a good idea to change the file
+ until after preview-latex has established where to place the
+ previews which it can only do after the LaTeX run completes. This
+ run produces a host of pseudo-error messages that get parsed by
+ preview-latex at the end of the LaTeX run and give it the necessary
+ information about where in the source file the LaTeX code for the
+ various previews is located exactly. The parsing takes a moment
+ and will render Emacs busy.
+
+'preview-LaTeX-command-replacements'
+ This variable specifies transformations to be used before calling
+ the configured command. One possibility is to have '\pdfoutput=0 '
+ appended to every command starting with 'pdf'. This particular
+ setting is available as the shortcut
+ 'preview-LaTeX-disable-pdfoutput'. Since preview-latex can work
+ with PDF files by now, there is little incentive for using this
+ option, anymore (for projects not requiring PDF output, the added
+ speed of 'dvipng' might make this somewhat attractive).
+
+'preview-required-option-list'
+ 'preview-LaTeX-command' uses 'preview-required-option-list' in
+ order to pass options such as 'auctex', 'active' and 'dvips' to the
+ 'preview' package. This means that the user need (and should) not
+ supply these in the document itself in case he wants to be able to
+ still compile his document without it turning into an incoherent
+ mass of little pictures. These options even get passed in when the
+ user loads 'preview' explicitly in his document.
+
+ The default includes an option 'counters' that is controlled by the
+ boolean variable
+
+'preview-preserve-counters'
+ This option will cause the 'preview' package to emit information
+ that will assist in keeping things like equation counters and
+ section numbers reasonably correct even when you are regenerating
+ only single previews.
+
+'preview-default-option-list'
+'preview-default-preamble'
+ If the document does not call in the package 'preview' itself (via
+ '\usepackage') in the preamble, the preview package is loaded using
+ default options from 'preview-default-option-list' and additional
+ commands specified in 'preview-default-preamble'.
+
+'preview-fast-conversion'
+ This is relevant only for DVI mode. It defaults to 'On' and
+ results in the whole document being processed as one large
+ PostScript file from which the single images are extracted with the
+ help of parsing the PostScript for use of so-called DSC comments.
+ The bounding boxes are extracted with the help of TeX instead of
+ getting them from Dvips. If you are experiencing bounding box
+ problems, try setting this option to 'Off'.
+
+'preview-prefer-TeX-bb'
+ If this option is 'On', it tells preview-latex never to try to
+ extract bounding boxes from the bounding box comments of EPS files,
+ but rather rely on the boxes it gets from TeX. If you activated
+ 'preview-fast-conversion', this is done, anyhow, since there are no
+ EPS files from which to read this information. The option defaults
+ to 'Off', simply because about the only conceivable reason to
+ switch off 'preview-fast-conversion' would be that you have some
+ bounding box problem and want to get Dvips' angle on that matter.
+
+'preview-scale-function'
+'preview-reference-face'
+'preview-document-pt-list'
+'preview-default-document-pt'
+ 'preview-scale-function' determines by what factor images should be
+ scaled when appearing on the screen. If you specify a numerical
+ value here, the physical size on the screen will be that of the
+ original paper output scaled by the specified factor, at least if
+ Emacs' information about screen size and resolution are correct.
+ The default is to let 'preview-scale-from-face' determine the scale
+ function. This function determines the scale factor by making the
+ size of the default font in the document match that of the
+ on-screen fonts.
+
+ The size of the screen fonts is deduced from the font
+ 'preview-reference-face' (usually the default face used for
+ display), the size of the default font for the document is
+ determined by calling 'preview-document-pt'. This function
+ consults the members of 'preview-document-pt-list' in turn until it
+ gets the desired information. The default consults first
+ 'preview-parsed-font-size', then calls 'preview-auctex-font-size'
+ which asks AUCTeX about any size specification like '12pt' to the
+ documentclass that it might have detected when parsing the
+ document, and finally reverts to just assuming
+ 'preview-default-document-pt' as the size used in the document
+ (defaulting to 10pt).
+
+ If you find that the size of previews and the other Emacs display
+ clashes, something goes wrong. 'preview-parsed-font-size' is
+ determined at '\begin{document}' time; if the default font size
+ changes after that, it will not get reported. If you have an
+ outdated version of 'preview.sty' in your path, the size might not
+ be reported at all. If in this case AUCTeX is unable to find a
+ size specification, and if you are using a document class with a
+ different default value (like KomaScript), the default fallback
+ assumption will probably be wrong and preview-latex will scale up
+ things too large. So better specify those size options even when
+ you know that LaTeX does not need them: preview-latex might benefit
+ from them. Another possibility for error is that you have not
+ enabled AUCTeX's document parsing options. The fallback method of
+ asking AUCTeX about the size might be disabled in future versions
+ of preview-latex since in general it is more reliable to get this
+ information from the LaTeX run itself.
+
+'preview-fast-dvips-command'
+'preview-dvips-command'
+ The regular command for turning a DVI file into a single PostScript
+ file is 'preview-fast-dvips-command', while 'preview-dvips-command'
+ is used for cranking out a DVI file where every preview is in a
+ separate EPS file. Which of the two commands gets used depends on
+ the setting of 'preview-fast-conversion'. The printer specified
+ here by default is '-Pwww' by default, which will usually get you
+ scalable fonts where available. If you are experiencing problems,
+ you might want to try playing around with Dvips options (*note
+ (dvips)Command-line options::).
+
+ The conversion of the previews into PostScript or EPS files gets
+ started after the LaTeX run completes when Emacs recognizes the
+ first image while parsing the error messages. When Emacs has
+ finished parsing the error messages, it activates all detected
+ previews. This entails throwing away any previous previews
+ covering the same areas, and then replacing the text in its visual
+ appearance by a placeholder looking like a roadworks sign.
+
+'preview-nonready-icon-specs'
+ This is the roadworks sign displayed while previews are being
+ prepared. You may want to customize the font sizes at which
+ preview-latex switches over between different icon sizes, and the
+ ascent ratio which determines how high above the base line the icon
+ gets placed.
+
+'preview-error-icon-specs'
+'preview-icon-specs'
+ Those are icons placed before the source code of an opened preview
+ and, respectively, the image specs to be used for PostScript
+ errors, and a normal open preview in text representation.
+
+'preview-inner-environments'
+ This is a list of environments that are regarded as inner levels of
+ an outer environment when doing 'preview-environment'. One example
+ when this is needed is in
+ '\begin{equation}\begin{split}...\end{split}\end{equation}', and
+ accordingly 'split' is one entry in 'preview-inner-environments'.
+
+'preview-use-balloon-help'
+ If you turn this XEmacs-only option 'on', then moving the mouse
+ over previews and icons will show appropriate help texts. This
+ works by switching on 'balloon-help-mode' in the buffer if it is
+ not already enabled. The default now is 'off' since some users
+ reported problems with their version of XEmacs. GNU Emacs has its
+ corresponding 'tooltip-mode' enabled by default and in usable
+ condition.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The preview images, Next: Misplaced
previews, Prev: The Emacs interface, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.3 The preview images
+======================
+
+'preview-image-type'
+'preview-image-creators'
+'preview-gs-image-type-alist'
+ What happens when LaTeX is finished depends on the configuration of
+ 'preview-image-type'. What to do for each of the various settings
+ is specified in the variable 'preview-image-creators'. The options
+ to pass into Ghostscript and what Emacs image type to use is
+ specified in 'preview-gs-image-type-alist'.
+
+ 'preview-image-type' defaults to 'png'. For this to work, your
+ version of Ghostscript needs to support the 'png16m' device. If
+ you are experiencing problems here, you might want to reconfigure
+ 'gs-image-type-alist' or 'preview-image-type'. Reconfiguring
+ 'preview-image-creators' is only necessary for adding additional
+ image types.
+
+ Most devices make preview-latex start up a single Ghostscript
+ process for the entire preview run (as opposed to one per image)
+ and feed it either sections of a PDF file (if PDFLaTeX was used),
+ or (after running Dvips) sections of a single PostScript file or
+ separate EPS files in sequence for conversion into PNG format which
+ can be displayed much faster by Emacs. Actually, not in sequence
+ but backwards since you are most likely editing at the end of the
+ document. And as an added convenience, any preview that happens to
+ be on-screen is given higher priority so that preview-latex will
+ first cater for the images that are displayed. There are various
+ options customizable concerning aspects of that operation, see the
+ customization group 'Preview Gs' for this.
+
+ Another noteworthy setting of 'preview-image-type' is 'dvipng': in
+ this case, the 'dvipng' program will get run on DVI output (see
+ below for PDF). This is in general much faster than Dvips and
+ Ghostscript. In that case, the option
+
+'preview-dvipng-command'
+ will get run for doing the conversion, and it is expected that
+
+'preview-dvipng-image-type'
+ images get produced ('dvipng' might be configured for other image
+ types as well). You will notice that 'preview-gs-image-type-alist'
+ contains an entry for 'dvipng': this actually has nothing to with
+ 'dvipng' itself but specifies the image type and Ghostscript device
+ option to use when 'dvipng' can't be used. This will obviously be
+ the case for PDF output by PDFLaTeX, but it will also happen if the
+ DVI file contains PostScript specials in which case the affected
+ images will get run through Dvips and Ghostscript once 'dvipng'
+ finishes.
+
+'preview-gs-options'
+ Most interesting to the user perhaps is the setting of this
+ variable. It contains the default antialiasing settings
+ '-dTextAlphaBits=4' and '-dGraphicsAlphaBits=4'. Decreasing those
+ values to 2 or 1 might increase Ghostscript's performance if you
+ find it lacking.
+
+ Running and feeding Ghostscript from preview-latex happens
+asynchronously again: you can resume editing while the images arrive.
+While those pretty pictures filling in the blanks on screen tend to make
+one marvel instead of work, rendering the non-displayed images
+afterwards will not take away your attention and will eventually
+guarantee that jumping around in the document will encounter only
+prerendered images.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Misplaced previews, Prev: The preview
images, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.4 Misplaced previews
+======================
+
+If you are reading this section, the first thing is to check that your
+problem is not caused by x-symbol in connection with an installation not
+supporting 8-bit characters (*note x-symbol interoperation::). If not,
+here's the beef:
+
+ As explained previously, Emacs uses pseudo-error messages generated
+by the 'preview' package in order to pinpoint the exact source location
+where a preview originated. This works in running text, but fails when
+preview material happens to lie in macro arguments, like the contents of
+'\emph'. Those macros first read in their entire argument, munge it
+through, perhaps transform it somehow, process it and perhaps then
+typeset something. When they finally typeset something, where is the
+location where the stuff originated? TeX, having read in the entire
+argument before, does not know and actually there would be no sane way
+of defining it.
+
+ For previews contained inside such a macro argument, the default
+behaviour of preview-latex is to use a position immediately after the
+closing brace of the argument. All the previews get placed there, all
+at a zero-width position, which means that Emacs displays it in an order
+that preview-latex cannot influence (currently in Emacs it is even
+possible that the order changes between runs). And since the placement
+of those previews is goofed up, you will not be able to regenerate them
+by clicking on them. The default behaviour is thus somewhat
+undesirable.
+
+ The solution (like with other preview problems) is to tell the LaTeX
+'preview' package how to tackle this problem (*note The LaTeX style
+file::). Simply, you don't need '\emph' do anything at all during
+previews! You only want the text math previewed, so the solution is to
+use '\PreviewMacro*\emph' in the preamble of your document which will
+make LaTeX ignore '\emph' completely as long as it is not part of a
+larger preview (in which case it gets typeset as usual). Its argument
+thus becomes ordinary text and gets treated like ordinary text.
+
+ Note that it would be a bad idea to declare
+'\PreviewMacro*[{{}}]\emph' since then both '\emph' as well as its
+argument would be ignored instead of previewed. For user-level macros,
+this is almost never wanted, but there may be internal macros where you
+might want to ignore internal arguments.
+
+ The same mechanism can be used for a number of other text-formatting
+commands like '\textrm', '\textit' and the like. While they all use the
+same internal macro 'address@hidden', it will not do to redefine just
+that, since they call it only after having read their argument in, and
+then it already is too late. So you need to disable every of those
+commands by hand in your document preamble.
+
+ Actually, we wrote all of the above just to scare you. At least all
+of the above mentioned macros and a few more are already catered for by
+a configuration file 'prauctex.cfg' that gets loaded by default unless
+the 'preview' package gets loaded with the 'noconfig' option. You can
+make your own copy of this file in a local directory and edit it in case
+of need. You can also add loading of a file of your liking to
+'preview-default-preamble', or alternatively do the manual disabling of
+your favorite macro in 'preview-default-preamble', which is customizable
+in the Preview Latex group.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: ToDo, Next: Frequently Asked Questions,
Prev: For advanced users, Up: Top
+
+Appendix A ToDo
+***************
+
+ * Support other formats than just LaTeX
+
+ plain TeX users and ConTeXt users should not have to feel left out.
+ While ConTeXt is not supported yet by released versions of AUCTeX,
+ at least supporting plain would help people, and be a start for
+ ConTeXt as well. There are plain-based formats like MusiXTeX that
+ could benefit a lot from preview-latex. The main part of the
+ difficulties here is to adapt 'preview.dtx' to produce stuff not
+ requiring LaTeX.
+
+ * Support nested snippets
+
+ Currently you can't have both a footnote (which gets displayed as
+ just its footnote number) and math inside of a footnote rendered as
+ an image: such nesting might be achieved by rerunning preview-latex
+ on the footnote contents when one opens the footnote for editing.
+
+ * Support other text properties than just images
+
+ Macros like '\textit' can be rendered as images, but the resulting
+ humungous blob is not suitable for editing, in particular since the
+ line filling from LaTeX does not coincide with that of Emacs. It
+ would be much more useful if text properties just switched the
+ relevant font to italics rather than replacing the whole text with
+ an image. It would also make editing quite easier. Then there are
+ things like footnotes that are currently just replaced by their
+ footnote number. While editing is not a concern here (the number
+ is not in the original text, anyway), it would save a lot of
+ conversion time if no images were generated, but Emacs just
+ displayed a properly fontified version of the footnote number.
+ Also, this might make preview-latex useful even on text terminals.
+
+ * Find a way to facilitate Source Specials
+
+ Probably in connection with adding appropriate support to 'dvipng',
+ it would be nice if clicking on an image from a larger piece of
+ source code would place the cursor at the respective source code
+ location.
+
+ * Make 'preview.dtx' look reasonable in AUCTeX
+
+ It is a bit embarrassing that 'preview.dtx' is written in a manner
+ that will not give either good syntax highlighting or good
+ indentation when employing AUCTeX.
+
+ * Web page work
+
+ Currently, preview-latex's web page is not structured at all.
+ Better navigation would be desirable, as well as separate News and
+ Errata eye catchers.
+
+ * Manual improvements
+
+ - Pepper the manual with screen shots and graphics
+
+ This will be of interest for the HTML and TeX renditions of
+ the texinfo manual. Since Texinfo now supports images as
+ well, this could well be nice to have.
+
+ - Fix duplicates
+
+ Various stuff appears several times.
+
+ * Implement rendering pipelines for Emacs
+
+ The current 'gs.el' interface is fundamentally flawed, not only
+ because of a broken implementation. A general batchable and
+ daemonizable rendering infrastructure that can work on all kinds of
+ preview images for embedding into buffers is warranted. The
+ current implementation has a rather adhoc flavor and is not easily
+ extended. It will not work outside of AUCTeX, either.
+
+ * Integrate into RefTeX
+
+ When referencing to equations and the like, the preview-images of
+ the source rather than plain text should be displayed. If the
+ preview in question covers labels, those should appear in the
+ bubble help and/or a context menu. Apropos:
+
+ * Implement LaTeX error indicators
+
+ Previews on erroneous LaTeX passages might gain a red border or
+ similar.
+
+ * Pop up relevant online documentation for frequent errors
+
+ A lot of errors are of the "badly configured" variety. Perhaps the
+ relevant info pages should be delivered in addition to the error
+ message.
+
+ * Implement a table editing mode where every table cell gets output
+ as a separate preview. Alternatively, output the complete table
+ metrics in a way that lets people click on individual cells for
+ editing purposes.
+
+ * Benchmark and kill Emacs inefficiencies
+
+ Both the LaTeX run under Emacs control as well as actual image
+ insertion in Emacs could be faster. CVS Emacs has improved in that
+ respect, but it still is slower than desirable.
+
+ * Improve image support under Emacs
+
+ The general image and color handling in Emacs is inefficient and
+ partly defective. This is still the case in CVS. One option would
+ be to replace the whole color and image handling with GDK routines
+ when this library is available, since it has been optimized for it.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Frequently Asked Questions, Next: Copying
this Manual, Prev: ToDo, Up: Top
+
+Appendix B Frequently Asked Questions
+*************************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction to FAQ::
+* Requirements::
+* Installation Trouble::
+* Customization::
+* Troubleshooting::
+* Other formats::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Introduction to FAQ, Next: Requirements,
Prev: Frequently Asked Questions, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.1 Introduction
+================
+
+B.1.1 How can I contribute to the FAQ?
+--------------------------------------
+
+Send an email with the subject:
+ Preview FAQ
+ to <address@hidden>.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Installation Trouble,
Prev: Introduction to FAQ, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.2 Requirements
+================
+
+B.2.1 Which version of (X)Emacs is needed?
+------------------------------------------
+
+See also the table at the end of the section.
+
+ preview-latex nominally requires GNU Emacs with a version of at least
+21.1. However, Emacs 22 (currently under development) offers superior
+performance and wider platform support, and is even now the recommended
+platform to use.
+
+ While recent versions of XEmacs 21.4 are supported, doing this in a
+satisfactory manner has proven to be difficult due to technical
+shortcomings and differing API's which are hard to come by. If
+preview-latex is an important part of your editing workflow, you are
+likely to get better results and support by switching to Emacs. Of
+course, you can improve support for your favorite editor by giving
+feedback in case you encounter bugs.
+
+B.2.2 Which versions of Ghostscript and AUCTeX are needed?
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+We recommend to use GNU or AFPL Ghostscript with a version of at least
+7.07.
+
+ preview-latex has been distributed as part of AUCTeX since version
+11.80. If your version of AUCTeX is older than that, or if it does not
+contain a working copy of preview-latex, complain to wherever you got it
+from.
+
+B.2.3 I have trouble with the display format...
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+We recommend keeping the variable 'preview-image-type' set to 'dvipng'
+(if you have it installed) or 'png'. This is the default and can be set
+via the Preview/Customize menu.
+
+ All other formats are known to have inconveniences, either in file
+size or quality. There are some Emacs versions around not supporting
+PNG; the proper way to deal with that is to complain to your Emacs
+provider. Short of that, checking out PNM or JPEG formats might be a
+good way to find out whether the lack of PNG format support might be the
+only problem with your Emacs.
+
+B.2.4 For which OS does preview work?
+-------------------------------------
+
+It is known to work under the X Window System for Linux and for several
+flavors of Unix: we have reports for HP and Solaris.
+
+ There are several development versions of Emacs around for native
+MacOS Carbon, and preview-latex is working with them, too.
+
+ With Windows, Cygwin and native ports of XEmacs should work.
+preview-latex will not work with any native version 21 of Emacs under
+Windows: you need to get a hold of Emacs 22 which is at the time of this
+writing not released but available as a developer snapshot.
+
+ The entry "X11/Unix" currently means Linux, Solaris or HP/UX, as well
+as the X-specific version for Mac/OSX.
+
+OS Emacs version XEmacs version
+X11/Unix 21.1 21.4.9
+Win9x cygwin 21.3.50? 21.4.8
+Win9x native 22.1 21.4.8
+MacOSX 22.1 -
+native
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Installation Trouble, Next: Customization,
Prev: Requirements, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.3 Installation Trouble
+========================
+
+B.3.1 I just get 'LaTeX found no preview images'.
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+The reason for this is that LaTeX found no preview images in the
+document in question.
+
+ One reason might be that there are no previews to be seen. If you
+have not used preview-latex before, you might not know its manner of
+operation. One sure-fire way to test if you just have a document where
+no previews are to be found is to use the provided example document
+'circ.tex' (you will have to copy it to some directory where you have
+write permissions). If the symptom persists, you have a problem, and
+the problem is most likely a LaTeX problem. Here are possible reasons:
+
+Filename database not updated
+ Various TeX distributions have their own ways of knowing where the
+ files are without actually searching directories. The normal
+ preview-latex installation should detect common tools for that
+ purpose and use them. If this goes wrong, or if the files get
+ installed into a place where they are not looked for, the LaTeX run
+ will fail.
+
+An incomplete manual installation
+ This should not happen if you followed installation instructions.
+ Unfortunately, people know better all the time. If only
+ 'preview.sty' gets installed without a set of supplementary files
+ also in the 'latex' subdirectory, preview-latex runs will not
+ generate any errors, but they will not produce any previews,
+ either.
+
+An outdated 'preview' installation
+ The 'preview.sty' package is useful for more than just
+ preview-latex. For example, it is part of TeXlive. So you have to
+ make sure that preview-latex does not get to work with outdated
+ style and configuration files: some newer features will not work
+ with older TeX style files, and really old files will make
+ preview-latex fail completely. There usual is a local 'texmf'
+ tree, or even a user-specific tree that are searched before the
+ default tree. Make sure that the first version of those files that
+ gets found is the correct one.
+
+B.3.2 I have problems with the XEmacs installation
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Please note that the XEmacs installation is different, since XEmacs has
+a package system that gets used here. Please make sure that you read
+and follow the installation instructions for XEmacs.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Customization, Next: Troubleshooting,
Prev: Installation Trouble, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.4 Customization
+=================
+
+B.4.1 Why don't I get balloon help like in the screen shots?
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Some users have reported problems with their XEmacs version, so balloon
+help is no longer switched on by default. Use the Preview/Customize
+menu or '<M-x> customize-variable' in order to customize
+'preview-use-balloon-help' to 'On'. This only concerns XEmacs: tooltips
+under GNU Emacs are enabled by default and unproblematic.
+
+B.4.2 How to include additional environments like 'enumerate'
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+By default, preview-latex is intended mainly for displaying mathematical
+formulas, so environments like 'enumerate' or 'tabular' (except where
+contained in a float) are not included. You can include them however
+manually by adding the lines:
+
+ \usepackage[displaymath,textmath,sections,graphics,floats]{preview}
+ \PreviewEnvironment{enumerate}
+
+ in your document header, that is before
+
+ \begin{document}
+In general, 'preview' should be loaded as the last thing before the
+start of document.
+
+ Be aware that
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{...}
+
+ does not accept a comma separated list! Also note that by putting
+more and more
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{...}
+
+ in your document, it will look more and more like a DVI file preview
+when running preview-latex. Since each preview is treated as one large
+monolithic block by Emacs, one should really restrict previews to those
+elements where the improvement in visual representation more than makes
+up for the decreased editability.
+
+B.4.3 What if I don't want to change the document?
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+The easiest way is to generate a configuration file in the current
+directory. You can basically either create 'prdefault.cfg' which is
+used for any use of the 'preview' package, or you can use 'prauctex.cfg'
+which only applies to the use from with Emacs. Let us assume you use
+the latter. In that case you should write something like
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{preview/prauctex.cfg}{}{}
+ \PreviewEnvironment{enumerate}
+
+ in it. The first line inputs the system-wide default configuration
+(the file name should match that, but not your own 'prauctex.cfg'), then
+you add your own stuff.
+
+B.4.4 Suddenly I get gazillions of ridiculous pages?!?
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+When preview-latex works on extracting its stuff, it typesets each
+single preview on a page of its own. This only happens when actual
+previews get generated. Now if you want to configure preview-latex in
+your document, you need to add your own '\usepackage' call to 'preview'
+so that it will be able to interpret its various definition commands.
+It is an error to add the 'active' option to this invocation: you don't
+want the package to be active unless preview-latex itself enables the
+previewing operation (which it will).
+
+B.4.5 Does preview-latex work with presentation classes?
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+preview-latex should work with most presentation classes. However,
+since those classes often have macros or pseudo environments
+encompassing a complete slide, you will need to use the customization
+facilities of 'preview.sty' to tell it how to resolve this, whether you
+want no previews, previews of whole slides or previews of inner
+material.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Troubleshooting, Next: Other formats,
Prev: Customization, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.5 Troubleshooting
+===================
+
+B.5.1 Preview causes all sort of strange error messages
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+When running preview-latex and taking a look at either log file or
+terminal output, lots of messages like
+
+ ! Preview: Snippet 3 started.
+ <-><->
+
+ l.52 \item Sie lassen sich als Funktion $
+ y = f(x)$ darstellen.
+ ! Preview: Snippet 3 ended.(491520+163840x2494310).
+ <-><->
+
+ l.52 \item Sie lassen sich als Funktion $y = f(x)$
+ darstellen.
+
+ appear (previous versions generated messages looking even more like
+errors). Those are not real errors (as will be noted in the log file).
+Or rather, while they *are* really TeX error messages, they are
+intentional. This currently is the only reliable way to pass the
+information from the LaTeX run of preview-latex to its Emacs part about
+where the previews originated in the source text. Since they are actual
+errors, you will also get AUCTeX to state
+ Preview-LaTeX exited as expected with code 1 at Wed Sep 4 17:03:30
+ after the LaTeX run in the run buffer. This merely indicates that
+errors were present, and errors will always be present when
+preview-latex is operating. There might be also real errors, so in case
+of doubt, look for them explicitly in either run buffer or the resulting
+'.log' file.
+
+B.5.2 Why do my DVI and PDF output files vanish?
+------------------------------------------------
+
+In order to produce the preview images preview-latex runs LaTeX on the
+master or region file. The resulting DVI or PDF file can happen to have
+the same name as the output file of a regular LaTeX run. So the regular
+output file gets overwritten and is subsequently deleted by
+preview-latex.
+
+B.5.3 My output file suddenly only contains preview images?!
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+As mentioned in the previews FAQ entry, preview-latex might use the file
+name of the original output file for the creation of preview images. If
+the original output file is being displayed with a viewer when this
+happens, you might see strange effects depending on the viewer, e.g. a
+message about the file being corrupted or the display of all the preview
+images instead of your typeset document. (Also *Note Customization::.)
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Other formats, Prev: Troubleshooting, Up:
Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.6 preview-latex when not using LaTeX
+======================================
+
+B.6.1 Does preview-latex work with PDFLaTeX?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Yes, as long as you use AUCTeX's own PDFLaTeX mode and have not messed
+with 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+B.6.2 Does preview-latex work with 'elatex'?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+No problem here. If you configure your AUCTeX to use 'elatex', or
+simply have 'latex' point to 'elatex', this will work fine. Modern TeX
+distributions use eTeX for LaTeX, anyway.
+
+B.6.3 Does preview-latex work with ConTeXt?
+-------------------------------------------
+
+In short, no. The 'preview' package is LaTeX-dependent. Adding support
+for other formats requires volunteers.
+
+B.6.4 Does preview-latex work with plain TeX?
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Again, no. Restructuring the 'preview' package for 'plain' operation
+would be required. Volunteers welcome.
+
+ In some cases you might get around by making a wrapper pseudo-Master
+file looking like the following:
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{plain}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{plain}
+ \input myplainfile
+ \end{plain}
+ \end{document}
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Copying this Manual, Next: Index, Prev:
Frequently Asked Questions, Up: Top
+
+Appendix C Copying this Manual
+******************************
+
+The copyright notice for this manual is:
+
+ This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
- (version 11.88 from 2014-10-29).
++(version 11.88.2014-11-28 from 2014-11-28).
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+
+ The full license text can be read here:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying
this Manual
+
+C.1 GNU Free Documentation License
+==================================
+
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ 0. PREAMBLE
+
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+ functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+ assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+ with or without modifying it, either commercially or
+ noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
+ author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
+ being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
+
+ This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+ works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+ It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+ license designed for free software.
+
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+ that the software does. But this License is not limited to
+ software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+ of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
+ recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+ instruction or reference.
+
+ 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+ This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+ that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+ be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
+ grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+ to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
+ "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
+ of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
+ the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+ requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+ A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+ Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+ of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+ publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+ subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+ fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
+ is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+ explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
+ historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+ of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+
+ The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
+ titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+ If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+ is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
+ contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
+ any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+ The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
+ listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+ that says that the Document is released under this License. A
+ Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
+ be at most 25 words.
+
+ A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+ represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+ general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+ straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+ of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+ available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+ formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+ suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
+ Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+ been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+ readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
+ used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
+ "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
+ SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+ simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+ Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
+ Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+ edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+ the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+ the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+ processors for output purposes only.
+
+ The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+ plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+ material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
+ works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
+ Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+ work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+ The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+ of the Document to the public.
+
+ A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
+ whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+ following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
+ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+ "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
+ To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
+ Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
+ to this definition.
+
+ The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+ which states that this License applies to the Document. These
+ Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+ this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+ implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+ has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+ 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+ You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+ add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
+ may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+ or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
+ you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
+ distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+ conditions in section 3.
+
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+ and you may publicly display copies.
+
+ 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+ If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+ have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+ the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+ enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+ these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
+ and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
+ front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+ equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
+ covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+ long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+
+ If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+ numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+ Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+ each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+ network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+ network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+ of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+ through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+ the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+ to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+ Document.
+
+ 4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+ You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+ under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+ release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+ distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+ possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
+ the Modified Version:
+
+ A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+ distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+ versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+ History section of the Document). You may use the same title
+ as a previous version if the original publisher of that
+ version gives permission.
+
+ B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+ entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
+ the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
+ principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
+ authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
+ from this requirement.
+
+ C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+ D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+ E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+ F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+ notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
+ Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
+ the Addendum below.
+
+ G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+ Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+ license notice.
+
+ H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+ I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
+ and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
+ authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
+ Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
+ Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
+ publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
+ an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
+ previous sentence.
+
+ J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+ for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+ likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+ previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+ "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
+ that was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+ to gives permission.
+
+ K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+ all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+ L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+ in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+ M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+ N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+ "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+ Section.
+
+ O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+ appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
+ material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
+ some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
+ titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
+ license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
+ section titles.
+
+ You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+ nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
+ and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
+ the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
+ of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+ through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
+ by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
+ behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
+ one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
+ the old one.
+
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
+ License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+ 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+ this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+ modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+ of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+ unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+ combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+ their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+ multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+ copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+ but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+ by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+ original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
+ unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+ the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+ combined work.
+
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+ "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
+ Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+ "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
+ must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+
+ 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+ documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+ copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+ that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+ in all other respects.
+
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+ a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+ License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+ document.
+
+ 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+ A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+ separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
+ storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
+ copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+ legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+ works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+ License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+ are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+ If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+ of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+ on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+ electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+ form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+ the whole aggregate.
+
+ 8. TRANSLATION
+
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
+ 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+ translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+ original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+ translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+ Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
+ include the original English version of this License and the
+ original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
+ disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+ this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+ prevail.
+
+ If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+ "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
+ Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+ actual title.
+
+ 9. TERMINATION
+
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+ except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+ otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+ and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+ license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+ provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+ finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+ copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+ reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+ violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+ received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+ that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+ after your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+ the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+ under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
+ permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+ same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+ 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+ the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+ versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+ differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+ <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.
+
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+ version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
+ have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+ that specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+ Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
+ choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
+ Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
+ decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+ proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+ authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+ 11. RELICENSING
+
+ "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+ World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+ provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+ public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
+ A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+ site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+ site.
+
+ "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+ license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+ corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+ California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+ published by that same organization.
+
+ "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+ in part, as part of another Document.
+
+ An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+ License, and if all works that were first published under this
+ License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+ incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+ texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+ to November 1, 2008.
+
+ The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+ site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+ 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
+notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
+Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being LIST.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
+software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
+their use in free software.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying this Manual, Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \PreviewEnvironment: Provided commands. (line 124)
+* \PreviewMacro: Provided commands. (line 25)
+* Activation: Activating preview-latex.
+ (line 6)
+* 'C-c C-k': Keys and lisp. (line 160)
+* 'C-c C-m P': Keys and lisp. (line 63)
+* 'C-c C-p C-b': Keys and lisp. (line 89)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-b': Keys and lisp. (line 115)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-d': Keys and lisp. (line 121)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-p': Keys and lisp. (line 99)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-r': Keys and lisp. (line 110)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-s': Keys and lisp. (line 105)
+* 'C-c C-p C-d': Keys and lisp. (line 94)
+* 'C-c C-p C-e': Keys and lisp. (line 74)
+* 'C-c C-p C-f': Keys and lisp. (line 128)
+* 'C-c C-p C-i': Keys and lisp. (line 147)
+* 'C-c C-p C-p': Keys and lisp. (line 23)
+* 'C-c C-p C-r': Keys and lisp. (line 84)
+* 'C-c C-p C-s': Keys and lisp. (line 79)
+* 'C-c C-p C-w': Keys and lisp. (line 45)
+* 'C-u C-c C-p C-f': Keys and lisp. (line 141)
+* Caching a preamble: Simple customization.
+ (line 59)
+* Contacts: Contacts. (line 6)
+* Copying: Copying. (line 6)
+* Copyright: Copying. (line 6)
+* Distribution: Copying. (line 6)
+* Download: Availability. (line 6)
+* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
+ (line 6)
+* Free: Copying. (line 6)
+* Free software: Copying. (line 6)
+* General Public License: Copying. (line 6)
+* GIT access: Availability. (line 6)
+* GPL: Copying. (line 6)
+* Inline math: Simple customization.
+ (line 110)
+* Kill preview-generating process: Keys and lisp. (line 160)
+* License: Copying. (line 6)
+* 'M-m P': Keys and lisp. (line 63)
+* 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>': Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* Mailing list: Contacts. (line 6)
+* Menu entries: Keys and lisp. (line 6)
+* Philosophy of preview-latex: What use is it?. (line 6)
+* preview-at-point: Keys and lisp. (line 23)
+* preview-auctex-font-size: The Emacs interface. (line 99)
+* preview-auto-cache-preamble: Simple customization.
+ (line 59)
+* preview-buffer: Keys and lisp. (line 89)
+* preview-cache-preamble: Keys and lisp. (line 128)
+* preview-cache-preamble-off: Keys and lisp. (line 141)
+* preview-clearout: Keys and lisp. (line 110)
+* preview-clearout-at-point: Keys and lisp. (line 99)
+* preview-clearout-buffer: Keys and lisp. (line 115)
+* preview-clearout-document: Keys and lisp. (line 105)
+* preview-clearout-document <1>: Keys and lisp. (line 121)
+* preview-copy-region-as-mml: Keys and lisp. (line 45)
+* preview-default-document-pt: The Emacs interface. (line 82)
+* preview-default-option-list: The Emacs interface. (line 53)
+* preview-default-preamble: The Emacs interface. (line 54)
+* preview-default-preamble <1>: Misplaced previews. (line 60)
+* preview-default-preamble <2>: Misplaced previews. (line 61)
+* preview-document: Keys and lisp. (line 94)
+* preview-document-pt: The Emacs interface. (line 96)
+* preview-document-pt-list: The Emacs interface. (line 81)
+* preview-dvipng-command: The preview images. (line 40)
+* preview-dvipng-image-type: The preview images. (line 43)
+* preview-dvips-command: The Emacs interface. (line 124)
+* preview-environment: Keys and lisp. (line 74)
+* preview-error-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 150)
+* preview-fast-conversion: The Emacs interface. (line 60)
+* preview-fast-dvips-command: The Emacs interface. (line 123)
+* preview-goto-info-page: Keys and lisp. (line 147)
+* preview-gs-image-type-alist: The preview images. (line 8)
+* preview-gs-options: The preview images. (line 54)
+* preview-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 151)
+* preview-image-creators: The preview images. (line 7)
+* preview-image-type: Basic modes of operation.
+ (line 17)
+* preview-image-type <1>: The preview images. (line 6)
+* preview-inner-environments: The Emacs interface. (line 156)
+* preview-LaTeX-command: The Emacs interface. (line 11)
+* preview-LaTeX-command-replacements: The Emacs interface. (line 25)
+* preview-nonready-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 143)
+* preview-parsed-font-size: The Emacs interface. (line 99)
+* preview-prefer-TeX-bb: The Emacs interface. (line 69)
+* preview-preserve-counters: Simple customization.
+ (line 63)
+* preview-preserve-counters <1>: The Emacs interface. (line 47)
+* preview-reference-face: The Emacs interface. (line 80)
+* preview-region: Keys and lisp. (line 84)
+* preview-report-bug: Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* preview-required-option-list: Simple customization.
+ (line 63)
+* preview-required-option-list <1>: The Emacs interface. (line 35)
+* preview-scale-function: The Emacs interface. (line 79)
+* preview-section: Keys and lisp. (line 79)
+* preview-transparent-border: Keys and lisp. (line 55)
+* preview-use-balloon-help: The Emacs interface. (line 163)
+* Readme: Introduction. (line 6)
+* Report a bug: Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* Right: Copying. (line 6)
+* Showing '\label's: Simple customization.
+ (line 23)
+* Using dvipng: Basic modes of operation.
+ (line 19)
+* Warranty: Copying. (line 6)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
- Node: Top941
- Node: Copying2213
- Node: Introduction2667
- Node: What use is it?3341
- Node: Activating preview-latex4730
- Node: Getting started5545
- Node: Basic modes of operation7633
- Node: More documentation8835
- Node: Availability9723
- Node: Contacts10328
- Node: Installation11600
- Node: Keys and lisp11801
- Node: Simple customization18465
- Node: Known problems24225
- Node: Font problems with Dvips25013
- Node: Too small bounding boxes26186
- Node: x-symbol interoperation27582
- Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling28965
- Node: For advanced users29781
- Node: The LaTeX style file30280
- Node: Package options32841
- Node: Provided commands43745
- Node: The Emacs interface51092
- Node: The preview images60263
- Node: Misplaced previews63746
- Node: ToDo67200
- Node: Frequently Asked Questions71971
- Node: Introduction to FAQ72372
- Node: Requirements72711
- Node: Installation Trouble75682
- Node: Customization78244
- Node: Troubleshooting81789
- Node: Other formats84307
- Node: Copying this Manual85622
- Node: GNU Free Documentation License86550
- Node: Index111672
++Node: Top952
++Node: Copying2224
++Node: Introduction2678
++Node: What use is it?3352
++Node: Activating preview-latex4741
++Node: Getting started5556
++Node: Basic modes of operation7644
++Node: More documentation8846
++Node: Availability9734
++Node: Contacts10339
++Node: Installation11611
++Node: Keys and lisp11812
++Node: Simple customization18476
++Node: Known problems24236
++Node: Font problems with Dvips25024
++Node: Too small bounding boxes26197
++Node: x-symbol interoperation27593
++Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling28976
++Node: For advanced users29792
++Node: The LaTeX style file30291
++Node: Package options32852
++Node: Provided commands43756
++Node: The Emacs interface51103
++Node: The preview images60274
++Node: Misplaced previews63757
++Node: ToDo67211
++Node: Frequently Asked Questions71982
++Node: Introduction to FAQ72383
++Node: Requirements72722
++Node: Installation Trouble75693
++Node: Customization78255
++Node: Troubleshooting81800
++Node: Other formats84318
++Node: Copying this Manual85633
++Node: GNU Free Documentation License86572
++Node: Index111694
+
+End Tag Table
diff --cc preview.el
index 4373084,90ac06f..c5556ba
--- a/preview.el
+++ b/preview.el
@@@ -2695,39 -2694,39 +2694,39 @@@ call, and in its CDR the final stuff fo
!\\(?:offset(\\([---0-9]+\\))\\|\
name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
^Preview: \\([a-zA-Z]+\\) \\([^\n\r]*\\)\r?$" nil t)
- ;;; Ok, here is a line by line breakdown:
- ;;; match-alternative 1:
- ;;; error indicator for TeX error, either style.
- ;;; match-alternative 2:
- ;;; The same, but file-line-error-style, matching on file name.
- ;;; match-alternative 3:
- ;;; Too ugly to describe in detail. In short, we try to catch file
- ;;; names built from path components that don't contain spaces or
- ;;; other special characters once the file extension has started.
+ ;;; Ok, here is a line by line breakdown:
+ ;;; match-alternative 1:
+ ;;; error indicator for TeX error, either style.
+ ;;; match-alternative 2:
+ ;;; The same, but file-line-error-style, matching on file name.
+ ;;; match-alternative 3:
+ ;;; Too ugly to describe in detail. In short, we try to catch file
+ ;;; names built from path components that don't contain spaces or
+ ;;; other special characters once the file extension has started.
-;;;
+;;;
- ;;; Position for searching immediately after the file name so as to
- ;;; not miss closing parens or something.
- ;;; (match-string 3) is the file name.
- ;;; match-alternative 4:
- ;;; )+\( \|$\)
- ;;; a closing paren followed by the end of line or a space: a just
- ;;; closed file.
- ;;; match-alternative 5 (wrapped into one shy group with
- ;;; match-alternative 6, so that the match on first char is slightly
- ;;; faster):
- ;;; !offset(\([---0-9]+\))
- ;;; an AUCTeX offset message. (match-string 5) is the offset itself
- ;;; !name(\([^)]+\))
- ;;; an AUCTeX file name message. (match-string 6) is the file name
- ;;; TODO: Actually, the latter two should probably again match only
- ;;; after a space or newline, since that it what \message produces.
- ;;;disabled in prauctex.def:
- ;;;\(?:Ov\|Und\)erfull \\.*[0-9]*--[0-9]*
- ;;;\(?:.\{79\}
- ;;;\)*.*$\)\|
- ;;; This would have caught overfull box messages that consist of
- ;;; several lines of context all with 79 characters in length except
- ;;; of the last one. prauctex.def kills all such messages.
+ ;;; Position for searching immediately after the file name so as to
+ ;;; not miss closing parens or something.
+ ;;; (match-string 3) is the file name.
+ ;;; match-alternative 4:
+ ;;; )+\( \|$\)
+ ;;; a closing paren followed by the end of line or a space: a just
+ ;;; closed file.
+ ;;; match-alternative 5 (wrapped into one shy group with
+ ;;; match-alternative 6, so that the match on first char is slightly
+ ;;; faster):
+ ;;; !offset(\([---0-9]+\))
+ ;;; an AUCTeX offset message. (match-string 5) is the offset itself
+ ;;; !name(\([^)]+\))
+ ;;; an AUCTeX file name message. (match-string 6) is the file name
+ ;;; TODO: Actually, the latter two should probably again match only
+ ;;; after a space or newline, since that it what \message produces.
+ ;;; disabled in prauctex.def:
+ ;;; \(?:Ov\|Und\)erfull \\.*[0-9]*--[0-9]*
+ ;;; \(?:.\{79\}
+ ;;; \)*.*$\)\|
+ ;;; This would have caught overfull box messages that consist of
+ ;;; several lines of context all with 79 characters in length except
+ ;;; of the last one. prauctex.def kills all such messages.
(setq file (match-string-no-properties 2))
(cond
((match-beginning 1)
diff --cc style/epsf.el
index cddd122,69be611..52191c8
--- a/style/epsf.el
+++ b/style/epsf.el
@@@ -1,10 -1,10 +1,12 @@@
;;; epsf.el - Support for the epsf style option.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
+ ;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ ;; FIXME: What about the copyright for <= 2014?
- ;;; Code:
+ ;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"epsf"
diff --cc style/prosper.el
index 62373fc,92b3bb6..8974cec
--- a/style/prosper.el
+++ b/style/prosper.el
@@@ -1,6 -1,6 +1,6 @@@
;;; prosper.el --- Prosper style file for AUCTeX
- ;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2014 by Philip Lord, Nevin Kapur
++;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Authors: Phillip Lord<address@hidden>
;; Nevin Kapur <address@hidden>
commit 6ff4fca5fc332789c8e295cc38a3334019ccfef1
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Wed Nov 26 15:07:23 2014 -0500
Add requires to fix separate compilation.
diff --git a/latex.el b/latex.el
index af1c676..549fe67 100644
--- a/latex.el
+++ b/latex.el
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
(require 'tex)
(require 'tex-style)
+(eval-when-compile (require 'cl))
;;; Syntax
diff --git a/preview.el b/preview.el
index 8619ffe..4373084 100644
--- a/preview.el
+++ b/preview.el
@@ -506,7 +506,8 @@ of a cell used for string concatenation."
(t (error "Bad string expansion"))))
(defconst preview-expandable-string
- ((lambda (f) (funcall f (funcall f 'sexp)))
+ (funcall
+ (lambda (f) (funcall f (funcall f 'sexp)))
(lambda (x)
`(choice
string
diff --git a/style/acro.el b/style/acro.el
index fda4b71..6d74533 100644
--- a/style/acro.el
+++ b/style/acro.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; acro.el --- AUCTeX style for `acro.sty' version 1.2a.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
;;; Code:
+(require 'tex) ;Indispensable when compiling the call to `TeX-auto-add-type'.
+
(defvar LaTeX-acro-package-options-list
'(;; General Options
("version" ("0" "1"))
diff --git a/style/acronym.el b/style/acronym.el
index ea29d1b..b97f80a 100644
--- a/style/acronym.el
+++ b/style/acronym.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; acronym.el --- AUCTeX style for `acronym.sty' version 1.38.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
;;; Code:
+(require 'tex) ;Indispensable when compiling the call to `TeX-auto-add-type'.
+
(TeX-auto-add-type "acronym" "LaTeX")
;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
diff --git a/style/siunitx.el b/style/siunitx.el
index 9722638..b279cc1 100644
--- a/style/siunitx.el
+++ b/style/siunitx.el
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
;;; Code:
+(require 'tex) ;Indispensable when compiling the call to `TeX-auto-add-type'.
+
(TeX-auto-add-type "siunitx-unit" "LaTeX")
;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
`\\(?:\\[.*\\]\\)?'
commit 7258c0804f8cf876953517a9f56e4cb4f8803fb1
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Wed Nov 26 09:11:03 2014 -0500
Add missing copyright year
diff --git a/bib-cite.el b/bib-cite.el
index 612641c..47151dd 100644
--- a/bib-cite.el
+++ b/bib-cite.el
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
;;; bib-cite.el --- test
;; bib-cite.el - Display \cite, \ref or \label / Extract refs from BiBTeX file.
-;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005
+;; Copyright (C) 1994-1999, 2001, 2003-2005, 2014
;; Free Software Foundation
;; Author: Peter S. Galbraith <address@hidden>
commit 7afe2019bee9278bad33ecd3e99a6f5bfa997459
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Sun Nov 2 01:10:30 2014 -0400
* latex-test.el: Add proper copyright header.
diff --git a/tests/latex/latex-test.el b/tests/latex/latex-test.el
index a2d71e4..6e04230 100644
--- a/tests/latex/latex-test.el
+++ b/tests/latex/latex-test.el
@@ -1,3 +1,29 @@
+;;; latex-test.el --- tests for LaTeX mode?
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(require 'ert)
+
+
(defvar LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/in (expand-file-name "tabular-in.tex"))
(defvar LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/out (expand-file-name "tabular-out.tex"))
@@ -11,3 +37,5 @@
(with-temp-buffer
(insert-file-contents LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/out)
(buffer-string)))))
+
+;;; latex-test.el ends here
commit ff3a10a7d8af5e0da1f4f179f22c4686bdcf5551
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Sat Nov 1 23:16:09 2014 -0400
* auctex.el: Compile files in style subdir.
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 4b4e73b..815bc10 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -28,6 +28,9 @@
;;; Code:
+(eval-when-compile
+ (byte-recompile-directory "style/" 0))
+
(autoload 'TeX-load-hack
(expand-file-name "tex-site.el"
(file-name-directory load-file-name)))
commit 9705600dfb3002b949e40671e36b9a6fe877aaf2
Merge: ca06d68 4f02339
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Sat Nov 1 23:09:36 2014 -0400
Merge from upstream release 11.88.
diff --cc .gitignore
index 4c51832,678205e..6a5d2af
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@@ -7,21 -7,38 +7,21 @@@ FA
INSTALL
INSTALL.windows
Makefile
-README
+#README
TODO
- auctex-pkg.el
-auctex.el
auto-loads.el
autom4te.*
config.*
configure
-tex-site.el
+#tex-site.el
tex-site.el.out
-doc/*.info
-doc/*.info-*
-doc/dir
+
- # Files genrated while building the auto-generated files included in elpa.
++# Files generated while building the auto-generated files included in elpa.
doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi
-doc/preview-latex.info
-doc/tex-ref.pdf
doc/version.texi
-preview/auto.el
-preview/latex/prauctex.cfg
-preview/latex/prauctex.def
-preview/latex/prcounters.def
-preview/latex/preview-mk.ins
-preview/latex/preview.aux
-preview/latex/preview.drv
-preview/latex/preview.dvi
-preview/latex/preview.pdf
-preview/latex/preview.sty
-preview/latex/prfootnotes.def
-preview/latex/prlyx.def
-preview/latex/prshowbox.def
-preview/latex/prshowlabels.def
-preview/latex/prtightpage.def
-preview/latex/prtracingall.def
-preview/preview-latex.el
-preview/preview.el
-PROBLEMS.preview
+latex/preview-mk.ins
+latex/preview.drv
+
+# Files generated when installing/compiling the package in place.
++auctex-pkg.el
+auctex-autoloads.el
diff --cc ChangeLog
index 35a6c45,6a6599e..a4d5c52
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@@ -1,19 -1,2503 +1,2519 @@@
+ 2014-10-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Version 11.88 released.
+
+ 2014-10-29 Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Remove setter
+ lambda.
+ (LaTeX--tabular-like-end): Remove variable.
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular): Move setter function from
+ LaTeX-indent-environment-list to generate tabular-end regex when
+ called.
+
+ 2014-10-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-largest-level-set): Set `outline-heading-alist'
+ only if it is bound.
+
+ * .gitignore: Ignore preview/preview.el.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTCLEANFILES): Add preview/preview.el.
+ (release-commit): Write new version announcement also into
+ preview/ChangeLog.
+
+ * aclocal.m4: Add a third argument to
+ `AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG' specifying the ChangeLog file.
+
+ * configure.ac: Use new third argument of
+ `AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG'. Retrieve preview date and
+ version from its ChangeLog. Add preview/preview.el to output
+ files.
+
+ 2014-10-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * RELEASE: Update AUCTeX version, the new features section, and
+ the list of contributors.
+
+ * configure.ac: Update AUCTeX version.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention generic bug fixes for 11.88 release.
+
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Update AUCTeX version and copyright years
+ across the file.
+ Add now working `TeX-previous-error' key-binding.
+
+ * tex.el: Update copyright year.
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Make it possible to build the HTML doc with
+ `makeinfo' if `texi2html' is not available. Add new
+ `TEXI2HTML_TOC' variable.
+ (extradist): Use `TEXI2HTML_TOC'.
+ (html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC)): Use `TEXI2HTML_TOC'. Fix splitting
+ option to HTML engine. Suggested by Norbert Preining.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-newline): Fix for when
+ `comment-auto-fill-only-comments' is non-nil. Suggested by Piet
+ van Oostrum.
+
+ 2014-10-13 Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/cleveref.el: New file.
+
+ 2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (featurep): Activate mark in the GNU Emacs version of
+ TeX-activate-mark instead of being a no-op.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Use set-mark instead of push-mark in order to
+ avoid duplicate marks.
+
+ 2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Move equation*
+ environment to AMS-LaTeX section.
+ (texmathp-why): Fix docstring.
+
+ 2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/amstext.el (LaTeX-amstext-package-options): Rename from
+ `LaTeX-amstext-package-option'.
+
+ 2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-mark-environment, Texinfo-mark-section)
+ (Texinfo-mark-node): Use `push-mark' instead of `set-mark'.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mark-environment): Ditto.
+
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-mark-environment): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-09-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Pass correct \end buffer
+ position to hooks in LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks.
+
+ 2014-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-dialect): Correct doctstring for consistency
+ with definition of function TeX-add-style-hook.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Simple Style): modify example with
+ 'TeX-add-style-hook', so that 3rd argument is added. Modify @defun
+ of 'TeX-add-style-hook' also to document addition of 3rd argument.
+
+ 2014-09-11 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Add information about style hook labelling by
dialect.
+
+ * doc/todo.texi (Bugs): Update Bug #1 about style hook clash.
+
+ * style/xspace.el ("xspace"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/xparse.el ("xparse"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/virtex.el ("virtex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/verbatim.el ("verbatim"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/url.el ("url"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/units.el ("units"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/unicode-math.el ("unicode-math"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/ulem.el ("ulem"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/tabulary.el ("tabulary"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/swedish.el ("swedish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/slovak.el ("slovak"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/slides.el ("slides"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/shortvrb.el ("shortvrb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/setspace.el ("setspace"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrreprt.el ("scrreprt"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrpage2.el ("scrpage2"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrlttr2.el ("scrlttr2"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrbook.el ("scrbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/scrbase.el ("scrbase"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/scrartcl.el ("scrartcl"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/ruby.el ("ruby"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/report.el ("report"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/ragged2e.el ("ragged2e"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el ("pstricks"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-slpe.el ("pst-slpe"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-plot.el ("pst-plot"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-node.el ("pst-node"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-grad.el ("pst-grad"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/psfig.el ("psfig"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/prosper.el ("prosper"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/polski.el ("polski"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/polish.el ("polish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/plhb.el ("plhb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/plfonts.el ("plfonts"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/plext.el ("plext"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/placeins.el ("placeins"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/paralist.el ("paralist"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/nomencl.el ("nomencl"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/nicefrac.el ("nicefrac"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/ngerman.el ("ngerman"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/naustrian.el ("naustrian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/natbib.el ("natbib"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/nameref.el ("nameref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/multirow.el ("multirow"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/multind.el ("multind"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/multido.el ("multido"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/multicol.el ("multicol"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/mflogo.el ("mflogo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/metalogo.el ("metalogo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/memoir.el ("memoir"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/mdwlist.el ("mdwlist"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/makeidx.el ("makeidx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/luacode.el ("luacode"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/ltxdoc.el ("ltxdoc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/ltx-base.el ("ltx-base"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/lscape.el ("lscape"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/longtable.el ("longtable"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/listings.el ("listings"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/lipsum.el ("lipsum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/lettrine.el ("lettrine"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/letter.el ("letter"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/latexinfo.el ("latexinfo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/kpfonts.el ("kpfonts"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/kantlipsum.el ("kantlipsum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/jurabib.el ("jurabib"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jura.el ("jura"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/jsbook.el ("jsbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jsarticle.el ("jsarticle"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/jreport.el ("jreport"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jbook.el ("jbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jarticle.el ("jarticle"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/j-report.el ("j-report"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/j-book.el ("j-book"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/j-article.el ("j-article"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/italian.el ("italian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/inputenc.el ("inputenc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/index.el ("index"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el ("imakeidx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/icelandic.el ("icelandic"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/harvard.el ("harvard"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/graphicx.el ("graphicx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/graphics.el ("graphics"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/german.el ("german"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/frenchb.el ("frenchb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/french.el ("french"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/francais.el ("francais"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/footmisc.el ("footmisc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fontspec.el ("fontspec"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/foils.el ("foils"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/flashcards.el ("flashcards"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/filecontents.el ("filecontents"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancyvrb.el ("fancyvrb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancynum.el ("fancynum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancyhdr.el ("fancyhdr"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/exercise.el ("exercise"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/everysel.el ("everysel"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/epigraph.el ("epigraph"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/english.el ("english"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/emp.el ("emp"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/dutch.el ("dutch"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/doc.el ("doc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/dk.el ("dk"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/dinbrief.el ("dinbrief"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/danish.el ("danish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/czech.el ("czech"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/comment.el ("comment"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/captcont.el ("captcont"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bulgarian.el ("bulgarian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/booktabs.el ("booktabs"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/book.el ("book"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bm.el ("bm"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bigstrut.el ("bigstrut"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bigdelim.el ("bigdelim"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/babel.el ("babel"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/austrian.el ("austrian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/article.el ("article"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/array.el ("array"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsthm.el ("amsthm"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amstext.el ("amstext"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amstex.el ("amstex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amssymb.el ("amssymb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
+ TeX-add-style-hook call. Update header with correct filename.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsbsy.el ("amsbsy"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsbook.el ("amsbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsart.el ("amsart"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/alphanum.el ("alphanum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/alltt.el ("alltt"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/afterpage.el ("afterpage"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/acronym.el ("acronym"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/acro.el ("acro"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/MinionPro.el ("MinionPro"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/CJKutf8.el ("CJKutf8"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/CJK.el ("CJK"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (eval-after-load "bibtex"): Add hook
+ TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect to BibTex mode, this will set
+ 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :bibtex for BibTeX files so that
+ Mosè's problem should be solved.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): set
+ 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :latex for LaTeX files, and those in
+ LaTeX derived modes. Add LaTeX-dialect as DIALECT argument to all
+ calls of TeX-add-style-hook.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-style-hook-list): Update docstring to make clear
+ that style hooks can also be in the form '[TeX-style-hook HOOK-FUN
+ DIALECT-SET]'.
+ (TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect): New defun.
+ (TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist): New defconst.
+ (TeX-shdex-eval): New defun.
+ (TeX-shdex-or TeX-shdex-and TeX-shdex-nor TeX-shdex-not)
+ (TeX-shdex-in-p TeX-shdex-listify): New defsubst.
+ (TeX-style-hook-dialect): New defvar, used to have style hooks
+ called only in corresponding context.
+ (TeX-add-style-hook): Add optional argument context for marking
+ hooks that must run only in non default (aka nil) dialect.
+ (TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect): New defun, used for unloading only
+ those hooks in a dialect list.
+ (TeX-unload-style): Add optional argument context-list for
+ unloading only those hooks marked for contexts in that
+ context-list.
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks): Run style hook only when current style hook
+ context matches context for which hook is marked.
+
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-environment-list): Add 'html' and 'float'
+ environments.
+ (TeX-texinfo-mode): set 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :texinfo for
+ Texinfo files. Add macro '@caption'.
+
+ 2014-09-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-assoc-string): Remove docstring from defalias since
+ that's not supported with XEmacs.
+
+ 2014-08-25 Florent Rougon <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-expand): Fix possible endless loop in
+ file name expansion.
+
+ 2014-08-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tests/tex/command-expansion.el: New test file.
+
+ 2014-08-24 Florent Rougon <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Add the previous position to the
+ lenght of the expanded string to get the current position in the
+ %' expander.
+
+ 2014-08-18 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes): Code optimization: use
+ '(add-to-list (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)'
+ instead of '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (add-to-list 'foo
+ some-value)' wherever possible.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-cite-minor-mode)
+ (bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap): Code optimization: use
+ '(set (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
+ '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
+ possible.
+
+ * latex.el (BibTeX-auto-store)
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Ditto.
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Code optimization: use '(set
+ (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
+ '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
+ possible. Add in style Texinfo standard macros '@acronym' and
+ '@tie'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-assoc-string) new defalias to work-around missing
+ assoc-string in XEmacs.
+ (TeX-unload-style): Code optimization: use 'TeX-assoc-string'
+ instead of 'assoc' to search style in 'TeX-style-hook-list', and
+ use delq on returned value of assoc-string for removing the style
+ --- on the one hand delq will go through the whole list rather
+ than stop after the first match like in original code, but on the
+ other hand comparison are faster because eq instead of equal is
+ used and we are working on assoc cell rather than on key, so less
+ indirection, furthermore delq is C code. Anyway that make the code
+ much smaller and easier to understand.
+ (TeX-file-extensions): Add txi amongst extension of texinfo files,
+ for consistency with info node '(texinfo) Minimum'
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks): Code optimization: use 'TeX-assoc-string'
+ instead of 'assoc' to search style in 'TeX-style-hook-list'.
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Code optimization: use '(set
+ (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
+ '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
+ possible.
+
+ 2014-08-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Allow for a
+ mandatory argument for a verbatim environment.
+
+ 2014-08-15 Vladimir Lomov <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Don't use the removed
+ `LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned' function.
+
+ 2014-08-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-label): Remove.
+ (LaTeX-label): Add a new mandatory argument. Do not use
+ `LaTeX-insert-label'. Determine the prefix at the beginning of
+ the function and insert the label only if the prefix is non nil.
+ (LaTeX-section-label, LaTeX-env-figure, LaTeX-env-label): Use the
+ second mandatory argument of `LaTeX-label'.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el: Update copyright years.
+ ("amsmath"): Append the environments to `LaTeX-label-alist'
+ instead of prepeding them. Use the second mandatory argument of
+ the `LaTeX-label' function.
+
+ * style/longtable.el: Update copyright years.
+ ("longtable"): Move addition of "longtable" environment to
+ `LaTeX-label-alist' inside the style hook. Append the environment
+ to the alist instead of prepending it. Use the second mandatory
+ argument of the `LaTeX-label' function.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Sectioning, Environments): Remove references to
+ `LaTeX-insert-label'.
+ (Environments): Document `LaTeX-label-alist'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Remove references to `LaTeX-insert-label'.
+
+ 2014-08-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-label): Rename from
+ `LaTeX-auto-insert-label' and mention sections in the doc-string.
+ (LaTeX-label): Update accordingly.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Sectioning): Mention `LaTeX-insert-label'.
+ (Environments): Update `LaTeX-insert-label' name and document use
+ for sectioning commands.
+ (Environments, Completion): Prettify
+ `TeX-complete-expert-commands' documentation by using a table
+ environment.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Rename `LaTeX-auto-insert-label' to
+ `LaTeX-insert-label' and mention sections too.
+
+ 2014-08-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command): Keep the frame and the buffer
+ associate to the error overview if the command to be run is View.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-insert-label): New customizable variable.
+ (LaTeX-label): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document
+ `LaTeX-auto-insert-label'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-auto-insert-label'. Fix a
+ couple of bad-boxes in the PDF output of the manual.
+
+ 2014-07-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-largest-level-set): Adapt
+ `outline-heading-alist' according to largest level in order to
+ make `outline-promote' (and others) work correctly.
+
+ 2014-07-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-date-format'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `TeX-date-format'.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-date-format): New customizable option.
+ Suggested by Uwe Brauer.
+ (TeX-arg-date): Use it.
+
+ 2014-07-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Update copyright years.
+ (EXCLUDEDFILES): Rename from GITFILES. Remove also .cvsignore and
+ tests from the release tarball.
+ (release-commit): More precise suggestion to push tag and release
+ commit.
+ (tar-ball): Use EXCLUDEDFILES in place of GITFILES.
+
+ 2014-07-15 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Enhance array and tabular(*) environments support.
+ (LaTeX-env-array): Add call to `LaTeX-item-array'.
+ (LaTeX-env-tabular*): Add call to `LaTeX-item-tabular*'.
+ (LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-item-array): New function. Put line break macro on the
+ last line and insert suitable number of ampersands.
+ (LaTeX-item-tabular*): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-insert-ampersands): New function. Insert suitable number
+ of ampersands.
+ (LaTeX-array-column-letters): New variable. Column letters for
+ array-like environments.
+ (LaTeX-array-count-columns): New function. Count number of
+ ampersands to be inserted.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add entries to LaTeX-item-list to
+ use `LaTeX-item-array' and `LaTeX-item-tabular*'.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el: Enhance alignat-like environments support
+ as well as some cleanups.
+ (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat): New function. Insert contents to
+ terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): Use it. Add doc string.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Removed. Just specifying a prompt
+ string for an optional argument is enough.
+ (LaTeX-item-equation): Take over the job of
+ `LaTeX-item-equations'. Add an optional `suppress' argument:
+ when it is non-nil skip putting line break macro. Add doc string.
+ (LaTeX-item-equations): Removed. Its task is now covered by
+ `LaTeX-item-equation'.
+ (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat): New function. Insert ampersands
+ according to the columns number, as well as calling
+ `LaTeX-item-equation'.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands): New function.
+ ("amsmath"): Arrange setups of variables to adopt the above
+ changes.
+
+ * style/array.el ("array"): Change `LaTeX-array-column-letters'
+ locally to include addtional letters extended in array.sty.
+
+ * style/plext.el: New style file. Add support for extended
+ format for array-like environments.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Include style/plext.el.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Add documentation for the above enhancements.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Ditto.
+
+ 2014-07-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error): Do not pass `reparse' argument to
+ `next-error' in XEmacs as it is not supported.
+ (TeX-error-overview-frame, TeX-error-overview-buffer-name): Move
+ before their first use in order to prevent a runtime error in
+ XEmacs and GNU Emacs 21. Reported by Ikumi Keita.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX): Manually set `item' to nil when
+ `TeX-error-last-visited' is negative.
+ (TeX-error-description-error, TeX-error-description-warning)
+ (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Set to nil in XEmacs and GNU
+ Emacs 21. Reported by Ikumi Keita.
+
+ 2014-07-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Add second argument to
+ `local-variable-p', mandatory in XEmacs. Suggested by Ikumi
+ Keita.
+
+ * preview/preview.el (preview-dump-state): Ditto.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-how-many): Make the function return a number also in
+ XEmacs and Emacs 21. Suggested by Ikumi Keita.
+
+ 2014-07-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-description-error): Do not use the
+ `default' display, not supported by GNU Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.4.
+ (TeX-error-description-warning): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-07-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-description-error): Make face definition
+ XEmacs compatible.
+ (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-description-help): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (nil): Handle the case of a non-available crm.el with a
+ `condition-case', instead of using the third argument of
+ `require', not recognized by XEmacs 21.4.
+ (and): Check whether dbus support is available before requiring
+ dbus.el.
+
+ 2014-07-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Set
+ `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' when necessary, in the
+ "%(outpage)" expander.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-method): Add an alist as a possible value
+ and change the default.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-method-active): Convert to a function.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Use the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Remove setting of the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' variable and of the
+ now deleted `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' variable.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Hide "Previous Error"
+ and "Error Overview" entries when not available.
+
+ * context.el: Update copyright years.
+ (ConTeXt-expand-options): Use the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (I/O Correlation): Update documentation of
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention change to the default value of
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ 2014-06-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/todo.texi (Mid-term Goals): Remove "More flexible option and
+ command handling" item: we now have `TeX-command-extra-options'.
+ (Wishlist): Remove "Poor man's Source Specials": AUCTeX supports
+ source specials and SyncTeX.
+ (Wishlist): Remove "multiple completion for \bibliography" item:
+ "\bibliography" does complete multiple arguments.
+
+ 2014-06-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command): Kill the frame and buffer associated
+ to the error overview before running commands.
+ (TeX-TeX-sentinel): Open error overview if
+ `TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
+ errors or warnings to show.
+ (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Ditto.
+ (TeX-find-display-help): Set `runbuf' to `TeX-active-buffer' since
+ this function may be called also from the error overview buffer.
+ (TeX-error-description-faces): Change group to more appropriate
+ `TeX-output'.
+ (TeX-error-overview-active-buffer): New variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-orig-frame): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-orig-window): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-frame): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-setup): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-setup): New function.
+ (TeX-error-overview-goto-source): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-make-entries): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-next-error): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-previous-error): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-quit): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-mode-map): New variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-list-entries): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-mode): New major mode.
+ (TeX-error-overview-buffer-name): New constant.
+ (TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview): New function.
+ (TeX-find-display-help): Expand the name of the file to be visited
+ starting from the directory of the master file.
+ (TeX-error-overview-make-entries): Add optional `master-dir'
+ argument, to shorten file names when they are relative.
+ (TeX-error-overview): Pass `TeX-master-directory' as argument to
+ `TeX-error-overview-make-entries'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-error-overview): Autoload `TeX-error-overview'.
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Add an entry for the
+ error overview.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Debugging): Document error overview.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention error overview. Add local variables
+ to the end of the file.
+
+ * doc/todo.texi: Add local variables to the end of the file.
+ (Wishlist): Update entry about error reporting.
+
+ 2014-06-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-TeX): Use `TeX-find-display-help' in place
+ of `TeX-error-list-find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-error-list-find-display-help): Removed, replaced by more
+ general `TeX-find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-error): Append nils to the `TeX-error-list' entry to make
+ each entry of the same lenght for both errors and warnings.
+ Append also `TeX-error-point'. This fixes a bug occurring when
+ `TeX-display-help' is set to `expert'. Use
+ `TeX-find-display-help' to display the help.
+ (TeX-warning): Append `TeX-error-point' to the `TeX-error-list'
+ entry to fix the above mentioned bug. Use `TeX-find-display-help'
+ to display the help.
+
+ 2014-06-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-TeX): Use
+ `TeX-error-list-find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-error-list-find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-warning): Use `bad-box' when there is a bad box.
+ (TeX-warning--find-display-help): Cater for bad boxes.
+ (TeX-help-error): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-06-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error--find-display-help): Use new fourth
+ argument of `TeX-help-error'.
+ (TeX-warning): Rename mandatory argument to `warning'. Do not add
+ leading "** " to warning string.
+ (TeX-warning--find-display-help): Use new fourth argument of
+ `TeX-help-error'.
+ (TeX-error-description-faces): New group.
+ (TeX-error-description-error): New face.
+ (TeX-error-description-warning): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-description-help): Ditto.
+ (TeX-help-error): Add new `type' argument. Color help messages
+ using the new faces.
+ (TeX-warning): Preserve point when searching backward. In some
+ cases this prevents infinite loops in `TeX-parse-all-errors' and
+ fixes wrong detection of context string.
+
+ 2014-05-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Add
+ `TeX-previous-error'.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-list): Fix typo.
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-05-23 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+
+ Backport from ELPA repository.
+ * tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
+ dynamic scoping for `num'.
+ (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Don't use `eval' needlessly.
+ (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Declare before first use.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
+ (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
+
+ 2014-05-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Update copyright years.
+ (TeX-error-last-visited): New buffer-local variable.
+ (TeX-get-parse-function): New function.
+ (TeX-next-error): Add `apt' argument and make all arguments
+ optional. Use `TeX-get-parse-function'.
+ (TeX-previous-error): Use `TeX-get-parse-function'. Use
+ `TeX-parse-TeX' to move between errors when possible.
+ (TeX-TeX-sentinel): Parse the output log when
+ `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
+ (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Ditto.
+ (TeX-parse-reset): Add an optional `reparse' argument and reparse
+ the output log when it is non-nil. Reset also `TeX-error-list'
+ and `TeX-error-last-visited'.
+ (TeX-parse-command): Add `arg' argument.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX): Add `arg' argument. When `TeX-parse-all-errors'
+ is non-nil, use `TeX-error-list' to move to the error point.
+ (TeX-error-list): New buffer-local variable.
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors): New function.
+ (TeX-parse-error): Add an optional `store' argument. Make the
+ function return non-nil when an error or a warning is found.
+ (TeX-error): Add an optional `store' argument: when it is non-nil
+ store the relevant information about the error in
+ `TeX-error-list'. Use `TeX-error--find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-error--find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-warning): Add an optional `store' argument: when it is
+ non-nil store the relevant information about the warning in
+ `TeX-error-list'. Use `TeX-warning--find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-warning--find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-output-mode-map): Bind `p' to the now working
+ `TeX-previous-error'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Debugging): Document `TeX-previous-error' and
+ `TeX-parse-all-errors'. Update `TeX-next-error'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Update copyright years. Mention
+ `TeX-next-error' and `TeX-previous-error' changes and the new
+ `TeX-parse-all-errors'.
+
+ * doc/todo.texi: Update copyright years.
+ (Wishlist): Update a couple of items related to error parsing.
+
+ 2014-05-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el: Update copyright years.
+ (font-latex-update-sectioning-faces): Make sure
+ `height-scale' is a floating point number.
+ (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-05-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el: Update copyright years and specify last
+ `siunitx' version supported. Hard wrap lines longer than 80
+ columns.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-regexp): Move the escape character out of the group
+ matching the unit name.
+ (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Add `prefix' argument. Replace the
+ space with `TeX-esc' as the completion separator.
+ (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit): Define a default prompt; set
+ `initial-input' to nil; use `TeX-esc' as prefix to the given
+ input.
+ ("siunitx"): Remove the escape character from the unit names.
+
+ 2014-05-02 Jobst Hoffmann <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * style/listings.el ("listings"): Fix typo.
+
+ 2014-05-01 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Fix
+ fontification of the optional argument to a verbatim-like
+ environment.
+
+ 2014-04-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error): Add another exception.
+
+ 2014-04-06 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Use `texinfo-current-defun-name'
+ in `C-x 4 a'.
+
+ 2014-04-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-add-environments): Move advising of
+ `LaTeX-add-environments' after definition of
+ `LaTeX-environment-menu' and `LaTeX-environment-modify-menu'
+ variables to fix assignment to free variable warnings.
+
+ * tex-style.el: Update coyright years.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber): New variable. Mark as
+ safe-local-variable.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Add setting of `LaTeX-using-Biber' to
+ `TeX-update-style-hook'.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'
+ value to set `LaTeX-using-Biber' when it is set locally.
+
+ * tex-bar.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Append toolbar refresh to
+ `TeX-update-style-hook' instead of prepending it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Update copyright years.
+ (Selecting a Command): Document `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' change.
+
+ 2014-04-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el: Update copyright years and specify last
+ `biblatex' version supported.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options): Update.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-language-list): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): Fix condition on `items' variable to
+ adapt to the `TeX-completing-read-multiple' return value change.
+
+ 2014-03-17 Nicolas Richard <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/exercise.el: New file.
+
+ 2014-03-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Mention that `TeX-PDF-mode' is enabled by
+ default.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode): Enable TeX PDF mode by default.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-master): Ask for TeX-master if it cannot
+ be determined otherwise.
+
+ 2014-03-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-view-command-raw): Throw an error when `spec' is
+ nil, otherwise when the function returns nil `TeX-command-expand'
+ enters an infinite loop.
+
+ * style/paralist.el: Update copyright years.
+ ("paralist"): Use `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member' to
+ conditionally define environments.
+
+ 2014-03-12 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt): Return nil on empty input.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-completing-read-multiple): Define it so that empty
+ input results in nil across different emacs versions (<= 24.3
+ vs. later versions).
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple' instead of
+ `completing-read-multiple'.
+ (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): Use `TeX-completing-read-multiple' and
+ adapt handling of return value.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-package-parameters): Adapt to
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple' change.
+
+ 2014-03-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options): Fix
+ bug that caused AUCTeX to query for packages infinitely.
+
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-add-environments): Advice instead of
+ renaming and redefining generated function.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment): Remove non-interactive
+ `next-line' usage compile warning.
+ (LaTeX-add-bibliographies): Advice instead of renaming and
+ redefining generated function.
+ (LaTeX-add-environments): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-03-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): Default to opening
+ and closing math switches.
+
+ 2014-03-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Add missing pair of braces.
+
+ 2014-02-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Do not set
+ `LaTeX-default-environment' to `environment' if the latter is
+ equal to the current default environment.
+
+ 2014-02-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options): New
+ function. Now options are requested only if at least one package
+ has been provided.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert): New function.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Use
+ `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options' and
+ `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert'.
+ (LaTeX-insert-usepackages): New function.
+ (LaTeX-env-document): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document new behavior of
+ `LaTeX-env-document'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention it.
+
+ 2014-02-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-extra-options): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-expand-list): New `%(extraopts)' expander.
+ (TeX-command-list): Use `%(extraopts)'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Document
+ `TeX-command-extra-options'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document it.
+
+ 2014-02-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/english.el: New style for english documents so that
+ `TeX-language-en-hook' gets run.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (languages): Document it.
+
+ 2014-02-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-add-type): Convert to macro.
+
+ * lpath.el: Don't silence byte-compiler.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-style, LaTeX-auto-arguments)
+ (LaTeX-auto-optional, LaTeX-auto-env-args): Defvar explicitly
+ before use.
+
+ 2014-01-29 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Use default parameter of
+ `completing-read'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro): Use default parameter of
+ `completing-read'.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment, TeX-arg-document): Use default
+ parameter of `completing-read'.
+
+ 2014-01-22 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/shortvrb.el (LaTeX-shortvrb-chars): Move from
+ tex-style.el. Set default value to nil because just loading
+ shortvrb does not make | a shortvrb char. One needs to define it
+ using \MakeShortVrb{\|}. Extend the docstring so that it tells
+ that one should usually set this variable only buffer-locally.
+ (LaTeX-shortvrb-chars): Declare it as safe local variable.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist): Call
+ `font-latex-setup' to make syntactic font-lock changes effective.
+
+ 2014-01-21 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
+
+ * context.el: distinguish between numbered and unnumbered sections.
+
+ 2014-01-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/babel.el: Update copyright years and specify last `babel'
+ version supported.
+ (LaTeX-babel-language-list): Expand language list to all languages
+ mentioned in the last version of the manual.
+ (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Update in order to parse the
+ `main' option and ignore the modifiers.
+ (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Turn the variable into a function
+ because now requires `TeX-read-key-val'.
+
+ 2014-01-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Make search for `\begin'
+ and `\end' case sensitive.
+ (docTeX-in-macrocode-p): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-indent-calculate): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-end): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Ditto.
+
+ 2014-01-06 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Replace use of
+ reftex-tables-dirty by that of reftex-default-label-alist-entries
+ to trigger call to reftex-compile-variables in a standard way.
+ The problem was that generating a TOC for a Texinfo file and then
+ for a LaTeX file was not working for the LaTeX file because the
+ Texinfo file was using LaTeX label style and as such
+ reftex-ensure-compiled-variables was not calling
+ reftex-compile-variables, which caused wrong
+ reftex-everything-regexp for sections.
+
+ 2014-01-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-insert): Use `TeX-electric-math' for
+ consistency with `TeX-insert-dollar'.
+ (LaTeX-math-cal): Ditto.
+
+ 2013-12-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-style.el (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search): New customizable
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default): Ditto.
+
+ * style/fontspec.el (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font): New function.
+ ("fontspec"): Use it.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search' and
+ `LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default'.
+
+ 2013-12-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el ("imakeidx"): Move addition of options to
+ `LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options' inside the hook.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new styles.
+
+ * style/fontspec.el: New style.
+
+ * style/luacode.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/metalogo.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/unicode-math.el: Ditto.
+
+ 2013-12-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error): Don't confuse ) in package
+ messages with EOF.
+
+ 2013-12-01 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Move disabling of
+ `electric-pair-mode' from `VirTeX-common-initialization'. Disable
+ it only if `LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is non-nil.
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): See above.
+
+ 2013-11-29 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Disable
+ `electric-pair-mode' (a global minor mode) in auctex buffers
+ because it interferes with auctex's pairing feature.
+
+ 2013-11-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Move
+ `LaTeX-narrow-to-environment' and `TeX-narrow-to-group' bindings
+ to the AUCTeX maps because `narrow-map' is not defined in GNU
+ Emacs < 22.2 and XEmacs. Reported by Giacomo Boffi.
+
+ 2013-11-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Declare expert macros and
+ environments.
+
+ 2013-11-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error, TeX-previous-error): Call
+ `next-error' also if last TeX command was a compile command (e.g.,
+ Check, ChkTeX).
+ (TeX-run-compile): Save compilation buffer in
+ `TeX-command-buffer'.
+
+ 2013-11-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-highlight-mouse): Change regexp to cope with
+ multiple optional arguments of a macro.
+
+ 2013-11-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions): Change
+ signature of declare-expert functions.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document it.
+
+ 2013-11-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-complete-expert-commands): New defcustom.
+ (TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions): New macro.
+ (TeX-insert-macro): Restrict completion depending on
+ `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Ditto.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment, LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Restrict completion depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Restrict completion depending on
+ `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document normal vs. expert commands for users
+ and style file authors.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention normal vs. expert commands.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix void-function
+ LaTeX-symbol-list error.
+
+ 2013-11-05 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Folding): Document `TeX-fold-auto' and
+ `TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark'.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-bibliography): Run style files associated to
+ the bibliography database files.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Do not quote at all
+ `TeX-arg-key-val' arguments.
+ (LaTeX-arg-addbibresource): Run style file associated to the
+ bibliography database file.
+
+ 2013-11-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Quote `TeX-arg-key-val'
+ arguments with `quote' special form istead of apostrophe.
+
+ 2013-11-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-narrow-to-environment): New function, disabled
+ by default.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add key binding for
+ `LaTeX-narrow-to-environment'.
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Add key binding for
+ `TeX-narrow-to-group'.
+ (TeX-narrow-to-group): New function, disabled by default.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Narrowing): Document narrowing commands.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention narrowing commands.
+
+ 2013-10-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-file-name): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension): Ditto.
+ (TeX-arg-version): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add completion for
+ `ProvidesPackage', `ProvidesClass', and `ProvidesFile'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-version',
+ `TeX-arg-file-name', and `TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension'.
+
+ 2013-10-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention the enhanced tabular indentation.
+
+ * style/longtable.el ("longtable"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular'
+ also for longtable environment.
+
+ * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also
+ for tabularx environment.
+
+ * style/tabulary.el ("tabulary"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also
+ for tabulary environment.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Use
+ `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also for array and eqnarray environments.
+
+ 2013-10-14 Oleh Krehel <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: `LaTeX-indent-tabular' now indents tabular-like
+ environments.
+ (LaTeX--tabular-like-end): new variable.
+ (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): added `LaTeX-indent-tabular' as
+ indenter for "tabular" and "align", added a setter that recomputes
+ `LaTeX--tabular-like-end'
+ (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col): new function.
+ (LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position): new function.
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular): new function.
+
+ * tests/latex/latex-test.el : added an ERT test for
+ `LaTeX-indent-tabular'
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/in): input filename variable
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/out): output filename variable
+
+ * tests/latex/tabular-in.tex: input to latex-test.el
+
+ * tests/latex/tabular-out.tex: input to latex-test.el
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-how-many): added for compatibility with XEmacs.
+
+ 2013-10-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Fix typo.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Ditto.
+
+ 2013-10-10 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document enhanced paired braces feature.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Ditto.
+
+ 2013-10-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Add new possible value
+ `show-all-optional-args' and update doc-string accordingly.
+ (TeX-parse-arguments): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Document `show-all-optional-args'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `show-all-optional-args'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces-alist): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-insert-braces): Mention it in doc-string.
+ (TeX-parse-macro): Use `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+
+ * style/booktabs.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren): Let-bind `TeX-arg-opening-brace' and
+ `TeX-arg-closing-brace' instead of `<' and `>'.
+ ("booktabs"): Add `toprule', `midrule', and `bottomrule' macros to
+ `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+ ("booktabs"): Add a dummy `ignore' in `cmidrule' macro in order to
+ reset `last-optional-rejected' to nil.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Document
+ `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+
+ 2013-09-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-insert-braces): : Move
+ `indent-according-to-mode' after `save-excursion' because
+ `LaTeX-newline' (used in `save-excursion') deletes trailing
+ whitespaces.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Add support for hyperref "Rerun
+ to get outlines right" messages.
+
+ 2013-09-26 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Enhance brace pairing feature.
+ (TeX-arg-insert-braces): Extend to be used with \bigl and its
+ friends.
+ (TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe): New function.
+ (LaTeX-insert-left-brace): New function.
+ (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace): New function.
+ (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name): New function.
+ (LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace): New customization option.
+ (LaTeX-left-right-macros-association): New variable.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Make use of the above change.
+ \lvert and \lVert are paired with \rvert and \rVert, respectively.
+
+ 2013-09-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Fix `radian' unit name.
+
+ 2013-09-17 Fabrice Ben Hamouda <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error, TeX-active-buffer): Fix a problem
+ with `TeX-next-error' in multi-file documents.
+
+ 2013-09-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Set
+ `TeX-sentinel-default-function' to `TeX-TeX-sentinel'.
+
+ 2013-09-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-check-files): Handle buffers that haven't been
+ saved yet.
+
+ 2013-09-02 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-electric-math): Fix defcustom choices.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-cite-minor-mode): Call `make-local-hook' only
+ on XEmacs.
+
+ 2013-08-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-ref): New function.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Replace occurrences of `TeX-arg-label' with
+ `TeX-arg-ref'.
+ (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-ref'.
+
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Use `TeX-arg-ref' instead of
+ `TeX-arg-label'.
+
+ * style/latexinfo.el ("latexinfo"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/nameref.el ("nameref"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Use `TeX-arg-ref' instead of
+ `TeX-arg-label' and fix parentheses.
+
+ 2013-07-31 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-initialize): Refactor top-level code into
+ function.
+ (LaTeX-math-list): Call `LaTeX-math-initialize' when setting the
+ value in order to update the key bindings.
+ Also shuffle around several definitions in order to get a
+ declaration-before-use order.
+
+ 2013-07-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Add other changes.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Fix typo.
+
+ 2013-07-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove `TeX-token-char' from
+ the regexp since cite keys can start with non-letter characters,
+ e.g., bibcodes start with year of publication.
+
+ 2013-07-24 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-menu-unicode): Enable also on windows
+ systems as it seems to work there, too.
+
+ 2013-07-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-clean-default-intermediate-suffixes): Add `.fls',
+ files created by TeX processors with `-recorder' option, and
+ `-blx.bib', files created by `bibtex' when using the `biblatex'
+ package.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document some changes for next release.
+
+ 2013-07-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Update copyright years.
+ (GITFILES): Rename from `CVSFILES', adapt to Git.
+ (COMMITTER): Get user name and email from Git configuration;
+ escape `<', `>' and spaces.
+ (install-el): Update reference to Git in comment.
+ (release-commit): Adapt to Git; make sure committer name and email
+ are encoded with ISO-8859-1 using the `iconv' program.
+ (tar-ball): Adapt to Git.
+ (preview-ball): Ditto.
+
+ * auctex.spec (Provides): Update reference to Git in comment.
+
+ * bib-cite.el: Update AUCTeX repository link in comment.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fix
+ fontification of some biblatex macros. Reported by Christian
+ Knüpfer.
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Revert changes made with
+ commit 7531cca, they were useless.
+
+ 2013-07-15 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/tabulary.el: New style.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style tabulary.
+
+ 2013-07-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Move
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method' to `I/O Correlation' section.
+
+ 2013-07-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Document
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ 2013-07-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-default-tabular-environment): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-env-figure): Use it instead of hard-coding "tabular".
+
+ * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Set
+ `LaTeX-default-tabular-environment' to "tabularx".
+
+ 2013-06-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * bib-cite.el: Replace `save-excursion'+`set-buffer' with
+ `with-current-buffer'.
+
+ * tex-bar.el: Ditto.
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el: Replace `save-excursion'+`set-buffer' with
+ `with-current-buffer'. Delete trailing whitespaces.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-file): Fix spelling error.
+ (TeX-error): Ditto.
+
+ * doc/install.texi (Configure): Update for Git.
+
+ * doc/preview-readme.texi (Availability): Ditto.
+
+ * doc/wininstall.texi: Ditto.
+
+ 2013-06-26 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/preview-problems.texi: Rename "Known problems" section to
+ "Known problems with preview-latex" in rawfile export. Delete
+ sections "Problems with Ghostscript" and "Emacs problems" because
+ those are basically ruled out when using the prerequisites
+ documented in the manual.
+
+ * doc/install.texi: Don't link to ghostscript specific
+ preview-latex problems section because that has been removed.
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS, ../PROBLEMS.preview): Rename
+ PROBLEMS to PROBLEMS.preview since it only deals with
+ preview-latex problems.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Use PROBLEMS.preview instead of
+ PROBLEMS.
+
+ 2013-06-24 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Add ../PROBLEMS.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Add PROBLEMS.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-dbus-p): Require dbus at compile-time.
+
+ 2013-06-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-dbus-p): Improved DBUS availability check.
+
+ 2013-06-21 Rüdiger Sonderfeld <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-doc-backend-alist): Remove unnecessary `info' check.
+
+ 2013-06-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-jp.el: Change to `coding: iso-2022-jp-unix'.
+
+ 2013-06-12 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-jp.el: Add `coding: iso-2022-7bit-unix' file local variable.
+
+ 2013-06-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-help-error): Let-bind `inhibit-read-only' when
+ updating the *TeX Help* buffer.
+
+ 2013-06-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-after-document-hook): New hook.
+ (TeX-arg-document): Use it.
+ (LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook): New hook.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Use it, remove babel specific code.
+
+ * style/babel.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-env-babel-lang): New function.
+ ("babel"): Add `LaTeX-env-babel-lang' to
+ `LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook'.
+
+ 2013-06-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-math-close-double-dollar): Remove.
+ (TeX-math-close-single-dollar): Ditto.
+ (TeX-electric-dollar): Ditto.
+ (TeX-electric-math): New customizable variable, supersedes
+ variables above.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Adapt to `TeX-electric-math'. See
+ http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.devel/3070
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document `TeX-electric-math'.
+ (Environments): Document `LaTeX-find-matching-begin' and
+ `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
+
+ 2013-06-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Shorten copyright year ranges and update with
+ missing years. Delete trailing whitespaces.
+ (TeX-run-compile): Let-bind `default-directory' to
+ `TeX-master-directory'.
+
+ 2013-05-31 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Set LC_ALL=C when looking into ChangeLog for
+ AUCTEXDATE.
+
+ 2013-05-31 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplify using `save-excursion'
+ instead of regexp searches. Fill the caption when
+ `auto-fill-mode' is on.
+
+ 2013-05-30 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Add new expander "%a", it returns the
+ quoted absolute path of the file visiting current buffer.
+ (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Use "%a" expander for forward PDF
+ search.
+
+ 2013-05-28 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Fix docstring.
+
+ 2013-05-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el: Update copyright years, there have been
+ non-trivial changes in 2010, and 2011.
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fontify Biblatex multicites
+ macros up to three mandatory arguments.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-language-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): New function.
+ ("biblatex"): Always set `LaTeX-using-Biber'. Add citation
+ macros.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list): Move preamble options to
+ `LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options'.
+
+ 2013-05-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Replace `delete-backward-char' with `delete-char'.
+
+ * tex.el: Ditto.
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Replace `goto-line' with `goto-char' and
+ `forward-line'.
+
+ 2013-05-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/.gitignore: Rename from .cvsignore.
+
+ * preview/.gitignore: Ditto.
+
+ * preview/latex/.gitignore: Ditto.
+
+ 2013-05-18 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Update copyright years, there have been non-trivial
+ changes in 1998, 2001, 2002.
+ (TeX-arg-index-tag): Use `TeX-argument-prompt'.
+ (TeX-arg-cite): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el: Update copyright years, there have been non-trivial
+ changes in 1995, 1998.
+ (TeX-parse-arguments): Move skipping of optional
+ arguments inside loop over all arguments, because optional
+ arguments may not be the first ones. Remove unused let-bound
+ variable `skip-opt'.
+ (TeX-arg-literal): Remove FIXME comment, `optional' is the first
+ argument passed to all functions by `TeX-parse-argument'.
+
+ 2013-05-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/fancyvrb.el: New style.
+
+ * style/xparse.el: Ditto.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/fancyvrb.el and
+ style/xparse.el.
+
+ 2013-05-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Insert just a single dollar when the
+ point is in a verbatim-like construct.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-jit-lock-force-redisplay): Don't rely
+ on existing `jit-lock-force-redisplay' because recent bzr Emacs
+ broke compatibility changing the number of arguments. Reported by
+ Robert Goldman.
+
+ 2013-05-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document
+ `LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
+
+ 2013-05-07 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-electric-dollar): New variable.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document `TeX-electric-dollar'.
+
+ 2013-04-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-bar.el: Update copyright range.
+ (TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): Change BibTeX button to Biber when
+ `LaTeX-using-biber' is non-nil.
+ (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Refresh toolbar after styles update.
+
+ 2013-04-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-default-document-environment): New buffer-local
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-default-environment): Mention
+ `LaTeX-default-document-environment' in doc-string.
+ (LaTeX-environment): Use `LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Use
+ `LaTeX-default-document-environment' instead of
+ `LaTeX-default-environment'.
+
+ * style/letter.el ("letter"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/slides.el ("slides"): Ditto.
+
+ 2013-04-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/acro.el (LaTeX-acro-acronym-history): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym): Use it.
+
+ * style/acronym.el (LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym): Use it.
+
+ * style/beamer.el (LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history): New variable.
+ ("beamer"): Use it.
+ (TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle): Ditto.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Use it.
+
+ 2013-04-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Set `frame' as default environment.
+ Set `section' as largest sectioning level. Add fontification for
+ `title', `author', and `date'.
+
+ * style/letter.el ("letter"): Set `letter' as default environment.
+ Add some macros and fontification.
+
+ * style/slides.el ("slides"): Set `slide' as default environment.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-insert-braces): Move
+ `indent-according-to-mode' after `save-excursion' because
+ `LaTeX-newline' (used in `save-excursion') deletes trailing
+ whitespaces.
+
+ 2013-04-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/amsthm.el (LaTeX-amsthm-package-options): New variable.
+ ("amsthm"): Remove `newtheorem' macro, already defined in
+ `latex.el'. Use `TeX-arg-define-environment' in `newtheorem*'
+ macro. Add `qedhere', `swapnumbers', and `newtheoremstyle'
+ macros. Add `newtheorem*' regexp to match new environments. Add
+ fontification.
+
+ * style/article.el ("article"): Add counters and pagestyles.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/book.el ("book"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/letter.el (LaTeX-letter-class-options): New variable.
+ ("letter"): Add pagestyles.
+
+ * style/report.el ("report"): Add counters and pagestyles.
+
+ * style/slides.el (LaTeX-slides-class-options): New variable.
+ ("slides"): Add counters and pagestyles.
+
+ 2013-04-18 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/beamer.el: Update copyright years and remove trailing
+ whitespaces.
+ ("beamer"): Run style hooks for loaded packages.
+ (LaTeX-beamer-class-options): New function.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list): Rename
+ from `LaTeX-hyperref-package-options' to avoid clash with the
+ function with the same name.
+ ("hyperref"): Use it.
+ (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): Ditto.
+
+ 2013-04-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * plain-tex.el (plain-TeX-common-initialization): Fix typo in
+ abbrev table name.
+
+ 2013-04-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-default-author): New customizable variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-author): New function.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `LaTeX-arg-author' for the
+ \author macro.
+ (LaTeX-default-author): Change default to 'user-full-name (quoted)
+ and add a new possible value.
+ (LaTeX-arg-author): Change accordingly.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Itemize-like): Document `TeX-arg-item-label-p'
+ option.
+ (Tabular-like): Document `LaTeX-default-width' option.
+ (Modes and Hooks): Add modes and hooks to indices.
+ (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-index-tag', `TeX-arg-index',
+ `TeX-arg-document', `LaTeX-arg-usepackage', `TeX-arg-bibstyle',
+ `TeX-arg-bibliography', `LaTeX-arg-author', `TeX-read-key-val',
+ and `TeX-arg-key-val' functions. Mention `TeX-arg-cite-note-p'
+ and `LaTeX-default-author' options.
+ (Adding Environments): Use in example code actually present in
+ `listings.el' file.
+
+ 2013-04-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Use `raise-frame'
+ instead of the external wmctrl command to raise the emacs frame.
+
+ 2013-04-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-read-key-val): Add `prompt' optional argument.
+ (TeX-arg-key-val): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (fboundp): Use `crm-separator' as separator in XEmacs
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple' implementation.
+
+ * style/acro.el (LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val): Let-bind keymap with SPC
+ key binding removed, instead of defining a new key binding for
+ SPC. Use `TeX-arg-key-val' instead of `multi-prompt-key-value'
+ and `TeX-argument-insert'.
+
+ * style/pst-node.el (LaTeX-pstnode-env-psmatrix): Replace
+ `completing-read-multiple' with `TeX-completing-read-multiple'.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-package-parameters): Ditto.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Let-bind keymap with
+ SPC key binding removed, instead of defining a new key binding for
+ SPC. Replace `completing-read-multiple' with
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple'.
+
+ 2013-04-15 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Raise frame when
+ placing point on the source location.
+
+ 2013-04-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/acro.el and style/acronym.el.
+
+ * style/acro.el: New style.
+
+ * style/acronym.el: Ditto.
+
+ 2013-04-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-sync-view): URL-escape pdf file path when
+ calling evince via DBUS.
+ (TeX-evince-sync-view): Use 0 as timestamp.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): URL-decode tex file name.
+
+ 2013-04-10 Nicolas Richard <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * style/mathtools.el (LaTeX-mathtools-key-val-options): Fix defvar
+ syntax.
+
+ 2013-04-10 Jobst Hoffmann <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * style/lscape.el ("lscape"): Fix typo and parentheses.
+
+ 2013-04-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * README.GIT: Rename from README.CVS; update contents to Git.
+
+ 2013-04-09 Leo Liu <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-outline-level): Make it work for customized
+ `outline-regexp'. See bug report
+ http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.bugs/1648.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin)
+ (TeX-view-program-selection): Enable commented code to support
+ darwin system.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-math-input-method-off-regexp): Improve and fix typo.
+ See bug http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.devel/2468.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist): Fix a bug in
+ `font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist' where it modified both the buffer
+ local and global value of `font-latex-syntax-alist'.
+
+ 2013-04-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Correct docstring.
+
+ 2013-04-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-provided-class-options-member): Fix typo.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Provide completion for more than one
+ package in mandatory argument.
+
+ 2013-04-05 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-global-class-files): New variable.
+ (TeX-arg-document): Provide completion for class options, based on
+ `LaTeX-arg-usepackage'. Use `LaTeX-global-class-files'.
+ (LaTeX-style-list): Mention that if `TeX-arg-input-file-search' is
+ set to `t' this variable will be ignored.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-normal-mode): Reset `LaTeX-global-class-files' when
+ ARG is non-nil.
+
+ * style/article.el (LaTeX-article-class-options): New variable.
+
+ * style/book.el (LaTeX-book-class-options): New variable.
+
+ * style/report.el (LaTeX-report-class-options): New variable.
+
+ 2013-04-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-provided-class-options): New buffer-local
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-provided-class-options-member): New function.
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options): New buffer-local variable.
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member): New function
+ (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Rewrite to support
+ `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options' variables.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-store): Write to parsed file values of
+ `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options' variables.
+ (TeX-auto-insert): Fix indentation of inserted lines.
+ (TeX-search-files-by-type): Fix typo in doc-string.
+ (TeX-add-to-alist): New function.
+ (TeX-quote-language-alist): Fix typo in doc-string.
+
+ * style/babel.el (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Add missing
+ languages.
+ (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Add options other than
+ languages.
+ (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Use
+ `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options'. Loop over actually
+ used options instead of all babel languages.
+ ("babel"): Run styles of active languages.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use
+ `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Consider the `ask' value for
+ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
+
+ * style/kpfonts.el ("kpfonts"): Use
+ `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el: Rename `TeX-siunitx-*' functions to
+ `LaTeX-siunitx-*' for consistency.
+ ("siunitx"): Use `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
+
+ 2013-03-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-document): Search for LaTeX classes.
+
+ 2013-03-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Correct name
+ of `TeX-read-key-val' argument.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove `addbibresource'
+ macro.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options): New
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-addbibresource): New function, based on current
+ `TeX-arg-bibliography'.
+ ("biblatex"): Add `addbibresource' macro.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Use `TeX-read-key-val'.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-bibliography): Remove `addbibresource'
+ support.
+
+ 2013-03-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Remove trailing spaces from
+ inserted lines.
+
+ 2013-03-07 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-read-key-val): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-key-val): Use `TeX-read-key-val'.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): Use
+ `TeX-read-key-val' instead of `TeX-arg-key-val' which caused args
+ to be inserted twice.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): Ditto.
+
+ 2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/amsopn.el: Add GPL copyright notice.
+ ("amsopn"): Add regex for \DeclareMathOperator to
+ `LaTeX-auto-regexp-list'. Use `TeX-arg-define-macro' for
+ \DeclareMathOperator.
+
+ 2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add support for xindy.
+
+ 2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add regular expression
+ for thispagestyle and pagestyle to `TeX-complete-list'.
+
+ 2013-03-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-date): New function.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `TeX-arg-date' for \date macro.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document `TeX-arg-date'.
+
+ * style/doc.el ("doc"): Use `TeX-arg-date' for the \changes macro.
+
+ 2013-02-26 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-run-style-hooks): Guard running style hooks in a
+ `condition-case' in order not to error in cases the auto file
+ contains calls to functions that are defined by a style that has
+ been deactivated in the meantime.
+
+ 2013-02-25 Werner Fink <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/dinbrief.el ("dinbrief"): Update dinbrief style.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert): New macro.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-style): New function.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient): Rename from
+ `LaTeX-recipient-hook'.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-sender): New function.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient): New function.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-today): Rename from `LaTeX-today'.
+
+ 2013-02-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro): Add TeX group characters also in math
+ environments if there is an active region that should probably
+ used as argument.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-internal): Add \clearpage and
+ \newpage.
+
+ * style/scrbase.el ("scrbase"): Add \minisec macro to
+ `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' locally.
+
+ 2013-02-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/kpfonts.el: New style file.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/kpfonts.el.
+
+ 2013-02-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Move `digamma' and `varkappa' to
+ `AMS > Greek Lowercase' menu.
+
+ 2013-02-18 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style array.el.
+
+ * style/array.el: New style.
+
+ * style/tabularx.el: Expand copyright range.
+ ("tabularx"): The package relies on the array package, so run its
+ style hook.
+
+ 2013-02-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (require): Require crm.
+
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-key-value): Don't require crm here
+ because it has already been required in tex.el.
+
+ 2013-02-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Add hooks for loaded packages.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): New function.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list): Renamed from
+ `LaTeX-biblatex-package-options' to avoid clash with the function
+ with the same name.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-search-files-type-alist): Add `bbxinputs'.
+ (BibLaTeX-global-style-files): New variable.
+
+ * tex.el (BibLaTeX-style-extensions): New variable.
+ (TeX-normal-mode): Make ARG argument optional.
+ (TeX-normal-mode): Reset `BibLaTeX-global-style-files' when ARG is
+ non-nil.
+
+ 2013-02-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): New function.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): New
+ function.
+
+ 2013-02-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/subfigure.el: Expanded copyright range.
+ ("subfigure"): Collapsed the two regular expressions for
+ completion. Added lengths, and commands for fonts.
+
+ 2013-02-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/fancyhdr.el (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position): Document the
+ OPTIONAL argument.
+
+ 2013-02-14 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style fancyhdr.el.
+
+ * style/fancyhdr.el: New style.
+
+ 2013-02-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document
+ `TeX-math-close-single-dollar'.
+ (Selecting a Command): Remove reference to
+ `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'.
+ (Parsing Files): Document `LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list', `LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-math-close-single-dollar): New variable.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Use it.
+
+ 2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style filecontents.el.
+
+ 2013-01-23 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/filecontents.el: New style.
+
+ 2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style fancynum.el.
+
+ 2013-02-08 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/fancynum.el: New style.
+
+ 2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style nameref.el.
+
+ 2013-02-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Mention that `TeX-arg-savebox'
+ now supports completion.
+
+ * style/nameref.el: New style.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Run nameref style hook because
+ hyperref activates nameref.
+
+ 2013-02-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx-unit"): New type for the parser.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-regexp): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-prepare): New function.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup): New function.
+ (TeX-auto-prepare-hook): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-prepare' function.
+ (TeX-auto-cleanup-hook): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup' function.
+ (TeX-arg-siunitx-unit): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit): New function.
+ ("siunitx"): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-regexp' to list of regexps used
+ for parsing.
+ ("siunitx"): Use `TeX-arg-siunitx-unit' and
+ `TeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit' functions.
+ ("siunitx"): Use `LaTeX-add-siunitx-units' for adding siunitx unit
+ macros to the list of known units.
+
+ 2013-02-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el: Update copyright range.
+ ("biblatex"): Check `backend' option value in
+ `TeX-active-styles'.
+
+ * tex-style.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber) Remove unused variable.
+
+ * tex.el: Update copyright range.
+ (TeX-auto-add-type): Append new type to `TeX-auto-parser' instead
+ of prepending it.
+ (TeX-auto-store): Fix indentation of first lines of parsed file.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Append options and styles to
+ `TeX-auto-file' instead of prepending them.
+
+ 2013-01-28 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/todo.texi (Wishlist): Remove "Completion for sboxes".
+
+ 2013-01-27 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-contents): Replaced regular expression with
+ `LaTeX-header-end', i.e., filecontents environments must go
+ somewhere in the preamble but not necessarily before the
+ \documentclass.
+
+ 2013-01-26 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list'.
+ ("savebox"): New type for the parser.
+ (TeX-arg-savebox): Use `LaTeX-savebox-list' for completion and
+ `definition' argument.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added makeatletter, makeatother,
+ and jobname macros.
+ (LaTeX-default-options): Changed documentstyle to documentclass in
+ docstring.
+
+ 2013-01-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Add `\gram' and
+ `\SendSettingsToPgf'.
+
+ 2013-01-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-output-mode): Make revert-buffer-function buffer
+ local before setting it to TeX-output-revert-buffer.
+
+ 2013-01-24 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * auctex.texi: Updated documetation about ChkTeX and lacheck.
+ Fixed typos.
+
+ 2013-01-24 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-output-revert-buffer): New function.
+ (TeX-special-mode, TeX-output-mode): New major modes.
+ (TeX-special-mode-map, TeX-output-mode-map): New variables.
+
+ 2013-01-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style placeins.el.
+
+ 2013-01-21 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add \shortintertext.
+
+ 2013-01-19 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/placeins.el: New style.
+
+ 2013-01-17 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/todo.texi: Remove the todo concerning completion for
+ counters that was implemented by Mosè Giordano on 2013-01-15.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document `TeX-arg-length' and
+ `TeX-arg-define-length'.
+
+ 2013-01-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list'.
+ ("length"): New type for the parser.
+ (TeX-arg-length): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-define-length): New function.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize some standard LaTeX
+ lengths and use `TeX-arg-length' and `TeX-arg-define-length' for
+ completion of some macros.
+
+ 2013-01-15 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document that `TeX-arg-counter' does completion
+ now.
+
+ 2013-01-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list): Fix typo.
+ (LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list'.
+ ("counter"): New type for the parser.
+ (TeX-arg-counter): Use `LaTeX-counter-list' function for
+ completion and `definition' argument.
+ (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use `definition' argument.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize counters.
+
+ 2013-01-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/ulem.el (LaTeX-arg-fontdecl, LaTeX-arg-fontcmd): Fix
+ declarations.
+
+ 2013-01-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-pstricks-package-options): New
+ variable.
+
+ * style/varioref.el: Update copyright range.
+ ("varioref"): Add more definitions.
+ (LaTeX-varioref-package-options): Reformat.
+
+ * style/listings.el: Update copyright range.
+ (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options, "listings")
+ (LaTeX-listings-package-options): Update to recent listings
+ version.
+
+ 2013-01-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Enable memoir.el style.
+
+ 2013-01-14 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/memoir.el: New style.
+
+ 2013-01-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-environment): Fix typo.
+
+ 2013-01-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Update copyright range.
+ (LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list'.
+ ("pagestyle"): New type for the parser.
+ (LaTeX-pagestyle-list): Remove.
+ (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use `LaTeX-pagestyle-list' function for
+ completing.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize pagestyles.
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el: Use `LaTeX-pagestyle-list' function to set
+ `firstpagestyle' option values.
+
+ 2013-01-11 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add command to run ChkTeX.
+
+ 2013-01-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add new style files kantlipsum.el,
+ lipsum.el, and longtable.el.
+
+ 2013-01-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/kantlipsum.el: New style.
+
+ * style/lipsum.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/longtable.el: Ditto
+
+ 2013-01-10 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-document): Only insert \documentclass in
+ case the document does not already contain one.
+
+ 2013-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/epigraph.el ("epigraph"): Do not quote list entries for
+ `font-latex-add-keywords'.
+
+ 2013-01-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Prevent amsmath options from
+ being added multiple times.
+
+ * style/footmisc.el ("footmisc"): Remove fontification settings
+ for length macros.
+
+ 2013-01-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Append amsmath options to
+ mathtools option after the amsmath style file has been loaded.
+ Remove `function' wrapper.
+
+ 2013-01-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style files.
+
+ * ChangeLog: Move name of style file contributors to head of
+ ChangLog entries.
+
+ 2013-01-02 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/everysel.el: Fix typos.
+
+ 2013-01-02 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/afterpage.el: New style.
+
+ 2012-12-30 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-pagestyle-list): New variable.
+ (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use it.
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el: New style.
+
+ 2012-12-29 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Fix apparent errors and add keybind entries for
+ C-c ? and `:' (in math mode).
+
+ 2012-12-28 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/multirow.el: New style.
+
+ 2012-12-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): New variable.
+ ("siunitx"): Use it.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-href-options): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options, "hyperref"): Use it.
+
+ 2012-12-27 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mflogo.el: New style.
+
+ * style/epigraph.el: Ditto.
+
+ 2012-12-27 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add support for the alignedat
+ and subarray environments. Also, add support for the shoveright
+ and shoveleft macros.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-math-environments): Add "xxalignat"
+ and "flalign".
+
+ 2012-12-26 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/lscape.el: New style.
+
+ * style/amssymb.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/ragged2e.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/mathtools.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/everysel.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/bigstrut.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/bigdelim.el: Ditto.
+
+ 2012-12-25 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/ulem.el: New style.
+
+ 2012-12-25 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added unicode character position
+ to some entries and "mathring" entry.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added support for accent macros
+ \hat, \dot etc and \textasteriskcentered.
+
+ 2012-12-24 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/footmisc.el: New style.
+
+ 2012-12-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/bm.el: New style.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el: Ditto.
+
+ 2012-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist):
+ Also add spell button.
+
+ * images/spell.xpm: New image, copied from Emacs.
+
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-button-alist): Use it for the spell
+ button.
+
+ 2012-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-button-alist, TeX-bar-TeX-buttons): Add
+ `spell' button to run spell-checker.
+
+2014-05-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Recognize
+ \\shortintertext from mathtools.
+
+2014-05-16 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
+ dynamic scoping for `num'.
+ (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Don't use `eval' needlessly.
+ (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Declare before first use.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
+ (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
+
2012-12-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Merge revno 314 (Stefan Monnier) from emacs elpa branch: Shorten
diff --cc README
index 0a1f331,0000000..e74a20f
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/README
+++ b/README
@@@ -1,240 -1,0 +1,240 @@@
+This is the README file for the AUCTeX distribution.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Copying and distribution of this file, with or without
+ modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided
+ the copyright notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+Introduction to AUCTeX
+**********************
+
+This file gives a brief overview of what AUCTeX is. It is *not* an
+attempt to document AUCTeX. Real documentation for AUCTeX is available
+in the manual, which should be available as an info file after
+installation.
+
+AUCTeX is a comprehensive customizable integrated environment for
+writing input files for TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo, and docTeX using
+Emacs or XEmacs.
+
+It supports you in the insertion of macros, environments, and sectioning
+commands by providing completion alternatives and prompting for
+parameters. It automatically indents your text as you type it and lets
+you format a whole file at once. The outlining and folding facilities
+provide you with a focused and clean view of your text.
+
+AUCTeX lets you process your source files by running TeX and related
+tools (such as output filters, post processors for generating indices
+and bibliographies, and viewers) from inside Emacs. AUCTeX lets you
+browse through the errors TeX reported, while it moves the cursor
+directly to the reported error, and displays some documentation for that
+particular error. This will even work when the document is spread over
+several files.
+
+One component of AUCTeX that LaTeX users will find attractive is
+preview-latex, a combination of folding and in-source previewing that
+provides true "What You See Is What You Get" experience in your
+sourcebuffer, while letting you retain full control. For more
+information, see further below.
+
+More detailed information about the features and usage of AUCTeX can be
+found in the AUCTeX manual. You can access it from within Emacs by
+typing 'C-h i d m auctex <RET>'. If you prefer the standalone info
+reader, issue the command 'info auctex' in a terminal.
+
+AUCTeX is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, and hence you can easily add
+new features for your own needs. It is a GNU project and distributed
+under the 'GNU General Public License Version 3'.
+
+The most recent version is always available at
+<http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex/>.
+
+WWW users may want to check out the AUCTeX page at
+<http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/>.
+
+For comprehensive information about how to install AUCTeX read the file
+'INSTALL' or 'INSTALL.windows', respectively.
+
+If you are considering upgrading AUCTeX, the recent changes are
+described in the 'CHANGES' file.
+
+If you want to discuss AUCTeX with other users or its developers, there
+are several mailing lists you can use.
+
+Send a mail with the subject "subscribe" to <address@hidden> in
+order to join the general discussion list for AUCTeX. Articles should
+be sent to <address@hidden>. In a similar way, you can subscribe to the
+<address@hidden> list for just getting important announcements
+about AUCTeX. The list <address@hidden> is for bug reports which
+you should usually file with the 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report <RET>'
+command. If you want to address the developers of AUCTeX themselves
+with technical issues, they can be found on the discussion list
+<address@hidden>.
+preview-latex in a nutshell
+***************************
+
+Does your neck hurt from turning between previewer windows and the
+source too often? This AUCTeX component will render your displayed
+LaTeX equations right into the editing window where they belong.
+
+The purpose of preview-latex is to embed LaTeX environments such as
+display math or figures into the source buffers and switch conveniently
+between source and image representation.
+
+1 What use is it?
+*****************
+
+WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) sometimes is considered all the
+rage, sometimes frowned upon. Do we really want it? Wrong question.
+The right question is _what_ we want from it. Except when finetuning
+the layout, we don't want to use printer fonts for on-screen text
+editing. The low resolution and contrast of a computer screen render
+all but the coarsest printer fonts (those for low-quality newsprint)
+unappealing, and the margins and pagination of the print are not wanted
+on the screen, either. On the other hand, more complex visual
+compositions like math formulas and tables can't easily be taken in when
+seen only in the source. preview-latex strikes a balance: it only uses
+graphic renditions of the output for certain, configurable constructs,
+does this only when told, and then right in the source code. Switching
+back and forth between the source and preview is easy and natural and
+can be done for each image independently. Behind the scenes of
+preview-latex, a sophisticated framework of other programs like
+'dvipng', Dvips and Ghostscript are employed together with a special
+LaTeX style file for extracting the material of interest in the
+background and providing fast interactive response.
+
+2 Activating preview-latex
+**************************
+
+After installation, the package may need to be activated (and remember
+to activate AUCTeX too). In XEmacs, and in any prepackaged versions
+worth their salt, activation should be automatic upon installation. If
+this seems not the case, complain to your installation provider.
+
+The usual activation (if it is not done automatically) would be
+
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+If you still don't get a "Preview" menu in LaTeX mode in spite of AUCTeX
+showing its "Command", your installation is broken. One possible cause
+are duplicate Lisp files that might be detectable with '<M-x>
+list-load-path-shadows <RET>'.
+
+3 Getting started
+*****************
+
+Once activated, preview-latex and its documentation will be accessible
+via its menus (note that preview-latex requires AUCTeX to be loaded).
+When you have loaded a LaTeX document (a sample document 'circ.tex' is
+included in the distribution, but most documents including math and/or
+figures should do), you can use its menu or 'C-c C-p C-d' (for
+'Preview/Document'). Previews will now be generated for various objects
+in your document. You can use the time to take a short look at the
+other menu entries and key bindings in the 'Preview' menu. You'll see
+the previewed objects change into a roadworks sign when preview-latex
+has determined just what it is going to preview. Note that you can
+freely navigate the buffer while this is going on. When the process is
+finished you will see the objects typeset in your buffer.
+
+It is a bad idea, however, to edit the buffer before the roadworks signs
+appear, since that is the moment when the correlation between the
+original text and the buffer locations gets established. If the buffer
+changes before that point of time, the previews will not be placed where
+they belong. If you do want to change some obvious error you just
+spotted, we recommend you stop the background process by pressing 'C-c
+C-k'.
+
+To see/edit the LaTeX code for a specific object, put the point (the
+cursor) on it and press 'C-c C-p C-p' (for 'Preview/at point'). It will
+also do to click with the middle mouse button on the preview. Now you
+can edit the code, and generate a new preview by again pressing 'C-c C-p
+C-p' (or by clicking with the middle mouse button on the icon before the
+edited text).
+
+If you are using the 'desktop' package, previews will remain from one
+session to the next as long as you don't kill your buffer. If you are
+using XEmacs, you will probably need to upgrade the package to the
+newest one; things are being fixed just as I am writing this.
+
+4 Basic modes of operation
+**************************
+
+preview-latex has a number of methods for generating its graphics. Its
+default operation is equivalent to using the 'LaTeX' command from
+AUCTeX. If this happens to be a call of PDFLaTeX generating PDF output
+(you need at least AUCTeX 11.51 for this), then Ghostscript will be
+called directly on the resulting PDF file. If a DVI file gets produced,
+first Dvips and then Ghostscript get called by default.
+
+The image type to be generated by Ghostscript can be configured with
+
+ M-x customize-variable RET preview-image-type RET
+
+The default is 'png' (the most efficient image type). A special setting
+is 'dvipng' in case you have the 'dvipng' program installed. In this
+case, 'dvipng' will be used for converting DVI files and Ghostscript
+(with a 'PNG' device) for converting PDF files. 'dvipng' is much faster
+than the combination of Dvips and Ghostscript. You can get downloads,
+access to its CVS archive and further information from its project site
+(http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/dvipng).
+
+5 More documentation
+********************
+
+After the installation, documentation in the form of an info manual will
+be available. You can access it with the standalone info reader with
+
+ info preview-latex
+
+or by pressing 'C-h i d m preview-latex <RET>' in Emacs. Once
+preview-latex is activated, you can instead use 'C-c C-p <TAB>' (or the
+menu entry 'Preview/Read documentation').
+
+Depending on your installation, a printable manual may also be available
+in the form of 'preview-latex.dvi' or 'preview-latex.ps'.
+
+Detailed documentation for the LaTeX style used for extracting the
+preview images is placed in 'preview.dvi' in a suitable directory during
+installation; on typical teTeX-based systems,
+
+ texdoc preview
+
+will display it.
+
+6 Availability
+**************
+
+The preview-latex project is now part of AUCTeX and accessible as part
+of the AUCTeX project page (http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex).
+You can get its files from the AUCTeX download area
+(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex). As of AUCTeX 11.81, preview-latex
+should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate download will
+be necessary.
+
+You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
- Anonymous CVS is available as well.
++Anonymous Git is available as well.
+
+7 Contacts
+**********
+
+Bug reports should be sent by using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', as
+this will fill in a lot of information interesting to us. If the
+installation fails (but this should be a rare event), report bugs to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+There is a general discussion list for AUCTeX which also covers
+preview-latex, look at <http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/auctex>.
+For more information on the mailing list, send a message with just the
+word "help" as subject or body to <address@hidden>. For the
+developers, there is the <address@hidden> list; it would probably
+make sense to direct feature requests and questions about internal
+details there. There is a low-volume read-only announcement list
+available to which you can subscribe by sending a mail with "subscribe"
+in the subject to <address@hidden>.
+
+Offers to support further development will be appreciated. If you want
+to show your appreciation with a donation to the main developer, you can
+do so via PayPal to <address@hidden>, and of course you can arrange for
+service contracts or for added functionality. Take a look at the 'TODO'
+list for suggestions in that area.
diff --cc auctex.el
index 42c4ca7,0000000..4b4e73b
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@@ -1,34 -1,0 +1,34 @@@
+;;; auctex.el --- Integrated environment for *TeX*
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
- ;; Version: 11.87.7
++;; Version: 11.88
+;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
+
+;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+
+;; GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;; (at your option) any later version.
+
+;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+;; GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This can be used for starting up AUCTeX. The following somewhat
+;; strange trick causes tex-site.el to be loaded in a way that can be
+;; safely undone using (unload-feature 'tex-site).
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(autoload 'TeX-load-hack
+ (expand-file-name "tex-site.el"
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+(TeX-load-hack)
diff --cc auctex.info
index 272d6ab,0000000..ab93a7d
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/auctex.info
+++ b/auctex.info
@@@ -1,7439 -1,0 +1,8119 @@@
+This is auctex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from auctex.texi.
+
- This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04), a
++This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88 from 2014-10-29), a
+sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+
- Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2012 Free Software
++ Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Top, Next: Copying, Up: (dir)
+
+AUCTeX
+******
+
+This manual may be copied under the conditions spelled out in *note
+Copying this Manual::.
+
+ AUCTeX is an integrated environment for editing LaTeX, ConTeXt,
+docTeX, Texinfo, and TeX files.
+
+ Although AUCTeX contains a large number of features, there are no
+reasons to despair. You can continue to write TeX and LaTeX documents
+the way you are used to, and only start using the multiple features in
+small steps. AUCTeX is not monolithic, each feature described in this
+manual is useful by itself, but together they provide an environment
+where you will make very few LaTeX errors, and makes it easy to find the
+errors that may slip through anyway.
+
+ It is a good idea to make a printout of AUCTeX's reference card
+'tex-ref.tex' or one of its typeset versions.
+
+ If you want to make AUCTeX aware of style files and multi-file
+documents right away, insert the following in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+
+ Another thing you should enable is RefTeX, a comprehensive solution
+for managing cross references, bibliographies, indices, document
+navigation and a few other things. (*note (reftex)Installation::)
+
+ For detailed information about the preview-latex subsystem of AUCTeX,
+see *note Introduction: (preview-latex)Top.
+
+ There is a mailing list for general discussion about AUCTeX: write a
+mail with "subscribe" in the subject to <address@hidden> to join
+it. Send contributions to <address@hidden>.
+
+ Bug reports should go to <address@hidden>, suggestions for new
+features, and pleas for help should go to either <address@hidden>
+(the AUCTeX developers), or to <address@hidden> if they might have
+general interest. Please use the command 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report
+RET' to report bugs if possible. You can subscribe to a low-volume
+announcement list by sending "subscribe" in the subject of a mail to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying:: Copying
+* Introduction:: Introduction to AUCTeX
+* Editing:: Editing the Document Source
+* Display:: Controlling Screen Display
+* Processing:: Starting Processors, Viewers and Other
Programs
+* Customization:: Customization and Extension
+* Appendices:: Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ, Texinfo
mode
+* Indices:: Indices
+
+ -- The Detailed Node Listing --
+
+Introduction
+
+* Summary:: Overview of AUCTeX
+* Installation:: Installing AUCTeX
+* Quick Start:: Quick Start
+
+Editing the Document Source
+
+* Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
+* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
+* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
+* Mathematics:: Entering Mathematics
+* Completion:: Completion of macros
+* Commenting:: Commenting text
+* Indenting:: Reflecting syntactic constructs with
whitespace
+* Filling:: Automatic and manual line breaking
+
+Inserting Environment Templates
+
+* Equations:: Equations
+* Floats:: Floats
+* Itemize-like:: Itemize-like Environments
+* Tabular-like:: Tabular-like Environments
+* Customizing Environments:: Customizing Environments
+
+Controlling Screen Display
+
+* Font Locking:: Font Locking
+* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
+* Outline:: Outlining the Document
++* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
+
+Font Locking
+
+* Fontification of macros:: Fontification of macros
+* Fontification of quotes:: Fontification of quotes
+* Fontification of math:: Fontification of math constructs
+* Verbatim content:: Verbatim macros and environments
+* Faces:: Faces used by font-latex
+
+Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+
+* Commands:: Invoking external commands.
+* Viewing:: Invoking external viewers.
+* Debugging:: Debugging TeX and LaTeX output.
+* Checking:: Checking the document.
+* Control:: Controlling the processes.
+* Cleaning:: Cleaning intermediate and output files.
+* Documentation:: Documentation about macros and packages.
+
+Viewing the Formatted Output
+
+* Starting Viewers:: Starting viewers
+* I/O Correlation:: Forward and inverse search
+
+Customization and Extension
+
+* Multifile:: Multifile Documents
+* Parsing Files:: Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+* Internationalization:: Language Support
+* Automatic:: Automatic Customization
+* Style Files:: Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+Language Support
+
+* European:: Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+* Japanese:: Using AUCTeX with Japanese
+
+Automatic Customization
+
+* Automatic Global:: Automatic Customization for the Site
+* Automatic Private:: Automatic Customization for a User
+* Automatic Local:: Automatic Customization for a Directory
+
+Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+* Simple Style:: A Simple Style File
+* Adding Macros:: Adding Support for Macros
+* Adding Environments:: Adding Support for Environments
+* Adding Other:: Adding Other Information
+* Hacking the Parser:: Automatic Extraction of New Things
+
+Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ
+
+* Copying this Manual::
+* Changes::
+* Development::
+* FAQ::
+* Texinfo mode::
+
+Copying this Manual
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+Indices
+
+* Key Index::
+* Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept Index::
+
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+
+Copying
+*******
+
+AUCTeX primarily consists of Lisp files for Emacs (and XEmacs), but
+there are also installation scripts and files and TeX support files.
+All of those are "free"; this means that everyone is free to use them
+and free to redistribute them on a free basis. The files of AUCTeX are
+not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there are
+restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are designed
+to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.
+What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further sharing any
+version of these programs that they might get from you.
+
+ Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
+away copies of the files that constitute AUCTeX, that you receive source
+code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these files
+or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know you can do
+these things.
+
+ To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
+deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute
+copies of parts of AUCTeX, you must give the recipients all the rights
+that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
+the source code. And you must tell them their rights.
+
+ Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
+finds out that there is no warranty for AUCTeX. If any parts are
+modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to know
+that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any problems
+introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.
+
+ The precise conditions of the licenses for the files currently being
+distributed as part of AUCTeX are found in the General Public Licenses
+that accompany them. This manual specifically is covered by the GNU
+Free Documentation License (*note Copying this Manual::).
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Editing, Prev: Copying, Up:
Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Summary:: Overview of AUCTeX
+* Installation:: Installing AUCTeX
+* Quick Start:: Quick Start
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Summary, Next: Installation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 Overview of AUCTeX
+======================
+
+AUCTeX is a comprehensive customizable integrated environment for
+writing input files for TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo, and docTeX using
+Emacs or XEmacs.
+
+ It supports you in the insertion of macros, environments, and
+sectioning commands by providing completion alternatives and prompting
+for parameters. It automatically indents your text as you type it and
+lets you format a whole file at once. The outlining and folding
+facilities provide you with a focused and clean view of your text.
+
+ AUCTeX lets you process your source files by running TeX and related
+tools (such as output filters, post processors for generating indices
+and bibliographies, and viewers) from inside Emacs. AUCTeX lets you
+browse through the errors TeX reported, while it moves the cursor
+directly to the reported error, and displays some documentation for that
+particular error. This will even work when the document is spread over
+several files.
+
+ One component of AUCTeX that LaTeX users will find attractive is
+preview-latex, a combination of folding and in-source previewing that
+provides true "What You See Is What You Get" experience in your
+sourcebuffer, while letting you retain full control.
+
+ More detailed information about the features and usage of AUCTeX can
+be found in the remainder of this manual.
+
+ AUCTeX is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, and hence you can easily
+add new features for your own needs. It is a GNU project and
+distributed under the 'GNU General Public License Version 3'.
+
+ The most recent version is always available at
+<http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex/>.
+
+ WWW users may want to check out the AUCTeX page at
+<http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/>.
+
+ For comprehensive information about how to install AUCTeX *Note
+Installation::, or *note Installation under MS Windows::, respectively.
+
+ If you are considering upgrading AUCTeX, the recent changes are
+described in *note Changes::.
+
+ If you want to discuss AUCTeX with other users or its developers,
+there are several mailing lists you can use.
+
+ Send a mail with the subject "subscribe" to <address@hidden>
+in order to join the general discussion list for AUCTeX. Articles
+should be sent to <address@hidden>. In a similar way, you can subscribe
+to the <address@hidden> list for just getting important
+announcements about AUCTeX. The list <address@hidden> is for bug
+reports which you should usually file with the 'M-x
+TeX-submit-bug-report <RET>' command. If you want to address the
+developers of AUCTeX themselves with technical issues, they can be found
+on the discussion list <address@hidden>.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Installation, Next: Quick Start, Prev: Summary,
Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Installing AUCTeX
+=====================
+
+The simplest way of installing AUCTeX is by using the Emacs package
+manager integrated in Emacs 24 and greater (ELPA). Simply do 'M-x
+package-list-packages RET', mark the auctex package for installation
+with 'i', and hit 'x' to execute the installation procedure. That's
+all.
+
+ The remainder of this section is about installing AUCTeX from a
+release tarball or from a checkout of the AUCTeX repository.
+
+ Installing AUCTeX should be simple: merely './configure', 'make', and
+'make install' for a standard site-wide installation (most other
+installations can be done by specifying a '--prefix=...' option).
+
+ On many systems, this will already activate the package, making its
+modes the default instead of the built-in modes of Emacs. If this is
+not the case, consult *note Loading the package::. Please read through
+this document fully before installing anything. The installation
+procedure has changed as compared to earlier versions. Users of MS Windows
+are asked to consult *Note Installation under MS Windows::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Prerequisites::
+* Configure::
+* Build/install::
+* Loading the package::
+* Advice for package providers::
+* Advice for non-privileged users::
+* Installation under MS Windows::
+* Customizing::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: Configure, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.1 Prerequisites
+-------------------
+
+ * A recent version of Emacs, alternatively XEmacs
+
+ Emacs 20 is no longer supported, and neither is XEmacs with a
+ version of 'xemacs-base' older than 1.84 (released in sumo from
+ 02/02/2004). Using preview-latex requires a version of Emacs
+ compiled with image support. While the X11 version of Emacs 21
+ will likely work, Emacs 22 and later is preferred.
+
+ Windows
+ Precompiled versions are available from
+ <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/>.
+ Mac OS X
+ For an overview of precompiled versions of Emacs for Mac OS X
+ see for example
+ <http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/EmacsForMacOS>.
+ GNU/Linux
+ Most GNU/Linux distributions nowadays provide a recent variant
+ of Emacs via their package repositories.
+ Self-compiled
+ Compiling Emacs yourself requires a C compiler and a number of
+ tools and development libraries. Details are beyond the scope
+ of this manual. Instructions for checking out the source code
+ can be found at <https://savannah.gnu.org/bzr/?group=emacs>.
+
+ If you really need to use Emacs 21 on platforms where this implies
+ missing image support, you should disable the installation of
+ preview-latex (see below).
+
+ While XEmacs (version 21.4.15, 21.4.17 or later) is supported,
+ doing this in a satisfactory manner has proven to be difficult.
+ This is mostly due to technical shortcomings and differing API's
+ which are hard to come by. If AUCTeX is your main application for
+ XEmacs, you are likely to get better results and support by
+ switching to Emacs. Of course, you can improve support for your
+ favorite editor by giving feedback in case you encounter bugs.
+
+ * A working TeX installation
+
+ Well, AUCTeX would be pointless without that. Processing
+ documentation requires TeX, LaTeX and Texinfo during installation.
+ preview-latex requires Dvips for its operation in DVI mode. The
+ default configuration of AUCTeX is tailored for teTeX or
+ TeXlive-based distributions, but can be adapted easily.
+
+ * A recent Ghostscript
+
+ This is needed for operation of preview-latex in both DVI and PDF
+ mode. Most versions of Ghostscript nowadays in use should work
- fine (version 7.0 and newer). If you encounter problems, check
- *note (preview-latex)Problems with Ghostscript::.
++ fine (version 7.0 and newer).
+
+ * The 'texinfo' package
+
+ Strictly speaking, you can get away without it if you are building
+ from the distribution tarball, have not modified any files and
+ don't need a printed version of the manual: the pregenerated info
+ file is included in the tarball. At least version 4.0 is required.
+
+ For some known issues with various software, see *note
+(preview-latex)Known problems::.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Configure, Next: Build/install, Prev:
Prerequisites, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.2 Configure
+---------------
+
+The first step is to configure the source code, telling it where various
+files will be. To do so, run
+
+ ./configure OPTIONS
+
- (Note: if you have fetched AUCTeX from CVS rather than a regular
++ (Note: if you have fetched AUCTeX from Git rather than a regular
+release, you will have to first follow the instructions in
- 'README.CVS').
++'README.GIT').
+
+ On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
+'configure' cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to help
+it out with one of these options:
+
+'--prefix=/usr/local'
+ All automatic placements for package components will be chosen from
+ sensible existing hierarchies below this: directories like 'man',
+ 'share' and 'bin' are supposed to be directly below PREFIX.
+
+ Only if no workable placement can be found there, in some cases an
+ alternative search will be made in a prefix deduced from a suitable
+ binary.
+
+ '/usr/local' is the default PREFIX, intended to be suitable for a
+ site-wide installation. If you are packaging this as an operating
+ system component for distribution, the setting '/usr' will probably
+ be the right choice. If you are planning to install the package as
+ a single non-priviledged user, you will typically set PREFIX to
+ your home directory.
+
+'--with-emacs[=/PATH/TO/EMACS]'
+ If you are using a pretest which isn't in your '$PATH', or
+ 'configure' is not finding the right Emacs executable, you can
+ specify it with this option.
+
+'--with-xemacs[=/PATH/TO/XEMACS]'
+ Configure for generation under XEmacs (Emacs is the default).
+ Again, the name of the right XEmacs executable can be specified,
+ complete with path if necessary.
+
+'--with-packagedir=/DIR'
+ This XEmacs-only option configures the directory for XEmacs
+ packages. A typical user-local setting would be
+ '~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages'. If this directory exists and is below
+ PREFIX, it should be detected automatically. This will install and
+ activate the package.
+
+'--without-packagedir'
+ This XEmacs-only option switches the detection of a package
+ directory and corresponding installation off. Consequently, the
+ Emacs installation scheme will be used. This might be appropriate
+ if you are using a different package system/installer than the
+ XEmacs one and want to avoid conflicts.
+
+ The Emacs installation scheme has the following options:
+
+'--with-lispdir=/DIR'
+ This Emacs-only option specifies the location of the 'site-lisp'
+ directory within 'load-path' under which the files will get
+ installed (the bulk will get installed in a subdirectory).
+ './configure' should figure this out by itself.
+
+'--with-auctexstartfile=auctex.el'
+'--with-previewstartfile=preview-latex.el'
+ This is the name of the respective startup files. If LISPDIR
+ contains a subdirectory 'site-start.d', the start files are placed
+ there, and 'site-start.el' should load them automatically. Please
+ be aware that you must not move the start files after installation
+ since other files are found _relative_ to them.
+
+'--with-packagelispdir=auctex'
+ This is the directory where the bulk of the package gets located.
+ The startfile adds this into LOAD-PATH.
+
+'--with-auto-dir=/DIR'
+ You can use this option to specify the directory containing
+ automatically generated information. It is not necessary for most
+ TeX installs, but may be used if you don't like the directory that
+ configure is suggesting.
+
+'--help'
+ This is not an option specific to AUCTeX. A number of standard
+ options to 'configure' exist, and we do not have the room to
+ describe them here; a short description of each is available, using
+ '--help'. If you use '--help=recursive', then also
+ preview-latex-specific options will get listed.
+
+'--disable-preview'
+ This disables configuration and installation of preview-latex.
+ This option is not actually recommended. If your Emacs does not
+ support images, you should really upgrade to a newer version.
+ Distributors should, if possible, refrain from distributing AUCTeX
+ and preview-latex separately in order to avoid confusion and
+ upgrade hassles if users install partial packages on their own.
+
+'--with-texmf-dir=/DIR
+--without-texmf-dir'
+ This option is used for specifying a TDS-compliant directory
+ hierarchy. Using '--with-texmf-dir=/DIR' you can specify where the
+ TeX TDS directory hierarchy resides, and the TeX files will get
+ installed in '/DIR/tex/latex/preview/'.
+
+ If you use the '--without-texmf-dir' option, the TeX-related files
+ will be kept in the Emacs Lisp tree, and at runtime the 'TEXINPUTS'
+ environment variable will be made to point there. You can install
+ those files into your own TeX tree at some later time with 'M-x
+ preview-install-styles RET'.
+
+'--with-tex-dir=/DIR'
+ If you want to specify an exact directory for the preview TeX
+ files, use '--with-tex-dir=/DIR'. In this case, the files will be
+ placed in '/DIR', and you'll also need the following option:
+
+'--with-doc-dir=/DIR'
+ This option may be used to specify where the TeX documentation
+ goes. It is to be used when you are using '--with-tex-dir=/DIR',
+ but is normally not necessary otherwise.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Build/install, Next: Loading the package, Prev:
Configure, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.3 Build/install
+-------------------
+
+Once 'configure' has been run, simply enter
+
+ make
+
+at the prompt to byte-compile the lisp files, extract the TeX files and
+build the documentation files. To install the files into the locations
+chosen earlier, type
+
+ make install
+
+ You may need special privileges to install, e.g., if you are
+installing into system directories.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Loading the package, Next: Advice for package
providers, Prev: Build/install, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.4 Loading the package
+-------------------------
+
+You can detect the successful activation of AUCTeX and preview-latex in
+the menus after loading a LaTeX file like 'preview/circ.tex': AUCTeX
+then gives you a 'Command' menu, and preview-latex gives you a 'Preview'
+menu.
+
+ For XEmacs, if the installation occured into a valid package
+directory (which is the default), then this should work out of the box.
+
+ With Emacs (or if you explicitly disabled use of the package system),
+the startup files 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' may already be in a
+directory of the 'site-start.d/' variety if your Emacs installation
+provides it. In that case they should be automatically loaded on
+startup and nothing else needs to be done. If not, they should at least
+have been placed somewhere in your 'load-path'. You can then load them
+by placing the lines
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ into your init file.
+
+ If you explicitly used '--with-lispdir', you may need to add the
+specified directory into Emacs' 'load-path' variable by adding something
+like
+
+ (add-to-list 'load-path "~/elisp")
+
+ before the above lines into your Emacs startup file.
+
+ For site-wide activation in GNU Emacs, see *Note Advice for package
+providers::.
+
+ Once activated, the modes provided by AUCTeX are used per default for
+all supported file types. If you want to change the modes for which it
+is operative instead of the default, use
+ M-x customize-variable <RET> TeX-modes <RET>
+
+ If you want to remove a preinstalled AUCTeX completely before any of
+its modes have been used,
+ (unload-feature 'tex-site)
+ should accomplish that.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Advice for package providers, Next: Advice for
non-privileged users, Prev: Loading the package, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.5 Providing AUCTeX as a package
+-----------------------------------
+
+As a package provider, you should make sure that your users will be
+served best according to their intentions, and keep in mind that a
+system might be used by more than one user, with different preferences.
+
+ There are people that prefer the built-in Emacs modes for editing TeX
+files, in particular plain TeX users. There are various ways to tell
+AUCTeX even after auto-activation that it should not get used, and they
+are described in *note Introduction to AUCTeX: Introduction.
+
+ So if you have users that don't want to use the preinstalled AUCTeX,
+they can easily get rid of it. Activating AUCTeX by default is
+therefore a good choice.
+
+ If the installation procedure did not achieve this already by placing
+'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' into a possibly existing
+'site-start.d' directory, you can do this by placing
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+in the system-wide 'site-start.el'.
+
+ If your package is intended as an XEmacs package or to accompany a
+precompiled version of Emacs, you might not know which TeX system will
+be available when preview-latex gets used. In this case you should
+build using the '--without-texmf-dir' option described previously. This
+can also be convenient for systems that are intended to support more
+than a single TeX distribution. Since more often than not TeX packages
+for operating system distributions are either much more outdated or much
+less complete than separately provided systems like TeX Live, this
+method may be generally preferable when providing packages.
+
+ The following package structure would be adequate for a typical fully
+supported Unix-like installation:
+
+'preview-tetex'
+ Style files and documentation for 'preview.sty', placed into a TeX
+ tree where it is accessible from the teTeX executables usually
+ delivered with a system. If there are other commonly used TeX
+ system packages, it might be appropriate to provide separate
+ packages for those.
+'auctex-emacs-tetex'
+ This package will require the installation of 'preview-tetex' and
+ will record in 'TeX-macro-global' where to find the TeX tree. It
+ is also a good idea to run
+ emacs -batch -f TeX-auto-generate-global
+ when either AUCTeX or teTeX get installed or upgraded. If your
+ users might want to work with a different TeX distribution
+ (nowadays pretty common), instead consider the following:
+'auctex-emacs'
+ This package will be compiled with '--without-texmf-dir' and will
+ consequently contain the 'preview' style files in its private
+ directory. It will probably not be possible to initialize
+ 'TeX-macro-global' to a sensible value, so running
+ 'TeX-auto-generate-global' does not appear useful. This package
+ would neither conflict with nor provide 'preview-tetex'.
+'auctex-xemacs-tetex'
+'auctex-xemacs'
+ Those are the obvious XEmacs equivalents. For XEmacs, there is the
+ additional problem that the XEmacs sumo package tree already
+ possibly provides its own version of AUCTeX, and the user might
+ even have used the XEmacs package manager to updating this package,
+ or even installing a private AUCTeX version. So you should make
+ sure that such a package will not conflict with existing XEmacs
+ packages and will be at an appropriate place in the load order
+ (after site-wide and user-specific locations, but before a
+ distribution-specific sumo package tree). Using the
+ '--without-packagedir' option might be one idea to avoid conflicts.
+ Another might be to refrain from providing an XEmacs package and
+ just rely on the user or system administrator to instead use the
+ XEmacs package system.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Advice for non-privileged users, Next:
Installation under MS Windows, Prev: Advice for package providers, Up:
Installation
+
+1.2.6 Installation for non-privileged users
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Often people without system administration privileges want to install
+software for their private use. In that case you need to pass more
+options to the 'configure' script. For XEmacs users, this is fairly
+easy, because the XEmacs package system has been designed to make this
+sort of thing practical: but GNU Emacs users (and XEmacs users for whom
+the package system is for some reason misbehaving) may need to do a
+little more work.
+
+ The main expedient is using the '--prefix' option to the 'configure'
+script, and let it point to the personal home directory. In that way,
+resulting binaries will be installed under the 'bin' subdirectory of
+your home directory, manual pages under 'man' and so on. It is
+reasonably easy to maintain a bunch of personal software, since the
+prefix argument is supported by most 'configure' scripts.
+
+ You'll have to add something like
+'/home/myself/share/emacs/site-lisp' to your 'load-path' variable, if it
+isn't there already.
+
+ XEmacs users can achieve the same end by pointing 'configure' at an
+appropriate package directory (normally
+'--with-packagedir=~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages' will serve). The package
+directory stands a good chance at being detected automatically as long
+as it is in a subtree of the specified PREFIX.
+
+ Now here is another thing to ponder: perhaps you want to make it easy
+for other users to share parts of your personal Emacs configuration. In
+general, you can do this by writing '~myself/' anywhere where you
+specify paths to something installed in your personal subdirectories,
+not merely '~/', since the latter, when used by other users, will point
+to non-existent files.
+
+ For yourself, it will do to manipulate environment variables in your
+'.profile' resp. '.login' files. But if people will be copying just
+Elisp files, their copies will not work. While it would in general be
+preferable if the added components where available from a shell level,
+too (like when you call the standalone info reader, or try using
+'preview.sty' for functionality besides of Emacs previews), it will be a
+big help already if things work from inside of Emacs.
+
+ Here is how to do the various parts:
+
+Making the Elisp available
+--------------------------
+
+In GNU Emacs, it should be sufficient if people just do
+
+ (load "~myself/share/emacs/site-lisp/auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "~myself/share/emacs/site-lisp/preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ where the path points to your personal installation. The rest of the
+package should be found relative from there without further ado.
+
+ In XEmacs, you should ask the other users to add symbolic links in
+the subdirectories 'lisp', 'info' and 'etc' of their
+'~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages/' directory. (Alas, there is presently no
+easy programmatic way to do this, except to have a script do the
+symlinking for them.)
+
+Making the Info files available
+-------------------------------
+
+For making the info files accessible from within Elisp, something like
+the following might be convenient to add into your or other people's
+startup files:
+
+ (eval-after-load 'info
+ '(add-to-list 'Info-directory-list "~myself/info"))
+
+ In XEmacs, as long as XEmacs can see the package, there should be no
+need to do anything at all; the info files should be immediately
+visible. However, you might want to set 'INFOPATH' anyway, for the sake
+of standalone readers outside of XEmacs. (The info files in XEmacs are
+normally in '~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages/info'.)
+
+Making the LaTeX style available
+--------------------------------
+
+If you want others to be able to share your installation, you should
+configure it using '--without-texmf-dir', in which case things should
+work as well for them as for you.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Installation under MS Windows, Next: Customizing,
Prev: Advice for non-privileged users, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.7 Installation under MS Windows
+-----------------------------------
+
+In a Nutshell
+-------------
+
+The following are brief installation instructions for the impatient. In
+case you don't understand some of this, run into trouble of some sort,
+or need more elaborate information, refer to the detailed instructions
+further below.
+
+ 1. Install the prerequisites, i.e. Emacs or XEmacs, MSYS or Cygwin, a
+ TeX system, and Ghostscript.
+
+ 2. Open the MSYS shell or a Cygwin shell and change to the directory
+ containing the unzipped file contents.
+
+ 3. Configure AUCTeX:
+
+ For Emacs: Many people like to install AUCTeX into the pseudo file
+ system hierarchy set up by the Emacs installation. Assuming Emacs
+ is installed in 'C:/Program Files/Emacs' and the directory for
+ local additions of your TeX system, e.g. MiKTeX, is
+ 'C:/localtexmf', you can do this by typing the following statement
+ at the shell prompt:
+
+ ./configure --prefix='C:/Program Files/Emacs' \
+ --infodir='C:/Program Files/Emacs/info' \
+ --with-texmf-dir='C:/localtexmf'
+
+ For XEmacs: You can install AUCTeX as an XEmacs package. Assuming
+ XEmacs is installed in 'C:/Program Files/XEmacs' and the directory
+ for local additions of your TeX system, e.g. MiKTeX, is
+ 'C:/localtexmf', you can do this by typing the following command at
+ the shell prompt:
+
+ ./configure --with-xemacs='C:/Program Files/XEmacs/bin/xemacs' \
+ --with-texmf-dir='C:/localtexmf'
+
+ The commands above are examples for common usage. More on
+ configuration options can be found in the detailed installation
+ instructions below.
+
+ If the configuration script failed to find all required programs,
+ make sure that these programs are in your system path and add
+ directories containing the programs to the 'PATH' environment
+ variable if necessary. Here is how to do that in W2000/XP:
+
+ 1. On the desktop, right click "My Computer" and select
+ properties.
+ 2. Click on "Advanced" in the "System Properties" window.
+ 3. Select "Environment Variables".
+ 4. Select "path" in "System Variables" and click "edit". Move to
+ the front in the line (this might require scrolling) and add
+ the missing path including drive letter, ended with a
+ semicolon.
+
+ 4. If there were no further error messages, type
+
+ make
+
+ In case there were, please refer to the detailed description below.
+
+ 5. Finish the installation by typing
+
+ make install
+
+Detailed Installation Instructions
+----------------------------------
+
+Installation of AUCTeX under Windows is in itself not more complicated
+than on other platforms. However, meeting the prerequisites might
+require more work than on some other platforms, and feel less natural.
+
+ If you are experiencing any problems, even if you think they are of
+your own making, be sure to report them to <address@hidden> so
+that we can explain things better in future.
+
+ Windows is a problematic platform for installation scripts. The main
+problem is that the installation procedure requires consistent file
+names in order to find its way in the directory hierarchy, and Windows
+path names are a mess.
+
+ The installation procedure tries finding stuff in system search paths
+and in Emacs paths. For that to succeed, you have to use the same
+syntax and spelling and case of paths everywhere: in your system search
+paths, in Emacs' 'load-path' variable, as argument to the scripts. If
+your path names contain spaces or other 'shell-unfriendly' characters,
+most notably backslashes for directory separators, place the whole path
+in '"double quote marks"' whenever you specify it on a command line.
+
+ Avoid 'helpful' magic file names like '/cygdrive/c' and
+'C:\PROGRA~1\' like the plague. It is quite unlikely that the scripts
+will be able to identify the actual file names involved. Use the full
+paths, making use of normal Windows drive letters like ' 'C:/Program
+Files/Emacs' ' where required, and using the same combination of upper-
+and lowercase letters as in the actual files. File names containing
+shell-special characters like spaces or backslashes (if you prefer that
+syntax) need to get properly quoted to the shell: the above example used
+single quotes for that.
+
+ Ok, now here are the steps to perform:
+
+ 1. You need to unpack the AUCTeX distribution (which you seemingly
+ have done since you are reading this). It must be unpacked in a
+ separate installation directory outside of your Emacs file
+ hierarchy: the installation will later copy all necessary files to
+ their final destination, and you can ultimately remove the
+ directory where you unpacked the files.
+
+ Line endings are a problem under Windows. The distribution
+ contains only text files, and theoretically most of the involved
+ tools should get along with that. However, the files are processed
+ by various utilities, and it is conceivable that not all of them
+ will use the same line ending conventions. If you encounter
+ problems, it might help if you try unpacking (or checking out) the
+ files in binary mode, if your tools allow that.
+
+ If you don't have a suitable unpacking tool, skip to the next step:
+ this should provide you with a working 'unzip' command.
+
+ 2. The installation of AUCTeX will require the MSYS tool set from
+ <http://www.mingw.org/> or the Cygwin tool set from
+ <http://cygwin.com/>. The latter is slower and larger (the
+ download size of the base system is about 15 MB) but comes with a
+ package manager that allows for updating the tool set and
+ installing additional packages like, for example, the spell checker
+ aspell.
+
+ If Cygwin specific paths like '/cygdrive/c' crop up in the course
+ of the installation, using a non-Cygwin Emacs could conceivably
+ cause trouble. Using Cygwin either for everything or nothing might
+ save headaches, _if_ things don't work out.
+
+ 3. Install a current version of XEmacs from <http://www.xemacs.org/>
+ or Emacs from <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/>. Emacs is the
+ recommended choice because it is currently the primary platform for
+ AUCTeX development.
+
+ 4. You need a working TeX installation. One popular installation
+ under Windows is MiKTeX (http://www.miktex.org). Another much more
+ extensive system is TeX Live (http://www.tug.org/texlive) which is
+ rather close to its Unix cousins.
+
+ 5. A working copy of Ghostscript (http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/) is
+ required for preview-latex operation. Examining the output from
+ gswin32c -h
+ on a Windows command line should tell you whether your Ghostscript
+ supports the 'png16m' device needed for PNG support. MiKTeX
+ apparently comes with its own Ghostscript called 'mgs.exe'.
+
+ 6. Perl (http://www.perl.org) is needed for rebuilding the
- documentation if you are working with a copy from CVS or have
++ documentation if you are working with a copy from Git or have
+ touched documentation source files in the preview-latex part. If
+ the line endings of the file 'preview/latex/preview.dtx' don't
+ correspond with what Perl calls '\n' when reading text files,
+ you'll run into trouble.
+
+ 7. Now the fun stuff starts. If you have not yet done so, unpack the
+ AUCTeX distribution into a separate directory after rereading the
+ instructions for unpacking above.
+
+ 8. Ready for takeoff. Start some shell (typically 'bash') capable of
+ running 'configure', change into the installation directory and
+ call './configure' with appropriate options.
+
+ Typical options you'll want to specify will be
+ '--prefix=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/EMACS-HIERARCHY'
+ which tells 'configure' where to perform the installation. It
+ may also make 'configure' find Emacs or XEmacs automatically;
+ if this doesn't happen, try one of '--with-emacs' or
+ '--with-xemacs' as described below. All automatic detection
+ of files and directories restricts itself to directories below
+ the PREFIX or in the same hierarchy as the program accessing
+ the files. Usually, directories like 'man', 'share' and 'bin'
+ will be situated right under PREFIX.
+
+ This option also affects the defaults for placing the Texinfo
+ documentation files (see also '--infodir' below) and
+ automatically generated style hooks.
+
+ If you have a central directory hierarchy (not untypical with
+ Cygwin) for such stuff, you might want to specify its root
+ here. You stand a good chance that this will be the only
+ option you need to supply, as long as your TeX-related
+ executables are in your system path, which they better be for
+ AUCTeX's operation, anyway.
+
+ '--with-emacs'
+ if you are installing for a version of Emacs. You can use
+ '--with-emacs=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/EMACS' to specify the name of the
+ installed Emacs executable, complete with its path if
+ necessary (if Emacs is not within a directory specified in
+ your 'PATH' environment setting).
+
+ '--with-xemacs'
+ if you are installing for a version of XEmacs. Again, you can
+ use '--with-xemacs=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/XEMACS' to specify the name
+ of the installed XEmacs executable complete with its path if
+ necessary. It may also be necessary to specify this option if
+ a copy of Emacs is found in your 'PATH' environment setting,
+ but you still would like to install a copy of AUCTeX for
+ XEmacs.
+
+ '--with-packagedir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ is an XEmacs-only option giving the location of the package
+ directory. This will install and activate the package. Emacs
+ uses a different installation scheme:
+
+ '--with-lispdir=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/SITE-LISP'
+ This Emacs-only option tells a place in 'load-path' below
+ which the files are situated. The startup files 'auctex.el'
+ and 'preview-latex.el' will get installed here unless a
+ subdirectory 'site-start.d' exists which will then be used
+ instead. The other files from AUCTeX will be installed in a
+ subdirectory called 'auctex'.
+
+ If you think that you need a different setup, please refer to
+ the full installation instructions in *note Configure::.
+
+ '--infodir=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/INFO/DIRECTORY'
+ If you are installing into an Emacs directory, info files have
+ to be put into the 'info' folder below that directory. The
+ configuration script will usually try to install into the
+ folder 'share/info', so you have to override this by
+ specifying something like '--infodir='C:/Program Files/info''
+ for the configure call.
+
+ '--with-auto-dir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ Directory containing automatically generated information. You
+ should not normally need to set this, as '--prefix' should
+ take care of this.
+
+ '--disable-preview'
+ Use this option if your Emacs version is unable to support
+ image display. This will be the case if you are using a
+ native variant of Emacs 21.
+
+ '--with-texmf-dir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ This will specify the directory where your TeX installation
+ sits. If your TeX installation does not conform to the TDS
+ (TeX directory standard), you may need to specify more options
+ to get everything in place.
+
+ For more information about any of the above and additional options,
+ see *note Configure::.
+
+ Calling './configure --help=recursive' will tell about other
+ options, but those are almost never required.
+
+ Some executables might not be found in your path. That is not a
+ good idea, but you can get around by specifying environment
+ variables to 'configure':
+ GS="DRIVE:/PATH/TO/GSWIN32C.EXE" ./configure ...
+ should work for this purpose. 'gswin32c.exe' is the usual name for
+ the required _command line_ executable under Windows; in contrast,
+ 'gswin32.exe' is likely to fail.
+
+ As an alternative to specifying variables for the 'configure' call
+ you can add directories containing the required executables to the
+ 'PATH' variable of your Windows system. This is especially a good
+ idea if Emacs has trouble finding the respective programs later
+ during normal operation.
+
+ 9. Run 'make' in the installation directory.
+
+ 10. Run 'make install' in the installation directory.
+
+ 11. With XEmacs, AUCTeX and preview-latex should now be active by
+ default. With Emacs, activation depends on a working
+ 'site-start.d' directory or similar setup, since then the startup
+ files 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' will have been placed
+ there. If this has not been done, you should be able to load the
+ startup files manually with
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+ in either a site-wide 'site-start.el' or your personal startup file
+ (usually accessible as '~/.emacs' from within Emacs and
+ '~/.xemacs/init.el' from within XEmacs).
+
+ The default configuration of AUCTeX is probably not the best fit
+ for Windows systems with MiKTeX. You might want to add
+ (require 'tex-mik)
+ after loading 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' in order to get
+ more appropriate values for some customization options.
+
+ You can always use
+
+ M-x customize-group RET AUCTeX RET
+
+ in order to customize more stuff, or use the 'Customize' menu.
+
+ 12. Load 'preview/circ.tex' into Emacs or XEmacs and see if you get
+ the 'Command' menu. Try using it to LaTeX the file.
+
+ 13. Check whether the 'Preview' menu is available in this file. Use
+ it to generate previews for the document.
+
+ If this barfs and tells you that image type 'png' is not supported,
+ you can either add PNG support to your Emacs installation or choose
+ another image format to be used by preview-latex.
+
+ Adding support for an image format usually involves the
+ installation of a library, e.g. from <http://gnuwin32.sf.net/>.
+ If you got your Emacs from <gnu.org> you might want to check its
+ README file (ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/README) for
+ details.
+
+ A different image format can be chosen by setting the variable
+ 'preview-image-type'. While it is recommended to keep the 'dvipng'
+ or 'png' setting, you can temporarily select a different format
+ like 'pnm' to check if the lack of PNG support is the only problem
+ with your Emacs installation.
+
+ Try adding the line
+
+ (setq preview-image-type 'pnm)
+
+ to your init file for a quick test. You should remove the line
+ after the test again, because PNM files take away *vast* amounts of
+ disk space, and thus also of load/save time.
+
+ Well, that about is all. Have fun!
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customizing, Prev: Installation under MS Windows,
Up: Installation
+
+1.2.8 Customizing
+-----------------
+
+Most of the site-specific customization should already have happened
+during configuration of AUCTeX. Any further customization can be done
+with customization buffers directly in Emacs. Just type 'M-x
+customize-group RET AUCTeX RET' to open the customization group for
+AUCTeX or use the menu entries provided in the mode menus. Editing the
+file 'tex-site.el' as suggested in former versions of AUCTeX should not
+be done anymore because the installation routine will overwrite those
+changes.
+
+ You might check some variables with a special significance. They are
+accessible directly by typing 'M-x customize-variable RET <variable>
+RET'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-global
+ Directories containing the site's TeX style files.
+
+ Normally, AUCTeX will only allow you to complete macros and
+environments which are built-in, specified in AUCTeX style files or
+defined by yourself. If you issue the 'M-x TeX-auto-generate-global'
+command after loading AUCTeX, you will be able to complete on all macros
+available in the standard style files used by your document. To do
+this, you must set this variable to a list of directories where the
+standard style files are located. The directories will be searched
+recursively, so there is no reason to list subdirectories explicitly.
+Automatic configuration will already have set the variable for you if it
+could use the program 'kpsewhich'. In this case you normally don't have
+to alter anything.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Quick Start, Prev: Installation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Quick Start
+===============
+
+AUCTeX is a powerful program offering many features and configuration
+options. If you are new to AUCTeX this might be deterrent. Fortunately
+you do not have to learn everything at once. This Quick Start Guide
+will give you the knowledge of the most important commands and enable
+you to prepare your first LaTeX document with AUCTeX after only a few
+minutes of reading.
+
+ In this introduction, we assume that AUCTeX is already installed on
+your system. If this is not the case, you should read the file
+'INSTALL' in the base directory of the unpacked distribution tarball.
+These installation instructions are available in this manual as well,
+*note Installation::. We also assume that you are familiar with the way
+keystrokes are written in Emacs manuals. If not, have a look at the
+Emacs Tutorial in the Help menu.
+
+ If AUCTeX is installed, you might still need to activate it, by
+inserting
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+
+ in your user init file.(1) If you've installed AUCTeX from the Emacs
+package manager (ELPA), you must not have this line in your user init
+file. The installation procedure already cares about loading AUCTeX
+correctly.
+
+ In order to get support for many of the LaTeX packages you will use
+in your documents, you should enable document parsing as well, which can
+be achieved by putting
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+
+ into your init file. Finally, if you often use '\include' or
+'\input', you should make AUCTeX aware of the multi-file document
+structure. You can do this by inserting
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+
+ into your init file. Each time you open a new file, AUCTeX will then
+ask you for a master file.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Editing Facilities:: Functions for editing TeX files
+* Processing Facilities:: Creating and viewing output, debugging
+
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
+
+ (1) This usually is a file in your home directory called '.emacs' if
+you are utilizing GNU Emacs or '.xemacs/init.el' if you are using
+XEmacs.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Editing Facilities, Next: Processing Facilities,
Up: Quick Start
+
+1.3.1 Functions for editing TeX files
+-------------------------------------
+
+1.3.1.1 Making your TeX code more readable
+..........................................
+
+AUCTeX can do syntax highlighting of your source code, that means
+commands will get special colors or fonts. You can enable it locally by
+typing 'M-x font-lock-mode RET'. If you want to have font locking
+activated generally, enable 'global-font-lock-mode', e.g. with 'M-x
+customize-variable RET global-font-lock-mode RET'.
+
+ AUCTeX will indent new lines to indicate their syntactical
+relationship to the surrounding text. For example, the text of a
+'\footnote' or text inside of an environment will be indented relative
+to the text around it. If the indenting has gotten wrong after adding
+or deleting some characters, use <TAB> to reindent the line, 'M-q' for
+the whole paragraph, or 'M-x LaTeX-fill-buffer RET' for the whole
+buffer.
+
+1.3.1.2 Entering sectioning commands
+....................................
+
+Insertion of sectioning macros, that is '\chapter', '\section',
+'\subsection', etc. and accompanying '\label' commands may be eased by
+using 'C-c C-s'. You will be asked for the section level. As nearly
+everywhere in AUCTeX, you can use the <TAB> or <SPC> key to get a list
+of available level names, and to auto-complete what you started typing.
+Next, you will be asked for the printed title of the section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with the section.
+
+1.3.1.3 Inserting environments
+..............................
+
+Similarly, you can insert environments, that is '\begin{}'-'\end{}'
+pairs: Type 'C-c C-e', and select an environment type. Again, you can
+use <TAB> or <SPC> to get a list, and to complete what you type.
+Actually, the list will not only provide standard LaTeX environments,
+but also take your '\documentclass' and '\usepackage' commands into
+account if you have parsing enabled by setting 'TeX-parse-self' to 't'.
+If you use a couple of environments frequently, you can use the up and
+down arrow keys (or 'M-p' and 'M-n') in the minibuffer to get back to
+the previously inserted commands.
+
+ Some environments need additional arguments. Often, AUCTeX knows
+about this and asks you to enter a value.
+
+1.3.1.4 Inserting macros
+........................
+
+'C-c C-m', or simply 'C-c RET' will give you a prompt that asks you for
+a LaTeX macro. You can use <TAB> for completion, or the up/down arrow
+keys (or 'M-p' and 'M-n') to browse the command history. In many cases,
+AUCTeX knows which arguments a macro needs and will ask you for that.
+It even can differentiate between mandatory and optional arguments--for
+details, see *note Completion::.
+
+ An additional help for inserting macros is provided by the
+possibility to complete macros right in the buffer. With point at the
+end of a partially written macro, you can complete it by typing 'M-TAB'.
+
+1.3.1.5 Changing the font
+.........................
+
+AUCTeX provides convenient keyboard shortcuts for inserting macros which
+specify the font to be used for typesetting certain parts of the text.
+They start with 'C-c C-f', and the last 'C-' combination tells AUCTeX
+which font you want:
+
+'C-c C-f C-b'
+ Insert bold face '\textbf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-i'
+ Insert italics '\textit{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-e'
+ Insert emphasized '\emph{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-s'
+ Insert slanted '\textsl{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-r'
+ Insert roman \textrm{-!-} text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-f'
+ Insert sans serif '\textsf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-t'
+ Insert typewriter '\texttt{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-c'
+ Insert SMALL CAPS '\textsc{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-d'
+ Delete the innermost font specification containing point.
+
+ If you want to change font attributes of existing text, mark it as a
+region, and then invoke the commands. If no region is selected, the
+command will be inserted with empty braces, and you can start typing the
+changed text.
+
+ Most of those commands will also work in math mode, but then macros
+like '\mathbf' will be inserted.
+
+1.3.1.6 Other useful features
+.............................
+
+AUCTeX also tries to help you when inserting the right "quote" signs for
+your language, dollar signs to typeset math, or pairs of braces. It
+offers shortcuts for commenting out text ('C-c ;' for the current region
+or 'C-c %' for the paragraph you are in). The same keystrokes will
+remove the % signs, if the region or paragraph is commented out yet.
+With 'TeX-fold-mode', you can hide certain parts (like footnotes,
+references etc.) that you do not edit currently. Support for Emacs'
+outline mode is provided as well. And there's more, but this is beyond
+the scope of this Quick Start Guide.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processing Facilities, Prev: Editing Facilities,
Up: Quick Start
+
+1.3.2 Creating and viewing output, debugging
+--------------------------------------------
+
+1.3.2.1 One Command for LaTeX, helpers, viewers, and printing
+.............................................................
+
+If you have typed some text and want to run LaTeX (or TeX, or other
+programs--see below) on it, type 'C-c C-c'. If applicable, you will be
+asked whether you want to save changes, and which program you want to
+invoke. In many cases, the choice that AUCTeX suggests will be just
+what you want: first 'latex', then a viewer. If a 'latex' run produces
+or changes input files for 'makeindex', the next suggestion will be to
+run that program, and AUCTeX knows that you need to run 'latex' again
+afterwards--the same holds for BibTeX.
+
+ When no processor invocation is necessary anymore, AUCTeX will
+suggest to run a viewer, or you can chose to create a PostScript file
+using 'dvips', or to directly print it.
+
+ At this place, a warning needs to be given: First, although AUCTeX is
+really good in detecting the standard situations when an additional
+'latex' run is necessary, it cannot detect it always. Second, the
+creation of PostScript files or direct printing currently only works
+when your output file is a DVI file, not a PDF file.
+
+ Ah, you didn't know you can do both? That brings us to the next
+topic.
+
+1.3.2.2 Choosing an output format
+.................................
+
+From a LaTeX file, you can produce DVI output, or a PDF file directly
+via 'pdflatex'. You can switch on source specials for easier navigation
+in the output file, or tell 'latex' to stop after an error (usually
+'\noninteractive' is used, to allow you to detect all errors in a single
+run).
+
+ These options are controlled by toggles, the keystrokes should be
+easy to memorize:
+
+'C-c C-t C-p'
+ This command toggles between DVI and PDF output
+
+'C-c C-t C-i'
+ toggles interactive mode
+
+'C-c C-t C-s'
+ toggles source specials support
+
+'C-c C-t C-o'
+ toggles usage of Omega/lambda.
+
+1.3.2.3 Debugging LaTeX
+.......................
+
+When AUCTeX runs a program, it creates an output buffer in which it
+displays the output of the command. If there is a syntactical error in
+your file, 'latex' will not complete successfully. AUCTeX will tell you
+that, and you can get to the place where the first error occured by
+pressing 'C-c `' (the last character is a backtick). The view will be
+split in two windows, the output will be displayed in the lower buffer,
+and both buffers will be centered around the place where the error
+ocurred. You can then try to fix it in the document buffer, and use the
+same keystrokes to get to the next error. This procedure may be
+repeated until all errors have been dealt with. By pressing 'C-c C-w'
+('TeX-toggle-debug-boxes') you can toggle whether AUCTeX should notify
+you of overfull and underfull boxes in addition to regular errors.
+
+ If a command got stuck in a seemingly infinite loop, or you want to
+stop execution for other reasons, you can use 'C-c C-k' (for "kill").
+Similar to 'C-l', which centers the buffer you are in around your
+current position, 'C-c C-l' centers the output buffer so that the last
+lines added at the bottom become visible.
+
+1.3.2.4 Running LaTeX on parts of your document
+...............................................
+
+If you want to check how some part of your text looks like, and do not
+want to wait until the whole document has been typeset, then mark it as
+a region and use 'C-c C-r'. It behaves just like 'C-c C-c', but it only
+uses the document preamble and the region you marked.
+
+ If you are using '\include' or '\input' to structure your document,
+try 'C-c C-b' while you are editing one of the included files. It will
+run 'latex' only on the current buffer, using the preamble from the
+master file.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Editing, Next: Display, Prev: Introduction, Up:
Top
+
+2 Editing the Document Source
+*****************************
+
+The most commonly used commands/macros of AUCTeX are those which simply
+insert templates for often used TeX, LaTeX, or ConTeXt constructs, like
+font changes, handling of environments, etc. These features are very
+simple, and easy to learn, and help you avoid mistakes like mismatched
+braces, or '\begin{}'-'\end{}' pairs.
+
+ Apart from that this chapter contains a description of some features
+for entering more specialized sorts of text, for formatting the source
+by indenting and filling and for navigating through the document.
+
+* Menu:
+
- * Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
++* Quotes:: Inserting quotes, dollars, and braces
+* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
+* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
+* Mathematics:: Entering Mathematics
+* Completion:: Completion of macros
+* Marking:: Marking Environments, Sections, or Texinfo
Nodes
+* Commenting:: Commenting text
+* Indenting:: Reflecting syntactic constructs with
whitespace
+* Filling:: Automatic and manual line breaking
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Quotes, Next: Font Specifiers, Up: Editing
+
+2.1 Insertion of Quotes, Dollars, and Braces
+============================================
+
+Quotation Marks
+---------------
+
+In TeX, literal double quotes '"like this"' are seldom used, instead two
+single quotes are used '``like this'''. To help you insert these
+efficiently, AUCTeX allows you to continue to press '"' to insert two
+single quotes. To get a literal double quote, press '"' twice.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-quote COUNT
+ ('"') Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
+
+ Inserts the value of 'TeX-open-quote' (normally '``') or
+ 'TeX-close-quote' (normally '''') depending on the context. With
+ prefix argument, always inserts '"' characters.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-open-quote
+ String inserted by typing '"' to open a quotation. (*Note
+ European::, for language-specific quotation mark insertion.)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-close-quote
+ String inserted by typing '"' to close a quotation. (*Note
+ European::, for language-specific quotation mark insertion.)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-quote-after-quote
+ Determines the behavior of '"'. If it is non-nil, typing '"' will
+ insert a literal double quote. The respective values of
+ 'TeX-open-quote' and 'TeX-close-quote' will be inserted after
+ typing '"' once again.
+
+ The 'babel' package provides special support for the requirements of
+typesetting quotation marks in many different languages. If you use
+this package, either directly or by loading a language-specific style
+file, you should also use the special commands for quote insertion
+instead of the standard quotes shown above. AUCTeX is able to recognize
+several of these languages and will change quote insertion accordingly.
+*Note European::, for details about this feature and how to control it.
+
+ In case you are using the 'csquotes' package, you should customize
+'LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote', 'LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote' and
+'LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote'. The quotation characters will only
+be used if both variables--'LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote' and
+'LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote'--are non-empty strings. But then the
+'csquotes'-related values will take precedence over the
+language-specific ones.
+
+Dollar Signs
+------------
+
+In AUCTeX, dollar signs should match like they do in TeX. This has been
+partially implemented, we assume dollar signs always match within a
- paragraph. The first '$' you insert in a paragraph will do nothing
- special. The second '$' will match the first. This will be indicated
- by moving the cursor temporarily over the first dollar sign.
++paragraph. By default, the first '$' you insert in a paragraph will do
++nothing special. The second '$' will match the first. This will be
++indicated by moving the cursor temporarily over the first dollar sign.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-dollar ARG
+ ('$') Insert dollar sign.
+
+ Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign end the TeX math
- mode. Ensure double dollar signs match up correctly by inserting
- extra dollar signs when needed if 'TeX-math-close-double-dollar' is
- non-nil.
++ mode.
+
+ With optional ARG, insert that many dollar signs.
+
- -- User Option: TeX-math-close-double-dollar
- Control the insertion of double dollar signs for delimiting display
- math. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs in LaTeX
- because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset
- documents.) If the variable is non-nil and you enter a dollar sign
- that matches a double dollar sign '$$' AUCTeX will automatically
- insert two dollar signs.
++ TeX and LaTeX users often look for a way to insert inline equations
++like '$...$' or '\(...\)' simply typing '$'. AUCTeX helps them through
++the customizable variable 'TeX-electric-math'.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-electric-math
++ If the variable is non-nil and you type '$' outside math mode,
++ AUCTeX will automatically insert the opening and closing symbols
++ for an inline equation and put the point between them. The opening
++ symbol will blink when 'blink-matching-paren' is non-nil. If
++ 'TeX-electric-math' is nil, typing '$' simply inserts '$' at point,
++ this is the default.
++
++ Besides 'nil', possible values for this variable are '(cons "$"
++ "$")' for TeX inline equations '$...$', and '(cons "\\(" "\\)")'
++ for LaTeX inline equations '\(...\)'.
++
++ If the variable is non-nil and point is inside math mode right
++ between a couple of single dollars, pressing '$' will insert
++ another pair of dollar signs and leave the point between them.
++ Thus, if 'TeX-electric-math' is set to '(cons "$" "$")' you can
++ easily obtain a TeX display equation '$$...$$' by pressing '$'
++ twice in a row. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs
++ in LaTeX because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset
++ documents.)
++
++ In addition, when the variable is non-nil and there is an active
++ region outside math mode, typing '$' will put around the active
++ region symbols for opening and closing inline equation and keep the
++ region active, leaving point after the closing symbol. By pressing
++ repeatedly '$' while the region is active you can toggle between an
++ inline equation, a display equation, and no equation. To be
++ precise, '$...$' is replaced by '$$...$$', whereas '\(...\)' is
++ replaced by '\[...\]'.
++
++ If you want to automatically insert '$...$' in plain TeX files, and
++'\(...\)' in LaTeX files by pressing '$', add the following to your init
++file
++ (add-hook 'plain-TeX-mode-hook
++ (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
++ (cons "$" "$"))))
++ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook
++ (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
++ (cons "\\(" "\\)"))))
+
+Braces
+------
+
+To avoid unbalanced braces, it is useful to insert them pairwise. You
+can do this by typing 'C-c {'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-braces
+ ('C-c {') Make a pair of braces and position the cursor to type
+ inside of them. If there is an active region, put braces around it
+ and leave point after the closing brace.
+
++ When writing complex math formulas in LaTeX documents, you sometimes
++need to adjust the size of braces with pairs of macros like
++'\left'-'\right', '\bigl'-'\bigr' and so on. You can avoid unbalanced
++pairs with the help of 'TeX-insert-macro', bound to 'C-c C-m' or 'C-c
++<RET>' (*note Completion::). If you insert left size adjusting macros
++such as '\left', '\bigl' etc. with 'TeX-insert-macro', it asks for left
++brace to use and supplies automatically right size adjusting macros such
++as '\right', '\bigr' etc. and corresponding right brace in addtion to
++the intended left macro and left brace.
++
++ The completion by 'TeX-insert-macro' also applies when entering
++macros such as '\langle', '\lfloor' and '\lceil', which produce the left
++part of the paired braces. For example, inserting '\lfloor' by 'C-c
++C-m' is immediately followed by the insertion of '\rfloor'. In
++addition, if the point was located just after '\left' or its friends,
++the corresponding '\right' etc. will be inserted in front of '\rfloor'.
++In both cases, active region is honored.
++
++ As a side effect, when 'LaTeX-math-mode' (*note Mathematics::) is on,
++just typing '`(' inserts not only '\langle', but also '\rangle'.
++
++ If you do not like such auto completion at all, it can be disabled by
++a user option.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-arg-right-insert-p
++ If this option is turned off, the automatic supply of the right
++ macros and braces is suppressed.
++
++ When you edit LaTeX documents, you can enable automatic brace pairing
++when typing '(', '{' and '['.
++
++ -- User Option: LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace
++ If this option is on, just typing '(', '{' or '[' immediately adds
++ the corresponding right brace ')', '}' or ']'. The point is left
++ after the opening brace. If there is an active region, braces are
++ put around it.
++
++ They recognize the preceeding backslash or size adjusting macros
++ such as '\left', '\bigl' etc., so the following completions will
++ occur:
++
++ * (when typing single left brace)
++
++ - '(' -> '()'
++
++ - '{' -> '{}'
++
++ - '[' -> '[]'
++
++ * (when typing left brace just after a backslash)
++
++ - '\(' -> '\(\)'
++
++ - '\{' -> '\{\}'
++
++ - '\[' -> '\[\]'
++
++ * (when typing just after '\left' or '\bigl')
++
++ - '\left(' -> '\left(\right)'
++
++ - '\bigl[' -> '\bigl[\bigr]'
++
++ * (when typing just after '\Bigl\')
++
++ - '\Bigl\{' -> '\Bigl\{\Bigr\}'
++
++ This auto completion feature may be a bit annoying when editing an
++ already existing LaTeX document. In that case, use 'C-u 1' or
++ 'C-q' before typing '(', '{' or '['. Then no completion is done
++ and just a single left brace is inserted. In fact, with optional
++ prefix ARG, just that many open braces are inserted without any
++ completion.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Font Specifiers, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Quotes,
Up: Editing
+
+2.2 Inserting Font Specifiers
+=============================
+
+Perhaps the most used keyboard commands of AUCTeX are the short-cuts
+available for easy insertion of font changing macros.
+
+ If you give an argument (that is, type 'C-u') to the font command,
+the innermost font will be replaced, i.e. the font in the TeX group
+around point will be changed. The following table shows the available
+commands, with '-!-' indicating the position where the text will be
+inserted.
+
+'C-c C-f C-b'
+ Insert bold face '\textbf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-i'
+ Insert italics '\textit{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-e'
+ Insert emphasized '\emph{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-s'
+ Insert slanted '\textsl{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-r'
+ Insert roman \textrm{-!-} text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-f'
+ Insert sans serif '\textsf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-t'
+ Insert typewriter '\texttt{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-c'
+ Insert SMALL CAPS '\textsc{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-d'
+ Delete the innermost font specification containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-font replace what
+ ('C-c C-f') Insert template for font change command.
+
+ If REPLACE is not nil, replace current font. WHAT determines the
+ font to use, as specified by 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-font-list
+ List of fonts used by 'TeX-font'.
+
+ Each entry is a list with three elements. The first element is the
+ key to activate the font. The second element is the string to
+ insert before point, and the third element is the string to insert
+ after point. An optional fourth element means always replace if
+ not nil.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-font-list
+ List of fonts used by 'TeX-font' in LaTeX mode. It has the same
+ structure as 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Environments, Prev: Font
Specifiers, Up: Editing
+
+2.3 Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+======================================
+
+Insertion of sectioning macros, that is '\chapter', '\section',
+'\subsection', etc. and accompanying '\label''s may be eased by using
+'C-c C-s'. This command is highly customizable, the following describes
+the default behavior.
+
+ When invoking you will be asked for a section macro to insert. An
+appropriate default is automatically selected by AUCTeX, that is either:
+at the top of the document; the top level sectioning for that document
+style, and any other place: The same as the last occurring sectioning
+command.
+
+ Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section. The
+label will be prefixed by the value specified in 'LaTeX-section-hook'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-section ARG
+ ('C-c C-s') Insert a sectioning command.
+
+ Determine the type of section to be inserted, by the argument ARG.
+
+ * If ARG is nil or missing, use the current level.
+ * If ARG is a list (selected by C-u), go downward one level.
+ * If ARG is negative, go up that many levels.
+ * If ARG is positive or zero, use absolute level:
+ + 0 : part
+ + 1 : chapter
+ + 2 : section
+ + 3 : subsection
+ + 4 : subsubsection
+ + 5 : paragraph
+ + 6 : subparagraph
+
+ The following variables can be set to customize the function.
+
+ 'LaTeX-section-hook'
+ Hooks to be run when inserting a section.
+ 'LaTeX-section-label'
+ Prefix to all section references.
+
+ The precise behavior of 'LaTeX-section' is defined by the contents of
+'LaTeX-section-hook'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-section-hook
+ List of hooks to run when a new section is inserted.
+
+ The following variables are set before the hooks are run
+
+ LEVEL
+ Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to
+ 'LaTeX-section'.
+ NAME
+ Name of the sectioning command, derived from LEVEL.
+ TITLE
+ The title of the section, default to an empty string.
+ TOC
+ Entry for the table of contents list, default nil.
+ DONE-MARK
+ Position of point afterwards, default nil meaning after the
+ inserted text.
+
+ A number of hooks are already defined. Most likely, you will be
+ able to get the desired functionality by choosing from these hooks.
+
+ 'LaTeX-section-heading'
+ Query the user about the name of the sectioning command.
+ Modifies LEVEL and NAME.
+ 'LaTeX-section-title'
+ Query the user about the title of the section. Modifies
+ TITLE.
+ 'LaTeX-section-toc'
+ Query the user for the toc entry. Modifies TOC.
+ 'LaTeX-section-section'
+ Insert LaTeX section command according to NAME, TITLE, and
+ TOC. If TOC is nil, no toc entry is inserted. If TOC or
+ TITLE are empty strings, DONE-MARK will be placed at the point
+ they should be inserted.
+ 'LaTeX-section-label'
+ Insert a label after the section command. Controlled by the
+ variable 'LaTeX-section-label'.
+
+ To get a full featured 'LaTeX-section' command, insert
+
+ (setq LaTeX-section-hook
+ '(LaTeX-section-heading
+ LaTeX-section-title
+ LaTeX-section-toc
+ LaTeX-section-section
+ LaTeX-section-label))
+
+ in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ The behavior of 'LaTeX-section-label' is determined by the variable
+'LaTeX-section-label'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-section-label
+ Default prefix when asking for a label.
+
+ If it is a string, it is used unchanged for all kinds of sections.
+ If it is nil, no label is inserted. If it is a list, the list is
+ searched for a member whose car is equal to the name of the
+ sectioning command being inserted. The cdr is then used as the
+ prefix. If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label
+ is inserted.
+
+ By default, chapters have a prefix of 'cha:' while sections and
+ subsections have a prefix of 'sec:'. Labels are not automatically
+ inserted for other types of sections.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Environments, Next: Mathematics, Prev:
Sectioning, Up: Editing
+
+2.4 Inserting Environment Templates
+===================================
+
+A large apparatus is available that supports insertions of environments,
+that is '\begin{}' -- '\end{}' pairs.
+
+ AUCTeX is aware of most of the actual environments available in a
+specific document. This is achieved by examining your '\documentclass'
+command, and consulting a precompiled list of environments available in
+a large number of styles.
+
++ Most of these are described further in the following sections, and
++you may easily specify more. *Note Customizing Environments::.
++
+ You insert an environment with 'C-c C-e', and select an environment
+type. Depending on the environment, AUCTeX may ask more questions about
+the optional parts of the selected environment type. With 'C-u C-c C-e'
+you will change the current environment.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-environment ARG
+ ('C-c C-e') AUCTeX will prompt you for an environment to insert.
+ At this prompt, you may press <TAB> or <SPC> to complete a
+ partially written name, and/or to get a list of available
+ environments. After selection of a specific environment AUCTeX may
+ prompt you for further specifications.
+
+ If the optional argument ARG is not-nil (i.e. you have given a
+ prefix argument), the current environment is modified and no new
+ environment is inserted.
+
++ AUCTeX helps you adding labels to environments which use them, such
++as 'equation', 'figure', 'table', etc... When you insert one of the
++supported environments with 'C-c C-e', you will be automatically
++prompted for a label. You can select the prefix to be used for such
++environments with the 'LaTeX-label-alist' variable.
++ -- User Option: LaTeX-label-alist
++ List the prefixes to be used for the label of each supported
++ environment.
++
++ This is an alist whose car is the environment name, and the cdr
++ either the prefix or a symbol referring to one.
++
++ If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label is
++ automatically inserted for that environment.
++
++ If you want to automatically insert a label for a environment but
++ with an empty prefix, use the empty string '""' as the cdr of the
++ corresponding entry.
++
+ As a default selection, AUCTeX will suggest the environment last
+inserted or, as the first choice the value of the variable
+'LaTeX-default-environment'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-environment
+ Default environment to insert when invoking 'LaTeX-environment'
- first time.
++ first time. When the current environment is 'document', it is
++ overriden by 'LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
++
++ -- Variable: LaTeX-default-document-environment
++ Default environment when invoking 'LaTeX-environment' and the
++ current environment is 'document'. It is intended to be used in
++ LaTeX class style files. For example, in 'beamer.el' it is set to
++ 'frame', in 'letter.el' to 'letter', and in 'slides.el' to 'slide'.
+
+ If the document is empty, or the cursor is placed at the top of the
- document, AUCTeX will default to insert a 'document' environment.
++document, AUCTeX will default to insert a 'document' environment
++prompting also for the insertion of '\documentclass' and '\usepackage'
++macros. You will be prompted for a new package until you enter nothing.
++If you do not want to insert any '\usepackage' at all, just press <RET>
++at the first 'Packages' prompt.
+
- Most of these are described further in the following sections, and
- you may easily specify more. *Note Customizing Environments::.
++ AUCTeX distinguishes normal and expert environments. By default, it
++will offer completion only for normal environments. This behavior is
++controlled by the user option 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-complete-expert-commands
++ Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
++
++ Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
++
++ nil
++ Don't complete expert commands (default).
++ t
++ Always complete expert commands.
++ (STYLES ...)
++ Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Equations:: Equations
+* Floats:: Floats
+* Itemize-like:: Itemize-like Environments
+* Tabular-like:: Tabular-like Environments
+* Customizing Environments:: Customizing Environments
+
+ You can close the current environment with 'C-c ]', but we suggest
+that you use 'C-c C-e' to insert complete environments instead.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-close-environment
+ ('C-c ]') Insert an '\end' that matches the current environment.
+
++ AUCTeX offers keyboard shortcuts for moving point to the beginning
++and to the end of the current environment.
++ -- Command: LaTeX-find-matching-begin
++ ('C-M-a') Move point to the '\begin' of the current environment.
++
++ If this command is called inside a comment and
++ 'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is enabled, try to find the environment
++ in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
++
++ -- Command: LaTeX-find-matching-end
++ ('C-M-e') Move point to the '\end' of the current environment.
++
++ If this command is called inside a comment and
++ 'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is enabled, try to find the environment
++ in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Equations, Next: Floats, Up: Environments
+
+2.4.1 Equations
+---------------
+
+When inserting equation-like environments, the '\label' will have a
+default prefix, which is controlled by the following variables:
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-equation-label
+ Prefix to use for 'equation' labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-eqnarray-label
+ Prefix to use for 'eqnarray' labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-amsmath-label
+ Prefix to use for amsmath equation labels. Amsmath equations
+ include 'align', 'alignat', 'xalignat', 'aligned', 'flalign' and
+ 'gather'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Floats, Next: Itemize-like, Prev: Equations, Up:
Environments
+
+2.4.2 Floats
+------------
+
+Figures and tables (i.e., floats) may also be inserted using AUCTeX.
+After choosing either 'figure' or 'table' in the environment list
+described above, you will be prompted for a number of additional things.
+
+FLOAT POSITION
+ This is the optional argument of float environments that controls
+ how they are placed in the final document. In LaTeX this is a
+ sequence of the letters 'htbp' as described in the LaTeX manual.
+ The value will default to the value of 'LaTeX-float'.
+
+CAPTION
+ This is the caption of the float. The default is to insert the
+ caption at the bottom of the float. You can specify floats where
+ the caption should be placed at the top with
+ 'LaTeX-top-caption-list'.
+
+LABEL
+ The label of this float. The label will have a default prefix,
+ which is controlled by the variables 'LaTeX-figure-label' and
+ 'LaTeX-table-label'.
+
+ Moreover, you will be asked if you want the contents of the float
+environment to be horizontally centered. Upon a positive answer a
+'\centering' macro will be inserted at the beginning of the float
+environment.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-float
+ Default placement for floats.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-figure-label
+ Prefix to use for figure labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-table-label
+ Prefix to use for table labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-top-caption-list
+ List of float environments with top caption.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Itemize-like, Next: Tabular-like, Prev: Floats,
Up: Environments
+
+2.4.3 Itemize-like Environments
+-------------------------------
+
+In an itemize-like environment, nodes (i.e., '\item's) may be inserted
+using 'C-c <LFD>'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-insert-item
+ ('C-c <LFD>') Close the current item, move to the next line and
+ insert an appropriate '\item' for the current environment. That
+ is, 'itemize' and 'enumerate' will have '\item ' inserted, while
+ 'description' will have '\item[]' inserted.
+
++ -- User Option: TeX-arg-item-label-p
++ If non-nil, you will always be asked for optional label in items.
++ Otherwise, you will be asked only in description environments.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Tabular-like, Next: Customizing Environments,
Prev: Itemize-like, Up: Environments
+
+2.4.4 Tabular-like Environments
+-------------------------------
+
+When inserting Tabular-like environments, that is, 'tabular' 'array'
+etc., you will be prompted for a template for that environment. Related
+variables:
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-format
+ Default format string for array and tabular environments.
+
++ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-width
++ Default width for minipage and tabular* environments.
++
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-position
+ Default position string for array and tabular environments. If
+ nil, act like the empty string is given, but don't prompt for a
+ position.
+
++ AUCTeX calculates the number of columns from the format string and
++inserts the suitable number of ampersands.
++
++ You can use 'C-c <LFD>' ('LaTeX-insert-item') to terminate rows in
++these environments. It supplies line break macro '\\' and inserts the
++suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
++
++ -- Command: LaTeX-insert-item
++ ('C-c <LFD>') Close the current row with '\\', move to the next
++ line and insert an appropriate number of ampersands for the current
++ environment.
++
++ Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments such
++as 'align', 'gather', 'alignat', 'matrix' etc. Try typing 'C-c <LFD>'
++in these environments. It recognizes the current environment and does
++the appropriate job depending on the context.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customizing Environments, Prev: Tabular-like, Up:
Environments
+
+2.4.5 Customizing Environments
+------------------------------
+
+*Note Adding Environments::, for how to customize the list of known
+environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mathematics, Next: Completion, Prev:
Environments, Up: Editing
+
+2.5 Entering Mathematics
+========================
+
+TeX is written by a mathematician, and has always contained good support
+for formatting mathematical text. AUCTeX supports this tradition, by
+offering a special minor mode for entering text with many mathematical
+symbols. You can enter this mode by typing 'C-c ~'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-math-mode
+ ('C-c ~') Toggle LaTeX Math mode. This is a minor mode rebinding
+ the key 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' to allow easy typing of
+ mathematical symbols. '`' will read a character from the keyboard,
+ and insert the symbol as specified in 'LaTeX-math-default' and
+ 'LaTeX-math-list'. If given a prefix argument, the symbol will be
+ surrounded by dollar signs.
+
+ You can use another prefix key (instead of '`') by setting the
+variable 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'.
+
+ To enable LaTeX Math mode by default, add the following in your
+'.emacs' file:
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-math-mode)
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix
+ A string containing the prefix of 'LaTeX-math-mode' commands; This
+ value defaults to '`'.
+
+ The string has to be a key or key sequence in a format understood
+ by the 'kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax usually used in
+ the manuals for Emacs Emacs Lisp.
+
+ The variable 'LaTeX-math-list' allows you to add your own mappings.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-list
+ A list containing user-defined keys and commands to be used in
+ LaTeX Math mode. Each entry should be a list of two to four
+ elements.
+
+ First, the key to be used after 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' for
+ macro insertion. If it is nil, the symbol has no associated
+ keystroke (it is available in the menu, though).
+
+ Second, a string representing the name of the macro (without a
+ leading backslash.)
+
+ Third, a string representing the name of a submenu the command
+ should be added to. Use a list of strings in case of nested menus.
+
+ Fourth, the position of a Unicode character to be displayed in the
+ menu alongside the macro name. This is an integer value.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
+ Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect. Your
+ Emacs built must be able to display include Unicode characters in
+ menus for this feature.
+
+ AUCTeX's reference card 'tex-ref.tex' includes a list of all math
+mode commands.
+
+ AUCTeX can help you write subscripts and superscripts in math
+constructs by automatically inserting a pair of braces after typing <_>
+or <^> respectively and putting point between the braces. In order to
+enable this feature, set the variable 'TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'
+to a non-nil value.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript
+ If non-nil, insert braces after typing <^> and <_> in math mode.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Completion, Next: Marking, Prev: Mathematics,
Up: Editing
+
+2.6 Completion
+==============
+
+Emacs lisp programmers probably know the 'lisp-complete-symbol' command,
+usually bound to 'M-<TAB>'. Users of the wonderful ispell mode know and
+love the 'ispell-complete-word' command from that package. Similarly,
+AUCTeX has a 'TeX-complete-symbol' command, by default bound to
+'M-<TAB>' which is equivalent to 'M-C-i'. Using 'TeX-complete-symbol'
+makes it easier to type and remember the names of long LaTeX macros.
+
+ In order to use 'TeX-complete-symbol', you should write a backslash
+and the start of the macro. Typing 'M-<TAB>' will now complete as much
+of the macro, as it unambiguously can. For example, if you type
+''\renewc'' and then 'M-<TAB>', it will expand to ''\renewcommand''.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-complete-symbol
+ ('M-<TAB>') Complete TeX symbol before point.
+
+ A more direct way to insert a macro is with 'TeX-insert-macro', bound
+to 'C-c C-m' which is equivalent to 'C-c <RET>'. It has the advantage
+over completion that it knows about the argument of most standard LaTeX
+macros, and will prompt for them. It also knows about the type of the
+arguments, so it will for example give completion for the argument to
+'\include'. Some examples are listed below.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-macro
+ ('C-c C-m' or 'C-c <RET>') Prompt (with completion) for the name of
+ a TeX macro, and if AUCTeX knows the macro, prompt for each
+ argument.
+
+ As a default selection, AUCTeX will suggest the macro last inserted
+or, as the first choice the value of the variable 'TeX-default-macro'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-macro-default-style
+ Specifies whether 'TeX-insert-macro' will ask for all optional
+ arguments.
+
+ If set to the symbol 'show-optional-args', 'TeX-insert-macro' asks
- for optional arguments of TeX macros. If set to
++ for optional arguments of TeX marcos, unless the previous optional
++ argument has been rejected. If set to 'show-all-optional-args',
++ 'TeX-insert-macro' asks for all optional arguments.
+ 'mandatory-args-only', 'TeX-insert-macro' asks only for mandatory
+ arguments. When 'TeX-insert-macro' is called with prefix argument
+ ('C-u'), it's the other way round.
+
+ Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, e.g.
- 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'.
++ 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' and 'TeX-arg-cite-note-p'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-default-macro
+ Default macro to insert when invoking 'TeX-insert-macro' first
+ time.
+
+ A faster alternative is to bind the function 'TeX-electric-macro' to
+'\'. This can be done by setting the variable 'TeX-electric-escape'
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-escape
+ If this is non-nil when AUCTeX is loaded, the TeX escape character
+ '\' will be bound to 'TeX-electric-macro'
+
+ The difference between 'TeX-insert-macro' and 'TeX-electric-macro' is
+that space will complete and exit from the minibuffer in
+'TeX-electric-macro'. Use <TAB> if you merely want to complete.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-electric-macro
+ Prompt (with completion) for the name of a TeX macro, and if AUCTeX
+ knows the macro, prompt for each argument. Space will complete and
+ exit.
+
+ By default AUCTeX will put an empty set braces '{}' after a macro
+with no arguments to stop it from eating the next whitespace. This can
+be stopped by entering 'LaTeX-math-mode', *note Mathematics::, or by
+setting 'TeX-insert-braces' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-braces
+ If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
+
++ -- User Option: TeX-insert-braces-alist
++ Control the insertion of a pair of braces after a macro on a per
++ macro basis.
++
++ This variable is an alist. Each element is a cons cell, whose car
++ is the macro name, and the cdr is non-nil or nil, depending on
++ whether a pair of braces should be, respectively, appended or not
++ to the macro.
++
++ If a macro has an element in this variable, 'TeX-parse-macro' will
++ use its value to decided what to do, whatever the value of the
++ variable 'TeX-insert-braces'.
++
+ Completions work because AUCTeX can analyze TeX files, and store
+symbols in Emacs Lisp files for later retrieval. *Note Automatic::, for
+more information.
+
++ AUCTeX distinguishes normal and expert macros. By default, it will
++offer completion only for normal commands. This behavior can be
++controlled using the user option 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-complete-expert-commands
++ Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
++
++ Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
++
++ nil
++ Don't complete expert commands (default).
++ t
++ Always complete expert commands.
++ (STYLES ...)
++ Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
++
+ AUCTeX will also make completion for many macro arguments, for
+example existing labels when you enter a '\ref' macro with
+'TeX-insert-macro' or 'TeX-electric-macro', and BibTeX entries when you
+enter a '\cite' macro. For this kind of completion to work, parsing
+must be enabled as described in *note Parsing Files::. For '\cite' you
+must also make sure that the BibTeX files have been saved at least once
+after you enabled automatic parsing on save, and that the basename of
+the BibTeX file does not conflict with the basename of one of TeX files.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking, Next: Commenting, Prev: Completion, Up:
Editing
+
+2.7 Marking Environments, Sections, or Texinfo Nodes
+====================================================
+
+You can mark the current environment by typing 'C-c .', or the current
+section by typing 'C-c *'.
+
+ In Texinfo documents you can type 'M-C-h' to mark the current node.
+
+ When the region is set, the point is moved to its beginning and the
+mark to its end.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Marking (LaTeX):: LaTeX Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+* Marking (Texinfo):: Texinfo Commands for Marking Environments, Sections,
and Nodes
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking (LaTeX), Next: Marking (Texinfo), Up:
Marking
+
+2.7.1 LaTeX Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-mark-section
+ ('C-c *') Set mark at end of current logical section, and point at
+ top.
+
+ With a non-nil prefix argument, mark only the region from the
+ current section start to the next sectioning command. Thereby
+ subsections are not being marked. Otherwise, any included
+ subsections are also marked along with current section.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-mark-environment
+ ('C-c .') Set mark to the end of the current environment and point
+ to the matching beginning.
+
+ If a prefix argument is given, mark the respective number of
+ enclosing environments. The command will not work properly if
+ there are unbalanced begin-end pairs in comments and verbatim
+ environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking (Texinfo), Prev: Marking (LaTeX), Up:
Marking
+
+2.7.2 Texinfo Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-section
+ ('C-c *') Mark the current section, with inclusion of any
+ containing node.
+
+ The current section is detected as starting by any of the
+ structuring commands matched by the regular expression in the
+ variable 'outline-regexp' which in turn is a regular expression
+ matching any element of the variable 'texinfo-section-list'.
+
+ With a non-nil prefix argument, mark only the region from the
+ current section start to the next sectioning command. Thereby
+ subsections are not being marked. Otherwise, any included
+ subsections are also marked
+
+ Note that when the current section is starting immediately after a
+ node command, then the node command is also marked as part of the
+ section.
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-environment
+ ('C-c .') Set mark to the end of the current environment and point
+ to the matching beginning.
+
+ If a prefix argument is given, mark the respective number of
+ enclosing environments. The command will not work properly if
+ there are unbalanced begin-end pairs in comments and verbatim
+ environments.
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-node
+ ('M-C-h') Mark the current node. This is the node in which point
+ is located. It is starting at the previous occurrence of the
+ keyword '@node' and ending at next occurrence of the keywords
+ '@node' or '@bye'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Commenting, Next: Indenting, Prev: Marking, Up:
Editing
+
+2.8 Commenting
+==============
+
+It is often necessary to comment out temporarily a region of TeX or
+LaTeX code. This can be done with the commands 'C-c ;' and 'C-c %'.
+'C-c ;' will comment out all lines in the current region, while 'C-c %'
+will comment out the current paragraph. Type 'C-c ;' again to uncomment
+all lines of a commented region, or 'C-c %' again to uncomment all
+comment lines around point. These commands will insert or remove a
+single '%' respectively.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region
+ ('C-c ;') Add or remove '%' from the beginning of each line in the
+ current region. Uncommenting works only if the region encloses
+ solely commented lines. If AUCTeX should not try to guess if the
+ region should be commented or uncommented the commands
+ 'TeX-comment-region' and 'TeX-uncomment-region' can be used to
+ explicitly comment or uncomment the region in concern.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph
+ ('C-c %') Add or remove '%' from the beginning of each line in the
+ current paragraph. When removing '%' characters the paragraph is
+ considered to consist of all preceding and succeeding lines
+ starting with a '%', until the first non-comment line.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Indenting, Next: Filling, Prev: Commenting, Up:
Editing
+
+2.9 Indenting
+=============
+
+Indentation means the addition of whitespace at the beginning of lines
+to reflect special syntactical constructs. This makes it easier to see
+the structure of the document, and to catch errors such as a missing
+closing brace. Thus, the indentation is done for precisely the same
+reasons that you would indent ordinary computer programs.
+
+ Indentation is done by LaTeX environments and by TeX groups, that is
+the body of an environment is indented by the value of
+'LaTeX-indent-level' (default 2). Also, items of an 'itemize-like'
+environment are indented by the value of 'LaTeX-item-indent', default
+-2. (Items are identified with the help of 'LaTeX-item-regexp'.) If
+more environments are nested, they are indented 'accumulated' just like
+most programming languages usually are seen indented in nested
+constructs.
+
+ You can explicitely indent single lines, usually by pressing <TAB>,
+or marked regions by calling 'indent-region' on it. If you have
+'auto-fill-mode' enabled and a line is broken while you type it, Emacs
+automatically cares about the indentation in the following line. If you
+want to have a similar behavior upon typing <RET>, you can customize the
+variable 'TeX-newline-function' and change the default of 'newline'
+which does no indentation to 'newline-and-indent' which indents the new
+line or 'reindent-then-newline-and-indent' which indents both the
+current and the new line.
+
+ There are certain LaTeX environments which should be indented in a
+special way, like 'tabular' or 'verbatim'. Those environments may be
+specified in the variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list' together with
+their special indentation functions. Taking the 'verbatim' environment
+as an example you can see that 'current-indentation' is used as the
+indentation function. This will stop AUCTeX from doing any indentation
+in the environment if you hit <TAB> for example.
+
+ There are environments in 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list' which do
+not bring a special indentation function with them. This is due to the
+fact that first the respective functions are not implemented yet and
+second that filling will be disabled for the specified environments.
+This shall prevent the source code from being messed up by accidently
+filling those environments with the standard filling routine. If you
+think that providing special filling routines for such environments
+would be an appropriate and challenging task for you, you are invited to
+contribute. (*Note Filling::, for further information about the filling
+functionality)
+
+ The check for the indentation function may be enabled or disabled by
+customizing the variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-check'.
+
+ As a side note with regard to formatting special environments: Newer
+Emacsen include 'align.el' and therefore provide some support for
+formatting 'tabular' and 'tabbing' environments with the function
+'align-current' which will nicely align columns in the source code.
+
+ AUCTeX is able to format commented parts of your code just as any
+other part. This means LaTeX environments and TeX groups in comments
+will be indented syntactically correct if the variable
+'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is set to t. If you disable it, comments
+will be filled like normal text and no syntactic indentation will be
+done.
+
+ Following you will find a list of most commands and variables related
+to indenting with a small summary in each case:
+
+'<TAB>'
+ 'LaTeX-indent-line' will indent the current line.
+
+'<LFD>'
+ 'newline-and-indent' inserts a new line (much like <RET>) and moves
+ the cursor to an appropriate position by the left margin.
+
+ Most keyboards nowadays lack a linefeed key and 'C-j' may be
+ tedious to type. Therefore you can customize AUCTeX to perform
+ indentation upon typing <RET> as well. The respective option is
+ called 'TeX-newline-function'.
+
+'C-j'
+ Alias for <LFD>
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-indent-environment-list
+ List of environments with special indentation. The second element
+ in each entry is the function to calculate the indentation level in
+ columns.
+
+ The filling code currently cannot handle tabular-like environments
+ which will be completely messed-up if you try to format them. This
+ is why most of these environments are included in this
+ customization option without a special indentation function. This
+ will prevent that they get filled.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-indent-level
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for each '\begin' not
+ matched by a '\end'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-item-indent
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for '\item''s in list
+ environments.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-brace-indent-level
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for each '{' not matched
+ by a '}'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-syntactic-comments
+ If non-nil comments will be filled and indented according to LaTeX
+ syntax. Otherwise they will be filled like normal text.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-newline-function
+ Used to specify the function which is called when <RET> is pressed.
+ This will normally be 'newline' which simply inserts a new line.
+ In case you want to have AUCTeX do indentation as well when you
+ press <RET>, use the built-in functions 'newline-and-indent' or
+ 'reindent-then-newline-and-indent'. The former inserts a new line
+ and indents the following line, i.e. it moves the cursor to the
+ right position and therefore acts as if you pressed <LFD>. The
+ latter function additionally indents the current line. If you
+ choose 'Other', you can specify your own fancy function to be
+ called when <RET> is pressed.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Filling, Prev: Indenting, Up: Editing
+
+2.10 Filling
+============
+
+Filling deals with the insertion of line breaks to prevent lines from
+becoming wider than what is specified in 'fill-column'. The linebreaks
+will be inserted automatically if 'auto-fill-mode' is enabled. In this
+case the source is not only filled but also indented automatically as
+you write it.
+
+ 'auto-fill-mode' can be enabled for AUCTeX by calling
+'turn-on-auto-fill' in one of the hooks AUCTeX is running. *Note Modes
+and Hooks::. As an example, if you want to enable 'auto-fill-mode' in
+'LaTeX-mode', put the following into your init file:
+
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
+
+ You can manually fill explicitely marked regions, paragraphs,
+environments, complete sections, or the whole buffer. (Note that manual
+filling in AUCTeX will indent the start of the region to be filled in
+contrast to many other Emacs modes.)
+
+ There are some syntactical constructs which are handled specially
+with regard to filling. These are so-called code comments and paragraph
+commands.
+
+ Code comments are comments preceded by code or text in the same line.
+Upon filling a region, code comments themselves will not get filled.
+Filling is done from the start of the region to the line with the code
+comment and continues after it. In order to prevent overfull lines in
+the source code, a linebreak will be inserted before the last
+non-comment word by default. This can be changed by customizing
+'LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments'. If you have overfull lines
+with code comments you can fill those explicitely by calling
+'LaTeX-fill-paragraph' or pressing 'M-q' with the cursor positioned on
+them. This will add linebreaks in the comment and indent subsequent
+comment lines to the column of the comment in the first line of the code
+comment. In this special case 'M-q' only acts on the current line and
+not on the whole paragraph.
+
+ Lines with '\par' are treated similarly to code comments, i.e.
+'\par' will be treated as paragraph boundary which should not be
+followed by other code or text. But it is not treated as a real
+paragraph boundary like an empty line where filling a paragraph would
+stop.
+
+ Paragraph commands like '\section' or '\noindent' (the list of
+commands is defined by 'LaTeX-paragraph-commands') are often to be
+placed in their own line(s). This means they should not be consecuted
+with any preceding or following adjacent lines of text. AUCTeX will
+prevent this from happening if you do not put any text except another
+macro after the end of the last brace of the respective macro. If there
+is other text after the macro, AUCTeX regards this as a sign that the
+macro is part of the following paragraph.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+
+ \begin{quote}
+ text text text text
+
+ \begin{quote}\label{foo}
+ text text text text
+
+ If you press 'M-q' on the first line in both examples, nothing will
+change. But if you write
+
+ \begin{quote} text
+ text text text text
+
+ and press 'M-q', you will get
+
+ \begin{quote} text text text text text
+
+ Besides code comments and paragraph commands, another speciality of
+filling in AUCTeX involves commented lines. You should be aware that
+these comments are treated as islands in the rest of the LaTeX code if
+syntactic filling is enabled. This means, for example, if you try to
+fill an environment with 'LaTeX-fill-environment' and have the cursor
+placed on a commented line which does not have a surrounding environment
+inside the comment, AUCTeX will report an error.
+
+ The relevant commands and variables with regard to filling are:
+
+'C-c C-q C-p'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph' will fill and indent the current paragraph.
+
+'M-q'
+ Alias for 'C-c C-q C-p'
+
+'C-c C-q C-e'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-environment' will fill and indent the current
+ environment. This may e.g. be the 'document' environment, in
+ which case the entire document will be formatted.
+
+'C-c C-q C-s'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-section' will fill and indent the current logical
+ sectional unit.
+
+'C-c C-q C-r'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-region' will fill and indent the current region.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators
+ List of separators before or after which respectively linebreaks
+ will be inserted if they do not fit into one line. The separators
+ can be curly braces, brackets, switches for inline math ('$', '\(',
+ '\)') and switches for display math ('\[', '\]'). Such formatting
+ can be useful to make macros and math more visible or to prevent
+ overfull lines in the LaTeX source in case a package for displaying
+ formatted TeX output inside the Emacs buffer, like preview-latex,
+ is used.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments
+ Code comments are comments preceded by some other text in the same
+ line. When a paragraph containing such a comment is to be filled,
+ the comment start will be seen as a border after which no line
+ breaks will be inserted in the same line. If the option
+ 'LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments' is enabled (which is the
+ default) and the comment does not fit into the line, a line break
+ will be inserted before the last non-comment word to minimize the
+ chance that the line becomes overfull.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Display, Next: Processing, Prev: Editing, Up: Top
+
+3 Controlling Screen Display
+****************************
+
+It is often desirable to get visual help of what markup code in a text
- actually does whithout having to decipher it explicitely. For this
++actually does without having to decipher it explicitly. For this
+purpose Emacs and AUCTeX provide font locking (also known as syntax
+highlighting) which visually sets off markup code like macros or
+environments by using different colors or fonts. For example text to be
+typeset in italics can be displayed with an italic font in the editor as
+well, or labels and references get their own distinct color.
+
+ While font locking helps you grasp the purpose of markup code and
+separate markup from content, the markup code can still be distracting.
+AUCTeX lets you hide those parts and show them again at request with its
+built-in support for hiding macros and environments which we call
+folding here.
+
+ Besides folding of macros and environments, AUCTeX provides support
+for Emacs' outline mode which lets you narrow the buffer content to
+certain sections of your text by hiding the parts not belonging to these
+sections.
+
++ Moreover, you can focus in a specific portion of the code by
++narrowing the buffer to the desired region. AUCTeX provides also
++functions to narrow the buffer to the current group and to LaTeX
++environments.
++
+* Menu:
+
+* Font Locking:: Font Locking
+* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
+* Outline:: Outlining the Document
++* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Font Locking, Next: Folding, Up: Display
+
+3.1 Font Locking
+================
+
+Font locking is supposed to improve readability of the source code by
+highlighting certain keywords with different colors or fonts. It
+thereby lets you recognize the function of markup code to a certain
+extent without having to read the markup command. For general
+information on controlling font locking with Emacs' Font Lock mode, see
+*note Font Lock Mode: (emacs)Font Lock.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-install-font-lock
+ Once font locking is enabled globally or for the major modes
+ provided by AUCTeX, the font locking patterns and functionality of
+ font-latex are activated by default. You can switch to a different
+ font locking scheme or disable font locking in AUCTeX by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-install-font-lock'.
+
+ Besides font-latex AUCTeX ships with a scheme which is derived from
+ Emacs' default LaTeX mode and activated by choosing
+ 'tex-font-setup'. Be aware that this scheme is not coupled with
+ AUCTeX's style system and not the focus of development. Therefore
+ and due to font-latex being much more feature-rich the following
+ explanations will only cover font-latex.
+
+ In case you want to hook in your own fontification scheme, you can
+ choose 'other' and insert the name of the function which sets up
+ your font locking patterns. If you want to disable fontification
+ in AUCTeX completely, choose 'ignore'.
+
+ font-latex provides many options for customization which are
+accessible with 'M-x customize-group RET font-latex RET'. For this
+description the various options are explained in conceptional groups.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Fontification of macros:: Fontification of macros
+* Fontification of quotes:: Fontification of quotes
+* Fontification of math:: Fontification of math constructs
+* Verbatim content:: Verbatim macros and environments
+* Faces:: Faces used by font-latex
+* Known problems:: Known fontification problems
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of macros, Next: Fontification of
quotes, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.1 Fontification of macros
+-----------------------------
+
+Highlighting of macros can be customized by adapting keyword lists which
+can be found in the customization group 'font-latex-keywords'.
+
+ Three types of macros can be handled differently with respect to
+fontification:
+
+ 1. Commands of the form '\foo[bar]{baz}' which consist of the macro
+ itself, optional arguments in square brackets and mandatory
+ arguments in curly braces. For the command itself the face
+ 'font-lock-keyword-face' will be used and for the optional
+ arguments the face 'font-lock-variable-name-face'. The face
+ applied to the mandatory argument depends on the macro class
+ represented by the respective built-in variables.
+ 2. Declaration macros of the form '{\foo text}' which consist of the
+ macro which may be enclosed in a TeX group together with text to be
+ affected by the macro. In case a TeX group is present, the macro
+ will get the face 'font-lock-keyword-face' and the text will get
+ the face configured for the respective macro class. If no TeX
+ group is present, the latter face will be applied to the macro
+ itself.
+ 3. Simple macros of the form '\foo' which do not have any arguments or
+ groupings. The respective face will be applied to the macro
+ itself.
+
+ Customization variables for '\foo[bar]{baz}' type macros allow both
+the macro name and the sequence of arguments to be specified. The
+latter is done with a string which can contain the characters
+'*'
+ indicating the existence of a starred variant for the macro,
+'['
+ for optional arguments in brackets,
+'{'
+ for mandatory arguments in braces,
+'\'
+ for mandatory arguments consisting of a single macro and
+'|'
+ as a prefix indicating that two alternatives are following.
+ For example the specifier for '\documentclass' would be '[{' because
+the macro has one optional followed by one mandatory argument. The
+specifier for '\newcommand' would be '*|{\[[{' because there is a
+starred variant, the mandatory argument following the macro name can be
+a macro or a TeX group which can be followed by two optional arguments
+and the last token is a mandatory argument in braces.
+
+ Customization variables for the '{\foo text}' and '\foo' types are
+simple lists of strings where each entry is a macro name (without the
+leading backslash).
+
+General macro classes
+---------------------
+
+font-latex provides keyword lists for different macro classes which are
+described in the following table:
+
+'font-latex-match-function-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to functions, like
+ '\newcommand'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-function-name-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-reference-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to references, like '\ref'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-constant-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-textual-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros specifying textual content, like '\caption'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-type-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-variable-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to variables, like
+ '\setlength'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-variable-name-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-warning-keywords'
+ Keywords for important macros, e.g. affecting line or page break,
+ like '\clearpage'.
+ Type: '\macro'
+ Face: 'font-latex-warning-face'
+
+Sectioning commands
+-------------------
+
+Sectioning commands are macros like '\chapter' or '\section'. For these
+commands there are two fontification schemes which may be selected by
+customizing the variable 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-fontify-sectioning
+ Per default sectioning commands will be shown in a larger,
+ proportional font, which corresponds to a number for this variable.
+ The font size varies with the sectioning level, e.g. '\part'
+ ('font-latex-sectioning-0-face') has a larger font than
+ '\paragraph' ('font-latex-sectioning-5-face'). Typically, values
+ from 1.05 to 1.3 for 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning' give best
+ results, depending on your font setup. If you rather like to use
+ the base font and a different color, set the variable to the symbol
+ 'color'. In this case the face 'font-lock-type-face' will be used
+ to fontify the argument of the sectioning commands.
+
+ You can make font-latex aware of your own sectioning commands be
+adding them to the keyword lists:
+'font-latex-match-sectioning-0-keywords'
+('font-latex-sectioning-0-face') ...
+'font-latex-match-sectioning-5-keywords'
+('font-latex-sectioning-5-face').
+
+ Related to sectioning there is special support for slide titles which
+may be fontified with the face 'font-latex-slide-title-face'. You can
+add macros which should appear in this face by customizing the variable
+'font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
+
+Commands for changing fonts
+---------------------------
+
+LaTeX provides various macros for changing fonts or font attributes.
+For example, you can select an italic font with '\textit{...}' or bold
+with '\textbf{...}'. An alternative way to specify these fonts is to
+use special macros in TeX groups, like '{\itshape ...}' for italics and
+'{\bfseries ...}' for bold. As mentioned above, we call the former
+variants commands and the latter declarations.
+
+ Besides the macros for changing fonts provided by LaTeX there is an
+infinite number of other macros--either defined by yourself for logical
+markup or defined by macro packages--which affect the font in the
+typeset text. While LaTeX's built-in macros and macros of packages
+known by AUCTeX are already handled by font-latex, different keyword
+lists per type style and macro type are provided for entering your own
+macros which are listed in the table below.
+
+'font-latex-match-bold-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a bold type style.
+ Face: 'font-latex-bold-face'
+'font-latex-match-italic-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying an italic font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-italic-face'
+'font-latex-match-math-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a math font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-math-face'
+'font-latex-match-type-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a typewriter font.
+ Face: 'font-lock-type-face'
+'font-latex-match-bold-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying a bold type style.
+ Face: 'font-latex-bold-face'
+'font-latex-match-italic-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying an italic font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-italic-face'
+'font-latex-match-type-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying a typewriter font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-type-face'
+
+Deactivating defaults of built-in keyword classes
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+font-latex ships with predefined lists of keywords for the classes
+described above. You can disable these defaults per class by
+customizing the variable 'font-latex-deactivated-keyword-classes'. This
+is a list of strings for keyword classes to be deactivated. Valid
+entries are "warning", "variable", "reference", "function" ,
+"sectioning-0", "sectioning-1", "sectioning-2", "sectioning-3",
+"sectioning-4", "sectioning-5", "textual", "bold-command",
+"italic-command", "math-command", "type-command", "bold-declaration",
+"italic-declaration", "type-declaration".
+
+ You can also get rid of certain keywords only. For example if you
+want to remove highlighting of footnotes as references you can put the
+following stanza into your init file:
+
+ (eval-after-load "font-latex"
+ '(setq-default
+ font-latex-match-reference-keywords-local
+ (remove "footnote" font-latex-match-reference-keywords-local)))
+
+ But note that this means fiddling with font-latex's internals and is
+not guaranteed to work in future versions of font-latex.
+
+User-defined keyword classes
+----------------------------
+
+In case the customization options explained above do not suffice for
+your needs, you can specify your own keyword classes by customizing the
+variable 'font-latex-user-keyword-classes'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-user-keyword-classes
+ Every keyword class consists of four parts, a name, a list of
+ keywords, a face and a specifier for the type of macros to be
+ highlighted.
+
+ When adding new entries, you have to use unique values for the
+ class names, i.e. they must not clash with names of the built-in
+ keyword classes or other names given by you. Additionally the
+ names must not contain spaces.
+
+ The list of keywords defines which commands and declarations should
+ be covered by the keyword class. A keyword can either be a simple
+ command name omitting the leading backslash or a list consisting of
+ the command name and a string specifying the sequence of arguments
+ for the command.
+
+ The face argument can either be an existing face or font
+ specifications made by you. (The latter option is not available on
+ XEmacs.)
+
+ There are three alternatives for the type of keywords--"Command
+ with arguments", "Declaration inside TeX group" and "Command
+ without arguments"--which correspond with the macro types explained
+ above.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of quotes, Next: Fontification of
math, Prev: Fontification of macros, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.2 Fontification of quotes
+-----------------------------
+
+Text in quotation marks is displayed with the face
+'font-latex-string-face'. Besides the various forms of opening and
+closing double and single quotation marks, so-called guillemets (<<, >>)
+can be used for quoting. Because there are two styles of using
+them--French style: << text >>; German style: >>text<<--you can
+customize the variable 'font-latex-quotes' to tell font-latex which type
+you are using if the correct value cannot be derived from document
+properties.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-quotes
+ The default value of 'font-latex-quotes' is 'auto' which means that
+ font-latex will try to derive the correct type of quotation mark
+ matching from document properties like the language option supplied
+ to the babel LaTeX package.
+
+ If the automatic detection fails for you and you mostly use one
+ specific style you can set it to a specific language-dependent
+ value as well. Set the value to 'german' if you are using >>German
+ quotes<< and to 'french' if you are using << French quotes >>.
+ font-latex will recognize the different ways these quotes can be
+ given in your source code, i.e. ('"<', '">'), ('<<', '>>') and the
+ respective 8-bit variants.
+
+ If you set 'font-latex-quotes' to nil, quoted content will not be
+ fontified.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of math, Next: Verbatim content,
Prev: Fontification of quotes, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.3 Fontification of mathematical constructs
+----------------------------------------------
+
+In LaTeX mathematics can be indicated by a variety of different methods:
+toggles (like dollar signs), macros and environments. Math constructs
+known by font-latex are displayed with the face 'font-latex-math-face'.
+Support for dollar signs and shorthands like '\(...\)' or '\[...\]' is
+built-in and not customizable. Support for other math macros and
+environments can be adapted by customizing the variables
+'font-latex-match-math-command-keywords' and
+'font-latex-math-environments' respectively.
+
+ In order to make math constructs more readable, font-latex displays
+subscript and superscript parts in a smaller font and raised or lowered
+respectively. This fontification feature can be controlled with the
+variables 'font-latex-fontify-script' and 'font-latex-script-display'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-fontify-script
+ If non-nil, fontify subscript and superscript strings.
+
+ Note that this feature is not available on XEmacs, for which it is
+ disabled per default. In GNU Emacs raising and lowering is not
+ enabled for versions 21.3 and before due to it working not
+ properly.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-script-display
+ Display specification for subscript and superscript content. The
+ car is used for subscript, the cdr is used for superscript. The
+ feature is implemented using so-called display properties. For
+ information on what exactly to specify for the values, see *note
+ Other Display Specifications: (elisp)Other Display Specs.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Verbatim content, Next: Faces, Prev:
Fontification of math, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.4 Verbatim macros and environments
+--------------------------------------
+
+Usually it is not desirable to have content to be typeset verbatim
+highlighted according to LaTeX syntax. Therefore this content will be
+fontified uniformly with the face 'font-latex-verbatim-face'.
+
+ font-latex differentiates three different types of verbatim
+constructs for fontification. Macros with special characters like | as
+delimiters, macros with braces, and environments. Which macros and
+environments are recognized is controlled by the variables
+'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims',
+'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces', and 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments'
+respectively.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Faces, Next: Known problems, Prev: Verbatim
content, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.5 Faces used by font-latex
+------------------------------
+
+In case you want to change the colors and fonts used by font-latex
+please refer to the faces mentioned in the explanations above and use
+'M-x customize-face RET <face> RET'. All faces defined by font-latex
+are accessible through a customization group by typing 'M-x
+customize-group RET font-latex-highlighting-faces RET'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Known problems, Prev: Faces, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.6 Known fontification problems
+----------------------------------
+
+In certain cases the fontification machinery fails to interpret buffer
+contents correctly. This can lead to color bleed, i.e. large parts of
+a buffer get fontified with an inappropriate face. A typical situation
+for this to happen is the use of a dollar sign ('$') in a verbatim macro
+or environment. If font-latex is not aware of the verbatim construct,
+it assumes the dollar sign to be a toggle for mathematics and fontifies
+the following buffer content with the respective face until it finds a
+closing dollar sign or till the end of the buffer.
+
+ As a remedy you can make the verbatim construct known to font-latex,
+*note Verbatim content::. If this is not possible, you can insert a
+commented dollar sign ('%$') at the next suitable end of line as a quick
+workaround.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Folding, Next: Outline, Prev: Font Locking, Up:
Display
+
+3.2 Folding Macros and Environments
+===================================
+
+A popular complaint about markup languages like TeX and LaTeX is that
+there is too much clutter in the source text and that one cannot focus
+well on the content. There are macros where you are only interested in
+the content they are enclosing, like font specifiers where the content
+might already be fontified in a special way by font locking. Or macros
+the content of which you only want to see when actually editing it, like
+footnotes or citations. Similarly you might find certain environments
+or comments distracting when trying to concentrate on the body of your
+document.
+
+ With AUCTeX's folding functionality you can collapse those items and
+replace them by a fixed string, the content of one of their arguments,
+or a mixture of both. If you want to make the original text visible
+again in order to view or edit it, move point sideways onto the
+placeholder (also called display string) or left-click with the mouse
+pointer on it. (The latter is currently only supported on Emacs.) The
+macro or environment will unfold automatically, stay open as long as
+point is inside of it and collapse again once you move point out of it.
+(Note that folding of environments currently does not work in every
+AUCTeX mode.)
+
+ In order to use this feature, you have to activate 'TeX-fold-mode'
+which will activate the auto-reveal feature and the necessary commands
+to hide and show macros and environments. You can activate the mode in
+a certain buffer by typing the command 'M-x TeX-fold-mode RET' or using
+the keyboard shortcut 'C-c C-o C-f'. If you want to use it every time
+you edit a LaTeX document, add it to a hook:
+
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook (lambda ()
+ (TeX-fold-mode 1)))
+
+ If it should be activated in all AUCTeX modes, use 'TeX-mode-hook'
+instead of 'LaTeX-mode-hook'.
+
+ Once the mode is active there are several commands available to hide
+and show macros, environments and comments:
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-buffer
+ ('C-c C-o C-b') Hide all foldable items in the current buffer
+ according to the setting of 'TeX-fold-type-list'.
+
+ If you want to have this done automatically every time you open a
+ file, add it to a hook and make sure the function is called after
+ font locking is set up for the buffer. The following code should
+ accomplish this:
+
+ (add-hook 'find-file-hook 'TeX-fold-buffer t)
+
+ The command can be used any time to refresh the whole buffer and
+ fold any new macros and environments which were inserted after the
+ last invocation of the command.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-type-list
+ List of symbols determining the item classes to consider for
+ folding. This can be macros, environments and comments. Per
+ default only macros and environments are folded.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-force-fontify
+ In order for all folded content to get the right faces, the whole
+ buffer has to be fontified before folding is carried out.
+ 'TeX-fold-buffer' therefore will force fontification of unfontified
+ regions. As this will prolong the time folding takes, you can
+ prevent forced fontification by customizing the variable
+ 'TeX-fold-force-fontify'.
+
++ -- User Option: TeX-fold-auto
++ By default, a macro inserted with 'TeX-insert-macro' ('C-c C-m')
++ will not be folded. Set this variable to a non-nil value to
++ aumatically fold macros as soon as they are inserted.
++
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-preserve-comments
+ By default items found in comments will be folded. If your
+ comments often contain unfinished code this might lead to problems.
+ Give this variable a non-nil value and foldable items in your
+ comments will be left alone.
+
++ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark
++ When this variable is non-nil and there is an active regione, text
++ around the mark will be kept unfolded.
++
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-region
+ ('C-c C-o C-r') Hide all configured macros in the marked region.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-paragraph
+ ('C-c C-o C-p') Hide all configured macros in the paragraph
+ containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-macro
+ ('C-c C-o C-m') Hide the macro on which point currently is located.
+ If the name of the macro is found in 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list',
+ the respective display string will be shown instead. If it is not
+ found, the name of the macro in sqare brackets or the default
+ string for unspecified macros
+ ('TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string') will be shown, depending
+ on the value of the variable 'TeX-fold-unspec-use-name'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-env
+ ('C-c C-o C-e') Hide the environment on which point currently is
+ located. The behavior regarding the display string is analogous to
+ 'TeX-fold-macro' and determined by the variables
+ 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list' and 'TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string'
+ respectively.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-math
+ Hide the math macro on which point currently is located. If the
+ name of the macro is found in 'TeX-fold-math-spec-list', the
+ respective display string will be shown instead. If it is not
+ found, the name of the macro in sqare brackets or the default
+ string for unspecified macros
+ ('TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string') will be shown, depending
+ on the value of the variable 'TeX-fold-unspec-use-name'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-comment
+ ('C-c C-o C-c') Hide the comment point is located on.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-buffer
+ ('C-c C-o b') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ current buffer.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-region
+ ('C-c C-o r') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ marked region.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph
+ ('C-c C-o p') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ paragraph containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-item
+ ('C-c C-o i') Permanently show the macro or environment on which
+ point currently is located. In contrast to temporarily opening the
+ macro when point is moved sideways onto it, the macro will be
+ permanently unfolded and will not collapse again once point is
+ leaving it.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-dwim
+ ('C-c C-o C-o') Hide or show items according to the current
+ context. If there is folded content, unfold it. If there is a
+ marked region, fold all configured content in this region. If
+ there is no folded content but a macro or environment, fold it.
+
+ In case you want to use a different prefix than 'C-c C-o' for these
+commands you can customize the variable 'TeX-fold-command-prefix'.
+(Note that this will not change the key binding for activating the
+mode.)
+
+ The commands above will only take macros or environments into
+consideration which are specified in the variables
+'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list' or 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list' respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-macro-spec-list
+ List of replacement specifiers and macros to fold. The specifier
+ can be a string, an integer or a function symbol.
+
+ If you specify a string, it will be used as a display replacement
+ for the whole macro. Numbers in braces, brackets, parens or angle
+ brackets will be replaced by the respective macro argument. For
+ example '{1}' will be replaced by the first mandatory argument of
+ the macro. One can also define alternatives within the specifier
+ which are used if an argument is not found. Alternatives are
+ separated by '||'. They are most useful with optional arguments.
+ As an example, the default specifier for '\item' is '[1]:||*' which
+ means that if there is an optional argument, its value is shown
+ followed by a colon. If there is no optional argument, only an
+ asterisk is used as the display string.
+
+ If you specify a number as the first element, the content of the
+ respective mandatory argument of a LaTeX macro will be used as the
+ placeholder.
+
+ If the first element is a function symbol, the function will be
+ called with all mandatory arguments of the macro and the result of
+ the function call will be used as a replacement for the macro.
+
+ The placeholder is made by copying the text from the buffer
+ together with its properties, i.e. its face as well. If
+ fontification has not happened when this is done (e.g. because of
+ lazy font locking) the intended fontification will not show up. As
+ a workaround you can leave Emacs idle a few seconds and wait for
+ stealth font locking to finish before you fold the buffer. Or you
+ just re-fold the buffer with 'TeX-fold-buffer' when you notice a
+ wrong fontification.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-env-spec-list
+ List of display strings or argument numbers and environments to
+ fold. Argument numbers refer to the '\begin' statement. That
+ means if you have e.g. '\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{XXX} ...
+ \end{tabularx}' and specify 3 as the argument number, the resulting
+ display string will be "XXX".
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-math-spec-list
+ List of display strings and math macros to fold.
+
+ The variables 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list', 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list',
+and 'TeX-fold-math-spec-list' apply to any AUCTeX mode. If you want to
+make settings which are only applied to LaTeX mode, you can use the
+mode-specific variables 'LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list',
+'LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list', and 'LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list'
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string
+ Default display string for macros which are not specified in
+ 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string
+ Default display string for environments which are not specified in
+ 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-use-name
+ If non-nil the name of the macro or environment surrounded by
+ square brackets is used as display string, otherwise the defaults
+ specified in 'TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string' or
+ 'TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string' respectively.
+
+ When you hover with the mouse pointer over folded content, its
+original text will be shown in a tooltip or the echo area depending on
+Tooltip mode being activate. In order to avoid exorbitantly big
+tooltips and to cater for the limited space in the echo area the content
+will be cropped after a certain amount of characters defined by the
+variable 'TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length
+ Maximum length of original text displayed in a tooltip or the echo
+ area for folded content. Set it to zero in order to disable this
+ feature.
+
+
- File: auctex.info, Node: Outline, Prev: Folding, Up: Display
++File: auctex.info, Node: Outline, Next: Narrowing, Prev: Folding, Up:
Display
+
+3.3 Outlining the Document
+==========================
+
+AUCTeX supports the standard outline minor mode using LaTeX/ConTeXt
+sectioning commands as header lines. *Note Outline Mode: (emacs)Outline
+Mode.
+
+ You can add your own headings by setting the variable
+'TeX-outline-extra'.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-outline-extra
+ List of extra TeX outline levels.
+
+ Each element is a list with two entries. The first entry is the
+ regular expression matching a header, and the second is the level
+ of the header. A '^' is automatically prepended to the regular
+ expressions in the list, so they must match text at the beginning
+ of the line.
+
+ See 'LaTeX-section-list' or 'ConTeXt-INTERFACE-section-list' for
+ existing header levels.
+
+ The following example add '\item' and '\bibliography' headers, with
+'\bibliography' at the same outline level as '\section', and '\item'
+being below '\subparagraph'.
+
+ (setq TeX-outline-extra
+ '(("[ \t]*\\\\\\(bib\\)?item\\b" 7)
+ ("\\\\bibliography\\b" 2)))
+
+ You may want to check out the unbundled 'out-xtra' package for even
+better outline support. It is available from your favorite emacs lisp
+archive.
+
+
++File: auctex.info, Node: Narrowing, Prev: Outline, Up: Display
++
++3.4 Narrowing
++=============
++
++Sometimes you want to focus your attention to a limited region of the
++code. You can do that by restricting the text addressable by editing
++commands and hiding the rest of the buffer with the narrowing functions,
++*note (emacs)Narrowing::. In addition, AUCTeX provides a couple of
++other commands to narrow the buffer to a group, i.e. a region enclosed
++in a pair of curly braces, and to LaTeX environments.
++
++ -- Command: TeX-narrow-to-group
++ ('C-x n g') Make text outside current group invisible.
++
++ -- Command: LaTeX-narrow-to-environment COUNT
++ ('C-x n e') Make text outside current environment invisible. With
++ optional argument COUNT keep visible that number of enclosing
++ environmens.
++
++ Like other standard narrowing functions, the above commands are
++disabled. Attempting to use them asks for confirmation and gives you
++the option of enabling them; if you enable the commands, confirmation
++will no longer be required for them.
++
++
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processing, Next: Customization, Prev: Display,
Up: Top
+
+4 Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+*************************************************
+
+The most powerful features of AUCTeX may be those allowing you to run
+TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt and other external commands like BibTeX and
+'makeindex' from within Emacs, viewing and printing the results, and
+moreover allowing you to _debug_ your documents.
+
+ AUCTeX comes with a special tool bar for TeX and LaTeX which provides
+buttons for the most important commands. You can enable or disable it
+by customizing the options 'plain-TeX-enable-toolbar' and
+'LaTeX-enable-toolbar' in the 'TeX-tool-bar' customization group.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Commands:: Invoking external commands.
+* Viewing:: Invoking external viewers.
+* Debugging:: Debugging TeX and LaTeX output.
+* Checking:: Checking the document.
+* Control:: Controlling the processes.
+* Cleaning:: Cleaning intermediate and output files.
+* Documentation:: Documentation about macros and packages.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Commands, Next: Viewing, Up: Processing
+
+4.1 Executing Commands
+======================
+
+Formatting the document with TeX, LaTeX or ConTeXt, viewing with a
+previewer, printing the document, running BibTeX, making an index, or
+checking the document with 'lacheck' or 'chktex' all require running an
+external command.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting a Command:: Starting a Command on a Document or Region
+* Selecting a Command:: Selecting and Executing a Command
+* Processor Options:: Options for TeX Processors
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Starting a Command, Next: Selecting a Command,
Up: Commands
+
+4.1.1 Starting a Command on a Document or Region
+------------------------------------------------
+
+There are two ways to run an external command, you can either run it on
+the current document with 'TeX-command-master', or on the current region
+with 'TeX-command-region'. A special case of running TeX on a region is
+'TeX-command-buffer' which differs from 'TeX-command-master' if the
+current buffer is not its own master file.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-master
+ ('C-c C-c') Query the user for a command, and run it on the master
+ file associated with the current buffer. The name of the master
+ file is controlled by the variable 'TeX-master'. The available
+ commands are controlled by the variable 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-region
+ ('C-c C-r') Query the user for a command, and run it on the
+ contents of the selected region. The region contents are written
+ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
+ the master file. If mark is inactive (which can happen with
+ Transient Mark mode), use the old region. See also the command
+ 'TeX-pin-region' about how to fix a region.
+
+ The name of the region file is controlled by the variable
+ 'TeX-region'. The name of the master file is controlled by the
+ variable 'TeX-master'. The header is all text up to the line
+ matching the regular expression 'TeX-header-end'. The trailer is
+ all text from the line matching the regular expression
+ 'TeX-trailer-start'. The available commands are controlled by the
+ variable 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-buffer
+ ('C-c C-b') Query the user for a command, and apply it to the
+ contents of the current buffer. The buffer contents are written
+ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
+ the master file. The command is then actually run on the region
+ file. See above for details.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-region
+ The name of the file for temporarily storing the text when
+ formatting the current region.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-header-end
+ A regular expression matching the end of the header. By default,
+ this is '\begin{document}' in LaTeX mode and '%**end of header' in
+ TeX mode.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-trailer-start
+ A regular expression matching the start of the trailer. By
+ default, this is '\end{document}' in LaTeX mode and '\bye' in TeX
+ mode.
+
+ If you want to change the values of 'TeX-header-end' and
+'TeX-trailer-start' you can do this for all files by setting the
+variables in a mode hook or per file by specifying them as file
+variables (*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ -- Command: TeX-pin-region
+ ('C-c C-t C-r') If you don't have a mode like Transient Mark mode
+ active, where marks get disabled automatically, the region would
+ need to get properly set before each call to 'TeX-command-region'.
+ If you fix the current region with 'C-c C-t C-r', then it will get
+ used for more commands even though mark and point may change. An
+ explicitly activated mark, however, will always define a new region
+ when calling 'TeX-command-region'.
+
+ AUCTeX will allow one process for each document, plus one process for
+the region file to be active at the same time. Thus, if you are editing
+N different documents, you can have N plus one processes running at the
+same time. If the last process you started was on the region, the
+commands described in *note Debugging:: and *note Control:: will work on
+that process, otherwise they will work on the process associated with
+the current document.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Selecting a Command, Next: Processor Options,
Prev: Starting a Command, Up: Commands
+
+4.1.2 Selecting and Executing a Command
+---------------------------------------
+
+Once you started the command selection with 'C-c C-c', 'C-c C-s' or 'C-c
+C-b' you will be prompted for the type of command. AUCTeX will try to
+guess which command is appropriate in the given situation and propose it
+as default. Usually this is a processor like 'TeX' or 'LaTeX' if the
+document was changed or a viewer if the document was just typeset.
+Other commands can be selected in the minibuffer with completion support
+by typing <TAB>.
+
+ The available commands are defined by the variable
+'TeX-command-list'. Per default it includes commands for typesetting
+the document (e.g. 'LaTeX'), for viewing the output ('View'), for
+printing ('Print'), for generating an index ('Index') or for spell
+checking ('Spell') to name but a few. You can also add your own
+commands by adding entries to 'TeX-command-list'. Refer to its doc
+string for information about its syntax. You might also want to look at
+'TeX-expand-list' to learn about the expanders you can use in
+'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ Note that the default of the variable occasionally changes.
+Therefore it is advisable to add to the list rather than overwriting it.
+You can do this with a call to 'add-to-list' in your init file. For
+example, if you wanted to add a command for running a program called
+'foo' on the master or region file, you could do this with the following
+form.
+
+ (eval-after-load "tex"
+ '(add-to-list 'TeX-command-list
+ '("Foo" "foo %s" TeX-run-command t t :help "Run foo") t))
+
+ As mentioned before, AUCTeX will try to guess what command you want
+to invoke. If you want to use another command than 'TeX', 'LaTeX' or
+whatever processor AUCTeX thinks is appropriate for the current mode,
+set the variable 'TeX-command-default'. You can do this for all files
+by setting it in a mode hook or per file by specifying it as a file
+variable (*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-command-default
+ The default command to run in this buffer. Must be an entry in
+ 'TeX-command-list'.
+
- In case you use biblatex in a document, AUCTeX switches from BibTeX
- to Biber for bibliography processing. In case you want to keep using
- BibTeX, set the variable 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' to nil.
++ In case you use biblatex in a document, when automatic parsing is
++enabled AUCTeX checks the value of 'backend' option given to biblatex at
++load time to decide whether to use BibTeX or Biber for bibliography
++processing. Should AUCTeX fail to detect the right backend, you can use
++the file local 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' variable.
++ -- Variable: LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
++ If this boolean variable is set as file local, it tells to AUCTeX
++ whether to use Biber with biblatex. In this case, the
++ autodetection of the biblatex backend will be overridden. You may
++ want to set locally this variable if automatic parsing is not
++ enabled.
+
+ After confirming a command to execute, AUCTeX will try to save any
+buffers related to the document, and check if the document needs to be
+reformatted. If the variable 'TeX-save-query' is non-nil, AUCTeX will
+query before saving each file. By default AUCTeX will check emacs
+buffers associated with files in the current directory, in one of the
+'TeX-macro-private' directories, and in the 'TeX-macro-global'
+directories. You can change this by setting the variable
+'TeX-check-path'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-check-path
+ Directory path to search for dependencies.
+
+ If nil, just check the current file. Used when checking if any
+ files have changed.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processor Options, Prev: Selecting a Command, Up:
Commands
+
+4.1.3 Options for TeX Processors
+--------------------------------
+
+There are some options you can customize affecting which processors are
+invoked or the way this is done and which output they produce as a
+result. These options control if DVI or PDF output should be produced,
+if TeX should be started in interactive or nonstop mode, if source
+specials or a SyncTeX file should be produced for making inverse and
+forward search possible or which TeX engine should be used instead of
+regular TeX, like PDFTeX, Omega or XeTeX.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-PDF-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-p') This command toggles the PDF mode of AUCTeX, a
- buffer-local minor mode. You can customize 'TeX-PDF-mode' to give
- it a different default. The default is used when AUCTeX does not
- have additional clue about what a document might want. This option
++ buffer-local minor mode which is enabled by default. You can
++ customize 'TeX-PDF-mode' to give it a different default or set it
++ as a file local variable on a per-document basis. This option
+ usually results in calling either PDFTeX or ordinary TeX.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX
+ If this is set, DVI will also be produced by calling PDFTeX,
+ setting '\pdfoutput=0'. This makes it possible to use PDFTeX
+ features like character protrusion even when producing DVI files.
+ Contemporary TeX distributions do this anyway, so that you need not
+ enable the option within AUCTeX.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-interactive-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-i') This command toggles the interactive mode of
+ AUCTeX, a global minor mode. You can customize
+ 'TeX-interactive-mode' to give it a different default. In
+ interactive mode, TeX will pause with an error prompt when errors
+ are encountered and wait for the user to type something.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-source-correlate-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-s') Toggles support for forward and inverse search.
+ Forward search refers to jumping to the place in the previewed
+ document corresponding to where point is located in the document
+ source and inverse search to the other way round. *Note I/O
+ Correlation::.
+
+ You can permanently activate 'TeX-source-correlate-mode' by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-source-correlate-mode'. There is a
+ bunch of customization options for the mode, use 'M-x
+ customize-group <RET> TeX-view <RET>' to find out more.
+
+ AUCTeX is aware of three different means to do I/O correlation:
+ source specials (only DVI output), the pdfsync LaTeX package (only
+ PDF output) and SyncTeX. The choice between source specials and
+ SyncTeX can be controlled with the variable
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ Should you use source specials it has to be stressed _very_
+ strongly however, that source specials can cause differences in
+ page breaks and spacing, can seriously interfere with various
+ packages and should thus _never_ be used for the final version of a
+ document. In particular, fine-tuning the page breaks should be
+ done with source specials switched off.
+
+ AUCTeX also allows you to easily select different TeX engines for
+processing, either by using the entries in the 'TeXing Options' submenu
+below the 'Command' menu or by calling the function 'TeX-engine-set'.
+These eventually set the variable 'TeX-engine' which you can also modify
+directly.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-engine
+ This variable allows you to choose which TeX engine should be used
+ for typesetting the document, i.e. the executables which will be
+ used when you invoke the 'TeX' or 'LaTeX' commands. The value
+ should be one of the symbols defined in 'TeX-engine-alist-builtin'
+ or 'TeX-engine-alist'. The symbols 'default', 'xetex', 'luatex'
+ and 'omega' are available from the built-in list.
+
+ Note that 'TeX-engine' is buffer-local, so setting the variable
+directly or via the above mentioned menu or function will not take
+effect in other buffers. If you want to activate an engine for all
+AUCTeX modes, set 'TeX-engine' in your init file, e.g. by using 'M-x
+customize-variable <RET>'. If you want to activate it for a certain
+AUCTeX mode only, set the variable in the respective mode hook. If you
+want to activate it for certain files, set it through file variables
+(*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ Should you need to change the executable names related to the
+different engine settings, there are some variables you can tweak.
+Those are 'TeX-command', 'LaTeX-command', 'TeX-Omega-command',
+'LaTeX-Omega-command', 'ConTeXt-engine' and 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine'. The
+rest of the executables is defined directly in
+'TeX-engine-alist-builtin'. If you want to override an entry from that,
+add an entry to 'TeX-engine-alist' that starts with the same symbol as
+that the entry in the built-in list and specify the executables you want
+to use instead. You can also add entries to 'TeX-engine-alist' in order
+to add support for engines not covered per default.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-engine-alist
+ Alist of TeX engines and associated commands. Each entry is a list
+ with a maximum of five elements. The first element is a symbol
+ used to identify the engine. The second is a string describing the
+ engine. The third is the command to be used for plain TeX. The
+ fourth is the command to be used for LaTeX. The fifth is the
+ command to be used for the '--engine' parameter of ConTeXt's
+ 'texexec' program. Each command can either be a variable or a
+ string. An empty string or nil means there is no command
+ available.
+
++ As shown above, AUCTeX handles in a special way most of the main
++options that can be given to the TeX processors. When you need to pass
++to the TeX processor arbitrary options not handled by AUCTeX, you can
++use the file local variable 'TeX-command-extra-options'.
++ -- User Option: TeX-command-extra-options
++ String with the extra options to be given to the TeX processor.
++ For example, if you need to enable the shell escape feature to
++ compile a document, add the following line to the list of local
++ variables of the source file:
++ %%% TeX-command-extra-options: "-shell-escape"
++ By default this option is not safe as a file-local variable because
++ a specially crafted document compiled with shell escape enabled can
++ be used for malicious purposes.
++
+ You can customize AUCTeX to show the processor output as it is
+produced.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-show-compilation
+ If non-nil, the output of TeX compilation is shown in another
+ window.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Viewing, Next: Debugging, Prev: Commands, Up:
Processing
+
+4.2 Viewing the Formatted Output
+================================
+
+AUCTeX allows you to start external programs for previewing the
+formatted output of your document.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting Viewers:: Starting viewers
+* I/O Correlation:: Forward and inverse search
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Starting Viewers, Next: I/O Correlation, Up:
Viewing
+
+4.2.1 Starting Viewers
+----------------------
+
+Viewers are normally invoked by pressing 'C-c C-c' once the document is
+formatted, which will propose the View command, or by activating the
+respective entry in the Command menu. Alternatively you can type 'C-c
+C-v' which calls the function 'TeX-view'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-view
+ ('C-c C-v') Start a viewer without confirmation. The viewer is
+ started either on a region or the master file, depending on the
+ last command issued. This is especially useful for jumping to the
+ location corresponding to point in the viewer when using
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
+
+ AUCTeX will try to guess which type of viewer (DVI, PostScript or
+PDF) has to be used and what options are to be passed over to it. This
+decision is based on the output files present in the working directory
+as well as the class and style options used in the document. For
+example, if there is a DVI file in your working directory, a DVI viewer
+will be invoked. In case of a PDF file it will be a PDF viewer. If you
+specified a special paper format like 'a5paper' or use the 'landscape'
+option, this will be passed to the viewer by the appropriate options.
+Especially some DVI viewers depend on this kind of information in order
+to display your document correctly. In case you are using 'pstricks' or
+'psfrag' in your document, a DVI viewer cannot display the contents
+correctly and a PostScript viewer will be invoked instead.
+
+ The association between the tests for the conditions mentioned above
+and the viewers is made in the variable 'TeX-view-program-selection'.
+Therefore this variable is the starting point for customization if you
+want to use other viewers than the ones suggested by default.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-program-selection
+ This is a list of predicates and viewers which is evaluated from
+ front to back in order to find out which viewer to call under the
+ given conditions. In the first element of each list item you can
+ reference one or more predicates defined in
+ 'TeX-view-predicate-list' or 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin'. In
+ the second element you can reference a viewer defined in
+ 'TeX-view-program-list' or 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin'. The
+ viewer of the first item with a positively evaluated predicate is
+ selected.
+
+ So 'TeX-view-program-selection' only contains references to the
+actual implementations of predicates and viewer commands respectively
+which can be found elsewhere. AUCTeX comes with a set of preconfigured
+predicates and viewer commands which are stored in the variables
+'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin' and 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin'
+respectively. If you are not satisfied with those and want to overwrite
+one of them or add your own definitions, you can do so via the variables
+'TeX-view-predicate-list' and 'TeX-view-program-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-predicate-list
+ This is a list of predicates for viewer selection and invocation.
+ The first element of each list item is a symbol and the second
+ element a Lisp form to be evaluated. The form should return nil if
+ the predicate is not fulfilled.
+
+ A built-in predicate from 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin' can be
+ overwritten by defining a new predicate with the same symbol.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-program-list
+ This is a list of viewer specifications each consisting of a
+ symbolic name and either a command line or a function to be invoked
+ when the viewer is called. If a command line is used, parts of it
+ can be conditionalized by prefixing them with predicates from
+ 'TeX-view-predicate-list' or 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin'.
+ (See the doc string for the exact format to use.) The command line
+ can also contain placeholders as defined in 'TeX-expand-list' which
+ are expanded before the viewer is called.
+
+ A built-in viewer spec from 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin' can be
+ overwritten by defining a new viewer spec with the same name.
+
+ Note that the viewer selection and invocation as described above will
+only work if certain default settings in AUCTeX are intact. For one,
+the whole viewer selection machinery will only be triggered if the '%V'
+expander in 'TeX-expand-list' is unchanged. So if you have trouble with
+the viewer invocation you might check if there is an older customization
+of the variable in place. In addition, the use of a function in
+'TeX-view-program-list' only works if the View command in
+'TeX-command-list' makes use of the hook 'TeX-run-discard-or-function'.
+
+ Note also that the implementation described above replaces an older
+one which was less flexible. This old implementation works with the
+variables 'TeX-output-view-style' and 'TeX-view-style' which are used to
+associate file types and style options with viewers. If desired you can
+reactivate it by using the placeholder '%vv' for the View command in
+'TeX-command-list'. Note however, that it is bound to be removed from
+AUCTeX once the new implementation proved to be satisfactory. For the
+time being, find a short description of the mentioned customization
+options below.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-output-view-style
+ List of output file extensions, style options and view options.
+ Each item of the list consists of three elements. If the first
+ element (a regular expression) matches the output file extension,
+ and the second element (a regular expression) matches the name of
+ one of the style options, any occurrence of the string '%V' in a
+ command in 'TeX-command-list' will be replaced with the third
+ element.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-style
+ List of style options and view options. This is the predecessor of
+ 'TeX-output-view-style' which does not provide the possibility to
+ specify output file extensions. It is used as a fallback in case
+ none of the alternatives specified in 'TeX-output-view-style'
+ match. In case none of the entries in 'TeX-view-style' match
+ either, no suggestion for a viewer is made.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: I/O Correlation, Prev: Starting Viewers, Up:
Viewing
+
+4.2.2 Forward and Inverse Search
+--------------------------------
+
+Forward and inverse search refer to the correlation between the document
+source in the editor and the typeset document in the viewer. Forward
+search allows you to jump to the place in the previewed document
+corresponding to a certain line in the document source and inverse
+search vice versa.
+
+ AUCTeX supports three methods for forward and inverse search: source
+specials (only DVI output), the pdfsync LaTeX package (only PDF output)
+and SyncTeX (any type of output). If you want to make use of forward
+and inverse searching with source specials or SyncTeX, switch on
+'TeX-source-correlate-mode'. *Note Processor Options::, on how to do
+that. The use of the pdfsync package is detected automatically if
- document parsing is enabled.
++document parsing is enabled. Customize the variable
++'TeX-source-correlate-method' to select the method to use.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-source-correlate-method
++ Method to use for enabling forward and inverse search. This can be
++ 'source-specials' if source specials should be used, 'synctex' if
++ SyncTeX should be used, or 'auto' if AUCTeX should decide.
++
++ When the variable is set to 'auto', AUCTeX will always use SyncTeX
++ if your 'latex' processor supports it, source specials otherwise.
++ You must make sure your viewer supports the same method.
++
++ It is also possible to specify a different method depending on the
++ output, either DVI or PDF, by setting the variable to an alist of
++ the kind
++ ((dvi . <source-specials or synctex>)
++ (pdf . <source-specials or synctex>))
++ in which the CDR of each entry is a symbol specifying the method to
++ be used in the corresponding mode. The default value of the
++ variable is
++ ((dvi . source-specials)
++ (pdf . synctex))
++ which is compatible with the majority of viewers.
+
+ Forward search happens automatically upon calling the viewer, e.g.
+by typing 'C-c C-v' ('TeX-view'). This will open the viewer or bring it
+to front and display the output page corresponding to the position of
+point in the source file. AUCTeX will automatically pass the necessary
+command line options to the viewer for this to happen.
+
+ Upon opening the viewer you will be asked if you want to start a
+server process (Gnuserv or Emacs server) which is necessary for inverse
+search. This happens only if there is no server running already. You
+can customize the variable 'TeX-source-correlate-start-server' to
+inhibit the question and always or never start the server respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-source-correlate-start-server
+ If 'TeX-source-correlate-mode' is active and a viewer is invoked,
+ the default behavior is to ask if a server process should be
+ started. Set this variable to 't' if the question should be
+ inhibited and the server should always be started. Set it to 'nil'
+ if the server should never be started. Inverse search will not be
+ available in the latter case.
+
+ Inverse search, i.e. jumping to the part of your document source in
+Emacs corresponding to a certain position in the viewer, is triggered
+from the viewer, typically by a mouse click. Refer to the documentation
+of your viewer to find out how it has to be configured and what you have
+to do exactly. In xdvi you normally have to use 'C-down-mouse-1'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Debugging, Next: Checking, Prev: Viewing, Up:
Processing
+
+4.3 Catching the errors
+=======================
+
+Once you've formatted your document you may 'debug' it, i.e. browse
+through the errors (La)TeX reported.
+
- -- Command: TeX-next-error
++ -- Command: TeX-next-error ARG REPARSE
+ ('C-c `') Go to the next error reported by TeX. The view will be
+ split in two, with the cursor placed as close as possible to the
+ error in the top view. In the bottom view, the error message will
+ be displayed along with some explanatory text.
+
++ An optional numeric ARG, positive or negative, specifies how many
++ error messages to move. A negative ARG means to move back to
++ previous error messages, see also 'TeX-previous-error'.
++
++ The optional REPARSE argument makes AUCTeX reparse the error
++ message buffer and start the debugging from the first error. This
++ can also be achieved by calling the function with a prefix argument
++ ('C-u').
++
++ -- Command: TeX-previous-error ARG
++ ('M-g p') Go to the previous error reported by TeX. An optional
++ numeric ARG specifies how many error messages to move backward.
++ This is like calling 'TeX-next-error' with a negative argument.
++
++ The command 'TeX-previous-error' works only if AUCTeX can parse the
++whole TeX log buffer. This is controlled by the 'TeX-parse-all-errors'
++variable.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-parse-all-errors
++ If t, AUCTeX automatically parses the whole output log buffer right
++ after running a TeX command, in order to collect all warnings and
++ errors. This makes it possible to navigate back and forth between
++ the error messages using 'TeX-next-error' and 'TeX-previous-error'.
++ This is the default. If nil, AUCTeX does not parse the whole
++ output log buffer and 'TeX-previous-error' cannot be used.
++
+ Normally AUCTeX will only report real errors, but you may as well ask
+it to report 'bad boxes' and warnings as well.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes
+ ('C-c C-t C-b') Toggle whether AUCTeX should stop at bad boxes
+ (i.e. overfull and underfull boxes) as well as normal errors.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-toggle-debug-warnings
+ ('C-c C-t C-w') Toggle whether AUCTeX should stop at warnings as
+ well as normal errors.
+
+ As default, AUCTeX will display a special help buffer containing the
+error reported by TeX along with the documentation. There is however an
+'expert' option, which allows you to display the real TeX output.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-display-help
+ If t AUCTeX will automatically display a help text whenever an
+ error is encountered using 'TeX-next-error' ('C-c `'). If nil a
+ terse information about the error is displayed in the echo area.
+ If 'expert' AUCTeX will display the output buffer with the raw TeX
+ output.
+
++ When the option 'TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil, you will be also
++able to open an overview of all errors and warnings reported by the TeX
++compiler. This feature requires 'tabulated-list-mode', shipped with GNU
++Emacs 24 or later.
++
++ -- Command: TeX-error-overview
++ Show an overview of the errors and warnings occurred in the last
++ TeX run.
++
++ In this window you can visit the error on which point is on by
++ pressing <RET>, and visit the next or previous issue by pressing
++ <n> or <p> respectively. A prefix argument to these keys specifies
++ how many errors to move forward or backward. You can visit an
++ error also by clicking on its message. Press <q> to quit the
++ overview.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run
++ When this boolean variable is non-nil, the error overview will be
++ automatically opened after running TeX if there are errors or
++ warnings to show.
++
++ The error overview is opened in a new window of the current frame by
++default, but you can change this behavior by customizing the option
++'TeX-error-overview-setup'.
++
++ -- User Option: TeX-error-overview-setup
++ Controls the frame setup of the error overview. The possible value
++ is: 'separate-frame'; with a nil value the current frame is used
++ instead.
++
++ The parameters of the separate frame can be set with the
++ 'TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters' option.
++
++ If the display does not support multi frame, the current frame will
++ be used regardless of the value of this variable.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Checking, Next: Control, Prev: Debugging, Up:
Processing
+
+4.4 Checking for problems
+=========================
+
+Running TeX or LaTeX will only find regular errors in the document, not
+examples of bad style. Furthermore, description of the errors may often
- be confusing. The utility 'lacheck' can be used to find style errors,
- such as forgetting to escape the space after an abbreviation or using
- '...' instead of '\ldots' and many other problems like that. You start
- 'lacheck' with 'C-c C-c Check <RET>'. The result will be a list of
- errors in the '*compilation*' buffer. You can go through the errors
- with 'C-x `' ('next-error', *note (emacs)Compilation::), which will move
- point to the location of the next error.
-
- Another newer program which can be used to find errors is 'chktex'.
- It is much more configurable than 'lacheck', but doesn't find all the
- problems 'lacheck' does, at least in its default configuration. You
- must install the programs before using them, and for 'chktex' you may
- also need modify 'TeX-command-list' unless you use its 'lacheck'
- compatibility wrapper. You can get 'lacheck' from
- '<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>' or alternatively
- 'chktex' from '<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/chktex/>'.
++be confusing. The utilities 'lacheck' and 'chktex' can be used to find
++style errors, such as forgetting to escape the space after an
++abbreviation or using '...' instead of '\ldots' and other similar
++problems. You start 'lacheck' with 'C-c C-c Check <RET>' and 'chktex'
++with 'C-c C-c ChkTeX <RET>'. The result will be a list of errors in the
++'*compilation*' buffer. You can go through the errors with 'C-x `'
++('next-error', *note (emacs)Compilation::), which will move point to the
++location of the next error.
++
++ Each of the two utilities will find some errors the other doesn't,
++but 'chktex' is more configurable, allowing you to create your own
++errors. You may need to install the programs before using them. You
++can get 'lacheck' from
++'<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>' and 'chktex'
++from '<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/chktex/>'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Control, Next: Cleaning, Prev: Checking, Up:
Processing
+
+4.5 Controlling the output
+==========================
+
+A number of commands are available for controlling the output of an
+application running under AUCTeX
+
+ -- Command: TeX-kill-job
+ ('C-c C-k') Kill currently running external application. This may
+ be either of TeX, LaTeX, previewer, BibTeX, etc.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-recenter-output-buffer
+ ('C-c C-l') Recenter the output buffer so that the bottom line is
+ visible.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-home-buffer
+ ('C-c ^') Go to the 'master' file in the document associated with
+ the current buffer, or if already there, to the file where the
+ current process was started.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Cleaning, Next: Documentation, Prev: Control,
Up: Processing
+
+4.6 Cleaning intermediate and output files
+==========================================
+
+ -- Command: TeX-clean
+ Remove generated intermediate files. In case a prefix argument is
+ given, remove output files as well.
+
+ Canonical access to the function is provided by the 'Clean' and
+ 'Clean All' entries in 'TeX-command-list', invokable with 'C-c C-c'
+ or the Command menu.
+
+ The patterns governing which files to remove can be adapted
+ separately for each AUCTeX mode by means of the variables
+ 'plain-TeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'plain-TeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'LaTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes', 'LaTeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'docTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'docTeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'Texinfo-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'Texinfo-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'ConTeXt-clean-intermediate-suffixes' and
+ 'ConTeXt-clean-output-suffixes'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-clean-confirm
+ Control if deletion of intermediate and output files has to be
+ confirmed before it is actually done. If non-nil, ask before
+ deleting files.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Documentation, Prev: Cleaning, Up: Processing
+
+4.7 Documentation about macros and packages
+===========================================
+
+ -- Command: TeX-doc
+ ('C-c ?') Get documentation about macros, packages or TeX & Co. in
+ general. The function will prompt for the name of a command or
+ manual, providing a list of available keywords for completion. If
+ point is on a command or word with available documentation, this
+ will be suggested as default.
+
+ In case no documentation could be found, a prompt for querying the
+ 'texdoc' program is shown, should the latter be available.
+
+ The command can be invoked by the key binding mentioned above as
+ well as the 'Find Documentation...' entry in the mode menu.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customization, Next: Appendices, Prev:
Processing, Up: Top
+
+5 Customization and Extension
+*****************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Modes and Hooks:: Modes and Hooks
+* Multifile:: Multifile Documents
+* Parsing Files:: Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+* Internationalization:: Language Support
+* Automatic:: Automatic Customization
+* Style Files:: Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Modes and Hooks, Next: Multifile, Up:
Customization
+
+5.1 Modes and Hooks
+===================
+
+AUCTeX supports a wide variety of derivatives and extensions of TeX.
+Besides plain TeX those are LaTeX, AMS-TeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo and docTeX.
+For each of them there is a separate major mode in AUCTeX and each major
+mode runs 'text-mode-hook', 'TeX-mode-hook' as well as a hook special to
+the mode in this order. The following table provides an overview of the
+respective mode functions and hooks.
+
+Type Mode function Hook
+-------------------------------------------------------
+Plain TeX 'plain-TeX-mode' 'plain-TeX-mode-hook'
+LaTeX 'LaTeX-mode' 'LaTeX-mode-hook'
+AMS-TeX 'ams-tex-mode' 'AmS-TeX-mode-hook'
+ConTeXt 'ConTeXt-mode' 'ConTeXt-mode-hook'
+Texinfo 'Texinfo-mode' 'Texinfo-mode-hook'
+DocTeX 'docTeX-mode' 'docTeX-mode-hook'
+
+ If you need to make a customization via a hook which is only relevant
+for one of the modes listed above, put it into the respective mode hook,
+if it is relevant for any AUCTeX mode, add it to 'TeX-mode-hook' and if
+it is relevant for all text modes, append it to 'text-mode-hook'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Multifile, Next: Parsing Files, Prev: Modes and
Hooks, Up: Customization
+
+5.2 Multifile Documents
+=======================
+
+You may wish to spread a document over many files (as you are likely to
+do if there are multiple authors, or if you have not yet discovered the
+power of the outline commands (*note Outline::)). This can be done by
+having a "master" file in which you include the various files with the
+TeX macro '\input' or the LaTeX macro '\include'. These files may also
+include other files themselves. However, to format the document you
+must run the commands on the top level master file.
+
+ When you, for example, ask AUCTeX to run a command on the master
+file, it has no way of knowing the name of the master file. By default,
+it will assume that the current file is the master file. If you insert
+the following in your '.emacs' file AUCTeX will use a more advanced
+algorithm.
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil) ; Query for master file.
+
+ If AUCTeX finds the line indicating the end of the header in a master
+file ('TeX-header-end'), it can figure out for itself that this is a
+master file. Otherwise, it will ask for the name of the master file
+associated with the buffer. To avoid asking you again, AUCTeX will
+automatically insert the name of the master file as a file variable
+(*note (emacs)File Variables::). You can also insert the file variable
+yourself, by putting the following text at the end of your files.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-master: "master"
+ %%% End:
+
+ You should always set this variable to the name of the top level
+document. If you always use the same name for your top level documents,
+you can set 'TeX-master' in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master "master") ; All master files called "master".
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-master
+ The master file associated with the current buffer. If the file
+ being edited is actually included from another file, then you can
+ tell AUCTeX the name of the master file by setting this variable.
+ If there are multiple levels of nesting, specify the top level
+ file.
+
+ If this variable is 'nil', AUCTeX will query you for the name.
+
+ If the variable is 't', then AUCTeX will assume the file is a
+ master file itself.
+
+ If the variable is 'shared', then AUCTeX will query for the name,
+ but will not change the file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-one-master
+ Regular expression matching ordinary TeX files.
+
+ You should set this variable to match the name of all files, for
+ which it is a good idea to append a 'TeX-master' file variable
+ entry automatically. When AUCTeX adds the name of the master file
+ as a file variable, it does not need to ask next time you edit the
+ file.
+
+ If you dislike AUCTeX automatically modifying your files, you can
+ set this variable to '"<none>"'. By default, AUCTeX will modify
+ any file with an extension of '.tex'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-master-file-ask
+ ('C-c _') Query for the name of a master file and add the
+ respective File Variables (*note (emacs)File Variables::) to the
+ file for setting this variable permanently.
+
+ AUCTeX will not ask for a master file when it encounters existing
+ files. This function shall give you the possibility to insert the
+ variable manually.
+
+ AUCTeX keeps track of macros, environments, labels, and style files
+that are used in a given document. For this to work with multifile
+documents, AUCTeX has to have a place to put the information about the
+files in the document. This is done by having an 'auto' subdirectory
+placed in the directory where your document is located. Each time you
+save a file, AUCTeX will write information about the file into the
+'auto' directory. When you load a file, AUCTeX will read the
+information in the 'auto' directory about the file you loaded _and the
+master file specified by 'TeX-master'_. Since the master file (perhaps
+indirectly) includes all other files in the document, AUCTeX will get
+information from all files in the document. This means that you will
+get from each file, for example, completion for all labels defined
+anywhere in the document.
+
+ AUCTeX will create the 'auto' directory automatically if
+'TeX-auto-save' is non-nil. Without it, the files in the document will
+not know anything about each other, except for the name of the master
+file. *Note Automatic Local::.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-save-document
+ ('C-c C-d') Save all buffers known to belong to the current
+ document.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-save-query
+ If non-nil, then query the user before saving each file with
+ 'TeX-save-document'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Parsing Files, Next: Internationalization, Prev:
Multifile, Up: Customization
+
+5.3 Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+==================================
+
+AUCTeX depends heavily on being able to extract information from the
+buffers by parsing them. Since parsing the buffer can be somewhat slow,
+the parsing is initially disabled. You are encouraged to enable them by
+adding the following lines to your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t) ; Enable parse on load.
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t) ; Enable parse on save.
+
+ The latter command will make AUCTeX store the parsed information in
+an 'auto' subdirectory in the directory each time the TeX files are
+stored, *note Automatic Local::. If AUCTeX finds the pre-parsed
+information when loading a file, it will not need to reparse the buffer.
+The information in the 'auto' directory is also useful for multifile
+documents, *note Multifile::, since it allows each file to access the
+parsed information from all the other files in the document. This is
+done by first reading the information from the master file, and then
+recursively the information from each file stored in the master file.
+
+ The variables can also be done on a per file basis, by changing the
+file local variables.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-parse-self: t
+ %%% TeX-auto-save: t
+ %%% End:
+
+ Even when you have disabled the automatic parsing, you can force the
+generation of style information by pressing 'C-c C-n'. This is often
+the best choice, as you will be able to decide when it is necessary to
+reparse the file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-parse-self
+ Parse file after loading it if no style hook is found for it.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-save
+ Automatically save style information when saving the buffer.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-normal-mode ARG
+ ('C-c C-n') Remove all information about this buffer, and apply the
+ style hooks again. Save buffer first including style information.
+ With optional argument, also reload the style hooks.
+
+ When AUCTeX saves your buffer, it can optionally convert all tabs in
+your buffer into spaces. Tabs confuse AUCTeX's error message parsing
+and so should generally be avoided. However, tabs are significant in
+some environments, and so by default AUCTeX does not remove them. To
+convert tabs to spaces when saving a buffer, insert the following in
+your '.emacs' file:
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-untabify t)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-untabify
+ Automatically remove all tabs from a file before saving it.
+
+ Instead of disabling the parsing entirely, you can also speed it
+significantly up by limiting the information it will search for (and
+store) when parsing the buffer. You can do this by setting the default
+values for the buffer local variables 'TeX-auto-regexp-list' and
+'TeX-auto-parse-length' in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ ;; Only parse LaTeX class and package information.
+ (setq-default TeX-auto-regexp-list 'LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list)
+ ;; The class and package information is usually near the beginning.
+ (setq-default TeX-auto-parse-length 2000)
+
+ This example will speed the parsing up significantly, but AUCTeX will
+no longer be able to provide completion for labels, macros,
+environments, or bibitems specified in the document, nor will it know
+what files belong to the document.
+
+ These variables can also be specified on a per file basis, by
+changing the file local variables.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-auto-regexp-list: TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ %%% TeX-auto-parse-length: 999999
+ %%% End:
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ List of regular expressions used for parsing the current file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-parse-length
+ Maximal length of TeX file that will be parsed.
+
+ The pre-specified lists of regexps are defined below. You can use
+these before loading AUCTeX by quoting them, as in the example above.
+
+ -- Constant: TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list
+ Parse nothing
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX class and packages.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX labels.
+
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list
++ Only parse LaTeX index and glossary entries.
++
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list
++ Only parse macros in LaTeX classes and packages.
++
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
++ Only parse LaTeX pagestyles.
++
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
++ Only parse LaTeX counters.
++
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
++ Only parse LaTeX lengths.
++
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list
++ Only parse LaTeX saveboxes.
++
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
+ Parse common LaTeX commands.
+
+ -- Constant: plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ Parse common plain TeX commands.
+
+ -- Constant: TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ Parse all TeX and LaTeX commands that AUCTeX can use.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Automatic, Prev:
Parsing Files, Up: Customization
+
+5.4 Language Support
+====================
+
+TeX and Emacs are usable for European (Latin, Cyrillic, Greek) based
+languages. Some LaTeX and EmacsLisp packages are available for easy
+typesetting and editing documents in European languages.
+
+ For CJK (Chinese, Japanese, and Korean) languages, Emacs or XEmacs
+with MULE (MULtilingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs) support is required.
+MULE is part of Emacs by default since Emacs 20. XEmacs has to be
+configured with the '--with-mule' option. Special versions of TeX are
+needed for CJK languages: CTeX and ChinaTeX for Chinese, ASCII pTeX and
+NTT jTeX for Japanese, HLaTeX and kTeX for Korean. The CJK-LaTeX
+package is required for supporting multiple CJK scripts within a single
+document.
+
+ Note that Unicode is not fully supported in Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.
+CJK characters are not usable. Please use the MULE-UCS EmacsLisp
+package or Emacs 22 (not released yet) if you need CJK.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* European:: Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+* Japanese:: Using AUCTeX with Japanese
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: European, Next: Japanese, Up: Internationalization
+
+5.4.1 Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+------------------------------------------
+
+5.4.1.1 Typing and Displaying Non-ASCII Characters
+..................................................
+
+First you will need a way to write non-ASCII characters. You can either
+use macros, or teach TeX about the ISO character sets. I prefer the
+latter, it has the advantage that the usual standard emacs word movement
+and case change commands will work.
+
+ With LaTeX2e, just add '\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}'. Other
+languages than Western European ones will probably have other encoding
+needs.
+
+ To be able to display non-ASCII characters you will need an
+appropriate font and a version of GNU Emacs capable of displaying 8-bit
+characters (e.g. Emacs 21). The manner in which this is supported
+differs between Emacsen, so you need to take a look at your respective
+documentation.
+
+ A compromise is to use an European character set when editing the
+file, and convert to TeX macros when reading and writing the files.
+
+'iso-cvt.el'
+ Much like 'iso-tex.el' but is bundled with Emacs 19.23 and later.
+
+'x-compose.el'
+ Similar package bundled with new versions of XEmacs.
+
+'X-Symbol'
+ a much more complete package for both Emacs and XEmacs that can
+ also handle a lot of mathematical characters and input methods.
+
+5.4.1.2 Style Files for Different Languages
+...........................................
+
+AUCTeX supports style files for several languages. Each style file may
+modify AUCTeX to better support the language, and will run a language
+specific hook that will allow you to for example change ispell
+dictionary, or run code to change the keyboard remapping. The following
+will for example choose a Danish dictionary for documents including
+'\usepackage[danish]{babel}'. This requires parsing to be enabled,
+*note Parsing Files::.
+
+ (add-hook 'TeX-language-dk-hook
+ (lambda () (ispell-change-dictionary "danish")))
+
+ The following style files are recognized:
+
+'bulgarian'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-bg-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Typing <"> twice will
+ insert insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice
+ will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'czech'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-cz-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\uv{' and '}' depending on context.
+
+'danish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-dk-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '"`' and '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice will insert
+ '"=', i.e. a hyphen string allowing hyphenation in the composing
+ words.
+
+'dutch'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-nl-hook'.
+
- 'german'
- 'ngerman'
- Runs style hook 'TeX-language-de-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
- makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing the key twice
- will give you opening or closing German quotes ('"`' or '"'').
- Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
++'english'
++ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-en-hook'.
+
+'frenchb'
+'francais'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-fr-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\\og' and '\\fg' depending on context. Note that the language
+ name for customizing 'TeX-quote-language-alist' is 'french'.
+
++'german'
++'ngerman'
++ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-de-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
++ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing the key twice
++ will give you opening or closing German quotes ('"`' or '"'').
++ Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
++
+'icelandic'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-is-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Typing <"> twice will
+ insert insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice
+ will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'italian'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-it-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '"<' and '">' depending on context.
+
+'polish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-pl-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax and
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing <"> twice will
+ insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context.
+
+'polski'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-pl-hook'. Makes the <"> key insert a
+ literal '"'. Pressing <"> twice will insert ',,' or '''' depending
+ on context.
+
+'slovak'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-sk-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\uv{' and '}' depending on context.
+
+'swedish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-sv-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ ''''. Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+ Replacement of language-specific hyphen strings like '"=' with dashes
+does not require to type <-> three times in a row. You can put point
+after the hypen string anytime and trigger the replacement by typing
+<->.
+
+ In case you are not satisfied with the suggested behavior of quote
+and hyphen insertion you can change it by customizing the variables
+'TeX-quote-language-alist' and 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist'
+respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-quote-language-alist
+ Used for overriding the default language-specific quote insertion
+ behavior. This is an alist where each element is a list consisting
+ of four items. The first item is the name of the language in
+ concern as a string. See the list of supported languages above.
+ The second item is the opening quotation mark. The third item is
+ the closing quotation mark. Opening and closing quotation marks
+ can be specified directly as strings or as functions returning a
+ string. The fourth item is a boolean controlling quote insertion.
+ It should be non-nil if if the special quotes should only be used
+ after inserting a literal '"' character first, i.e. on second key
+ press.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist
+ Used for overriding the behavior of hyphen insertion for specific
+ languages. Every element in this alist is a list of three items.
+ The first item should specify the affected language as a string.
+ The second item denotes the hyphen string to be used as a string.
+ The third item, a boolean, controls the behavior of hyphen
+ insertion and should be non-nil if the special hyphen should be
+ inserted after inserting a literal '-' character, i.e. on second
+ key press.
+
+ The defaults of hyphen insertion are defined by the variables
+'LaTeX-babel-hyphen' and 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen' respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen
+ String to be used when typing <->. This usually is a hyphen
+ alternative or hyphenation aid provided by 'babel' and the related
+ language style files, like '"=', '"~' or '"-'.
+
+ Set it to an empty string or nil in order to disable
+ language-specific hyphen insertion.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen
+ Control insertion of hyphen strings. If non-nil insert normal
+ hyphen on first key press and swap it with the language-specific
+ hyphen string specified in the variable 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen' on
+ second key press. If nil do it the other way round.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Japanese, Prev: European, Up: Internationalization
+
+5.4.2 Using AUCTeX with Japanese TeX
+------------------------------------
+
+To write Japanese text with AUCTeX, you need to have versions of TeX and
+Emacs that support Japanese. There exist at least two variants of TeX
+for Japanese text (NTT jTeX and ASCII pTeX). AUCTeX can be used with
+MULE (MULtilingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs) supported Emacsen.
+
+ To use the Japanese TeX variants, simply activate
+'japanese-plain-tex-mode' or 'japanese-latex-mode' and everything should
+work. If not, send mail to Masayuki Ataka
+'<address@hidden>', who kindly donated the code for
+supporting Japanese in AUCTeX. None of the primary AUCTeX maintainers
+understand Japanese, so they cannot help you.
+
+ If you usually use AUCTeX in Japanese, setting the following
+variables is useful.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-default-mode
+ Mode to enter for a new file when it cannott be determined whether
+ the file is plain TeX or LaTeX or what.
+
+ If you want to enter Japanese LaTeX mode whenever this may happen,
+ set the variable like this:
+ (setq TeX-default-mode 'japanese-latex-mode)
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-TeX-command-default
+ The default command for 'TeX-command' in Japanese TeX mode.
+
+ The default value is '"pTeX"'.
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-LaTeX-command-default
+ The default command for 'TeX-command' in Japanese LaTeX mode.
+
+ The default value is '"LaTeX"'.
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-LaTeX-default-style
+ The default style/class when creating a new Japanese LaTeX
+ document.
+
+ The default value is '"jarticle"'.
+
+ See 'tex-jp.el' for more information.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic, Next: Style Files, Prev:
Internationalization, Up: Customization
+
+5.5 Automatic Customization
+===========================
+
+Since AUCTeX is so highly customizable, it makes sense that it is able
+to customize itself. The automatic customization consists of scanning
+TeX files and extracting symbols, environments, and things like that.
+
+ The automatic customization is done on three different levels. The
+global level is the level shared by all users at your site, and consists
+of scanning the standard TeX style files, and any extra styles added
+locally for all users on the site. The private level deals with those
+style files you have written for your own use, and use in different
+documents. You may have a '~/lib/TeX/' directory where you store useful
+style files for your own use. The local level is for a specific
+directory, and deals with writing customization for the files for your
+normal TeX documents.
+
+ If compared with the environment variable 'TEXINPUTS', the global
+level corresponds to the directories built into TeX. The private level
+corresponds to the directories you add yourself, except for '.', which
+is the local level.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Automatic Global:: Automatic Customization for the Site
+* Automatic Private:: Automatic Customization for a User
+* Automatic Local:: Automatic Customization for a Directory
+
+ By default AUCTeX will search for customization files in all the
+global, private, and local style directories, but you can also set the
+path directly. This is useful if you for example want to add another
+person's style hooks to your path. Please note that all matching files
+found in 'TeX-style-path' are loaded, and all hooks defined in the files
+will be executed.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-path
+ List of directories to search for AUCTeX style files. Each must
+ end with a slash.
+
+ By default, when AUCTeX searches a directory for files, it will
+recursively search through subdirectories.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-file-recurse
+ Whether to search TeX directories recursively: nil means do not
+ recurse, a positive integer means go that far deep in the directory
+ hierarchy, t means recurse indefinitely.
+
+ By default, AUCTeX will ignore files named '.', '..', 'SCCS', 'RCS',
+and 'CVS'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-ignore-file
+ Regular expression matching file names to ignore.
+
+ These files or directories will not be considered when searching
+ for TeX files in a directory.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Global, Next: Automatic Private, Up:
Automatic
+
+5.5.1 Automatic Customization for the Site
+------------------------------------------
+
+Assuming that the automatic customization at the global level was done
+when AUCTeX was installed, your choice is now: will you use it? If you
+use it, you will benefit by having access to all the symbols and
+environments available for completion purposes. The drawback is slower
+load time when you edit a new file and perhaps too many confusing
+symbols when you try to do a completion.
+
+ You can disable the automatic generated global style hooks by setting
+the variable 'TeX-auto-global' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-global
+ Directories containing the site's TeX style files.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-global
+ Directory containing hand generated TeX information. Must end with
+ a slash.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros shared by all users of a site.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-global
+ Directory containing automatically generated information.
+
+ For storing automatic extracted information about the TeX macros
+ shared by all users of a site.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Private, Next: Automatic Local, Prev:
Automatic Global, Up: Automatic
+
+5.5.2 Automatic Customization for a User
+----------------------------------------
+
+You should specify where you store your private TeX macros, so AUCTeX
+can extract their information. The extracted information will go to the
+directories listed in 'TeX-auto-private'
+
+ Use 'M-x TeX-auto-generate <RET>' to extract the information.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-private
+ Directories where you store your personal TeX macros. The value
+ defaults to the directories listed in the 'TEXINPUTS' and
+ 'BIBINPUTS' environment variables or to the respective directories
+ in '$TEXMFHOME' if no results can be obtained from the environment
+ variables.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-private
+ List of directories containing automatically generated AUCTeX style
+ files. These correspond to the personal TeX macros.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-auto-generate TEX AUTO
+ ('M-x TeX-auto-generate <RET>') Generate style hook for TEX and
+ store it in AUTO. If TEX is a directory, generate style hooks for
+ all files in the directory.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-private
+ List of directories containing hand generated AUCTeX style files.
+ These correspond to the personal TeX macros.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Local, Prev: Automatic Private, Up:
Automatic
+
+5.5.3 Automatic Customization for a Directory
+---------------------------------------------
+
+AUCTeX can update the style information about a file each time you save
+it, and it will do this if the directory 'TeX-auto-local' exist.
+'TeX-auto-local' is by default set to '"auto"', so simply creating an
+'auto' directory will enable automatic saving of style information.
+
+ The advantage of doing this is that macros, labels, etc. defined in
+any file in a multifile document will be known in all the files in the
+document. The disadvantage is that saving will be slower. To disable,
+set 'TeX-auto-local' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-local
+ Directory containing hand generated TeX information. Must end with
+ a slash.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros found in the current directory.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-local
+ Directory containing automatically generated TeX information. Must
+ end with a slash.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros found in the current directory.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Style Files, Prev: Automatic, Up: Customization
+
+5.6 Writing Your Own Style Support
+==================================
+
+*Note Automatic::, for a discussion about automatically generated
+global, private, and local style files. The hand generated style files
+are equivalent, except that they by default are found in 'style'
+directories instead of 'auto' directories.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Simple Style:: A Simple Style File
+* Adding Macros:: Adding Support for Macros
+* Adding Environments:: Adding Support for Environments
+* Adding Other:: Adding Other Information
+* Hacking the Parser:: Automatic Extraction of New Things
+
+ If you write some useful support for a public TeX style file, please
+send it to us.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Simple Style, Next: Adding Macros, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.1 A Simple Style File
+-------------------------
+
+Here is a simple example of a style file.
+
+ ;;; book.el - Special code for book style.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "book"
+ (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
++ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
++ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+ The example is from the AUCTeX sources and is loaded for any LaTeX
+document using the book document class (or style before LaTeX2e). The
+file specifies that the largest kind of section in such a document is
+chapter. The interesting thing to notice is that the style file defines
+an (anonymous) function, and adds it to the list of loaded style hooks
+by calling 'TeX-add-style-hook'.
+
+ The first time the user indirectly tries to access some
+style-specific information, such as the largest sectioning command
+available, the style hooks for all files directly or indirectly read by
+the current document are executed. The actual files will only be
+evaluated once, but the hooks will be called for each buffer using the
+style file.
+
+ Note that the basename of the style file and the name of the style
+hook should usually be identical.
+
- -- Function: TeX-add-style-hook STYLE HOOK
++ -- Function: TeX-add-style-hook STYLE HOOK &optional DIALECT-EXPR
+ Add HOOK to the list of functions to run when we use the TeX file
- STYLE.
++ STYLE and the current dialect is one in the set derived from
++ DIALECT-EXPR. When DIALECT-EXPR is omitted, then HOOK is allowed
++ to be run whatever the current dialect is.
++
++ DIALECT-EXPR may be one of:
++
++ * A symbol indicating a singleton containing one basic TeX
++ dialect, this symbol shall be selected among:
++ ':latex'
++ For all files in LaTeX mode, or any mode derived thereof
++ ':bibtex'
++ For all files in BibTeX mode, or any mode derived thereof
++ ':texinfo'
++ For all files in Texinfo mode.
++ * A logical expression like:
++ '(or DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 ... DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N)'
++ For union of the sets of dialects corresponding to
++ DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 through DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N
++ '(and DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 ... DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N)'
++ For intersection of the sets of dialects corresponding to
++ DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 through DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N
++ '(nor DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 ... DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N)'
++ For complement of the union sets of dialects
++ corresponding to DIALECT-EXPRESSION1 through
++ DIALECT-EXPRESSION_N relatively to the set of all
++ supported dialects
++ '(not DIALECT-EXPR)'
++ For complement set of dialect corresponding to
++ DIALECT-EXPR relatively to the set of all supported
++ dialects
++
++ In case of adding a style hook for LaTeX, when calling function
++'TeX-add-style-hook' it is thought more futureproof for argument
++DIALECT-EXPR to pass constant 'LaTeX-dialect' currently defined to
++':latex', rather than passing ':latex' directly.
++
++ -- Constant: LaTeX-dialect
++ Default dialect for use with function 'TeX-add-style-hook' for
++ argument DIALECT-EXPR when the hook is to be run only on LaTeX
++ file, or any mode derived thereof.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Macros, Next: Adding Environments, Prev:
Simple Style, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.2 Adding Support for Macros
+-------------------------------
+
+The most common thing to define in a style hook is new symbols (TeX
+macros). Most likely along with a description of the arguments to the
+function, since the symbol itself can be defined automatically.
+
+ Here are a few examples from 'latex.el'.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("arabic" TeX-arg-counter)
+ '("label" TeX-arg-define-label)
- '("ref" TeX-arg-label)
++ '("ref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("newcommand" TeX-arg-define-macro [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
+ '("newtheorem" TeX-arg-define-environment
+ [ TeX-arg-environment "Numbered like" ]
+ t [ TeX-arg-counter "Within counter" ]))))
+
+ -- Function: TeX-add-symbols SYMBOL ...
+ Add each SYMBOL to the list of known symbols.
+
+ Each argument to 'TeX-add-symbols' is a list describing one symbol.
+The head of the list is the name of the symbol, the remaining elements
+describe each argument.
+
+ If there are no additional elements, the symbol will be inserted with
+point inside braces. Otherwise, each argument of this function should
+match an argument of the TeX macro. What is done depends on the
+argument type.
+
+ If a macro is defined multiple times, AUCTeX will chose the one with
+the longest definition (i.e. the one with the most arguments).
+
+ Thus, to overwrite
+ '("tref" 1) ; one argument
+ you can specify
- '("tref" TeX-arg-label ignore) ; two arguments
++ '("tref" TeX-arg-ref ignore) ; two arguments
+
+ 'ignore' is a function that does not do anything, so when you insert
+a 'tref' you will be prompted for a label and no more.
+
+ You can use the following types of specifiers for arguments:
+
+'string'
+ Use the string as a prompt to prompt for the argument.
+
+'number'
+ Insert that many braces, leave point inside the first. 0 and -1
+ are special. 0 means that no braces are inserted. -1 means that
+ braces are inserted around the macro and an active region (e.g.
+ '{\tiny foo}'). If there is no active region, no braces are
+ inserted.
+
+'nil'
+ Insert empty braces.
+
+'t'
+ Insert empty braces, leave point between the braces.
+
+'other symbols'
+ Call the symbol as a function. You can define your own hook, or
+ use one of the predefined argument hooks.
+
+'list'
+ If the car is a string, insert it as a prompt and the next element
+ as initial input. Otherwise, call the car of the list with the
+ remaining elements as arguments.
+
+'vector'
+ Optional argument. If it has more than one element, parse it as a
+ list, otherwise parse the only element as above. Use square
+ brackets instead of curly braces, and is not inserted on empty user
+ input.
+
+ A lot of argument hooks have already been defined. The first
+argument to all hooks is a flag indicating if it is an optional
+argument. It is up to the hook to determine what to do with the
+remaining arguments, if any. Typically the next argument is used to
+overwrite the default prompt.
+
+'TeX-arg-conditional'
+ Implements if EXPR THEN ELSE. If EXPR evaluates to true, parse THEN
+ as an argument list, else parse ELSE as an argument list.
+
+'TeX-arg-literal'
+ Insert its arguments into the buffer. Used for specifying extra
+ syntax for a macro.
+
+'TeX-arg-free'
+ Parse its arguments but use no braces when they are inserted.
+
+'TeX-arg-eval'
+ Evaluate arguments and insert the result in the buffer.
+
+'TeX-arg-label'
- Prompt for a label completing with known labels.
++ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If RefTeX is
++ active, prompt for the reference format.
++
++'TeX-arg-ref'
++ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If RefTeX is
++ active, do not prompt for the reference format. Usually, reference
++ macros should use this function instead of 'TeX-arg-label'.
++
++'TeX-arg-index-tag'
++ Prompt for an index tag. This is the name of an index, not the
++ entry.
++
++'TeX-arg-index'
++ Prompt for an index entry completing with known entries.
++
++'TeX-arg-length'
++ Prompt for a LaTeX length completing with known lengths.
+
+'TeX-arg-macro'
+ Prompt for a TeX macro with completion.
+
++'TeX-arg-date'
++ Prompt for a date, defaulting to the current date. The format of
++ the date is specified by the 'TeX-date-format' option. If you want
++ to change the format when the 'babel' package is loaded with a
++ specific language, set 'TeX-date-format' inside the appropriate
++ language hook, for details *note European::.
++
++'TeX-arg-version'
++ Prompt for the version of a file, using as initial input the
++ current date.
++
+'TeX-arg-environment'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX environment with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-cite'
- Prompt for a BibTeX citation.
++ Prompt for a BibTeX citation. If the variable
++ 'TeX-arg-cite-note-p' is non-nil, ask also for optional note in
++ citations.
+
+'TeX-arg-counter'
- Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
++ Prompt for a LaTeX counter completing with known counters.
+
+'TeX-arg-savebox'
- Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
++ Prompt for a LaTeX savebox completing with known saveboxes.
+
+'TeX-arg-file'
+ Prompt for a filename in the current directory, and use it without
+ the extension.
+
++'TeX-arg-file-name'
++ Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
++ being visited in the current buffer, with extension.
++
++'TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension'
++ Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
++ being visited in the current buffer, without extension.
++
+'TeX-arg-input-file'
+ Prompt for the name of an input file in TeX's search path, and use
+ it without the extension. Run the style hooks for the file. (Note
+ that the behavior (type of prompt and inserted file name) of the
+ function can be controlled by the variable
+ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search'.)
+
+'TeX-arg-define-label'
+ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. Add label to list
+ of defined labels.
+
++'TeX-arg-define-length'
++ Prompt for a LaTeX length completing with known lengths. Add
++ length to list of defined lengths.
++
+'TeX-arg-define-macro'
+ Prompt for a TeX macro with completion. Add macro to list of
+ defined macros.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-environment'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX environment with completion. Add environment to
+ list of defined environments.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-cite'
+ Prompt for a BibTeX citation.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-counter'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-savebox'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
+
++'TeX-arg-document'
++ Prompt for a LaTeX document class, using 'LaTeX-default-style' as
++ default value and 'LaTeX-default-options' as default list of
++ options. If the variable 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' is t, you
++ will be able to complete with all LaTeX classes available on your
++ system, otherwise classes listed in the variable 'LaTeX-style-list'
++ will be used for completion. It is also provided completion for
++ options of many common classes.
++
++'LaTeX-arg-usepackage'
++ Prompt for LaTeX packages. If the variable
++ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' is t, you will be able to complete with
++ all LaTeX packages available on your system. It is also provided
++ completion for options of many common packages.
++
++'TeX-arg-bibstyle'
++ Prompt for a BibTeX style file completing with all style available
++ on your system.
++
++'TeX-arg-bibliography'
++ Prompt for BibTeX database files completing with all databases
++ available on your system.
++
+'TeX-arg-corner'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side or corner position with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-lr'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-tb'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-pagestyle'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-verb'
+ Prompt for delimiter and text.
+
+'TeX-arg-pair'
+ Insert a pair of numbers, use arguments for prompt. The numbers
+ are surrounded by parentheses and separated with a comma.
+
+'TeX-arg-size'
+ Insert width and height as a pair. No arguments.
+
+'TeX-arg-coordinate'
+ Insert x and y coordinates as a pair. No arguments.
+
++'LaTeX-arg-author'
++ Prompt for document author, using 'LaTeX-default-author' as initial
++ input.
++
++'TeX-read-key-val'
++ Prompt for a key=value list of options and return them.
++
++'TeX-arg-key-val'
++ Prompt for a key=value list of options and insert it as a TeX macro
++ argument.
++
+ If you add new hooks, you can assume that point is placed directly
+after the previous argument, or after the macro name if this is the
+first argument. Please leave point located after the argument you are
+inserting. If you want point to be located somewhere else after all
+hooks have been processed, set the value of 'exit-mark'. It will point
+nowhere, until the argument hook sets it.
+
++ Some packages provide macros that are rarely useful to non-expert
++users. Those should be marked as expert macros using
++'TeX-declare-expert-macros'.
++
++ -- Function: TeX-declare-expert-macros STYLE MACROS...
++ Declare MACROS as expert macros of STYLE.
++
++ Expert macros are completed depending on
++ 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
++
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Environments, Next: Adding Other, Prev:
Adding Macros, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.3 Adding Support for Environments
+-------------------------------------
+
+Adding support for environments is very much like adding support for TeX
+macros, except that each environment normally only takes one argument,
+an environment hook. The example is again a short version of
+'latex.el'.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("document" LaTeX-env-document)
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("itemize" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("list" LaTeX-env-list))))
+
+ It is completely up to the environment hook to insert the
+environment, but the function 'LaTeX-insert-environment' may be of some
+help. The hook will be called with the name of the environment as its
+first argument, and extra arguments can be provided by adding them to a
+list after the hook.
+
+ For simple environments with arguments, for example defined with
+'\newenvironment', you can make AUCTeX prompt for the arguments by
+giving the prompt strings in the call to 'LaTeX-add-environments'. The
+fact that an argument is optional can be indicated by wrapping the
+prompt string in a vector.
+
+ For example, if you have defined a 'loop' environment with the three
+arguments FROM, TO, and STEP, you can add support for them in a style
+file.
+
+ %% loop.sty
+
+ \newenvironment{loop}[3]{...}{...}
+
+ ;; loop.el
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "loop"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("loop" "From" "To" "Step"))))
+
+ If an environment is defined multiple times, AUCTeX will choose the
+one with the longest definition. Thus, if you have an enumerate style
+file, and want it to replace the standard LaTeX enumerate hook above,
+you could define an 'enumerate.el' file as follows, and place it in the
+appropriate style directory.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-env-enumerate foo))))
+
+ (defun LaTeX-env-enumerate (environment &optional ignore) ...)
+
+ The symbol 'foo' will be passed to 'LaTeX-env-enumerate' as the
+second argument, but since we only added it to overwrite the definition
+in 'latex.el' it is just ignored.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-environments ENV ...
+ Add each ENV to list of loaded environments.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-insert-environment ENV [ EXTRA ]
+ Insert environment of type ENV, with optional argument EXTRA.
+
+ Following is a list of available hooks for 'LaTeX-add-environments':
+
+'LaTeX-env-item'
+ Insert the given environment and the first item.
+
+'LaTeX-env-figure'
+ Insert the given figure-like environment with a caption and a
+ label.
+
+'LaTeX-env-array'
+ Insert the given array-like environment with position and column
+ specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-label'
+ Insert the given environment with a label.
+
+'LaTeX-env-list'
+ Insert the given list-like environment, a specifier for the label
+ and the first item.
+
+'LaTeX-env-minipage'
+ Insert the given minipage-like environment with position and width
+ specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-tabular*'
+ Insert the given tabular*-like environment with width, position and
+ column specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-picture'
+ Insert the given environment with width and height specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-bib'
+ Insert the given environment with a label for a bibitem.
+
+'LaTeX-env-contents'
+ Insert the given environment with a filename as its argument.
+
+'LaTeX-env-args'
+ Insert the given environment with arguments. You can use this as a
+ hook in case you want to specify multiple complex arguments just
+ like in elements of 'TeX-add-symbols'. This is most useful if the
+ specification of arguments to be prompted for with strings and
+ strings wrapped in a vector as described above is too limited.
+
+ Here is an example from 'listings.el' which calls a function with
+ one argument in order to prompt for a key=value list to be inserted
+ as an optional argument of the 'lstlisting' environment:
+
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
- `("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val ,LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
++ '("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
++ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
++
++ Some packages provide environments that are rarely useful to
++non-expert users. Those should be marked as expert environments using
++'LaTeX-declare-expert-environments'.
++
++ -- Function: LaTeX-declare-expert-environments STYLE ENVIRONMENTS...
++ Declare ENVIRONMENTS as expert environments of STYLE.
++
++ Expert environments are completed depending on
++ 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Other, Next: Hacking the Parser, Prev:
Adding Environments, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.4 Adding Other Information
+------------------------------
+
+You can also specify bibliographical databases and labels in the style
+file. This is probably of little use, since this information will
+usually be automatically generated from the TeX file anyway.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-bibliographies BIBLIOGRAPHY ...
+ Add each BIBLIOGRAPHY to list of loaded bibliographies.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-labels LABEL ...
+ Add each LABEL to the list of known labels.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Hacking the Parser, Prev: Adding Other, Up: Style
Files
+
+5.6.5 Automatic Extraction of New Things
+----------------------------------------
+
+The automatic TeX information extractor works by searching for regular
+expressions in the TeX files, and storing the matched information. You
+can add support for new constructs to the parser, something that is
+needed when you add new commands to define symbols.
+
+ For example, in the file 'macro.tex' I define the following macro.
+
+ \newcommand{\newmacro}[5]{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }
+
+ AUCTeX will automatically figure out that 'newmacro' is a macro that
+takes five arguments. However, it is not smart enough to automatically
+see that each time we use the macro, two new macros are defined. We can
+specify this information in a style hook file.
+
+ ;;; macro.el --- Special code for my own macro file.
+
+ ;;; Code:
+
+ (defvar TeX-newmacro-regexp
+ '("\\\\newmacro{\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\)}{\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\)}"
+ (1 2) TeX-auto-multi)
+ "Matches \newmacro definitions.")
+
+ (defvar TeX-auto-multi nil
+ "Temporary for parsing \\newmacro definitions.")
+
+ (defun TeX-macro-cleanup ()
+ "Move symbols from `TeX-auto-multi' to `TeX-auto-symbol'."
+ (mapcar (lambda (list)
+ (mapcar (lambda (symbol)
+ (setq TeX-auto-symbol
+ (cons symbol TeX-auto-symbol)))
+ list))
+ TeX-auto-multi))
+
+ (defun TeX-macro-prepare ()
+ "Clear `Tex-auto-multi' before use."
+ (setq TeX-auto-multi nil))
+
+ (add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'TeX-macro-prepare)
+ (add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'TeX-macro-cleanup)
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "macro"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp TeX-newmacro-regexp)
+ (TeX-add-symbols '("newmacro"
+ TeX-arg-macro
+ (TeX-arg-macro "Capitalized macro: \\")
+ t
+ "BibTeX entry: "
+ nil))))
+
+ ;;; macro.el ends here
+
+ When this file is first loaded, it adds a new entry to
+'TeX-newmacro-regexp', and defines a function to be called before the
+parsing starts, and one to be called after the parsing is done. It also
+declares a variable to contain the data collected during parsing.
+Finally, it adds a style hook which describes the 'newmacro' macro, as
+we have seen it before.
+
+ So the general strategy is: Add a new entry to 'TeX-newmacro-regexp'.
+Declare a variable to contain intermediate data during parsing. Add
+hook to be called before and after parsing. In this case, the hook
+before parsing just initializes the variable, and the hook after parsing
+collects the data from the variable, and adds them to the list of
+symbols found.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ List of regular expressions matching TeX macro definitions.
+
+ The list has the following format ((REGEXP MATCH TABLE) ...), that
+ is, each entry is a list with three elements.
+
+ REGEXP. Regular expression matching the macro we want to parse.
+
+ MATCH. A number or list of numbers, each representing one
+ parenthesized subexpression matched by REGEXP.
+
+ TABLE. The symbol table to store the data. This can be a function,
+ in which case the function is called with the argument MATCH. Use
+ 'TeX-match-buffer' to get match data. If it is not a function, it
+ is presumed to be the name of a variable containing a list of match
+ data. The matched data (a string if MATCH is a number, a list of
+ strings if MATCH is a list of numbers) is put in front of the
+ table.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-prepare-hook nil
+ List of functions to be called before parsing a TeX file.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-cleanup-hook nil
+ List of functions to be called after parsing a TeX file.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Appendices, Next: Indices, Prev: Customization,
Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ, Texinfo Mode
+***********************************************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying this Manual::
+* Changes::
+* Development::
+* FAQ::
+* Texinfo mode::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Copying this Manual, Next: Changes, Up: Appendices
+
+A.1 Copying this Manual
+=======================
+
+The copyright notice for this manual is:
+
- This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04),
- a sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
++ This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.88 from 2014-10-29), a
++sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+
- Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2012 Free Software
++ Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+
+ The full license text can be read here:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying this
Manual
+
+A.1.1 GNU Free Documentation License
+------------------------------------
+
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ 0. PREAMBLE
+
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+ functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+ assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+ with or without modifying it, either commercially or
+ noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
+ author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
+ being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
+
+ This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+ works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+ It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+ license designed for free software.
+
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+ that the software does. But this License is not limited to
+ software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+ of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
+ recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+ instruction or reference.
+
+ 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+ This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+ that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+ be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
+ grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+ to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
+ "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
+ of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
+ the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+ requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+ A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+ Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+ of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+ publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+ subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+ fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
+ is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+ explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
+ historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+ of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+
+ The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
+ titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+ If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+ is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
+ contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
+ any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+ The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
+ listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+ that says that the Document is released under this License. A
+ Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
+ be at most 25 words.
+
+ A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+ represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+ general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+ straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+ of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+ available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+ formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+ suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
+ Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+ been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+ readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
+ used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
+ "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
+ SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+ simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+ Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
+ Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+ edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+ the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+ the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+ processors for output purposes only.
+
+ The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+ plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+ material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
+ works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
+ Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+ work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+ The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+ of the Document to the public.
+
+ A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
+ whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+ following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
+ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+ "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
+ To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
+ Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
+ to this definition.
+
+ The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+ which states that this License applies to the Document. These
+ Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+ this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+ implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+ has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+ 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+ You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+ add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
+ may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+ or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
+ you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
+ distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+ conditions in section 3.
+
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+ and you may publicly display copies.
+
+ 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+ If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+ have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+ the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+ enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+ these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
+ and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
+ front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+ equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
+ covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+ long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+
+ If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+ numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+ Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+ each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+ network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+ network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+ of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+ through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+ the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+ to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+ Document.
+
+ 4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+ You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+ under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+ release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+ distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+ possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
+ the Modified Version:
+
+ A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+ distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+ versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+ History section of the Document). You may use the same title
+ as a previous version if the original publisher of that
+ version gives permission.
+
+ B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+ entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
+ the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
+ principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
+ authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
+ from this requirement.
+
+ C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+ D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+ E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+ F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+ notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
+ Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
+ the Addendum below.
+
+ G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+ Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+ license notice.
+
+ H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+ I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
+ and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
+ authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
+ Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
+ Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
+ publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
+ an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
+ previous sentence.
+
+ J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+ for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+ likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+ previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+ "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
+ that was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+ to gives permission.
+
+ K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+ all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+ L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+ in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+ M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+ N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+ "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+ Section.
+
+ O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+ appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
+ material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
+ some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
+ titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
+ license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
+ section titles.
+
+ You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+ nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
+ and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
+ the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
+ of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+ through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
+ by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
+ behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
+ one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
+ the old one.
+
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
+ License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+ 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+ this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+ modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+ of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+ unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+ combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+ their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+ multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+ copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+ but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+ by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+ original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
+ unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+ the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+ combined work.
+
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+ "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
+ Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+ "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
+ must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+
+ 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+ documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+ copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+ that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+ in all other respects.
+
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+ a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+ License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+ document.
+
+ 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+ A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+ separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
+ storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
+ copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+ legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+ works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+ License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+ are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+ If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+ of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+ on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+ electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+ form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+ the whole aggregate.
+
+ 8. TRANSLATION
+
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
+ 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+ translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+ original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+ translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+ Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
+ include the original English version of this License and the
+ original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
+ disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+ this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+ prevail.
+
+ If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+ "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
+ Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+ actual title.
+
+ 9. TERMINATION
+
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+ except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+ otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+ and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+ license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+ provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+ finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+ copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+ reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+ violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+ received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+ that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+ after your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+ the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+ under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
+ permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+ same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+ 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+ the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+ versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+ differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+ <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.
+
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+ version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
+ have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+ that specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+ Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
+ choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
+ Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
+ decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+ proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+ authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+ 11. RELICENSING
+
+ "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+ World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+ provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+ public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
+ A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+ site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+ site.
+
+ "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+ license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+ corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+ California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+ published by that same organization.
+
+ "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+ in part, as part of another Document.
+
+ An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+ License, and if all works that were first published under this
+ License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+ incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+ texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+ to November 1, 2008.
+
+ The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+ site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+ 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
+notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
+Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being LIST.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
+software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
+their use in free software.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Changes, Next: Development, Prev: Copying this
Manual, Up: Appendices
+
+A.2 Changes and New Features
+============================
+
++News in 11.88
++=============
++
++ * 'TeX-PDF-mode' is now enabled by default.
++
++ * Now 'TeX-previous-error' works with TeX commands if the new option
++ 'TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil, which is the default. When this
++ option is non-nil, an overview of errors and warnings reported by
++ the TeX compiler can be opened with 'M-x TeX-error-overview <RET>'.
++ *Note Debugging::, for details.
++
++ * Style file authors are encouraged to distinguish common from expert
++ macros and environments, and mark the latter using
++ 'TeX-declare-expert-macros' and
++ 'LaTeX-declare-expert-environments'.
++
++ Users can then restrict completion using
++ 'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
++
++ * Management of LaTeX package options in the parser was improved.
++ You might need to reparse your documents, especially if you loaded
++ the 'babel' package with language options.
++
++ * Now you can insert '$...$' or '\(...\)' by typing a single '$'. To
++ do this, customize the new option 'TeX-electric-math'.
++ 'TeX-math-close-double-dollar' was removed. *Note Quotes::, for
++ details.
++
++ * 'C-c <RET> documentclass <RET>' completes with all available LaTeX
++ classes, if the 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' variable is non-nil.
++ Completion for class options of the standard LaTeX classes is
++ provided as well.
++
++ * New user options 'LaTeX-default-author',
++ 'LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search',
++ 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default', 'TeX-date-format', and
++ 'TeX-insert-braces-alist'. A new possible value
++ ('show-all-optional-args') for 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style' was
++ added. The default value of 'TeX-source-correlate-method' has been
++ changed.
++
++ * 'biblatex' support was greatly expanded. If parsing is enabled,
++ AUCTeX looks at 'backend' option to decide whether to use Biber or
++ BibTeX. The 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' variable was changed to be
++ file local only and is no more customizable.
++
++ * With some LaTeX classes, the default environment suggested by
++ 'LaTeX-environment' ('C-c C-e') when the current environment is
++ 'document' was changed. With 'beamer' class the default
++ environment is 'frame', with 'letter' it is 'letter', with 'slides'
++ it is 'slide'.
++
++ * Brace pairing feature was enhanced in LaTeX documents. Support for
++ '\bigl', '\Bigl', '\biggl' and '\Biggl', the same as the one for
++ '\left', was added to 'TeX-insert-macro'. For example, 'C-c <RET>
++ bigl <RET> ( <RET>' inserts '\bigl(\bigr)'.
++
++ You can insert brace pair '()', '{}' and '[]' by typing a single
++ left brace if the new user option 'LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace'
++ is enabled.
++
++ Macros '\langle', '\lfloor' and '\lceil', which produce the left
++ part of the paired braces, are treated similarly as '(', '{' and
++ '[' during the course of 'TeX-insert-macro'. *Note Quotes::, for
++ details.
++
++ * Support for dozens of LaTeX packages was added.
++
++ * Tabular-like environments (tabular, tabular*, tabularx, tabulary,
++ array, align, ...) are indented in a nicer and more informative
++ way when the column values of a table line are written across
++ multiple lines in the tex file.
++
++ * The suitable number of ampersands are inserted when you insert
++ array, tabular and tabular* environments with 'C-c C-e'. Similar
++ experience is obtained if you terminate rows in these environments
++ with 'C-c <LFD>'. It supplies line break macro '\\' and inserts
++ the suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
++
++ Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments.
++
++ *Note Tabular-like::, for details.
++
++ * Commands for narrowing to a group ('TeX-narrow-to-group') and to
++ LaTeX environments ('LaTeX-narrow-to-environment') were added.
++
++ * Now arbitrary options can be passed to the TeX processor on a per
++ file basis using the 'TeX-command-extra-options' option. *Note
++ Processor Options::, for details.
++
++ * Now 'C-c C-e document <RET>', in an empty document, prompts for
++ '\usepackage' macros in addition to '\documentclass'.
++
++ * 'TeX-add-style-hook' has now a third argument to tell AUCTeX for
++ which dialect (LaTeX, Texinfo or BibTeX) the style hook is
++ registers. Labelling style hook by dialect will avoid applying
++ them not in the right context.
++
++ * There have been lots of bug fixes and feature additions.
++
+News since 11.87
+================
+
+ * AUCTeX now supports Biber in conjunction with biblatex in addition
+ to BibTeX.
+
+ * Each AUCTeX mode now has its own abbrev table. On Emacsen which
+ provide the possibility to inherit abbrevs from other tables, the
+ abbrevs from the Text mode abbrev table are available as well.
+ Newly defined abbrevs are written to the mode-specific tables,
+ though.
+
+ * The file 'tex-fptex.el' was removed.
+
+ * Forward/backward search for Evince has been improved. If Emacs is
+ compiled with DBUS support and a recent Evince version (3.x) is
+ installed, the communication goes over the desktop bus instead of
+ the command line, resulting in more accurate positioning of point
+ in Emacs and highlighting of the target paragraph in Evince.
+
+ * A problem where Ghostscript threw an /invalidfileaccess error when
+ running preview-latex was fixed.
+
+ * A lot of smaller fixes and additions have been made.
+
+News in 11.86
+=============
+
+ * Parsing of LaTeX output was improved. It is now less likely that
+ AUCTeX opens a non-existent file upon calling 'TeX-next-error'; a
+ problem for example encountered when using MiKTeX 2.8. In addition
+ quoted file names as emitted by MiKTeX are now supported.
+
+ * A new framework for the definition and selection of viewers was
+ implemented. If you have customizations regarding viewers you will
+ have to redo them in this new framework or reenable the old one.
+ *Note Starting Viewers::, for details.
+
+ * Comprehensive editing support for PSTricks was added.
+
+ * Support for various LaTeX packages was added, e.g. 'tabularx',
+ 'CJK', and 'hyperref'.
+
+ * An easy way to switch between TeX engines (PDFTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX,
+ Omega) was added.
+
+ * Support for SyncTeX was added. This involves the command line
+ options for LaTeX and the viewer.
+
+ * Folding can now be customized to use macro arguments as replacement
+ text.
+
+ * 'preview.sty' now works with XeTeX.
+
+ * A lot of smaller and larger bugs have been squashed.
+
+News in 11.85
+=============
+
+ * Font locking has been improved significantly. It is now less prone
+ to color bleeding which could lead to high resource usage. In
+ addition it now includes information about LaTeX macro syntax and
+ can indicate syntactically incorrect macros in LaTeX mode.
+
+ * The license was updated to GPLv3.
+
+ * Support for the nomencl, flashcards and comment LaTeX packages as
+ well as the Icelandic language option of babel were added.
+
+ * Support for folding of math macros was added.
+
+ * Lots of minor bugs in features and documentation fixed.
+
+News in 11.84
+=============
+
+ * There have been problems with the '-without-texmf-dir' option to
+ 'configure' when the value of '-with-kpathsea-sep' was set or
+ determined for an installation system with a default different from
+ that of the runtime system. 'with-kpathsea-sep' has been removed;
+ the setting is now usually determined at runtime.
+
+ Due to this and other problems, preview-latex in the released
+ XEmacs package failed under Windows or with anything except recent
+ 21.5 XEmacsen.
+
+ * AUCTeX and preview-latex have been changed in order to accommodate
+ file names containing spaces. preview-latex now tolerates bad
+ PostScript code polluting the stack (like some Omega fonts).
+
+ * 'preview.sty' had in some cases failed to emit PostScript header
+ specials.
+
+ * Support for folding of comments was added.
+
+ * The 'polish' language option of the babel LaTeX package as well as
+ the polski LaTeX package are now supported. Most notably this
+ means that AUCTeX will help to insert quotation marks as defined by
+ polish.sty ('"`..."'') and polski.sty (',,...''').
+
+ * The TeX tool bar is now available and enabled by default in plain
+ TeX mode. *Note Processing Facilities::.
+
+ * Bug fix in the display of math subscripts and superscripts.
+
+ * Bug fix 'TeX-doc' for Emacs 21.
+
+ * There has been quite a number of other bug fixes to various
+ features and documentation across the board.
+
+News in 11.83
+=============
+
+ * The new function 'TeX-doc' provides easy access to documentation
+ about commands and packages or information related to TeX and
+ friends in general. *Note Documentation::.
+
+ * You can now get rid of generated intermediate and output files by
+ means of the new 'Clean' and 'Clean All' entries in
+ 'TeX-command-list' accessible with 'C-c C-c' or the Command menu.
+ *Note Cleaning::.
+
+ * Support for forward search with PDF files was added. That means
+ you can jump to a place in the output file corresponding to the
+ position in the source file. *Note Viewing::.
+
+ Adding support for this feature required the default value of the
+ variable 'TeX-output-view-style' to be changed. Please make sure
+ you either remove any customizations overriding the new default or
+ incorporate the changes into your customizations if you want to use
+ this feature.
+
+ * TeX error messages of the '-file-line-error' kind are now
+ understood in AUCTeX and preview-latex (parsers are still
+ separate).
+
+ * Bug fix in XyMTeX support.
+
+ * The LaTeX tool bar is now enabled by default. *Note Processing
+ Facilities::.
+
+News in 11.82
+=============
+
+ * Support for the MinionPro LaTeX package was added.
+
+ * Warnings and underfull/overfull boxes are now being indicated in
+ the echo area after a LaTeX run, if the respective debugging
+ options are activated with 'TeX-toggle-debug-warnings' ('C-c C-t
+ C-w') or 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' ('C-c C-t C-b'). In this
+ case 'TeX-next-error' will find these warnings in addition to
+ normal errors.
+
+ The key binding 'C-c C-w' for 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' (which
+ was renamed from 'TeX-toggle-debug-boxes') now is deprecated.
+
+ * AUCTeX now can automatically insert a pair of braces after typing
+ <_> or <^> in math constructs if the new variable
+ 'TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript' is set to a non-nil value.
+
+ * Some language-specific support for French was added. There now is
+ completion support for the commands provided by the 'frenchb' (and
+ 'francais') options of the babel LaTeX package and easier input of
+ French quotation marks ('\\og ...\\fg') which can now be inserted
+ by typing <">.
+
+ * Completion support for options of some LaTeX packages was added.
+
+ * Already in version 11.81 the way to activate AUCTeX changed
+ substantially. This should now be done with '(load "auctex.el" nil
+ t t)' instead of the former '(require 'tex-site)'. Related to this
+ change 'tex-mik.el' does not load 'tex-site.el' anymore. That
+ means if you used only '(require 'tex-mik)' in order to activate
+ AUCTeX, you have to add '(load "auctex.el" nil t t)' before the
+ latter statement. *Note Loading the package::.
+
+ * Handling of verbatim constructs was consolidated across AUCTeX.
+ This resulted in the font-latex-specific variables
+ 'font-latex-verb-like-commands', 'font-latex-verbatim-macros', and
+ 'font-latex-verbatim-environments' being removed and the more
+ general variables 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims',
+ 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces', and
+ 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments' being added.
+
+ * The output of a BibTeX run is now checked for warnings and errors,
+ which are reported in the echo area.
+
+ * The aliases for 'font-latex-title-fontify' were removed. Use
+ 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning' instead.
+
+ * The problem that Japanese macros where broken across lines was
+ fixed.
+
+ * Various bug fixes.
+
+News in 11.81
+=============
+
+ * 'LaTeX-mark-section' now marks subsections of a given section as
+ well. The former behavior is available via the prefix argument.
+
+ * preview-latex which was previously available separately became a
+ subsystem of AUCTeX. There is no documented provision for building
+ or installing preview-latex separately. It is still possible to
+ use and install AUCTeX without preview-latex, however.
+
+ * The installation procedures have been overhauled and now also
+ install startup files as part of the process (those had to be
+ copied manually previously). You are advised to remove previous
+ installations of AUCTeX and preview-latex before starting the
+ installation procedure. A standard installation from an unmodified
+ tarball no longer requires Makeinfo or Perl.
+
+ Also note that the way AUCTeX is supposed to be activated changed.
+ Instead of '(require 'tex-site)' you should now use '(load
+ "auctex.el" nil t t)'. While the former method may still work, the
+ new method has the advantage that you can deactivate a preactivated
+ AUCTeX with the statement '(unload-feature 'tex-site)' before any
+ of its modes have been used. This may be important especially for
+ site-wide installations.
+
+ * Support for the babel LaTeX package was added.
+
+ * Folding a buffer now ensures that the whole buffer is fontified
+ before the actual folding is carried out. If this results in
+ unbearably long execution times, you can fall back to the old
+ behavior of relying on stealth font locking to do this job in the
+ background by customizing the variable 'TeX-fold-force-fontify'.
+
+ * Folded content now reveals part of its original text in a tooltip
+ or the echo area when hovering with the mouse pointer over it.
+
+ * The language-specific insertion of quotation marks was generalized.
+ The variables 'LaTeX-german-open-quote',
+ 'LaTeX-german-close-quote', 'LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote',
+ 'LaTeX-italian-open-quote', 'LaTeX-italian-close-quote', and
+ 'LaTeX-italian-quote-after-quote' are now obsolete. If you are not
+ satisfied with the default settings, you should customize
+ 'TeX-quote-language-alist' instead.
+
+ * Similar to language-specific quote insertion, AUCTeX now helps you
+ with hyphens in different languages as well. *Note European::, for
+ details.
+
+ * Fill problems in Japanese text introduced in AUCTeX 11.55 were
+ fixed. AUCTeX tries not to break lines between 1-byte and 2-byte
+ chars. These features will work in Chinese text, too.
+
+ * The scaling factor of the fontification of sectioning commands can
+ now be customized using the variable
+ 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning'. This variable was previously
+ called 'font-latex-title-fontify'; In this release we provide an
+ alias but this will disappear in one of the the next releases. The
+ faces for the sectioning commands are now called
+ 'font-latex-sectioning-N-face' (N=0...5) instead of
+ 'font-latex-title-N-face' (N=1...4). Analogously the names of the
+ variables holding the related keyword lists were changed from
+ 'font-latex-title-N-keywords' to
+ 'font-latex-sectioning-N-keywords'. *Note Font Locking::, for
+ details. Make sure to adjust your customizations.
+
+ * Titles in beamer slides marked by the "\frametitle" command are
+ know displayed with the new face 'font-latex-slide-title-face'.
+ You can add macros to be highlighted with this face to
+ 'font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
+
+ * Of course a lot of bugs have been fixed.
+
+News in 11.55
+=============
+
+ * A bug was fixed which lead to the insertion of trailing whitespace
+ during filling. In particular extra spaces were added to sentence
+ endings at the end of lines. You can make this whitespace visible
+ by setting the variable 'show-trailing-whitespace' to 't'. If you
+ want to delete all trailing whitespace in a buffer, type 'M-x
+ delete-trailing-whitespace RET'.
+
+ * A bug was fixed which lead to a '*Compile-Log*' buffer popping up
+ when the first LaTeX file was loaded in an Emacs session.
+
+ * On some systems the presence of an outdated Emacspeak package lead
+ to the error message 'File mode specification error: (error
+ "Variable binding depth exceeds max-specpdl-size")'. Precautions
+ were added which prevent this error from happening. But
+ nevertheless, it is advised to upgrade or uninstall the outdated
+ Emacspeak package.
+
+ * The value of 'TeX-macro-global' is not determined during
+ configuration anymore but at load time of AUCTeX. Consequently the
+ associated configuration option '--with-tex-input-dirs' was
+ removed.
+
+ * Support for the LaTeX Japanese classes 'jsarticle' and 'jsbook' was
+ added.
+
+News in 11.54
+=============
+
+ * The parser (used e.g. for 'TeX-auto-generate-global') was extended
+ to recognize keywords common in LaTeX packages and classes, like
+ "\DeclareRobustCommand" or "\RequirePackage". Additionally a bug
+ was fixed which led to duplicate entries in AUCTeX style files.
+
+ * Folding can now be done for paragraphs and regions besides single
+ constructs and the whole buffer. With the new 'TeX-fold-dwim'
+ command content can both be hidden and shown with a single key
+ binding. In course of these changes new key bindings for unfolding
+ commands where introduced. The old bindings are still present but
+ will be phased out in future releases.
+
+ * Info files of the manual now have a .info extension.
+
+ * There is an experimental tool bar support now. It is not activated
+ by default. If you want to use it, add
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-install-toolbar)
+ to your init file.
+
+ * The manual now contains a new chapter "Quick Start". It explains
+ the main features and how to use them, and should be enough for a
+ new user to start using AUCTeX.
+
+ * A new section "Font Locking" was added to the manual which explains
+ syntax highlighting in AUCTeX and its customization. Together with
+ the sections related to folding and outlining, the section is part
+ of the new chapter "Display".
+
+ * Keywords for syntax highlighting of LaTeX constructs to be typeset
+ in bold, italic or typewriter fonts may now be customized. Besides
+ the built-in classes, new keyword classes may be added by
+ customizing the variable 'font-latex-user-keyword-classes'. The
+ customization options can be found in the customization group
+ 'font-latex-keywords'.
+
+ * Verbatim content is now displayed with the 'fixed-pitch' face.
+ (GNU Emacs only)
+
+ * Syntax highlighting should not spill out of verbatim content
+ anymore. (GNU Emacs only)
+
+ * Verbatim commands like '\verb|...|' will not be broken anymore
+ during filling.
+
+ * You can customize the completion for graphic files with
+ 'LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'.
+
+ * Support for the LaTeX packages 'url', 'listings', 'jurabib' and
+ 'csquotes' was added with regard to command completion and syntax
+ highlighting.
+
+ * Performance of fontification and filling was improved.
+
+ * Insertion of nodes in Texinfo mode now supports completion of
+ existing node names.
+
+ * Setting the variable 'LaTeX-float' to 'nil' now means that you will
+ not be prompted for the float position of figures and tables. You
+ can get the old behaviour of 'nil' by setting the variable to '""',
+ i.e. an empty string. See also *note Floats::.
+
+ * The XEmacs-specific bug concerning 'overlays-at' was fixed.
+
+ * Lots of bug fixes.
+
+News in 11.53
+=============
+
+ * The LaTeX math menu can include Unicode characters if your Emacs
+ built supports it. See the variable 'LaTeX-math-menu-unicode',
+ *note Mathematics::.
+
+ * Bug fixes for XEmacs.
+
+ * Completion for graphic files in the TeX search path has been added.
+
+ * 'start' is used for the viewer for MiKTeX and fpTeX.
+
+ * The variable 'TeX-fold-preserve-comments' can now be customized to
+ deactivate folding in comments.
+
+News in 11.52
+=============
+
+ * Installation and menus under XEmacs work again (maybe for the first
+ time).
+
+ * Fontification of subscripts and superscripts is now disabled when
+ the fontification engine is not able to support it properly.
+
+ * Bug fixes in the build process.
+
+News in 11.51
+=============
+
+ * PDFTeX and Source Special support did not work with ConTeXt, this
+ has been fixed. Similar for Source Special support under Windows.
+
+ * Omega support has been added.
+
+ * Bug fixes in the build process.
+
+ * 'TeX-fold' now supports folding of environments in Texinfo mode.
+
+News in 11.50
+=============
+
+ * The use of source specials when processing or viewing the document
+ can now be controlled with the new 'TeX-source-specials' minor mode
+ which can be toggled via an entry in the Command menu or the key
+ binding 'C-c C-t C-s'. If you have customized the variable
+ 'TeX-command-list', you have to re-initialize it for this to work.
+ This means to open a customization buffer for the variable by
+ typing 'M-x customize-variable RET TeX-command-list RET', selecting
+ "Erase Customization" and do your customization again with the new
+ default.
+
+ * The content of the command menu now depends on the mode (plain TeX,
+ LaTeX, ConTeXt etc.). Any former customization of the variable
+ 'TeX-command-list' has to be erased. Otherwise the command menu
+ and the customization will not work correctly.
+
+ * Support for hiding and auto-revealing macros, e.g. footnotes or
+ citations, and environments in a buffer was added, *note Folding::.
+
+ * You can now control if indentation is done upon typing <RET> by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-newline-function', *note Indenting::.
+
+ * Limited support for 'doc.sty' and 'ltxdoc.cls' ('dtx' files) was
+ added. The new docTeX mode provides functionality for editing
+ documentation parts. This includes formatting (indenting and
+ filling), adding and completion of macros and environments while
+ staying in comments as well as syntax highlighting. (Please note
+ that the mode is not finished yet. For example syntax highlighting
+ does not work yet in XEmacs.)
+
+ * For macro completion in docTeX mode the AUCTeX style files
+ 'doc.el', 'ltxdoc.el' and 'ltx-base.el' were included. The latter
+ provides general support for low-level LaTeX macros and may be used
+ with LaTeX class and style files as well. It is currently not
+ loaded automatically for those files.
+
+ * Support for ConTeXt with a separate ConTeXt mode is now included.
+ Macro definitions for completion are available in Dutch and
+ English.
+
+ * The filling and indentation code was overhauled and is now able to
+ format commented parts of the source syntactically correct. Newly
+ available functionality and customization options are explained in
+ the manual.
+
+ * Filling and indentation in XEmacs with preview-latex and activated
+ previews lead to the insertion of whitespace before multi-line
+ previews. AUCTeX now contains facilities to prevent this problem.
+
+ * If 'TeX-master' is set to 't', AUCTeX will now query for a master
+ file only when a new file is opened. Existing files will be left
+ alone. The new function 'TeX-master-file-ask' (bound to 'C-c _' is
+ provided for adding the variable manually.
+
+ * Sectioning commands are now shown in a larger font on display
+ devices which support such fontification. The variable
+ 'font-latex-title-fontify' can be customized to restore the old
+ appearance, i.e. the usage of a different color instead of a
+ change in size.
+
+ * Support for 'alphanum.sty', 'beamer.cls', 'booktabs.sty',
+ 'captcont.sty', 'emp.sty', 'paralist.sty', 'subfigure.sty' and
+ 'units.sty'/'nicefrac.sty' was added. Credits go to the authors
+ mentioned in the respective AUCTeX style files.
+
+ * Inserting graphics with 'C-c RET \includegraphics RET' was
+ improved. See the variable 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'.
+
+ * If 'LaTeX-default-position' is 'nil', don't prompt for position
+ arguments in Tabular-like environments, see *note Tabular-like::.
+
+ * Completion for available packages when using 'C-c RET \usepackage
+ RET' was improved on systems using the kpathsea library.
+
+ * The commenting functionality was fixed. The separate functions for
+ commenting and uncommenting were unified in one function for
+ paragraphs and regions respectively which do both.
+
+ * Syntax highlighting can be customized to fontify quotes delimited
+ by either >>German<< or <<French>> quotation marks by changing the
+ variable 'font-latex-quotes'.
+
+ * Certain TeX/LaTeX keywords for functions, references, variables and
+ warnings will now be fontified specially. You may add your own
+ keywords by customizing the variables
+ 'font-latex-match-function-keywords',
+ 'font-latex-match-reference-keywords',
+ 'font-latex-match-variable-keywords' and
+ 'font-latex-match-warning-keywords'.
+
+ * If you include the style files 'german' or 'ngerman' in a document
+ (directly or via the 'babel' package), you should now customize
+ 'LaTeX-german-open-quote', 'LaTeX-german-close-quote' and
+ 'LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote' instead of 'TeX-open-quote',
+ 'TeX-close-quote' and 'TeX-quote-after-quote' if you want to
+ influence the type of quote insertion.
+
+ * Upon viewing an output file, the right viewer and command line
+ options for it are now determined automatically by looking at the
+ extension of the output file and certain options used in the source
+ file. The behavior can be adapted or extended respectively by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-output-view-style'.
+
+ * You can control whether 'TeX-insert-macro' ('C-c RET') ask for all
+ optional arguments by customizing the variable
+ 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style', *note Completion::.
+
+ * 'TeX-run-discard' is now able to completely detach a process that
+ it started.
+
+ * The build process was enhanced and is now based on 'autoconf'
+ making installing AUCTeX a mostly automatic process. See *note
+ Installation:: and *note Installation under MS Windows:: for
+ details.
+
+News in 11.14
+=============
+
+ * Many more LaTeX and LaTeX2e commands are supported. Done by
+ Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
+
+News in 11.12
+=============
+
+ * Support for the KOMA-Script classes. Contributed by Mark Trettin
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.11
+=============
+
+ * Support for 'prosper.sty', see <http://prosper.sourceforge.net/>.
+ Contributed by Phillip Lord <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.10
+=============
+
+ * 'comment-region' now inserts %% by default. Suggested by "Davide
+ G. M. Salvetti" <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.06
+=============
+
+ * You can now switch between using the 'font-latex' (all emacsen),
+ the 'tex-font' (Emacs 21 only) or no special package for font
+ locking. Customize 'TeX-install-font-lock' for this.
+
+News in 11.04
+=============
+
+ * Now use -t landscape by default when landscape option appears.
+ Suggested by Erik Frisk <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.03
+=============
+
+ * Use 'tex-fptex.el' for fpTeX support. Contributed by Fabrice
+ Popineau <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.02
+=============
+
+ * New user option 'LaTeX-top-caption-list' specifies environments
+ where the caption should go at top. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Allow explicit dimensions in 'graphicx.sty'. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Limited support for 'verbatim.sty'. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Better support for asmmath items. Patch by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * More accurate error parsing. Added by David Kastrup
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.01
+=============
+
+ * Bug fixes.
+
+Older versions
+--------------
+
+See the file 'history.texi' for older changes.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Development, Next: FAQ, Prev: Changes, Up:
Appendices
+
+A.3 Future Development
+======================
+
+The following sections describe future development of AUCTeX. Besides
+mid-term goals, bug reports and requests we cannot fix or honor right
+away are being gathered here. If you have some time for Emacs Lisp
+hacking, you are encouraged to try to provide a solution to one of the
+following problems. If you don't know Lisp, you may help us to improve
+the documentation. It might be a good idea to discuss proposed changes
+on the mailing list of AUCTeX first.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Mid-term Goals::
+* Wishlist::
+* Bugs::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mid-term Goals, Next: Wishlist, Up: Development
+
+A.3.1 Mid-term Goals
+--------------------
+
+ * Integration of preview-latex into AUCTeX
+
+ As of AUCTeX 11.81 preview-latex is a part of AUCTeX in the sense
+ that the installation routines were merged and preview-latex is
+ being packaged with AUCTeX.
+
+ Further integration will happen at the backend. This involves
+ folding of error parsing and task management of both packages which
+ will ease development efforts and avoid redundant work.
+
- * More flexible option and command handling
-
- The current state of command handling with 'TeX-command-list' is
- not very flexible because there is no distinction between
- executables and command line options to be passed to them.
-
- Customization of 'TeX-command-list' by the user will interfere with
- updates of AUCTeX.
-
+ * Error help catalogs
+
+ Currently, the help for errors is more or less hardwired into
+ 'tex.el'. For supporting error help in other languages, it would
+ be sensible to instead arrange error messages in language-specific
+ files, make a common info file from all such catalogs in a given
+ language and look the error texts up in an appropriate index. The
+ user would then specify a preference list of languages, and the
+ errors would be looked up in the catalogs in sequence until they
+ were identified.
+
+ * Combining 'docTeX' with RefTeX
+
+ Macro cross references should also be usable for document
+ navigation using RefTeX.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Wishlist, Next: Bugs, Prev: Mid-term Goals, Up:
Development
+
+A.3.2 Wishlist
+--------------
+
+ * Documentation lookup for macros
+
+ A parser could gather information about which macros are defined in
+ which LaTeX packages and store the information in a hashtable which
+ can be used in a backend for 'TeX-doc' in order to open the
+ matching documentation for a given macro. The information could
+ also be used to insert an appropriate '\usepackage' statement if
+ the user tries to insert a macro for which the respective package
+ has not been requested yet.
+
+ * Spell checking of macros
+
+ A special ispell dictionary for macros could be nice to have.
+
- * Quick error overviews
++ * Improvements to error reporting
+
- An error overview window (extract from the log file with just the
- error lines, clickable like a "grep" buffer) and/or fringe
- indicators for errors in the main text would be nice.
++ Fringe indicators for errors in the main text would be nice.
+
+ * A math entry grid
+
+ A separate frame with a table of math character graphics to click
+ on in order to insert the respective sequence into the buffer (cf.
+ the "grid" of x-symbol).
+
+ * Crossreferencing support
+
+ It would be nice if you could index process your favorite
+ collection of '.dtx' files (such as the LaTeX source), just call a
+ command on arbitrary control sequence, and get either the DVI
+ viewer opened right at the definition of that macro (using Source
+ Specials), or the source code of the '.dtx' file.
+
+ * Better plain TeX support
+
+ For starters, 'LaTeX-math-mode' is not very LaTeX-specific in the
+ first place, and similar holds for indentation and formatting.
+
- * Poor man's Source Specials In particular in PDF mode (and where
- Source Specials cause problems), alternatives would be desirable.
- One could implement inverse search by something like Heiko
- Oberdiek's 'vpe.sty', and forward search by using the '.aux' file
- info to correlate labels in the text (possibly in cooperation with
- RefTeX) with previewer pages.
-
- In AUCTeX 11.83, support for forward search with PDF files was
- added. Currently this only works if you use the pdfsync LaTeX
- package and xpdf as your PDF viewer. *Note Viewing::.
-
+ * Page count when compiling should (optionally) go to modeline of the
+ window where the compilation command was invoked, instead of the
+ output window. Suggested by Karsten Tinnefeld
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * Command to insert a macrodefinition in the preamble, without moving
+ point from the current location. Suggested by "Jeffrey C. Ely"
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * A database of all commands defined in all stylefiles. When a
+ command or environment gets entered that is provided in one of the
+ styles, insert the appropriate '\usepackage' in the preamble.
+
+ * A way to add and overwrite math mode entries in style files, and to
+ decide where they should be. Suggested by Remo Badii
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * Create template for (first) line of tabular environment.
+
+ * I think prompting for the master is the intended behaviour. It
+ corresponds to a 'shared' value for TeX-master.
+
+ There should probably be a 'none' value which wouldn't query for
+ the master, but instead disable all features that relies on
+ TeX-master.
+
+ This default value for TeX-master could then be controled with
+ mapping based on the extension.
+
- * Multiple argument completion for '\bibliography'. In general, I
- ought to make ',' special for these kind of completions.
-
+ * Suggest 'makeindex' when appropriate.
+
+ * Use index files (when available) to speed up 'C-c C-m include
+ <RET>'.
+
+ * Option not to calculate very slow completions like for 'C-c C-m
+ include <RET>'.
+
+ * Font menu should be created from 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+ * Installation procedure written purely in emacs lisp.
+
+ * Included PostScript files should also be counted as part of the
+ document.
+
+ * A nice hierarchical by-topic organization of all officially
+ documented LaTeX macros, available from the menu bar.
+
+ * 'TeX-command-default' should be set from the master file, if not
+ set locally. Suggested by Peter Whaite '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make AUCTeX work with 'crypt++'. Suggested by Chris Moore
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make AUCTeX work with 'longlines'. This would also apply to
+ preview-latex, though it might make sense to unify error processing
+ before attempting this.
+
+ * The 'Spell' command should apply to all files in a document. Maybe
+ it could try to restrict to files that have been modified since
+ last spell check? Suggested by Ravinder Bhumbla
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make <.> check for abbreviations and sentences ending with capital
+ letters.
+
+ * Use Emacs 19 minibuffer history to choose between previewers, and
+ other stuff. Suggested by John Interrante
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make features.
+
+ A new command 'TeX-update' ('C-c C-u') could be used to create an
+ up-to-date dvi file by repeatedly running BibTeX, MakeIndex and
+ (La)TeX, until an error occurs or we are done.
+
+ An alternative is to have an 'Update' command that ensures the
+ 'dvi' file is up to date. This could be called before printing and
+ previewing.
+
+ * Documentation of variables that can be set in a style hook.
+
+ We need a list of what can safely be done in an ordinary style
+ hook. You can not set a variable that AUCTeX depends on, unless
+ AUCTeX knows that it has to run the style hooks first.
+
+ Here is the start of such a list.
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-environments'
+
+ 'TeX-add-symbols'
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-labels'
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies'
+
+ 'LaTeX-largest-level'
+
- * Completion for counters and sboxes.
-
+ * Outline should be (better) supported in TeX mode.
+
+ At least, support headers, trailers, as well as TeX-outline-extra.
+
+ * 'TeX-header-start' and 'TeX-trailer-end'.
+
+ We might want these, just for fun (and outlines)
+
+ * Plain TeX and LaTeX specific header and trailer expressions.
+
+ We should have a way to globally specify the default value of the
+ header and trailer regexps.
+
+ * Get closer to original 'TeX-mode' keybindings.
+
+ A third initialization file ('tex-mode.el') containing an emulator
+ of the standard 'TeX-mode' would help convince some people to
+ change to AUCTeX.
+
- * Make 'TeX-next-error' parse ahead and store the results in a list,
- using markers to remember buffer positions in order to be more
- robust with regard to line numbers and changed files. This is what
- 'next-error' does. (Or did, until Emacs 19).
++ * Use markers in 'TeX-error-list' to remember buffer positions in
++ order to be more robust with regard to line numbers and changed
++ files.
+
+ * Finish the Texinfo mode. For one thing, many Texinfo mode commands
+ do not accept braces around their arguments.
+
+ * Hook up the letter environment with 'bbdb.el'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Bugs, Prev: Wishlist, Up: Development
+
+A.3.3 Bugs
+----------
+
- * The parsed files and style hooks for 'example.dtx', 'example.sty',
- 'example.drv' and 'example.bib' all clash. Bad.
++ * The style hooks automatically generated by parsing files for
++ 'example.dtx', 'example.sty', 'example.drv' and 'example.bib' all
++ clash. Bad. Clash with hand-written style hooks should be removed
++ by dialect discrimination -- to be checked.
+
+ * 'C-c `' should always stay in the current window, also when it
+ finds a new file.
+
+ * Do not overwrite emacs warnings about existing auto-save files when
+ loading a new file.
+
+ * Maybe the regexp for matching a TeX symbol during parsing should be
+ '"\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\|.\\)"' --
+ '<address@hidden>' Peter Thiemann.
+
+ * AUCTeX should not parse verbatim environments.
+
+ * Make '`' check for math context in 'LaTeX-math-mode'. and simply
+ self insert if not in a math context.
+
+ * Make 'TeX-insert-dollar' more robust. Currently it can be fooled
+ by '\mbox''es and escaped double dollar for example.
+
+ * Correct indentation for tabular, tabbing, table, math, and array
+ environments.
+
+ * No syntactic font locking of verbatim macros and environments.
+ (XEmacs only)
+
+ * Font locking inside of verbatim macros and environments is not
+ inhibited. This may result in syntax highlighting of unbalanced
+ dollar signs and the like spilling out of the verbatim content.
+ (XEmacs only)
+
+ * Folding of LaTeX constructs spanning more than one line may result
+ in overfull lines. (XEmacs only)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: FAQ, Next: Texinfo mode, Prev: Development, Up:
Appendices
+
+A.4 Frequently Asked Questions
+==============================
+
+ 1. Something is not working correctly. What should I do?
+
+ Well, you might have guessed it, the first place to look is in the
+ available documentation packaged with AUCTeX. This could be the
+ release notes (in the 'RELEASE' file) or the news section of the
+ manual in case you are experiencing problems after an upgrade, the
+ 'INSTALL' file in case you are having problems with the
+ installation, the section about bugs in the manual in case you
+ encountered a bug or the relevant sections in the manual for other
+ related problems.
+
+ If this did not help, you can send a bug report to the AUCTeX bug
+ reporting list by using the command 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report
+ RET'. But before you do this, you can try to get more information
+ about the problem at hand which might also help you locate the
+ cause of the error yourself.
+
+ First, you can try to generate a so-called backtrace which shows
+ the functions involved in a program error. In order to do this,
+ start Emacs with the command line 'emacs --debug-init' and/or put
+ the line
+
+ (setq debug-on-error t)
+
+ as the first line into your init file. XEmacs users might want to
+ add '(setq stack-trace-on-error t)' as well. After Emacs has
+ started, you can load a file which triggers the error and a new
+ window should pop up showing the backtrace. If you get such a
+ backtrace, please include it in the bug report.
+
+ Second, you can try to figure out if something in your personal or
+ site configuration triggers the error by starting Emacs without
+ such customizations. You can do this by invoking Emacs with the
+ command line 'emacs -q -no-site-file -l auctex'. The '-l' option
+ 'auctex.el' which you normally do in your init file. After you
+ have started Emacs like this, you can load the file triggering the
+ error. If everything is working now, you know that you have to
+ search either in the site configuration file or your personal init
+ file for statements related to the problem.
+
+ 2. What versions of Emacs and XEmacs are supported?
+
+ AUCTeX was tested with Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.4.15. Older versions
+ may work but are unsupported. Older versions of XEmacs might
+ possibly made to work by updating the 'xemacs-base' package through
+ the XEmacs package system. If you are looking for a
+ recommendation, it would appear that the smoothest working platform
+ on all operating systems at the current point of time would be Emacs 22
+ or higher.
+
+ Our success with XEmacs has been less than convincing. Code for
+ core functionality like formatting and syntax highlighting tends to
+ be different and often older than even Emacs 21.4, and Unicode
+ support as delivered is problematic at best, missing on Windows.
+ Both AUCTeX and XEmacs developers don't hear much from active users
+ of the combination. Partly for that reason, problems tend to go
+ unnoticed for long amounts of time and are often found, if at all,
+ after releases. No experiences or recommendations can be given for
+ beta or developer versions of XEmacs.
+
+ 3. What should I do when './configure' does not find programs like
+ latex?
+
+ This is problem often encountered on Windows. Make sure that the
+ 'PATH' environment variable includes the directories containing the
+ relevant programs, as described in *note (auctex)Installation under
+ MS Windows::.
+
+ 4. Why doesn't the completion, style file, or multi-file stuff work?
+
+ It must be enabled first, insert this in your init file:
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+
+ Read also the chapters about parsing and multifile documents in the
+ manual.
+
+ 5. Why doesn't 'TeX-save-document' work?
+
+ 'TeX-check-path' has to contain "./" somewhere.
+
+ 6. Why is the information in 'foo.tex' forgotten when I save
+ 'foo.bib'?
+
+ For various reasons, AUCTeX ignores the extension when it stores
+ information about a file, so you should use unique base names for
+ your files. E.g. rename 'foo.bib' to 'foob.bib'.
+
+ 7. Why doesn't AUCTeX signal when processing a document is done?
+
+ If the message in the minibuffer stays "Type 'C-c C-l' to display
+ results of compilation.", you probably have a misconfiguration in
+ your init file ('.emacs', 'init.el' or similar). To track this
+ down either search in the '*Messages*' buffer for an error message
+ or put '(setq debug-on-error t)' as the first line into your init
+ file, restart Emacs and open a LaTeX file. Emacs will complain
+ loudly by opening a debugging buffer as soon as an error occurs.
+ The information in the debugging buffer can help you find the cause
+ of the error in your init file.
+
+ 8. Why does 'TeX-next-error' ('C-c `') fail?
+
+ When writing the log file, TeX puts information related to a file,
+ including error messages, between a pair of parentheses. AUCTeX
+ determines the file where the error happened by parsing the log
+ file and counting the parentheses. This can fail when there are
+ other, unbalanced parentheses present.
+
+ As a workaround you can activate so-called file:line:error messages
+ for the log file. (Those are are easier to parse, but may lack
+ some details.) Either you do this in the configuration of your TeX
+ system (consult its manual to see where this is) or you add a
+ command line switch to the (la)tex call, e.g. by customizing
+ 'LaTeX-command-style' or 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ 9. What does AUC stand for?
+
+ AUCTeX came into being at Aalborg University in Denmark. Back then
+ the Danish name of the university was Aalborg Universitetscenter;
+ AUC for short.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Texinfo mode, Prev: FAQ, Up: Appendices
+
+A.5 Features specific to AUCTeX's Texinfo major mode
+====================================================
+
+AUCTeX includes a major mode for editting Texinfo files. This major
+mode is not the same mode as the native Texinfo mode (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode::) of Emacs, although they have the same name. However,
+AUCTeX still relies on a number of functions from the native Texinfo
+mode.
+
+ The following text describes which functionality is offered by AUCTeX
+and which by the native Texinfo mode. This should enable you to decide
+when to consult the AUCTeX manual and when the manual of the native
+mode. And in case you are a seasoned user of the native mode, the
+information should help you to swiftly get to know the AUCTeX-specific
+commands.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Exploiting:: How AUCTeX and the native mode work together
+* Superseding:: Where the native mode is superseded
+* Mapping:: Where key bindings are mapped to the native
mode
+* Unbinding:: Which native mode key bindings are missing
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Exploiting, Next: Superseding, Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.1 How AUCTeX and the native mode work together
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+In a nutshell the split between AUCTeX Texinfo mode, and native Texinfo
+mode is as follows:
+
+ * Most of the editing (environment creation, commenting, font command
+ insertions) and/or processing commands (e.g. compiling or
+ printing) which are available in other AUCTeX modes are also
+ handled by AUCTeX in Texinfo mode.
+
+ * Texinfo-related features (e.g. info node linkage or menu creation)
+ rely on the commands provided by the native Texinfo mode. AUCTeX
+ provides the key bindings to reach these functions, keeping the
+ same keys as in native Texinfo whenever possible, or similar ones
+ otherwise.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Superseding, Next: Mapping, Prev: Exploiting,
Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.2 Where the native mode is superseded
+-----------------------------------------
+
+This section is directed to users of the native Texinfo mode switching
+to AUCTeX. It follows the summary of the native mode (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode Summary::) and lists which of its commands are no longer of
+use.
+
+Insert commands
+ In the native Texinfo mode, frequently used Texinfo commands can be
+ inserted with key bindings of the form 'C-c C-c K' where K differs
+ for each Texinfo command; 'c' inserts @code, 'd' inserts @dfn, 'k'
+ @kbd, etc.
+
+ In AUCTeX commands are inserted with the key binding 'C-c C-m'
+ instead which prompts for the macro to be inserted. For font
+ selection commands (like @b, @i, or @emph) and a few related ones
+ (like @var, @key or @code) there are bindings which insert the
+ respective macros directly. They have the form 'C-c C-f K' or 'C-c
+ C-f C-K' and call the function 'TeX-font'. Type 'C-c C-f <RET>' to
+ get a list of supported commands.
+
+ Note that the prefix argument is not handled the same way by
+ AUCTeX. Note also that the node insertion command from the native
+ mode ('address@hidden') can still accessed from the Texinfo
+ menu in AUCTeX.
+
+Insert braces
+ In AUCTeX braces can be inserted with the same key binding as in
+ the native Texinfo mode: 'C-c {'. But AUCTeX uses its own function
+ for the feature: 'TeX-insert-braces'.
+
+Insert environments
+ The native Texinfo mode does not insert full environments.
+ Instead, it provides the function 'address@hidden' (mapped to
+ 'C-c C-c e') for closing an open environment with a matching @end
+ statement.
+
+ In AUCTeX you can insert full environments, i.e. both the opening
+ and closing statements, with the function 'Texinfo-environment'
+ (mapped to 'C-c C-e').
+
+Format info files with makeinfo and TeX
+ In the native Texinfo mode there are various functions and bindings
+ to format a region or the whole buffer for info or to typeset the
+ respective text. For example, there is 'makeinfo-buffer' (mapped
+ to 'C-c C-m C-b') which runs 'makeinfo' on the buffer or there is
+ 'texinfo-tex-buffer' (mapped to 'C-c C-t C-b') which runs TeX on
+ the buffer in order to produce a DVI file.
+
+ In AUCTeX different commands for formatting or typesetting can be
+ invoked through the function 'TeX-command-master' (mapped to 'C-c
+ C-c'). After typing 'C-c C-c', you can select the desired command,
+ e.g 'Makeinfo' or 'TeX', through a prompt in the mini buffer. Note
+ that you can make, say 'Makeinfo', the default by adding this
+ statement in your init file:
+
+ (add-hook 'Texinfo-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (setq TeX-command-default "Makeinfo")))
+
+ Note also that 'C-c C-c Makeinfo <RET>' is not completely
+ functionally equivalent to 'makeinfo-buffer' as the latter will
+ display the resulting info file in Emacs, showing the node
+ corresponding to the position in the source file, just after a
+ successful compilation. This is why, while using AUCTeX, invoking
+ 'makeinfo-buffer' might still be more convenient.
+
+ Note also that in the case of a multifile document, 'C-c C-c' in
+ AUCTeX will work on the whole document (provided that the file
+ variable 'TeX-master' is set correctly), while 'makeinfo-buffer' in
+ the native mode will process only the current buffer, provided at
+ the '@setfilename' statement is provided.
+
+Produce indexes and print
+ The native Texinfo mode provides the binding 'C-c C-t C-i'
+ ('texinfo-texindex') for producing an index and the bindings 'C-c
+ C-t C-p' ('texinfo-tex-print') and 'C-c C-t C-q'
+ ('tex-show-print-queue') for printing and showing the printer
+ queue. These are superseded by the respective commands available
+ through 'C-c C-c' ('TeX-command-master') in AUCTeX: Index, Print,
+ and Queue.
+
+Kill jobs
+ The command 'C-c C-t C-k' ('tex-kill-job') in the native mode is
+ superseded by 'C-c C-k' ('TeX-kill-job') in AUCTeX.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mapping, Next: Unbinding, Prev: Superseding, Up:
Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.3 Where key bindings are mapped to the native mode
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+This node follows the native Texinfo mode summary (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode Summary::) and lists only those commands to which AUCTeX
+provides a keybinding.
+
+ Basically all commands of the native mode related to producing menus
+and interlinking nodes are mapped to same or similar keys in AUCTeX,
+while a few insertion commands are mapped to AUCTeX-like keys.
+
+'@item' insertion
+ The binding 'C-c C-c i' for the insertion of '@item' in the native
+ mode is mapped to 'M-<RET>' or 'C-c C-j' in AUCTeX, similar to
+ other AUCTeX modes.
+
+'@end' insertion
+ The binding 'C-c C-c e' for closing a '@FOO' command by a
+ corresponding '@end FOO' statement in the native mode is mapped to
+ 'C-c C-]' in AUCTeX, similar to other AUCTeX modes.
+
+Move out of balanced braces
+ The binding 'C-}' ('up-list') is available both in the native mode
+ and in AUCTeX. (This is because the command is not implemented in
+ either mode but a native Emacs command.) However, in AUCTeX, you
+ cannot use 'C-]' for this, as it is used for '@end' insertion.
+
+Update pointers
+ The bindings 'C-c C-u C-n' ('texinfo-update-node') and 'C-c C-u
+ C-e' ('texinfo-every-node-update') from the native mode are
+ available in AUCTeX as well.
+
+Update menus
+ The bindings 'C-c C-u m' ('texinfo-master-menu'), 'C-c C-u C-m'
+ ('texinfo-make-menu'), and 'C-c C-u C-a'
+ ('texinfo-all-menus-update') from the native mode are available in
+ AUCTeX as well. The command 'texinfo-start-menu-description',
+ bound to 'C-c C-c C-d' in the native mode, is bound to 'C-c C-u
+ C-d' in AUCTeX instead.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Unbinding, Prev: Mapping, Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.4 Which native mode key bindings are missing
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The following commands from the native commands might still be useful
+when working with AUCTeX, however, they are not accessible with a key
+binding any longer.
+
+'@node' insertion
+ The node insertion command, mapped to 'C-c C-c n' in the native
+ mode, is not mapped to any key in AUCTeX. You can still access it
+ through the Texinfo menu, though. Another alternative is to use
+ the 'C-c C-m' binding for macro insertion in AUCTeX.
+
+Show the section structure
+ The command 'texinfo-show-structure' ('C-c C-s') from the native
+ mode does not have a key binding in AUCTeX. The binding is used by
+ AUCTeX for sectioning.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Indices, Prev: Appendices, Up: Top
+
+Indices
+*******
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Key Index::
+* Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept Index::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Key Index, Next: Function Index, Up: Indices
+
+Key Index
+=========
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* ": Quotes. (line 15)
+* $: Quotes. (line 61)
+* C-c %: Commenting. (line 23)
+* C-c *: Marking (LaTeX). (line 7)
+* C-c * <1>: Marking (Texinfo). (line 7)
+* C-c .: Marking (LaTeX). (line 16)
+* C-c . <1>: Marking (Texinfo). (line 25)
+* C-c ;: Commenting. (line 15)
+* C-c ?: Documentation. (line 7)
+* C-c C-b: Starting a Command. (line 35)
+* C-c C-c: Starting a Command. (line 13)
+* C-c C-d: Multifile. (line 97)
- * C-c C-e: Environments. (line 20)
++* C-c C-e: Environments. (line 23)
+* C-c C-f: Font Specifiers. (line 43)
+* C-c C-f C-b: Editing Facilities. (line 73)
+* C-c C-f C-b <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 16)
+* C-c C-f C-c: Editing Facilities. (line 94)
+* C-c C-f C-c <1>: Editing Facilities. (line 97)
+* C-c C-f C-c <2>: Font Specifiers. (line 37)
+* C-c C-f C-c <3>: Font Specifiers. (line 40)
+* C-c C-f C-e: Editing Facilities. (line 79)
+* C-c C-f C-e <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 22)
+* C-c C-f C-f: Editing Facilities. (line 88)
+* C-c C-f C-f <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 31)
+* C-c C-f C-i: Editing Facilities. (line 76)
+* C-c C-f C-i <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 19)
+* C-c C-f C-r: Editing Facilities. (line 85)
+* C-c C-f C-r <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 28)
+* C-c C-f C-s: Editing Facilities. (line 82)
+* C-c C-f C-s <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 25)
+* C-c C-f C-t: Editing Facilities. (line 91)
+* C-c C-f C-t <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 34)
+* C-c C-k: Control. (line 10)
+* C-c C-l: Control. (line 14)
+* C-c C-m: Completion. (line 29)
+* C-c C-n: Parsing Files. (line 44)
- * C-c C-o b: Folding. (line 113)
++* C-c C-o b: Folding. (line 122)
+* C-c C-o C-b: Folding. (line 44)
- * C-c C-o C-c: Folding. (line 110)
- * C-c C-o C-e: Folding. (line 94)
++* C-c C-o C-c: Folding. (line 119)
++* C-c C-o C-e: Folding. (line 103)
+* C-c C-o C-f: Folding. (line 32)
- * C-c C-o C-m: Folding. (line 85)
- * C-c C-o C-o: Folding. (line 132)
- * C-c C-o C-p: Folding. (line 81)
- * C-c C-o C-r: Folding. (line 78)
- * C-c C-o i: Folding. (line 125)
- * C-c C-o p: Folding. (line 121)
- * C-c C-o r: Folding. (line 117)
++* C-c C-o C-m: Folding. (line 94)
++* C-c C-o C-o: Folding. (line 141)
++* C-c C-o C-p: Folding. (line 90)
++* C-c C-o C-r: Folding. (line 87)
++* C-c C-o i: Folding. (line 134)
++* C-c C-o p: Folding. (line 130)
++* C-c C-o r: Folding. (line 126)
+* C-c C-q C-e: Filling. (line 92)
+* C-c C-q C-p: Filling. (line 86)
+* C-c C-q C-r: Filling. (line 101)
+* C-c C-q C-s: Filling. (line 97)
+* C-c C-r: Starting a Command. (line 19)
+* C-c C-s: Sectioning. (line 22)
- * C-c C-t C-b: Debugging. (line 19)
++* C-c C-t C-b: Debugging. (line 45)
+* C-c C-t C-i: Processor Options. (line 29)
+* C-c C-t C-p: Processor Options. (line 15)
+* C-c C-t C-r: Starting a Command. (line 61)
+* C-c C-t C-s: Processor Options. (line 36)
- * C-c C-t C-w: Debugging. (line 23)
++* C-c C-t C-w: Debugging. (line 49)
+* C-c C-v: Starting Viewers. (line 12)
+* C-c <LFD>: Itemize-like. (line 10)
- * C-c ]: Environments. (line 56)
++* C-c <LFD> <1>: Tabular-like. (line 29)
++* C-c ]: Environments. (line 102)
+* C-c ^: Control. (line 18)
+* C-c _: Multifile. (line 69)
+* C-c `: Debugging. (line 10)
- * C-c {: Quotes. (line 85)
++* C-c {: Quotes. (line 119)
+* C-c ~: Mathematics. (line 12)
+* C-j: Indenting. (line 81)
++* C-M-a: Environments. (line 107)
++* C-M-e: Environments. (line 114)
++* C-x n e: Narrowing. (line 17)
++* C-x n g: Narrowing. (line 14)
+* <LFD>: Indenting. (line 72)
+* M-C-h: Marking (Texinfo). (line 34)
++* M-g p: Debugging. (line 25)
+* M-q: Filling. (line 89)
+* M-<TAB>: Completion. (line 19)
+* <TAB>: Indenting. (line 69)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Function Index, Next: Variable Index, Prev: Key
Index, Up: Indices
+
+Function Index
+==============
+
+
+* Menu:
+
++* AmS-TeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
++* ConTeXt-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
++* docTeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-add-bibliographies: Adding Other. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-add-environments: Adding Environments. (line 66)
+* LaTeX-add-labels: Adding Other. (line 13)
- * LaTeX-close-environment: Environments. (line 55)
++* LaTeX-arg-author: Adding Macros. (line 239)
++* LaTeX-arg-usepackage: Adding Macros. (line 200)
++* LaTeX-close-environment: Environments. (line 101)
++* LaTeX-declare-expert-environments: Adding Environments. (line 128)
+* LaTeX-env-args: Adding Environments. (line 109)
+* LaTeX-env-array: Adding Environments. (line 81)
+* LaTeX-env-bib: Adding Environments. (line 103)
+* LaTeX-env-contents: Adding Environments. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-env-figure: Adding Environments. (line 77)
+* LaTeX-env-item: Adding Environments. (line 74)
+* LaTeX-env-label: Adding Environments. (line 85)
+* LaTeX-env-list: Adding Environments. (line 88)
+* LaTeX-env-minipage: Adding Environments. (line 92)
+* LaTeX-env-picture: Adding Environments. (line 100)
+* LaTeX-env-tabular*: Adding Environments. (line 96)
- * LaTeX-environment: Environments. (line 19)
++* LaTeX-environment: Environments. (line 22)
+* LaTeX-fill-environment: Filling. (line 81)
+* LaTeX-fill-environment <1>: Filling. (line 92)
+* LaTeX-fill-paragraph: Filling. (line 86)
+* LaTeX-fill-region: Filling. (line 101)
+* LaTeX-fill-section: Filling. (line 97)
++* LaTeX-find-matching-begin: Environments. (line 106)
++* LaTeX-find-matching-end: Environments. (line 113)
+* LaTeX-indent-line: Indenting. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-insert-environment: Adding Environments. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-insert-item: Itemize-like. (line 9)
++* LaTeX-insert-item <1>: Tabular-like. (line 28)
+* LaTeX-mark-environment: Marking (LaTeX). (line 15)
+* LaTeX-mark-section: Marking (LaTeX). (line 6)
+* LaTeX-math-mode: Mathematics. (line 11)
++* LaTeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
++* LaTeX-narrow-to-environment: Narrowing. (line 16)
+* LaTeX-section: Sectioning. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-section-heading: Sectioning. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-section-label: Sectioning. (line 82)
+* LaTeX-section-section: Sectioning. (line 77)
+* LaTeX-section-title: Sectioning. (line 72)
+* LaTeX-section-toc: Sectioning. (line 75)
- * TeX-add-style-hook: Simple Style. (line 32)
++* plain-TeX-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
++* TeX-add-style-hook: Simple Style. (line 33)
+* TeX-add-symbols: Adding Macros. (line 24)
- * TeX-arg-cite: Adding Macros. (line 109)
++* TeX-arg-bibliography: Adding Macros. (line 210)
++* TeX-arg-bibstyle: Adding Macros. (line 206)
++* TeX-arg-cite: Adding Macros. (line 136)
+* TeX-arg-conditional: Adding Macros. (line 86)
- * TeX-arg-coordinate: Adding Macros. (line 172)
- * TeX-arg-corner: Adding Macros. (line 150)
- * TeX-arg-counter: Adding Macros. (line 112)
- * TeX-arg-define-cite: Adding Macros. (line 141)
- * TeX-arg-define-counter: Adding Macros. (line 144)
- * TeX-arg-define-environment: Adding Macros. (line 137)
- * TeX-arg-define-label: Adding Macros. (line 129)
- * TeX-arg-define-macro: Adding Macros. (line 133)
- * TeX-arg-define-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 147)
- * TeX-arg-environment: Adding Macros. (line 106)
++* TeX-arg-coordinate: Adding Macros. (line 236)
++* TeX-arg-corner: Adding Macros. (line 214)
++* TeX-arg-counter: Adding Macros. (line 141)
++* TeX-arg-date: Adding Macros. (line 122)
++* TeX-arg-define-cite: Adding Macros. (line 182)
++* TeX-arg-define-counter: Adding Macros. (line 185)
++* TeX-arg-define-environment: Adding Macros. (line 178)
++* TeX-arg-define-label: Adding Macros. (line 166)
++* TeX-arg-define-length: Adding Macros. (line 170)
++* TeX-arg-define-macro: Adding Macros. (line 174)
++* TeX-arg-define-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 188)
++* TeX-arg-document: Adding Macros. (line 191)
++* TeX-arg-environment: Adding Macros. (line 133)
+* TeX-arg-eval: Adding Macros. (line 97)
- * TeX-arg-file: Adding Macros. (line 118)
++* TeX-arg-file: Adding Macros. (line 147)
++* TeX-arg-file-name: Adding Macros. (line 151)
++* TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension: Adding Macros. (line 155)
+* TeX-arg-free: Adding Macros. (line 94)
- * TeX-arg-input-file: Adding Macros. (line 122)
++* TeX-arg-index: Adding Macros. (line 113)
++* TeX-arg-index-tag: Adding Macros. (line 109)
++* TeX-arg-input-file: Adding Macros. (line 159)
++* TeX-arg-key-val: Adding Macros. (line 246)
+* TeX-arg-label: Adding Macros. (line 100)
++* TeX-arg-length: Adding Macros. (line 116)
+* TeX-arg-literal: Adding Macros. (line 90)
- * TeX-arg-lr: Adding Macros. (line 153)
- * TeX-arg-macro: Adding Macros. (line 103)
- * TeX-arg-pagestyle: Adding Macros. (line 159)
- * TeX-arg-pair: Adding Macros. (line 165)
- * TeX-arg-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 115)
- * TeX-arg-size: Adding Macros. (line 169)
- * TeX-arg-tb: Adding Macros. (line 156)
- * TeX-arg-verb: Adding Macros. (line 162)
++* TeX-arg-lr: Adding Macros. (line 217)
++* TeX-arg-macro: Adding Macros. (line 119)
++* TeX-arg-pagestyle: Adding Macros. (line 223)
++* TeX-arg-pair: Adding Macros. (line 229)
++* TeX-arg-ref: Adding Macros. (line 104)
++* TeX-arg-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 144)
++* TeX-arg-size: Adding Macros. (line 233)
++* TeX-arg-tb: Adding Macros. (line 220)
++* TeX-arg-verb: Adding Macros. (line 226)
++* TeX-arg-version: Adding Macros. (line 129)
+* TeX-auto-generate: Automatic Private. (line 23)
+* TeX-clean: Cleaning. (line 6)
+* TeX-command-buffer: Starting a Command. (line 34)
+* TeX-command-master: Starting a Command. (line 12)
+* TeX-command-region: Starting a Command. (line 18)
+* TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph: Commenting. (line 22)
+* TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region: Commenting. (line 14)
+* TeX-complete-symbol: Completion. (line 18)
++* TeX-declare-expert-macros: Adding Macros. (line 261)
+* TeX-doc: Documentation. (line 6)
- * TeX-electric-macro: Completion. (line 64)
++* TeX-electric-macro: Completion. (line 66)
++* TeX-error-overview: Debugging. (line 68)
+* TeX-fold-buffer: Folding. (line 43)
- * TeX-fold-clearout-buffer: Folding. (line 112)
- * TeX-fold-clearout-item: Folding. (line 124)
- * TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph: Folding. (line 120)
- * TeX-fold-clearout-region: Folding. (line 116)
- * TeX-fold-comment: Folding. (line 109)
- * TeX-fold-dwim: Folding. (line 131)
- * TeX-fold-env: Folding. (line 93)
- * TeX-fold-macro: Folding. (line 84)
- * TeX-fold-math: Folding. (line 100)
++* TeX-fold-clearout-buffer: Folding. (line 121)
++* TeX-fold-clearout-item: Folding. (line 133)
++* TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph: Folding. (line 129)
++* TeX-fold-clearout-region: Folding. (line 125)
++* TeX-fold-comment: Folding. (line 118)
++* TeX-fold-dwim: Folding. (line 140)
++* TeX-fold-env: Folding. (line 102)
++* TeX-fold-macro: Folding. (line 93)
++* TeX-fold-math: Folding. (line 109)
+* TeX-fold-mode: Folding. (line 32)
- * TeX-fold-paragraph: Folding. (line 80)
- * TeX-fold-region: Folding. (line 77)
++* TeX-fold-paragraph: Folding. (line 89)
++* TeX-fold-region: Folding. (line 86)
+* TeX-font: Font Specifiers. (line 42)
+* TeX-header-end: Multifile. (line 28)
+* TeX-home-buffer: Control. (line 17)
- * TeX-insert-braces: Quotes. (line 84)
++* TeX-insert-braces: Quotes. (line 118)
+* TeX-insert-dollar: Quotes. (line 60)
+* TeX-insert-macro: Completion. (line 28)
+* TeX-insert-quote: Quotes. (line 14)
+* TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 28)
+* TeX-kill-job: Control. (line 9)
+* TeX-master-file-ask: Multifile. (line 68)
++* TeX-narrow-to-group: Narrowing. (line 13)
+* TeX-next-error: Debugging. (line 9)
+* TeX-normal-mode: Parsing Files. (line 43)
+* TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 14)
+* TeX-pin-region: Starting a Command. (line 60)
++* TeX-previous-error: Debugging. (line 24)
++* TeX-read-key-val: Adding Macros. (line 243)
+* TeX-recenter-output-buffer: Control. (line 13)
+* TeX-save-document: Multifile. (line 96)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 12)
- * TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes: Debugging. (line 18)
- * TeX-toggle-debug-warnings: Debugging. (line 22)
++* TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes: Debugging. (line 44)
++* TeX-toggle-debug-warnings: Debugging. (line 48)
+* TeX-view: Starting Viewers. (line 11)
- * TeX-view <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 20)
++* TeX-view <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 42)
+* Texinfo-mark-environment: Marking (Texinfo). (line 24)
+* Texinfo-mark-node: Marking (Texinfo). (line 33)
+* Texinfo-mark-section: Marking (Texinfo). (line 6)
++* Texinfo-mode: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Variable Index, Next: Concept Index, Prev:
Function Index, Up: Indices
+
+Variable Index
+==============
+
+
+* Menu:
+
++* AmS-TeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* ConTeXt-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* ConTeXt-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* ConTeXt-engine: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* ConTeXt-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* ConTeXt-Omega-engine: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* docTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* docTeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
++* docTeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* font-latex-deactivated-keyword-classes: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 162)
+* font-latex-fontify-script: Fontification of math.
+ (line 20)
+* font-latex-fontify-sectioning: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 95)
+* font-latex-match-bold-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-bold-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-function-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-italic-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-italic-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-math-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-math-command-keywords <1>: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* font-latex-match-reference-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-0-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-1-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-2-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-3-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-4-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-5-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 114)
+* font-latex-match-textual-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-type-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-type-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-variable-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-warning-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-math-environments: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* font-latex-quotes: Fontification of quotes.
+ (line 15)
+* font-latex-script-display: Fontification of math.
+ (line 28)
+* font-latex-sectioning-0-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-1-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-2-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-3-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-4-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-5-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-slide-title-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 114)
+* font-latex-user-keyword-classes: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 191)
+* japanese-LaTeX-command-default: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-LaTeX-command-default <1>: Japanese. (line 34)
+* japanese-LaTeX-default-style: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-LaTeX-default-style <1>: Japanese. (line 39)
+* japanese-TeX-command-default: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-TeX-command-default <1>: Japanese. (line 29)
+* LaTeX-amsmath-label: Equations. (line 15)
++* LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 105)
++* LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 111)
++* LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 102)
+* LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 99)
++* LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 114)
+* LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 96)
- * LaTeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 102)
- * LaTeX-babel-hyphen: European. (line 149)
- * LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen: European. (line 157)
- * LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist: European. (line 136)
- * LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
++* LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 108)
++* LaTeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 120)
++* LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 117)
++* LaTeX-babel-hyphen: European. (line 152)
++* LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen: European. (line 160)
++* LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist: European. (line 139)
++* LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 51)
+* LaTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* LaTeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* LaTeX-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
- * LaTeX-default-environment: Environments. (line 34)
++* LaTeX-default-author: Adding Macros. (line 240)
++* LaTeX-default-document-environment: Environments. (line 61)
++* LaTeX-default-environment: Environments. (line 56)
+* LaTeX-default-format: Tabular-like. (line 10)
- * LaTeX-default-position: Tabular-like. (line 13)
++* LaTeX-default-options: Adding Macros. (line 192)
++* LaTeX-default-position: Tabular-like. (line 16)
++* LaTeX-default-style: Adding Macros. (line 192)
++* LaTeX-default-width: Tabular-like. (line 13)
++* LaTeX-dialect: Simple Style. (line 71)
++* LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace: Quotes. (line 154)
+* LaTeX-enable-toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* LaTeX-eqnarray-label: Equations. (line 12)
+* LaTeX-equation-label: Equations. (line 9)
+* LaTeX-figure-label: Floats. (line 25)
+* LaTeX-figure-label <1>: Floats. (line 35)
+* LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators: Filling. (line 103)
+* LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments: Filling. (line 113)
+* LaTeX-float: Floats. (line 14)
+* LaTeX-float <1>: Floats. (line 32)
- * LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 189)
- * LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 189)
- * LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 189)
++* LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 198)
++* LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 198)
++* LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 198)
+* LaTeX-font-list: Font Specifiers. (line 57)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-check: Indenting. (line 51)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list: Indenting. (line 37)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list <1>: Indenting. (line 48)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list <2>: Indenting. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-indent-level: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-indent-level <1>: Indenting. (line 94)
+* LaTeX-item-indent: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-item-indent <1>: Indenting. (line 98)
+* LaTeX-item-regexp: Indenting. (line 19)
++* LaTeX-label-alist: Environments. (line 38)
+* LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix: Mathematics. (line 26)
+* LaTeX-math-list: Mathematics. (line 36)
+* LaTeX-math-menu-unicode: Mathematics. (line 54)
++* LaTeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-paragraph-commands: Filling. (line 55)
+* LaTeX-section-hook: Sectioning. (line 40)
+* LaTeX-section-hook <1>: Sectioning. (line 48)
+* LaTeX-section-label: Sectioning. (line 42)
+* LaTeX-section-label <1>: Sectioning. (line 100)
++* LaTeX-style-list: Adding Macros. (line 192)
+* LaTeX-syntactic-comments: Indenting. (line 63)
+* LaTeX-syntactic-comments <1>: Indenting. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-table-label: Floats. (line 25)
+* LaTeX-table-label <1>: Floats. (line 38)
+* LaTeX-top-caption-list: Floats. (line 20)
+* LaTeX-top-caption-list <1>: Floats. (line 41)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-environments: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims: Verbatim content. (line 10)
- * plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 105)
++* plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 123)
+* plain-TeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* plain-TeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* plain-TeX-enable-toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
- * TeX-arg-input-file-search: Adding Macros. (line 123)
++* plain-TeX-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
++* TeX-arg-cite-note-p: Adding Macros. (line 137)
++* TeX-arg-input-file-search: Adding Macros. (line 160)
++* TeX-arg-input-file-search <1>: Adding Macros. (line 192)
++* TeX-arg-input-file-search <2>: Adding Macros. (line 201)
++* TeX-arg-item-label-p: Itemize-like. (line 15)
++* TeX-arg-right-insert-p: Quotes. (line 147)
+* TeX-auto-cleanup-hook: Hacking the Parser. (line 100)
+* TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 93)
- * TeX-auto-full-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 108)
++* TeX-auto-full-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 126)
+* TeX-auto-global: Automatic Global. (line 25)
+* TeX-auto-local: Automatic Local. (line 22)
+* TeX-auto-parse-length: Parsing Files. (line 87)
+* TeX-auto-prepare-hook: Hacking the Parser. (line 97)
+* TeX-auto-private: Automatic Private. (line 19)
+* TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 84)
+* TeX-auto-regexp-list <1>: Hacking the Parser. (line 78)
+* TeX-auto-save: Parsing Files. (line 40)
+* TeX-auto-untabify: Parsing Files. (line 57)
+* TeX-brace-indent-level: Indenting. (line 102)
- * TeX-check-path: Selecting a Command. (line 59)
++* TeX-check-path: Selecting a Command. (line 67)
+* TeX-clean-confirm: Cleaning. (line 26)
+* TeX-close-quote: Quotes. (line 25)
+* TeX-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-command-default: Selecting a Command. (line 42)
++* TeX-command-extra-options: Processor Options. (line 109)
+* TeX-command-list: Starting a Command. (line 16)
+* TeX-command-list <1>: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-command-list <2>: Selecting a Command. (line 14)
- * TeX-default-macro: Completion. (line 49)
++* TeX-complete-expert-commands: Environments. (line 78)
++* TeX-complete-expert-commands <1>: Completion. (line 100)
++* TeX-date-format: Adding Macros. (line 123)
++* TeX-default-macro: Completion. (line 51)
+* TeX-default-mode: Japanese. (line 6)
+* TeX-default-mode <1>: Japanese. (line 21)
- * TeX-display-help: Debugging. (line 30)
++* TeX-display-help: Debugging. (line 56)
+* TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX: Processor Options. (line 21)
- * TeX-electric-escape: Completion. (line 56)
++* TeX-electric-escape: Completion. (line 58)
++* TeX-electric-math: Quotes. (line 72)
+* TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript: Mathematics. (line 68)
+* TeX-engine: Processor Options. (line 66)
+* TeX-engine-alist: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-engine-alist <1>: Processor Options. (line 94)
+* TeX-engine-alist-builtin: Processor Options. (line 83)
++* TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters: Debugging. (line 97)
++* TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run: Debugging. (line 79)
++* TeX-error-overview-setup: Debugging. (line 88)
+* TeX-expand-list: Selecting a Command. (line 14)
+* TeX-file-recurse: Automatic. (line 45)
- * TeX-fold-command-prefix: Folding. (line 137)
- * TeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 179)
++* TeX-fold-auto: Folding. (line 71)
++* TeX-fold-command-prefix: Folding. (line 146)
++* TeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 188)
+* TeX-fold-force-fontify: Folding. (line 63)
- * TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length: Folding. (line 216)
- * TeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 146)
- * TeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 186)
- * TeX-fold-preserve-comments: Folding. (line 71)
++* TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length: Folding. (line 225)
++* TeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 155)
++* TeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 195)
++* TeX-fold-preserve-comments: Folding. (line 76)
+* TeX-fold-type-list: Folding. (line 58)
- * TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string: Folding. (line 199)
- * TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string: Folding. (line 195)
- * TeX-fold-unspec-use-name: Folding. (line 203)
++* TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark: Folding. (line 82)
++* TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string: Folding. (line 208)
++* TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string: Folding. (line 204)
++* TeX-fold-unspec-use-name: Folding. (line 212)
+* TeX-font-list: Font Specifiers. (line 48)
+* TeX-header-end: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-header-end <1>: Starting a Command. (line 45)
+* TeX-ignore-file: Automatic. (line 53)
- * TeX-insert-braces: Completion. (line 74)
++* TeX-insert-braces: Completion. (line 76)
++* TeX-insert-braces-alist: Completion. (line 79)
+* TeX-insert-macro-default-style: Completion. (line 36)
+* TeX-install-font-lock: Font Locking. (line 13)
+* TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 29)
+* TeX-language-bg-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-cz-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-de-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-dk-hook: European. (line 53)
++* TeX-language-en-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-is-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-it-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-nl-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-pl-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-sk-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-sv-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-macro-global: Customizing. (line 19)
+* TeX-macro-global <1>: Automatic Global. (line 16)
+* TeX-macro-private: Automatic Private. (line 12)
+* TeX-master: Starting a Command. (line 16)
+* TeX-master <1>: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-master <2>: Multifile. (line 40)
- * TeX-math-close-double-dollar: Quotes. (line 70)
+* TeX-newline-function: Indenting. (line 29)
+* TeX-newline-function <1>: Indenting. (line 110)
+* TeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-one-master: Multifile. (line 55)
+* TeX-open-quote: Quotes. (line 21)
+* TeX-outline-extra: Outline. (line 13)
+* TeX-output-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 97)
++* TeX-parse-all-errors: Debugging. (line 33)
+* TeX-parse-self: Parsing Files. (line 37)
+* TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
+* TeX-quote-after-quote: Quotes. (line 29)
- * TeX-quote-language-alist: European. (line 123)
++* TeX-quote-language-alist: European. (line 126)
+* TeX-region: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-region <1>: Starting a Command. (line 41)
+* TeX-save-query: Multifile. (line 100)
- * TeX-show-compilation: Processor Options. (line 108)
++* TeX-show-compilation: Processor Options. (line 122)
+* TeX-source-correlate-method: Processor Options. (line 47)
++* TeX-source-correlate-method <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 21)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 36)
- * TeX-source-correlate-start-server: I/O Correlation. (line 26)
- * TeX-source-correlate-start-server <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 32)
++* TeX-source-correlate-start-server: I/O Correlation. (line 48)
++* TeX-source-correlate-start-server <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 54)
+* TeX-style-global: Automatic Global. (line 19)
+* TeX-style-local: Automatic Local. (line 16)
+* TeX-style-path: Automatic. (line 38)
+* TeX-style-private: Automatic Private. (line 28)
+* TeX-trailer-start: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-trailer-start <1>: Starting a Command. (line 50)
+* TeX-view-predicate-list: Starting Viewers. (line 56)
+* TeX-view-program-list: Starting Viewers. (line 65)
+* TeX-view-program-selection: Starting Viewers. (line 36)
+* TeX-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 106)
+* Texinfo-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* Texinfo-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
++* Texinfo-mode-hook: Modes and Hooks. (line 21)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Variable Index, Up: Indices
+
+Concept Index
+=============
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* '.emacs': Loading the package. (line 6)
+* '\begin': Environments. (line 6)
+* '\chapter': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\chapter' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
- * \cite, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
++* \cite, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* '\emph': Editing Facilities. (line 79)
+* '\emph' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 22)
+* '\end': Environments. (line 6)
+* \include: Multifile. (line 6)
+* \input: Multifile. (line 6)
+* \item: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* '\label': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\label' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
- * \label, completion: Completion. (line 81)
- * \ref, completion: Completion. (line 81)
++* \label, completion: Completion. (line 112)
++* \ref, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* '\section': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\section' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* '\subsection': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\subsection' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* '\textbf': Editing Facilities. (line 73)
+* '\textbf' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 16)
+* '\textit': Editing Facilities. (line 76)
+* '\textit' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 19)
+* '\textrm': Editing Facilities. (line 85)
+* '\textrm' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 28)
+* '\textsc': Editing Facilities. (line 94)
+* '\textsc' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 37)
+* '\textsf': Editing Facilities. (line 88)
+* '\textsf' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 31)
+* '\textsl': Editing Facilities. (line 82)
+* '\textsl' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 25)
+* '\texttt': Editing Facilities. (line 91)
+* '\texttt' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 34)
+* Abbreviations: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* Adding a style hook: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Adding bibliographies: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding environments: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Adding labels: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding macros: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Adding other information: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding to 'PATH' in Windows: Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 51)
+* amsmath: Equations. (line 6)
++* amsmath <1>: Tabular-like. (line 6)
+* ANSI: European. (line 5)
+* Arguments to TeX macros: Completion. (line 6)
+* ASCII pTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* ASCII pTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* 'auctex.el': Loading the package. (line 14)
- * 'auctex.el' <1>: Changes. (line 174)
++* 'auctex.el' <1>: Changes. (line 274)
+* 'auto' directories.: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Auto-Reveal: Folding. (line 6)
+* Automatic: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Automatic Customization: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Automatic Parsing: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Automatic updating style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Bad boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* biblatex: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* Bibliographies, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Bibliography: Commands. (line 6)
- * bibliography, completion: Completion. (line 81)
++* bibliography, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* BibTeX: Commands. (line 6)
- * BibTeX, completion: Completion. (line 81)
++* BibTeX, completion: Completion. (line 112)
+* 'book.el': Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Braces: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Brackets: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Bulgarian: European. (line 53)
+* Changing font: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Changing the parser: Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Chapters: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Chapters <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Character set: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Checking: Checking. (line 6)
+* ChinaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* 'chktex': Checking. (line 6)
- * citations, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
- * cite, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
++* citations, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
++* cite, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* CJK language: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* CJK-LaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Cleaning: Cleaning. (line 6)
+* Commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Completion: Completion. (line 6)
+* Controlling the output: Control. (line 6)
+* Copying: Copying. (line 6)
+* Copyright: Copying. (line 6)
+* CTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Current file: Control. (line 6)
+* Customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Customization, personal: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Customization, site: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Czech: European. (line 53)
+* Danish: European. (line 53)
+* Debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Default command: Commands. (line 6)
+* Defining bibliographies in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Defining environments in style hooks: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Defining labels in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Defining macros in style hooks: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Defining other information in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Deleting fonts: Editing Facilities. (line 97)
+* Deleting fonts <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 40)
+* Descriptions: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Display math mode: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Distribution: Copying. (line 6)
+* Documentation: Documentation. (line 6)
+* Documents: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Documents with multiple files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Dollar signs, color bleed with: Known problems. (line 6)
+* Dollars: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Double quotes: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Dutch: European. (line 53)
++* English: European. (line 53)
+* Enumerates: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Environments: Environments. (line 6)
+* Environments, adding: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Eqnarray: Equations. (line 6)
+* Equation: Equations. (line 6)
+* Equations: Equations. (line 6)
+* Errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Europe: European. (line 6)
+* European Characters: European. (line 6)
+* Example of a style file.: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Expansion: Completion. (line 6)
+* External Commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Extracting TeX symbols: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Faces: Faces. (line 6)
+* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
+ (line 6)
+* Figure environment: Floats. (line 6)
+* Figures: Floats. (line 6)
+* Filling: Filling. (line 6)
+* Finding errors: Checking. (line 6)
+* Finding the current file: Control. (line 6)
+* Finding the master file: Control. (line 6)
+* Floats: Floats. (line 6)
+* Folding: Folding. (line 6)
+* Folding <1>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Font Locking: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Font macros: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* font-latex: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Fonts: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Formatting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Formatting <1>: Filling. (line 6)
+* Formatting <2>: Commands. (line 6)
+* Forward search: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Free: Copying. (line 6)
+* Free software: Copying. (line 6)
+* General Public License: Copying. (line 6)
+* Generating symbols: Automatic. (line 6)
+* German: European. (line 53)
+* Global directories: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global style hook directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global TeX macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* GPL: Copying. (line 6)
+* Header: Commands. (line 6)
+* Headers: Outline. (line 6)
+* Hide Macros: Folding. (line 6)
+* HLaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* I/O correlation: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* I/O correlation <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Including: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Indentation: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Indenting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Indexing: Commands. (line 6)
+* Initialization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Inputing: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Installation: Build/install. (line 6)
+* Internationalization: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Inverse search: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* ISO 8859 Latin 1: European. (line 6)
+* ISO 8859 Latin 2: European. (line 6)
+* 'iso-cvt.el': European. (line 28)
+* ispell: European. (line 40)
+* Italian: European. (line 53)
+* Itemize: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Items: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Japan: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Japanese: Japanese. (line 6)
+* jLaTeX: Japanese. (line 6)
+* jTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* jTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Killing a process: Control. (line 6)
+* kTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Label prefix: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Label prefix <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* Labels: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Labels <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* Labels, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
- * labels, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
++* labels, completion of: Completion. (line 112)
+* 'lacheck': Checking. (line 6)
+* Language Support: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* LaTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Latin 1: European. (line 6)
+* Latin 2: European. (line 6)
+* License: Copying. (line 6)
+* Literature: Commands. (line 6)
+* Local style directory: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Local style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Local style hooks <1>: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Macro arguments: Completion. (line 6)
+* Macro completion: Completion. (line 6)
+* Macro expansion: Completion. (line 6)
+* 'macro.el': Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* 'macro.tex': Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Macros, adding: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Make: Build/install. (line 6)
+* 'makeindex': Commands. (line 6)
+* Making a bibliography: Commands. (line 6)
+* Making an index: Commands. (line 6)
+* Many Files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Master file: Control. (line 6)
+* Master file <1>: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Matching dollar signs: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Math mode delimiters: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Math, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Math, fontification problems with: Known problems. (line 6)
+* Mathematics: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* MULE: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* MULE <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* MULE-UCS: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Multifile Documents: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Multiple Files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* National letters: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Next error: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Nippon: Japanese. (line 6)
+* NTT jTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* NTT jTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Other information, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Outlining: Folding. (line 6)
+* Outlining <1>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Output: Control. (line 6)
+* Overfull boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Overview: Outline. (line 6)
+* Parsing errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Parsing LaTeX errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Parsing new macros: Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX <1>: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX output: Debugging. (line 6)
+* 'PATH' in Windows: Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 51)
+* PDF mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
+* PDFSync: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* PDFSync <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Personal customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Personal information: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Personal macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Personal TeX macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* pLaTeX: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Polish: European. (line 53)
+* Prefix for labels: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Prefix for labels <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* preview-install-styles: Configure. (line 102)
+* Previewing: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Printing: Commands. (line 6)
+* Private directories: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private style hook directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private TeX macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Problems: Checking. (line 6)
+* Processes: Control. (line 6)
+* pTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* pTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Quotes: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Quotes, fontification of: Fontification of quotes.
+ (line 6)
+* Redisplay output: Control. (line 6)
+* Refilling: Filling. (line 6)
+* Reformatting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Reformatting <1>: Filling. (line 6)
+* Region: Commands. (line 6)
+* Region file: Commands. (line 6)
+* Reindenting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Reveal: Folding. (line 6)
+* Right: Copying. (line 6)
+* Running BibTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'chktex': Checking. (line 6)
+* Running commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'lacheck': Checking. (line 6)
+* Running LaTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'makeindex': Commands. (line 6)
+* Running TeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Sample style file: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Sectioning: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Sectioning <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Sectioning commands, fontification of: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 91)
+* Sections: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Sections <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Sections <2>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Setting the default command: Commands. (line 6)
+* Setting the header: Commands. (line 6)
+* Setting the trailer: Commands. (line 6)
+* Site customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Site information: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Site initialization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Site macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Site TeX macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Slovak: European. (line 53)
+* Source specials: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* Source specials <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Specifying a font: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Starting a previewer: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Stopping a process: Control. (line 6)
+* Style: Checking. (line 6)
+* 'style': Style Files. (line 6)
+* Style file: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Style files: Style Files. (line 6)
+* Style hook: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Style hooks: Style Files. (line 6)
+* Subscript, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Superscript, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Swedish: European. (line 53)
+* Symbols: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* SyncTeX: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* SyncTeX <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Syntax Highlighting: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Tabify: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Table environment: Floats. (line 6)
+* Tables: Floats. (line 6)
+* Tabs: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* TeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* TeX parsing: Automatic. (line 6)
+* 'tex-jp.el': Japanese. (line 6)
+* 'tex-mik.el': Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 286)
+* 'tex-site.el': Loading the package. (line 14)
+* 'tex-site.el' <1>: Customizing. (line 6)
- * 'tex-site.el' <2>: Changes. (line 174)
++* 'tex-site.el' <2>: Changes. (line 274)
+* tool bar, toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* Trailer: Commands. (line 6)
+* Underfull boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* UNICODE: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Untabify: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Updating style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Verbatim, fontification of: Verbatim content. (line 6)
+* Viewing: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Warranty: Copying. (line 6)
+* Writing to a printer: Commands. (line 6)
+* 'x-compose.el': European. (line 31)
+* X-Symbol: European. (line 34)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
- Node: Top927
- Node: Copying7098
- Node: Introduction9054
- Node: Summary9324
- Node: Installation12065
- Node: Prerequisites13439
- Node: Configure16396
- Node: Build/install21807
- Node: Loading the package22298
- Node: Advice for package providers24105
- Node: Advice for non-privileged users28050
- Node: Installation under MS Windows32008
- Node: Customizing47231
- Node: Quick Start48814
- Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150804
- Node: Editing Facilities50951
- Node: Processing Facilities55746
- Node: Editing59640
- Node: Quotes60956
- Node: Font Specifiers64696
- Node: Sectioning66522
- Node: Environments70842
- Node: Equations73208
- Node: Floats73799
- Node: Itemize-like75332
- Node: Tabular-like75875
- Node: Customizing Environments76505
- Node: Mathematics76745
- Node: Completion79671
- Node: Marking83731
- Node: Marking (LaTeX)84355
- Node: Marking (Texinfo)85297
- Node: Commenting86907
- Node: Indenting88232
- Node: Filling94017
- Node: Display99337
- Node: Font Locking100650
- Node: Fontification of macros102725
- Node: Fontification of quotes112163
- Node: Fontification of math113658
- Node: Verbatim content115377
- Node: Faces116151
- Node: Known problems116640
- Node: Folding117569
- Node: Outline128004
- Node: Processing129258
- Node: Commands130421
- Node: Starting a Command130977
- Node: Selecting a Command134700
- Node: Processor Options137769
- Node: Viewing143439
- Node: Starting Viewers143813
- Node: I/O Correlation149975
- Node: Debugging152349
- Node: Checking153864
- Node: Control155156
- Node: Cleaning155883
- Node: Documentation157096
- Node: Customization157876
- Node: Modes and Hooks158369
- Node: Multifile159575
- Node: Parsing Files164254
- Node: Internationalization168659
- Node: European169840
- Node: Japanese176664
- Node: Automatic178361
- Node: Automatic Global180886
- Node: Automatic Private182047
- Node: Automatic Local183360
- Node: Style Files184449
- Node: Simple Style185242
- Node: Adding Macros186541
- Node: Adding Environments192437
- Node: Adding Other196706
- Node: Hacking the Parser197293
- Node: Appendices201162
- Node: Copying this Manual201546
- Node: GNU Free Documentation License202439
- Node: Changes227558
- Node: Development251795
- Node: Mid-term Goals252441
- Node: Wishlist254002
- Node: Bugs260946
- Node: FAQ262343
- Node: Texinfo mode268359
- Node: Exploiting269495
- Node: Superseding270315
- Node: Mapping274519
- Node: Unbinding276348
- Node: Indices277169
- Node: Key Index277394
- Node: Function Index282915
- Node: Variable Index291024
- Node: Concept Index308708
++Node: Top916
++Node: Copying7178
++Node: Introduction9134
++Node: Summary9404
++Node: Installation12145
++Node: Prerequisites13519
++Node: Configure16387
++Node: Build/install21798
++Node: Loading the package22289
++Node: Advice for package providers24096
++Node: Advice for non-privileged users28041
++Node: Installation under MS Windows31999
++Node: Customizing47222
++Node: Quick Start48805
++Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150795
++Node: Editing Facilities50942
++Node: Processing Facilities55737
++Node: Editing59631
++Node: Quotes60961
++Node: Font Specifiers69229
++Node: Sectioning71055
++Node: Environments75375
++Node: Equations80529
++Node: Floats81120
++Node: Itemize-like82653
++Node: Tabular-like83374
++Node: Customizing Environments84857
++Node: Mathematics85097
++Node: Completion88023
++Node: Marking93346
++Node: Marking (LaTeX)93970
++Node: Marking (Texinfo)94912
++Node: Commenting96522
++Node: Indenting97847
++Node: Filling103632
++Node: Display108952
++Node: Font Locking110564
++Node: Fontification of macros112639
++Node: Fontification of quotes122077
++Node: Fontification of math123572
++Node: Verbatim content125291
++Node: Faces126065
++Node: Known problems126554
++Node: Folding127483
++Node: Outline138307
++Node: Narrowing139579
++Node: Processing140629
++Node: Commands141792
++Node: Starting a Command142348
++Node: Selecting a Command146071
++Node: Processor Options149597
++Node: Viewing156049
++Node: Starting Viewers156423
++Node: I/O Correlation162585
++Node: Debugging166031
++Node: Checking170386
++Node: Control171548
++Node: Cleaning172275
++Node: Documentation173488
++Node: Customization174268
++Node: Modes and Hooks174761
++Node: Multifile175967
++Node: Parsing Files180646
++Node: Internationalization185558
++Node: European186739
++Node: Japanese193619
++Node: Automatic195316
++Node: Automatic Global197841
++Node: Automatic Private199002
++Node: Automatic Local200315
++Node: Style Files201404
++Node: Simple Style202197
++Node: Adding Macros205470
++Node: Adding Environments214591
++Node: Adding Other219252
++Node: Hacking the Parser219839
++Node: Appendices223708
++Node: Copying this Manual224092
++Node: GNU Free Documentation License224974
++Node: Changes250093
++Node: Development278741
++Node: Mid-term Goals279387
++Node: Wishlist280604
++Node: Bugs286561
++Node: FAQ288091
++Node: Texinfo mode294107
++Node: Exploiting295243
++Node: Superseding296063
++Node: Mapping300267
++Node: Unbinding302096
++Node: Indices302917
++Node: Key Index303142
++Node: Function Index309101
++Node: Variable Index319473
++Node: Concept Index340004
+
+End Tag Table
diff --cc latex/preview.sty
index 1e16577,0000000..326f60f
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/latex/preview.sty
+++ b/latex/preview.sty
@@@ -1,391 -1,0 +1,391 @@@
+%%
+%% This is file `preview.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `style')
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `style,active')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from preview.sty.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} address@hidden #1#2$#3:
address@hidden #2#4 $}} address@hidden #1 #2${#1}
+\begingroup \catcode`\_=12
- address@hidden@version $Name: $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version $Name: release_11_88 $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version CVS-$Revision: 1.126 $ \endgroup \else
+ \def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
+ \edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
+ address@hidden@version}}} \next \fi
address@hidden $Date: 2010/02/14 16:19:00 $
+\edef\next{\noexpand\ProvidesPackage{preview}%
+ [\next\space address@hidden (AUCTeX/preview-latex)]}
+\next
+\let\ifPreview\iffalse
address@hidden@gobble
address@hidden@gobbletwo
address@hidden@ship#1#2#3{}
address@hidden
address@hidden@gobble}
address@hidden@front#1#2{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{active}{%
+ \let\ifPreview\iftrue
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@firstofone}
address@hidden@delay{%
+ \ifx#1\relax \let#1#2\fi
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden \else \protected\fi
+ address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{delayed}{%
+ \ifPreview address@hidden
+}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{psfixbb}{\ifPreview%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden/dev/null}}\fi
+}
address@hidden@
+\DeclareOption{dvips}{%
+ address@hidden@ne
+ address@hidden
+ \special{!/address@hidden(address@hidden)def}
+ \special{!userdict begin/preview-bop-level 0 def%
+ /bop-hook{/preview-bop-level dup load dup 0 le{/isls false def%
+ /vsize 792 def/hsize 612 def}if 1 add store}bind def%
+ /eop-hook{/preview-bop-level dup load dup 0 gt{1 sub}if
+ store}bind def end}}}}
+\DeclareOption{pdftex}{%
+ address@hidden@}
+\DeclareOption{xetex}{%
+ address@hidden@@}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\*=11
address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{displaymath}{%
+ address@hidden@{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
+ \expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ {\endgroup}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ {\endgroup}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \PreviewClose\]%
+ \PreviewEnvironment[][\noindent#1]{eqnarray}%
+ \PreviewEnvironment[][\noindent#1]{eqnarray*}%
+ \PreviewEnvironment{displaymath}%
+}}
+\begingroup
+\def\next#1#2{%
+ \endgroup
+ \DeclareOption{textmath}{%
+ \PreviewEnvironment{math}%
+ address@hidden@undefined \let#1=$%$
+ \fi\catcode`\$=\active
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@\relax}%
+ \makeatother\expandafter\xyreuncatcodes\next\fi}%
+ address@hidden@ship\(address@hidden \)
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@textmathcheck}}{}}%
+ address@hidden@endaftergroup
+ address@hidden@gobbletwo\fi#2}}
+\lccode`\~=`\$
+\lowercase{\expandafter\next\expandafter~}%
+ \csname address@hidden
+ \endcsname
+\DeclareOption{graphics}{%
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\includegraphics}%]]
+}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{preview}{%
+Your document class has a bad definition^^J
+of \string#1, most likely^^J
+\string\let\string#1=\string#2^^J
+which has now been changed to^^J
+\string\def\string#1{\string#2}^^J
+because otherwise subsequent changes to \string#2^^J
+(like done by several packages changing float behaviour)^^J
+can't take effect on \string#1.^^J
+Please complain to your document class author}%
+ \def#1{#2}\fi\fi}
+\begingroup
+\def\next#1#2{\endgroup
+ \DeclareOption{floats}{%
+ address@hidden@float
+ address@hidden@float
+ address@hidden@dblfloat
+ address@hidden@dblfloat
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }}
+\expandafter\next\csname endfigure*\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname endtable*\endcsname
+\DeclareOption{sections}{%
+ address@hidden
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\chapter}%]]
+}
+\DeclareOption*
+ {\InputIfFileExists{pr\CurrentOption.def}{}{\OptionNotUsed}}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \long\def\next##1{#2}%
+ address@hidden@endparse}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@endbox}}{}}%
+ address@hidden@macroii}
address@hidden
address@hidden@endbox}
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \long\def\next##1{#2}%
+ address@hidden@endparse}}
address@hidden@address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@{##1}}}%
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@ship
+ address@hidden@endbox##1}}%
+ {\endgroup}}}%
+ address@hidden@macroii}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@{##1\endgroup}}}%
+ address@hidden@macroii}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \long\edef\next##1##2{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \expandafter\next\csname#2\endcsname{#1}%
+ address@hidden end#2\endcsname}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@ship
+ \noexpand\csname##2\noexpand\endcsname{\the\toks@
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@macroii %]
+ }
+\newcommand{\PreviewSnarfEnvironment}[2][]{%
+ address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+\newenvironment{preview}{\ignorespaces}{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
+\newenvironment{nopreview}{\ignorespaces}{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ address@hidden@gobble}
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@box\vbox}
address@hidden@}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@}%
+ address@hidden
+ \break
+ address@hidden@arrayparboxrestore
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ address@hidden@start
+ address@hidden
+ \else
+ \expandafter address@hidden
+ \fi{#1}}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \ifvmode address@hidden
+ address@hidden@empty\else
+ address@hidden
+ \noindent\par
+ address@hidden
+ \prevdepth\dimen@
+ address@hidden@
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=-\maxdimen\egroup
+ \else\egroup\box\z@ \fi\fi\fi
+ \ifhmode address@hidden
+ address@hidden/}%
+ \else \unskip\unpenalty\unskip \fi
+ \egroup
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden \lineskiplimit\z@
+ address@hidden
+ \nointerlineskip
+ address@hidden@address@hidden to\z@
+ \unvbox\z@
+ \nointerlineskip
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }%
+ address@hidden@end
+ {\let\protect\noexpand
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \hoffset=\z@
+ \fi
+ address@hidden@snippet
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@box
+ address@hidden@box
+ address@hidden@box
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@markerbox}%
+ \else address@hidden \fi}%
+ address@hidden@ne
+ address@hidden
+}
address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@}
address@hidden@ \expandafter\aftergroup\fi \egroup}
address@hidden address@hidden
address@hidden@percentchar
+\def\next#1{%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \let#1= }}
+\expandafter\next\csname address@hidden@endparse\endcsname
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@endparse#2{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2}}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@parseit}}
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@endparse#2{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2}}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@endparse#2[#3]{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2[{#3}]}}
+\expandafter\let\csname address@hidden@parseit
address@hidden@endparse#2#3{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2{#3}}}
+\expandafter\let\csname address@hidden@parse
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@endparse#3{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#3}}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@secondoftwo}}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@parseit address@hidden
+ {\aftergroup\the\aftergroup\toks@ \afterassignment}%
+ \let\next= }
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden:\endcsname
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden@endparse{#4}}%
+ \long\def\next#1{#2}%
+ address@hidden
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@##1}}%
+ address@hidden address@hidden@endparse}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@endbox}
address@hidden
address@hidden@outer
+ address@hidden@start
+ address@hidden@start\relax
+ address@hidden
+ \else
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@endparse}}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@endbox}{\endgroup}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\renewenvironment{preview}{\begingroup
+ address@hidden@endbox}%
+ {\endgroup}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+ {\ifhmode\unskip\fi\endgroup}
address@hidden
+ {\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\output{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@empty
+ address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden: Fontsize address@hidden pt}%
+ address@hidden: Magnification \number\mag}\fi
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden \else
+ % FIXME: The message should not be emitted if XeTeX does not produce
+ % PDF. There does not seem to be a primitive for that, though.
+ \typeout{Preview: PDFoutput 1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else
+ \ifnum\pdfoutput>\z@
+ \typeout{Preview: PDFoutput 1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `preview.sty'.
diff --cc preview-latex.info
index 24c61a1,0000000..e72e6ba
mode 100644,000000..100644
--- a/preview-latex.info
+++ b/preview-latex.info
@@@ -1,2654 -1,0 +1,2560 @@@
+This is preview-latex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from
+preview-latex.texi.
+
+This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
- (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04).
++(version 11.88 from 2014-10-29).
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex). Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex). Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Top, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
+
+preview-latex
+*************
+
+This manual may be copied under the conditions spelled out in *note
+Copying this Manual::.
+
+ preview-latex is a package embedding preview fragments into Emacs
+source buffers under the AUCTeX editing environment for LaTeX. It uses
+'preview.sty' for the extraction of certain environments (most notably
+displayed formulas). Other applications of this style file are possible
+and exist.
+
+ The name of the package is really 'preview-latex', all in lowercase
+letters, with a hyphen. If you typeset it, you can use a sans-serif
+font to visually offset it.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying:: Copying
+* Introduction:: Getting started.
+* Installation:: Make Install.
+* Keys and lisp:: Key bindings and user-level lisp functions.
+* Simple customization:: To make it fit in.
+* Known problems:: When things go wrong.
+* For advanced users:: Internals and more customizations.
+* ToDo:: Future development.
+* Frequently Asked Questions:: All about preview-latex
+* Copying this Manual:: GNU Free Documentation License
+* Index:: A menu of many topics.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top,
Up: Top
+
+Copying
+*******
+
+For the conditions for copying parts of preview-latex, see the General
+Public Licenses referres to in the copyright notices of the files, the
+General Public Licenses accompanying them and the explanatory section in
+*note (auctex)Copying::.
+
+ This manual specifically is covered by the GNU Free Documentation
+License (*note Copying this Manual::).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev:
Copying, Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+Does your neck hurt from turning between previewer windows and the
+source too often? This AUCTeX component will render your displayed
+LaTeX equations right into the editing window where they belong.
+
+ The purpose of preview-latex is to embed LaTeX environments such as
+display math or figures into the source buffers and switch conveniently
+between source and image representation.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* What use is it?::
+* Activating preview-latex::
+* Getting started::
+* Basic modes of operation::
+* More documentation::
+* Availability::
+* Contacts::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: What use is it?, Next: Activating
preview-latex, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 What use is it?
+===================
+
+WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) sometimes is considered all the
+rage, sometimes frowned upon. Do we really want it? Wrong question.
+The right question is _what_ we want from it. Except when finetuning
+the layout, we don't want to use printer fonts for on-screen text
+editing. The low resolution and contrast of a computer screen render
+all but the coarsest printer fonts (those for low-quality newsprint)
+unappealing, and the margins and pagination of the print are not wanted
+on the screen, either. On the other hand, more complex visual
+compositions like math formulas and tables can't easily be taken in when
+seen only in the source. preview-latex strikes a balance: it only uses
+graphic renditions of the output for certain, configurable constructs,
+does this only when told, and then right in the source code. Switching
+back and forth between the source and preview is easy and natural and
+can be done for each image independently. Behind the scenes of
+preview-latex, a sophisticated framework of other programs like
+'dvipng', Dvips and Ghostscript are employed together with a special
+LaTeX style file for extracting the material of interest in the
+background and providing fast interactive response.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Activating preview-latex, Next: Getting
started, Prev: What use is it?, Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Activating preview-latex
+============================
+
+After installation, the package may need to be activated (and remember
+to activate AUCTeX too). In XEmacs, and in any prepackaged versions
+worth their salt, activation should be automatic upon installation. If
+this seems not the case, complain to your installation provider.
+
+ The usual activation (if it is not done automatically) would be
+
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ If you still don't get a "Preview" menu in LaTeX mode in spite of
+AUCTeX showing its "Command", your installation is broken. One possible
+cause are duplicate Lisp files that might be detectable with '<M-x>
+list-load-path-shadows <RET>'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Getting started, Next: Basic modes of
operation, Prev: Activating preview-latex, Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Getting started
+===================
+
+Once activated, preview-latex and its documentation will be accessible
+via its menus (note that preview-latex requires AUCTeX to be loaded).
+When you have loaded a LaTeX document (a sample document 'circ.tex' is
+included in the distribution, but most documents including math and/or
+figures should do), you can use its menu or 'C-c C-p C-d' (for
+'Preview/Document'). Previews will now be generated for various objects
+in your document. You can use the time to take a short look at the
+other menu entries and key bindings in the 'Preview' menu. You'll see
+the previewed objects change into a roadworks sign when preview-latex
+has determined just what it is going to preview. Note that you can
+freely navigate the buffer while this is going on. When the process is
+finished you will see the objects typeset in your buffer.
+
+ It is a bad idea, however, to edit the buffer before the roadworks
+signs appear, since that is the moment when the correlation between the
+original text and the buffer locations gets established. If the buffer
+changes before that point of time, the previews will not be placed where
+they belong. If you do want to change some obvious error you just
+spotted, we recommend you stop the background process by pressing 'C-c
+C-k'.
+
+ To see/edit the LaTeX code for a specific object, put the point (the
+cursor) on it and press 'C-c C-p C-p' (for 'Preview/at point'). It will
+also do to click with the middle mouse button on the preview. Now you
+can edit the code, and generate a new preview by again pressing 'C-c C-p
+C-p' (or by clicking with the middle mouse button on the icon before the
+edited text).
+
+ If you are using the 'desktop' package, previews will remain from one
+session to the next as long as you don't kill your buffer. If you are
+using XEmacs, you will probably need to upgrade the package to the
+newest one; things are being fixed just as I am writing this.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Basic modes of operation, Next: More
documentation, Prev: Getting started, Up: Introduction
+
+1.4 Basic modes of operation
+============================
+
+preview-latex has a number of methods for generating its graphics. Its
+default operation is equivalent to using the 'LaTeX' command from
+AUCTeX. If this happens to be a call of PDFLaTeX generating PDF output
+(you need at least AUCTeX 11.51 for this), then Ghostscript will be
+called directly on the resulting PDF file. If a DVI file gets produced,
+first Dvips and then Ghostscript get called by default.
+
+ The image type to be generated by Ghostscript can be configured with
+
+ M-x customize-variable RET preview-image-type RET
+
+The default is 'png' (the most efficient image type). A special setting
+is 'dvipng' in case you have the 'dvipng' program installed. In this
+case, 'dvipng' will be used for converting DVI files and Ghostscript
+(with a 'PNG' device) for converting PDF files. 'dvipng' is much faster
+than the combination of Dvips and Ghostscript. You can get downloads,
+access to its CVS archive and further information from its project site
+(http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/dvipng).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: More documentation, Next: Availability,
Prev: Basic modes of operation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.5 More documentation
+======================
+
+After the installation, documentation in the form of this info manual
+will be available. You can access it with the standalone info reader
+with
+
+ info preview-latex
+
+or by pressing 'C-h i d m preview-latex <RET>' in Emacs. Once
+preview-latex is activated, you can instead use 'C-c C-p <TAB>' (or the
+menu entry 'Preview/Read documentation').
+
+ Depending on your installation, a printable manual may also be
+available in the form of 'preview-latex.dvi' or 'preview-latex.ps'.
+
+ Detailed documentation for the LaTeX style used for extracting the
+preview images is placed in 'preview.dvi' in a suitable directory during
+installation; on typical teTeX-based systems,
+
+ texdoc preview
+
+will display it.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Availability, Next: Contacts, Prev: More
documentation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.6 Availability
+================
+
+The preview-latex project is now part of AUCTeX and accessible as part
+of the AUCTeX project page (http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex).
+You can get its files from the AUCTeX download area
+(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex). As of AUCTeX 11.81, preview-latex
+should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate download will
+be necessary.
+
+ You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
- Anonymous CVS is available as well.
++Anonymous Git is available as well.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Contacts, Prev: Availability, Up:
Introduction
+
+1.7 Contacts
+============
+
+Bug reports should be sent by using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', as
+this will fill in a lot of information interesting to us. If the
+installation fails (but this should be a rare event), report bugs to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+ There is a general discussion list for AUCTeX which also covers
+preview-latex, look at <http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/auctex>.
+For more information on the mailing list, send a message with just the
+word "help" as subject or body to <address@hidden>. For the
+developers, there is the <address@hidden> list; it would probably
+make sense to direct feature requests and questions about internal
+details there. There is a low-volume read-only announcement list
+available to which you can subscribe by sending a mail with "subscribe"
+in the subject to <address@hidden>.
+
+ Offers to support further development will be appreciated. If you
+want to show your appreciation with a donation to the main developer,
+you can do so via PayPal to <address@hidden>, and of course you can arrange
+for service contracts or for added functionality. Take a look at the
+'TODO' list for suggestions in that area.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Installation, Next: Keys and lisp, Prev:
Introduction, Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+Installation is now being covered in *note (auctex)Installation::.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Keys and lisp, Next: Simple customization,
Prev: Installation, Up: Top
+
+3 Key bindings and user-level lisp functions
+********************************************
+
+preview-latex adds key bindings starting with 'C-c C-p' to the supported
+modes of AUCTeX (*note (auctex)Key Index::). It will also add its own
+'Preview' menu in the menu bar, as well as an icon in the toolbar.
+
+ The following only describes the interactive use: view the
+documentation strings with 'C-h f' if you need the Lisp information.
+
+'C-c C-p C-p'
+'preview-at-point'
+Preview/Generate previews (or toggle) at point
+ If the cursor is positioned on or inside of a preview area, this
+ toggles its visibility, regenerating the preview if necessary. If
+ not, it will run the surroundings through preview. The
+ surroundings include all areas up to the next valid preview, unless
+ invalid previews occur before, in which case the area will include
+ the last such preview in either direction. And overriding any
+ other action, if a region is active ('transient-mark-mode' or
+ 'zmacs-regions'), it is run through 'preview-region'.
+
+'<mouse-2>'
+ The middle mouse button has a similar action bound to it as
+ 'preview-at-point', only that it knows which preview to apply it to
+ according to the position of the click. You can click either
+ anywhere on a previewed image, or when the preview is opened and
+ showing the source text, you can click on the icon preceding the
+ source text. In other areas, the usual mouse key action
+ (typically: paste) is not affected.
+
+'<mouse-3>'
+ The right mouse key pops up a context menu with several options:
+ toggling the preview, regenerating it, removing it (leaving the
+ unpreviewed text), copying the text inside of the preview, and
+ copying it in a form suitable for copying as an image into a mail
+ or news article. This is a one-image variant of the following
+ command:
+
+'C-c C-p C-w'
+'preview-copy-region-as-mml'
+Copy a region as MML
+ This command is also available as a variant in the context menu on
+ the right mouse button (where the region is the preview that has
+ been clicked on). It copies the current region into the kill
+ buffer in a form suitable for copying as a text including images
+ into a mail or news article using mml-mode (*note Composing:
+ (emacs-mime)Composing.).
+
+ If you regenerate or otherwise kill the preview in its source
+ buffer before the mail or news gets posted, this will fail. Also
+ you should generate images you want to send with
+ 'preview-transparent-border' set to 'nil', or the images will have
+ an ugly border. preview-latex detects this condition and asks
+ whether to regenerate the region with borders switched off. As
+ this is an asynchronous operation running in the background, you'll
+ need to call this command explicitly again to get the newly
+ generated images into the kill ring.
+
+ Preview your articles with 'mml-preview' (on 'M-m P', or 'C-c C-m
+ P' in Emacs 22) to make sure they look fine.
+
+'C-c C-p C-e'
+'preview-environment'
+Preview/Generate previews for environment
+ Run preview on LaTeX environment. The environments in
+ 'preview-inner-environments' are treated as inner levels so that
+ for instance, the 'split' environment in
+ '\begin{equation}\begin{split}...\end{split}\end{equation}' is
+ properly displayed. If called with a numeric argument, the
+ corresponding number of outward nested environments is treated as
+ inner levels.
+
+'C-c C-p C-s'
+'preview-section'
+Preview/Generate previews for section
+ Run preview on this LaTeX section.
+
+'C-c C-p C-r'
+'preview-region'
+Preview/Generate previews for region
+ Run preview on current region.
+
+'C-c C-p C-b'
+'preview-buffer'
+Preview/Generate previews for buffer
+ Run preview on the current buffer.
+
+'C-c C-p C-d'
+'preview-document'
+Preview/Generate previews for document
+ Run preview on the current document.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-p'
+'preview-clearout-at-point'
+Preview/Remove previews at point
+ Clear out (remove) the previews that are immediately adjacent to
+ point.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-s'
+'preview-clearout-section'
+Preview/Remove previews from section
+ Clear out all previews in current section.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-r'
+'preview-clearout'
+Preview/Remove previews from region
+ Clear out all previews in the current region.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-b'
+'preview-clearout-buffer'
+Preview/Remove previews from buffer
+ Clear out all previews in current buffer. This makes the current
+ buffer lose all previews.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-d'
+'preview-clearout-document'
+Preview/Remove previews from document
+ Clear out all previews in current document. The document consists
+ of all buffers that have the same master file as the current
+ buffer. This makes the current document lose all previews.
+
+'C-c C-p C-f'
+'preview-cache-preamble'
+Preview/Turn preamble cache on
+ Dump a pregenerated format file. For the rest of the session, this
+ file is used when running on the same master file. Use this if you
+ know your LaTeX takes a long time to start up, the speedup will be
+ most noticeable when generating single or few previews. If you
+ change your preamble, do this again. preview-latex will try to
+ detect the necessity of that automatically when editing changes to
+ the preamble are done from within Emacs, but it will not notice if
+ the preamble effectively changes because some included file or
+ style file is tampered with.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-f'
+'preview-cache-preamble-off'
+Preview/Turn preamble cache off
+ Clear the pregenerated format file and stop using preambles for the
+ current document. If the caching gives you problems, use this.
+
+'C-c C-p C-i'
+'preview-goto-info-page'
+Preview/Read Documentation
+ Read this info manual.
+
+'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>'
+'preview-report-bug'
+Preview/Report Bug
+ This is the preferred way of reporting bugs as it will fill in what
+ version of preview-latex you are using as well as versions of
+ relevant other software, and also some of the more important
+ settings. Please use this method of reporting, if at all possible
+ and before reporting a bug, have a look at *note Known problems::.
+
+'C-c C-k'
+LaTeX/TeX Output/Kill Job
+ Kills the preview-generating process. This is really an AUCTeX
+ keybinding, but it is included here as a hint. If you are
+ generating a preview and then make a change to the buffer,
+ preview-latex may be confused and place the previews wrong.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Simple customization, Next: Known problems,
Prev: Keys and lisp, Up: Top
+
+4 Simple customization
+**********************
+
+Customization options can be found by typing 'M-x customize-group <RET>
+preview <RET>'. Remember to set the option when you have changed it.
+The list of suggestions can be made very long (and is covered in detail
+in *note For advanced users::), but some are:
+
+ * Change the color of the preview background
+
+ If you use a non-white background in Emacs, you might have color
+ artifacts at the edges of your previews. Playing around with the
+ option 'preview-transparent-color' in the 'Preview Appearance'
+ group might improve things. With some settings, the cursor may
+ cover the whole background of a preview, however.
+
+ This option is specific to the display engine in use. Its default
+ is different in Emacs 21 and Emacs 22, and it is not available in
+ XEmacs.
+
+ * Showing '\label's
+
+ When using preview-latex, the '\label's are hidden by the previews.
+ It is possible to make them visible in the output by using the
+ LaTeX package 'showkeys' alternatively 'showlabels'. However, the
+ boxes of these labels will be outside the region preview-latex
+ considers as the preview image. To enable a similar mechanism
+ internal to preview-latex, enable the 'showlabels' option in the
+ variable 'preview-default-option-list' in the 'Preview Latex'
+ group.
+
+ It must be noted, however, that a much better idea may be to use
+ the RefTeX package for managing references. *Note RefTeX in a
+ Nutshell: (reftex)RefTeX in a Nutshell.
+
+ * Open previews automatically
+
+ The current default is to open previews automatically when you
+ enter them with cursor left/right motions. Auto-opened previews
+ will close again once the cursor leaves them again (this is also
+ done when doing incremental search, or query-replace operations),
+ unless you changed anything in it. In that case, you will have to
+ regenerate the preview (via e.g., 'C-c C-p C-p'). Other options
+ for 'preview-auto-reveal' are available via 'customize'.
+
+ * Automatically cache preambles
+
+ Currently preview-latex asks you whether you want to cache the
+ document preamble (everything before '\begin{document}') before it
+ generates previews for a buffer the first time. Caching the
+ preamble will significantly speed up regeneration of previews. The
+ larger your preamble is, the more this will be apparent. Once a
+ preamble is cached, preview-latex will try to keep track of when it
+ is changed, and dump a fresh format in that case. If you
+ experience problems with this, or if you want it to happen without
+ asking you the first time, you can customize the variable
+ 'preview-auto-cache-preamble'.
+
+ * Attempt to keep counters accurate when editing
+
+ Since preview-latex frequently runs only small regions through
+ LaTeX, values like equation counters are not consistent from run to
+ run. If this bothers you, customize the variable
+ 'preview-preserve-counters' to 't' (this is consulted by
+ 'preview-required-option-list'). LaTeX will then output a load of
+ counter information during compilation, and this information will
+ be used on subsequent updates to keep counters set to useful
+ values. The additional information takes additional time to
+ analyze, but this is relevant mostly only when you are regenerating
+ all previews at once, and maybe you will be less tempted to do so
+ when counters appear more or less correct.
+
+ * Preview your favourite LaTeX constructs
+
+ If you have a certain macro or environment that you want to
+ preview, first check if it can be chosen by cutomizing
+ 'preview-default-options-list' in the 'Preview Latex' group.
+
+ If it is not available there, you can add it to
+ 'preview-default-preamble' also in the 'Preview Latex' group, by
+ adding a '\PreviewMacro' or '\PreviewEnvironment' entry (*note
+ Provided commands::) _after_ the '\RequirePackage' line. For
+ example, if you want to preview the 'center' environment, press the
+ <Show> button and the last <INS> button, then add
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{center}
+ in the space that just opened. Note that since 'center' is a
+ generic formatting construct of LaTeX, a general configuration like
+ that is not quite prudent. You better to do this on a per-document
+ base so that it is easy to disable this behavior when you find this
+ particular entry gives you trouble.
+
+ One possibility is to save such settings in the corresponding
+ file-local variable instead of your global configuration (*note
+ Local Variables in Files: (emacs)File Variables.). A perhaps more
+ convenient place for such options would be in a configuration file
+ in the same directory with your project (*note Package options::).
+
+ The usual file for preview-latex preconfiguration is
+ 'prauctex.cfg'. If you also want to keep the systemwide defaults,
+ you should add a line
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{preview/prauctex.cfg}{}{}
+ to your own version of 'prauctex.cfg' (this is assuming that global
+ files relating to the 'preview' package are installed in a
+ subdirectory 'preview', the default behavior).
+
+ * Don't preview inline math
+
+ If you have performance problems because your document is full of
+ inline math ('$...$'), or if your usage of '$' conflicts with
+ preview-latex's, you can turn off inline math previews. In the
+ 'Preview Latex' group, remove 'textmath' from
+ 'preview-default-option-list' by customizing this variable.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Known problems, Next: For advanced users,
Prev: Simple customization, Up: Top
+
+5 Known problems
+****************
+
+A number of issues are known concerning the interoperation with various
+other software. Some of the known problems can be solved by moving to
+newer versions of the problematic software or by simple patches.
+
+* Menu:
+
- * Problems with Ghostscript::
+* Font problems with Dvips::
- * Emacs problems::
+* Too small bounding boxes::
+* x-symbol interoperation::
+* Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling::
+
+ If you find something not mentioned here, please send a bug report
+using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', which will fill in a lot of
+information interesting to us and send it to the <address@hidden>
+list. Please use the bug reporting commands if at all possible.
+
+
- File: preview-latex.info, Node: Problems with Ghostscript, Next: Font
problems with Dvips, Up: Known problems
-
- 5.1 Problems with Ghostscript
- =============================
-
- Most of the problems encountered come from interaction with Ghostscript.
- It is a good idea to have a fairly recent version of Ghostscript
- installed. One problem occurs if you have specified the wrong
- executable under Windows: the command line version of Ghostscript is
- called 'GSWIN32C.EXE', not 'GSWIN32.EXE'.
-
- When Ghostscript fails, the necessary information and messages from
- Ghostscript go somewhere. If Ghostscript fails before starting to
- process images, you'll find the information at the end of the process
- buffer you can see with 'C-c C-l'. If Ghostscript fails while
- processing a particular image, this image will be tagged with clickable
- buttons for the error description and for the corresponding source file.
-
- The default options configurable with
-
- 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-gs-options <RET>'
- include the options '-dTextAlphaBits=4' and '-dGraphicsAlphaBits=4'.
- These options have been reported to make Ghostscript 5.50 fail, but
- should work under Ghostscript 6.51 and later. If you are experiencing
- problems, it might help to customize them away. Of course, this also
- takes away the joy of antialiasing, so upgrading Ghostscript might not
- be the worst idea after all.
-
- The device names have changed over time, so when using an old
- Ghostscript, you may have problems with the devices demanded by the
- customizable variable 'preview-image-creators'. In that case, make sure
- they fit your version of Ghostscript, at least the entry corresponding
- to the current value of 'preview-image-type'. While not being best in
- file size and image quality, setting 'preview-image-creators' to 'jpeg'
- should probably be one of the best bets for the purpose of checking
- basic operation, since that device name has not changed in quite some
- time. But JPEG is not intended for text, but for photographic images.
- On a more permanent time scale, the best choice is to use PNG and
- complain to your suppliers if either Emacs or Ghostscript fail to
- properly accommodate this format.
++File: preview-latex.info, Node: Font problems with Dvips, Next: Too small
bounding boxes, Up: Known problems
+
-
- File: preview-latex.info, Node: Font problems with Dvips, Next: Emacs
problems, Prev: Problems with Ghostscript, Up: Known problems
-
- 5.2 Font problems with Dvips
++5.1 Font problems with Dvips
+============================
+
+Some fonts have been reported to produce wrong characters with
+preview-latex. preview-latex calls Dvips by default with the option
+'-Pwww' in order to get scalable fonts for nice results. If you are
+using antialiasing, however, the results might be sufficiently nice with
+bitmapped fonts, anyway. You might try '-Ppdf' for another stab at
+scalable fonts, or other printer definitions. Use
+
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-fast-dvips-command <RET>'
+and
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-dvips-command <RET>'
+in order to customize this.
+
+ One particular problem is that several printer setup files (typically
+in a file called '/usr/share/texmf/dvips/config/config.pdf' if you are
+using the '-Ppdf' switch) contain the 'G' option for 'character
+shifting'. This option will result in 'fi' being rendered as '#'
+(British Pounds sign) in several fonts, unless your version of Dvips has
+a long-standing bug in its implementation fixed (only very recent
+versions of Dvips have).
+
+
- File: preview-latex.info, Node: Emacs problems, Next: Too small bounding
boxes, Prev: Font problems with Dvips, Up: Known problems
-
- 5.3 Emacs problems
- ==================
-
- * GNU Emacs versions
-
- Don't use Emacsen older than 21.3 on X11-based systems. On most
- other systems, you'll need at least Emacs 22.1 or one of the
- developer versions leading up to it. Details can be found in *note
- (auctex)Prerequisites::.
-
- * Emacsen on Windows operating systems
-
- For Emacs 21, no image support is available in Emacs under Windows.
- Without images, preview-latex is useless. The current CVS version
- of Emacs available from <http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs>
- now supports images including the PNG format, so Emacs 22 should
- work out of the box once it is released. Precompiled versions are
- available from <http://crasseux.com/emacs> and
- <http://nqmacs.sf.net>.
-
- For detailed installation instructions for Windows, see *note
- (auctex)Installation under MS Windows::.
-
- * XEmacs
-
- There is are two larger problems known with older XEmacs releases.
- One leads to seriously mispositioned baselines and previews hanging
- far above other text on the same line. This should be fixed as of
- XEmacs-21.4.9.
-
- The other core bug causes a huge delay when XEmacs's idea of the
- state of processes (like ghostscript) is wrong, and can lead to
- nasty spurious error messages. It should be fixed in version
- 21.4.8.
-
- Previews will only remain from one session to the next if you have
- version 1.81 or above of the 'edit-utils' package, first released
- in the 2002-03-12 sumo tarball.
-
-
- File: preview-latex.info, Node: Too small bounding boxes, Next: x-symbol
interoperation, Prev: Emacs problems, Up: Known problems
++File: preview-latex.info, Node: Too small bounding boxes, Next: x-symbol
interoperation, Prev: Font problems with Dvips, Up: Known problems
+
- 5.4 Too small bounding boxes
++5.2 Too small bounding boxes
+============================
+
+The bounding box of a preview is determined by the LaTeX package using
+the pure TeX bounding boxes. If there is material extending outside of
+the TeX box, that material will be missing from the preview image. This
+happens for the label-showing boxes from the 'showkeys' package. This
+particular problem can be circumvented by using the 'showlabels' option
+of the preview package.
+
+ In general, you should try to fix the problem in the TeX code, like
+avoiding drawing outside of the picture with PSTricks.
+
+ One possible remedy is to set 'preview-fast-conversion' to 'Off'
+(*note The Emacs interface::). The conversion will take more time, but
+will then use the bounding boxes from EPS files generated by Dvips.
+
+ Dvips generally does not miss things, but it does not understand
+PostScript constructs like '\resizebox' or '\rotate' commands, so will
+generate rather wrong boxes for those. Dvips can be helped with the
+'psfixbb' package option to preview (*note The LaTeX style file::),
+which will tag the corners of the included TeX box. This will mostly be
+convenient for _pure_ PostScript stuff like that created by PSTricks,
+which Dvips would otherwise reserve no space for.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: x-symbol interoperation, Next:
Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling, Prev: Too small bounding boxes, Up:
Known problems
+
- 5.5 x-symbol interoperation
++5.3 x-symbol interoperation
+===========================
+
+Thanks to the work of Christoph Wedler, starting with version
+'4.0h/beta' of x-symbol, the line parsing of AUCTeX and preview-latex is
+fully supported. Earlier versions exhibit problems. However, versions
+before 4.2.2 will cause a drastic slowdown of preview-latex's parsing
+pass, so we don't recommend to use versions earlier than that.
+
+ If you wonder what x-symbol is, it is a package that transforms
+various tokens and subscripts to a more readable form while editing and
+offers a few input methods handy especially for dealing with math. Take
+a look at <http://x-symbol.sourceforge.net>.
+
+ x-symbol versions up to 4.5.1-beta at least require an 8bit-clean TeX
+implementation (meaning that its terminal output should not use
+'^^'-started escape sequences) for cooperation with preview-latex.
+Later versions may get along without it, like preview-latex does now.
+
+ If you experience problems with 'circ.tex' in connection with both
+x-symbol and Latin-1 characters, you may need to change your language
+environment or, as a last resort, customize the variable
+'LaTeX-command-style' by replacing the command 'latex' with 'latex
+-translate-file=cp8bit'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling,
Prev: x-symbol interoperation, Up: Known problems
+
- 5.6 Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling
++5.4 Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling
+===========================================
+
+This is probably the fault of your favorite package. 'flyspell.el' and
+'mouse-drag.el' are known to be affected in versions before Emacs 21.3.
+Upgrade to the most recent version. What version of XEmacs might
+contain the fixes is unknown.
+
+ 'isearch.el' also shows this effect while searches are in progress,
+but the code is such a complicated mess that no patch is in sight.
+Better just end the search with '<RET>' before toggling and resume with
+'C-s C-s' or similar afterwards. Since previews over the current match
+will auto-open, anyway, this should not be much of a problem in
+practice.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: For advanced users, Next: ToDo, Prev:
Known problems, Up: Top
+
+6 For advanced users
+********************
+
+This package consists of two parts: a LaTeX style that splits the output
+into appropriate parts with one preview object on each page, and an
+Emacs-lisp part integrating the thing into Emacs (aided by AUCTeX).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* The LaTeX style file::
+* The Emacs interface::
+* The preview images::
+* Misplaced previews::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The LaTeX style file, Next: The Emacs
interface, Prev: For advanced users, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.1 The LaTeX style file
+========================
+
+The main purpose of this package is the extraction of certain
+environments (most notably displayed formulas) from LaTeX sources as
+graphics. This works with DVI files postprocessed by either Dvips and
+Ghostscript or dvipng, but it also works when you are using PDFTeX for
+generating PDF files (usually also postprocessed by Ghostscript).
+
+ Current uses of the package include the preview-latex package for
+WYSIWYG functionality in the AUCTeX editing environment, generation of
+previews in LyX, as part of the operation of the ps4pdf package, the
+tbook XML system and some other tools.
+
+ Producing EPS files with Dvips and its derivatives using the '-E'
+option is not a good alternative: People make do by fiddling around with
+'\thispagestyle{empty}' and hoping for the best (namely, that the
+specified contents will indeed fit on single pages), and then trying to
+guess the baseline of the resulting code and stuff, but this is at best
+dissatisfactory. The preview package provides an easy way to ensure
+that exactly one page per request gets shipped, with a well-defined
+baseline and no page decorations. While you still can use the preview
+package with the 'classic'
+
+ dvips -E -i
+
+invocation, there are better ways available that don't rely on Dvips not
+getting confused by PostScript specials.
+
+ For most applications, you'll want to make use of the 'tightpage'
+option. This will embed the page dimensions into the PostScript or PDF
+code, obliterating the need to use the '-E -i' options to Dvips. You
+can then produce all image files with a single run of Ghostscript from a
+single PDF or PostScript (as opposed to EPS) file.
+
+ Various options exist that will pass TeX dimensions and other
+information about the respective shipped out material (including
+descender size) into the log file, where external applications might
+make use of it.
+
+ The possibility for generating a whole set of graphics with a single
+run of Ghostscript (whether from LaTeX or PDFLaTeX) increases both speed
+and robustness of applications. It is also feasible to use dvipng on a
+DVI file with the options
+
+ -picky -noghostscript
+
+to omit generating any image file that requires Ghostscript, then let a
+script generate all missing files using Dvips/Ghostscript. This will
+usually speed up the process significantly.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Package options::
+* Provided commands::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Package options, Next: Provided commands,
Prev: The LaTeX style file, Up: The LaTeX style file
+
+6.1.1 Package options
+---------------------
+
+The package is included with the customary
+
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{preview}
+
+You should usually load this package as the last one, since it redefines
+several things that other packages may also provide.
+
+ The following options are available:
+
+'active'
+ is the most essential option. If this option is not specified, the
+ 'preview' package will be inactive and the document will be typeset
+ as if the 'preview' package were not loaded, except that all
+ declarations and environments defined by the package are still
+ legal but have no effect. This allows defining previewing
+ characteristics in your document, and only activating them by
+ calling LaTeX as
+
+ latex '\PassOptionsToPackage{active}{preview} \input{FILENAME}'
+
+'noconfig'
+ Usually the file 'prdefault.cfg' gets loaded whenever the 'preview'
+ package gets activated. 'prdefault.cfg' is supposed to contain
+ definitions that can cater for otherwise bad results, for example,
+ if a certain document class would otherwise lead to trouble. It
+ also can be used to override any settings made in this package,
+ since it is loaded at the very end of it. In addition, there may
+ be configuration files specific for certain 'preview' options like
+ 'auctex' which have more immediate needs. The 'noconfig' option
+ suppresses loading of those option files, too.
+'psfixbb'
+ Dvips determines the bounding boxes from the material in the DVI
+ file it understands. Lots of PostScript specials are not part of
+ that. Since the TeX boxes do not make it into the DVI file, but
+ merely characters, rules and specials do, Dvips might include far
+ too small areas. The option 'psfixbb' will include '/dev/null' as
+ a graphic file in the ultimate upper left and lower right corner of
+ the previewed box. This will make Dvips generate an appropriate
+ bounding box.
+'dvips'
+ If this option is specified as a class option or to other packages,
+ several packages pass things like page size information to Dvips,
+ or cause crop marks or draft messages written on pages. This
+ seriously hampers the usability of previews. If this option is
+ specified, the changes will be undone if possible.
+'pdftex'
+ If this option is set, PDFTeX is assumed as the output driver.
+ This mainly affects the 'tightpage' option.
+'xetex'
+ If this option is set, XeTeX is assumed as the output driver. This
+ mainly affects the 'tightpage' option.
+'displaymath'
+ will make all displayed math environments subject to preview
+ processing. This will typically be the most desired option.
+'floats'
+ will make all float objects subject to preview processing. If you
+ want to be more selective about what floats to pass through to a
+ preview, you should instead use the '\PreviewSnarfEnvironment'
+ command on the floats you want to have previewed.
+'textmath'
+ will make all text math subject to previews. Since math mode is
+ used throughly inside of LaTeX even for other purposes, this works
+ by redefining '\(', '\)' and '$' and the 'math' environment
+ (apparently some people use that). Only occurences of these text
+ math delimiters in later loaded packages and in the main document
+ will thus be affected.
+'graphics'
+ will subject all '\includegraphics' commands to a preview.
+'sections'
+ will subject all section headers to a preview.
+'delayed'
+ will delay all activations and redefinitions the 'preview' package
+ makes until '\''begin{document}'. The purpose of this is to cater
+ for documents which should be subjected to the 'preview' package
+ without having been prepared for it. You can process such
+ documents with
+
+ latex '\RequirePackage[active,delayed,OPTIONS]{preview}
+ \input{FILENAME}'
+
+ This relaxes the requirement to be loading the 'preview' package as
+ last package.
+DRIVER
+ loads a special driver file 'prDRIVER.def'. The remaining options
+ are implemented through the use of driver files.
+'auctex'
+ This driver will produce fake error messages at the start and end
+ of every preview environment that enable the Emacs package
+ preview-latex in connection with AUCTeX to pinpoint the exact
+ source location where the previews have originated. Unfortunately,
+ there is no other reliable means of passing the current TeX input
+ position _in_ a line to external programs. In order to make the
+ parsing more robust, this option also switches off quite a few
+ diagnostics that could be misinterpreted.
+
+ You should not specify this option manually, since it will only be
+ needed by automated runs that want to parse the pseudo error
+ messages. Those runs will then use '\PassOptionsToPackage' in
+ order to effect the desired behaviour. In addition, 'prauctex.cfg'
+ will get loaded unless inhibited by the 'noconfig' option. This
+ caters for the most frequently encountered problematic commands.
+'showlabels'
+ During the editing process, some people like to see the label names
+ in their equations, figures and the like. Now if you are using
+ Emacs for editing, and in particular preview-latex, I'd strongly
+ recommend that you check out the RefTeX package which pretty much
+ obliterates the need for this kind of functionality. If you still
+ want it, standard LaTeX provides it with the 'showkeys' package,
+ and there is also the less encompassing 'showlabels' package.
+ Unfortunately, since those go to some pain not to change the page
+ layout and spacing, they also don't change 'preview''s idea of the
+ TeX dimensions of the involved boxes. So if you are using
+ 'preview' for determing bounding boxes, those packages are mostly
+ useless. The option 'showlabels' offers a substitute for them.
+'tightpage'
+ It is not uncommon to want to use the results of 'preview' as
+ graphic images for some other application. One possibility is to
+ generate a flurry of EPS files with
+
+ dvips -E -i -Pwww -o OUTPUTFILE.000 INPUTFILE
+
+ However, in case those are to be processed further into graphic
+ image files by Ghostscript, this process is inefficient since all
+ of those files need to be processed one by one. In addition, it is
+ necessary to extract the bounding box comments from the EPS files
+ and convert them into page dimension parameters for Ghostscript in
+ order to avoid full-page graphics. This is not even possible if
+ you wanted to use Ghostscript in a _single_ run for generating the
+ files from a single PostScript file, since Dvips will in that case
+ leave no bounding box information anywhere.
+
+ The solution is to use the 'tightpage' option. That way a single
+ command line like
+
+ gs -sDEVICE=png16m -dTextAlphaBits=4 -r300
+ -dGraphicsAlphaBits=4 -dSAFER -q -dNOPAUSE
+ -sOutputFile=OUTPUTFILE%d.png INPUTFILE.ps
+
+ will be able to produce tight graphics from a single PostScript
+ file generated with Dvips _without_ use of the options '-E -i', in
+ a single run.
+
+ The 'tightpage' option actually also works when using the 'pdftex'
+ option and generating PDF files with PDFTeX. The resulting PDF
+ file has separate page dimensions for every page and can directly
+ be converted with one run of Ghostscript into image files.
+
+ If neither 'dvips' or 'pdftex' have been specified, the
+ corresponding option will get autodetected and invoked.
+
+ If you need this in a batch environment where you don't want to use
+ 'preview''s automatic extraction facilities, no problem: just don't
+ use any of the extraction options, and wrap everything to be
+ previewed into 'preview' environments. This is how LyX does its
+ math previews.
+
+ If the pages under the 'tightpage' option are just too tight, you
+ can adjust by setting the length '\PreviewBorder' to a different
+ value by using '\setlength'. The default value is '0.50001bp',
+ which is half of a usual PostScript point, rounded up. If you go
+ below this value, the resulting page size may drop below '1bp', and
+ Ghostscript does not seem to like that. If you need finer control,
+ you can adjust the bounding box dimensions individually by changing
+ the macro '\PreviewBbAdjust' with the help of '\renewcommand'. Its
+ default value is
+
+ \newcommand \PreviewBbAdjust
+ {-\PreviewBorder -\PreviewBorder
+ \PreviewBorder \PreviewBorder}
+
+ This adjusts the left, lower, right and upper borders by the given
+ amount. The macro must contain 4 TeX dimensions after another, and
+ you may not omit the units if you specify them explicitly instead
+ of by register. PostScript points have the unit 'bp'.
+'lyx'
+ This option is for the sake of LyX developers. It will output a
+ few diagnostics relevant for the sake of LyX' preview functionality
+ (at the time of writing, mostly implemented for math insets, in
+ versions of LyX starting with 1.3.0).
+'counters'
+ This writes out diagnostics at the start and the end of previews.
+ Only the counters changed since the last output get written, and if
+ no counters changed, nothing gets written at all. The list
+ consists of counter name and value, both enclosed in '{}' braces,
+ followed by a space. The last such pair is followed by a colon
+ (':') if it is at the start of the preview snippet, and by a period
+ ('.') if it is at the end. The order of different diagnostics like
+ this being issued depends on the order of the specification of the
+ options when calling the package.
+
+ Systems like preview-latex use this for keeping counters accurate
+ when single previews are regenerated.
+'footnotes'
+ This makes footnotes render as previews, and only as their footnote
+ symbol. A convenient editing feature inside of Emacs.
+
+ The following options are just for debugging purposes of the package
+and similar to the corresponding TeX commands they allude to:
+
+'tracingall'
+ causes lots of diagnostic output to appear in the log file during
+ the preview collecting phases of TeX's operation. In contrast to
+ the similarly named TeX command, it will not switch to
+ '\errorstopmode', nor will it change the setting of
+ '\tracingonline'.
+'showbox'
+ This option will show the contents of the boxes shipped out to the
+ DVI files. It also sets '\showboxbreadth' and '\showboxdepth' to
+ their maximum values at the end of loading this package, but you
+ may reset them if you don't like that.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Provided commands, Prev: Package options,
Up: The LaTeX style file
+
+6.1.2 Provided commands
+-----------------------
+
+'\begin{preview}...\end{preview}'
+ The 'preview' environment causes its contents to be set as a single
+ preview image. Insertions like figures and footnotes (except those
+ included in minipages) will typically lead to error messages or be
+ lost. In case the 'preview' package has not been activated, the
+ contents of this environment will be typeset normally.
+
+'\begin{nopreview}...\end{nopreview}'
+ The 'nopreview' environment will cause its contents not to undergo
+ any special treatment by the 'preview' package. When 'preview' is
+ active, the contents will be discarded like all main text that does
+ not trigger the 'preview' hooks. When 'preview' is not active, the
+ contents will be typeset just like the main text.
+
+ Note that both of these environments typeset things as usual when
+ preview is not active. If you need something typeset
+ conditionally, use the '\ifPreview' conditional for it.
+
+'\PreviewMacro'
+ If you want to make a macro like '\includegraphics' (actually, this
+ is what is done by the 'graphics' option to 'preview') produce a
+ preview image, you put a declaration like
+
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\includegraphics}
+
+ or, more readable,
+
+ \PreviewMacro[{*[][]{}}]{\includegraphics}
+
+ into your preamble. The optional argument to '\PreviewMacro'
+ specifies the arguments '\includegraphics' accepts, since this is
+ necessary information for properly ending the preview box. Note
+ that if you are using the more readable form, you have to enclose
+ the argument in a '[{' and '}]' pair. The inner braces are
+ necessary to stop any included '[]' pairs from prematurely ending
+ the optional argument, and to make a single '{}' denoting an
+ optional argument not get stripped away by TeX's argument parsing.
+
+ The letters simply mean
+
+ '*'
+ indicates an optional '*' modifier, as in '\includegraphics*'.
+ '['
+ ^^A] indicates an optional argument in brackets. This syntax
+ is somewhat baroque, but brief.
+ '[]'
+ also indicates an optional argument in brackets. Be sure to
+ have encluded the entire optional argument specification in an
+ additional pair of braces as described above.
+ '!'
+ indicates a mandatory argument.
+ '{}'
+ indicates the same. Again, be sure to have that additional
+ level of braces around the whole argument specification.
+ '?'DELIMITER{TRUE CASE}{FALSE CASE}
+ is a conditional. The next character is checked against being
+ equal to DELIMITER. If it is, the specification TRUE CASE is
+ used for the further parsing, otherwise FALSE CASE will be
+ employed. In neither case is something consumed from the
+ input, so {TRUE CASE} will still have to deal with the
+ upcoming delimiter.
+ '@'{LITERAL SEQUENCE}
+ will insert the given sequence literally into the executed
+ call of the command.
+ '-'
+ will just drop the next token. It will probably be most often
+ used in the true branch of a '?' specification.
+ '#'{ARGUMENT}{REPLACEMENT}
+ is a transformation rule that calls a macro with the given
+ argument and replacement text on the rest of the argument
+ list. The replacement is used in the executed call of the
+ command. This can be used for parsing arbitrary constructs.
+ For example, the '[]' option could manually be implemented
+ with the option string '?[{#{[#1]}{[{#1}]}}{}'. PStricks
+ users might enjoy this sort of flexibility.
+ ':'{ARGUMENT}{REPLACEMENT}
+ is again a transformation rule. As opposed to '#', however,
+ the result of the transformation is parsed again. You'll
+ rarely need this.
+
+ There is a second optional argument in brackets that can be used to
+ declare any default action to be taken instead. This is mostly for
+ the sake of macros that influence numbering: you would want to keep
+ their effects in that respect. The default action should use '#1'
+ for referring to the original (not the patched) command with the
+ parsed options appended. Not specifying a second optional argument
+ here is equivalent to specifying '[#1]'.
+
+'\PreviewMacro*'
+ A similar invocation '\PreviewMacro*' simply throws the macro and
+ all of its arguments declared in the manner above away. This is
+ mostly useful for having things like '\footnote' not do their magic
+ on their arguments. More often than not, you don't want to declare
+ any arguments to scan to '\PreviewMacro*' since you would want the
+ remaining arguments to be treated as usual text and typeset in that
+ manner instead of being thrown away. An exception might be, say,
+ sort keys for '\cite'.
+
+ A second optional argument in brackets can be used to declare any
+ default action to be taken instead. This is for the sake of macros
+ that influence numbering: you would want to keep their effects in
+ that respect. The default action might use '#1' for referring to
+ the original (not the patched) command with the parsed options
+ appended. Not specifying a second optional argument here is
+ equivalent to specifying '[]' since the command usually gets thrown
+ away.
+
+ As an example for using this argument, you might want to specify
+
+ \PreviewMacro*\footnote[{[]}][#1{}]
+
+ This will replace a footnote by an empty footnote, but taking any
+ optional parameter into account, since an optional paramter changes
+ the numbering scheme. That way the real argument for the footnote
+ remains for processing by preview-latex.
+
+'\PreviewEnvironment'
+ The macro '\PreviewEnvironment' works just as '\PreviewMacro' does,
+ only for environments.
+'\PreviewEnvironment*'
+ And the same goes for '\PreviewEnvironment*' as compared to
+ '\PreviewMacro*'.
+
+'\PreviewSnarfEnvironment'
+ This macro does not typeset the original environment inside of a
+ preview box, but instead typesets just the contents of the original
+ environment inside of the preview box, leaving nothing for the
+ original environment. This has to be used for figures, for
+ example, since they would
+
+ 1. produce insertion material that cannot be extracted to the
+ preview properly,
+ 2. complain with an error message about not being in outer par
+ mode.
+
+'\PreviewOpen'
+'\PreviewClose'
+ Those Macros form a matched preview pair. This is for macros that
+ behave similar as '\begin' and '\end' of an environment. It is
+ essential for the operation of '\PreviewOpen' that the macro
+ treated with it will open an additional group even when the preview
+ falls inside of another preview or inside of a 'nopreview'
+ environment. Similarly, the macro treated with 'PreviewClose' will
+ close an environment even when inactive.
+
+'\ifPreview'
+ In case you need to know whether 'preview' is active, you can use
+ the conditional '\ifPreview' together with '\else' and '\fi'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The Emacs interface, Next: The preview
images, Prev: The LaTeX style file, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.2 The Emacs interface
+=======================
+
+You can use 'M-x customize-group <RET> preview-latex <RET>' in order to
+customize these variables, or use the menus for it. We explain the
+various available options together with explaining how they work
+together in making preview-latex work as intended.
+
+'preview-LaTeX-command'
+ When you generate previews on a buffer or a region, the command in
+ 'preview-LaTeX-command' gets run (that variable should only be
+ changed with Customize since its structure is somewhat peculiar,
+ though expressive). As usual with AUCTeX, you can continue working
+ while this is going on. It is not a good idea to change the file
+ until after preview-latex has established where to place the
+ previews which it can only do after the LaTeX run completes. This
+ run produces a host of pseudo-error messages that get parsed by
+ preview-latex at the end of the LaTeX run and give it the necessary
+ information about where in the source file the LaTeX code for the
+ various previews is located exactly. The parsing takes a moment
+ and will render Emacs busy.
+
+'preview-LaTeX-command-replacements'
+ This variable specifies transformations to be used before calling
+ the configured command. One possibility is to have '\pdfoutput=0 '
+ appended to every command starting with 'pdf'. This particular
+ setting is available as the shortcut
+ 'preview-LaTeX-disable-pdfoutput'. Since preview-latex can work
+ with PDF files by now, there is little incentive for using this
+ option, anymore (for projects not requiring PDF output, the added
+ speed of 'dvipng' might make this somewhat attractive).
+
+'preview-required-option-list'
+ 'preview-LaTeX-command' uses 'preview-required-option-list' in
+ order to pass options such as 'auctex', 'active' and 'dvips' to the
+ 'preview' package. This means that the user need (and should) not
+ supply these in the document itself in case he wants to be able to
+ still compile his document without it turning into an incoherent
+ mass of little pictures. These options even get passed in when the
+ user loads 'preview' explicitly in his document.
+
+ The default includes an option 'counters' that is controlled by the
+ boolean variable
+
+'preview-preserve-counters'
+ This option will cause the 'preview' package to emit information
+ that will assist in keeping things like equation counters and
+ section numbers reasonably correct even when you are regenerating
+ only single previews.
+
+'preview-default-option-list'
+'preview-default-preamble'
+ If the document does not call in the package 'preview' itself (via
+ '\usepackage') in the preamble, the preview package is loaded using
+ default options from 'preview-default-option-list' and additional
+ commands specified in 'preview-default-preamble'.
+
+'preview-fast-conversion'
+ This is relevant only for DVI mode. It defaults to 'On' and
+ results in the whole document being processed as one large
+ PostScript file from which the single images are extracted with the
+ help of parsing the PostScript for use of so-called DSC comments.
+ The bounding boxes are extracted with the help of TeX instead of
+ getting them from Dvips. If you are experiencing bounding box
+ problems, try setting this option to 'Off'.
+
+'preview-prefer-TeX-bb'
+ If this option is 'On', it tells preview-latex never to try to
+ extract bounding boxes from the bounding box comments of EPS files,
+ but rather rely on the boxes it gets from TeX. If you activated
+ 'preview-fast-conversion', this is done, anyhow, since there are no
+ EPS files from which to read this information. The option defaults
+ to 'Off', simply because about the only conceivable reason to
+ switch off 'preview-fast-conversion' would be that you have some
+ bounding box problem and want to get Dvips' angle on that matter.
+
+'preview-scale-function'
+'preview-reference-face'
+'preview-document-pt-list'
+'preview-default-document-pt'
+ 'preview-scale-function' determines by what factor images should be
+ scaled when appearing on the screen. If you specify a numerical
+ value here, the physical size on the screen will be that of the
+ original paper output scaled by the specified factor, at least if
+ Emacs' information about screen size and resolution are correct.
+ The default is to let 'preview-scale-from-face' determine the scale
+ function. This function determines the scale factor by making the
+ size of the default font in the document match that of the
+ on-screen fonts.
+
+ The size of the screen fonts is deduced from the font
+ 'preview-reference-face' (usually the default face used for
+ display), the size of the default font for the document is
+ determined by calling 'preview-document-pt'. This function
+ consults the members of 'preview-document-pt-list' in turn until it
+ gets the desired information. The default consults first
+ 'preview-parsed-font-size', then calls 'preview-auctex-font-size'
+ which asks AUCTeX about any size specification like '12pt' to the
+ documentclass that it might have detected when parsing the
+ document, and finally reverts to just assuming
+ 'preview-default-document-pt' as the size used in the document
+ (defaulting to 10pt).
+
+ If you find that the size of previews and the other Emacs display
+ clashes, something goes wrong. 'preview-parsed-font-size' is
+ determined at '\begin{document}' time; if the default font size
+ changes after that, it will not get reported. If you have an
+ outdated version of 'preview.sty' in your path, the size might not
+ be reported at all. If in this case AUCTeX is unable to find a
+ size specification, and if you are using a document class with a
+ different default value (like KomaScript), the default fallback
+ assumption will probably be wrong and preview-latex will scale up
+ things too large. So better specify those size options even when
+ you know that LaTeX does not need them: preview-latex might benefit
+ from them. Another possibility for error is that you have not
+ enabled AUCTeX's document parsing options. The fallback method of
+ asking AUCTeX about the size might be disabled in future versions
+ of preview-latex since in general it is more reliable to get this
+ information from the LaTeX run itself.
+
+'preview-fast-dvips-command'
+'preview-dvips-command'
+ The regular command for turning a DVI file into a single PostScript
+ file is 'preview-fast-dvips-command', while 'preview-dvips-command'
+ is used for cranking out a DVI file where every preview is in a
+ separate EPS file. Which of the two commands gets used depends on
+ the setting of 'preview-fast-conversion'. The printer specified
+ here by default is '-Pwww' by default, which will usually get you
+ scalable fonts where available. If you are experiencing problems,
+ you might want to try playing around with Dvips options (*note
+ (dvips)Command-line options::).
+
+ The conversion of the previews into PostScript or EPS files gets
+ started after the LaTeX run completes when Emacs recognizes the
+ first image while parsing the error messages. When Emacs has
+ finished parsing the error messages, it activates all detected
+ previews. This entails throwing away any previous previews
+ covering the same areas, and then replacing the text in its visual
+ appearance by a placeholder looking like a roadworks sign.
+
+'preview-nonready-icon-specs'
+ This is the roadworks sign displayed while previews are being
+ prepared. You may want to customize the font sizes at which
+ preview-latex switches over between different icon sizes, and the
+ ascent ratio which determines how high above the base line the icon
+ gets placed.
+
+'preview-error-icon-specs'
+'preview-icon-specs'
+ Those are icons placed before the source code of an opened preview
+ and, respectively, the image specs to be used for PostScript
+ errors, and a normal open preview in text representation.
+
+'preview-inner-environments'
+ This is a list of environments that are regarded as inner levels of
+ an outer environment when doing 'preview-environment'. One example
+ when this is needed is in
+ '\begin{equation}\begin{split}...\end{split}\end{equation}', and
+ accordingly 'split' is one entry in 'preview-inner-environments'.
+
+'preview-use-balloon-help'
+ If you turn this XEmacs-only option 'on', then moving the mouse
+ over previews and icons will show appropriate help texts. This
+ works by switching on 'balloon-help-mode' in the buffer if it is
+ not already enabled. The default now is 'off' since some users
+ reported problems with their version of XEmacs. GNU Emacs has its
+ corresponding 'tooltip-mode' enabled by default and in usable
+ condition.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The preview images, Next: Misplaced
previews, Prev: The Emacs interface, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.3 The preview images
+======================
+
+'preview-image-type'
+'preview-image-creators'
+'preview-gs-image-type-alist'
+ What happens when LaTeX is finished depends on the configuration of
+ 'preview-image-type'. What to do for each of the various settings
+ is specified in the variable 'preview-image-creators'. The options
+ to pass into Ghostscript and what Emacs image type to use is
+ specified in 'preview-gs-image-type-alist'.
+
+ 'preview-image-type' defaults to 'png'. For this to work, your
+ version of Ghostscript needs to support the 'png16m' device. If
+ you are experiencing problems here, you might want to reconfigure
+ 'gs-image-type-alist' or 'preview-image-type'. Reconfiguring
+ 'preview-image-creators' is only necessary for adding additional
+ image types.
+
+ Most devices make preview-latex start up a single Ghostscript
+ process for the entire preview run (as opposed to one per image)
+ and feed it either sections of a PDF file (if PDFLaTeX was used),
+ or (after running Dvips) sections of a single PostScript file or
+ separate EPS files in sequence for conversion into PNG format which
+ can be displayed much faster by Emacs. Actually, not in sequence
+ but backwards since you are most likely editing at the end of the
+ document. And as an added convenience, any preview that happens to
+ be on-screen is given higher priority so that preview-latex will
+ first cater for the images that are displayed. There are various
+ options customizable concerning aspects of that operation, see the
+ customization group 'Preview Gs' for this.
+
+ Another noteworthy setting of 'preview-image-type' is 'dvipng': in
+ this case, the 'dvipng' program will get run on DVI output (see
+ below for PDF). This is in general much faster than Dvips and
+ Ghostscript. In that case, the option
+
+'preview-dvipng-command'
+ will get run for doing the conversion, and it is expected that
+
+'preview-dvipng-image-type'
+ images get produced ('dvipng' might be configured for other image
+ types as well). You will notice that 'preview-gs-image-type-alist'
+ contains an entry for 'dvipng': this actually has nothing to with
+ 'dvipng' itself but specifies the image type and Ghostscript device
+ option to use when 'dvipng' can't be used. This will obviously be
+ the case for PDF output by PDFLaTeX, but it will also happen if the
+ DVI file contains PostScript specials in which case the affected
+ images will get run through Dvips and Ghostscript once 'dvipng'
+ finishes.
+
+'preview-gs-options'
+ Most interesting to the user perhaps is the setting of this
+ variable. It contains the default antialiasing settings
+ '-dTextAlphaBits=4' and '-dGraphicsAlphaBits=4'. Decreasing those
+ values to 2 or 1 might increase Ghostscript's performance if you
+ find it lacking.
+
+ Running and feeding Ghostscript from preview-latex happens
+asynchronously again: you can resume editing while the images arrive.
+While those pretty pictures filling in the blanks on screen tend to make
+one marvel instead of work, rendering the non-displayed images
+afterwards will not take away your attention and will eventually
+guarantee that jumping around in the document will encounter only
+prerendered images.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Misplaced previews, Prev: The preview
images, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.4 Misplaced previews
+======================
+
+If you are reading this section, the first thing is to check that your
+problem is not caused by x-symbol in connection with an installation not
+supporting 8-bit characters (*note x-symbol interoperation::). If not,
+here's the beef:
+
+ As explained previously, Emacs uses pseudo-error messages generated
+by the 'preview' package in order to pinpoint the exact source location
+where a preview originated. This works in running text, but fails when
+preview material happens to lie in macro arguments, like the contents of
+'\emph'. Those macros first read in their entire argument, munge it
+through, perhaps transform it somehow, process it and perhaps then
+typeset something. When they finally typeset something, where is the
+location where the stuff originated? TeX, having read in the entire
+argument before, does not know and actually there would be no sane way
+of defining it.
+
+ For previews contained inside such a macro argument, the default
+behaviour of preview-latex is to use a position immediately after the
+closing brace of the argument. All the previews get placed there, all
+at a zero-width position, which means that Emacs displays it in an order
+that preview-latex cannot influence (currently in Emacs it is even
+possible that the order changes between runs). And since the placement
+of those previews is goofed up, you will not be able to regenerate them
+by clicking on them. The default behaviour is thus somewhat
+undesirable.
+
+ The solution (like with other preview problems) is to tell the LaTeX
+'preview' package how to tackle this problem (*note The LaTeX style
+file::). Simply, you don't need '\emph' do anything at all during
+previews! You only want the text math previewed, so the solution is to
+use '\PreviewMacro*\emph' in the preamble of your document which will
+make LaTeX ignore '\emph' completely as long as it is not part of a
+larger preview (in which case it gets typeset as usual). Its argument
+thus becomes ordinary text and gets treated like ordinary text.
+
+ Note that it would be a bad idea to declare
+'\PreviewMacro*[{{}}]\emph' since then both '\emph' as well as its
+argument would be ignored instead of previewed. For user-level macros,
+this is almost never wanted, but there may be internal macros where you
+might want to ignore internal arguments.
+
+ The same mechanism can be used for a number of other text-formatting
+commands like '\textrm', '\textit' and the like. While they all use the
+same internal macro 'address@hidden', it will not do to redefine just
+that, since they call it only after having read their argument in, and
+then it already is too late. So you need to disable every of those
+commands by hand in your document preamble.
+
+ Actually, we wrote all of the above just to scare you. At least all
+of the above mentioned macros and a few more are already catered for by
+a configuration file 'prauctex.cfg' that gets loaded by default unless
+the 'preview' package gets loaded with the 'noconfig' option. You can
+make your own copy of this file in a local directory and edit it in case
+of need. You can also add loading of a file of your liking to
+'preview-default-preamble', or alternatively do the manual disabling of
+your favorite macro in 'preview-default-preamble', which is customizable
+in the Preview Latex group.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: ToDo, Next: Frequently Asked Questions,
Prev: For advanced users, Up: Top
+
+Appendix A ToDo
+***************
+
+ * Support other formats than just LaTeX
+
+ plain TeX users and ConTeXt users should not have to feel left out.
+ While ConTeXt is not supported yet by released versions of AUCTeX,
+ at least supporting plain would help people, and be a start for
+ ConTeXt as well. There are plain-based formats like MusiXTeX that
+ could benefit a lot from preview-latex. The main part of the
+ difficulties here is to adapt 'preview.dtx' to produce stuff not
+ requiring LaTeX.
+
+ * Support nested snippets
+
+ Currently you can't have both a footnote (which gets displayed as
+ just its footnote number) and math inside of a footnote rendered as
+ an image: such nesting might be achieved by rerunning preview-latex
+ on the footnote contents when one opens the footnote for editing.
+
+ * Support other text properties than just images
+
+ Macros like '\textit' can be rendered as images, but the resulting
+ humungous blob is not suitable for editing, in particular since the
+ line filling from LaTeX does not coincide with that of Emacs. It
+ would be much more useful if text properties just switched the
+ relevant font to italics rather than replacing the whole text with
+ an image. It would also make editing quite easier. Then there are
+ things like footnotes that are currently just replaced by their
+ footnote number. While editing is not a concern here (the number
+ is not in the original text, anyway), it would save a lot of
+ conversion time if no images were generated, but Emacs just
+ displayed a properly fontified version of the footnote number.
+ Also, this might make preview-latex useful even on text terminals.
+
+ * Find a way to facilitate Source Specials
+
+ Probably in connection with adding appropriate support to 'dvipng',
+ it would be nice if clicking on an image from a larger piece of
+ source code would place the cursor at the respective source code
+ location.
+
+ * Make 'preview.dtx' look reasonable in AUCTeX
+
+ It is a bit embarrassing that 'preview.dtx' is written in a manner
+ that will not give either good syntax highlighting or good
+ indentation when employing AUCTeX.
+
+ * Web page work
+
+ Currently, preview-latex's web page is not structured at all.
+ Better navigation would be desirable, as well as separate News and
+ Errata eye catchers.
+
+ * Manual improvements
+
+ - Pepper the manual with screen shots and graphics
+
+ This will be of interest for the HTML and TeX renditions of
+ the texinfo manual. Since Texinfo now supports images as
+ well, this could well be nice to have.
+
+ - Fix duplicates
+
+ Various stuff appears several times.
+
+ * Implement rendering pipelines for Emacs
+
+ The current 'gs.el' interface is fundamentally flawed, not only
+ because of a broken implementation. A general batchable and
+ daemonizable rendering infrastructure that can work on all kinds of
+ preview images for embedding into buffers is warranted. The
+ current implementation has a rather adhoc flavor and is not easily
+ extended. It will not work outside of AUCTeX, either.
+
+ * Integrate into RefTeX
+
+ When referencing to equations and the like, the preview-images of
+ the source rather than plain text should be displayed. If the
+ preview in question covers labels, those should appear in the
+ bubble help and/or a context menu. Apropos:
+
+ * Implement LaTeX error indicators
+
+ Previews on erroneous LaTeX passages might gain a red border or
+ similar.
+
+ * Pop up relevant online documentation for frequent errors
+
+ A lot of errors are of the "badly configured" variety. Perhaps the
+ relevant info pages should be delivered in addition to the error
+ message.
+
+ * Implement a table editing mode where every table cell gets output
+ as a separate preview. Alternatively, output the complete table
+ metrics in a way that lets people click on individual cells for
+ editing purposes.
+
+ * Benchmark and kill Emacs inefficiencies
+
+ Both the LaTeX run under Emacs control as well as actual image
+ insertion in Emacs could be faster. CVS Emacs has improved in that
+ respect, but it still is slower than desirable.
+
+ * Improve image support under Emacs
+
+ The general image and color handling in Emacs is inefficient and
+ partly defective. This is still the case in CVS. One option would
+ be to replace the whole color and image handling with GDK routines
+ when this library is available, since it has been optimized for it.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Frequently Asked Questions, Next: Copying
this Manual, Prev: ToDo, Up: Top
+
+Appendix B Frequently Asked Questions
+*************************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction to FAQ::
+* Requirements::
+* Installation Trouble::
+* Customization::
+* Troubleshooting::
+* Other formats::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Introduction to FAQ, Next: Requirements,
Prev: Frequently Asked Questions, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.1 Introduction
+================
+
+B.1.1 How can I contribute to the FAQ?
+--------------------------------------
+
+Send an email with the subject:
+ Preview FAQ
+ to <address@hidden>.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Installation Trouble,
Prev: Introduction to FAQ, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.2 Requirements
+================
+
+B.2.1 Which version of (X)Emacs is needed?
+------------------------------------------
+
+See also the table at the end of the section.
+
+ preview-latex nominally requires GNU Emacs with a version of at least
+21.1. However, Emacs 22 (currently under development) offers superior
+performance and wider platform support, and is even now the recommended
+platform to use.
+
+ While recent versions of XEmacs 21.4 are supported, doing this in a
+satisfactory manner has proven to be difficult due to technical
+shortcomings and differing API's which are hard to come by. If
+preview-latex is an important part of your editing workflow, you are
+likely to get better results and support by switching to Emacs. Of
+course, you can improve support for your favorite editor by giving
+feedback in case you encounter bugs.
+
+B.2.2 Which versions of Ghostscript and AUCTeX are needed?
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+We recommend to use GNU or AFPL Ghostscript with a version of at least
+7.07.
+
+ preview-latex has been distributed as part of AUCTeX since version
+11.80. If your version of AUCTeX is older than that, or if it does not
+contain a working copy of preview-latex, complain to wherever you got it
+from.
+
+B.2.3 I have trouble with the display format...
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+We recommend keeping the variable 'preview-image-type' set to 'dvipng'
+(if you have it installed) or 'png'. This is the default and can be set
+via the Preview/Customize menu.
+
+ All other formats are known to have inconveniences, either in file
+size or quality. There are some Emacs versions around not supporting
+PNG; the proper way to deal with that is to complain to your Emacs
+provider. Short of that, checking out PNM or JPEG formats might be a
+good way to find out whether the lack of PNG format support might be the
+only problem with your Emacs.
+
+B.2.4 For which OS does preview work?
+-------------------------------------
+
+It is known to work under the X Window System for Linux and for several
+flavors of Unix: we have reports for HP and Solaris.
+
+ There are several development versions of Emacs around for native
+MacOS Carbon, and preview-latex is working with them, too.
+
+ With Windows, Cygwin and native ports of XEmacs should work.
+preview-latex will not work with any native version 21 of Emacs under
+Windows: you need to get a hold of Emacs 22 which is at the time of this
+writing not released but available as a developer snapshot.
+
+ The entry "X11/Unix" currently means Linux, Solaris or HP/UX, as well
+as the X-specific version for Mac/OSX.
+
+OS Emacs version XEmacs version
+X11/Unix 21.1 21.4.9
+Win9x cygwin 21.3.50? 21.4.8
+Win9x native 22.1 21.4.8
+MacOSX 22.1 -
+native
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Installation Trouble, Next: Customization,
Prev: Requirements, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.3 Installation Trouble
+========================
+
+B.3.1 I just get 'LaTeX found no preview images'.
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+The reason for this is that LaTeX found no preview images in the
+document in question.
+
+ One reason might be that there are no previews to be seen. If you
+have not used preview-latex before, you might not know its manner of
+operation. One sure-fire way to test if you just have a document where
+no previews are to be found is to use the provided example document
+'circ.tex' (you will have to copy it to some directory where you have
+write permissions). If the symptom persists, you have a problem, and
+the problem is most likely a LaTeX problem. Here are possible reasons:
+
+Filename database not updated
+ Various TeX distributions have their own ways of knowing where the
+ files are without actually searching directories. The normal
+ preview-latex installation should detect common tools for that
+ purpose and use them. If this goes wrong, or if the files get
+ installed into a place where they are not looked for, the LaTeX run
+ will fail.
+
+An incomplete manual installation
+ This should not happen if you followed installation instructions.
+ Unfortunately, people know better all the time. If only
+ 'preview.sty' gets installed without a set of supplementary files
+ also in the 'latex' subdirectory, preview-latex runs will not
+ generate any errors, but they will not produce any previews,
+ either.
+
+An outdated 'preview' installation
+ The 'preview.sty' package is useful for more than just
+ preview-latex. For example, it is part of TeXlive. So you have to
+ make sure that preview-latex does not get to work with outdated
+ style and configuration files: some newer features will not work
+ with older TeX style files, and really old files will make
+ preview-latex fail completely. There usual is a local 'texmf'
+ tree, or even a user-specific tree that are searched before the
+ default tree. Make sure that the first version of those files that
+ gets found is the correct one.
+
+B.3.2 I have problems with the XEmacs installation
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Please note that the XEmacs installation is different, since XEmacs has
+a package system that gets used here. Please make sure that you read
+and follow the installation instructions for XEmacs.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Customization, Next: Troubleshooting,
Prev: Installation Trouble, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.4 Customization
+=================
+
+B.4.1 Why don't I get balloon help like in the screen shots?
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Some users have reported problems with their XEmacs version, so balloon
+help is no longer switched on by default. Use the Preview/Customize
+menu or '<M-x> customize-variable' in order to customize
+'preview-use-balloon-help' to 'On'. This only concerns XEmacs: tooltips
+under GNU Emacs are enabled by default and unproblematic.
+
+B.4.2 How to include additional environments like 'enumerate'
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+By default, preview-latex is intended mainly for displaying mathematical
+formulas, so environments like 'enumerate' or 'tabular' (except where
+contained in a float) are not included. You can include them however
+manually by adding the lines:
+
+ \usepackage[displaymath,textmath,sections,graphics,floats]{preview}
+ \PreviewEnvironment{enumerate}
+
+ in your document header, that is before
+
+ \begin{document}
+In general, 'preview' should be loaded as the last thing before the
+start of document.
+
+ Be aware that
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{...}
+
+ does not accept a comma separated list! Also note that by putting
+more and more
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{...}
+
+ in your document, it will look more and more like a DVI file preview
+when running preview-latex. Since each preview is treated as one large
+monolithic block by Emacs, one should really restrict previews to those
+elements where the improvement in visual representation more than makes
+up for the decreased editability.
+
+B.4.3 What if I don't want to change the document?
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+The easiest way is to generate a configuration file in the current
+directory. You can basically either create 'prdefault.cfg' which is
+used for any use of the 'preview' package, or you can use 'prauctex.cfg'
+which only applies to the use from with Emacs. Let us assume you use
+the latter. In that case you should write something like
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{preview/prauctex.cfg}{}{}
+ \PreviewEnvironment{enumerate}
+
+ in it. The first line inputs the system-wide default configuration
+(the file name should match that, but not your own 'prauctex.cfg'), then
+you add your own stuff.
+
+B.4.4 Suddenly I get gazillions of ridiculous pages?!?
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+When preview-latex works on extracting its stuff, it typesets each
+single preview on a page of its own. This only happens when actual
+previews get generated. Now if you want to configure preview-latex in
+your document, you need to add your own '\usepackage' call to 'preview'
+so that it will be able to interpret its various definition commands.
+It is an error to add the 'active' option to this invocation: you don't
+want the package to be active unless preview-latex itself enables the
+previewing operation (which it will).
+
+B.4.5 Does preview-latex work with presentation classes?
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+preview-latex should work with most presentation classes. However,
+since those classes often have macros or pseudo environments
+encompassing a complete slide, you will need to use the customization
+facilities of 'preview.sty' to tell it how to resolve this, whether you
+want no previews, previews of whole slides or previews of inner
+material.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Troubleshooting, Next: Other formats,
Prev: Customization, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.5 Troubleshooting
+===================
+
+B.5.1 Preview causes all sort of strange error messages
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+When running preview-latex and taking a look at either log file or
+terminal output, lots of messages like
+
+ ! Preview: Snippet 3 started.
+ <-><->
+
+ l.52 \item Sie lassen sich als Funktion $
+ y = f(x)$ darstellen.
+ ! Preview: Snippet 3 ended.(491520+163840x2494310).
+ <-><->
+
+ l.52 \item Sie lassen sich als Funktion $y = f(x)$
+ darstellen.
+
+ appear (previous versions generated messages looking even more like
+errors). Those are not real errors (as will be noted in the log file).
+Or rather, while they *are* really TeX error messages, they are
+intentional. This currently is the only reliable way to pass the
+information from the LaTeX run of preview-latex to its Emacs part about
+where the previews originated in the source text. Since they are actual
+errors, you will also get AUCTeX to state
+ Preview-LaTeX exited as expected with code 1 at Wed Sep 4 17:03:30
+ after the LaTeX run in the run buffer. This merely indicates that
+errors were present, and errors will always be present when
+preview-latex is operating. There might be also real errors, so in case
+of doubt, look for them explicitly in either run buffer or the resulting
+'.log' file.
+
+B.5.2 Why do my DVI and PDF output files vanish?
+------------------------------------------------
+
+In order to produce the preview images preview-latex runs LaTeX on the
+master or region file. The resulting DVI or PDF file can happen to have
+the same name as the output file of a regular LaTeX run. So the regular
+output file gets overwritten and is subsequently deleted by
+preview-latex.
+
+B.5.3 My output file suddenly only contains preview images?!
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+As mentioned in the previews FAQ entry, preview-latex might use the file
+name of the original output file for the creation of preview images. If
+the original output file is being displayed with a viewer when this
+happens, you might see strange effects depending on the viewer, e.g. a
+message about the file being corrupted or the display of all the preview
+images instead of your typeset document. (Also *Note Customization::.)
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Other formats, Prev: Troubleshooting, Up:
Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.6 preview-latex when not using LaTeX
+======================================
+
+B.6.1 Does preview-latex work with PDFLaTeX?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Yes, as long as you use AUCTeX's own PDFLaTeX mode and have not messed
+with 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+B.6.2 Does preview-latex work with 'elatex'?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+No problem here. If you configure your AUCTeX to use 'elatex', or
+simply have 'latex' point to 'elatex', this will work fine. Modern TeX
+distributions use eTeX for LaTeX, anyway.
+
+B.6.3 Does preview-latex work with ConTeXt?
+-------------------------------------------
+
+In short, no. The 'preview' package is LaTeX-dependent. Adding support
+for other formats requires volunteers.
+
+B.6.4 Does preview-latex work with plain TeX?
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Again, no. Restructuring the 'preview' package for 'plain' operation
+would be required. Volunteers welcome.
+
+ In some cases you might get around by making a wrapper pseudo-Master
+file looking like the following:
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{plain}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{plain}
+ \input myplainfile
+ \end{plain}
+ \end{document}
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Copying this Manual, Next: Index, Prev:
Frequently Asked Questions, Up: Top
+
+Appendix C Copying this Manual
+******************************
+
+The copyright notice for this manual is:
+
+ This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
- (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04).
++(version 11.88 from 2014-10-29).
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+
+ The full license text can be read here:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying
this Manual
+
+C.1 GNU Free Documentation License
+==================================
+
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ 0. PREAMBLE
+
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+ functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+ assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+ with or without modifying it, either commercially or
+ noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
+ author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
+ being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
+
+ This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+ works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+ It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+ license designed for free software.
+
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+ that the software does. But this License is not limited to
+ software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+ of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
+ recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+ instruction or reference.
+
+ 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+ This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+ that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+ be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
+ grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+ to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
+ "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
+ of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
+ the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+ requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+ A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+ Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+ of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+ publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+ subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+ fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
+ is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+ explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
+ historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+ of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+
+ The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
+ titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+ If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+ is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
+ contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
+ any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+ The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
+ listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+ that says that the Document is released under this License. A
+ Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
+ be at most 25 words.
+
+ A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+ represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+ general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+ straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+ of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+ available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+ formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+ suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
+ Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+ been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+ readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
+ used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
+ "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
+ SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+ simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+ Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
+ Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+ edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+ the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+ the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+ processors for output purposes only.
+
+ The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+ plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+ material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
+ works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
+ Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+ work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+ The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+ of the Document to the public.
+
+ A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
+ whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+ following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
+ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+ "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
+ To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
+ Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
+ to this definition.
+
+ The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+ which states that this License applies to the Document. These
+ Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+ this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+ implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+ has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+ 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+ You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+ add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
+ may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+ or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
+ you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
+ distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+ conditions in section 3.
+
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+ and you may publicly display copies.
+
+ 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+ If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+ have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+ the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+ enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+ these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
+ and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
+ front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+ equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
+ covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+ long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+
+ If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+ numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+ Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+ each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+ network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+ network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+ of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+ through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+ the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+ to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+ Document.
+
+ 4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+ You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+ under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+ release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+ distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+ possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
+ the Modified Version:
+
+ A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+ distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+ versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+ History section of the Document). You may use the same title
+ as a previous version if the original publisher of that
+ version gives permission.
+
+ B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+ entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
+ the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
+ principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
+ authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
+ from this requirement.
+
+ C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+ D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+ E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+ F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+ notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
+ Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
+ the Addendum below.
+
+ G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+ Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+ license notice.
+
+ H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+ I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
+ and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
+ authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
+ Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
+ Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
+ publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
+ an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
+ previous sentence.
+
+ J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+ for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+ likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+ previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+ "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
+ that was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+ to gives permission.
+
+ K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+ all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+ L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+ in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+ M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+ N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+ "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+ Section.
+
+ O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+ appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
+ material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
+ some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
+ titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
+ license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
+ section titles.
+
+ You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+ nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
+ and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
+ the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
+ of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+ through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
+ by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
+ behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
+ one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
+ the old one.
+
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
+ License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+ 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+ this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+ modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+ of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+ unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+ combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+ their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+ multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+ copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+ but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+ by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+ original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
+ unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+ the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+ combined work.
+
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+ "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
+ Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+ "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
+ must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+
+ 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+ documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+ copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+ that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+ in all other respects.
+
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+ a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+ License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+ document.
+
+ 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+ A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+ separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
+ storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
+ copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+ legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+ works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+ License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+ are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+ If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+ of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+ on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+ electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+ form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+ the whole aggregate.
+
+ 8. TRANSLATION
+
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
+ 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+ translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+ original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+ translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+ Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
+ include the original English version of this License and the
+ original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
+ disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+ this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+ prevail.
+
+ If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+ "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
+ Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+ actual title.
+
+ 9. TERMINATION
+
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+ except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+ otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+ and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+ license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+ provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+ finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+ copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+ reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+ violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+ received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+ that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+ after your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+ the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+ under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
+ permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+ same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+ 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+ the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+ versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+ differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+ <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.
+
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+ version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
+ have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+ that specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+ Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
+ choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
+ Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
+ decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+ proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+ authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+ 11. RELICENSING
+
+ "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+ World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+ provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+ public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
+ A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+ site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+ site.
+
+ "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+ license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+ corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+ California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+ published by that same organization.
+
+ "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+ in part, as part of another Document.
+
+ An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+ License, and if all works that were first published under this
+ License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+ incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+ texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+ to November 1, 2008.
+
+ The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+ site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+ 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
+notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
+Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being LIST.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
+software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
+their use in free software.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying this Manual, Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \PreviewEnvironment: Provided commands. (line 124)
+* \PreviewMacro: Provided commands. (line 25)
+* Activation: Activating preview-latex.
+ (line 6)
+* 'C-c C-k': Keys and lisp. (line 160)
+* 'C-c C-m P': Keys and lisp. (line 63)
+* 'C-c C-p C-b': Keys and lisp. (line 89)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-b': Keys and lisp. (line 115)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-d': Keys and lisp. (line 121)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-p': Keys and lisp. (line 99)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-r': Keys and lisp. (line 110)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-s': Keys and lisp. (line 105)
+* 'C-c C-p C-d': Keys and lisp. (line 94)
+* 'C-c C-p C-e': Keys and lisp. (line 74)
+* 'C-c C-p C-f': Keys and lisp. (line 128)
+* 'C-c C-p C-i': Keys and lisp. (line 147)
+* 'C-c C-p C-p': Keys and lisp. (line 23)
+* 'C-c C-p C-r': Keys and lisp. (line 84)
+* 'C-c C-p C-s': Keys and lisp. (line 79)
+* 'C-c C-p C-w': Keys and lisp. (line 45)
+* 'C-u C-c C-p C-f': Keys and lisp. (line 141)
+* Caching a preamble: Simple customization.
+ (line 59)
+* Contacts: Contacts. (line 6)
+* Copying: Copying. (line 6)
+* Copyright: Copying. (line 6)
- * CVS access: Availability. (line 6)
+* Distribution: Copying. (line 6)
+* Download: Availability. (line 6)
+* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
+ (line 6)
+* Free: Copying. (line 6)
+* Free software: Copying. (line 6)
+* General Public License: Copying. (line 6)
++* GIT access: Availability. (line 6)
+* GPL: Copying. (line 6)
+* Inline math: Simple customization.
+ (line 110)
+* Kill preview-generating process: Keys and lisp. (line 160)
+* License: Copying. (line 6)
+* 'M-m P': Keys and lisp. (line 63)
+* 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>': Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* Mailing list: Contacts. (line 6)
+* Menu entries: Keys and lisp. (line 6)
+* Philosophy of preview-latex: What use is it?. (line 6)
+* preview-at-point: Keys and lisp. (line 23)
+* preview-auctex-font-size: The Emacs interface. (line 99)
+* preview-auto-cache-preamble: Simple customization.
+ (line 59)
+* preview-buffer: Keys and lisp. (line 89)
+* preview-cache-preamble: Keys and lisp. (line 128)
+* preview-cache-preamble-off: Keys and lisp. (line 141)
+* preview-clearout: Keys and lisp. (line 110)
+* preview-clearout-at-point: Keys and lisp. (line 99)
+* preview-clearout-buffer: Keys and lisp. (line 115)
+* preview-clearout-document: Keys and lisp. (line 105)
+* preview-clearout-document <1>: Keys and lisp. (line 121)
+* preview-copy-region-as-mml: Keys and lisp. (line 45)
+* preview-default-document-pt: The Emacs interface. (line 82)
+* preview-default-option-list: The Emacs interface. (line 53)
+* preview-default-preamble: The Emacs interface. (line 54)
+* preview-default-preamble <1>: Misplaced previews. (line 60)
+* preview-default-preamble <2>: Misplaced previews. (line 61)
+* preview-document: Keys and lisp. (line 94)
+* preview-document-pt: The Emacs interface. (line 96)
+* preview-document-pt-list: The Emacs interface. (line 81)
+* preview-dvipng-command: The preview images. (line 40)
+* preview-dvipng-image-type: The preview images. (line 43)
+* preview-dvips-command: The Emacs interface. (line 124)
+* preview-environment: Keys and lisp. (line 74)
+* preview-error-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 150)
+* preview-fast-conversion: The Emacs interface. (line 60)
+* preview-fast-dvips-command: The Emacs interface. (line 123)
+* preview-goto-info-page: Keys and lisp. (line 147)
+* preview-gs-image-type-alist: The preview images. (line 8)
- * preview-gs-options: Problems with Ghostscript.
- (line 22)
- * preview-gs-options <1>: The preview images. (line 54)
++* preview-gs-options: The preview images. (line 54)
+* preview-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 151)
- * preview-image-creators: Problems with Ghostscript.
- (line 31)
- * preview-image-creators <1>: The preview images. (line 7)
++* preview-image-creators: The preview images. (line 7)
+* preview-image-type: Basic modes of operation.
+ (line 17)
- * preview-image-type <1>: Problems with Ghostscript.
- (line 33)
- * preview-image-type <2>: The preview images. (line 6)
++* preview-image-type <1>: The preview images. (line 6)
+* preview-inner-environments: The Emacs interface. (line 156)
+* preview-LaTeX-command: The Emacs interface. (line 11)
+* preview-LaTeX-command-replacements: The Emacs interface. (line 25)
+* preview-nonready-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 143)
+* preview-parsed-font-size: The Emacs interface. (line 99)
+* preview-prefer-TeX-bb: The Emacs interface. (line 69)
+* preview-preserve-counters: Simple customization.
+ (line 63)
+* preview-preserve-counters <1>: The Emacs interface. (line 47)
+* preview-reference-face: The Emacs interface. (line 80)
+* preview-region: Keys and lisp. (line 84)
+* preview-report-bug: Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* preview-required-option-list: Simple customization.
+ (line 63)
+* preview-required-option-list <1>: The Emacs interface. (line 35)
+* preview-scale-function: The Emacs interface. (line 79)
+* preview-section: Keys and lisp. (line 79)
+* preview-transparent-border: Keys and lisp. (line 55)
+* preview-use-balloon-help: The Emacs interface. (line 163)
+* Readme: Introduction. (line 6)
+* Report a bug: Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* Right: Copying. (line 6)
+* Showing '\label's: Simple customization.
+ (line 23)
+* Using dvipng: Basic modes of operation.
+ (line 19)
+* Warranty: Copying. (line 6)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
- Node: Top952
- Node: Copying2224
- Node: Introduction2678
- Node: What use is it?3352
- Node: Activating preview-latex4741
- Node: Getting started5556
- Node: Basic modes of operation7644
- Node: More documentation8846
- Node: Availability9734
- Node: Contacts10339
- Node: Installation11611
- Node: Keys and lisp11812
- Node: Simple customization18476
- Node: Known problems24236
- Node: Problems with Ghostscript25090
- Node: Font problems with Dvips27275
- Node: Emacs problems28472
- Node: Too small bounding boxes30162
- Node: x-symbol interoperation31548
- Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling32931
- Node: For advanced users33747
- Node: The LaTeX style file34246
- Node: Package options36807
- Node: Provided commands47711
- Node: The Emacs interface55058
- Node: The preview images64229
- Node: Misplaced previews67712
- Node: ToDo71166
- Node: Frequently Asked Questions75937
- Node: Introduction to FAQ76338
- Node: Requirements76677
- Node: Installation Trouble79648
- Node: Customization82210
- Node: Troubleshooting85755
- Node: Other formats88273
- Node: Copying this Manual89588
- Node: GNU Free Documentation License90527
- Node: Index115649
++Node: Top941
++Node: Copying2213
++Node: Introduction2667
++Node: What use is it?3341
++Node: Activating preview-latex4730
++Node: Getting started5545
++Node: Basic modes of operation7633
++Node: More documentation8835
++Node: Availability9723
++Node: Contacts10328
++Node: Installation11600
++Node: Keys and lisp11801
++Node: Simple customization18465
++Node: Known problems24225
++Node: Font problems with Dvips25013
++Node: Too small bounding boxes26186
++Node: x-symbol interoperation27582
++Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling28965
++Node: For advanced users29781
++Node: The LaTeX style file30280
++Node: Package options32841
++Node: Provided commands43745
++Node: The Emacs interface51092
++Node: The preview images60263
++Node: Misplaced previews63746
++Node: ToDo67200
++Node: Frequently Asked Questions71971
++Node: Introduction to FAQ72372
++Node: Requirements72711
++Node: Installation Trouble75682
++Node: Customization78244
++Node: Troubleshooting81789
++Node: Other formats84307
++Node: Copying this Manual85622
++Node: GNU Free Documentation License86550
++Node: Index111672
+
+End Tag Table
diff --cc preview.el
index 39f1c49,57e056b..8619ffe
--- a/preview.el
+++ b/preview.el
@@@ -3516,30 -3526,12 +3526,12 @@@ internal parameters, STR may be a log t
(delete-process process)
(preview-reraise-error process)))))
- (defconst preview-version (eval-when-compile
- (let ((name "$Name: $")
- (rev "$Revision: 1.287 $"))
- (or (when (string-match "\\`[$]Name: *release_\\([^ ]+\\) *[$]\\'" name)
- (setq name (match-string 1 name))
- (while (string-match "_" name)
- (setq name (replace-match "." t t name)))
- name)
- (if (string-match "\\`[$]Revision: *\\([^ ]+\\) *[$]\\'" rev)
- (format "CVS-%s" (match-string 1 rev)))
- "unknown")))
-(defconst preview-version "@PREVIEWVERSION@"
++(defconst preview-version AUCTeX-version
"Preview version.
- If not a regular release, CVS revision of `preview.el'.")
-
- (defconst preview-release-date
- (eval-when-compile
- (let ((date "$Date: 2012-12-04 08:01:34 $"))
- (string-match
- "\\`[$]Date: *\\([0-9]+\\)/\\([0-9]+\\)/\\([0-9]+\\)"
- date)
- (format "%s.%s%s" (match-string 1 date) (match-string 2 date)
- (match-string 3 date))))
- "Preview release date.
- In the form of yyyy.mmdd")
+ If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
+
-(defconst preview-release-date "@PREVIEWDATE@"
++(defconst preview-release-date AUCTeX-date
+ "Preview release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
(defun preview-dump-state (buffer)
(condition-case nil
diff --cc style/dinbrief.el
index 1182b7b,cb9fb6b..d1149c1
--- a/style/dinbrief.el
+++ b/style/dinbrief.el
@@@ -1,9 -1,27 +1,29 @@@
- ;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX-Style dinbrief.
-;; Copyright (C) 1994, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++;;; dinbrief.el --- Special code for LaTeX-Style dinbrief.
+
- ;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++;; Copyright (C) 1994, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- ;; Contributed by Werner Fink <address@hidden>
- ;; Please direct comments to him.
+ ;; Author: Werner Fink <address@hidden>
+ ;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+ ;; Keywords: tex
+
+ ;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+ ;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ ;; any later version.
+
+ ;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ ;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ ;; General Public License for more details.
+
+ ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ ;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ ;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ ;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+ ;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX class dinbrief.
;;; Commentary:
diff --cc style/latexinfo.el
index 59daf6c,be64bca..f08c079
--- a/style/latexinfo.el
+++ b/style/latexinfo.el
@@@ -1,9 -1,8 +1,8 @@@
;;; latexinfo.el - Support for LaTeXinfo files.
-;; Copyright (C) 1993 Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
+;; Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
- ;; Version: $Id: latexinfo.el,v 1.7 2008-02-03 14:53:30 angeli Exp $
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --cc tex-info.el
index f973937,83e0081..a5eb493
--- a/tex-info.el
+++ b/tex-info.el
@@@ -1,6 -1,6 +1,6 @@@
;;; tex-info.el --- Support for editing Texinfo source.
--;; Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011
++;; Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011, 2014
;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
diff --cc tex-site.el
index a342055,8937315..4e80c50
--- a/tex-site.el
+++ b/tex-site.el
@@@ -1,6 -1,6 +1,6 @@@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
- ;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@@ -139,20 -139,20 +139,20 @@@ set it with `TeX-modes-set'.
(mapcar (lambda(x) (list 'const (car x))) TeX-mode-alist))
:set 'TeX-modes-set
:group 'AUCTeX
- :initialize (lambda (var value)
- (custom-initialize-reset var value)
- (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
- (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
- (while list
- (eval-after-load (cdar list)
- `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
- (setq list (cdr list)))))))
-
- (defconst AUCTeX-version "11.87.2012-12-04"
+ :initialize(lambda (var value)
+ (custom-initialize-reset var value)
+ (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list)))))) )
+
-(defconst AUCTeX-version "@AUCTEXVERSION@"
++(defconst AUCTeX-version "11.88"
"AUCTeX version.
If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
- (defconst AUCTeX-date "2012-12-04"
-(defconst AUCTeX-date "@AUCTEXDATE@"
++(defconst AUCTeX-date "2014-10-29"
"AUCTeX release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
commit ca06d68639f6f0d3305c697db8b66b99ac024df6
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Sat Nov 1 21:10:16 2014 -0400
Revert last commit, because it lacked metadata.
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 126fdb8..35a6c45 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,2509 +1,18 @@
-2014-10-31 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+2014-05-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (CTANDIR): New variable.
- (preview-ball): Create a top level directory "preview/" in the
- preview tarball, as required by CTAN. Save the tarball to
- $(CTANDIR) instead of $(FTPDIR).
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Recognize
+ \\shortintertext from mathtools.
-2014-10-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+2014-05-16 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
- * Version 11.88 released.
-
-2014-10-29 Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Remove setter
- lambda.
- (LaTeX--tabular-like-end): Remove variable.
- (LaTeX-indent-tabular): Move setter function from
- LaTeX-indent-environment-list to generate tabular-end regex when
- called.
-
-2014-10-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-largest-level-set): Set `outline-heading-alist'
- only if it is bound.
-
- * .gitignore: Ignore preview/preview.el.
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTCLEANFILES): Add preview/preview.el.
- (release-commit): Write new version announcement also into
- preview/ChangeLog.
-
- * aclocal.m4: Add a third argument to
- `AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG' specifying the ChangeLog file.
-
- * configure.ac: Use new third argument of
- `AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG'. Retrieve preview date and
- version from its ChangeLog. Add preview/preview.el to output
- files.
-
-2014-10-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * RELEASE: Update AUCTeX version, the new features section, and
- the list of contributors.
-
- * configure.ac: Update AUCTeX version.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention generic bug fixes for 11.88 release.
-
- * doc/tex-ref.tex: Update AUCTeX version and copyright years
- across the file.
- Add now working `TeX-previous-error' key-binding.
-
- * tex.el: Update copyright year.
-
- * doc/Makefile.in: Make it possible to build the HTML doc with
- `makeinfo' if `texi2html' is not available. Add new
- `TEXI2HTML_TOC' variable.
- (extradist): Use `TEXI2HTML_TOC'.
- (html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC)): Use `TEXI2HTML_TOC'. Fix splitting
- option to HTML engine. Suggested by Norbert Preining.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-newline): Fix for when
- `comment-auto-fill-only-comments' is non-nil. Suggested by Piet
- van Oostrum.
-
-2014-10-13 Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
-
- * style/cleveref.el: New file.
-
-2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (featurep): Activate mark in the GNU Emacs version of
- TeX-activate-mark instead of being a no-op.
- (TeX-insert-dollar): Use set-mark instead of push-mark in order to
- avoid duplicate marks.
-
-2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Move equation*
- environment to AMS-LaTeX section.
- (texmathp-why): Fix docstring.
-
-2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * style/amstext.el (LaTeX-amstext-package-options): Rename from
- `LaTeX-amstext-package-option'.
-
-2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-info.el (Texinfo-mark-environment, Texinfo-mark-section)
- (Texinfo-mark-node): Use `push-mark' instead of `set-mark'.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mark-environment): Ditto.
-
- * context.el (ConTeXt-mark-environment): Ditto.
-
-2014-09-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Pass correct \end buffer
- position to hooks in LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks.
-
-2014-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-dialect): Correct doctstring for consistency
- with definition of function TeX-add-style-hook.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Simple Style): modify example with
- 'TeX-add-style-hook', so that 3rd argument is added. Modify @defun
- of 'TeX-add-style-hook' also to document addition of 3rd argument.
-
-2014-09-11 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Add information about style hook labelling by
dialect.
-
- * doc/todo.texi (Bugs): Update Bug #1 about style hook clash.
-
- * style/xspace.el ("xspace"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/xparse.el ("xparse"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/virtex.el ("virtex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/verbatim.el ("verbatim"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/url.el ("url"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/units.el ("units"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/unicode-math.el ("unicode-math"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/ulem.el ("ulem"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/tabulary.el ("tabulary"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/swedish.el ("swedish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/slovak.el ("slovak"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/slides.el ("slides"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/shortvrb.el ("shortvrb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/setspace.el ("setspace"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/scrreprt.el ("scrreprt"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/scrpage2.el ("scrpage2"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/scrlttr2.el ("scrlttr2"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/scrbook.el ("scrbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/scrbase.el ("scrbase"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/scrartcl.el ("scrartcl"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/ruby.el ("ruby"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/report.el ("report"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/ragged2e.el ("ragged2e"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/pstricks.el ("pstricks"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/pst-slpe.el ("pst-slpe"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/pst-plot.el ("pst-plot"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/pst-node.el ("pst-node"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/pst-grad.el ("pst-grad"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/psfig.el ("psfig"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/prosper.el ("prosper"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/polski.el ("polski"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/polish.el ("polish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/plhb.el ("plhb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/plfonts.el ("plfonts"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/plext.el ("plext"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/placeins.el ("placeins"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/paralist.el ("paralist"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/nomencl.el ("nomencl"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/nicefrac.el ("nicefrac"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/ngerman.el ("ngerman"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/naustrian.el ("naustrian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/natbib.el ("natbib"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/nameref.el ("nameref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/multirow.el ("multirow"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/multind.el ("multind"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/multido.el ("multido"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/multicol.el ("multicol"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/mflogo.el ("mflogo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/metalogo.el ("metalogo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/memoir.el ("memoir"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/mdwlist.el ("mdwlist"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/makeidx.el ("makeidx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/luacode.el ("luacode"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/ltxdoc.el ("ltxdoc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/ltx-base.el ("ltx-base"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/lscape.el ("lscape"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/longtable.el ("longtable"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/listings.el ("listings"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/lipsum.el ("lipsum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/lettrine.el ("lettrine"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/letter.el ("letter"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/latexinfo.el ("latexinfo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/kpfonts.el ("kpfonts"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/kantlipsum.el ("kantlipsum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/jurabib.el ("jurabib"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/jura.el ("jura"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/jsbook.el ("jsbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/jsarticle.el ("jsarticle"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/jreport.el ("jreport"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/jbook.el ("jbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/jarticle.el ("jarticle"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/j-report.el ("j-report"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/j-book.el ("j-book"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/j-article.el ("j-article"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/italian.el ("italian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/inputenc.el ("inputenc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/index.el ("index"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/imakeidx.el ("imakeidx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/icelandic.el ("icelandic"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/harvard.el ("harvard"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/graphicx.el ("graphicx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/graphics.el ("graphics"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/german.el ("german"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/frenchb.el ("frenchb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/french.el ("french"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/francais.el ("francais"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/footmisc.el ("footmisc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/fontspec.el ("fontspec"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/foils.el ("foils"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/flashcards.el ("flashcards"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/filecontents.el ("filecontents"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/fancyvrb.el ("fancyvrb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/fancynum.el ("fancynum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/fancyhdr.el ("fancyhdr"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/exercise.el ("exercise"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/everysel.el ("everysel"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/epigraph.el ("epigraph"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/english.el ("english"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/emp.el ("emp"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/dutch.el ("dutch"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/doc.el ("doc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/dk.el ("dk"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/dinbrief.el ("dinbrief"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/danish.el ("danish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/czech.el ("czech"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/comment.el ("comment"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/captcont.el ("captcont"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/bulgarian.el ("bulgarian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/booktabs.el ("booktabs"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/book.el ("book"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/bm.el ("bm"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/bigstrut.el ("bigstrut"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/bigdelim.el ("bigdelim"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/babel.el ("babel"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/austrian.el ("austrian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/article.el ("article"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/array.el ("array"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amsthm.el ("amsthm"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amstext.el ("amstext"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amstex.el ("amstex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amssymb.el ("amssymb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
- TeX-add-style-hook call. Update header with correct filename.
-
- * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amsbsy.el ("amsbsy"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amsbook.el ("amsbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/amsart.el ("amsart"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/alphanum.el ("alphanum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/alltt.el ("alltt"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/afterpage.el ("afterpage"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/acronym.el ("acronym"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/acro.el ("acro"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/MinionPro.el ("MinionPro"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * style/CJKutf8.el ("CJKutf8"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
-
- * style/CJK.el ("CJK"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
-
- * bib-cite.el (eval-after-load "bibtex"): Add hook
- TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect to BibTex mode, this will set
- 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :bibtex for BibTeX files so that
- Mosè's problem should be solved.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): set
- 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :latex for LaTeX files, and those in
- LaTeX derived modes. Add LaTeX-dialect as DIALECT argument to all
- calls of TeX-add-style-hook.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-style-hook-list): Update docstring to make clear
- that style hooks can also be in the form '[TeX-style-hook HOOK-FUN
- DIALECT-SET]'.
- (TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect): New defun.
- (TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist): New defconst.
- (TeX-shdex-eval): New defun.
- (TeX-shdex-or TeX-shdex-and TeX-shdex-nor TeX-shdex-not)
- (TeX-shdex-in-p TeX-shdex-listify): New defsubst.
- (TeX-style-hook-dialect): New defvar, used to have style hooks
- called only in corresponding context.
- (TeX-add-style-hook): Add optional argument context for marking
- hooks that must run only in non default (aka nil) dialect.
- (TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect): New defun, used for unloading only
- those hooks in a dialect list.
- (TeX-unload-style): Add optional argument context-list for
- unloading only those hooks marked for contexts in that
- context-list.
- (TeX-run-style-hooks): Run style hook only when current style hook
- context matches context for which hook is marked.
-
- * tex-info.el (Texinfo-environment-list): Add 'html' and 'float'
- environments.
- (TeX-texinfo-mode): set 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :texinfo for
- Texinfo files. Add macro '@caption'.
-
-2014-09-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-assoc-string): Remove docstring from defalias since
- that's not supported with XEmacs.
-
-2014-08-25 Florent Rougon <address@hidden> (tiny change)
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-expand): Fix possible endless loop in
- file name expansion.
-
-2014-08-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tests/tex/command-expansion.el: New test file.
-
-2014-08-24 Florent Rougon <address@hidden> (tiny change)
-
- * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Add the previous position to the
- lenght of the expanded string to get the current position in the
- %' expander.
-
-2014-08-18 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes): Code optimization: use
- '(add-to-list (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)'
- instead of '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (add-to-list 'foo
- some-value)' wherever possible.
-
- * bib-cite.el (bib-cite-minor-mode)
- (bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap): Code optimization: use
- '(set (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
- '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
- possible.
-
- * latex.el (BibTeX-auto-store)
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Ditto.
-
- * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Code optimization: use '(set
- (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
- '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
- possible. Add in style Texinfo standard macros '@acronym' and
- '@tie'.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-assoc-string) new defalias to work-around missing
- assoc-string in XEmacs.
- (TeX-unload-style): Code optimization: use 'TeX-assoc-string'
- instead of 'assoc' to search style in 'TeX-style-hook-list', and
- use delq on returned value of assoc-string for removing the style
- --- on the one hand delq will go through the whole list rather
- than stop after the first match like in original code, but on the
- other hand comparison are faster because eq instead of equal is
- used and we are working on assoc cell rather than on key, so less
- indirection, furthermore delq is C code. Anyway that make the code
- much smaller and easier to understand.
- (TeX-file-extensions): Add txi amongst extension of texinfo files,
- for consistency with info node '(texinfo) Minimum'
- (TeX-run-style-hooks): Code optimization: use 'TeX-assoc-string'
- instead of 'assoc' to search style in 'TeX-style-hook-list'.
- (VirTeX-common-initialization): Code optimization: use '(set
- (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
- '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
- possible.
-
-2014-08-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Allow for a
- mandatory argument for a verbatim environment.
-
-2014-08-15 Vladimir Lomov <address@hidden>
-
- * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Don't use the removed
- `LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned' function.
-
-2014-08-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-label): Remove.
- (LaTeX-label): Add a new mandatory argument. Do not use
- `LaTeX-insert-label'. Determine the prefix at the beginning of
- the function and insert the label only if the prefix is non nil.
- (LaTeX-section-label, LaTeX-env-figure, LaTeX-env-label): Use the
- second mandatory argument of `LaTeX-label'.
-
- * style/amsmath.el: Update copyright years.
- ("amsmath"): Append the environments to `LaTeX-label-alist'
- instead of prepeding them. Use the second mandatory argument of
- the `LaTeX-label' function.
-
- * style/longtable.el: Update copyright years.
- ("longtable"): Move addition of "longtable" environment to
- `LaTeX-label-alist' inside the style hook. Append the environment
- to the alist instead of prepending it. Use the second mandatory
- argument of the `LaTeX-label' function.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Sectioning, Environments): Remove references to
- `LaTeX-insert-label'.
- (Environments): Document `LaTeX-label-alist'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Remove references to `LaTeX-insert-label'.
-
-2014-08-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-label): Rename from
- `LaTeX-auto-insert-label' and mention sections in the doc-string.
- (LaTeX-label): Update accordingly.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Sectioning): Mention `LaTeX-insert-label'.
- (Environments): Update `LaTeX-insert-label' name and document use
- for sectioning commands.
- (Environments, Completion): Prettify
- `TeX-complete-expert-commands' documentation by using a table
- environment.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Rename `LaTeX-auto-insert-label' to
- `LaTeX-insert-label' and mention sections too.
-
-2014-08-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command): Keep the frame and the buffer
- associate to the error overview if the command to be run is View.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-insert-label): New customizable variable.
- (LaTeX-label): Use it.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document
- `LaTeX-auto-insert-label'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-auto-insert-label'. Fix a
- couple of bad-boxes in the PDF output of the manual.
-
-2014-07-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-largest-level-set): Adapt
- `outline-heading-alist' according to largest level in order to
- make `outline-promote' (and others) work correctly.
-
-2014-07-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-date-format'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention `TeX-date-format'.
-
- * latex.el (TeX-date-format): New customizable option.
- Suggested by Uwe Brauer.
- (TeX-arg-date): Use it.
-
-2014-07-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in: Update copyright years.
- (EXCLUDEDFILES): Rename from GITFILES. Remove also .cvsignore and
- tests from the release tarball.
- (release-commit): More precise suggestion to push tag and release
- commit.
- (tar-ball): Use EXCLUDEDFILES in place of GITFILES.
-
-2014-07-15 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el: Enhance array and tabular(*) environments support.
- (LaTeX-env-array): Add call to `LaTeX-item-array'.
- (LaTeX-env-tabular*): Add call to `LaTeX-item-tabular*'.
- (LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp): New variable.
- (LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-item-array): New function. Put line break macro on the
- last line and insert suitable number of ampersands.
- (LaTeX-item-tabular*): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-insert-ampersands): New function. Insert suitable number
- of ampersands.
- (LaTeX-array-column-letters): New variable. Column letters for
- array-like environments.
- (LaTeX-array-count-columns): New function. Count number of
- ampersands to be inserted.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add entries to LaTeX-item-list to
- use `LaTeX-item-array' and `LaTeX-item-tabular*'.
-
- * style/amsmath.el: Enhance alignat-like environments support
- as well as some cleanups.
- (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat): New function. Insert contents to
- terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
- (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): Use it. Add doc string.
- (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Removed. Just specifying a prompt
- string for an optional argument is enough.
- (LaTeX-item-equation): Take over the job of
- `LaTeX-item-equations'. Add an optional `suppress' argument:
- when it is non-nil skip putting line break macro. Add doc string.
- (LaTeX-item-equations): Removed. Its task is now covered by
- `LaTeX-item-equation'.
- (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat): New function. Insert ampersands
- according to the columns number, as well as calling
- `LaTeX-item-equation'.
- (LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands): New function.
- ("amsmath"): Arrange setups of variables to adopt the above
- changes.
-
- * style/array.el ("array"): Change `LaTeX-array-column-letters'
- locally to include addtional letters extended in array.sty.
-
- * style/plext.el: New style file. Add support for extended
- format for array-like environments.
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Include style/plext.el.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Add documentation for the above enhancements.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Ditto.
-
-2014-07-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error): Do not pass `reparse' argument to
- `next-error' in XEmacs as it is not supported.
- (TeX-error-overview-frame, TeX-error-overview-buffer-name): Move
- before their first use in order to prevent a runtime error in
- XEmacs and GNU Emacs 21. Reported by Ikumi Keita.
- (TeX-parse-TeX): Manually set `item' to nil when
- `TeX-error-last-visited' is negative.
- (TeX-error-description-error, TeX-error-description-warning)
- (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Set to nil in XEmacs and GNU
- Emacs 21. Reported by Ikumi Keita.
-
-2014-07-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Add second argument to
- `local-variable-p', mandatory in XEmacs. Suggested by Ikumi
- Keita.
-
- * preview/preview.el (preview-dump-state): Ditto.
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Ditto.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-how-many): Make the function return a number also in
- XEmacs and Emacs 21. Suggested by Ikumi Keita.
-
-2014-07-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-description-error): Do not use the
- `default' display, not supported by GNU Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.4.
- (TeX-error-description-warning): Ditto.
-
-2014-07-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-description-error): Make face definition
- XEmacs compatible.
- (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-description-help): Ditto.
-
- * tex.el (nil): Handle the case of a non-available crm.el with a
- `condition-case', instead of using the third argument of
- `require', not recognized by XEmacs 21.4.
- (and): Check whether dbus support is available before requiring
- dbus.el.
-
-2014-07-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Set
- `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' when necessary, in the
- "%(outpage)" expander.
- (TeX-source-correlate-method): Add an alist as a possible value
- and change the default.
- (TeX-source-correlate-method-active): Convert to a function.
- (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Use the
- `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
- (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Remove setting of the
- `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' variable and of the
- now deleted `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' variable.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use the
- `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
- (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Hide "Previous Error"
- and "Error Overview" entries when not available.
-
- * context.el: Update copyright years.
- (ConTeXt-expand-options): Use the
- `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (I/O Correlation): Update documentation of
- `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention change to the default value of
- `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
-
-2014-06-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/todo.texi (Mid-term Goals): Remove "More flexible option and
- command handling" item: we now have `TeX-command-extra-options'.
- (Wishlist): Remove "Poor man's Source Specials": AUCTeX supports
- source specials and SyncTeX.
- (Wishlist): Remove "multiple completion for \bibliography" item:
- "\bibliography" does complete multiple arguments.
-
-2014-06-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command): Kill the frame and buffer associated
- to the error overview before running commands.
- (TeX-TeX-sentinel): Open error overview if
- `TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
- errors or warnings to show.
- (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Ditto.
- (TeX-find-display-help): Set `runbuf' to `TeX-active-buffer' since
- this function may be called also from the error overview buffer.
- (TeX-error-description-faces): Change group to more appropriate
- `TeX-output'.
- (TeX-error-overview-active-buffer): New variable.
- (TeX-error-overview-orig-frame): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-orig-window): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-frame): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-setup): New customizable variable.
- (TeX-error-overview-setup): New function.
- (TeX-error-overview-goto-source): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-make-entries): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-next-error): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-previous-error): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-quit): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-mode-map): New variable.
- (TeX-error-overview-list-entries): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview-mode): New major mode.
- (TeX-error-overview-buffer-name): New constant.
- (TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters): New customizable variable.
- (TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-overview): New function.
- (TeX-find-display-help): Expand the name of the file to be visited
- starting from the directory of the master file.
- (TeX-error-overview-make-entries): Add optional `master-dir'
- argument, to shorten file names when they are relative.
- (TeX-error-overview): Pass `TeX-master-directory' as argument to
- `TeX-error-overview-make-entries'.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-error-overview): Autoload `TeX-error-overview'.
- (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Add an entry for the
- error overview.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Debugging): Document error overview.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention error overview. Add local variables
- to the end of the file.
-
- * doc/todo.texi: Add local variables to the end of the file.
- (Wishlist): Update entry about error reporting.
-
-2014-06-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-TeX): Use `TeX-find-display-help' in place
- of `TeX-error-list-find-display-help'.
- (TeX-error-list-find-display-help): Removed, replaced by more
- general `TeX-find-display-help'.
- (TeX-find-display-help): New function.
- (TeX-error): Append nils to the `TeX-error-list' entry to make
- each entry of the same lenght for both errors and warnings.
- Append also `TeX-error-point'. This fixes a bug occurring when
- `TeX-display-help' is set to `expert'. Use
- `TeX-find-display-help' to display the help.
- (TeX-warning): Append `TeX-error-point' to the `TeX-error-list'
- entry to fix the above mentioned bug. Use `TeX-find-display-help'
- to display the help.
-
-2014-06-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-TeX): Use
- `TeX-error-list-find-display-help'.
- (TeX-error-list-find-display-help): New function.
- (TeX-warning): Use `bad-box' when there is a bad box.
- (TeX-warning--find-display-help): Cater for bad boxes.
- (TeX-help-error): Ditto.
-
-2014-06-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-error--find-display-help): Use new fourth
- argument of `TeX-help-error'.
- (TeX-warning): Rename mandatory argument to `warning'. Do not add
- leading "** " to warning string.
- (TeX-warning--find-display-help): Use new fourth argument of
- `TeX-help-error'.
- (TeX-error-description-faces): New group.
- (TeX-error-description-error): New face.
- (TeX-error-description-warning): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Ditto.
- (TeX-error-description-help): Ditto.
- (TeX-help-error): Add new `type' argument. Color help messages
- using the new faces.
- (TeX-warning): Preserve point when searching backward. In some
- cases this prevents infinite loops in `TeX-parse-all-errors' and
- fixes wrong detection of context string.
-
-2014-05-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Add
- `TeX-previous-error'.
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-list): Fix typo.
- (TeX-parse-all-errors): Ditto.
-
-2014-05-23 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
-
- Backport from ELPA repository.
- * tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
- dynamic scoping for `num'.
- (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Don't use `eval' needlessly.
- (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Declare before first use.
- (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
- Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
- (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
-
-2014-05-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el: Update copyright years.
- (TeX-error-last-visited): New buffer-local variable.
- (TeX-get-parse-function): New function.
- (TeX-next-error): Add `apt' argument and make all arguments
- optional. Use `TeX-get-parse-function'.
- (TeX-previous-error): Use `TeX-get-parse-function'. Use
- `TeX-parse-TeX' to move between errors when possible.
- (TeX-TeX-sentinel): Parse the output log when
- `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
- (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Ditto.
- (TeX-parse-reset): Add an optional `reparse' argument and reparse
- the output log when it is non-nil. Reset also `TeX-error-list'
- and `TeX-error-last-visited'.
- (TeX-parse-command): Add `arg' argument.
- (TeX-parse-TeX): Add `arg' argument. When `TeX-parse-all-errors'
- is non-nil, use `TeX-error-list' to move to the error point.
- (TeX-error-list): New buffer-local variable.
- (TeX-parse-all-errors): New customizable variable.
- (TeX-parse-all-errors): New function.
- (TeX-parse-error): Add an optional `store' argument. Make the
- function return non-nil when an error or a warning is found.
- (TeX-error): Add an optional `store' argument: when it is non-nil
- store the relevant information about the error in
- `TeX-error-list'. Use `TeX-error--find-display-help'.
- (TeX-error--find-display-help): New function.
- (TeX-warning): Add an optional `store' argument: when it is
- non-nil store the relevant information about the warning in
- `TeX-error-list'. Use `TeX-warning--find-display-help'.
- (TeX-warning--find-display-help): New function.
- (TeX-output-mode-map): Bind `p' to the now working
- `TeX-previous-error'.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Debugging): Document `TeX-previous-error' and
- `TeX-parse-all-errors'. Update `TeX-next-error'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Update copyright years. Mention
- `TeX-next-error' and `TeX-previous-error' changes and the new
- `TeX-parse-all-errors'.
-
- * doc/todo.texi: Update copyright years.
- (Wishlist): Update a couple of items related to error parsing.
-
-2014-05-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * font-latex.el: Update copyright years.
- (font-latex-update-sectioning-faces): Make sure
- `height-scale' is a floating point number.
- (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Ditto.
-
-2014-05-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/siunitx.el: Update copyright years and specify last
- `siunitx' version supported. Hard wrap lines longer than 80
- columns.
- (LaTeX-siunitx-regexp): Move the escape character out of the group
- matching the unit name.
- (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Add `prefix' argument. Replace the
- space with `TeX-esc' as the completion separator.
- (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit): Define a default prompt; set
- `initial-input' to nil; use `TeX-esc' as prefix to the given
- input.
- ("siunitx"): Remove the escape character from the unit names.
-
-2014-05-02 Jobst Hoffmann <address@hidden> (tiny change)
-
- * style/listings.el ("listings"): Fix typo.
-
-2014-05-01 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Fix
- fontification of the optional argument to a verbatim-like
- environment.
-
-2014-04-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error): Add another exception.
-
-2014-04-06 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Use `texinfo-current-defun-name'
- in `C-x 4 a'.
-
-2014-04-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-add-environments): Move advising of
- `LaTeX-add-environments' after definition of
- `LaTeX-environment-menu' and `LaTeX-environment-modify-menu'
- variables to fix assignment to free variable warnings.
-
- * tex-style.el: Update coyright years.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber): New variable. Mark as
- safe-local-variable.
-
- * latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Add setting of `LaTeX-using-Biber' to
- `TeX-update-style-hook'.
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'
- value to set `LaTeX-using-Biber' when it is set locally.
-
- * tex-bar.el: Update copyright years.
- (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Append toolbar refresh to
- `TeX-update-style-hook' instead of prepending it.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Update copyright years.
- (Selecting a Command): Document `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' change.
-
-2014-04-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/biblatex.el: Update copyright years and specify last
- `biblatex' version supported.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options): Update.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-language-list): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): Fix condition on `items' variable to
- adapt to the `TeX-completing-read-multiple' return value change.
-
-2014-03-17 Nicolas Richard <address@hidden>
-
- * style/exercise.el: New file.
-
-2014-03-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Mention that `TeX-PDF-mode' is enabled by
- default.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode): Enable TeX PDF mode by default.
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-master): Ask for TeX-master if it cannot
- be determined otherwise.
-
-2014-03-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-view-command-raw): Throw an error when `spec' is
- nil, otherwise when the function returns nil `TeX-command-expand'
- enters an infinite loop.
-
- * style/paralist.el: Update copyright years.
- ("paralist"): Use `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member' to
- conditionally define environments.
-
-2014-03-12 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt): Return nil on empty input.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-completing-read-multiple): Define it so that empty
- input results in nil across different emacs versions (<= 24.3
- vs. later versions).
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use
- `TeX-completing-read-multiple' instead of
- `completing-read-multiple'.
- (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): Use `TeX-completing-read-multiple' and
- adapt handling of return value.
-
- * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-package-parameters): Adapt to
- `TeX-completing-read-multiple' change.
-
-2014-03-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options): Fix
- bug that caused AUCTeX to query for packages infinitely.
-
- * context.el (ConTeXt-add-environments): Advice instead of
- renaming and redefining generated function.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment): Remove non-interactive
- `next-line' usage compile warning.
- (LaTeX-add-bibliographies): Advice instead of renaming and
- redefining generated function.
- (LaTeX-add-environments): Ditto.
-
-2014-03-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): Default to opening
- and closing math switches.
-
-2014-03-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Add missing pair of braces.
-
-2014-02-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Do not set
- `LaTeX-default-environment' to `environment' if the latter is
- equal to the current default environment.
-
-2014-02-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options): New
- function. Now options are requested only if at least one package
- has been provided.
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert): New function.
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Use
- `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options' and
- `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert'.
- (LaTeX-insert-usepackages): New function.
- (LaTeX-env-document): Use it.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document new behavior of
- `LaTeX-env-document'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention it.
-
-2014-02-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-command-extra-options): New customizable variable.
- (TeX-expand-list): New `%(extraopts)' expander.
- (TeX-command-list): Use `%(extraopts)'.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Document
- `TeX-command-extra-options'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Document it.
-
-2014-02-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * style/english.el: New style for english documents so that
- `TeX-language-en-hook' gets run.
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate it.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (languages): Document it.
-
-2014-02-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-auto-add-type): Convert to macro.
-
- * lpath.el: Don't silence byte-compiler.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-style, LaTeX-auto-arguments)
- (LaTeX-auto-optional, LaTeX-auto-env-args): Defvar explicitly
- before use.
-
-2014-01-29 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Use default parameter of
- `completing-read'.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro): Use default parameter of
- `completing-read'.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-environment, TeX-arg-document): Use default
- parameter of `completing-read'.
-
-2014-01-22 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * style/shortvrb.el (LaTeX-shortvrb-chars): Move from
- tex-style.el. Set default value to nil because just loading
- shortvrb does not make | a shortvrb char. One needs to define it
- using \MakeShortVrb{\|}. Extend the docstring so that it tells
- that one should usually set this variable only buffer-locally.
- (LaTeX-shortvrb-chars): Declare it as safe local variable.
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist): Call
- `font-latex-setup' to make syntactic font-lock changes effective.
-
-2014-01-21 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
-
- * context.el: distinguish between numbered and unnumbered sections.
-
-2014-01-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/babel.el: Update copyright years and specify last `babel'
- version supported.
- (LaTeX-babel-language-list): Expand language list to all languages
- mentioned in the last version of the manual.
- (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Update in order to parse the
- `main' option and ignore the modifiers.
- (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Turn the variable into a function
- because now requires `TeX-read-key-val'.
-
-2014-01-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Make search for `\begin'
- and `\end' case sensitive.
- (docTeX-in-macrocode-p): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-indent-calculate): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-find-matching-end): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Ditto.
-
-2014-01-06 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Replace use of
- reftex-tables-dirty by that of reftex-default-label-alist-entries
- to trigger call to reftex-compile-variables in a standard way.
- The problem was that generating a TOC for a Texinfo file and then
- for a LaTeX file was not working for the LaTeX file because the
- Texinfo file was using LaTeX label style and as such
- reftex-ensure-compiled-variables was not calling
- reftex-compile-variables, which caused wrong
- reftex-everything-regexp for sections.
-
-2014-01-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-insert): Use `TeX-electric-math' for
- consistency with `TeX-insert-dollar'.
- (LaTeX-math-cal): Ditto.
-
-2013-12-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-style.el (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search): New customizable
- variable.
- (LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default): Ditto.
-
- * style/fontspec.el (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font): New function.
- ("fontspec"): Use it.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search' and
- `LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default'.
-
-2013-12-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/imakeidx.el ("imakeidx"): Move addition of options to
- `LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options' inside the hook.
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new styles.
-
- * style/fontspec.el: New style.
-
- * style/luacode.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/metalogo.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/unicode-math.el: Ditto.
-
-2013-12-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error): Don't confuse ) in package
- messages with EOF.
-
-2013-12-01 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Move disabling of
- `electric-pair-mode' from `VirTeX-common-initialization'. Disable
- it only if `LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is non-nil.
-
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): See above.
-
-2013-11-29 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Disable
- `electric-pair-mode' (a global minor mode) in auctex buffers
- because it interferes with auctex's pairing feature.
-
-2013-11-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
-
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Move
- `LaTeX-narrow-to-environment' and `TeX-narrow-to-group' bindings
- to the AUCTeX maps because `narrow-map' is not defined in GNU
- Emacs < 22.2 and XEmacs. Reported by Giacomo Boffi.
-
-2013-11-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Declare expert macros and
- environments.
-
-2013-11-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error, TeX-previous-error): Call
- `next-error' also if last TeX command was a compile command (e.g.,
- Check, ChkTeX).
- (TeX-run-compile): Save compilation buffer in
- `TeX-command-buffer'.
-
-2013-11-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
-
- * bib-cite.el (bib-highlight-mouse): Change regexp to cope with
- multiple optional arguments of a macro.
-
-2013-11-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions): Change
- signature of declare-expert functions.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Document it.
-
-2013-11-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-complete-expert-commands): New defcustom.
- (TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions): New macro.
- (TeX-insert-macro): Restrict completion depending on
- `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
- (VirTeX-common-initialization): Ditto.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-environment, LaTeX-common-initialization):
- Restrict completion depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
-
- * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Restrict completion depending on
- `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Document normal vs. expert commands for users
- and style file authors.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention normal vs. expert commands.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix void-function
- LaTeX-symbol-list error.
-
-2013-11-05 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Folding): Document `TeX-fold-auto' and
- `TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark'.
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-bibliography): Run style files associated to
- the bibliography database files.
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Do not quote at all
- `TeX-arg-key-val' arguments.
- (LaTeX-arg-addbibresource): Run style file associated to the
- bibliography database file.
-
-2013-11-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Quote `TeX-arg-key-val'
- arguments with `quote' special form istead of apostrophe.
-
-2013-11-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-narrow-to-environment): New function, disabled
- by default.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add key binding for
- `LaTeX-narrow-to-environment'.
-
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Add key binding for
- `TeX-narrow-to-group'.
- (TeX-narrow-to-group): New function, disabled by default.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Narrowing): Document narrowing commands.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention narrowing commands.
-
-2013-10-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-file-name): New function.
- (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension): Ditto.
- (TeX-arg-version): Ditto.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add completion for
- `ProvidesPackage', `ProvidesClass', and `ProvidesFile'.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-version',
- `TeX-arg-file-name', and `TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension'.
-
-2013-10-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention the enhanced tabular indentation.
-
- * style/longtable.el ("longtable"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular'
- also for longtable environment.
-
- * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also
- for tabularx environment.
-
- * style/tabulary.el ("tabulary"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also
- for tabulary environment.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Use
- `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also for array and eqnarray environments.
-
-2013-10-14 Oleh Krehel <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el: `LaTeX-indent-tabular' now indents tabular-like
- environments.
- (LaTeX--tabular-like-end): new variable.
- (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): added `LaTeX-indent-tabular' as
- indenter for "tabular" and "align", added a setter that recomputes
- `LaTeX--tabular-like-end'
- (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col): new function.
- (LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position): new function.
- (LaTeX-indent-tabular): new function.
-
- * tests/latex/latex-test.el : added an ERT test for
- `LaTeX-indent-tabular'
- (LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/in): input filename variable
- (LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/out): output filename variable
-
- * tests/latex/tabular-in.tex: input to latex-test.el
-
- * tests/latex/tabular-out.tex: input to latex-test.el
-
- * tex.el (TeX-how-many): added for compatibility with XEmacs.
-
-2013-10-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Fix typo.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Ditto.
-
-2013-10-10 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Document enhanced paired braces feature.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Ditto.
-
-2013-10-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Add new possible value
- `show-all-optional-args' and update doc-string accordingly.
- (TeX-parse-arguments): Use it.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Document `show-all-optional-args'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention `show-all-optional-args'.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces-alist): New customizable variable.
- (TeX-insert-braces): Mention it in doc-string.
- (TeX-parse-macro): Use `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
-
- * style/booktabs.el: Update copyright years.
- (LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren): Let-bind `TeX-arg-opening-brace' and
- `TeX-arg-closing-brace' instead of `<' and `>'.
- ("booktabs"): Add `toprule', `midrule', and `bottomrule' macros to
- `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
- ("booktabs"): Add a dummy `ignore' in `cmidrule' macro in order to
- reset `last-optional-rejected' to nil.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Document
- `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Mention `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
-
-2013-09-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-insert-braces): : Move
- `indent-according-to-mode' after `save-excursion' because
- `LaTeX-newline' (used in `save-excursion') deletes trailing
- whitespaces.
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Add support for hyperref "Rerun
- to get outlines right" messages.
-
-2013-09-26 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el: Enhance brace pairing feature.
- (TeX-arg-insert-braces): Extend to be used with \bigl and its
- friends.
- (TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe): New function.
- (LaTeX-insert-left-brace): New function.
- (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace): New function.
- (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name): New function.
- (LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace): New customization option.
- (LaTeX-left-right-macros-association): New variable.
-
- * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Make use of the above change.
- \lvert and \lVert are paired with \rvert and \rVert, respectively.
-
-2013-09-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Fix `radian' unit name.
-
-2013-09-17 Fabrice Ben Hamouda <address@hidden> (tiny change)
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error, TeX-active-buffer): Fix a problem
- with `TeX-next-error' in multi-file documents.
-
-2013-09-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Set
- `TeX-sentinel-default-function' to `TeX-TeX-sentinel'.
-
-2013-09-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-check-files): Handle buffers that haven't been
- saved yet.
-
-2013-09-02 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-electric-math): Fix defcustom choices.
-
- * bib-cite.el (bib-cite-minor-mode): Call `make-local-hook' only
- on XEmacs.
-
-2013-08-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-ref): New function.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Replace occurrences of `TeX-arg-label' with
- `TeX-arg-ref'.
- (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-ref'.
-
- * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Use `TeX-arg-ref' instead of
- `TeX-arg-label'.
-
- * style/latexinfo.el ("latexinfo"): Ditto.
-
- * style/nameref.el ("nameref"): Ditto.
-
- * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Ditto.
-
- * style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Use `TeX-arg-ref' instead of
- `TeX-arg-label' and fix parentheses.
-
-2013-07-31 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-initialize): Refactor top-level code into
- function.
- (LaTeX-math-list): Call `LaTeX-math-initialize' when setting the
- value in order to update the key bindings.
- Also shuffle around several definitions in order to get a
- declaration-before-use order.
-
-2013-07-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Add other changes.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Fix typo.
-
-2013-07-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove `TeX-token-char' from
- the regexp since cite keys can start with non-letter characters,
- e.g., bibcodes start with year of publication.
-
-2013-07-24 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-menu-unicode): Enable also on windows
- systems as it seems to work there, too.
-
-2013-07-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-clean-default-intermediate-suffixes): Add `.fls',
- files created by TeX processors with `-recorder' option, and
- `-blx.bib', files created by `bibtex' when using the `biblatex'
- package.
-
- * doc/changes.texi: Document some changes for next release.
-
-2013-07-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in: Update copyright years.
- (GITFILES): Rename from `CVSFILES', adapt to Git.
- (COMMITTER): Get user name and email from Git configuration;
- escape `<', `>' and spaces.
- (install-el): Update reference to Git in comment.
- (release-commit): Adapt to Git; make sure committer name and email
- are encoded with ISO-8859-1 using the `iconv' program.
- (tar-ball): Adapt to Git.
- (preview-ball): Ditto.
-
- * auctex.spec (Provides): Update reference to Git in comment.
-
- * bib-cite.el: Update AUCTeX repository link in comment.
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fix
- fontification of some biblatex macros. Reported by Christian
- Knüpfer.
- (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Revert changes made with
- commit 7531cca, they were useless.
-
-2013-07-15 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/tabulary.el: New style.
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style tabulary.
-
-2013-07-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Move
- `TeX-source-correlate-method' to `I/O Correlation' section.
-
-2013-07-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Document
- `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
-
-2013-07-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-default-tabular-environment): New variable.
- (LaTeX-env-figure): Use it instead of hard-coding "tabular".
-
- * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Set
- `LaTeX-default-tabular-environment' to "tabularx".
-
-2013-06-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * bib-cite.el: Replace `save-excursion'+`set-buffer' with
- `with-current-buffer'.
-
- * tex-bar.el: Ditto.
-
- * tex-buf.el: Ditto.
-
- * tex.el: Replace `save-excursion'+`set-buffer' with
- `with-current-buffer'. Delete trailing whitespaces.
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-file): Fix spelling error.
- (TeX-error): Ditto.
-
- * doc/install.texi (Configure): Update for Git.
-
- * doc/preview-readme.texi (Availability): Ditto.
-
- * doc/wininstall.texi: Ditto.
-
-2013-06-26 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/preview-problems.texi: Rename "Known problems" section to
- "Known problems with preview-latex" in rawfile export. Delete
- sections "Problems with Ghostscript" and "Emacs problems" because
- those are basically ruled out when using the prerequisites
- documented in the manual.
-
- * doc/install.texi: Don't link to ghostscript specific
- preview-latex problems section because that has been removed.
-
- * doc/Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS, ../PROBLEMS.preview): Rename
- PROBLEMS to PROBLEMS.preview since it only deals with
- preview-latex problems.
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Use PROBLEMS.preview instead of
- PROBLEMS.
-
-2013-06-24 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Add ../PROBLEMS.
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Add PROBLEMS.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-evince-dbus-p): Require dbus at compile-time.
-
-2013-06-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-evince-dbus-p): Improved DBUS availability check.
-
-2013-06-21 Rüdiger Sonderfeld <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-doc-backend-alist): Remove unnecessary `info' check.
-
-2013-06-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-jp.el: Change to `coding: iso-2022-jp-unix'.
-
-2013-06-12 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-jp.el: Add `coding: iso-2022-7bit-unix' file local variable.
-
-2013-06-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-help-error): Let-bind `inhibit-read-only' when
- updating the *TeX Help* buffer.
-
-2013-06-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-after-document-hook): New hook.
- (TeX-arg-document): Use it.
- (LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook): New hook.
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Use it, remove babel specific code.
-
- * style/babel.el: Update copyright years.
- (LaTeX-env-babel-lang): New function.
- ("babel"): Add `LaTeX-env-babel-lang' to
- `LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook'.
-
-2013-06-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-math-close-double-dollar): Remove.
- (TeX-math-close-single-dollar): Ditto.
- (TeX-electric-dollar): Ditto.
- (TeX-electric-math): New customizable variable, supersedes
- variables above.
- (TeX-insert-dollar): Adapt to `TeX-electric-math'. See
- http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.devel/3070
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document `TeX-electric-math'.
- (Environments): Document `LaTeX-find-matching-begin' and
- `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
-
-2013-06-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el: Shorten copyright year ranges and update with
- missing years. Delete trailing whitespaces.
- (TeX-run-compile): Let-bind `default-directory' to
- `TeX-master-directory'.
-
-2013-05-31 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * autogen.sh: Set LC_ALL=C when looking into ChangeLog for
- AUCTEXDATE.
-
-2013-05-31 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplify using `save-excursion'
- instead of regexp searches. Fill the caption when
- `auto-fill-mode' is on.
-
-2013-05-30 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Add new expander "%a", it returns the
- quoted absolute path of the file visiting current buffer.
- (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Use "%a" expander for forward PDF
- search.
-
-2013-05-28 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Fix docstring.
-
-2013-05-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * font-latex.el: Update copyright years, there have been
- non-trivial changes in 2010, and 2011.
- (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fontify Biblatex multicites
- macros up to three mandatory arguments.
-
- * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype): New variable.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options): New variable.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-language-list): New variable.
- (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): New function.
- ("biblatex"): Always set `LaTeX-using-Biber'. Add citation
- macros.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list): Move preamble options to
- `LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options'.
-
-2013-05-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el: Replace `delete-backward-char' with `delete-char'.
-
- * tex.el: Ditto.
-
- * tex-buf.el: Replace `goto-line' with `goto-char' and
- `forward-line'.
-
-2013-05-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/.gitignore: Rename from .cvsignore.
-
- * preview/.gitignore: Ditto.
-
- * preview/latex/.gitignore: Ditto.
-
-2013-05-18 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el: Update copyright years, there have been non-trivial
- changes in 1998, 2001, 2002.
- (TeX-arg-index-tag): Use `TeX-argument-prompt'.
- (TeX-arg-cite): Ditto.
-
- * tex.el: Update copyright years, there have been non-trivial
- changes in 1995, 1998.
- (TeX-parse-arguments): Move skipping of optional
- arguments inside loop over all arguments, because optional
- arguments may not be the first ones. Remove unused let-bound
- variable `skip-opt'.
- (TeX-arg-literal): Remove FIXME comment, `optional' is the first
- argument passed to all functions by `TeX-parse-argument'.
-
-2013-05-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/fancyvrb.el: New style.
-
- * style/xparse.el: Ditto.
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/fancyvrb.el and
- style/xparse.el.
-
-2013-05-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Insert just a single dollar when the
- point is in a verbatim-like construct.
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-jit-lock-force-redisplay): Don't rely
- on existing `jit-lock-force-redisplay' because recent bzr Emacs
- broke compatibility changing the number of arguments. Reported by
- Robert Goldman.
-
-2013-05-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document
- `LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
-
-2013-05-07 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-electric-dollar): New variable.
- (TeX-insert-dollar): Use it.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document `TeX-electric-dollar'.
-
-2013-04-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-bar.el: Update copyright range.
- (TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): Change BibTeX button to Biber when
- `LaTeX-using-biber' is non-nil.
- (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Refresh toolbar after styles update.
-
-2013-04-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-default-document-environment): New buffer-local
- variable.
- (LaTeX-default-environment): Mention
- `LaTeX-default-document-environment' in doc-string.
- (LaTeX-environment): Use `LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
-
- * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Use
- `LaTeX-default-document-environment' instead of
- `LaTeX-default-environment'.
-
- * style/letter.el ("letter"): Ditto.
-
- * style/slides.el ("slides"): Ditto.
-
-2013-04-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/acro.el (LaTeX-acro-acronym-history): New variable.
- (LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym): Use it.
-
- * style/acronym.el (LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history): New variable.
- (LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym): Use it.
-
- * style/beamer.el (LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history): New variable.
- ("beamer"): Use it.
- (TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle): Ditto.
-
- * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history): New variable.
- (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Use it.
-
-2013-04-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Set `frame' as default environment.
- Set `section' as largest sectioning level. Add fontification for
- `title', `author', and `date'.
-
- * style/letter.el ("letter"): Set `letter' as default environment.
- Add some macros and fontification.
-
- * style/slides.el ("slides"): Set `slide' as default environment.
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-insert-braces): Move
- `indent-according-to-mode' after `save-excursion' because
- `LaTeX-newline' (used in `save-excursion') deletes trailing
- whitespaces.
-
-2013-04-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/amsthm.el (LaTeX-amsthm-package-options): New variable.
- ("amsthm"): Remove `newtheorem' macro, already defined in
- `latex.el'. Use `TeX-arg-define-environment' in `newtheorem*'
- macro. Add `qedhere', `swapnumbers', and `newtheoremstyle'
- macros. Add `newtheorem*' regexp to match new environments. Add
- fontification.
-
- * style/article.el ("article"): Add counters and pagestyles.
-
- * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Ditto.
-
- * style/book.el ("book"): Ditto.
-
- * style/letter.el (LaTeX-letter-class-options): New variable.
- ("letter"): Add pagestyles.
-
- * style/report.el ("report"): Add counters and pagestyles.
-
- * style/slides.el (LaTeX-slides-class-options): New variable.
- ("slides"): Add counters and pagestyles.
-
-2013-04-18 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/beamer.el: Update copyright years and remove trailing
- whitespaces.
- ("beamer"): Run style hooks for loaded packages.
- (LaTeX-beamer-class-options): New function.
-
- * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list): Rename
- from `LaTeX-hyperref-package-options' to avoid clash with the
- function with the same name.
- ("hyperref"): Use it.
- (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): Ditto.
-
-2013-04-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * plain-tex.el (plain-TeX-common-initialization): Fix typo in
- abbrev table name.
-
-2013-04-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-default-author): New customizable variable.
- (LaTeX-arg-author): New function.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `LaTeX-arg-author' for the
- \author macro.
- (LaTeX-default-author): Change default to 'user-full-name (quoted)
- and add a new possible value.
- (LaTeX-arg-author): Change accordingly.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Itemize-like): Document `TeX-arg-item-label-p'
- option.
- (Tabular-like): Document `LaTeX-default-width' option.
- (Modes and Hooks): Add modes and hooks to indices.
- (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-index-tag', `TeX-arg-index',
- `TeX-arg-document', `LaTeX-arg-usepackage', `TeX-arg-bibstyle',
- `TeX-arg-bibliography', `LaTeX-arg-author', `TeX-read-key-val',
- and `TeX-arg-key-val' functions. Mention `TeX-arg-cite-note-p'
- and `LaTeX-default-author' options.
- (Adding Environments): Use in example code actually present in
- `listings.el' file.
-
-2013-04-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Use `raise-frame'
- instead of the external wmctrl command to raise the emacs frame.
-
-2013-04-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-read-key-val): Add `prompt' optional argument.
- (TeX-arg-key-val): Ditto.
-
- * tex.el (fboundp): Use `crm-separator' as separator in XEmacs
- `TeX-completing-read-multiple' implementation.
-
- * style/acro.el (LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val): Let-bind keymap with SPC
- key binding removed, instead of defining a new key binding for
- SPC. Use `TeX-arg-key-val' instead of `multi-prompt-key-value'
- and `TeX-argument-insert'.
-
- * style/pst-node.el (LaTeX-pstnode-env-psmatrix): Replace
- `completing-read-multiple' with `TeX-completing-read-multiple'.
-
- * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-package-parameters): Ditto.
-
- * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Let-bind keymap with
- SPC key binding removed, instead of defining a new key binding for
- SPC. Replace `completing-read-multiple' with
- `TeX-completing-read-multiple'.
-
-2013-04-15 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Raise frame when
- placing point on the source location.
-
-2013-04-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/acro.el and style/acronym.el.
-
- * style/acro.el: New style.
-
- * style/acronym.el: Ditto.
-
-2013-04-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-evince-sync-view): URL-escape pdf file path when
- calling evince via DBUS.
- (TeX-evince-sync-view): Use 0 as timestamp.
- (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): URL-decode tex file name.
-
-2013-04-10 Nicolas Richard <address@hidden> (tiny change)
-
- * style/mathtools.el (LaTeX-mathtools-key-val-options): Fix defvar
- syntax.
-
-2013-04-10 Jobst Hoffmann <address@hidden> (tiny change)
-
- * style/lscape.el ("lscape"): Fix typo and parentheses.
-
-2013-04-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * README.GIT: Rename from README.CVS; update contents to Git.
-
-2013-04-09 Leo Liu <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-outline-level): Make it work for customized
- `outline-regexp'. See bug report
- http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.bugs/1648.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin)
- (TeX-view-program-selection): Enable commented code to support
- darwin system.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-math-input-method-off-regexp): Improve and fix typo.
- See bug http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.devel/2468.
-
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist): Fix a bug in
- `font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist' where it modified both the buffer
- local and global value of `font-latex-syntax-alist'.
-
-2013-04-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Correct docstring.
-
-2013-04-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-provided-class-options-member): Fix typo.
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Provide completion for more than one
- package in mandatory argument.
-
-2013-04-05 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-global-class-files): New variable.
- (TeX-arg-document): Provide completion for class options, based on
- `LaTeX-arg-usepackage'. Use `LaTeX-global-class-files'.
- (LaTeX-style-list): Mention that if `TeX-arg-input-file-search' is
- set to `t' this variable will be ignored.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-normal-mode): Reset `LaTeX-global-class-files' when
- ARG is non-nil.
-
- * style/article.el (LaTeX-article-class-options): New variable.
-
- * style/book.el (LaTeX-book-class-options): New variable.
-
- * style/report.el (LaTeX-report-class-options): New variable.
-
-2013-04-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-provided-class-options): New buffer-local
- variable.
- (LaTeX-provided-class-options-member): New function.
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options): New buffer-local variable.
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member): New function
- (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Rewrite to support
- `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options' variables.
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Ditto.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-auto-store): Write to parsed file values of
- `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options' variables.
- (TeX-auto-insert): Fix indentation of inserted lines.
- (TeX-search-files-by-type): Fix typo in doc-string.
- (TeX-add-to-alist): New function.
- (TeX-quote-language-alist): Fix typo in doc-string.
-
- * style/babel.el (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Add missing
- languages.
- (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Add options other than
- languages.
- (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Use
- `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options'. Loop over actually
- used options instead of all babel languages.
- ("babel"): Run styles of active languages.
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use
- `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Consider the `ask' value for
- 'TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
-
- * style/kpfonts.el ("kpfonts"): Use
- `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
-
- * style/siunitx.el: Rename `TeX-siunitx-*' functions to
- `LaTeX-siunitx-*' for consistency.
- ("siunitx"): Use `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
-
-2013-03-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-document): Search for LaTeX classes.
-
-2013-03-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Correct name
- of `TeX-read-key-val' argument.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove `addbibresource'
- macro.
-
- * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options): New
- variable.
- (LaTeX-arg-addbibresource): New function, based on current
- `TeX-arg-bibliography'.
- ("biblatex"): Add `addbibresource' macro.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Use `TeX-read-key-val'.
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-bibliography): Remove `addbibresource'
- support.
-
-2013-03-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Remove trailing spaces from
- inserted lines.
-
-2013-03-07 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-read-key-val): New function.
- (TeX-arg-key-val): Use `TeX-read-key-val'.
-
- * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): Use
- `TeX-read-key-val' instead of `TeX-arg-key-val' which caused args
- to be inserted twice.
-
- * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): Ditto.
-
-2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/amsopn.el: Add GPL copyright notice.
- ("amsopn"): Add regex for \DeclareMathOperator to
- `LaTeX-auto-regexp-list'. Use `TeX-arg-define-macro' for
- \DeclareMathOperator.
-
-2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add support for xindy.
-
-2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add regular expression
- for thispagestyle and pagestyle to `TeX-complete-list'.
-
-2013-03-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-date): New function.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `TeX-arg-date' for \date macro.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Document `TeX-arg-date'.
-
- * style/doc.el ("doc"): Use `TeX-arg-date' for the \changes macro.
-
-2013-02-26 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-run-style-hooks): Guard running style hooks in a
- `condition-case' in order not to error in cases the auto file
- contains calls to functions that are defined by a style that has
- been deactivated in the meantime.
-
-2013-02-25 Werner Fink <address@hidden>
-
- * style/dinbrief.el ("dinbrief"): Update dinbrief style.
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert): New macro.
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-style): New function.
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient): Rename from
- `LaTeX-recipient-hook'.
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-sender): New function.
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient): New function.
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-today): Rename from `LaTeX-today'.
-
-2013-02-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro): Add TeX group characters also in math
- environments if there is an active region that should probably
- used as argument.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-internal): Add \clearpage and
- \newpage.
-
- * style/scrbase.el ("scrbase"): Add \minisec macro to
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' locally.
-
-2013-02-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/kpfonts.el: New style file.
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/kpfonts.el.
-
-2013-02-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Move `digamma' and `varkappa' to
- `AMS > Greek Lowercase' menu.
-
-2013-02-18 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style array.el.
-
- * style/array.el: New style.
-
- * style/tabularx.el: Expand copyright range.
- ("tabularx"): The package relies on the array package, so run its
- style hook.
-
-2013-02-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (require): Require crm.
-
- * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-key-value): Don't require crm here
- because it has already been required in tex.el.
-
-2013-02-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Add hooks for loaded packages.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): New function.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list): Renamed from
- `LaTeX-biblatex-package-options' to avoid clash with the function
- with the same name.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-search-files-type-alist): Add `bbxinputs'.
- (BibLaTeX-global-style-files): New variable.
-
- * tex.el (BibLaTeX-style-extensions): New variable.
- (TeX-normal-mode): Make ARG argument optional.
- (TeX-normal-mode): Reset `BibLaTeX-global-style-files' when ARG is
- non-nil.
-
-2013-02-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): New function.
-
- * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): New
- function.
-
-2013-02-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/subfigure.el: Expanded copyright range.
- ("subfigure"): Collapsed the two regular expressions for
- completion. Added lengths, and commands for fonts.
-
-2013-02-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * style/fancyhdr.el (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position): Document the
- OPTIONAL argument.
-
-2013-02-14 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style fancyhdr.el.
-
- * style/fancyhdr.el: New style.
-
-2013-02-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document
- `TeX-math-close-single-dollar'.
- (Selecting a Command): Remove reference to
- `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'.
- (Parsing Files): Document `LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list',
- `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list',
- `LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list',
- `LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list', `LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list',
- `LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list'.
-
- * tex.el (TeX-math-close-single-dollar): New variable.
- (TeX-insert-dollar): Use it.
-
-2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style filecontents.el.
-
-2013-01-23 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/filecontents.el: New style.
-
-2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style fancynum.el.
-
-2013-02-08 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/fancynum.el: New style.
-
-2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style nameref.el.
-
-2013-02-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Mention that `TeX-arg-savebox'
- now supports completion.
-
- * style/nameref.el: New style.
-
- * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Run nameref style hook because
- hyperref activates nameref.
-
-2013-02-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx-unit"): New type for the parser.
- (LaTeX-siunitx-regexp): New variable.
- (LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit): New variable.
- (LaTeX-siunitx-prepare): New function.
- (LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup): New function.
- (TeX-auto-prepare-hook): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-prepare' function.
- (TeX-auto-cleanup-hook): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup' function.
- (TeX-arg-siunitx-unit): New function.
- (TeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit): New function.
- ("siunitx"): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-regexp' to list of regexps used
- for parsing.
- ("siunitx"): Use `TeX-arg-siunitx-unit' and
- `TeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit' functions.
- ("siunitx"): Use `LaTeX-add-siunitx-units' for adding siunitx unit
- macros to the list of known units.
-
-2013-02-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/biblatex.el: Update copyright range.
- ("biblatex"): Check `backend' option value in
- `TeX-active-styles'.
-
- * tex-style.el: Update copyright years.
- (LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber) Remove unused variable.
-
- * tex.el: Update copyright range.
- (TeX-auto-add-type): Append new type to `TeX-auto-parser' instead
- of prepending it.
- (TeX-auto-store): Fix indentation of first lines of parsed file.
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Append options and styles to
- `TeX-auto-file' instead of prepending them.
-
-2013-01-28 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/todo.texi (Wishlist): Remove "Completion for sboxes".
-
-2013-01-27 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-env-contents): Replaced regular expression with
- `LaTeX-header-end', i.e., filecontents environments must go
- somewhere in the preamble but not necessarily before the
- \documentclass.
-
-2013-01-26 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list): New variable.
- (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list'.
- ("savebox"): New type for the parser.
- (TeX-arg-savebox): Use `LaTeX-savebox-list' for completion and
- `definition' argument.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added makeatletter, makeatother,
- and jobname macros.
- (LaTeX-default-options): Changed documentstyle to documentclass in
- docstring.
-
-2013-01-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Add `\gram' and
- `\SendSettingsToPgf'.
-
-2013-01-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-output-mode): Make revert-buffer-function buffer
- local before setting it to TeX-output-revert-buffer.
-
-2013-01-24 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
-
- * auctex.texi: Updated documetation about ChkTeX and lacheck.
- Fixed typos.
-
-2013-01-24 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-output-revert-buffer): New function.
- (TeX-special-mode, TeX-output-mode): New major modes.
- (TeX-special-mode-map, TeX-output-mode-map): New variables.
-
-2013-01-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style placeins.el.
-
-2013-01-21 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
-
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add \shortintertext.
-
-2013-01-19 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/placeins.el: New style.
-
-2013-01-17 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/todo.texi: Remove the todo concerning completion for
- counters that was implemented by Mosè Giordano on 2013-01-15.
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Document `TeX-arg-length' and
- `TeX-arg-define-length'.
-
-2013-01-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list): New variable.
- (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list'.
- ("length"): New type for the parser.
- (TeX-arg-length): New function.
- (TeX-arg-define-length): New function.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize some standard LaTeX
- lengths and use `TeX-arg-length' and `TeX-arg-define-length' for
- completion of some macros.
-
-2013-01-15 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/auctex.texi: Document that `TeX-arg-counter' does completion
- now.
-
-2013-01-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list): Fix typo.
- (LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list): New variable.
- (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list'.
- ("counter"): New type for the parser.
- (TeX-arg-counter): Use `LaTeX-counter-list' function for
- completion and `definition' argument.
- (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use `definition' argument.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize counters.
-
-2013-01-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * style/ulem.el (LaTeX-arg-fontdecl, LaTeX-arg-fontcmd): Fix
- declarations.
-
-2013-01-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-pstricks-package-options): New
- variable.
-
- * style/varioref.el: Update copyright range.
- ("varioref"): Add more definitions.
- (LaTeX-varioref-package-options): Reformat.
-
- * style/listings.el: Update copyright range.
- (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options, "listings")
- (LaTeX-listings-package-options): Update to recent listings
- version.
-
-2013-01-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Enable memoir.el style.
-
-2013-01-14 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/memoir.el: New style.
-
-2013-01-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-environment): Fix typo.
-
-2013-01-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el: Update copyright range.
- (LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list): New variable.
- (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list'.
- ("pagestyle"): New type for the parser.
- (LaTeX-pagestyle-list): Remove.
- (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use `LaTeX-pagestyle-list' function for
- completing.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize pagestyles.
-
- * style/imakeidx.el: Use `LaTeX-pagestyle-list' function to set
- `firstpagestyle' option values.
-
-2013-01-11 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
-
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add command to run ChkTeX.
-
-2013-01-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add new style files kantlipsum.el,
- lipsum.el, and longtable.el.
-
-2013-01-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/kantlipsum.el: New style.
-
- * style/lipsum.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/longtable.el: Ditto
-
-2013-01-10 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-env-document): Only insert \documentclass in
- case the document does not already contain one.
-
-2013-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
-
- * style/epigraph.el ("epigraph"): Do not quote list entries for
- `font-latex-add-keywords'.
-
-2013-01-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
-
- * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Prevent amsmath options from
- being added multiple times.
-
- * style/footmisc.el ("footmisc"): Remove fontification settings
- for length macros.
-
-2013-01-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
-
- * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Append amsmath options to
- mathtools option after the amsmath style file has been loaded.
- Remove `function' wrapper.
-
-2013-01-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style files.
-
- * ChangeLog: Move name of style file contributors to head of
- ChangLog entries.
-
-2013-01-02 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * style/everysel.el: Fix typos.
-
-2013-01-02 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/afterpage.el: New style.
-
-2012-12-30 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-pagestyle-list): New variable.
- (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use it.
-
- * style/imakeidx.el: New style.
-
-2012-12-29 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * doc/tex-ref.tex: Fix apparent errors and add keybind entries for
- C-c ? and `:' (in math mode).
-
-2012-12-28 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/multirow.el: New style.
-
-2012-12-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): New variable.
- ("siunitx"): Use it.
-
- * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-href-options): New variable.
- (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options, "hyperref"): Use it.
-
-2012-12-27 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/mflogo.el: New style.
-
- * style/epigraph.el: Ditto.
-
-2012-12-27 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add support for the alignedat
- and subarray environments. Also, add support for the shoveright
- and shoveleft macros.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-math-environments): Add "xxalignat"
- and "flalign".
-
-2012-12-26 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/lscape.el: New style.
-
- * style/amssymb.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/ragged2e.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/mathtools.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/everysel.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/bigstrut.el: Ditto.
-
- * style/bigdelim.el: Ditto.
-
-2012-12-25 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/ulem.el: New style.
-
-2012-12-25 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added unicode character position
- to some entries and "mathring" entry.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added support for accent macros
- \hat, \dot etc and \textasteriskcentered.
-
-2012-12-24 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-
- * style/footmisc.el: New style.
-
-2012-12-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-
- * style/bm.el: New style.
-
- * style/siunitx.el: Ditto.
-
-2012-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist):
- Also add spell button.
-
- * images/spell.xpm: New image, copied from Emacs.
-
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-button-alist): Use it for the spell
- button.
-
-2012-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
-
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-button-alist, TeX-bar-TeX-buttons): Add
- `spell' button to run spell-checker.
+ * tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
+ dynamic scoping for `num'.
+ (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Don't use `eval' needlessly.
+ (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Declare before first use.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
+ (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
2012-12-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
@@ -2578,8 +87,8 @@
2012-07-17 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Added function.
- (TeX-texinfo-mode): Added RefTeX plugging.
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Add function.
+ (TeX-texinfo-mode): Add RefTeX plugging.
2012-11-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
@@ -2590,8 +99,8 @@
2012-11-20 Davide G. M. Salvetti <address@hidden>
- * doc/tex-ref.tex (column{preview-latex}): Fix typo. Reported by
- Sébastien Villemot. Update copyright information.
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex (column{preview-latex}): Fix typo.
+ Reported by Sébastien Villemot. Update copyright information.
2012-11-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2629,10 +138,10 @@
2012-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
* tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-engine-default)
- (TeX-engine-alist-builtin, japanese-TeX-use-kanji-opt-flag): New
- defcustoms.
- (japanese-TeX-coding-ejsu, japanese-TeX-get-encoding-string): New
- functions.
+ (TeX-engine-alist-builtin, japanese-TeX-use-kanji-opt-flag):
+ New defcustoms.
+ (japanese-TeX-coding-ejsu, japanese-TeX-get-encoding-string):
+ New functions.
(japanese-TeX-command-list): Support %(kanjiopt).
(TeX-expand-list): Support new option kanjiopt, bibtex, makeindex,
mendexkopt, xdvi.
@@ -2672,7 +181,7 @@
(TeX-auto-generate-global, TeX-search-files-type-alist)
(TeX-normal-mode): Adapt.
(TeX-command-Biber): New defcustom.
- (BibTeX-Biber-file-extensions): Renamed from
+ (BibTeX-Biber-file-extensions): Rename from
BibTeX-file-extensions.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-save-document, TeX-check-files)
@@ -2683,7 +192,7 @@
(TeX-arg-bibliography, LaTeX-common-initialization): Adapt.
(LaTeX-biber, LaTeX-split-bibs, LaTeX-using-Biber)
(LaTeX-always-use-Biber): New functions and vars.
- (BibTeX-Biber-global-files): Renamed from BibTeX-global-files.
+ (BibTeX-Biber-global-files): Rename from BibTeX-global-files.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes)
(font-latex-add-keywords): Adapt.
@@ -2844,8 +353,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Use a different test to check for an
absolute path on Windows.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Add
- definition for \rule and remove the one for \sbox.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Add definition for \rule and remove the one for \sbox.
2011-04-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2963,13 +472,13 @@
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-post-command): Add `forward-char' and
`backward-char' to commands on which to open an overlay.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Mention
- `TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros):
+ Mention `TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
2011-01-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Make `subdirs' parameter optional. Do
- not try to call kpsewhich with --expand-braces anymore and adapt
+ * tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Make `subdirs' parameter optional.
+ Do not try to call kpsewhich with --expand-braces anymore and adapt
code for handling of results accordingly.
(TeX-doc-extenstions): New variable.
(TeX-tree-roots): New function.
@@ -2986,8 +495,8 @@
`TeX-input-file-search'.
(LaTeX-search-files-type-alist): New user option.
(TeX-arg-input-file-search): Doc fix.
- (TeX-arg-input-file, TeX-arg-bibstyle, TeX-arg-bibliography): Use
- `TeX-search-files-by-type' instead of `TeX-search-files'.
+ (TeX-arg-input-file, TeX-arg-bibstyle, TeX-arg-bibliography):
+ Use `TeX-search-files-by-type' instead of `TeX-search-files'.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Set `TeX-search-files-type-alist'.
2011-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3055,14 +564,14 @@
2010-09-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* context.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands): Remove.
- (ConTeXt-language-variable-list): Add
- `ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands'.
+ (ConTeXt-language-variable-list):
+ Add `ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands'.
- * context-en.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-en): New
- variable.
+ * context-en.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-en):
+ New variable.
- * context-nl.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-nl): New
- variable.
+ * context-nl.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-nl):
+ New variable.
2010-09-18 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3223,8 +732,8 @@
(dist): Do not call `release-commit' anymore.
(snapshot): Now an alias for `dist'.
(release-commit): Use `COMMITTER'.
- (release-sign): New name for `full-release' target. Generate
- version 1.1 directive files.
+ (release-sign): New name for `full-release' target.
+ Generate version 1.1 directive files.
(xemacs-package): Depend on `check-tag'.
(WPACKAGEFILES): Include info files with a numerical supplement to
the .info extension. Depend on `check-tag'. Check for presence
@@ -3364,8 +873,8 @@
2009-11-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/wininstall.texi: Do not refer to Emacs 22 anymore. Improve
- the paragraphs about PNG support.
+ * doc/wininstall.texi: Do not refer to Emacs 22 anymore.
+ Improve the paragraphs about PNG support.
2009-11-01 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3393,8 +902,8 @@
(TeX-brace-count-line): Use `TeX-in-comment' instead of just
checking for a comment character.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `TeX-verbatim-p-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `TeX-verbatim-p-function'.
2009-10-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3483,8 +992,8 @@
* style/listings.el ("listings"): Do not eval arguments of
`TeX-arg-key-val'.
- * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-expand-completion-table): New
- function.
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-expand-completion-table):
+ New function.
(multi-prompt-key-value): Use it.
* style/pstricks.el: Correct header info.
@@ -3537,8 +1046,8 @@
2009-03-29 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options):
+ New variable.
("listings"): Use it. Check for font-latex function, not feature.
* latex.el (TeX-arg-key-val): New function.
@@ -3625,8 +1134,8 @@
* style/CJKutf8.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/CJK.el and style/ruby.el. Add
- style/CJKutf8.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/CJK.el and style/ruby.el.
+ Add style/CJKutf8.el.
2009-01-03 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3788,13 +1297,13 @@
2008-08-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Mimic
- the default tool bars more closely.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
+ Mimic the default tool bars more closely.
2008-08-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): Provide
- different defaults for different Emacs and XEmacs versions.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
+ Provide different defaults for different Emacs and XEmacs versions.
Conditionally add a `new-file' entry.
2008-07-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3859,45 +1368,45 @@
2008-07-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make): Take
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' into account.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make):
+ Take `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' into account.
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp): Move behind
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands' definition.
2008-07-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"): Use
- `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' rather than
+ * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"):
+ Use `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' rather than
`TeX-sync-output-page-function'.
* tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove SyncTeX expanders.
(TeX-expand-list): Adapt function calls. Remove SyncTeX expander.
- (hack-one-local-variable, TeX-set-mode-name): Remove
- `TeX-synctex-mode' and `TeX-source-specials-mode'. Add
- `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
+ (hack-one-local-variable, TeX-set-mode-name):
+ Remove `TeX-synctex-mode' and `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ Add `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
(TeX-source-correlate-method): New variable.
(TeX-source-correlate-method-active): New variable.
- (TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function): Rename from
`TeX-sync-output-page-function'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-asked): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-asked): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server-asked'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server-flag'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-gnuserv-p): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-gnuserv-p): Rename from
`TeX-view-gnuser-p'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p): Rename from
`TeX-view-server-enabled-p'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server-maybe'.
(TeX-source-specials): Remove custom group.
(TeX-source-correlate-determine-method): New function.
- (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-expand-options'. Support SyncTeX as well.
- (TeX-source-correlate-map): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-map): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-map'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-mode'. Support SyncTeX as well.
(TeX-source-specials-mode): Now an alias for
`TeX-source-specials-mode'.
@@ -3926,21 +1435,21 @@
replacement specifiers.
* tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add expanders for SyncTeX.
- (TeX-expand-list): Start server if necessary when viewing. Define
- expander for SyncTeX.
+ (TeX-expand-list): Start server if necessary when viewing.
+ Define expander for SyncTeX.
(hack-one-local-variable): Cater for TeX SyncTeX mode.
(TeX-set-mode-name): Add lighter for TeX SyncTeX mode.
(TeX-view): New customization group.
- (TeX-view-start-server): Renamed from
+ (TeX-view-start-server): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-view-start-server'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server): Rename to
`TeX-view-start-server' and define alias.
- (TeX-view-start-server-asked): Renamed from
+ (TeX-view-start-server-asked): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked): Rename to
`TeX-view-start-server-asked'.
(TeX-view-start-server-flag): New variable.
- (TeX-view-gnuserv-p): Renamed from
+ (TeX-view-gnuserv-p): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p): Rename to
`TeX-view-gnuserv-p'.
@@ -3973,8 +1482,8 @@
2008-06-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-find-matching-close): Simplify. There
- is no need for a general mechanism if the supported chars are
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-find-matching-close): Simplify.
+ There is no need for a general mechanism if the supported chars are
limited at another place.
* tex.el (TeX-search-syntax-table): Support (...) and <...>.
@@ -4001,8 +1510,8 @@
2008-06-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Distinguish
- command-type keyword classes from others when creating the
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords):
+ Distinguish command-type keyword classes from others when creating the
respective variables.
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Structure with nodes.
@@ -4088,8 +1597,8 @@
2008-05-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Add
- standard Emacs buttons to custom set.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
+ Add standard Emacs buttons to custom set.
(TeX-bar-TeX-buttons): Use `tex' instead of `latex' in custom set.
2008-05-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4160,8 +1669,8 @@
2008-02-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Do not depend on distclean. How
- did this ever work?
+ * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Do not depend on distclean.
+ How did this ever work?
(www-doc): Use release files. Update URLs. Make gendocs.sh use
texi2html.
@@ -4295,13 +1804,13 @@
* tex-buf.el (TeX-record-buffer): New variable, only in Emacs.
(TeX-pop-to-buffer): New function.
(TeX-recenter-output-buffer, TeX-background-filter)
- (TeX-parse-TeX, TeX-parse-error, TeX-help-error): Use
- `TeX-pop-to-buffer'.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX, TeX-parse-error, TeX-help-error):
+ Use `TeX-pop-to-buffer'.
2007-10-30 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-find-image): Rename argument. Improve
- doc string.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-find-image): Rename argument.
+ Improve doc string.
2007-10-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4329,8 +1838,8 @@
2007-08-24 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Show
- error indicator only in LaTeX mode.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Show error indicator only in LaTeX mode.
2007-08-23 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4369,14 +1878,14 @@
* style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Use `font-latex-add-keywords'.
Add syntax information.
- * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Update for version 3.7. Use
- `font-latex-add-keywords'. Add syntax information.
+ * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Update for version 3.7.
+ Use `font-latex-add-keywords'. Add syntax information.
* style/MinionPro.el ("MinionPro"): Use `font-latex-add-keywords'.
Add syntax information.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Correct
- syntax spec for \subsubparagraph.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Correct syntax spec for \subsubparagraph.
2007-08-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4485,8 +1994,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Match optional
arguments of document style or class macro even if they contain
- periods, e.g. in case of "BCOR8.25mm" in KOMA Script classes. Get
- rid of superfluous escapes in complemented character alternatives.
+ periods, e.g. in case of "BCOR8.25mm" in KOMA Script classes.
+ Get rid of superfluous escapes in complemented character alternatives.
* tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Show matching start only if
`blink-matching-paren' is non-nil.
@@ -4507,8 +2016,8 @@
2007-05-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Check
- if `match-beg' is set.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Check if `match-beg' is set.
2007-05-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4581,8 +2090,8 @@
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces)
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-env)
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-envII)
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-quotation): Doc fix. Return
- nil if no content requiring region extension was found.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-quotation): Doc fix.
+ Return nil if no content requiring region extension was found.
2007-04-16 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
@@ -4619,8 +2128,8 @@
* tex-mik.el: Set `TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter' to nil since
kpsewhich in MiKTeX (aka findtexmf) does not emit any useful
- information if fed with kpathsea-related variables anyway. This
- change makes `TeX-doc' work again on MiKTeX.
+ information if fed with kpathsea-related variables anyway.
+ This change makes `TeX-doc' work again on MiKTeX.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Match the
\begin macro of verbatim environments in case it is preceded by
@@ -4659,8 +2168,8 @@
* Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/comment.el.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra): New
- variable.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra):
+ New variable.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Use it.
* tex-style.el (LaTeX-comment-env-list): New variable.
@@ -4751,12 +2260,12 @@
face when syntax not correct.
(font-latex-match-in-braces-cache): Remove.
(font-latex-match-mandatory-arg): New function.
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-with-args): New
- function.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-with-args):
+ New function.
(font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Set multiline property if
necessary.
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces): New
- function.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces):
+ New function.
(font-latex-match-math-env): Set multiline property if necessary.
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-env): New function.
(font-latex-math-environments): New variable.
@@ -4798,12 +2307,12 @@
(TeX-fold-math-spec-list-internal): New variables.
(TeX-fold-region-macro-or-env, TeX-fold-item): Use them.
(TeX-fold-comment-do): Doc fix.
- (TeX-fold-mode): Set TeX-fold-*-spec-list-internal variables. Use
- <mode-prefix>-fold-*-spec-list variables if bound.
+ (TeX-fold-mode): Set TeX-fold-*-spec-list-internal variables.
+ Use <mode-prefix>-fold-*-spec-list variables if bound.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list)
- (LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list, LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list): New
- variables.
+ (LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list, LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list):
+ New variables.
* tex.el (TeX-mode-prefix): New function.
(TeX-clean): Use it.
@@ -4819,16 +2328,16 @@
* tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system)
(TeX-japanese-process-output-coding-system): Do not use
- default-coding-system to set process-coding-system, anymore. The
- value is set to shift_jis or euc-jp depending on window-system.
+ default-coding-system to set process-coding-system, anymore.
+ The value is set to shift_jis or euc-jp depending on window-system.
* tex-bar.el: Fix typo. Reported by Ikumi Keita
<address@hidden>.
2007-02-09 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add
- `TeX-run-discard-foreground' and `TeX-run-function' for
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list):
+ Add `TeX-run-discard-foreground' and `TeX-run-function' for
function-item.
(japanese-TeX-set-process-coding-system): New function.
(TeX-after-start-process-function): Use it. Cater for the
@@ -4869,8 +2378,8 @@
2007-01-23 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document
- `TeX-math-close-double-dollar'. Add subheadings.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes):
+ Document `TeX-math-close-double-dollar'. Add subheadings.
2007-01-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5015,8 +2524,8 @@
(TeX-fold-region-macro-or-env, TeX-fold-region-comment)
(TeX-fold-comment, TeX-fold-comment-do): New functions.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `TeX-search-forward-comment-start-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `TeX-search-forward-comment-start-function'.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do, LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Call `TeX-search-forward-comment-start'
instead of `LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start'.
@@ -5039,8 +2548,8 @@
2006-12-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-install-toolbar, LaTeX-install-toolbar): Add
- `toolbarx-refresh' to `TeX-PDF-mode-hook' in the current buffer
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-install-toolbar, LaTeX-install-toolbar):
+ Add `toolbarx-refresh' to `TeX-PDF-mode-hook' in the current buffer
only.
2006-12-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5065,7 +2574,7 @@
New arg KEYMAP inserted.
Unnecessary &optional removed.
(toolbarx-emacs-refresh):
- Fixed bug with `tool-bar-map' let-bound and made local variable.
+ Fix bug with `tool-bar-map' let-bound and made local variable.
(toolbarx-xemacs-refresh-process-button-or-insert-list):
Docstring improved..
(toolbarx-xemacs-refresh):
@@ -5121,8 +2630,8 @@
2006-10-16 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error, TeX-error, TeX-warning): Replace
- the error parser basically by what we have in preview-latex.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error, TeX-error, TeX-warning):
+ Replace the error parser basically by what we have in preview-latex.
However, this does not yet do the fine-grained hackery around
possible TeX quote characters that preview-latex employs in order
to get the correct character position in a line even under adverse
@@ -5154,8 +2663,8 @@
(TeX-expand-list): Use the `-interaction' option. Define "%`",
" \"\\", "\"" and "%'" patterns. Somebody should probably rather
turn this into external functions in `tex-buf.el': the stuff
- really has no business here and does not get byte-compiled. Use
- `file' for "%o".
+ really has no business here and does not get byte-compiled.
+ Use `file' for "%o".
2006-10-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5247,8 +2756,8 @@
2006-09-11 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Remove X2ABB for \Pr. Suggested
- by Adam Johnson <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Remove X2ABB for \Pr.
+ Suggested by Adam Johnson <address@hidden>.
2006-09-08 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -5308,13 +2817,13 @@
2006-07-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Improve
- wording.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
+ Improve wording.
* doc/changes.texi: Add bug fixes. Add TeX tool bar.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Running TeX and friends): Add
- TeX-enable-toolbar.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Running TeX and friends):
+ Add TeX-enable-toolbar.
* tex-bar.el: Copy of tool bar stuff from LaTeX-*.
(TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists)
@@ -5383,8 +2892,8 @@
2006-07-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries, TeX-find-macro-start): Remove
- unused argument.
+ * tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries, TeX-find-macro-start):
+ Remove unused argument.
(TeX-find-macro-end-helper): Handle macros at the end of the
buffer correctly.
@@ -5530,8 +3039,8 @@
2006-06-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page): Initialize
- `sync-record' with a non-nil value.
+ * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page):
+ Initialize `sync-record' with a non-nil value.
* doc/auctex.texi (Viewing): Fix reference to Commands node
looking ugly in info output. Slightly rearrange forward/inverse
@@ -5567,8 +3076,8 @@
2006-06-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes): Make
- `font-latex-quote-regexp-beg' buffer-local.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes):
+ Make `font-latex-quote-regexp-beg' buffer-local.
2006-06-04 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -5633,8 +3142,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-quotes-internal): New variable.
(font-latex-quotes-set-internal): New function.
- (font-latex-match-quotation): Use it. Use
- `font-latex-quotes-internal' instead of `font-latex-quotes'.
+ (font-latex-match-quotation): Use it.
+ Use `font-latex-quotes-internal' instead of `font-latex-quotes'.
(font-latex-setup): Remove code for figuring out type of
language-specific quotation mark matching which is now in
`font-latex-quotes-set-internal'.
@@ -5720,8 +3229,8 @@
2006-04-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check, TeX-parse-error): Support
- file-line-error error indicators.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check, TeX-parse-error):
+ Support file-line-error error indicators.
2006-04-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5779,8 +3288,8 @@
2006-03-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * configure.ac: Check for `make' and abort if not present. Use
- `AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' instead of deprecated `AC_SET_MAKE'.
+ * configure.ac: Check for `make' and abort if not present.
+ Use `AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' instead of deprecated `AC_SET_MAKE'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add \dots to supported
TeX symbols.
@@ -5861,8 +3370,8 @@
"Clean" and "Clean All" options. Add `TeX-run-function' as an
option for the third element of an item and document it.
(TeX-clean-default-intermediate-suffixes)
- (TeX-clean-default-output-suffixes, TeX-clean-confirm): New
- variables.
+ (TeX-clean-default-output-suffixes, TeX-clean-confirm):
+ New variables.
(dired-mark-pop-up): Autoload.
(TeX-clean): New function.
@@ -5914,7 +3423,7 @@
2006-01-28 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-discard-foreground): Renamed from
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-discard-foreground): Rename from
TeX-run-dviout.
(TeX-run-dviout): alias to TeX-run-discard-foreground.
@@ -5923,8 +3432,8 @@
2006-01-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-insert-environment): Set
- prompt for mandatory arguments.
+ * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-insert-environment):
+ Set prompt for mandatory arguments.
("csquotes"): Bring up to par with csquotes 3.2.
* style/url.el ("url"): Support the \path macro.
@@ -5973,16 +3482,16 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Use TeX-espaced-p to
check TeX escape char.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Removed TeX-run-dviout because dviout
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove TeX-run-dviout because dviout
here is only work with Emacs on MS-DOS.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-dviout): Removed.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-dviout): Remove.
* tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Remove TeX-run-dviout.
Commented out easy-menu-define (plain-TeX|LaTeX)-mode-command-nemu.
(japanese-TeX-mode, japanese-plain-tex-mode)
(japanese-latex-mode): Doc fix.
- (japanese-TeX-self-insert-command): Renamed from
+ (japanese-TeX-self-insert-command): Rename from
tex-jp-self-insert-command.
(TeX-insert-punctuation): Follow the change.
(TeX-error-description-list): Doc fix.
@@ -6140,8 +3649,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-toggle-debug-warnings): Use correct variable for
state indication.
- (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Add entry for "sty". Prevents
- kpathsea-based search from failing e.g. in case of \usepackage
+ (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Add entry for "sty".
+ Prevents kpathsea-based search from failing e.g. in case of \usepackage
insertion.
* doc/changes.texi: Document removal of
@@ -6193,13 +3702,13 @@
the user is the respective options are non-nil.
(TeX-parse-error): Conditionalize checking for warnings and bad
boxes. Find warnings without line numbers as well.
- (TeX-warning): Doc fix (no need to return nil anymore). Support
- warnings without line numbers.
+ (TeX-warning): Doc fix (no need to return nil anymore).
+ Support warnings without line numbers.
* tex.el (TeX-toggle-debug-boxes): Do not autoload.
(TeX-debug-bad-boxes): Doc fix.
(TeX-debug-warnings): New variable.
- (TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes): Moved here from tex-buf.el.
+ (TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes): Move here from tex-buf.el.
(TeX-toggle-debug-warnings): New function.
(TeX-mode-map): Define new key bindings for
`TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' and `TeX-toggle-debug-warnings'.
@@ -6232,8 +3741,8 @@
(TeX-mode-map): Use `TeX-insert-backslash' for `\'.
(TeX-electric-escape): Adapt doc string.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics): Document
- `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics):
+ Document `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
* doc/changes.texi: Advertise `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
@@ -6255,8 +3764,8 @@
2005-10-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-quote-language-alist, TeX-insert-quote): Support
- functions as opening and closing quotation marks.
+ * tex.el (TeX-quote-language-alist, TeX-insert-quote):
+ Support functions as opening and closing quotation marks.
* style/frenchb.el: New file.
@@ -6294,16 +3803,16 @@
* style/amsbsy.el (LaTeX-amsbsy-package-options): New variable.
- * style/fancyref.el (LaTeX-fancyref-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/fancyref.el (LaTeX-fancyref-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/harvard.el: Updated GPL to version 2. Fixed FSF address.
(LaTeX-harvard-package-options): New variable.
* style/index.el (LaTeX-index-package-options): New variable.
- * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/makeidx.el (LaTeX-makeidx-package-options): New variable.
@@ -6313,16 +3822,16 @@
* style/natbib.el (LaTeX-natbib-package-options): New variable.
- * style/nicefrac.el (LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/nicefrac.el (LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options):
+ New variable.
- * style/paralist.el (LaTeX-paralist-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/paralist.el (LaTeX-paralist-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/units.el (LaTeX-units-package-options): New variable.
- * style/scrpage2.el (LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/scrpage2.el (LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options):
+ New variable.
2005-10-21 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -6357,31 +3866,31 @@
2005-10-19 Arne Jørgensen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): If
- `LaTeX-<package>-package-options' is bound and nil don't ask for
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage):
+ If `LaTeX-<package>-package-options' is bound and nil don't ask for
package options.
- * style/verbatim.el (LaTeX-verbatim-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/verbatim.el (LaTeX-verbatim-package-options):
+ New variable.
- * style/varioref.el (LaTeX-varioref-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/varioref.el (LaTeX-varioref-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/url.el (LaTeX-url-package-options): New variable.
- * style/subfigure.el (LaTeX-subfigure-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/subfigure.el (LaTeX-subfigure-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/inputenc.el (LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc): Doc fix.
(LaTeX-inputenc-package-options): Doc fix.
* style/dk-bib.el (LaTeX-dk-bib-package-options): Doc fix.
- * style/captcont.el (LaTeX-captcont-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/captcont.el (LaTeX-captcont-package-options):
+ New variable.
- * style/booktabs.el (LaTeX-booktabs-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/booktabs.el (LaTeX-booktabs-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/babel.el: Add doc string to `LaTeX-babel-package-options'
and use `defvar' instead of `setq'.
@@ -6390,8 +3899,8 @@
2005-10-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/dk-bib.el, style/inputenc.el: Add coding cookie. Delete
- trailing whitespace. Reindent.
+ * style/dk-bib.el, style/inputenc.el: Add coding cookie.
+ Delete trailing whitespace. Reindent.
2005-10-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6421,18 +3930,18 @@
* style/dk-bib.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added style/inputenc.el and
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/inputenc.el and
style/dk-bib.el.
2005-10-10 Arne Jørgensen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed spurious characters
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove spurious characters
in variable definition.
2005-10-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * doc/auctex.texi (top): Index "tool bar" and "toolbar". Use
- "tool bar" in the text.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (top): Index "tool bar" and "toolbar".
+ Use "tool bar" in the text.
* doc/changes.texi: Use "tool bar".
@@ -6449,11 +3958,11 @@
(plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list): Use it.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use
- it.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, BibTeX-auto-regexp-list):
+ Use it.
* tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed.
+ (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove.
2005-10-06 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -6480,12 +3989,12 @@
(LaTeX-verbatim-environments, LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local):
New variables.
(LaTeX-verbatim-macro-boundaries, LaTeX-current-verbatim-macro)
- (LaTeX-verbatim-p, LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start): New
- functions.
+ (LaTeX-verbatim-p, LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start):
+ New functions.
(LaTeX-verbatim-macros): Remove.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Simplify.
- (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Use
- `LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims'.
+ (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point):
+ Use `LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims'.
(LaTeX-fill-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Handle comment
starters in verbatim constructs correctly.
@@ -6511,8 +4020,8 @@
* style/url.el ("url"): Use new variables for verbatim constructs.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Mostly rewritten. Improve
- handling of macrocode environments.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Mostly rewritten.
+ Improve handling of macrocode environments.
2005-10-02 Christian Schlauer <address@hidden>
@@ -6528,7 +4037,7 @@
2005-09-29 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * doc/install.texi (Customizing): Removed "Contributed files"
+ * doc/install.texi (Customizing): Remove "Contributed files"
section.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
@@ -6540,8 +4049,8 @@
2005-09-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* auctex.spec: Add files in %{_datadir}/emacs/site-lisp.
- Suggested by Jan-Ake Larsson. Added startfiles. Exclude
- %{_infodir}/dir.
+ Suggested by Jan-Ake Larsson. Added startfiles.
+ Exclude %{_infodir}/dir.
2005-09-27 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6594,8 +4103,8 @@
2005-09-24 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * doc/install.texi (Advice for package providers): Suggest
- "anytex" instead of "notex" for without-texmf compilations.
+ * doc/install.texi (Advice for package providers):
+ Suggest "anytex" instead of "notex" for without-texmf compilations.
2005-09-23 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -6618,8 +4127,8 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Mention `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
`font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Document
- `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking):
+ Document `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
`font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
2005-09-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6634,8 +4143,8 @@
2005-09-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): New
- `slide-title' class.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ New `slide-title' class.
(font-latex-slide-title-face): New face.
Specify :size for XEmacs.
@@ -6658,13 +4167,13 @@
2005-08-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove redundant call to
- `make-local-variable' for `outline-heading-alist'. Set
- `outline-heading-alist' only if it is already defined.
+ `make-local-variable' for `outline-heading-alist'.
+ Set `outline-heading-alist' only if it is already defined.
2005-08-26 Matthieu Moy <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `outline-heading-alist'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `outline-heading-alist'.
2005-08-24 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6679,8 +4188,8 @@
names of non-existent variables.
* tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Do not use `TeX-find-macro-end'
- for it may look too far in cases like "\emph{foo}{}". Use
- `forward-sexp' with a stripped syntax table instead.
+ for it may look too far in cases like "\emph{foo}{}".
+ Use `forward-sexp' with a stripped syntax table instead.
2005-08-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6701,14 +4210,14 @@
* latex.el (TeX-arg-input-file): Doc fix.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove `TeX-run-LaTeX'. Add
- `TeX-run-ispell-on-document' in order to prevent mismatch in
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove `TeX-run-LaTeX'.
+ Add `TeX-run-ispell-on-document' in order to prevent mismatch in
customization buffer.
2005-08-05 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face): Remove
- `list' from already quoted list.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face):
+ Remove `list' from already quoted list.
2005-08-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6893,8 +4402,8 @@
* latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Use `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
- * context.el (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use
- `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization):
+ Use `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
* configure.ac: Make info about configuration clearer (in
connection with the message for preview-latex).
@@ -7090,8 +4599,8 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Rename to AUCTEXTEXIFILES.
(PERL, PREVIEWTEXIFILES): New variables.
- (all): Now depends on `auctex' and `preview' targets. Move
- AUCTeX-specific targets from original to `auctex'.
+ (all): Now depends on `auctex' and `preview' targets.
+ Move AUCTeX-specific targets from original to `auctex'.
(install): Now depends on `install-auctex' and `install-preview'
targets. Move AUCTeX-specific targets and content from original
to `install-auctex'.
@@ -7216,8 +4725,8 @@
2005-06-03 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXINFOINCLUDES, TEXIFILES, ../INSTALL)
- (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ): Move
- ../preview/doc/macros.texi to here again.
+ (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ):
+ Move ../preview/doc/macros.texi to here again.
2005-06-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7260,8 +4769,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-match-defun)
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Do not byte-compile generated
- functions here but at the end of font-latex.el. Prevents
- byte-compiler warnings due to possibly undefined functions.
+ functions here but at the end of font-latex.el.
+ Prevents byte-compiler warnings due to possibly undefined functions.
2005-05-24 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -7277,8 +4786,8 @@
instead of redefining it.
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed): New function replacing the previous extra
functionality in `TeX-PDF-mode'.
- (TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Warn in docstring. Use
- `TeX-PDF-mode-parsed'.
+ (TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Warn in docstring.
+ Use `TeX-PDF-mode-parsed'.
2005-05-21 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7324,8 +4833,8 @@
`dolist'. Prevents console pop-ups with XEmacsen on Windows.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Check for
- `charset-after' to make non-MULE XEmacsen happy. Some
- reformatting.
+ `charset-after' to make non-MULE XEmacsen happy.
+ Some reformatting.
2005-05-18 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -7405,8 +4914,8 @@
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-make-overlay): Calculate priority before
the overlay is instantiated.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Make
- XEmacs happy.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Make XEmacs happy.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-newline-hook): New hook.
(LaTeX-fill-newline): Use it.
@@ -7465,8 +4974,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-forward-comment): New function.
Prevent infinite loops and repair regexp.
Simplify. Code mainly by David Kastrup.
- (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Use it. Set
- fontification start of optional argument to opening bracket.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Use it.
+ Set fontification start of optional argument to opening bracket.
Apply restriction of region more globally. Fix handling of
multiple optional arguments. Break if the end of the first
mandatory argument could not be found.
@@ -7475,8 +4984,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-normal-mode): Ask for master file in 'shared case.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Doc
- fix (typo).
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Doc fix (typo).
(font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Set macro end before
any comments. Do not move forward over comments if point is over
the limit.
@@ -7629,8 +5138,8 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (MAKEINFOINC): Use macros.texi in preview/doc
directory.
(auctex.dvi, auctex.pdf, auctex.info, ../INSTALL)
- (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ): Use
- MAKEINFOINC
+ (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ):
+ Use MAKEINFOINC
* doc/macros.texi: Remove in lieu of version in preview/doc.
@@ -7658,8 +5167,8 @@
* configure.ac: substitute auctexstartfile. Export auctexdir as
`..'.
- If installing info into XEmacs package, disable install-info. If
- makeinfo is disabled, don't check for macros.
+ If installing info into XEmacs package, disable install-info.
+ If makeinfo is disabled, don't check for macros.
* Makefile.in (auctexstartfile): autoconf variable.
(subdirs): autoconf variable.
@@ -7715,8 +5224,8 @@
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Adjust to new sectioning
fontification.
- * font-latex.el: Rename most *-title* stuff to *-sectioning*. Old
- names: font-latex-title-%s-face, font-latex-title-fontify,
+ * font-latex.el: Rename most *-title* stuff to *-sectioning*.
+ Old names: font-latex-title-%s-face, font-latex-title-fontify,
font-latex-update-title-faces, font-latex-make-title-faces
font-latex-title-max. New names: font-latex-sectioning-%s-face,
font-latex-fontify-sectioning, font-latex-update-sectioning-faces,
@@ -7765,8 +5274,8 @@
2005-04-27 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global): Don't
- `file-name-as-directory'fy.
+ * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global):
+ Don't `file-name-as-directory'fy.
(TeX-style-global, TeX-auto-local, TeX-style-local)
(TeX-macro-global, TeX-macro-private): Same here.
(TeX-auto-private): Use expand-file-name.
@@ -7778,8 +5287,8 @@
directory names.
(TeX-ispell-document): Same here.
- * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Protect
- `make-obsolete-variable' against obsolete Emacsen.
+ * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date):
+ Protect `make-obsolete-variable' against obsolete Emacsen.
2005-04-28 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -7795,8 +5304,8 @@
* tex.el (info): Add "docTeX" to info prefixes.
(AUCTeX-version, AUCTeX-date): removed to tex-site.el.
- (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Use `make-obsolete-variable'. Is
- version 11.50 correct?
+ (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Use `make-obsolete-variable'.
+ Is version 11.50 correct?
* tex-bar.el (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Adjust toolbarx-image-path.
@@ -7823,8 +5332,8 @@
2005-04-20 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * configure.ac: don't bother about pre-2.50 autoconf. Check
- version more fine-grainedly.
+ * configure.ac: don't bother about pre-2.50 autoconf.
+ Check version more fine-grainedly.
2005-04-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -7851,8 +5360,8 @@
(TeX-plain-tex-mode): rename from plain-tex-mode.
(ams-tex-mode): Change autoload cookie.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode): Change
- autoload cookies.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode):
+ Change autoload cookies.
* tex-font.el (tex-font-setup): Add autoload cookie.
@@ -7862,7 +5371,7 @@
* multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt): Add autoload cookie.
* latex.el (auto-mode-alist): Add .drv to latex-mode.
- (TeX-latex-mode): Changed name from latex-mode.
+ (TeX-latex-mode): Change name from latex-mode.
(TeX-doctex-mode): Same here for doctex-mode. Explicitly set
major-mode to doctex-mode: we don't want different modes.
@@ -7928,10 +5437,10 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-title-faces): Define the face,
don't set size. Set parent/inherit conditionally.
(font-latex-update-title-faces): New function.
- (font-latex-title-fontify): Add :initialize and :set. Using
- `font-latex-update-title-faces' allows changing the height within
+ (font-latex-title-fontify): Add :initialize and :set.
+ Using `font-latex-update-title-faces' allows changing the height within
an Emacs session.
- (font-latex-title-5-face): Renamed from title-4-face.
+ (font-latex-title-5-face): Rename from title-4-face.
(font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Use title-0 and title-5
faces.
@@ -7968,7 +5477,7 @@
2005-04-14 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
* style/amsmath.el: Fix comment.
- ("amsmath"): Removed duplicate settings of "alignat*" and
+ ("amsmath"): Remove duplicate settings of "alignat*" and
"xalignat*" from LaTeX-add-environments. Add "xalignat",
"xalignat*", and "xxalignat" to LaTeX-item-list.
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): Do not ask label if the tail of ENV
@@ -7976,8 +5485,8 @@
2005-04-14 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Refactoring. Set
- third argument of re-search-backward to 'move instead of using
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Refactoring.
+ Set third argument of re-search-backward to 'move instead of using
skip-chars-backward.
2005-04-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7996,8 +5505,8 @@
(LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix): New function.
(LaTeX-math-keymap, LaTeX-math-mode): Use it.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics): Explain
- `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' more verbosely.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics):
+ Explain `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' more verbosely.
2005-04-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -8035,8 +5544,8 @@
2005-04-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Skip
- over comments as well as whitespace.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Skip over comments as well as whitespace.
* tex.el (TeX-output-extension): Default to nil.
@@ -8065,8 +5574,8 @@
2005-04-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode, TeX-interactive-mode, TeX-Omega-mode): Set
- customization group.
+ * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode, TeX-interactive-mode, TeX-Omega-mode):
+ Set customization group.
* latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): New entry and key for \colon.
New "Punctuation" category. Get rid of some entries in
@@ -8125,8 +5634,8 @@
2005-04-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): Minor
- enhancements in wording.
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
+ Minor enhancements in wording.
* tex.el (TeX-open-quote, TeX-close-quote)
(TeX-quote-after-quote): Doc fix.
@@ -8174,8 +5683,8 @@
2005-03-31 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): Add
- general information about how to deal with bugs. Adapt version
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
+ Add general information about how to deal with bugs. Adapt version
numbers for Emacs.
2005-03-31 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -8219,8 +5728,8 @@
* tex-style.el (LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote)
(LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote): Move here
from style/german.el.
- (LaTeX-german-hyphen, LaTeX-german-hyphen-after-hyphen): New
- variables.
+ (LaTeX-german-hyphen, LaTeX-german-hyphen-after-hyphen):
+ New variables.
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): References are now fontified
with `font-lock-constant-face' because `font-lock-reference-face'
@@ -8241,8 +5750,8 @@
(font-latex-title-2-face, font-latex-title-3-face)
(font-latex-title-4-face): Remove these face variables.
(font-latex-title-fontify): Remove :set function.
- (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Use
- `font-lock-constant-face' instead of `font-lock-reference-face'
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Use `font-lock-constant-face' instead of `font-lock-reference-face'
because the latter is deprecated in Emacs (and only an alias for
the former which will not work if the quoted face name is used).
Use new `title' specifier as type of keyword for the titling
@@ -8321,11 +5830,11 @@
variants.
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-make-overlay): Use `TeX-overlay-prioritize'.
- (TeX-fold-priority-step, TeX-fold-prioritize): Renamed and moved
+ (TeX-fold-priority-step, TeX-fold-prioritize): Rename and moved
to tex.el.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-region-create): Transfer
- `buffer-file-coding-system' from master buffer to region.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-region-create):
+ Transfer `buffer-file-coding-system' from master buffer to region.
2005-03-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8338,8 +5847,8 @@
(LaTeX-menu-update): Remove.
(LaTeX-section-menu, LaTeX-environment-menu)
(LaTeX-environment-modify-menu): New variables.
- (LaTeX-section-menu-filter, LaTeX-environment-menu-filter): New
- functions.
+ (LaTeX-section-menu-filter, LaTeX-environment-menu-filter):
+ New functions.
(LaTeX-mode-menu): Use them.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Move setting of
`LaTeX-largest-level' upwards because it is needed when the menu
@@ -8364,7 +5873,7 @@
2005-03-16 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): Changed from
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): Change from
defcustom to defvar.
2005-03-15 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8392,8 +5901,8 @@
2005-03-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make): New function.
- (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp, LaTeX-paragraph-commands): Use
- it.
+ (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp, LaTeX-paragraph-commands):
+ Use it.
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally): New function.
* style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Use it. Newline not needed anymore
@@ -8403,8 +5912,8 @@
* context.el (ConTeXt-find-indent): Correct indentation of
environments.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Use
- `remove-text-properties' instead of
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
+ Use `remove-text-properties' instead of
`remove-list-of-text-properties' because the latter is not
available in Emacs 21.
@@ -8435,11 +5944,11 @@
2005-03-09 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Fixed typo: "dotssc" -> "dotsc".
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Fix typo: "dotssc" -> "dotsc".
Added symbol "dots" and "dotsi".
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Call
- `TeX-math-input-method-off'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment):
+ Call `TeX-math-input-method-off'.
* style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Do not call
`TeX-math-input-method-off' from here.
@@ -8468,24 +5977,24 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-strip-extension-flag)
- (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file, LaTeX-beamer-themes): Moved to
+ (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file, LaTeX-beamer-themes): Move to
tex-style.el.
(tex-style): Require.
- * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Moved to tex-style.el.
+ * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Move to tex-style.el.
* style/beamer.el: Remove install instructions. Won't work
properly outside current AUCTeX anymore. Removed CVS Id.
(LaTeX-beamer-section-labels-flag)
- (LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag): Moved to tex-style.el.
+ (LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag): Move to tex-style.el.
* style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote)
- (LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote, LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote): Moved to
+ (LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote, LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote): Move to
tex-style.el.
- * style/emp.el (LaTeX-write18-enabled-p): Moved to tex-style.el.
+ * style/emp.el (LaTeX-write18-enabled-p): Move to tex-style.el.
- * Makefile.in (AUCSRC): Added tex-style.el.
+ * Makefile.in (AUCSRC): Add tex-style.el.
2005-03-07 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -8525,13 +6034,13 @@
* tex.el (TeX-macro-global-internal): New function.
(TeX-macro-global): Use it.
- (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Removed duplicate line.
+ (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Remove duplicate line.
* tex-jp.el: Use `TeX-macro-global-internal' and append path for
Japanese TeX into TeX-macro-global. Do not override
`TeX-expand-list', no more.
- (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add :help string. Change
- `TeX-run-LaTeX' to `TeX-run-TeX'.
+ (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add :help string.
+ Change `TeX-run-LaTeX' to `TeX-run-TeX'.
(japanese-TeX-command-default, japanese-LaTeX-command-default):
Quote symbol TeX-command in doc string.
@@ -8581,7 +6090,7 @@
2005-02-23 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * doc/auctex.texi (I18n): Removed FIXME comment.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (I18n): Remove FIXME comment.
2005-02-22 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
@@ -8615,8 +6124,8 @@
2005-02-19 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system): Remove
- garbage code.
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system):
+ Remove garbage code.
Reported by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
* latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): New variable.
@@ -8636,7 +6145,7 @@
2005-02-16 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-after-start-process-function): Removed code for
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-after-start-process-function): Remove code for
XEmacs. `set-process-coding-system' is available in XEmacs 21.1.
(TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system)
(TeX-japanese-process-output-coding-system): Change from defvar to
@@ -8656,8 +6165,8 @@
* aclocal.m4 (AC_LISPIFY_DIR): new function.
(AUCTEX_AUTO_DIR): Use it.
- * tex-site.el.in (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global): put
- autoconfed expression on a line of its own.
+ * tex-site.el.in (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global):
+ put autoconfed expression on a line of its own.
2005-02-14 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -8670,8 +6179,8 @@
2005-02-14 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use
- `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list'.
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list):
+ Use `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list'.
2005-02-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8686,7 +6195,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Insert "japanese-" before mode
name if buffer local variable `japanese-TeX-mode' is non-nil.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
- (japanese-slitex-mode): Removed obsolete autoload of slitex.
+ (japanese-slitex-mode): Remove obsolete autoload of slitex.
* doc/auctex.texi (Japanese): Doc fix to follow the latest
tex-jp.el.
@@ -8707,8 +6216,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure): Make function aware of active
selections. There are still some indentation issues left.
- * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Do not add epsffig environment. Fixes
- error if latex.el(c) is not loaded.
+ * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Do not add epsffig environment.
+ Fixes error if latex.el(c) is not loaded.
(LaTeX-env-epsffigure): Remove.
2005-02-11 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -8746,7 +6255,7 @@
2005-02-09 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed `usepackage' because
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove `usepackage' because
it is defined in `LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list'.
(plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list): Fix regexp; Use `\\|' instead of `|'.
Fill lines in the same way in tex.el.
@@ -8820,8 +6329,8 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Mention support for the jsarticle and jsbook
classes.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-LaTeX-style-list): Added
- jsclasses (jsarticle and jsbook).
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-LaTeX-style-list):
+ Add jsclasses (jsarticle and jsbook).
2005-01-31 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8854,7 +6363,7 @@
2005-01-29 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Removed.
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Remove.
2005-01-28 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -8960,8 +6469,8 @@
2005-01-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/beamer.el: Update copyright information. General
- clean-up.
+ * style/beamer.el: Update copyright information.
+ General clean-up.
("beamer"): Support frame environment.
The overprint has an optional "area width" argument, not a
mandatory "overlay" argument.
@@ -8998,26 +6507,26 @@
whitespace between comment starters.
* latex.el: Update copyright information.
- (LaTeX-indent-calculate-last, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Do
- not widen.
+ (LaTeX-indent-calculate-last, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
+ Do not widen.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
Use a marker instead of narrowing the region.
(LaTeX-indent-line, LaTeX-indent-inner-do)
- (LaTeX-current-indentation, LaTeX-back-to-indentation): Handle
- prefixes with whitespace between comment starters correctly.
+ (LaTeX-current-indentation, LaTeX-back-to-indentation):
+ Handle prefixes with whitespace between comment starters correctly.
2005-01-05 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/graphicx.el: Added completion of boxing macros. Fontify
- some macros.
+ * style/graphicx.el: Added completion of boxing macros.
+ Fontify some macros.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fixed typo
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fix typo
in doc string.
2005-01-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): Some
- checkdoc related fixes. Still not checkdoc clean.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
+ Some checkdoc related fixes. Still not checkdoc clean.
* tex-bar.el (Commentary): Don't mention stuff done by
configure/make in the instructions.
@@ -9078,8 +6587,8 @@
2004-12-16 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Move
- warning keywords up in order to save them from being covered by
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Move warning keywords up in order to save them from being covered by
less important faces. Include "include" in warning keywords.
* aclocal.m4 (TEX_INPUT_DIRS): Change `IFS' temporarily for
@@ -9093,8 +6602,8 @@
* doc/wininstall.texi: Quote value for --with-tex-input-dirs.
- * tex.el (TeX-arg-opening-brace, TeX-arg-closing-brace): New
- variables.
+ * tex.el (TeX-arg-opening-brace, TeX-arg-closing-brace):
+ New variables.
(TeX-parse-arguments, TeX-parse-argument, TeX-argument-insert):
Use them.
@@ -9173,8 +6682,8 @@
`TeX-fold-buffer-type' but type parameter is not mandatory
anymore.
(TeX-fold-clearout-buffer): Now calls `TeX-fold-clearout-region'.
- (TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph, TeX-fold-clearout-region): New
- functions.
+ (TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph, TeX-fold-clearout-region):
+ New functions.
* tex.el (TeX-fold-menu): Add menu entries for folding and
unfolding of paragraphs.
@@ -9194,15 +6703,15 @@
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do)
(LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point, LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment, LaTeX-fill-region)
- (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Use
- `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
+ (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph):
+ Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph, LaTeX-indent-line): Simplify.
* style/mdwlist.el ("mdwlist"): Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp'
instead of `comment-start'.
- * style/doc.el (LaTeX-env-no-comment): Use
- `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
+ * style/doc.el (LaTeX-env-no-comment):
+ Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
2004-12-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9212,8 +6721,8 @@
* context.el (ConTeXt-paragraph-commands-regexp): New name for
`ConTeXt-paragraph-commands'. Doc fix. Match escape character at
front as well.
- (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use it. Set
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
+ (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use it.
+ Set `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands'. Adapt definition of
`paragraph-start'.
@@ -9228,8 +6737,8 @@
2004-12-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote): Avoid
- interference with (n)german.el.
+ * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote):
+ Avoid interference with (n)german.el.
2004-12-01 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9262,7 +6771,7 @@
2004-11-29 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-auto-insert): Added SKIP argument.
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-insert): Add SKIP argument.
(TeX-auto-store): Use it to avoid circular dependencies.
* style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-arg-includegraphics): Add "page".
@@ -9360,8 +6869,8 @@
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Do not unnecessarily jump to a (wrong)
position after the macro start.
- * tex.el: Move (nearly all) autoloads to a single place. Remove
- redundant autoload for `TeX-region-file'. Add autoload for
+ * tex.el: Move (nearly all) autoloads to a single place.
+ Remove redundant autoload for `TeX-region-file'. Add autoload for
`TeX-view'.
(TeX-parse-macro): Doc fix.
Do not add braces for macros defined as `("foo" 0)'.
@@ -9422,8 +6931,8 @@
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-internal)
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp): New variables.
(LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph)
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Use `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands'.
2004-11-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9465,11 +6974,11 @@
(LaTeX-env-minipage): Do not ask for the (optional) position if
`LaTeX-default-position' is set to `nil'. Behaviour agrees with
LaTeX-env-array and LaTeX-env-tabular* now.
- (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Changed `setq'-assignment
+ (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Change `setq'-assignment
of `LaTeX-default-position' so that it works not only the first
time in buffers with `LaTeX-default-position' set to `nil'.
- (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-minipage, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Use
- `LaTeX-optop', `TeX-grop', etc. instead of `{', `['.
+ (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-minipage, LaTeX-env-tabular*):
+ Use `LaTeX-optop', `TeX-grop', etc. instead of `{', `['.
(LaTeX-env-picture): Don't delete whitespace after inserting the
environment. Cursor position corresponds to proper indentation
now.
@@ -9487,8 +6996,8 @@
* latex.el (TeX-arg-input-file): Use new name
`TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX): Use
- new name `TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX):
+ Use new name `TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
2004-11-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9520,8 +7029,8 @@
* font-latex.el: Change maintainer information.
(font-latex-keywords): New customization group.
(font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): New variable.
- (font-latex-make-match-defun, font-latex-keyword-matcher): New
- functions.
+ (font-latex-make-match-defun, font-latex-keyword-matcher):
+ New functions.
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): New name for
`font-latex-make-keywords'.
Move default keyword definitions from
@@ -9561,7 +7070,7 @@
* tex-bar.el: Remove defadvice's to TeX-run-TeX and
TeX-TeX-sentinel-check.
- (TeX-bar-error-handling-switches): Removed.
+ (TeX-bar-error-handling-switches): Remove.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): next-error updated.
2004-10-28 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -9601,8 +7110,8 @@
(TeX-TeX-sentinel-check [tex-buf.el]): after-adviced to set error
internals when error happens.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): New button next-error, which is
- resp. visible/active when error detected on Emacs/XEmacs. All
- buttons received :help from TeX-command-list.
+ resp. visible/active when error detected on Emacs/XEmacs.
+ All buttons received :help from TeX-command-list.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): next-error is default, and file is no
longer default.
@@ -9612,8 +7121,8 @@
Match "\DeclareRobustCommand\foo" besides
"\DeclareRobustCommand{\foo}" as well.
(LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use it.
- (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Do not consider key=value options. Check
- for "Package" in addition to "package".
+ (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Do not consider key=value options.
+ Check for "Package" in addition to "package".
2004-10-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -9621,13 +7130,13 @@
2004-10-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove
- references to non-existent variables.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-in-braces):
+ Remove references to non-existent variables.
2004-10-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-math-list): Improve doc string and custom type.
- (LaTeX-math-default): Added doc string.
+ (LaTeX-math-default): Add doc string.
2004-10-26 Frank Küster <address@hidden>
@@ -9654,7 +7163,7 @@
2004-10-24 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added doc/quickstart.texi.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add doc/quickstart.texi.
2004-10-23 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
@@ -9666,7 +7175,7 @@
value for the :image property.
(toolbarx-emacs-refresh): Nil cannot be a toolbar (menu) key
anymore (fixed).
- (toolbarx-install-toolbar): Improved documentation for the :image
+ (toolbarx-install-toolbar): Improve documentation for the :image
property.
2004-10-22 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
@@ -9676,10 +7185,10 @@
(tex-bar-latex-buttons): Improve comments. Add custom :type.
(tex-bar-latex-buttons): New command -- display a list of defined
buttons.
- (tex-bar-available-meaning-alists): Removed (renamed).
+ (tex-bar-available-meaning-alists): Remove (renamed).
(tex-bar-latex-all-button-alists): New name of
`tex-bar-available-meaning-alists'. Add custom :type.
- (tex-bar-meaning-alist): Removed (renamed).
+ (tex-bar-meaning-alist): Remove (renamed).
(tex-bar-latex-button-alist): New name of `tex-bar-meaning-alist'.
Add custom :type. Renamed `latex-symbols' button to
`latex-symbols-experimental'.
@@ -9717,7 +7226,7 @@
* doc/macros.texi: New macro @sans.
- * doc/intro.texi (Introduction): Removed sections obsoleted by
+ * doc/intro.texi (Introduction): Remove sections obsoleted by
`Quick Start' (Indentation and filling, Completion, Editing your
document, Outlines).
@@ -9727,7 +7236,7 @@
doc/changes.texi, doc/auctex.texi: Remove optional arguments of
all @node commands.
- * doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Added quickstart.texi.
+ * doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Add quickstart.texi.
2004-10-18 Frank Küster <address@hidden>
@@ -9739,7 +7248,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure, LaTeX-env-minipage): Point out to
the user that the placement (figure) and position (minipage)
specifiers are optional arguments.
- (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplified. Do not insert the (optional)
+ (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplify. Do not insert the (optional)
placement specifier `LaTeX-float' into the buffer if the user
entered the empty string when asked for `float'.
@@ -9763,9 +7272,9 @@
2004-10-16 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-nth-arg): Use
- `TeX-find-closing-brace' instead of `forward-sexp'. Fixes
- problems with comment characters in \url macros.
+ * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-nth-arg):
+ Use `TeX-find-closing-brace' instead of `forward-sexp'.
+ Fixes problems with comment characters in \url macros.
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands): Use `regexp-opt' to
generate the regexp.
@@ -9957,8 +7466,8 @@
* doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Mention `C-c RET' for
`TeX-insert-macro'. Fixed typo.
- (Parsing Files): Fixed typo.
- (European): Improved.
+ (Parsing Files): Fix typo.
+ (European): Improve.
From Frank Küster <address@hidden>, slightly modified.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `LaTeX-env-tabular*'
@@ -10070,8 +7579,8 @@
2004-10-05 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
- * toolbarx.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): New
- constant, providing a MEANING-ALIST for the insertion of the
+ * toolbarx.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
+ New constant, providing a MEANING-ALIST for the insertion of the
default buttons and some extra ones in Emacs and XEmacs.
2004-10-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10155,8 +7664,8 @@
* auctb.el: Fix Copyright notice (to FSF). Remove "AMS Special"
from ppup menu. Simplify. Remove garbage comments from end.
- (auctb-img-filename): Remove "symb-pics/" from return. Add
- "symb-pics/" explicitly where it is needed in the defconst's.
+ (auctb-img-filename): Remove "symb-pics/" from return.
+ Add "symb-pics/" explicitly where it is needed in the defconst's.
* images, images/dropdown.xpm, images/ltx-symb-turn-off.xpm,
* images/ltx-symb-turn-on.xpm: Add designed images for symbol
@@ -10329,8 +7838,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-delete-dups): New defun or defalias.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX): Renamed
- from `LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'. Remove duplicates using
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX):
+ Rename from `LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'. Remove duplicates using
`TeX-delete-dups'.
(LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-relative): Insert relative
filename. From Dan Nicolaescu <address@hidden>.
@@ -10356,12 +7865,12 @@
2004-08-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Added
- LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions.
+ * tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist):
+ Add LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions.
(TeX-search-files): Fix non-kpathsea case.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file): Use
- completion based on TeX-search-files.
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file):
+ Use completion based on TeX-search-files.
2004-08-27 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10374,11 +7883,11 @@
2004-08-26 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el.in (japanese-slitex-mode): Removed obsolete autoload
+ * tex-site.el.in (japanese-slitex-mode): Remove obsolete autoload
of slitex.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode): Use
- `TeX-defun' for getting version info into mode doc.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode):
+ Use `TeX-defun' for getting version info into mode doc.
2004-08-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10392,8 +7901,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries): Detect the start of any
macro, not just those consisting of address@hidden
Remove some superfluous `goto-char' calls.
- (TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement once again. Original
- patch by David Kastrup; slightly modified. Doc fix.
+ (TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement once again.
+ Original patch by David Kastrup; slightly modified. Doc fix.
(TeX-find-macro-end-helper): Doc fix. Handle macros not
consisting of address@hidden correctly.
(TeX-find-opening-brace): Improve performance.
@@ -10446,8 +7955,8 @@
(TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement. Should be much faster
now.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Use
- `buffer-substring-no-properties'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment):
+ Use `buffer-substring-no-properties'.
(LaTeX-indent-line): Revert last change. Only multi-line overlays
at the start of a line are affected by the XEmacs bug.
@@ -10603,8 +8112,8 @@
2004-08-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* aclocal.m4: `putative-existing-lisp-dir' is not a package
- directory if `lisp' is not a path component. Normalize
- whitespace.
+ directory if `lisp' is not a path component.
+ Normalize whitespace.
Remove trailing slash from packagedir.
* tex-site.el.in (TeX-macro-global): Don't quote texinputdirs
@@ -10660,7 +8169,7 @@
2004-08-17 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Added \label.
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add \label.
Various checkdoc-related fixes.
2004-08-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10793,12 +8302,12 @@
* tex.el (TeX-print-command): Use `%(o?)'.
(TeX-command, TeX-Omega-command, LaTeX-command)
- (LaTeX-Omega-command, ConTeXt-engine, ConTeXt-Omega-engine): New
- customization strings to implement various expanders.
+ (LaTeX-Omega-command, ConTeXt-engine, ConTeXt-Omega-engine):
+ New customization strings to implement various expanders.
(TeX-command-list): Use them.
(LaTeX-command-style): Same here.
- (TeX-printer-list, TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style): Use
- `%(o?)'.
+ (TeX-printer-list, TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style):
+ Use `%(o?)'.
(TeX-expand-list): New entries.
(TeX-PDF-mode): Don't switch on in Omega mode.
(TeX-Omega-mode): New minor mode.
@@ -10940,7 +8449,7 @@
2004-08-12 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fixed this to new style.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fix this to new style.
(LaTeX-command-style): Same here. Hey, this should even make
preview-latex work mostly with Japanese files and PDFTeX.
@@ -10994,8 +8503,8 @@
2004-08-11 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * doc/tex-ref.tex: Move papersize stuff to the front. Fiddle
- somewhat with the sizes, too.
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Move papersize stuff to the front.
+ Fiddle somewhat with the sizes, too.
* auctex.spec (Version): Change version, web sites, some build
stuff (this is not yet finished).
@@ -11071,8 +8580,8 @@
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Capitalize menu entries.
* context.el (ConTeXt-project-structure-menu-name)
- (ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name, ConTeXt-mode-menu): Capitalize
- menu entries.
+ (ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name, ConTeXt-mode-menu):
+ Capitalize menu entries.
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Add help strings.
@@ -11101,15 +8610,15 @@
* tex.el (TeX-set-mode-name, TeX-source-specials-map)
(TeX-source-specials-mode, TeX-source-specials-expand-options)
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Rename
- `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options):
+ Rename `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
(TeX-PDF-mode): Make first arg optional (actually, not sure this
is a good idea).
(tex-pdf-mode): alias for `TeX-PDF-mode'.
(tex-interactive-mode): alias for `TeX-interactive-mode'
(tex-fold-mode): add autoload.
- (TeX-mode-map, TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): rename
- `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ (TeX-mode-map, TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries):
+ rename `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
(TeX-command-list): Add help strings.
(TeX-command-menu-entry): Splice help into command entries.
(TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Remove help in XEmacs.
@@ -11158,8 +8667,8 @@
2004-08-08 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-set-command): Initialize
- `TeX-output-extension' based on `TeX-PDF-mode'.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-set-command):
+ Initialize `TeX-output-extension' based on `TeX-PDF-mode'.
* tex.el (TeX-command-output-list): Don't look at pdf* commands.
Don't have default mode "dvi".
@@ -11213,12 +8722,12 @@
kpathsea based completion, `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
Refer to installation nodes (autoconf installation).
- * tex.el (TeX-submit-bug-report): Added more explanations.
+ * tex.el (TeX-submit-bug-report): Add more explanations.
* latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Improve doc-string.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-script-display): New variable. Make
- raise of sub-/superscripts customizable.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-script-display): New variable.
+ Make raise of sub-/superscripts customizable.
(font-latex-unfontify-region, font-latex-script): Use it.
2004-08-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -11285,7 +8794,7 @@
PDFTeX entries.
(LaTeX-command-style): Add %(PDF) here.
(TeX-expand-list): Expand %(PDF).
- (TeX-mode-p): Moved.
+ (TeX-mode-p): Move.
(TeX-PDF-mode, global-TeX-PDF-mode): New minor modes.
(TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Shortcuts for calling.
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed): New variable.
@@ -11314,8 +8823,8 @@
(TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags): New customize option.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client): Return not only client
but options as well.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use
- `TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options):
+ Use `TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags'.
2004-08-03 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -11325,8 +8834,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add "Close Environment"
- * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p): replaces
- `TeX-source-specials-view-guess-server'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p):
+ replaces `TeX-source-specials-view-guess-server'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client)
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use this.
@@ -11346,8 +8855,8 @@
`TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server): New customize option.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked): New variable.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags): New name. Formerly
- known as `TeX-source-specials-viewer-flags'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags): New name.
+ Formerly known as `TeX-source-specials-viewer-flags'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-gnuclient-flags): New variable.
(TeX-source-specials-view-emacsclient-flags): New variable.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client): New function.
@@ -11455,17 +8964,17 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Add heading for `rawfile'. Change `section'
to `heading'.
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): At
- least (X)Emacs 21 is needed.
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
+ At least (X)Emacs 21 is needed.
* doc/install.texi (Prerequisites): Ditto.
2004-07-29 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-spec-list): Extend default. Add
- specification for argument number.
+ * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-spec-list): Extend default.
+ Add specification for argument number.
(TeX-fold-env-spec-list): Ditto.
- (TeX-fold-folded-face): Renamed from
+ (TeX-fold-folded-face): Rename from
`TeX-fold-display-string-face'.
(TeX-fold-unfolded-face): New face and variable.
(TeX-fold-buffer-type): Move through buffer from bottom to top in
@@ -11648,12 +9157,12 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add entries for showing and hiding
individual macros.
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Update and rearrange. Add
- entries for "Show/Hide" functionality.
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Update and rearrange.
+ Add entries for "Show/Hide" functionality.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Show/Hide): New section.
(Folding): New subsection.
- (Outline): Moved under "Show/Hide".
+ (Outline): Move under "Show/Hide".
2004-07-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -11721,7 +9230,7 @@
* Makefile.in (tar-ball): Change permissions of auctex-$(TAG).
* tex.el (TeX-source-specials-expand-view-options): New function.
- (TeX-expand-list): Added new specifier (%dS) for
+ (TeX-expand-list): Add new specifier (%dS) for
`TeX-source-specials-expand-view-options'.
(TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style): Add %dS for source
specials in all xdvi calls.
@@ -11883,11 +9392,11 @@
2004-06-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Fixed typo in doc-string.
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Fix typo in doc-string.
2004-06-01 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-no-braces-modes): Removed. Revert unintened
+ * tex.el (TeX-no-braces-modes): Remove. Revert unintened
addition from 2004-04-19 commit.
(TeX-insert-macro-default-style): New variable.
(TeX-parse-arguments): Use it.
@@ -11916,10 +9425,10 @@
`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' now.
(LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file): New functions.
- (TeX-include-graphics-simple): Removed; use
+ (TeX-include-graphics-simple): Remove; use
`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' instead.
- (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image): Moved
- to `tex.el'.
+ (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image):
+ Move to `tex.el'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist)
@@ -11929,17 +9438,17 @@
* tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter): Fix doc-string.
(TeX-insert-macro, TeX-parse-arguments): Skip optional macro
arguments when called with a prefix.
- (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image): From
- `style/graphicx.el'.
+ (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image):
+ From `style/graphicx.el'.
(TeX-arg-maybe): New function.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added additional
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add additional
arguments for \parbox.
2004-05-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-newline): New name for `TeX-indent-on-newline'. It
- now holds function definitions and not mere symbols anymore.
+ * tex.el (TeX-newline): New name for `TeX-indent-on-newline'.
+ It now holds function definitions and not mere symbols anymore.
(TeX-mode-map): Use it.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting): Remove documentation
@@ -11950,8 +9459,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-indent-on-newline): New option.
(TeX-mode-map): Use it.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting): Document
- `TeX-indent-on-newline' plus small corrections.
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting):
+ Document `TeX-indent-on-newline' plus small corrections.
2004-05-25 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11964,8 +9473,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-map): Inherit keymap instead of copying.
* tex.el (TeX-source-specials-map): New variable.
- (TeX-source-specials): Make a minor mode. Replaces
- `TeX-toggle-source-specials' and
+ (TeX-source-specials): Make a minor mode.
+ Replaces `TeX-toggle-source-specials' and
`TeX-source-specials-active-flag'.
(TeX-source-specials-expand-options): Adapt to that.
(TeX-electric-macro-map): inherit from
@@ -12005,9 +9514,9 @@
2004-05-21 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/graphicx.el (TeX-string-divide-number-unit): Renamed from
- misspelled `TeX-string-divide-nuber-unit'. Reformat file. Fix
- some doc-strings and comments.
+ * style/graphicx.el (TeX-string-divide-number-unit): Rename from
+ misspelled `TeX-string-divide-nuber-unit'. Reformat file.
+ Fix some doc-strings and comments.
2004-05-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -12081,7 +9590,7 @@
* doc/install.texi (Configure): Document `--with-auto-dir'.
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added `doc/macros.texi'.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add `doc/macros.texi'.
* doc/Makefile.in (distclean): New.
@@ -12114,7 +9623,7 @@
* lpath.el: Bind `TeX-auto-global'.
* style/italian.el: New file.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Font Specifiers): Removed two sentences
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Font Specifiers): Remove two sentences
referring to the old behavior of the short-cuts for easy
insertions of fonts changing macros. (At that time they added
things like `{\it --!--}', now they add things like
@@ -12122,7 +9631,7 @@
(Marking and formatting): Reflect renaming of
`LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware' to `LaTeX-syntactic-comments'.
(European): Document `italian.el'.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added `italian.el'.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add `italian.el'.
* lpath.el: Bind `TeX-macro-global'.
* tex.el: No need to `(require 'tex-site)' at compilation time,
@@ -12176,12 +9685,12 @@
2004-05-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-check-function): Added "Always on"
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-check-function): Add "Always on"
choice.
2004-05-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Moved to
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Move to
the right place and corrected quoting.
* context.el (ConTeXt-indent-syntax-table): Create with
@@ -12194,15 +9703,15 @@
address@hidden@' in `tex-site.el.in'.
* tex-site.el.in: Updated header.
- (TeX-macro-global): Moved here from `tex.el'. Use
- address@hidden@'.
+ (TeX-macro-global): Move here from `tex.el'.
+ Use address@hidden@'.
* tex.el: Require `tex-site' at compile time.
- (TeX-macro-global): Moved to `tex-site.el.in'.
+ (TeX-macro-global): Move to `tex-site.el.in'.
2004-05-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-source-specials): Added missing call to
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-source-specials): Add missing call to
`TeX-maybe-set-source-specials' in last commit.
2004-05-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -12224,7 +9733,7 @@
* latex.el (doctex-mode): Call `TeX-install-font-lock' to
activate special fontification in docTeX mode.
- * style/alltt.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Added "alltt" to
+ * style/alltt.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Add "alltt" to
`font-latex-verbatim-environments'.
* context.el: Updated header.
@@ -12240,7 +9749,7 @@
2004-05-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added `todo.texi'.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add `todo.texi'.
2004-05-05 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -12285,13 +9794,13 @@
where appropriate.
(LaTeX-command-style): Setting removed.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Checking): Updated URL's for lacheck and
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Checking): Update URL's for lacheck and
chktex.
2004-05-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* tex.el: Header updated.
- (TeX-master-file): Removed bogus test for `TeX-header-end'.
+ (TeX-master-file): Remove bogus test for `TeX-header-end'.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (ToDo): New name for node/section formerly
known as `Projects' or `Wishlist' respectively.
@@ -12301,14 +9810,14 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): New constant.
(auctex): Use it.
- (dist): Added `TODO'.
+ (dist): Add `TODO'.
(TODO): New target.
- (clean): Added `TODO'.
+ (clean): Add `TODO'.
Some formattig changes.
* doc/todo.texi: New file.
- * Makefile.in (tar-ball): Added `TODO'.
+ * Makefile.in (tar-ball): Add `TODO'.
* doc/changes.texi: Advertise support for `beamer.cls'.
@@ -12324,7 +9833,7 @@
(LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Remove `alltt' and add support
for it in `alltt.el' instead.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added `alltt.el'.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add `alltt.el'.
* style/alltt.el: New file.
@@ -12342,12 +9851,12 @@
2004-04-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex-buf.el (TeX-style-check, TeX-output-style-check): Check for
- source special stuff here instead of `TeX-expand-list'. Honor
- `TeX-source-specials-places'.
+ source special stuff here instead of `TeX-expand-list'.
+ Honor `TeX-source-specials-places'.
* tex.el (AUCTeX): Fix URL.
(TeX-default-mode, TeX-force-default-mode, TeX-install-font-lock)
- (TeX-source-specials-active-flag): Changed custom group.
+ (TeX-source-specials-active-flag): Change custom group.
(TeX-expand-list): Move source special stuff to `TeX-style-check'
and `TeX-output-style-check'.
(TeX-source-specials-tex-flags): Make it customizable.
@@ -12432,15 +9941,15 @@
2004-04-20 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-output-view-style): Move "dvips && gv" element to
- the top of the list (not shadowed by a4paper anymore). Added
- "pst-" in this element.
+ the top of the list (not shadowed by a4paper anymore).
+ Added "pst-" in this element.
2004-04-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Respect value of
`LaTeX-syntactic-comments' and mode by narrowing the region if
- necessary and checking necessary conditions. Use
- `TeX-forward-comment-skip' and `TeX-backward-comment-skip' for
+ necessary and checking necessary conditions.
+ Use `TeX-forward-comment-skip' and `TeX-backward-comment-skip' for
narrowing.
(LaTeX-find-matching-end): Ditto.
(LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Ditto.
@@ -12461,8 +9970,8 @@
* tex.el, latex.el: Make almost checkdoc clean. See "FIXME" for
remaining issues.
- * context.el, context-en.el, context-nl.el: Reindent. Coding
- conventions fixes (but files are still far from being checkdoc
+ * context.el, context-en.el, context-nl.el: Reindent.
+ Coding conventions fixes (but files are still far from being checkdoc
clean).
2004-04-19 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -12482,8 +9991,8 @@
2004-04-16 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu): Use
- `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu):
+ Use `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
* tex-jp.el (plain-TeX-mode-command-menu)
(LaTeX-mode-command-menu): Ditto.
@@ -12554,7 +10063,7 @@
2004-04-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES, EXTRAFILES): Added files needed for the
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES, EXTRAFILES): Add files needed for the
configure based installation.
2004-04-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -12563,7 +10072,7 @@
and `tar-ball'.
(snapshot): New. Use `check-dist' and `tar-ball'.
(release-commit): Fix mail address.
- (REMOVE, MINMAPSRC, min-map): Removed.
+ (REMOVE, MINMAPSRC, min-map): Remove.
(DIST_PREFIX): Derive FTPDIR and WWWDIR from this.
* doc/Makefile.in (dist): Use INSTALL and INSTALL.windows instead
@@ -12597,7 +10106,7 @@
* IRIX: Removed.
- * Makefile.in (EXTRAFILES): Removed IRIX.
+ * Makefile.in (EXTRAFILES): Remove IRIX.
* COPYING: Updated to current incarnation.
@@ -12627,8 +10136,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-paragraph): Fix check for code comment.
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Ditto.
- * tex.el (TeX-in-commented-line): Don't alter match data. Fixes
- problems with `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-in-commented-line): Don't alter match data.
+ Fixes problems with `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
(TeX-in-line-comment): Ditto. (Prophylactic.)
2004-04-08 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -12648,13 +10157,13 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-default-position, LaTeX-env-array)
(LaTeX-env-tabular*): Implement "don't prompt" option.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Tabular-like): Added `LaTeX-default-format'
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Tabular-like): Add `LaTeX-default-format'
and `LaTeX-default-position'.
2004-04-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): New name. Formerly
- known as `LaTeX-fill-distinct-contents'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): New name.
+ Formerly known as `LaTeX-fill-distinct-contents'.
Changed 'braced and 'math options to various symbols for opening
and closing separators (braces, brackets, math switches) which
can be activated independently.
@@ -12703,8 +10212,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-list): New function.
(TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Use it.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Use
- `TeX-mode-specific-command-list' to get a command list specific
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query):
+ Use `TeX-mode-specific-command-list' to get a command list specific
to the current mode for command completion.
2004-04-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -12719,8 +10228,8 @@
2004-04-04 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-find-matching-end, LaTeX-find-matching-end): Try
- to keep track of in-comment-ness
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-find-matching-end, LaTeX-find-matching-end):
+ Try to keep track of in-comment-ness
2004-04-03 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -12795,8 +10304,8 @@
(LaTeX-fill-region): Use `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and
`LaTeX-backward-paragraph' instead of the old code which
determined paragraph boundaries manually.
- (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Improve
- handling of paragraph commands.
+ (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph):
+ Improve handling of paragraph commands.
(LaTeX-paragraph-command-p): Get rid of the test for the opening
brace because there doesn't have to be one.
(LaTeX-find-macro-start): New function.
@@ -12822,8 +10331,8 @@
2004-03-21 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Set
- sentence-end-double-space and sentence-end to more appropriate
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set sentence-end-double-space and sentence-end to more appropriate
values for TeX.
2004-03-21 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -12843,22 +10352,22 @@
2004-03-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el.in (texinfo-mode): Autoload tex-info again. I
- suppose we will get to know why it was disabled when someone
+ * tex-site.el.in (texinfo-mode): Autoload tex-info again.
+ I suppose we will get to know why it was disabled when someone
complains.
2004-03-19 Davide G. M. Salvetti <address@hidden>
* doc/Makefile.in (clean): Add HISTORY.
- * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Removed, it's already defined in
+ * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Remove, it's already defined in
tex-site.el.in.
2004-03-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Use correct regexp for
determination of a comment.
- (LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware): Renamed from
+ (LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware): Rename from
`LaTeX-fill-comment-syntax-aware' because it affects both filling
and indentation.
(LaTeX-indent-line): Add support for doing outer and inner
@@ -12879,8 +10388,8 @@
different filling methods by a `cond' statement and putting code
for the determination of the region to fill in case of
syntax-aware filling into the separate functions
- `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and `LaTeX-backward-paragraph'. Better
- handling of code comments.
+ `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and `LaTeX-backward-paragraph'.
+ Better handling of code comments.
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): New function.
(LaTeX-forward-paragraph): New function.
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph): New function.
@@ -13001,8 +10510,8 @@
2004-02-28 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* Makefile.in (install-lisp): Overwrite old tex-site.el if it has
- the "Don't edit" comment in it. Rename it otherwise. Use
- $(auctexdir) instead of $(lispdir) for replacing @AUCTEX.
+ the "Don't edit" comment in it. Rename it otherwise.
+ Use $(auctexdir) instead of $(lispdir) for replacing @AUCTEX.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Allow doctex-mode for .bbl file
checking.
@@ -13056,10 +10565,10 @@
(LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Fix filling of nested braces and
math.
(TeX-find-closing-brace, TeX-find-opening-brace)
- (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Moved to `tex.el'.
+ (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Move to `tex.el'.
* tex.el (TeX-find-closing-brace, TeX-find-opening-brace)
- (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Moved from `latex.el'.
+ (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Move from `latex.el'.
2004-02-26 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -13085,7 +10594,7 @@
2004-02-17 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-title-4-face): Added missing :weight
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-title-4-face): Add missing :weight
and :inherit for color displays.
2004-02-15 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -13104,14 +10613,14 @@
* tex.el (TeX-comment-region): Map to `comment-region' instead of
`TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region'.
- (TeX-uncomment-region): New name for `TeX-un-comment-region'. Not
- mapped to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region' anymore.
- (TeX-uncomment): New name for `TeX-un-comment'. Use
- `TeX-uncomment-region' instead of `uncomment-region' which is not
+ (TeX-uncomment-region): New name for `TeX-un-comment-region'.
+ Not mapped to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region' anymore.
+ (TeX-uncomment): New name for `TeX-un-comment'.
+ Use `TeX-uncomment-region' instead of `uncomment-region' which is not
available in Emacs 20.
(TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph): New name for
- `TeX-comment-paragraph' which explains its function better. Use
- new name `TeX-uncomment'.
+ `TeX-comment-paragraph' which explains its function better.
+ Use new name `TeX-uncomment'.
(TeX-mode-map): Bind key chains to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-*'
functions.
(plain-TeX-mode-menu): Adapt function calls in menu entries.
@@ -13139,7 +10648,7 @@
2004-01-27 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-command-list): Fixed previous change.
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-command-list): Fix previous change.
2004-01-25 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -13152,7 +10661,7 @@
double. We get reasonable results under both Windows and Unix.
See also log of TeX-command-list in tex.el on 2002-12-19.
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Removed some Japanese
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Remove some Japanese
input methods (Canna, Wnn, SKK) because their code is copied from
YaTeX, which is not GPL program. Toggle off CJK (Chinese, Japanese,
Korean) input methods in LEIM.
@@ -13160,7 +10669,7 @@
2004-01-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Removed menu filters in the submenus
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Remove menu filters in the submenus
for inserting and modifying environments which call
`LaTeX-menu-update'.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Add `LaTeX-menu-update' to
@@ -13175,7 +10684,7 @@
2004-01-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-command-menu-name): New constant.
- (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Reimplemented the loop which
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Reimplement the loop which
builds the menu.
(TeX-mode-command-menu): Use new constant and call
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu' via `:filter'.
@@ -13199,21 +10708,21 @@
2004-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* doc/auc-tex.texi: AUC TeX to AUCTeX. Use `%%%' instead of a
- single `%' character in examples for Local Variables. Add
- information about new behavior in respect to the query for the
+ single `%' character in examples for Local Variables.
+ Add information about new behavior in respect to the query for the
master file. Explain new function `TeX-master-file-ask'.
- * doc/changes.texi: Advertise new master file behavior. Remove
- news about new commenting behavior which is not true anymore.
+ * doc/changes.texi: Advertise new master file behavior.
+ Remove news about new commenting behavior which is not true anymore.
* doc/intro.tex.: AUC TeX to AUCTeX.
- * tex.el (TeX-local-master-p): Removed one `%' character in regexp
+ * tex.el (TeX-local-master-p): Remove one `%' character in regexp
to let it find "% TeX-master:" as well.
2004-01-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed defcustom definition to one
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change defcustom definition to one
which allows the specification of several modes for one command
and adapted the defaults to it. Thanks to David Kastrup for most
of the code.
@@ -13262,13 +10771,13 @@
(plain-TeX-mode-map): New map to be used by plain-tex-mode.
(plain-TeX-mode-command-menu): New menu used instead of
`TeX-mode-menu' which utilizes `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- (TeX-mode-menu): Removed in favor of
+ (TeX-mode-menu): Remove in favor of
`plain-TeX-mode-command-menu'.
(AmSTeX-mode-map): New map to be used by ams-tex-mode.
(AmSTeX-mode-command-menu): New menu.
- (ams-tex-mode): Moved and grouped with other AmSTeX-related code.
+ (ams-tex-mode): Move and grouped with other AmSTeX-related code.
Added code to use new menu.
- (TeX-command-list): Added new choice for the selection of the mode
+ (TeX-command-list): Add new choice for the selection of the mode
for the respective command. Adapted doc string. Added respective
symbols to command definitions. Rearranged command definitions.
Changed `LaTeX PDF' to `PDFLaTeX'.
@@ -13284,16 +10793,16 @@
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu): Adapted for using
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Added symbols to command
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add symbols to command
definitions needed for assigning them to the respective mode.
- (TeX-mode-menu): Removed.
+ (TeX-mode-menu): Remove.
(plain-TeX-mode-command-menu): New menu utilizing
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
(LaTeX-mode-command-menu): New menu utilizing
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- (LaTeX-mode-map): Removed key definition for `TeX-mode-menu'.
+ (LaTeX-mode-map): Remove key definition for `TeX-mode-menu'.
- * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Added symbols to command
+ * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Add symbols to command
definitions needed for assigning them to the respective mode.
Changed `LaTeX PDF' to `PDFLaTeX'.
@@ -13318,26 +10827,26 @@
2003-12-30 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-master-file): Added new parameter `ask' which is
+ * tex.el (TeX-master-file): Add new parameter `ask' which is
to be used if the user shall be asked when the function is
called. Took out the code which provides the functionality for
asking the respective question and added it to the newly created
function `TeX-master-file-ask'.
(TeX-master-file-ask): New function.
(TeX-local-master-p): New function.
- (tex-mode): Removed the call of `TeX-master-file' via the hook
+ (tex-mode): Remove the call of `TeX-master-file' via the hook
`hack-local-variables-hook'.
- (VirTeX-common-initialization): Added the call to
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Add the call to
`TeX-master-file' via the hook `find-file-hooks'. Additionally
`TeX-update-style' will be called to activate the respective style
files.
- (TeX-mode-map): Added key binding for calling
+ (TeX-mode-map): Add key binding for calling
`TeX-master-file-ask'. This is a temporary solution.
(TeX-mode-menu): Took out redundant entry for `TeX-home-buffer'.
- Added entry "Set Master File" for `TeX-master-file-ask'. Grouped
- menu entries relevant for multifile handling.
+ Added entry "Set Master File" for `TeX-master-file-ask'.
+ Grouped menu entries relevant for multifile handling.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Changed analogously to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Change analogously to
`TeX-mode-menu'.
2003-12-29 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -13401,7 +10910,7 @@
* style/paralist.el: Removed coding cookie in first line.
Removed obsolete comment regarding placement of file.
- (LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label): Renamed from
+ (LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label): Rename from
`pl-LaTeX-env-item-opt-label' and changed references accordingly.
Added docstring.
Let `itemize' and `enumerate' environments use this function.
@@ -13409,24 +10918,24 @@
2003-11-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Added "part" and
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Add "part" and
"subsubsection". Sync "chapter" with fancyref.sty.
- * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Added font-lock keywords.
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Add font-lock keywords.
2003-11-25 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added greek \var... symbols.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Removed "SLiTeX", added spacing
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Add greek \var... symbols.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove "SLiTeX", added spacing
commands and "appendix".
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-function-keywords): Added
- spacing commands, "nonumber", "centering", "TeX", and "LaTeX".
- (font-latex-match-textual-keywords): Added textsuperscript.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-function-keywords):
+ Add spacing commands, "nonumber", "centering", "TeX", and "LaTeX".
+ (font-latex-match-textual-keywords): Add textsuperscript.
2003-11-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added scrpage2.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add scrpage2.el.
2003-11-17 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -13439,7 +10948,7 @@
2003-11-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/scrbase.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Added further symbols to
+ * style/scrbase.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Add further symbols to
`TeX-add-symbols' and rearranged them alphabetically.
Added macros with parameters to
`font-latex-match-<type>-keywords-local'.
@@ -13473,7 +10982,7 @@
* style/paralist.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added paralist.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add paralist.el.
2003-10-18 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -13487,7 +10996,7 @@
match the beginning of a quote.
(font-latex-quote-end-list): New variable. Holds the list of
strings to end a matched quote.
- (font-latex-match-quotation): Fixed to use above variables.
+ (font-latex-match-quotation): Fix to use above variables.
2003-09-18 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -13511,8 +11020,8 @@
* Changelog: Added coding cookie.
- * doc/Makefile.in (install): Check if auctex-* exists. Needed
- because default split size changed in texinfo 4.6.
+ * doc/Makefile.in (install): Check if auctex-* exists.
+ Needed because default split size changed in texinfo 4.6.
2003-07-25 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -13572,7 +11081,7 @@
* style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Ditto.
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Removed interactive.
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Remove interactive.
(TeX-math-input-method-off): New function.
(TeX-insert-dollar): Use it. Do not call function
TeX-toggle-off-input-method directly.
@@ -13598,11 +11107,11 @@
2003-06-02 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-near-bobp): Fixed typo in doc-string.
+ * tex.el (TeX-near-bobp): Fix typo in doc-string.
2003-05-27 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Changed regexp to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Change regexp to
allow \documentclass[]{someclass}.
2003-05-02 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
@@ -13619,7 +11128,7 @@
2003-04-15 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed %v to %V in View. Now
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change %v to %V in View. Now
TeX-output-view-style is used for setting viewer preferences. See
changes from 2003-02-06 below.
@@ -13627,7 +11136,7 @@
* .cvsignore: Added INSTALL and INSTALL.windows
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added captcont.el and subfigure.el
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add captcont.el and subfigure.el
2003-04-15 Jan-Åke Larsson <address@hidden>
@@ -13672,7 +11181,7 @@
2003-04-09 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed ConTeXt Clean from purge to
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change ConTeXt Clean from purge to
purgeall; I guess this behaves as users would expect.
* context.el: minor cleanups, switched to the name "AUCTeX" where
@@ -13713,8 +11222,8 @@
2003-03-13 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* style/german.el (LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote)
- (LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote): New
- variables to initialize quote stuff from. If you set these in
+ (LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote):
+ New variables to initialize quote stuff from. If you set these in
file local variables, they will propagate accordingly to
`TeX-quote-after-quote' et al.
@@ -13818,7 +11327,7 @@
2003-02-11 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-run-TeX): TeX-run-TeX gets the
@@ -13831,17 +11340,17 @@
* latex.el (latex-mode): Sets TeX-sentinel-default-function
instead of TeX-sentinel-function.
- * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
- * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
2003-02-08 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
* tex-site.el: Added simple ConTeXt support.
- * latex.el (latex-mode): Added explicit set of
+ * latex.el (latex-mode): Add explicit set of
TeX-sentinel-function to be used in TeX-run-interactive.
* tex-buf.el: Added TeX-run-ConTeXt. Removed explicit call to
@@ -13867,8 +11376,8 @@
2003-02-08 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-output-extension, TeX-view-extension): Changed
- defcustom into defvar, as these are intermediate variables.
+ * tex.el (TeX-output-extension, TeX-view-extension):
+ Change defcustom into defvar, as these are intermediate variables.
2003-02-07 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
@@ -13879,7 +11388,7 @@
* tex-buf.el
(TeX-save-document, TeX-command-query)
(TeX-output-style-check, TeX-run-format, TeX-TeX-sentinel-check):
- Added support for pdftex (and others)
+ Add support for pdftex (and others)
(TeX-run-set-command, TeX-output-extension)
(TeX-view-extension, TeX-view-output-file): new functions.
@@ -13905,7 +11414,7 @@
2003-01-24 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter, TeX-search-files-kpathsea):
- Fixed braces.
+ Fix braces.
2003-01-22 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -13919,7 +11428,7 @@
2003-01-16 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Fixed typo.
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Fix typo.
* Makefile.in (ELCC): `-no-init-file' is the same as `-q'
@@ -14003,12 +11512,12 @@
2002-12-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-label): Added completing for labels. Avoid
- inserting an empty label.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-label): Add completing for labels.
+ Avoid inserting an empty label.
2002-12-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Added \operatorname.
+ * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Add \operatorname.
2002-12-12 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -14035,7 +11544,7 @@
* tex.el: Ditto.
- * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Improved doc-string.
+ * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Improve doc-string.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Equations): New @subsection documenting
LaTeX-equation-label, LaTeX-eqnarray-label and LaTeX-amsmath-label.
@@ -14059,9 +11568,9 @@
2002-12-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-textual): Fixed typo in doc-string.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-textual): Fix typo in doc-string.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Fixed typos in doc-string.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Fix typos in doc-string.
2002-12-10 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -14087,7 +11596,7 @@
2002-12-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Added some supported classes.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Add some supported classes.
Fixed a typo.
* style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): environment "xxalignat*" doesn't
@@ -14095,7 +11604,7 @@
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): environment "xxalignat" should not
get a \label.
- * Makefile (BATCH): Added `-no-site-file' to batch options.
+ * Makefile (BATCH): Add `-no-site-file' to batch options.
2002-12-07 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -14150,7 +11659,7 @@
2002-10-24 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-contents): New function.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added 26 LaTeX commands, 2 LaTeX2e
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add 26 LaTeX commands, 2 LaTeX2e
environments, and 41 LaTeX2e commands.
2002-10-08 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -14215,7 +11724,7 @@
2002-03-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el (eamcs-major-version): Changed if to when.
+ * tex-site.el (eamcs-major-version): Change if to when.
Suggested by Martin Thornquist <address@hidden>.
2002-03-15 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -14230,12 +11739,12 @@
* tex.el (TeX-auto-generate): Expand file name.
Suggested by "Dr. Mark A. Friedman" <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `fill-paragraph-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `fill-paragraph-function'.
(LaTeX-mode-map): Don't bind M-q.
Suggested by Nils Klarlund <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-printer-list): Fixed spelling.
+ * tex.el (TeX-printer-list): Fix spelling.
Reported by Nils Klarlund <address@hidden>.
2002-02-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14298,7 +11807,7 @@
* style/prosper.el: New file.
Contributed by Phillip Lord <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
2001-11-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14336,7 +11845,7 @@
2001-10-19 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fixed for mendex.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fix for mendex.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Japanese): Doc fix.
2001-10-17 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14434,7 +11943,7 @@
* tex-fptex.el: New file.
Contributed by Fabrice Popineau <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (CONTRIB): Added it.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB): Add it.
2001-10-04 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -14473,7 +11982,7 @@
2001-10-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-submenu-name-format): Fixed spelling error.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-submenu-name-format): Fix spelling error.
Reported by address@hidden
2001-10-01 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -14485,8 +11994,8 @@
C-r command itself was definitely sometimes wrong). Corrected that.
* style/graphicx.el (TeX-arg-includegraphics):
- Fixed an obvious typo complained about by the byte-compiler. checkdoc
- removed a few spaces.
+ Fix an obvious typo complained about by the byte-compiler.
+ checkdoc removed a few spaces.
* auc-old.el (TeX-region): Correct offset calculation.
@@ -14525,7 +12034,7 @@
2001-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Changed default to lazy evaluation of
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Change default to lazy evaluation of
`TeX-view-style' and `LaTeX-command-style'.
Suggested by Peter Neergaard <address@hidden>.
@@ -14593,7 +12102,7 @@
* MSDOS: Removed.
* VMS: Removed.
* OS2: Removed.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Removed above files.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Remove above files.
2000-10-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14603,9 +12112,9 @@
2000-10-19 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/graphics.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
* style/graphicx.el: Renamed from `style/graphicx.el'.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Updated.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Update.
Reported by "Dr. Thomas Baumann" <address@hidden>.
2000-10-09 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14640,7 +12149,7 @@
2000-06-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* IRIX: New file.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Added it.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Add it.
2000-05-10 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14666,7 +12175,7 @@
2000-03-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/graphicsx.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
Donated by Ryuichi Arafune <address@hidden>.
2000-04-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14683,7 +12192,7 @@
2000-02-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-environment-list): Added more missing
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-environment-list): Add more missing
environments. Patch by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
2000-02-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14698,10 +12207,10 @@
2000-01-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-map): Added "\e\r" binding for
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-map): Add "\e\r" binding for
address@hidden'.
Reported by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
- (TeXinfo-mode-menu, texinfo-mode): Changed menu name and mode name
+ (TeXinfo-mode-menu, texinfo-mode): Change menu name and mode name
to `Texinfo'.
Suggested by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
@@ -14729,7 +12238,7 @@
* bib-cite.el: Updated to 3.15 (20 Dec 99).
- * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Fixed default PDF LaTeX command.
+ * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Fix default PDF LaTeX command.
Reported by "Christian Schlauer" <address@hidden>.
* Version 9.10o released.
@@ -14745,7 +12254,7 @@
1999-12-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Added `kill-all-local-variables'.
+ * tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Add `kill-all-local-variables'.
Reported by Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>.
* Version 9.10n released.
@@ -14761,7 +12270,7 @@
1999-12-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC, AUCELC): Added `tex-mik.el'.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC, AUCELC): Add `tex-mik.el'.
1999-11-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14809,7 +12318,7 @@
1999-11-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Added `LaTeX PDF' command.
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add `LaTeX PDF' command.
1999-10-28 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14832,12 +12341,12 @@
* style/ngerman.el: New style.
Suggested by Torsten Schuetze <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Added history argument.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Add history argument.
Suggested by Werner LEMBERG <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Added history argument.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Add history argument.
* tex.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Don't add the same hook twice.
Suggested by Jarl Friis <address@hidden>.
@@ -14860,7 +12369,7 @@
* style/mdwlist.el: New file.
Patch by Stephen Heilbronner <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
1999-08-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -14874,8 +12383,8 @@
1999-08-19 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-hide-environment, LaTeX-show-environment): make
- them work with new outline mode.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-hide-environment, LaTeX-show-environment):
+ make them work with new outline mode.
Reported by Thomas Schick <address@hidden>.
* tex.el (match-string): New compatibility function.
@@ -14933,7 +12442,7 @@
1999-05-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el: (TeX-auto-generate): Reimplemented support for numeric
+ * tex.el: (TeX-auto-generate): Reimplement support for numeric
`TeX-file-recurse'.
(TeX-search-files): Ditto.
@@ -14957,7 +12466,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Better error message when trying
to insert a dollar in math-mode.
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Added more default
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add more default
macros.
1999-03-12 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
@@ -14966,9 +12475,9 @@
index.el and multind.el style files.
(LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list): Now matches both \index and
\glossary.
- (TeX-arg-index): Renamed from TeX-arg-define-index.
+ (TeX-arg-index): Rename from TeX-arg-define-index.
(TeX-arg-define-index): Now an alias for `TeX-arg-index'.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added a regexp for index and
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add a regexp for index and
glossary to `TeX-complete-list'. Added entry for glossary with
`Tex-add-symbols'.
* style/index.el: New file.
@@ -14976,7 +12485,7 @@
* style/multind.el: New file.
* style/varioref.el: New file.
* style/fancyref.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/index.el', `style=makeidx.el',
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/index.el', `style=makeidx.el',
`style/multind.el', `style/varioref.el', `style/fancyref.el'.
1999-02-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15007,12 +12516,12 @@
* tex-jp.el (TeX-format-list): Fix JLATEX format.
Patch by Tsutomu OKUMURA <address@hidden>.
- * style/foils.el (LaTeX-style-foils): Removed spurious `\n'.
+ * style/foils.el (LaTeX-style-foils): Remove spurious `\n'.
Reported by Bernt Guldbrandtsen <address@hidden>.
1999-02-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (install-contrib): Added `$(CONTRIBELC)' dependency.
+ * Makefile (install-contrib): Add `$(CONTRIBELC)' dependency.
Suggested by Nils Ackermann <address@hidden>.
1999-01-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15021,7 +12530,7 @@
1999-01-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Renamed from
+ * tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Rename from
`LaTeX2e-font-replace'. Use `TeX-esc'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it.
* tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Ditto.
@@ -15034,7 +12543,7 @@
1999-01-11 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces, TeX-command-list): Fixed custom types.
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces, TeX-command-list): Fix custom types.
Patch by Markus Rost <address@hidden>.
1999-01-09 Christoph Wedler <address@hidden>
@@ -15060,7 +12569,7 @@
1998-12-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-recurse): Added right parenthesis.
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-recurse): Add right parenthesis.
Reported by Bernt Guldbrandtsen <address@hidden>.
1998-12-11 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15085,7 +12594,7 @@
1998-11-23 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp): Added autoload cookie.
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp): Add autoload cookie.
1998-11-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15106,7 +12615,7 @@
1998-10-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (European): Removed references to obsolete
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (European): Remove references to obsolete
packages.
1998-07-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15124,8 +12633,8 @@
1998-07-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro, TeX-arg-string, TeX-parse-argument): If
- region is active, put it inside empty brackets.
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro, TeX-arg-string, TeX-parse-argument):
+ If region is active, put it inside empty brackets.
Patch by Peter Thiemann <address@hidden>.
1998-07-16 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15176,7 +12685,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-font-list): Default value now contains special
math font commands.
- (LaTeX2e-font-replace): Added support for math fonts.
+ (LaTeX2e-font-replace): Add support for math fonts.
* tex.el (TeX-font-list): Docstring changed. Extra prefix and
suffix for math fonts allowed.
@@ -15214,14 +12723,14 @@
1998-06-10 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (texmathp): Added autoload.
- (TeX-math-mode-p): Deleted.
+ * tex.el (texmathp): Add autoload.
+ (TeX-math-mode-p): Delete.
(TeX-parse-macro): Use `texmathp' instead of `TeX-math-mode-p'.
* texmathp.el: New file by Carsten Dominik
<address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Added.
- (AUCELC): Added.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Add.
+ (AUCELC): Add.
1998-06-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15353,7 +12862,7 @@
* tex-buf.el (TeX-run-silent): New function.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed default for view from
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change default for view from
`TeX-run-background' to `TeX-run-silent'.
1997-09-10 "Dr. Werner Fink" <address@hidden>
@@ -15366,11 +12875,11 @@
1997-08-29 David J. Rowe <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Added support so newcommand*,
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Add support so newcommand*,
renewcommand*, providecommand*, newenvironment* and
renewenvironment* are recognized by TeX-auto-generate and
TeX-auto-generate-global.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added all of above "starred"
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add all of above "starred"
commands to symbol list and added providecommand to symbol list.
1997-08-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15379,7 +12888,7 @@
1997-08-29 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
- * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Added environments xalignat and
+ * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add environments xalignat and
xxalignat, and starred forms
1997-08-22 Christoph Wedler <address@hidden>
@@ -15393,7 +12902,7 @@
1997-07-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/natbib.el'.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/natbib.el'.
1997-07-13 Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
@@ -15497,7 +13006,7 @@
1997-06-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Added `usepackage'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Add `usepackage'.
(LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Ditto.
Patch by Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>.
@@ -15506,7 +13015,7 @@
* style/amsbsy.el: New file.
* style/amsopn.el : New file.
* style/amsthm.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added them.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add them.
Files provided by Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>.
1997-06-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15558,7 +13067,7 @@
1997-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Fixed hebrew delimiters.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Fix hebrew delimiters.
Patch by John Griffith <address@hidden>.
1997-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15576,13 +13085,13 @@
(TeX-auto-generate-global): Ditto.
Patch by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (install-contrib): Don't move elc files twice. Patch
- by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
+ * Makefile (install-contrib): Don't move elc files twice.
+ Patch by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
1997-03-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/danish.el: Copied from `style/dk.el'.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/danish.el'.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/danish.el'.
Suggested by Lars Frellesen <address@hidden>.
1997-03-04 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15629,7 +13138,7 @@
1997-02-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Removed.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Remove.
1997-02-07 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15643,12 +13152,12 @@
1997-01-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): uparow -> uparrow. Reported by
- Kyeong Soo Kim <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): uparow -> uparrow.
+ Reported by Kyeong Soo Kim <address@hidden>.
1997-01-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed `ltx-help.el'.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove `ltx-help.el'.
1997-01-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15701,7 +13210,7 @@
shell-command-switch. Suggested by address@hidden (Fabio
Somenzi).
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Added sans serif. Patch by Ralf
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add sans serif. Patch by Ralf
Fassel <address@hidden>.
1997-01-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15759,7 +13268,7 @@
1996-11-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added eqref to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add eqref to
LaTeX-label-list. Suggested by Martin Hagstrom
<address@hidden>.
@@ -15770,7 +13279,7 @@
1996-11-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Added "texinfo".
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Add "texinfo".
1996-09-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15824,28 +13333,28 @@
1996-08-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Ignore comments. Reported
- by Stephen Eglen <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Ignore comments.
+ Reported by Stephen Eglen <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Added `windows-nt'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Add `windows-nt'.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-shell): Added `windows-nt'.
- (TeX-shell-command-option): Added `emx' and `windows-nt'.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-shell): Add `windows-nt'.
+ (TeX-shell-command-option): Add `emx' and `windows-nt'.
Reported by Ulrich Poetter <address@hidden>.
1996-08-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Removed duplicate
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Remove duplicate
initialization of `words-include-escapes'. Reperted by Mark Hovey
<address@hidden>.
1996-08-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (CONTRIB): Added `font-latex.el'.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB): Add `font-latex.el'.
1996-07-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (aucdir): Changed `lib' to `share' per new emacs
+ * Makefile (aucdir): Change `lib' to `share' per new emacs
conventions. Reported by "Edward J. Huff"
<address@hidden>.
@@ -15856,8 +13365,8 @@
1996-07-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-path): Ignore tralining //. Suggested by
- Göran Uddeborg <address@hidden>.
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-path): Ignore tralining //.
+ Suggested by Göran Uddeborg <address@hidden>.
1996-05-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15880,8 +13389,8 @@
1996-04-24 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment): Bind
- `next-line-add-newlines' to t. Patch by Fritz Knabe
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment):
+ Bind `next-line-add-newlines' to t. Patch by Fritz Knabe
<address@hidden>.
1996-04-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15902,8 +13411,8 @@
1996-02-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-command-menu-queue, TeX-command-menu-queue-entry):
- New functions supporting printer queue queries from the menu. By
- Ulrik Dickow <address@hidden>
+ New functions supporting printer queue queries from the menu.
+ By Ulrik Dickow <address@hidden>
(TeX-command-menu-entry): Use them.
1996-02-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15913,12 +13422,12 @@
1995-12-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added more definitions by Mehmet
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Add more definitions by Mehmet
Balcilar <address@hidden>.
1995-12-18 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph): Removed old version.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph): Remove old version.
(LaTeX-math-menu): Redefined the math mode menu.
1995-12-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -15937,8 +13446,8 @@
* PROBLEMS: Some easymenu explanations.
* tex.el: Require easymenu.el instead of auc-menu.el.
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed easymenu.el and auc-menu.el.
- (MINMAPSRC): Removed easymenu.el, column.el and cpp.el.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove easymenu.el and auc-menu.el.
+ (MINMAPSRC): Remove easymenu.el, column.el and cpp.el.
* easymenu.el: File deleted.
* column.el: File deleted.
* cpp.el: File deleted.
@@ -15964,8 +13473,8 @@
1995-02-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-byte-compile): Make it default to nil. Suggested by
- address@hidden (Michal Jaegermann).
+ * tex.el (TeX-byte-compile): Make it default to nil.
+ Suggested by address@hidden (Michal Jaegermann).
* tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Also offer to save files when
started from a menu. Reported by address@hidden (Anton
@@ -15979,21 +13488,21 @@
different buffer. Patch by Michael Kifer
<address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Moved `Phi' from V to F in
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Move `Phi' from V to F in
LaTeX-math-mode. Suggested by address@hidden (David
Kastrup).
* doc/math-ref.tex: Documented it.
1995-02-02 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-home-buffer): Added interactive, reported by
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-home-buffer): Add interactive, reported by
address@hidden
1995-02-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* hilit-LaTeX.el: Upgraded to 1.06.
- * Makefile (CONTRIB, EXTRAFILES): Moved tex-jp.el to CONTRIB.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB, EXTRAFILES): Move tex-jp.el to CONTRIB.
1995-01-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -16005,13 +13514,13 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region): Use marker to mark end of region
instead of integer, as the formatting may change the size of the
region.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fixed bug in paragraph definitions.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix bug in paragraph definitions.
Reported by Steve Anderson <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (save-match-data): Added by address@hidden
+ * tex.el (save-match-data): Add by address@hidden
(Kobayashi Shinji).
- (bibtex-mode-hook): Don't use add-hook yet. Reported by
- address@hidden (Kobayashi Shinji).
+ (bibtex-mode-hook): Don't use add-hook yet.
+ Reported by address@hidden (Kobayashi Shinji).
1995-01-25 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -16028,23 +13537,23 @@
* tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Forgot a set of parentheses.
Reported by Frederic Devernay <address@hidden>.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-current-pages): Removed extra parentheses.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-current-pages): Remove extra parentheses.
Reported by address@hidden (Michelangelo Grigni).
1995-01-24 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Added workaround for error in
+ * tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Add workaround for error in
XEmacs 19.11's `kill-all-local-variables'.
1995-01-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Removed unnecessary
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove unnecessary
regexp quotes of `TeX-esc'.
* style/amsart.el: Move `eqref' definition to `style/amstex.el'
and load that style hook.
* style/amstex.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
Suggested by address@hidden (Victor Boyko).
1995-01-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -16068,9 +13577,9 @@
* Makefile (CONTRIB): New macro for user contributed emacs lisp
packages, initialized with `bib-cite.el' and `hilit-LaTeX.el'.
- (EXTRAFILES): Added $(CONTRIB) to the list.
+ (EXTRAFILES): Add $(CONTRIB) to the list.
- * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Moved definition before
+ * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Move definition before
`TeX-macro-private'. Reported by Frederic Devernay
<address@hidden>.
@@ -16085,8 +13594,8 @@
(TeX-region-create): More outline-mode safe. Patch by
address@hidden (Willi Langenberger).
- * Makefile (dist): Put version number in WWW page. Suggested by
- several people.
+ * Makefile (dist): Put version number in WWW page.
+ Suggested by several people.
* latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Ignore first optional
argument to newenvironment if there is a second. Problem reported
@@ -16102,7 +13611,7 @@
R. Dodd)
(TeX-current-pages): New function.
(TeX-LaTeX-sentinel, TeX-TeX-sentinel): Use it.
- (TeX-format-filter): Removed unnecessary check before assignment.
+ (TeX-format-filter): Remove unnecessary check before assignment.
1995-01-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -16189,8 +13698,8 @@
* OEMACS: Removed.
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Make
- `words-include-escapes' a local variable before setting it.
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization):
+ Make `words-include-escapes' a local variable before setting it.
Reported by Bo Nygaard Bai <address@hidden>.
1994-11-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -16219,7 +13728,7 @@
* Makefile (dist): Automatically update AUC-TeX-version and
AUC-TeX-date in tex.el
- * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version): Added AUC-TeX-version and
+ * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version): Add AUC-TeX-version and
AUC-TeX-date from auc-ver.el.
* auc-ver.el: File removed.
@@ -16230,7 +13739,7 @@
1994-10-25 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Removed an implemented item.
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Remove an implemented item.
* tex.el (TeX-command-current): New variable.
(TeX-command-select-master): New function.
@@ -16240,13 +13749,13 @@
file argument.
(TeX-command-menu-print): Remove file argument.
(TeX-command-menu-printer-entry): Don't pass file argument.
- (TeX-command-create-menu): Removed.
+ (TeX-command-create-menu): Remove.
(TeX-mode-menu): New menu.
- (plain-TeX-mode-menu): Removed entries now in TeX-mode-menu.
+ (plain-TeX-mode-menu): Remove entries now in TeX-mode-menu.
(plain-TeX-mode-menu): Use `toggle' for bad boxes.
(plain-TeX-common-initialization): Enable TeX-mode-menu.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Removed entries now in
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Remove entries now in
TeX-mode-menu.
(LaTeX-mode-menu): Use `toggle' for bad boxes.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Enable TeX-mode-menu.
@@ -16258,8 +13767,8 @@
1994-10-24 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed auc-menu.el from AUC TeX distribution.
- (MINMAPSRC): Added easymenu.el temporarily to min-map distribution.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove auc-menu.el from AUC TeX distribution.
+ (MINMAPSRC): Add easymenu.el temporarily to min-map distribution.
* auc-menu.el: Just load easymenu.el when using GNU Emacs.
@@ -16289,7 +13798,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-indent-calculate): Allow nil second element in
`LaTeX-indent-environment-list'.
- (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Added special environments
+ (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Add special environments
suggested by address@hidden (Peter
Thiemann).
@@ -16311,7 +13820,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Use three %'s when adding buffer
local variables. Suggested by Raymond Toy <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-format-list): Added entry for AmSTeX by Ulf Juergens
+ * tex.el (TeX-format-list): Add entry for AmSTeX by Ulf Juergens
<address@hidden>.
* tex.el (ams-tex-mode): Run AmS-TeX-mode-hook, not
@@ -16341,7 +13850,7 @@
1994-09-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Added LaTeX2 `cls' extension after
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Add LaTeX2 `cls' extension after
query by address@hidden (Jose Manuel Valenca).
1994-08-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -16365,7 +13874,7 @@
1994-08-26 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Removed preceding item from
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Remove preceding item from
wishlist.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix to comments
@@ -16394,8 +13903,8 @@
1994-08-18 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-cite): Prompt for multiple keys. Suggested by
- Masahiro Kitagawa <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-cite): Prompt for multiple keys.
+ Suggested by Masahiro Kitagawa <address@hidden>.
1994-08-17 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
@@ -16431,7 +13940,7 @@
1994-08-10 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * Makefile (MINMAPSRC): Added `all.el'.
+ * Makefile (MINMAPSRC): Add `all.el'.
* all.el: New file.
@@ -16452,12 +13961,12 @@
1994-08-06 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands): New variable.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it. Suggested by
- address@hidden (Yuan P. Li).
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it.
+ Suggested by address@hidden (Yuan P. Li).
* auc-menu.el (easy-menu-add): Check that `x-popup-menu' is bound
- and that we are running under X before calling it. Reported by
- Adrian F. Clark <address@hidden>
+ and that we are running under X before calling it.
+ Reported by Adrian F. Clark <address@hidden>
1994-08-04 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
@@ -16472,10 +13981,10 @@
* doc/history.texi: New file.
- * doc/Makefile (HISTORY): Added rule.
+ * doc/Makefile (HISTORY): Add rule.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Added `ChangeLog'.
- (DOCFILES): Added `history.texi'.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Add `ChangeLog'.
+ (DOCFILES): Add `history.texi'.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (History): Made ready for 9.2. Move history to
`history.texi'.
diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in
index 13a05ff..8cc4be3 100644
--- a/Makefile.in
+++ b/Makefile.in
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
# Maintainer: address@hidden
-# Copyright (C) 2003-2008, 2010, 2013, 2014 Free Software
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ AUTOLOAD=--eval '(let ((generated-autoload-file
(expand-file-name "$@"))) \
(save-buffers-kill-emacs t))'
DESCEND=test -z "$(subdirs)" || (OLDPWD="`pwd`";for i in ""$(subdirs);do cd
$$i;echo "Descending into `pwd`";$(MAKE) 'DESTDIR=$(DESTDIR)'
PACKAGE=$(PACKAGE) $@ || exit $$?;cd "$$OLDPWD";echo "Ascending into
$$OLDPWD";done)
-EXCLUDEDFILES=autogen.sh .cvsignore .gitignore doc/.gitignore
preview/.gitignore \
- preview/latex/.gitignore README.GIT tests
+CVSFILES=autogen.sh .cvsignore doc/.cvsignore preview/.cvsignore \
+ preview/latex/.cvsignore README.CVS
.SUFFIXES: .el .elc .texi
@@ -70,10 +70,9 @@ CP_A = $(CP) -R
DIST_PREFIX=$(PWD)/auctex-dist
FTPDIR = $(DIST_PREFIX)/ftp
WWWDIR = $(DIST_PREFIX)/www
-CTANDIR = $(DIST_PREFIX)/ctan
XEMACS_BUILD_DIR = xemacs-build
PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR = preview-build
-COMMITTER="`git config --get user.name`\ \ \<`git config --get user.email`\>"
+COMMITTER="David Kastrup <address@hidden>"
RPMROOT = /usr/src/redhat
RPM_SIGN = --sign
@@ -122,26 +121,13 @@ STYLESRC = style/prosper.el \
style/pst-plot.el style/pst-slpe.el style/shortvrb.el \
style/austrian.el style/naustrian.el style/french.el \
style/lettrine.el style/multicol.el style/xspace.el \
- style/setspace.el style/biblatex.el style/siunitx.el \
- style/bm.el style/footmisc.el style/ulem.el \
- style/bigdelim.el style/bigstrut.el style/everysel.el \
- style/mathtools.el style/ragged2e.el style/amssymb.el \
- style/lscape.el style/epigraph.el style/mflogo.el \
- style/multirow.el style/imakeidx.el style/afterpage.el \
- style/longtable.el style/lipsum.el style/kantlipsum.el \
- style/memoir.el style/placeins.el style/nameref.el \
- style/fancynum.el style/fancyhdr.el style/filecontents.el \
- style/array.el style/kpfonts.el style/acro.el \
- style/acronym.el style/xparse.el style/fancyvrb.el \
- style/tabulary.el style/fontspec.el style/unicode-math.el \
- style/luacode.el style/metalogo.el style/english.el \
- style/exercise.el style/plext.el style/cleveref.el
+ style/setspace.el style/biblatex.el
STYLEELC = $(STYLESRC:.el=.elc)
CLEANFILES = $(AUCELC) $(STYLEELC) $(MULEELC)
DISTCLEANFILES = Makefile tex-site.el tex-site.el.out auctex.el \
- auto-loads.el config.* preview/preview.el
-DISTTEXTS = FAQ INSTALL INSTALL.windows README TODO PROBLEMS.preview
+ auto-loads.el config.*
+DISTTEXTS = FAQ INSTALL INSTALL.windows README TODO
NOSEARCH = style/.nosearch
@@ -218,7 +204,7 @@ install-startup:
install-el:
-$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(packagelispdir)/tex-site.el # Remove old
(Git-version) mistakes
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(packagelispdir)/tex-site.el # Remove old
(CVS-version) mistakes
test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/tex-site.el || { \
if grep -q "tex-site.*Don't edit." $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/tex-site.el;
then \
echo "Overwriting old tex-site.el" ; \
@@ -331,32 +317,28 @@ wc:
# intended to be used only by the maintainers.
# Steps for making a release:
-#
+#
# 1) release-commit TAG=<tag> COMMITTER=<committer>
# Tag the release.
-# Pass `COMMITTER=<committer>' argument only if it is different from
-# your git name and email. `<committer>' should be in the form
-# "John Doe <address@hidden>"
-#
+#
# 2) dist TAG=<tag>
-# Create the tar ball and other release files and put them into $FTPDIR.
+# Create the tar ball.
#
# 3) xemacs-package TAG=<tag>
# Create the precompiled XEmacs package.
#
# 4) windows-package WEMACSVER=<emacs-version> TAG=<tag>
# Create the precompiled AUCTeX package for Windows.
-# This requires a compiled Emacs of the same version at location $WEMACS.
-#
-# 5) release-sign TAG=<tag>
+#
+# 5) release-sign
# Sign the tar ball and create directive files for upload.
-#
+#
# 6) release-upload
# Upload files to GNU FTP server.
#
# 7) www-doc TAG=<tag> GENDOCSPATCH=<patch-file>
# Create documentation for AUCTeX home page.
-#
+#
# 8) preview-ball TAG=<tag>
# Create preview package. (Not for GNU FTP server but for CTAN.)
@@ -368,33 +350,26 @@ check-tag:
@if [ "X$(TAG)" = "X" ]; then echo "*** Error: No TAG ***"; exit 1; fi
release-commit: check-tag
- @echo "Tagging release $(TAG) in Git ..."
+ @echo "Tagging release $(TAG) in CVS ..."
sleep 5
mv ChangeLog ChangeLog.old
- mv preview/ChangeLog preview/ChangeLog.old
-# Make sure the release ChangeLog entry is encoded with ISO-8859-1. This
-# requires the `iconv' program.
- echo `date "+%Y-%m-%d "`" ${COMMITTER}" | iconv -t ISO-8859-1 - >
ChangeLog
+ echo `date "+%Y-%m-%d "`" "${COMMITTER} > ChangeLog
echo >> ChangeLog
echo " * Version" $(TAG) released. >> ChangeLog
echo >> ChangeLog
- cp ChangeLog preview/ChangeLog
cat ChangeLog.old >> ChangeLog
- cat preview/ChangeLog.old >> preview/ChangeLog
- git commit -m 'Release_$(TAG)' -- ChangeLog preview/ChangeLog
- git tag release_`echo $(TAG) | sed -e 's/[.]/_/g'`
- @echo
- @echo "Congratulations! Release $(TAG) of AUCTeX is ready."
- @echo "Please, remember to run"
- @echo " git push --tags origin master"
- @echo "to propagate release commit and tag to the remote repository."
+ cvs commit -m 'Release_$(TAG)' ChangeLog
+ cvs tag release_`echo $(TAG) | sed -e 's/[.]/_/g'`
tar-ball: doc/Makefile
test ! -d auctex-$(TAG) || rm -r auctex-$(TAG)
mkdir auctex-$(TAG)
# Use TAG_EXPORT if set (for snapshots)
- git archive $${TAG_EXPORT:=`echo release_$(TAG) | sed 's/[.]/_/g'`} |
tar -xC auctex-$(TAG)
- cd auctex-$(TAG) && AUCTEXVERSION=$(TAG) AUCTEXDATE=$(AUCTEXDATE)
./autogen.sh && rm -rf $(EXCLUDEDFILES)
+ cvs export -d auctex-$(TAG) \
+ `echo $${TAG_EXPORT:=$(TAG)} | \
+ sed -e '/^\([-0-9]*[0-9]\)[-a-z]*$$/s//-D \1/' \
+ -e '/[.]/{s/^/-r release_/;s/[.]/_/g}'` auctex
+ cd auctex-$(TAG) && AUCTEXVERSION=$(TAG) AUCTEXDATE=$(AUCTEXDATE)
./autogen.sh && rm $(CVSFILES)
chmod -R go-w+rX auctex-$(TAG)
rm -rf $(FTPDIR)
mkdir -p $(FTPDIR)
@@ -479,7 +454,7 @@ windows-package: check-tag
cd $(WBUILDDIR)/emacs-$(WEMACSVER) \
&& zip -r $(FTPDIR)/$(WPACKAGE) $(WPACKAGEFILES)
-release-sign: check-tag
+release-sign:
rm -f $(FTPDIR)/*.{directive,asc,sig}
if [ "x$$GPG_AGENT_INFO" = "x" ]; then \
read -sp "Enter pass phrase: " phrase ; \
@@ -525,12 +500,12 @@ preview-ball: check-tag
test ! -d $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) || rm -r $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR)
mkdir $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR)
# Use TAG_EXPORT if set (for snapshots)
- git archive $${TAG_EXPORT:=`echo release_$(TAG) | sed 's/[.]/_/g'`} \
- preview/latex | tar -xC $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) --strip-components=2
+ cvs export -d $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) \
+ `echo $${TAG_EXPORT:=$(TAG)} | \
+ sed -e '/^\([-0-9]*[0-9]\)[-a-z]*$$/s//-D \1/' \
+ -e '/[.]/{s/^/-r release_/;s/[.]/_/g}'` auctex/preview/latex
cd $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) && make -f ../preview/latex/Makefile
preview.ins preview.pdf
chmod -R go-w+rX $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR)
- test -d $(CTANDIR) || mkdir -p $(CTANDIR)
-# CTAN requires a top level directory "preview/" for the archive.
- cd $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) && mkdir -p preview && \
- cp README preview.dtx preview.ins preview.pdf preview/ && \
- tar -cf - --owner=root --group=root preview/ | gzip --best >
$(CTANDIR)/preview-$(TAG).tar.gz
+ test -d $(FTPDIR) || mkdir -p $(FTPDIR)
+ cd $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) && \
+ tar -cf - --owner=root --group=root README preview.dtx preview.ins
preview.pdf | gzip --best > $(FTPDIR)/preview-$(TAG).tar.gz
diff --git a/README b/README
index e74a20f..0a1f331 100644
--- a/README
+++ b/README
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate
download will
be necessary.
You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
-Anonymous Git is available as well.
+Anonymous CVS is available as well.
7 Contacts
**********
diff --git a/RELEASE b/RELEASE
index 6517532..93ca64f 100644
--- a/RELEASE
+++ b/RELEASE
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Release notes for AUCTeX 11.88 with preview-latex
+Release notes for AUCTeX 11.87 with preview-latex
=================================================
AUCTeX provides by far the most wide-spread and sophisticated
@@ -25,91 +25,27 @@ sleuth work, testing.
New features and fixed bugs in this release
-------------------------------------------
-'TeX-PDF-mode' is now enabled by default.
+AUCTeX now supports Biber in conjunction with biblatex in addition to
+BibTeX.
-Now 'TeX-previous-error' works with TeX commands if the new option
-'TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil, which is the default. When this
-option is non-nil, an overview of errors and warnings reported by the
-TeX compiler can be opened with 'M-x TeX-error-overview <RET>'.
+Each AUCTeX mode now has its own abbrev table. On Emacsen which
+provide the possibility to inherit abbrevs from other tables, the
+abbrevs from the Text mode abbrev table are available as well. Newly
+defined abbrevs are written to the mode-specific tables, though.
-Style file authors are encouraged to distinguish common from expert
-macros and environments, and mark the latter using
-'TeX-declare-expert-macros' and 'LaTeX-declare-expert-environments'.
-Users can then restrict completion using
-'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+The file tex-fptex.el was removed.
-Management of LaTeX package options in the parser was improved. You
-might need to reparse your documents, especially if you loaded the
-'babel' package with language options.
+Forward/backward search for Evince has been improved. If Emacs is
+compiled with DBUS support and a recent Evince version (3.x) is
+installed, the communication goes over the desktop bus instead of the
+command line, resulting in more accurate positioning of point in Emacs
+and highlighting of the target paragraph in Evince.
-Now you can insert '$...$' or '\(...\)' by typing a single '$'. To do
-this, customize the new option 'TeX-electric-math'.
-'TeX-math-close-double-dollar' was removed.
+A problem where Ghostscript threw an /invalidfileaccess error when
+running preview-latex was fixed.
-'C-c <RET> documentclass <RET>' completes with all available LaTeX
-classes, if the 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' variable is non-nil.
-Completion for class options of the standard LaTeX classes is provided
-as well.
+A lot of smaller fixes and additions have been made.
-New user options 'LaTeX-default-author',
-'LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search', 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default',
-'TeX-date-format', and 'TeX-insert-braces-alist'. A new possible value
-('show-all-optional-args') for 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style' was
-added. The default value of 'TeX-source-correlate-method' has been
-changed.
-
-'biblatex' support was greatly expanded. If parsing is enabled, AUCTeX
-looks at 'backend' option to decide whether to use Biber or BibTeX. The
-'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' variable was changed to be file local only
-and is no more customizable.
-
-With some LaTeX classes, the default environment suggested by
-'LaTeX-environment' ('C-c C-e') when the current environment is
-'document' was changed. With 'beamer' class the default environment is
-'frame', with 'letter' it is 'letter', with 'slides' it is 'slide'.
-
-Brace pairing feature was enhanced in LaTeX documents. Support for
-'\bigl', '\Bigl', '\biggl' and '\Biggl', the same as the one for
-'\left', was added to 'TeX-insert-macro'. For example, 'C-c <RET> bigl
-<RET> ( <RET>' inserts '\bigl(\bigr)'.
-
-You can insert brace pair '()', '{}' and '[]' by typing a single left
-brace if the new user option 'LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is
-enabled.
-
-Macros '\langle', '\lfloor' and '\lceil', which produce the left part
-of the paired braces, are treated similarly as '(', '{' and '[' during
-the course of 'TeX-insert-macro'.
-
-Support for dozens of LaTeX packages was added.
-
-Tabular-like environments (tabular, tabular*, tabularx, tabulary,
-array, align, ...) are indented in a nicer and more informative way
-when the column values of a table line are written across multiple
-lines in the tex file.
-
-The suitable number of ampersands are inserted when you insert array,
-tabular and tabular* environments with 'C-c C-e'. Similar experience
-is obtained if you terminate rows in these environments with 'C-c
-<LFD>'. It supplies line break macro '\\' and inserts the suitable
-number of ampersands on the next line. Similar supports are provided
-for various amsmath environments.
-
-Commands for narrowing to a group ('TeX-narrow-to-group') and to LaTeX
-environments ('LaTeX-narrow-to-environment') were added.
-
-Now arbitrary options can be passed to the TeX processor on a per file
-basis using the 'TeX-command-extra-options' option.
-
-Now 'C-c C-e document <RET>', in an empty document, prompts for
-'\usepackage' macros in addition to '\documentclass'.
-
-'TeX-add-style-hook' has now a third argument to tell AUCTeX for which
-dialect (LaTeX, Texinfo or BibTeX) the style hook is registers.
-Labelling style hook by dialect will avoid applying them not in the
-right context.
-
-There have been lots of bug fixes and feature additions.
Requirements
------------
@@ -177,18 +113,15 @@ developer list (see above). Other than that,
volunteering for tasks
remains the most effective way of helping AUCTeX development.
The following people contributed to this release series (in
-alphabetical order): Ivan Andrus, Ralf Angeli, Masayuki Ataka, Fabrice
-Ben Hamouda, Thomas Baumann, Vincent Belaïche, Berend de Boer, Ken
-Brown, Joshua Buhl, Patrice Dumas, Werner Fink, Miguel Frasson, Peter
-S. Galbraith, Mosè Giordano, Patrick Gundlach, Jobst Hoffmann, Tassilo
+alphabetical order): Ralf Angeli, Masayuki Ataka, Thomas Baumann,
+Vincent Belaïche, Berend de Boer, Ken Brown, Joshua Buhl, Patrice
+Dumas, Miguel Frasson, Peter S. Galbraith, Patrick Gundlach, Tassilo
Horn, Yvon Hevel, Mads Jensen, Arne Jørgensen, David Kastrup, Ikumi
-Keita, Philip Kime, Oleh Krehel, Joost Kremers, Frank Küster, Jan-Åke
-Larsson, Matthew Leach, Antoine Levitt, Leo Liu, Vladimir Lomov, Stefan
-Monnier, Dan Nicolaescu, Piet van Oostrum, Nicolas Richard, Augusto
-Ritter Stoffel, Florent Rougon, Davide G. M. Salvetti, Rüdiger
-Sonderfeld, Holger Sparr, Mike Sperber, Reiner Steib, Christian
-Schlauer, Shiro Takeda, Mark Trettin (Please accept our apologies if we
-forgot somebody.)
+Keita, Philip Kime, Joost Kremers, Frank Küster, Jan-Åke Larsson,
+Antoine Levitt, Dan Nicolaescu, Piet van Oostrum, Augusto Ritter
+Stoffel, Davide G. M. Salvetti, Holger Sparr, Mike Sperber, Reiner
+Steib, Christian Schlauer, Shiro Takeda, Mark Trettin (Please accept
+our apologies if we forgot somebody.)
Footnotes:
diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4
index 9b29ec0..f492cc2 100644
--- a/aclocal.m4
+++ b/aclocal.m4
@@ -94,14 +94,14 @@ fi
AC_DEFUN(AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for date in ChangeLog])
-$1=[`sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' "$3"`]
+$1=[`sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog`]
if test "X${$1}" = X
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([[not found]])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT(${$1})
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for release in ChangeLog])
-$2=[`sed -n '2,/^[0-9]/s/.*Version \(.*\) released\..*/\1/p' "$3"`]
+$2=[`sed -n '2,/^[0-9]/s/.*Version \(.*\) released\..*/\1/p' ChangeLog`]
if test "X${$2}" = X
then
$2=${$1}
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 4165ed3..42c4ca7 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.88.0
+;; Version: 11.87.7
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
diff --git a/auctex.spec b/auctex.spec
index a482661..3d5f7bc 100644
--- a/auctex.spec
+++ b/auctex.spec
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ probably best solved by not installing this package).
%setup
%build
-# The below will make the package build from a tar straight from Git
+# The below will make the package build from a tar straight from CVS
# NOT RECOMMENDED, but useful for testing!
test -f ./configure || ./autogen.sh
%configure --with-emacs INSTALL_INFO=: --without-texmf-dir
diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh
index 99c32a7..94b3903 100755
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ b/autogen.sh
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ cd ..
rm -rf autom4te.cache preview/autom4te.cache
if test "x${AUCTEXDATE}" = x
then
- AUCTEXDATE=`LC_ALL=C sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog`
+ AUCTEXDATE=`LANG=C sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog`
test "X${AUCTEXDATE}" != X || { echo "Can't find date in ChangeLog" >&2 ;
exit 1; }
fi
diff --git a/bib-cite.el b/bib-cite.el
index 612641c..0f94332 100644
--- a/bib-cite.el
+++ b/bib-cite.el
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
;; New versions of this package (if they exist) may be found at:
;; http://people.debian.org/~psg/elisp/bib-cite.el
-;; and in AUCTeX's Git archive at
-;; http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/auctex.git
+;; and in AUCTeX's CVS archive at
+;; http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/auctex/auctex/
;; Operating Systems:
;; Works in unix, DOS and OS/2. Developped under Linux.
@@ -756,14 +756,14 @@ runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display."
;; Added for version 2.19
(if (boundp 'tags-always-exact)
(progn
- (set (make-local-variable 'tags-always-exact) nil)))
+ (make-local-variable 'tags-always-exact)
+ (setq tags-always-exact nil)))
;; mouse overlay
(if bib-highlight-mouse-t
(progn
(bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap)
(bib-highlight-mouse)
- (when bib-cite-is-XEmacs
- (make-local-hook 'after-change-functions))
+ (make-local-hook 'after-change-functions)
(add-hook 'after-change-functions
'bib-cite-setup-mouse-function nil t)))
(if bib-cite-is-XEmacs
@@ -794,7 +794,8 @@ runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display."
;; own.
(defun bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap ()
"Set up the bib-cite text in the current buffer to be clickable."
- (set (make-local-variable 'bib-highlight-mouse-keymap)
+ (make-local-variable 'bib-highlight-mouse-keymap)
+ (setq bib-highlight-mouse-keymap
;;; First, copy the local keymap so we don't have `disappearing' menus
;;; when the mouse is moved over a \ref, \label or \cite command.
@@ -941,7 +942,6 @@ runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display."
(eval-after-load
"bibtex"
'(progn
- (add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect)
(cond
((lookup-key bibtex-mode-map [menu-bar move/edit])
(define-key-after
@@ -1144,7 +1144,8 @@ by using bib-apropos sequentially."
(not (string-equal "*Help*" (buffer-name)))))
(bib-buffer (or (and new-buffer-f (bib-get-bibliography nil))
(current-buffer))))
- (with-current-buffer bib-buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer bib-buffer)
(goto-char (point-min))
(while (and (re-search-forward "^[ \t]*@" nil t)
(re-search-forward keyword nil t))
@@ -1231,7 +1232,8 @@ to create a bibtex file containing only the references
used in the document."
(progn
(copy-face 'bold 'red-bold)
(set-face-foreground 'red-bold "red")))
- (with-current-buffer "*Help*"
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer "*Help*")
(let ((before-change-functions) (after-change-functions))
(put-text-property (point-min)(or limit (point-max))
'face 'red-bold))))
@@ -1330,7 +1332,8 @@ See variables bib-etags-command and bib-etags-filename"
(concat bib-etags-append-command the-tags-file " " the-file))
(setq the-file-list (cdr the-file-list)))
(if the-tags-buffer ;buffer existed; we must refresh it.
- (with-current-buffer the-tags-buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer the-tags-buffer)
(revert-buffer t t)))
;; Check value of tags-file-name against the-tags-file
@@ -1349,7 +1352,8 @@ See variables bib-etags-command and bib-etags-filename"
;; Skip this in XEmacs (Changed by Anders Stenman)
(if (and (not (string-match "XEmacs\\|Lucid" emacs-version))
(get-file-buffer the-tags-file))
- (with-current-buffer (get-file-buffer the-tags-file)
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer (get-file-buffer the-tags-file))
(set (make-local-variable 'tags-file-name) the-tags-file))))
@@ -2182,7 +2186,8 @@ Sets global variable bib-document-TeX-files-warnings."
(kill-buffer tex-buffer)
(error
"Sorry, but this is not a multi-file document (Try C-u C-c C-n if
using auctex)")))
- (with-current-buffer tex-buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer tex-buffer)
;; set its directory so relative includes work without expanding
(setq default-directory dir)
(insert-file-contents masterfile)
@@ -2232,7 +2237,8 @@ Sets global variable
bib-document-citekeys-obarray-warnings."
master-aux master-tex)))
(let ((work-buffer (get-buffer-create "*bib-cite-work*"))
(keys-obarray (make-vector 201 0)))
- (with-current-buffer work-buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer work-buffer)
(insert-file-contents master-aux)
;; Because we will be looking for \input statements, we need to set
;; the default directory to that of the master file.
@@ -2347,9 +2353,10 @@ accents embeded in bibtex entries."
;; Path is relative to the master directory
(default-directory (bib-master-directory))
(the-name)(the-warnings)(the-file))
- (with-current-buffer bib-buffer
+ (save-excursion
;; such that forward-sexp works with embeeded \" in german,
;; and unbalanced ()
+ (set-buffer bib-buffer)
(erase-buffer)
(set-syntax-table text-mode-syntax-table)
;; (if (boundp 'bibtex-mode-syntax-table)
@@ -2378,12 +2385,14 @@ accents embeded in bibtex entries."
(and (boundp 'TeX-check-path)
(psg-checkfor-file-list the-name TeX-check-path))))
(if the-file
- (with-current-buffer bib-buffer
- (goto-char (point-max))
- (if include-filenames-f
- (insert "%%%Filename: " the-file "\n"))
- (insert-file-contents the-file nil)
- (goto-char 1))
+ (progn
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer bib-buffer)
+ (goto-char (point-max))
+ (if include-filenames-f
+ (insert "%%%Filename: " the-file "\n"))
+ (insert-file-contents the-file nil)
+ (goto-char 1)))
(setq the-warnings
(concat the-warnings "Could not read file: " the-name "\n"))))
(if the-warnings
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 06bea48..7add2aa 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -21,20 +21,16 @@ dnl along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write
to the Free
dnl Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
dnl MA 02110-1301, USA.
-AC_INIT(auctex,11.88,address@hidden)
+AC_INIT(auctex,11.87,address@hidden)
AC_CHECK_PROGS_REQUIRED(MAKECMD, make, [make not found, aborting!])
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG(AUCTEXDATE,AUCTEXVERSION,ChangeLog)
+AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG(AUCTEXDATE,AUCTEXVERSION)
AC_SUBST(AUCTEXDATE)
AC_SUBST(AUCTEXVERSION)
-AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG(PREVIEWDATE,PREVIEWVERSION,preview/ChangeLog)
-AC_SUBST(PREVIEWDATE)
-AC_SUBST(PREVIEWVERSION)
-
EMACS_PROG_EMACS
if test ${EMACS_FLAVOR} = xemacs
@@ -201,7 +197,7 @@ AC_SHELL_QUOTIFY(TEXI2HTML)
AC_SHELL_QUOTIFY(TEXI2DVI)
AC_SHELL_QUOTIFY(TEXI2PDF)
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tex-site.el.out:tex-site.el.in preview/preview.el
doc/Makefile auctex.el)
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tex-site.el.out:tex-site.el.in doc/Makefile auctex.el)
cat >&2 <<EOF
diff --git a/context-en.el b/context-en.el
index 865ca71..aba1d8c 100644
--- a/context-en.el
+++ b/context-en.el
@@ -140,25 +140,17 @@
;; the level is used to find the section name, so the alternative
;; names are never found. Have to start using the section name instead
;; of the number.
-(defvar ConTeXt-numbered-section-list-en
+(defvar ConTeXt-section-list-en
'(("part" 0)
("chapter" 1)
("section" 2)
("subsection" 3)
("subsubsection" 4))
- "List of the names of ConTeXt numbered sections for its en interface.")
-
-(defvar ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list-en
- '(("title" 1)
- ("subject" 2)
- ("subsubject" 3)
- ("subsubsubject" 4))
- "List of the names of ConTeXt unnumbered sections for its en interface.")
-
-(defvar ConTeXt-section-list-en
- (append ConTeXt-numbered-section-list-en ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list-en)
-)
-
+ ;; ("title" 1)
+ ;; ("subject" 2)
+ ;; ("subsubject" 3)
+ ;; ("subsubsubject" 4)
+ "List of the names of ConTeXt sections for its en interface.")
(defvar ConTeXt-text-en "text"
"The ConTeXt en interface body text group.")
diff --git a/context.el b/context.el
index b9ce2c0..3a2622b 100644
--- a/context.el
+++ b/context.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; context.el --- Support for ConTeXt documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2014
+;; Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008, 2010, 2012
;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ The following variables can be set to customize:
((< val 0)
(ConTeXt-up-section (- val)))
(t val)))
- (name (ConTeXt-numbered-section-name level))
+ (name (ConTeXt-section-name level))
(toc nil)
(title "")
(done-mark (make-marker)))
(newline)
- (run-hooks 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook)
+ (run-hooks 'ConTeXt-section-hook)
(newline)
(if (marker-position done-mark)
(goto-char (marker-position done-mark)))
@@ -356,53 +356,31 @@ section."
nil t)))
(ConTeXt-up-section (1- arg))))))
-(defvar ConTeXt-numbered-section-list ()
+(defvar ConTeXt-section-list ()
"ConTeXt-XX-section-list where XX is the current interface.")
-(defvar ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list ()
- "ConTeXt-XX-section-list where XX is the current interface.")
-
-(defvar ConTeXt-section-list
- (append ConTeXt-numbered-section-list ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list)
-)
-
-(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-name (level)
- "Return the name of the section corresponding to LEVEL."
- (let ((entry (TeX-member level ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
- (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 1 b)))))))
- (if entry
- (nth 0 entry)
- nil)))
-
-(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-name (level)
+(defun ConTeXt-section-name (level)
"Return the name of the section corresponding to LEVEL."
- (let ((entry (TeX-member level ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list
+ (let ((entry (TeX-member level ConTeXt-section-list
(function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 1 b)))))))
(if entry
(nth 0 entry)
nil)))
-(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-level (name)
+(defun ConTeXt-section-level (name)
"Return the level of the section NAME."
- (let ((entry (TeX-member name ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
- (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 0 b)))))))
- (if entry
- (nth 1 entry)
- nil)))
+ (let ((entry (TeX-member name ConTeXt-section-list
+ (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 0 b)))))))
-(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-level (name)
- "Return the level of the section NAME."
- (let ((entry (TeX-member name ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
- (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 0 b)))))))
(if entry
- (nth 1 entry)
+ (nth 1 entry)
nil)))
;;; Section Hooks.
-(defcustom ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook
- '(ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
+(defcustom ConTeXt-section-hook
+ '(ConTeXt-section-heading
ConTeXt-section-title
ConTeXt-section-ref
ConTeXt-section-section)
@@ -431,8 +409,8 @@ ConTeXt-section-ref: Insert a reference for this section
command.
To get a full featured `ConTeXt-section' command, insert
- (setq ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook
- '(ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
+ (setq ConTeXt-section-hook
+ '(ConTeXt-section-heading
ConTeXt-section-title
ConTeXt-section-section
ConTeXt-section-ref))
@@ -441,75 +419,18 @@ in your .emacs file."
:group 'ConTeXt-macro
:type 'hook
:options
- '(ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
+ '(ConTeXt-section-heading
ConTeXt-section-title
ConTeXt-section-ref
ConTeXt-section-section))
-(defcustom ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook
- '(ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
- ConTeXt-section-title
- ConTeXt-section-ref
- ConTeXt-section-section)
- "List of hooks to run when a new section is inserted.
-
-The following variables are set before the hooks are run
-
-level - numeric section level, see the documentation of `ConTeXt-section'.
-name - name of the sectioning command, derived from `level'.
-title - The title of the section, default to an empty string.
-`done-mark' - Position of point afterwards, default nil (meaning end).
-
-The following standard hook exist -
-
-ConTeXt-section-heading: Query the user about the name of the
-sectioning command. Modifies `level' and `name'.
-
-ConTeXt-section-title: Query the user about the title of the
-section. Modifies `title'.
-
-ConTeXt-section-section: Insert ConTeXt section command according to
-`name', `title', and `reference'. If `title' is an empty string,
-`done-mark' will be placed at the point they should be inserted.
-
-ConTeXt-section-ref: Insert a reference for this section command.
-
-To get a full featured `ConTeXt-section' command, insert
-
- (setq ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook
- '(ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
- ConTeXt-section-title
- ConTeXt-section-section
- ConTeXt-section-ref))
-
-in your .emacs file."
- :group 'ConTeXt-macro
- :type 'hook
- :options
- '(ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
- ConTeXt-section-title
- ConTeXt-section-ref
- ConTeXt-section-section))
-
-(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading ()
- "Hook to prompt for ConTeXt section name.
-Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook' to allow the user to
change
-the name of the sectioning command inserted with `\\[ConTeXt-section]'."
- (let ((string (completing-read
- (concat "Select level: (default " name ") ")
- ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
- nil nil nil)))
- ;; Update name
- (if (not (zerop (length string)))
- (setq name string))))
-
-(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading ()
+(defun ConTeXt-section-heading ()
"Hook to prompt for ConTeXt section name.
-Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook' to allow the user to
change
+Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-section-hook' to allow the user to change
the name of the sectioning command inserted with `\\[ConTeXt-section]'."
(let ((string (completing-read
(concat "Select level: (default " name ") ")
- ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list
+ ConTeXt-section-list
nil nil nil)))
;; Update name
(if (not (zerop (length string)))
@@ -517,7 +438,7 @@ the name of the sectioning command inserted with
`\\[ConTeXt-section]'."
(defun ConTeXt-section-title ()
"Hook to prompt for ConTeXt section title.
-Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-(un)numbered-section-hook' to allow the user to
change
+Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-section-hook' to allow the user to change
the title of the section inserted with `\\[ConTeXt-section]."
(setq title (read-string "What title: ")))
@@ -599,8 +520,11 @@ inserted after the sectioning command."
(TeX-auto-add-type "environment" "ConTeXt")
-(defadvice ConTeXt-add-environments (after ConTeXt-invalidate-menu (&rest
environments) activate)
+(fset 'ConTeXt-add-environments-auto
+ (symbol-function 'ConTeXt-add-environments))
+(defun ConTeXt-add-environments (&rest environments)
"Add ENVIRONMENTS to the list of known environments."
+ (apply 'ConTeXt-add-environments-auto environments)
(setq ConTeXt-menu-changed t))
;; (defvar ConTeXt-environment-list ()
@@ -839,7 +763,7 @@ the contents."
(interactive)
(let ((cur (point)))
(ConTeXt-find-matching-stop inner)
- (push-mark (point))
+ (set-mark (point))
(goto-char cur)
(ConTeXt-find-matching-start inner)
(TeX-activate-region)))
@@ -988,8 +912,7 @@ If OPTIONAL, only insert it if not empty, and then use
square brackets."
"[][]\\|" ; display math delimitors (is this applicable to ConTeXt??)
(ConTeXt-environment-start-name) "\\|"
(ConTeXt-environment-stop-name) "\\|"
- (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-numbered-section-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\|"
- (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\|"
+ (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-section-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\|"
(mapconcat 'identity ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands "\\b\\|")
"\\b\\|"
(mapconcat 'identity ConTeXt-item-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\)"))
@@ -1013,8 +936,7 @@ header is at the start of a line."
(regexp-quote TeX-esc)
"\\("
(mapconcat 'ConTeXt-environment-full-start-name ConTeXt-section-block-list
"\\|") "\\|"
- (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-numbered-section-list "\\|")
- (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list "\\|")
+ (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-section-list "\\|")
"\\)\\b"
(if TeX-outline-extra
"\\|"
@@ -1392,8 +1314,7 @@ else. There might be text before point."
;; section menu entries
-(defvar ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-name "Numbered section (C-c C-s)")
-(defvar ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-name "Unnumbered section")
+(defvar ConTeXt-section-menu-name "Section (C-c C-s)")
(defun ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol (level)
"Symbol used to enable section LEVEL in the menu bar."
@@ -1405,29 +1326,17 @@ else. There might be text before point."
(set (ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol level)
(>= level ConTeXt-largest-level))))
-(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu (level)
- "Insert numbered section from menu."
- (let ((ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook (delq 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
- (copy-sequence
ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook))))
- (ConTeXt-section level)))
-
-(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu (level)
- "Insert unnumbered section from menu."
- (let ((ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook (delq
'ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
- (copy-sequence
ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook))))
+(defun ConTeXt-section-menu (level)
+ "Insert section from menu."
+ (let ((ConTeXt-section-hook (delq 'ConTeXt-section-heading
+ (copy-sequence ConTeXt-section-hook))))
(ConTeXt-section level)))
-(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-entry (entry)
- "Create an ENTRY for the numbered section menu."
+(defun ConTeXt-section-menu-entry (entry)
+ "Create an ENTRY for the section menu."
(let ((enable (ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol (nth 1 entry))))
(set enable t)
- (vector (car entry) (list 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu (nth 1 entry))
enable)))
-
-(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-entry (entry)
- "Create an ENTRY for the unnumbered section menu."
- (let ((enable (ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol (nth 1 entry))))
- (set enable t)
- (vector (car entry) (list 'ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu (nth 1 entry))
enable)))
+ (vector (car entry) (list 'ConTeXt-section-menu (nth 1 entry)) enable)))
;; etexshow support
@@ -1459,8 +1368,7 @@ else. There might be text before point."
`("ConTeXt"
(,ConTeXt-project-structure-menu-name)
(,ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name)
- (,ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-name)
- (,ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-name)
+ (,ConTeXt-section-menu-name)
["Add Table of Contents to Emacs Menu" (imenu-add-to-menubar "TOC") t]
"-"
["Macro ..." TeX-insert-macro
@@ -1559,14 +1467,10 @@ else. There might be text before point."
(mapcar 'ConTeXt-section-block-menu-entry
ConTeXt-section-block-list)))
(message "Updating section menu...")
- (easy-menu-change '("ConTeXt") ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-name
- (LaTeX-split-long-menu
- (mapcar 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-entry
- ConTeXt-numbered-section-list)))
- (easy-menu-change '("ConTeXt") ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-name
+ (easy-menu-change '("ConTeXt") ConTeXt-section-menu-name
(LaTeX-split-long-menu
- (mapcar 'ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-entry
- ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list)))
+ (mapcar 'ConTeXt-section-menu-entry
+ ConTeXt-section-list)))
(message "Updating...done")
(and menu (easy-menu-return-item ConTeXt-mode-menu menu))
)))
@@ -1577,7 +1481,7 @@ else. There might be text before point."
"Command line option for texexec to use nonstopmode.")
(defun ConTeXt-expand-options ()
- "Expand options for context command."
+ "Expand options for texexec command."
(concat
(let ((engine (eval (nth 4 (assq TeX-engine (TeX-engine-alist))))))
(when engine
@@ -1586,7 +1490,7 @@ else. There might be text before point."
(format "--interface=%s " ConTeXt-current-interface))
(when TeX-source-correlate-mode
(format "--passon=\"%s\" "
- (if (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'synctex)
+ (if (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'synctex)
TeX-synctex-tex-flags
TeX-source-specials-tex-flags)))
(unless TeX-interactive-mode
@@ -1604,8 +1508,6 @@ else. There might be text before point."
ConTeXt-other-macro-list
ConTeXt-project-structure-list
ConTeXt-section-block-list
- ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
- ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list
ConTeXt-section-list
ConTeXt-text
ConTeXt-item-list
@@ -1749,7 +1651,7 @@ Special commands:
Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
-of ConTeXt-mode-hook."
+of context-mode-hook."
(interactive)
(context-guess-current-interface)
(require (intern (concat "context-" ConTeXt-current-interface)))
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in
index 8507821..d2be29e 100644
--- a/doc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -35,21 +35,7 @@ address@hidden@
address@hidden@
address@hidden@
DESTDIR=
-# If `texi2html' is not available, use `makeinfo' when possible. Set the ToC
-# file accordingly. Actually, makeinfo >= 5 is needed, but we don't check the
-# version.
-ifneq (@TEXI2HTML@,:)
- address@hidden@
- TEXI2HTML_TOC=auctex_toc.html
-else
- ifneq (@MAKEINFO@,:)
- address@hidden@ --html
- TEXI2HTML_TOC=index.html
- else
- address@hidden@
- TEXI2HTML_TOC=auctex_toc.html
- endif
-endif
address@hidden@
address@hidden@
address@hidden@
MKINSTALLDIRS = ../mkinstalldirs
@@ -65,8 +51,7 @@ AUCTEXTEXIFILES = auctex.texi install.texi wininstall.texi
intro.texi \
PREVIEWTEXIFILES = copying.texi preview-faq.texi macros.texi \
preview-dtxdoc.texi preview-latex.texi preview-problems.texi \
preview-readme.texi preview-todo.texi version.texi
-DISTTEXTS = ../README ../INSTALL ../TODO ../INSTALL.windows ../FAQ ../CHANGES
\
- ../PROBLEMS.preview
+DISTTEXTS = ../README ../INSTALL ../TODO ../INSTALL.windows ../FAQ ../CHANGES
all: dist
@@ -87,17 +72,17 @@ install-man:
dist: $(DISTTEXTS) preview-latex.info auctex.info tex-ref.pdf
-extradist: html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC) auctex.ps auctex.pdf tex-ref.ps tex-ref.pdf
+extradist: html/auctex_toc.html auctex.ps auctex.pdf tex-ref.ps tex-ref.pdf
.PHONY: all info dvi dist install-auctex disttexts clean distclean \
maintainer-clean install-preview install-man html-docs extradist
# AUCTeX
-html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC): auctex.texi
+html/auctex_toc.html: auctex.texi
rm -rf html
mkdir html
- cd html && $(TEXI2HTML) --split=node -I .. ../auctex.texi && \
+ cd html && $(TEXI2HTML) -split_node -I .. ../auctex.texi && \
test ! -d auctex || { mv auctex/* . && rm -rf auctex ; }
tex-ref.dvi: tex-ref.tex
@@ -195,7 +180,7 @@ install-preview: preview-latex.info
$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) faq.texi --output $@
$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) --number-sections preview-faq.texi
--output - >> $@
-../PROBLEMS.preview: preview-problems.texi macros.texi
+../PROBLEMS: preview-problems.texi macros.texi
$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) --number-sections preview-problems.texi
--output $@
# clean
diff --git a/doc/auctex.texi b/doc/auctex.texi
index 08bf8cf..539a683 100644
--- a/doc/auctex.texi
+++ b/doc/auctex.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ This manual is for @AUCTeX{}
(version @value{VERSION} from @value{UPDATED}),
a sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014
+Copyright @copyright{} 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2012
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@quotation
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ reasons to despair. You can continue to write @TeX{} and
@LaTeX{}
documents the way you are used to, and only start using the multiple
features in small steps. @AUCTeX{} is not monolithic, each feature
described in this manual is useful by itself, but together they provide
-an environment where you will make very few @LaTeX{} errors, and makes
-it easy to find the errors that may slip through anyway.
+an environment where you will make very few @LaTeX{} errors, and makes it
+easy to find the errors that may slip through anyway.
It is a good idea to make a printout of @AUCTeX{}'s reference card
@file{tex-ref.tex} or one of its typeset versions.
@@ -163,7 +163,6 @@ Controlling Screen Display
* Font Locking:: Font Locking
* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
* Outline:: Outlining the Document
-* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
Font Locking
@@ -316,7 +315,7 @@ entering more specialized sorts of text, for formatting the
source by
indenting and filling and for navigating through the document.
@menu
-* Quotes:: Inserting quotes, dollars, and braces
+* Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
@@ -398,68 +397,31 @@ language-specific ones.
In @AUCTeX{}, dollar signs should match like they do in @TeX{}. This
has been partially implemented, we assume dollar signs always match
-within a paragraph. By default, the first @samp{$} you insert in a
-paragraph will do nothing special. The second @samp{$} will match the
-first. This will be indicated by moving the cursor temporarily over the
-first dollar sign.
+within a paragraph. The first @samp{$} you insert in a paragraph will
+do nothing special. The second @samp{$} will match the first. This
+will be indicated by moving the cursor temporarily over the first dollar
+sign.
@deffn Command TeX-insert-dollar @var{arg}
@kindex $
(@kbd{$}) Insert dollar sign.
Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign end the @TeX{} math mode.
+Ensure double dollar signs match up correctly by inserting extra dollar
+signs when needed if @code{TeX-math-close-double-dollar} is non-nil.
With optional @var{arg}, insert that many dollar signs.
@end deffn
address@hidden and @LaTeX{} users often look for a way to insert inline
-equations like @samp{$...$} or @samp{\(...\)} simply typing @kbd{$}.
address@hidden helps them through the customizable variable
address@hidden
-
address@hidden TeX-electric-math
-If the variable is non-nil and you type @kbd{$} outside math mode,
address@hidden will automatically insert the opening and closing symbols for
-an inline equation and put the point between them. The opening symbol
-will blink when @code{blink-matching-paren} is non-nil. If
address@hidden is nil, typing @kbd{$} simply inserts @samp{$}
-at point, this is the default.
-
-Besides @code{nil}, possible values for this variable are @code{(cons
-"$" "$")} for @TeX{} inline equations @samp{$...$}, and @code{(cons
-"\\(" "\\)")} for @LaTeX{} inline equations @samp{\(...\)}.
-
-If the variable is non-nil and point is inside math mode right between a
-couple of single dollars, pressing @kbd{$} will insert another pair of
-dollar signs and leave the point between them. Thus, if
address@hidden is set to @code{(cons "$" "$")} you can easily
-obtain a @TeX{} display equation @samp{$$...$$} by pressing @kbd{$}
-twice in a row. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs in
address@hidden because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset
-documents.)
-
-In addition, when the variable is non-nil and there is an active region
-outside math mode, typing @kbd{$} will put around the active region
-symbols for opening and closing inline equation and keep the region
-active, leaving point after the closing symbol. By pressing repeatedly
address@hidden while the region is active you can toggle between an inline
-equation, a display equation, and no equation. To be precise,
address@hidden is replaced by @samp{$$...$$}, whereas @samp{\(...\)} is
-replaced by @samp{\[...\]}.
address@hidden TeX-math-close-double-dollar
+Control the insertion of double dollar signs for delimiting display
+math. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs in @LaTeX{}
+because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset documents.)
+If the variable is non-nil and you enter a dollar sign that matches a
+double dollar sign @samp{$$} @AUCTeX{} will automatically insert two
+dollar signs.
@end defopt
-If you want to automatically insert @samp{$...$} in plain @TeX{} files,
-and @samp{\(...\)} in @LaTeX{} files by pressing @kbd{$}, add the
-following to your init file
address@hidden
-(add-hook 'plain-TeX-mode-hook
- (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
- (cons "$" "$"))))
-(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook
- (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
- (cons "\\(" "\\)"))))
address@hidden lisp
-
@subheading Braces
To avoid unbalanced braces, it is useful to insert them pairwise. You
@@ -472,110 +434,6 @@ to type inside of them. If there is an active region,
put braces around
it and leave point after the closing brace.
@end deffn
-When writing complex math formulas in @LaTeX{} documents, you
-sometimes need to adjust the size of braces with pairs of macros like
address@hidden@samp{\right}, @address@hidden and so on. You
-can avoid unbalanced pairs with the help of @code{TeX-insert-macro},
-bound to @kbd{C-c C-m} or @kbd{C-c @key{RET}} (@pxref{Completion}).
-If you insert left size adjusting macros such as @samp{\left},
address@hidden etc. with @code{TeX-insert-macro}, it asks for left brace
-to use and supplies automatically right size adjusting macros such as
address@hidden, @samp{\bigr} etc. and corresponding right brace in
-addtion to the intended left macro and left brace.
-
-The completion by @code{TeX-insert-macro} also applies when entering
-macros such as @samp{\langle}, @samp{\lfloor} and @samp{\lceil}, which
-produce the left part of the paired braces. For example, inserting
address@hidden by @kbd{C-c C-m} is immediately followed by the
-insertion of @samp{\rfloor}. In addition, if the point was located
-just after @samp{\left} or its friends, the corresponding
address@hidden etc. will be inserted in front of @samp{\rfloor}.
-In both cases, active region is honored.
-
-As a side effect, when @code{LaTeX-math-mode} (@pxref{Mathematics}) is
-on, just typing @kbd{`(} inserts not only @samp{\langle}, but also
address@hidden
-
-If you do not like such auto completion at all, it can be disabled by a
-user option.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-right-insert-p
-If this option is turned off, the automatic supply of the right macros
-and braces is suppressed.
address@hidden defopt
-
-When you edit @LaTeX{} documents, you can enable automatic brace
-pairing when typing @kbd{(}, @address@hidden and @kbd{[}.
-
address@hidden LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace
-If this option is on, just typing @kbd{(}, @address@hidden or @kbd{[}
-immediately adds the corresponding right brace @samp{)}, @address@hidden or
address@hidden The point is left after the opening brace. If there is an
-active region, braces are put around it.
-
-They recognize the preceeding backslash or size adjusting macros such
-as @samp{\left}, @samp{\bigl} etc., so the following completions will
-occur:
address@hidden @bullet
-
address@hidden
-(when typing single left brace)
address@hidden @minus
-
address@hidden
address@hidden(} -> @samp{()}
-
address@hidden
address@hidden@{} -> @address@hidden@}}
-
address@hidden
address@hidden -> @samp{[]}
address@hidden itemize
-
address@hidden
-(when typing left brace just after a backslash)
address@hidden @minus
-
address@hidden
address@hidden(} -> @samp{\(\)}
-
address@hidden
address@hidden@{} -> @address@hidden@}}
-
address@hidden
address@hidden -> @samp{\[\]}
address@hidden itemize
-
address@hidden
-(when typing just after @samp{\left} or @samp{\bigl})
address@hidden @minus
-
address@hidden
address@hidden(} -> @samp{\left(\right)}
-
address@hidden
address@hidden -> @samp{\bigl[\bigr]}
address@hidden itemize
-
address@hidden
-(when typing just after @samp{\Bigl\})
address@hidden @minus
-
address@hidden
address@hidden@{} -> @address@hidden@}}
-
address@hidden itemize
-
address@hidden itemize
-
-This auto completion feature may be a bit annoying when editing an
-already existing @LaTeX{} document. In that case, use @kbd{C-u 1} or
address@hidden before typing @kbd{(}, @address@hidden or @kbd{[}. Then no
-completion is done and just a single left brace is inserted. In fact,
-with optional prefix @var{arg}, just that many open braces are
-inserted without any completion.
address@hidden defopt
-
@node Font Specifiers
@section Inserting Font Specifiers
@@ -684,9 +542,9 @@ either: at the top of the document; the top level
sectioning for that
document style, and any other place: The same as the last occurring
sectioning command.
-Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and last
-you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section. The
-label will be prefixed by the value specified in
+Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and
+last you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section.
+The label will be prefixed by the value specified in
@code{LaTeX-section-hook}.
@deffn Command LaTeX-section @var{arg}
@@ -744,8 +602,7 @@ The following variables are set before the hooks are run
@table @var
@item level
-Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to
address@hidden
+Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to @code{LaTeX-section}.
@item name
Name of the sectioning command, derived from @var{level}.
@item title
@@ -827,9 +684,6 @@ specific document. This is achieved by examining your
@samp{\documentclass} command, and consulting a precompiled list of
environments available in a large number of styles.
-Most of these are described further in the following sections, and you
-may easily specify more. @xref{Customizing Environments}.
-
You insert an environment with @kbd{C-c C-e}, and select an environment
type. Depending on the environment, @AUCTeX{} may ask more questions
about the optional parts of the selected environment type. With
@@ -848,70 +702,20 @@ prefix argument), the current environment is modified and
no new
environment is inserted.
@end deffn
address@hidden helps you adding labels to environments which use them, such
-as @samp{equation}, @samp{figure}, @samp{table}, address@hidden When you
-insert one of the supported environments with @kbd{C-c C-e}, you will be
-automatically prompted for a label. You can select the prefix to be
-used for such environments with the @code{LaTeX-label-alist} variable.
address@hidden LaTeX-label-alist
-List the prefixes to be used for the label of each supported
-environment.
-
-This is an alist whose car is the environment name, and the cdr either
-the prefix or a symbol referring to one.
-
-If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label is
-automatically inserted for that environment.
-
-If you want to automatically insert a label for a environment but with
-an empty prefix, use the empty string @code{""} as the cdr of the
-corresponding entry.
address@hidden defopt
-
As a default selection, @AUCTeX{} will suggest the environment last
inserted or, as the first choice the value of the variable
@code{LaTeX-default-environment}.
@defopt LaTeX-default-environment
Default environment to insert when invoking @samp{LaTeX-environment}
-first time. When the current environment is @samp{document}, it is
-overriden by @code{LaTeX-default-document-environment}.
+first time.
@end defopt
address@hidden LaTeX-default-document-environment
-Default environment when invoking @samp{LaTeX-environment} and the
-current environment is @samp{document}. It is intended to be used in
address@hidden class style files. For example, in @file{beamer.el} it is set
-to @code{frame}, in @file{letter.el} to @code{letter}, and in
address@hidden to @code{slide}.
address@hidden defvar
-
If the document is empty, or the cursor is placed at the top of the
-document, @AUCTeX{} will default to insert a @samp{document} environment
-prompting also for the insertion of @samp{\documentclass} and
address@hidden macros. You will be prompted for a new package until
-you enter nothing. If you do not want to insert any @samp{\usepackage}
-at all, just press @key{RET} at the first @samp{Packages} prompt.
-
address@hidden distinguishes normal and expert environments. By default, it
-will offer completion only for normal environments. This behavior is
-controlled by the user option @code{TeX-complete-expert-commands}.
-
address@hidden TeX-complete-expert-commands
-Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
-
-Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
-
address@hidden @asis
address@hidden nil
-Don't complete expert commands (default).
address@hidden t
-Always complete expert commands.
address@hidden (STYLES @dots{})
-Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
address@hidden table
address@hidden defopt
+document, @AUCTeX{} will default to insert a `document' environment.
+Most of these are described further in the following sections, and you
+may easily specify more. @xref{Customizing Environments}.
@menu
* Equations:: Equations
@@ -929,27 +733,6 @@ that you use @kbd{C-c C-e} to insert complete environments
instead.
(@kbd{C-c ]}) Insert an @samp{\end} that matches the current environment.
@end deffn
address@hidden offers keyboard shortcuts for moving point to the beginning
-and to the end of the current environment.
address@hidden Command LaTeX-find-matching-begin
address@hidden C-M-a
-(@kbd{C-M-a}) Move point to the @samp{\begin} of the current
-environment.
-
-If this command is called inside a comment and
address@hidden is enabled, try to find the environment
-in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
address@hidden deffn
-
address@hidden Command LaTeX-find-matching-end
address@hidden C-M-e
-(@kbd{C-M-e}) Move point to the @samp{\end} of the current environment.
-
-If this command is called inside a comment and
address@hidden is enabled, try to find the environment
-in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
address@hidden deffn
-
@node Equations
@subsection Equations
@cindex Equations
@@ -1051,14 +834,8 @@ insert an appropriate @samp{\item} for the current
environment. That is,
`description' will have @samp{\item[]} inserted.
@end deffn
address@hidden TeX-arg-item-label-p
-If non-nil, you will always be asked for optional label in items.
-Otherwise, you will be asked only in description environments.
address@hidden defopt
-
@node Tabular-like
@subsection Tabular-like Environments
address@hidden amsmath
When inserting Tabular-like environments, that is, `tabular' `array'
etc., you will be prompted for a template for that environment.
@@ -1068,35 +845,11 @@ Related variables:
Default format string for array and tabular environments.
@end defopt
address@hidden LaTeX-default-width
-Default width for minipage and tabular* environments.
address@hidden defopt
-
@defopt LaTeX-default-position
Default position string for array and tabular environments. If nil,
act like the empty string is given, but don't prompt for a position.
@end defopt
address@hidden calculates the number of columns from the format string and
-inserts the suitable number of ampersands.
-
-You can use @kbd{C-c @key{LFD}} (@code{LaTeX-insert-item}) to terminate
-rows in these environments. It supplies line break macro @samp{\\} and
-inserts the suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
-
address@hidden Command LaTeX-insert-item
address@hidden C-c @key{LFD}
-(@kbd{C-c @key{LFD}}) Close the current row with @samp{\\}, move to the
-next line and insert an appropriate number of ampersands for the current
-environment.
address@hidden deffn
-
-Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments such as
address@hidden, @samp{gather}, @samp{alignat}, @samp{matrix} etc. Try
-typing @kbd{C-c @key{LFD}} in these environments. It recognizes the
-current environment and does the appropriate job depending on the
-context.
-
@node Customizing Environments
@subsection Customizing Environments
@@ -1233,16 +986,13 @@ Specifies whether @code{TeX-insert-macro} will ask for
all optional
arguments.
If set to the symbol @code{show-optional-args}, @code{TeX-insert-macro}
-asks for optional arguments of @TeX{} marcos, unless the previous
-optional argument has been rejected. If set to
address@hidden, @code{TeX-insert-macro} asks for all
-optional arguments. @code{mandatory-args-only}, @code{TeX-insert-macro}
-asks only for mandatory arguments. When @code{TeX-insert-macro} is
-called with prefix argument (@kbd{C-u}), it's the other way round.
+asks for optional arguments of @TeX{} macros. If set to
address@hidden, @code{TeX-insert-macro} asks only for
+mandatory arguments. When @code{TeX-insert-macro} is called with prefix
+argument (@kbd{C-u}), it's the other way round.
Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, e.g.
address@hidden and
address@hidden
address@hidden
@end defopt
@@ -1280,43 +1030,10 @@ This can be stopped by entering @code{LaTeX-math-mode},
If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
@end defopt
address@hidden TeX-insert-braces-alist
-Control the insertion of a pair of braces after a macro on a per macro
-basis.
-
-This variable is an alist. Each element is a cons cell, whose car is
-the macro name, and the cdr is non-nil or nil, depending on whether a
-pair of braces should be, respectively, appended or not to the macro.
-
-If a macro has an element in this variable, @code{TeX-parse-macro} will
-use its value to decided what to do, whatever the value of the variable
address@hidden
address@hidden defopt
-
Completions work because @AUCTeX{} can analyze @TeX{} files, and store
symbols in Emacs Lisp files for later retrieval. @xref{Automatic}, for
more information.
address@hidden distinguishes normal and expert macros. By default, it will
-offer completion only for normal commands. This behavior can be
-controlled using the user option @code{TeX-complete-expert-commands}.
-
address@hidden TeX-complete-expert-commands
-Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
-
-Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
-
address@hidden @asis
address@hidden nil
-Don't complete expert commands (default).
address@hidden t
-Always complete expert commands.
address@hidden (STYLES @dots{})
-Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
address@hidden table
address@hidden defopt
-
-
@cindex \cite, completion of
@cindex address@hidden, completion
@cindex cite, completion of
@@ -1745,7 +1462,7 @@ the line becomes overfull.
@chapter Controlling Screen Display
It is often desirable to get visual help of what markup code in a text
-actually does without having to decipher it explicitly. For this
+actually does whithout having to decipher it explicitely. For this
purpose Emacs and @AUCTeX{} provide font locking (also known as syntax
highlighting) which visually sets off markup code like macros or
environments by using different colors or fonts. For example text to be
@@ -1763,15 +1480,10 @@ for Emacs' outline mode which lets you narrow the
buffer content to
certain sections of your text by hiding the parts not belonging to these
sections.
-Moreover, you can focus in a specific portion of the code by narrowing
-the buffer to the desired region. @AUCTeX{} provides also functions to
-narrow the buffer to the current group and to @LaTeX{} environments.
-
@menu
* Font Locking:: Font Locking
* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
* Outline:: Outlining the Document
-* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
@end menu
@node Font Locking
@@ -2272,12 +1984,6 @@ forced fontification by customizing the variable
@code{TeX-fold-force-fontify}.
@end defopt
address@hidden TeX-fold-auto
-By default, a macro inserted with @code{TeX-insert-macro} (@kbd{C-c
-C-m}) will not be folded. Set this variable to a non-nil value to
-aumatically fold macros as soon as they are inserted.
address@hidden defopt
-
@defopt TeX-fold-preserve-comments
By default items found in comments will be folded. If your comments
often contain unfinished code this might lead to problems. Give this
@@ -2285,11 +1991,6 @@ variable a non-nil value and foldable items in your
comments will be
left alone.
@end defopt
address@hidden TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark
-When this variable is non-nil and there is an active regione, text
-around the mark will be kept unfolded.
address@hidden defopt
-
@deffn Command TeX-fold-region
@kindex C-c C-o C-r
(@kbd{C-c C-o C-r}) Hide all configured macros in the marked region.
@@ -2507,34 +2208,6 @@ You may want to check out the unbundled @file{out-xtra}
package for even
better outline support. It is available from your favorite emacs lisp
archive.
address@hidden Narrowing
address@hidden Narrowing
-
-Sometimes you want to focus your attention to a limited region of the
-code. You can do that by restricting the text addressable by editing
-commands and hiding the rest of the buffer with the narrowing functions,
address@hidden,,,emacs,GNU Emacs Manual}. In addition, AUCTeX
-provides a couple of other commands to narrow the buffer to a group,
-i.e. a region enclosed in a pair of curly braces, and to @LaTeX{}
-environments.
-
address@hidden Command TeX-narrow-to-group
address@hidden C-x n g
-(@kbd{C-x n g}) Make text outside current group invisible.
address@hidden deffn
-
address@hidden Command LaTeX-narrow-to-environment @var{count}
address@hidden C-x n e
-(@kbd{C-x n e}) Make text outside current environment invisible. With
-optional argument @var{count} keep visible that number of enclosing
-environmens.
address@hidden deffn
-
-Like other standard narrowing functions, the above commands are
-disabled. Attempting to use them asks for confirmation and gives you
-the option of enabling them; if you enable the commands, confirmation
-will no longer be required for them.
-
@node Processing
@chapter Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
@@ -2747,18 +2420,11 @@ The default command to run in this buffer. Must be an
entry in
@cindex Biber
@cindex biblatex
-In case you use biblatex in a document, when automatic parsing is
-enabled @AUCTeX{} checks the value of @samp{backend} option given to
-biblatex at load time to decide whether to use address@hidden or Biber for
-bibliography processing. Should @AUCTeX{} fail to detect the right
-backend, you can use the file local @code{LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber}
-variable.
address@hidden Variable LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
-If this boolean variable is set as file local, it tells to @AUCTeX{}
-whether to use Biber with biblatex. In this case, the autodetection of
-the biblatex backend will be overridden. You may want to set locally
-this variable if automatic parsing is not enabled.
address@hidden defvr
address@hidden LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
+In case you use biblatex in a document, @AUCTeX{} switches from
address@hidden to Biber for bibliography processing. In case you want to
+keep using address@hidden, set the variable @code{LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber}
+to nil.
After confirming a command to execute, @AUCTeX{} will try to save any
buffers related to the document, and check if the document needs to be
@@ -2794,10 +2460,10 @@ address@hidden
@cindex PDF mode
(@kbd{C-c C-t C-p})
This command toggles the @acronym{PDF} mode of @AUCTeX{}, a buffer-local
-minor mode which is enabled by default. You can customize
address@hidden to give it a different default or set it as a file
-local variable on a per-document basis. This option usually results in
-calling either address@hidden or ordinary @TeX{}.
+minor mode. You can customize @code{TeX-PDF-mode} to give it a
+different default. The default is used when @AUCTeX{} does not have
+additional clue about what a document might want. This option usually
+results in calling either address@hidden or ordinary @TeX{}.
@end deffn
@defopt TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX
@@ -2905,23 +2571,6 @@ command can either be a variable or a string. An empty
string or nil
means there is no command available.
@end defopt
-As shown above, @AUCTeX{} handles in a special way most of the main
-options that can be given to the @TeX{} processors. When you need to
-pass to the @TeX{} processor arbitrary options not handled by @AUCTeX{},
-you can use the file local variable @code{TeX-command-extra-options}.
address@hidden TeX-command-extra-options
-String with the extra options to be given to the TeX processor. For
-example, if you need to enable the shell escape feature to compile a
-document, add the following line to the list of local variables of the
-source file:
address@hidden
-%%% TeX-command-extra-options: "-shell-escape"
address@hidden example
-By default this option is not safe as a file-local variable because a
-specially crafted document compiled with shell escape enabled can be
-used for malicious purposes.
address@hidden defopt
-
You can customize @AUCTeX{} to show the processor output as it is
produced.
@@ -3086,33 +2735,7 @@ output) and address@hidden (any type of output). If you
want to make use of
forward and inverse searching with source specials or address@hidden, switch
on @code{TeX-source-correlate-mode}. @xref{Processor Options}, on how
to do that. The use of the pdfsync package is detected automatically if
-document parsing is enabled. Customize the variable
address@hidden to select the method to use.
-
address@hidden TeX-source-correlate-method
-Method to use for enabling forward and inverse search. This can be
address@hidden if source specials should be used, @samp{synctex}
-if SyncTeX should be used, or @samp{auto} if @AUCTeX{} should decide.
-
-When the variable is set to @samp{auto}, @AUCTeX{} will always use
-SyncTeX if your @code{latex} processor supports it, source specials
-otherwise. You must make sure your viewer supports the same method.
-
-It is also possible to specify a different method depending on the
-output, either DVI or PDF, by setting the variable to an alist of the
-kind
address@hidden
-((dvi . <source-specials or synctex>)
- (pdf . <source-specials or synctex>))
address@hidden lisp
-in which the CDR of each entry is a symbol specifying the method to be
-used in the corresponding mode. The default value of the variable is
address@hidden
-((dvi . source-specials)
- (pdf . synctex))
address@hidden lisp
-which is compatible with the majority of viewers.
address@hidden defopt
+document parsing is enabled.
@findex TeX-view
Forward search happens automatically upon calling the viewer, e.g. by
@@ -3158,44 +2781,14 @@ to do exactly. In xdvi you normally have to use
@kbd{C-down-mouse-1}.
Once you've formatted your document you may `debug' it, i.e. browse
through the errors (La)@TeX{} reported.
address@hidden Command TeX-next-error @var{arg} @var{reparse}
address@hidden Command TeX-next-error
@kindex C-c `
(@kbd{C-c `}) Go to the next error reported by @TeX{}. The view will
be split in two, with the cursor placed as close as possible to the
error in the top view. In the bottom view, the error message will be
displayed along with some explanatory text.
-
-An optional numeric @var{arg}, positive or negative, specifies how many
-error messages to move. A negative @var{arg} means to move back to
-previous error messages, see also @code{TeX-previous-error}.
-
-The optional @var{reparse} argument makes @AUCTeX{} reparse the error
-message buffer and start the debugging from the first error. This can
-also be achieved by calling the function with a prefix argument
-(@kbd{C-u}).
address@hidden deffn
-
address@hidden Command TeX-previous-error @var{arg}
address@hidden M-g p
-(@kbd{M-g p}) Go to the previous error reported by @TeX{}. An optional
-numeric @var{arg} specifies how many error messages to move backward.
-This is like calling @code{TeX-next-error} with a negative argument.
@end deffn
-The command @code{TeX-previous-error} works only if @AUCTeX{} can parse
-the whole @TeX{} log buffer. This is controlled by the
address@hidden variable.
-
address@hidden TeX-parse-all-errors
-If t, @AUCTeX{} automatically parses the whole output log buffer right
-after running a @TeX{} command, in order to collect all warnings and
-errors. This makes it possible to navigate back and forth between the
-error messages using @code{TeX-next-error} and
address@hidden This is the default. If nil, @AUCTeX{} does
-not parse the whole output log buffer and @code{TeX-previous-error}
-cannot be used.
address@hidden defopt
-
Normally @AUCTeX{} will only report real errors, but you may as well
ask it to report `bad boxes' and warnings as well.
@@ -3223,45 +2816,6 @@ terse information about the error is displayed in the
echo area. If
@TeX{} output.
@end defopt
-When the option @code{TeX-parse-all-errors} is non-nil, you will be also
-able to open an overview of all errors and warnings reported by the TeX
-compiler. This feature requires @code{tabulated-list-mode}, shipped
-with GNU Emacs 24 or later.
-
address@hidden Command TeX-error-overview
-Show an overview of the errors and warnings occurred in the last TeX
-run.
-
-In this window you can visit the error on which point is on by pressing
address@hidden, and visit the next or previous issue by pressing @key{n} or
address@hidden respectively. A prefix argument to these keys specifies how
-many errors to move forward or backward. You can visit an error also by
-clicking on its message. Press @key{q} to quit the overview.
address@hidden deffn
-
address@hidden TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run
-When this boolean variable is non-nil, the error overview will be
-automatically opened after running TeX if there are errors or warnings
-to show.
address@hidden defopt
-
-The error overview is opened in a new window of the current frame by
-default, but you can change this behavior by customizing the option
address@hidden
-
address@hidden TeX-error-overview-setup
-Controls the frame setup of the error overview. The possible value is:
address@hidden; with a nil value the current frame is used
-instead.
-
-The parameters of the separate frame can be set with the
address@hidden option.
-
-If the display does not support multi frame, the current frame
-will be used regardless of the value of this variable.
address@hidden TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters
address@hidden defopt
-
@node Checking
@section Checking for problems
@cindex Checking
@@ -3275,22 +2829,23 @@ will be used regardless of the value of this variable.
Running @TeX{} or @LaTeX{} will only find regular errors in the
document, not examples of bad style. Furthermore, description of the
-errors may often be confusing. The utilities @code{lacheck} and
address@hidden can be used to find style errors, such as forgetting to
-escape the space after an abbreviation or using @samp{...} instead of
address@hidden and other similar problems. You start @code{lacheck} with
address@hidden C-c Check @key{RET}} and @code{chktex} with @kbd{C-c C-c ChkTeX
+errors may often be confusing. The utility @code{lacheck} can be used
+to find style errors, such as forgetting to escape the space after an
+abbreviation or using @samp{...} instead of @samp{\ldots} and many other
+problems like that. You start @code{lacheck} with @kbd{C-c C-c Check
@key{RET}}. The result will be a list of errors in the
@samp{*compilation*} buffer. You can go through the errors with
@kbd{C-x `} (@code{next-error}, @pxref{Compilation,,,emacs,The Emacs
Editor}), which will move point to the location of the next error.
-Each of the two utilities will find some errors the other doesn't, but
address@hidden is more configurable, allowing you to create your own
-errors. You may need to install the programs before using them. You
-can get @code{lacheck} from
address@hidden<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>} and
address@hidden from
+Another newer program which can be used to find errors is @code{chktex}.
+It is much more configurable than @code{lacheck}, but doesn't find all
+the problems @code{lacheck} does, at least in its default configuration.
+You must install the programs before using them, and for @code{chktex}
+you may also need modify @code{TeX-command-list} unless you use its
address@hidden compatibility wrapper. You can get @code{lacheck} from
address@hidden<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>} or
+alternatively @code{chktex} from
@file{<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/chktex/>}.
@node Control
@@ -3420,18 +2975,6 @@ functions and hooks.
@item Texinfo @tab @code{Texinfo-mode} @tab @code{Texinfo-mode-hook}
@item address@hidden @tab @code{docTeX-mode} @tab @code{docTeX-mode-hook}
@end multitable
address@hidden plain-TeX-mode
address@hidden plain-TeX-mode-hook
address@hidden LaTeX-mode
address@hidden LaTeX-mode-hook
address@hidden AmS-TeX-mode
address@hidden AmS-TeX-mode-hook
address@hidden ConTeXt-mode
address@hidden ConTeXt-mode-hook
address@hidden Texinfo-mode
address@hidden Texinfo-mode-hook
address@hidden docTeX-mode
address@hidden docTeX-mode-hook
If you need to make a customization via a hook which is only relevant
for one of the modes listed above, put it into the respective mode hook,
@@ -3690,30 +3233,6 @@ Only parse @LaTeX{} class and packages.
Only parse @LaTeX{} labels.
@end defvr
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list
-Only parse @LaTeX{} index and glossary entries.
address@hidden defvr
-
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list
-Only parse macros in @LaTeX{} classes and packages.
address@hidden defvr
-
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
-Only parse @LaTeX{} pagestyles.
address@hidden defvr
-
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
-Only parse @LaTeX{} counters.
address@hidden defvr
-
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
-Only parse @LaTeX{} lengths.
address@hidden defvr
-
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list
-Only parse @LaTeX{} saveboxes.
address@hidden defvr
-
@defvr Constant LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
Parse common @LaTeX{} commands.
@end defvr
@@ -3845,7 +3364,6 @@ The following style files are recognized:
@vindex TeX-language-bg-hook
@vindex TeX-language-cz-hook
@vindex TeX-language-dk-hook
address@hidden TeX-language-en-hook
@vindex TeX-language-nl-hook
@vindex TeX-language-de-hook
@vindex TeX-language-it-hook
@@ -3858,7 +3376,6 @@ The following style files are recognized:
@cindex Italian
@cindex Danish
@cindex Dutch
address@hidden English
@cindex German
@cindex Polish
@cindex Slovak
@@ -3887,16 +3404,6 @@ in the composing words.
@item dutch
Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-nl-hook}.
address@hidden english
-Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-en-hook}.
-
address@hidden frenchb
address@hidden francais
-Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-fr-hook}. Pressing @key{"} will
-insert @samp{\\og} and @samp{\\fg} depending on context. Note that the
-language name for customizing @code{TeX-quote-language-alist} is
address@hidden
-
@item german
@itemx ngerman
Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-de-hook}. Gives @samp{"} word
@@ -3905,6 +3412,13 @@ key twice will give you opening or closing German quotes
(@samp{"`} or
@samp{"'}). Typing @key{-} twice will insert @samp{"=}, three times
@samp{--}.
address@hidden frenchb
address@hidden francais
+Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-fr-hook}. Pressing @key{"} will
+insert @samp{\\og} and @samp{\\fg} depending on context. Note that the
+language name for customizing @code{TeX-quote-language-alist} is
address@hidden
+
@item icelandic
Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-is-hook}. Gives @samp{"} word
syntax, makes the @key{"} key insert a literal @samp{"}. Typing @key{"}
@@ -4269,8 +3783,7 @@ Here is a simple example of a style file.
(TeX-add-style-hook
"book"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
@end lisp
The example is from the @AUCTeX{} sources and is loaded for any @LaTeX{}
@@ -4289,59 +3802,11 @@ hooks will be called for each buffer using the style
file.
Note that the basename of the style file and the name of the style hook
should usually be identical.
address@hidden TeX-add-style-hook @var{style} @var{hook} &optional
@var{dialect-expr}
address@hidden TeX-add-style-hook @var{style} @var{hook}
Add @var{hook} to the list of functions to run when we use the @TeX{}
-file @var{style} and the current dialect is one in the set derived from
address@hidden When @var{dialect-expr} is omitted, then @var{hook}
-is allowed to be run whatever the current dialect is.
-
address@hidden may be one of:
-
address@hidden
address@hidden
-A symbol indicating a singleton containing one basic @TeX{} dialect,
-this symbol shall be selected among:
address@hidden @code
address@hidden :latex
-For all files in @LaTeX{} mode, or any mode derived thereof
address@hidden :bibtex
-For all files in address@hidden mode, or any mode derived thereof
address@hidden :texinfo
-For all files in @acronym{Texinfo} mode.
address@hidden table
address@hidden
-A logical expression like:
address@hidden @code
address@hidden (or @var{dialect-expression1} @dots{} @address@hidden)
-For union of the sets of dialects corresponding to @var{dialect-expression1}
-through @address@hidden
address@hidden (and @var{dialect-expression1} @dots{} @address@hidden)
-For intersection of the sets of dialects corresponding to
address@hidden through @address@hidden
address@hidden (nor @var{dialect-expression1} @dots{} @address@hidden)
-For complement of the union sets of dialects corresponding to
address@hidden through @address@hidden
-relatively to the set of all supported dialects
address@hidden (not @var{dialect-expr})
-For complement set of dialect corresponding to @var{dialect-expr}
-relatively to the set of all supported dialects
address@hidden table
address@hidden itemize
-
+file @var{style}.
@end defun
-In case of adding a style hook for @LaTeX{}, when calling function
address@hidden it is thought more futureproof for argument
address@hidden to pass constant @code{LaTeX-dialect} currently
-defined to @code{:latex}, rather than passing @code{:latex} directly.
-
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-dialect
-Default dialect for use with function @code{TeX-add-style-hook} for
-argument @var{dialect-expr} when the hook is to be run only on LaTeX
-file, or any mode derived thereof.
address@hidden defvr
-
-
@node Adding Macros
@subsection Adding Support for Macros
@cindex Adding macros
@@ -4361,7 +3826,7 @@ Here are a few examples from @file{latex.el}.
(TeX-add-symbols
'("arabic" TeX-arg-counter)
'("label" TeX-arg-define-label)
- '("ref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("ref" TeX-arg-label)
'("newcommand" TeX-arg-define-macro [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
'("newtheorem" TeX-arg-define-environment
[ TeX-arg-environment "Numbered like" ]
@@ -4390,7 +3855,7 @@ Thus, to overwrite
@end example
you can specify
@example
- '("tref" TeX-arg-ref ignore) ; two arguments
+ '("tref" TeX-arg-label ignore) ; two arguments
@end example
@code{ignore} is a function that does not do anything, so when you
@@ -4452,64 +3917,27 @@ Parse its arguments but use no braces when they are
inserted.
Evaluate arguments and insert the result in the buffer.
@item TeX-arg-label
-Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If address@hidden is
-active, prompt for the reference format.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-ref
-Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If address@hidden is
-active, do not prompt for the reference format. Usually, reference
-macros should use this function instead of @code{TeX-arg-label}.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-index-tag
-Prompt for an index tag. This is the name of an index, not the entry.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-index
-Prompt for an index entry completing with known entries.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-length
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} length completing with known lengths.
+Prompt for a label completing with known labels.
@item TeX-arg-macro
Prompt for a @TeX{} macro with completion.
address@hidden TeX-arg-date
address@hidden TeX-date-format
-Prompt for a date, defaulting to the current date. The format of the
-date is specified by the @code{TeX-date-format} option. If you want to
-change the format when the @samp{babel} package is loaded with a
-specific language, set @code{TeX-date-format} inside the appropriate
-language hook, for details @pxref{European}.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-version
-Prompt for the version of a file, using as initial input the current
-date.
-
@item TeX-arg-environment
Prompt for a @LaTeX{} environment with completion.
@item TeX-arg-cite
address@hidden TeX-arg-cite-note-p
-Prompt for a address@hidden citation. If the variable
address@hidden is non-nil, ask also for optional note in citations.
+Prompt for a address@hidden citation.
@item TeX-arg-counter
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} counter completing with known counters.
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} counter.
@item TeX-arg-savebox
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} savebox completing with known saveboxes.
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} savebox.
@item TeX-arg-file
Prompt for a filename in the current directory, and use it without the
extension.
address@hidden TeX-arg-file-name
-Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
-being visited in the current buffer, with extension.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension
-Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
-being visited in the current buffer, without extension.
-
@item TeX-arg-input-file
@vindex TeX-arg-input-file-search
Prompt for the name of an input file in @TeX{}'s search path, and use it
@@ -4521,11 +3949,6 @@ be controlled by the variable
@code{TeX-arg-input-file-search}.)
Prompt for a label completing with known labels. Add label to list of
defined labels.
address@hidden TeX-arg-define-length
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} length completing with known lengths. Add length
-to list of defined lengths.
-
-
@item TeX-arg-define-macro
Prompt for a @TeX{} macro with completion. Add macro to list of defined
macros.
@@ -4543,34 +3966,6 @@ Prompt for a @LaTeX{} counter.
@item TeX-arg-define-savebox
Prompt for a @LaTeX{} savebox.
address@hidden TeX-arg-document
address@hidden LaTeX-default-style
address@hidden LaTeX-default-options
address@hidden TeX-arg-input-file-search
address@hidden LaTeX-style-list
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} document class, using @code{LaTeX-default-style}
-as default value and @code{LaTeX-default-options} as default list of
-options. If the variable @code{TeX-arg-input-file-search} is t, you
-will be able to complete with all @LaTeX{} classes available on your
-system, otherwise classes listed in the variable @code{LaTeX-style-list}
-will be used for completion. It is also provided completion for options
-of many common classes.
-
address@hidden LaTeX-arg-usepackage
address@hidden TeX-arg-input-file-search
-Prompt for @LaTeX{} packages. If the variable
address@hidden is t, you will be able to complete with
-all @LaTeX{} packages available on your system. It is also provided
-completion for options of many common packages.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-bibstyle
-Prompt for a address@hidden style file completing with all style available on
-your system.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-bibliography
-Prompt for BibTeX database files completing with all databases available
-on your system.
-
@item TeX-arg-corner
Prompt for a @LaTeX{} side or corner position with completion.
@@ -4595,18 +3990,6 @@ Insert width and height as a pair. No arguments.
@item TeX-arg-coordinate
Insert x and y coordinates as a pair. No arguments.
-
address@hidden LaTeX-arg-author
address@hidden LaTeX-default-author
-Prompt for document author, using @code{LaTeX-default-author} as initial
-input.
-
address@hidden TeX-read-key-val
-Prompt for a key=value list of options and return them.
-
address@hidden TeX-arg-key-val
-Prompt for a key=value list of options and insert it as a @TeX{} macro
-argument.
@end ftable
If you add new hooks, you can assume that point is placed directly after
@@ -4616,17 +3999,6 @@ inserting. If you want point to be located somewhere
else after all
hooks have been processed, set the value of @code{exit-mark}. It will
point nowhere, until the argument hook sets it.
-Some packages provide macros that are rarely useful to non-expert users.
-Those should be marked as expert macros using
address@hidden
-
address@hidden TeX-declare-expert-macros @var{style} @var{macros}...
-Declare MACROS as expert macros of STYLE.
-
-Expert macros are completed depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
address@hidden defun
-
-
@node Adding Environments
@subsection Adding Support for Environments
@cindex Adding environments
@@ -4760,22 +4132,11 @@ an optional argument of the @samp{lstlisting}
environment:
@lisp
(LaTeX-add-environments
- '("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
+ `("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val ,LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
@end lisp
@end ftable
-Some packages provide environments that are rarely useful to non-expert
-users. Those should be marked as expert environments using
address@hidden
-
address@hidden LaTeX-declare-expert-environments @var{style}
@var{ENVIRONMENTS}...
-Declare ENVIRONMENTS as expert environments of STYLE.
-
-Expert environments are completed depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
address@hidden defun
-
-
@node Adding Other
@subsection Adding Other Information
@cindex Adding bibliographies
@@ -5190,8 +4551,3 @@ used by @AUCTeX{} for sectioning.
@printindex cp
@bye
-
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden TeX-master: t
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/doc/changes.texi b/doc/changes.texi
index 056177e..6495401 100644
--- a/doc/changes.texi
+++ b/doc/changes.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
@c This is part of the AUCTeX manual.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 1994-2002, 2004-2010, 2012-2014 Free Software
address@hidden Foundation, Inc.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 1994-2002, 2004-2010, 2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
@c See file auctex.texi for copying conditions.
@include macros.texi
@ifset rawfile
@@ -8,137 +7,6 @@
@end ifset
address@hidden News in 11.88
-
address@hidden @bullet
address@hidden
address@hidden is now enabled by default.
-
address@hidden
-Now @code{TeX-previous-error} works with @TeX{} commands if the new
-option @code{TeX-parse-all-errors} is non-nil, which is the default.
-When this option is non-nil, an overview of errors and warnings reported
-by the TeX compiler can be opened with @kbd{M-x TeX-error-overview
address@hidden
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden
-Style file authors are encouraged to distinguish common from expert
-macros and environments, and mark the latter using
address@hidden and
address@hidden
-
-Users can then restrict completion using
address@hidden
-
address@hidden
-Management of @LaTeX{} package options in the parser was improved. You
-might need to reparse your documents, especially if you loaded the
address@hidden package with language options.
-
address@hidden
-Now you can insert @samp{$...$} or @samp{\(...\)} by typing a single
address@hidden To do this, customize the new option @samp{TeX-electric-math}.
address@hidden was removed.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden
address@hidden @key{RET} documentclass @key{RET}} completes with all available
address@hidden classes, if the @code{TeX-arg-input-file-search} variable is
-non-nil. Completion for class options of the standard @LaTeX{} classes
-is provided as well.
-
address@hidden
-New user options @code{LaTeX-default-author},
address@hidden,
address@hidden, @code{TeX-date-format}, and
address@hidden A new possible value
-(@code{show-all-optional-args}) for
address@hidden was added. The default value of
address@hidden has been changed.
-
address@hidden
address@hidden support was greatly expanded. If parsing is enabled,
address@hidden looks at @samp{backend} option to decide whether to use Biber
-or BibTeX. The @code{LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber} variable was changed to
-be file local only and is no more customizable.
-
address@hidden
-With some @LaTeX{} classes, the default environment suggested by
address@hidden (@kbd{C-c C-e}) when the current environment is
address@hidden was changed. With @samp{beamer} class the default
-environment is @samp{frame}, with @samp{letter} it is @samp{letter},
-with @samp{slides} it is @samp{slide}.
-
address@hidden
-Brace pairing feature was enhanced in @LaTeX{} documents. Support for
address@hidden, @samp{\Bigl}, @samp{\biggl} and @samp{\Biggl}, the same
-as the one for @samp{\left}, was added to @code{TeX-insert-macro}.
-For example, @kbd{C-c @key{RET} bigl @key{RET} ( @key{RET}} inserts
address@hidden(\bigr)}.
-
-You can insert brace pair @samp{()}, @address@hidden@}} and @samp{[]} by typing
-a single left brace if the new user option
address@hidden is enabled.
-
-Macros @samp{\langle}, @samp{\lfloor} and @samp{\lceil}, which produce
-the left part of the paired braces, are treated similarly as @samp{(},
address@hidden@{} and @samp{[} during the course of @code{TeX-insert-macro}.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden
-Support for dozens of @LaTeX{} packages was added.
-
address@hidden
-Tabular-like environments (tabular, tabular*, tabularx, tabulary, array,
-align, ...) are indented in a nicer and more informative way when the
-column values of a table line are written across multiple lines in the
-tex file.
-
address@hidden
-The suitable number of ampersands are inserted when you insert array,
-tabular and tabular* environments with @kbd{C-c C-e}. Similar
-experience is obtained if you terminate rows in these environments with
address@hidden @key{LFD}}. It supplies line break macro @samp{\\} and inserts
-the suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
-
-Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments.
-
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden
-Commands for narrowing to a group (@code{TeX-narrow-to-group}) and to
address@hidden environments (@code{LaTeX-narrow-to-environment}) were added.
-
address@hidden
-Now arbitrary options can be passed to the @TeX{} processor on a
-per file basis using the @code{TeX-command-extra-options} option.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden Options}, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden
-Now @kbd{C-c C-e document @key{RET}}, in an empty document, prompts for
address@hidden macros in addition to @samp{\documentclass}.
-
address@hidden
address@hidden has now a third argument to tell AUCTeX for
-which dialect (LaTeX, Texinfo or BibTeX) the style hook is
-registers. Labelling style hook by dialect will avoid applying them not
-in the right context.
-
address@hidden
-There have been lots of bug fixes and feature additions.
address@hidden itemize
-
@heading News since 11.87
@itemize @bullet
@@ -961,8 +829,3 @@ Added by David Kastrup <David.Kastrup@@t-online.de>.
@item
Bug fixes.
@end itemize
-
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden TeX-master: "auctex"
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/doc/install.texi b/doc/install.texi
index 24fda96..dd3eb5e 100644
--- a/doc/install.texi
+++ b/doc/install.texi
@@ -125,7 +125,14 @@ The default configuration of @AUCTeX{} is tailored for
address@hidden or
This is needed for operation of @previewlatex{} in both @acronym{DVI}
and @acronym{PDF} mode. Most versions of Ghostscript nowadays in use
-should work fine (version 7.0 and newer).
+should work fine (version 7.0 and newer). If you encounter problems,
+check
address@hidden rawfile
+the @file{PROBLEMS} file.
address@hidden ifset
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden with Ghostscript,,,preview-latex,the @previewlatex{} manual}.
address@hidden ifclear
@item The @code{texinfo} package
@@ -154,9 +161,9 @@ various files will be. To do so, run
./configure @var{options}
@end example
-(Note: if you have fetched @AUCTeX{} from @acronym{Git} rather than
+(Note: if you have fetched @AUCTeX{} from @acronym{CVS} rather than
a regular release, you will have to first follow the instructions in
address@hidden).
address@hidden).
On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
@command{configure} cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to
diff --git a/doc/preview-problems.texi b/doc/preview-problems.texi
index d01ca8e..a039351 100644
--- a/doc/preview-problems.texi
+++ b/doc/preview-problems.texi
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
@c documentencoding is used by makeinfo in our --no-headers output.
@documentencoding ISO-8859-1
@node Known problems,,(dir),(dir)
address@hidden Known problems with preview-latex
address@hidden Known problems
@end ifset
@c -----------------------
@@ -15,7 +15,9 @@ other software. Some of the known problems can be solved by
moving to
newer versions of the problematic software or by simple patches.
@menu
+* Problems with Ghostscript::
* Font problems with Dvips::
+* Emacs problems::
* Too small bounding boxes::
* x-symbol interoperation::
* Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling::
@@ -28,15 +30,61 @@ information interesting to us and send it to the
if at all possible.
@ifset rawfile
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
@raisesections
@end ifset
@ifclear rawfile
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
@end ifclear
+Most of the problems encountered come from interaction with Ghostscript.
+It is a good idea to have a fairly recent version of Ghostscript
+installed. One problem occurs if you have specified the wrong
+executable under Windows: the command line version of Ghostscript is
+called @file{GSWIN32C.EXE}, not @file{GSWIN32.EXE}.
+
+When Ghostscript fails, the necessary information and messages from
+Ghostscript go somewhere. If Ghostscript fails before starting to
+process images, you'll find the information at the end of the process
+buffer you can see with @kbd{C-c C-l}. If Ghostscript fails while
+processing a particular image, this image will be tagged with clickable
+buttons for the error description and for the corresponding source file.
+
+The default options configurable with
+
address@hidden
address@hidden customize-variable @key{RET} preview-gs-options @key{RET}}
address@hidden display
address@hidden preview-gs-options
address@hidden
+include the options @option{-dTextAlphaBits=4} and
address@hidden These options have been reported to
+make Ghostscript 5.50 fail, but should work under Ghostscript 6.51 and
+later. If you are experiencing problems, it might help to customize
+them away. Of course, this also takes away the joy of antialiasing, so
+upgrading Ghostscript might not be the worst idea after all.
+
+The device names have changed over time, so when using an old
+Ghostscript, you may have problems with the devices demanded by the
+customizable variable @code{preview-image-creators}.
address@hidden preview-image-creators
+In that case, make sure they fit your version of Ghostscript, at least
+the entry corresponding to the current value of
address@hidden
address@hidden preview-image-type
+While not being best in file size and image quality, setting
address@hidden to @code{jpeg} should probably be one of
+the best bets for the purpose of checking basic operation, since that
+device name has not changed in quite some time. But @acronym{JPEG} is
+not intended for text, but for photographic images. On a more
+permanent time scale, the best choice is to use @acronym{PNG} and
+complain to your suppliers if either Emacs or Ghostscript fail to
+properly accommodate this format.
+
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
Some fonts have been reported to produce wrong characters with
@previewlatex{}. @previewlatex{} calls Dvips by default with the option
@option{-Pwww} in order to get scalable fonts for nice results. If you
@@ -63,6 +111,56 @@ rendered as @address@hidden (British Pounds sign) in
several fonts,
unless your version of Dvips has a long-standing bug in its
implementation fixed (only very recent versions of Dvips have).
address@hidden Emacs problems
address@hidden Emacs problems
+
address@hidden @bullet
address@hidden GNU Emacs versions
+
+Don't use Emacsen older than 21.3 on X11-based systems. On most other
+systems, you'll need at least @w{Emacs 22.1} or one of the developer
+versions leading up to it. Details can be found in
address@hidden rawfile
+in the @file{INSTALL} file.
address@hidden ifset
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden,,,auctex,the @AUCTeX{} manual}.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden Emacsen on Windows operating systems
+
+For @w{Emacs 21}, no image support is available in Emacs under Windows.
+Without images, @previewlatex{} is useless. The current @acronym{CVS}
+version of Emacs available from
address@hidden://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs} now supports images
+including the @acronym{PNG} format, so @w{Emacs 22} should work out of
+the box once it is released. Precompiled versions are available from
address@hidden://crasseux.com/emacs} and @uref{http://nqmacs.sf.net}.
+
+For detailed installation instructions for Windows, see
address@hidden rawfile
+the file @file{INSTALL.windows}
address@hidden ifset
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden under MS Windows,,,auctex,the @AUCTeX{} manual}.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden XEmacs
+
+There is are two larger problems known with older XEmacs releases. One
+leads to seriously mispositioned baselines and previews hanging far
+above other text on the same line. This should be fixed as of
+XEmacs-21.4.9.
+
+The other core bug causes a huge delay when XEmacs's idea of the state of
+processes (like ghostscript) is wrong, and can lead to nasty spurious
+error messages. It should be fixed in version 21.4.8.
+
+Previews will only remain from one session to the next if you have
+version 1.81 or above of the @file{edit-utils} package, first released
+in the 2002-03-12 sumo tarball.
address@hidden itemize
+
@node Too small bounding boxes
@section Too small bounding boxes
The bounding box of a preview is determined by the @LaTeX{} package
diff --git a/doc/preview-readme.texi b/doc/preview-readme.texi
index a70fc92..4f67e04 100644
--- a/doc/preview-readme.texi
+++ b/doc/preview-readme.texi
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ will display it.
@node Availability, Contacts, More documentation, Introduction
@section Availability
@cindex Download
address@hidden @sc{git} access
address@hidden @sc{cvs} access
The @previewlatex{} project is now part of @AUCTeX{} and accessible as
part of the @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex,@AUCTeX{}
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ project page}. You can get its files from the
@AUCTeX{}, so no separate download will be necessary.
You will also find @file{.rpm} files there for Fedora and possibly
-SuSE. Anonymous @acronym{Git} is available as well.
+SuSE. Anonymous @acronym{CVS} is available as well.
@node Contacts, , Availability, Introduction
@section Contacts
diff --git a/doc/tex-ref.tex b/doc/tex-ref.tex
index 3ca96bc..6c4e814 100644
--- a/doc/tex-ref.tex
+++ b/doc/tex-ref.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% Reference Card for AUCTeX version 11.88
+% Reference Card for AUCTeX version 11.87
%**start of header
\newcount\columnsperpage
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@
% Paul Rubin, Bob Chassell, Len Tower, and Richard Mlynarik
% for creating the GNU Emacs Reference Card from which this was mutated
-\def\versionnumber{11.88}
-\def\year{2014}
-\def\version{October \year\ v\versionnumber}
+\def\versionnumber{11.87}
+\def\year{2012}
+\def\version{November \year\ v\versionnumber}
\def\shortcopyrightnotice{\vskip 1ex plus 2 fill
\centerline{\small \copyright\ \year\ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
\def\copyrightnotice{%
\vskip 1ex plus 2 fill\begingroup\small
\centerline{Copyright \copyright\ 1987, 1992, 1993, 2004, 2005, 2008,}
-\centerline{2010, 2012, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\centerline{2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
\centerline{for AUC\TeX\ version \versionnumber}
Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of
@@ -241,7 +241,6 @@ are preserved on all copies.
\key{Kill job}{C-c C-k}
\key{Recenter output buffer}{C-c C-l}
\key{Next error in \TeX/\LaTeX\ session}{C-c `}
-\key{Previous error in \TeX/\LaTeX\ session}{M-g p}
\key{Toggle debug of bad boxes}{C-c C-t C-b}
\key{Toggle debug of warnings}{C-c C-t C-w}
\key{View output file}{C-c C-v}
@@ -266,7 +265,7 @@ are not available in all modes):
\key{Make (PostScript) File}{File}
\key{Ispell}{Spell}
\key{Delete intermediate files}{Clean}
-\key{Delete all output files}{Clean All}
+\key{Delete all output files files}{Clean All}
\section{\TeX ing options}
\TeX\ runs can come in various types, which may be toggled and are
@@ -279,7 +278,6 @@ indicated in the mode line.
\section{Miscellaneous}
\key{Read AUC\TeX\ manual}{C-c TAB}
-\key{Find documentation}{C-c ?}
\key{Math Mode}{C-c \string~}
\key{Reset Buffer}{C-c C-n}
\key{Reset AUC\TeX}{C-u C-c C-n}
@@ -297,7 +295,7 @@ indicated in the mode line.
\key{Insert item}{C-c LFD}
\key{Insert item (alias)}{M-RET}
\key{Close \LaTeX\ environment}{C-c ]}
-\key{Insert \TeX\ macro \kbd{\{\}} }{C-c C-m}
+\key{Insert \TeX\ macro \kbd{\\\{\}} }{C-c C-m}
\key{Insert double brace}{C-c \{}
\key{Complete \TeX\ macro}{M-TAB}
\key{Smart ``quote''}{"}
@@ -386,7 +384,7 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\omega{w}
\keycs\Delta{D}
\keycs\Gamma{G}
-\keycs\Theta{J}
+\keycs\Theta{Q}
\keycs\Lambda{L}
\keycs\Xi{X}
\keycs\Pi{P}
@@ -406,7 +404,6 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\leq{<}
\keycs\geq{>}
\keycs\tilde x{\string~}
-\keycs\hat x{^}
\keycs\nabla{N}
\keycs\infty{I}
\keycs\forall{A}
@@ -415,7 +412,6 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\in{i}
\keycs\times{*}
\keycs\cdot{.}
-\keycs\colon{:}
\keycs\subset{\{}
\keycs\supset{\}}
\keycs\subseteq{[}
@@ -434,6 +430,7 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\det{C-d}
\keycs\lim{C-l}
\keycs\tan{C-t}
+\keycs\hat x{^}
\keycs\vee{|}
\keycs\wedge{\&}
@@ -577,6 +574,7 @@ RefTeX is part of [X]Emacs. To activate and make it
interact with
AUCTeX, insert the following lines in .emacs.
\vskip-3mm
\beginexample
+(add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(setq reftex-plug-into-auctex t)
\endexample
@@ -625,7 +623,7 @@ variables
\vskip-3mm
\beginexample
reftex-label-alist
-reftex-section-levels
+reftex-section-lecels
reftex-index-macros
reftex-cite-format
\endexample
@@ -643,6 +641,7 @@ consistent.
\vskip-4mm
\beginexample
+(add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(setq reftex-plug-into-auctex t)
\endexample
diff --git a/doc/todo.texi b/doc/todo.texi
index cd5b2de..5ac6703 100644
--- a/doc/todo.texi
+++ b/doc/todo.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
@c This is part of the AUCTeX Manual.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2008, 2009, 2013, 2014 Free Software
address@hidden Foundation, Inc.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c See the file auctex.texi for copying conditions.
@ifset rawfile
@include macros.texi
@@ -44,6 +43,15 @@ Further integration will happen at the backend. This
involves folding
of error parsing and task management of both packages which will ease
development efforts and avoid redundant work.
address@hidden More flexible option and command handling
+
+The current state of command handling with @code{TeX-command-list} is
+not very flexible because there is no distinction between executables
+and command line options to be passed to them.
+
+Customization of @code{TeX-command-list} by the user will interfere with
+updates of @AUCTeX{}.
+
@item Error help catalogs
Currently, the help for errors is more or less hardwired into
@@ -80,9 +88,11 @@ requested yet.
A special ispell dictionary for macros could be nice to have.
address@hidden Improvements to error reporting
address@hidden Quick error overviews
-Fringe indicators for errors in the main text would be nice.
+An error overview window (extract from the log file with just the error
+lines, clickable like a ``grep'' buffer) and/or fringe indicators for
+errors in the main text would be nice.
@item A math entry grid
@@ -103,6 +113,21 @@ code of the @file{.dtx} file.
For starters, @code{LaTeX-math-mode} is not very @LaTeX{}-specific in
the first place, and similar holds for indentation and formatting.
address@hidden Poor man's Source Specials
+In particular in PDF mode (and where Source Specials cause problems),
+alternatives would be desirable. One could implement inverse search by
+something like Heiko Oberdiek's @file{vpe.sty}, and forward search by
+using the @file{.aux} file info to correlate labels in the text
+(possibly in cooperation with address@hidden) with previewer pages.
+
+In @AUCTeX{} 11.83, support for forward search with PDF files was added.
+Currently this only works if you use the pdfsync @LaTeX{} package and
+xpdf as your PDF viewer.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden
address@hidden ifclear
+
+
@item
Page count when compiling should (optionally) go to modeline of the
window where the compilation command was invoked, instead of the output
@@ -138,6 +163,10 @@ This default value for TeX-master could then be controled
with mapping
based on the extension.
@item
+Multiple argument completion for @samp{\bibliography}. In general, I
+ought to make @kbd{,} special for these kind of completions.
+
address@hidden
Suggest @samp{makeindex} when appropriate.
@item
@@ -223,6 +252,9 @@ Here is the start of such a list.
@end table
@item
+Completion for counters and sboxes.
+
address@hidden
Outline should be (better) supported in @TeX{} mode.
At least, support headers, trailers, as well as TeX-outline-extra.
@@ -246,8 +278,10 @@ of the standard @code{TeX-mode} would help convince some
people to
change to @AUCTeX{}.
@item
-Use markers in @code{TeX-error-list} to remember buffer positions in
-order to be more robust with regard to line numbers and changed files.
+Make @code{TeX-next-error} parse ahead and store the results in a list,
+using markers to remember buffer positions in order to be more robust
+with regard to line numbers and changed files. This is what
address@hidden does. (Or did, until Emacs 19).
@item
Finish the Texinfo mode. For one thing, many Texinfo mode commands do
@@ -264,11 +298,9 @@ Hook up the letter environment with @file{bbdb.el}.
@c FIXME: Are those bugs still present?
@itemize @bullet
address@hidden
-The style hooks automatically generated by parsing files for
address@hidden, @file{example.sty}, @file{example.drv} and
address@hidden all clash. Bad. Clash with hand-written style hooks
-should be removed by dialect discrimination --- to be checked.
address@hidden The parsed files and style hooks for @file{example.dtx},
address@hidden, @file{example.drv} and @file{example.bib} all
+clash. Bad.
@item
@kbd{C-c `} should always stay in the current window, also when it finds
@@ -311,8 +343,3 @@ signs and the like spilling out of the verbatim content.
(XEmacs only)
Folding of @LaTeX{} constructs spanning more than one line may result in
overfull lines. (XEmacs only)
@end itemize
-
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden TeX-master: "auctex"
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/doc/wininstall.texi b/doc/wininstall.texi
index f396184..38cb35e 100644
--- a/doc/wininstall.texi
+++ b/doc/wininstall.texi
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ MiKTeX apparently comes with its own Ghostscript called
@samp{mgs.exe}.
@item
@uref{http://www.perl.org,Perl} is needed for rebuilding the
-documentation if you are working with a copy from @acronym{Git} or have
+documentation if you are working with a copy from @acronym{CVS} or have
touched documentation source files in the @previewlatex{} part. If the
line endings of the file @file{preview/latex/preview.dtx} don't
correspond with what Perl calls @code{\n} when reading text files,
diff --git a/font-latex.el b/font-latex.el
index 0a1b8ad..96a4823 100644
--- a/font-latex.el
+++ b/font-latex.el
@@ -127,7 +127,8 @@ If nil, quoted content will not be fontified."
QUOTES has to be a list adhering to the format of an element of
`font-latex-quote-list'."
(setq font-latex-quotes-control nil)
- (add-to-list (make-local-variable 'font-latex-quote-list) quotes))
+ (make-local-variable 'font-latex-quote-list)
+ (add-to-list 'font-latex-quote-list quotes))
(defun font-latex-quotes-set-internal ()
"Set `font-latex-quotes-internal' according to `font-latex-quotes'.
@@ -181,10 +182,7 @@ correct value from document properties."
"Update sectioning commands faces."
(unless height-scale
(setq height-scale (if (numberp font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
- ;; Make sure `height-scale' is a floating point
- ;; number because `set-face-attribute' treats
- ;; integers differently from floating points.
- (float font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
+ font-latex-fontify-sectioning
1.1)))
(unless max
(setq max font-latex-sectioning-max))
@@ -238,10 +236,7 @@ Emacs."
(unless max (setq max font-latex-sectioning-max))
(unless height-scale
(setq height-scale (if (numberp font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
- ;; Make sure `height-scale' is a floating point
- ;; number because the integer type is treated
- ;; differently.
- (float font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
+ font-latex-fontify-sectioning
1.1)))
(dotimes (num max)
(let* (;; reverse for XEmacs:
@@ -809,7 +804,7 @@ Generated by `font-latex-make-user-keywords'.")))
(1 (get-text-property (match-end 1) 'face) t))))
(add-to-list 'font-latex-keywords-1 item)
(add-to-list 'font-latex-keywords-2 item))
- (dolist (item
+ (dolist (item
'((font-latex-match-math-env
(0 'font-latex-warning-face t t)
(1 'font-latex-math-face append t))
@@ -903,25 +898,8 @@ have changed."
font-latex-syntactic-keywords nil)
(unless (= (length verb-envs) 0)
(add-to-list 'font-latex-syntactic-keywords
- `(,(concat
- "^[ \t]*\\\\begin *{\\(?:" verb-envs "\\)}"
- ;; Some environments accept an optional and/or mandatory
- ;; argument that can span over more lines. Between
- ;; "\begin{<envname>}" and the optional argument there
- ;; can be whitespaces and the newline can be commented
- ;; by a "%" character.
- "[ \t]*\\(?:%.*\n[ \t]*\\)?"
- ;; The following line of the regexp matches the optional
- ;; argument and allows for up to one level of brackets
- ;; inside the argument (e.g., the dialect of a language
- ;; in the `lstlisting' environment by the `listings'
- ;; package).
- "\\(?:\\[[^\]\[]*\\(?:\\[[^\]\[]*\\][^\]\[]*\\)*\\]\\)?"
- ;; After the optional argument, there may also be
- ;; another mandatory argument (e.g. with VerbatimOut or
- ;; the minted envs).
- "\\(?:{[^}]+}\\)?"
- "\\(\n\\)")
+ `(,(concat "^[ \t]*\\\\begin *{\\(?:" verb-envs
+ "\\)}.*\\(\n\\)")
(1 "|" t)))
(add-to-list 'font-latex-syntactic-keywords
;; Using the newline character for the syntax
diff --git a/latex.el b/latex.el
index af1c676..8bf283a 100644
--- a/latex.el
+++ b/latex.el
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
;;; latex.el --- Support for LaTeX documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993-1997, 1999, 2000, 2003-2012
+;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
@@ -47,8 +48,8 @@
:type 'string)
(defcustom LaTeX-default-options nil
- "Default options to documentclass.
-A comma-seperated list of strings."
+ "Default options to documentstyle.
+A list of strings."
:group 'LaTeX-environment
:type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
@@ -80,14 +81,8 @@ This depends on `LaTeX-insert-into-comments'."
(concat "[ \t]*" TeX-comment-start-regexp "+[ \t]*")))
(delete-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0))
(indent-new-comment-line))
- ;; `indent-new-comment-line' does nothing when
- ;; `comment-auto-fill-only-comments' is non-il, so we must be sure
- ;; to be in a comment before calling it. In any other case
- ;; `newline' is used.
- ((TeX-in-comment)
- (indent-new-comment-line))
(t
- (newline)))
+ (indent-new-comment-line)))
(newline)))
@@ -286,16 +281,6 @@ SECTION has to be a string contained in
`LaTeX-section-list'.
Additionally the function will invalidate the section submenu in
order to let the menu filter regenerate it."
(setq LaTeX-largest-level (LaTeX-section-level section))
- (let ((offset (LaTeX-outline-offset)))
- (when (and (> offset 0)
- ;; XEmacs does not know `outline-heading-alist'.
- (boundp 'outline-heading-alist))
- (let (lst)
- (dolist (tup outline-heading-alist)
- (setq lst (cons (cons (car tup)
- (+ offset (cdr tup)))
- lst)))
- (setq outline-heading-alist (nreverse lst)))))
(setq LaTeX-section-menu nil))
(defun LaTeX-outline-offset ()
@@ -329,7 +314,8 @@ If so, return the second element, otherwise return nil."
((TeX-look-at LaTeX-section-list)
(max 1 (+ (TeX-look-at LaTeX-section-list)
(LaTeX-outline-offset))))
- (t (outline-level)))))))
+ (t
+ (error "Unrecognized header")))))))
(defun LaTeX-outline-name ()
"Guess a name for the current header line."
@@ -495,7 +481,7 @@ Insert this hook into `LaTeX-section-hook' to prompt for a
label to be
inserted after the sectioning command.
The behaviour of this hook is controlled by variable `LaTeX-section-label'."
- (and (LaTeX-label name 'section)
+ (and (LaTeX-label name)
(LaTeX-newline)))
;;; Environments
@@ -505,23 +491,10 @@ The behaviour of this hook is controlled by variable
`LaTeX-section-label'."
:group 'LaTeX-macro)
(defcustom LaTeX-default-environment "itemize"
- "*The default environment when creating new ones with `LaTeX-environment'.
-It is overridden by `LaTeX-default-document-environment' when it
-is non-nil and the current environment is \"document\"."
+ "*The default environment when creating new ones with `LaTeX-environment'."
:group 'LaTeX-environment
:type 'string)
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-environment)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-default-document-environment nil
- "The default environment when creating new ones with
-`LaTeX-environment' and the current one is \"document\". This
-variable overrides `LaTeX-default-environment'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-document-environment)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-default-tabular-environment "tabular"
- "The default tabular-like environment used when inserting a table env.
-Styles such as tabularx may set it according to their needs.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-tabular-environment)
+ (make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-environment)
(defvar LaTeX-environment-history nil)
@@ -548,20 +521,22 @@ It may be customized with the following variables:
`LaTeX-default-position' Position for array and tabular."
(interactive "*P")
- (let* ((default (cond
- ((TeX-near-bobp) "document")
- ((and LaTeX-default-document-environment
- (string-equal (LaTeX-current-environment) "document"))
- LaTeX-default-document-environment)
- (t LaTeX-default-environment)))
- (environment (completing-read (concat "Environment type: (default "
- default ") ")
- (LaTeX-environment-list-filtered) nil nil
- nil 'LaTeX-environment-history default)))
- ;; Use `environment' as default for the next time only if it is different
- ;; from the current default.
- (unless (equal environment default)
- (setq LaTeX-default-environment environment))
+ (let ((environment (completing-read (concat "Environment type: (default "
+ (if (TeX-near-bobp)
+ "document"
+ LaTeX-default-environment)
+ ") ")
+ (LaTeX-environment-list)
+ nil nil nil
+ 'LaTeX-environment-history)))
+ ;; Get default
+ (cond ((and (zerop (length environment))
+ (TeX-near-bobp))
+ (setq environment "document"))
+ ((zerop (length environment))
+ (setq environment LaTeX-default-environment))
+ (t
+ (setq LaTeX-default-environment environment)))
(let ((entry (assoc environment (LaTeX-environment-list))))
(if (null entry)
@@ -621,8 +596,9 @@ With prefix-argument, reopen environment afterwards."
(save-excursion (beginning-of-line 2)
(not (TeX-in-commented-line)))))
(LaTeX-newline)
- (unless (= (forward-line 1) 0)
- (insert "\n")))
+ (let ((next-line-add-newlines t))
+ (next-line 1)
+ (beginning-of-line)))
(indent-according-to-mode)
(when reopen
(save-excursion
@@ -703,6 +679,7 @@ environment just inserted, the buffer position just before
(newline))
(when active-mark (goto-char (mark)))
(when prefix (insert prefix))
+ (setq env-end (point))
(insert TeX-esc "end" TeX-grop environment TeX-grcl)
(end-of-line 0)
(if active-mark
@@ -713,11 +690,6 @@ environment just inserted, the buffer position just before
(indent-according-to-mode))
(save-excursion (beginning-of-line 2) (indent-according-to-mode))
(TeX-math-input-method-off)
- (setq env-end (save-excursion
- (search-forward
- (concat TeX-esc "end" TeX-grop
- environment TeX-grcl))
- (match-beginning 0)))
(run-hook-with-args 'LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks
environment env-start env-end)))
@@ -754,8 +726,7 @@ The functions `LaTeX-find-matching-begin' and
`LaTeX-find-matching-end'
work analogously."
(setq arg (if arg (if (< arg 1) 1 arg) 1))
(let* ((in-comment (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix)))
- (case-fold-search nil))
+ (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix))))
(save-excursion
(while (and (/= arg 0)
(re-search-backward
@@ -775,13 +746,12 @@ work analogously."
(defun docTeX-in-macrocode-p ()
"Determine if point is inside a macrocode environment."
- (let ((case-fold-search nil))
- (save-excursion
- (re-search-backward
- (concat "^% " (regexp-quote TeX-esc)
- "\\(begin\\|end\\)[ \t]*{macrocode\\*?}") nil 'move)
- (not (or (bobp)
- (= (char-after (match-beginning 1)) ?e))))))
+ (save-excursion
+ (re-search-backward
+ (concat "^% " (regexp-quote TeX-esc)
+ "\\(begin\\|end\\)[ \t]*{macrocode\\*?}") nil 'move)
+ (not (or (bobp)
+ (= (char-after (match-beginning 1)) ?e)))))
;;; Environment Hooks
@@ -793,29 +763,12 @@ To insert a hook here, you must insert it in the
appropiate style file.")
(defun LaTeX-env-document (&optional ignore)
"Create new LaTeX document.
-Also inserts a \\documentclass macro if there's none already and
-prompts for the insertion of \\usepackage macros.
-
The compatibility argument IGNORE is ignored."
- ;; just assume a single valid \\documentclass, i.e., one not in a
- ;; commented line
- (let ((found nil))
- (save-excursion
- (while (and (not found)
- (re-search-backward
-
"\\\\documentclass\\(\\[[a-z0-9A-Z\-\_,]*\\]\\)?\\({[^}]+}\\)"
- nil t))
- (and (not (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (setq found t))))
- (when (not found)
- (TeX-insert-macro "documentclass")
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- ;; Add a newline only if some `\usepackage' has been inserted.
- (if (LaTeX-insert-usepackages)
- (LaTeX-newline))
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (end-of-line 0)))
+ (TeX-insert-macro "documentclass")
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (end-of-line 0)
(LaTeX-insert-environment "document")
(run-hooks 'LaTeX-document-style-hook)
(setq LaTeX-document-style-hook nil))
@@ -933,43 +886,41 @@ either the prefix or a symbol referring to one."
(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-label-alist)
-(defun LaTeX-label (name type)
- "Insert a label for NAME at point.
-TYPE can be either environment or section. If
-`LaTeX-label-function' is a valid function, LaTeX label will
-transfer the job to this function."
- (let ((prefix (cond
- ((eq type 'environment)
- (cdr (assoc name LaTeX-label-alist)))
- ((eq type 'section)
- (if (assoc name LaTeX-section-list)
- (if (stringp LaTeX-section-label)
- LaTeX-section-label
- (and (listp LaTeX-section-label)
- (cdr (assoc name LaTeX-section-label))))
- ""))))
- label)
- (when (symbolp prefix)
- (setq prefix (symbol-value prefix)))
- (when prefix
- (if (and (boundp 'LaTeX-label-function)
- LaTeX-label-function
- (fboundp LaTeX-label-function))
- (setq label (funcall LaTeX-label-function name))
- ;; Use completing-read as we do with `C-c C-m \label RET'
- (setq label (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "What label")
- (LaTeX-label-list) nil nil prefix))
- ;; No label or empty string entered?
- (if (or (string= prefix label)
- (string= "" label))
- (setq label nil)
- (insert TeX-esc "label" TeX-grop label TeX-grcl))
- (if label
- (progn
- (LaTeX-add-labels label)
- label)
- nil)))))
+(defun LaTeX-label (environment)
+ "Insert a label for ENVIRONMENT at point.
+If `LaTeX-label-function' is a valid function, LaTeX label will transfer the
+job to this function."
+ (let (label)
+ (if (and (boundp 'LaTeX-label-function)
+ LaTeX-label-function
+ (fboundp LaTeX-label-function))
+
+ (setq label (funcall LaTeX-label-function environment))
+ (let ((prefix
+ (or (cdr (assoc environment LaTeX-label-alist))
+ (if (assoc environment LaTeX-section-list)
+ (if (stringp LaTeX-section-label)
+ LaTeX-section-label
+ (and (listp LaTeX-section-label)
+ (cdr (assoc environment LaTeX-section-label))))
+ ""))))
+ (when prefix
+ (when (symbolp prefix)
+ (setq prefix (symbol-value prefix)))
+ ;; Use completing-read as we do with `C-c C-m \label RET'
+ (setq label (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "What label")
+ (LaTeX-label-list) nil nil prefix))
+ ;; No label or empty string entered?
+ (if (or (string= prefix label)
+ (string= "" label))
+ (setq label nil)
+ (insert TeX-esc "label" TeX-grop label TeX-grcl))))
+ (if label
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-add-labels label)
+ label)
+ nil))))
(defun LaTeX-env-figure (environment)
"Create ENVIRONMENT with \\caption and \\label commands."
@@ -997,45 +948,51 @@ transfer the job to this function."
(insert TeX-esc "centering")
(indent-according-to-mode)
(LaTeX-newline))
- ;; Insert caption and ask for a label, do nothing if user skips caption
- (unless (zerop (length caption))
- (if (member environment LaTeX-top-caption-list)
- ;; top caption
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
- ;; If `auto-fill-mode' is active, fill the caption.
- (if auto-fill-function (LaTeX-fill-paragraph))
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
- ;; ask for a label and insert a new line only if a label is
- ;; actually inserted
- (when (LaTeX-label environment 'environment)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)))
- ;; bottom caption (default)
- (when active-mark (goto-char end-marker))
- (save-excursion
+ (if (member environment LaTeX-top-caption-list)
+ ;; top caption -- do nothing if user skips caption
+ (unless (zerop (length caption))
+ (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
(LaTeX-newline)
(indent-according-to-mode)
- ;; If there is an active region point is before the backslash of
- ;; "\end" macro, go one line upwards.
- (when active-mark (forward-line -1) (indent-according-to-mode))
- (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
- ;; If `auto-fill-mode' is active, fill the caption.
- (if auto-fill-function (LaTeX-fill-paragraph))
- ;; ask for a label and if necessary insert a new line between caption
- ;; and label
- (when (save-excursion (LaTeX-label environment 'environment))
+ ;; ask for a label and insert a new line only if a label is
+ ;; actually inserted
+ (when (LaTeX-label environment)
(LaTeX-newline)
(indent-according-to-mode)))
- ;; Insert an empty line between caption and marked region, if any.
- (when active-mark (LaTeX-newline) (forward-line -1))
- (indent-according-to-mode)))
+ ;; bottom caption (default) -- do nothing if user skips caption
+ (unless (zerop (length caption))
+ (when active-mark (goto-char end-marker))
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
+ (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
+ ;; ask for a label -- if user skips label, remove the last new
+ ;; line again
+ (if (LaTeX-label environment)
+ (progn
+ (unless (looking-at "[ \t]*$")
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (end-of-line 0)))
+ (delete-blank-lines)
+ (end-of-line 0))
+ ;; if there is a caption or a label, move point upwards again
+ ;; so that it is placed above the caption or the label (or
+ ;; both) -- search the current line (even long captions are
+ ;; inserted on a single line, even if auto-fill is turned on,
+ ;; so it is enough to search the current line) for \label or
+ ;; \caption and go one line upwards if any of them is found
+ (while (re-search-backward
+ (concat "^\\s-*" (regexp-quote TeX-esc)
+ "\\(label\\|caption\\)")
+ (line-beginning-position) t)
+ (end-of-line 0)
+ (indent-according-to-mode))))
(when (and (member environment '("table" "table*"))
;; Suppose an existing tabular environment should just
;; be wrapped into a table if there is an active region.
(not active-mark))
- (LaTeX-environment-menu LaTeX-default-tabular-environment))))
+ (LaTeX-env-array "tabular"))))
(defun LaTeX-env-array (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with position and column specifications.
@@ -1050,13 +1007,12 @@ Just like array and tabular."
(concat
(unless (zerop (length pos))
(concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))
- (LaTeX-item-array t)))
+ (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))))
(defun LaTeX-env-label (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT and prompt for label."
(LaTeX-insert-environment environment)
- (when (LaTeX-label environment 'environment)
+ (when (LaTeX-label environment)
(LaTeX-newline)
(indent-according-to-mode)))
@@ -1099,8 +1055,7 @@ Just like array and tabular."
(concat TeX-grop width TeX-grcl) ;; not optional!
(unless (zerop (length pos))
(concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))
- (LaTeX-item-tabular* t)))
+ (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))))
(defun LaTeX-env-picture (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with width, height specifications."
@@ -1133,8 +1088,8 @@ Just like array and tabular."
(defun LaTeX-env-contents (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with filename for contents."
(save-excursion
- (when (re-search-backward LaTeX-header-end nil t)
- (error "Put %s environment before \\begin{document}" environment)))
+ (when (re-search-backward "^\\\\documentclass.*{" nil t)
+ (error "Put %s environment before \\documentclass" environment)))
(LaTeX-insert-environment environment
(concat TeX-grop
(read-string "File: ")
@@ -1178,143 +1133,8 @@ You may use `LaTeX-item-list' to change the routines
used to insert the item."
"Insert a new bibitem."
(TeX-insert-macro "bibitem"))
-(defvar LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" ""))
- "Regexp matching between \\begin{xxx} and column specification.
-For array and tabular environments. See `LaTeX-insert-ampersands' for
-detail.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp
- ;; Assume width specification contains neither nested curly brace
- ;; pair nor escaped "}".
- (concat "{[^}]*}[ \t]*" (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" "")))
- "Regexp matching between \\begin{tabular*} and column specification.
-For tabular* environment only. See `LaTeX-insert-ampersands' for detail.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-item-array (&optional suppress)
- "Insert line break macro on the last line and suitable number of &'s.
-For array and tabular environments.
-
-If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
- (unless suppress
- (save-excursion
- (end-of-line 0)
- (just-one-space)
- (TeX-insert-macro "\\")))
- (LaTeX-insert-ampersands
- LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp 'LaTeX-array-count-columns))
-
-(defun LaTeX-item-tabular* (&optional suppress)
- "Insert line break macro on the last line and suitable number of &'s.
-For tabular* environment only.
-
-If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
- (unless suppress
- (save-excursion
- (end-of-line 0)
- (just-one-space)
- (TeX-insert-macro "\\")))
- (LaTeX-insert-ampersands
- LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp 'LaTeX-array-count-columns))
-
-(defun LaTeX-insert-ampersands (regexp func)
- "Insert suitable number of ampersands for the current environment.
-The number is calculated from REGEXP and FUNC.
-
-Example 1:
-Consider the case that the current environment begins with
-\\begin{array}[t]{|lcr|}
-. REGEXP must be chosen to match \"[t]\", i.e., the text between just
-after \"\\begin{array}\" and just before \"{|lcr|}\", which encloses
-the column specification. FUNC must return the number of ampersands to
-be inserted, which is 2 since this example specifies three columns.
-FUNC is called with two arguments START and END, which spans the column
-specification (without enclosing braces.) REGEXP is used to determine
-these START and END.
-
-Example 2:
-This time the environment begins with
address@hidden,}p{5ex}}
-. REGEXP must match \"{1.0\\linewidth}[b]\" and FUNC must return 1 from
-the text \"address@hidden,}p{5ex}\" between START and END specified two
columns.
-
-FUNC should return nil if it cannot determine the number of ampersands."
- (let* ((cur (point))
- (num
- (save-excursion
- (ignore-errors
- (LaTeX-find-matching-begin)
- ;; Skip over "\begin{xxx}" and possible whitespaces.
- (forward-list 1)
- (skip-chars-forward " \t")
- ;; Skip over the text specified by REGEXP and whitespaces.
- (when (let ((case-fold-search nil))
- (re-search-forward regexp cur))
- (skip-chars-forward " \t")
- (when (eq (following-char) ?{)
- ;; We have reached the target "{yyy}" part.
- (forward-char 1)
- ;; The next line doesn't move point, so point
- ;; is left just after the opening brace.
- (let ((pos (TeX-find-closing-brace)))
- (if pos
- ;; Calculate number of ampersands to be inserted.
- (funcall func (point) (1- pos))))))))))
- (if (natnump num)
- (save-excursion (insert (make-string num ?&))))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-array-column-letters "clrp"
- "Column letters for array-like environments.
-See `LaTeX-array-count-columns' for detail.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-array-count-columns (start end)
- "Count number of ampersands to be inserted.
-The columns are specified by the letters found in the string
-`LaTeX-array-column-letters' and the number of those letters within the
-text between START and END is basically considered to be the number of
-columns. The arguments surrounded between braces such as p{30pt} do not
-interfere the count of columns.
-
-Return one less number than the columns, or nil on failing to count the
-right number."
- (save-excursion
- (let (p (cols 0))
- (goto-char start)
- (while (< (setq p (point)) end)
-
- ;; The below block accounts for one unit of move for
- ;; one column.
- (setq cols (+ cols (skip-chars-forward
- LaTeX-array-column-letters end)))
- (skip-chars-forward (concat
- "^" LaTeX-array-column-letters
- TeX-grop) end)
- (if (eq (following-char) ?{) (forward-list 1))
-
- ;; Not sure whether this is really necessary or not, but
- ;; prepare for possible infinite loop anyway.
- (when (eq p (point))
- (setq cols nil)
- (goto-char end)))
- ;; The number of ampersands is one less than column.
- (if cols (1- cols)))))
-
;;; Parser
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-style nil)
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-arguments nil)
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-optional nil)
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-env-args nil)
-
-(TeX-auto-add-type "label" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "bibitem" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "environment" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "bibliography" "LaTeX" "bibliographies")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "index-entry" "LaTeX" "index-entries")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "pagestyle" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "counter" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "length" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "savebox" "LaTeX" "saveboxes")
-
(defvar LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
'(("\\\\document\\(style\\|class\\)\
\\(\\[\\(\\([^#\\%]\\|%[^\n\r]*[\n\r]\\)*\\)\\]\\)?\
@@ -1370,23 +1190,6 @@ This is necessary since index entries may contain
commands and stuff.")
1 TeX-auto-symbol))
"List of regular expressions matching macros in LaTeX classes and packages.")
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
- '(("address@hidden([A-Za-z]+\\)" 1 LaTeX-auto-pagestyle))
- "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX pagestyles only.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
- '(("\\\\newcounter *{\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}" 1 LaTeX-auto-counter)
- ("address@hidden([A-Za-z]+\\)}" 1 LaTeX-auto-counter))
- "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX counters only.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
- '(("\\\\newlength *{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}?" 1 LaTeX-auto-length))
- "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX lengths only.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list
- '(("\\\\newsavebox *{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}?" 1 LaTeX-auto-savebox))
- "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX saveboxes only.")
-
(defvar LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
(append
(let ((token TeX-token-char))
@@ -1420,11 +1223,7 @@ This is necessary since index entries may contain
commands and stuff.")
LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list
LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list
LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list
- LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
- LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
- LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
- LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
- LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list)
+ LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list)
"List of regular expression matching common LaTeX macro definitions.")
(defun LaTeX-split-bibs (match)
@@ -1432,7 +1231,7 @@ This is necessary since index entries may contain
commands and stuff.")
Split the string at commas and remove Biber file extensions."
(let ((bibs (TeX-split-string " *, *" (TeX-match-buffer match))))
(dolist (bib bibs)
- (LaTeX-add-bibliographies (replace-regexp-in-string
+ (LaTeX-add-bibliographies (replace-regexp-in-string
(concat "\\(?:\\."
(mapconcat 'regexp-quote
TeX-Biber-file-extensions
@@ -1487,42 +1286,9 @@ The input string may include LaTeX comments and
newlines."
(line-beginning-position 2)))
;; Get rid of newlines.
((or (string= match "\n") (string= match "\r"))
- (delete-char -1)))))
+ (delete-backward-char 1)))))
opts))
-(defvar LaTeX-provided-class-options nil
- "Alist of options provided to LaTeX classes.
-For each element, the CAR is the name of the class, the CDR is
-the list of options provided to it.
-
-E.g., its value will be
- \(\(\"book\" \"a4paper\" \"11pt\" \"openany\" \"fleqn\"\)
- ...\)
-See also `LaTeX-provided-package-options'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-provided-class-options)
-
-(defun LaTeX-provided-class-options-member (class option)
- "Return non-nil if OPTION has been given to CLASS at load time.
-The value is actually the tail of the list of options given to CLASS."
- (member option (cdr (assoc class LaTeX-provided-class-options))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-provided-package-options nil
- "Alist of options provided to LaTeX packages.
-For each element, the CAR is the name of the package, the CDR is
-the list of options provided to it.
-
-E.g., its value will be
- \(\(\"babel\" \"german\"\)
- \(\"geometry\" \"a4paper\" \"top=2cm\" \"bottom=2cm\" \"left=2.5cm\"
\"right=2.5cm\"\)
- ...\)
-See also `LaTeX-provided-class-options'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-provided-package-options)
-
-(defun LaTeX-provided-package-options-member (package option)
- "Return non-nil if OPTION has been given to PACKAGE at load time.
-The value is actually the tail of the list of options given to PACKAGE."
- (member option (cdr (assoc package LaTeX-provided-package-options))))
-
(defun LaTeX-auto-cleanup ()
"Cleanup after LaTeX parsing."
@@ -1532,10 +1298,6 @@ The value is actually the tail of the list of options
given to PACKAGE."
(TeX-split-string "," arg))
LaTeX-auto-bibliography)))
- ;; Reset class and packages options for the current buffer
- (setq LaTeX-provided-class-options nil)
- (setq LaTeX-provided-package-options nil)
-
;; Cleanup document classes and packages
(unless (null LaTeX-auto-style)
(while LaTeX-auto-style
@@ -1550,20 +1312,18 @@ The value is actually the tail of the list of options
given to PACKAGE."
;; Get the options.
(setq options (LaTeX-listify-package-options options))
- ;; Treat documentclass/documentstyle specially.
- (if (or (string-equal "package" class)
- (string-equal "Package" class))
- (dolist (elt (TeX-split-string
- "\\([ \t\r\n]\\|%[^\n\r]*[\n\r]\\|,\\)+" style))
- ;; Append style to the style list.
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file elt t)
- ;; Append to `LaTeX-provided-package-options' the name of the
- ;; package and the options provided to it at load time.
- (unless (equal options '(""))
- (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-package-options
- (list (cons elt options)))))
+ ;; Add them, to the style list.
+ (dolist (elt options)
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file elt))
+
+ ;; Treat documentclass/documentstyle specially.
+ (if (or (string-equal "package" class)
+ (string-equal "Package" class))
+ (dolist (elt (TeX-split-string
+ "\\([ \t\r\n]\\|%[^\n\r]*[\n\r]\\|,\\)+" style))
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file elt))
;; And a special "art10" style file combining style and size.
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file style t)
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file style)
(add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file
(concat
(cond ((string-equal "article" style)
@@ -1590,10 +1350,7 @@ The value is actually the tail of the list of options
given to PACKAGE."
((member "12pt" options)
"12")
(t
- "10"))) t)
- (unless (equal options '(""))
- (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-class-options
- (list (cons style options)))))
+ "10")))))
;; The third argument if "class" indicates LaTeX2e features.
(cond ((equal class "class")
@@ -1648,10 +1405,29 @@ The value is actually the tail of the list of options
given to PACKAGE."
(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-auto-cleanup)
-(defadvice LaTeX-add-bibliographies (after run-bib-style-hooks (&rest
bibliographies) activate)
+(TeX-auto-add-type "label" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "bibitem" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "environment" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "bibliography" "LaTeX" "bibliographies")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "index-entry" "LaTeX" "index-entries")
+
+(fset 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies-auto
+ (symbol-function 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies))
+(defun LaTeX-add-bibliographies (&rest bibliographies)
"Add BIBLIOGRAPHIES to the list of known bibliographies and style files."
+ (apply 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies-auto bibliographies)
(apply 'TeX-run-style-hooks bibliographies))
+(fset 'LaTeX-add-environments-auto
+ (symbol-function 'LaTeX-add-environments))
+(defun LaTeX-add-environments (&rest environments)
+ "Add ENVIRONMENTS to the list of known environments.
+Additionally invalidate the environment submenus to let them be
+regenerated by the respective menu filter."
+ (apply 'LaTeX-add-environments-auto environments)
+ (setq LaTeX-environment-menu nil)
+ (setq LaTeX-environment-modify-menu nil))
+
;;; Biber support
(defvar LaTeX-using-Biber nil
@@ -1669,15 +1445,21 @@ It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file."
(if (boundp 'local-write-file-hooks)
(add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write)
(add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write))
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update) 'BibTeX)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-untabify) nil)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-parse-length) 999999)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list) BibTeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-master) t))
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update)
+ (setq TeX-auto-update 'BibTeX)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-untabify)
+ (setq TeX-auto-untabify nil)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-parse-length)
+ (setq TeX-auto-parse-length 999999)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list)
+ (setq TeX-auto-regexp-list BibTeX-auto-regexp-list)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-master)
+ (setq TeX-master t))
(defvar BibTeX-auto-regexp-list
- '(("@[Ss][Tt][Rr][Ii][Nn][Gg]" 1 ignore)
- ("@[a-zA-Z]+[{(][ \t]*\\([^, \n\r\t%\"#'()={}]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-auto-bibitem))
+ `(("@[Ss][Tt][Rr][Ii][Nn][Gg]" 1 ignore)
+ (,(concat "@[a-zA-Z]+[{(][ \t]*\\(" TeX-token-char "[^,
\n\r\t%\"#'()={}]*\\)")
+ 1 LaTeX-auto-bibitem))
"List of regexp-list expressions matching BibTeX items.")
;;; Macro Argument Hooks
@@ -1710,14 +1492,7 @@ list of defined labels."
(LaTeX-add-labels label))
(TeX-argument-insert label optional optional)))
-(defun TeX-arg-ref (optional &optional prompt definition)
- "Let-bind `reftex-ref-macro-prompt' to nil and pass arguments
-to `TeX-arg-label'.
-
-See the documentation of `TeX-arg-label' for details on the
-arguments: OPTIONAL, PROMPT, and DEFINITION."
- (let ((reftex-ref-macro-prompt nil))
- (TeX-arg-label optional prompt definition)))
+(defalias 'TeX-arg-ref 'TeX-arg-label)
(defun TeX-arg-index-tag (optional &optional prompt &rest args)
"Prompt for an index tag.
@@ -1726,8 +1501,12 @@ This is the name of an index, not the entry.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string. ARGS is unused."
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Index tag")) optional))
+ (let (tag)
+ (setq prompt (concat (if optional "(Optional) " "")
+ (if prompt prompt "Index tag")
+ ": (default none) "))
+ (setq tag (read-string prompt))
+ (TeX-argument-insert tag optional)))
(defun TeX-arg-index (optional &optional prompt &rest args)
"Prompt for an index entry completing with known entries.
@@ -1766,7 +1545,7 @@ string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen
environment to
the list of defined environments."
(let ((environment (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
"Environment")
- (LaTeX-environment-list))))
+ (TeX-symbol-list))))
(if (and definition (not (string-equal "" environment)))
(LaTeX-add-environments environment))
@@ -1778,61 +1557,36 @@ the list of defined environments."
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string. DEFINITION is unused."
- (let ((items (multi-prompt "," t (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Key")
- (LaTeX-bibitem-list))))
+ (setq prompt (concat (if optional "(Optional) " "")
+ (if prompt prompt "Add key")
+ ": (default none) "))
+ (let ((items (multi-prompt "," t prompt (LaTeX-bibitem-list))))
(apply 'LaTeX-add-bibitems items)
(TeX-argument-insert (mapconcat 'identity items ",") optional optional)))
+;; Why is DEFINITION unused?
(defun TeX-arg-counter (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen counter to
-the list of defined counters."
- (let ((counter (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
- "Counter")
- (LaTeX-counter-list))))
- (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" counter)))
- (LaTeX-add-counters counter))
- (TeX-argument-insert counter optional)))
+string. DEFINITION is unused."
+ ;; Completion not implemented yet.
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Counter"))
+ optional))
+;; Why is DEFINITION unused?
(defun TeX-arg-savebox (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If definition is non-nil, the savebox is added to the
-list of defined saveboxes."
- (let ((savebox (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
- (concat "Savebox: "
- TeX-esc) t)
- (LaTeX-savebox-list))))
- (if (and definition (not (zerop (length savebox))))
- (LaTeX-add-saveboxes savebox))
- (TeX-argument-insert savebox optional TeX-esc)))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-length (optional &optional prompt initial-input definition)
- "Prompt for a LaTeX length.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer
-initially, with point positioned at the end. If DEFINITION is
-non-nil, the length is added to the list of defined length."
- (let ((length (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Length")
- ;; A valid length can be a macro or a length of
- ;; the form <value><dimension>. Input starting
- ;; with a `\' can be completed with length
- ;; macros.
- (mapcar (lambda(elt) (concat TeX-esc (car
elt)))
- (LaTeX-length-list))
- ;; Some macros takes as argument only a length
- ;; macro (e.g., `\setlength' in its first
- ;; argument, and `\newlength'), in this case is
- ;; convenient to set `\\' as initial input.
- nil nil initial-input)))
- (if (and definition (not (zerop (length length))))
- ;; Strip leading TeX-esc from macro name
- (LaTeX-add-lengths (substring length 1)))
- (TeX-argument-insert length optional)))
+string. DEFINITION is unused."
+ ;; Completion not implemented yet.
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
+ (concat "Savebox: " TeX-esc)
+ t))
+ optional TeX-esc))
(defun TeX-arg-file (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a filename in the current directory.
@@ -1844,29 +1598,6 @@ string."
"" "" nil)
optional))
-(defun TeX-arg-file-name (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a file name.
-Initial input is the name of the file being visited in the
-current buffer, with extension. If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert
-it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (TeX-read-string
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Name")
- (file-name-nondirectory buffer-file-name))
- optional))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a file name.
-Initial input is the name of the file being visited in the
-current buffer, without extension. If OPTIONAL is non-nil,
-insert it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string."
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (TeX-read-string
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Name")
- (file-name-sans-extension (file-name-nondirectory buffer-file-name)))
- optional))
-
(defun TeX-arg-define-label (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a label completing with known labels.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
@@ -1909,13 +1640,6 @@ argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as
the prompt
string."
(TeX-arg-savebox optional prompt t))
-(defun TeX-arg-define-length (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a LaTeX length.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string."
- (TeX-arg-length optional prompt "\\" t))
-
(defcustom LaTeX-style-list '(("amsart")
("amsbook")
("article")
@@ -1933,163 +1657,72 @@ string."
("scrlttr2")
("scrreprt")
("slides"))
- "List of document classes offered when inserting a document environment.
-
-If `TeX-arg-input-file-search' is set to `t', you will get
-completion with all LaTeX classes available in your distribution
-and this variable will be ignored."
+ "List of document classes offered when inserting a document environment."
:group 'LaTeX-environment
:type '(repeat (group (string :format "%v"))))
-(defvar LaTeX-global-class-files nil
- "List of the LaTeX class files.
-Initialized once at the first time you prompt for a LaTeX class.
-May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
-
-(defvar TeX-after-document-hook nil
- "List of functions to be run at the end of `TeX-arg-document'.
-
-To insert a hook here, you must insert it in the appropiate style file.")
-
(defun TeX-arg-document (optional &optional ignore)
"Insert arguments to documentclass.
OPTIONAL and IGNORE are ignored."
- (let* ((TeX-file-extensions '("cls"))
- (crm-separator ",")
- style var options)
- (unless LaTeX-global-class-files
- (if (if (eq TeX-arg-input-file-search 'ask)
- (not (y-or-n-p "Find class yourself? "))
- TeX-arg-input-file-search)
- (progn
- (message "Searching for LaTeX classes...")
- (setq LaTeX-global-class-files
- (mapcar 'identity (TeX-search-files-by-type 'texinputs
'global t t))))
- LaTeX-style-list))
- (setq style (completing-read
- (concat "Document class: (default " LaTeX-default-style ") ")
- LaTeX-global-class-files nil nil nil nil LaTeX-default-style))
- ;; Clean up hook before use.
- (setq TeX-after-document-hook nil)
- (TeX-run-style-hooks style)
- (setq var (intern (format "LaTeX-%s-class-options" style)))
- (if (or (and (boundp var)
- (listp (symbol-value var)))
- (fboundp var))
- (if (functionp var)
- (setq options (funcall var))
- (when (symbol-value var)
- (setq options
- (mapconcat 'identity
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- "Options: " (mapcar 'list (symbol-value var)) nil
nil
+ (let ((style (completing-read
+ (concat "Document class: (default " LaTeX-default-style ") ")
+ LaTeX-style-list))
+ (options (read-string "Options: "
(if (stringp LaTeX-default-options)
LaTeX-default-options
- (mapconcat 'identity LaTeX-default-options
",")))
- ","))))
- (setq options (read-string "Options: ")))
- (unless (zerop (length options))
- (insert LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl)
- (let ((opts (LaTeX-listify-package-options options)))
- (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-class-options
- (list (cons style opts)))))
+ (mapconcat 'identity
+ LaTeX-default-options
+ ",")))))
+ (if (zerop (length style))
+ (setq style LaTeX-default-style))
+ (if (not (zerop (length options)))
+ (insert LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl))
(insert TeX-grop style TeX-grcl))
;; remove old information
(TeX-remove-style)
;; defined in individual style hooks
- (TeX-update-style)
- (run-hooks 'TeX-after-document-hook))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook nil
- "List of functions to be run at the end of `LaTeX-arg-usepackage'.
-
-To insert a hook here, you must insert it in the appropiate style file.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options ()
- "Read the packages and the options for the usepackage macro.
-
-If at least one package is provided, this function returns a cons
-cell, whose CAR is the list of packages and the CDR is the string
-of the options, nil otherwise."
- (let* ((TeX-file-extensions '("sty"))
- (crm-separator ",")
- packages var options)
- (unless TeX-global-input-files
- (if (if (eq TeX-arg-input-file-search 'ask)
- (not (y-or-n-p "Find packages yourself? "))
- TeX-arg-input-file-search)
- (progn
- (message "Searching for LaTeX packages...")
- (setq TeX-global-input-files
- (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
- 'texinputs 'global t t))))))
- (setq packages (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- "Packages: " TeX-global-input-files))
- ;; Clean up hook before use in `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert'.
- (setq LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook nil)
- (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks packages)
- ;; Prompt for options only if at least one package has been supplied,
return
- ;; nil otherwise.
- (when packages
- (setq var (if (= 1 (length packages))
- (intern (format "LaTeX-%s-package-options" (car packages)))
- ;; Something like `\usepackage[options]{pkg1,pkg2,pkg3,...}'
is
- ;; allowed (provided that pkg1, pkg2, pkg3, ... accept same
- ;; options). When there is more than one package, set `var'
to
- ;; a dummy value so next `if' enters else form.
- t))
- (if (or (and (boundp var)
- (listp (symbol-value var)))
- (fboundp var))
- (if (functionp var)
- (setq options (funcall var))
- (when (symbol-value var)
- (setq options
- (mapconcat 'identity
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- "Options: " (mapcar 'list (symbol-value var)))
- ","))))
- (setq options (read-string "Options: ")))
- (cons packages options))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert (packages options)
- "Actually insert arguments to usepackage."
- (unless (zerop (length options))
- (let ((opts (LaTeX-listify-package-options options)))
- (mapc (lambda (elt)
- (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-package-options
- (list (cons elt opts))))
- packages))
- (insert LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl))
- (insert TeX-grop (mapconcat 'identity packages ",") TeX-grcl)
- (run-hooks 'LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook))
+ (TeX-update-style))
(defun LaTeX-arg-usepackage (optional)
"Insert arguments to usepackage.
OPTIONAL is ignored."
- (let* ((packages-options (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options))
- (packages (car packages-options))
- (options (cdr packages-options)))
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert packages options)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-insert-usepackages ()
- "Prompt for the insertion of usepackage macros until empty
-input is reached.
-
-Return t if at least one \\usepackage has been inserted, nil
-otherwise."
- (let (packages-options packages options (inserted nil))
- (while (setq packages-options
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options))
- (setq packages (car packages-options))
- (setq options (cdr packages-options))
- (insert TeX-esc "usepackage")
- (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert packages options)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (setq inserted t))
- inserted))
+ (let ((TeX-file-extensions '("sty"))
+ (TeX-input-file-search t))
+ (TeX-arg-input-file nil "Package")
+ (save-excursion
+ (search-backward-regexp "{\\(.*\\)}")
+ (let* ((package (match-string 1))
+ (var (intern (format "LaTeX-%s-package-options" package)))
+ (crm-separator ",")
+ (TeX-arg-opening-brace LaTeX-optop)
+ (TeX-arg-closing-brace LaTeX-optcl)
+ options)
+ (if (or (and (boundp var)
+ (listp (symbol-value var)))
+ (fboundp var))
+ (if (functionp var)
+ (setq options (funcall var))
+ (when (symbol-value var)
+ (setq options
+ (mapconcat 'identity
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ "Options: " (mapcar 'list (symbol-value var)))
+ ","))))
+ (setq options (read-string "Options: ")))
+ (when options
+ ;; XXX: The following statement will add the options
+ ;; supplied to the LaTeX package to the style list. This is
+ ;; consistent with the way the parser works (see
+ ;; `LaTeX-auto-cleanup'). But in a revamped style system
+ ;; such options should be associated with their LaTeX
+ ;; package to avoid confusion. For example a `german' entry
+ ;; in the style list can come from documentclass options and
+ ;; does not necessarily mean that the babel-related
+ ;; extensions should be activated.
+ (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks (LaTeX-listify-package-options options))
+ (TeX-argument-insert options t))))))
(defcustom LaTeX-search-files-type-alist
'((texinputs "${TEXINPUTS.latex}" ("tex/generic/" "tex/latex/")
@@ -2098,7 +1731,6 @@ otherwise."
(graphics "${TEXINPUTS}" ("tex/") LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(bibinputs "${BIBINPUTS}" ("bibtex/bib/") BibTeX-file-extensions)
(bstinputs "${BSTINPUTS}" ("bibtex/bst/") BibTeX-style-extensions)
- (bbxinputs "" ("tex/latex/") BibLaTeX-style-extensions)
(biberinputs "${BIBINPUTS}" ("bibtex/bib/") TeX-Biber-file-extensions))
"Alist of filetypes with locations and file extensions.
Each element of the alist consists of a symbol expressing the
@@ -2180,12 +1812,6 @@ files."
Initialized once at the first time you prompt for an input file.
May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
-(defvar BibLaTeX-global-style-files nil
- "Association list of BibLaTeX style files.
-
-Initialized once at the first time you prompt for a BibLaTeX
-style. May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
-
(defun TeX-arg-bibstyle (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a BibTeX style file.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
@@ -2215,24 +1841,30 @@ Initialized once at the first time you prompt for an
Biber file.
May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
(defun TeX-arg-bibliography (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a BibTeX database file.
+ "Prompt for a BibTeX or Biber database file.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string."
- (message "Searching for BibTeX files...")
- (or BibTeX-global-files
- (setq BibTeX-global-files
- (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type 'bibinputs 'global t t))))
- (let ((styles (multi-prompt
- "," t
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "BibTeX files")
- (append (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
- 'bibinputs 'local t t))
- BibTeX-global-files))))
+ (let (name files inputs styles)
+ (if LaTeX-using-Biber
+ (progn
+ (setq name "Biber"
+ files 'TeX-Biber-global-files
+ inputs 'biberinputs))
+ (setq name "BibTeX"
+ files 'BibTeX-global-files
+ inputs 'bibinputs))
+ (message "Searching for %s files..." name)
+ (or (symbol-value files)
+ (set files (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
+ 'biberinputs 'global t t))))
+ (setq styles (multi-prompt
+ "," t
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt (concat name " files"))
+ (append (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
+ inputs 'local t t))
+ (symbol-value files))))
(apply 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies styles)
- ;; Run style files associated to the bibliography database files in order
to
- ;; immediately fill `LaTeX-bibitem-list'.
- (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks styles)
(TeX-argument-insert (mapconcat 'identity styles ",") optional)))
(defun TeX-arg-corner (optional &optional prompt)
@@ -2268,46 +1900,16 @@ string."
nil t)
optional))
-(defcustom TeX-date-format "%Y/%m/%d"
- "The default date format prompted by `TeX-arg-date'."
- :group 'LaTeX-macro
- :type 'string)
-
-(defun TeX-arg-date (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a date, defaulting to the current date.
+(defun TeX-arg-pagestyle (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string."
- (let ((default (format-time-string TeX-date-format (current-time))))
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt
- optional prompt (format "Date (default %s)" default))
- nil nil default)
- optional)))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-version (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for the version of a file.
-Use as initial input the current date. If OPTIONAL is non-nil,
-insert the resulting value as an optional argument, otherwise as
-a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
(TeX-argument-insert
- (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Version")
- (format-time-string "%Y/%m/%d" (current-time)))
+ (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Pagestyle")
+ '(("plain") ("empty") ("headings") ("myheadings")))
optional))
-(defun TeX-arg-pagestyle (optional &optional prompt definition)
- "Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen pagestyle to
-the list of defined pagestyles."
- (let ((pagestyle (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
- "Pagestyle")
- (LaTeX-pagestyle-list))))
- (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" pagestyle)))
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles pagestyle))
- (TeX-argument-insert pagestyle optional)))
-
(defcustom LaTeX-default-verb-delimiter ?|
"Default delimiter for `\\verb' macros."
:group 'LaTeX-macro
@@ -2383,11 +1985,6 @@ the cdr is the brace used with \\right."
The car of each entry is the brace used with \\left,
the cdr is the brace used with \\right.")
-(defcustom LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace nil
- "If non-nil, insert right brace with suitable macro after typing left brace."
- :group 'LaTeX-macro
- :type 'boolean)
-
(defvar TeX-left-right-braces
'(("[") ("]") ("\\{") ("\\}") ("(") (")") ("|") ("\\|")
("/") ("\\backslash") ("\\lfloor") ("\\rfloor")
@@ -2396,219 +1993,51 @@ the cdr is the brace used with \\right.")
("\\updownarrow") ("\\Updownarrow") ("."))
"List of symbols which can follow the \\left or \\right command.")
-(defvar LaTeX-left-right-macros-association
- '(("left" . "right")
- ("bigl" . "bigr") ("Bigl" . "Bigr")
- ("biggl" . "biggr") ("Biggl" . "Biggr"))
- "Alist of macros for adjusting size of left and right braces.
-The car of each entry is for left brace and the cdr is for right brace.")
-
(defun TeX-arg-insert-braces (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a brace for \\left and insert the corresponding \\right.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string."
- (let (left-macro)
+ (save-excursion
+ (backward-word 1)
+ (backward-char)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
+ (beginning-of-line 0)
+ (if (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")
+ (progn (delete-horizontal-space)
+ (delete-char 1))))
+ (let ((left-brace (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Which brace")
+ TeX-left-right-braces)))
+ (insert left-brace)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
(save-excursion
- ;; Obtain macro name such as "left", "bigl" etc.
- (setq left-macro (buffer-substring-no-properties
- (point)
- (progn (backward-word 1) (point))))
- (backward-char)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
- ;; Delete possibly produced blank line.
- (beginning-of-line 0)
- (if (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")
- (progn (delete-horizontal-space)
- (delete-char 1))))
- (let ((left-brace (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
- "Which brace")
- TeX-left-right-braces)))
- (insert left-brace)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (save-excursion
- (if (TeX-active-mark)
- (goto-char (mark)))
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
- left-macro left-brace optional prompt)
- (indent-according-to-mode))
- (indent-according-to-mode))))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe (optional)
- "Insert the suitable right brace macro such as \\rangle.
-Insertion is done when `TeX-arg-right-insert-p' is non-nil.
-If the left brace macro is preceeded by \\left, \\bigl etc.,
-supply the corresponding macro such as \\right before the right brace macro.
-OPTIONAL is ignored."
- ;; Nothing is done when TeX-arg-right-insert-p is nil.
- (when TeX-arg-right-insert-p
- (let (left-brace left-macro)
- (save-excursion
- ;; Obtain left brace macro name such as "\langle".
- (setq left-brace (buffer-substring-no-properties
- (point)
- (progn (backward-word) (backward-char)
- (point)))
- ;; Obtain the name of preceeding left macro, if any,
- ;; such as "left", "bigl" etc.
- left-macro (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name)))
- (save-excursion
- (if (TeX-active-mark)
- (goto-char (mark)))
- (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
- left-macro left-brace optional)))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-insert-left-brace (arg)
- "Insert typed left brace ARG times and possibly a correspondig right brace.
-Automatic right brace insertion is done only if no prefix ARG is given and
-`LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is non-nil.
-Normally bound to keys \(, { and [."
- (interactive "*P")
- (let ((auto-p (and LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace (not arg))))
- (if (and auto-p
- (TeX-active-mark)
- (> (point) (mark)))
- (exchange-point-and-mark))
- (self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg))
- (if auto-p
- (let ((lbrace (char-to-string last-command-event)) lmacro skip-p)
- (save-excursion
- (backward-char)
- ;; The brace "{" is exceptional in two aspects.
- ;; 1. "\{" should be considered as a single brace
- ;; like "(" and "[".
- ;; 2. "\left{" is nonsense while "\left\{" and
- ;; "\left(" are not.
- (if (string= lbrace TeX-grop)
- ;; If "{" follows "\", set lbrace to "\{".
- (if (TeX-escaped-p)
- (progn
- (backward-char)
- (setq lbrace (concat TeX-esc TeX-grop)))
- ;; Otherwise, don't search for left macros.
- (setq skip-p t)))
- (unless skip-p
- ;; Obtain the name of preceeding left macro, if any,
- ;; such as "left", "bigl" etc.
- (setq lmacro (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name))))
- (let ((TeX-arg-right-insert-p t)
- ;; "{" and "}" are paired temporally so that typing
- ;; a single "{" should insert a pair "{}".
- (TeX-braces-association
- (cons (cons TeX-grop TeX-grcl) TeX-braces-association)))
- (save-excursion
- (if (TeX-active-mark)
- (goto-char (mark)))
- (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
- lmacro lbrace)))))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
- (lmacro lbrace &optional optional prompt)
- "Insert right macro and brace correspoinding to LMACRO and LBRACE.
-Left-right association is determined through
-`LaTeX-left-right-macros-association' and `TeX-braces-association'.
-
-If brace association can't be determined or `TeX-arg-right-insert-p'
-is nil, consult user which brace should be used."
- ;; This function is called with LMACRO being one of the following
- ;; possibilities.
- ;; (1) nil, which means LBRACE is isolated.
- ;; (2) null string, which means LBRACE follows right after "\" to
- ;; form "\(" or "\[".
- ;; (3) a string in CARs of `LaTeX-left-right-macros-association'.
- (let ((rmacro (cdr (assoc lmacro LaTeX-left-right-macros-association)))
- (rbrace (cdr (assoc lbrace TeX-braces-association))))
- ;; Since braces like "\(" and "\)" should be paired, RMACRO
- ;; should be considered as null string in the case (2).
- (if (string= lmacro "")
- (setq rmacro ""))
- ;; Insert right macros such as "\right", "\bigr" etc., if necessary.
- ;; Even single "\" will be inserted so that "\)" or "\]" is
- ;; inserted after "\(", "\[".
- (if rmacro
- (insert TeX-esc rmacro))
- (cond
- ((and TeX-arg-right-insert-p rbrace)
- (insert rbrace))
- (rmacro
- (insert (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt
- optional prompt
- (format "Which brace (default %s)"
- (or rbrace "."))) TeX-left-right-braces
- nil nil nil nil (or rbrace ".")))))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name ()
- "Return the left macro name just before the point, if any.
-If the preceeding macro isn't left macros such as \\left, \\bigl etc.,
-return nil.
-If the point is just after unescaped `TeX-esc', return the null string."
- ;; \left-!- => "left"
- ;; \-!- => ""
- ;; \infty-!- => nil
- ;; \&-!- => nil
- ;; \mathrm{abc}-!- => nil
- ;; {blah blah blah}-!- => nil
- ;; \\-!- => nil
- (let ((name (buffer-substring-no-properties
- (point)
- ;; This is only a helper function, so we do not
- ;; preserve point by save-excursion.
- (progn
- ;; Assume left macro names consist of only A-Z and a-z.
- (skip-chars-backward "A-Za-z")
- (point)))))
- (if (and (TeX-escaped-p)
- (or (string= name "")
- (assoc name LaTeX-left-right-macros-association)))
- name)))
-
-(defcustom LaTeX-default-author 'user-full-name
- "Initial input to `LaTeX-arg-author' prompt.
-If nil, do not prompt at all."
- :group 'LaTeX-macro
- :type '(choice (const :tag "User name in Emacs" user-full-name)
- (const :tag "Do not prompt" nil)
- string))
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-author (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for author name.
-Insert the given value as a TeX macro argument. If OPTIONAL is
-non-nil, insert it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the
-prompt string. `LaTeX-default-author' is the initial input."
- (let ((author (if LaTeX-default-author
- (read-string
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Author(s)")
- (if (symbolp LaTeX-default-author)
- (symbol-value LaTeX-default-author)
- LaTeX-default-author))
- "")))
- (TeX-argument-insert author optional nil)))
-
-(defun TeX-read-key-val (optional key-val-alist &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for keys and values in KEY-VAL-ALIST and return them.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, indicate in the prompt that we are
-reading an optional argument. KEY-VAL-ALIST is an alist. The
-car of each element should be a string representing a key and the
-optional cdr should be a list with strings to be used as values
-for the key. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
- (multi-prompt-key-value
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Options (k=v)")
- (if (symbolp key-val-alist)
- (eval key-val-alist)
- key-val-alist)))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-key-val (optional key-val-alist &optional prompt)
+ (let ((right-brace (cdr (assoc left-brace
+ TeX-braces-association))))
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (insert TeX-esc "right")
+ (if (and TeX-arg-right-insert-p
+ right-brace)
+ (insert right-brace)
+ (insert (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Which brace")
+ TeX-left-right-braces)))
+ (indent-according-to-mode)))))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-key-val (optional key-val-alist)
"Prompt for keys and values in KEY-VAL-ALIST.
Insert the given value as a TeX macro argument. If OPTIONAL is
non-nil, insert it as an optional argument. KEY-VAL-ALIST is an
alist. The car of each element should be a string representing a
key and the optional cdr should be a list with strings to be used
-as values for the key. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
- (let ((options (TeX-read-key-val optional key-val-alist prompt)))
+as values for the key."
+ (let ((options (multi-prompt-key-value
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional "Options (k=v)" nil)
+ (if (symbolp key-val-alist)
+ (eval key-val-alist)
+ key-val-alist))))
(TeX-argument-insert options optional)))
@@ -2831,22 +2260,20 @@ consideration just as is in the non-commented source
code."
(defcustom LaTeX-indent-environment-list
'(("verbatim" current-indentation)
("verbatim*" current-indentation)
- ("tabular" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ("tabular*" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ("align" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ("align*" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ("array" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ("eqnarray" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ("eqnarray*" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- ;; The following should have their own, smart indentation function.
+ ;; The following should have there own, smart indentation function.
;; Some other day.
+ ("array")
("displaymath")
+ ("eqnarray")
+ ("eqnarray*")
("equation")
("equation*")
("picture")
("tabbing")
("table")
- ("table*"))
+ ("table*")
+ ("tabular")
+ ("tabular*"))
"Alist of environments with special indentation.
The second element in each entry is the function to calculate the
indentation level in columns."
@@ -3007,7 +2434,6 @@ outer indentation in case of a commented line. The
symbols
(LaTeX-back-to-indentation force-type)
(let ((i 0)
(list-length (safe-length docTeX-indent-inner-fixed))
- (case-fold-search nil)
entry
found)
(cond ((save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (bobp)) 0)
@@ -3254,7 +2680,7 @@ recognized."
;;; Filling
-(defcustom LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators '(\\\( \\\) \\\[ \\\])
+(defcustom LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators nil
"List of separators before or after which respectively a line
break will be inserted if they do not fit into one line."
:group 'LaTeX
@@ -3408,7 +2834,7 @@ space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line
there."
(if (and oneleft
(not (and use-hard-newlines
(get-text-property (1- (point)) 'hard))))
- (delete-char -1)
+ (delete-backward-char 1)
(backward-char 1)
(setq oneleft t)))
(setq to (copy-marker (point) t))
@@ -4087,8 +3513,7 @@ environment in commented regions with the same comment
prefix."
(let* ((regexp (concat (regexp-quote TeX-esc) "\\(begin\\|end\\)\\b"))
(level 1)
(in-comment (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix)))
- (case-fold-search nil))
+ (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix))))
(save-excursion
(skip-chars-backward "a-zA-Z \t{")
(unless (bolp)
@@ -4122,8 +3547,7 @@ environment in commented regions with the same comment
prefix."
(let* ((regexp (concat (regexp-quote TeX-esc) "\\(begin\\|end\\)\\b"))
(level 1)
(in-comment (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix)))
- (case-fold-search nil))
+ (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix))))
(skip-chars-backward "a-zA-Z \t{")
(unless (bolp)
(backward-char 1)
@@ -4162,7 +3586,7 @@ environments."
(goto-char cur)
(dotimes (c count) (LaTeX-find-matching-begin))
(setq beg (point)))
- (push-mark end)
+ (set-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region)))
@@ -4229,7 +3653,7 @@ value of NO-SUBSECTIONS."
'("[" "]" ; display math
"appendix" "begin" "caption" "chapter" "end" "include" "includeonly"
"label" "maketitle" "noindent" "par" "paragraph" "part" "section"
- "subsection" "subsubsection" "tableofcontents" "newpage" "clearpage")
+ "subsection" "subsubsection" "tableofcontents")
"Internal list of LaTeX macros that should have their own line.")
(defun LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make ()
@@ -4426,114 +3850,44 @@ of verbatim constructs are not considered."
"Mathematics in AUCTeX."
:group 'LaTeX-macro)
-(defvar LaTeX-math-keymap (make-sparse-keymap)
- "Keymap used for `LaTeX-math-mode' commands.")
+(defcustom LaTeX-math-list nil
+ "Alist of your personal LaTeX math symbols.
-(defun LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix ()
- "Make a key definition from the variable `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'."
- (if (stringp LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
- (read-kbd-macro LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
- LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
+Each entry should be a list with up to four elements, KEY, VALUE,
+MENU and CHARACTER.
-(defvar LaTeX-math-menu
- '("Math"
- ("Greek Uppercase") ("Greek Lowercase") ("Binary Op") ("Relational")
- ("Arrows") ("Punctuation") ("Misc Symbol") ("Var Symbol") ("Log-like")
- ("Delimiters") ("Constructs") ("Accents") ("AMS"))
- "Menu containing LaTeX math commands.
-The menu entries will be generated dynamically, but you can specify
-the sequence by initializing this variable.")
+KEY is the key (after `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix') to be redefined
+in math minor mode. If KEY is nil, the symbol has no associated
+keystroke \(it is available in the menu, though\).
-(defcustom LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
- (or (string-match "\\<GTK\\>" (emacs-version))
- (eq window-system 'w32))
- "Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect."
- :type 'boolean
- :group 'LaTeX-math)
+VALUE can be a string with the name of the macro to be inserted,
+or a function to be called. The macro must be given without the
+leading backslash.
-(defcustom LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix "`"
- "Prefix key for use in `LaTeX-math-mode'.
-This has to be a string representing a key sequence in a format
-understood by the `kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax
-usually used in the Emacs and Elisp manuals.
+The third element MENU is the name of the submenu where the
+command should be added. MENU can be either a string
+\(e.g. \"greek\"\), a list (e.g. \(\"AMS\" \"Delimiters\"\)\) or
+nil. If MENU is nil, no menu item will be created.
-Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
-use \\[customize]."
- :group 'LaTeX-math
- :initialize 'custom-initialize-default
- :set '(lambda (symbol value)
- (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) t)
- (set-default symbol value)
- (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map
- (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) LaTeX-math-keymap))
- :type '(string :tag "Key sequence"))
+The fourth element CHARACTER is a Unicode character position for
+menu display. When nil, no character is shown.
-(defun LaTeX-math-initialize ()
- (let ((math (reverse (append LaTeX-math-list LaTeX-math-default)))
- (map LaTeX-math-keymap)
- (unicode (and LaTeX-math-menu-unicode (fboundp 'decode-char))))
- (while math
- (let* ((entry (car math))
- (key (nth 0 entry))
- (prefix
- (and unicode
- (nth 3 entry)))
- value menu name)
- (setq math (cdr math))
- (if (and prefix
- (setq prefix (decode-char 'ucs (nth 3 entry))))
- (setq prefix (concat (string prefix) " \\"))
- (setq prefix "\\"))
- (if (listp (cdr entry))
- (setq value (nth 1 entry)
- menu (nth 2 entry))
- (setq value (cdr entry)
- menu nil))
- (if (stringp value)
- (progn
- (setq name (intern (concat "LaTeX-math-" value)))
- (fset name (list 'lambda (list 'arg) (list 'interactive "*P")
- (list 'LaTeX-math-insert value 'arg))))
- (setq name value))
- (if key
- (progn
- (setq key (cond ((numberp key) (char-to-string key))
- ((stringp key) (read-kbd-macro key))
- (t (vector key))))
- (define-key map key name)))
- (if menu
- (let ((parent LaTeX-math-menu))
- (if (listp menu)
- (progn
- (while (cdr menu)
- (let ((sub (assoc (car menu) LaTeX-math-menu)))
- (if sub
- (setq parent sub)
- (setcdr parent (cons (list (car menu)) (cdr parent))))
- (setq menu (cdr menu))))
- (setq menu (car menu))))
- (let ((sub (assoc menu parent)))
- (if sub
- (if (stringp value)
- (setcdr sub (cons (vector (concat prefix value)
- name t)
- (cdr sub)))
- (error "Cannot have multiple special math menu items"))
- (setcdr parent
- (cons (if (stringp value)
- (list menu (vector (concat prefix value)
- name t))
- (vector menu name t))
- (cdr parent)))))))))
- ;; Make the math prefix char available if it has not been used as a prefix.
- (unless (lookup-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
- (define-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) 'self-insert-command))))
-
-(defconst LaTeX-dialect :latex
- "Default dialect for use with function `TeX-add-style-hook' for
-argument DIALECT-EXPR when the hook is to be run only on LaTeX
-file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
-`TeX-style-hook-dialect'." )
+See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
+ :group 'LaTeX-math
+ :type '(repeat (group (choice :tag "Key"
+ (const :tag "none" nil)
+ (choice (character)
+ (string :tag "Key sequence")))
+ (choice :tag "Value"
+ (string :tag "Macro")
+ (function))
+ (choice :tag "Menu"
+ (string :tag "Top level menu" )
+ (repeat :tag "Submenu"
+ (string :tag "Menu")))
+ (choice :tag "Unicode character"
+ (const :tag "none" nil)
+ (integer :tag "Number")))))
(defconst LaTeX-math-default
'((?a "alpha" "Greek Lowercase" 945) ;; #X03B1
@@ -4599,10 +3953,10 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(nil "bigtriangledown" "Binary Op" 9661) ;; #X25BD
(nil "triangleleft" "Binary Op" 9665) ;; #X25C1
(nil "triangleright" "Binary Op" 9655) ;; #X25B7
- (nil "lhd" "Binary Op" 8882) ;; #X22B2
- (nil "rhd" "Binary Op" 8883) ;; #X22B3
- (nil "unlhd" "Binary Op" 8884) ;; #X22B4
- (nil "unrhd" "Binary Op" 8885) ;; #X22B5
+ (nil "lhd" "Binary Op")
+ (nil "rhd" "Binary Op")
+ (nil "unlhd" "Binary Op")
+ (nil "unrhd" "Binary Op")
(nil "oplus" "Binary Op" 8853) ;; #X2295
(nil "ominus" "Binary Op" 8854) ;; #X2296
(nil "otimes" "Binary Op" 8855) ;; #X2297
@@ -4694,10 +4048,10 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(?0 "emptyset" "Misc Symbol" 8709) ;; #X2205
(?E "exists" "Misc Symbol" 8707) ;; #X2203
(nil "surd" "Misc Symbol" 8730) ;; #X221A
- (nil "Box" "Misc Symbol" 9633) ;; #X25A1
+ (nil "Box" "Misc Symbol")
(nil "triangle" "Misc Symbol" 9651) ;; #X25B3
- (nil "Diamond" "Misc Symbol" 9671) ;; #X25C7
- (nil "imath" "Misc Symbol" 120484) ;; #X1D6A4
+ (nil "Diamond" "Misc Symbol")
+ (nil "imath" "Misc Symbol" 305) ;; #X0131
(nil "jmath" "Misc Symbol" 120485) ;; #X1D6A5
(nil "ell" "Misc Symbol" 8467) ;; #X2113
(nil "neg" "Misc Symbol" 172) ;; #X00AC
@@ -4763,8 +4117,8 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(?\C-^ "sup" "Log-like")
(?\C-t "tan" "Log-like")
(nil "tanh" "Log-like")
- (nil "{" "Delimiters" ?{)
- (nil "}" "Delimiters" ?})
+ (nil "{" "Delimiters")
+ (nil "}" "Delimiters")
(nil "lfloor" "Delimiters" 8970) ;; #X230A
(nil "rfloor" "Delimiters" 8971) ;; #X230B
(nil "lceil" "Delimiters" 8968) ;; #X2308
@@ -4773,10 +4127,10 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(?\) "rangle" "Delimiters" 10217) ;; #X27E9
(nil "rmoustache" "Delimiters" 9137) ;; #X23B1
(nil "lmoustache" "Delimiters" 9136) ;; #X23B0
- (nil "rgroup" "Delimiters" 9133) ;; #X23AD
- (nil "lgroup" "Delimiters" 9129) ;; #X23A9
+ (nil "rgroup" "Delimiters")
+ (nil "lgroup" "Delimiters")
(nil "backslash" "Delimiters" 92) ;; #X005C
- (nil "|" "Delimiters" 8214) ;; #X2016)
+ (nil "|" "Delimiters")
(nil "arrowvert" "Delimiters")
(nil "Arrowvert" "Delimiters")
(nil "bracevert" "Delimiters")
@@ -4784,8 +4138,8 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(nil "widehat" "Constructs" 770) ;; #X0302
(nil "overleftarrow" "Constructs" 8406) ;; #X20D6
(nil "overrightarrow" "Constructs")
- (nil "overline" "Constructs" 773) ;; #X0305
- (nil "underline" "Constructs" 818) ;; #X0332
+ (nil "overline" "Constructs")
+ (nil "underline" "Constructs")
(nil "overbrace" "Constructs" 65079) ;; #XFE37
(nil "underbrace" "Constructs" 65080) ;; #XFE38
(nil "sqrt" "Constructs" 8730) ;; #X221A
@@ -4800,23 +4154,22 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(nil "vec" "Accents" 8407) ;; #X20D7
(nil "ddot" "Accents" 776) ;; #X0308
(?~ "tilde" "Accents" 771) ;; #X0303
- (nil "mathring" "Accents" 778) ;; #X030A
+ (nil "digamma" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 989) ;; #X03DD
+ (nil "varkappa" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 1008) ;; #X03F0
(nil "beth" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 8502) ;; #X2136
(nil "daleth" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 8504) ;; #X2138
(nil "gimel" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 8503) ;; #X2137
- (nil "digamma" ("AMS" "Greek Lowercase") 989) ;; #X03DD
- ("v k" "varkappa" ("AMS" "Greek Lowercase") 1008) ;; #X03F0
- ("v G" "varGamma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120548) ;; #X1D6E4
- ("v D" "varDelta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120549) ;; #X1D6E5
- ("v J" "varTheta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120553) ;; #X1D6E9
- ("v L" "varLambda" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120556) ;; #X1D6EC
- ("v X" "varXi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120559) ;; #X1D6EF
- ("v P" "varPi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120561) ;; #X1D6F1
- ("v S" "varSigma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120564) ;; #X1D6F4
- ("v U" "varUpsilon" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120566) ;; #X1D6F6
- ("v F" "varPhi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120567) ;; #X1D6F7
- ("v Y" "varPsi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120569) ;; #X1D6F9
- ("v W" "varOmega" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120570) ;; #X1D6FA
+ ("v G" "varGamma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v D" "varDelta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v J" "varTheta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v L" "varLambda" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v X" "varXi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v P" "varPi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v S" "varSigma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v U" "varUpsilon" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v F" "varPhi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v Y" "varPsi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ ("v W" "varOmega" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
(nil "dashrightarrow" ("AMS" "Arrows"))
(nil "dashleftarrow" ("AMS" "Arrows"))
(nil "leftleftarrows" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8647) ;; #X21C7
@@ -4827,7 +4180,7 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(nil "looparrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8619) ;; #X21AB
(nil "leftrightharpoons" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8651) ;; #X21CB
(nil "curvearrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8630) ;; #X21B6
- (nil "circlearrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8634) ;; #X21BA
+ (nil "circlearrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows"))
(nil "Lsh" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8624) ;; #X21B0
(nil "upuparrows" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8648) ;; #X21C8
(nil "upharpoonleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8639) ;; #X21BF
@@ -4860,7 +4213,7 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
(nil "lessgtr" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8822) ;; #X2276
(nil "lesseqgtr" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8922) ;; #X22DA
(nil "lesseqqgtr" ("AMS" "Relational I") 10891) ;; #X2A8B
- (nil "doteqdot" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8785) ;; #X2251
+ (nil "doteqdot" ("AMS" "Relational I"))
(nil "risingdotseq" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8787) ;; #X2253
(nil "fallingdotseq" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8786) ;; #X2252
(nil "backsim" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8765) ;; #X223D
@@ -5060,47 +4413,106 @@ file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
Each entry should be a list with upto four elements, KEY, VALUE,
MENU and CHARACTER, see `LaTeX-math-list' for details.")
-(defcustom LaTeX-math-list nil
- "Alist of your personal LaTeX math symbols.
+(defcustom LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix "`"
+ "Prefix key for use in `LaTeX-math-mode'.
+This has to be a string representing a key sequence in a format
+understood by the `kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax
+usually used in the Emacs and Elisp manuals.
-Each entry should be a list with up to four elements, KEY, VALUE,
-MENU and CHARACTER.
+Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
+use \\[customize]."
+ :group 'LaTeX-math
+ :initialize 'custom-initialize-default
+ :set '(lambda (symbol value)
+ (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) t)
+ (set-default symbol value)
+ (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map
+ (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) LaTeX-math-keymap))
+ :type '(string :tag "Key sequence"))
-KEY is the key (after `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix') to be redefined
-in math minor mode. If KEY is nil, the symbol has no associated
-keystroke \(it is available in the menu, though\).
+(defun LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix ()
+ "Make a key definition from the variable `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'."
+ (if (stringp LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
+ (read-kbd-macro LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
+ LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
-VALUE can be a string with the name of the macro to be inserted,
-or a function to be called. The macro must be given without the
-leading backslash.
+(defvar LaTeX-math-keymap (make-sparse-keymap)
+ "Keymap used for `LaTeX-math-mode' commands.")
-The third element MENU is the name of the submenu where the
-command should be added. MENU can be either a string
-\(e.g. \"greek\"\), a list (e.g. \(\"AMS\" \"Delimiters\"\)\) or
-nil. If MENU is nil, no menu item will be created.
+(defvar LaTeX-math-menu
+ '("Math"
+ ("Greek Uppercase") ("Greek Lowercase") ("Binary Op") ("Relational")
+ ("Arrows") ("Punctuation") ("Misc Symbol") ("Var Symbol") ("Log-like")
+ ("Delimiters") ("Constructs") ("Accents") ("AMS"))
+ "Menu containing LaTeX math commands.
+The menu entries will be generated dynamically, but you can specify
+the sequence by initializing this variable.")
-The fourth element CHARACTER is a Unicode character position for
-menu display. When nil, no character is shown.
+(defcustom LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
+ (and (string-match "\\<GTK\\>" (emacs-version)) t)
+ "Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect."
+ :type 'boolean
+ :group 'LaTeX-math)
-See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
- :group 'LaTeX-math
- :set (lambda (symbol value)
- (set-default symbol value)
- (LaTeX-math-initialize))
- :type '(repeat (group (choice :tag "Key"
- (const :tag "none" nil)
- (choice (character)
- (string :tag "Key sequence")))
- (choice :tag "Value"
- (string :tag "Macro")
- (function))
- (choice :tag "Menu"
- (string :tag "Top level menu" )
- (repeat :tag "Submenu"
- (string :tag "Menu")))
- (choice :tag "Unicode character"
- (const :tag "none" nil)
- (integer :tag "Number")))))
+(let ((math (reverse (append LaTeX-math-list LaTeX-math-default)))
+ (map LaTeX-math-keymap)
+ (unicode (and LaTeX-math-menu-unicode (fboundp 'decode-char))))
+ (while math
+ (let* ((entry (car math))
+ (key (nth 0 entry))
+ (prefix
+ (and unicode
+ (nth 3 entry)))
+ value menu name)
+ (setq math (cdr math))
+ (if (and prefix
+ (setq prefix (decode-char 'ucs (nth 3 entry))))
+ (setq prefix (concat (string prefix) " \\"))
+ (setq prefix "\\"))
+ (if (listp (cdr entry))
+ (setq value (nth 1 entry)
+ menu (nth 2 entry))
+ (setq value (cdr entry)
+ menu nil))
+ (if (stringp value)
+ (progn
+ (setq name (intern (concat "LaTeX-math-" value)))
+ (fset name (list 'lambda (list 'arg) (list 'interactive "*P")
+ (list 'LaTeX-math-insert value 'arg))))
+ (setq name value))
+ (if key
+ (progn
+ (setq key (cond ((numberp key) (char-to-string key))
+ ((stringp key) (read-kbd-macro key))
+ (t (vector key))))
+ (define-key map key name)))
+ (if menu
+ (let ((parent LaTeX-math-menu))
+ (if (listp menu)
+ (progn
+ (while (cdr menu)
+ (let ((sub (assoc (car menu) LaTeX-math-menu)))
+ (if sub
+ (setq parent sub)
+ (setcdr parent (cons (list (car menu)) (cdr parent))))
+ (setq menu (cdr menu))))
+ (setq menu (car menu))))
+ (let ((sub (assoc menu parent)))
+ (if sub
+ (if (stringp value)
+ (setcdr sub (cons (vector (concat prefix value)
+ name t)
+ (cdr sub)))
+ (error "Cannot have multiple special math menu items"))
+ (setcdr parent
+ (cons (if (stringp value)
+ (list menu (vector (concat prefix value)
+ name t))
+ (vector menu name t))
+ (cdr parent)))))))))
+ ;; Make the math prefix char available if it has not been used as a prefix.
+ (unless (lookup-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
+ (define-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) 'self-insert-command)))
(define-minor-mode LaTeX-math-mode
"A minor mode with easy access to TeX math macros.
@@ -5128,23 +4540,19 @@ commands are defined:
:type 'function)
(defun LaTeX-math-insert (string dollar)
- "Insert \\STRING{}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it.
-If `TeX-electric-math' is non-nil wrap that symbols around the
-string."
- (if dollar (insert (or (car TeX-electric-math) "$")))
+ "Insert \\STRING{}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it."
+ (if dollar (insert "$"))
(funcall LaTeX-math-insert-function string)
- (if dollar (insert (or (cdr TeX-electric-math) "$"))))
+ (if dollar (insert "$")))
(defun LaTeX-math-cal (char dollar)
- "Insert a {\\cal CHAR}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it.
-If `TeX-electric-math' is non-nil wrap that symbols around the
-char."
+ "Insert a {\\cal CHAR}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it."
(interactive "*c\nP")
- (if dollar (insert (or (car TeX-electric-math) "$")))
+ (if dollar (insert "$"))
(if (member "latex2e" (TeX-style-list))
(insert "\\mathcal{" (char-to-string char) "}")
(insert "{\\cal " (char-to-string char) "}"))
- (if dollar (insert (or (cdr TeX-electric-math) "$"))))
+ (if dollar (insert "$")))
;;; Folding
@@ -5189,25 +4597,6 @@ char."
(repeat :tag "Math Macros" (string))))
:group 'TeX-fold)
-;;; Narrowing
-
-(defun LaTeX-narrow-to-environment (&optional count)
- "Make text outside current environment invisible.
-With optional COUNT keep visible that number of enclosing
-environmens."
- (interactive "p")
- (setq count (if count (abs count) 1))
- (save-excursion
- (widen)
- (let ((opoint (point))
- beg end)
- (dotimes (c count) (LaTeX-find-matching-end))
- (setq end (point))
- (goto-char opoint)
- (dotimes (c count) (LaTeX-find-matching-begin))
- (setq beg (point))
- (narrow-to-region beg end))))
-(put 'LaTeX-narrow-to-environment 'disabled t)
;;; Keymap
@@ -5244,9 +4633,6 @@ environmens."
(define-key map "\C-c~" 'LaTeX-math-mode) ;*** Dubious
(define-key map "-" 'LaTeX-babel-insert-hyphen)
- (define-key map "(" 'LaTeX-insert-left-brace)
- (define-key map "{" 'LaTeX-insert-left-brace)
- (define-key map "[" 'LaTeX-insert-left-brace)
map)
"Keymap used in `LaTeX-mode'.")
@@ -5377,13 +4763,6 @@ corresponds to the variables
`LaTeX-environment-menu-name' and
(mapcar 'LaTeX-environment-modify-menu-entry
(LaTeX-environment-list))))))))
-(defadvice LaTeX-add-environments (after LaTeX-invalidate-environment-menu
(&rest environments) activate)
- "Add ENVIRONMENTS to the list of known environments.
-Additionally invalidate the environment submenus to let them be
-regenerated by the respective menu filter."
- (setq LaTeX-environment-menu nil)
- (setq LaTeX-environment-modify-menu nil))
-
(easy-menu-define LaTeX-mode-command-menu
LaTeX-mode-map
"Command menu used in LaTeX mode."
@@ -5572,9 +4951,9 @@ If prefix argument FORCE is non-nil, always insert a
regular hyphen."
(point))
hyphen)
(if h-after-h
- (progn (delete-char (- hyphen-length))
+ (progn (delete-backward-char hyphen-length)
(insert "--"))
- (delete-char (- hyphen-length))
+ (delete-backward-char hyphen-length)
(call-interactively 'self-insert-command)))
;; -- --> [+]-
((string= (buffer-substring (max (- (point) 2) (point-min))
@@ -5584,7 +4963,7 @@ If prefix argument FORCE is non-nil, always insert a
regular hyphen."
;; - --> "= / [+]-
((eq (char-before) ?-)
(if h-after-h
- (progn (delete-char -1)
+ (progn (delete-backward-char 1)
(insert hyphen))
(call-interactively 'self-insert-command)))
(h-after-h
@@ -5667,14 +5046,6 @@ of `LaTeX-mode-hook'."
(featurep 'toolbar)
(and (boundp 'tool-bar-mode) tool-bar-mode))
(LaTeX-maybe-install-toolbar))
- ;; Set the value of `LaTeX-using-Biber' based on the local value of
- ;; `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'. This should be run within
- ;; `TeX-update-style-hook' before toolbarx-refresh, otherwise the
bibliography
- ;; button could be wrongly set.
- (add-hook 'TeX-update-style-hook
- (lambda ()
- (if (local-variable-p 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber (current-buffer))
- (setq LaTeX-using-Biber LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber))) nil t)
(TeX-run-mode-hooks 'text-mode-hook 'TeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook)
(TeX-set-mode-name)
;; Defeat filladapt
@@ -5761,39 +5132,45 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
"Common initialization for LaTeX derived modes."
(VirTeX-common-initialization)
(set-syntax-table LaTeX-mode-syntax-table)
- (set (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function) 'LaTeX-indent-line)
+ (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function)
+ (setq indent-line-function 'LaTeX-indent-line)
(setq local-abbrev-table latex-mode-abbrev-table)
;; Filling
- (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix) t)
- (set (make-local-variable 'fill-paragraph-function) 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
- (set (make-local-variable 'adaptive-fill-mode) nil)
+ (make-local-variable 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
+ (setq paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix t)
+ (make-local-variable 'fill-paragraph-function)
+ (setq fill-paragraph-function 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
+ (make-local-variable 'adaptive-fill-mode)
+ (setq adaptive-fill-mode nil)
(or LaTeX-largest-level
(setq LaTeX-largest-level (LaTeX-section-level "section")))
(setq TeX-header-end LaTeX-header-end
TeX-trailer-start LaTeX-trailer-start)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-style-hook-dialect) :latex)
(require 'outline)
- (set (make-local-variable 'outline-level) 'LaTeX-outline-level)
- (set (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp) (LaTeX-outline-regexp t))
+ (make-local-variable 'outline-level)
+ (setq outline-level 'LaTeX-outline-level)
+ (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp)
+ (setq outline-regexp (LaTeX-outline-regexp t))
(when (boundp 'outline-heading-alist)
(setq outline-heading-alist
(mapcar (lambda (x)
(cons (concat "\\" (nth 0 x)) (nth 1 x)))
LaTeX-section-list)))
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-full-regexp-list)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-full-regexp-list)
+ (setq TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
(append LaTeX-auto-regexp-list plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list))
(LaTeX-set-paragraph-start)
(setq paragraph-separate
(concat
"[ \t]*%*[ \t]*\\("
- "\\$\\$" ; Plain TeX display math
+ "\\$\\$" ; Plain TeX display math
"\\|$\\)"))
(setq TeX-verbatim-p-function 'LaTeX-verbatim-p)
@@ -5802,11 +5179,9 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
(set (make-local-variable 'TeX-search-files-type-alist)
LaTeX-search-files-type-alist)
- (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-item-list) '(("description" .
LaTeX-item-argument)
- ("thebibliography" . LaTeX-item-bib)
- ("array" . LaTeX-item-array)
- ("tabular" . LaTeX-item-array)
- ("tabular*" . LaTeX-item-tabular*)))
+ (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-item-list)
+ (setq LaTeX-item-list '(("description" . LaTeX-item-argument)
+ ("thebibliography" . LaTeX-item-bib)))
(setq TeX-complete-list
(append '(("\\\\cite\\[[^]\n\r\\%]*\\]{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)"
@@ -5822,14 +5197,12 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
("\\\\pageref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
("\\\\\\(index\\|glossary\\){\\([^{}\n\r\\%]*\\)"
2 LaTeX-index-entry-list "}")
- ("\\\\begin{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1
LaTeX-environment-list-filtered "}")
- ("\\\\end{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-environment-list-filtered
"}")
+ ("\\\\begin{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-environment-list "}")
+ ("\\\\end{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-environment-list "}")
("\\\\renewcommand\\*?{\\\\\\([A-Za-z]*\\)"
- 1 TeX-symbol-list-filtered "}")
+ 1 LaTeX-symbol-list "}")
("\\\\renewenvironment\\*?{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)"
- 1 LaTeX-environment-list-filtered "}")
- ("\\\\\\(this\\)?pagestyle{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)"
- 1 LaTeX-pagestyle-list "}"))
+ 1 LaTeX-environment-list "}"))
TeX-complete-list))
(LaTeX-add-environments
@@ -5869,19 +5242,6 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("thebibliography" LaTeX-env-bib)
'("theindex" LaTeX-env-item))
- ;; `latex.ltx' defines `plain' and `empty' pagestyles
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "plain" "empty")
-
- ;; `latex.ltx' defines the following counters
- (LaTeX-add-counters "page" "equation" "enumi" "enumii" "enumiii"
- "enumiv" "footnote" "mpfootnote")
-
- (LaTeX-add-lengths "baselineskip" "baselinestretch" "columnsep"
- "columnwidth" "evensidemargin" "linewidth" "oddsidemargin"
- "paperwidth" "paperheight" "parindent" "parskip"
- "tabcolsep" "textheight" "textwidth" "topmargin"
- "unitlength")
-
(TeX-add-symbols
'("addtocounter" TeX-arg-counter "Value")
'("alph" TeX-arg-counter)
@@ -5966,6 +5326,7 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("nocite" TeX-arg-cite)
'("bibliographystyle" TeX-arg-bibstyle)
'("bibliography" TeX-arg-bibliography)
+ '("addbibresource" TeX-arg-bibliography)
'("footnote"
(TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-footnote-number-p ([ "Number" ]) nil)
t)
@@ -5974,14 +5335,12 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
t)
'("footnotemark"
(TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-footnote-number-p ([ "Number" ]) nil))
- '("newlength" (TeX-arg-define-length "Length macro"))
- '("setlength" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\")
- (TeX-arg-length "Length value"))
- '("addtolength" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\")
- (TeX-arg-length "Length to add"))
- '("settowidth" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\") "Text")
- '("settoheight" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\") "Text")
- '("settodepth" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\") "Text")
+ '("newlength" TeX-arg-define-macro)
+ '("setlength" TeX-arg-macro "Length")
+ '("addtolength" TeX-arg-macro "Length")
+ '("settowidth" TeX-arg-macro t)
+ '("settoheight" TeX-arg-macro t)
+ '("settodepth" TeX-arg-macro t)
'("\\" [ "Space" ])
'("\\*" [ "Space" ])
'("hyphenation" t)
@@ -5999,11 +5358,8 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("sqrt" [ "Root" ] t)
'("underbrace" t)
'("underline" t)
- '("acute" t) '("grave" t) '("ddot" t) '("tilde" t) '("bar" t)
- '("breve" t) '("check" t) '("hat" t) '("vec" t) '("dot" t)
- '("widetilde" t) '("widehat" t)
- '("author" LaTeX-arg-author)
- '("date" TeX-arg-date)
+ '("author" t)
+ '("date" t)
'("thanks" t)
'("title" t)
'("pagenumbering" (TeX-arg-eval
@@ -6013,10 +5369,10 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("markboth" t nil)
'("markright" t)
'("thispagestyle" TeX-arg-pagestyle)
- '("addvspace" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("addvspace" "Length")
'("fbox" t)
- '("hspace*" TeX-arg-length)
- '("hspace" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("hspace*" "Length")
+ '("hspace" "Length")
'("mbox" t)
'("newsavebox" TeX-arg-define-savebox)
'("parbox" [ TeX-arg-tb ] [ "Height" ] [ TeX-arg-tb "Inner position" ]
@@ -6025,8 +5381,8 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("rule" [ "Raise" ] "Width" "Thickness")
'("sbox" TeX-arg-savebox t)
'("usebox" TeX-arg-savebox)
- '("vspace*" TeX-arg-length)
- '("vspace" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("vspace*" "Length")
+ '("vspace" "Length")
'("documentstyle" TeX-arg-document)
'("include" (TeX-arg-input-file "File" t))
'("includeonly" t)
@@ -6047,15 +5403,6 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("caption" t)
'("marginpar" [ "Left margin text" ] "Text")
'("left" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
- ;; The following 4 macros are not specific to amsmath.
- '("bigl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
- '("Bigl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
- '("biggl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
- '("Biggl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
-
- '("langle" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
- '("lceil" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
- '("lfloor" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
;; These have no special support, but are included in case the
;; auto files are missing.
@@ -6079,8 +5426,7 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
"hfil" "hfill" "vfil" "vfill" "hrulefill" "dotfill"
"indent" "noindent" "today"
"appendix"
- "dots"
- "makeatletter" "makeatother" "jobname")
+ "dots")
(when (string-equal LaTeX-version "2e")
(LaTeX-add-environments
@@ -6088,21 +5434,20 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("filecontents*" LaTeX-env-contents))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("enlargethispage" TeX-arg-length)
- '("enlargethispage*" TeX-arg-length)
- '("tabularnewline" [ TeX-arg-length ])
+ '("enlargethispage" "Length")
+ '("enlargethispage*" "Length")
+ '("tabularnewline" [ "Length" ])
'("suppressfloats" [ TeX-arg-tb "Suppress floats position" ])
'("ensuremath" "Math commands")
'("textsuperscript" "Text")
'("textcircled" "Text")
- '("mathring" t)
"LaTeXe"
"listfiles" "frontmatter" "mainmatter" "backmatter"
"textcompwordmark" "textvisiblespace" "textemdash" "textendash"
"textexclamdown" "textquestiondown" "textquotedblleft"
"textquotedblright" "textquoteleft" "textquoteright"
- "textbullet" "textperiodcentered" "textasteriskcentered"
+ "textbullet" "textperiodcentered"
"textbackslash" "textbar" "textless" "textgreater"
"textasciicircum" "textasciitilde"
"textregistered" "texttrademark"
@@ -6132,56 +5477,46 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
[ "Number of arguments" ] [ "Default value for first argument" ] t)
'("usepackage" LaTeX-arg-usepackage)
'("RequirePackage" LaTeX-arg-usepackage)
- '("ProvidesPackage" (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension "Package name")
- [ TeX-arg-conditional (y-or-n-p "Insert version? ")
- ([ TeX-arg-version ]) nil])
- '("ProvidesClass" (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension "Class name")
- [ TeX-arg-conditional (y-or-n-p "Insert version? ")
- ([ TeX-arg-version ]) nil])
- '("ProvidesFile" (TeX-arg-file-name "File name")
- [ TeX-arg-conditional (y-or-n-p "Insert version? ")
- ([ TeX-arg-version ]) nil ])
+ '("ProvidesPackage" "Name" [ "Version" ])
'("documentclass" TeX-arg-document)))
(TeX-add-style-hook "latex2e"
- ;; Use new fonts for `\documentclass' documents.
- (lambda ()
- (setq TeX-font-list LaTeX-font-list)
- (setq TeX-font-replace-function 'TeX-font-replace-macro)
- (run-hooks 'LaTeX2e-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ ;; Use new fonts for `\documentclass' documents.
+ (lambda ()
+ (setq TeX-font-list LaTeX-font-list)
+ (setq TeX-font-replace-function 'TeX-font-replace-macro)
+ (run-hooks 'LaTeX2e-hook)))
(TeX-add-style-hook "latex2"
- ;; Use old fonts for `\documentstyle' documents.
- (lambda ()
- (setq TeX-font-list (default-value 'TeX-font-list))
- (setq TeX-font-replace-function
- (default-value 'TeX-font-replace-function))
- (run-hooks 'LaTeX2-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ ;; Use old fonts for `\documentstyle' documents.
+ (lambda ()
+ (setq TeX-font-list (default-value 'TeX-font-list))
+ (setq TeX-font-replace-function
+ (default-value 'TeX-font-replace-function))
+ (run-hooks 'LaTeX2-hook)))
;; There must be something better-suited, but I don't understand the
;; parsing properly. -- dak
- (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftex" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on LaTeX-dialect)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on LaTeX-dialect)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "pst-pdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on LaTeX-dialect)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "dvips" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
- ;; This is now done in style/pstricks.el because it prevents other
- ;; pstricks style files from being loaded.
- ;; (TeX-add-style-hook "pstricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "psfrag" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdfm" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
- ;; (TeX-add-style-hook "DVIoutput" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
- ;;
- ;; Well, DVIoutput indicates that we want to run PDFTeX and expect to
- ;; get DVI output. Ugh.
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftex" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "pst-pdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "dvips" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+;; This is now done in style/pstricks.el because it prevents other
+;; pstricks style files from being loaded.
+;; (TeX-add-style-hook "pstricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "psfrag" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdfm" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+;; (TeX-add-style-hook "DVIoutput" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+;;
+;; Well, DVIoutput indicates that we want to run PDFTeX and expect to
+;; get DVI output. Ugh.
(TeX-add-style-hook "ifpdf" (lambda ()
(TeX-PDF-mode-on)
- (TeX-PDF-mode-off)) LaTeX-dialect)
- ;; ifpdf indicates that we cater for either. So calling both
- ;; functions will make sure that the default will get used unless the
- ;; user overrode it.
+ (TeX-PDF-mode-off)))
+;; ifpdf indicates that we cater for either. So calling both
+;; functions will make sure that the default will get used unless the
+;; user overrode it.
(set (make-local-variable 'imenu-create-index-function)
'LaTeX-imenu-create-index-function)
@@ -6193,16 +5528,7 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
;; late in mode initialization to assure that all relevant variables
;; are properly initialized before style files try to alter them.
(easy-menu-add LaTeX-mode-menu LaTeX-mode-map)
- (easy-menu-add LaTeX-mode-command-menu LaTeX-mode-map)
-
- (define-key LaTeX-mode-map "\C-xne" 'LaTeX-narrow-to-environment)
-
- ;; AUCTeX's brace pairing feature (`LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace') doesn't
- ;; play nice with `electric-pair-mode' which is a global minor mode as of
- ;; emacs 24.4.
- (when (and LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace
- (boundp 'electric-pair-mode))
- (set (make-local-variable 'electric-pair-mode) nil)))
+ (easy-menu-add LaTeX-mode-command-menu LaTeX-mode-map))
(defun LaTeX-imenu-create-index-function ()
"Imenu support function for LaTeX."
@@ -6270,57 +5596,6 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
(replace-match "\\\\input{" nil nil)))))
(TeX-normal-mode nil))
-(defun LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col ()
- "Return a cons: (POINT . COLUMN) for current environment's beginning."
- (save-excursion
- (LaTeX-find-matching-begin)
- (cons (point) (current-column))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position ()
- "Return indent column for a hanging ampersand (i.e. ^\\s-*&)."
- (destructuring-bind (beg-pos . beg-col)
- (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col)
- (let* ((cur-pos (point)))
- (save-excursion
- (if (re-search-backward "\\\\\\\\" beg-pos t)
- (let ((cur-idx (TeX-how-many "[^\\]&" (point) cur-pos)))
- (goto-char beg-pos)
- (re-search-forward "[^\\]&" cur-pos t (+ 1 cur-idx))
- (- (current-column) 1))
- (+ 2 beg-col))))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-indent-tabular ()
- "Return indent column for the current tabular-like line."
- (destructuring-bind
- (beg-pos . beg-col)
- (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col)
- (let ((tabular-like-end-regex
- (format "\\\\end{%s}"
- (regexp-opt
- (let (out)
- (mapcar (lambda (x)
- (when (eq (cadr x) 'LaTeX-indent-tabular)
- (push (car x) out)))
- LaTeX-indent-environment-list)
- out)))))
- (cond ((looking-at tabular-like-end-regex)
- beg-col)
-
- ((looking-at "\\\\\\\\")
- (+ 2 beg-col))
-
- ((looking-at "&")
- (LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position))
-
- (t
- (+ 2
- (let ((any-col (save-excursion
- (when (re-search-backward "\\\\\\\\\\|&"
beg-pos t)
- (current-column)))))
- (if (and any-col (string= "&" (match-string 0)))
- any-col
- beg-col))))))))
-
(provide 'latex)
;;; latex.el ends here
diff --git a/latex/preview.dtx b/latex/preview.dtx
index 0675c27..97b7a52 100644
--- a/latex/preview.dtx
+++ b/latex/preview.dtx
@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} address@hidden #1#2$#3:
address@hidden #2#4 $}} address@hidden #1 #2${#1}
\begingroup \catcode`\_=12
address@hidden@version $Name: release_11_88 $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version $Name: $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version CVS-$Revision: 1.126 $ \endgroup \else
\def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
\edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
address@hidden@version}}} \next \fi
address@hidden $Date: 2010/02/14 16:19:00 $
address@hidden $Date: 2010-02-14 16:19:00 $
\edef\next{\noexpand\ProvidesPackage{preview}%
[\next\space address@hidden (AUCTeX/preview-latex)]}
\next
diff --git a/latex/preview.sty b/latex/preview.sty
index 326f60f..1e16577 100644
--- a/latex/preview.sty
+++ b/latex/preview.sty
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} address@hidden #1#2$#3:
address@hidden #2#4 $}} address@hidden #1 #2${#1}
\begingroup \catcode`\_=12
address@hidden@version $Name: release_11_88 $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version $Name: $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version CVS-$Revision: 1.126 $ \endgroup \else
\def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
\edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
diff --git a/lpath.el b/lpath.el
index 2a090b1..67f82ce 100644
--- a/lpath.el
+++ b/lpath.el
@@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
;;; This file is only used for installing AUCTeX.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;;; It is not a part of AUCTeX itself.
;; Make sure we get the right files.
(setq load-path (cons "." load-path)
+ byte-compile-warnings nil
TeX-lisp-directory "<none>"
TeX-auto-global "<none>")
diff --git a/multi-prompt.el b/multi-prompt.el
index 25ba4c9..159380f 100644
--- a/multi-prompt.el
+++ b/multi-prompt.el
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ are the arguments to `completing-read'. See that."
initial nil)
(setq multi-prompt-found
(cons extra multi-prompt-found)))))))))
- (if (string= answer "")
- multi-prompt-found
- (nreverse (cons answer multi-prompt-found))))))
+ (if answer
+ (nreverse (cons answer multi-prompt-found))
+ multi-prompt-found))))
(defun multi-prompt-delete ()
(interactive)
@@ -200,6 +200,7 @@ other arguments: PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT,
HIST,
DEF, and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
The return value is the string as entered in the minibuffer."
+ (require 'crm)
(let* ((minibuffer-completion-table #'multi-prompt-key-value-collection-fn)
(minibuffer-completion-predicate predicate)
(minibuffer-completion-confirm
diff --git a/plain-tex.el b/plain-tex.el
index 3df6196..476976b 100644
--- a/plain-tex.el
+++ b/plain-tex.el
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ of plain-TeX-mode-hook."
"Common initialization for plain TeX like modes."
(VirTeX-common-initialization)
(set-syntax-table TeX-mode-syntax-table)
- (setq local-abbrev-table plain-tex-mode-abbrev-table)
+ (setq local-abbrev-table latex-mode-abbrev-table)
(setq paragraph-start
(concat
"\\(^[ \t]*$"
diff --git a/preview.el b/preview.el
index a54b39e..39f1c49 100644
--- a/preview.el
+++ b/preview.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; preview.el --- embed preview LaTeX images in source buffer
-;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006, 2010-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006, 2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: David Kastrup
;; Keywords: tex, wp, convenience
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
;;; Commentary:
+;; $Id: preview.el,v 1.287 2012-12-04 08:01:34 tsdh Exp $
+;;
;; This style is for the "seamless" embedding of generated images
;; into LaTeX source code. Please see the README and INSTALL files
;; for further instruction.
@@ -34,7 +36,8 @@
;; configured by using
;; M-x customize-group RET preview RET
;;
-;; Please report bugs with M-x preview-report-bug RET.
+;; Please report bugs with M-x preview-report-bug RET
+;;
;;; Code:
@@ -249,7 +252,7 @@ that is."
preview-image-creators))))))
(when hook
(apply (car hook) (append (cdr hook) rest)))))
-
+
(defvar TeX-active-tempdir nil
"List of directory name, top directory name and reference count.")
@@ -344,19 +347,9 @@ LIST consists of TeX dimensions in sp (1/65536 TeX point)."
(dotimes (i 4 box)
(aset box i (+ (aref box i) (aref border i)))))))
-(defcustom preview-gs-command
- (or ;; The GS wrapper coming with TeX Live
- (executable-find "rungs")
- ;; The MikTeX builtin GS
- (let ((gs (executable-find "mgs")))
- ;; Check if mgs is functional for external non-MikTeX apps.
- ;; See
http://blog.miktex.org/post/2005/04/07/Starting-mgsexe-at-the-DOS-Prompt.aspx
- (when (and gs (= 0 (shell-command (concat gs " -q -dNODISPLAY -c
quit"))))
- gs))
- ;; Windows ghostscript
- (executable-find "GSWIN32C.EXE")
- ;; standard GhostScript
- (executable-find "gs"))
+(defcustom preview-gs-command (if (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
+ "GSWIN32C.EXE"
+ "gs")
"*How to call gs for conversion from EPS. See also `preview-gs-options'."
:group 'preview-gs
:type 'string)
@@ -457,7 +450,7 @@ show as response of Ghostscript."
(preview-gs-flag-error ov err)
(overlay-put ov 'queued nil))
ov))
-
+
(defvar preview-gs-command-line nil)
(make-variable-buffer-local 'preview-gs-command-line)
(defvar preview-gs-file nil)
@@ -649,7 +642,7 @@ and tries to restart Ghostscript if necessary."
(preview-delete-file preview-ps-file)
(file-error nil)))
(preview-gs-queue-empty))
-
+
;; restart only if we made progress since last call
(let (filenames)
(dolist (ov preview-gs-outstanding)
@@ -1058,7 +1051,7 @@ object corresponding to the wanted page."
(let ((curpage (aref dsc page)))
(format "dup %d setfileposition %d()/SubFileDecode filter cvx"
(1- (car curpage)) (nth 1 curpage))))
-
+
(defun preview-ps-quote-filename (str &optional nonrel)
"Make a PostScript string from filename STR.
The file name is first made relative unless
@@ -1327,7 +1320,7 @@ recursively."
((and (symbolp hook) (boundp hook))
(symbol-value hook))
(t hook)))
-
+
(defcustom preview-scale-function #'preview-scale-from-face
"*Scale factor for included previews.
This can be either a function to calculate the scale, or
@@ -1440,9 +1433,6 @@ autoloads for preview-latex.")
preview-datadir))
,@(preview-filter-specs-1 args))))
-(defvar preview-lispdir TeX-lisp-directory
- "The directory where the preview lisp files are located.")
-
(defun preview-ascent-from-bb (bb)
"This calculates the image ascent from its bounding box.
The bounding box BB needs to be a 4-component vector of
@@ -1499,7 +1489,7 @@ All of the options show reasonable defaults."
(key-binding [right])))
function (list :tag "Argument list"
(repeat :inline t sexp)))))
-
+
(defun preview-auto-reveal-p (mode distance)
"Decide whether to auto-reveal.
Returns non-NIL if region should be auto-opened.
@@ -1599,7 +1589,7 @@ Searches backwards if BACKWARDS is non-nil."
'(active inactive)))
(setq history (and (not preview-state) pt)))
(or history pt))))
-
+
(defun preview-at-point ()
"Do the appropriate preview thing at point.
If point is positioned on or inside of an unmodified preview area,
@@ -1829,7 +1819,7 @@ BUFFER-MISC is the appropriate data to be used."
(with-current-buffer ,(current-buffer)
(preview-buffer-restore-internal
',buffer-misc)))))
-
+
(defun desktop-buffer-preview (desktop-buffer-file-name
desktop-buffer-name
desktop-buffer-misc)
@@ -1949,7 +1939,7 @@ Deletes the dvi file when finished."
(with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
(funcall (car gsfile) "dvi"))))
(file-error nil)))))
-
+
(defun preview-active-string (ov)
"Generate before-string for active image overlay OV."
(preview-make-clickable
@@ -2757,10 +2747,10 @@ name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
(setq lpoint (point))
(end-of-line)
(buffer-substring lpoint (point)))
-
+
;; And the context for the help window.
context-start (point)
-
+
;; And the line number to position the cursor.
;;; variant 1: profiling seems to indicate the regexp-heavy solution
;;; to be favorable. Removing incomplete characters from the error
@@ -2777,7 +2767,7 @@ name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
(- (match-end 3)
(match-beginning 0)))
(match-end 4)))
-
+
;; And we have now found to the end of the context.
context (buffer-substring context-start (point))
;; We may use these in another buffer.
@@ -3397,7 +3387,7 @@ stored in `preview-dumped-alist'."
(preview-string-expand preview-LaTeX-command)
'TeX-master-file)
preview-LaTeX-command-replacements)))
-
+
(defun preview-environment (count)
"Run preview on LaTeX environment.
This avoids running environments through preview that are
@@ -3526,17 +3516,35 @@ internal parameters, STR may be a log to insert into
the current log."
(delete-process process)
(preview-reraise-error process)))))
-(defconst preview-version "11.88"
+(defconst preview-version (eval-when-compile
+ (let ((name "$Name: $")
+ (rev "$Revision: 1.287 $"))
+ (or (when (string-match "\\`[$]Name: *release_\\([^ ]+\\) *[$]\\'" name)
+ (setq name (match-string 1 name))
+ (while (string-match "_" name)
+ (setq name (replace-match "." t t name)))
+ name)
+ (if (string-match "\\`[$]Revision: *\\([^ ]+\\) *[$]\\'" rev)
+ (format "CVS-%s" (match-string 1 rev)))
+ "unknown")))
"Preview version.
-If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
-
-(defconst preview-release-date "2014-10-29"
- "Preview release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
+If not a regular release, CVS revision of `preview.el'.")
+
+(defconst preview-release-date
+ (eval-when-compile
+ (let ((date "$Date: 2012-12-04 08:01:34 $"))
+ (string-match
+ "\\`[$]Date: *\\([0-9]+\\)/\\([0-9]+\\)/\\([0-9]+\\)"
+ date)
+ (format "%s.%s%s" (match-string 1 date) (match-string 2 date)
+ (match-string 3 date))))
+ "Preview release date.
+In the form of yyyy.mmdd")
(defun preview-dump-state (buffer)
(condition-case nil
(progn
- (unless (local-variable-p 'TeX-command-buffer (current-buffer))
+ (unless (local-variable-p 'TeX-command-buffer)
(setq buffer (with-current-buffer buffer (TeX-active-buffer))))
(when (bufferp buffer)
(insert "\nRun buffer contents:\n\n")
@@ -3556,7 +3564,9 @@ If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
(let ((reporter-prompt-for-summary-p "Bug report subject: "))
(reporter-submit-bug-report
"address@hidden"
- preview-version
+ (if (string-match "^CVS-" preview-version)
+ (concat "preview-" (substring preview-version 4))
+ preview-version)
'(AUCTeX-version
LaTeX-command-style
image-types
diff --git a/prv-xemacs.el b/prv-xemacs.el
index a4bae71..ce89a1d 100644
--- a/prv-xemacs.el
+++ b/prv-xemacs.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; prv-xemacs.el --- XEmacs support for preview-latex
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 02, 03, 04, 05,
-;; 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: David Kastrup
;; Keywords: convenience, tex, wp
@@ -39,12 +38,13 @@
"List of macros only present when compiling/loading uncompiled.")
(defmacro preview-defmacro (name &rest rest)
- (push
- (if (fboundp name)
- (cons name (symbol-function name))
- name)
- preview-compatibility-macros)
- `(eval-when-compile (defmacro ,name ,@rest)))
+ (when (featurep 'xemacs)
+ (push
+ (if (fboundp name)
+ (cons name (symbol-function name))
+ name)
+ preview-compatibility-macros)
+ `(eval-when-compile (defmacro ,name ,@rest))))
(push 'preview-defmacro preview-compatibility-macros))
(preview-defmacro assoc-default (key alist test)
diff --git a/style/CJK.el b/style/CJK.el
index f21d1a9..fa285bd 100644
--- a/style/CJK.el
+++ b/style/CJK.el
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ The function can be used for CJK and CJK* environments."
;; New environments
(LaTeX-add-environments
'("CJK" LaTeX-env-CJK)
- '("CJK*" LaTeX-env-CJK)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("CJK*" LaTeX-env-CJK))))
;;; CJK.el ends here
diff --git a/style/CJKutf8.el b/style/CJKutf8.el
index c9e16b6..ea3c2e3 100644
--- a/style/CJKutf8.el
+++ b/style/CJKutf8.el
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"CJKutf8"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "CJK"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "CJK")))
;;; CJKutf8.el ends here
diff --git a/style/MinionPro.el b/style/MinionPro.el
index 3441911..7151c36 100644
--- a/style/MinionPro.el
+++ b/style/MinionPro.el
@@ -58,8 +58,7 @@
("textsw" "{")
("textssc" "{"))
'textual)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("figureversion" "{")) 'variable)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("figureversion" "{")) 'variable))))
(defvar LaTeX-MinionPro-package-options
'("smallfamily" "medfamily" "fullfamily" "noopticals" "opticals"
diff --git a/style/acro.el b/style/acro.el
deleted file mode 100644
index fda4b71..0000000
--- a/style/acro.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-;;; acro.el --- AUCTeX style for `acro.sty' version 1.2a.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `acro.sty' version 1.2a.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-acro-package-options-list
- '(;; General Options
- ("version" ("0" "1"))
- ("single" ("true" "false"))
- ("hyperref" ("true" "false"))
- ("record-pages" ("true" "false"))
- ("only-used" ("true" "false"))
- ("mark-as-used" ("first" "any"))
- ("macros" ("true" "false"))
- ("xspace" ("true" "false"))
- ("strict" ("true" "false"))
- ("sort" ("true" "false"))
- ("cite" ("all" "first" "none"))
- ("cite-cmd")
- ("cite-space")
- ("index-cmd")
- ("accsupp" ("true" "false"))
- ("uc-cmd")
- ;; Options Regarding Acronyms
- ("short-format")
- ("long-format")
- ("first-long-format")
- ("list-short-format")
- ("list-long-format")
- ("extra-format")
- ("first-style" ("default" "plain" "empty" "square" "short" "reversed"
- "plain-reversed" "footnote" "sidenote"))
- ("extra-style" ("default" "plain" "comma" "paren" "bracket"))
- ("plural-ending")
- ;; Options Regarding the List
- ("page-ref" ("none" "plain" "comma" "paren"))
- ("page-name")
- ("pages-name")
- ("page-ranges" ("true" "false"))
- ("next-page")
- ("next-pages")
- ("list-type" ("table" "itemize" "description"))
- ("list-style" ("list" "tabular" "longtable" "extra-tabular"
"extra-longtable"
- "extra-tabular-rev" "extra-longtable-rev"))
- ("list-header" ("chapter" "chapter*" "section" "section*" "subsection"
- "subsection*" "addchap" "addsec"))
- ("list-name")
- ("list-table-width")
- ("list-caps" ("true" "false")))
- "Package options for the acro package.")
-
-(TeX-auto-add-type "acro-acronym" "LaTeX")
-
-;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
-(defvar LaTeX-acro-regexp
- (concat "\\\\DeclareAcronym" "{\\([^\n\r%\\{}]+\\)}")
- "Matches `acro' acronym definitions.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym nil
- "Temporary for parsing `acro' acronym definitions.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-acro-prepare ()
- "Clear `LaTex-auto-acro-acronym' before use."
- (setq LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym nil))
-
-(defun LaTeX-acro-cleanup ()
- "Move acronyms from `LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym' to
-`LaTeX-acro-list' and to `TeX-auto-symbol' if option `macros' is
-set to `true'."
- (mapc (lambda (acronym)
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-acro-acronym-list (list acronym)))
- LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym)
- (when (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "acro" "macros")
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "acro" "macros=true"))
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-symbol LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym)))
-
-;; FIXME: This does not seem to work unless one does a manual reparse.
-(add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'LaTeX-acro-prepare)
-(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-acro-cleanup)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-acro-acronym-history nil
- "History of acronyms in acro.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym (optional &optional prompt definition)
- "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen acronym to the
-list of defined acronyms."
- (let ((acronym (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
"Acronym")
- (LaTeX-acro-acronym-list) nil nil nil
- 'LaTeX-acro-acronym-history)))
- (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" acronym)))
- (LaTeX-add-acro-acronyms acronym))
- (TeX-argument-insert acronym optional optional)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-define-acro-acronym (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string."
- (LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym optional prompt t))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-acro-declareacronym-keys
- '(("short") ("long") ("short-plural") ("long-plural") ("long-plural-form")
- ("short-indefinite") ("long-indefinite") ("long-pre") ("long-post") ("alt")
- ("alt-indefinite") ("extra") ("sort") ("class") ("cite") ("short-format")
- ("long-format") ("first-long-format") ("pdfstring") ("accsupp")
- ("index-sort") ("index") ("index-cmd"))
- "List of keys accepted by `\DeclareAcronym' macro of `acro' package
-in its second mandatory argument.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-acro-printacronyms-keys
- '(("include-classes") ("exclude-classes") ("name") ("header"))
- "List of keys accepted by `\printacronyms' macro of `acro' package
-in its optional argument.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val (optional prompt key-val-alist)
- "Prompt for keys and values in KEY-VAL-ALIST.
-<SPC> key binding in minibuffer is removed temporarily. Insert
-the given value as a TeX macro argument. If OPTIONAL is non-nil,
-insert it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. KEY-VAL-ALIST is an alist. The car of each element
-should be a string representing a key and the optional cdr should
-be a list with strings to be used as values for the key."
- ;; Remove <SPC> key binding from map used in `multi-prompt-key-value' (called
- ;; by `TeX-arg-key-val') with `require-match' set to `nil'.
- (let ((crm-local-completion-map
- (remove (assoc 32 crm-local-completion-map) crm-local-completion-map)))
- (TeX-arg-key-val optional key-val-alist prompt)))
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "acro"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-acro-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym))
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Creating New Acronyms
- '("DeclareAcronym" LaTeX-arg-define-acro-acronym
- (LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val "Definition of acronym (k=v)"
- LaTeX-acro-declareacronym-keys))
- ;; Using the Acronyms
- '("ac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("ac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Ac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Ac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acs" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acs*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("aca" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("aca*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acsp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acsp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("aclp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("aclp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Aclp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Aclp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acap" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acap*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acfp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acfp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acfp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Acfp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- ;; Indefinite Forms
- '("iac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacs" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacs*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacs" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacs*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iaca" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iaca*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iaca" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iaca*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacflike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("iacflike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacflike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("Iacflike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- ;; Simulating the First Appearance
- '("acflike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acflike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acfplike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acfplike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- ;; Reset or Mark as Used
- '("acreset" "List of acronyms")
- '("acresetall" 0)
- '("acuse" "List of acronyms")
- '("acuseall" 0)
- ;; PDF bookmarks
- '("acpdfstring" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- '("acpdfstringplural" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
- ;; Printing the List
- '("printacronyms" [LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val nil
LaTeX-acro-printacronyms-keys])
- ;; Customization
- '("acsetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-acro-package-options-list)))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "l3sort"
- "xspace"
- "xtemplate"
- "l3keys2e"
- "xparse"
- "expl3")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DeclareAcronym" "{{")
- ("ac" "*{")
- ("Ac" "*{")
- ("acs" "*{")
- ("acl" "*{")
- ("Acl" "*{")
- ("aca" "*{")
- ("acf" "*{")
- ("Acf" "*{")
- ("acp" "*{")
- ("Acp" "*{")
- ("acsp" "*{")
- ("aclp" "*{")
- ("Aclp" "*{")
- ("acap" "*{")
- ("acfp" "*{")
- ("Acfp" "*{")
- ("acflike" "*{")
- ("acfplike" "*{")
- ("iac" "*{")
- ("Iac" "*{")
- ("iacs" "*{")
- ("Iacs" "*{")
- ("iaca" "*{")
- ("Iaca" "*{")
- ("iacl" "*{")
- ("Iacl" "*{")
- ("iacf" "*{")
- ("Iacf" "*{")
- ("iacflike" "*{")
- ("Iacflike" "*{")
- ("acuse" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-acro-package-options ()
- "Prompt for package options for the acro package."
- (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-acro-package-options-list))
-
-;;; acro.el ends here
diff --git a/style/acronym.el b/style/acronym.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ea29d1b..0000000
--- a/style/acronym.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-;;; acronym.el --- AUCTeX style for `acronym.sty' version 1.38.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `acronym.sty' version 1.38.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-auto-add-type "acronym" "LaTeX")
-
-;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
-(defvar LaTeX-acronym-regexp
- (concat "\\\\\\(?:acro\\|newacro\\|acrodef\\)" "{\\([^\n\r%\\{}]+\\)}")
- "Matches acronyms by `acronym' package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-acronym nil
- "Temporary for parsing acronym by `acronym' package.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-acronym-prepare ()
- "Clear `LaTex-auto-acronym' before use."
- (setq LaTeX-auto-acronym nil))
-
-(defun LaTeX-acronym-cleanup ()
- "Move acronyms from `LaTeX-auto-acronym' to `LaTeX-acronym-list'."
- (mapc (lambda (acronym)
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-acronym-list (list acronym)))
- LaTeX-auto-acronym))
-
-;; FIXME: This does not seem to work unless one does a manual reparse.
-(add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'LaTeX-acronym-prepare)
-(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-acronym-cleanup)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history nil
- "History of acronyms in acronym.")
-
-;; The former `acronym' stands for package name, the latter stands for the
-;; argument of the macro calling this function.
-(defun LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym (optional &optional prompt definition)
- "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen acronym to the
-list of defined acronyms."
- (let ((acronym (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
"Acronym")
- (LaTeX-acronym-list) nil nil nil
- 'LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history)))
- (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" acronym)))
- (LaTeX-add-acronyms acronym))
- (TeX-argument-insert acronym optional optional)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string."
- (LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym optional prompt t))
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "acronym"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-acronym-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-acronym))
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("acronym" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-string "Longest acronym"]))
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Acronyms in the Text
- '("ac" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acresetall" 0)
- '("acf" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acs" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acl" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acfp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acsp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("aclp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acfi" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acused" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acsu" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("aclu" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("iac" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("Iac" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("ac*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acf*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acs*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acl*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acfp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acsp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("aclp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acfi*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("acsu*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("aclu*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("iac*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- '("Iac*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
- ;; Customization
- '("acsfont" 1)
- '("acffont" 1)
- '("acfsfont" 1)
- ;; Defining Acronyms
- '("acro" LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym [ "Short name" ] "Full name")
- '("acroextra" "Additional info")
- '("newacro" LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym [ "Short name" ] "Full name")
- '("acrodef" LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym [ "Short name" ] "Full name")
- ;; Non standard indefinite articles
- '("acroindefinite" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym
- "Short indefinite article" "Long indefinite article")
- '("acrodefindefinite" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym
- "Short indefinite article" "Long indefinite article")
- '("newacroindefinite" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym
- "Short indefinite article" "Long indefinite article")
- ;; Non standard and foreign plural forms
- '("acroplural" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym [ "Short plural" ] "Long plural")
- '("acrodefplural" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym [ "Short plural" ] "Long
plural")
- '("newacroplural" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym [ "Short plural" ] "Long
plural"))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "relsize"
- "xstring"
- "suffix")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("ac" "*{")
- ("acf" "*{")
- ("acs" "*{")
- ("acl" "*{")
- ("acp" "*{")
- ("acfp" "*{")
- ("acsp" "*{")
- ("aclp" "*{")
- ("acfi" "*{")
- ("acused" "{")
- ("acsu" "*{")
- ("aclu" "*{")
- ("iac" "*{")
- ("Iac" "*{")
- ("acro" "{[{")
- ("acroextra" "{")
- ("newacro" "{[{")
- ("acrodef" "{[{")
- ("acroindefinite" "{{{")
- ("acrodefindefinite" "{{{")
- ("newacroindefinite" "{{{")
- ("acroplural" "{[{")
- ("acrodefplural" "{[{")
- ("newacroplural" "{[{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-acronym-package-options
- '("footnote" "nohyperlinks" "printonlyused" "withpage" "smaller" "dua"
"nolist")
- "Package options for the acronym package.")
-
-;; acronym.el ends here
diff --git a/style/afterpage.el b/style/afterpage.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ec0d320..0000000
--- a/style/afterpage.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-;;; afterpage.el --- AUCTeX style for `afterpage.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2013-01-01
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `afterpage.sty'
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "afterpage"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("afterpage" t)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-afterpage-package-options nil
- "Package options for afterpage.")
-
-;; afterpage.el ends here
diff --git a/style/alltt.el b/style/alltt.el
index e5c5684..a266a88 100644
--- a/style/alltt.el
+++ b/style/alltt.el
@@ -47,8 +47,7 @@
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults))))
(defvar LaTeX-alltt-package-options nil
"Package options for the alltt package.")
diff --git a/style/alphanum.el b/style/alphanum.el
index 64d694c..43ce10e 100644
--- a/style/alphanum.el
+++ b/style/alphanum.el
@@ -92,8 +92,7 @@
(if (fboundp 'reftex-add-section-levels)
(reftex-add-section-levels
'(("toc" . reftex-get-section-level-alphanum)
- ("sub" . reftex-get-section-level-alphanum)))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ ("sub" . reftex-get-section-level-alphanum))))))
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/amsart.el b/style/amsart.el
index 8e3ae5c..51a2902 100644
--- a/style/amsart.el
+++ b/style/amsart.el
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "amsart"
(function
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm"))))
;;; amsart.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amsbook.el b/style/amsbook.el
index 192b807..ccbc84e 100644
--- a/style/amsbook.el
+++ b/style/amsbook.el
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "amsbook"
(function
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm"))))
;;; amsbook.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amsbsy.el b/style/amsbsy.el
index 3302a8b..dd2605c 100644
--- a/style/amsbsy.el
+++ b/style/amsbsy.el
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
(TeX-add-symbols
'("boldsymbol" "Symbol")
'("pmb" "Symbol")
- )))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ ))))
(defvar LaTeX-amsbsy-package-options nil
"Package options for the amsbsy package.")
diff --git a/style/amsmath.el b/style/amsmath.el
index 0326561..8f16425 100644
--- a/style/amsmath.el
+++ b/style/amsmath.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; amsmath.el --- Style hook for the AMS-LaTeX amsmath package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2007, 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2002, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; FIXME: What about the copyright for <= 2001?
;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
@@ -43,9 +43,8 @@
'("xalignat" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
'("xalignat*" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
'("xxalignat" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
- '("aligned" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
- '("gathered" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
- '("alignedat" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat)
+ '("aligned" LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned)
+ '("gathered" LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned)
"align*" "gather*" "flalign*" "multline*" "equation*"
"split"
"cases"
@@ -57,7 +56,6 @@
'("eqref" TeX-arg-ref)
'("numberwithin" TeX-arg-counter "Section level")
'("raisetag" "Dimension")
- '("shoveright" t) '("shoveleft" t)
'("intertext" t)
'("hdotsfor" ["Stretch"] "Number of columns to cover")
'("xleftarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
@@ -94,9 +92,7 @@
'("ddddot" t)
"bmod" "notag"
"dots" "dotsb" "dotsc" "dotsi" "dotsm" "dotso" "nobreakdash"
- '("lvert" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
- '("lVert" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
- "rvert" "rVert"
+ "lvert" "rvert" "lVert" "rVert"
"iint" "iiint" "iiiint" "idotsint"
)
@@ -104,19 +100,18 @@
(append '(("split" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("multline" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("multline*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("gather" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("gather" . LaTeX-item-equations)
("gather*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("gathered" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("align" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("align" . LaTeX-item-equations)
("align*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("aligned" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("alignat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
- ("alignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
- ("xalignat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
- ("xalignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
- ("xxalignat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
- ("alignedat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
- ("flalign" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("alignat" . LaTeX-item-equations)
+ ("alignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("xalignat" . LaTeX-item-equations)
+ ("xalignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("xxalignat" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("flalign" . LaTeX-item-equations)
("flalign*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("matrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("pmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
@@ -124,7 +119,6 @@
("Bmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("vmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("Vmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("subarray" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("cases" . LaTeX-item-equation))
LaTeX-item-list))
@@ -133,23 +127,13 @@
(setq LaTeX-amsmath-label LaTeX-equation-label))
(setq LaTeX-label-alist
- ;; Append amsmath environments to `LaTeX-label-alist', in order not to
- ;; override possible custome values.
- (append LaTeX-label-alist
- '(("align" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ (append '(("align" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
("alignat" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
("xalignat" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- ("multline" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ ("multline" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
("flalign" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- ("gather" . LaTeX-amsmath-label))))
-
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-braces-association)
- (append '(("\\lvert" . "\\rvert")
- ("\\lVert" . "\\rVert"))
- TeX-braces-association))
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-left-right-braces)
- (append '(("\\lvert") ("\\rvert") ("\\lVert") ("\\rVert"))
- TeX-left-right-braces))
+ ("gather" . LaTeX-amsmath-label))
+ LaTeX-label-alist))
;; amsmath includes amstext, amsbsy, & amsopn.
;; So we run their hooks, too.
@@ -157,64 +141,35 @@
;; If RefTeX is loaded, make it recognize the amsmath environments.
(when (fboundp 'reftex-add-to-label-alist)
- (reftex-add-to-label-alist '(AMSTeX)))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (reftex-add-to-label-alist '(AMSTeX))))))
(defun LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat (env)
- "Insert ENV with column number specifications.
-Insert suitable number of ampersands also if possible."
(let ((ncols (read-string "Number of columns: ")))
(LaTeX-insert-environment env (concat TeX-grop ncols TeX-grcl))
- (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat t)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat (env)
- "Insert ENV with position and column number specifications.
-Insert suitable number of ampersands also if possible."
- (let ((where (read-string "(Optional) Vertical position (t or b): "))
- (ncols (read-string "Number of columns: ")))
- (unless (string= where "")
- (setq where (concat LaTeX-optop where LaTeX-optcl)))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment env (concat where TeX-grop ncols TeX-grcl))
- (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat t)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-item-equation (&optional suppress)
- "Insert contents to terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
-Put line break macro on the last line. If the current environment
-wants \\label, insert it also.
-
-If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
- (unless suppress
- (end-of-line 0)
- (just-one-space)
- (TeX-insert-macro "\\")
- (forward-line 1)
- (indent-according-to-mode))
- (let ((env (LaTeX-current-environment)))
- (when (and (assoc env LaTeX-label-alist)
- (LaTeX-label env 'environment))
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-item-equation-alignat (&optional suppress)
- "Insert contents to terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
-Put line break macro on the last line. Next, if the current
-environment wants \\label, insert it also. And insert suitable number
-of ampersands if possible.
-
-If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
- (LaTeX-item-equation suppress)
- (LaTeX-insert-ampersands
- (concat "\\(?:"
- (regexp-quote LaTeX-optop) "[tb]" (regexp-quote LaTeX-optcl)
- "\\)?")
- 'LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands))
-
-(defun LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands (start end)
- "Return the number of ampersands to insert.
-The number is 2N-1 where N is the number taken from the text between
-START and END."
- (let ((num (string-to-number (buffer-substring-no-properties start end))))
- (if (integerp num) (+ num num -1))))
+ (and (not (string= "xxalignat" env))
+ (not (string= "*" (substring env -1)))
+ (LaTeX-label env)
+ (newline-and-indent))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned (env)
+ (let ((where (read-string "(optional) Vertical position (t or b): ")))
+ (if (string= where "")
+ (setq where "")
+ (setq where (concat "[" where "]")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment env where)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-item-equation ()
+ (end-of-line 0)
+ (just-one-space)
+ (insert "\\\\")
+ (forward-line 1)
+ (indent-according-to-mode))
+
+(defun LaTeX-item-equations ()
+ (LaTeX-item-equation)
+ (let ((environment (LaTeX-current-environment 1)))
+ (and (LaTeX-label environment)
+ (newline-and-indent))))
(defvar LaTeX-amsmath-package-options '("intlimits" "nointlimits"
"sumlimits" "nosumlimits"
diff --git a/style/amsopn.el b/style/amsopn.el
index 85e3f17..1e875d8 100644
--- a/style/amsopn.el
+++ b/style/amsopn.el
@@ -1,32 +1,6 @@
-;;; amsopn.el --- AUCTeX style for the `amsnopn.sty' AMS-LaTeX package
-
-;; Copyright (C) 1997, 2002, 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
-;; Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `amsnopn.sty'
+;;; amsopn.el --- Style hook for the AMS-LaTeX amsopn package.
+;;;
+;;; AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
;;; Code:
@@ -34,18 +8,10 @@
(function
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("DeclareMathOperator" (TeX-arg-define-macro "Math Operator: \\")
- "Expansion text for the math operator")
- '("DeclareMathOperator*" (TeX-arg-define-macro "Math Operator: \\")
- "Expansion text for the math operator")
+ '("DeclareMathOperator" "Operator (with \\)" "Text")
+ '("DeclareMathOperator*" "Operator (with \\)" "Text")
'("operatorname" t)
- '("operatorname*" t))
-
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
- '("\\\\DeclareMathOperator\\*?{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z0-9]+\\)}?"
- 1 TeX-auto-symbol))))
- LaTeX-dialect
- )
+ '("operatorname*" t)))))
(defvar LaTeX-amsopn-package-options '("namelimits" "nonamelimits")
"Package options for the amsopn package.")
diff --git a/style/amssymb.el b/style/amssymb.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aec6b6..0000000
--- a/style/amssymb.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-;;; amssymb.el --- AUCTeX style for `amssymb.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `amssymb.sty'.
-
-;; The commands were just taken out of the \DeclareMathSymbol from
-;; amssymb.sty in the order specified there, i.e., \mathord, \mathbin,
-;; \mathrel
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "amssymb"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- "boxdot"
- "boxplus"
- "boxtimes"
- "square"
- "blacksquare"
- "centerdot"
- "lozenge"
- "blacklozenge"
- "circlearrowright"
- "circlearrowleft"
- "leftrightharpoons"
- "boxminus"
- "Vdash"
- "Vvdash"
- "vDash"
- "twoheadrightarrow"
- "twoheadleftarrow"
- "leftleftarrows"
- "rightrightarrows"
- "upuparrows"
- "downdownarrows"
- "upharpoonright"
- "downharpoonright"
- "upharpoonleft"
- "downharpoonleft"
- "rightarrowtail"
- "leftarrowtail"
- "leftrightarrows"
- "rightleftarrows"
- "Lsh"
- "Rsh"
- "rightsquigarrow"
- "leftrightsquigarrow"
- "looparrowleft"
- "looparrowright"
- "circeq"
- "succsim"
- "gtrsim"
- "gtrapprox"
- "multimap"
- "therefore"
- "because"
- "doteqdot"
- "triangleq"
- "precsim"
- "lesssim"
- "lessapprox"
- "eqslantless"
- "eqslantgtr"
- "curlyeqprec"
- "curlyeqsucc"
- "preccurlyeq"
- "leqq"
- "leqslant"
- "lessgtr"
- "backprime"
- "risingdotseq"
- "fallingdotseq"
- "succcurlyeq"
- "geqq"
- "geqslant"
- "gtrless"
- "vartriangleright"
- "vartriangleleft"
- "trianglerighteq"
- "trianglelefteq"
- "bigstar"
- "between"
- "blacktriangledown"
- "blacktriangleright"
- "blacktriangleleft"
- "vartriangle"
- "blacktriangle"
- "triangledown"
- "eqcirc"
- "lesseqgtr"
- "gtreqless"
- "lesseqqgtr"
- "gtreqqless"
- "Rrightarrow"
- "Lleftarrow"
- "veebar"
- "barwedge"
- "doublebarwedge"
- "measuredangle"
- "sphericalangle"
- "varpropto"
- "smallsmile"
- "smallfrown"
- "Subset"
- "Supset"
- "Cup"
- "Cap"
- "curlywedge"
- "curlyvee"
- "leftthreetimes"
- "rightthreetimes"
- "subseteqq"
- "supseteqq"
- "bumpeq"
- "Bumpeq"
- "lll"
- "ggg"
- "circledS"
- "pitchfork"
- "dotplus"
- "backsim"
- "backsimeq"
- "complement"
- "intercal"
- "circledcirc"
- "circledast"
- "circleddash"
- "lvertneqq"
- "gvertneqq"
- "nleq"
- "ngeq"
- "nless"
- "ngtr"
- "nprec"
- "nsucc"
- "lneqq"
- "gneqq"
- "nleqslant"
- "ngeqslant"
- "lneq"
- "gneq"
- "npreceq"
- "nsucceq"
- "precnsim"
- "succnsim"
- "lnsim"
- "gnsim"
- "nleqq"
- "ngeqq"
- "precneqq"
- "succneqq"
- "precnapprox"
- "succnapprox"
- "lnapprox"
- "gnapprox"
- "nsim"
- "ncong"
- "diagup"
- "diagdown"
- "varsubsetneq"
- "varsupsetneq"
- "nsubseteqq"
- "nsupseteqq"
- "subsetneqq"
- "supsetneqq"
- "varsubsetneqq"
- "varsupsetneqq"
- "subsetneq"
- "supsetneq"
- "nsubseteq"
- "nsupseteq"
- "nparallel"
- "nmid"
- "nshortmid"
- "nshortparallel"
- "nvdash"
- "nVdash"
- "nvDash"
- "nVDash"
- "ntrianglerighteq"
- "ntrianglelefteq"
- "ntriangleleft"
- "ntriangleright"
- "nleftarrow"
- "nrightarrow"
- "nLeftarrow"
- "nRightarrow"
- "nLeftrightarrow"
- "nleftrightarrow"
- "divideontimes"
- "varnothing"
- "nexists"
- "Finv"
- "Game"
- "eth"
- "eqsim"
- "beth"
- "gimel"
- "daleth"
- "lessdot"
- "gtrdot"
- "ltimes"
- "rtimes"
- "shortmid"
- "shortparallel"
- "smallsetminus"
- "thicksim"
- "thickapprox"
- "approxeq"
- "succapprox"
- "precapprox"
- "curvearrowleft"
- "curvearrowright"
- "digamma"
- "varkappa"
- "Bbbk"
- "hslash"
- "backepsilon"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-amssymb-package-options '("psamsfonts")
- "Package options for the amssymb package.")
-
-;;; amssymb.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amstex.el b/style/amstex.el
index 97a8b70..347d72f 100644
--- a/style/amstex.el
+++ b/style/amstex.el
@@ -45,8 +45,7 @@
(function
(lambda ()
(unless (memq major-mode '(plain-tex-mode ams-tex-mode))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath"))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath")))))
(defvar LaTeX-amstex-package-options '("noamsfonts" "psamsfonts"
"intlimits" "nointlimits"
diff --git a/style/amstext.el b/style/amstext.el
index d0a8e87..a9aa855 100644
--- a/style/amstext.el
+++ b/style/amstext.el
@@ -8,10 +8,9 @@
(function
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("text" t))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("text" t)))))
-(defvar LaTeX-amstext-package-options nil
+(defvar LaTeX-amstext-package-option nil
"Package options for the amstext package.")
;;; amstext.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amsthm.el b/style/amsthm.el
index 15cbf3a..9903040 100644
--- a/style/amsthm.el
+++ b/style/amsthm.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; amsthm.el --- Style hook for the AMS-LaTeX amsthm package.
-;; Copyright (C) 1997, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -24,43 +24,24 @@
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-amsthm-package-options nil
- "Package options for the amsthm package.")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "amsthm"
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("proof" (lambda (env &rest ignore)
- (LaTeX-insert-environment
- env
- (let ((heading (read-string "(optional) Heading: ")))
- (if (string= heading "")
- ""
- (format "[%s]" heading))))))
- )
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("newtheorem*" TeX-arg-define-environment "Heading")
- '("theoremstyle" LaTeX-amsthm-complete-theoremstyle)
- "qedhere"
- "swapnumbers"
- '("newtheoremstyle" "Style name" (TeX-arg-length nil "Space above")
- (TeX-arg-length nil "Space below") "Body font" "Indent amount"
- "Theorem head font" "Punctuation after head"
- (TeX-arg-length nil "Space after head") "Theorem head spec"))
-
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp
- `(,(concat "\\\\newtheorem\\*{\\(" TeX-token-char "+\\)}")
- 1 LaTeX-auto-environment))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("newtheorem" "*{[{[")
- ("theoremstyle" "{")
- ("newtheoremstyle" "{{{{{{{{{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+(TeX-add-style-hook "amsthm"
+ (function
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("proof" (lambda (env &rest ignore)
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment
+ env
+ (let ((heading (read-string "(optional) Heading: ")))
+ (if (string= heading "")
+ ""
+ (format "[%s]" heading))))))
+ )
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("newtheorem" "Environment name" ["Share numbering with"] "Heading"
+ ["Number subordinated in each"])
+ '("newtheorem*" "Environment name" "Heading")
+ '("theoremstyle" LaTeX-amsthm-complete-theoremstyle)
+ ))))
(defun LaTeX-amsthm-complete-theoremstyle (&rest ignore)
(insert TeX-grop
diff --git a/style/array.el b/style/array.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 51a27e8..0000000
--- a/style/array.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-;;; array.el --- AUCTeX style for `array.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `array.sty'
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "array"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("newcolumntype" "Column type" [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
- '("showcols" 0)
- '("firsthline" 0)
- '("lasthline" 0))
-
- ;; `array.sty' adds a couple of new lengths. They're added here, rather
than
- ;; in the `TeX-add-symbols' block.
- (LaTeX-add-lengths "extratabsurround" "extrarowheight")
-
- ;; `array.sty' adds some new column specification letters.
- (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-array-column-letters) "clrpmb"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-array-package-options nil
- "Package options for array.")
-
-;; array.el ends here
diff --git a/style/article.el b/style/article.el
index d4842f1..2acb566 100644
--- a/style/article.el
+++ b/style/article.el
@@ -1,20 +1,12 @@
;;; article.el - Special code for article style.
-;;; Code:
+;; $Id: article.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-(defvar LaTeX-article-class-options
- '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
- "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
- "titlepage" "notitlepage" "onecolumn" "twocolumn" "leqno" "fleqn"
"openbib")
- "Package options for the article class.")
+;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"article"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")
- (LaTeX-add-counters "part" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
"paragraph"
- "subparagraph" "figure" "table")
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "myheadings"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
;;; article.el ends here
diff --git a/style/austrian.el b/style/austrian.el
index fce8906..13f28a8 100644
--- a/style/austrian.el
+++ b/style/austrian.el
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"austrian"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "german"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "german")))
;;; austrian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/babel.el b/style/babel.el
old mode 100644
new mode 100755
index 88b10b2..3242d0e
--- a/style/babel.el
+++ b/style/babel.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-;;; babel.el --- AUCTeX style for `babel.sty' version 3.9h.
+;;; babel.el --- AUCTeX style for `babel.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -26,90 +26,34 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `babel.sty' version 3.9h.
+;; This file adds support for `babel.sty'.
;;; Code:
(defvar LaTeX-babel-language-list
- '("afrikaans"
- "bahasa" "indonesian" "indon" "bahasai" "bahasam" "malay" "meyalu"
- "basque"
- "breton"
- "bulgarian"
- "catalan"
- "croatian"
- "czech"
- "danish"
- "dutch"
- "english" "USenglish" "american" "UKenglish" "british" "canadian"
- "australian" "newzealand"
- "esperanto"
- "estonian"
- "finnish"
- "french" "francais" "canadien" "acadian"
- "galician"
- "austrian" "german" "germanb" "ngerman" "naustrian"
- "greek" "polutonikogreek"
- "hebrew"
- "icelandic"
- "interlingua"
- "irish"
- "italian"
- "latin"
- "lowersorbian"
- "samin"
- "norsk" "nynorsk"
- "polish"
- "portuges" "portuguese" "brazilian" "brazil"
- "romanian"
- "russian"
- "scottish"
- "spanish"
- "slovak"
- "slovene"
- "swedish"
- "serbian"
- "turkish"
- "ukrainian"
- "uppersorbian"
- "welsh"
- ;; Extra languages mentioned in the `babel' manual.
- "albanian" "hindi" "thai" "thaicjk" "latvian" "turkmen" "hungarian"
"magyar"
- "mongolian" "romansh" "lithuanian" "spanglish" "vietnamese" "japanese"
- "pinyin" "arabinc" "farsi" "ibygreek" "bgreek" "serbianic" "frenchle"
- "ethiop" "friulan" "frenchb")
+ '("acadian" "afrikaans" "american" "austrian""bahasa" "basque" "brazil"
+ "brazilian" "breton" "british" "bulgarian" "canadian" "canadien"
+ "catalan" "croatian" "czech" "danish" "dutch" "english" "esperanto"
+ "estonian" "finnish" "francais" "frenchb" "french" "galician"
+ "german" "germanb" "greek" "polutonikogreek" "hebrew" "hungarian"
+ "icelandic" "irish" "italian" "latin" "lowersorbian" "magyar"
+ "naustrian" "ngerman" "norsk" "samin" "nynorsk" "polish" "portuges"
+ "portuguese" "romanian" "russian" "scottish" "serbian" "slovak"
+ "slovene" "spanish" "swedish" "turkish" "ukrainian" "uppersorbian"
+ "welsh" "UKenglish" "USenglish")
"List of languages supported by the babel LaTeX package.")
+(if (fboundp 'defvaralias)
+ (defvaralias 'LaTeX-babel-package-options 'LaTeX-babel-language-list)
+ (defvar LaTeX-babel-package-options LaTeX-babel-language-list
+ "Package options for the babel package."))
+
(defun LaTeX-babel-active-languages ()
"Return a list of languages used in the document."
- (let (main-language active-languages)
- ;; Loop over options provided to class and `babel' package at load time.
- (dolist (elt (append
- ;; In most cases there is only one element in the alist, if
- ;; there is more than one element, the first one should
- ;; contain the class options of the current buffer. So we can
- ;; take the car of `LaTeX-provided-class-options'.
- (cdr (car LaTeX-provided-class-options))
- (cdr (assoc "babel" LaTeX-provided-package-options))))
- (setq elt (TeX-split-string "=" elt))
- (if (equal (car elt) "main")
- ;; Starting from version 3.9 of `babel' package, languages can be set
- ;; with the following syntax:
- ;; \usepackage[latin.medieval,main=danish,spanish.notilde]{babel}
- ;; with `danish' being the default language. When the default
- ;; language is set with the `main' option, we record it and append to
- ;; the list at the end.
- (setq main-language (car (cdr elt)))
- ;; Get rid of the modifiers (`medieval' and `notilde' in the above
- ;; example).
- (setq elt (car (TeX-split-string "\\." (car elt))))
- (if (member elt LaTeX-babel-language-list)
- ;; Append element to `active-languages' to respect loading order.
- ;; `babel' package uses as default language the last loaded one,
- ;; except if it is set with the `main' option.
- (add-to-list 'active-languages elt t))))
- (if main-language
- (add-to-list 'active-languages main-language t))
+ (let (active-languages)
+ (dolist (elt LaTeX-babel-language-list)
+ (when (member elt TeX-active-styles)
+ (add-to-list 'active-languages (list elt))))
active-languages))
(defun TeX-arg-babel-lang (optional &optional prompt)
@@ -123,17 +67,9 @@
env (format "{%s}" (completing-read "Language: "
(LaTeX-babel-active-languages)))))
-(defun LaTeX-babel-load-languages ()
- "Load style files of babel active languages."
- ;; Run style hooks for every active language in loading order, so
- ;; `TeX-quote-language' will be correctly set.
- (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks (LaTeX-babel-active-languages)))
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
"babel"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-babel-load-languages)
- (add-hook 'LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook 'LaTeX-babel-load-languages nil t)
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
'("selectlanguage" TeX-arg-babel-lang)
@@ -167,28 +103,6 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("defineshorthand" "{{")
("aliasshorthand" "{{")
("languageattribute" "{{"))
- 'variable)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-babel-package-options ()
- "Prompt for package options for the babel package."
- (TeX-read-key-val
- t
- (append
- '(("KeepShorthandsActive")
- ("activeacute")
- ("activegrave")
- ("shorthands")
- ("safe" ("none" "ref" "bib"))
- ("math" ("active" "normal"))
- ("config")
- ("main" LaTeX-babel-language-list)
- ("headfoot" LaTeX-babel-language-list)
- ("noconfigs")
- ("showlanguages")
- ("strings" ("generic" "unicode" "encoded"))
- ("hyphenmap" ("off" "main" "select" "other" "other*"))
- ("base"))
- (mapcar 'list LaTeX-babel-language-list))))
+ 'variable))))
;;; babel.el ends here
diff --git a/style/beamer.el b/style/beamer.el
index c108f2b..cd4fa09 100644
--- a/style/beamer.el
+++ b/style/beamer.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; beamer.el --- AUCTeX style for the latex-beamer class
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2013 Free Software Foundation
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005,2008 Free Software Foundation
;; Author: Thomas Baumann <address@hidden>
;; Created: 2003-12-20
@@ -51,17 +51,11 @@
(goto-char end-of-begin)
(insert "[fragile]")))))))
-(defvar LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history nil
- "History of frame titles in beamer.")
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
"beamer"
(lambda ()
(add-hook 'LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks 'LaTeX-beamer-after-insert-env nil
t)
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amssymb" "amsthm" "color" "geometry"
- "hyperref" "inputenc" "translator" "xcolor")
-
(unless LaTeX-beamer-section-labels-flag
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-section-hook)
(setq LaTeX-section-hook
@@ -74,8 +68,6 @@
("enumerate" . LaTeX-item-beamer))
LaTeX-item-list))
- (setq LaTeX-default-document-environment "frame")
-
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally "frametitle")
(TeX-add-symbols
@@ -86,8 +78,7 @@
'("beamerreturnbutton" 1)
'("beamerskipbutton" 1)
'("frame" TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle)
- '("frametitle"
- (TeX-arg-eval read-string "Title: " nil
'LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history))
+ '("frametitle" 1)
'("hyperlink" TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 2)
'("hyperlinkslideprev" TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 1)
'("hyperlinkslidenext" TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 1)
@@ -136,8 +127,7 @@
"columnsonlytextwidth"
'("exampleblock" 1)
'("frame" (lambda (env &rest ignore)
- (let ((title (read-string "(Optional) Title: " nil
- 'LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history)))
+ (let ((title (read-string "(Optional) Title: ")))
(LaTeX-insert-environment env)
(unless (zerop (length title))
(save-excursion
@@ -164,11 +154,6 @@
(format "[%s]" width))))))
"semiverbatim")
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")
- (LaTeX-add-counters "lecture" "part" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
- "subsectionslide" "framenumber" "figure" "table"
- "beamerpauses")
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "navigation")
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list)
(add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
'("semiverbatim" current-indentation))
@@ -179,19 +164,15 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("title" "[{")
- ("author" "[{")
- ("date" "[{")
- ("frametitle" "<[{")) 'slide-title)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("frametitle" "<[{")) 'slide-title)
;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults))))
(defun TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for overlay specification."
+ "Prompt for overlay specification."
(let ((overlay (read-string "(Optional) Overlay: ")))
(unless (zerop (length overlay))
(insert "<" overlay ">"))
@@ -199,15 +180,15 @@
(defun TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for the frametitle."
- (let ((title (read-string "Title: " nil 'LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history)))
+ (let ((title (read-string "Title: ")))
(if (not (zerop (length title)))
- (insert TeX-grop TeX-esc "frametitle" TeX-grop
+ (insert TeX-grop TeX-esc "frametitle" TeX-grop
title TeX-grcl TeX-grcl)
(insert TeX-grop TeX-grcl))))
(defun LaTeX-item-beamer ()
- "Insert a new item with an optional overlay argument. You
-can turn off the prompt for the overlay argument by setting
+ "Insert a new item with an optional overlay argument. You
+can turn off the prompt for the overlay argument by setting
`LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag' to nil. Calling the function
with a prefix argument prompts for the overlay specification
unconditionally."
@@ -220,7 +201,7 @@ unconditionally."
(TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 0))
(insert " ")
(indent-according-to-mode))
-
+
(defun TeX-arg-beamer-note (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for overlay specification and optional argument."
(let ((overlay (read-string "(Optional) Overlay: "))
@@ -352,18 +333,4 @@ also be a string. Then the length of the string is used."
nil nil nil)
t))
-(defun LaTeX-beamer-class-options ()
- "Read the beamer class options from the user."
- (TeX-read-key-val t '(("usepdftitle" ("false")) ("envcountsect")
- ("notheorems") ("noamsthm") ("compress") ("t") ("c")
- ("leqno") ("fleqn") ("handout") ("trans") ("pdftex")
- ("nativepdf") ("pdfmark") ("dvips") ("dviwindo")
- ("dvipsone") ("vtex") ("ps2pdf") ("ignorenonframetext")
- ("noamssymb") ("bigger") ("smaller") ("8pt") ("9pt")
- ("10pt") ("11pt") ("12pt") ("14pt") ("17pt") ("20pt")
- ("draft") ("CJK") ("cjk") ("pgf")
- ("hyperref" LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list)
- ("color") ("xcolor") ("ucs") ("utf8x") ("utf8")
- ("aspectratio" ("1610" "169" "149" "54" "43" "32")))))
-
;;; beamer.el ends here
diff --git a/style/biblatex.el b/style/biblatex.el
index 8a42a45..3a66cff 100644
--- a/style/biblatex.el
+++ b/style/biblatex.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-;;; biblatex.el --- AUCTeX style for `biblatex.sty' version 2.8a.
+;;; biblatex.el --- AUCTeX style for `biblatex.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -26,505 +26,22 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `biblatex.sty' version 2.8a.
+;; This file adds support for `biblatex.sty'.
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype
- '(;; Regular Types
- "article" "book" "mvbook" "inbook" "bookinbook" "suppbook" "booklet"
- "collection" "mvcollection" "incollection" "suppcollection" "manual" "misc"
- "online" "patent" "periodical" "suppperiodical" "proceedings"
- "mvproceedings" "inproceedings" "reference" "mvreference" "inreference"
- "report" "set" "thesis" "unpublished" "xdata" "customa" "customb" "customc"
- "customd" "custome" "customf"
- ;; Type Aliases
- "conference" "electronic" "masterthesis" "phdthesis" "techreport" "www"
- ;; Unsupported Types
- "artwork" "audio" "bibnote" "commentary" "image" "jurisdiction"
- "legislation" "legal" "letter" "movie" "music" "performance" "review"
- "software" "standard" "video")
- "List of biblatex entry types.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options
- '(;; General
- ("sorting" ("nty" "nyt" "nyvt" "anyt" "anyvt" "ynt" "ydnt" "none" "debug"))
- ("sortcase" ("true" "false"))
- ("sortupper" ("true" "false"))
- ("sortlocale")
- ("sortlos" ("bib" "los"))
- ("related" ("true" "false"))
- ("sortcites" ("true" "false"))
- ("maxnames")
- ("minnames")
- ("maxbibnames")
- ("minbibnames")
- ("maxcitenames")
- ("mincitenames")
- ("maxitems")
- ("minitems")
- ("autocite" ("plain" "inline" "footnote" "superscript"))
- ("autopunct" ("true" "false"))
- ("language" (append LaTeX-biblatex-language-list
- '("autobib" "autocite" "auto")))
- ("clearlang" ("true" "false"))
- ("autolang" ("none" "hyphen" "other" "other*" "langname"))
- ("block" ("none" "space" "par" "nbpar" "ragged"))
- ("notetype" ("foot+end" "footonly" "endonly"))
- ("hyperref" ("true" "false" "auto"))
- ("backref" ("true" "false"))
- ("backrefstyle" ("none" "three" "two" "two+" "three+" "all+"))
- ("backrefsetstyle" ("setonly" "memonly" "setormem" "setandmem" "memandset"
- "setplusmem"))
- ("indexing" ("true" "false" "cite" "bib"))
- ("loadfiles" ("true" "false"))
- ("refsection" ("none" "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection"))
- ("refsegment" ("none" "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection"))
- ("citereset" ("none" "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection"))
- ("abbreviate" ("true" "false"))
- ("date" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
- ("datelabel" ("year" "short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
- ("origdate" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
- ("eventdate" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
- ("urldate" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
- ("alldates" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
- ("datezeros" ("true" "false"))
- ("dateabbrev" ("true" "false"))
- ("defernumbers" ("true" "false"))
- ("punctfont" ("true" "false"))
- ("arxiv" ("abs" "ps" "pdf" "format"))
- ("texencoding" ("auto"))
- ("bibencoding" ("auto"))
- ("safeinputenc" ("true" "false"))
- ("bibwarn" ("true" "false"))
- ("mincrossrefs")
- ;; Style-specific
- ("isbn" ("true" "false"))
- ("url" ("true" "false"))
- ("doi" ("true" "false"))
- ("eprint" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Internal
- ("pagetracker" ("true" "false" "page" "spread"))
- ("citecounter" ("true" "false" "context"))
- ("citetracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
- ("ibidtracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
- ("opcittracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
- ("loccittracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
- ("idemtracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
- ("parentracker" ("true" "false"))
- ("maxparens")
- ("firstinits" ("true" "false"))
- ("sortfirstinits" ("true" "false"))
- ("terseinits" ("true" "false"))
- ("labelalpha" ("true" "false"))
- ("maxalphanames")
- ("minalphanames")
- ("labelnumber" ("true" "false"))
- ("labeltitle" ("true" "false"))
- ("labeltitleyear" ("true" "false"))
- ("labeldate" ("true" "false"))
- ("singletitle" ("true" "false"))
- ("uniquename" ("true" "false" "init" "full" "allinit" "allfull" "mininit"
- "minfull"))
- ("uniquelist" ("true" "false" "minyear")))
- "Key=value options for ExecuteBibliographyOptions macro of the biblatex
package.")
-
-;; See table 2 of Biblatex reference manual.
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-language-list
- '("catalan" "croatian" "czech" "danish" "dutch" "american" "british"
- "canadian" "australian" "newzealand" "finnish" "french" "german" "austrian"
- "ngernam" "naustrian" "greek" "italian" "norwegian" "polish" "brazilian"
- "portuguese" "russian" "spanish" "swedish")
- "List of languages supported by biblatex packages.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options
- '(("label")
- ("location" ("local" "remote"))
- ("type" ("file"))
- ("datatype" ("bibtex" "ris" "zoterordfxml" "endnotexml")))
- "Key=value options for addbibresource macro of the biblatex package.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-addbibresource (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a BibLaTeX database file.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string."
- (let (files inputs database)
- (if LaTeX-using-Biber
- (setq files 'TeX-Biber-global-files
- inputs 'biberinputs)
- (setq files 'BibTeX-global-files
- inputs 'bibinputs))
- (setq files 'TeX-Biber-global-files
- inputs 'biberinputs)
- (message "Searching for BibLaTeX files...")
- (or (symbol-value files)
- (set files (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
- 'biberinputs 'global t nil))))
- (setq database (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "BibLaTeX files")
- (append (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
- inputs 'local t nil))
- (symbol-value files))))
- (LaTeX-add-bibliographies database)
- ;; Run style file associated to the bibliography database file in order to
- ;; immediately fill `LaTeX-bibitem-list'. We need to strip the extension
- ;; because AUCTeX style files don't use it.
- (TeX-run-style-hooks (file-name-sans-extension database))
- (TeX-argument-insert database optional)))
-
-;; Support for multicite commands, see § 3.7.3 of Biblatex reference manual.
-(defun LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for citations with completion until input is empty.
-Prompt also for optional prenotes and postnotes. If OPTIONAL is
-non-nil, insert the citation key as an optional argument,
-otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt string
-for citation keys."
- ;; Prompt for global prenote and postnote.
- (and TeX-arg-cite-note-p (not current-prefix-arg)
- (let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace "(")
- (TeX-arg-closing-brace ")")
- (prenote (TeX-read-string
- (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Global prenote"))))
- (TeX-argument-insert prenote t)
- ;; If the prenote is empty the postnote is optional, otherwise it's
- ;; mandatory.
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Global postnote"))
- (equal prenote ""))))
- (let ((items t) (noinsert nil))
- (while items
- ;; Prompt for prenote and postnote of the current keys.
- (and TeX-arg-cite-note-p (not current-prefix-arg)
- (let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace "[")
- (TeX-arg-closing-brace "]")
- (prenote (TeX-read-string
- (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Prenote"))))
- (TeX-argument-insert prenote t)
- ;; If the prenote is empty the postnote is optional, otherwise it's
- ;; mandatory.
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Postnote"))
- (equal prenote ""))))
- (setq items (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Key")
- (LaTeX-bibitem-list)))
- (apply 'LaTeX-add-bibitems items)
- ;; If input is empty, insert an empty group only the first time, when
- ;; `noinsert' flag is nil.
- (unless (and (not items) noinsert)
- (TeX-argument-insert (mapconcat 'identity items ",") optional))
- (setq noinsert t))))
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
"biblatex"
(lambda ()
- ;; Biblatex uses as default backend biber, run it unless biblatex `backend'
- ;; option value is one of `bibtex', `bibtex8', `bibtexu'. Autodetection of
- ;; the backend can be overridden by setting `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' as a
- ;; local variable.
- (setq LaTeX-using-Biber
- (if (local-variable-p 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber (current-buffer))
- LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
- (not (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
- "biblatex" "backend=bibtex")
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
- "biblatex" "backend=bibtex8")
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
- "biblatex" "backend=bibtexu")))))
-
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "etoolbox"
- "keyval"
- "kvoptions"
- "logreq"
- "ifthen"
- "url")
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;;; Global Customization
- ;; Setting Package Options
- '("ExecuteBibliographyOptions"
- [TeX-arg-eval mapconcat 'identity
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- "Entry type: " LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype) ","]
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options))
- ;;; Bibliography Commands
- ;; Resources
- '("addbibresource" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options]
- LaTeX-arg-addbibresource)
- '("addglobalbib" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options]
- LaTeX-arg-addbibresource)
- '("addsectionbib" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options]
- LaTeX-arg-addbibresource)
- ;; The Bibliography
- '("printbibliography"
- [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("title") ("prenote") ("postnote")
- ("section") ("segment") ("sorting") ("type") ("nottype")
- ("subtype") ("notsubtype") ("keyword") ("notkeyword")
- ("categoy") ("notcategory") ("filter") ("check")
- ("prefixnumbers") ("resetnumbers" ("true" "false"))
- ("omitnumbers" ("true" "false")))])
- '("bibbysection"
- [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("prenote") ("postnote"))])
- '("bibbysegment"
- [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("prenote") ("postnote"))])
- '("bibbycategory"
- [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("prenote") ("postnote") ("section"))])
- '("printbibheading"
- [TeX-arg-key-val (("heading") ("title"))])
- ;; The List of Shorthands
- '("printshorthands"
- [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("title") ("prenote") ("postnote")
- ("section") ("segment") ("sorting") ("type") ("nottype")
- ("subtype") ("notsubtype") ("keyword") ("notkeyword")
- ("categoy") ("notcategory") ("filter") ("check"))])
- ;; Bibliography Sections
- '("newrefsection" ["Resources"])
- "endrefsection"
- ;; Bibliography Segments
- "newrefsegment"
- "endrefsegment"
- ;; Bibliography Categories
- '("DeclareBibliographyCategory" "Category")
- '("addtocategory" "Category" TeX-arg-cite)
- ;; Bibliography Headings and Environments
- '("defbibenvironment" "Name" 3)
- '("defbibheading" "Name" ["Title"] t)
- ;; Bibliography Notes
- '("defbibnote" "Name" "Text")
- ;; Bibliography Filters and Checks
- '("defbibfilter" "Name" t)
- '("defbibcheck" "Name" t)
- ;; Dynamic Entry Sets
- '("defbibentryset" "Set"
- (TeX-arg-eval mapconcat 'identity (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- "Keys: " (LaTeX-bibitem-list)) ","))
- ;;; Citation Commands
- '("cite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Cite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("parencite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Parencite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("footcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("footcitetext" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- ;; Style-specific Commands
- '("textcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Textcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("smartcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Smartcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("cite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("parencite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("supercite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- ;; Qualified Citation Lists
- '("cites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("Cites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("parencites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("Parencites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("footcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("footcitetexts" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("smartcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("Smartcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("textcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("Textcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("supercites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- ;; Style-independent Commands
- '("autocite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Autocite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("autocite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Autocite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("autocites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- '("Autocites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
- ;; Text Commands
- '("citeauthor" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Citeauthor" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citetitle" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citetitle*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citeyear" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citeyear*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citedate" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citedate*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("citeurl" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("parentext" "Text")
- '("brackettext" "Text")
- ;; Special Commands
- '("fullcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("footfullcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("volcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Volcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Pvolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Pvolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("fvolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("ftolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("svolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Svolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("tvolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Tvolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("avolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Avolcite"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
- '("notecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Notecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("pnotecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("Pnotecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- '("fnotecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
- (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
- ;; Low-level Commands
- '("citename"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
- TeX-arg-cite (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Format"]) ())
- "Name list")
- '("citelist"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
- TeX-arg-cite (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Format"]) ())
- "Literal list")
- '("citefield"
- (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
- TeX-arg-cite (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Format"]) ())
- "Field")
- ;; Miscellaneous Commands
- "citereset"
- "citereset*"
- "mancite"
- "pno"
- "ppno"
- "nopp"
- "psq"
- "psqq"
- '("RN" "Integer")
- '("Rn" "Integer")
- ;; Localization Commands
- '("DefineBibliographyStrings"
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
- '("DefineBibliographyExtras"
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
- '("UndefineBibliographyExtras"
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
- '("DefineHyphenationExceptions"
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
- "NewBibliographyString")
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- ;;; Bibliography commands
- ;; Bibliography Sections
- '("refsection" ["Resources"])
- ;; Bibliography Segments
- "refsegment")
-
- ;; Declaring expert macros and environments. Criterion: all macros and
- ;; environments to fine tune the bibliography, probably they will be used
- ;; only by expert users.
- (TeX-declare-expert-macros
- "biblatex"
- "ExecuteBibliographyOptions" "printshorthands" "newrefsection"
- "endrefsection" "newrefsegment" "endrefsegment"
- "DeclareBibliographyCategory" "addtocategory" "defbibenvironment"
- "defbibheading" "defbibnote" "defbibfilter" "defbibcheck" "defbibentryset"
- "citereset" "citereset*" "mancite" "pno" "ppno" "nopp" "psq" "psqq" "RN"
- "Rn" "DefineBibliographyStrings" "DefineBibliographyExtras"
- "UndefineBibliographyExtras" "DefineHyphenationExceptions"
- "NewBibliographyString")
- (LaTeX-declare-expert-environments
- "biblatex"
- "refsection" "refsegment"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list
- (append
- ;;; Preamble Options
- LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options
- '(;;; Load-time Options
- ("backend" ("biber" "bibtex" "bibtexu" "bibtex8"))
- ("style" BibLaTeX-global-style-files)
- ("bibstyle" BibLaTeX-global-style-files)
- ("citestyle" BibLaTeX-global-style-files)
- ("natbib" ("true" "false"))
- ("mcite" ("true" "false"))
- ;;; Entry Options
- ;; Preamble/Type/Entry Options
- ("useauthor" ("true" "false"))
- ("useeditor" ("true" "false"))
- ("usetranslator" ("true" "false"))
- ("useprefix" ("true" "false"))
- ("indexing" ("true" "false" "cite" "bib"))
- ;; Type/Entry Options are not available globally.
- ;; Legacy Options (deprecated)
- ("openbib")))
+ ;; Unfortunately `(member "backend=biber" TeX-active-styles)' does
+ ;; not work as a test because "backend=biber" is added to
+ ;; `TeX-active-styles' after "biblatex". So we check the value of
+ ;; `LaTeX-biblatex-use-biber' and let the user set it if desired.
+ (when LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
+ (setq LaTeX-using-Biber t))))
+
+;; TODO: Add package options.
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-package-options nil
"Package options for the biblatex package.")
-(defun LaTeX-biblatex-package-options nil
- "Prompt for package options for the biblatex package."
- (unless BibLaTeX-global-style-files
- (if (if (eq TeX-arg-input-file-search 'ask)
- (not (y-or-n-p "Find BibLaTeX style yourself? "))
- TeX-arg-input-file-search)
- ;; ...then, search for BibLaTeX styles.
- (progn
- (message "Searching for BibLaTeX styles...")
- (setq BibLaTeX-global-style-files
- (mapcar 'identity (TeX-search-files-by-type 'bbxinputs 'global
t t))))
- ;; ...else, use for completion only standard BibLaTeX styles (see §3.3
of
- ;; Biblatex reference manual).
- (setq BibLaTeX-global-style-files
- '("numeric" "numeric-comp" "numeric-verb" "alphabetic"
- "alphabetic-verb" "authoryear" "authoryear-comp" "authoryear-ibid"
- "authoryear-icomp" "authortitle" "authortitle-comp"
- "authortitle-ibid" "authortitle-icomp" "authortitle-terse"
- "authortitle-tcomp" "authortitle-ticomp" "verbose" "verbose-ibid"
- "verbose-note" "verbose-inote" "verbose-trad1" "verbose-trad2"
- "verbose-trad3" "reading" "draft" "debug"))))
- (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list))
-
;;; biblatex.el ends here
diff --git a/style/bigdelim.el b/style/bigdelim.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 085185b..0000000
--- a/style/bigdelim.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-;;; bigdelim.el --- AUCTeX style for `bigdelim.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2011-01-24
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `bigdelim.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "bigdelim"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("ldelim" TeX-arg-bigdelim-brace "Number of rows for multirow"
- "Width in multirow" [ "Text in multirow" ])
- '("rdelim" TeX-arg-bigdelim-brace "Number of rows for multirow"
- "Width in multirow" [ "Text in multirow" ])))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun TeX-arg-bigdelim-brace (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a single brace, and do not insert the matching
- right parentheses."
- (let ((brace (read-from-minibuffer
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Brace") nil)))
- (insert (format "%s" brace))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-bigdelim-package-options nil
- "Package options for the bigdelim package.")
-
-;;; bigdelim.el ends here
diff --git a/style/bigstrut.el b/style/bigstrut.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 14269db..0000000
--- a/style/bigstrut.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-;;; bigstrut.el --- AUCTeX style for `bigstrut.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `bigstrut.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "bigstrut"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- "bigstrutsetup"
- '("bigstrut" [ TeX-arg-bigstrut ])))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun TeX-arg-bigstrut (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for the optional argument in \\bigstrut"
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt
- optional "Strut to top (t) or bottom (b)" nil t)
- (mapcar 'list '("t" "b")) nil t) optional))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-bigstrut-package-options nil
- "Package options for the bigstrut package.")
-
-;;; bigstrut.el ends here
diff --git a/style/bm.el b/style/bm.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d735e62..0000000
--- a/style/bm.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-;;; bm.el --- AUCTeX style for `bm.sty'.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `bm.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook "bm"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("bm" 1)
- '("hm" 1)
- '("DeclareBoldMathCommand" [ "Math version" ] TeX-arg-define-macro "Math
expression")
- '("bmdefine" TeX-arg-define-macro "Math expression")
- '("hmdefine" TeX-arg-define-macro "Math expression"))
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("bm" "{")
- ("hm" "{"))
- 'bold-command)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DeclareBoldMathCommand" "[|{\\{")
- ("bmdefine" "|{\\{")
- ("hmdefine" "|{\\{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-bm-package-options nil
- "Package options for the bm package.")
-
-;; bm.el ends here
diff --git a/style/book.el b/style/book.el
index cbc9813..829fa4e 100644
--- a/style/book.el
+++ b/style/book.el
@@ -1,21 +1,12 @@
;;; book.el - Special code for book style.
-;;; Code:
+;; $Id: book.el,v 1.5 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-(defvar LaTeX-book-class-options
- '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
- "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
- "titlepage" "notitlepage" "openright" "openany" "onecolumn" "twocolumn"
- "leqno" "fleqn" "openbib")
- "Package options for the book class.")
+;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"book"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")
- (LaTeX-add-counters "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
- "paragraph" "subparagraph" "figure" "table")
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "myheadings"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; book.el ends here
diff --git a/style/booktabs.el b/style/booktabs.el
index 20145af..e126872 100644
--- a/style/booktabs.el
+++ b/style/booktabs.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; booktabs.el -- AUCTeX style for booktabs.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -34,27 +34,23 @@
"Prompt for a value and use parentheses when it is inserted.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil the parameter is labeled as optional.
PROMPT is the value of the prompt to be shown."
- (let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace "\(")
- (TeX-arg-closing-brace "\)"))
+ (let ((< "\(")
+ (> "\)"))
(TeX-parse-argument optional prompt)))
(TeX-add-style-hook
"booktabs"
(lambda ()
- ;; Do not append an empty group to toprule, midrule, and bottomrule macros,
- ;; otherwise one gets a wrong spacing in the table.
- (setq TeX-insert-braces-alist (append TeX-insert-braces-alist
- '(("toprule" . nil)
- ("midrule" . nil)
- ("bottomrule" . nil))))
+
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
'("toprule" [ "Thickness" ])
'("midrule" [ "Thickness" ])
'("bottomrule" [ "Thickness" ])
- ;; The `ignore' resets `last-optional-rejected' to nil so that the trim
- ;; argument is prompted also when the thickness is skipped.
- '("cmidrule" [ "Thickness" ] (ignore) [ LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren "Trim" ]
+ ;; FIXME: The qestion for the trim parameter will only be asked if
+ ;; a value for the thickness parameter was given. Is this a
+ ;; feature of `TeX-parse-arguments'?
+ '("cmidrule" [ "Thickness" ] [ LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren "Trim" ]
"Column(s)")
'("addlinespace" [ "Height" ])
'("morecmidrules")
@@ -70,10 +66,9 @@ PROMPT is the value of the prompt to be shown."
("addlinespace" "[")
("morecmidrules" "")
("specialrule" "{{{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'function))))
(defvar LaTeX-booktabs-package-options nil
- "Package options for the booktabs package.")
+ "Package options for the booktabs package.")
;;; booktabs.el ends here
diff --git a/style/bulgarian.el b/style/bulgarian.el
index 1f4103c..77cb2b2 100644
--- a/style/bulgarian.el
+++ b/style/bulgarian.el
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-bg-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-bg-hook)))
;;; bulgarian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/captcont.el b/style/captcont.el
index b2f4b5f..ffa48bf 100644
--- a/style/captcont.el
+++ b/style/captcont.el
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@
'("captcont*" [ "list entry" ] "Caption"))
;; Fontification
(when (featurep 'font-latex)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("captcont" "*[{")) 'textual)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("captcont" "*[{")) 'textual))))
(defvar LaTeX-captcont-package-options '("figbotcap" "figtopcap" "tabbotcap"
"tabtopcap")
diff --git a/style/cleveref.el b/style/cleveref.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 755239d..0000000
--- a/style/cleveref.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-;;; cleveref.el --- Style hook for the `cleveref.sty' package.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 13/10/2014
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Code
-
-(defun TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels (optional &optional prompt definition)
- "Prompt for a series of labels completing with known labels.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add each chosen label to the
-list of defined labels."
- (let* ((labels (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Keys")
- (LaTeX-label-list)))
- (labels-string (mapconcat 'identity labels ",")))
- (when definition
- (apply 'LaTeX-add-labels labels))
- (TeX-argument-insert labels-string optional optional)))
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "cleveref"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("cref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("Cref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("crefrange" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
- '("Crefrange" (TeX-arg-label "key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
- '("cpageref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("Cpageref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("cpagerefrange" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key
(last)"))
- '("Cpagerefrange" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key
(last)"))
- '("cref*" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("Cref*" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("crefrange*" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
- '("Crefrange*" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
- '("namecref" TeX-arg-label)
- '("nameCref" TeX-arg-label)
- '("lnamecref" TeX-arg-label)
- '("namecrefs" TeX-arg-label)
- '("nameCrefs" TeX-arg-label)
- '("lnamecrefs" TeX-arg-label)
- '("labelcref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
- '("labelcpageref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels))
-
- ;; These macros aren't used particularly often during the course of
- ;; normal referencing.
- (TeX-declare-expert-macros
- "cleveref"
- "namecref" "nameCref" "lnamecref" "namecrefs" "nameCrefs"
- "lnamecrefs" "labelcref" "labelcpageref")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
- (fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("cref" "*{")
- ("Cref" "*{")
- ("crefrange" "*{{")
- ("Crefrange" "*{{")
- ("cpageref" "{")
- ("Cpageref" "{")
- ("cpagerefrange" "{{")
- ("Cpagerefrange" "{{")
- ("namecref" "{")
- ("nameCref" "{")
- ("lnamecref" "{")
- ("namecrefs" "{")
- ("nameCrefs" "{")
- ("lnamecrefs" "{")
- ("labelcref" "{")
- ("labelcpageref" "{"))
- 'reference)
- ;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
- (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-cleveref-package-options
- '("capitalise" "nameinlink" "noabbrev" "poorman")
- "Package options for the cleveref package.")
-
-;;; cleveref.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/comment.el b/style/comment.el
index ac33ebd..c842d20 100644
--- a/style/comment.el
+++ b/style/comment.el
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@
'variable)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults))))
;;; comment.el ends here
diff --git a/style/csquotes.el b/style/csquotes.el
index fd112f8..50aa1f9 100644
--- a/style/csquotes.el
+++ b/style/csquotes.el
@@ -240,7 +240,6 @@ the insertion of optional arguments."
("SetBlockThreshold" "{")
("SetBlockEnvironment" "{")
("SetCiteCommand" "{"))
- 'variable))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'variable)))))
;;; csquotes.el ends here
diff --git a/style/czech.el b/style/czech.el
index 7d709ed..6168189 100644
--- a/style/czech.el
+++ b/style/czech.el
@@ -5,5 +5,4 @@
(lambda ()
(unless (eq (car TeX-quote-language) 'override)
(setq TeX-quote-language `("czech" "\\uv{" "}" ,TeX-quote-after-quote)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-cz-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-cz-hook)))
diff --git a/style/danish.el b/style/danish.el
index fa9ab6f..775fee0 100644
--- a/style/danish.el
+++ b/style/danish.el
@@ -12,7 +12,6 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\">" "\"<" german)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook)))
;;; danish.el ends here
diff --git a/style/dinbrief.el b/style/dinbrief.el
index cb9fb6b..1182b7b 100644
--- a/style/dinbrief.el
+++ b/style/dinbrief.el
@@ -1,144 +1,95 @@
-;; Copyright (C) 1994, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX-Style dinbrief.
-;; Author: Werner Fink <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX class dinbrief.
+;; Contributed by Werner Fink <address@hidden>
+;; Please direct comments to him.
;;; Commentary:
-;; LaTeX Class: dinbrief.cls
+;; LaTeX-Style: dinbrief.sty
+;; Server: rusinfo.rus.uni-stuttgart.de
+;; Directory: /pub/soft/tex/macros/latex/contrib/letters
;;; Code:
-(require 'tex)
-
(TeX-add-style-hook "dinbrief"
(function
(lambda ()
- (add-hook 'LaTeX-document-style-hook
- 'LaTeX-dinbrief-style)
(LaTeX-add-environments
- '("letter" LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient)
- "dinquote")
+ '("letter" LaTeX-recipient-hook))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("address" "Absender: ")
- '("postremark" "Postvermerk: ")
- '("date" "Datum: ")
- '("subject" "Betreff: ")
- '("handling" "Behandlungsvermerk: ")
- '("cc" "Verteiler: ")
- '("place" "Heutiger Ort: ")
- "makelabels"
- "nowindowrules"
- "windowrules"
- "nowindowtics"
- "windowtics"
- "disabledraftstandard"
- "enabledraftstandard"
- "centeraddress"
- "normaladdress"
- '("encl" "Anlagen: ")
- '("backaddress" "Retouradresse: ")
+ '("Absender" "Absender: ")
+ '("Postvermerk" "Postvermerk: ")
+ '("Datum" "Datum: ")
+ '("Betreff" "Betreff: ")
+ '("Behandlungsvermerk" "Behandlungsvermerk: ")
+ '("Verteiler" "Verteiler: ")
+ "makelabel" "Retourlabel"
+ '("Anlagen" "Anlagen: ")
+ '("Fenster" "Fenster \(ja/nein\): ")
+ '("Retouradresse" "Retouradresse: ")
'("signature" "Unterschrift: ")
'("opening" "Anrede: ")
- '("closing" "Schluss: "))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defmacro LaTeX-dinbrief-insert (&rest args)
- "Insert text ignoring active markers."
- `(progn (if (TeX-mark-active) (TeX-deactivate-mark))
- (insert ,@args)))
+ '("closing" "Schlu\"s: ")))))
-(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-style ()
- "Insert some useful packages for writing german letters."
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (point-min)) ; insert before \begin{document}
- (if (re-search-forward ".begin.document." (point-max) t)
- (beginning-of-line 1))
- (open-line 2)
- (indent-relative-maybe)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "usepackage"
- LaTeX-optop "latin1,utf8" LaTeX-optcl
- TeX-grop "inputenc" TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "usepackage"
- LaTeX-optop "T1" LaTeX-optcl
- TeX-grop "fontenc" TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "usepackage"
- TeX-grop "ngerman" TeX-grcl)
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "inputenc")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "fontenc")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "ngerman")))
-
-(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient (environment)
+(defun LaTeX-recipient-hook (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT and prompt for recipient and address."
- (let (
- (sender (LaTeX-dinbrief-sender))
- (recipient (read-string "Empfänger: "))
- (address (LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient))
- (date (read-string "Datum: " (LaTeX-dinbrief-today)))
- (postremark (read-string "Postvermerk: "))
- (fenster (read-string "Fenster \(ja/nein\): "))
+ (let ((sender (read-string "Absender: " (user-full-name)))
+ (recipient (read-string "Empf\"anger: "))
+ (address (read-string "Anschrift: "))
+ (postvermerk (read-string "Postvermerk: "))
+ (date (read-string "Datum: " (LaTeX-today)))
+ (betreff (read-string "Betreff: "))
(vermerk (read-string "Behandlungsvermerk: "))
(verteil (read-string "Verteiler: "))
- (betreff (read-string "Betreff: "))
+ (anlage (read-string "Anlagen: "))
(opening (read-string "Anrede: "))
- (closing (read-string "Schluss: "))
+ (closing (read-string "Schlu\"s: "))
+ (fenster (read-string "Fenster \(ja/nein\): "))
(signature (read-string "Unterschrift: "))
- (anlage (read-string "Anlagen: ")))
+ )
+ (if (not (zerop (length sender)))
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "Absender" TeX-grop sender TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length postvermerk)))
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "Postvermerk" TeX-grop postvermerk TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length betreff)))
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "Betreff" TeX-grop betreff TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length vermerk)))
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "Behandlungsvermerk" TeX-grop vermerk TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length verteil)))
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "Verteiler" TeX-grop verteil TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length anlage)))
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "Anlagen" TeX-grop anlage TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
(if (string= fenster "ja")
(progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "enabledraftstandard")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "centeraddress")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "nowindowrules")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "windowtics")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (let ((retouradr (read-string "Retouradresse: " sender)))
+ (insert TeX-esc "Fenster")
+ (let ((retouradr (read-string "Retouradresse: " (user-full-name))))
(newline-and-indent)
(if (not (zerop (length retouradr)))
(progn
- (if (TeX-mark-active) (TeX-deactivate-mark))
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "backaddress" TeX-grop retouradr
TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))))
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "enabledraftstandard")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "centeraddress")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "nowindowrules")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "windowtics"))
- (newline-and-indent)
+ (insert TeX-esc "Retouradresse" TeX-grop retouradr TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent))))))
(if (not (zerop (length signature)))
(progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "signature" TeX-grop signature
TeX-grcl)
+ (insert TeX-esc "signature" TeX-grop signature TeX-grcl)
(newline-and-indent)))
(if (not (zerop (length date)))
(progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "date" TeX-grop date TeX-grcl)
+ (insert TeX-esc "Datum" TeX-grop date TeX-grcl)
(newline-and-indent)))
(newline-and-indent)
@@ -163,30 +114,9 @@
(progn
(newline)
(indent-to addr-column))))))))
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert "\n")
+ (insert "\n")
(indent-to indentation))
- (if (not (zerop (length postremark)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "postremark" TeX-grop postremark
TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length betreff)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "subject" TeX-grop)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert betreff TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length vermerk)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "handling" TeX-grop vermerk TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length verteil)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "cc" TeX-grop verteil TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length anlage)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "encl" TeX-grop anlage TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "opening"
+ (insert TeX-esc "opening"
TeX-grop
(if (zerop (length opening))
(concat TeX-esc " ")
@@ -195,7 +125,7 @@
(indent-relative-maybe)
(save-excursion
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert "\n" TeX-esc "closing"
+ (insert "\n" TeX-esc "closing"
TeX-grop
(if (zerop (length closing))
(concat TeX-esc " ")
@@ -203,46 +133,7 @@
TeX-grcl "\n")
(indent-relative-maybe))))
-(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-sender ()
- "Read and write the senders address."
- (interactive)
- (let ((name (read-string "Absender: " (user-full-name)))
- (str (read-string "Meine Strasse: "))
- (ort (read-string "Mein Wohnort: ")))
- (if (not (zerop (length name)))
- (progn
- (goto-char (point-min)) ; insert before \end{document}
- (if (re-search-forward ".end.document." (point-max) t)
- (beginning-of-line 1))
- (previous-line 1)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "address" TeX-grop name)
- (if (not (zerop (length str)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert " " TeX-esc TeX-esc)
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert str)))
- (if (not (zerop (length ort)))
- (progn
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert " " TeX-esc "par")
- (newline-and-indent)
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert ort)))
- (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)
- (concat name ", " str ", " ort)))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient ()
- "Read and return the recipient address."
- (interactive)
- (let ((str (read-string "Wohnhaft in Strasse: "))
- (ort (read-string "Aus der Ortschaft: ")))
- (if (not (zerop (length str)))
- (if (not (zerop (length ort)))
- (concat str " " TeX-esc TeX-esc " " ort)
- str)
- (if (not (zerop (length ort)))
- ort))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-today ()
+(defun LaTeX-today nil
"Return a string representing todays date according to flavor."
(interactive)
(let ((ctime-string (current-time-string))
@@ -263,13 +154,12 @@
ctime-string)
(let ((year (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 3) (match-end 3)))
(month (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)))
- (day (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))
- (place (read-string "Heutiger Ort: ")))
+ (day (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))
(if (assoc month month-alist)
(progn
(setq month (cdr (assoc month month-alist)))
(if (> 2 (length day))
(setq day (concat "0" day)))))
- (format "%s, den %s. %s %s" place day month year))))
+ (format "Stuttgart, den %s. %s %s" day month year))))
;;; dinbrief.el ends here
diff --git a/style/dk.el b/style/dk.el
index 01a7411..1a211ab 100644
--- a/style/dk.el
+++ b/style/dk.el
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
-;;; dk.el - Setup AUCTeX for editing Danish text.
+;;; dk.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Danish text.
+
+;; $Id: dk.el,v 1.2 1993-12-15 21:42:40 amanda Exp $
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook "dk"
(function (lambda ()
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook))))
;;; dk.el ends here
diff --git a/style/doc.el b/style/doc.el
index 3176368..b342d87 100644
--- a/style/doc.el
+++ b/style/doc.el
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
"efill"
"pfill"
"PrintIndex"
- '("changes" "version" TeX-arg-date t)
+ '("changes" "version" "date (YYYY/MM/DD)")
"generalname"
"RecordChanges"
"GlossaryPrologue"
@@ -151,8 +151,7 @@
"GetFileInfo"
"filename"
"fileinfo")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "shortvrb"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "shortvrb")))
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/dutch.el b/style/dutch.el
index c2c56a5..5c9a830 100644
--- a/style/dutch.el
+++ b/style/dutch.el
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
-;;; dutch.el - Setup AUCTeX for editing Dutch text.
+;;; dutch.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Dutch text.
+
+;; $Id: dutch.el,v 1.2 1993-12-15 21:42:42 amanda Exp $
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook "dutch"
(function (lambda ()
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-nl-hook)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-nl-hook))))
;;; dutch.el ends here
diff --git a/style/emp.el b/style/emp.el
index 16400ee..4e5f867 100644
--- a/style/emp.el
+++ b/style/emp.el
@@ -38,8 +38,7 @@
'("empdef" LaTeX-env-emp-gen)
'("empgraph" LaTeX-env-emp-gen)
'("empcmds")
- )))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ ))))
(defun LaTeX-env-emp-gen (environment-name)
"Ask for file, width and length. Insert environment-name environment
diff --git a/style/english.el b/style/english.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 90254c2..0000000
--- a/style/english.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-;;; english.el --- Setup AUCTeX for editing English text.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "english"
- (lambda ()
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-en-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-;;; english.el ends here
diff --git a/style/epigraph.el b/style/epigraph.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c25b148..0000000
--- a/style/epigraph.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-;;; epigraph.el --- AUCTeX style for `epigraph.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2012-02-11
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `epigraph.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "epigraph"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("epigraph" t t)
- '("qitem" t t)
- '("epigraphhead" [ "Distance (a number)" ] t)
- '("dropchapter" TeX-arg-size)
- "epigraphwidth"
- "textflush"
- "epigraphflush"
- "sourceflush"
- "epigraphsize"
- "epigraphrule"
- "beforeepigraphskip"
- "afterepigraphskip"
- "undodrop"
- "cleartoevenpage")
-
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("epigraphs" LaTeX-env-item))
-
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-item-list '("epigraphs" . LaTeX-epigraph-qitem))
-
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("epigraph" "{{")
- ("qitem" "{{")
- ("dropchapter" "{")
- ("epigraphhead" "{")) 'function)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '("cleartoevenpage") 'warning)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-epigraph-package-options nil
- "Package options for the epigraph package.")
-
-;; adapted from latex.el:`LaTeX-item-bib'
-(defun LaTeX-epigraph-qitem ()
- "Insert a new qitem for use in the epigraphs environment."
- (TeX-insert-macro "qitem"))
-
-;;; epigraph.el ends here
diff --git a/style/epsf.el b/style/epsf.el
index 797f801..4725648 100644
--- a/style/epsf.el
+++ b/style/epsf.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; epsf.el - Support for the epsf style option.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;;; Code:
@@ -14,8 +16,7 @@
"epsflly" "epsfury" "testit" "epsfgetlitbb"
"epsfnormal" "epsfgetbb" "other" "epsfsetgraph"
"PsFragSpecialArgs" "epsfaux" "testit" "epsfgrab"
- "epsfllx" "epsflly" "epsfury" "epsfverbosetrue"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "epsfllx" "epsflly" "epsfury" "epsfverbosetrue")))
(defun TeX-arg-epsfsize (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Create a line that print epsf figures at a certain percentage"
diff --git a/style/everysel.el b/style/everysel.el
deleted file mode 100644
index da6101d..0000000
--- a/style/everysel.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-;;; everysel.el --- AUCTeX style for `everysel.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2012-12-25
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `everysel.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "everysel"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; adds a hook (the argument code) to be called after \\selectfont
- '("EverySelectfont" 1)
- ;; adds a hook to be called after the next \\selectfont
- '("AtNextSelectont" 1)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-everysel-package-options nil
- "Package options for the everysel package.")
-
-;;; everysel.el ends here
diff --git a/style/exercise.el b/style/exercise.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fe3092..0000000
--- a/style/exercise.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-;;; exercise.el --- AUCTeX style for `exercise.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Nicolas Richard <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2014-03-17
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `exercise.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "exercise"
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("Exercise")
- '("Exercise*")
- '("Answer")
- '("ExerciseList")
- )
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("Exercise")
- '("Exercise*")
- '("Answer")
- '("ExePart")
- '("ExePart*")
- '("Question")
- '("subQuestion")
- '("ExeText")
- '("ExerciseSelect")
- '("ExerciseStopSelect")
- '("refAnswer")
- '("marker")
- '("DifficultyMarker")
- '("listofexercises")
- '("ListOfExerciseInToc")
- '("ExerciseLevelInToc")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-exercise-package-options '("noexercise" "noanswer"
"exerciseonly" "answeronly" "nothing" "answerdelayed" "exercisedelayed"
"lastexercise")
- "Package options for the exercise package.")
-
-;;; exercise.el ends here
diff --git a/style/fancyhdr.el b/style/fancyhdr.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 76f33c7..0000000
--- a/style/fancyhdr.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-;;; fancyhdr.el --- AUCTeX style for `fancyhdr.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `fancyhdr.sty', version 3.2
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "fancyhdr"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("lhead" t)
- '("lfoot" t)
- '("chead" t)
- '("cfoot" t)
- '("rhead" t)
- '("rfoot" t)
- '("nouppercase" t)
- '("MakeUppercase" t)
- '("fancyhead" [ TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position ] t)
- '("fancyfoot" [ TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position ] t)
- '("fancyheadoffset"
- [ (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position
- "Position" ("LO" "LE" "L" "RE" "RO" "R" "0")) ] t)
- '("fancyfootoffset"
- [ (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position
- "Position" ("LO" "LE" "L" "RE" "RO" "R" "O")) ] t)
- '("fancyhfoffset"
- [ (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position "Position" ("E" "O" "L" "R")) ] t)
- '("fancypagestyle" TeX-arg-pagestyle t)
-
- "headrulewidth" "footrulewidth" "plainfootrulewidth"
- "plainheadrulewidth" "leftmark" "rightmark"
- ;; the manual does not mention any subsubsectionmark (!)
- "chaptermark" "sectionmark" "subsectionmark" "paragraphmark"
- "subparagraphmark" "footrule" "headrule")
-
- ;; `fancyhdr.sty' supplies these two pagestyles
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "fancy" "fancyplain")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fancyhead" "[{")
- ("fancyfoot" "[{")
- ("lhead" "{")
- ("lfoot" "{")
- ("chead" "{")
- ("cfoot" "{")
- ("rhead" "{")
- ("rfoot" "{")
- ("fancyheadoffset" "[{")
- ("fancyfootoffset" "[{")
- ("fancypagestyle" "{{")) 'function)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("headrulewidth" "")
- ("footrulewidth" "")
- ("plainheadrulewidth" "")
- ("plainfootrulewidth" "")) 'variable)
- ;; Tell font-lock about the update.
- (setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-;; Because there can be many positions, `TeX-completing-read-multiple' is used
-;; instead of just `completing-read', and a `collection' argument is provided
as
-;; the list of positions differs between the macros
-(defun TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position (optional &optional prompt collection)
- "Prompt for a fancyhdr position with completion.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. If non-nil, PROMPT is
-used as the prompt. If non-nil, COLLECTION is used as the
-completion list for the position."
- (let* ((positions (if (not collection)
- ;; Standard positions with no restrictions. Lower-case
- ;; versions, and reverse versions (e.g., OC) are left
- ;; out for simplicity.
- '("LO" "LE" "L" "CO" "CE" "C" "RE" "RO" "R")
- collection))
- (arguments
- (mapconcat 'identity
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Position")
- (mapcar 'list positions)) ",")))
- (TeX-argument-insert arguments optional)))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fancyhdr-package-options nil
- "Package options for fancyhdr.")
-
-;;; fancyhdr.el ends here
-
diff --git a/style/fancynum.el b/style/fancynum.el
deleted file mode 100644
index a04be76..0000000
--- a/style/fancynum.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-;;; fancynum.el --- AUCTeX style for `fancynum.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `fancynum.sty'
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "fancynum"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("fnum" t)
- '("setfnumdsym" t)
- '("setfnummsym" t)
- '("setfnumgsym" t)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fancynum-package-options
- '("english" "french" "tight" "loose" "commas" "thinspaces" "plain")
- "Package options for fancynum.")
-
-;; fancynum.el ends here
-
diff --git a/style/fancyref.el b/style/fancyref.el
index 9d870e7..53b64fe 100644
--- a/style/fancyref.el
+++ b/style/fancyref.el
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
(TeX-add-symbols
;; The macros with label arguments
- '("fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-ref)
- '("Fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-label)
+ '("Fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-label)
;; The macros which define new prefixes and formats
'("fancyrefchangeprefix" TeX-arg-macro "Prefix")
@@ -92,8 +92,7 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fref" "[{") ("Fref" "[{")) 'reference)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fref" "[{") ("Fref" "[{")) 'reference))))
;; The following list keeps a list of available format names
;; Note that this list is only updated when a format is used, not
diff --git a/style/fancyvrb.el b/style/fancyvrb.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 92718b4..0000000
--- a/style/fancyvrb.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-;;; fancyvrb.el --- AUCTeX style for `fancyvrb.sty' version 2.8.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `fancyvrb.sty' version 2.8.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-macro-regexp
- (concat "\\\\\\(?:Re\\|\\)CustomVerbatimCommand"
- "[ \t\n\r]*{?[ \t\n\r]*\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}?")
- "Matches macros by fancyvrb package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-environment-regexp
- (concat "\\\\\\(?:Define\\|Custom\\|Recustom\\)VerbatimEnvironment"
- "[ \t\n\r]*{[ \t\n\r]*\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}")
- "Matches environments by fancyvrb package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options
- '(("commentchar")
- ("gobble")
- ("formatcom")
- ("fontfamily" ("tt" "courier" "helvetica"))
- ("fontsize")
- ("fontshape")
- ("fontseries")
- ("frame" ("none" "leftline" "topline" "bottomline" "lines" "single"))
- ("framerule")
- ("framesep")
- ("rulecolor")
- ("fillcolor")
- ("label")
- ("labelposition" ("none" "topline" "bottomline" "all"))
- ("numbers" ("none" "left" "right"))
- ("numbersep")
- ("firstnumber" ("auto" "last" "integer"))
- ("stepnumber")
- ("numberblanklines" ("true" "false"))
- ("firstline")
- ("lastline")
- ("showspaces" ("true" "false"))
- ("showtabs" ("true" "false"))
- ("obeytabs" ("true" "false"))
- ("tabsize")
- ("baselinestretch" ("auto" "dimension"))
- ("commandchars")
- ("xleftmargin")
- ("xrightmargin")
- ("resetmargins" ("true" "false"))
- ("hfuzz")
- ("samepage" ("true" "false"))
- ("codes")
- ("defineactive")
- ;; Actually, the following options are used only by the `BVerbatim'
- ;; environment.
- ("boxwidth" ("auto" "dimension"))
- ("baseline" ("b" "c" "t")))
- "Key=value options for fancyvrb macros and environments.")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "fancyvrb"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-fancyvrb-macro-regexp 1 TeX-auto-symbol))
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp
- `(,LaTeX-fancyvrb-environment-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-environment))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "keyval")
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;;; Verbatim material in footnotes
- "VerbatimFootnotes"
- ;;; Improved verbatim commands
- '("Verb" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options] TeX-arg-verb)
- "DefineShortVerb"
- "UndefineShortVerb"
- ;;; Verbatim environments
- '("fvset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- ;; Changing individual line formatting
- "FancyVerbFormatLine"
- ;; Line numbering
- "theFancyVerbLine"
- ;; Selection of lines to print
- "FancyVerbStartString"
- "FancyVerbStopString"
- ;; Personalized environments
- '("CustomVerbatimEnvironment"
- (TeX-arg-define-environment "New verbatim environment")
- (TeX-arg-environment "Basend on environment")
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- '("RecustomVerbatimEnvironment"
- (TeX-arg-environment "New verbatim environment")
- (TeX-arg-environment "Basend on environment")
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- '("DefineVerbatimEnvironment"
- (TeX-arg-define-environment "New verbatim environment")
- (TeX-arg-environment "Basend on environment")
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- '("CustomVerbatimCommand" (TeX-arg-define-macro "New verbatim macro: ")
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Based on macro: " (TeX-symbol-list))
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- '("RecustomVerbatimCommand" (TeX-arg-macro "New verbatim macro: ")
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Based on macro: " (TeX-symbol-list))
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- ;;; Saving and restoring verbatim text and environments
- "SaveVerb"
- "UseVerb"
- "SaveVerbatim"
- "UseVerbatim"
- "LUseVerbatim"
- "BUseVerbatim"
- ;;; Writing and reading verbatim files
- '("VerbatimInput" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options]
- (TeX-arg-file))
- '("BVerbatimInput" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options]
- (TeX-arg-file))
- '("LVerbatimInput" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options]
- (TeX-arg-file)))
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("Verbatim" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
- '("BVerbatim" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
- '("LVerbatim" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
- '("SaveVerbatim" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
- '("VerbatimOut"
- (lambda (env)
- (let ((options (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
- (file (TeX-read-string "Output file: ")))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment
- env
- (concat (unless (zerop (length options))
- (concat LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop file TeX-grcl)))))))
- (LaTeX-add-counters
- "FancyVerbLine")
-
- ;; Filling
- (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-verbatim-regexp)
- (concat
- LaTeX-verbatim-regexp
- "\\|Verbatim\\|BVerbatim\\|LVerbatim\\|SaveVerbatim\\|VerbatimOut"))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "Verbatim")
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "BVerbatim")
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "LVerbatim")
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "SaveVerbatim")
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "VerbatimOut")
- (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list)
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("Verbatim"
current-indentation))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("BVerbatim"
current-indentation))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("LVerbatim"
current-indentation))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("SaveVerbatim"
current-indentation))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("VerbatimOut"
current-indentation))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims-local "Verb")
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces-local "Verb")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
- (fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DefineVerbatimEnvironment" "{{{")
- ("CustomVerbatimEnvironment" "{{{")
- ("RecustomVerbatimEnvironment" "{{{"))
- 'function)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("VerbatimInput" "[{")
- ("BVerbatimInput" "[{")
- ("LVerbatimInput" "[{"))
- 'reference)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("Verb" "[")) ; The second argument should
- ; actually be verbatim.
- 'textual)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fvset" "{")) 'variable)
- ;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
- (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
- ;; Tell font-lock about the update.
- (setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-package-options nil
- "Package options for the fancyvrb package.")
-
-;;; fancyvrb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/filecontents.el b/style/filecontents.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ea3c60a..0000000
--- a/style/filecontents.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-;;; filecontents.el --- AUCTeX style for `filecontents.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2013-01-01
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `filecontents.sty'. The package removes the two
-;; constraints that `filecontents' from LaTeX2e has, namely that the
environment
-;; must be before the documentclass (or \begin{document} according to some
-;; sources), and that existing files are not overwritten.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "filecontents"
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("filecontents" LaTeX-env-filecontents)
- '("filecontents*" LaTeX-env-filecontents)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-env-filecontents (environment)
- "Insert ENVIRONMENT with filename for contents."
- (LaTeX-insert-environment environment
- (concat TeX-grop
- (read-string "File: ")
- TeX-grcl))
- (delete-horizontal-space))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-filecontents-package-options nil
- "Package options for filecontents.")
-
-;; filecontents.el ends here
diff --git a/style/flashcards.el b/style/flashcards.el
index 6f26c15..27e96d1 100644
--- a/style/flashcards.el
+++ b/style/flashcards.el
@@ -55,7 +55,6 @@
("cardbackstyle" "[{")
("cardfrontheadstyle" "[{")
("cardfrontfootstyle" "[{"))
- 'variable)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'variable))))
;;; flashcards.el ends here
diff --git a/style/foils.el b/style/foils.el
index e3fedd8..435bed7 100644
--- a/style/foils.el
+++ b/style/foils.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; foils.el - Special code for FoilTeX.
+;; $Id: foils.el,v 1.5 2008-07-28 20:40:18 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(require 'timezone)
@@ -11,8 +13,7 @@
(setq LaTeX-default-style "foils")
(setq LaTeX-default-options '("landscape"))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("foilhead" [ "Rubric-body separation" ] "Foil rubric"))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("foilhead" [ "Rubric-body separation" ] "Foil rubric")))))
(defun LaTeX-style-foils nil
"Prompt for and insert foiltex options."
diff --git a/style/fontspec.el b/style/fontspec.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c483d0a..0000000
--- a/style/fontspec.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-;;; fontspec.el --- AUCTeX style for `fontspec.sty' version 2.3c.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `fontspec.sty' version 2.3c.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fontspec-font-features
- '(;; More control over font shape selection
- ("BoldFont")
- ("ItalicFont")
- ("BoldItalicFont")
- ("SlantedFont")
- ("BoldSlantedFont")
- ("SmallCapsFont")
- ;; Different features for different font shapes
- ("BoldFeatures")
- ("ItalicFeatures")
- ("BoldItalicFeatures")
- ("SlantedFeatures")
- ("BoldSlantedFeatures")
- ("SmallCapsFeatures")
- ;; Different features for different font sizes
- ("SizeFeatures")
- ;; Font independent options
- ("Color")
- ("Scale" ("MatchLowercase" "MatchUppercase"))
- ("WordSpace")
- ("PunctuationSpace")
- ("HyphenChar")
- ("OpticalSize")
- ;; OpenType options
- ("Ligatures" ("Required"
- "NoRequired"
- "Common"
- "NoCommon"
- "Contextual"
- "NoContextual"
- "Rare"
- "Historic"
- "TeX"))
- ("Letters" ("Uppercase"
- "SmallCaps"
- "PetiteCaps"
- "UppercaseSmallCaps"
- "UppercasePetiteCaps"
- "Unicase"))
- ("Numbers" ("Lining"
- "OldStyle"
- "Proportional"
- "Monospaced"
- "SlashedZero"
- "Arabic"))
- ("Contextuals" ("Swash"
- "Alternate"
- "WordInitial"
- "WordFinal"
- "LineFinal"
- "Inner"))
- ("VerticalPosition" ("Superior"
- "Inferior"
- "Numerator"
- "Denominator"
- "ScientificInferior"
- "Ordinal"))
- ("Fraction" ("On" "Alternate"))
- ("StylisticSet")
- ("CharacterVariants")
- ("Alternate")
- ("Style" ("Alternate"
- "Italic"
- "Ruby"
- "Swash"
- "Historic"
- "TitlingCaps"
- "HorizontalKana"
- "VerticalKana"))
- ("Diacritics" ("MarkToBase"
- "NoMarkToBase"
- "MarkToMark"
- "NoMarkToMark"
- "AboveBase"
- "NoAboveBase"
- "BelowBase"
- "NoBelowBase"))
- ("Kerning" ("Uppercase" "On" "Off"))
- ("AutoFakeBold")
- ("AutoFakeSlant")
- ("FakeSlant")
- ("FakeStretch")
- ("FakeBold")
- ("Annotation")
- ("CJKShape" ("Traditional"
- "Simplified"
- "JIS1978"
- "JIS1983"
- "JIS1990"
- "Expert"
- "NLC"))
- ("CharacterWidth" ("Proportional"
- "Full"
- "Half"
- "Third"
- "Quarter"
- "AlternateProportional"
- "AlternateHalf"))
- ("Vertical" ("RotatedGlyphs")))
- "Font features options for macros of the fontspec package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fontspec-font-list nil
- "List of the fonts accessible to fontspec.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a font name with completion.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string.
-
-Customize `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search' in order to decide how
-to retrieve the list of fonts."
- (unless LaTeX-fontspec-font-list
- (when (if (eq LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search 'ask)
- (not (y-or-n-p "Find font yourself? "))
- LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search)
- (message "Searching for fonts...")
- (with-temp-buffer
- (shell-command "luaotfload-tool --list=basename" t)
- ;; Search for the font base names and full names, and add them to
- ;; `LaTeX-fontspec-font-list'. The list is in the form
- ;; <base name><TAB><full name><TAB><version>
- (while
- (re-search-forward "^\\([^\n\r\t]*\\)\t\\([^\n\r\t]*\\)\t.*$" nil t)
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list (match-string-no-properties 1))
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list
- (match-string-no-properties 2))))))
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Font name")
- (or LaTeX-fontspec-font-list LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default))
- optional))
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "fontspec"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "expl3" "xparse")
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Font selection
- '("fontspec" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
- LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font)
- ;; Default font families
- '("setmainfont"
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
- (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font "Main font name"))
- '("setsansfont"
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
- (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font "Sans font name"))
- '("setmonofont"
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
- (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font "Mono font name"))
- ;; New commands to select font families
- '("newfontfamily" TeX-arg-define-macro
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
- LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font)
- '("newfontface" TeX-arg-define-macro
- [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
- LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font)
- ;; Math(s) fonts
- '("setmathrm" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
- '("setmathsf" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
- '("setmathtt" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
- '("setboldmathrm" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
- ;; Emphasis and nested emphasis
- "emshape"
- "eminnershape"
- ;; Default settings
- '("defaultfontfeatures" [ LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font ]
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"))
- ;; Changing the currently selected features
- '("addfontfeatures"
- (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"))
- ;; Defining new scripts and languages
- '("newfontscript" "Script name" "OpenType tag")
- '("newfontlanguage" "Language name" "OpenType tag"))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fontspec" "[{")
- ("setmainfont" "[{")
- ("setsansfont" "[{")
- ("setmonofont" "[{")
- ("newfontfamily" "{[{")
- ("newfontface" "{[{")
- ("setmathrm" "[{")
- ("setmathsf" "[{")
- ("setmathtt" "[{")
- ("setboldmathrm" "[{")
- ("emshape")
- ("eminnershape")
- ("defaultfontfeatures" "[{")
- ("addfontfeature" "{")
- ("newfontscript" "{{")
- ("newfontlanguage" "{{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-fontspec-package-options
- '("math" "no-math" "config" "no-config" "quiet" "silent")
- "Package options for the fontspec package.")
-
-;;; fontspec.el ends here
diff --git a/style/footmisc.el b/style/footmisc.el
deleted file mode 100644
index dec612e..0000000
--- a/style/footmisc.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-;;; footmisc.el --- AUCTeX style for `footmisc.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-04-08
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `footmisc.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "footmisc"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("DefineFNsymbols" "Name" [ "Style (text or math) " ] 1)
- '("DefineFNsymbols*" "Name" [ "Style (text or math)" ] 1)
- ;; These two commands define both text and math variants of the
- ;; footnote symbols
- '("DefineFNsymbolsTM" "Name" 1)
- '("DefineFNsymbolsTM*" "Name" 1)
- '("setfnsymbol" "Name")
- '("mpfootnoterule" TeX-arg-size)
- "pagefootnoterule"
- "splitfootnoterule"
- ;; The following command references a label inside in a footnote
- '("footref" TeX-arg-ref)
- "hangfootparskip"
- "hangfootparindent"
- "footnotehint"
- '("footnotemargin" TeX-arg-size)
- "mpfootnoterule"
- "multiplefootnotemarker"
- "multfootsep")
-
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DefineFNsymbols" "{[{")
- ("DefineFNsymbols*" "{[{")
- ("DefineFNsymbolsTM" "{{")
- ("DefineFNsymbolsTM*" "{{")
- ("setfnsymbol" "{")) 'function)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("footnoteref")) 'reference)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-footmisc-package-options '("perpage" "side" "ragged"
- "para" "symbol" "symbol*"
- "marginal" "flushmargin" "hang"
- "norule" "splitrule" "stable"
- "multiple")
- "Package options for the footmisc package.")
-
-;;; footmisc.el ends here
diff --git a/style/francais.el b/style/francais.el
index 1723b59..323d545 100644
--- a/style/francais.el
+++ b/style/francais.el
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"francais"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb")))
;;; francais.el ends here
diff --git a/style/french.el b/style/french.el
index 7aefe3d..31a468a 100644
--- a/style/french.el
+++ b/style/french.el
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@
(not (member "frenchpro" TeX-active-styles))
(not (member "frenchle" TeX-active-styles))
(not (member "mlp" TeX-active-styles)))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb"))))
;;; french.el ends here
diff --git a/style/frenchb.el b/style/frenchb.el
index 71ef1f4..83f9002 100644
--- a/style/frenchb.el
+++ b/style/frenchb.el
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@
(concat "\\fg"
(unless (member "xspace" TeX-active-styles) "{}")))
,TeX-quote-after-quote)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-fr-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-fr-hook)))
;;; frenchb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/german.el b/style/german.el
index 51a35fe..d1acbbf 100644
--- a/style/german.el
+++ b/style/german.el
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\">" "\"<" german))
;; Prevent "| from leading to color bleed.
(font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist (list (cons ?\" "\\"))))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook)))
;;; german.el ends here
diff --git a/style/graphics.el b/style/graphics.el
index ffe5bd1..bffabc9 100644
--- a/style/graphics.el
+++ b/style/graphics.el
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "graphics"
(function
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "graphicx")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "graphicx"))))
;;; graphics.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/graphicx.el b/style/graphicx.el
index a06aabf..a35d151 100644
--- a/style/graphicx.el
+++ b/style/graphicx.el
@@ -50,8 +50,7 @@
("rotatebox" "[{{")
("scalebox" "{[{"))
'textual)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("includegraphics" "*[[{")) 'reference)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("includegraphics" "*[[{")) 'reference))))
(defun LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions (&optional list)
"Return appropriate extensions for input files to \\includegraphics."
diff --git a/style/harvard.el b/style/harvard.el
index d0a37cb..83463ea 100644
--- a/style/harvard.el
+++ b/style/harvard.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; harvard.el --- Support for Harvard Citation style package for AUCTeX.
-;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -104,8 +104,7 @@
;; Tell RefTeX
(when (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format)
- (reftex-set-cite-format 'harvard))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (reftex-set-cite-format 'harvard)))))
(defun LaTeX-env-harvardbib (environment &optional ignore)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with label for harvarditem."
diff --git a/style/hyperref.el b/style/hyperref.el
index ad1c628..1f703f7 100644
--- a/style/hyperref.el
+++ b/style/hyperref.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-;;; hyperref.el --- AUCTeX style for `hyperref.sty' v6.83m
+;;; hyperref.el --- AUCTeX style for the hyperref class.
-;; Copyright (C) 2008, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -30,139 +30,39 @@
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list
- '(;; See http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html#x1-40003
- ;; General options
- ("draft" ("true" "false"))
- ("final" ("true" "false"))
- ("debug" ("true" "false"))
- ("verbose" ("true" "false"))
- ("implicit" ("true" "false"))
- ("setpagesize" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Options for destination names
- ("destlabel" ("true" "false"))
- ("hypertexnames" ("true" "false"))
- ("naturalnames" ("true" "false"))
- ("plainpages" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Configuration options
- ("raiselinks" ("true" "false"))
- ("breaklinks" ("true" "false"))
- ("pageanchor" ("true" "false"))
- ("nesting" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Backend drivers
- ("driverfallback")
- ("dvipdfm")
- ("dvipdfmx")
- ("dvips")
- ("dvipsone")
- ("dviwindo")
- ("hypertex")
- ("latex2html")
- ("nativepdf")
- ("pdfmark")
- ("pdftex")
- ("ps2pdf")
- ("tex4ht")
- ("textures")
- ("vtex")
- ("vtexpdfmark")
- ("xetex")
- ;; Extension options
- ("extension")
- ("hyperfigures" ("true" "false"))
- ("backref" ("section" "slide" "page" "none" "false"))
- ("pagebackref" ("true" "false"))
- ("hyperindex" ("true" "false"))
- ("hyperfootnotes" ("true" "false"))
- ("encap")
- ("linktocpage" ("true" "false"))
- ("breaklinks" ("true" "false"))
- ("colorlinks" ("true" "false"))
- ("linkcolor")
- ("anchorcolor")
- ("citecolor")
- ("filecolor")
- ("menucolor")
- ("runcolor")
- ("urlcolor")
- ("allcolors")
- ("frenchlinks" ("true" "false"))
- ("hidelinks")
- ;; PDF-specific display options
- ("bookmarks" ("true" "false"))
- ("bookmarksopen" ("true" "false"))
- ("bookmarksopenlevel")
- ("bookmarksnumbered" ("true" "false"))
- ("bookmarkstype")
- ("CJKbookmarks" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfhighlight" ("/I" "/N" "/O" "/P"))
- ("citebordercolor")
- ("filebordercolor")
- ("linkbordercolor")
- ("menubordercolor")
- ("runbordercolor")
- ("urlbordercolor")
- ("allbordercolors")
- ("pdfborder")
- ;; PDF display and information options
- ("baseurl")
- ("pdfpagemode" ("UseOutlines" "UseThumbs" "FullScreen" "UseOC"
"UseAttachments"))
- ("pdftitle")
- ("pdfauthor")
- ("pdfsubject")
- ("pdfcreator")
- ("pdfproducer")
- ("pdfkeywords")
- ("pdftrapped" ("True" "False" "Unknown"))
- ("pdfinfo")
- ("pdfview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH" "FitBV"))
- ("pdfstartpage")
- ("pdfstartview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH" "FitBV"))
- ("pdfremotestartview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH"
"FitBV"))
- ("pdfpagescrop")
- ("pdfcenterwindow" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfdirection" ("L2R" "R2L"))
- ("pdfdisplaydoctitle" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfduplex" ("Simplex" "DuplexFlipShortEdge" "DuplexFlipLongEdge"))
- ("pdffitwindow" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdflang")
- ("pdfmenubar" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfnewwindow" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfnonfullscreenpagemode" ("UseNone" "UseOutlines" "UseThumbs"
"FullScreen" "UseOC" "UseAttachments"))
- ("pdfnumcopies")
- ("pdfpagelayout" ("SinglePage" "OneColumn" "TwoColumnLeft"
"TwoColumnRight" "TwoPageLeft" "TwoPageRight"))
- ("pdfpagelabels" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfpagetransition" ("Blinds" "Box" "Dissolve" "Glitter" "Split" "Wipe"))
- ("pdfpicktraybypdfsize" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfprintarea" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
- ("pdfprintclip" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
- ("pdfprintpagerange")
- ("pdfprintscaling" ("AppDefault" "None"))
- ("pdftoolbar" ("true" "false"))
- ("pdfviewarea" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
- ("pdfviewclip" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
- ("pdfwindowui" ("true" "false"))
- ("unicode" ("true" "false")))
+(defvar LaTeX-hyperref-package-options
+ '("a4paper" "a5paper" "anchorcolor" "b5paper" "backref" "baseurl"
+ "bookmarks" "bookmarksnumbered" "bookmarksopen"
+ "bookmarksopenlevel \maxdimen" "bookmarkstype" "breaklinks"
+ "CJKbookmarks" "citebordercolor" "citecolor" "colorlinks" "debug"
+ "draft" "dvipdf" "dvipdfm" "dvipdfmx" "dvips" "dvipsone"
+ "dviwindo" "encap" "executivepaper" "extension" "filebordercolor"
+ "filecolor" "final" "frenchlinks" "hyperfigures" "hyperfootnotes"
+ "hyperindex" "hypertex" "hypertexnames" "implicit" "latex2html"
+ "legalpaper" "letterpaper" "linkbordercolor" "linkcolor"
+ "linktocpage" "menubordercolor" "menucolor" "nativepdf"
+ "naturalnames" "nesting" "pageanchor" "pagebackref"
+ "pagebordercolor" "pagecolor" "pdfauthor" "pdfborder"
+ "pdfcenterwindow" "pdfcreator" "pdfdirection" "pdfdisplaydoctitle"
+ "pdfduplex" "pdffitwindow" "pdfhighlight" "pdfkeywords" "pdflang"
+ "pdfmark" "pdfmenubar" "pdfnewwindow" "pdfnonfullscreenpagemode"
+ "pdfnumcopies" "pdfpagelayout" "pdfpagemode" "pdfpagelabels"
+ "pdfpagescrop" "pdfpagetransition" "pdfpicktrackbypdfsize"
+ "pdfprintarea" "pdfprintclip" "pdfprintpagerange"
+ "pdfprintscaling" "pdfproducer" "pdfstartpage" "pdfstartview"
+ "pdfsubject" "pdftex" "pdftitle" "pdftoolbar" "pdfview"
+ "pdfviewarea" "pdfviewclip" "pdfwindowui" "plainpages" "ps2pdf"
+ "raiselinks" "runbordercolor" "setpagesize" "tex4ht" "textures"
+ "unicode" "urlbordercolor" "urlcolor" "verbose" "vtex" "xetex")
"Package options for the hyperref package.")
-(defvar LaTeX-hyperref-href-options
- '(("pdfremotestartview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH"
"FitBV"))
- ("pdfnewwindow" ("true" "false"))
- ("page")
- ("ismap" ("true" "false"))
- ("nextactionraw"))
- "Key=value options for href macro of the hyperref package.")
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
"hyperref"
(lambda ()
- ;; hyperref loads nameref and url (+ some other packages which do not have
- ;; style hooks)
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "url" "nameref")
-
+ ;; hyperref.sty loads url.sty
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "url")
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("hypersetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list))
- '("href" [ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-hyperref-href-options) ] "URL" "Text")
+ '("href" "URL" "Text")
'("nolinkurl" t)
'("hyperbaseurl" t)
'("hyperimage" "Image URL" "Text")
@@ -174,13 +74,7 @@
'("autoref" TeX-arg-ref)
'("ref*" TeX-arg-ref)
'("pageref*" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("autopageref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("autopageref*" TeX-arg-ref)
'("pdfstringdef" "Macro name" "TeX string")
- '("pdfbookmark" [ "Level" ] "Text" "name")
- '("currentpdfbookmark" "Text" "Name")
- '("subpdfbookmark" "Text" "Name")
- '("belowpdfbookmark" "Text" "Name")
'("texorpdfstring" "TeX string" "PDF string")
'("hypercalcbp" t)
'("Acrobatmenu" "Menu option" "Text")
@@ -208,7 +102,7 @@
(when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
(fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("href" "[{{")
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("href" "{{")
("nolinkurl" "{")
("hyperbaseurl" "{")
("hyperimage" "{{")
@@ -218,19 +112,13 @@
("hypertarget" "{{")
("autoref" "{")
("ref" "*{")
- ("pageref" "*{")
- ("autopageref" "*{"))
+ ("pageref" "*{"))
'reference)
;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords))
;; RefTeX
(when (fboundp 'reftex-ref-style-activate)
- (reftex-ref-style-activate "Hyperref")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-hyperref-package-options ()
- "Read the hyperref package options from the user."
- (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list))
+ (reftex-ref-style-activate "Hyperref"))))
;;; hyperref.el ends here
diff --git a/style/icelandic.el b/style/icelandic.el
index 427a88d..f7750dd 100644
--- a/style/icelandic.el
+++ b/style/icelandic.el
@@ -48,7 +48,6 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-is-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-is-hook)))
;;; icelandic.el ends here
diff --git a/style/imakeidx.el b/style/imakeidx.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d361cbd..0000000
--- a/style/imakeidx.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-;;; imakeidx.el --- AUCTeX style for `imakeidx.sty'.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `imakeidx.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-imakeidx-makeindex-options
- '(("name")
- ("title")
- ("program" ("makeindex" "xindy" "texindy" "truexindy"))
- ("options")
- ("noautomatic" ("true" "false"))
- ("intoc" ("true" "false"))
- ("columns")
- ("columnsep")
- ("columnseprule" ("true" "false")))
- "Key=value options for makeindex macro of the imakeidx package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options
- '(("level")
- ("toclevel")
- ("noclearpage" ("true" "false"))
- ("othercode"))
- "Key=value options for indexsetup macro of the imakeidx package.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options)
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "imakeidx"
- (lambda ()
- ;; `firstpagestyle' and `headers' options for `indexsetup' macro are
- ;; available only if `fancyhdr' is not loaded. The following code works
only
- ;; if `imakeidx' is loaded after `fancyhdr'.
- (unless (member "fancyhdr" TeX-active-styles)
- (setq LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options
- (append LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options
- `(("firstpagestyle" ,(LaTeX-pagestyle-list)))
- '(("headers")))))
-
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("makeindex" [ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-imakeidx-makeindex-options) ])
- '("indexsetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options))
- '("splitindexoptions" "Command line option")
- '("index" [ "Index name" ] TeX-arg-index)
- '("indexprologue" [ "Spacing" ] "Text")
- '("printindex" [ "Index name" ])
- '("seealso" 2)
- '("see" 2)
- "seename"
- "alsoname"
- "indexname")
-
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "multicol"
- "xpatch"
- "pdftexcmds"
- "ifluatex"
- "ifxetex"
- "xkeyval")
-
- ;; Completion for the |see macro and RefTeX support taken from
- ;; `makeidx.el'
- (setq TeX-complete-list
- (append
- '(("|see{\\([^{}\n\r]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-index-entry-list))
- TeX-complete-list))
- (and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(default))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-imakeidx-package-options
- '("makeindex" "xindy" "texindy" "truexindy" "noautomatic" "nonewpage" "quiet"
- "original" "splitindex")
- "Package options for the imakeidx package.")
-
-;; imakeidx.el ends here
diff --git a/style/index.el b/style/index.el
index 66e52da..f14630b 100644
--- a/style/index.el
+++ b/style/index.el
@@ -75,8 +75,7 @@
;; RefTeX support
(and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(index))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(index)))))
(defvar LaTeX-index-package-options nil
"Package options for the index package.")
diff --git a/style/inputenc.el b/style/inputenc.el
index 7d00ca7..8b7be5c 100644
--- a/style/inputenc.el
+++ b/style/inputenc.el
@@ -77,8 +77,7 @@
(lambda ()
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("inputencoding" LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("inputencoding" LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc))))
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/italian.el b/style/italian.el
index a7fa3d9..4578f6f 100644
--- a/style/italian.el
+++ b/style/italian.el
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@
;; Fontification of quotation marks.
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-it-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-it-hook)))
;;; italian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/j-article.el b/style/j-article.el
index 5a26de5..2408e7e 100644
--- a/style/j-article.el
+++ b/style/j-article.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; j-article.el - Special code for j-article style.
+;; $Id: j-article.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"j-article"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
;;; j-article.el ends here
diff --git a/style/j-book.el b/style/j-book.el
index 932fe45..92d11b2 100644
--- a/style/j-book.el
+++ b/style/j-book.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; j-book.el - Special code for j-book style.
+;; $Id: j-book.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"j-book"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; j-book.el ends here
diff --git a/style/j-report.el b/style/j-report.el
index 07dfcb5..437616f 100644
--- a/style/j-report.el
+++ b/style/j-report.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; j-report.el - Special code for j-report style.
+;; $Id: j-report.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"j-report"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; j-report.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jarticle.el b/style/jarticle.el
index 5d38668..010725e 100644
--- a/style/jarticle.el
+++ b/style/jarticle.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; jarticle.el - Special code for jarticle style.
+;; $Id: jarticle.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jarticle"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
;;; jarticle.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jbook.el b/style/jbook.el
index beb8748..a678ebc 100644
--- a/style/jbook.el
+++ b/style/jbook.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; jbook.el - Special code for jbook style.
+;; $Id: jbook.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jbook"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; jbook.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jreport.el b/style/jreport.el
index 751ecc1..d2f3f33 100644
--- a/style/jreport.el
+++ b/style/jreport.el
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
;;; jreport.el - Special code for jreport style.
+;; $Id: jreport.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jreport"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; jreport.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jsarticle.el b/style/jsarticle.el
index 9e50fbb..36fc54a 100644
--- a/style/jsarticle.el
+++ b/style/jsarticle.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; jsarticle.el - Special code for jsarticle style.
+;; $Id: jsarticle.el,v 1.2 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jsarticle"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
;;; jsarticle.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jsbook.el b/style/jsbook.el
index fae2713..3dff339 100644
--- a/style/jsbook.el
+++ b/style/jsbook.el
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
;;; jsbook.el - Special code for jsbook style.
+;; $Id: jsbook.el,v 1.2 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
+
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jsbook"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; jsbook.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jura.el b/style/jura.el
index 4baac97..2f149c4 100644
--- a/style/jura.el
+++ b/style/jura.el
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jura"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "alphanum"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "alphanum")))
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/jurabib.el b/style/jurabib.el
index 1919c06..c48e383 100644
--- a/style/jurabib.el
+++ b/style/jurabib.el
@@ -629,7 +629,6 @@
"urldatecomment"
"volname"
"volumename"
- "volumeofname"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "volumeofname")))
;;; jurabib.el ends here
diff --git a/style/kantlipsum.el b/style/kantlipsum.el
deleted file mode 100644
index cdf510f..0000000
--- a/style/kantlipsum.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-;;; kantlipsum.el --- AUCTeX style for `kantlipsum.sty'.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `kantlipsum.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "kantlipsum"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("kant" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 164)" ])
- '("kant*" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 164)" ])
- '("kantdef" TeX-arg-define-macro "Paragraph number"))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "xparse"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-kantlipsum-package-options
- '("par" "nopar" "numbers" "index")
- "Package options for the kantlipsum package.")
-
-;; kantlipsum.el ends here
diff --git a/style/kpfonts.el b/style/kpfonts.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 026c81f..0000000
--- a/style/kpfonts.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,599 +0,0 @@
-;;; kpfonts.el --- AUCTeX style for `kpfonts.sty' version 3.31.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `kpfonts.sty' version 3.31.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-;;; Kpfonts Minor Mode (heavily based on LaTeX Math Minor Mode code)
-
-(defconst LaTeX-kpfonts-default
- '(;; Other Greek Lowercase
- ("o a" "otheralpha" "Other Greek Lowercase" 945) ;; #X03B1
- ("o b" "otherbeta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 946) ;; #X03B2
- ("o g" "othergamma" "Other Greek Lowercase" 947) ;; #X03B3
- ("o d" "otherdelta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 948) ;; #X03B4
- ("o e" "otherepsilon" "Other Greek Lowercase" 1013) ;; #X03F5
- ("o z" "otherzeta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 950) ;; #X03B6
- ("o h" "othereta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 951) ;; #X03B7
- ("o j" "othertheta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 952) ;; #X03B8
- (nil "otheriota" "Other Greek Lowercase" 953) ;; #X03B9
- ("o k" "otherkappa" "Other Greek Lowercase" 954) ;; #X03BA
- ("o l" "otherlambda" "Other Greek Lowercase" 955) ;; #X03BB
- ("o m" "othermu" "Other Greek Lowercase" 956) ;; #X03BC
- ("o n" "othernu" "Other Greek Lowercase" 957) ;; #X03BD
- ("o x" "otherxi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 958) ;; #X03BE
- ("o p" "otherpi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 960) ;; #X03C0
- ("o r" "otherrho" "Other Greek Lowercase" 961) ;; #X03C1
- ("o s" "othersigma" "Other Greek Lowercase" 963) ;; #X03C3
- ("o t" "othertau" "Other Greek Lowercase" 964) ;; #X03C4
- ("o u" "otherupsilon" "Other Greek Lowercase" 965) ;; #X03C5
- ("o f" "otherphi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 981) ;; #X03D5
- ("o q" "otherchi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 967) ;; #X03C7
- ("o y" "otherpsi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 968) ;; #X03C8
- ("o w" "otheromega" "Other Greek Lowercase" 969) ;; #X03C9
- ("o v e" "othervarepsilon" "Other Greek Lowercase" 949) ;; #X03B5
- ("o v j" "othervartheta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 977) ;; #X03D1
- ("o v p" "othervarpi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 982) ;; #X03D6
- ("o v r" "othervarrho" "Other Greek Lowercase" 1009) ;; #X03F1
- ("o v s" "othervarsigma" "Other Greek Lowercase" 962) ;; #X03C2
- ("o v f" "othervarphi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 966) ;; #X03C6
- ;; Slanted Greek Lowercase
- (nil "alphasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120572) ;; #X1D6FC
- (nil "betasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120573) ;; #X1D6FD
- (nil "gammasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120574) ;; #X1D6FE
- (nil "deltasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120575) ;; #X1D6FF
- (nil "epsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120598) ;; #X1D716
- (nil "zetasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120577) ;; #X1D701
- (nil "etasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120578) ;; #X1D702
- (nil "thetasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120579) ;; #X1D703
- (nil "iotasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120580) ;; #X1D704
- (nil "kappasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120581) ;; #X1D705
- (nil "lambdasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120582) ;; #X1D706
- (nil "musl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120583) ;; #X1D707
- (nil "nusl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120584) ;; #X1D708
- (nil "xisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120585) ;; #X1D709
- (nil "pisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120587) ;; #X1D70B
- (nil "rhosl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120588) ;; #X1D70C
- (nil "sigmasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120590) ;; #X1D70E
- (nil "tausl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120591) ;; #X1D70F
- (nil "upsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120592) ;; #X1D710
- (nil "phisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120601) ;; #X1D719
- (nil "chisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120594) ;; #X1D712
- (nil "psisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120595) ;; #X1D713
- (nil "omegasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120596) ;; #X1D714
- (nil "varepsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120576) ;; #X1D700
- (nil "varthetasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120599) ;; #X1D717
- (nil "varpisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120603) ;; #X1D71B
- (nil "varrhosl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120602) ;; #X1D71A
- (nil "varsigmasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120589) ;; #X1D70D
- (nil "varphisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120593) ;; #X1D711
- ;; Upright Greek Lowercase
- (nil "alphaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 945) ;; #X03B1
- (nil "betaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 946) ;; #X03B2
- (nil "gammaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 947) ;; #X03B3
- (nil "deltaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 948) ;; #X03B4
- (nil "epsilonup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 1013) ;; #X03F5
- (nil "zetaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 950) ;; #X03B6
- (nil "etaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 951) ;; #X03B7
- (nil "thetaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 952) ;; #X03B8
- (nil "iotaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 953) ;; #X03B9
- (nil "kappaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 954) ;; #X03BA
- (nil "lambdaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 955) ;; #X03BB
- (nil "muup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 956) ;; #X03BC
- (nil "nuup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 957) ;; #X03BD
- (nil "xiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 958) ;; #X03BE
- (nil "piup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 960) ;; #X03C0
- (nil "rhoup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 961) ;; #X03C1
- (nil "sigmaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 963) ;; #X03C3
- (nil "tauup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 964) ;; #X03C4
- (nil "upsilonup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 965) ;; #X03C5
- (nil "phiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 981) ;; #X03D5
- (nil "chiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 967) ;; #X03C7
- (nil "psiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 968) ;; #X03C8
- (nil "omegaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 969) ;; #X03C9
- (nil "varepsilonup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 949) ;; #X03B5
- (nil "varthetaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 977) ;; #X03D1
- (nil "varpiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 982) ;; #X03D6
- (nil "varrhoup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 1009) ;; #X03F1
- (nil "varsigmaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 962) ;; #X03C2
- (nil "varphiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 966) ;; #X03C6
- ;; Other Greek Uppercase
- ("o G" "otherGamma" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120548) ;; #X1D6E4
- ("o D" "otherDelta" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120549) ;; #X1D6E5
- ("o J" "otherTheta" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120553) ;; #X1D6E9
- ("o L" "otherLambda" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120556) ;; #X1D6EC
- ("o X" "otherXi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120559) ;; #X1D6EF
- ("o P" "otherPi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120561) ;; #X1D6F1
- ("o S" "otherSigma" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120564) ;; #X1D6F4
- ("o U" "otherUpsilon" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120566) ;; #X1D6F6
- ("o F" "otherPhi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120567) ;; #X1D6F7
- ("o Y" "otherPsi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120569) ;; #X1D6F9
- ("o W" "otherOmega" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120570) ;; #X1D6FA
- ;; Slanted Greek Uppercase
- (nil "Gammasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120548) ;; #X1D6E4
- (nil "Deltasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120549) ;; #X1D6E5
- (nil "Thetasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120553) ;; #X1D6E9
- (nil "Lambdasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120556) ;; #X1D6EC
- (nil "Xisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120559) ;; #X1D6EF
- (nil "Pisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120561) ;; #X1D6F1
- (nil "Sigmasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120564) ;; #X1D6F4
- (nil "Upsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120566) ;; #X1D6F6
- (nil "Phisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120567) ;; #X1D6F7
- (nil "Psisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120569) ;; #X1D6F9
- (nil "Omegasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120570) ;; #X1D6FA
- ;; Upright Greek Uppercase
- (nil "Gammaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 915) ;; #X0393
- (nil "Deltaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 916) ;; #X0394
- (nil "Thetaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 920) ;; #X0398
- (nil "Lambdaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 923) ;; #X039B
- (nil "Xiup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 926) ;; #X039E
- (nil "Piup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 928) ;; #X03A0
- (nil "Sigmaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 931) ;; #X03A3
- (nil "Upsilonup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 978) ;; #X03D2
- (nil "Phiup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 934) ;; #X03A6
- (nil "Psiup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 936) ;; #X03A8
- (nil "Omegaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 937) ;; #X03A9
- ;; Integrals
- (nil "varint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "variint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "variiint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "variiiint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "varidotsint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "oiint" "Integrals" 8751) ;; #X222F
- (nil "ointctrclockwise" "Integrals" 8755) ;; #X2233
- (nil "ointclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "sqint" "Integrals" 10774) ;; #X2A16
- (nil "idotsint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "oiiint" "Integrals" 8752) ;; #X2230
- (nil "varointctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "varointclockwise" "Integrals" 8754) ;; #X2232
- (nil "fint" "Integrals" 10767) ;; #X2A0F
- (nil "oiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "varoiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "oiiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "varoiiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "oiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "varoiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "oiiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "varoiiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "sqiint" "Integrals" nil)
- (nil "sqiiint" "Integrals" nil)
- ;; Mapping
- (nil "mappedfrom" "Mapping" 8612) ;; #X21A4
- (nil "longmappedfrom" "Mapping" 10235) ;; #X27FB
- (nil "Mapsto" "Mapping" 10503) ;; #X2907
- (nil "Longmapsto" "Mapping" 10238) ;; #X27FE
- (nil "Mappedfrom" "Mapping" 10502) ;; #X2906
- (nil "Longmappedfrom" "Mapping" 10237) ;; #X27FD
- (nil "mmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "longmmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "mmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "longmmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "Mmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "Longmmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "Mmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
- (nil "Longmmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
- ;; Arrows
- (nil "dashleftarrow" "Arrows" 10510) ;; #X290E
- (nil "dashrightarrow" "Arrows" 10511) ;; #X290F
- (nil "dashleftrightarrow" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "leftsquigarrow" "Arrows" 8668) ;; #X21DC
- (nil "Nearrow" "Arrows" 8663) ;; #X21D7
- (nil "Searrow" "Arrows" 8664) ;; #X21D8
- (nil "Nwarrow" "Arrows" 8662) ;; #X21D6
- (nil "Swarrow" "Arrows" 8665) ;; #X21D9
- (nil "leadstoext" "Arrows" 12316) ;; #X301C
- (nil "leadsto" "Arrows" 10547) ;; #X2933
- (nil "boxright" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "Diamondright" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "circleright" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxleft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "Diamondleft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "circleleft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxdotright" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "Diamonddotright" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "circledotright" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxdotleft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "Diamonddotleft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "circledotleft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxRight" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxLeft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxdotRight" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "boxdotLeft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "DiamondRight" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "DiamondLeft" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "DiamonddotRight" "Arrows" nil)
- (nil "DiamonddotLeft" "Arrows" nil)
- ;; Neg Arrows
- (nil "ntwoheadrightarrow" "Neg Arrows" 10496) ;; #X2900
- (nil "ntwoheadleftarrow" "Neg Arrows" 11060) ;; #X2B34
- ;; Binary Op
- (nil "multimap" "Binary Op" 8888) ;; #X22B8
- (nil "multimapinv" "Binary Op" 10204) ;; #X27DC
- (nil "multimapboth" "Binary Op" 10719) ;; #X29DF
- (nil "multimapdot" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "multimapdotinv" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "multimapdotboth" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "multimapdotbothA" "Binary Op" 8886) ;; #X22B6
- (nil "multimapdotbothB" "Binary Op" 8887) ;; #X22B7
- (nil "multimapbothvert" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "multimapdotbothvert" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "multimapdotbothAvert" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "multimapdotbothBvert" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "Wr" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "sqcupplus" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "sqcapplus" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "medcirc" "Binary Op" 9898) ;; #X26AA
- (nil "medbullet" "Binary Op" 9899) ;; #X26AB
- (nil "invamp" "Binary Op" 8523) ;; #X214B
- (nil "Diamonddot" "Binary Op" 10192) ;; #X27D0
- (nil "Diamond" "Binary Op" 9671) ;; #X25C7
- (nil "Diamondblack" "Binary Op" 9670) ;; #X25C6
- (nil "strictif" "Binary Op" 8880) ;; #X22B0
- (nil "strictfi" "Binary Op" 8881) ;; #X22B1
- (nil "strictiff" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "circledless" "Binary Op" 10688) ;; #X29C0
- (nil "circledgtr" "Binary Op" 10689) ;; #X29C1
- (nil "circledwedge" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "circledvee" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "circledbar" "Binary Op" 10678) ;; #X29B6
- (nil "circledbslash" "Binary Op" 10680) ;; #X29B8
- (nil "bignplus" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "bigsqcupplus" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "bigsqcapplus" "Binary Op" nil)
- (nil "bigsqcap" "Binary Op" 10757) ;; #X2A05
- (nil "varprod" "Binary Op" 10761) ;; #X2A09
- ;; Relational
- (nil "doteq" "Relational" 8784) ;; #X2250
- (nil "VDash" "Relational" 8875) ;; #X22AB
- (nil "VvDash" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "cong" "Relational" 8773) ;; #X2245
- (nil "preceqq" "Relational" 10931) ;; #X2AB3
- (nil "succeqq" "Relational" 10932) ;; #X2AB4
- (nil "coloneqq" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "varparallel" "Relational" 11005) ;; #X2AFD
- (nil "nvarparallel" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "varparallelinv" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "nvarparallelinv" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "colonapprox" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "colonsim" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "Colonapprox" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "Colonsim" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "eqqcolon" "Relational" 8789) ;; #X2255
- (nil "coloneq" "Relational" nil)
- (nil "eqcolon" "Relational" 8761) ;; #X2239
- (nil "Coloneqq" "Relational" 10868) ;; #X2A74
- (nil "Eqqcolon" "Relational" nil)
- ;; Neg Rel
- (nil "nprecsim" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nsuccsim" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nlesssim" "Neg Rel" 8820) ;; #X2274
- (nil "ngtrsim" "Neg Rel" 8821) ;; #X2275
- (nil "nlessapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "ngtrapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "npreccurlyeq" "Neg Rel" 8928) ;; #X22E0
- (nil "nsucccurlyeq" "Neg Rel" 8929) ;; #X22E1
- (nil "ngtrless" "Neg Rel" 8825) ;; #X2279
- (nil "nlessgtr" "Neg Rel" 8824) ;; #X2278
- (nil "nbumpeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nBumpeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nbacksim" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nbacksimeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nasymp" "Neg Rel" 8813) ;; #X226D
- (nil "nequiv" "Neg Rel" 8802) ;; #X2262
- (nil "nsim" "Neg Rel" 8769) ;; #X2241
- (nil "napprox" "Neg Rel" 8777) ;; #X2249
- (nil "nsubset" "Neg Rel" 8836) ;; #X2284
- (nil "nsupset" "Neg Rel" 8837) ;; #X2285
- (nil "nll" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "ngg" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nthickapprox" "Neg Rel" 8777) ;; #X2249
- (nil "napproxeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nprecapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nsuccapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "npreceqq" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nsucceqq" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nsimeq" "Neg Rel" 8772) ;; #X2244
- (nil "notin" "Neg Rel" 8713) ;; #X2209
- (nil "notni" "Neg Rel" 8716) ;; #X220C
- (nil "nSubset" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nSupset" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nsqsubseteq" "Neg Rel" 8930) ;; #X22E2
- (nil "nsqsupseteq" "Neg Rel" 8931) ;; #X22E3
- (nil "nsqsubset" "Neg Rel" nil)
- (nil "nsqsupset" "Neg Rel" nil)
- ;; Delimeters
- (nil "Lbag" "Delimeters" 10181) ;; #X27C5
- (nil "Rbag" "Delimeters" 10182) ;; #X27C6
- (nil "llbracket" "Delimeters" 10214) ;; #X27E6
- (nil "rrbracket" "Delimeters" 10215) ;; #X27E7
- ;; Accents
- (nil "widearc" "Accents" 8978) ;; #X2312
- (nil "widearcarrow" "Accents" 8405) ;; #X20D5
- (nil "wideOarc" "Accents" 8405) ;; #X20D5
- (nil "wideparen" "Accents" 9180) ;; #X23DC
- (nil "widering" "Accents" nil)
- ;; Misc
- ("v 0" "varemptyset" "Misc" 8709) ;; #X2205
- (nil "lJoin" "Misc" 8905) ;; #X22C9
- (nil "rJoin" "Misc" 8906) ;; #X22CA
- (nil "Join" "Misc" 8904) ;; #X22C8
- (nil "openJoin" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "lrtimes" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "opentimes" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "nplus" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "Top" "Misc" 10986) ;; #X2AEA
- (nil "Bot" "Misc" 10987) ;; #X2AEB
- (nil "Perp" "Misc" 10987) ;; #X2AEB
- (nil "boxast" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "boxbslash" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "boxbar" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "boxslash" "Misc" nil)
- (nil "lambdaslash" "Misc" 411) ;; #X019B
- (nil "lambdabar" "Misc" 411) ;; #X019B
- (nil "varclubsuit" "Misc" 9831) ;; #X2667
- (nil "vardiamondsuit" "Misc" 9830) ;; #X2666
- (nil "varheartsuit" "Misc" 9829) ;; #X2665
- (nil "varspadesuit" "Misc" 9828)) ;; #X2664
- "Alist of kpfonts symbols.
-
-Each entry should be a list with upto four elements, KEY, VALUE,
-MENU and CHARACTER.
-
-KEY is the key (after `LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix') to be
-redefined in kpfonts minor mode. If KEY is nil, the symbol has
-no associated keystroke \(it is available in the menu, though\).
-
-VALUE can be a string with the name of the macro to be inserted,
-or a function to be called. The macro must be given without the
-leading backslash.
-
-The third element MENU is the name of the submenu where the
-command should be added. MENU can be either a string
-\(e.g. \"greek\"\), a list (e.g. \(\"AMS\" \"Delimiters\"\)\) or
-nil. If MENU is nil, no menu item will be created.
-
-The fourth element CHARACTER is a Unicode character position for
-menu display. When nil, no character is shown.
-
-See also `LaTeX-kpfonts-menu'.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix
- "Prefix key for use in `LaTeX-kpfonts-mode'.
-This has to be a string representing a key sequence in a format
-understood by the `kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax
-usually used in the Emacs and Elisp manuals.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix ()
- "Make a key definition from the variable `LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix'."
- (if (stringp LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix)
- (read-kbd-macro LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix)
- LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-keymap (make-sparse-keymap)
- "Keymap used for `LaTeX-kpfonts-mode' commands.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-menu nil
- "Menu containing commands provided by kpfonts LaTeX package.
-The menu entries will be generated dynamically, but you can specify
-the sequence by initializing this variable.")
-
-;; We set `LaTeX-kpfonts-menu' after its definition because otherwise,
resetting
-;; AUCTeX with `C-u C-c C-n' would create duplicate entries in menu.
-(setq LaTeX-kpfonts-menu
- '("Kpfonts"
- ("Insert Font"
- ["Math Upright" (TeX-font nil ?\C-h) :keys "C-c C-f C-h"]
- ["Math Fraktur" (TeX-font nil ?\C-k) :keys "C-c C-f C-k"]
- ["Math Script" (TeX-font nil ?\C-p) :keys "C-c C-f C-p"]
- ["Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font nil ?\C-l) :keys "C-c C-f C-l"]
- ["Other Small Caps" (TeX-font nil ?\C-o) :keys "C-c C-f C-o"]
- ["Other Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font nil ?\C-q) :keys "C-c C-f C-q"])
- ("Replace Font"
- ["Math Upright" (TeX-font t ?\C-h) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-h"]
- ["Math Fraktur" (TeX-font t ?\C-k) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-k"]
- ["Math Script" (TeX-font t ?\C-p) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-p"]
- ["Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font t ?\C-l) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-l"]
- ["Other Small Caps" (TeX-font t ?\C-o) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-o"]
- ["Other Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font t ?\C-q) :keys "C-u C-c C-f
C-q"])
- ["Delete Font" (TeX-font t ?\C-d) :keys "C-c C-f C-d"]
- "-"
- ("Other Greek Lowercase") ("Slanted Greek Lowercase")
- ("Upright Greek Lowercase") ("Other Greek Uppercase")
- ("Slanted Greek Uppercase") ("Upright Greek Uppercase") ("Integrals")
- ("Mapping") ("Arrows") ("Neg Arrows") ("Binary Op") ("Relational")
- ("Neg Rel") ("Delimeters") ("Accents") ("Misc")))
-
-(let ((math (reverse LaTeX-kpfonts-default))
- (map LaTeX-kpfonts-keymap)
- (unicode (and LaTeX-math-menu-unicode (fboundp 'decode-char))))
- (while math
- (let* ((entry (car math))
- (key (nth 0 entry))
- (prefix
- (and unicode
- (nth 3 entry)))
- value menu name)
- (setq math (cdr math))
- (if (and prefix
- (setq prefix (decode-char 'ucs (nth 3 entry))))
- (setq prefix (concat (string prefix) " \\"))
- (setq prefix "\\"))
- (if (listp (cdr entry))
- (setq value (nth 1 entry)
- menu (nth 2 entry))
- (setq value (cdr entry)
- menu nil))
- (if (stringp value)
- (progn
- (setq name (intern (concat "LaTeX-kpfonts-" value)))
- (fset name (list 'lambda (list 'arg) (list 'interactive "*P")
- (list 'LaTeX-math-insert value 'arg))))
- (setq name value))
- (if key
- (progn
- (setq key (cond ((numberp key) (char-to-string key))
- ((stringp key) (read-kbd-macro key))
- (t (vector key))))
- (define-key map key name)))
- (if menu
- (let ((parent LaTeX-kpfonts-menu))
- (if (listp menu)
- (progn
- (while (cdr menu)
- (let ((sub (assoc (car menu) LaTeX-kpfonts-menu)))
- (if sub
- (setq parent sub)
- (setcdr parent (cons (list (car menu)) (cdr parent))))
- (setq menu (cdr menu))))
- (setq menu (car menu))))
- (let ((sub (assoc menu parent)))
- (if sub
- (if (stringp value)
- (setcdr sub (cons (vector (concat prefix value)
- name t)
- (cdr sub)))
- (error "Cannot have multiple special kpfonts menu items"))
- (setcdr parent
- (cons (if (stringp value)
- (list menu (vector (concat prefix value)
- name t))
- (vector menu name t))
- (cdr parent)))))))))
- ;; Make the kpfonts prefix char available if it has not been used as a
prefix.
- (unless (lookup-key map (LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix))
- (define-key map (LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix) 'self-insert-command)))
-
-(define-minor-mode LaTeX-kpfonts-mode
- "A minor mode with easy access to kpfonts macros.
-
-Easy insertion of kpfonts symbols. If you give a prefix
-argument, the symbols will be surrounded by dollar signs. The
-following commands are defined:
-
-\\{LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-map}"
- nil nil (list (cons (LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix) LaTeX-kpfonts-keymap))
- (if LaTeX-kpfonts-mode
- (easy-menu-add LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-menu LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-map)
- (easy-menu-remove LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-menu))
- (TeX-set-mode-name))
-
-(easy-menu-define LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-menu
- LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-map
- "Menu used in kpfonts minor mode."
- LaTeX-kpfonts-menu)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-enable LaTeX-math-mode
- "If non-nil, enable kpfonts minor mode by default.")
-
-(if LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-enable
- (LaTeX-kpfonts-mode))
-;;; Kpfonts Minor Mode ends here
-
-;; New fonts by `kpfonts'.
-(setq TeX-font-list
- (append
- TeX-font-list
- '(;; Math fonts
- (?\C-h "" "" "\\mathup{" "}")
- (?\C-k "" "" "\\mathfrak{" "}")
- (?\C-p "" "" "\\mathscr{" "}")
- ;; Text fonts
- (?\C-l "\\textscsl{" "}")
- (?\C-o "\\textothersc{" "}")
- (?\C-q "\\textotherscsl{" "}"))))
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "kpfonts"
- (lambda ()
- (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "kpfonts" "notextcomp")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "textcomp"))
- (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "kpfonts" "noamsmath")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath"))
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Text fonts options
- '("classicstylenums" 1)
- ;; New text commands
- '("scslshape" 0)
- '("otherscshape" 0)
- '("otherscslshape" 0)
- "othertailQ"
- "othertailscq"
- "othertailscslq"
- ;; Variant integrate symbols
- '("D" 1)
- ;; New extensive symbols
- '("widearc" 1)
- '("widearcarrow" 1)
- '("wideOarc" 1)
- '("wideparen" 1)
- '("widering" 1))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("textscsl" "{")
- ("textothersc" "{")
- ("textotherscsl" "{"))
- 'bold-command)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("textscsl" "{")
- ("textotherscsl" "{"))
- 'italic-command)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("scslshape")
- ("otherscshape")
- ("otherscslshape"))
- 'bold-declaration)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("scslshape")
- ("otherscslshape"))
- 'italic-declaration)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-package-options
- '(;; Main global options
- "light" "fulloldstylenums" "fulloldstyle" "fullveryoldstyle"
- ;; Other global options
- "nomath" "notext" "nosf" "nott" "onlyrm" "noamsmath" "notextcomp"
- ;; Text fonts options
- "lighttext" "oldstylenums" "oldstyle" "veryoldstyle" "rmx" "largesmallcaps"
- "easyscsl" "nofligatures" "lightmath"
- ;; Math typesetting options
- "sfmath" "sfmathbb" "rmmathbb" "nomathscript" "mathcalasscript"
"classicReIm"
- "uprightRoman" "frenchstyle" "upright" "oldstylenumsmath" "oldstylemath"
- "veryoldstylemath" "narrowiints" "partialup" "widermath" "noDcommand"
- ;; Position of subscripts and superscripts
- "intlimits" "fullintlimits" "nointlimits" "sumlimits" "fullsumlimits"
- "nosumlimits"
- ;; Greek letters in math mode, options
- "uprightgreeks" "slantedGreeks"
- ;; Other `amsmath' options
- "namelimits" "nonamelimits" "leqno" "reqno" "centertags" "tbtags"
- ;; Misc
- "nowarning")
- "Package options for the kpfonts package.")
-
-;; kpfonts.el ends here
diff --git a/style/latexinfo.el b/style/latexinfo.el
index be64bca..59daf6c 100644
--- a/style/latexinfo.el
+++ b/style/latexinfo.el
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
;;; latexinfo.el - Support for LaTeXinfo files.
-;; Copyright (C) 1993 Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
+;; Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
+;; Version: $Id: latexinfo.el,v 1.7 2008-02-03 14:53:30 angeli Exp $
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -98,11 +99,11 @@ This fails when the user types in the label of something
else"
(TeX-arg-literal " ")
(TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-define-label "Node name")
(TeX-arg-literal ", ")
- (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-ref "Next node")
+ (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-label "Next node")
(TeX-arg-literal ", ")
- (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-ref "Previous node")
+ (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-label "Previous node")
(TeX-arg-literal ", ")
- (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-ref "Up node"))
+ (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-label "Up node"))
'("setfilename" TeX-arg-file)
'("var" t)
@@ -136,8 +137,8 @@ This fails when the user types in the label of something
else"
'("copyright" nil)
'("sp" nil)
- '("xref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("pxref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("xref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("pxref" TeX-arg-label)
'("inforef"
(TeX-arg-literal "{")
(TeX-arg-free "Name of node")
@@ -175,7 +176,6 @@ This fails when the user types in the label of something
else"
;; need the following stuff to let xref and pxref work
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-section-label)
- (setq LaTeX-section-label "")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (setq LaTeX-section-label ""))))
;;; latexinfo.el ends here
diff --git a/style/letter.el b/style/letter.el
index d02f8f4..fa269a4 100644
--- a/style/letter.el
+++ b/style/letter.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; letter.el - Special code for letter style.
-;; Copyright (C) 1993, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1993, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -25,69 +25,28 @@
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-letter-class-options
- '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
- "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
- "leqno" "fleqn")
- "Package options for the letter class.")
-
;; You may want to define this in tex-site.el to contain your
-;; organizations address.
+;; organizations address.
(defvar LaTeX-letter-sender-address ""
"Initial value when prompting for a sender address in the letter style.")
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "letter"
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("letter" LaTeX-env-recipient))
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "firstpage")
- (setq LaTeX-default-document-environment "letter")
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("name" "Sender: ")
- '("address" "Sender address: ")
- '("signature" "Signature: ")
- '("opening" "Opening: ")
- '("closing" "Closing: ")
- "location"
- "telephone"
- "makelabels"
- "stopbreaks"
- "startbreaks"
- "cc"
- "encl"
- "ps"
- "stopletter"
- "returnaddress"
- "startlabels"
- "mlabel"
- "descriptionlabel"
- "ccname"
- "enclname"
- "pagename"
- "headtoname")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("name" "{")
- ("address" "{")
- ("signature" "{")
- ("opening" "{")
- ("closing" "{")
- ("location" "{")
- ("telephone" "{")
- ("cc" "{")
- ("encl" "{")
- ("ps" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+(TeX-add-style-hook "letter"
+ (function
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("letter" LaTeX-env-recipient))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("name" "Sender: ")
+ '("address" "Sender address: ")
+ '("signature" "Signature: ")
+ '("opening" "Opening: ")
+ '("closing" "Closing: ")))))
(defun LaTeX-env-recipient (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT and prompt for recipient and address."
(let ((sender (read-string "Sender: " (user-full-name)))
(sender-address (read-string "Sender address: "
- LaTeX-letter-sender-address))
+ LaTeX-letter-sender-address))
(recipient (read-string "Recipient: "))
(address (read-string "Recipient address: "))
(signature (read-string "Signature: "))
diff --git a/style/lettrine.el b/style/lettrine.el
index ed32a70..f595c43 100644
--- a/style/lettrine.el
+++ b/style/lettrine.el
@@ -66,8 +66,7 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("lettrine" "[{{")) 'textual)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("lettrine" "[{{")) 'textual))))
(defvar LaTeX-lettrine-package-options nil
"Package options for the lettrine package.")
diff --git a/style/lipsum.el b/style/lipsum.el
deleted file mode 100644
index e198480..0000000
--- a/style/lipsum.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-;;; lipsum.el --- AUCTeX style for `lipsum.sty'.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `lipsum.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "lipsum"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("lipsum" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 150)" ])
- '("lipsum*" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 150)" ])
- '("setlipsumdefault" [ "Default range of paragraph (max: 150)" ])
- '("ChangeLipsumPar" 0)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-lipsum-package-options
- '("nopar")
- "Package options for the lipsum package.")
-
-;; lipsum.el ends here
diff --git a/style/listings.el b/style/listings.el
index 534de62..cfb11e9 100644
--- a/style/listings.el
+++ b/style/listings.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; listings.el --- AUCTeX style for `listings.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@
;;; Code:
;; The following are options taken from chapter 4 of the listings
-;; manual (2007/02/22 Version 1.4).
+;; manual (2006/05/08 Version 1.3c). Experimental options described
+;; in chapter 5 are not included.
(defvar LaTeX-listings-key-val-options
'(;; Space and placement
("float" ("t" "b" "p" "h")) ; Support [*] as an optional prefix and that
@@ -101,7 +102,6 @@
("caption") ; Insert braces?
("label")
("nolol" ("true" "false"))
- ("numberbychapter" ("true" "false"))
("captionpos" ("t" "b")) ; Can be a subset of tb.
("abovecaptionskip")
("belowcaptionskip")
@@ -141,9 +141,8 @@
("deleteindex")
("indexstyle")
;; Column alignment
- ("columns" ("fixed" "flexible" "fullflexible" "spaceflexible")) ;
- ; Also supports an optional
- ; argument with {c,l,r}.
+ ("columns" ("fixed" "flexible" "fullflexible")) ; Also supports an optional
+ ; argument with {c,l,r}.
("flexiblecolumns" ("true" "false"))
("keepspaces" ("true" "false"))
("basewidth")
@@ -186,35 +185,7 @@
("morekeywordcomment")
("deletekeywordcomment")
("keywordcommentsemicolon")
- ("podcomment" ("true" "false"))
- ;; The following are all options from chapter 5, which are
- ;; experimental
- ;; Export of identifiers
- ("procnamekeys")
- ("moreprocnamekeys")
- ("deleteprocnamekeys")
- ("procnamestyle")
- ("indexprocnames" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Hyperlink references
- ("hyperref")
- ("morehyperref")
- ("deletehyperref")
- ("hyperanchor")
- ("hyperlink")
- ;; Literate programming
- ("literate") ;; three arguments: replace,replacement text,length
- ;; LGrind definitions
- ("lgrindef")
- ;; Arbitrary linerange markers
- ("rangebeginprefix")
- ("rangebeginsuffix")
- ("rangeendprefix")
- ("rangeendsuffix")
- ("rangeprefix")
- ("rangesuffix")
- ("includerangemarker" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Multicolumn Listing
- ("multicolumn"))
+ ("podcomment" ("true" "false")))
"Key=value options for listings macros and environments.")
(TeX-add-style-hook
@@ -231,15 +202,7 @@
"lstlistoflistings"
'("lstnewenvironment" "Name" ["Number or arguments"] ["Default argument"]
"Starting code" "Ending code")
- '("lstset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options))
- '("lstloadlanguages" t)
- ;; 4.17 Short Inline Listing Commands
- '("lstMakeShortInline" [ "Options" ] "Character")
- '("lstDeleteShortInline" "Character")
-
- "lstgrinddeffile" "lstaspectfiles" "lstlanguagefiles"
- "lstlistingname" "lstlistlistingname")
-
+ '("lstset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options)))
;; New environments
(LaTeX-add-environments
'("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
@@ -271,14 +234,10 @@
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults))))
(defvar LaTeX-listings-package-options '("draft" "final" "savemem"
- "noaspects"
- ;; procnames is mentioned in
- ;; Section 5.2
- "procnames")
+ "noaspects")
"Package options for the listings package.")
;;; listings.el ends here
diff --git a/style/longtable.el b/style/longtable.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c7cf4..0000000
--- a/style/longtable.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-;;; longtable.el --- AUCTeX style for `longtable.sty'.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `longtable.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "longtable"
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("longtable" (lambda (environment)
- (let ((pos (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt t nil
"Position")
- '(("l") ("r") ("c"))))
- (fmt (read-string "Format: " LaTeX-default-format))
- (caption (read-string "Caption: ")))
- (setq LaTeX-default-format fmt)
- (LaTeX-insert-environment environment
- (concat
- (unless (zerop (length pos))
- (concat LaTeX-optop pos
LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop fmt
TeX-grcl)))
- ;; top caption -- do nothing if user skips caption
- (unless (zerop (length caption))
- ;; the longtable `\caption' is equivalent to a
- ;; `\multicolumn', so it needs a `\\' at the
- ;; end of the line
- (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl "
\\\\")
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
- ;; ask for a label and insert a new line only
- ;; if a label is actually inserted
- (when (LaTeX-label environment 'environment)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)))))))
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Parameters
- '("LTleft" 0)
- '("LTright" 0)
- '("LTpre" 0)
- '("LTpost" 0)
- '("LTcapwidth" 0)
- '("LTchunksize" 0)
- ;; Commands to end table rows
- '("endhead" 0)
- '("endfirsthead" 0)
- '("endfoot" 0)
- '("endlastfoot" 0)
- ;; Caption commands
- '("caption*" 1))
-
- ;; Use the enhanced table formatting
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
- '("longtable" LaTeX-indent-tabular))
-
- ;; Append longtable to `LaTeX-label-alist', in order not to override
possible
- ;; custome values.
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-label-alist '("longtable" . LaTeX-table-label) t)
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- ;; Actually, `\caption*{}' macro takes only one mandatory
- ;; argument, not an optional one, the following is a workaround
- ;; to fontify correctly also the standard `\caption[]{}' macro.
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("caption" "*[{"))
- 'textual)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-;; longtable.el ends here
diff --git a/style/lscape.el b/style/lscape.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 8079c63..0000000
--- a/style/lscape.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-;;; lscape.el --- AUCTeX style for `lscape.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2011-05-04
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `lscape.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "lscape"
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- "landscape")
- ;; lscape uses graphics internally to handle the work
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "graphics"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-lscape-package-options '("pdftex")
- "Package options for the lscape package.")
-
-;;; lscape.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ltx-base.el b/style/ltx-base.el
index a586a7a..27034a2 100644
--- a/style/ltx-base.el
+++ b/style/ltx-base.el
@@ -79,8 +79,7 @@
'("message" "Log Message")
'("@ifundefined" "Macro Name" 2)
'("@ifnextchar" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "character") 2 )
- "expandafter")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "expandafter"))))
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/ltxdoc.el b/style/ltxdoc.el
index 7edf178..113e0df 100644
--- a/style/ltxdoc.el
+++ b/style/ltxdoc.el
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
"ltxdoc"
(lambda ()
(TeX-run-style-hooks "doc")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "ltx-base"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "ltx-base")))
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/luacode.el b/style/luacode.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d29c64..0000000
--- a/style/luacode.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-;;; luacode.el --- AUCTeX style for `luacode.sty' version 1.2a.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `luacode.sty' 1.2a.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "luacode"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("luadirect" 1)
- '("luaexec" 1)
- '("luastring" 1)
- '("luastringN" 1)
- '("luastringO" 1)
- '("LuaCodeDebugOn" 0)
- '("LuaCodeDebugOff" 0))
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("luacode")
- '("luacode*"))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("luadirect" "{")
- ("luaexec" "{")
- ("luastring" "{")
- ("luastringN" "{")
- ("luastringO" "{")
- ("LuaCodeDebugOn")
- ("LuaCodeDebugOff"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-luacode-package-options nil
- "Package options for the luacode package.")
-
-;;; luacode.el ends here
diff --git a/style/makeidx.el b/style/makeidx.el
index b80ee47..3425e49 100644
--- a/style/makeidx.el
+++ b/style/makeidx.el
@@ -40,8 +40,7 @@
;; RefTeX support
(and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(default))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(default)))))
(defvar LaTeX-makeidx-package-options nil
"Package options for the makeidx package.")
diff --git a/style/mathtools.el b/style/mathtools.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ab4065b..0000000
--- a/style/mathtools.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-;;; mathtools.el --- Style hook for the LaTeX package `mathtools'.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-02-13
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `mathtools.sty'
-
-;;; Comments:
-
-;;; This package serves as a wrapper for amsmath, adding more features
-;;; and fixing a few bugs in amsmath. The mathstyle argument for many
-;;; of the macros is discussed at
-;;; <http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-4/tb72perlS.pdf>
-
-;;; Code:
-
-;; amsmath options which can be passed directly to mathtools are
-;; appended in the style hook below
-(defvar LaTeX-mathtools-package-options
- '("fixamsmath" "donotfixamsmathbugs" "allowspaces" "disallowspaces")
- "Package options for the mathtools package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-mathtools-key-val-options
- '(("showonlyrefs")
- ("mathic" ("true" "false"))
- ("showmanualtags" ("true" "false"))
- ("firstline-afterskip")
- ("lastline-preskip")
- ("multlined-pos" ("c" "b" "t"))
- ("multlined-width")
- ("centercolon" ("true" "false"))
- ("prescript-sub-format")
- ("prescript-sup-format")
- ("prescript-arg-format"))
- "Options for the \\mathtoolsset command")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "mathtools"
- (lambda ()
-
- ;; mathtools requires amsmath, as some bugs in amsmath are fixed
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath")
-
- (dolist (elt LaTeX-amsmath-package-options)
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-mathtools-package-options elt))
-
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("lgathered" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
- '("rgathered" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
- '("multlined" LaTeX-mathtools-env-multlined)
- '("matrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
- '("pmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
- '("bmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
- '("Bmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
- '("vmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
- '("Vmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
- '("spreadlines" LaTeX-mathtools-env-spreadlines)
- "dcases" "dcases*")
-
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("mathtoolsset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-mathtools-key-val))
- '("mathclap" 1)
- '("mathllap" ["Mathstyle"] t)
- '("mathrlap" ["Mathstyle"] t)
- '("mathclap" ["Mathstyle"] t)
- '("mathmakebox" [TeX-arg-size] [ TeX-arg-size ] 1)
- '("clap" 1)
- '("mathmbox" 1)
- '("cramped" 1)
- '("crampedllap" [ "Mathstye" ] t)
- '("crampedrlap" [ "Mathstyle" ] t)
- '("crampedclap" [ "Mathstyle" ] t)
- '("smashoperator" [ "Position (l, r or lr (default)" ] 2)
- ;; 3.1.4 Adjusting the limits of operators
- ;; explicit argument encapsulation does not seem to be required
- '("adjustlimits" 4)
- ;; 3.2 Controlling tags
- '("newtagform" "Name" ["Inner format"] "Left" "Right")
- '("renewtagform" "Name" ["Inner format"] "Left" "Right")
- '("usetagform" "Name")
- '("xleftrightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xLeftarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xRightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xLeftrightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xhookleftarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xhookrightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xmapsto" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xrightharpoondown" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xrightharpoonup" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xleftharpoondown" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xleftharpoonup" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xrightleftharpoons" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("xleftrightharpoons" ["Below"] "Above")
- '("underbracket" [ "Rule thickness" ] [ "Bracket height" ] t)
- '("overbracket" [ "Rule thickness" ] [ "Bracket height" ] t)
- '("underbrace" 1)
- '("overbrace" 1)
- '("LaTeXunderbrace" 1)
- '("LaTeXoverbrace" 1)
- ;; 3.4.2
- '("shoveleft" [ TeX-arg-size ] 1)
- '("shoveright" [ TeX-arg-size ] 1)
- ;; don't understand t, but intertext in amsmath.el uses it
- '("shortintertext" t)
- '("DeclarePairedDelimeter" TeX-arg-macro "Left delimeter" "Right
delimeter")
- ;; 3.4.4
- '("MoveEqLeft" [ "Number" ])
- '("ArrowBetweenLines" [ TeX-arg-macro ] )
- '("ArrowBetweenLines*" [ TeX-arg-macro ] )
- ;; colon operators
- "vcentcolon" "ordinarycolon" "coloneqq" "Coloneqq"
- "coloneq" "Coloneq" "eqqcolon" "Eqqcolon" "eqcolon"
- "Eqcolon" "colonapprox" "Colonapprox" "colonsim" "Colonsim"
- ;; 3.7.1
- "lparen" "rparen"
- ;; left sub/superscripts
- '("prescript" "Below" "Above" t)
- ;; Declaring math sizes; this command doesn't seem so relevant, but
- ;; for completion, it's included
- '("DeclareMathSizes" 4)
- ;; Gathered envionments
- '("newgather" "Name" "Pre-line" "Post-line" "After")
- '("renewgather" "Name" "Pre-line" "Post-line" "After")
- ;; Split fractions
- '("splitfrac" 2)
- '("splitdfrac" 2))
-
- (setq LaTeX-item-list
- (append '(("multlined" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("lgathered" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("rgathered" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("spreadlines" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("matrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("pmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("bmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("Bmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("vmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("Vmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("dcases" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("dcases*" . LaTeX-item-equation))
- LaTeX-item-list))
-
- (setq LaTeX-label-alist
- (append '(("lgathered" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- ("rgathered" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- ("multlined" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- LaTeX-label-alist))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred (env)
- (let ((where (read-string "(optional) Vertical placement of columns: ")))
- (if (string= where "")
- (setq where "")
- (setq where (concat "[" where "]")))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment env where)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-mathtools-env-spreadlines (env)
- (let ((spread (read-string "Spacing between lines: ")))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment env (concat TeX-grop spread TeX-grcl))
- (newline-and-indent)))
-
-;; FIXME: there are probably more subtle ways to support more than one
-;; optional argument; please change if this is the case
-(defun LaTeX-mathtools-env-multlined (env)
- (let ((pos (read-string "(optional) Position: "))
- (width (read-string "(optional) Width: "))
- (extra ""))
- (if (not (string= pos ""))
- (setq pos (concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
- (setq pos ""))
- (if (not (string= width ""))
- (setq width (concat LaTeX-optop width LaTeX-optcl))
- (setq width ""))
- (setq extra (concat pos width))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment env extra)
- (newline-and-indent)))
-
-;;; mathtools.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/mdwlist.el b/style/mdwlist.el
index af6c9b9..2e2634d 100644
--- a/style/mdwlist.el
+++ b/style/mdwlist.el
@@ -55,8 +55,7 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("makecompactlist" "{{")
("suspend" "[{")
("resume" "[{["))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'function))))
(defvar LaTeX-mdwlist-package-options nil
"Package options for the mdwlist package.")
diff --git a/style/memoir.el b/style/memoir.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 68b74dc..0000000
--- a/style/memoir.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-;;; memoir.el --- AUCTeX style for `memoir.cls'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2012-12-28
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `memoir.cls'. Memoir is a very extensive
-;; document class that lets you configure things very easily; `memoir'
-;; loads (emulates) a lot of classes.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "memoir"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; 6.4 Book and part headings
- "beforebookskip" "afterbookskip"
- "beforepartskip" "afterpartskip"
-
- "printbookname" "booknamefont"
- "booknamenum"
- "printbooknum" "booknumfont"
- "printpartname" "partnamefont"
- "partnamenum"
- "printpartnum" "partnumfont"
-
- '("printbooktitle" "Title")
- "booktitlefont"
- '("printparttitle" "Title")
- "parttitlefont"
-
- '("bookpagemark" "Title")
- '("partmark" "Title")
-
- "bookpageend" "bookblankpage" "nobookblankpage"
- "partpageend" "partblankpage" "nopartblankpage"
-
- '("newleadpage" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
- '("newleadpage*" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
- '("renewleadpage*" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
- '("renewleadpage*" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
-
- "leadpagetoclevel")
-
- ;; Emulated packages. The `memoir' class contains a list of files
- ;; emulated at the end of the class-file
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "abstract" "appendix" "array" "booktabs" "ccaption"
- "changepage" "chngcntr" "chngpage" "crop" "dcolumn"
- "delarray" "enumerate" "epigraph" "ifmtarg" "ifetex"
- "ifluatex" "ifpdf" "ifxetex" "index" "makeidx" "moreverb"
- "mparhack" "needspace" "newfile" "nextpage" "pagenote"
- "parskip" "patchcmd" "setspace" "shortvrb" "showidx"
- "tabularx" "titleref" "titling" "tocbibind" "tocloft"
- "verbatim" "verse")
-
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-;;; memoir.el ends here
diff --git a/style/metalogo.el b/style/metalogo.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 055347e..0000000
--- a/style/metalogo.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-;;; metalogo.el --- AUCTeX style for `metalogo.sty' version 0.12.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for the `metalogo.sty' version 0.12.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "metalogo"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Logos
- '("LaTeXe")
- '("XeTeX")
- '("XeLaTeX")
- '("LuaTeX")
- '("LuaLaTeX")
- ;; Commands
- '("setlogokern"
- (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Kern parameters: "
- '(("Te") ("eX") ("La") ("aT") ("Xe") ("eT") ("eL") ("X2")))
- (TeX-arg-length "Dimension"))
- '("setlogodrop"
- [TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Drop parameters: "
- '(("TeX") ("Xe") ("XeTeX"))]
- (TeX-arg-length "Dimension"))
- '("setLaTeXa" 1)
- '("setLaTeXee" 1)
- '("seteverylogo" 1)
- '("everylogo" 1))
-
- ;; The main macros of this package are the logos, while fine-tuning commands
- ;; probably will be used only by expert users.
- (TeX-declare-expert-macros
- "metalogo"
- "setlogokern" "setlogodrop" "setLaTeXa" "setLaTeXee"
- "seteverylogo" "everylogo")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '( ;; Logos
- ("LaTeXe")
- ("XeTeX")
- ("XeLaTeX")
- ("LuaTeX")
- ("LuaLaTeX")
- ;; Commands
- ("setlogokern" "{{")
- ("setlogodrop" "[{")
- ("setLaTeXa" "{")
- ("setLaTeXee" "{")
- ("seteverylogo" "{")
- ("everylogo" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-metalogo-package-options nil
- "Package options for the metalogo package.")
-
-;;; metalogo.el ends here
diff --git a/style/mflogo.el b/style/mflogo.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 957e86d..0000000
--- a/style/mflogo.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-;;; mflogo.el --- AUCTeX style for `mflogo.sty'
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2011-02-02
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `mflogo.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "mflogo"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("textlogo" 1)
- '("logofamily" 1))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("logofamily" "{")
- ("textlogo" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-mflogo-package-options nil
- "Package options for the mflogo package.")
-
-;;; mflogo.el ends here
diff --git a/style/multicol.el b/style/multicol.el
index f57f609..5d73221 100644
--- a/style/multicol.el
+++ b/style/multicol.el
@@ -53,8 +53,7 @@
'("columnseprulecolor" 0)
'("raggedcolumns" 0)
'("flushcolumns" 0)
- "columnbreak"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "columnbreak")))
(defvar LaTeX-multicol-package-options
'("errorshow" "infoshow" "balancingshow" "markshow" "debugshow" "grid")
diff --git a/style/multido.el b/style/multido.el
index c9c3a6a..786185e 100644
--- a/style/multido.el
+++ b/style/multido.el
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@
"multidostop"
"multidocount"
'("fpAdd" "Summand 1" "Summand 2" "Register")
- '("fpSub" "Minuend" "Subtrahend" "Register"))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("fpSub" "Minuend" "Subtrahend" "Register")))))
;;; multido.el ends here
diff --git a/style/multind.el b/style/multind.el
index 76eabfe..45c710b 100644
--- a/style/multind.el
+++ b/style/multind.el
@@ -53,8 +53,7 @@
;; RefTeX support
(and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(multind))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(multind)))))
(defvar LaTeX-multind-package-options nil
"Package options for the multind package.")
diff --git a/style/multirow.el b/style/multirow.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d00d5e..0000000
--- a/style/multirow.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-;;; multirow.el --- AUCTeX style for `multirow.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `multirow.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "multirow"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("multirow" "Number of rows"
- [ "Big struts" ] "Width" [ "Fixup" ] t)
- "multirowsetup")
-
- (if (not (boundp 'LaTeX-bigstruct-package-options))
- (TeX-add-symbols "bigstrutjot"))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("multirow" "{[{")) 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-multirow-package-options nil
- "Package options for the multirow package.")
-
-;;; multirow.el ends here
diff --git a/style/nameref.el b/style/nameref.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d09ddbe..0000000
--- a/style/nameref.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-;;; nameref.el --- AUCTeX style for `nameref.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `nameref.sty'
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "nameref"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("nameref" TeX-arg-ref))
-
- (setq TeX-complete-list
- (append '(("\\\\nameref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}"))
- TeX-complete-list))
-
- ;, Fontification
- (when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
- (fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nameref" "{")) 'reference)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-nameref-package-options nil
- "Package options for nameref.")
-
-;; nameref.el ends here
diff --git a/style/natbib.el b/style/natbib.el
index 522656c..bf9971e 100644
--- a/style/natbib.el
+++ b/style/natbib.el
@@ -105,8 +105,7 @@
;; Tell RefTeX
(if (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format)
- (reftex-set-cite-format 'natbib))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (reftex-set-cite-format 'natbib)))))
(defun natbib-note-args (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Prompt for two note arguments a natbib citation command."
diff --git a/style/naustrian.el b/style/naustrian.el
index 99a7e30..0eb1294 100644
--- a/style/naustrian.el
+++ b/style/naustrian.el
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"naustrian"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "ngerman"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "ngerman")))
;;; naustrian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ngerman.el b/style/ngerman.el
index 9c49ee6..8acd2f5 100644
--- a/style/ngerman.el
+++ b/style/ngerman.el
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\">" "\"<" german))
;; Prevent "| from leading to color bleed.
(font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist (list (cons ?\" "\\"))))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook)))
;;; ngerman.el ends here
diff --git a/style/nicefrac.el b/style/nicefrac.el
index 3bd308e..77aee51 100644
--- a/style/nicefrac.el
+++ b/style/nicefrac.el
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nicefrac" "[{{")) 'textual)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nicefrac" "[{{")) 'textual))))
(defvar LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options '("nice" "ugly")
"Package options for the nicefrac package.")
diff --git a/style/nomencl.el b/style/nomencl.el
index b22c054..3b04d7b 100644
--- a/style/nomencl.el
+++ b/style/nomencl.el
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("nomenclature" "[{{"))
- 'reference)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'reference))))
;;; nomencl.el ends here
diff --git a/style/paralist.el b/style/paralist.el
index e528de4..a004d3c 100644
--- a/style/paralist.el
+++ b/style/paralist.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; paralist.el -- AUCTeX style for paralist.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 2003-2005, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -72,19 +72,17 @@
'("asparaitem" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
'("inparaitem" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
'("compactitem" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
- '("compactdesc" LaTeX-env-item))
- ;; Environments (re)defined only when the package is loaded with particular
- ;; options.
- (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "paralist" "olditem")
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("itemize" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)))
- (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "paralist" "oldenum")
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("enumerate" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)))
- (when (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "paralist" "defblank")
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("asparablank" LaTeX-env-item)
- '("inparablank" LaTeX-env-item)))
+ '("compactdesc" LaTeX-env-item)
+ ;; FIXME: Should not be available if package is loaded with option
+ ;; `olditem':
+ '("itemize" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
+ ;; FIXME: Should not be available if package is loaded with option
+ ;; `oldenum':
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
+ ;; FIXME: Only defined if package is loaded with option
+ ;; `defblank':
+ '("asparablank" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("inparablank" LaTeX-env-item))
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
@@ -92,8 +90,7 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("setdefaultitem" "{{{{")
("setdefaultenum" "{{{{")
("setdefaultleftmargin" "{{{{{{"))
- 'variable)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'variable))))
(defvar LaTeX-paralist-package-options '("newitem" "olditem" "newenum"
"oldenum" "alwaysadjust"
diff --git a/style/pdfsync.el b/style/pdfsync.el
index 39345f4..a366fd7 100644
--- a/style/pdfsync.el
+++ b/style/pdfsync.el
@@ -86,7 +86,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"pdfsync"
(lambda ()
- (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function 'LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
'LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page)))
;;; pdfsync.el ends here
diff --git a/style/placeins.el b/style/placeins.el
deleted file mode 100644
index cb4fb33..0000000
--- a/style/placeins.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-;;; placeins.el --- AUCTeX style for `placeins.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `placeins.sty'
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "placeins"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("FloatBarrier" 0)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-placeins-package-options
- '("section" "above" "below" "verbose")
- "Package options for placeins.")
-
-;; placeins.el ends here
diff --git a/style/plext.el b/style/plext.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 9afefc0..0000000
--- a/style/plext.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-;;; plext.el --- AUCTeX style for the plext package.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2014-07-05
-;; Keywords: tex, japanese
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for the plext package.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "plext"
- (lambda ()
- ;; plext.sty extends some environments to accept option, e.g. <t>,
- ;; for vertical typesetting.
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- ;; TODO: Add support for minipage and picture
- ;; environments extension.
- '("array" LaTeX-plext-env-array)
- '("tabular" LaTeX-plext-env-array)
- '("tabular*" LaTeX-plext-env-array))
-
- (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp)
- (concat "\\(?:<[tyz]>\\)?[ \t]*" (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" ""))))
- (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp)
- (concat "\\(?:<[tyz]>\\)?[ \t]*{[^}]*}[ \t]*"
- (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" "")))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-plext-env-array (env)
- (let ((dir (read-string "(Optional) Direction (t or y or z): "))
- (width (if (string= env "tabular*")
- (read-string "Width: " LaTeX-default-width)))
- (pos (and LaTeX-default-position ; LaTeX-default-position can
- ; be nil, i.e. do not prompt
- (read-string "(Optional) Position: " LaTeX-default-position)))
- (fmt (read-string "Format: " LaTeX-default-format)))
- (unless (zerop (length dir))
- (setq dir (concat "<" dir ">")))
- (if (string= env "tabular*")
- (setq LaTeX-default-width width))
- (setq LaTeX-default-position pos)
- (setq LaTeX-default-format fmt)
- (LaTeX-insert-environment env
- (concat
- dir
- (if (string= env "tabular*")
- (concat TeX-grop width TeX-grcl))
- (unless (zerop (length pos))
- (concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))
- (if (string= env "tabular*")
- (LaTeX-item-tabular* t)
- (LaTeX-item-array t))))
-
-;;; plext.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/plfonts.el b/style/plfonts.el
index 9df8739..809017c 100644
--- a/style/plfonts.el
+++ b/style/plfonts.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; plfonts.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Polish text with plfonts.sty
+;; $Id: plfonts.el,v 1.1 1994-01-30 21:17:25 amanda Exp $
+
;;; Commentary:
;;
;; `plfonts.sty' use `"' to make next character Polish.
@@ -24,7 +26,6 @@
(setq TeX-close-quote "\">")
(setq TeX-quote-after-quote t)
(setq TeX-command-default "plLaTeX")
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))))
;;; plfonts.el ends here
diff --git a/style/plhb.el b/style/plhb.el
index 0705550..7d0749b 100644
--- a/style/plhb.el
+++ b/style/plhb.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; plhb.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Polish text with plhb.sty
+;; $Id: plhb.el,v 1.1 1994-01-30 21:17:27 amanda Exp $
+
;;; Commentary:
;;
;; `plhb.sty' use `"' to make next character Polish.
@@ -24,7 +26,6 @@
(setq TeX-close-quote "\">")
(setq TeX-quote-after-quote t)
(setq TeX-command-default "plLaTeX")
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))))
;;; plhb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/polish.el b/style/polish.el
index dac3451..1538f9c 100644
--- a/style/polish.el
+++ b/style/polish.el
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
;;; polish.el ends here
diff --git a/style/polski.el b/style/polski.el
index ef1985b..7b6fcfc 100644
--- a/style/polski.el
+++ b/style/polski.el
@@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
;; Fontification of quotation marks.
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '(",," "''")))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
;;; polski.el ends here
diff --git a/style/prosper.el b/style/prosper.el
index 3b6de6d..b0939c7 100644
--- a/style/prosper.el
+++ b/style/prosper.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; prosper.el --- Prosper style file for AUCTeX
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Philip Lord, Nevin Kapur
+;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Authors: Phillip Lord<address@hidden>
;; Nevin Kapur <address@hidden>
@@ -18,23 +18,23 @@
;; This is a propser (http://prosper.sourceforge.net/) style file for
;; AUCTeX.
-;;; Installation:
+;;; Installation:
+;;
+;; For this file to work you need to have a working installation of
+;; AucTeX. After that installtion is simple. Put this file into one of
+;; the directories specified in `TeX-style-path', with the name
+;; "style" rather than "auto" as it might get over written in the
+;; latter.
+;;
+;; Then stick the current for into your .emacs
+;; (eval-after-load "latex"
+;; '(add-to-list 'LaTeX-style-list '("prosper")))
+;;
;;
-;; For this file to work you need to have a working installation of
-;; AucTeX. After that installtion is simple. Put this file into one of
-;; the directories specified in `TeX-style-path', with the name
-;; "style" rather than "auto" as it might get over written in the
-;; latter.
-;;
-;; Then stick the current for into your .emacs
-;; (eval-after-load "latex"
-;; '(add-to-list 'LaTeX-style-list '("prosper")))
-;;
-;;
-;; And that should be it. You check whether it's worked or not by
-;; opening a prosper document, and trying `LaTeX-environment'. "slide"
-;; should be available by tab completion and it should ask you about
-;; overlays.
+;; And that should be it. You check whether it's worked or not by
+;; opening a prosper document, and trying `LaTeX-environment'. "slide"
+;; should be available by tab completion and it should ask you about
+;; overlays.
;;
;; The environment "prosper" should be inserted immediately after the
;; document environment. It will prompt you for options available
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
;; Currently the documentclass expansion doesn't work, unless you
;; enter a documentclass line to let auctex know which style files to
;; load. Then delete this and do it again. Not good. I know no way
-;; around this.
+;; around this.
;;; Code:
@@ -61,7 +61,8 @@
-(defconst LaTeX-prosper-version "2008-05-25"
+(defconst LaTeX-prosper-version
+ "$Id: prosper.el,v 1.5 2008-05-25 06:50:33 angeli Exp $"
"prosper.el version.")
(defconst LaTeX-prosper-transition-styles '("Split"
@@ -77,7 +78,7 @@
'("alienglow" "autumn" "azure"
"contemporain" "darkblue" "default" "frames"
"lignesbleues" "nuancegris" "troispoints"
- "alcatel" "gyom" "pascal" "rico"
+ "alcatel" "gyom" "pascal" "rico"
))
(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-title (optional)
@@ -98,8 +99,8 @@
(car LaTeX-prosper-transition-history)
"Replace")))
(TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt nil
+ (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt nil
(format "Transition (Default %s) " default)
t)
(mapcar 'list LaTeX-prosper-transition-styles)
@@ -115,8 +116,8 @@
"Slide Style?"
(mapcar 'list LaTeX-prosper-slide-styles)
nil nil nil nil "default" ))
-
-
+
+
(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-options(environment)
(insert "[" )
(insert (LaTeX-prosper-slide-style-prompt) " ")
@@ -131,15 +132,15 @@
(delete-char -1)
(insert "]"))
-(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-slide (environment)
- (if (y-or-n-p "Surround with overlay ?")
- (progn (TeX-insert-macro "overlays")
- (if (search-backward "{" 0 t)
- (progn
- (goto-char (+ 1 (point)))
- (insert "%\n")))))
- (let ((title (read-string "Title: ")))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment "slide" (concat TeX-grop title TeX-grcl))))
+(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-slide (environment)
+ (if (y-or-n-p "Surround with overlay ?")
+ (progn (TeX-insert-macro "overlays")
+ (if (search-backward "{" 0 t)
+ (progn
+ (goto-char (+ 1 (point)))
+ (insert "%\n")))))
+ (let ((title (read-string "Title: ")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment "slide" (concat TeX-grop title TeX-grcl))))
@@ -152,7 +153,7 @@
'("itemstep" LaTeX-env-item)
'("Itemize" LaTeX-env-item))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("documentclass"
+ '("documentclass"
LaTeX-prosper-insert-options
LaTeX-prosper-insert-title)
'("title" "Title of the presentation")
@@ -185,8 +186,7 @@
'("PDForPS" TeX-arg-conditional)
'("onlyInPS" t)
'("onlyInPDF" t)
- '("FromSlide" "Number"))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("FromSlide" "Number")))))
;;; prosper.el ends here
diff --git a/style/psfig.el b/style/psfig.el
index cf8954f..16df7cf 100644
--- a/style/psfig.el
+++ b/style/psfig.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; psfig.el - Support for the psfig style option.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;; Please direct comments to him.
@@ -20,8 +22,7 @@
(LaTeX-add-environments
'("psfigure" LaTeX-env-psfigure)
)
- ))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ )))
(defun TeX-arg-psfig (optional)
"Ask for file, width and length. Insert psfig macro"
diff --git a/style/pst-grad.el b/style/pst-grad.el
index 1e74d8a..b177561 100644
--- a/style/pst-grad.el
+++ b/style/pst-grad.el
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)
(setq LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list
(append LaTeX-pstgrad-parameters-name-list
- LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)))))
;;; pst-grad.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pst-node.el b/style/pst-node.el
index 5da0553..d5ff274 100644
--- a/style/pst-node.el
+++ b/style/pst-node.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; pst-node.el --- AUCTeX style for `pst-node.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Holger Sparr <address@hidden>
;; Created: 21 Jun 2007
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
;;; Environments
(defun LaTeX-pstnode-env-psmatrix (env)
"Return psmatrix environment with arguments."
- (let ((opt (TeX-completing-read-multiple "Options: "
- LaTeX-pstnode-psmatrix-list)))
+ (let ((opt (completing-read-multiple "Options: "
+ LaTeX-pstnode-psmatrix-list)))
(LaTeX-insert-environment env opt)))
(TeX-add-style-hook
@@ -186,7 +186,6 @@
'("psrowhook" t)
'("pscolhook" t))
(TeX-run-style-hooks
- "pstricks")))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "pstricks"))))
;;; pst-node.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pst-plot.el b/style/pst-plot.el
index 74a2946..beae60a 100644
--- a/style/pst-plot.el
+++ b/style/pst-plot.el
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)
(setq LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list
(append LaTeX-pstplot-parameters-name-list
- LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)))))
;;; pst-plot.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pst-slpe.el b/style/pst-slpe.el
index a3f456f..2c82454 100644
--- a/style/pst-slpe.el
+++ b/style/pst-slpe.el
@@ -62,7 +62,6 @@
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)
(setq LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list
(append LaTeX-pstslpe-parameters-name-list
- LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)))))
;;; pst-slpe.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pstricks.el b/style/pstricks.el
index 161370c..6e4df32 100644
--- a/style/pstricks.el
+++ b/style/pstricks.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; pstricks.el --- AUCTeX style for the `pstricks' package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Holger Sparr <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -199,12 +199,12 @@ package PNAME"
(setq preparam (funcall fask preparam)))
;;
(setq param
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ (completing-read-multiple
(concat
"Params (use <Up,Down> for history or RET for choices): ")
nlist nil nil nil hlist))
;;
- (if (not param)
+ (if (and (string= "" (car param)) (= (length param) 1))
(setq param (funcall fask nil t))
(setq param (car (symbol-value hlist))))
(TeX-argument-insert
@@ -861,11 +861,6 @@ comma separated list. Point has to be within the sexp to
modify."
(TeX-arg-eval LaTeX-pst-angle) LaTeX-pst-point-in-parens t)
'("uput" LaTeX-pst-macro-uput t)
'("multirput" (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps t) t)
- '("multips" (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps nil) t)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-pstricks-package-options
- '("97" "plain" "DIA" "vtex" "distiller" "noxcolor")
- "Package options for pstricks.")
+ '("multips" (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps nil) t))))
;;; pstricks.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ragged2e.el b/style/ragged2e.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 8614425..0000000
--- a/style/ragged2e.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-;;; ragged2e.el --- AUCTeX style for `ragged2e.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-04-16
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `ragged2e.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "ragged2e"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- "CenteringLeftskip"
- "RaggedLeftLeftskip"
- "RaggedRightLeftskip"
- "CenteringRightskip"
- "RaggedLeftRightskip"
- "RaggedRightRightskip"
- "CenteringParfillskip"
- "RaggedLeftParfillskip"
- "RaggedRightParfillskip"
- "CenteringParindent"
- "RaggedLeftParindent"
- "RaggedRightParindent"
- "JustifyingParfillskip"
- "JustifyingParindent"
- "ttraggedright"
- "Centering"
- "justifying"
- "RaggedRight"
- "RaggedLeft")
-
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- "FlushLeft" "FlushRight" "Center" "justify")
-
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "footmisc" "everysel"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-ragged2e-package-options
- '("originalcommands" "newcommands" "originalparameters" "document"
- "newparameters" "footnotes" "raggedrightboxes")
- "Package options for the ragged2e package.")
-
-;;; ragged2e.el ends here
diff --git a/style/report.el b/style/report.el
index 6a4e638..6791f42 100644
--- a/style/report.el
+++ b/style/report.el
@@ -1,21 +1,12 @@
;;; report.el - Special code for report style.
-;;; Code:
+;; $Id: report.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-(defvar LaTeX-report-class-options
- '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
- "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
- "titlepage" "notitlepage" "openright" "openany" "onecolumn" "twocolumn"
- "leqno" "fleqn" "openbib")
- "Package options for the report class.")
+;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"report"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")
- (LaTeX-add-counters "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
- "paragraph" "subparagraph" "figure" "table")
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "myheadings"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
;;; report.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ruby.el b/style/ruby.el
index 38451f9..0a96e57 100644
--- a/style/ruby.el
+++ b/style/ruby.el
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
'("rubylatin" 0)
'("rubysize" 0)
'("rubysep" 0)
- '("ruby" t nil)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("ruby" t nil))))
;;; ruby.el ends here
diff --git a/style/scrartcl.el b/style/scrartcl.el
index 74b83d5..fb69221 100644
--- a/style/scrartcl.el
+++ b/style/scrartcl.el
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
;; Author: Mark Trettin <address@hidden>
;; Created: 2002-09-26
+;; Version: $Id: scrartcl.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
;; Keywords: tex
;;; Commentary:
@@ -20,7 +21,6 @@
(lambda ()
(LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")
;; load basic definitons
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "scrbase"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "scrbase")))
;;; scrartcl.el ends here
diff --git a/style/scrbase.el b/style/scrbase.el
index 2414763..5a8b41f 100644
--- a/style/scrbase.el
+++ b/style/scrbase.el
@@ -134,8 +134,6 @@
'(("addpart" . nil)
("addsec" . nil)
("minisec" . nil))))
- ;; Fill \minisec{...} like normal sectioning commands
- (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally "minisec")
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
@@ -182,8 +180,7 @@
;; Sectioning keywords
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("addpart" "[{")) 'sectioning-1)
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("addsec" "[{")) 'sectioning-2)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("minisec" "[{")) 'sectioning-4)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("minisec" "[{")) 'sectioning-4))))
(defun TeX-arg-KOMA-setpreamble (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for KOMA-Script's \\set*preamble position with completion."
diff --git a/style/scrbook.el b/style/scrbook.el
index d4e7152..6cada7d 100644
--- a/style/scrbook.el
+++ b/style/scrbook.el
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@
("dictum" "[{"))
'textual)
;; Sectioning keywords
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1))))
;;; scrbook.el ends here
diff --git a/style/scrlttr2.el b/style/scrlttr2.el
index 44d6270..136b1c5 100644
--- a/style/scrlttr2.el
+++ b/style/scrlttr2.el
@@ -197,8 +197,7 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '("cleardoublestandardpage"
"cleardoubleplainpage"
"cleardoubleemptypage")
- 'warning)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'warning))))
(defun TeX-arg-KOMA-scrlttr-vars (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for KOMA-Script's scrlttr2 predefined variables with completion."
diff --git a/style/scrpage2.el b/style/scrpage2.el
index 34b8497..ed3d500 100644
--- a/style/scrpage2.el
+++ b/style/scrpage2.el
@@ -110,8 +110,7 @@
("newpagestyle" "{{{")
("renewpagestyle" "{{{")
("providepagestyle" "{{{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'function))))
(defvar LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options '("headinclude" "headexclude"
"footinclude" "footexclude"
diff --git a/style/scrreprt.el b/style/scrreprt.el
index 57ec0af..2ffe3ad 100644
--- a/style/scrreprt.el
+++ b/style/scrreprt.el
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@
("dictum" "[{"))
'textual)
;; Sectioning keywords
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1))))
;;; scrreprt.el ends here
diff --git a/style/setspace.el b/style/setspace.el
index 206033e..07db8ca 100644
--- a/style/setspace.el
+++ b/style/setspace.el
@@ -52,8 +52,7 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("singlespacing" "")
("doublespacing" "")
("onehalfspacing" ""))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'function))))
(defvar LaTeX-setspace-package-options
'("doublespacing" "onehalfspacing" "singlespacing" "nodisplayskipstretch")
diff --git a/style/shortvrb.el b/style/shortvrb.el
index 0bc3ffb..2ef191a 100644
--- a/style/shortvrb.el
+++ b/style/shortvrb.el
@@ -41,29 +41,6 @@
;;; Code:
-(defcustom LaTeX-shortvrb-chars nil
- "List of characters toggling verbatim mode.
-When your document uses the shortvrb style and you have a
-\\MakeShortVrb{\\|} in your file to write verbatim text as
-|text|, then set this variable to the list (?|). Then AUCTeX
-fontifies |text| as verbatim.
-
-Preferably, you should do this buffer-locally using a file
-variable near the end of your document like so:
-
- %% Local Variables:
- %% LaTeX-shortvrb-chars: (?|)
- %% End:
-
-When you customize this variable to a non-nil value, then it
-becomes the default value meaning that verbatim fontification is
-always performed for the characters in the list, no matter if
-your document actually defines shortvrb chars using
-\\MakeShortVrb."
- :group 'LaTeX-style
- :type '(repeat character))
-(put 'LaTeX-shortvrb-chars 'safe-local-variable 'listp)
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
"shortvrb"
(lambda ()
@@ -74,11 +51,6 @@ your document actually defines shortvrb chars using
(let (syntax-alist)
(dolist (char LaTeX-shortvrb-chars)
(add-to-list 'syntax-alist (cons char "|")))
- (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist syntax-alist))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-;; Don't look for file-local variables before this line, so that the example in
-;; the docstring isn't picked up.
-
+ (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist syntax-alist)))))
;;; shortvrb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/siunitx.el b/style/siunitx.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 9722638..0000000
--- a/style/siunitx.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,623 +0,0 @@
-;;; siunitx.el --- AUCTeX style for `siunitx.sty' version 2.5s.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `siunitx.sty' version 2.5s.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-auto-add-type "siunitx-unit" "LaTeX")
-
-;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
`\\(?:\\[.*\\]\\)?'
-;; matches possible options (actually used only by `DeclareSIUnit' macro),
-;; wrapped in `[...]'.
-(defvar LaTeX-siunitx-regexp
- (concat "\\\\Declare"
- "\\(?:SIUnit\\|SIPrefix\\|BinaryPrefix\\|SIPostPower\\|SIPrepower\\|"
- "SIQualifier\\)"
- "[ \t\n\r]*\\(?:\\[.*\\]\\)?[ \t\n\r]*{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}?")
- "Matches new siunitx unit, prefix, power, and qualifier definitions.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit nil
- "Temporary for parsing siunitx macro definitions.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-siunitx-prepare ()
- "Clear `LaTex-auto-siunitx-unit' before use."
- (setq LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit nil))
-
-(defun LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup ()
- "Move symbols from `LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit' to `LaTeX-siunitx-unit-list'."
- (mapcar (lambda (symbol)
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-siunitx-unit-list (list symbol)))
- LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit))
-
-;; FIXME: This does not seem to work unless one does a manual reparse.
-(add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'LaTeX-siunitx-prepare)
-(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history nil
- "History of units in siunitx.")
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit (optional &optional prompt initial-input
- definition prefix)
- "Prompt for siunitx units, prefixes, powers, and qualifiers.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer
-initially, with point positioned at the end. If DEFINITION is
-non-nil, add the chosen unit to the list of defined units. If
-PREFIX is non-nil, insert it before the given input."
- ;; Remove <SPC> key binding from map used in `TeX-completing-read-multiple'
- ;; with `require-match' set to `nil' (it's `crm-local-completion-map' if
- ;; `completing-read-multiple' is bound, `minibuffer-local-completion-map'
- ;; otherwise) and set completion separator to the TeX escape character.
- (let* ((crm-local-completion-map
- (remove (assoc 32 crm-local-completion-map) crm-local-completion-map))
- (minibuffer-local-completion-map
- (remove (assoc 32 minibuffer-local-completion-map)
- minibuffer-local-completion-map))
- (crm-separator (regexp-quote TeX-esc))
- (unit (mapconcat 'identity
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Unit: " t)
- (LaTeX-siunitx-unit-list) nil nil initial-input
- 'LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history)
- TeX-esc)))
- (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" unit)))
- (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units unit))
- (TeX-argument-insert unit optional prefix)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a LaTeX siunitx unit, prefix, power, and qualifier.
-If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
-argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string."
- (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit optional
- (unless prompt (concat "Unit: " TeX-esc))
- nil t TeX-esc))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-siunitx-package-options
- '(;; Detecting fonts
- ("detect-all")
- ("detect-display-math" ("true" "false"))
- ("detect-family" ("true" "false"))
- ("detect-inline-family" ("math" "text"))
- ("detect-inline-weight" ("math" "text"))
- ("detect-mode" ("true" "false"))
- ("detect-none")
- ("detect-shape" ("true" "false"))
- ("detect-weight" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Font settings
- ("color")
- ("math-rm")
- ("math-sf")
- ("math-tt")
- ("mode" ("math" "text"))
- ("number-color")
- ("text-rm")
- ("text-sf")
- ("text-tt")
- ("unit-color")
- ;; Parsing numbers
- ("input-close-uncertainty")
- ("input-comparators")
- ("input-complex-roots")
- ("input-decimal-markers")
- ("input-digits")
- ("input-exponent-markers")
- ("input-ignore")
- ("input-open-uncertainty")
- ("input-protect-tokens")
- ("input-signs")
- ("input-uncertainty-signs")
- ("input-symbols")
- ("parse-numbers" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Post-processing numbers
- ("add-decimal-zero" ("true" "false"))
- ("add-integer-zero" ("true" "false"))
- ("explicit-sign")
- ("fixed-exponent")
- ("minimum-integer-digits")
- ("omit-uncertainty" ("true" "false"))
- ("retain-explicit-plus" ("true" "false"))
- ("retain-unity-mantissa" ("true" "false"))
- ("retain-zero-exponent" ("true" "false"))
- ("round-half" ("up" "even"))
- ("round-integer-to-decimal" ("true" "false"))
- ("round-minimum")
- ("round-mode" ("off" "figures" "places"))
- ("round-precision")
- ("scientific-notation" ("true" "false" "fixed" "engineering"))
- ("zero-decimal-to-integer" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Printing numbers
- ("bracket-negative-numbers" ("true" "false"))
- ("bracket-numbers" ("true" "false"))
- ("close-bracket")
- ("complex-root-position" ("after-number" "before-number"))
- ("copy-complex-root")
- ("copy-decimal-marker")
- ("exponent-base")
- ("exponent-product")
- ("group-digits" ("true" "false" "decimal" "integer"))
- ("group-minimum-digits")
- ("group-separator")
- ("negative-color")
- ("open-bracket")
- ("output-close-uncertainty")
- ("output-complex-root")
- ("output-decimal-marker")
- ("output-exponent-marker")
- ("output-open-uncertainty")
- ("separate-uncertainty" ("true" "false"))
- ("tight-spacing" ("true" "false"))
- ("uncertainty-separator")
- ;; Multi-part numbers
- ("fraction-function")
- ("input-product")
- ("input-quotient")
- ("output-product")
- ("output-quotient")
- ("quotient-mode" ("symbol" "fraction"))
- ;; Lists and ranges of numbers
- ("list-final-separator")
- ("list-pair-separator")
- ("list-separator")
- ("range-phrase")
- ;; Angles
- ("add-arc-degree-zero" ("true" "false"))
- ("add-arc-minute-zero" ("true" "false"))
- ("add-arc-second-zero" ("true" "false"))
- ("angle-symbol-over-decimal" ("true" "false"))
- ("arc-separator")
- ("number-angle-product")
- ;; Creating units
- ("free-standing-units" ("true" "false"))
- ("overwrite-functions" ("true" "false"))
- ("space-before-unit" ("true" "false"))
- ("unit-optional-argument" ("true" "false"))
- ("use-xspace" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Loading additional units
- ("abbreviations" ("true" "false"))
- ("binary-units" ("true" "false"))
- ("version-1-compatibility" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Using units
- ("bracket-unit-denominator" ("true" "false"))
- ("forbid-literal-units" ("true" "false"))
- ("literal-superscript-as-power" ("true" "false"))
- ("inter-unit-product")
- ("parse-units" ("true" "false"))
- ("per-mode" ("reciprocal" "fraction" "reciprocal-positive-first" "symbol"
- "repeated-symbol" "symbol-or-fraction"))
- ("per-symbol")
- ("power-font" ("number" "unit"))
- ("prefixes-as-symbols" ("true" "false"))
- ("qualifier-mode" ("subscript" "brackets" "phrase" "space" "text"))
- ("qualifier-phrase")
- ("sticky-per" ("true" "false"))
- ;; Numbers with units
- ("allow-number-unit-breaks" ("true" "false"))
- ("exponent-to-prefix" ("true" "false"))
- ("list-units" ("brackets" "repeat" "single"))
- ("multi-part-units" ("brackets" "repeat" "single"))
- ("number-unit-product")
- ("product-units" ("repeat" "brackets" "brackets-power" "power" "repeat"
- "single"))
- ("range-units" ("brackets" "repeat" "single"))
- ;; Tabular material
- ("table-align-comparator" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-align-exponent" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-align-text-pre" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-align-text-post" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-align-uncertainty" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-alignment" ("center" "left" "right"))
- ("table-auto-round" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-column-width")
- ("table-comparator" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-figures-decimal")
- ("table-figures-exponent")
- ("table-figures-integer")
- ("table-figures-uncertainty")
- ("table-format")
- ("table-number-alignment" ("center-decimal-marker" "center" "left"
"right"))
- ("table-parse-only" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-omit-exponent" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-space-text-pre")
- ("table-space-text-post")
- ("table-sign-exponent" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-sign-mantissa" ("true" "false"))
- ("table-text-alignment" ("center" "left" "right"))
- ("table-unit-alignment" ("center" "left" "right"))
- ;; Symbols
- ("math-angstrom")
- ("math-arcminute")
- ("math-arcsecond")
- ("math-celsius")
- ("math-degree")
- ("math-micro")
- ("math-ohm")
- ("redefine-symbols" ("true" "false"))
- ("text-angstrom")
- ("text-arcminute")
- ("text-arcsecond")
- ("text-celsius")
- ("text-degree")
- ("text-micro")
- ("text-ohm")
- ;; Other options
- ("locale" ("FR" "DE" "UK" "US" "ZA"))
- ("strict"))
- "Package options for the siunitx package.")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "siunitx"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-siunitx-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit))
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Numbers
- '("ang" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Angle")
- '("num" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Number")
- '("numlist" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Numbers")
- '("numrange" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
- "Number 1" "Number 2")
- ;; Units
- '("si" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
- '("SI" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
- "Value" [ "Pre-unit"] LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
- '("SIlist" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
- "Values" LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
- '("SIrange" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
- "Value 1" "Value 2" LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
- ;; Settings
- '("sisetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options))
- ;; Tabular material
- '("tablenum" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Number")
- ;; Creating new macros (`DeclareSIUnitWithOptions' macro is deprecated)
- '("DeclareSIUnit" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
- (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit) "Symbol")
- '("DeclareSIPrefix" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Prefix")
- "Symbol" "Powers of 10")
- '("DeclareBinaryPrefix" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Prefix")
- "Symbol" "Powers of 2")
- '("DeclareSIPostPower" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Name") "Power")
- '("DeclareSIPrePower" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Name") "Power")
- '("DeclareSIQualifier" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Qualifier")
"Symbol")
- ;; Highlighting
- '("highlight" "Color")
- ;; Transferring settings to pgf
- '("SendSettingsToPgf" 0))
- ;;; The unit macros
- ;; SI base units
- (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
- "ampere"
- "candela"
- "kelvin"
- "kilogram"
- "gram"
- "meter"
- "metre"
- "second"
- ;; Coherent derived units in the SI with special names and symbols
- "becquerel"
- "celsius"
- "degreeCelsius"
- "coulomb"
- "farad"
- "gray"
- "hertz"
- "henry"
- "joule"
- "katal"
- "lumen"
- "lux"
- "newton"
- "ohm"
- "pascal"
- "radian"
- "siemens"
- "sievert"
- "steradian"
- "tesla"
- "volt"
- "watt"
- "weber"
- ;; Non-SI units accepted for use with the International System of Units
- "day"
- "degree"
- "hectare"
- "hour"
- "liter"
- "litre"
- "arcminute"
- "minute"
- "arcsecond"
- "tonne"
- ;; Non-SI units whose values in SI units must be obtained experimentally
- "astronomicalunit"
- "atomicmassunit"
- "bohr"
- "clight"
- "dalton"
- "electronmass"
- "electronvolt"
- "elementarycharge"
- "hartree"
- "planckbar"
- ;; Other non-SI units.
- "angstrom"
- "bar"
- "barn"
- "bel"
- "decibel"
- "knot"
- "mmHg"
- "nauticalmile"
- "neper"
- "percent"
- ;; SI prefixes
- "yocto"
- "zepto"
- "atto"
- "femto"
- "pico"
- "nano"
- "micro"
- "milli"
- "centi"
- "deci"
- "deca"
- "deka"
- "hecto"
- "kilo"
- "mega"
- "giga"
- "tera"
- "peta"
- "exa"
- "zetta"
- "yotta"
- ;; Powers
- "square"
- "squared"
- "cubic"
- "cubed"
- "tothe"
- "raiseto"
- "per"
- "of")
- ;; Abbreviated units (available unless `abbreviations' option is set to
`false')
- (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "siunitx"
"abbreviations=false")
- (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
- "fg"
- "pg"
- "ng"
- "ug"
- "mg"
- "g"
- "kg"
- "amu"
- "pm"
- "nm"
- "um"
- "mm"
- "cm"
- "dm"
- "m"
- "km"
- "as"
- "fs"
- "ps"
- "ns"
- "us"
- "ms"
- "s"
- "fmol"
- "pmol"
- "nmol"
- "umol"
- "mmol"
- "mol"
- "kmol"
- "pA"
- "nA"
- "uA"
- "mA"
- "A"
- "kA"
- "ul"
- "ml"
- "l"
- "hl"
- "uL"
- "mL"
- "L"
- "hL"
- "mHz"
- "Hz"
- "kHz"
- "MHz"
- "GHz"
- "THz"
- "N"
- "mN"
- "kN"
- "MN"
- "Pa"
- "kPa"
- "MPa"
- "GPa"
- "mohm"
- "kohm"
- "Mohm"
- "pV"
- "nV"
- "uV"
- "mV"
- "V"
- "kV"
- "uW"
- "mW"
- "W"
- "kW"
- "MW"
- "GW"
- "J"
- "kJ"
- "meV"
- "keV"
- "MeV"
- "GeV"
- "TeV"
- "kWh"
- "F"
- "fF"
- "pF"
- "K"
- "dB"))
- ;; Binary prefixes and units available when `binary-units' option is used
- (when (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "siunitx" "binary-units")
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "siunitx"
"binary-units=true"))
- (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
- "kibi"
- "mebi"
- "gibi"
- "tebi"
- "pebi"
- "exbi"
- "zebi"
- "yobi"
- "bit"
- "byte"))
- ;; Symbols
- (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
- "SIUnitSymbolAngstrom"
- "SIUnitSymbolArcminute"
- "SIUnitSymbolArcsecond"
- "SIUnitSymbolCelsius"
- "SIUnitSymbolDegree"
- "SIUnitSymbolMicro"
- "SIUnitSymbolOhm")
- ;; Macros available when `version-1-compatibility' option is used
- (when (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
- "siunitx" "version-1-compatibility")
- (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
- "siunitx" "version-1-compatibility=true"))
- (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
- "Square"
- "ssquare"
- "BAR"
- "bbar"
- "Day"
- "dday"
- "Gray"
- "ggray"
- "atomicmass"
- "arcmin"
- "arcsec"
- "are"
- "curie"
- "gal"
- "millibar"
- "rad"
- "rem"
- "roentgen"
- "micA"
- "micmol"
- "micl"
- "micL"
- "nanog"
- "micg"
- "picm"
- "micm"
- "Sec"
- "mics"
- "cmc"
- "dmc"
- "cms"
- "centimetrecubed"
- "centimetresquared"
- "cubiccentimetre"
- "cubicdecimetre"
- "squarecentimetre"
- "squaremetre"
- "squarekilometre"
- "parsec"
- "lightyear"
- "gmol"
- "kgmol"
- "lbmol"
- "molar"
- "Molar"
- "torr"
- "gon"
- "micron"
- "mrad"
- "gauss"
- "eVperc"
- "nanobarn"
- "picobarn"
- "femtobarn"
- "attobarn"
- "zeptobarn"
- "yoctobarn"
- "nb"
- "pb"
- "fb"
- "ab"
- "zb"
- "yb"))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "l3keys2e"
- "array"
- "amstext"
- "xparse"
- "expl3")
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("ang" "[{")
- ("num" "[{")
- ("si" "[{")
- ("SI" "[{[{")
- ("numlist" "[{")
- ("numrange" "[{{")
- ("SIlist" "[{{")
- ("SIrange" "[{{{")
- ("sisetup" "{")
- ("tablenum" "[{")
- ("DeclareSIUnit" "[|{\\{")
- ("DeclareSIPrefix" "|{\\{{")
- ("DeclareBinaryPrefix" "|{\\{{")
- ("DeclareSIPostPower" "|{\\{")
- ("DeclareSIPrePower" "|{\\{")
- ("DeclareSIQualifier" "|{\\{")
- ("highlight" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-siunitx-package-options nil
- "Prompt for package options for the siunitx package."
- (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-siunitx-package-options))
-
-;; siunitx.el ends here
diff --git a/style/slides.el b/style/slides.el
index e73826a..9e16024 100644
--- a/style/slides.el
+++ b/style/slides.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; slides.el --- AUCTeX style for the `slides' document class
-;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -31,21 +31,11 @@
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-slides-class-options
- '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
- "landscape" "clock" "draft" "final" "titlepage" "notitlepage" "onecolumn"
- "twocolumn" "leqno" "fleqn")
- "Package options for the slides class.")
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
"slides"
(lambda ()
(LaTeX-add-environments "slide"
"overlay"
- "note")
- (LaTeX-add-counters "minutes" "seconds")
- (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "slide" "overlay" "note")
- (setq LaTeX-default-document-environment "slide"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "note")))
;;; slides.el ends here
diff --git a/style/slovak.el b/style/slovak.el
index 3dc107e..d147573 100644
--- a/style/slovak.el
+++ b/style/slovak.el
@@ -8,5 +8,4 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sk-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sk-hook)))
diff --git a/style/subfigure.el b/style/subfigure.el
index e129e62..945f540 100644
--- a/style/subfigure.el
+++ b/style/subfigure.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; subfigure.el --- AUCTeX style file for subfigure.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; AUCTeX style file for `subfigure.sty'
+;; AUCTeX style file for subfigure.sty
;;; Code:
@@ -33,23 +33,18 @@
"subfigure"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("subfigure" [ "List entry" ] [ "Sub caption" ] "Figure")
- '("subtable" [ "List entry" ] [ "Sub caption" ] "Figure")
- '("Subref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("subref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("subcapsize" 0)
- '("subcapfont" 0)
- '("subcaplabelfont" 0))
-
- (LaTeX-add-lengths "subfigtopskip" "subfigcapskip" "subfigcaptopadj"
- "subfigbottomskip" "subfigcapmargin" "subfiglabelskip")
+ '("subfigure" [ "list entry" ] [ "sub caption" ] "figure")
+ '("subtable" [ "list entry" ] [ "sub caption" ] "figure")
+ '("Subref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("subref" TeX-arg-label))
+ ;; TODO: add \subfig* lengths
;; Install completion for labels:
(setq TeX-complete-list
(append
- '(("\\\\[Ss]ubref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")))
- TeX-complete-list)
-
+ '(("\\\\subref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\Subref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}"))
+ TeX-complete-list))
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
@@ -58,8 +53,7 @@
'textual)
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("Subref" "{")
("subref" "{"))
- 'reference)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'reference))))
(defvar LaTeX-subfigure-package-options '("normal" "hang" "center"
"centerlast" "nooneline"
diff --git a/style/swedish.el b/style/swedish.el
index adbfdda..75f6337 100644
--- a/style/swedish.el
+++ b/style/swedish.el
@@ -11,5 +11,4 @@
(setq TeX-quote-language
`("swedish" "''" ,TeX-close-quote ,TeX-quote-after-quote)))
(setq LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language "swedish")
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sv-hook))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sv-hook)))
diff --git a/style/tabularx.el b/style/tabularx.el
index a0f3ee3..0fc8234 100644
--- a/style/tabularx.el
+++ b/style/tabularx.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tabularx.el --- AUCTeX style for the tabularx package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -37,11 +37,6 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"tabularx"
(lambda ()
- ;; Make tabularx the default tabular environment
- (setq LaTeX-default-tabular-environment "tabularx")
- ;; Use the enhanced tabular indentation
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
- '("tabularx" LaTeX-indent-tabular))
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
"tracingtabularx"
@@ -52,10 +47,6 @@
;; tabular* environment. However, the supported tokens in the
;; format can differ, so at some point in time we might want to
;; separate tabular* and tabularx.
- '("tabularx" LaTeX-env-tabular*))
-
- ;; `tabularx' requires array to define the column types
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "array"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("tabularx" LaTeX-env-tabular*))))
;;; tabularx.el ends here
diff --git a/style/tabulary.el b/style/tabulary.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c17b96e..0000000
--- a/style/tabulary.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-;;; tabulary.el --- AUCTeX style for the tabulary package.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2013-07-14
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for the tabulary package.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-tabulary-package-options
- '("debugshow")
- "Package options for the tabulary package.")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "tabulary"
- (lambda ()
- ;; Make tabulary the default tabular environment
- (setq LaTeX-default-tabular-environment "tabulary")
- ;; Use the enhanced tabular indentation
- (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
- '("tabulary" LaTeX-indent-tabular))
- ;; New symbols
- (TeX-add-symbols
- "tymax" "tymin" "tyformat")
- ;; New environments
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- ;; TODO: tabulary defines some new column types, but there is no completion
- ;; so far in `LaTeX-env-tabular*'
- '("tabulary" LaTeX-env-tabular*))
-
- ;; `tabulary' requires the array package
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "array"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-;;; tabulary.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ulem.el b/style/ulem.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c3b3491..0000000
--- a/style/ulem.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-;;; ulem.el --- AUCTeX style for `ulem.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `ulem.sty'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "ulem"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("uline" 1)
- '("uuline" 1)
- '("uwave" 1)
- '("sout" 1)
- '("xout" 1)
- ;; can be used with \renewcommand or \setlength
- "ULthickness"
- "ULdepth"
- ;; custom commands can be defined with these commands; see the
- ;; documentation for an example
- "ULon"
- "markoverwith"
- ;; \useunder {underline_command}{font_declaration}{font_command}
- ;; replaces occurences of font_declaration and font_command with the
- ;; underline_command
- '("useunder" TeX-arg-ulem-useunder
- TeX-arg-ulem-fontdecl TeX-arg-ulem-fontcmd))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- ;; Tell font-lock about the update.
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("useunder" "{{{")) 'function)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("uline" "{")
- ("uwave" "{")
- ("sout" "{")
- ("xout" "{")) 'textual)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-arg-fontdecl
- (mapcar (lambda (str) (concat "\\" str))
- '("itshape" "bfseries" "scshape"
- "ttfamily" "upshape" "mdseries"
- "rmfamily" "sffamily" "slshape"))
- "List of font declaration commands in LaTeX")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-arg-fontcmd
- (mapcar (lambda (str) (concat "\\" str))
- '("textit" "textbf" "textsc"
- "texttt" "textup" "textmd"
- "textrm" "textsf" "textsl"))
- "List of font commands in LaTeX")
-
-(defun TeX-arg-ulem-fontdecl (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for the font-declaration un \\useunder"
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt
- optional prompt "Font declaration")
- LaTeX-arg-fontdecl nil t) optional))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-ulem-fontcmd (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for the font-declaration un \\useunder"
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt
- optional prompt "Font command")
- LaTeX-arg-fontcmd nil t) optional))
-
-;; adapted from url.el:TeX-arg-urlstyle
-(defun TeX-arg-ulem-useunder (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for underline command used in \\useunder"
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Underline command")
- (mapcar 'list
- (mapcar (lambda (str) (concat "\\" str))
- '("uline" "uuline"
- "uwave" "sout" "xout")))
- nil t) optional))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-ulem-package-options
- '("UWforbf" "ULforem" "normalbf" "normalem")
- "Package options for the ulem package.")
-
-;;; ulem.el ends here
diff --git a/style/unicode-math.el b/style/unicode-math.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d7ed089..0000000
--- a/style/unicode-math.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-;;; unicode-math.el --- AUCTeX style for `unicode-math.sty' version 0.7e.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds support for `unicode-math.sty' version 0.7e.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list
- '(("math-style" ("ISO" "TeX" "french" "upright" "literal"))
- ("bold-style" ("ISO" "TeX" "upright" "literal"))
- ("sans-style" ("italic" "upright" "literal"))
- ("nabla" ("italic" "upright" "literal"))
- ("partial" ("upright" "italic" "literal"))
- ("vargreek-shape" ("unicode" "TeX"))
- ("colon" ("literal" "TeX"))
- ("slash-delimiter" ("ascii" "frac" "div")))
- "Package options for the unicode-math package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-unicode-math-setmathfont-options
- (append LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list
- '(("range")
- ("script-font")
- ("script-features")
- ("sscript-font")
- ("sscript-features")))
- "Options for the setmathfont macro of the unicode-math package.")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "unicode-math"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "ifxetex" "ifluatex" "expl3" "xparse" "l3keys2e"
- "fontspec" "catchfile" "fix-cm" "filehook")
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("setmathfont" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-unicode-math-setmathfont-options]
- "Math font name")
- '("unimathsetup" (TeX-arg-key-val
LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list)))
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("setmathfont" "[{")
- ("unimathsetup" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options ()
- "Prompt for package options for the unicode-math package."
- (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list))
-
-;;; unicode-math.el ends here
diff --git a/style/units.el b/style/units.el
index 8320e52..88ba73d 100644
--- a/style/units.el
+++ b/style/units.el
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("unit" "[{") ("unitfrac" "[{{")) 'textual)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("unit" "[{") ("unitfrac" "[{{")) 'textual))))
(defvar LaTeX-units-package-options '("tight" "loose")
"Package options for the units package.")
diff --git a/style/url.el b/style/url.el
index efdc297..0084be4 100644
--- a/style/url.el
+++ b/style/url.el
@@ -78,8 +78,7 @@
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults))))
(defun TeX-arg-urlstyle (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for style used in \\urlstyle with completion."
diff --git a/style/varioref.el b/style/varioref.el
index 8811391..77c791b 100644
--- a/style/varioref.el
+++ b/style/varioref.el
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
;;; varioref.el --- AUCTeX style file with support for varioref.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
-;; Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -27,53 +26,38 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "varioref"
(lambda ()
-
+
(TeX-add-symbols
;; The macros with label arguments
- '("vref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("Vref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("vrefrange" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
- '("vrefrange*" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
- '("vref*" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("Vref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("Ref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("vpageref" [ "Same page text" ] [ "Different page text" ] TeX-arg-ref)
- '("vpageref*" [ "Same page text" ] [ "Different page text" ]
- TeX-arg-ref)
- '("fullref" TeX-arg-ref)
- '("labelformat" TeX-arg-counter t)
-
- '("vpagerefrange" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
- '("vpagerefrange*" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("vpageref" [ "Same page text" ] [ "different page text" ]
TeX-arg-label)
+ '("fullref" TeX-arg-label)
;; And the other macros used for customization
"reftextbefore" "reftextfacebefore"
- "reftextafter" "reftextfaceafter" "reftexlabelrange"
- "reftextfaraway" "vreftextvario" "vrefwarning"
- "vpagerefnum" "vrefshowerrors")
+ "reftextafter" "reftextfaceafter"
+ "reftextfaraway" "vreftextvario" "vrefwarning")
- ;; Install completion for labels. Only offer completion for
- ;; commands that take only one reference as an argument
+ ;; Install completion for labels
(setq TeX-complete-list
(append
- '(("\\\\[Vv]ref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\vref\\*?{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\Ref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\vref\\*{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\fullref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\vpageref\\*?\\(\\[[^]]*\\]\\)*{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)"
+ '(("\\\\vref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\vpageref\\(\\[[^]]*\\]\\)*{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)"
2 LaTeX-label-list "}"))
- TeX-complete-list)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defvar LaTeX-varioref-package-options
- '("draft" "final" "afrikaans" "american" "austrian" "naustrian" "basque"
- "brazil" "breton" "bahasam" "catalan" "croatian" "czech" "danish"
- "dutch" "english" "esperanto" "finnish" "french" "galician" "german"
- "icelandic" "ngerman" "greek" "italian" "magyar" "norsk" "nynorsk"
- "polish" "portuges" "romanian" "russian" "slovak" "slovene"
- "spanish" "swedish" "turkish" "ukrainian" "francais" "germanb")
+ TeX-complete-list))))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-varioref-package-options '("draft" "final" "afrikaans"
+ "american" "austrian" "naustrian"
+ "brazil" "breton" "catalan" "croatian"
+ "czech" "danish" "dutch" "english"
+ "esperanto" "finnish" "french"
+ "galician" "german" "ngerman" "greek"
+ "italian" "magyar" "norsk" "nynorsk"
+ "polish" "portuges" "romanian"
+ "russian" "slovak" "slovene"
+ "spanish" "swedish" "turkish"
+ "francais" "germanb")
"Package options for the varioref package.")
;;; varioref.el ends here
diff --git a/style/verbatim.el b/style/verbatim.el
index 1fb7bdd..2c95def 100644
--- a/style/verbatim.el
+++ b/style/verbatim.el
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
(LaTeX-add-environments
"comment")
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("verbatiminput" TeX-arg-file))))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ '("verbatiminput" TeX-arg-file)))))
(defvar LaTeX-verbatim-package-options nil
"Package options for the verbatim package.")
diff --git a/style/virtex.el b/style/virtex.el
index e774b46..18f58bc 100644
--- a/style/virtex.el
+++ b/style/virtex.el
@@ -77,7 +77,6 @@
"vcenter" "vfil" "vfill" "vfilneg" "vfuzz"
"voffset" "vrule" "vsize" "vskip" "vss" "vtop"
"wd" "widowpenalty" "write" "xdef" "xleaders"
- "xspaceskip" "year"))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ "xspaceskip" "year")))
;;; virtex.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xparse.el b/style/xparse.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d75f81c..0000000
--- a/style/xparse.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-;;; xparse.el --- AUCTeX style for `xparse.sty' version 4467.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
-;; Keywords: tex
-
-;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
-
-;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
-;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-;; 02110-1301, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file adds basic support for `xparse.sty' version 4467. It
-;; doesn't parse argument specification of macros and environments.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(defvar LaTeX-xparse-macro-regexp
- (concat "\\\\\\(?:Declare\\|New\\|Renew\\|Provide\\|DeclareExpandable\\)"
- "DocumentCommand[ \t\n\r]*{?[ \t\n\r]*\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}?"
- ;; The following is the opening brace of argument specification and is
- ;; needed to skip internal macros containing `:' or `_'.
- "[ \t\n\r]*{")
- "Matches macros by xparse package.")
-
-(defvar LaTeX-xparse-environment-regexp
- (concat "\\\\\\(?:Declare\\|New\\|Renew\\|Provide\\)DocumentEnvironment"
- "[ \t\n\r]*{[ \t\n\r]*\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}")
- "Matches environments by xparse package.")
-
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "xparse"
- (lambda ()
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-xparse-macro-regexp 1 TeX-auto-symbol))
- (TeX-auto-add-regexp
- `(,LaTeX-xparse-environment-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-environment))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks
- "expl3")
- (TeX-add-symbols
- ;; Declaring commands and environments
- '("DeclareDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
- '("NewDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
- '("RenewDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-macro "Argument specification" t)
- '("ProvideDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
- '("DeclareDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-define-environment
- "Argument specification" t t)
- '("NewDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-define-environment
- "Argument specification" t t)
- '("RenewDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-environment
- "Argument specification" t t)
- '("ProvideDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-define-environment
- "Argument specification" t t)
- ;; Fully-expandable document commands
- '("DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand"
- TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
- ;; Testing special values
- '("IfBooleanTF" 3)
- '("IfBooleanT" 3)
- '("IfBooleanF" 3)
- '("IfNoValueTF" 3)
- '("IfNoValueT" 3)
- '("IfNoValueF" 3)
- '("IfValueTF" 3)
- '("IfValueT" 3)
- '("IfValueF" 3)
- "BooleanTrue"
- "BooleanFalse"
- ;; Argument processors
- "ProcessedArgument"
- "ReverseBoolean"
- '("SplitArgument" "Number" "Token")
- "SplitList"
- "TrimSpaces"
- '("ProcessList" "List" "Functiom")
- ;; Access to the argument specification
- '("GetDocumentCommandArgSpec" TeX-arg-macro)
- '("GetDocumentEnvironmmentArgSpec" TeX-arg-environment)
- '("ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec" TeX-arg-macro)
- '("ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec" TeX-arg-environment))
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DeclareDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
- ("NewDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
- ("RenewDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
- ("ProvideDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
- ("DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
- ("DeclareDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{")
- ("NewDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{")
- ("RenewDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{")
- ("ProvideDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
-
-(defun LaTeX-xparse-package-options ()
- "Read the xparse package options from the user."
- (TeX-read-key-val t '(("log-declarations" ("true" "false")))))
-
-;;; xparse.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/xspace.el
index dda6238..15f9216 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/xspace.el
@@ -3,7 +3,6 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Created: 2011-02-01
;; Keywords: tex
@@ -44,8 +43,7 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
("xspaceaddexception" "{")
("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function)))
- LaTeX-dialect)
+ 'function))))
(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
"Package options for the xspace package.")
diff --git a/tex-bar.el b/tex-bar.el
index f3cbaf1..cf7bc1d 100644
--- a/tex-bar.el
+++ b/tex-bar.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-bar.el --- toolbar icons on AUCTeX in GNU emacs and XEmacs
-;; Copyright (C) 2004-2008, 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
;; modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ If there is no help, the empty string is returned."
(defcustom TeX-bar-TeX-buttons
'(new-file open-file dired kill-buffer save-buffer cut copy paste undo
- [separator nil] tex next-error view bibtex spell)
+ [separator nil] tex next-error view bibtex)
"List of buttons available in `tex-mode'.
It should be a list in the same format of the BUTTONS parameter
in function `toolbarx-install-toolbar', often a symbol that
@@ -114,8 +114,7 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists'."
(const view)
(const file)
(const bibtex)
- (const clean)
- (const spell))
+ (const clean))
;; (const latex-symbols-experimental)
(repeat (choice (symbol :tag "Label")
(vector :args ((symbol :tag "Label in Emacs ")
@@ -137,7 +136,8 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists'."
assqs-button-alists)))
(setq assqs-button-alists (nreverse assqs-button-alists))
;; displaying results
- (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*")
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*"))
(erase-buffer)
(insert "Available buttons for TeX mode
================================")
@@ -196,11 +196,7 @@ the argument BUTTON-ALIST in function
`toolbarx-install-toolbar'."
(clean :image "delete"
:command (TeX-command "Clean" 'TeX-master-file -1)
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
- (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Clean")))
- (spell :image "spell"
- :command (TeX-command "Spell" 'TeX-master-file -1)
- :help (lambda (&rest ignored)
- (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Spell"))))
+ (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Clean"))))
;; latex-symbols-experimental?
"Alist for button definitions in TeX bar.
Value should le a list where each element is of format (KEY .
@@ -230,7 +226,7 @@ format of the argument MEANING-ALIST in the mentioned
function."
(defcustom TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons
'(new-file open-file dired kill-buffer save-buffer cut copy paste undo
- [separator nil] latex next-error view bibtex spell)
+ [separator nil] latex next-error view bibtex)
"List of buttons available in `latex-mode'.
It should be a list in the same format of the BUTTONS parameter
in function `toolbarx-install-toolbar', often a symbol that
@@ -261,7 +257,6 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-LaTeX-all-button-alists'."
(const file)
(const bibtex)
(const clean)
- (const spell)
(const latex-symbols-experimental))
(repeat (choice (symbol :tag "Label")
(vector :args ((symbol :tag "Label in Emacs ")
@@ -283,7 +278,8 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-LaTeX-all-button-alists'."
assqs-button-alists)))
(setq assqs-button-alists (nreverse assqs-button-alists))
;; displaying results
- (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*")
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*"))
(erase-buffer)
(insert "Available buttons for LaTeX mode
================================")
@@ -336,19 +332,13 @@ the argument BUTTON-ALIST in function
`toolbarx-install-toolbar'."
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
(TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "File")))
(bibtex :image "bibtex"
- :command (TeX-command (if LaTeX-using-Biber "Biber" "BibTeX")
- 'TeX-master-file -1)
+ :command (TeX-command "BibTeX" 'TeX-master-file -1)
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
- (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list
- (if LaTeX-using-Biber "Biber" "BibTeX"))))
+ (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "BibTeX")))
(clean :image "delete"
:command (TeX-command "Clean" 'TeX-master-file -1)
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
(TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Clean")))
- (spell :image "spell"
- :command (TeX-command "Spell" 'TeX-master-file -1)
- :help (lambda (&rest ignored)
- (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Spell")))
(latex-symbols-experimental . (:alias :eval-group
LaTeX-symbols-toolbar-switch-contents
LaTeX-symbols-toolbar-contents)))
@@ -371,10 +361,6 @@ format of the argument MEANING-ALIST in the mentioned
function."
(add-to-list 'toolbarx-image-path
(expand-file-name "images" TeX-data-directory))
(add-hook 'TeX-PDF-mode-hook 'toolbarx-refresh nil t)
- ;; Refresh the toolbar after styles update because `LaTeX-using-Biber' value
- ;; could have been changed. Append the refresh to the hook so it is run
after
- ;; the other styles-related changes.
- (add-hook 'TeX-update-style-hook 'toolbarx-refresh t t)
(toolbarx-install-toolbar TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons
(let ((append-list))
(dolist (elt TeX-bar-LaTeX-all-button-alists)
diff --git a/tex-buf.el b/tex-buf.el
index a3538ba..07f0502 100644
--- a/tex-buf.el
+++ b/tex-buf.el
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
;;; tex-buf.el --- External commands for AUCTeX.
-;; Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
+;; 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex, wp
@@ -90,8 +91,8 @@ Return non-nil if document needs to be re-TeX'ed."
If a prefix argument OVERRIDE-CONFIRM is given, confirmation will
depend on it being positive instead of the entry in `TeX-command-list'."
(interactive "P")
- (TeX-command (TeX-command-query (TeX-master-file nil nil t))
- 'TeX-master-file override-confirm))
+ (TeX-command (TeX-command-query (TeX-master-file)) 'TeX-master-file
+ override-confirm))
(defvar TeX-command-region-begin nil)
(defvar TeX-command-region-end nil)
@@ -266,72 +267,26 @@ the master file."
(find-file (TeX-master-file TeX-default-extension))
(switch-to-buffer TeX-command-buffer)))
-(defvar TeX-error-last-visited -1
- "Index of the last visited error listed in `TeX-error-list'.
-
-This variable is intended to be set only in output buffer so it
-will be shared among all files of the same document.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-last-visited)
-
-(defun TeX-get-parse-function ()
- "Get the parse function for the current buffer."
- (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-process-get-variable (TeX-active-master) 'TeX-parse-function)))
-
-(defun TeX-next-error (&optional arg reparse)
+(defun TeX-next-error (reparse)
"Find the next error in the TeX output buffer.
-
-A prefix ARG specifies how many error messages to move;
-negative means move back to previous error messages, if possible.
-
-If REPARSE is non-nil, reparse the error message buffer.
-
-\\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error
-message buffer and start at the first error."
+With \\[universal-argument] prefix, start from the beginning of the errors."
(interactive "P")
- (if (or (null (TeX-active-buffer))
- (eq 'compilation-mode (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- major-mode)))
- (if (featurep 'xemacs)
- (next-error arg)
- (next-error arg reparse))
-
- ;; Force reparsing when the function is called with a universal-argument.
- (if (consp arg) (setq reparse t arg nil))
-
- (funcall (TeX-get-parse-function) arg reparse)))
+ (if (null (TeX-active-buffer))
+ (next-error reparse)
+ (funcall (TeX-process-get-variable (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-active-master))
+ 'TeX-parse-function)
+ reparse)))
(defun TeX-previous-error (arg)
- "Find the previous error in the TeX output buffer.
-
-Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move backward (or
-forward, if negative).
-
-This works only with TeX commands and if the
-`TeX-parse-all-errors' variable is non-nil."
- (interactive "p")
- (if (or (null (TeX-active-buffer))
- (eq 'compilation-mode (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- major-mode)))
+ "Find the previous error in the TeX output buffer."
+ (interactive "P")
+ (if (null (TeX-active-buffer))
(previous-error arg)
-
- (let ((parse-function (TeX-get-parse-function)))
- (if (and TeX-parse-all-errors (equal parse-function 'TeX-parse-TeX))
- ;; When `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil and the parsing function is
- ;; `TeX-parse-TeX' we can move backward in the errors.
- (TeX-parse-TeX (- arg) nil)
- ;; XXX: moving backward in the errors hasn't yet been implemented for
- ;; other parsing functions.
- (error "Jumping to previous error not supported.")))))
+ (error "Jumping to previous error not supported")))
;;; Command Query
-(defvar TeX-error-overview-frame nil
- "The frame of the error overview.")
-
-(defconst TeX-error-overview-buffer-name "*TeX errors*"
- "Name of the buffer in which to show error list.")
-
(defun TeX-command (name file &optional override-confirm)
"Run command NAME on the file returned by calling FILE.
@@ -361,14 +316,6 @@ asked if it is positive, and suppressed if it is not."
(read-from-minibuffer (concat name " command: ") command
nil nil)))
- ;; Kill the frame and buffer associated to the error overview before
running
- ;; the command, but keep them if the command to be run is View.
- (unless (string= name "View")
- (if (frame-live-p TeX-error-overview-frame)
- (delete-frame TeX-error-overview-frame))
- (if (get-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
- (kill-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)))
-
;; Now start the process
(setq file (funcall file))
(TeX-process-set-variable file 'TeX-command-next TeX-command-Show)
@@ -387,7 +334,7 @@ without further expansion."
(concat (and (stringp TeX-command-pos) TeX-command-pos)
(apply ',file args)
(and (stringp TeX-command-pos) TeX-command-pos)))))
- expansion-res case-fold-search string expansion arguments)
+ case-fold-search string expansion arguments)
(setq list (cons
(list "%%" (lambda nil
(setq pos (1+ pos))
@@ -410,13 +357,7 @@ without further expansion."
(TeX-function-p expansion))
(apply expansion arguments))
((boundp expansion)
- (setq expansion-res
- (apply (eval expansion) arguments))
- (when (eq expansion 'file)
- ;; Advance past the file name in order to
- ;; prevent expanding any substring of it.
- (setq pos (+ pos (length expansion-res))))
- expansion-res)
+ (apply (eval expansion) arguments))
(t
(error "Nonexpansion %s" expansion)))))
(if (stringp string)
@@ -440,8 +381,7 @@ ORIGINALS which are modified but not saved yet."
(dolist (orig originals)
(dolist (ext extensions)
(let ((filepath (concat path orig "." ext)))
- (if (or (file-exists-p filepath)
- (get-file-buffer filepath))
+ (if (file-exists-p filepath)
(setq existingoriginals (cons filepath existingoriginals)))))))
(while buffers
(let* ((buffer (car buffers))
@@ -454,7 +394,7 @@ ORIGINALS which are modified but not saved yet."
(y-or-n-p (concat "Save file "
(buffer-file-name buffer)
"? ")))
- (with-current-buffer buffer (save-buffer)))))))
+ (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (save-buffer)))))))
(dolist (eo existingoriginals)
(if (file-newer-than-file-p eo derived)
(setq found t)))
@@ -495,7 +435,7 @@ ORIGINALS which are modified but not saved yet."
(completing-read
(concat "Command: (default " default ") ")
(TeX-mode-specific-command-list major-mode) nil t
- nil 'TeX-command-history default))))
+ nil 'TeX-command-history))))
;; If the answer is "latex" it will not be expanded to "LaTeX"
(setq answer (car-safe (TeX-assoc answer TeX-command-list)))
(if (and answer
@@ -564,7 +504,8 @@ QUEUE is non-nil when we are checking for the printer
queue."
(defun TeX-view-mouse (event)
"Start `TeX-view' at mouse position."
(interactive "e")
- (with-current-buffer (window-buffer (posn-window (event-start event)))
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer (window-buffer (posn-window (event-start event))))
(goto-char (posn-point (event-start event)))
(TeX-view)))
@@ -630,7 +571,7 @@ Return the new process."
(set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buff)
(if dir (cd dir))
(insert "Running `" name "' on `" file "' with ``" command "''\n")
- (TeX-output-mode)
+ (setq mode-name name)
(if TeX-show-compilation
(display-buffer buffer)
(message "Type `%s' to display results of compilation."
@@ -676,7 +617,8 @@ Return the new process."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer-name file))
(process (TeX-run-command name command file)))
;; Hook to TeX debuger.
- (with-current-buffer buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer buffer)
(TeX-parse-reset)
(setq TeX-parse-function 'TeX-parse-TeX)
(setq TeX-sentinel-function 'TeX-TeX-sentinel)
@@ -738,7 +680,7 @@ run of `TeX-run-TeX', use
(TeX-synchronous-sentinel name file process))))
(defun TeX-run-Biber (name command file)
- "Create a process for NAME using COMMAND to format FILE with Biber."
+ "Create a process for NAME using COMMAND to format FILE with Biber."
(let ((process (TeX-run-command name command file)))
(setq TeX-sentinel-function 'TeX-Biber-sentinel)
(if TeX-process-asynchronous
@@ -747,8 +689,7 @@ run of `TeX-run-TeX', use
(defun TeX-run-compile (name command file)
"Ignore first and third argument, start compile with second argument."
- (let ((default-directory (TeX-master-directory)))
- (setq TeX-command-buffer (compile command))))
+ (compile command))
(defun TeX-run-shell (name command file)
"Ignore first and third argument, start shell-command with second argument."
@@ -870,7 +811,8 @@ reasons. Use `TeX-run-function' instead."
(defun TeX-synchronous-sentinel (name file result)
"Process TeX command output buffer after the process dies."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer (file-name-nondirectory file))))
- (with-current-buffer buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer buffer)
;; Append post-mortem information to the buffer
(goto-char (point-max))
@@ -901,7 +843,8 @@ reasons. Use `TeX-run-function' instead."
(set-process-buffer process nil)
(set-process-sentinel process nil))
((memq (process-status process) '(signal exit))
- (with-current-buffer buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer buffer)
;; Append post-mortem information to the buffer
(goto-char (point-max))
@@ -943,21 +886,10 @@ NAME is the name of the process.")
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-sentinel-default-function)
(defun TeX-TeX-sentinel (process name)
- "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running TeX.
-
-Parse the output buffer to collect errors and warnings if the
-variable `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
-
-Open the error overview if
-`TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
-errors or warnings to show."
+ "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running TeX."
(if (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check process name)
()
(message (concat name ": formatted " (TeX-current-pages)))
- (if TeX-parse-all-errors
- (TeX-parse-all-errors))
- (if (and TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run TeX-error-list)
- (TeX-error-overview))
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-Show)))
(defun TeX-current-pages ()
@@ -994,10 +926,10 @@ Return nil ifs no errors were found."
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default)
;; error reported to TeX-error-report-switches
(setq TeX-error-report-switches
- (plist-put TeX-error-report-switches
- (intern (plist-get TeX-error-report-switches
- 'TeX-current-master))
- t))
+ (plist-put TeX-error-report-switches
+ (intern (plist-get TeX-error-report-switches
+ 'TeX-current-master))
+ t))
t)
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-Show)
nil))
@@ -1018,18 +950,7 @@ Warnings can be indicated by LaTeX or packages."
;; should go into latex.el? --pg
(defun TeX-LaTeX-sentinel (process name)
- "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running LaTeX.
-
-Parse the output buffer to collect errors and warnings if the
-variable `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
-
-Open the error overview if
-`TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
-errors or warnings to show."
- (if TeX-parse-all-errors
- (TeX-parse-all-errors))
- (if (and TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run TeX-error-list)
- (TeX-error-overview))
+ "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running LaTeX."
(cond ((TeX-TeX-sentinel-check process name))
((and (save-excursion
(re-search-forward
@@ -1060,7 +981,7 @@ errors or warnings to show."
(TeX-current-pages))
(setq TeX-command-next (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
TeX-command-BibTeX)))
- ((re-search-forward "Package biblatex Warning: Please rerun LaTeX" nil
t)
+ ((re-search-forward "Package biblatex Warning: Please rerun LaTeX" nil t)
(message "%s%s" "You should run LaTeX again, " (TeX-current-pages))
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default))
((re-search-forward "^(biblatex)\\W+Page breaks have changed" nil t)
@@ -1072,12 +993,6 @@ Package natbib Warning: Citation(s)\\)" nil t)
(message "%s%s" "You should run LaTeX again to get references right, "
(TeX-current-pages))
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default))
- ((re-search-forward
- "^\\(?:(rerunfilecheck)\\|Package hyperref Warning:\\)\\W+\
-Rerun to get outlines right" nil t)
- (message "%s%s" "You should run LaTeX again to get outlines right, "
- (TeX-current-pages))
- (setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default))
((re-search-forward "^LaTeX Warning: Reference" nil t)
(message "%s%s%s" name ": there were unresolved references, "
(TeX-current-pages))
@@ -1176,7 +1091,8 @@ defined."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer name)))
(if (and buffer
(local-variable-p symbol buffer))
- (with-current-buffer buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer buffer)
(symbol-value symbol))
default)))
@@ -1185,7 +1101,8 @@ defined."
Return nil iff no process buffer exist."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer name)))
(if buffer
- (with-current-buffer buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer buffer)
(set symbol value)
t)
nil)))
@@ -1333,8 +1250,8 @@ command."
(defun TeX-active-buffer ()
"Return the buffer of the active process for this buffer."
(and TeX-command-buffer
- (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-process-buffer (TeX-active-master)))))
+ (TeX-process-buffer (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-active-master)))))
(defun TeX-active-master (&optional extension nondirectory)
"The master file currently being compiled.
@@ -1457,7 +1374,8 @@ original file."
(setq original (TeX-quote-filename (file-relative-name
original (TeX-master-directory)))
master-name (TeX-quote-filename master-name))
- (with-current-buffer file-buffer
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer file-buffer)
(setq buffer-undo-list t)
(setq original-content (buffer-string))
(erase-buffer)
@@ -1509,7 +1427,7 @@ the directory."
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-point)
(defvar TeX-error-file nil
- "Stack of files in which errors have occurred.")
+ "Stack of files in which errors have occured.")
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-file)
@@ -1518,68 +1436,34 @@ the directory."
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-offset)
-(defun TeX-parse-reset (&optional reparse)
- "Reset all variables used for parsing TeX output.
-If optional argument REPARSE is non-nil, reparse the output log."
- (setq TeX-error-point (point-min)
- TeX-error-offset nil
- TeX-error-file nil
- TeX-error-list nil
- TeX-error-last-visited -1)
- (if reparse
- (TeX-parse-all-errors)))
+(defun TeX-parse-reset ()
+ "Reset all variables used for parsing TeX output."
+ (setq TeX-error-point (point-min))
+ (setq TeX-error-offset nil)
+ (setq TeX-error-file nil))
;;; - Parsers Hooks
-;; All this parsers hooks should have the same arguments even though they will
-;; be ignored, because `TeX-next-error' can call any of these functions.
-(defun TeX-parse-command (arg reparse)
+(defun TeX-parse-command (reparse)
"We can't parse anything but TeX."
- (error "I cannot parse %s output, sorry."
+ (error "I cannot parse %s output, sorry"
(if (TeX-active-process)
(process-name (TeX-active-process))
"this")))
-(defun TeX-parse-TeX (arg reparse)
+(defun TeX-parse-TeX (reparse)
"Find the next error produced by running TeX.
-
-ARG specifies how many error messages to move, when possible;
-negative means move back to previous error messages.
-
-If REPARSE is non-nil, reparse the output log.
+With \\[universal-argument] prefix, start from the beginning of the errors.
If the file occurs in an included file, the file is loaded (if not
already in an Emacs buffer) and the cursor is placed at the error."
(let ((old-buffer (current-buffer))
- (default-major-mode major-mode)
- max-index item)
-
- ;; Switch to the output buffer.
+ (default-major-mode major-mode))
(with-current-buffer (TeX-active-buffer)
(if reparse
- (TeX-parse-reset reparse))
- (if TeX-parse-all-errors
- (progn
- (setq max-index (length TeX-error-list)
- TeX-error-last-visited (+ (or arg 1) TeX-error-last-visited)
- item (if (natnump TeX-error-last-visited)
- (nth TeX-error-last-visited TeX-error-list)
- ;; XEmacs doesn't support `nth' with a negative index.
- nil))
- (if (< TeX-error-last-visited -1)
- (setq TeX-error-last-visited -1))
- (cond ((or (null item)
- (< TeX-error-last-visited 0))
- (if (> TeX-error-last-visited max-index)
- (setq TeX-error-last-visited max-index))
- (message "No more errors.")
- (beep)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer old-buffer))
- (t
- (apply 'TeX-find-display-help item))))
-
- (goto-char TeX-error-point)
- (TeX-parse-error old-buffer)))))
+ (TeX-parse-reset))
+ (goto-char TeX-error-point)
+ (TeX-parse-error old-buffer))))
;;; - Parsing (La)TeX
@@ -1589,39 +1473,8 @@ already in an Emacs buffer) and the cursor is placed at
the error."
You might want to examine and modify the free variables `file',
`offset', `line', `string', `error', and `context' from this hook.")
-(defvar TeX-error-list nil
- "List of warnings and errors.
-
-This variable is intended to be set only in output buffer so it
-will be shared among all files of the same document.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-list)
-
-(defcustom TeX-parse-all-errors t
- "Whether to automatically collect all warning and errors after running TeX.
-
-If t, it makes it possible to use `TeX-previous-error' with TeX
-commands."
- :group 'TeX-command
- :type 'boolean)
-
-(defun TeX-parse-all-errors ()
- "Parse TeX output buffer to collect all warnings and errors."
- ;; Reset error list.
- (setq TeX-error-list nil)
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (while (TeX-parse-error nil t)))
- ;; Reset last visited error.
- (setq TeX-error-last-visited -1))
-
-(defun TeX-parse-error (old &optional store)
- "Goto next error. Pop to OLD buffer if no more errors are found.
-
-If the optional argument STORE is non-nil, the function will
-store the found warning or error in `TeX-error-list' instead of
-displaying the issue.
-
-Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
+(defun TeX-parse-error (old)
+ "Goto next error. Pop to OLD buffer if no more errors are found."
(let ((regexp
(concat
;; TeX error
@@ -1633,10 +1486,8 @@ Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
\\(?:[\\/]+\\(?:\\.+[^()\r\n{} \\/]*\\|[^()\r\n{} .\\/]+\
\\(?: [^()\r\n{} .\\/]+\\)*\\(?:\\.[-0-9a-zA-Z_.]*\\)?\\)?\\)*\\)\
)*\\(?: \\|\r?$\\)\\|"
- ;; End of file. The [^:] skips package messages like:
- ;; Package hyperref Message: Driver (autodetected): hpdftex.
- ;; [Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
- "\\()\\)[^:.]\\|"
+ ;; End of file
+ "\\()\\))*\\|"
;; Hook to change line numbers
" !\\(?:offset(\\([---0-9]+\\))\\|"
;; Hook to change file name
@@ -1645,17 +1496,15 @@ Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
"^\\(\\(?:Overfull\\|Underfull\\|Tight\\|Loose\\)\
\\\\.*?[0-9]+--[0-9]+\\)\\|"
;; LaTeX warning
- "^\\(LaTeX [A-Za-z]*\\|Package [A-Za-z]+ \\)Warning:.*"))
- (error-found nil))
+ "^\\(LaTeX [A-Za-z]*\\|Package [A-Za-z]+ \\)Warning:.*")))
(while
(cond
((null
(re-search-forward regexp nil t))
;; No more errors.
- (unless store
- (message "No more errors.")
- (beep)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer old))
+ (message "No more errors.")
+ (beep)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer old)
nil)
;; TeX error
((match-beginning 1)
@@ -1665,17 +1514,15 @@ Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
(push nil TeX-error-offset))
(unless (car TeX-error-offset)
(rplaca TeX-error-file (TeX-match-buffer 2))))
- (setq error-found t)
(if (looking-at "Preview ")
t
- (TeX-error store)
+ (TeX-error)
nil))
;; LaTeX bad box
((match-beginning 7)
(if TeX-debug-bad-boxes
(progn
- (setq error-found t)
- (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 7) store)
+ (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 7))
nil)
(re-search-forward "\r?\n\
\\(?:.\\{79\\}\r?\n\
@@ -1685,8 +1532,7 @@ Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
((match-beginning 8)
(if TeX-debug-warnings
(progn
- (setq error-found t)
- (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 8) store)
+ (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 8))
nil)
t))
@@ -1703,7 +1549,7 @@ Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
(push nil TeX-error-offset)
(goto-char end))
t)
-
+
;; End of file -- Pop from stack
((match-beginning 4)
(when (> (length TeX-error-file) 0)
@@ -1711,86 +1557,23 @@ Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
(pop TeX-error-offset))
(goto-char (match-end 4))
t)
-
+
;; Hook to change line numbers
((match-beginning 5)
(setq TeX-error-offset
(list (string-to-number (TeX-match-buffer 5))))
t)
-
+
;; Hook to change file name
((match-beginning 6)
(setq TeX-error-file
(list (TeX-match-buffer 6)))
- t)))
- error-found))
-
-(defun TeX-find-display-help (type file line error offset context string
- line-end bad-box error-point)
- "Find the error and display the help."
- (unless file
- (cond
- ;; XXX: error messages have to be different?
- ((equal type 'error)
- (error "Error occurred after last TeX file closed"))
- (t
- (error "Could not determine file for warning"))))
-
- ;; Go back to TeX-buffer
- (let ((runbuf (TeX-active-buffer))
- (master (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (expand-file-name (TeX-master-file))))
- (command-buffer TeX-command-buffer)
- error-file-buffer start)
- (run-hooks 'TeX-translate-location-hook)
- (setq error-file-buffer
- (find-file
- (expand-file-name file (file-name-directory master))))
- ;; Set the value of `TeX-command-buffer' in the next file with an
- ;; error to be displayed to the value it has in the current buffer.
- (with-current-buffer error-file-buffer
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buffer))
-
- ;; Find the location of the error or warning.
- (when line
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (forward-line (+ offset line -1))
- (cond
- ;; Error.
- ((equal type 'error)
- (if (not (string= string " "))
- (search-forward string nil t)))
- ;; Warning or bad box.
- (t
- (beginning-of-line 0)
- (setq start (point))
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (forward-line (+ offset line-end -1))
- (end-of-line)
- (when string
- (search-backward string start t)
- (search-forward string nil t)))))
-
- ;; Display the help.
- (cond ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer runbuf nil t)
- (goto-char error-point)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer error-file-buffer nil t))
- (TeX-display-help
- (TeX-help-error
- error
- (if (equal type 'warning) (concat "\n" context) context)
- runbuf type))
- (t
- (message (concat "! " error))))))
-
-(defun TeX-error (&optional store)
- "Display an error.
-
-If optional argument STORE is non-nil, store the error
-information in `TeX-error-list' instead of displaying the error."
-
- (let* ( ;; We need the error message to show the user.
+ t)))))
+
+(defun TeX-error ()
+ "Display an error."
+
+ (let* (;; We need the error message to show the user.
(error (progn
(re-search-forward "\\(.*\\)")
(TeX-match-buffer 1)))
@@ -1834,24 +1617,43 @@ information in `TeX-error-list' instead of displaying
the error."
;; Remember where we was.
(setq TeX-error-point (point))
- (if store
- ;; Store the error information.
- (add-to-list 'TeX-error-list
- (list 'error file line error offset context string nil nil
- TeX-error-point) t)
- ;; Find the error point and display the help.
- (TeX-find-display-help
- 'error file line error offset context string nil nil TeX-error-point))))
-
-(defun TeX-warning (warning &optional store)
- "Display a warning for WARNING.
-
-If optional argument STORE is non-nil, store the warning
-information in `TeX-error-list' instead of displaying the
-warning."
-
- (let* ( ;; bad-box is nil if this is a "LaTeX Warning"
- (bad-box (string-match "\\\\[vh]box.*[0-9]*--[0-9]*" warning))
+
+ ;; Find the error.
+ (if (null file)
+ (error "Error occured after last TeX file closed"))
+ (let ((runbuf (current-buffer))
+ (master (with-current-buffer
+ TeX-command-buffer
+ (expand-file-name (TeX-master-file))))
+ (command-buffer TeX-command-buffer)
+ error-file-buffer)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-translate-location-hook)
+ (setq error-file-buffer (find-file file))
+ ;; Set the value of `TeX-command-buffer' in the next file with an
+ ;; error to be displayed to the value it has in the current buffer.
+ (with-current-buffer error-file-buffer
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buffer))
+ (goto-line (+ offset line))
+ (if (not (string= string " "))
+ (search-forward string nil t))
+
+ ;; Explain the error.
+ (cond ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer runbuf nil t)
+ (goto-char TeX-error-point)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer error-file-buffer nil t))
+ (TeX-display-help
+ (TeX-help-error error context runbuf))
+ (t
+ (message (concat "! " error)))))))
+
+(defun TeX-warning (string)
+ "Display a warning for STRING."
+
+ (let* ((error (concat "** " string))
+
+ ;; bad-box is nil if this is a "LaTeX Warning"
+ (bad-box (string-match "\\\\[vh]box.*[0-9]*--[0-9]*" string))
;; line-string: match 1 is beginning line, match 2 is end line
(line-string (if bad-box " \\([0-9]*\\)--\\([0-9]*\\)"
"on input line \\([0-9]*\\)\\."))
@@ -1859,8 +1661,8 @@ warning."
(word-string (if bad-box "[][\\W() ---]\\(\\w+\\)[][\\W() ---]*$"
"`\\(\\w+\\)'"))
- ;; Get error-line (warning).
- (line (when (save-excursion (re-search-backward line-string nil t))
+ ;; Get error-line (warning)
+ (line (when (re-search-backward line-string nil t)
(string-to-number (TeX-match-buffer 1))))
(line-end (if bad-box (string-to-number (TeX-match-buffer 2))
line))
@@ -1882,8 +1684,7 @@ warning."
(error-point (point))
;; Now find the error word.
- (string (when (save-excursion
- (re-search-backward word-string context-start t))
+ (string (when (re-search-backward word-string context-start t)
(TeX-match-buffer 1)))
;; We might use these in another file.
@@ -1894,75 +1695,47 @@ warning."
(goto-char error-point)
(setq TeX-error-point (point))
- (if store
- ;; Store the warning information.
- (add-to-list 'TeX-error-list
- (list (if bad-box 'bad-box 'warning) file line warning
- offset context string line-end bad-box
- TeX-error-point) t)
- ;; Find the warning point and display the help.
- (TeX-find-display-help (if bad-box 'bad-box 'warning) file line warning
- offset context string line-end bad-box
- TeX-error-point))))
+ (unless file
+ (error "Could not determine file for warning"))
+
+ ;; Go back to TeX-buffer
+ (let ((runbuf (current-buffer))
+ (master (with-current-buffer
+ TeX-command-buffer
+ (expand-file-name (TeX-master-file))))
+ (command-buffer TeX-command-buffer)
+ error-file-buffer)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-translate-location-hook)
+ (setq error-file-buffer (find-file file))
+ ;; Set the value of `TeX-command-buffer' in the next file with an
+ ;; error to be displayed to the value it has in the current buffer.
+ (with-current-buffer error-file-buffer
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buffer))
+ ;; Find line and string
+ (when line
+ (goto-line (+ offset line))
+ (beginning-of-line 0)
+ (let ((start (point)))
+ (goto-line (+ offset line-end))
+ (end-of-line)
+ (when string
+ (search-backward string start t)
+ (search-forward string nil t))))
+ ;; Display help
+ (cond ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer runbuf nil t)
+ (goto-char TeX-error-point)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer error-file-buffer nil t))
+ (TeX-display-help
+ (TeX-help-error error (if bad-box context (concat "\n" context))
+ runbuf))
+ (t
+ (message (concat "! " error)))))))
;;; - Help
-(defgroup TeX-error-description-faces nil
- "Faces used in error descriptions."
- :prefix "TeX-error-description-"
- :group 'TeX-output)
-
-(defface TeX-error-description-error
- (if (< emacs-major-version 22)
- nil
- ;; This is the same as `error' face in latest GNU Emacs versions.
- '((((class color) (min-colors 88) (background light))
- :foreground "Red1" :weight bold)
- (((class color) (min-colors 88) (background dark))
- :foreground "Pink" :weight bold)
- (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background light))
- :foreground "Red1" :weight bold)
- (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background dark))
- :foreground "Pink" :weight bold)
- (((class color) (min-colors 8))
- :foreground "red" :weight bold)
- (t (:inverse-video t :weight bold))))
- "Face for \"Error\" string in error descriptions.")
-
-(defface TeX-error-description-warning
- (if (< emacs-major-version 22)
- nil
- ;; This is the same as `warning' face in latest GNU Emacs versions.
- '((((class color) (min-colors 16)) :foreground "DarkOrange" :weight bold)
- (((class color)) :foreground "yellow" :weight bold)))
- "Face for \"Warning\" string in error descriptions.")
-
-(defface TeX-error-description-tex-said
- (if (< emacs-major-version 22)
- nil
- ;; This is the same as `font-lock-function-name-face' face in latest GNU
- ;; Emacs versions.
- '((((class color) (min-colors 88) (background light))
- :foreground "Blue1")
- (((class color) (min-colors 88) (background dark))
- :foreground "LightSkyBlue")
- (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background light))
- :foreground "Blue")
- (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background dark))
- :foreground "LightSkyBlue")
- (((class color) (min-colors 8))
- :foreground "blue" :weight bold)
- (t (:inverse-video t :weight bold))))
- "Face for \"TeX said\" string in error descriptions.")
-
-(defface TeX-error-description-help
- '((t (:inherit TeX-error-description-tex-said)))
- "Face for \"Help\" string in error descriptions.")
-
-(defun TeX-help-error (error output runbuffer type)
- "Print ERROR in context OUTPUT from RUNBUFFER in another window.
-TYPE is a symbol specifing if ERROR is a real error, a warning or
-a bad box."
+(defun TeX-help-error (error output runbuffer)
+ "Print ERROR in context OUTPUT from RUNBUFFER in another window."
(let ((old-buffer (current-buffer))
(log-file (with-current-buffer runbuffer
@@ -1977,48 +1750,36 @@ a bad box."
(setq TeX-error-pointer (+ TeX-error-pointer 1)))
(TeX-pop-to-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX Help*") nil t)
- (let ((inhibit-read-only t))
- (erase-buffer)
- (insert
- (cond
- ((equal type 'error)
- (propertize "ERROR" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-error))
- ((equal type 'warning)
- (propertize "WARNING" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-warning))
- ((equal type 'bad-box)
- (propertize "BAD BOX" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-warning)))
- ": " error
- (propertize "\n\n--- TeX said ---" 'font-lock-face
- 'TeX-error-description-tex-said)
- output
- (propertize "\n--- HELP ---\n" 'font-lock-face
- 'TeX-error-description-help)
- (let ((help (cdr (nth TeX-error-pointer
- TeX-error-description-list))))
- (save-excursion
- (if (and (string= help "No help available")
- (let* ((log-buffer (find-buffer-visiting log-file)))
- (if log-buffer
- (progn
- (set-buffer log-buffer)
- (revert-buffer t t))
- (setq log-buffer
- (find-file-noselect log-file))
- (set-buffer log-buffer))
- (auto-save-mode nil)
- (setq buffer-read-only t)
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (search-forward error nil t 1))
- (re-search-forward "^l\\." nil t)
- (re-search-forward "^ [^\n]+$" nil t))
- (let ((start (1+ (point))))
- (forward-char 1)
- (re-search-forward "^$")
- (concat "From the .log file...\n\n"
- (buffer-substring start (point))))
- help)))))
+ (erase-buffer)
+ (insert "ERROR: " error
+ "\n\n--- TeX said ---"
+ output
+ "\n--- HELP ---\n"
+ (let ((help (cdr (nth TeX-error-pointer
+ TeX-error-description-list))))
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (and (string= help "No help available")
+ (let* ((log-buffer (find-buffer-visiting log-file)))
+ (if log-buffer
+ (progn
+ (set-buffer log-buffer)
+ (revert-buffer t t))
+ (setq log-buffer
+ (find-file-noselect log-file))
+ (set-buffer log-buffer))
+ (auto-save-mode nil)
+ (setq buffer-read-only t)
+ (goto-line (point-min))
+ (search-forward error nil t 1))
+ (re-search-forward "^l\\." nil t)
+ (re-search-forward "^ [^\n]+$" nil t))
+ (let ((start (1+ (point))))
+ (forward-char 1)
+ (re-search-forward "^$")
+ (concat "From the .log file...\n\n"
+ (buffer-substring start (point))))
+ help))))
(goto-char (point-min))
- (TeX-special-mode)
(TeX-pop-to-buffer old-buffer nil t)))
;;; Error Messages
@@ -2441,336 +2202,6 @@ error."
(regexp :tag "Match")
(string :format "Description:\n%v"))))
-;;; Error Overview
-
-(defvar TeX-error-overview-active-buffer nil
- "The active buffer for the current error overview.")
-
-(defvar TeX-error-overview-orig-frame nil
- "Frame from which the error overview has been launched.")
-
-(defvar TeX-error-overview-orig-window nil
- "Window from which the error overview has been launched.")
-
-(defcustom TeX-error-overview-setup nil
- "The frame setup of the error overview.
-
-The possible value is: `separate-frame' (error oveview in a
-separate frame); with a nil value the current frame is used.
-
-If the display does not support multi frame, the current frame
-will be used regardless of the value of this variable."
- :group 'TeX-output
- :type '(choice
- (const :tag "Error overview in separate frame" separate-frame)
- (const :tag "Use current frame" nil)))
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview-setup ()
- "Return the frame setup of the error overview for the current display."
- (and (display-multi-frame-p) TeX-error-overview-setup))
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview-goto-source (&optional button)
- "Go to the error point in the source.
-If optional argument BUTTON is non-nil, go to source associated
-to the selected error."
- (interactive)
- (let ((index (if button (button-get button 'id) (tabulated-list-get-id)))
- item window)
- (if index
- (progn
- ;; Select the source frame/window, if still live.
- (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
- (if (frame-live-p TeX-error-overview-orig-frame)
- (select-frame TeX-error-overview-orig-frame)
- (error "You have deleted a vital frame---\
-please restart TeX error overview"))
- (if (window-live-p TeX-error-overview-orig-window)
- (select-window TeX-error-overview-orig-window)
- (error "You have deleted a vital window---\
-please restart TeX error overview")))
- ;; Get the error details.
- (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
- (setq item (nth index TeX-error-list)
- TeX-error-last-visited index))
- ;; Find the error and display the help.
- (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- ;; For consistency with `TeX-parse-TeX', use the major mode of
- ;; `TeX-command-buffer' when visiting the error point.
- (let ((default-major-mode major-mode))
- ;; Find the error and display the help.
- (apply 'TeX-find-display-help item)))
- ;; Return to the error overview.
- (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
- (select-frame TeX-error-overview-frame)
- (if (setq window
- (get-buffer-window TeX-error-overview-buffer-name))
- ;; If error overview window is visible just select it.
- (select-window window)
- ;; Otherwise, split the help window and display the error overview
- ;; near to it. This should be the only reason for the error
- ;; overview window not being still visible after the beginning of
- ;; the function.
- (select-window
- (get-buffer-window (cond
- ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
- TeX-error-overview-active-buffer)
- (TeX-display-help "*TeX Help*"))))
- (if (window-splittable-p (selected-window) t)
- (split-window-horizontally)
- (split-window-vertically))
- (switch-to-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name))))
- (message "No more errors.")
- (beep))))
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview-make-entries (&optional master-dir)
- "Generate the list of errors to be printed using `tabulated-list-entries'.
-Write file names relative to MASTER-DIR when they are not absolute."
- (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
- (let ((id 0)
- type file line msg entries)
- (mapc
- (lambda (entry)
- (setq type (nth 0 entry)
- file (nth 1 entry)
- line (nth 2 entry)
- msg (nth 3 entry))
- (add-to-list
- 'entries
- (list
- ;; ID.
- id
- (vector
- ;; File.
- (if (stringp file)
- (if (file-name-absolute-p file)
- file
- (file-relative-name file master-dir))
- "")
- ;; Line.
- (if (numberp line)
- (number-to-string line)
- "")
- ;; Type.
- (cond
- ((equal type 'error)
- (propertize "Error" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-error))
- ((equal type 'warning)
- (propertize "Warning" 'font-lock-face
- 'TeX-error-description-warning))
- ((equal type 'bad-box)
- (propertize "Bad box" 'font-lock-face
- 'TeX-error-description-warning))
- (t
- ""))
- ;; Message.
- (list (if (stringp msg) msg "")
- 'face 'link
- 'follow-link t
- 'id id
- 'action 'TeX-error-overview-goto-source)
- )) t)
- (setq id (1+ id))) TeX-error-list)
- entries)))
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview-next-error (&optional arg)
- "Move to the next line and find the associated error.
-
-A prefix ARG specifies how many error messages to move; negative
-means move back to previous error messages."
- (interactive "p")
- (if (= (forward-line arg) 0)
- (TeX-error-overview-goto-source)
- ;; If there are lines left to move we are at the beginning or at the end of
- ;; the buffer and there are no more errors.
- (message "No more errors.")
- (beep)))
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview-previous-error (&optional arg)
- "Move to the previous line and find the associated error.
-
-Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move backward (or
-forward, if negative)."
- (interactive "p")
- (TeX-error-overview-next-error (- arg)))
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview-quit ()
- "Delete the window or the frame of the error overview."
- (interactive)
- (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
- (delete-frame TeX-error-overview-frame)
- (delete-window))
- (setq TeX-error-overview-orig-frame nil))
-
-(defvar TeX-error-overview-mode-map
- (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))
- (menu-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
- (define-key map "n" 'TeX-error-overview-next-error)
- (define-key map "p" 'TeX-error-overview-previous-error)
- (define-key map "q" 'TeX-error-overview-quit)
- (define-key map "\C-m" 'TeX-error-overview-goto-source)
- map)
- "Local keymap for `TeX-error-overview-mode' buffers.")
-
-(defvar TeX-error-overview-list-entries nil
- "List of errors to be used in the error overview.")
-
-(define-derived-mode TeX-error-overview-mode tabulated-list-mode
- "TeX errors"
- "Major mode for listing TeX errors."
- (setq tabulated-list-format [("File" 25 nil)
- ("Line" 4 nil :right-align t)
- ("Type" 7 nil)
- ("Message" 0 nil)]
- tabulated-list-padding 1
- tabulated-list-entries TeX-error-overview-list-entries)
- (tabulated-list-init-header)
- (tabulated-list-print))
-
-(defcustom TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters
- '((name . "TeX errors")
- (title . "TeX errors")
- (height . 10)
- (width . 80)
- (top . (- 0))
- (left . (- 0))
- (unsplittable . t)
- (minibuffer . nil)
- (vertical-scroll-bars . t)
- (tool-bar-lines . 0))
- "Parameters of the error overview frame."
- :group 'TeX-output
- :type 'alist
- :options '((name string) (title string) (height integer) (width integer)
- (top integer) (left integer) (unsplittable boolean)
- (minibuffer boolean) (vertical-scroll-bars boolean)
- (tool-bar-lines integer)))
-
-(defcustom TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run nil
- "Whether to open automatically the error overview after running TeX."
- :group 'TeX-output
- :type 'boolean)
-
-(defun TeX-error-overview ()
- "Show an overview of the errors occurred in the last TeX run."
- (interactive)
- ;; Check requirements before start.
- (if (fboundp 'tabulated-list-mode)
- (if (setq TeX-error-overview-active-buffer (TeX-active-buffer))
- (if (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
- TeX-error-list)
- (progn
- (setq TeX-error-overview-list-entries
- (TeX-error-overview-make-entries (TeX-master-directory))
- TeX-error-overview-orig-window (selected-window)
- TeX-error-overview-orig-frame
- (window-frame TeX-error-overview-orig-window))
- ;; Create the error overview buffer. This is
- ;; automatically killed before running TeX commands, so if
- ;; exists it is up-to-date and doesn't need to be
- ;; re-created.
- (unless (get-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
- (with-current-buffer
- (get-buffer-create TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
- (TeX-error-overview-mode)))
- ;; Move point to the line associated to the last visited
- ;; error.
- (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (forward-line (with-current-buffer
- TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
- TeX-error-last-visited))
- ;; Create a new frame for the error overview or display the
- ;; buffer in the same frame, depending on the setup.
- (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
- (if (frame-live-p TeX-error-overview-frame)
- ;; Do not create a duplicate frame if there is
- ;; already one, just select it.
- (select-frame-set-input-focus
- TeX-error-overview-frame)
- ;; Create a new frame and store its name.
- (select-frame
- (setq TeX-error-overview-frame
- (make-frame
- TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters)))
- (set-window-buffer (selected-window)
- TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
- (set-window-dedicated-p (selected-window) t))
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name))))
- (error "No errror or warning to show"))
- (error "No process for this document"))
- (error "Error overview is available only in Emacs 24 or later")))
-
-;;; Output mode
-
-(if (fboundp 'special-mode)
- (progn
- (defalias 'TeX-special-mode 'special-mode)
- (defvaralias 'TeX-special-mode-map 'special-mode-map))
- (defun TeX-special-mode ()
- "Placeholder mode for Emacsen which don't have `special-mode'.")
- (defvar TeX-special-mode-map
- (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap)))
- (suppress-keymap map)
- (define-key map "q" (if (fboundp 'quit-window)
- 'quit-window
- 'bury-buffer))
- (define-key map " " (if (fboundp 'scroll-up-command)
- 'scroll-up-command
- 'scroll-up))
- (define-key map [backspace] (if (fboundp 'scroll-down-command)
- 'scroll-down-command
- 'scroll-down))
- (define-key map "\C-?" (if (fboundp 'scroll-down-command)
- 'scroll-down-command
- 'scroll-down))
- (define-key map "?" 'describe-mode)
- (define-key map "h" 'describe-mode)
- (define-key map ">" 'end-of-buffer)
- (define-key map "<" 'beginning-of-buffer)
- (define-key map "g" 'revert-buffer)
- map)
- "Keymap for `TeX-special-mode-map'."))
-
-(defvar TeX-output-mode-map
- (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap)))
- (set-keymap-parent map TeX-special-mode-map)
- (define-key map "n" 'TeX-next-error)
- (define-key map "p" 'TeX-previous-error)
- (define-key map "b" 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes)
- (define-key map "w" 'TeX-toggle-debug-warnings)
- (define-key map "i" (lambda ()
- (interactive)
- (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-interactive-mode (if TeX-interactive-mode -1
1)))))
- (define-key map "s" (lambda ()
- (interactive)
- (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-source-correlate-mode (if
TeX-source-correlate-mode -1 1)))))
- map)
- "Keymap for `TeX-output-mode'.")
-
-(define-derived-mode TeX-output-mode TeX-special-mode "TeX Output"
- "Major mode for viewing TeX output.
-\\{TeX-output-mode-map} "
- :syntax-table nil
- (set (make-local-variable 'revert-buffer-function)
- #'TeX-output-revert-buffer)
- ;; special-mode makes it read-only which prevents input from TeX.
- (setq buffer-read-only nil))
-
-(defun TeX-output-revert-buffer (ignore-auto noconfirm)
- "Rerun the TeX command which of which this buffer was the output."
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (if (looking-at "Running `\\(.*\\)' on `\\(.*\\)' with ``\\(.*\\)''$")
- (let ((name (match-string 1))
- (file (match-string 2))
- (command (match-string 3)))
- (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-command name (if (string-match "_region_" file)
- 'TeX-region-file
- 'TeX-master-file))))
- (error "Unable to find what command to run.")))
-
(provide 'tex-buf)
;;; tex-buf.el ends here
diff --git a/tex-info.el b/tex-info.el
index 83e0081..f973937 100644
--- a/tex-info.el
+++ b/tex-info.el
@@ -35,14 +35,15 @@
(defalias 'texinfo-mode 'TeX-texinfo-mode))
;;; Environments:
+
(defvar Texinfo-environment-list
'(("cartouche") ("command") ("copying") ("defcv") ("deffn") ("defivar")
("defmac") ("defmethod") ("defop") ("defopt") ("defspec")
("deftp") ("deftypefn") ("deftypefun") ("deftypevar") ("deftypevr")
("defun") ("defvar") ("defvr") ("description") ("detailmenu")
("direntry") ("display") ("documentdescription") ("enumerate")
- ("example") ("float") ("flushleft") ("flushright") ("format") ("ftable")
- ("group") ("html") ("ifclear") ("ifdocbook") ("ifhtml") ("ifinfo")
+ ("example") ("flushleft") ("flushright") ("format") ("ftable")
+ ("group") ("ifclear") ("ifdocbook") ("ifhtml") ("ifinfo")
("ifnotdocbook") ("ifnothtml") ("ifnotinfo") ("ifnotplaintext")
("ifnottex") ("ifnotxml") ("ifplaintext") ("ifset") ("iftex")
("ifxml") ("ignore") ("itemize") ("lisp") ("macro") ("menu")
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ environments."
(unless (= (1+ c) count)
(beginning-of-line 0)))
(setq beg (point)))
- (push-mark end)
+ (set-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region)))
@@ -264,7 +265,7 @@ the section."
(when (looking-at "address@hidden>")
(set boundary (point))))))
- (push-mark end)
+ (set-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region) )))
@@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ beginning of keyword address@hidden' or address@hidden'."
(progn (beginning-of-line) (point))))))
(when (and beg end)
- (push-mark end)
+ (set-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region) )))
@@ -391,7 +392,7 @@ for @node."
"Hook function to plug Texinfo into RefTeX."
;; force recompilation of variables
(when (string= TeX-base-mode-name "Texinfo")
- ;; dirty temporary hook to remove when reftex has a Texinfo builtin
+ ;; dirty temporary hook to remove when reftex has a Texinfo builtin
;; TODO --- taken on <2014-01-06 mon> --- remove the dirty trick once
reftex
;; has been corrected for long enough a time
(unless (assq 'Texinfo reftex-label-alist-builtin)
@@ -543,28 +544,38 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(setq major-mode 'texinfo-mode)
(use-local-map Texinfo-mode-map)
(set-syntax-table texinfo-mode-syntax-table)
-
- (set (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter)
- (concat
- "address@hidden [ \t]*[Tt]op\\|address@hidden("
- texinfo-chapter-level-regexp
- "\\)"))
- (set (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline) t)
- (set (make-local-variable 'indent-tabs-mode) nil)
- (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate)
- (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-separate))
- (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start)
- (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-start))
- (set (make-local-variable 'fill-column) 72)
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start) "@c ")
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip) "@c +\\|@comment +")
+ (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter)
+ (setq page-delimiter
+ (concat
+ "address@hidden [ \t]*[Tt]op\\|address@hidden("
+ texinfo-chapter-level-regexp
+ "\\)"))
+ (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline)
+ (setq require-final-newline t)
+ (make-local-variable 'indent-tabs-mode)
+ (setq indent-tabs-mode nil)
+ (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate)
+ (setq paragraph-separate
+ (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-separate))
+ (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start)
+ (setq paragraph-start
+ (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-start))
+ (make-local-variable 'fill-column)
+ (setq fill-column 72)
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-start)
+ (setq comment-start "@c ")
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip)
+ (setq comment-start-skip "@c +\\|@comment +")
(set (make-local-variable 'comment-use-syntax) nil)
- (set (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes) t)
- (if (boundp 'texinfo-imenu-generic-expression)
+ (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes)
+ (setq words-include-escapes t)
+ (if (not (boundp 'texinfo-imenu-generic-expression))
;; This was introduced in 19.30.
- (set (make-local-variable 'imenu-generic-expression)
texinfo-imenu-generic-expression))
-
- (set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)
+ ()
+ (make-local-variable 'imenu-generic-expression)
+ (setq imenu-generic-expression texinfo-imenu-generic-expression))
+ (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)
+ (setq font-lock-defaults
;; COMPATIBILITY for Emacs 20
(if (boundp 'texinfo-font-lock-syntactic-keywords)
'(texinfo-font-lock-keywords
@@ -575,34 +586,42 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(if (not (boundp 'texinfo-section-list))
;; This was included in 19.31.
()
- (set (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp)
- (concat "@\\("
- (mapconcat 'car texinfo-section-list "\\>\\|")
- "\\>\\)"))
- (set (make-local-variable 'outline-level) 'texinfo-outline-level))
+ (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp)
+ (setq outline-regexp
+ (concat "@\\("
+ (mapconcat 'car texinfo-section-list "\\>\\|")
+ "\\>\\)"))
+ (make-local-variable 'outline-level)
+ (setq outline-level 'texinfo-outline-level))
;; Mostly AUCTeX stuff
(easy-menu-add Texinfo-mode-menu Texinfo-mode-map)
(easy-menu-add Texinfo-command-menu Texinfo-mode-map)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-current) 'TeX-command-master)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-current)
+ (setq TeX-command-current 'TeX-command-master)
(setq TeX-default-extension "texi")
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-esc) "@")
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-esc)
+ (setq TeX-esc "@")
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list) 'TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update) t)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list)
+ (setq TeX-auto-regexp-list 'TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update)
+ (setq TeX-auto-update t)
(setq TeX-command-default "TeX")
(setq TeX-header-end "%*end")
(setq TeX-trailer-start (regexp-quote (concat TeX-esc "bye")))
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
+ (setq TeX-complete-list
(list (list "@\\([a-zA-Z]*\\)" 1 'TeX-symbol-list-filtered nil)
(list "" TeX-complete-word)))
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-list) Texinfo-font-list)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-replace-function)
'TeX-font-replace-macro)
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-style-hook-dialect) :texinfo)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-list)
+ (setq TeX-font-list Texinfo-font-list)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-replace-function)
+ (setq TeX-font-replace-function 'TeX-font-replace-macro)
(add-hook 'find-file-hooks (lambda ()
(unless (file-exists-p (buffer-file-name))
@@ -614,7 +633,6 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
#'texinfo-current-defun-name))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("acronym" "Acronym")
'("appendix" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("appendixsec" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("appendixsection" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
@@ -626,10 +644,6 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
'("bullet")
'("bye")
'("c" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Comment"))
- '("caption" "Caption"
- ;; TODO: caption is meaningful only inside float env. Maybe some checking
- ;; and warning would be good.
- )
'("center" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Line of text"))
'("chapheading" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("chapter" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
@@ -726,7 +740,6 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
'("thischaptername")
'("thisfile")
'("thispage")
- '("tie")
'("tindex" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Entry"))
'("title" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("titlefont" "Text")
diff --git a/tex-jp.el b/tex-jp.el
index 3d4dc03..9486c7a 100644
--- a/tex-jp.el
+++ b/tex-jp.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
;;; tex-jp.el --- Support for Japanese TeX. -*- coding: iso-2022-jp-unix; -*-
-;; Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Hidenobu Nabetani <address@hidden>
+;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2007, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: KOBAYASHI Shinji <address@hidden>
+;; Author: KOBAYASHI Shinji <address@hidden>,
+;; Hidenobu Nabetani <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
diff --git a/tex-site.el b/tex-site.el
index 098af7d..a342055 100644
--- a/tex-site.el
+++ b/tex-site.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
:load "tex" :load "latex" :load "tex-style")
(defvar TeX-lisp-directory
- (expand-file-name "auctex" (file-name-directory load-file-name))
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)
"The directory where most of the AUCTeX lisp files are located.
For the location of lisp files associated with
styles, see the variables TeX-style-* (hand-generated lisp) and
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ TeX-auto-* (automatically generated lisp).")
(add-to-list 'load-path TeX-lisp-directory)
(defvar TeX-data-directory
- (directory-file-name (file-name-directory load-file-name))
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)
"The directory where the AUCTeX non-Lisp data is located.")
(defcustom TeX-auto-global
- "/usr/local/var/auctex"
+ (if (file-writable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex") "/usr/local/var/auctex"
"~/.emacs.d/auctex")
"*Directory containing automatically generated information.
Must end with a directory separator.
@@ -139,364 +139,34 @@ set it with `TeX-modes-set'."
(mapcar (lambda(x) (list 'const (car x))) TeX-mode-alist))
:set 'TeX-modes-set
:group 'AUCTeX
- :initialize(lambda (var value)
- (custom-initialize-reset var value)
- (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
- (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
- (while list
- (eval-after-load (cdar list)
- `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
- (setq list (cdr list)))))) )
-
-(defconst AUCTeX-version "2014-10-31"
+ :initialize (lambda (var value)
+ (custom-initialize-reset var value)
+ (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list)))))))
+
+(defconst AUCTeX-version "11.87.2012-12-04"
"AUCTeX version.
If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
-(defconst AUCTeX-date "2014-10-31"
+(defconst AUCTeX-date "2012-12-04"
"AUCTeX release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
-;;; auto-loads.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
-;;
-;;; Code:
-
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-cite" "bib-cite.el" (21525 24146 684698
-;;;;;; 552000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from bib-cite.el
-
-(autoload 'bib-cite-minor-mode "bib-cite" "\
-Toggle bib-cite mode.
-When bib-cite mode is enabled, citations, labels and refs are highlighted
-when the mouse is over them. Clicking on these highlights with [mouse-2]
-runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display.
-
-\(fn ARG)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'turn-on-bib-cite "bib-cite" "\
-Unconditionally turn on Bib Cite mode.
-
-\(fn)" nil nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "context" "context.el" (21549 17664 949205
-;;;;;; 503000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from context.el
-
-(defalias 'ConTeXt-mode 'context-mode)
-
-(autoload 'context-mode "context" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing ConTeXt files.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{ConTeXt-mode-map}
-
-Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
-then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
-of ConTeXt-mode-hook.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "context-en" "context-en.el" (21281 55524 102746
-;;;;;; 681000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from context-en.el
-
-(autoload 'context-en-mode "context-en" "\
-Major mode for editing files for ConTeXt using its english interface.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{ConTeXt-mode-map}
-
-Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
-then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
-of context-mode-hook.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "context-nl" "context-nl.el" (21281 55523 812746
-;;;;;; 676000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from context-nl.el
-
-(autoload 'context-nl-mode "context-nl" "\
-Major mode for editing files for ConTeXt using its dutch interface.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{ConTeXt-mode-map}
-
-Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
-then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
-of context-mode-hook.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "font-latex" "font-latex.el" (21564 61575 358701
-;;;;;; 899000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from font-latex.el
-
-(autoload 'font-latex-setup "font-latex" "\
-Setup this buffer for LaTeX font-lock. Usually called from a hook.
-
-\(fn)" nil nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "latex" "latex.el" (21588 31530 445108 133000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from latex.el
-
-(autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
-This function should be called from `bibtex-mode-hook'.
-It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file.
-
-\(fn)" nil nil)
-
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.drv\\'" . latex-mode))
-
-(autoload 'TeX-latex-mode "latex" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing LaTeX files.
-See info under AUCTeX for full documentation.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{LaTeX-mode-map}
-
-Entering LaTeX mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
-then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
-of `LaTeX-mode-hook'.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.dtx\\'" . doctex-mode))
-
-(autoload 'docTeX-mode "latex" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing .dtx files derived from `LaTeX-mode'.
-Runs `LaTeX-mode', sets a few variables and
-runs the hooks in `docTeX-mode-hook'.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(defalias 'TeX-doctex-mode 'docTeX-mode)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "multi-prompt" "multi-prompt.el" (21281 55523
-;;;;;; 936080 11000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from multi-prompt.el
-
-(autoload 'multi-prompt "multi-prompt" "\
-Completing prompt for a list of strings.
-The first argument SEPARATOR should be the string (of length 1) to
-separate the elements in the list. The second argument UNIQUE should
-be non-nil, if each element must be unique. The remaining elements
-are the arguments to `completing-read'. See that.
-
-\(fn SEPARATOR UNIQUE PROMPT TABLE &optional MP-PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH
INITIAL HISTORY)" nil nil)
-
-(autoload 'multi-prompt-key-value "multi-prompt" "\
-Read multiple strings, with completion and key=value support.
-PROMPT is a string to prompt with, usually ending with a colon
-and a space. TABLE is an alist. The car of each element should
-be a string representing a key and the optional cdr should be a
-list with strings to be used as values for the key.
-
-See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the
-other arguments: PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST,
-DEF, and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
-
-The return value is the string as entered in the minibuffer.
-
-\(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF
INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "plain-tex" "plain-tex.el" (21281 55506 676079
-;;;;;; 753000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from plain-tex.el
-
-(autoload 'TeX-plain-tex-mode "plain-tex" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing plain TeX files.
-See info under AUCTeX for documentation.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{plain-TeX-mode-map}
-
-Entering `plain-tex-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
-then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
-of plain-TeX-mode-hook.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'ams-tex-mode "plain-tex" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing AmS-TeX files.
-See info under AUCTeX for documentation.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{AmSTeX-mode-map}
-
-Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
-then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
-of `AmS-TeX-mode-hook'.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "tex" "tex.el" (21576 38702 520959 996000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from tex.el
-
-(defalias 'TeX-assoc-string (symbol-function (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'assoc
'assoc-string)))
-
-(autoload 'TeX-tex-mode "tex" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing TeX or LaTeX files.
-Tries to guess whether this file is for plain TeX or LaTeX.
-
-The algorithm is as follows:
-
- 1) if the file is empty or `TeX-force-default-mode' is not set to nil,
- `TeX-default-mode' is chosen
- 2) If \\documentstyle or \\begin{, \\section{, \\part{ or \\chapter{ is
- found, `latex-mode' is selected.
- 3) Otherwise, use `plain-tex-mode'
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
-Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
-If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory.
-
-\(fn TEX AUTO)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
-Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
-Submit a bug report on AUCTeX via mail.
-
-Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
-
-If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
-output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
-information about your AUCTeX version and AUCTeX configuration.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-bar" "tex-bar.el" (21313 382 990060 418000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from tex-bar.el
-
-(autoload 'TeX-install-toolbar "tex-bar" "\
-Install toolbar buttons for TeX mode.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'LaTeX-install-toolbar "tex-bar" "\
-Install toolbar buttons for LaTeX mode.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-fold" "tex-fold.el" (21281 55504 149413
-;;;;;; 52000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from tex-fold.el
- (autoload 'TeX-fold-mode "tex-fold" "Minor mode for hiding and revealing
macros and environments." t)
-
-(defalias 'tex-fold-mode 'TeX-fold-mode)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-font" "tex-font.el" (21281 55506 609413
-;;;;;; 88000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from tex-font.el
-
-(autoload 'tex-font-setup "tex-font" "\
-Setup font lock support for TeX.
-
-\(fn)" nil nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "tex-info.el" (21549 17664 952538
-;;;;;; 872000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from tex-info.el
-
-(defalias 'Texinfo-mode 'texinfo-mode)
-
-(autoload 'TeX-texinfo-mode "tex-info" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing Texinfo files.
-
-Special commands:
-\\{Texinfo-mode-map}
-
-Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then the
-value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-jp" "tex-jp.el" (21281 55506 569413 87000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from tex-jp.el
-
-(autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing Japanese plain TeX files.
-Set `japanese-TeX-mode' to t, and enter `TeX-plain-tex-mode'.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-(autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
-Major mode in AUCTeX for editing Japanese LaTeX files.
-Set `japanese-TeX-mode' to t, and enter `TeX-latex-mode'.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
-
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "texmathp" "texmathp.el" (21549 17664 952538
-;;;;;; 872000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from texmathp.el
-
-(autoload 'texmathp "texmathp" "\
-Determine if point is inside (La)TeX math mode.
-Returns t or nil. Additional info is placed into `texmathp-why'.
-The functions assumes that you have (almost) syntactically correct (La)TeX in
-the buffer.
-See the variable `texmathp-tex-commands' about which commands are checked.
-
-\(fn)" t nil)
+;;; Code specific to ELPA packaging:
-(autoload 'texmathp-match-switch "texmathp" "\
-Search backward for any of the math switches.
-Limit searched to BOUND.
+;; From preview-latex.el:
-\(fn BOUND)" nil nil)
+(defvar preview-TeX-style-dir
+ (expand-file-name "latex" (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
-;;;***
-
-;;;### (autoloads nil "toolbar-x" "toolbar-x.el" (21281 55504 786079
-;;;;;; 728000))
-;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar-x.el
- (autoload 'toolbarx-install-toolbar "toolbar-x")
+;;; Ensure that loading the autoloads file also loads this file.
+;;;###autoload (require 'tex-site)
-;;;***
-
-(provide 'auto-loads)
-;; Local Variables:
-;; version-control: never
-;; no-byte-compile: t
-;; no-update-autoloads: t
-;; coding: utf-8
-;; End:
-;;; auto-loads.el ends here
(provide 'tex-site)
;;; tex-site.el ends here
diff --git a/tex-site.el.in b/tex-site.el.in
index 8937315..9340912 100644
--- a/tex-site.el.in
+++ b/tex-site.el.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -116,18 +116,13 @@ definition."
(let ((list TeX-mode-alist) elt)
(while list
(setq elt (car (pop list)))
- (let ((dst (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))))
- (if (fboundp 'advice-add)
- (if (memq elt value)
- (advice-add elt :override dst)
- (advice-remove elt dst))
- (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
- (when (fboundp elt)
- (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
- (defalias elt
- (if (memq elt value)
- dst
- (get elt 'tex-saved))))))))
+ (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
+ (when (fboundp elt)
+ (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
+ (defalias elt
+ (if (memq elt value)
+ (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))
+ (get elt 'tex-saved))))))
(defcustom TeX-modes
(mapcar 'car TeX-mode-alist)
@@ -139,14 +134,13 @@ set it with `TeX-modes-set'."
(mapcar (lambda(x) (list 'const (car x))) TeX-mode-alist))
:set 'TeX-modes-set
:group 'AUCTeX
- :initialize(lambda (var value)
- (custom-initialize-reset var value)
- (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
- (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
- (while list
- (eval-after-load (cdar list)
- `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
- (setq list (cdr list)))))) )
+ :initialize (lambda (var value)
+ (custom-initialize-reset var value)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list))))))
(defconst AUCTeX-version "@AUCTEXVERSION@"
"AUCTeX version.
@@ -158,3 +152,15 @@ If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
+;;; Code specific to ELPA packaging:
+
+;; From preview-latex.el:
+
+(defvar preview-TeX-style-dir
+ (expand-file-name "latex" (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+
+;;; Ensure that loading the autoloads file also loads this file.
+;;;###autoload (require 'tex-site)
+
+(provide 'tex-site)
+;;; tex-site.el ends here
diff --git a/tex-style.el b/tex-style.el
index b03a004..1c91168 100644
--- a/tex-style.el
+++ b/tex-style.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-style.el --- Customizable variables for AUCTeX style files
-;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009, 2012-2014
-;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex, wp, convenience
@@ -216,13 +215,10 @@ It can be a list of themes or a function. If it is the
symbol
;; style/biblatex.el
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber t
- "Whether to use Biber with biblatex.
-
-This variable is intended to be used as a file local variable to
-override the autodetection of the biblatex backend.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber)
-(put 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber 'safe-local-variable 'TeX-booleanp)
+(defcustom LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber t
+ "Whether to use Biber with biblatex."
+ :type 'boolean
+ :group 'LaTeX-style)
;; style/comment.el
@@ -265,31 +261,6 @@ produced by emp.sty and then re-LaTeX the document."
:type 'boolean
:group 'LaTeX-style)
-;; style/fontspec.el
-
-(defcustom LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search t
- "If `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font' should search for fonts.
-If the value is t, fonts are retrieved automatically and provided
-for completion. If the value is nil,
-`LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default' is used for completion. If
-the value is `ask', you are asked for the method to use every
-time `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font' is called.
-
-`LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font' calls `luaotf-load --list=basename' to
-automatically get the list of fonts. This requires
-`luaotfload-tool' version 2.3 or higher in order to work."
- :group 'LaTeX-style
- :type '(choice
- (const :tag "Search automatically" t)
- (const :tag "Use default font list" nil)
- (const :tag "Ask what to do" ask)))
-
-(defcustom LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default nil
- "List of default fonts to be used as completion for
-`LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font'."
- :group 'LaTeX-style
- :type '(repeat (string :tag "Font")))
-
;; style/graphicx.el
(defcustom LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions
@@ -391,6 +362,13 @@ Inserting the subdirectory in the filename (as
(TeX-master-directory))))
(function :tag "other")))
+;; style/shortvrb.el
+
+(defcustom LaTeX-shortvrb-chars '(?|)
+ "List of characters toggling verbatim mode."
+ :group 'LaTeX-style
+ :type '(repeat character))
+
(provide 'tex-style)
;;; tex-style.el ends here
diff --git a/tex.el b/tex.el
index b634a74..3fde81e 100644
--- a/tex.el
+++ b/tex.el
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
;;; tex.el --- Support for TeX documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1991, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1999-2012
+;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
@@ -36,6 +37,11 @@
(eval-when-compile
(require 'cl))
+(defun TeX--call-3/2 (f arg1 arg2 arg3)
+ (condition-case nil
+ (funcall f arg1 arg2 arg3)
+ (wrong-number-of-arguments (funcall f arg1 arg2))))
+
(defgroup TeX-file nil
"Files used by AUCTeX."
:group 'AUCTeX)
@@ -93,7 +99,8 @@ If nil, none is specified."
:type '(choice (const :tag "Unspecified" nil)
string))
;; At least in TeXLive 2009 ConTeXt does not support an omega option anymore.
-(make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine 'TeX-engine-alist "11.86")
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine
+ 'TeX-engine-alist "before 11.86")
(defcustom TeX-mode-hook nil
"A hook run in TeX mode buffers."
@@ -112,24 +119,24 @@ If nil, none is specified."
;; TeX-expand-list for a description of the % escapes
(defcustom TeX-command-list
- `(("TeX" "%(PDF)%(tex) %(extraopts) %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
+ `(("TeX" "%(PDF)%(tex) %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
TeX-run-TeX nil
(plain-tex-mode ams-tex-mode texinfo-mode) :help "Run plain TeX")
("LaTeX" "%`%l%(mode)%' %t"
TeX-run-TeX nil
(latex-mode doctex-mode) :help "Run LaTeX")
;; Not part of standard TeX.
- ("Makeinfo" "makeinfo %(extraopts) %t" TeX-run-compile nil
+ ("Makeinfo" "makeinfo %t" TeX-run-compile nil
(texinfo-mode) :help "Run Makeinfo with Info output")
- ("Makeinfo HTML" "makeinfo %(extraopts) --html %t" TeX-run-compile nil
+ ("Makeinfo HTML" "makeinfo --html %t" TeX-run-compile nil
(texinfo-mode) :help "Run Makeinfo with HTML output")
- ("AmSTeX" "%(PDF)amstex %(extraopts) %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
+ ("AmSTeX" "%(PDF)amstex %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
TeX-run-TeX nil (ams-tex-mode) :help "Run AMSTeX")
;; support for ConTeXt --pg
;; first version of ConTeXt to support nonstopmode: 2003.2.10
- ("ConTeXt" "texexec --once --texutil %(extraopts) %(execopts)%t"
+ ("ConTeXt" "texexec --once --texutil %(execopts)%t"
TeX-run-TeX nil (context-mode) :help "Run ConTeXt once")
- ("ConTeXt Full" "texexec %(extraopts) %(execopts)%t"
+ ("ConTeXt Full" "texexec %(execopts)%t"
TeX-run-TeX nil
(context-mode) :help "Run ConTeXt until completion")
("BibTeX" "bibtex %s" TeX-run-BibTeX nil t :help "Run BibTeX")
@@ -144,12 +151,8 @@ If nil, none is specified."
("File" "%(o?)dvips %d -o %f " TeX-run-command t t
:help "Generate PostScript file")
("Index" "makeindex %s" TeX-run-command nil t :help "Create index file")
- ("Xindy" "texindy %s" TeX-run-command nil t
- :help "Run xindy to create index file")
("Check" "lacheck %s" TeX-run-compile nil (latex-mode)
:help "Check LaTeX file for correctness")
- ("ChkTeX" "chktex -v6 %s" TeX-run-compile nil (latex-mode)
- :help "Check LaTeX file for common mistakes")
("Spell" "(TeX-ispell-document \"\")" TeX-run-function nil t
:help "Spell-check the document")
("Clean" "TeX-clean" TeX-run-function nil t
@@ -301,7 +304,7 @@ The executable `latex' is LaTeX version 2e."
(defcustom LaTeX-command-style
;; They have all been combined in LaTeX 2e.
- '(("" "%(PDF)%(latex) %(extraopts) %S%(PDFout)"))
+ '(("" "%(PDF)%(latex) %S%(PDFout)"))
"List of style options and LaTeX commands.
If the first element (a regular expression) matches the name of one of
@@ -408,25 +411,20 @@ string."
:group 'TeX-command
:type '(repeat (group regexp (string :tag "Command"))))
-(defcustom TeX-command-extra-options ""
- "String with the extra options to be given to the TeX processor."
- :type 'string)
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-command-extra-options)
-
;; This is the list of expansion for the commands in
;; TeX-command-list. Not likely to be changed, but you may e.g. want
;; to handle .ps files.
(defcustom TeX-expand-list
- '(("%p" TeX-printer-query) ;%p must be the first entry
+ '(("%p" TeX-printer-query) ;%p must be the first entry
("%q" (lambda ()
(TeX-printer-query t)))
("%V" (lambda ()
(TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
(TeX-view-command-raw)))
("%vv" (lambda ()
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
- (TeX-output-style-check TeX-output-view-style)))
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
+ (TeX-output-style-check TeX-output-view-style)))
("%v" (lambda ()
(TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
(TeX-style-check TeX-view-style)))
@@ -460,21 +458,12 @@ string."
("%(tex)" (lambda () (eval (nth 2 (assq TeX-engine (TeX-engine-alist))))))
("%(latex)" (lambda () (eval (nth 3 (assq TeX-engine
(TeX-engine-alist))))))
("%(execopts)" ConTeXt-expand-options)
- ("%(extraopts)" (lambda () TeX-command-extra-options))
("%S" TeX-source-correlate-expand-options)
("%dS" TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options)
("%cS" TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client)
("%(outpage)" (lambda ()
- ;; When `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' is nil
- ;; and we are using synctex, fallback on
- ;; `TeX-synctex-output-page'.
- (and TeX-source-correlate-mode
- (null TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function)
- (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'synctex)
- (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
- 'TeX-synctex-output-page))
- (or (if TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
- (funcall TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function))
+ (or (when TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
+ (funcall TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function))
"1")))
;; `file' means to call `TeX-master-file' or `TeX-region-file'
("%s" file nil t)
@@ -507,10 +496,10 @@ string."
(prog1
(if (stringp TeX-command-text)
(progn
- (setq pos (+ pos (length TeX-command-text) 9)
+ (setq pos (+ (length TeX-command-text) 9)
TeX-command-pos
(and (string-match " "
- (funcall file t t))
+ (funcall file t t))
"\""))
(concat TeX-command-text " \"\\input\""))
(setq TeX-command-pos nil)
@@ -524,8 +513,6 @@ string."
;; command needs to be relative to the master file, just in
;; case the file is in a different subdirectory
("%b" TeX-current-file-name-master-relative)
- ;; Okular forward PDF search requires absolute path.
- ("%a" (lambda nil (prin1-to-string (expand-file-name (buffer-file-name)))))
;; the following is for preview-latex.
("%m" preview-create-subdirectory))
"List of expansion strings for TeX command names.
@@ -559,7 +546,6 @@ the name of the file being processed, with an optional
extension."
(autoload 'TeX-kill-job "tex-buf" nil t)
(autoload 'TeX-recenter-output-buffer "tex-buf" nil t)
(autoload 'TeX-next-error "tex-buf" nil t)
-(autoload 'TeX-error-overview "tex-buf" nil t)
(autoload 'TeX-region-file "tex-buf" nil nil)
(autoload 'TeX-current-offset "tex-buf" nil nil)
(autoload 'TeX-process-set-variable "tex-buf" nil nil)
@@ -595,9 +581,6 @@ but does nothing in Emacs."
Also does other stuff."
(TeX-maybe-remove-help menu)))
-;;;###autoload
-(defalias 'TeX-assoc-string
- (symbol-function (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'assoc 'assoc-string)))
;;; Documentation for Info-goto-emacs-command-node and similar
@@ -690,37 +673,16 @@ overlays."
(+ (/ (- outer-priority inner-priority) 2) inner-priority))
(t TeX-overlay-priority-step)))) )
-;; require crm here, because we often do
-;;
-;; (let ((crm-separator ","))
-;; (TeX-completing-read-multiple ...))
-;;
-;; which results in a void-variable error if crm hasn't been loaded before.
-;; XEmacs 21.4 `require' doesn't have the third NOERROR argument, thus we
handle
-;; the file-error signal with a `condition-case' also in GNU Emacs.
-(condition-case nil
- (require 'crm)
- (file-error
- (error "AUCTeX requires crm.el which is included in Emacs and
-edit-utils >= 2.32 for XEmacs.")))
(if (fboundp 'completing-read-multiple)
- (defun TeX-completing-read-multiple
- (prompt table &optional predicate require-match initial-input
- hist def inherit-input-method)
- "Like `completing-read-multiple' which see.
-Ensures that empty input results in nil across different emacs versions."
- (let ((result (completing-read-multiple prompt table predicate
- require-match initial-input
- hist def inherit-input-method)))
- (if (equal result '("")) nil result)))
+ (defalias 'TeX-completing-read-multiple 'completing-read-multiple)
(defun TeX-completing-read-multiple
(prompt table &optional predicate require-match initial-input
hist def inherit-input-method)
"Poor mans implementation of Emacs' `completing-read-multiple' for XEmacs.
The XEmacs package edit-utils-2.32 includes `crm.el'."
- (multi-prompt (if (boundp 'crm-separator) crm-separator ",") nil prompt
- table predicate require-match initial-input hist)))
+ (multi-prompt "," nil prompt table predicate require-match initial-input
+ hist)))
(if (fboundp 'line-number-at-pos)
(defalias 'TeX-line-number-at-pos 'line-number-at-pos)
@@ -742,7 +704,7 @@ If POS is nil, use current buffer location."
(defun TeX-read-string (prompt &optional initial-input history default-value)
(read-string prompt initial-input history default-value t))
-
+
(defun TeX-mark-active ()
;; In FSF 19 mark-active indicates if mark is active.
mark-active)
@@ -751,8 +713,7 @@ If POS is nil, use current buffer location."
(and transient-mark-mode mark-active))
(defun TeX-activate-region ()
- (setq deactivate-mark nil)
- (activate-mark))
+ nil)
(defun TeX-overlay-prioritize (start end)
"Calculate a priority for an overlay extending from START to END.
@@ -1051,10 +1012,6 @@ The following built-in predicates are available:
:group 'TeX-view
:type '(alist :key-type symbol :value-type (group sexp)))
-;; Require dbus at compile time to prevent errors due to `dbus-ignore-errors'
-;; not being defined.
-(eval-when-compile (and (featurep 'dbusbind)
- (require 'dbus nil :no-error)))
(defun TeX-evince-dbus-p (&rest options)
"Return non-nil, if evince is installed and accessible via DBUS.
Additional OPTIONS may be given to extend the check. If none are
@@ -1062,10 +1019,11 @@ given, only the minimal requirements needed by backward
search
are checked. If OPTIONS include `:forward', which is currently
the only option, then additional requirements needed by forward
search are checked, too."
- (and (featurep 'dbusbind)
+ (and (not (featurep 'xemacs)) ; XEmacs 21.4 has no `require' with
+ ; arity 3, and no dbus support anyway.
(require 'dbus nil :no-error)
- (dbus-ignore-errors (dbus-get-unique-name :session))
- (dbus-ping :session "org.gnome.evince.Daemon")
+ (functionp 'dbus-register-signal)
+ (getenv "DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS")
(executable-find "evince")
(or (not (memq :forward options))
(let ((spec (dbus-introspect-get-method
@@ -1090,11 +1048,8 @@ search are checked, too."
of point in emacs by using Evince's DBUS API. Used by default
for the Evince viewer entry in `TeX-view-program-list-builtin' if
the requirements are met."
- (require 'url-util)
- (let* ((uri (concat "file://" (let ((url-unreserved-chars (cons ?/
url-unreserved-chars)))
- (url-hexify-string
- (expand-file-name
- (concat file "."
(TeX-output-extension)))))))
+ (let* ((uri (concat "file://" (expand-file-name
+ (concat file "." (TeX-output-extension)))))
(owner (dbus-call-method
:session "org.gnome.evince.Daemon"
"/org/gnome/evince/Daemon"
@@ -1110,7 +1065,17 @@ the requirements are met."
"SyncView"
(buffer-file-name)
(list :struct :int32 (line-number-at-pos) :int32 (1+ (current-column)))
- :uint32 0)
+ :uint32 (let ((time (float-time)))
+ ;; FIXME: Evince wants a timestamp as UInt32, but POSIX time
+ ;; is too large for emacs integers on 32 bit systems. Emacs
+ ;; 24.2 will allow providing DBUS ints as floats, and this
+ ;; dbus version will be identifiable by its new variables
+ ;; `dbus-compiled-version' and `dbus-runtime-version'. But
+ ;; it seems providing just 1 as timestamp has no negative
+ ;; consequences, anyway.
+ (if (> most-positive-fixnum time)
+ (round time)
+ 1)))
(error "Couldn't find the Evince instance for %s" uri))))
(defvar TeX-view-program-list-builtin
@@ -1119,11 +1084,13 @@ the requirements are met."
'(("Yap" ("yap -1" (mode-io-correlate " -s %n%b") " %o"))
("dvips and start" "dvips %d -o && start \"\" %f")
("start" "start \"\" %o")))
- ((eq system-type 'darwin)
- '(("Preview.app" "open -a Preview.app %o")
- ("Skim" "open -a Skim.app %o")
- ("displayline" "displayline %n %o %b")
- ("open" "open %o")))
+;; XXX: We need the advice of a Mac OS X user to configure this
+;; correctly and test it.
+;; ((eq system-type 'darwin)
+;; '(("Preview.app" "open -a Preview.app %o")
+;; ("Skim" "open -a Skim.app %o")
+;; ("displayline" "displayline %n %o %b")
+;; ("open" "open %o")))
(t
`(("xdvi" ("%(o?)xdvi"
(mode-io-correlate " -sourceposition \"%n %b\" -editor \"%cS\"")
@@ -1148,7 +1115,7 @@ the requirements are met."
(shell-command-to-string
"evince --help"))
" -i %(outpage)"
" -p %(outpage)")) " %o")))
- ("Okular" ("okular --unique %o" (mode-io-correlate "#src:%n%a")))
+ ("Okular" ("okular --unique %o" (mode-io-correlate "#src:%n%b")))
("xdg-open" "xdg-open %o"))))
"Alist of built-in viewer specifications.
This variable should not be changed by the user who can use
@@ -1230,10 +1197,12 @@ restarting Emacs."
(output-dvi "Yap")
(output-pdf "start")
(output-html "start")))
- ((eq system-type 'darwin)
- '((output-dvi "open")
- (output-pdf "open")
- (output-html "open")))
+;; XXX: We need the advice of a Mac OS X user to configure this
+;; correctly and test it.
+;; ((eq system-type 'darwin)
+;; '((output-dvi "open")
+;; (output-pdf "open")
+;; (output-html "open")))
(t
'(((output-dvi style-pstricks) "dvips and gv")
(output-dvi "xdvi")
@@ -1323,10 +1292,6 @@ predicates are true, nil otherwise."
(prin1-to-string spec))
((stringp spec)
spec)
- ((null spec)
- (error
- (format "Unknown %S viewer. \
-Check the `TeX-view-program-selection' variable." viewer)))
(t
;; Build the unexpanded command line. Pieces with predicates are
;; only added if the predicate is evaluated positively.
@@ -1413,44 +1378,27 @@ For available TYPEs, see variable `TeX-engine'."
:group 'TeX-command
(TeX-engine-set (if TeX-Omega-mode 'omega 'default)))
(defalias 'tex-omega-mode 'TeX-Omega-mode)
-(make-obsolete 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine-set "11.86")
-(make-obsolete-variable 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine "11.86")
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine-set "before 11.86")
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'TeX-Omega-mode
+ 'TeX-engine "before 11.86")
;;; Forward and inverse search
-(defcustom TeX-source-correlate-method
- '((dvi . source-specials) (pdf . synctex))
+(defcustom TeX-source-correlate-method 'auto
"Method to use for enabling forward and inverse search.
This can be `source-specials' if source specials should be used,
-`synctex' if SyncTeX should be used, or `auto' if AUCTeX should
+`synctex' if SyncTeX should be used, or`auto' if AUCTeX should
decide.
-The previous values determine the variable for both DVI and PDF
-mode. This variable can also be an alist of the kind
-
- ((dvi . <source-specials or synctex>)
- (pdf . <source-specials or synctex>))
-
-in which the CDR of each entry is a symbol specifying the method
-to be used in the corresponding mode.
-
-Programs should not use this variable directly but the function
-`TeX-source-correlate-method-active' which returns the method
-actually used for forward and inverse search."
- :type '(choice (const auto)
- (const synctex)
- (const source-specials)
- (list :tag "Different method for DVI and PDF"
- (cons (const dvi)
- (choice :tag "Method for DVI mode"
- (const synctex)
- (const source-specials)))
- (cons (const pdf)
- (choice :tag "Method for PDF mode"
- (const synctex)
- (const source-specials)))))
+Setting this variable does not take effect if TeX Source
+Correlate mode has already been active. Restart Emacs in this
+case."
+ :type '(choice (const auto) (const synctex) (const source-specials))
:group 'TeX-view)
+(defvar TeX-source-correlate-method-active nil
+ "Method actually used for forward and inverse search.")
+
(defvar TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function nil
"Symbol of function returning an output page relating to buffer position.
The function should take no arguments and return the page numer
@@ -1523,24 +1471,12 @@ This is the case if
`TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag' is non-nil."
'synctex
'source-specials)))
-(defun TeX-source-correlate-method-active ()
- "Return the method actually used for forward and inverse search."
- (cond
- ((eq TeX-source-correlate-method 'auto)
- (TeX-source-correlate-determine-method))
- ((listp TeX-source-correlate-method)
- (if TeX-PDF-mode
- (cdr (assoc 'pdf TeX-source-correlate-method))
- (cdr (assoc 'dvi TeX-source-correlate-method))))
- (t
- TeX-source-correlate-method)))
-
(defun TeX-source-correlate-expand-options ()
"Return TeX engine command line option for forward search facilities.
The return value depends on the value of `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
If this is nil, an empty string will be returned."
(if TeX-source-correlate-mode
- (if (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'source-specials)
+ (if (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'source-specials)
(concat TeX-source-specials-tex-flags
(if TeX-source-specials-places
;; -src-specials=WHERE: insert source specials
@@ -1573,25 +1509,23 @@ or newer."
(let ((buf (let ((f (condition-case nil
(progn
(require 'url-parse)
- (require 'url-util)
- (url-unhex-string (aref (url-generic-parse-url
file) 6)))
+ (aref (url-generic-parse-url file) 6))
;; For Emacs 21 compatibility, which doesn't have the
;; url package.
(file-error (replace-regexp-in-string "^file://" ""
file)))))
(if (file-name-absolute-p f)
(find-file f)
(get-buffer (file-name-nondirectory file)))))
- (line (car linecol))
- (col (cadr linecol)))
+ (line (car linecol))
+ (col (cadr linecol)))
(if (null buf)
- (message "No buffer for %s." file)
+ (message "No buffer for %s." file)
(switch-to-buffer buf)
(push-mark (point) 'nomsg)
(goto-char (point-min))
(forward-line (1- line))
(unless (= col -1)
- (move-to-column col))
- (raise-frame))))
+ (move-to-column col)))))
(define-minor-mode TeX-source-correlate-mode
"Minor mode for forward and inverse search.
@@ -1619,10 +1553,19 @@ SyncTeX are recognized."
(dbus-register-signal
:session nil "/org/gnome/evince/Window/0"
"org.gnome.evince.Window" "SyncSource"
- 'TeX-source-correlate-sync-source)))
-
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-sync-source))
+ (unless TeX-source-correlate-method-active
+ (setq TeX-source-correlate-method-active
+ (if (eq TeX-source-correlate-method 'auto)
+ (TeX-source-correlate-determine-method)
+ TeX-source-correlate-method)))
+ (when (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'synctex)
+ (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
+ (when TeX-source-correlate-mode
+ 'TeX-synctex-output-page))))
(defalias 'TeX-source-specials-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
-(make-obsolete 'TeX-source-specials-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode "11.86")
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete 'TeX-source-specials-mode
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-mode "before 11.86")
(defalias 'tex-source-correlate-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
(put 'TeX-source-correlate-mode 'safe-local-variable 'TeX-booleanp)
;; We do not want the custom variable to require tex.el. This is only
@@ -1708,7 +1651,7 @@ The return value depends on the values of
`source-specials' respectively, an empty string will be
returned."
(if (and TeX-source-correlate-mode
- (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'source-specials))
+ (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'source-specials))
(concat TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags
(when (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p)
(concat " " TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags)))
@@ -1762,7 +1705,7 @@ enabled and the `synctex' binary is available."
(set-default var value)
(TeX-set-mode-name var nil t))
-(defcustom TeX-PDF-mode t nil
+(defcustom TeX-PDF-mode nil nil
:group 'TeX-command
:set 'TeX-mode-set
:type 'boolean)
@@ -1817,7 +1760,7 @@ already established, don't do anything."
(unless (local-variable-p 'TeX-PDF-mode (current-buffer))
(TeX-PDF-mode (if arg 1 0))
(setq TeX-PDF-mode-parsed t))))
-
+
(defun TeX-PDF-mode-on ()
"Use only from parsing routines."
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed t))
@@ -1896,7 +1839,7 @@ Must be the car of an entry in `TeX-command-list'."
"\\.glo" "\\.gls" "\\.idx" "\\.ilg" "\\.ind"
"\\.lof" "\\.log" "\\.lot" "\\.nav" "\\.out"
"\\.snm" "\\.toc" "\\.url" "\\.synctex\\.gz"
- "\\.bcf" "\\.run\\.xml" "\\.fls" "-blx\\.bib")
+ "\\.bcf" "\\.run\\.xml")
"List of regexps matching suffixes of files to be cleaned.
Used as a default in TeX, LaTeX and docTeX mode.")
@@ -1941,7 +1884,7 @@ output files."
(when (or (not TeX-clean-confirm)
(condition-case nil
(dired-mark-pop-up " *Deletions*" 'delete
- (if (> (length files) 1)
+ (if (> (length files) 1)
files
(cons t files))
'y-or-n-p "Delete files? ")
@@ -2161,7 +2104,7 @@ the beginning of the file, but that feature will be
phased out."
(file-name-nondirectory (buffer-file-name)))
(not buffer-read-only))
(goto-char (point-max))
- (if (re-search-backward "^\\([^\n]+\\)Local Variables:"
+ (if (re-search-backward (concat "^\\([^\n]+\\)Local " "Variables:")
(- (point-max) 3000) t)
(let ((prefix (TeX-match-buffer 1)))
(re-search-forward (regexp-quote (concat prefix
@@ -2178,10 +2121,10 @@ the beginning of the file, but that feature will be
phased out."
(when (eq major-mode 'doctex-mode)
(insert comment-prefix TeX-esc "endinput\n"))
(insert
- comment-prefix "Local Variables:\n"
+ comment-prefix "Local " "Variables: \n"
comment-prefix "mode: " mode "\n"
comment-prefix "TeX-master: " (prin1-to-string TeX-master) "\n"
- comment-prefix "End:\n")))))
+ comment-prefix "End: \n")))))
(defun TeX-local-master-p ()
"Return non-nil if there is a `TeX-master' entry in local variables spec.
@@ -2377,51 +2320,15 @@ Used when checking if any files have changed."
(defvar TeX-style-hook-list nil
"List of TeX style hooks currently loaded.
-Each entry is a list:
-
- (STYLE HOOK1 HOOK2 ...)
-
-where the first element STYLE is the name of the style, and the
-remaining elements HOOKN, if any, are hooks to be run when that
-style is active.
-
-A hook HOOKN may be a hook function HOOK-FUN to be run in
-all TeX dialects (LaTeX, Texinfo, etc.), or a vector like:
-
- [TeX-style-hook HOOK-FUN DIALECT-SET]
-
-where HOOK-FUN is the hook function to be run, and DIALECT-SET is
-a non-empty set of dialects in which the hook function may be
-run.
-
-This set is instantiated by function `TeX-add-style-hook' through
-functions manipulating style hook dialect expression named with a
-`TeX-shdex-' prefix.
-
-For supported dialects, see variables `TeX-style-hook-dialect'.")
-
-(defvar TeX-style-hook-dialect :latex
- "Dialect for running hooks locally to the considered file.
-Supported values are described below:
-
-* `:bibtex' for files in BibTeX mode.
-* `:latex' for files in LaTeX mode, or any mode derived
- thereof.
-* `:texinfo' for Texinfo files.
-
-Purpose is notably to prevent non-Texinfo hooks to be run in
-Texinfo files, due to ambiguous style name, as this may cause bad
-side effect e.g. on variable `TeX-font-list'.")
+Each entry is a list where the first element is the name of the style,
+and the remaining elements are hooks to be run when that style is
+active.")
(defcustom TeX-byte-compile nil
"*Not nil means try to byte compile auto files before loading."
:group 'TeX-parse
:type 'boolean)
-(defun TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect ()
- "Set `TeX-style-hook-dialect' to `:bibtex' locally to BibTeX buffers."
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-style-hook-dialect) :bibtex))
-
(defun TeX-load-style (style)
"Search for and load each definition for STYLE in `TeX-style-path'."
(cond ((assoc style TeX-style-hook-list)) ; We already found it
@@ -2468,79 +2375,9 @@ side effect e.g. on variable `TeX-font-list'.")
((file-readable-p el)
(load-file el)))))
-(defconst TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist
- '((:latex . 1) (:texinfo . 2) (:bibtex . 4))
- "Association list to map dialects to binary weight, in order to
- implement dialect sets as bitmaps." )
-
-(defun TeX-shdex-eval (dialect-expr)
- "Evaluate a style hook dialect expression DIALECT-EXPR."
- (cond
- ((symbolp dialect-expr)
- (let ((cell (assq dialect-expr TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist)))
- (if cell (cdr cell)
- (error "Invalid dialect expression : %S." dialect-expr))))
- ((and (consp dialect-expr)
- (memq (car dialect-expr) '(or not and nor)))
- (apply (intern
- (concat "TeX-shdex-" (symbol-name (car dialect-expr))))
- (cdr dialect-expr)))
- (t
- (error "Invalid dialect expression : %S." dialect-expr))))
-
-(defsubst TeX-shdex-or (&rest args)
- "OR operator for style hook dialect expressions."
- (apply 'logior (mapcar 'TeX-shdex-eval args)))
-
-(defsubst TeX-shdex-and (&rest args)
- "AND operator for style hook dialect expressions."
- (apply 'logand (mapcar 'TeX-shdex-eval args)))
-
-(defsubst TeX-shdex-nor (&rest args)
- "NOR operator for style hook dialect expressions."
- (lognot (apply 'TeX-shdex-or args)))
-
-(defsubst TeX-shdex-not (arg)
- "NOT operator for style hook dialect expressions."
- (lognot (TeX-shdex-eval arg)))
-
-(defsubst TeX-shdex-in-p (dialect dialect-set)
- "Test whether dialect DIALECT is in dialect set DIALECT-SET."
- (let ((cell (assq dialect TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist)))
- (if cell
- (/= 0 (logand (cdr cell) dialect-set))
- (error "Invalid dialect %S" dialect))))
-
-(defsubst TeX-shdex-listify (dialect-set)
- "Converts a dialect set DIALECT-SET to a list of all dialect
-comprised in this set, where dialects are symbols"
- (let (ret)
- (dolist (c dialect-set)
- (when (/= 0 (logand (cdr c) dialect-set))
- (push (car c) ret)))
- ret))
-
-(defun TeX-add-style-hook (style hook &optional dialect-expr)
- "Give STYLE yet another HOOK to run.
-
-DIALECT-EXPR serves the purpose of marking the hook to be run only in
-that dicontext.
-
-DIALECT-EXPR may be a single symbol defining the dialect, see
-variable `TeX-style-hook-dialect' for supported dialects.
-
-DIALECT-EXPR can also be an expression like one of the following:
-
-* (or DIALECT1 DIALECT2 ...)
-* (nor DIALECT1 DIALECT2 ...)
-* (and DIALECT1 DIALECT2 ...)
-* (not DIALECT )
-
-When omitted DIALECT-EXPR is equivalent to `(nor )', ie all
-dialected are allowed."
- (let ((entry (TeX-assoc-string style TeX-style-hook-list)))
- (and dialect-expr (setq hook (vector 'TeX-style-hook hook
- (TeX-shdex-eval dialect-expr))))
+(defun TeX-add-style-hook (style hook)
+ "Give STYLE yet another HOOK to run."
+ (let ((entry (assoc style TeX-style-hook-list)))
(cond ((null entry)
;; New style, add entry.
(setq TeX-style-hook-list (cons (list style hook)
@@ -2552,30 +2389,16 @@ dialected are allowed."
;; Old style, new hook.
(setcdr entry (cons hook (cdr entry)))))))
-(defun TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect (hooks dialect-list)
- "Scan HOOKS for all hooks the associated dialect of which is
-found in DIALECT-LIST and return the list thereof."
- (let (ret dialect-list-1)
- (dolist (hook hooks)
- (setq dialect-list-1 (and (vectorp hook) (eq (aref hook 0)
'TeX-style-hook)
- (TeX-shdex-listify (aref hook 2))))
- (while dialect-list-1
- (when (memq (pop dialect-list-1) dialect-list)
- (push hook ret)
- (setq dialect-list-1 nil)))
- ret)))
-
-(defun TeX-unload-style (style &optional dialect-list)
- "Forget that we once loaded STYLE. If DIALECT-LIST is provided
-the STYLE is only removed for those dialects in DIALECT-LIST.
-
-See variable `TeX-style-hook-dialect' for supported dialects."
- (let ((style-data (TeX-assoc-string style TeX-style-hook-list)))
- (if style-data
- (let ((hooks (and dialect-list (TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect (cdr
style-data) dialect-list))))
- (if hooks
- (setcdr style-data hooks)
- (setq TeX-style-hook-list (delq style-data
TeX-style-hook-list)))))))
+(defun TeX-unload-style (style)
+ "Forget that we once loaded STYLE."
+ (cond ((null (assoc style TeX-style-hook-list)))
+ ((equal (car (car TeX-style-hook-list)) style)
+ (setq TeX-style-hook-list (cdr TeX-style-hook-list)))
+ (t
+ (let ((entry TeX-style-hook-list))
+ (while (not (equal (car (car (cdr entry))) style))
+ (setq entry (cdr entry)))
+ (setcdr entry (cdr (cdr entry)))))))
(defcustom TeX-virgin-style (if (and TeX-auto-global
(file-directory-p TeX-auto-global))
@@ -2607,23 +2430,8 @@ See variable `TeX-style-hook-dialect' for supported
dialects."
(TeX-master-directory))
style (substring style
(match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))
- (condition-case err
- (mapcar (lambda (hook)
- (cond
- ((functionp hook)
- (funcall hook))
- ((and (vectorp hook)
- (eq (aref hook 0) 'TeX-style-hook))
- (and (TeX-shdex-in-p TeX-style-hook-dialect
(aref hook 2))
- (funcall (aref hook 1))))
- (t (error "Invalid style hook %S" hook))))
- (cdr-safe (TeX-assoc-string style
TeX-style-hook-list)))
- ;; This happens in case some style added a new parser, and
- ;; now the style isn't used anymore (user deleted
- ;; \usepackage{style}). Then we're left over with, e.g.,
- ;; (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units "\\parsec"), but the function is
- ;; defined in a style siunitx.el that's not loaded anymore.
- (void-function nil)))))
+ (mapcar 'funcall
+ (cdr-safe (assoc style TeX-style-hook-list))))))
styles))
(defcustom TeX-parse-self nil
@@ -2702,59 +2510,6 @@ FORCE is not nil."
"*Function to call for completing non-macros in `tex-mode'."
:group 'TeX-macro)
-(defcustom TeX-complete-expert-commands nil
- "Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
-
-Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
-
- - nil Don't complete expert commands (default).
- - t Always complete expert commands.
- - (STYLES ...) Only complete expert commands of STYLES."
- :group 'TeX-macro
- :type '(choice (const :tag "Don't complete expert commands" nil)
- (const :tag "Always complete expert commands" t)
- (repeat :tag "Complete expert commands of certain styles"
string)))
-
-(defmacro TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions (thing list-var prefix)
- (let* ((plural (concat thing "s"))
- (upcase (upcase thing))
- (upcase-plural (upcase plural)))
- `(progn
- (defvar ,(intern (format "%s-expert-%s-table" prefix thing))
- (make-hash-table :test 'equal)
- ,(format "A hash-table mapping %s names to the style name providing it.
-
-A %s occuring in this table is considered an expert %s and
-treated specially in the completion." thing thing thing))
-
- (defun ,(intern (format "%s-declare-expert-%s" prefix plural)) (style
&rest ,(intern plural))
- ,(format "Declare %s as expert %s of STYLE.
-
-Expert %s are completed depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'."
- upcase-plural plural plural)
- (dolist (x ,(intern plural))
- (if (null style)
- (remhash x TeX-expert-macro-table)
- (puthash x style TeX-expert-macro-table))))
-
- (defun ,(intern (format "%s-filtered" list-var)) ()
- ,(format "Return (%s) filtered depending on
`TeX-complete-expert-commands'."
- list-var)
- (delq nil
- (mapcar
- (lambda (entry)
- (if (eq t TeX-complete-expert-commands)
- entry
- (let* ((cmd (car entry))
- (style (gethash cmd TeX-expert-macro-table)))
- (when (or (null style)
- (member style TeX-complete-expert-commands))
- entry))))
- (,list-var)))))))
-
-(TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions "macro" TeX-symbol-list "TeX")
-(TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions "environment"
LaTeX-environment-list "LaTeX")
-
(defvar TeX-complete-list nil
"List of ways to complete the preceding text.
@@ -2827,46 +2582,25 @@ Or alternatively:
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-default-macro)
(defcustom TeX-insert-braces t
- "*If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
-
-See also `TeX-insert-braces-alist'."
+ "*If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro."
:group 'TeX-macro
:type 'boolean)
-(defcustom TeX-insert-braces-alist nil
- "Alist of macros to which braces should or should not be appended.
-
-Each element is a cons cell, whose CAR is the macro name, and the
-CDR is non-nil or nil, depending on whether a pair of braces
-should be, respectively, appended or not to the macro.
-
-If a macro has an element in this variable, `TeX-parse-macro'
-will use its value to decided what to do, whatever the value of
-the variable `TeX-insert-braces'."
- :group 'TeX-macro
- :type '(repeat (cons (string :tag "Macro name")
- (boolean :tag "Append braces?"))))
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-insert-braces-alist)
-
(defcustom TeX-insert-macro-default-style 'show-optional-args
"Specifies whether `TeX-insert-macro' will ask for all optional arguments.
-If set to the symbol `show-optional-args', `TeX-insert-macro'
-asks for optional arguments of TeX marcos, unless the previous
-optional argument has been rejected. If set to
-`show-all-optional-args', `TeX-insert-macro' asks for all
-optional arguments. If set to `mandatory-args-only',
+If set to the symbol `show-optional-args', `TeX-insert-macro' asks for
+optional arguments of TeX marcos. If set to `mandatory-args-only',
`TeX-insert-macro' asks only for mandatory argument.
When `TeX-insert-macro' is called with \\[universal-argument], it's the other
way round.
Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, see e.g.
-`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' and `TeX-arg-cite-note-p'."
+`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'."
:group 'TeX-macro
:type '(choice (const mandatory-args-only)
- (const show-optional-args)
- (const show-all-optional-args)))
+ (const show-optional-args)))
(defvar TeX-arg-opening-brace nil
"String used as an opening brace for argument insertion.
@@ -2896,10 +2630,12 @@ is called with \\[universal-argument]."
TeX-default-macro
"): "
TeX-esc)
- (TeX-symbol-list-filtered) nil nil nil
- 'TeX-macro-history TeX-default-macro)))
- (when (interactive-p)
- (setq TeX-default-macro symbol))
+ (TeX-symbol-list) nil nil nil
+ 'TeX-macro-history)))
+ (cond ((string-equal symbol "")
+ (setq symbol TeX-default-macro))
+ ((interactive-p)
+ (setq TeX-default-macro symbol)))
(TeX-parse-macro symbol (cdr-safe (assoc symbol (TeX-symbol-list))))
(run-hooks 'TeX-after-insert-macro-hook))
@@ -2972,31 +2708,21 @@ type of ARGS:
(cond ((marker-position exit-mark)
(goto-char (marker-position exit-mark))
(set-marker exit-mark nil))
- ((let ((element (assoc symbol TeX-insert-braces-alist)))
- ;; If in `TeX-insert-braces-alist' there is an element associated
- ;; to the current macro, use its value to decide whether inserting
- ;; a pair of braces, otherwise use the standard criterion.
- (if element
- (cdr element)
- (and TeX-insert-braces
- ;; Do not add braces if the argument is 0 or -1.
- (not (and (= (safe-length args) 1)
- (numberp (car args))
- (<= (car args) 0)))
- (equal position (point))
- (string-match "[a-zA-Z]+" symbol))))
- (if (texmathp)
- (when (TeX-active-mark)
- (insert TeX-grop)
+ ((and TeX-insert-braces
+ ;; Do not add braces if the argument is 0 or -1.
+ (not (and (= (safe-length args) 1)
+ (numberp (car args))
+ (<= (car args) 0)))
+ (equal position (point))
+ (string-match "[a-zA-Z]+" symbol)
+ (not (texmathp)))
+ (insert TeX-grop)
+ (if (TeX-active-mark)
+ (progn
(exchange-point-and-mark)
(insert TeX-grcl))
- (insert TeX-grop)
- (if (TeX-active-mark)
- (progn
- (exchange-point-and-mark)
- (insert TeX-grcl))
- (insert TeX-grcl)
- (backward-char)))))))
+ (insert TeX-grcl)
+ (backward-char))))))
(defun TeX-arg-string (optional &optional prompt initial-input)
"Prompt for a string.
@@ -3015,19 +2741,20 @@ INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading
input."
"Parse TeX macro arguments ARGS.
See `TeX-parse-macro' for details."
- (let ((last-optional-rejected nil))
+ (let ((last-optional-rejected nil)
+ skip-opt)
+ ;; Maybe get rid of all optional arguments. See `TeX-insert-macro' for
+ ;; more comments. See `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
+ (when (or (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style 'show-optional-args)
+ (equal current-prefix-arg '(4)))
+ (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style 'mandatory-args-only)
+ (null (equal current-prefix-arg '(4)))))
+ (while (vectorp (car args))
+ (setq args (cdr args))))
+
(while args
(if (vectorp (car args))
- ;; Maybe get rid of all optional arguments. See `TeX-insert-macro'
- ;; for more comments. See `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
- (unless (if (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style
'show-all-optional-args)
- (equal current-prefix-arg '(4))
- (or
- (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style
'show-optional-args)
- (equal current-prefix-arg '(4)))
- (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style
'mandatory-args-only)
- (null (equal current-prefix-arg '(4))))
- last-optional-rejected))
+ (unless last-optional-rejected
(let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace LaTeX-optop)
(TeX-arg-closing-brace LaTeX-optcl))
(TeX-parse-argument t (if (equal (length (car args)) 1)
@@ -3159,8 +2886,8 @@ Return the number as car and unit as cdr."
(defun TeX-arg-literal (optional &rest args)
"Insert its arguments ARGS into the buffer.
-Used for specifying extra syntax for a macro. The compatibility
-argument OPTION is ignored."
+Used for specifying extra syntax for a macro."
+ ;; FIXME: What is the purpose of OPTIONAL here? -- rs
(apply 'insert args))
@@ -3265,14 +2992,18 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(setq indent-tabs-mode nil)
;; Ispell support
- (set (make-local-variable 'ispell-parser) 'tex)
- (set (make-local-variable 'ispell-tex-p) t)
-
+ (make-local-variable 'ispell-parser)
+ (setq ispell-parser 'tex)
+ (make-local-variable 'ispell-tex-p)
+ (setq ispell-tex-p t)
+
;; Redefine some standard variables
(make-local-variable 'paragraph-start)
(make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate)
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start) "%")
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip)
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-start)
+ (setq comment-start "%")
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip)
+ (setq comment-start-skip
(concat
"\\(\\(^\\|[^\\\n]\\)\\("
(regexp-quote TeX-esc)
@@ -3282,16 +3013,20 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(set (make-local-variable 'comment-use-syntax) t)
;; `comment-padding' is defined here as an integer for compatibility
;; reasons because older Emacsen could not cope with a string.
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-padding) 1)
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-padding)
+ (setq comment-padding 1)
;; Removed as commenting in (La)TeX is done with one `%' not two
;; (make-local-variable 'comment-add)
;; (setq comment-add 1) ;default to `%%' in comment-region
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-indent-function) 'TeX-comment-indent)
- (set (make-local-variable 'comment-multi-line) nil)
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-indent-function)
+ (setq comment-indent-function 'TeX-comment-indent)
+ (make-local-variable 'comment-multi-line)
+ (setq comment-multi-line nil)
(make-local-variable 'compile-command)
(unless (boundp 'compile-command)
(setq compile-command "make"))
- (set (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes) nil)
+ (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes)
+ (setq words-include-escapes nil)
;; Make TAB stand out
;; (make-local-variable 'buffer-display-table)
@@ -3301,10 +3036,10 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
;; (aset buffer-display-table ?\t (apply 'vector (append "<TAB>" nil)))
;; Symbol completion.
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
+ (setq TeX-complete-list
(list (list "\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]*\\)"
- 1 'TeX-symbol-list-filtered
- (if TeX-insert-braces "{}"))
+ 1 'TeX-symbol-list (if TeX-insert-braces "{}"))
(list "" TeX-complete-word)))
(funcall TeX-install-font-lock)
@@ -3314,9 +3049,8 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(if (boundp 'local-write-file-hooks)
(add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write)
(add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write))
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update) t)
-
- (define-key TeX-mode-map "\C-xng" 'TeX-narrow-to-group)
+ (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update)
+ (setq TeX-auto-update t)
;; Minor modes
(when TeX-source-correlate-mode
@@ -3380,6 +3114,38 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(defconst TeX-auto-parser-local 3)
(defconst TeX-auto-parser-change 4)
+(defun TeX-auto-add-type (name prefix &optional plural)
+ "Add information about NAME to the parser using PREFIX.
+
+Optional third argument PLURAL is the plural form of TYPE.
+By default just add an `s'.
+
+This function create a set of variables and functions to maintain a
+separate type of information in the parser."
+ (let* ((names (or plural (concat name "s")))
+ (tmp (intern (concat prefix "-auto-" name)))
+ (add (intern (concat prefix "-add-" names)))
+ (local (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-list")))
+ (change (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-changed"))))
+ (setq TeX-auto-parser
+ (cons (list name tmp add local change) TeX-auto-parser))
+ (set local nil)
+ (make-variable-buffer-local local)
+ (set change nil)
+ (make-variable-buffer-local change)
+ (fset add `(lambda (&rest entries)
+ ,(concat "Add information about " (upcase name)
+ " to the current buffer.
+Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
+ (TeX-auto-add-information ,name entries)))
+ (fset local `(lambda nil
+ ,(concat "List of " names
+ " active in the current buffer.
+Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
+ (TeX-auto-list-information ,name)))
+ (add-hook 'TeX-remove-style-hook
+ `(lambda nil (setq ,(symbol-name local) nil)))))
+
(defun TeX-auto-add-information (name entries)
"For NAME in `TeX-auto-parser' add ENTRIES."
(let* ((entry (assoc name TeX-auto-parser))
@@ -3423,45 +3189,6 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(message "Removing duplicates... done"))
(symbol-value local)))
-(defmacro TeX-auto-add-type (name prefix &optional plural)
- "Add information about NAME to the parser using PREFIX.
-
-Optional third argument PLURAL is the plural form of TYPE.
-By default just add an `s'.
-
-This function create a set of variables and functions to maintain a
-separate type of information in the parser."
- (let* ((names (or plural (concat name "s")))
- (tmp (intern (concat prefix "-auto-" name)))
- (add (intern (concat prefix "-add-" names)))
- (local (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-list")))
- (change (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-changed")))
- (vardoc (concat "Information about " names
- " in the current buffer.
-Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")))
- `(progn
- (defvar ,tmp nil ,vardoc)
- (defvar ,local nil ,vardoc)
- (make-variable-buffer-local ',local)
- (defvar ,change nil ,vardoc)
- (make-variable-buffer-local ',change)
- (defun ,add (&rest ,(intern names))
- ,(concat "Add information about " (upcase names)
- " to the current buffer.
-Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
- (TeX-auto-add-information ,name ,(intern names)))
- (defun ,local ()
- ,(concat "List of " names
- " active in the current buffer.
-Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
- (TeX-auto-list-information ,name))
- ;; Append new type to `TeX-auto-parser' in order to make `style' type
- ;; always the first.
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-parser ',(list name tmp add local change) t)
- (add-hook 'TeX-remove-style-hook
- (lambda ()
- (setq ,local nil))))))
-
(TeX-auto-add-type "symbol" "TeX")
(defvar TeX-auto-apply-hook nil
@@ -3589,8 +3316,9 @@ If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files
in the directory."
(append TeX-file-extensions
BibTeX-file-extensions
TeX-Biber-file-extensions)))
- (with-current-buffer (let (enable-local-eval)
- (find-file-noselect tex))
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer (let (enable-local-eval)
+ (find-file-noselect tex)))
(message "Parsing %s..." tex)
(TeX-auto-store (concat (file-name-as-directory auto)
(TeX-strip-extension tex
@@ -3618,22 +3346,13 @@ If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all
files in the directory."
(TeX-auto-parse)
(if (member nil (mapcar 'TeX-auto-entry-clear-p TeX-auto-parser))
- (let ((style (TeX-strip-extension nil TeX-all-extensions t))
- (class-opts (if (boundp 'LaTeX-provided-class-options)
- LaTeX-provided-class-options))
- (pkg-opts (if (boundp 'LaTeX-provided-package-options)
- LaTeX-provided-package-options)))
+ (let ((style (TeX-strip-extension nil TeX-all-extensions t)))
(TeX-unload-style style)
- (with-current-buffer (generate-new-buffer file)
+ (save-excursion
+ (set-buffer (generate-new-buffer file))
(erase-buffer)
- (insert "(TeX-add-style-hook\n \""
- style "\"\n (lambda ()")
- (when class-opts
- (insert "\n (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-class-options\n"
- " '" (prin1-to-string class-opts) ")"))
- (when pkg-opts
- (insert "\n (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-package-options\n"
- " '" (prin1-to-string pkg-opts) ")"))
+ (insert "(TeX-add-style-hook \"" style "\"\n"
+ " (lambda ()")
(mapc (lambda (el) (TeX-auto-insert el style))
TeX-auto-parser)
(insert "))\n\n")
@@ -3656,13 +3375,13 @@ If SKIP is not-nil, don't insert code for SKIP."
(let ((name (symbol-name (nth TeX-auto-parser-add entry)))
(list (symbol-value (nth TeX-auto-parser-temporary entry))))
(unless (null list)
- (insert "\n (" name)
+ (insert "\n (" name)
(dolist (el list)
(cond ((and (stringp el) (not (string= el skip)))
- (insert "\n ")
+ (insert "\n ")
(insert (prin1-to-string el)))
((not (stringp el))
- (insert "\n ")
+ (insert "\n ")
(insert "'" (prin1-to-string el)))))
(insert ")"))))
@@ -3897,7 +3616,7 @@ Check for potential LaTeX environments."
"File extensions recognized by AUCTeX."
:group 'TeX-file)
-(defcustom TeX-file-extensions '("tex" "sty" "cls" "ltx" "texi" "txi"
"texinfo" "dtx")
+(defcustom TeX-file-extensions '("tex" "sty" "cls" "ltx" "texi" "texinfo"
"dtx")
"*File extensions used by manually generated TeX files."
:group 'TeX-file-extension
:type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
@@ -3942,11 +3661,6 @@ Access to the value should be through the function
`TeX-output-extension'.")
:group 'TeX-file-extension
:type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
-(defcustom BibLaTeX-style-extensions '("bbx")
- "Valid file extensions for BibLaTeX styles."
- :group 'TeX-file-extension
- :type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
-
(defcustom BibTeX-style-extensions '("bst")
"Valid file extensions for BibTeX styles."
:group 'TeX-file-extension
@@ -4138,7 +3852,7 @@ example.")
(defun TeX-search-files-by-type (filetype &optional scope nodir strip)
"Return a list of files in TeX's search path with type FILETYPE.
FILETYPE is a symbol used to choose the search paths and
-extensions. See `TeX-search-files-type-alist' for supported
+extensions. See `TeX-search-file-type-alist' for supported
symbols.
The optional argument SCOPE sets the scope for the search.
@@ -4181,24 +3895,6 @@ If optional argument STRIP is non-nil, remove file
extension."
dir) t)))))
(append local-files (TeX-search-files dirs exts nodir strip)))))))
-;;; Narrowing
-
-(defun TeX-narrow-to-group ()
- "Make text outside current group invisible."
- (interactive)
- (save-excursion
- (widen)
- (let ((opoint (point))
- beg end)
- (if (null (search-backward "{" nil t))
- (message "Nothing to be narrowed here.")
- (setq beg (point))
- (forward-sexp)
- (setq end (point))
- (if (< end opoint)
- (message "Nothing to be narrowed here.")
- (narrow-to-region beg end))))))
-(put 'TeX-narrow-to-group 'disabled t)
;;; Utilities
;;
@@ -4297,29 +3993,6 @@ mark which is sort of equivalent."
(defalias 'TeX-run-mode-hooks
(if (fboundp 'run-mode-hooks) 'run-mode-hooks 'run-hooks))
-(defun TeX-add-to-alist (alist-var new-alist)
- "Add NEW-ALIST to the ALIST-VAR.
-If an element with the same key as the key of an element of
-NEW-ALIST is already present in ALIST-VAR, add the new values to
-it; if a matching element is not already present, append the new
-element to ALIST-VAR."
- ;; Loop over all elements of NEW-ALIST.
- (while new-alist
- (let* ((new-element (car new-alist))
- ;; Get the element of ALIST-VAR with the same key of the current
- ;; element of NEW-ALIST, if any.
- (old-element (assoc (car new-element) (symbol-value alist-var))))
- (if old-element
- (progn
- (set alist-var (delete old-element (symbol-value alist-var)))
- ;; Append to `old-element' the values of the current element of
- ;; NEW-ALIST.
- (mapc (lambda (elt) (add-to-list 'old-element elt t))
- (cdr new-element))
- (set alist-var (add-to-list alist-var old-element t)))
- (add-to-list alist-var new-element t)))
- ;; Next element of NEW-ALIST.
- (setq new-alist (cdr new-alist))))
;;; Syntax Table
@@ -4475,7 +4148,7 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
(define-key map "\C-c?" 'TeX-doc)
(define-key map "\C-c\C-i" 'TeX-goto-info-page)
(define-key map "\r" 'TeX-newline)
-
+
;; From tex.el
(define-key map "\"" 'TeX-insert-quote)
(define-key map "$" 'TeX-insert-dollar)
@@ -4489,14 +4162,14 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
(define-key map "^" 'TeX-insert-sub-or-superscript)
(define-key map "_" 'TeX-insert-sub-or-superscript)
(define-key map "\e\t" 'TeX-complete-symbol) ;*** Emacs 19 way
-
+
(define-key map "\C-c'" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph) ;*** Old
way
(define-key map "\C-c:" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region) ;*** Old way
(define-key map "\C-c\"" 'TeX-uncomment) ;*** Old way
-
+
(define-key map "\C-c;" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region)
(define-key map "\C-c%" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph)
-
+
(define-key map "\C-c\C-t\C-p" 'TeX-PDF-mode)
(define-key map "\C-c\C-t\C-i" 'TeX-interactive-mode)
(define-key map "\C-c\C-t\C-s" 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
@@ -4578,12 +4251,6 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
:help "Kill the current TeX process"]
["Next Error" TeX-next-error
:help "Jump to the next error of the last TeX run"]
- ["Previous Error" TeX-previous-error
- :help "Jump to the previous error of the last TeX run"
- :visible TeX-parse-all-errors]
- ["Error Overview" TeX-error-overview
- :help "Open an overview of errors occured in the last TeX run"
- :visible (and TeX-parse-all-errors (fboundp 'tabulated-list-mode))]
["Quick View" TeX-view
:help "Start a viewer without prompting"]
"-"
@@ -4611,7 +4278,7 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
["Debug Warnings" TeX-toggle-debug-warnings
:style toggle :selected TeX-debug-warnings
:help "Make \"Next Error\" show warnings"])))
- (let ((file 'TeX-command-on-current)) ;; is this actually needed?
+ (let ((file 'TeX-command-on-current));; is this actually needed?
(TeX-maybe-remove-help
(delq nil
(mapcar 'TeX-command-menu-entry
@@ -5385,7 +5052,7 @@ See also `TeX-font-replace-macro' and
`TeX-font-replace-function'."
(delete-char 3)
nil)
t))
- (delete-char -1))
+ (delete-backward-char 1))
(insert end)))
(defun TeX-font-replace-macro (start end)
@@ -5417,7 +5084,7 @@ See also `TeX-font-replace' and
`TeX-font-replace-function'."
(forward-sexp 2))
(save-excursion
(replace-match start t t))
- (delete-char -1)
+ (delete-backward-char 1)
(insert end))))
;;; Dollars
@@ -5443,42 +5110,19 @@ See also `TeX-font-replace' and
`TeX-font-replace-function'."
:group 'TeX-macro
:type 'boolean)
-(defcustom TeX-electric-math nil
- "If non-nil, when outside math mode `TeX-insert-dollar' will
-insert symbols for opening and closing inline equation and put
-the point between them. If there is an active region,
-`TeX-insert-dollar' will put around it symbols for opening and
-closing inline equation and keep the region active, with point
-after closing symbol. If you press `$' again, you can toggle
-between inline equation, display equation, and no equation.
-
-If non-nil and point is inside math mode right between a couple
-of single dollars, pressing `$' will insert another pair of
-dollar signs and leave the point between them.
-
-If nil, `TeX-insert-dollar' will simply insert \"$\" at point,
-this is the default.
-
-If non-nil, this variable is a cons cell whose CAR is the string
-to insert before point, the CDR is the string to insert after
-point. You can choose between \"$...$\" and \"\\(...\\)\"."
+(defcustom TeX-math-close-double-dollar nil
+ "If non-nil close double dollar math by typing a single `$'."
:group 'TeX-macro
- :type '(choice (const :tag "No electricity" nil)
- (const :tag "$...$" ("$" . "$"))
- (const :tag "\\(...\\)" ("\\(" . "\\)"))
- (cons :tag "Other"
- (string :tag "Insert before point")
- (string :tag "Insert after point"))))
+ :type 'boolean)
(defun TeX-insert-dollar (&optional arg)
"Insert dollar sign.
If current math mode was not entered with a dollar, refuse to
insert one. Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign ends
-the TeX math mode and `blink-matching-paren' is non-nil.
-
-When outside math mode, the behavior is controlled by the variable
-`TeX-electric-math'.
+the TeX math mode and `blink-matching-paren' is non-nil. Ensure
+double dollar signs match up correctly by inserting extra dollar
+signs when needed.
With raw \\[universal-argument] prefix, insert exactly one dollar
sign. With optional ARG, insert that many dollar signs."
@@ -5490,91 +5134,40 @@ sign. With optional ARG, insert that many dollar
signs."
(arg
;; Numerical arg inserts that many
(insert (make-string (prefix-numeric-value arg) ?\$)))
- ((or (TeX-escaped-p) (TeX-verbatim-p))
- ;; Point is escaped with `\' or is in a verbatim-like construct, so just
- ;; insert one $.
+ ((TeX-escaped-p)
+ ;; This is escaped with `\', so just insert one.
(insert "$"))
((texmathp)
;; We are inside math mode
- (cond
- ((and TeX-electric-math
- (eq (preceding-char) ?\$)
- (eq (following-char) ?\$))
- ;; Point is between "$$" and `TeX-electric-math' is non-nil - insert
- ;; another pair of dollar signs and leave point between them.
- (insert "$$")
- (backward-char))
- ((and (stringp (car texmathp-why))
- (string-equal (substring (car texmathp-why) 0 1) "\$"))
- ;; Math mode was turned on with $ or $$ - insert a single $.
- (insert "$")
- ;; Compatibility, `TeX-math-close-double-dollar' has been removed
- ;; after AUCTeX 11.87.
- (if (boundp 'TeX-math-close-double-dollar)
- (message
- (concat "`TeX-math-close-double-dollar' has been removed,"
- "\nplease use `TeX-electric-math' instead.")))
- (when (and blink-matching-paren
- (or (string= (car texmathp-why) "$")
- (zerop (mod (save-excursion
- (skip-chars-backward "$")) 2))))
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (cdr texmathp-why))
- (if (pos-visible-in-window-p)
- (sit-for blink-matching-delay)
- (message "Matches %s"
- (buffer-substring
- (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))))))))
- (t
+ (if (and (stringp (car texmathp-why))
+ (string-equal (substring (car texmathp-why) 0 1) "\$"))
+ ;; Math mode was turned on with $ or $$ - so finish it accordingly.
+ (progn
+ (if TeX-math-close-double-dollar
+ (insert (car texmathp-why))
+ (insert "$"))
+ (when (and blink-matching-paren
+ (or (string= (car texmathp-why) "$")
+ (zerop (mod (save-excursion
+ (skip-chars-backward "$")) 2))))
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (cdr texmathp-why))
+ (if (pos-visible-in-window-p)
+ (sit-for 1)
+ (message "Matches %s"
+ (buffer-substring
+ (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))))))))
;; Math mode was not entered with dollar - we cannot finish it with one.
(message "Math mode started with `%s' cannot be closed with dollar"
(car texmathp-why))
- (insert "$"))))
+ (insert "$")))
(t
;; Just somewhere in the text.
- (cond
- ((and TeX-electric-math (TeX-active-mark))
- (if (> (point) (mark))
- (exchange-point-and-mark))
- (cond
- ;; $...$ to $$...$$
- ((and (eq last-command 'TeX-insert-dollar)
- (re-search-forward "\\=\\$\\([^$][^z-a]*[^$]\\)\\$" (mark) t))
- (replace-match "$$\\1$$")
- (set-mark (match-beginning 0)))
- ;; \(...\) to \[...\]
- ((and (eq last-command 'TeX-insert-dollar)
- (re-search-forward "\\=\\\\(\\([^z-a]*\\)\\\\)" (mark) t))
- (replace-match "\\\\[\\1\\\\]")
- (set-mark (match-beginning 0)))
- ;; Strip \[...\] or $$...$$
- ((and (eq last-command 'TeX-insert-dollar)
- (or (re-search-forward "\\=\\\\\\[\\([^z-a]*\\)\\\\\\]" (mark) t)
- (re-search-forward "\\=\\$\\$\\([^z-a]*\\)\\$\\$" (mark) t)))
- (replace-match "\\1")
- (set-mark (match-beginning 0)))
- (t
- ;; We use `save-excursion' because point must be situated before opening
- ;; symbol.
- (save-excursion (insert (car TeX-electric-math)))
- (exchange-point-and-mark)
- (insert (cdr TeX-electric-math))))
- ;; Keep the region active.
- (TeX-activate-region))
- (TeX-electric-math
- (insert (car TeX-electric-math))
- (save-excursion (insert (cdr TeX-electric-math)))
- (if blink-matching-paren
- (progn
- (backward-char)
- (sit-for blink-matching-delay)
- (forward-char))))
- ;; In any other case just insert a single $.
- ((insert "$")))))
+ (insert "$")))
(TeX-math-input-method-off))
(defvar TeX-math-input-method-off-regexp
- (concat "^" (regexp-opt '("chinese" "japanese" "korean" "bulgarian"
"russian") t))
+ "^\\(chinese\\|japanese\\|korean\\|bulgarian\\|russian\\)"
"Regexp matching input methods to be deactivated when entering math mode.")
(defun TeX-math-input-method-off ()
@@ -5587,19 +5180,18 @@ sign. With optional ARG, insert that many dollar
signs."
;;; Simple Commands
-(defun TeX-normal-mode (&optional arg)
+(defun TeX-normal-mode (arg)
"Remove all information about this buffer, and apply the style hooks again.
Save buffer first including style information.
With optional argument ARG, also reload the style hooks."
+ ;; FIXME: Shouldn't it be (&optional arg)? -- rs
(interactive "*P")
(if arg
(setq TeX-style-hook-list nil
BibTeX-global-style-files nil
BibTeX-global-files nil
- BibLaTeX-global-style-files nil
TeX-Biber-global-files nil
- TeX-global-input-files nil
- LaTeX-global-class-files nil))
+ TeX-global-input-files nil))
(let ((TeX-auto-save t))
(if (buffer-modified-p)
(save-buffer)
@@ -5634,7 +5226,7 @@ quotes are inserted only after \"."
"Alist for overriding the default language-specific quote insertion.
First element in each item is the name of the language as set by
the language style file as a string. Second element is the
-opening quotation mark. Third element is the closing quotation
+opening quotation mark. Third elemxent is the closing quotation
mark. Opening and closing quotation marks can be specified
directly as strings or as functions returning a string. Fourth
element is a boolean specifying insertion behavior, overriding
@@ -5709,7 +5301,7 @@ With prefix argument FORCE, always inserts \" characters."
(concat (regexp-quote open-quote) "\\|"
(regexp-quote close-quote))
(max (length open-quote) (length close-quote))))
- (delete-char (- (length (match-string 0))))
+ (delete-backward-char (length (match-string 0)))
"\"\"")
((< (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward "\"")) -1)
?\")
@@ -5718,15 +5310,15 @@ With prefix argument FORCE, always inserts \"
characters."
((save-excursion
(forward-char -1)
(bobp))
- (delete-char -1)
+ (delete-backward-char 1)
open-quote)
((save-excursion
(forward-char -2) ;;; at -1 there is double quote
(looking-at "[ \t\n]\\|\\s("))
- (delete-char -1)
+ (delete-backward-char 1)
open-quote)
(t
- (delete-char -1)
+ (delete-backward-char 1)
close-quote)))
(insert (cond ((bobp)
open-quote)
@@ -5737,12 +5329,12 @@ With prefix argument FORCE, always inserts \"
characters."
((save-excursion
(forward-char (- (length open-quote)))
(looking-at (regexp-quote open-quote)))
- (delete-char (- (length open-quote)))
+ (delete-backward-char (length open-quote))
?\")
((save-excursion
(forward-char (- (length close-quote)))
(looking-at (regexp-quote close-quote)))
- (delete-char (- (length close-quote)))
+ (delete-backward-char (length close-quote))
?\")
((save-excursion
(forward-char -1)
@@ -5850,21 +5442,35 @@ Your bug report will be posted to the AUCTeX bug
reporting list.
(call-process "texdoc" nil 0 nil "--view" doc)))
(latex-info (latex-mode)
(lambda ()
- (mapcar (lambda (x)
- (let ((x (car x)))
- (if (string-match "\\`\\\\" x)
- (substring x 1) x)))
- (info-lookup->completions 'symbol 'latex-mode)))
+ (when (condition-case nil
+ (save-window-excursion
+ (let ((buf (generate-new-buffer-name "*info*")))
+ (info "latex" buf)
+ (kill-buffer buf))
+ t)
+ (error nil))
+ (mapcar (lambda (x)
+ (let ((x (car x)))
+ (if (string-match "\\`\\\\" x)
+ (substring x 1) x)))
+ (info-lookup->completions 'symbol 'latex-mode))))
(lambda (doc)
(info-lookup-symbol (concat "\\" doc) 'latex-mode)))
(texinfo-info (texinfo-mode)
(lambda ()
- (mapcar (lambda (x)
- (let ((x (car x)))
- (if (string-match "\\`@" x)
- (substring x 1) x)))
- (info-lookup->completions 'symbol
- 'texinfo-mode)))
+ (when (condition-case nil
+ (save-window-excursion
+ (let ((buf (generate-new-buffer-name "*info*")))
+ (info "texinfo" buf)
+ (kill-buffer buf))
+ t)
+ (error nil))
+ (mapcar (lambda (x)
+ (let ((x (car x)))
+ (if (string-match "\\`@" x)
+ (substring x 1) x)))
+ (info-lookup->completions 'symbol
+ 'texinfo-mode))))
(lambda (doc)
(info-lookup-symbol (concat "@" doc) 'texinfo-mode))))
"Alist of backends used for looking up documentation.
@@ -5972,7 +5578,7 @@ NAME may be a package, a command, or a document."
(regexp (concat "\\`\\("
(mapconcat (lambda (dir)
(regexp-quote
- (expand-file-name
+ (expand-file-name
(file-name-as-directory dir))))
(append (when (file-name-directory name)
(list (file-name-directory name)))
@@ -6031,37 +5637,10 @@ NAME may be a package, a command, or a document."
;; delsel.el, `delete-selection-mode'
(put 'TeX-newline 'delete-selection t)
+(put 'TeX-insert-dollar 'delete-selection t)
(put 'TeX-insert-quote 'delete-selection t)
(put 'TeX-insert-backslash 'delete-selection t)
-(defun TeX-how-many (regexp &optional rstart rend)
- "Compatibily function for `how-many'.
-Supports restriction to a region where the XEmacs version doesn't
-and always returns the number of matches, also in XEmacs and GNU
-Emacs 21."
- ;; Emacs >= 22 does what we want.
- (if (>= emacs-major-version 22)
- (how-many regexp rstart rend)
- ;; XEmacs and GNU Emacs 21 don't return the number of matches but only
print
- ;; it.
- (let ((string
- (if (featurep 'xemacs)
- ;; XEmacs doesn't even support restriction to a region.
- (save-excursion
- (save-restriction
- (when (and (integer-or-marker-p rstart)
- (integer-or-marker-p rend))
- (narrow-to-region rstart rend)
- (goto-char (point-min)))
- (how-many regexp)))
- (how-many regexp rstart rend))))
- ;; Hide the message printed by `how-many'.
- (message "")
- ;; Select the number of occurrences and convert it to a number.
- (if (string-match "\\([0-9]+\\).*" string)
- (string-to-number (replace-match "\\1" nil nil string))
- 0))))
-
(provide 'tex)
;; Local Variables:
diff --git a/texmathp.el b/texmathp.el
index f13e237..350406b 100644
--- a/texmathp.el
+++ b/texmathp.el
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
("\\vcenter" arg-off)
;; Standard LaTeX
- ("equation" env-on)
+ ("equation" env-on) ("equation*" env-on)
("eqnarray" env-on) ("eqnarray*" env-on)
("math" env-on)
("displaymath" env-on)
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@
("\\ensuremath" arg-on)
;; AMS-LaTeX
- ("equation*" env-on)
("align" env-on) ("align*" env-on)
("gather" env-on) ("gather*" env-on)
("multline" env-on) ("multline*" env-on)
@@ -231,7 +230,7 @@ will be considered arguments of the macro independent of
its definition."
"After a call to `texmathp' this variable shows why math-mode is on or off.
The value is a cons cell (MATCH . POSITION).
MATCH is a string like a car of an entry in `texmathp-tex-commands', e.q.
-\"equation\" or \"\\ensuremath\" or \"\\=\\[\" or \"$\".
+\"equation\" or \"\\ensuremath\" or \"\\[\" or \"$\".
POSITION is the buffer position of the match. If there was no match,
it points to the limit used for searches, usually two paragraphs up.")
commit a54b98571056c9019a04b9346dbbd50df9a8d685
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Sat Nov 1 07:47:09 2014 +0100
Update to AUCTeX 11.88
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 35a6c45..126fdb8 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,10 +1,837 @@
-2014-05-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+2014-10-31 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Recognize
- \\shortintertext from mathtools.
+ * Makefile.in (CTANDIR): New variable.
+ (preview-ball): Create a top level directory "preview/" in the
+ preview tarball, as required by CTAN. Save the tarball to
+ $(CTANDIR) instead of $(FTPDIR).
-2014-05-16 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+2014-10-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+ * Version 11.88 released.
+
+2014-10-29 Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Remove setter
+ lambda.
+ (LaTeX--tabular-like-end): Remove variable.
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular): Move setter function from
+ LaTeX-indent-environment-list to generate tabular-end regex when
+ called.
+
+2014-10-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-largest-level-set): Set `outline-heading-alist'
+ only if it is bound.
+
+ * .gitignore: Ignore preview/preview.el.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTCLEANFILES): Add preview/preview.el.
+ (release-commit): Write new version announcement also into
+ preview/ChangeLog.
+
+ * aclocal.m4: Add a third argument to
+ `AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG' specifying the ChangeLog file.
+
+ * configure.ac: Use new third argument of
+ `AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG'. Retrieve preview date and
+ version from its ChangeLog. Add preview/preview.el to output
+ files.
+
+2014-10-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * RELEASE: Update AUCTeX version, the new features section, and
+ the list of contributors.
+
+ * configure.ac: Update AUCTeX version.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention generic bug fixes for 11.88 release.
+
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Update AUCTeX version and copyright years
+ across the file.
+ Add now working `TeX-previous-error' key-binding.
+
+ * tex.el: Update copyright year.
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Make it possible to build the HTML doc with
+ `makeinfo' if `texi2html' is not available. Add new
+ `TEXI2HTML_TOC' variable.
+ (extradist): Use `TEXI2HTML_TOC'.
+ (html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC)): Use `TEXI2HTML_TOC'. Fix splitting
+ option to HTML engine. Suggested by Norbert Preining.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-newline): Fix for when
+ `comment-auto-fill-only-comments' is non-nil. Suggested by Piet
+ van Oostrum.
+
+2014-10-13 Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/cleveref.el: New file.
+
+2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (featurep): Activate mark in the GNU Emacs version of
+ TeX-activate-mark instead of being a no-op.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Use set-mark instead of push-mark in order to
+ avoid duplicate marks.
+
+2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Move equation*
+ environment to AMS-LaTeX section.
+ (texmathp-why): Fix docstring.
+
+2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/amstext.el (LaTeX-amstext-package-options): Rename from
+ `LaTeX-amstext-package-option'.
+
+2014-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-mark-environment, Texinfo-mark-section)
+ (Texinfo-mark-node): Use `push-mark' instead of `set-mark'.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mark-environment): Ditto.
+
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-mark-environment): Ditto.
+
+2014-09-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Pass correct \end buffer
+ position to hooks in LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks.
+
+2014-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-dialect): Correct doctstring for consistency
+ with definition of function TeX-add-style-hook.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Simple Style): modify example with
+ 'TeX-add-style-hook', so that 3rd argument is added. Modify @defun
+ of 'TeX-add-style-hook' also to document addition of 3rd argument.
+
+2014-09-11 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Add information about style hook labelling by
dialect.
+
+ * doc/todo.texi (Bugs): Update Bug #1 about style hook clash.
+
+ * style/xspace.el ("xspace"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/xparse.el ("xparse"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/virtex.el ("virtex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/verbatim.el ("verbatim"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/url.el ("url"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/units.el ("units"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/unicode-math.el ("unicode-math"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/ulem.el ("ulem"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/tabulary.el ("tabulary"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/swedish.el ("swedish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/slovak.el ("slovak"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/slides.el ("slides"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/shortvrb.el ("shortvrb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/setspace.el ("setspace"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrreprt.el ("scrreprt"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrpage2.el ("scrpage2"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrlttr2.el ("scrlttr2"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/scrbook.el ("scrbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/scrbase.el ("scrbase"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/scrartcl.el ("scrartcl"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/ruby.el ("ruby"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/report.el ("report"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/ragged2e.el ("ragged2e"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el ("pstricks"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-slpe.el ("pst-slpe"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-plot.el ("pst-plot"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-node.el ("pst-node"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pst-grad.el ("pst-grad"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/psfig.el ("psfig"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/prosper.el ("prosper"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/polski.el ("polski"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/polish.el ("polish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/plhb.el ("plhb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/plfonts.el ("plfonts"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/plext.el ("plext"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/placeins.el ("placeins"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/paralist.el ("paralist"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/nomencl.el ("nomencl"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/nicefrac.el ("nicefrac"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/ngerman.el ("ngerman"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/naustrian.el ("naustrian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/natbib.el ("natbib"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/nameref.el ("nameref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/multirow.el ("multirow"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/multind.el ("multind"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/multido.el ("multido"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/multicol.el ("multicol"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/mflogo.el ("mflogo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/metalogo.el ("metalogo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/memoir.el ("memoir"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/mdwlist.el ("mdwlist"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/makeidx.el ("makeidx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/luacode.el ("luacode"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/ltxdoc.el ("ltxdoc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/ltx-base.el ("ltx-base"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/lscape.el ("lscape"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/longtable.el ("longtable"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/listings.el ("listings"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/lipsum.el ("lipsum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/lettrine.el ("lettrine"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/letter.el ("letter"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/latexinfo.el ("latexinfo"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/kpfonts.el ("kpfonts"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/kantlipsum.el ("kantlipsum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/jurabib.el ("jurabib"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jura.el ("jura"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/jsbook.el ("jsbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jsarticle.el ("jsarticle"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/jreport.el ("jreport"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jbook.el ("jbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/jarticle.el ("jarticle"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/j-report.el ("j-report"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/j-book.el ("j-book"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/j-article.el ("j-article"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/italian.el ("italian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/inputenc.el ("inputenc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/index.el ("index"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el ("imakeidx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/icelandic.el ("icelandic"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/harvard.el ("harvard"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/graphicx.el ("graphicx"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/graphics.el ("graphics"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/german.el ("german"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/frenchb.el ("frenchb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/french.el ("french"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/francais.el ("francais"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/footmisc.el ("footmisc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fontspec.el ("fontspec"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/foils.el ("foils"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/flashcards.el ("flashcards"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/filecontents.el ("filecontents"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancyvrb.el ("fancyvrb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancynum.el ("fancynum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/fancyhdr.el ("fancyhdr"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/exercise.el ("exercise"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/everysel.el ("everysel"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/epigraph.el ("epigraph"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/english.el ("english"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/emp.el ("emp"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/dutch.el ("dutch"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/doc.el ("doc"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/dk.el ("dk"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/dinbrief.el ("dinbrief"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/danish.el ("danish"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/czech.el ("czech"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/comment.el ("comment"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/captcont.el ("captcont"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bulgarian.el ("bulgarian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/booktabs.el ("booktabs"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/book.el ("book"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bm.el ("bm"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bigstrut.el ("bigstrut"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/bigdelim.el ("bigdelim"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/babel.el ("babel"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/austrian.el ("austrian"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/article.el ("article"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/array.el ("array"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsthm.el ("amsthm"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amstext.el ("amstext"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amstex.el ("amstex"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amssymb.el ("amssymb"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
+ TeX-add-style-hook call. Update header with correct filename.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsbsy.el ("amsbsy"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsbook.el ("amsbook"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/amsart.el ("amsart"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/alphanum.el ("alphanum"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/alltt.el ("alltt"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/afterpage.el ("afterpage"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/acronym.el ("acronym"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/acro.el ("acro"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/MinionPro.el ("MinionPro"): Add LaTeX-dialect to
TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * style/CJKutf8.el ("CJKutf8"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook
call.
+
+ * style/CJK.el ("CJK"): Add LaTeX-dialect to TeX-add-style-hook call.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (eval-after-load "bibtex"): Add hook
+ TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect to BibTex mode, this will set
+ 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :bibtex for BibTeX files so that
+ Mosè's problem should be solved.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): set
+ 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :latex for LaTeX files, and those in
+ LaTeX derived modes. Add LaTeX-dialect as DIALECT argument to all
+ calls of TeX-add-style-hook.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-style-hook-list): Update docstring to make clear
+ that style hooks can also be in the form '[TeX-style-hook HOOK-FUN
+ DIALECT-SET]'.
+ (TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect): New defun.
+ (TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist): New defconst.
+ (TeX-shdex-eval): New defun.
+ (TeX-shdex-or TeX-shdex-and TeX-shdex-nor TeX-shdex-not)
+ (TeX-shdex-in-p TeX-shdex-listify): New defsubst.
+ (TeX-style-hook-dialect): New defvar, used to have style hooks
+ called only in corresponding context.
+ (TeX-add-style-hook): Add optional argument context for marking
+ hooks that must run only in non default (aka nil) dialect.
+ (TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect): New defun, used for unloading only
+ those hooks in a dialect list.
+ (TeX-unload-style): Add optional argument context-list for
+ unloading only those hooks marked for contexts in that
+ context-list.
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks): Run style hook only when current style hook
+ context matches context for which hook is marked.
+
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-environment-list): Add 'html' and 'float'
+ environments.
+ (TeX-texinfo-mode): set 'TeX-style-hook-dialect' to :texinfo for
+ Texinfo files. Add macro '@caption'.
+
+2014-09-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-assoc-string): Remove docstring from defalias since
+ that's not supported with XEmacs.
+
+2014-08-25 Florent Rougon <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-expand): Fix possible endless loop in
+ file name expansion.
+
+2014-08-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tests/tex/command-expansion.el: New test file.
+
+2014-08-24 Florent Rougon <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Add the previous position to the
+ lenght of the expanded string to get the current position in the
+ %' expander.
+
+2014-08-18 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes): Code optimization: use
+ '(add-to-list (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)'
+ instead of '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (add-to-list 'foo
+ some-value)' wherever possible.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-cite-minor-mode)
+ (bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap): Code optimization: use
+ '(set (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
+ '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
+ possible.
+
+ * latex.el (BibTeX-auto-store)
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Ditto.
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Code optimization: use '(set
+ (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
+ '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
+ possible. Add in style Texinfo standard macros '@acronym' and
+ '@tie'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-assoc-string) new defalias to work-around missing
+ assoc-string in XEmacs.
+ (TeX-unload-style): Code optimization: use 'TeX-assoc-string'
+ instead of 'assoc' to search style in 'TeX-style-hook-list', and
+ use delq on returned value of assoc-string for removing the style
+ --- on the one hand delq will go through the whole list rather
+ than stop after the first match like in original code, but on the
+ other hand comparison are faster because eq instead of equal is
+ used and we are working on assoc cell rather than on key, so less
+ indirection, furthermore delq is C code. Anyway that make the code
+ much smaller and easier to understand.
+ (TeX-file-extensions): Add txi amongst extension of texinfo files,
+ for consistency with info node '(texinfo) Minimum'
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks): Code optimization: use 'TeX-assoc-string'
+ instead of 'assoc' to search style in 'TeX-style-hook-list'.
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Code optimization: use '(set
+ (make-local-variable (quote foo)) some-value)' instead of
+ '(make-local-variable (quote foo)) (setq foo some-value)' wherever
+ possible.
+
+2014-08-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Allow for a
+ mandatory argument for a verbatim environment.
+
+2014-08-15 Vladimir Lomov <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Don't use the removed
+ `LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned' function.
+
+2014-08-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-label): Remove.
+ (LaTeX-label): Add a new mandatory argument. Do not use
+ `LaTeX-insert-label'. Determine the prefix at the beginning of
+ the function and insert the label only if the prefix is non nil.
+ (LaTeX-section-label, LaTeX-env-figure, LaTeX-env-label): Use the
+ second mandatory argument of `LaTeX-label'.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el: Update copyright years.
+ ("amsmath"): Append the environments to `LaTeX-label-alist'
+ instead of prepeding them. Use the second mandatory argument of
+ the `LaTeX-label' function.
+
+ * style/longtable.el: Update copyright years.
+ ("longtable"): Move addition of "longtable" environment to
+ `LaTeX-label-alist' inside the style hook. Append the environment
+ to the alist instead of prepending it. Use the second mandatory
+ argument of the `LaTeX-label' function.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Sectioning, Environments): Remove references to
+ `LaTeX-insert-label'.
+ (Environments): Document `LaTeX-label-alist'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Remove references to `LaTeX-insert-label'.
+
+2014-08-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-label): Rename from
+ `LaTeX-auto-insert-label' and mention sections in the doc-string.
+ (LaTeX-label): Update accordingly.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Sectioning): Mention `LaTeX-insert-label'.
+ (Environments): Update `LaTeX-insert-label' name and document use
+ for sectioning commands.
+ (Environments, Completion): Prettify
+ `TeX-complete-expert-commands' documentation by using a table
+ environment.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Rename `LaTeX-auto-insert-label' to
+ `LaTeX-insert-label' and mention sections too.
+
+2014-08-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command): Keep the frame and the buffer
+ associate to the error overview if the command to be run is View.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-insert-label): New customizable variable.
+ (LaTeX-label): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document
+ `LaTeX-auto-insert-label'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-auto-insert-label'. Fix a
+ couple of bad-boxes in the PDF output of the manual.
+
+2014-07-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-largest-level-set): Adapt
+ `outline-heading-alist' according to largest level in order to
+ make `outline-promote' (and others) work correctly.
+
+2014-07-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-date-format'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `TeX-date-format'.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-date-format): New customizable option.
+ Suggested by Uwe Brauer.
+ (TeX-arg-date): Use it.
+
+2014-07-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Update copyright years.
+ (EXCLUDEDFILES): Rename from GITFILES. Remove also .cvsignore and
+ tests from the release tarball.
+ (release-commit): More precise suggestion to push tag and release
+ commit.
+ (tar-ball): Use EXCLUDEDFILES in place of GITFILES.
+
+2014-07-15 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Enhance array and tabular(*) environments support.
+ (LaTeX-env-array): Add call to `LaTeX-item-array'.
+ (LaTeX-env-tabular*): Add call to `LaTeX-item-tabular*'.
+ (LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-item-array): New function. Put line break macro on the
+ last line and insert suitable number of ampersands.
+ (LaTeX-item-tabular*): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-insert-ampersands): New function. Insert suitable number
+ of ampersands.
+ (LaTeX-array-column-letters): New variable. Column letters for
+ array-like environments.
+ (LaTeX-array-count-columns): New function. Count number of
+ ampersands to be inserted.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add entries to LaTeX-item-list to
+ use `LaTeX-item-array' and `LaTeX-item-tabular*'.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el: Enhance alignat-like environments support
+ as well as some cleanups.
+ (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat): New function. Insert contents to
+ terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): Use it. Add doc string.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Removed. Just specifying a prompt
+ string for an optional argument is enough.
+ (LaTeX-item-equation): Take over the job of
+ `LaTeX-item-equations'. Add an optional `suppress' argument:
+ when it is non-nil skip putting line break macro. Add doc string.
+ (LaTeX-item-equations): Removed. Its task is now covered by
+ `LaTeX-item-equation'.
+ (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat): New function. Insert ampersands
+ according to the columns number, as well as calling
+ `LaTeX-item-equation'.
+ (LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands): New function.
+ ("amsmath"): Arrange setups of variables to adopt the above
+ changes.
+
+ * style/array.el ("array"): Change `LaTeX-array-column-letters'
+ locally to include addtional letters extended in array.sty.
+
+ * style/plext.el: New style file. Add support for extended
+ format for array-like environments.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Include style/plext.el.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Add documentation for the above enhancements.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Ditto.
+
+2014-07-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error): Do not pass `reparse' argument to
+ `next-error' in XEmacs as it is not supported.
+ (TeX-error-overview-frame, TeX-error-overview-buffer-name): Move
+ before their first use in order to prevent a runtime error in
+ XEmacs and GNU Emacs 21. Reported by Ikumi Keita.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX): Manually set `item' to nil when
+ `TeX-error-last-visited' is negative.
+ (TeX-error-description-error, TeX-error-description-warning)
+ (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Set to nil in XEmacs and GNU
+ Emacs 21. Reported by Ikumi Keita.
+
+2014-07-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Add second argument to
+ `local-variable-p', mandatory in XEmacs. Suggested by Ikumi
+ Keita.
+
+ * preview/preview.el (preview-dump-state): Ditto.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-how-many): Make the function return a number also in
+ XEmacs and Emacs 21. Suggested by Ikumi Keita.
+
+2014-07-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-description-error): Do not use the
+ `default' display, not supported by GNU Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.4.
+ (TeX-error-description-warning): Ditto.
+
+2014-07-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-description-error): Make face definition
+ XEmacs compatible.
+ (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-description-help): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (nil): Handle the case of a non-available crm.el with a
+ `condition-case', instead of using the third argument of
+ `require', not recognized by XEmacs 21.4.
+ (and): Check whether dbus support is available before requiring
+ dbus.el.
+
+2014-07-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Set
+ `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' when necessary, in the
+ "%(outpage)" expander.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-method): Add an alist as a possible value
+ and change the default.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-method-active): Convert to a function.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Use the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Remove setting of the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' variable and of the
+ now deleted `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' variable.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Hide "Previous Error"
+ and "Error Overview" entries when not available.
+
+ * context.el: Update copyright years.
+ (ConTeXt-expand-options): Use the
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method-active' function.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (I/O Correlation): Update documentation of
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention change to the default value of
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+2014-06-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/todo.texi (Mid-term Goals): Remove "More flexible option and
+ command handling" item: we now have `TeX-command-extra-options'.
+ (Wishlist): Remove "Poor man's Source Specials": AUCTeX supports
+ source specials and SyncTeX.
+ (Wishlist): Remove "multiple completion for \bibliography" item:
+ "\bibliography" does complete multiple arguments.
+
+2014-06-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command): Kill the frame and buffer associated
+ to the error overview before running commands.
+ (TeX-TeX-sentinel): Open error overview if
+ `TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
+ errors or warnings to show.
+ (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Ditto.
+ (TeX-find-display-help): Set `runbuf' to `TeX-active-buffer' since
+ this function may be called also from the error overview buffer.
+ (TeX-error-description-faces): Change group to more appropriate
+ `TeX-output'.
+ (TeX-error-overview-active-buffer): New variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-orig-frame): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-orig-window): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-frame): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-setup): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-setup): New function.
+ (TeX-error-overview-goto-source): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-make-entries): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-next-error): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-previous-error): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-quit): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-mode-map): New variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-list-entries): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview-mode): New major mode.
+ (TeX-error-overview-buffer-name): New constant.
+ (TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-overview): New function.
+ (TeX-find-display-help): Expand the name of the file to be visited
+ starting from the directory of the master file.
+ (TeX-error-overview-make-entries): Add optional `master-dir'
+ argument, to shorten file names when they are relative.
+ (TeX-error-overview): Pass `TeX-master-directory' as argument to
+ `TeX-error-overview-make-entries'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-error-overview): Autoload `TeX-error-overview'.
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Add an entry for the
+ error overview.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Debugging): Document error overview.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention error overview. Add local variables
+ to the end of the file.
+
+ * doc/todo.texi: Add local variables to the end of the file.
+ (Wishlist): Update entry about error reporting.
+
+2014-06-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-TeX): Use `TeX-find-display-help' in place
+ of `TeX-error-list-find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-error-list-find-display-help): Removed, replaced by more
+ general `TeX-find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-error): Append nils to the `TeX-error-list' entry to make
+ each entry of the same lenght for both errors and warnings.
+ Append also `TeX-error-point'. This fixes a bug occurring when
+ `TeX-display-help' is set to `expert'. Use
+ `TeX-find-display-help' to display the help.
+ (TeX-warning): Append `TeX-error-point' to the `TeX-error-list'
+ entry to fix the above mentioned bug. Use `TeX-find-display-help'
+ to display the help.
+
+2014-06-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-TeX): Use
+ `TeX-error-list-find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-error-list-find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-warning): Use `bad-box' when there is a bad box.
+ (TeX-warning--find-display-help): Cater for bad boxes.
+ (TeX-help-error): Ditto.
+
+2014-06-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error--find-display-help): Use new fourth
+ argument of `TeX-help-error'.
+ (TeX-warning): Rename mandatory argument to `warning'. Do not add
+ leading "** " to warning string.
+ (TeX-warning--find-display-help): Use new fourth argument of
+ `TeX-help-error'.
+ (TeX-error-description-faces): New group.
+ (TeX-error-description-error): New face.
+ (TeX-error-description-warning): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-description-tex-said): Ditto.
+ (TeX-error-description-help): Ditto.
+ (TeX-help-error): Add new `type' argument. Color help messages
+ using the new faces.
+ (TeX-warning): Preserve point when searching backward. In some
+ cases this prevents infinite loops in `TeX-parse-all-errors' and
+ fixes wrong detection of context string.
+
+2014-05-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Add
+ `TeX-previous-error'.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-list): Fix typo.
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors): Ditto.
+
+2014-05-23 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+
+ Backport from ELPA repository.
* tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
dynamic scoping for `num'.
@@ -14,6 +841,1670 @@
Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
(font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
+2014-05-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Update copyright years.
+ (TeX-error-last-visited): New buffer-local variable.
+ (TeX-get-parse-function): New function.
+ (TeX-next-error): Add `apt' argument and make all arguments
+ optional. Use `TeX-get-parse-function'.
+ (TeX-previous-error): Use `TeX-get-parse-function'. Use
+ `TeX-parse-TeX' to move between errors when possible.
+ (TeX-TeX-sentinel): Parse the output log when
+ `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
+ (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Ditto.
+ (TeX-parse-reset): Add an optional `reparse' argument and reparse
+ the output log when it is non-nil. Reset also `TeX-error-list'
+ and `TeX-error-last-visited'.
+ (TeX-parse-command): Add `arg' argument.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX): Add `arg' argument. When `TeX-parse-all-errors'
+ is non-nil, use `TeX-error-list' to move to the error point.
+ (TeX-error-list): New buffer-local variable.
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors): New function.
+ (TeX-parse-error): Add an optional `store' argument. Make the
+ function return non-nil when an error or a warning is found.
+ (TeX-error): Add an optional `store' argument: when it is non-nil
+ store the relevant information about the error in
+ `TeX-error-list'. Use `TeX-error--find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-error--find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-warning): Add an optional `store' argument: when it is
+ non-nil store the relevant information about the warning in
+ `TeX-error-list'. Use `TeX-warning--find-display-help'.
+ (TeX-warning--find-display-help): New function.
+ (TeX-output-mode-map): Bind `p' to the now working
+ `TeX-previous-error'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Debugging): Document `TeX-previous-error' and
+ `TeX-parse-all-errors'. Update `TeX-next-error'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Update copyright years. Mention
+ `TeX-next-error' and `TeX-previous-error' changes and the new
+ `TeX-parse-all-errors'.
+
+ * doc/todo.texi: Update copyright years.
+ (Wishlist): Update a couple of items related to error parsing.
+
+2014-05-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el: Update copyright years.
+ (font-latex-update-sectioning-faces): Make sure
+ `height-scale' is a floating point number.
+ (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Ditto.
+
+2014-05-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el: Update copyright years and specify last
+ `siunitx' version supported. Hard wrap lines longer than 80
+ columns.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-regexp): Move the escape character out of the group
+ matching the unit name.
+ (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Add `prefix' argument. Replace the
+ space with `TeX-esc' as the completion separator.
+ (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit): Define a default prompt; set
+ `initial-input' to nil; use `TeX-esc' as prefix to the given
+ input.
+ ("siunitx"): Remove the escape character from the unit names.
+
+2014-05-02 Jobst Hoffmann <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * style/listings.el ("listings"): Fix typo.
+
+2014-05-01 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Fix
+ fontification of the optional argument to a verbatim-like
+ environment.
+
+2014-04-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error): Add another exception.
+
+2014-04-06 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Use `texinfo-current-defun-name'
+ in `C-x 4 a'.
+
+2014-04-04 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-add-environments): Move advising of
+ `LaTeX-add-environments' after definition of
+ `LaTeX-environment-menu' and `LaTeX-environment-modify-menu'
+ variables to fix assignment to free variable warnings.
+
+ * tex-style.el: Update coyright years.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber): New variable. Mark as
+ safe-local-variable.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Add setting of `LaTeX-using-Biber' to
+ `TeX-update-style-hook'.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'
+ value to set `LaTeX-using-Biber' when it is set locally.
+
+ * tex-bar.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Append toolbar refresh to
+ `TeX-update-style-hook' instead of prepending it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Update copyright years.
+ (Selecting a Command): Document `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' change.
+
+2014-04-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el: Update copyright years and specify last
+ `biblatex' version supported.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options): Update.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-language-list): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): Fix condition on `items' variable to
+ adapt to the `TeX-completing-read-multiple' return value change.
+
+2014-03-17 Nicolas Richard <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/exercise.el: New file.
+
+2014-03-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Mention that `TeX-PDF-mode' is enabled by
+ default.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode): Enable TeX PDF mode by default.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-master): Ask for TeX-master if it cannot
+ be determined otherwise.
+
+2014-03-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-view-command-raw): Throw an error when `spec' is
+ nil, otherwise when the function returns nil `TeX-command-expand'
+ enters an infinite loop.
+
+ * style/paralist.el: Update copyright years.
+ ("paralist"): Use `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member' to
+ conditionally define environments.
+
+2014-03-12 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt): Return nil on empty input.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-completing-read-multiple): Define it so that empty
+ input results in nil across different emacs versions (<= 24.3
+ vs. later versions).
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple' instead of
+ `completing-read-multiple'.
+ (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): Use `TeX-completing-read-multiple' and
+ adapt handling of return value.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-package-parameters): Adapt to
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple' change.
+
+2014-03-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options): Fix
+ bug that caused AUCTeX to query for packages infinitely.
+
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-add-environments): Advice instead of
+ renaming and redefining generated function.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment): Remove non-interactive
+ `next-line' usage compile warning.
+ (LaTeX-add-bibliographies): Advice instead of renaming and
+ redefining generated function.
+ (LaTeX-add-environments): Ditto.
+
+2014-03-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): Default to opening
+ and closing math switches.
+
+2014-03-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Add missing pair of braces.
+
+2014-02-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Do not set
+ `LaTeX-default-environment' to `environment' if the latter is
+ equal to the current default environment.
+
+2014-02-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options): New
+ function. Now options are requested only if at least one package
+ has been provided.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert): New function.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Use
+ `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options' and
+ `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert'.
+ (LaTeX-insert-usepackages): New function.
+ (LaTeX-env-document): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document new behavior of
+ `LaTeX-env-document'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention it.
+
+2014-02-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-extra-options): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-expand-list): New `%(extraopts)' expander.
+ (TeX-command-list): Use `%(extraopts)'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Document
+ `TeX-command-extra-options'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document it.
+
+2014-02-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/english.el: New style for english documents so that
+ `TeX-language-en-hook' gets run.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (languages): Document it.
+
+2014-02-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-add-type): Convert to macro.
+
+ * lpath.el: Don't silence byte-compiler.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-style, LaTeX-auto-arguments)
+ (LaTeX-auto-optional, LaTeX-auto-env-args): Defvar explicitly
+ before use.
+
+2014-01-29 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Use default parameter of
+ `completing-read'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro): Use default parameter of
+ `completing-read'.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment, TeX-arg-document): Use default
+ parameter of `completing-read'.
+
+2014-01-22 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/shortvrb.el (LaTeX-shortvrb-chars): Move from
+ tex-style.el. Set default value to nil because just loading
+ shortvrb does not make | a shortvrb char. One needs to define it
+ using \MakeShortVrb{\|}. Extend the docstring so that it tells
+ that one should usually set this variable only buffer-locally.
+ (LaTeX-shortvrb-chars): Declare it as safe local variable.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist): Call
+ `font-latex-setup' to make syntactic font-lock changes effective.
+
+2014-01-21 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
+
+ * context.el: distinguish between numbered and unnumbered sections.
+
+2014-01-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/babel.el: Update copyright years and specify last `babel'
+ version supported.
+ (LaTeX-babel-language-list): Expand language list to all languages
+ mentioned in the last version of the manual.
+ (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Update in order to parse the
+ `main' option and ignore the modifiers.
+ (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Turn the variable into a function
+ because now requires `TeX-read-key-val'.
+
+2014-01-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Make search for `\begin'
+ and `\end' case sensitive.
+ (docTeX-in-macrocode-p): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-indent-calculate): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-end): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Ditto.
+
+2014-01-06 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Replace use of
+ reftex-tables-dirty by that of reftex-default-label-alist-entries
+ to trigger call to reftex-compile-variables in a standard way.
+ The problem was that generating a TOC for a Texinfo file and then
+ for a LaTeX file was not working for the LaTeX file because the
+ Texinfo file was using LaTeX label style and as such
+ reftex-ensure-compiled-variables was not calling
+ reftex-compile-variables, which caused wrong
+ reftex-everything-regexp for sections.
+
+2014-01-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-insert): Use `TeX-electric-math' for
+ consistency with `TeX-insert-dollar'.
+ (LaTeX-math-cal): Ditto.
+
+2013-12-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-style.el (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search): New customizable
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default): Ditto.
+
+ * style/fontspec.el (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font): New function.
+ ("fontspec"): Use it.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search' and
+ `LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default'.
+
+2013-12-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el ("imakeidx"): Move addition of options to
+ `LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options' inside the hook.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new styles.
+
+ * style/fontspec.el: New style.
+
+ * style/luacode.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/metalogo.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/unicode-math.el: Ditto.
+
+2013-12-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error): Don't confuse ) in package
+ messages with EOF.
+
+2013-12-01 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Move disabling of
+ `electric-pair-mode' from `VirTeX-common-initialization'. Disable
+ it only if `LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is non-nil.
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): See above.
+
+2013-11-29 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Disable
+ `electric-pair-mode' (a global minor mode) in auctex buffers
+ because it interferes with auctex's pairing feature.
+
+2013-11-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Move
+ `LaTeX-narrow-to-environment' and `TeX-narrow-to-group' bindings
+ to the AUCTeX maps because `narrow-map' is not defined in GNU
+ Emacs < 22.2 and XEmacs. Reported by Giacomo Boffi.
+
+2013-11-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Declare expert macros and
+ environments.
+
+2013-11-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error, TeX-previous-error): Call
+ `next-error' also if last TeX command was a compile command (e.g.,
+ Check, ChkTeX).
+ (TeX-run-compile): Save compilation buffer in
+ `TeX-command-buffer'.
+
+2013-11-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-highlight-mouse): Change regexp to cope with
+ multiple optional arguments of a macro.
+
+2013-11-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions): Change
+ signature of declare-expert functions.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document it.
+
+2013-11-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-complete-expert-commands): New defcustom.
+ (TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions): New macro.
+ (TeX-insert-macro): Restrict completion depending on
+ `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Ditto.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment, LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Restrict completion depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Restrict completion depending on
+ `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document normal vs. expert commands for users
+ and style file authors.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention normal vs. expert commands.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix void-function
+ LaTeX-symbol-list error.
+
+2013-11-05 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Folding): Document `TeX-fold-auto' and
+ `TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark'.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-bibliography): Run style files associated to
+ the bibliography database files.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Do not quote at all
+ `TeX-arg-key-val' arguments.
+ (LaTeX-arg-addbibresource): Run style file associated to the
+ bibliography database file.
+
+2013-11-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Quote `TeX-arg-key-val'
+ arguments with `quote' special form istead of apostrophe.
+
+2013-11-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-narrow-to-environment): New function, disabled
+ by default.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add key binding for
+ `LaTeX-narrow-to-environment'.
+
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Add key binding for
+ `TeX-narrow-to-group'.
+ (TeX-narrow-to-group): New function, disabled by default.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Narrowing): Document narrowing commands.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention narrowing commands.
+
+2013-10-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-file-name): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension): Ditto.
+ (TeX-arg-version): Ditto.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add completion for
+ `ProvidesPackage', `ProvidesClass', and `ProvidesFile'.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-version',
+ `TeX-arg-file-name', and `TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension'.
+
+2013-10-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention the enhanced tabular indentation.
+
+ * style/longtable.el ("longtable"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular'
+ also for longtable environment.
+
+ * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also
+ for tabularx environment.
+
+ * style/tabulary.el ("tabulary"): Use `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also
+ for tabulary environment.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Use
+ `LaTeX-indent-tabular' also for array and eqnarray environments.
+
+2013-10-14 Oleh Krehel <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: `LaTeX-indent-tabular' now indents tabular-like
+ environments.
+ (LaTeX--tabular-like-end): new variable.
+ (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): added `LaTeX-indent-tabular' as
+ indenter for "tabular" and "align", added a setter that recomputes
+ `LaTeX--tabular-like-end'
+ (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col): new function.
+ (LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position): new function.
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular): new function.
+
+ * tests/latex/latex-test.el : added an ERT test for
+ `LaTeX-indent-tabular'
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/in): input filename variable
+ (LaTeX-indent-tabular-test/out): output filename variable
+
+ * tests/latex/tabular-in.tex: input to latex-test.el
+
+ * tests/latex/tabular-out.tex: input to latex-test.el
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-how-many): added for compatibility with XEmacs.
+
+2013-10-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Fix typo.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Ditto.
+
+2013-10-10 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document enhanced paired braces feature.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Ditto.
+
+2013-10-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Add new possible value
+ `show-all-optional-args' and update doc-string accordingly.
+ (TeX-parse-arguments): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Document `show-all-optional-args'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `show-all-optional-args'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces-alist): New customizable variable.
+ (TeX-insert-braces): Mention it in doc-string.
+ (TeX-parse-macro): Use `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+
+ * style/booktabs.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren): Let-bind `TeX-arg-opening-brace' and
+ `TeX-arg-closing-brace' instead of `<' and `>'.
+ ("booktabs"): Add `toprule', `midrule', and `bottomrule' macros to
+ `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+ ("booktabs"): Add a dummy `ignore' in `cmidrule' macro in order to
+ reset `last-optional-rejected' to nil.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Document
+ `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Mention `TeX-insert-braces-alist'.
+
+2013-09-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-insert-braces): : Move
+ `indent-according-to-mode' after `save-excursion' because
+ `LaTeX-newline' (used in `save-excursion') deletes trailing
+ whitespaces.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-LaTeX-sentinel): Add support for hyperref "Rerun
+ to get outlines right" messages.
+
+2013-09-26 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Enhance brace pairing feature.
+ (TeX-arg-insert-braces): Extend to be used with \bigl and its
+ friends.
+ (TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe): New function.
+ (LaTeX-insert-left-brace): New function.
+ (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace): New function.
+ (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name): New function.
+ (LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace): New customization option.
+ (LaTeX-left-right-macros-association): New variable.
+
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Make use of the above change.
+ \lvert and \lVert are paired with \rvert and \rVert, respectively.
+
+2013-09-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Fix `radian' unit name.
+
+2013-09-17 Fabrice Ben Hamouda <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-next-error, TeX-active-buffer): Fix a problem
+ with `TeX-next-error' in multi-file documents.
+
+2013-09-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-info.el (TeX-texinfo-mode): Set
+ `TeX-sentinel-default-function' to `TeX-TeX-sentinel'.
+
+2013-09-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-check-files): Handle buffers that haven't been
+ saved yet.
+
+2013-09-02 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-electric-math): Fix defcustom choices.
+
+ * bib-cite.el (bib-cite-minor-mode): Call `make-local-hook' only
+ on XEmacs.
+
+2013-08-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-ref): New function.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Replace occurrences of `TeX-arg-label' with
+ `TeX-arg-ref'.
+ (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-ref'.
+
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Use `TeX-arg-ref' instead of
+ `TeX-arg-label'.
+
+ * style/latexinfo.el ("latexinfo"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/nameref.el ("nameref"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Use `TeX-arg-ref' instead of
+ `TeX-arg-label' and fix parentheses.
+
+2013-07-31 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-initialize): Refactor top-level code into
+ function.
+ (LaTeX-math-list): Call `LaTeX-math-initialize' when setting the
+ value in order to update the key bindings.
+ Also shuffle around several definitions in order to get a
+ declaration-before-use order.
+
+2013-07-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Add other changes.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Fix typo.
+
+2013-07-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove `TeX-token-char' from
+ the regexp since cite keys can start with non-letter characters,
+ e.g., bibcodes start with year of publication.
+
+2013-07-24 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-menu-unicode): Enable also on windows
+ systems as it seems to work there, too.
+
+2013-07-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-clean-default-intermediate-suffixes): Add `.fls',
+ files created by TeX processors with `-recorder' option, and
+ `-blx.bib', files created by `bibtex' when using the `biblatex'
+ package.
+
+ * doc/changes.texi: Document some changes for next release.
+
+2013-07-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Update copyright years.
+ (GITFILES): Rename from `CVSFILES', adapt to Git.
+ (COMMITTER): Get user name and email from Git configuration;
+ escape `<', `>' and spaces.
+ (install-el): Update reference to Git in comment.
+ (release-commit): Adapt to Git; make sure committer name and email
+ are encoded with ISO-8859-1 using the `iconv' program.
+ (tar-ball): Adapt to Git.
+ (preview-ball): Ditto.
+
+ * auctex.spec (Provides): Update reference to Git in comment.
+
+ * bib-cite.el: Update AUCTeX repository link in comment.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fix
+ fontification of some biblatex macros. Reported by Christian
+ Knüpfer.
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Revert changes made with
+ commit 7531cca, they were useless.
+
+2013-07-15 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/tabulary.el: New style.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style tabulary.
+
+2013-07-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Move
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method' to `I/O Correlation' section.
+
+2013-07-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Processor Options): Document
+ `TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+2013-07-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-default-tabular-environment): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-env-figure): Use it instead of hard-coding "tabular".
+
+ * style/tabularx.el ("tabularx"): Set
+ `LaTeX-default-tabular-environment' to "tabularx".
+
+2013-06-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * bib-cite.el: Replace `save-excursion'+`set-buffer' with
+ `with-current-buffer'.
+
+ * tex-bar.el: Ditto.
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el: Replace `save-excursion'+`set-buffer' with
+ `with-current-buffer'. Delete trailing whitespaces.
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-error-file): Fix spelling error.
+ (TeX-error): Ditto.
+
+ * doc/install.texi (Configure): Update for Git.
+
+ * doc/preview-readme.texi (Availability): Ditto.
+
+ * doc/wininstall.texi: Ditto.
+
+2013-06-26 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/preview-problems.texi: Rename "Known problems" section to
+ "Known problems with preview-latex" in rawfile export. Delete
+ sections "Problems with Ghostscript" and "Emacs problems" because
+ those are basically ruled out when using the prerequisites
+ documented in the manual.
+
+ * doc/install.texi: Don't link to ghostscript specific
+ preview-latex problems section because that has been removed.
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS, ../PROBLEMS.preview): Rename
+ PROBLEMS to PROBLEMS.preview since it only deals with
+ preview-latex problems.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Use PROBLEMS.preview instead of
+ PROBLEMS.
+
+2013-06-24 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Add ../PROBLEMS.
+
+ * Makefile.in (DISTTEXTS): Add PROBLEMS.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-dbus-p): Require dbus at compile-time.
+
+2013-06-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-dbus-p): Improved DBUS availability check.
+
+2013-06-21 Rüdiger Sonderfeld <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-doc-backend-alist): Remove unnecessary `info' check.
+
+2013-06-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-jp.el: Change to `coding: iso-2022-jp-unix'.
+
+2013-06-12 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-jp.el: Add `coding: iso-2022-7bit-unix' file local variable.
+
+2013-06-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-help-error): Let-bind `inhibit-read-only' when
+ updating the *TeX Help* buffer.
+
+2013-06-11 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-after-document-hook): New hook.
+ (TeX-arg-document): Use it.
+ (LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook): New hook.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Use it, remove babel specific code.
+
+ * style/babel.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-env-babel-lang): New function.
+ ("babel"): Add `LaTeX-env-babel-lang' to
+ `LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook'.
+
+2013-06-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-math-close-double-dollar): Remove.
+ (TeX-math-close-single-dollar): Ditto.
+ (TeX-electric-dollar): Ditto.
+ (TeX-electric-math): New customizable variable, supersedes
+ variables above.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Adapt to `TeX-electric-math'. See
+ http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.devel/3070
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document `TeX-electric-math'.
+ (Environments): Document `LaTeX-find-matching-begin' and
+ `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
+
+2013-06-02 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Shorten copyright year ranges and update with
+ missing years. Delete trailing whitespaces.
+ (TeX-run-compile): Let-bind `default-directory' to
+ `TeX-master-directory'.
+
+2013-05-31 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Set LC_ALL=C when looking into ChangeLog for
+ AUCTEXDATE.
+
+2013-05-31 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplify using `save-excursion'
+ instead of regexp searches. Fill the caption when
+ `auto-fill-mode' is on.
+
+2013-05-30 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Add new expander "%a", it returns the
+ quoted absolute path of the file visiting current buffer.
+ (TeX-view-program-list-builtin): Use "%a" expander for forward PDF
+ search.
+
+2013-05-28 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Fix docstring.
+
+2013-05-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * font-latex.el: Update copyright years, there have been
+ non-trivial changes in 2010, and 2011.
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fontify Biblatex multicites
+ macros up to three mandatory arguments.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-language-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites): New function.
+ ("biblatex"): Always set `LaTeX-using-Biber'. Add citation
+ macros.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list): Move preamble options to
+ `LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options'.
+
+2013-05-22 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Replace `delete-backward-char' with `delete-char'.
+
+ * tex.el: Ditto.
+
+ * tex-buf.el: Replace `goto-line' with `goto-char' and
+ `forward-line'.
+
+2013-05-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/.gitignore: Rename from .cvsignore.
+
+ * preview/.gitignore: Ditto.
+
+ * preview/latex/.gitignore: Ditto.
+
+2013-05-18 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Update copyright years, there have been non-trivial
+ changes in 1998, 2001, 2002.
+ (TeX-arg-index-tag): Use `TeX-argument-prompt'.
+ (TeX-arg-cite): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el: Update copyright years, there have been non-trivial
+ changes in 1995, 1998.
+ (TeX-parse-arguments): Move skipping of optional
+ arguments inside loop over all arguments, because optional
+ arguments may not be the first ones. Remove unused let-bound
+ variable `skip-opt'.
+ (TeX-arg-literal): Remove FIXME comment, `optional' is the first
+ argument passed to all functions by `TeX-parse-argument'.
+
+2013-05-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/fancyvrb.el: New style.
+
+ * style/xparse.el: Ditto.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/fancyvrb.el and
+ style/xparse.el.
+
+2013-05-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Insert just a single dollar when the
+ point is in a verbatim-like construct.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-jit-lock-force-redisplay): Don't rely
+ on existing `jit-lock-force-redisplay' because recent bzr Emacs
+ broke compatibility changing the number of arguments. Reported by
+ Robert Goldman.
+
+2013-05-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Environments): Document
+ `LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
+
+2013-05-07 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-electric-dollar): New variable.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Use it.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document `TeX-electric-dollar'.
+
+2013-04-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-bar.el: Update copyright range.
+ (TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): Change BibTeX button to Biber when
+ `LaTeX-using-biber' is non-nil.
+ (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Refresh toolbar after styles update.
+
+2013-04-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-default-document-environment): New buffer-local
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-default-environment): Mention
+ `LaTeX-default-document-environment' in doc-string.
+ (LaTeX-environment): Use `LaTeX-default-document-environment'.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Use
+ `LaTeX-default-document-environment' instead of
+ `LaTeX-default-environment'.
+
+ * style/letter.el ("letter"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/slides.el ("slides"): Ditto.
+
+2013-04-24 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/acro.el (LaTeX-acro-acronym-history): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym): Use it.
+
+ * style/acronym.el (LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym): Use it.
+
+ * style/beamer.el (LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history): New variable.
+ ("beamer"): Use it.
+ (TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle): Ditto.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Use it.
+
+2013-04-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Set `frame' as default environment.
+ Set `section' as largest sectioning level. Add fontification for
+ `title', `author', and `date'.
+
+ * style/letter.el ("letter"): Set `letter' as default environment.
+ Add some macros and fontification.
+
+ * style/slides.el ("slides"): Set `slide' as default environment.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-insert-braces): Move
+ `indent-according-to-mode' after `save-excursion' because
+ `LaTeX-newline' (used in `save-excursion') deletes trailing
+ whitespaces.
+
+2013-04-19 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/amsthm.el (LaTeX-amsthm-package-options): New variable.
+ ("amsthm"): Remove `newtheorem' macro, already defined in
+ `latex.el'. Use `TeX-arg-define-environment' in `newtheorem*'
+ macro. Add `qedhere', `swapnumbers', and `newtheoremstyle'
+ macros. Add `newtheorem*' regexp to match new environments. Add
+ fontification.
+
+ * style/article.el ("article"): Add counters and pagestyles.
+
+ * style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/book.el ("book"): Ditto.
+
+ * style/letter.el (LaTeX-letter-class-options): New variable.
+ ("letter"): Add pagestyles.
+
+ * style/report.el ("report"): Add counters and pagestyles.
+
+ * style/slides.el (LaTeX-slides-class-options): New variable.
+ ("slides"): Add counters and pagestyles.
+
+2013-04-18 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/beamer.el: Update copyright years and remove trailing
+ whitespaces.
+ ("beamer"): Run style hooks for loaded packages.
+ (LaTeX-beamer-class-options): New function.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list): Rename
+ from `LaTeX-hyperref-package-options' to avoid clash with the
+ function with the same name.
+ ("hyperref"): Use it.
+ (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): Ditto.
+
+2013-04-17 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * plain-tex.el (plain-TeX-common-initialization): Fix typo in
+ abbrev table name.
+
+2013-04-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-default-author): New customizable variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-author): New function.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `LaTeX-arg-author' for the
+ \author macro.
+ (LaTeX-default-author): Change default to 'user-full-name (quoted)
+ and add a new possible value.
+ (LaTeX-arg-author): Change accordingly.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Itemize-like): Document `TeX-arg-item-label-p'
+ option.
+ (Tabular-like): Document `LaTeX-default-width' option.
+ (Modes and Hooks): Add modes and hooks to indices.
+ (Adding Macros): Document `TeX-arg-index-tag', `TeX-arg-index',
+ `TeX-arg-document', `LaTeX-arg-usepackage', `TeX-arg-bibstyle',
+ `TeX-arg-bibliography', `LaTeX-arg-author', `TeX-read-key-val',
+ and `TeX-arg-key-val' functions. Mention `TeX-arg-cite-note-p'
+ and `LaTeX-default-author' options.
+ (Adding Environments): Use in example code actually present in
+ `listings.el' file.
+
+2013-04-16 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Use `raise-frame'
+ instead of the external wmctrl command to raise the emacs frame.
+
+2013-04-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-read-key-val): Add `prompt' optional argument.
+ (TeX-arg-key-val): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (fboundp): Use `crm-separator' as separator in XEmacs
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple' implementation.
+
+ * style/acro.el (LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val): Let-bind keymap with SPC
+ key binding removed, instead of defining a new key binding for
+ SPC. Use `TeX-arg-key-val' instead of `multi-prompt-key-value'
+ and `TeX-argument-insert'.
+
+ * style/pst-node.el (LaTeX-pstnode-env-psmatrix): Replace
+ `completing-read-multiple' with `TeX-completing-read-multiple'.
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-package-parameters): Ditto.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit): Let-bind keymap with
+ SPC key binding removed, instead of defining a new key binding for
+ SPC. Replace `completing-read-multiple' with
+ `TeX-completing-read-multiple'.
+
+2013-04-15 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): Raise frame when
+ placing point on the source location.
+
+2013-04-12 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/acro.el and style/acronym.el.
+
+ * style/acro.el: New style.
+
+ * style/acronym.el: Ditto.
+
+2013-04-10 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-evince-sync-view): URL-escape pdf file path when
+ calling evince via DBUS.
+ (TeX-evince-sync-view): Use 0 as timestamp.
+ (TeX-source-correlate-sync-source): URL-decode tex file name.
+
+2013-04-10 Nicolas Richard <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * style/mathtools.el (LaTeX-mathtools-key-val-options): Fix defvar
+ syntax.
+
+2013-04-10 Jobst Hoffmann <address@hidden> (tiny change)
+
+ * style/lscape.el ("lscape"): Fix typo and parentheses.
+
+2013-04-09 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * README.GIT: Rename from README.CVS; update contents to Git.
+
+2013-04-09 Leo Liu <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-outline-level): Make it work for customized
+ `outline-regexp'. See bug report
+ http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.bugs/1648.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-view-program-list-builtin)
+ (TeX-view-program-selection): Enable commented code to support
+ darwin system.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-math-input-method-off-regexp): Improve and fix typo.
+ See bug http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.devel/2468.
+
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist): Fix a bug in
+ `font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist' where it modified both the buffer
+ local and global value of `font-latex-syntax-alist'.
+
+2013-04-08 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Correct docstring.
+
+2013-04-06 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-provided-class-options-member): Fix typo.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Provide completion for more than one
+ package in mandatory argument.
+
+2013-04-05 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-global-class-files): New variable.
+ (TeX-arg-document): Provide completion for class options, based on
+ `LaTeX-arg-usepackage'. Use `LaTeX-global-class-files'.
+ (LaTeX-style-list): Mention that if `TeX-arg-input-file-search' is
+ set to `t' this variable will be ignored.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-normal-mode): Reset `LaTeX-global-class-files' when
+ ARG is non-nil.
+
+ * style/article.el (LaTeX-article-class-options): New variable.
+
+ * style/book.el (LaTeX-book-class-options): New variable.
+
+ * style/report.el (LaTeX-report-class-options): New variable.
+
+2013-04-03 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-provided-class-options): New buffer-local
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-provided-class-options-member): New function.
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options): New buffer-local variable.
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member): New function
+ (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Rewrite to support
+ `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options' variables.
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): Ditto.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-store): Write to parsed file values of
+ `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options' variables.
+ (TeX-auto-insert): Fix indentation of inserted lines.
+ (TeX-search-files-by-type): Fix typo in doc-string.
+ (TeX-add-to-alist): New function.
+ (TeX-quote-language-alist): Fix typo in doc-string.
+
+ * style/babel.el (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Add missing
+ languages.
+ (LaTeX-babel-package-options): Add options other than
+ languages.
+ (LaTeX-babel-active-languages): Use
+ `LaTeX-provided-{class,package}-options'. Loop over actually
+ used options instead of all babel languages.
+ ("babel"): Run styles of active languages.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Use
+ `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Consider the `ask' value for
+ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
+
+ * style/kpfonts.el ("kpfonts"): Use
+ `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el: Rename `TeX-siunitx-*' functions to
+ `LaTeX-siunitx-*' for consistency.
+ ("siunitx"): Use `LaTeX-provided-package-options-member'.
+
+2013-03-29 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-document): Search for LaTeX classes.
+
+2013-03-28 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Correct name
+ of `TeX-read-key-val' argument.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove `addbibresource'
+ macro.
+
+ * style/biblatex.el (LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options): New
+ variable.
+ (LaTeX-arg-addbibresource): New function, based on current
+ `TeX-arg-bibliography'.
+ ("biblatex"): Add `addbibresource' macro.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): Use `TeX-read-key-val'.
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-bibliography): Remove `addbibresource'
+ support.
+
+2013-03-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Remove trailing spaces from
+ inserted lines.
+
+2013-03-07 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-read-key-val): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-key-val): Use `TeX-read-key-val'.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): Use
+ `TeX-read-key-val' instead of `TeX-arg-key-val' which caused args
+ to be inserted twice.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): Ditto.
+
+2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/amsopn.el: Add GPL copyright notice.
+ ("amsopn"): Add regex for \DeclareMathOperator to
+ `LaTeX-auto-regexp-list'. Use `TeX-arg-define-macro' for
+ \DeclareMathOperator.
+
+2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add support for xindy.
+
+2013-03-06 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add regular expression
+ for thispagestyle and pagestyle to `TeX-complete-list'.
+
+2013-03-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-date): New function.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `TeX-arg-date' for \date macro.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document `TeX-arg-date'.
+
+ * style/doc.el ("doc"): Use `TeX-arg-date' for the \changes macro.
+
+2013-02-26 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-run-style-hooks): Guard running style hooks in a
+ `condition-case' in order not to error in cases the auto file
+ contains calls to functions that are defined by a style that has
+ been deactivated in the meantime.
+
+2013-02-25 Werner Fink <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/dinbrief.el ("dinbrief"): Update dinbrief style.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert): New macro.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-style): New function.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient): Rename from
+ `LaTeX-recipient-hook'.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-sender): New function.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient): New function.
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-today): Rename from `LaTeX-today'.
+
+2013-02-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro): Add TeX group characters also in math
+ environments if there is an active region that should probably
+ used as argument.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-internal): Add \clearpage and
+ \newpage.
+
+ * style/scrbase.el ("scrbase"): Add \minisec macro to
+ `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' locally.
+
+2013-02-23 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/kpfonts.el: New style file.
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/kpfonts.el.
+
+2013-02-20 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Move `digamma' and `varkappa' to
+ `AMS > Greek Lowercase' menu.
+
+2013-02-18 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style array.el.
+
+ * style/array.el: New style.
+
+ * style/tabularx.el: Expand copyright range.
+ ("tabularx"): The package relies on the array package, so run its
+ style hook.
+
+2013-02-18 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (require): Require crm.
+
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-key-value): Don't require crm here
+ because it has already been required in tex.el.
+
+2013-02-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el ("biblatex"): Add hooks for loaded packages.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options): New function.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list): Renamed from
+ `LaTeX-biblatex-package-options' to avoid clash with the function
+ with the same name.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-search-files-type-alist): Add `bbxinputs'.
+ (BibLaTeX-global-style-files): New variable.
+
+ * tex.el (BibLaTeX-style-extensions): New variable.
+ (TeX-normal-mode): Make ARG argument optional.
+ (TeX-normal-mode): Reset `BibLaTeX-global-style-files' when ARG is
+ non-nil.
+
+2013-02-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): New function.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options): New
+ function.
+
+2013-02-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/subfigure.el: Expanded copyright range.
+ ("subfigure"): Collapsed the two regular expressions for
+ completion. Added lengths, and commands for fonts.
+
+2013-02-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/fancyhdr.el (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position): Document the
+ OPTIONAL argument.
+
+2013-02-14 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style fancyhdr.el.
+
+ * style/fancyhdr.el: New style.
+
+2013-02-13 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document
+ `TeX-math-close-single-dollar'.
+ (Selecting a Command): Remove reference to
+ `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'.
+ (Parsing Files): Document `LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list', `LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list',
+ `LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list'.
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-math-close-single-dollar): New variable.
+ (TeX-insert-dollar): Use it.
+
+2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style filecontents.el.
+
+2013-01-23 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/filecontents.el: New style.
+
+2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style fancynum.el.
+
+2013-02-08 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/fancynum.el: New style.
+
+2013-02-13 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style nameref.el.
+
+2013-02-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Mention that `TeX-arg-savebox'
+ now supports completion.
+
+ * style/nameref.el: New style.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el ("hyperref"): Run nameref style hook because
+ hyperref activates nameref.
+
+2013-02-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx-unit"): New type for the parser.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-regexp): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-prepare): New function.
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup): New function.
+ (TeX-auto-prepare-hook): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-prepare' function.
+ (TeX-auto-cleanup-hook): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup' function.
+ (TeX-arg-siunitx-unit): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit): New function.
+ ("siunitx"): Add `LaTeX-siunitx-regexp' to list of regexps used
+ for parsing.
+ ("siunitx"): Use `TeX-arg-siunitx-unit' and
+ `TeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit' functions.
+ ("siunitx"): Use `LaTeX-add-siunitx-units' for adding siunitx unit
+ macros to the list of known units.
+
+2013-02-08 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/biblatex.el: Update copyright range.
+ ("biblatex"): Check `backend' option value in
+ `TeX-active-styles'.
+
+ * tex-style.el: Update copyright years.
+ (LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber) Remove unused variable.
+
+ * tex.el: Update copyright range.
+ (TeX-auto-add-type): Append new type to `TeX-auto-parser' instead
+ of prepending it.
+ (TeX-auto-store): Fix indentation of first lines of parsed file.
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Append options and styles to
+ `TeX-auto-file' instead of prepending them.
+
+2013-01-28 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/todo.texi (Wishlist): Remove "Completion for sboxes".
+
+2013-01-27 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-contents): Replaced regular expression with
+ `LaTeX-header-end', i.e., filecontents environments must go
+ somewhere in the preamble but not necessarily before the
+ \documentclass.
+
+2013-01-26 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list'.
+ ("savebox"): New type for the parser.
+ (TeX-arg-savebox): Use `LaTeX-savebox-list' for completion and
+ `definition' argument.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added makeatletter, makeatother,
+ and jobname macros.
+ (LaTeX-default-options): Changed documentstyle to documentclass in
+ docstring.
+
+2013-01-25 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el ("siunitx"): Add `\gram' and
+ `\SendSettingsToPgf'.
+
+2013-01-25 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-output-mode): Make revert-buffer-function buffer
+ local before setting it to TeX-output-revert-buffer.
+
+2013-01-24 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * auctex.texi: Updated documetation about ChkTeX and lacheck.
+ Fixed typos.
+
+2013-01-24 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-output-revert-buffer): New function.
+ (TeX-special-mode, TeX-output-mode): New major modes.
+ (TeX-special-mode-map, TeX-output-mode-map): New variables.
+
+2013-01-21 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style placeins.el.
+
+2013-01-21 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add \shortintertext.
+
+2013-01-19 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/placeins.el: New style.
+
+2013-01-17 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/todo.texi: Remove the todo concerning completion for
+ counters that was implemented by Mosè Giordano on 2013-01-15.
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document `TeX-arg-length' and
+ `TeX-arg-define-length'.
+
+2013-01-16 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list'.
+ ("length"): New type for the parser.
+ (TeX-arg-length): New function.
+ (TeX-arg-define-length): New function.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize some standard LaTeX
+ lengths and use `TeX-arg-length' and `TeX-arg-define-length' for
+ completion of some macros.
+
+2013-01-15 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/auctex.texi: Document that `TeX-arg-counter' does completion
+ now.
+
+2013-01-15 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list): Fix typo.
+ (LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list'.
+ ("counter"): New type for the parser.
+ (TeX-arg-counter): Use `LaTeX-counter-list' function for
+ completion and `definition' argument.
+ (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use `definition' argument.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize counters.
+
+2013-01-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/ulem.el (LaTeX-arg-fontdecl, LaTeX-arg-fontcmd): Fix
+ declarations.
+
+2013-01-13 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/pstricks.el (LaTeX-pstricks-package-options): New
+ variable.
+
+ * style/varioref.el: Update copyright range.
+ ("varioref"): Add more definitions.
+ (LaTeX-varioref-package-options): Reformat.
+
+ * style/listings.el: Update copyright range.
+ (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options, "listings")
+ (LaTeX-listings-package-options): Update to recent listings
+ version.
+
+2013-01-14 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Enable memoir.el style.
+
+2013-01-14 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/memoir.el: New style.
+
+2013-01-14 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-environment): Fix typo.
+
+2013-01-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el: Update copyright range.
+ (LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use `LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list'.
+ ("pagestyle"): New type for the parser.
+ (LaTeX-pagestyle-list): Remove.
+ (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use `LaTeX-pagestyle-list' function for
+ completing.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Initialize pagestyles.
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el: Use `LaTeX-pagestyle-list' function to set
+ `firstpagestyle' option values.
+
+2013-01-11 Ivan Andrus <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add command to run ChkTeX.
+
+2013-01-11 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add new style files kantlipsum.el,
+ lipsum.el, and longtable.el.
+
+2013-01-10 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/kantlipsum.el: New style.
+
+ * style/lipsum.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/longtable.el: Ditto
+
+2013-01-10 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-env-document): Only insert \documentclass in
+ case the document does not already contain one.
+
+2013-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/epigraph.el ("epigraph"): Do not quote list entries for
+ `font-latex-add-keywords'.
+
+2013-01-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Prevent amsmath options from
+ being added multiple times.
+
+ * style/footmisc.el ("footmisc"): Remove fontification settings
+ for length macros.
+
+2013-01-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mathtools.el ("mathtools"): Append amsmath options to
+ mathtools option after the amsmath style file has been loaded.
+ Remove `function' wrapper.
+
+2013-01-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Activate new style files.
+
+ * ChangeLog: Move name of style file contributors to head of
+ ChangLog entries.
+
+2013-01-02 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/everysel.el: Fix typos.
+
+2013-01-02 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/afterpage.el: New style.
+
+2012-12-30 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-pagestyle-list): New variable.
+ (TeX-arg-pagestyle): Use it.
+
+ * style/imakeidx.el: New style.
+
+2012-12-29 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Fix apparent errors and add keybind entries for
+ C-c ? and `:' (in math mode).
+
+2012-12-28 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/multirow.el: New style.
+
+2012-12-27 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/siunitx.el (LaTeX-siunitx-package-options): New variable.
+ ("siunitx"): Use it.
+
+ * style/hyperref.el (LaTeX-hyperref-href-options): New variable.
+ (LaTeX-hyperref-package-options, "hyperref"): Use it.
+
+2012-12-27 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/mflogo.el: New style.
+
+ * style/epigraph.el: Ditto.
+
+2012-12-27 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add support for the alignedat
+ and subarray environments. Also, add support for the shoveright
+ and shoveleft macros.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-math-environments): Add "xxalignat"
+ and "flalign".
+
+2012-12-26 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/lscape.el: New style.
+
+ * style/amssymb.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/ragged2e.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/mathtools.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/everysel.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/bigstrut.el: Ditto.
+
+ * style/bigdelim.el: Ditto.
+
+2012-12-25 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/ulem.el: New style.
+
+2012-12-25 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added unicode character position
+ to some entries and "mathring" entry.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added support for accent macros
+ \hat, \dot etc and \textasteriskcentered.
+
+2012-12-24 Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/footmisc.el: New style.
+
+2012-12-21 Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+
+ * style/bm.el: New style.
+
+ * style/siunitx.el: Ditto.
+
+2012-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist):
+ Also add spell button.
+
+ * images/spell.xpm: New image, copied from Emacs.
+
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-button-alist): Use it for the spell
+ button.
+
+2012-12-20 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-button-alist, TeX-bar-TeX-buttons): Add
+ `spell' button to run spell-checker.
+
2012-12-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Merge revno 314 (Stefan Monnier) from emacs elpa branch: Shorten
@@ -87,8 +2578,8 @@
2012-07-17 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Add function.
- (TeX-texinfo-mode): Add RefTeX plugging.
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Added function.
+ (TeX-texinfo-mode): Added RefTeX plugging.
2012-11-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
@@ -99,8 +2590,8 @@
2012-11-20 Davide G. M. Salvetti <address@hidden>
- * doc/tex-ref.tex (column{preview-latex}): Fix typo.
- Reported by Sébastien Villemot. Update copyright information.
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex (column{preview-latex}): Fix typo. Reported by
+ Sébastien Villemot. Update copyright information.
2012-11-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -138,10 +2629,10 @@
2012-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
* tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-engine-default)
- (TeX-engine-alist-builtin, japanese-TeX-use-kanji-opt-flag):
- New defcustoms.
- (japanese-TeX-coding-ejsu, japanese-TeX-get-encoding-string):
- New functions.
+ (TeX-engine-alist-builtin, japanese-TeX-use-kanji-opt-flag): New
+ defcustoms.
+ (japanese-TeX-coding-ejsu, japanese-TeX-get-encoding-string): New
+ functions.
(japanese-TeX-command-list): Support %(kanjiopt).
(TeX-expand-list): Support new option kanjiopt, bibtex, makeindex,
mendexkopt, xdvi.
@@ -181,7 +2672,7 @@
(TeX-auto-generate-global, TeX-search-files-type-alist)
(TeX-normal-mode): Adapt.
(TeX-command-Biber): New defcustom.
- (BibTeX-Biber-file-extensions): Rename from
+ (BibTeX-Biber-file-extensions): Renamed from
BibTeX-file-extensions.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-save-document, TeX-check-files)
@@ -192,7 +2683,7 @@
(TeX-arg-bibliography, LaTeX-common-initialization): Adapt.
(LaTeX-biber, LaTeX-split-bibs, LaTeX-using-Biber)
(LaTeX-always-use-Biber): New functions and vars.
- (BibTeX-Biber-global-files): Rename from BibTeX-global-files.
+ (BibTeX-Biber-global-files): Renamed from BibTeX-global-files.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes)
(font-latex-add-keywords): Adapt.
@@ -353,8 +2844,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Use a different test to check for an
absolute path on Windows.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
- Add definition for \rule and remove the one for \sbox.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Add
+ definition for \rule and remove the one for \sbox.
2011-04-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -472,13 +2963,13 @@
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-post-command): Add `forward-char' and
`backward-char' to commands on which to open an overlay.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros):
- Mention `TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Mention
+ `TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
2011-01-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Make `subdirs' parameter optional.
- Do not try to call kpsewhich with --expand-braces anymore and adapt
+ * tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Make `subdirs' parameter optional. Do
+ not try to call kpsewhich with --expand-braces anymore and adapt
code for handling of results accordingly.
(TeX-doc-extenstions): New variable.
(TeX-tree-roots): New function.
@@ -495,8 +2986,8 @@
`TeX-input-file-search'.
(LaTeX-search-files-type-alist): New user option.
(TeX-arg-input-file-search): Doc fix.
- (TeX-arg-input-file, TeX-arg-bibstyle, TeX-arg-bibliography):
- Use `TeX-search-files-by-type' instead of `TeX-search-files'.
+ (TeX-arg-input-file, TeX-arg-bibstyle, TeX-arg-bibliography): Use
+ `TeX-search-files-by-type' instead of `TeX-search-files'.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Set `TeX-search-files-type-alist'.
2011-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -564,14 +3055,14 @@
2010-09-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* context.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands): Remove.
- (ConTeXt-language-variable-list):
- Add `ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands'.
+ (ConTeXt-language-variable-list): Add
+ `ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands'.
- * context-en.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-en):
- New variable.
+ * context-en.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-en): New
+ variable.
- * context-nl.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-nl):
- New variable.
+ * context-nl.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-nl): New
+ variable.
2010-09-18 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -732,8 +3223,8 @@
(dist): Do not call `release-commit' anymore.
(snapshot): Now an alias for `dist'.
(release-commit): Use `COMMITTER'.
- (release-sign): New name for `full-release' target.
- Generate version 1.1 directive files.
+ (release-sign): New name for `full-release' target. Generate
+ version 1.1 directive files.
(xemacs-package): Depend on `check-tag'.
(WPACKAGEFILES): Include info files with a numerical supplement to
the .info extension. Depend on `check-tag'. Check for presence
@@ -873,8 +3364,8 @@
2009-11-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/wininstall.texi: Do not refer to Emacs 22 anymore.
- Improve the paragraphs about PNG support.
+ * doc/wininstall.texi: Do not refer to Emacs 22 anymore. Improve
+ the paragraphs about PNG support.
2009-11-01 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -902,8 +3393,8 @@
(TeX-brace-count-line): Use `TeX-in-comment' instead of just
checking for a comment character.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
- Set `TeX-verbatim-p-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
+ `TeX-verbatim-p-function'.
2009-10-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -992,8 +3483,8 @@
* style/listings.el ("listings"): Do not eval arguments of
`TeX-arg-key-val'.
- * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-expand-completion-table):
- New function.
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-expand-completion-table): New
+ function.
(multi-prompt-key-value): Use it.
* style/pstricks.el: Correct header info.
@@ -1046,8 +3537,8 @@
2009-03-29 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options): New
+ variable.
("listings"): Use it. Check for font-latex function, not feature.
* latex.el (TeX-arg-key-val): New function.
@@ -1134,8 +3625,8 @@
* style/CJKutf8.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/CJK.el and style/ruby.el.
- Add style/CJKutf8.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/CJK.el and style/ruby.el. Add
+ style/CJKutf8.el.
2009-01-03 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1297,13 +3788,13 @@
2008-08-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
- Mimic the default tool bars more closely.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Mimic
+ the default tool bars more closely.
2008-08-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
- Provide different defaults for different Emacs and XEmacs versions.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): Provide
+ different defaults for different Emacs and XEmacs versions.
Conditionally add a `new-file' entry.
2008-07-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1368,45 +3859,45 @@
2008-07-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make):
- Take `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' into account.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make): Take
+ `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' into account.
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp): Move behind
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands' definition.
2008-07-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"):
- Use `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' rather than
+ * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"): Use
+ `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' rather than
`TeX-sync-output-page-function'.
* tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove SyncTeX expanders.
(TeX-expand-list): Adapt function calls. Remove SyncTeX expander.
- (hack-one-local-variable, TeX-set-mode-name):
- Remove `TeX-synctex-mode' and `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
- Add `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
+ (hack-one-local-variable, TeX-set-mode-name): Remove
+ `TeX-synctex-mode' and `TeX-source-specials-mode'. Add
+ `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
(TeX-source-correlate-method): New variable.
(TeX-source-correlate-method-active): New variable.
- (TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function): Renamed from
`TeX-sync-output-page-function'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server): Renamed from
`TeX-view-start-server'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-asked): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-asked): Renamed from
`TeX-view-start-server-asked'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag): Renamed from
`TeX-view-start-server-flag'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-gnuserv-p): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-gnuserv-p): Renamed from
`TeX-view-gnuser-p'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p): Renamed from
`TeX-view-server-enabled-p'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe): Renamed from
`TeX-view-start-server-maybe'.
(TeX-source-specials): Remove custom group.
(TeX-source-correlate-determine-method): New function.
- (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Renamed from
`TeX-source-specials-expand-options'. Support SyncTeX as well.
- (TeX-source-correlate-map): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-map): Renamed from
`TeX-source-specials-map'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Rename from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Renamed from
`TeX-source-specials-mode'. Support SyncTeX as well.
(TeX-source-specials-mode): Now an alias for
`TeX-source-specials-mode'.
@@ -1435,21 +3926,21 @@
replacement specifiers.
* tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add expanders for SyncTeX.
- (TeX-expand-list): Start server if necessary when viewing.
- Define expander for SyncTeX.
+ (TeX-expand-list): Start server if necessary when viewing. Define
+ expander for SyncTeX.
(hack-one-local-variable): Cater for TeX SyncTeX mode.
(TeX-set-mode-name): Add lighter for TeX SyncTeX mode.
(TeX-view): New customization group.
- (TeX-view-start-server): Rename from
+ (TeX-view-start-server): Renamed from
`TeX-source-specials-view-start-server'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server): Rename to
`TeX-view-start-server' and define alias.
- (TeX-view-start-server-asked): Rename from
+ (TeX-view-start-server-asked): Renamed from
`TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked): Rename to
`TeX-view-start-server-asked'.
(TeX-view-start-server-flag): New variable.
- (TeX-view-gnuserv-p): Rename from
+ (TeX-view-gnuserv-p): Renamed from
`TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p): Rename to
`TeX-view-gnuserv-p'.
@@ -1482,8 +3973,8 @@
2008-06-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-find-matching-close): Simplify.
- There is no need for a general mechanism if the supported chars are
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-find-matching-close): Simplify. There
+ is no need for a general mechanism if the supported chars are
limited at another place.
* tex.el (TeX-search-syntax-table): Support (...) and <...>.
@@ -1510,8 +4001,8 @@
2008-06-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords):
- Distinguish command-type keyword classes from others when creating the
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Distinguish
+ command-type keyword classes from others when creating the
respective variables.
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Structure with nodes.
@@ -1597,8 +4088,8 @@
2008-05-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
- Add standard Emacs buttons to custom set.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Add
+ standard Emacs buttons to custom set.
(TeX-bar-TeX-buttons): Use `tex' instead of `latex' in custom set.
2008-05-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1669,8 +4160,8 @@
2008-02-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Do not depend on distclean.
- How did this ever work?
+ * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Do not depend on distclean. How
+ did this ever work?
(www-doc): Use release files. Update URLs. Make gendocs.sh use
texi2html.
@@ -1804,13 +4295,13 @@
* tex-buf.el (TeX-record-buffer): New variable, only in Emacs.
(TeX-pop-to-buffer): New function.
(TeX-recenter-output-buffer, TeX-background-filter)
- (TeX-parse-TeX, TeX-parse-error, TeX-help-error):
- Use `TeX-pop-to-buffer'.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX, TeX-parse-error, TeX-help-error): Use
+ `TeX-pop-to-buffer'.
2007-10-30 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-find-image): Rename argument.
- Improve doc string.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-find-image): Rename argument. Improve
+ doc string.
2007-10-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1838,8 +4329,8 @@
2007-08-24 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
- Show error indicator only in LaTeX mode.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Show
+ error indicator only in LaTeX mode.
2007-08-23 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1878,14 +4369,14 @@
* style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Use `font-latex-add-keywords'.
Add syntax information.
- * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Update for version 3.7.
- Use `font-latex-add-keywords'. Add syntax information.
+ * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Update for version 3.7. Use
+ `font-latex-add-keywords'. Add syntax information.
* style/MinionPro.el ("MinionPro"): Use `font-latex-add-keywords'.
Add syntax information.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
- Correct syntax spec for \subsubparagraph.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Correct
+ syntax spec for \subsubparagraph.
2007-08-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1994,8 +4485,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Match optional
arguments of document style or class macro even if they contain
- periods, e.g. in case of "BCOR8.25mm" in KOMA Script classes.
- Get rid of superfluous escapes in complemented character alternatives.
+ periods, e.g. in case of "BCOR8.25mm" in KOMA Script classes. Get
+ rid of superfluous escapes in complemented character alternatives.
* tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Show matching start only if
`blink-matching-paren' is non-nil.
@@ -2016,8 +4507,8 @@
2007-05-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
- Check if `match-beg' is set.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Check
+ if `match-beg' is set.
2007-05-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2090,8 +4581,8 @@
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces)
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-env)
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-envII)
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-quotation): Doc fix.
- Return nil if no content requiring region extension was found.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-quotation): Doc fix. Return
+ nil if no content requiring region extension was found.
2007-04-16 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
@@ -2128,8 +4619,8 @@
* tex-mik.el: Set `TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter' to nil since
kpsewhich in MiKTeX (aka findtexmf) does not emit any useful
- information if fed with kpathsea-related variables anyway.
- This change makes `TeX-doc' work again on MiKTeX.
+ information if fed with kpathsea-related variables anyway. This
+ change makes `TeX-doc' work again on MiKTeX.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Match the
\begin macro of verbatim environments in case it is preceded by
@@ -2168,8 +4659,8 @@
* Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/comment.el.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra):
- New variable.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra): New
+ variable.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Use it.
* tex-style.el (LaTeX-comment-env-list): New variable.
@@ -2260,12 +4751,12 @@
face when syntax not correct.
(font-latex-match-in-braces-cache): Remove.
(font-latex-match-mandatory-arg): New function.
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-with-args):
- New function.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-with-args): New
+ function.
(font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Set multiline property if
necessary.
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces):
- New function.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces): New
+ function.
(font-latex-match-math-env): Set multiline property if necessary.
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-env): New function.
(font-latex-math-environments): New variable.
@@ -2307,12 +4798,12 @@
(TeX-fold-math-spec-list-internal): New variables.
(TeX-fold-region-macro-or-env, TeX-fold-item): Use them.
(TeX-fold-comment-do): Doc fix.
- (TeX-fold-mode): Set TeX-fold-*-spec-list-internal variables.
- Use <mode-prefix>-fold-*-spec-list variables if bound.
+ (TeX-fold-mode): Set TeX-fold-*-spec-list-internal variables. Use
+ <mode-prefix>-fold-*-spec-list variables if bound.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list)
- (LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list, LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list):
- New variables.
+ (LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list, LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list): New
+ variables.
* tex.el (TeX-mode-prefix): New function.
(TeX-clean): Use it.
@@ -2328,16 +4819,16 @@
* tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system)
(TeX-japanese-process-output-coding-system): Do not use
- default-coding-system to set process-coding-system, anymore.
- The value is set to shift_jis or euc-jp depending on window-system.
+ default-coding-system to set process-coding-system, anymore. The
+ value is set to shift_jis or euc-jp depending on window-system.
* tex-bar.el: Fix typo. Reported by Ikumi Keita
<address@hidden>.
2007-02-09 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list):
- Add `TeX-run-discard-foreground' and `TeX-run-function' for
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add
+ `TeX-run-discard-foreground' and `TeX-run-function' for
function-item.
(japanese-TeX-set-process-coding-system): New function.
(TeX-after-start-process-function): Use it. Cater for the
@@ -2378,8 +4869,8 @@
2007-01-23 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes):
- Document `TeX-math-close-double-dollar'. Add subheadings.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document
+ `TeX-math-close-double-dollar'. Add subheadings.
2007-01-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2524,8 +5015,8 @@
(TeX-fold-region-macro-or-env, TeX-fold-region-comment)
(TeX-fold-comment, TeX-fold-comment-do): New functions.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
- Set `TeX-search-forward-comment-start-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
+ `TeX-search-forward-comment-start-function'.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do, LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Call `TeX-search-forward-comment-start'
instead of `LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start'.
@@ -2548,8 +5039,8 @@
2006-12-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-install-toolbar, LaTeX-install-toolbar):
- Add `toolbarx-refresh' to `TeX-PDF-mode-hook' in the current buffer
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-install-toolbar, LaTeX-install-toolbar): Add
+ `toolbarx-refresh' to `TeX-PDF-mode-hook' in the current buffer
only.
2006-12-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2574,7 +5065,7 @@
New arg KEYMAP inserted.
Unnecessary &optional removed.
(toolbarx-emacs-refresh):
- Fix bug with `tool-bar-map' let-bound and made local variable.
+ Fixed bug with `tool-bar-map' let-bound and made local variable.
(toolbarx-xemacs-refresh-process-button-or-insert-list):
Docstring improved..
(toolbarx-xemacs-refresh):
@@ -2630,8 +5121,8 @@
2006-10-16 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error, TeX-error, TeX-warning):
- Replace the error parser basically by what we have in preview-latex.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error, TeX-error, TeX-warning): Replace
+ the error parser basically by what we have in preview-latex.
However, this does not yet do the fine-grained hackery around
possible TeX quote characters that preview-latex employs in order
to get the correct character position in a line even under adverse
@@ -2663,8 +5154,8 @@
(TeX-expand-list): Use the `-interaction' option. Define "%`",
" \"\\", "\"" and "%'" patterns. Somebody should probably rather
turn this into external functions in `tex-buf.el': the stuff
- really has no business here and does not get byte-compiled.
- Use `file' for "%o".
+ really has no business here and does not get byte-compiled. Use
+ `file' for "%o".
2006-10-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2756,8 +5247,8 @@
2006-09-11 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Remove X2ABB for \Pr.
- Suggested by Adam Johnson <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Remove X2ABB for \Pr. Suggested
+ by Adam Johnson <address@hidden>.
2006-09-08 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -2817,13 +5308,13 @@
2006-07-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
- Improve wording.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Improve
+ wording.
* doc/changes.texi: Add bug fixes. Add TeX tool bar.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Running TeX and friends):
- Add TeX-enable-toolbar.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Running TeX and friends): Add
+ TeX-enable-toolbar.
* tex-bar.el: Copy of tool bar stuff from LaTeX-*.
(TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists)
@@ -2892,8 +5383,8 @@
2006-07-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries, TeX-find-macro-start):
- Remove unused argument.
+ * tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries, TeX-find-macro-start): Remove
+ unused argument.
(TeX-find-macro-end-helper): Handle macros at the end of the
buffer correctly.
@@ -3039,8 +5530,8 @@
2006-06-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page):
- Initialize `sync-record' with a non-nil value.
+ * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page): Initialize
+ `sync-record' with a non-nil value.
* doc/auctex.texi (Viewing): Fix reference to Commands node
looking ugly in info output. Slightly rearrange forward/inverse
@@ -3076,8 +5567,8 @@
2006-06-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes):
- Make `font-latex-quote-regexp-beg' buffer-local.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes): Make
+ `font-latex-quote-regexp-beg' buffer-local.
2006-06-04 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -3142,8 +5633,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-quotes-internal): New variable.
(font-latex-quotes-set-internal): New function.
- (font-latex-match-quotation): Use it.
- Use `font-latex-quotes-internal' instead of `font-latex-quotes'.
+ (font-latex-match-quotation): Use it. Use
+ `font-latex-quotes-internal' instead of `font-latex-quotes'.
(font-latex-setup): Remove code for figuring out type of
language-specific quotation mark matching which is now in
`font-latex-quotes-set-internal'.
@@ -3229,8 +5720,8 @@
2006-04-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check, TeX-parse-error):
- Support file-line-error error indicators.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check, TeX-parse-error): Support
+ file-line-error error indicators.
2006-04-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3288,8 +5779,8 @@
2006-03-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * configure.ac: Check for `make' and abort if not present.
- Use `AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' instead of deprecated `AC_SET_MAKE'.
+ * configure.ac: Check for `make' and abort if not present. Use
+ `AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' instead of deprecated `AC_SET_MAKE'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add \dots to supported
TeX symbols.
@@ -3370,8 +5861,8 @@
"Clean" and "Clean All" options. Add `TeX-run-function' as an
option for the third element of an item and document it.
(TeX-clean-default-intermediate-suffixes)
- (TeX-clean-default-output-suffixes, TeX-clean-confirm):
- New variables.
+ (TeX-clean-default-output-suffixes, TeX-clean-confirm): New
+ variables.
(dired-mark-pop-up): Autoload.
(TeX-clean): New function.
@@ -3423,7 +5914,7 @@
2006-01-28 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-discard-foreground): Rename from
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-discard-foreground): Renamed from
TeX-run-dviout.
(TeX-run-dviout): alias to TeX-run-discard-foreground.
@@ -3432,8 +5923,8 @@
2006-01-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-insert-environment):
- Set prompt for mandatory arguments.
+ * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-insert-environment): Set
+ prompt for mandatory arguments.
("csquotes"): Bring up to par with csquotes 3.2.
* style/url.el ("url"): Support the \path macro.
@@ -3482,16 +5973,16 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Use TeX-espaced-p to
check TeX escape char.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove TeX-run-dviout because dviout
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Removed TeX-run-dviout because dviout
here is only work with Emacs on MS-DOS.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-dviout): Remove.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-dviout): Removed.
* tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Remove TeX-run-dviout.
Commented out easy-menu-define (plain-TeX|LaTeX)-mode-command-nemu.
(japanese-TeX-mode, japanese-plain-tex-mode)
(japanese-latex-mode): Doc fix.
- (japanese-TeX-self-insert-command): Rename from
+ (japanese-TeX-self-insert-command): Renamed from
tex-jp-self-insert-command.
(TeX-insert-punctuation): Follow the change.
(TeX-error-description-list): Doc fix.
@@ -3649,8 +6140,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-toggle-debug-warnings): Use correct variable for
state indication.
- (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Add entry for "sty".
- Prevents kpathsea-based search from failing e.g. in case of \usepackage
+ (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Add entry for "sty". Prevents
+ kpathsea-based search from failing e.g. in case of \usepackage
insertion.
* doc/changes.texi: Document removal of
@@ -3702,13 +6193,13 @@
the user is the respective options are non-nil.
(TeX-parse-error): Conditionalize checking for warnings and bad
boxes. Find warnings without line numbers as well.
- (TeX-warning): Doc fix (no need to return nil anymore).
- Support warnings without line numbers.
+ (TeX-warning): Doc fix (no need to return nil anymore). Support
+ warnings without line numbers.
* tex.el (TeX-toggle-debug-boxes): Do not autoload.
(TeX-debug-bad-boxes): Doc fix.
(TeX-debug-warnings): New variable.
- (TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes): Move here from tex-buf.el.
+ (TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes): Moved here from tex-buf.el.
(TeX-toggle-debug-warnings): New function.
(TeX-mode-map): Define new key bindings for
`TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' and `TeX-toggle-debug-warnings'.
@@ -3741,8 +6232,8 @@
(TeX-mode-map): Use `TeX-insert-backslash' for `\'.
(TeX-electric-escape): Adapt doc string.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics):
- Document `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics): Document
+ `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
* doc/changes.texi: Advertise `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
@@ -3764,8 +6255,8 @@
2005-10-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-quote-language-alist, TeX-insert-quote):
- Support functions as opening and closing quotation marks.
+ * tex.el (TeX-quote-language-alist, TeX-insert-quote): Support
+ functions as opening and closing quotation marks.
* style/frenchb.el: New file.
@@ -3803,16 +6294,16 @@
* style/amsbsy.el (LaTeX-amsbsy-package-options): New variable.
- * style/fancyref.el (LaTeX-fancyref-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/fancyref.el (LaTeX-fancyref-package-options): New
+ variable.
* style/harvard.el: Updated GPL to version 2. Fixed FSF address.
(LaTeX-harvard-package-options): New variable.
* style/index.el (LaTeX-index-package-options): New variable.
- * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-package-options): New
+ variable.
* style/makeidx.el (LaTeX-makeidx-package-options): New variable.
@@ -3822,16 +6313,16 @@
* style/natbib.el (LaTeX-natbib-package-options): New variable.
- * style/nicefrac.el (LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/nicefrac.el (LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options): New
+ variable.
- * style/paralist.el (LaTeX-paralist-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/paralist.el (LaTeX-paralist-package-options): New
+ variable.
* style/units.el (LaTeX-units-package-options): New variable.
- * style/scrpage2.el (LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/scrpage2.el (LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options): New
+ variable.
2005-10-21 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -3866,31 +6357,31 @@
2005-10-19 Arne Jørgensen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage):
- If `LaTeX-<package>-package-options' is bound and nil don't ask for
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): If
+ `LaTeX-<package>-package-options' is bound and nil don't ask for
package options.
- * style/verbatim.el (LaTeX-verbatim-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/verbatim.el (LaTeX-verbatim-package-options): New
+ variable.
- * style/varioref.el (LaTeX-varioref-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/varioref.el (LaTeX-varioref-package-options): New
+ variable.
* style/url.el (LaTeX-url-package-options): New variable.
- * style/subfigure.el (LaTeX-subfigure-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/subfigure.el (LaTeX-subfigure-package-options): New
+ variable.
* style/inputenc.el (LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc): Doc fix.
(LaTeX-inputenc-package-options): Doc fix.
* style/dk-bib.el (LaTeX-dk-bib-package-options): Doc fix.
- * style/captcont.el (LaTeX-captcont-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/captcont.el (LaTeX-captcont-package-options): New
+ variable.
- * style/booktabs.el (LaTeX-booktabs-package-options):
- New variable.
+ * style/booktabs.el (LaTeX-booktabs-package-options): New
+ variable.
* style/babel.el: Add doc string to `LaTeX-babel-package-options'
and use `defvar' instead of `setq'.
@@ -3899,8 +6390,8 @@
2005-10-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/dk-bib.el, style/inputenc.el: Add coding cookie.
- Delete trailing whitespace. Reindent.
+ * style/dk-bib.el, style/inputenc.el: Add coding cookie. Delete
+ trailing whitespace. Reindent.
2005-10-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3930,18 +6421,18 @@
* style/dk-bib.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/inputenc.el and
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added style/inputenc.el and
style/dk-bib.el.
2005-10-10 Arne Jørgensen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove spurious characters
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed spurious characters
in variable definition.
2005-10-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * doc/auctex.texi (top): Index "tool bar" and "toolbar".
- Use "tool bar" in the text.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (top): Index "tool bar" and "toolbar". Use
+ "tool bar" in the text.
* doc/changes.texi: Use "tool bar".
@@ -3958,11 +6449,11 @@
(plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list): Use it.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, BibTeX-auto-regexp-list):
- Use it.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use
+ it.
* tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove.
+ (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed.
2005-10-06 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -3989,12 +6480,12 @@
(LaTeX-verbatim-environments, LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local):
New variables.
(LaTeX-verbatim-macro-boundaries, LaTeX-current-verbatim-macro)
- (LaTeX-verbatim-p, LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start):
- New functions.
+ (LaTeX-verbatim-p, LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start): New
+ functions.
(LaTeX-verbatim-macros): Remove.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Simplify.
- (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point):
- Use `LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims'.
+ (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Use
+ `LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims'.
(LaTeX-fill-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Handle comment
starters in verbatim constructs correctly.
@@ -4020,8 +6511,8 @@
* style/url.el ("url"): Use new variables for verbatim constructs.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Mostly rewritten.
- Improve handling of macrocode environments.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Mostly rewritten. Improve
+ handling of macrocode environments.
2005-10-02 Christian Schlauer <address@hidden>
@@ -4037,7 +6528,7 @@
2005-09-29 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * doc/install.texi (Customizing): Remove "Contributed files"
+ * doc/install.texi (Customizing): Removed "Contributed files"
section.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
@@ -4049,8 +6540,8 @@
2005-09-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* auctex.spec: Add files in %{_datadir}/emacs/site-lisp.
- Suggested by Jan-Ake Larsson. Added startfiles.
- Exclude %{_infodir}/dir.
+ Suggested by Jan-Ake Larsson. Added startfiles. Exclude
+ %{_infodir}/dir.
2005-09-27 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4103,8 +6594,8 @@
2005-09-24 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * doc/install.texi (Advice for package providers):
- Suggest "anytex" instead of "notex" for without-texmf compilations.
+ * doc/install.texi (Advice for package providers): Suggest
+ "anytex" instead of "notex" for without-texmf compilations.
2005-09-23 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -4127,8 +6618,8 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Mention `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
`font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking):
- Document `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Document
+ `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
`font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
2005-09-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4143,8 +6634,8 @@
2005-09-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
- New `slide-title' class.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): New
+ `slide-title' class.
(font-latex-slide-title-face): New face.
Specify :size for XEmacs.
@@ -4167,13 +6658,13 @@
2005-08-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove redundant call to
- `make-local-variable' for `outline-heading-alist'.
- Set `outline-heading-alist' only if it is already defined.
+ `make-local-variable' for `outline-heading-alist'. Set
+ `outline-heading-alist' only if it is already defined.
2005-08-26 Matthieu Moy <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
- Set `outline-heading-alist'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
+ `outline-heading-alist'.
2005-08-24 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4188,8 +6679,8 @@
names of non-existent variables.
* tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Do not use `TeX-find-macro-end'
- for it may look too far in cases like "\emph{foo}{}".
- Use `forward-sexp' with a stripped syntax table instead.
+ for it may look too far in cases like "\emph{foo}{}". Use
+ `forward-sexp' with a stripped syntax table instead.
2005-08-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4210,14 +6701,14 @@
* latex.el (TeX-arg-input-file): Doc fix.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove `TeX-run-LaTeX'.
- Add `TeX-run-ispell-on-document' in order to prevent mismatch in
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove `TeX-run-LaTeX'. Add
+ `TeX-run-ispell-on-document' in order to prevent mismatch in
customization buffer.
2005-08-05 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face):
- Remove `list' from already quoted list.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face): Remove
+ `list' from already quoted list.
2005-08-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4402,8 +6893,8 @@
* latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Use `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
- * context.el (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization):
- Use `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use
+ `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
* configure.ac: Make info about configuration clearer (in
connection with the message for preview-latex).
@@ -4599,8 +7090,8 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Rename to AUCTEXTEXIFILES.
(PERL, PREVIEWTEXIFILES): New variables.
- (all): Now depends on `auctex' and `preview' targets.
- Move AUCTeX-specific targets from original to `auctex'.
+ (all): Now depends on `auctex' and `preview' targets. Move
+ AUCTeX-specific targets from original to `auctex'.
(install): Now depends on `install-auctex' and `install-preview'
targets. Move AUCTeX-specific targets and content from original
to `install-auctex'.
@@ -4725,8 +7216,8 @@
2005-06-03 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXINFOINCLUDES, TEXIFILES, ../INSTALL)
- (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ):
- Move ../preview/doc/macros.texi to here again.
+ (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ): Move
+ ../preview/doc/macros.texi to here again.
2005-06-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4769,8 +7260,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-match-defun)
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Do not byte-compile generated
- functions here but at the end of font-latex.el.
- Prevents byte-compiler warnings due to possibly undefined functions.
+ functions here but at the end of font-latex.el. Prevents
+ byte-compiler warnings due to possibly undefined functions.
2005-05-24 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -4786,8 +7277,8 @@
instead of redefining it.
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed): New function replacing the previous extra
functionality in `TeX-PDF-mode'.
- (TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Warn in docstring.
- Use `TeX-PDF-mode-parsed'.
+ (TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Warn in docstring. Use
+ `TeX-PDF-mode-parsed'.
2005-05-21 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4833,8 +7324,8 @@
`dolist'. Prevents console pop-ups with XEmacsen on Windows.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Check for
- `charset-after' to make non-MULE XEmacsen happy.
- Some reformatting.
+ `charset-after' to make non-MULE XEmacsen happy. Some
+ reformatting.
2005-05-18 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -4914,8 +7405,8 @@
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-make-overlay): Calculate priority before
the overlay is instantiated.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
- Make XEmacs happy.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Make
+ XEmacs happy.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-newline-hook): New hook.
(LaTeX-fill-newline): Use it.
@@ -4974,8 +7465,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-forward-comment): New function.
Prevent infinite loops and repair regexp.
Simplify. Code mainly by David Kastrup.
- (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Use it.
- Set fontification start of optional argument to opening bracket.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Use it. Set
+ fontification start of optional argument to opening bracket.
Apply restriction of region more globally. Fix handling of
multiple optional arguments. Break if the end of the first
mandatory argument could not be found.
@@ -4984,8 +7475,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-normal-mode): Ask for master file in 'shared case.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
- Doc fix (typo).
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Doc
+ fix (typo).
(font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Set macro end before
any comments. Do not move forward over comments if point is over
the limit.
@@ -5138,8 +7629,8 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (MAKEINFOINC): Use macros.texi in preview/doc
directory.
(auctex.dvi, auctex.pdf, auctex.info, ../INSTALL)
- (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ):
- Use MAKEINFOINC
+ (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ): Use
+ MAKEINFOINC
* doc/macros.texi: Remove in lieu of version in preview/doc.
@@ -5167,8 +7658,8 @@
* configure.ac: substitute auctexstartfile. Export auctexdir as
`..'.
- If installing info into XEmacs package, disable install-info.
- If makeinfo is disabled, don't check for macros.
+ If installing info into XEmacs package, disable install-info. If
+ makeinfo is disabled, don't check for macros.
* Makefile.in (auctexstartfile): autoconf variable.
(subdirs): autoconf variable.
@@ -5224,8 +7715,8 @@
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Adjust to new sectioning
fontification.
- * font-latex.el: Rename most *-title* stuff to *-sectioning*.
- Old names: font-latex-title-%s-face, font-latex-title-fontify,
+ * font-latex.el: Rename most *-title* stuff to *-sectioning*. Old
+ names: font-latex-title-%s-face, font-latex-title-fontify,
font-latex-update-title-faces, font-latex-make-title-faces
font-latex-title-max. New names: font-latex-sectioning-%s-face,
font-latex-fontify-sectioning, font-latex-update-sectioning-faces,
@@ -5274,8 +7765,8 @@
2005-04-27 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global):
- Don't `file-name-as-directory'fy.
+ * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global): Don't
+ `file-name-as-directory'fy.
(TeX-style-global, TeX-auto-local, TeX-style-local)
(TeX-macro-global, TeX-macro-private): Same here.
(TeX-auto-private): Use expand-file-name.
@@ -5287,8 +7778,8 @@
directory names.
(TeX-ispell-document): Same here.
- * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date):
- Protect `make-obsolete-variable' against obsolete Emacsen.
+ * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Protect
+ `make-obsolete-variable' against obsolete Emacsen.
2005-04-28 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -5304,8 +7795,8 @@
* tex.el (info): Add "docTeX" to info prefixes.
(AUCTeX-version, AUCTeX-date): removed to tex-site.el.
- (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Use `make-obsolete-variable'.
- Is version 11.50 correct?
+ (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Use `make-obsolete-variable'. Is
+ version 11.50 correct?
* tex-bar.el (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Adjust toolbarx-image-path.
@@ -5332,8 +7823,8 @@
2005-04-20 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * configure.ac: don't bother about pre-2.50 autoconf.
- Check version more fine-grainedly.
+ * configure.ac: don't bother about pre-2.50 autoconf. Check
+ version more fine-grainedly.
2005-04-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -5360,8 +7851,8 @@
(TeX-plain-tex-mode): rename from plain-tex-mode.
(ams-tex-mode): Change autoload cookie.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode):
- Change autoload cookies.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode): Change
+ autoload cookies.
* tex-font.el (tex-font-setup): Add autoload cookie.
@@ -5371,7 +7862,7 @@
* multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt): Add autoload cookie.
* latex.el (auto-mode-alist): Add .drv to latex-mode.
- (TeX-latex-mode): Change name from latex-mode.
+ (TeX-latex-mode): Changed name from latex-mode.
(TeX-doctex-mode): Same here for doctex-mode. Explicitly set
major-mode to doctex-mode: we don't want different modes.
@@ -5437,10 +7928,10 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-title-faces): Define the face,
don't set size. Set parent/inherit conditionally.
(font-latex-update-title-faces): New function.
- (font-latex-title-fontify): Add :initialize and :set.
- Using `font-latex-update-title-faces' allows changing the height within
+ (font-latex-title-fontify): Add :initialize and :set. Using
+ `font-latex-update-title-faces' allows changing the height within
an Emacs session.
- (font-latex-title-5-face): Rename from title-4-face.
+ (font-latex-title-5-face): Renamed from title-4-face.
(font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Use title-0 and title-5
faces.
@@ -5477,7 +7968,7 @@
2005-04-14 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
* style/amsmath.el: Fix comment.
- ("amsmath"): Remove duplicate settings of "alignat*" and
+ ("amsmath"): Removed duplicate settings of "alignat*" and
"xalignat*" from LaTeX-add-environments. Add "xalignat",
"xalignat*", and "xxalignat" to LaTeX-item-list.
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): Do not ask label if the tail of ENV
@@ -5485,8 +7976,8 @@
2005-04-14 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Refactoring.
- Set third argument of re-search-backward to 'move instead of using
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Refactoring. Set
+ third argument of re-search-backward to 'move instead of using
skip-chars-backward.
2005-04-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5505,8 +7996,8 @@
(LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix): New function.
(LaTeX-math-keymap, LaTeX-math-mode): Use it.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics):
- Explain `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' more verbosely.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics): Explain
+ `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' more verbosely.
2005-04-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -5544,8 +8035,8 @@
2005-04-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
- Skip over comments as well as whitespace.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Skip
+ over comments as well as whitespace.
* tex.el (TeX-output-extension): Default to nil.
@@ -5574,8 +8065,8 @@
2005-04-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode, TeX-interactive-mode, TeX-Omega-mode):
- Set customization group.
+ * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode, TeX-interactive-mode, TeX-Omega-mode): Set
+ customization group.
* latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): New entry and key for \colon.
New "Punctuation" category. Get rid of some entries in
@@ -5634,8 +8125,8 @@
2005-04-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
- Minor enhancements in wording.
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): Minor
+ enhancements in wording.
* tex.el (TeX-open-quote, TeX-close-quote)
(TeX-quote-after-quote): Doc fix.
@@ -5683,8 +8174,8 @@
2005-03-31 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
- Add general information about how to deal with bugs. Adapt version
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): Add
+ general information about how to deal with bugs. Adapt version
numbers for Emacs.
2005-03-31 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -5728,8 +8219,8 @@
* tex-style.el (LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote)
(LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote): Move here
from style/german.el.
- (LaTeX-german-hyphen, LaTeX-german-hyphen-after-hyphen):
- New variables.
+ (LaTeX-german-hyphen, LaTeX-german-hyphen-after-hyphen): New
+ variables.
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): References are now fontified
with `font-lock-constant-face' because `font-lock-reference-face'
@@ -5750,8 +8241,8 @@
(font-latex-title-2-face, font-latex-title-3-face)
(font-latex-title-4-face): Remove these face variables.
(font-latex-title-fontify): Remove :set function.
- (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
- Use `font-lock-constant-face' instead of `font-lock-reference-face'
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Use
+ `font-lock-constant-face' instead of `font-lock-reference-face'
because the latter is deprecated in Emacs (and only an alias for
the former which will not work if the quoted face name is used).
Use new `title' specifier as type of keyword for the titling
@@ -5830,11 +8321,11 @@
variants.
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-make-overlay): Use `TeX-overlay-prioritize'.
- (TeX-fold-priority-step, TeX-fold-prioritize): Rename and moved
+ (TeX-fold-priority-step, TeX-fold-prioritize): Renamed and moved
to tex.el.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-region-create):
- Transfer `buffer-file-coding-system' from master buffer to region.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-region-create): Transfer
+ `buffer-file-coding-system' from master buffer to region.
2005-03-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5847,8 +8338,8 @@
(LaTeX-menu-update): Remove.
(LaTeX-section-menu, LaTeX-environment-menu)
(LaTeX-environment-modify-menu): New variables.
- (LaTeX-section-menu-filter, LaTeX-environment-menu-filter):
- New functions.
+ (LaTeX-section-menu-filter, LaTeX-environment-menu-filter): New
+ functions.
(LaTeX-mode-menu): Use them.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Move setting of
`LaTeX-largest-level' upwards because it is needed when the menu
@@ -5873,7 +8364,7 @@
2005-03-16 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): Change from
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): Changed from
defcustom to defvar.
2005-03-15 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5901,8 +8392,8 @@
2005-03-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make): New function.
- (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp, LaTeX-paragraph-commands):
- Use it.
+ (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp, LaTeX-paragraph-commands): Use
+ it.
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally): New function.
* style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Use it. Newline not needed anymore
@@ -5912,8 +8403,8 @@
* context.el (ConTeXt-find-indent): Correct indentation of
environments.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
- Use `remove-text-properties' instead of
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Use
+ `remove-text-properties' instead of
`remove-list-of-text-properties' because the latter is not
available in Emacs 21.
@@ -5944,11 +8435,11 @@
2005-03-09 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Fix typo: "dotssc" -> "dotsc".
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Fixed typo: "dotssc" -> "dotsc".
Added symbol "dots" and "dotsi".
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment):
- Call `TeX-math-input-method-off'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Call
+ `TeX-math-input-method-off'.
* style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Do not call
`TeX-math-input-method-off' from here.
@@ -5977,24 +8468,24 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-strip-extension-flag)
- (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file, LaTeX-beamer-themes): Move to
+ (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file, LaTeX-beamer-themes): Moved to
tex-style.el.
(tex-style): Require.
- * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Move to tex-style.el.
+ * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Moved to tex-style.el.
* style/beamer.el: Remove install instructions. Won't work
properly outside current AUCTeX anymore. Removed CVS Id.
(LaTeX-beamer-section-labels-flag)
- (LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag): Move to tex-style.el.
+ (LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag): Moved to tex-style.el.
* style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote)
- (LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote, LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote): Move to
+ (LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote, LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote): Moved to
tex-style.el.
- * style/emp.el (LaTeX-write18-enabled-p): Move to tex-style.el.
+ * style/emp.el (LaTeX-write18-enabled-p): Moved to tex-style.el.
- * Makefile.in (AUCSRC): Add tex-style.el.
+ * Makefile.in (AUCSRC): Added tex-style.el.
2005-03-07 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -6034,13 +8525,13 @@
* tex.el (TeX-macro-global-internal): New function.
(TeX-macro-global): Use it.
- (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Remove duplicate line.
+ (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Removed duplicate line.
* tex-jp.el: Use `TeX-macro-global-internal' and append path for
Japanese TeX into TeX-macro-global. Do not override
`TeX-expand-list', no more.
- (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add :help string.
- Change `TeX-run-LaTeX' to `TeX-run-TeX'.
+ (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add :help string. Change
+ `TeX-run-LaTeX' to `TeX-run-TeX'.
(japanese-TeX-command-default, japanese-LaTeX-command-default):
Quote symbol TeX-command in doc string.
@@ -6090,7 +8581,7 @@
2005-02-23 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * doc/auctex.texi (I18n): Remove FIXME comment.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (I18n): Removed FIXME comment.
2005-02-22 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
@@ -6124,8 +8615,8 @@
2005-02-19 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system):
- Remove garbage code.
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system): Remove
+ garbage code.
Reported by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
* latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): New variable.
@@ -6145,7 +8636,7 @@
2005-02-16 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-after-start-process-function): Remove code for
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-after-start-process-function): Removed code for
XEmacs. `set-process-coding-system' is available in XEmacs 21.1.
(TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system)
(TeX-japanese-process-output-coding-system): Change from defvar to
@@ -6165,8 +8656,8 @@
* aclocal.m4 (AC_LISPIFY_DIR): new function.
(AUCTEX_AUTO_DIR): Use it.
- * tex-site.el.in (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global):
- put autoconfed expression on a line of its own.
+ * tex-site.el.in (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global): put
+ autoconfed expression on a line of its own.
2005-02-14 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -6179,8 +8670,8 @@
2005-02-14 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list):
- Use `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list'.
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use
+ `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list'.
2005-02-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6195,7 +8686,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Insert "japanese-" before mode
name if buffer local variable `japanese-TeX-mode' is non-nil.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
- (japanese-slitex-mode): Remove obsolete autoload of slitex.
+ (japanese-slitex-mode): Removed obsolete autoload of slitex.
* doc/auctex.texi (Japanese): Doc fix to follow the latest
tex-jp.el.
@@ -6216,8 +8707,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure): Make function aware of active
selections. There are still some indentation issues left.
- * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Do not add epsffig environment.
- Fixes error if latex.el(c) is not loaded.
+ * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Do not add epsffig environment. Fixes
+ error if latex.el(c) is not loaded.
(LaTeX-env-epsffigure): Remove.
2005-02-11 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -6255,7 +8746,7 @@
2005-02-09 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove `usepackage' because
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed `usepackage' because
it is defined in `LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list'.
(plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list): Fix regexp; Use `\\|' instead of `|'.
Fill lines in the same way in tex.el.
@@ -6329,8 +8820,8 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Mention support for the jsarticle and jsbook
classes.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-LaTeX-style-list):
- Add jsclasses (jsarticle and jsbook).
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-LaTeX-style-list): Added
+ jsclasses (jsarticle and jsbook).
2005-01-31 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6363,7 +8854,7 @@
2005-01-29 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Remove.
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Removed.
2005-01-28 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -6469,8 +8960,8 @@
2005-01-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/beamer.el: Update copyright information.
- General clean-up.
+ * style/beamer.el: Update copyright information. General
+ clean-up.
("beamer"): Support frame environment.
The overprint has an optional "area width" argument, not a
mandatory "overlay" argument.
@@ -6507,26 +8998,26 @@
whitespace between comment starters.
* latex.el: Update copyright information.
- (LaTeX-indent-calculate-last, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
- Do not widen.
+ (LaTeX-indent-calculate-last, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Do
+ not widen.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
Use a marker instead of narrowing the region.
(LaTeX-indent-line, LaTeX-indent-inner-do)
- (LaTeX-current-indentation, LaTeX-back-to-indentation):
- Handle prefixes with whitespace between comment starters correctly.
+ (LaTeX-current-indentation, LaTeX-back-to-indentation): Handle
+ prefixes with whitespace between comment starters correctly.
2005-01-05 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/graphicx.el: Added completion of boxing macros.
- Fontify some macros.
+ * style/graphicx.el: Added completion of boxing macros. Fontify
+ some macros.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fix typo
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fixed typo
in doc string.
2005-01-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
- Some checkdoc related fixes. Still not checkdoc clean.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): Some
+ checkdoc related fixes. Still not checkdoc clean.
* tex-bar.el (Commentary): Don't mention stuff done by
configure/make in the instructions.
@@ -6587,8 +9078,8 @@
2004-12-16 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
- Move warning keywords up in order to save them from being covered by
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Move
+ warning keywords up in order to save them from being covered by
less important faces. Include "include" in warning keywords.
* aclocal.m4 (TEX_INPUT_DIRS): Change `IFS' temporarily for
@@ -6602,8 +9093,8 @@
* doc/wininstall.texi: Quote value for --with-tex-input-dirs.
- * tex.el (TeX-arg-opening-brace, TeX-arg-closing-brace):
- New variables.
+ * tex.el (TeX-arg-opening-brace, TeX-arg-closing-brace): New
+ variables.
(TeX-parse-arguments, TeX-parse-argument, TeX-argument-insert):
Use them.
@@ -6682,8 +9173,8 @@
`TeX-fold-buffer-type' but type parameter is not mandatory
anymore.
(TeX-fold-clearout-buffer): Now calls `TeX-fold-clearout-region'.
- (TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph, TeX-fold-clearout-region):
- New functions.
+ (TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph, TeX-fold-clearout-region): New
+ functions.
* tex.el (TeX-fold-menu): Add menu entries for folding and
unfolding of paragraphs.
@@ -6703,15 +9194,15 @@
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do)
(LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point, LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment, LaTeX-fill-region)
- (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph):
- Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
+ (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Use
+ `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph, LaTeX-indent-line): Simplify.
* style/mdwlist.el ("mdwlist"): Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp'
instead of `comment-start'.
- * style/doc.el (LaTeX-env-no-comment):
- Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
+ * style/doc.el (LaTeX-env-no-comment): Use
+ `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
2004-12-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6721,8 +9212,8 @@
* context.el (ConTeXt-paragraph-commands-regexp): New name for
`ConTeXt-paragraph-commands'. Doc fix. Match escape character at
front as well.
- (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use it.
- Set `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
+ (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use it. Set
+ `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands'. Adapt definition of
`paragraph-start'.
@@ -6737,8 +9228,8 @@
2004-12-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote):
- Avoid interference with (n)german.el.
+ * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote): Avoid
+ interference with (n)german.el.
2004-12-01 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6771,7 +9262,7 @@
2004-11-29 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-auto-insert): Add SKIP argument.
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-insert): Added SKIP argument.
(TeX-auto-store): Use it to avoid circular dependencies.
* style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-arg-includegraphics): Add "page".
@@ -6869,8 +9360,8 @@
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Do not unnecessarily jump to a (wrong)
position after the macro start.
- * tex.el: Move (nearly all) autoloads to a single place.
- Remove redundant autoload for `TeX-region-file'. Add autoload for
+ * tex.el: Move (nearly all) autoloads to a single place. Remove
+ redundant autoload for `TeX-region-file'. Add autoload for
`TeX-view'.
(TeX-parse-macro): Doc fix.
Do not add braces for macros defined as `("foo" 0)'.
@@ -6931,8 +9422,8 @@
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-internal)
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp): New variables.
(LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph)
- (LaTeX-common-initialization):
- Use `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use
+ `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands'.
2004-11-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6974,11 +9465,11 @@
(LaTeX-env-minipage): Do not ask for the (optional) position if
`LaTeX-default-position' is set to `nil'. Behaviour agrees with
LaTeX-env-array and LaTeX-env-tabular* now.
- (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Change `setq'-assignment
+ (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Changed `setq'-assignment
of `LaTeX-default-position' so that it works not only the first
time in buffers with `LaTeX-default-position' set to `nil'.
- (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-minipage, LaTeX-env-tabular*):
- Use `LaTeX-optop', `TeX-grop', etc. instead of `{', `['.
+ (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-minipage, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Use
+ `LaTeX-optop', `TeX-grop', etc. instead of `{', `['.
(LaTeX-env-picture): Don't delete whitespace after inserting the
environment. Cursor position corresponds to proper indentation
now.
@@ -6996,8 +9487,8 @@
* latex.el (TeX-arg-input-file): Use new name
`TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX):
- Use new name `TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX): Use
+ new name `TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
2004-11-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7029,8 +9520,8 @@
* font-latex.el: Change maintainer information.
(font-latex-keywords): New customization group.
(font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): New variable.
- (font-latex-make-match-defun, font-latex-keyword-matcher):
- New functions.
+ (font-latex-make-match-defun, font-latex-keyword-matcher): New
+ functions.
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): New name for
`font-latex-make-keywords'.
Move default keyword definitions from
@@ -7070,7 +9561,7 @@
* tex-bar.el: Remove defadvice's to TeX-run-TeX and
TeX-TeX-sentinel-check.
- (TeX-bar-error-handling-switches): Remove.
+ (TeX-bar-error-handling-switches): Removed.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): next-error updated.
2004-10-28 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -7110,8 +9601,8 @@
(TeX-TeX-sentinel-check [tex-buf.el]): after-adviced to set error
internals when error happens.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): New button next-error, which is
- resp. visible/active when error detected on Emacs/XEmacs.
- All buttons received :help from TeX-command-list.
+ resp. visible/active when error detected on Emacs/XEmacs. All
+ buttons received :help from TeX-command-list.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): next-error is default, and file is no
longer default.
@@ -7121,8 +9612,8 @@
Match "\DeclareRobustCommand\foo" besides
"\DeclareRobustCommand{\foo}" as well.
(LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use it.
- (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Do not consider key=value options.
- Check for "Package" in addition to "package".
+ (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Do not consider key=value options. Check
+ for "Package" in addition to "package".
2004-10-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -7130,13 +9621,13 @@
2004-10-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-in-braces):
- Remove references to non-existent variables.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove
+ references to non-existent variables.
2004-10-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-math-list): Improve doc string and custom type.
- (LaTeX-math-default): Add doc string.
+ (LaTeX-math-default): Added doc string.
2004-10-26 Frank Küster <address@hidden>
@@ -7163,7 +9654,7 @@
2004-10-24 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add doc/quickstart.texi.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added doc/quickstart.texi.
2004-10-23 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
@@ -7175,7 +9666,7 @@
value for the :image property.
(toolbarx-emacs-refresh): Nil cannot be a toolbar (menu) key
anymore (fixed).
- (toolbarx-install-toolbar): Improve documentation for the :image
+ (toolbarx-install-toolbar): Improved documentation for the :image
property.
2004-10-22 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
@@ -7185,10 +9676,10 @@
(tex-bar-latex-buttons): Improve comments. Add custom :type.
(tex-bar-latex-buttons): New command -- display a list of defined
buttons.
- (tex-bar-available-meaning-alists): Remove (renamed).
+ (tex-bar-available-meaning-alists): Removed (renamed).
(tex-bar-latex-all-button-alists): New name of
`tex-bar-available-meaning-alists'. Add custom :type.
- (tex-bar-meaning-alist): Remove (renamed).
+ (tex-bar-meaning-alist): Removed (renamed).
(tex-bar-latex-button-alist): New name of `tex-bar-meaning-alist'.
Add custom :type. Renamed `latex-symbols' button to
`latex-symbols-experimental'.
@@ -7226,7 +9717,7 @@
* doc/macros.texi: New macro @sans.
- * doc/intro.texi (Introduction): Remove sections obsoleted by
+ * doc/intro.texi (Introduction): Removed sections obsoleted by
`Quick Start' (Indentation and filling, Completion, Editing your
document, Outlines).
@@ -7236,7 +9727,7 @@
doc/changes.texi, doc/auctex.texi: Remove optional arguments of
all @node commands.
- * doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Add quickstart.texi.
+ * doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Added quickstart.texi.
2004-10-18 Frank Küster <address@hidden>
@@ -7248,7 +9739,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure, LaTeX-env-minipage): Point out to
the user that the placement (figure) and position (minipage)
specifiers are optional arguments.
- (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplify. Do not insert the (optional)
+ (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplified. Do not insert the (optional)
placement specifier `LaTeX-float' into the buffer if the user
entered the empty string when asked for `float'.
@@ -7272,9 +9763,9 @@
2004-10-16 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-nth-arg):
- Use `TeX-find-closing-brace' instead of `forward-sexp'.
- Fixes problems with comment characters in \url macros.
+ * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-nth-arg): Use
+ `TeX-find-closing-brace' instead of `forward-sexp'. Fixes
+ problems with comment characters in \url macros.
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands): Use `regexp-opt' to
generate the regexp.
@@ -7466,8 +9957,8 @@
* doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Mention `C-c RET' for
`TeX-insert-macro'. Fixed typo.
- (Parsing Files): Fix typo.
- (European): Improve.
+ (Parsing Files): Fixed typo.
+ (European): Improved.
From Frank Küster <address@hidden>, slightly modified.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `LaTeX-env-tabular*'
@@ -7579,8 +10070,8 @@
2004-10-05 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
- * toolbarx.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
- New constant, providing a MEANING-ALIST for the insertion of the
+ * toolbarx.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): New
+ constant, providing a MEANING-ALIST for the insertion of the
default buttons and some extra ones in Emacs and XEmacs.
2004-10-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7664,8 +10155,8 @@
* auctb.el: Fix Copyright notice (to FSF). Remove "AMS Special"
from ppup menu. Simplify. Remove garbage comments from end.
- (auctb-img-filename): Remove "symb-pics/" from return.
- Add "symb-pics/" explicitly where it is needed in the defconst's.
+ (auctb-img-filename): Remove "symb-pics/" from return. Add
+ "symb-pics/" explicitly where it is needed in the defconst's.
* images, images/dropdown.xpm, images/ltx-symb-turn-off.xpm,
* images/ltx-symb-turn-on.xpm: Add designed images for symbol
@@ -7838,8 +10329,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-delete-dups): New defun or defalias.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX):
- Rename from `LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'. Remove duplicates using
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX): Renamed
+ from `LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'. Remove duplicates using
`TeX-delete-dups'.
(LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-relative): Insert relative
filename. From Dan Nicolaescu <address@hidden>.
@@ -7865,12 +10356,12 @@
2004-08-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist):
- Add LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions.
+ * tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Added
+ LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions.
(TeX-search-files): Fix non-kpathsea case.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file):
- Use completion based on TeX-search-files.
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file): Use
+ completion based on TeX-search-files.
2004-08-27 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7883,11 +10374,11 @@
2004-08-26 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el.in (japanese-slitex-mode): Remove obsolete autoload
+ * tex-site.el.in (japanese-slitex-mode): Removed obsolete autoload
of slitex.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode):
- Use `TeX-defun' for getting version info into mode doc.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode): Use
+ `TeX-defun' for getting version info into mode doc.
2004-08-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7901,8 +10392,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries): Detect the start of any
macro, not just those consisting of address@hidden
Remove some superfluous `goto-char' calls.
- (TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement once again.
- Original patch by David Kastrup; slightly modified. Doc fix.
+ (TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement once again. Original
+ patch by David Kastrup; slightly modified. Doc fix.
(TeX-find-macro-end-helper): Doc fix. Handle macros not
consisting of address@hidden correctly.
(TeX-find-opening-brace): Improve performance.
@@ -7955,8 +10446,8 @@
(TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement. Should be much faster
now.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment):
- Use `buffer-substring-no-properties'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Use
+ `buffer-substring-no-properties'.
(LaTeX-indent-line): Revert last change. Only multi-line overlays
at the start of a line are affected by the XEmacs bug.
@@ -8112,8 +10603,8 @@
2004-08-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* aclocal.m4: `putative-existing-lisp-dir' is not a package
- directory if `lisp' is not a path component.
- Normalize whitespace.
+ directory if `lisp' is not a path component. Normalize
+ whitespace.
Remove trailing slash from packagedir.
* tex-site.el.in (TeX-macro-global): Don't quote texinputdirs
@@ -8169,7 +10660,7 @@
2004-08-17 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add \label.
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Added \label.
Various checkdoc-related fixes.
2004-08-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8302,12 +10793,12 @@
* tex.el (TeX-print-command): Use `%(o?)'.
(TeX-command, TeX-Omega-command, LaTeX-command)
- (LaTeX-Omega-command, ConTeXt-engine, ConTeXt-Omega-engine):
- New customization strings to implement various expanders.
+ (LaTeX-Omega-command, ConTeXt-engine, ConTeXt-Omega-engine): New
+ customization strings to implement various expanders.
(TeX-command-list): Use them.
(LaTeX-command-style): Same here.
- (TeX-printer-list, TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style):
- Use `%(o?)'.
+ (TeX-printer-list, TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style): Use
+ `%(o?)'.
(TeX-expand-list): New entries.
(TeX-PDF-mode): Don't switch on in Omega mode.
(TeX-Omega-mode): New minor mode.
@@ -8449,7 +10940,7 @@
2004-08-12 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fix this to new style.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fixed this to new style.
(LaTeX-command-style): Same here. Hey, this should even make
preview-latex work mostly with Japanese files and PDFTeX.
@@ -8503,8 +10994,8 @@
2004-08-11 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * doc/tex-ref.tex: Move papersize stuff to the front.
- Fiddle somewhat with the sizes, too.
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Move papersize stuff to the front. Fiddle
+ somewhat with the sizes, too.
* auctex.spec (Version): Change version, web sites, some build
stuff (this is not yet finished).
@@ -8580,8 +11071,8 @@
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Capitalize menu entries.
* context.el (ConTeXt-project-structure-menu-name)
- (ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name, ConTeXt-mode-menu):
- Capitalize menu entries.
+ (ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name, ConTeXt-mode-menu): Capitalize
+ menu entries.
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Add help strings.
@@ -8610,15 +11101,15 @@
* tex.el (TeX-set-mode-name, TeX-source-specials-map)
(TeX-source-specials-mode, TeX-source-specials-expand-options)
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options):
- Rename `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Rename
+ `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
(TeX-PDF-mode): Make first arg optional (actually, not sure this
is a good idea).
(tex-pdf-mode): alias for `TeX-PDF-mode'.
(tex-interactive-mode): alias for `TeX-interactive-mode'
(tex-fold-mode): add autoload.
- (TeX-mode-map, TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries):
- rename `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ (TeX-mode-map, TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): rename
+ `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
(TeX-command-list): Add help strings.
(TeX-command-menu-entry): Splice help into command entries.
(TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Remove help in XEmacs.
@@ -8667,8 +11158,8 @@
2004-08-08 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-set-command):
- Initialize `TeX-output-extension' based on `TeX-PDF-mode'.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-set-command): Initialize
+ `TeX-output-extension' based on `TeX-PDF-mode'.
* tex.el (TeX-command-output-list): Don't look at pdf* commands.
Don't have default mode "dvi".
@@ -8722,12 +11213,12 @@
kpathsea based completion, `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
Refer to installation nodes (autoconf installation).
- * tex.el (TeX-submit-bug-report): Add more explanations.
+ * tex.el (TeX-submit-bug-report): Added more explanations.
* latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Improve doc-string.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-script-display): New variable.
- Make raise of sub-/superscripts customizable.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-script-display): New variable. Make
+ raise of sub-/superscripts customizable.
(font-latex-unfontify-region, font-latex-script): Use it.
2004-08-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8794,7 +11285,7 @@
PDFTeX entries.
(LaTeX-command-style): Add %(PDF) here.
(TeX-expand-list): Expand %(PDF).
- (TeX-mode-p): Move.
+ (TeX-mode-p): Moved.
(TeX-PDF-mode, global-TeX-PDF-mode): New minor modes.
(TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Shortcuts for calling.
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed): New variable.
@@ -8823,8 +11314,8 @@
(TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags): New customize option.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client): Return not only client
but options as well.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options):
- Use `TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use
+ `TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags'.
2004-08-03 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -8834,8 +11325,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add "Close Environment"
- * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p):
- replaces `TeX-source-specials-view-guess-server'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p): replaces
+ `TeX-source-specials-view-guess-server'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client)
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use this.
@@ -8855,8 +11346,8 @@
`TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server): New customize option.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked): New variable.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags): New name.
- Formerly known as `TeX-source-specials-viewer-flags'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags): New name. Formerly
+ known as `TeX-source-specials-viewer-flags'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-gnuclient-flags): New variable.
(TeX-source-specials-view-emacsclient-flags): New variable.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client): New function.
@@ -8964,17 +11455,17 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Add heading for `rawfile'. Change `section'
to `heading'.
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
- At least (X)Emacs 21 is needed.
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): At
+ least (X)Emacs 21 is needed.
* doc/install.texi (Prerequisites): Ditto.
2004-07-29 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-spec-list): Extend default.
- Add specification for argument number.
+ * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-spec-list): Extend default. Add
+ specification for argument number.
(TeX-fold-env-spec-list): Ditto.
- (TeX-fold-folded-face): Rename from
+ (TeX-fold-folded-face): Renamed from
`TeX-fold-display-string-face'.
(TeX-fold-unfolded-face): New face and variable.
(TeX-fold-buffer-type): Move through buffer from bottom to top in
@@ -9157,12 +11648,12 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add entries for showing and hiding
individual macros.
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Update and rearrange.
- Add entries for "Show/Hide" functionality.
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Update and rearrange. Add
+ entries for "Show/Hide" functionality.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Show/Hide): New section.
(Folding): New subsection.
- (Outline): Move under "Show/Hide".
+ (Outline): Moved under "Show/Hide".
2004-07-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9230,7 +11721,7 @@
* Makefile.in (tar-ball): Change permissions of auctex-$(TAG).
* tex.el (TeX-source-specials-expand-view-options): New function.
- (TeX-expand-list): Add new specifier (%dS) for
+ (TeX-expand-list): Added new specifier (%dS) for
`TeX-source-specials-expand-view-options'.
(TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style): Add %dS for source
specials in all xdvi calls.
@@ -9392,11 +11883,11 @@
2004-06-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Fix typo in doc-string.
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Fixed typo in doc-string.
2004-06-01 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-no-braces-modes): Remove. Revert unintened
+ * tex.el (TeX-no-braces-modes): Removed. Revert unintened
addition from 2004-04-19 commit.
(TeX-insert-macro-default-style): New variable.
(TeX-parse-arguments): Use it.
@@ -9425,10 +11916,10 @@
`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' now.
(LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file): New functions.
- (TeX-include-graphics-simple): Remove; use
+ (TeX-include-graphics-simple): Removed; use
`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' instead.
- (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image):
- Move to `tex.el'.
+ (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image): Moved
+ to `tex.el'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist)
@@ -9438,17 +11929,17 @@
* tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter): Fix doc-string.
(TeX-insert-macro, TeX-parse-arguments): Skip optional macro
arguments when called with a prefix.
- (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image):
- From `style/graphicx.el'.
+ (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image): From
+ `style/graphicx.el'.
(TeX-arg-maybe): New function.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add additional
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added additional
arguments for \parbox.
2004-05-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-newline): New name for `TeX-indent-on-newline'.
- It now holds function definitions and not mere symbols anymore.
+ * tex.el (TeX-newline): New name for `TeX-indent-on-newline'. It
+ now holds function definitions and not mere symbols anymore.
(TeX-mode-map): Use it.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting): Remove documentation
@@ -9459,8 +11950,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-indent-on-newline): New option.
(TeX-mode-map): Use it.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting):
- Document `TeX-indent-on-newline' plus small corrections.
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting): Document
+ `TeX-indent-on-newline' plus small corrections.
2004-05-25 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -9473,8 +11964,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-map): Inherit keymap instead of copying.
* tex.el (TeX-source-specials-map): New variable.
- (TeX-source-specials): Make a minor mode.
- Replaces `TeX-toggle-source-specials' and
+ (TeX-source-specials): Make a minor mode. Replaces
+ `TeX-toggle-source-specials' and
`TeX-source-specials-active-flag'.
(TeX-source-specials-expand-options): Adapt to that.
(TeX-electric-macro-map): inherit from
@@ -9514,9 +12005,9 @@
2004-05-21 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/graphicx.el (TeX-string-divide-number-unit): Rename from
- misspelled `TeX-string-divide-nuber-unit'. Reformat file.
- Fix some doc-strings and comments.
+ * style/graphicx.el (TeX-string-divide-number-unit): Renamed from
+ misspelled `TeX-string-divide-nuber-unit'. Reformat file. Fix
+ some doc-strings and comments.
2004-05-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9590,7 +12081,7 @@
* doc/install.texi (Configure): Document `--with-auto-dir'.
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add `doc/macros.texi'.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added `doc/macros.texi'.
* doc/Makefile.in (distclean): New.
@@ -9623,7 +12114,7 @@
* lpath.el: Bind `TeX-auto-global'.
* style/italian.el: New file.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Font Specifiers): Remove two sentences
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Font Specifiers): Removed two sentences
referring to the old behavior of the short-cuts for easy
insertions of fonts changing macros. (At that time they added
things like `{\it --!--}', now they add things like
@@ -9631,7 +12122,7 @@
(Marking and formatting): Reflect renaming of
`LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware' to `LaTeX-syntactic-comments'.
(European): Document `italian.el'.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add `italian.el'.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added `italian.el'.
* lpath.el: Bind `TeX-macro-global'.
* tex.el: No need to `(require 'tex-site)' at compilation time,
@@ -9685,12 +12176,12 @@
2004-05-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-check-function): Add "Always on"
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-check-function): Added "Always on"
choice.
2004-05-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Move to
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Moved to
the right place and corrected quoting.
* context.el (ConTeXt-indent-syntax-table): Create with
@@ -9703,15 +12194,15 @@
address@hidden@' in `tex-site.el.in'.
* tex-site.el.in: Updated header.
- (TeX-macro-global): Move here from `tex.el'.
- Use address@hidden@'.
+ (TeX-macro-global): Moved here from `tex.el'. Use
+ address@hidden@'.
* tex.el: Require `tex-site' at compile time.
- (TeX-macro-global): Move to `tex-site.el.in'.
+ (TeX-macro-global): Moved to `tex-site.el.in'.
2004-05-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-source-specials): Add missing call to
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-source-specials): Added missing call to
`TeX-maybe-set-source-specials' in last commit.
2004-05-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9733,7 +12224,7 @@
* latex.el (doctex-mode): Call `TeX-install-font-lock' to
activate special fontification in docTeX mode.
- * style/alltt.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Add "alltt" to
+ * style/alltt.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Added "alltt" to
`font-latex-verbatim-environments'.
* context.el: Updated header.
@@ -9749,7 +12240,7 @@
2004-05-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add `todo.texi'.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added `todo.texi'.
2004-05-05 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -9794,13 +12285,13 @@
where appropriate.
(LaTeX-command-style): Setting removed.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Checking): Update URL's for lacheck and
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Checking): Updated URL's for lacheck and
chktex.
2004-05-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* tex.el: Header updated.
- (TeX-master-file): Remove bogus test for `TeX-header-end'.
+ (TeX-master-file): Removed bogus test for `TeX-header-end'.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (ToDo): New name for node/section formerly
known as `Projects' or `Wishlist' respectively.
@@ -9810,14 +12301,14 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): New constant.
(auctex): Use it.
- (dist): Add `TODO'.
+ (dist): Added `TODO'.
(TODO): New target.
- (clean): Add `TODO'.
+ (clean): Added `TODO'.
Some formattig changes.
* doc/todo.texi: New file.
- * Makefile.in (tar-ball): Add `TODO'.
+ * Makefile.in (tar-ball): Added `TODO'.
* doc/changes.texi: Advertise support for `beamer.cls'.
@@ -9833,7 +12324,7 @@
(LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Remove `alltt' and add support
for it in `alltt.el' instead.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add `alltt.el'.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added `alltt.el'.
* style/alltt.el: New file.
@@ -9851,12 +12342,12 @@
2004-04-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex-buf.el (TeX-style-check, TeX-output-style-check): Check for
- source special stuff here instead of `TeX-expand-list'.
- Honor `TeX-source-specials-places'.
+ source special stuff here instead of `TeX-expand-list'. Honor
+ `TeX-source-specials-places'.
* tex.el (AUCTeX): Fix URL.
(TeX-default-mode, TeX-force-default-mode, TeX-install-font-lock)
- (TeX-source-specials-active-flag): Change custom group.
+ (TeX-source-specials-active-flag): Changed custom group.
(TeX-expand-list): Move source special stuff to `TeX-style-check'
and `TeX-output-style-check'.
(TeX-source-specials-tex-flags): Make it customizable.
@@ -9941,15 +12432,15 @@
2004-04-20 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-output-view-style): Move "dvips && gv" element to
- the top of the list (not shadowed by a4paper anymore).
- Added "pst-" in this element.
+ the top of the list (not shadowed by a4paper anymore). Added
+ "pst-" in this element.
2004-04-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Respect value of
`LaTeX-syntactic-comments' and mode by narrowing the region if
- necessary and checking necessary conditions.
- Use `TeX-forward-comment-skip' and `TeX-backward-comment-skip' for
+ necessary and checking necessary conditions. Use
+ `TeX-forward-comment-skip' and `TeX-backward-comment-skip' for
narrowing.
(LaTeX-find-matching-end): Ditto.
(LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Ditto.
@@ -9970,8 +12461,8 @@
* tex.el, latex.el: Make almost checkdoc clean. See "FIXME" for
remaining issues.
- * context.el, context-en.el, context-nl.el: Reindent.
- Coding conventions fixes (but files are still far from being checkdoc
+ * context.el, context-en.el, context-nl.el: Reindent. Coding
+ conventions fixes (but files are still far from being checkdoc
clean).
2004-04-19 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -9991,8 +12482,8 @@
2004-04-16 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu):
- Use `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu): Use
+ `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
* tex-jp.el (plain-TeX-mode-command-menu)
(LaTeX-mode-command-menu): Ditto.
@@ -10063,7 +12554,7 @@
2004-04-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES, EXTRAFILES): Add files needed for the
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES, EXTRAFILES): Added files needed for the
configure based installation.
2004-04-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -10072,7 +12563,7 @@
and `tar-ball'.
(snapshot): New. Use `check-dist' and `tar-ball'.
(release-commit): Fix mail address.
- (REMOVE, MINMAPSRC, min-map): Remove.
+ (REMOVE, MINMAPSRC, min-map): Removed.
(DIST_PREFIX): Derive FTPDIR and WWWDIR from this.
* doc/Makefile.in (dist): Use INSTALL and INSTALL.windows instead
@@ -10106,7 +12597,7 @@
* IRIX: Removed.
- * Makefile.in (EXTRAFILES): Remove IRIX.
+ * Makefile.in (EXTRAFILES): Removed IRIX.
* COPYING: Updated to current incarnation.
@@ -10136,8 +12627,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-paragraph): Fix check for code comment.
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Ditto.
- * tex.el (TeX-in-commented-line): Don't alter match data.
- Fixes problems with `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-in-commented-line): Don't alter match data. Fixes
+ problems with `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
(TeX-in-line-comment): Ditto. (Prophylactic.)
2004-04-08 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -10157,13 +12648,13 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-default-position, LaTeX-env-array)
(LaTeX-env-tabular*): Implement "don't prompt" option.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Tabular-like): Add `LaTeX-default-format'
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Tabular-like): Added `LaTeX-default-format'
and `LaTeX-default-position'.
2004-04-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): New name.
- Formerly known as `LaTeX-fill-distinct-contents'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): New name. Formerly
+ known as `LaTeX-fill-distinct-contents'.
Changed 'braced and 'math options to various symbols for opening
and closing separators (braces, brackets, math switches) which
can be activated independently.
@@ -10212,8 +12703,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-list): New function.
(TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Use it.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query):
- Use `TeX-mode-specific-command-list' to get a command list specific
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Use
+ `TeX-mode-specific-command-list' to get a command list specific
to the current mode for command completion.
2004-04-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10228,8 +12719,8 @@
2004-04-04 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-find-matching-end, LaTeX-find-matching-end):
- Try to keep track of in-comment-ness
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-find-matching-end, LaTeX-find-matching-end): Try
+ to keep track of in-comment-ness
2004-04-03 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -10304,8 +12795,8 @@
(LaTeX-fill-region): Use `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and
`LaTeX-backward-paragraph' instead of the old code which
determined paragraph boundaries manually.
- (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph):
- Improve handling of paragraph commands.
+ (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Improve
+ handling of paragraph commands.
(LaTeX-paragraph-command-p): Get rid of the test for the opening
brace because there doesn't have to be one.
(LaTeX-find-macro-start): New function.
@@ -10331,8 +12822,8 @@
2004-03-21 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization):
- Set sentence-end-double-space and sentence-end to more appropriate
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Set
+ sentence-end-double-space and sentence-end to more appropriate
values for TeX.
2004-03-21 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10352,22 +12843,22 @@
2004-03-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el.in (texinfo-mode): Autoload tex-info again.
- I suppose we will get to know why it was disabled when someone
+ * tex-site.el.in (texinfo-mode): Autoload tex-info again. I
+ suppose we will get to know why it was disabled when someone
complains.
2004-03-19 Davide G. M. Salvetti <address@hidden>
* doc/Makefile.in (clean): Add HISTORY.
- * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Remove, it's already defined in
+ * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Removed, it's already defined in
tex-site.el.in.
2004-03-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Use correct regexp for
determination of a comment.
- (LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware): Rename from
+ (LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware): Renamed from
`LaTeX-fill-comment-syntax-aware' because it affects both filling
and indentation.
(LaTeX-indent-line): Add support for doing outer and inner
@@ -10388,8 +12879,8 @@
different filling methods by a `cond' statement and putting code
for the determination of the region to fill in case of
syntax-aware filling into the separate functions
- `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and `LaTeX-backward-paragraph'.
- Better handling of code comments.
+ `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and `LaTeX-backward-paragraph'. Better
+ handling of code comments.
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): New function.
(LaTeX-forward-paragraph): New function.
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph): New function.
@@ -10510,8 +13001,8 @@
2004-02-28 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* Makefile.in (install-lisp): Overwrite old tex-site.el if it has
- the "Don't edit" comment in it. Rename it otherwise.
- Use $(auctexdir) instead of $(lispdir) for replacing @AUCTEX.
+ the "Don't edit" comment in it. Rename it otherwise. Use
+ $(auctexdir) instead of $(lispdir) for replacing @AUCTEX.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Allow doctex-mode for .bbl file
checking.
@@ -10565,10 +13056,10 @@
(LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Fix filling of nested braces and
math.
(TeX-find-closing-brace, TeX-find-opening-brace)
- (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Move to `tex.el'.
+ (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Moved to `tex.el'.
* tex.el (TeX-find-closing-brace, TeX-find-opening-brace)
- (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Move from `latex.el'.
+ (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Moved from `latex.el'.
2004-02-26 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -10594,7 +13085,7 @@
2004-02-17 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-title-4-face): Add missing :weight
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-title-4-face): Added missing :weight
and :inherit for color displays.
2004-02-15 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -10613,14 +13104,14 @@
* tex.el (TeX-comment-region): Map to `comment-region' instead of
`TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region'.
- (TeX-uncomment-region): New name for `TeX-un-comment-region'.
- Not mapped to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region' anymore.
- (TeX-uncomment): New name for `TeX-un-comment'.
- Use `TeX-uncomment-region' instead of `uncomment-region' which is not
+ (TeX-uncomment-region): New name for `TeX-un-comment-region'. Not
+ mapped to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region' anymore.
+ (TeX-uncomment): New name for `TeX-un-comment'. Use
+ `TeX-uncomment-region' instead of `uncomment-region' which is not
available in Emacs 20.
(TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph): New name for
- `TeX-comment-paragraph' which explains its function better.
- Use new name `TeX-uncomment'.
+ `TeX-comment-paragraph' which explains its function better. Use
+ new name `TeX-uncomment'.
(TeX-mode-map): Bind key chains to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-*'
functions.
(plain-TeX-mode-menu): Adapt function calls in menu entries.
@@ -10648,7 +13139,7 @@
2004-01-27 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-command-list): Fix previous change.
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-command-list): Fixed previous change.
2004-01-25 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -10661,7 +13152,7 @@
double. We get reasonable results under both Windows and Unix.
See also log of TeX-command-list in tex.el on 2002-12-19.
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Remove some Japanese
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Removed some Japanese
input methods (Canna, Wnn, SKK) because their code is copied from
YaTeX, which is not GPL program. Toggle off CJK (Chinese, Japanese,
Korean) input methods in LEIM.
@@ -10669,7 +13160,7 @@
2004-01-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Remove menu filters in the submenus
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Removed menu filters in the submenus
for inserting and modifying environments which call
`LaTeX-menu-update'.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Add `LaTeX-menu-update' to
@@ -10684,7 +13175,7 @@
2004-01-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-command-menu-name): New constant.
- (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Reimplement the loop which
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Reimplemented the loop which
builds the menu.
(TeX-mode-command-menu): Use new constant and call
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu' via `:filter'.
@@ -10708,21 +13199,21 @@
2004-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* doc/auc-tex.texi: AUC TeX to AUCTeX. Use `%%%' instead of a
- single `%' character in examples for Local Variables.
- Add information about new behavior in respect to the query for the
+ single `%' character in examples for Local Variables. Add
+ information about new behavior in respect to the query for the
master file. Explain new function `TeX-master-file-ask'.
- * doc/changes.texi: Advertise new master file behavior.
- Remove news about new commenting behavior which is not true anymore.
+ * doc/changes.texi: Advertise new master file behavior. Remove
+ news about new commenting behavior which is not true anymore.
* doc/intro.tex.: AUC TeX to AUCTeX.
- * tex.el (TeX-local-master-p): Remove one `%' character in regexp
+ * tex.el (TeX-local-master-p): Removed one `%' character in regexp
to let it find "% TeX-master:" as well.
2004-01-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change defcustom definition to one
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed defcustom definition to one
which allows the specification of several modes for one command
and adapted the defaults to it. Thanks to David Kastrup for most
of the code.
@@ -10771,13 +13262,13 @@
(plain-TeX-mode-map): New map to be used by plain-tex-mode.
(plain-TeX-mode-command-menu): New menu used instead of
`TeX-mode-menu' which utilizes `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- (TeX-mode-menu): Remove in favor of
+ (TeX-mode-menu): Removed in favor of
`plain-TeX-mode-command-menu'.
(AmSTeX-mode-map): New map to be used by ams-tex-mode.
(AmSTeX-mode-command-menu): New menu.
- (ams-tex-mode): Move and grouped with other AmSTeX-related code.
+ (ams-tex-mode): Moved and grouped with other AmSTeX-related code.
Added code to use new menu.
- (TeX-command-list): Add new choice for the selection of the mode
+ (TeX-command-list): Added new choice for the selection of the mode
for the respective command. Adapted doc string. Added respective
symbols to command definitions. Rearranged command definitions.
Changed `LaTeX PDF' to `PDFLaTeX'.
@@ -10793,16 +13284,16 @@
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu): Adapted for using
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add symbols to command
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Added symbols to command
definitions needed for assigning them to the respective mode.
- (TeX-mode-menu): Remove.
+ (TeX-mode-menu): Removed.
(plain-TeX-mode-command-menu): New menu utilizing
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
(LaTeX-mode-command-menu): New menu utilizing
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- (LaTeX-mode-map): Remove key definition for `TeX-mode-menu'.
+ (LaTeX-mode-map): Removed key definition for `TeX-mode-menu'.
- * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Add symbols to command
+ * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Added symbols to command
definitions needed for assigning them to the respective mode.
Changed `LaTeX PDF' to `PDFLaTeX'.
@@ -10827,26 +13318,26 @@
2003-12-30 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-master-file): Add new parameter `ask' which is
+ * tex.el (TeX-master-file): Added new parameter `ask' which is
to be used if the user shall be asked when the function is
called. Took out the code which provides the functionality for
asking the respective question and added it to the newly created
function `TeX-master-file-ask'.
(TeX-master-file-ask): New function.
(TeX-local-master-p): New function.
- (tex-mode): Remove the call of `TeX-master-file' via the hook
+ (tex-mode): Removed the call of `TeX-master-file' via the hook
`hack-local-variables-hook'.
- (VirTeX-common-initialization): Add the call to
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Added the call to
`TeX-master-file' via the hook `find-file-hooks'. Additionally
`TeX-update-style' will be called to activate the respective style
files.
- (TeX-mode-map): Add key binding for calling
+ (TeX-mode-map): Added key binding for calling
`TeX-master-file-ask'. This is a temporary solution.
(TeX-mode-menu): Took out redundant entry for `TeX-home-buffer'.
- Added entry "Set Master File" for `TeX-master-file-ask'.
- Grouped menu entries relevant for multifile handling.
+ Added entry "Set Master File" for `TeX-master-file-ask'. Grouped
+ menu entries relevant for multifile handling.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Change analogously to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Changed analogously to
`TeX-mode-menu'.
2003-12-29 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -10910,7 +13401,7 @@
* style/paralist.el: Removed coding cookie in first line.
Removed obsolete comment regarding placement of file.
- (LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label): Rename from
+ (LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label): Renamed from
`pl-LaTeX-env-item-opt-label' and changed references accordingly.
Added docstring.
Let `itemize' and `enumerate' environments use this function.
@@ -10918,24 +13409,24 @@
2003-11-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Add "part" and
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Added "part" and
"subsubsection". Sync "chapter" with fancyref.sty.
- * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Add font-lock keywords.
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Added font-lock keywords.
2003-11-25 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Add greek \var... symbols.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove "SLiTeX", added spacing
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added greek \var... symbols.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Removed "SLiTeX", added spacing
commands and "appendix".
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-function-keywords):
- Add spacing commands, "nonumber", "centering", "TeX", and "LaTeX".
- (font-latex-match-textual-keywords): Add textsuperscript.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-function-keywords): Added
+ spacing commands, "nonumber", "centering", "TeX", and "LaTeX".
+ (font-latex-match-textual-keywords): Added textsuperscript.
2003-11-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add scrpage2.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added scrpage2.el.
2003-11-17 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -10948,7 +13439,7 @@
2003-11-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/scrbase.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Add further symbols to
+ * style/scrbase.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Added further symbols to
`TeX-add-symbols' and rearranged them alphabetically.
Added macros with parameters to
`font-latex-match-<type>-keywords-local'.
@@ -10982,7 +13473,7 @@
* style/paralist.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add paralist.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added paralist.el.
2003-10-18 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -10996,7 +13487,7 @@
match the beginning of a quote.
(font-latex-quote-end-list): New variable. Holds the list of
strings to end a matched quote.
- (font-latex-match-quotation): Fix to use above variables.
+ (font-latex-match-quotation): Fixed to use above variables.
2003-09-18 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -11020,8 +13511,8 @@
* Changelog: Added coding cookie.
- * doc/Makefile.in (install): Check if auctex-* exists.
- Needed because default split size changed in texinfo 4.6.
+ * doc/Makefile.in (install): Check if auctex-* exists. Needed
+ because default split size changed in texinfo 4.6.
2003-07-25 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -11081,7 +13572,7 @@
* style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Ditto.
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Remove interactive.
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Removed interactive.
(TeX-math-input-method-off): New function.
(TeX-insert-dollar): Use it. Do not call function
TeX-toggle-off-input-method directly.
@@ -11107,11 +13598,11 @@
2003-06-02 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-near-bobp): Fix typo in doc-string.
+ * tex.el (TeX-near-bobp): Fixed typo in doc-string.
2003-05-27 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Change regexp to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Changed regexp to
allow \documentclass[]{someclass}.
2003-05-02 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
@@ -11128,7 +13619,7 @@
2003-04-15 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change %v to %V in View. Now
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed %v to %V in View. Now
TeX-output-view-style is used for setting viewer preferences. See
changes from 2003-02-06 below.
@@ -11136,7 +13627,7 @@
* .cvsignore: Added INSTALL and INSTALL.windows
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add captcont.el and subfigure.el
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added captcont.el and subfigure.el
2003-04-15 Jan-Åke Larsson <address@hidden>
@@ -11181,7 +13672,7 @@
2003-04-09 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change ConTeXt Clean from purge to
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed ConTeXt Clean from purge to
purgeall; I guess this behaves as users would expect.
* context.el: minor cleanups, switched to the name "AUCTeX" where
@@ -11222,8 +13713,8 @@
2003-03-13 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* style/german.el (LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote)
- (LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote):
- New variables to initialize quote stuff from. If you set these in
+ (LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote): New
+ variables to initialize quote stuff from. If you set these in
file local variables, they will propagate accordingly to
`TeX-quote-after-quote' et al.
@@ -11327,7 +13818,7 @@
2003-02-11 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-run-TeX): TeX-run-TeX gets the
@@ -11340,17 +13831,17 @@
* latex.el (latex-mode): Sets TeX-sentinel-default-function
instead of TeX-sentinel-function.
- * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
- * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
2003-02-08 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
* tex-site.el: Added simple ConTeXt support.
- * latex.el (latex-mode): Add explicit set of
+ * latex.el (latex-mode): Added explicit set of
TeX-sentinel-function to be used in TeX-run-interactive.
* tex-buf.el: Added TeX-run-ConTeXt. Removed explicit call to
@@ -11376,8 +13867,8 @@
2003-02-08 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-output-extension, TeX-view-extension):
- Change defcustom into defvar, as these are intermediate variables.
+ * tex.el (TeX-output-extension, TeX-view-extension): Changed
+ defcustom into defvar, as these are intermediate variables.
2003-02-07 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
@@ -11388,7 +13879,7 @@
* tex-buf.el
(TeX-save-document, TeX-command-query)
(TeX-output-style-check, TeX-run-format, TeX-TeX-sentinel-check):
- Add support for pdftex (and others)
+ Added support for pdftex (and others)
(TeX-run-set-command, TeX-output-extension)
(TeX-view-extension, TeX-view-output-file): new functions.
@@ -11414,7 +13905,7 @@
2003-01-24 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter, TeX-search-files-kpathsea):
- Fix braces.
+ Fixed braces.
2003-01-22 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11428,7 +13919,7 @@
2003-01-16 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Fix typo.
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Fixed typo.
* Makefile.in (ELCC): `-no-init-file' is the same as `-q'
@@ -11512,12 +14003,12 @@
2002-12-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-label): Add completing for labels.
- Avoid inserting an empty label.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-label): Added completing for labels. Avoid
+ inserting an empty label.
2002-12-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Add \operatorname.
+ * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Added \operatorname.
2002-12-12 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11544,7 +14035,7 @@
* tex.el: Ditto.
- * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Improve doc-string.
+ * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Improved doc-string.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Equations): New @subsection documenting
LaTeX-equation-label, LaTeX-eqnarray-label and LaTeX-amsmath-label.
@@ -11568,9 +14059,9 @@
2002-12-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-textual): Fix typo in doc-string.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-textual): Fixed typo in doc-string.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Fix typos in doc-string.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Fixed typos in doc-string.
2002-12-10 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11596,7 +14087,7 @@
2002-12-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Add some supported classes.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Added some supported classes.
Fixed a typo.
* style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): environment "xxalignat*" doesn't
@@ -11604,7 +14095,7 @@
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): environment "xxalignat" should not
get a \label.
- * Makefile (BATCH): Add `-no-site-file' to batch options.
+ * Makefile (BATCH): Added `-no-site-file' to batch options.
2002-12-07 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11659,7 +14150,7 @@
2002-10-24 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-contents): New function.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add 26 LaTeX commands, 2 LaTeX2e
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added 26 LaTeX commands, 2 LaTeX2e
environments, and 41 LaTeX2e commands.
2002-10-08 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11724,7 +14215,7 @@
2002-03-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el (eamcs-major-version): Change if to when.
+ * tex-site.el (eamcs-major-version): Changed if to when.
Suggested by Martin Thornquist <address@hidden>.
2002-03-15 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11739,12 +14230,12 @@
* tex.el (TeX-auto-generate): Expand file name.
Suggested by "Dr. Mark A. Friedman" <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
- Set `fill-paragraph-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
+ `fill-paragraph-function'.
(LaTeX-mode-map): Don't bind M-q.
Suggested by Nils Klarlund <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-printer-list): Fix spelling.
+ * tex.el (TeX-printer-list): Fixed spelling.
Reported by Nils Klarlund <address@hidden>.
2002-02-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -11807,7 +14298,7 @@
* style/prosper.el: New file.
Contributed by Phillip Lord <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
2001-11-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -11845,7 +14336,7 @@
2001-10-19 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fix for mendex.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fixed for mendex.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Japanese): Doc fix.
2001-10-17 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -11943,7 +14434,7 @@
* tex-fptex.el: New file.
Contributed by Fabrice Popineau <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (CONTRIB): Add it.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB): Added it.
2001-10-04 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -11982,7 +14473,7 @@
2001-10-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-submenu-name-format): Fix spelling error.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-submenu-name-format): Fixed spelling error.
Reported by address@hidden
2001-10-01 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11994,8 +14485,8 @@
C-r command itself was definitely sometimes wrong). Corrected that.
* style/graphicx.el (TeX-arg-includegraphics):
- Fix an obvious typo complained about by the byte-compiler.
- checkdoc removed a few spaces.
+ Fixed an obvious typo complained about by the byte-compiler. checkdoc
+ removed a few spaces.
* auc-old.el (TeX-region): Correct offset calculation.
@@ -12034,7 +14525,7 @@
2001-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Change default to lazy evaluation of
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Changed default to lazy evaluation of
`TeX-view-style' and `LaTeX-command-style'.
Suggested by Peter Neergaard <address@hidden>.
@@ -12102,7 +14593,7 @@
* MSDOS: Removed.
* VMS: Removed.
* OS2: Removed.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Remove above files.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Removed above files.
2000-10-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12112,9 +14603,9 @@
2000-10-19 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/graphics.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
* style/graphicx.el: Renamed from `style/graphicx.el'.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Update.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Updated.
Reported by "Dr. Thomas Baumann" <address@hidden>.
2000-10-09 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12149,7 +14640,7 @@
2000-06-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* IRIX: New file.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Add it.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Added it.
2000-05-10 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12175,7 +14666,7 @@
2000-03-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/graphicsx.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
Donated by Ryuichi Arafune <address@hidden>.
2000-04-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12192,7 +14683,7 @@
2000-02-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-environment-list): Add more missing
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-environment-list): Added more missing
environments. Patch by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
2000-02-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12207,10 +14698,10 @@
2000-01-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-map): Add "\e\r" binding for
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-map): Added "\e\r" binding for
address@hidden'.
Reported by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
- (TeXinfo-mode-menu, texinfo-mode): Change menu name and mode name
+ (TeXinfo-mode-menu, texinfo-mode): Changed menu name and mode name
to `Texinfo'.
Suggested by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
@@ -12238,7 +14729,7 @@
* bib-cite.el: Updated to 3.15 (20 Dec 99).
- * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Fix default PDF LaTeX command.
+ * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Fixed default PDF LaTeX command.
Reported by "Christian Schlauer" <address@hidden>.
* Version 9.10o released.
@@ -12254,7 +14745,7 @@
1999-12-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Add `kill-all-local-variables'.
+ * tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Added `kill-all-local-variables'.
Reported by Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>.
* Version 9.10n released.
@@ -12270,7 +14761,7 @@
1999-12-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC, AUCELC): Add `tex-mik.el'.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC, AUCELC): Added `tex-mik.el'.
1999-11-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12318,7 +14809,7 @@
1999-11-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add `LaTeX PDF' command.
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Added `LaTeX PDF' command.
1999-10-28 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12341,12 +14832,12 @@
* style/ngerman.el: New style.
Suggested by Torsten Schuetze <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Add history argument.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Added history argument.
Suggested by Werner LEMBERG <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Add history argument.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Added history argument.
* tex.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Don't add the same hook twice.
Suggested by Jarl Friis <address@hidden>.
@@ -12369,7 +14860,7 @@
* style/mdwlist.el: New file.
Patch by Stephen Heilbronner <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
1999-08-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12383,8 +14874,8 @@
1999-08-19 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-hide-environment, LaTeX-show-environment):
- make them work with new outline mode.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-hide-environment, LaTeX-show-environment): make
+ them work with new outline mode.
Reported by Thomas Schick <address@hidden>.
* tex.el (match-string): New compatibility function.
@@ -12442,7 +14933,7 @@
1999-05-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el: (TeX-auto-generate): Reimplement support for numeric
+ * tex.el: (TeX-auto-generate): Reimplemented support for numeric
`TeX-file-recurse'.
(TeX-search-files): Ditto.
@@ -12466,7 +14957,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Better error message when trying
to insert a dollar in math-mode.
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add more default
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Added more default
macros.
1999-03-12 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
@@ -12475,9 +14966,9 @@
index.el and multind.el style files.
(LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list): Now matches both \index and
\glossary.
- (TeX-arg-index): Rename from TeX-arg-define-index.
+ (TeX-arg-index): Renamed from TeX-arg-define-index.
(TeX-arg-define-index): Now an alias for `TeX-arg-index'.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add a regexp for index and
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added a regexp for index and
glossary to `TeX-complete-list'. Added entry for glossary with
`Tex-add-symbols'.
* style/index.el: New file.
@@ -12485,7 +14976,7 @@
* style/multind.el: New file.
* style/varioref.el: New file.
* style/fancyref.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/index.el', `style=makeidx.el',
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/index.el', `style=makeidx.el',
`style/multind.el', `style/varioref.el', `style/fancyref.el'.
1999-02-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12516,12 +15007,12 @@
* tex-jp.el (TeX-format-list): Fix JLATEX format.
Patch by Tsutomu OKUMURA <address@hidden>.
- * style/foils.el (LaTeX-style-foils): Remove spurious `\n'.
+ * style/foils.el (LaTeX-style-foils): Removed spurious `\n'.
Reported by Bernt Guldbrandtsen <address@hidden>.
1999-02-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (install-contrib): Add `$(CONTRIBELC)' dependency.
+ * Makefile (install-contrib): Added `$(CONTRIBELC)' dependency.
Suggested by Nils Ackermann <address@hidden>.
1999-01-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12530,7 +15021,7 @@
1999-01-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Rename from
+ * tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Renamed from
`LaTeX2e-font-replace'. Use `TeX-esc'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it.
* tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Ditto.
@@ -12543,7 +15034,7 @@
1999-01-11 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces, TeX-command-list): Fix custom types.
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces, TeX-command-list): Fixed custom types.
Patch by Markus Rost <address@hidden>.
1999-01-09 Christoph Wedler <address@hidden>
@@ -12569,7 +15060,7 @@
1998-12-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-recurse): Add right parenthesis.
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-recurse): Added right parenthesis.
Reported by Bernt Guldbrandtsen <address@hidden>.
1998-12-11 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12594,7 +15085,7 @@
1998-11-23 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp): Add autoload cookie.
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp): Added autoload cookie.
1998-11-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12615,7 +15106,7 @@
1998-10-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (European): Remove references to obsolete
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (European): Removed references to obsolete
packages.
1998-07-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12633,8 +15124,8 @@
1998-07-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro, TeX-arg-string, TeX-parse-argument):
- If region is active, put it inside empty brackets.
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro, TeX-arg-string, TeX-parse-argument): If
+ region is active, put it inside empty brackets.
Patch by Peter Thiemann <address@hidden>.
1998-07-16 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12685,7 +15176,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-font-list): Default value now contains special
math font commands.
- (LaTeX2e-font-replace): Add support for math fonts.
+ (LaTeX2e-font-replace): Added support for math fonts.
* tex.el (TeX-font-list): Docstring changed. Extra prefix and
suffix for math fonts allowed.
@@ -12723,14 +15214,14 @@
1998-06-10 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (texmathp): Add autoload.
- (TeX-math-mode-p): Delete.
+ * tex.el (texmathp): Added autoload.
+ (TeX-math-mode-p): Deleted.
(TeX-parse-macro): Use `texmathp' instead of `TeX-math-mode-p'.
* texmathp.el: New file by Carsten Dominik
<address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Add.
- (AUCELC): Add.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Added.
+ (AUCELC): Added.
1998-06-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12862,7 +15353,7 @@
* tex-buf.el (TeX-run-silent): New function.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change default for view from
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed default for view from
`TeX-run-background' to `TeX-run-silent'.
1997-09-10 "Dr. Werner Fink" <address@hidden>
@@ -12875,11 +15366,11 @@
1997-08-29 David J. Rowe <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Add support so newcommand*,
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Added support so newcommand*,
renewcommand*, providecommand*, newenvironment* and
renewenvironment* are recognized by TeX-auto-generate and
TeX-auto-generate-global.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add all of above "starred"
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added all of above "starred"
commands to symbol list and added providecommand to symbol list.
1997-08-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12888,7 +15379,7 @@
1997-08-29 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
- * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add environments xalignat and
+ * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Added environments xalignat and
xxalignat, and starred forms
1997-08-22 Christoph Wedler <address@hidden>
@@ -12902,7 +15393,7 @@
1997-07-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/natbib.el'.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/natbib.el'.
1997-07-13 Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
@@ -13006,7 +15497,7 @@
1997-06-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Add `usepackage'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Added `usepackage'.
(LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Ditto.
Patch by Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>.
@@ -13015,7 +15506,7 @@
* style/amsbsy.el: New file.
* style/amsopn.el : New file.
* style/amsthm.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add them.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added them.
Files provided by Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>.
1997-06-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13067,7 +15558,7 @@
1997-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Fix hebrew delimiters.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Fixed hebrew delimiters.
Patch by John Griffith <address@hidden>.
1997-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13085,13 +15576,13 @@
(TeX-auto-generate-global): Ditto.
Patch by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (install-contrib): Don't move elc files twice.
- Patch by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
+ * Makefile (install-contrib): Don't move elc files twice. Patch
+ by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
1997-03-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/danish.el: Copied from `style/dk.el'.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/danish.el'.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/danish.el'.
Suggested by Lars Frellesen <address@hidden>.
1997-03-04 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13138,7 +15629,7 @@
1997-02-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Remove.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Removed.
1997-02-07 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13152,12 +15643,12 @@
1997-01-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): uparow -> uparrow.
- Reported by Kyeong Soo Kim <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): uparow -> uparrow. Reported by
+ Kyeong Soo Kim <address@hidden>.
1997-01-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove `ltx-help.el'.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed `ltx-help.el'.
1997-01-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13210,7 +15701,7 @@
shell-command-switch. Suggested by address@hidden (Fabio
Somenzi).
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add sans serif. Patch by Ralf
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Added sans serif. Patch by Ralf
Fassel <address@hidden>.
1997-01-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13268,7 +15759,7 @@
1996-11-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add eqref to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added eqref to
LaTeX-label-list. Suggested by Martin Hagstrom
<address@hidden>.
@@ -13279,7 +15770,7 @@
1996-11-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Add "texinfo".
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Added "texinfo".
1996-09-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13333,28 +15824,28 @@
1996-08-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Ignore comments.
- Reported by Stephen Eglen <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Ignore comments. Reported
+ by Stephen Eglen <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Add `windows-nt'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Added `windows-nt'.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-shell): Add `windows-nt'.
- (TeX-shell-command-option): Add `emx' and `windows-nt'.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-shell): Added `windows-nt'.
+ (TeX-shell-command-option): Added `emx' and `windows-nt'.
Reported by Ulrich Poetter <address@hidden>.
1996-08-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Remove duplicate
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Removed duplicate
initialization of `words-include-escapes'. Reperted by Mark Hovey
<address@hidden>.
1996-08-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (CONTRIB): Add `font-latex.el'.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB): Added `font-latex.el'.
1996-07-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (aucdir): Change `lib' to `share' per new emacs
+ * Makefile (aucdir): Changed `lib' to `share' per new emacs
conventions. Reported by "Edward J. Huff"
<address@hidden>.
@@ -13365,8 +15856,8 @@
1996-07-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-path): Ignore tralining //.
- Suggested by Göran Uddeborg <address@hidden>.
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-path): Ignore tralining //. Suggested by
+ Göran Uddeborg <address@hidden>.
1996-05-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13389,8 +15880,8 @@
1996-04-24 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment):
- Bind `next-line-add-newlines' to t. Patch by Fritz Knabe
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment): Bind
+ `next-line-add-newlines' to t. Patch by Fritz Knabe
<address@hidden>.
1996-04-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13411,8 +15902,8 @@
1996-02-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-command-menu-queue, TeX-command-menu-queue-entry):
- New functions supporting printer queue queries from the menu.
- By Ulrik Dickow <address@hidden>
+ New functions supporting printer queue queries from the menu. By
+ Ulrik Dickow <address@hidden>
(TeX-command-menu-entry): Use them.
1996-02-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13422,12 +15913,12 @@
1995-12-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Add more definitions by Mehmet
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added more definitions by Mehmet
Balcilar <address@hidden>.
1995-12-18 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph): Remove old version.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph): Removed old version.
(LaTeX-math-menu): Redefined the math mode menu.
1995-12-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13446,8 +15937,8 @@
* PROBLEMS: Some easymenu explanations.
* tex.el: Require easymenu.el instead of auc-menu.el.
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove easymenu.el and auc-menu.el.
- (MINMAPSRC): Remove easymenu.el, column.el and cpp.el.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed easymenu.el and auc-menu.el.
+ (MINMAPSRC): Removed easymenu.el, column.el and cpp.el.
* easymenu.el: File deleted.
* column.el: File deleted.
* cpp.el: File deleted.
@@ -13473,8 +15964,8 @@
1995-02-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-byte-compile): Make it default to nil.
- Suggested by address@hidden (Michal Jaegermann).
+ * tex.el (TeX-byte-compile): Make it default to nil. Suggested by
+ address@hidden (Michal Jaegermann).
* tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Also offer to save files when
started from a menu. Reported by address@hidden (Anton
@@ -13488,21 +15979,21 @@
different buffer. Patch by Michael Kifer
<address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Move `Phi' from V to F in
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Moved `Phi' from V to F in
LaTeX-math-mode. Suggested by address@hidden (David
Kastrup).
* doc/math-ref.tex: Documented it.
1995-02-02 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-home-buffer): Add interactive, reported by
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-home-buffer): Added interactive, reported by
address@hidden
1995-02-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* hilit-LaTeX.el: Upgraded to 1.06.
- * Makefile (CONTRIB, EXTRAFILES): Move tex-jp.el to CONTRIB.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB, EXTRAFILES): Moved tex-jp.el to CONTRIB.
1995-01-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13514,13 +16005,13 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region): Use marker to mark end of region
instead of integer, as the formatting may change the size of the
region.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix bug in paragraph definitions.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fixed bug in paragraph definitions.
Reported by Steve Anderson <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (save-match-data): Add by address@hidden
+ * tex.el (save-match-data): Added by address@hidden
(Kobayashi Shinji).
- (bibtex-mode-hook): Don't use add-hook yet.
- Reported by address@hidden (Kobayashi Shinji).
+ (bibtex-mode-hook): Don't use add-hook yet. Reported by
+ address@hidden (Kobayashi Shinji).
1995-01-25 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13537,23 +16028,23 @@
* tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Forgot a set of parentheses.
Reported by Frederic Devernay <address@hidden>.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-current-pages): Remove extra parentheses.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-current-pages): Removed extra parentheses.
Reported by address@hidden (Michelangelo Grigni).
1995-01-24 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Add workaround for error in
+ * tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Added workaround for error in
XEmacs 19.11's `kill-all-local-variables'.
1995-01-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove unnecessary
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Removed unnecessary
regexp quotes of `TeX-esc'.
* style/amsart.el: Move `eqref' definition to `style/amstex.el'
and load that style hook.
* style/amstex.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
Suggested by address@hidden (Victor Boyko).
1995-01-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13577,9 +16068,9 @@
* Makefile (CONTRIB): New macro for user contributed emacs lisp
packages, initialized with `bib-cite.el' and `hilit-LaTeX.el'.
- (EXTRAFILES): Add $(CONTRIB) to the list.
+ (EXTRAFILES): Added $(CONTRIB) to the list.
- * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Move definition before
+ * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Moved definition before
`TeX-macro-private'. Reported by Frederic Devernay
<address@hidden>.
@@ -13594,8 +16085,8 @@
(TeX-region-create): More outline-mode safe. Patch by
address@hidden (Willi Langenberger).
- * Makefile (dist): Put version number in WWW page.
- Suggested by several people.
+ * Makefile (dist): Put version number in WWW page. Suggested by
+ several people.
* latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Ignore first optional
argument to newenvironment if there is a second. Problem reported
@@ -13611,7 +16102,7 @@
R. Dodd)
(TeX-current-pages): New function.
(TeX-LaTeX-sentinel, TeX-TeX-sentinel): Use it.
- (TeX-format-filter): Remove unnecessary check before assignment.
+ (TeX-format-filter): Removed unnecessary check before assignment.
1995-01-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13698,8 +16189,8 @@
* OEMACS: Removed.
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization):
- Make `words-include-escapes' a local variable before setting it.
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Make
+ `words-include-escapes' a local variable before setting it.
Reported by Bo Nygaard Bai <address@hidden>.
1994-11-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13728,7 +16219,7 @@
* Makefile (dist): Automatically update AUC-TeX-version and
AUC-TeX-date in tex.el
- * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version): Add AUC-TeX-version and
+ * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version): Added AUC-TeX-version and
AUC-TeX-date from auc-ver.el.
* auc-ver.el: File removed.
@@ -13739,7 +16230,7 @@
1994-10-25 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Remove an implemented item.
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Removed an implemented item.
* tex.el (TeX-command-current): New variable.
(TeX-command-select-master): New function.
@@ -13749,13 +16240,13 @@
file argument.
(TeX-command-menu-print): Remove file argument.
(TeX-command-menu-printer-entry): Don't pass file argument.
- (TeX-command-create-menu): Remove.
+ (TeX-command-create-menu): Removed.
(TeX-mode-menu): New menu.
- (plain-TeX-mode-menu): Remove entries now in TeX-mode-menu.
+ (plain-TeX-mode-menu): Removed entries now in TeX-mode-menu.
(plain-TeX-mode-menu): Use `toggle' for bad boxes.
(plain-TeX-common-initialization): Enable TeX-mode-menu.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Remove entries now in
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Removed entries now in
TeX-mode-menu.
(LaTeX-mode-menu): Use `toggle' for bad boxes.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Enable TeX-mode-menu.
@@ -13767,8 +16258,8 @@
1994-10-24 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove auc-menu.el from AUC TeX distribution.
- (MINMAPSRC): Add easymenu.el temporarily to min-map distribution.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed auc-menu.el from AUC TeX distribution.
+ (MINMAPSRC): Added easymenu.el temporarily to min-map distribution.
* auc-menu.el: Just load easymenu.el when using GNU Emacs.
@@ -13798,7 +16289,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-indent-calculate): Allow nil second element in
`LaTeX-indent-environment-list'.
- (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Add special environments
+ (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Added special environments
suggested by address@hidden (Peter
Thiemann).
@@ -13820,7 +16311,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Use three %'s when adding buffer
local variables. Suggested by Raymond Toy <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-format-list): Add entry for AmSTeX by Ulf Juergens
+ * tex.el (TeX-format-list): Added entry for AmSTeX by Ulf Juergens
<address@hidden>.
* tex.el (ams-tex-mode): Run AmS-TeX-mode-hook, not
@@ -13850,7 +16341,7 @@
1994-09-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Add LaTeX2 `cls' extension after
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Added LaTeX2 `cls' extension after
query by address@hidden (Jose Manuel Valenca).
1994-08-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13874,7 +16365,7 @@
1994-08-26 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Remove preceding item from
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Removed preceding item from
wishlist.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix to comments
@@ -13903,8 +16394,8 @@
1994-08-18 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-cite): Prompt for multiple keys.
- Suggested by Masahiro Kitagawa <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-cite): Prompt for multiple keys. Suggested by
+ Masahiro Kitagawa <address@hidden>.
1994-08-17 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
@@ -13940,7 +16431,7 @@
1994-08-10 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * Makefile (MINMAPSRC): Add `all.el'.
+ * Makefile (MINMAPSRC): Added `all.el'.
* all.el: New file.
@@ -13961,12 +16452,12 @@
1994-08-06 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands): New variable.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it.
- Suggested by address@hidden (Yuan P. Li).
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it. Suggested by
+ address@hidden (Yuan P. Li).
* auc-menu.el (easy-menu-add): Check that `x-popup-menu' is bound
- and that we are running under X before calling it.
- Reported by Adrian F. Clark <address@hidden>
+ and that we are running under X before calling it. Reported by
+ Adrian F. Clark <address@hidden>
1994-08-04 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
@@ -13981,10 +16472,10 @@
* doc/history.texi: New file.
- * doc/Makefile (HISTORY): Add rule.
+ * doc/Makefile (HISTORY): Added rule.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Add `ChangeLog'.
- (DOCFILES): Add `history.texi'.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Added `ChangeLog'.
+ (DOCFILES): Added `history.texi'.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (History): Made ready for 9.2. Move history to
`history.texi'.
diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in
index 8cc4be3..13a05ff 100644
--- a/Makefile.in
+++ b/Makefile.in
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
# Maintainer: address@hidden
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 Free Software
+# Copyright (C) 2003-2008, 2010, 2013, 2014 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ AUTOLOAD=--eval '(let ((generated-autoload-file
(expand-file-name "$@"))) \
(save-buffers-kill-emacs t))'
DESCEND=test -z "$(subdirs)" || (OLDPWD="`pwd`";for i in ""$(subdirs);do cd
$$i;echo "Descending into `pwd`";$(MAKE) 'DESTDIR=$(DESTDIR)'
PACKAGE=$(PACKAGE) $@ || exit $$?;cd "$$OLDPWD";echo "Ascending into
$$OLDPWD";done)
-CVSFILES=autogen.sh .cvsignore doc/.cvsignore preview/.cvsignore \
- preview/latex/.cvsignore README.CVS
+EXCLUDEDFILES=autogen.sh .cvsignore .gitignore doc/.gitignore
preview/.gitignore \
+ preview/latex/.gitignore README.GIT tests
.SUFFIXES: .el .elc .texi
@@ -70,9 +70,10 @@ CP_A = $(CP) -R
DIST_PREFIX=$(PWD)/auctex-dist
FTPDIR = $(DIST_PREFIX)/ftp
WWWDIR = $(DIST_PREFIX)/www
+CTANDIR = $(DIST_PREFIX)/ctan
XEMACS_BUILD_DIR = xemacs-build
PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR = preview-build
-COMMITTER="David Kastrup <address@hidden>"
+COMMITTER="`git config --get user.name`\ \ \<`git config --get user.email`\>"
RPMROOT = /usr/src/redhat
RPM_SIGN = --sign
@@ -121,13 +122,26 @@ STYLESRC = style/prosper.el \
style/pst-plot.el style/pst-slpe.el style/shortvrb.el \
style/austrian.el style/naustrian.el style/french.el \
style/lettrine.el style/multicol.el style/xspace.el \
- style/setspace.el style/biblatex.el
+ style/setspace.el style/biblatex.el style/siunitx.el \
+ style/bm.el style/footmisc.el style/ulem.el \
+ style/bigdelim.el style/bigstrut.el style/everysel.el \
+ style/mathtools.el style/ragged2e.el style/amssymb.el \
+ style/lscape.el style/epigraph.el style/mflogo.el \
+ style/multirow.el style/imakeidx.el style/afterpage.el \
+ style/longtable.el style/lipsum.el style/kantlipsum.el \
+ style/memoir.el style/placeins.el style/nameref.el \
+ style/fancynum.el style/fancyhdr.el style/filecontents.el \
+ style/array.el style/kpfonts.el style/acro.el \
+ style/acronym.el style/xparse.el style/fancyvrb.el \
+ style/tabulary.el style/fontspec.el style/unicode-math.el \
+ style/luacode.el style/metalogo.el style/english.el \
+ style/exercise.el style/plext.el style/cleveref.el
STYLEELC = $(STYLESRC:.el=.elc)
CLEANFILES = $(AUCELC) $(STYLEELC) $(MULEELC)
DISTCLEANFILES = Makefile tex-site.el tex-site.el.out auctex.el \
- auto-loads.el config.*
-DISTTEXTS = FAQ INSTALL INSTALL.windows README TODO
+ auto-loads.el config.* preview/preview.el
+DISTTEXTS = FAQ INSTALL INSTALL.windows README TODO PROBLEMS.preview
NOSEARCH = style/.nosearch
@@ -204,7 +218,7 @@ install-startup:
install-el:
-$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(packagelispdir)/tex-site.el # Remove old
(CVS-version) mistakes
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(packagelispdir)/tex-site.el # Remove old
(Git-version) mistakes
test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/tex-site.el || { \
if grep -q "tex-site.*Don't edit." $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/tex-site.el;
then \
echo "Overwriting old tex-site.el" ; \
@@ -317,28 +331,32 @@ wc:
# intended to be used only by the maintainers.
# Steps for making a release:
-#
+#
# 1) release-commit TAG=<tag> COMMITTER=<committer>
# Tag the release.
-#
+# Pass `COMMITTER=<committer>' argument only if it is different from
+# your git name and email. `<committer>' should be in the form
+# "John Doe <address@hidden>"
+#
# 2) dist TAG=<tag>
-# Create the tar ball.
+# Create the tar ball and other release files and put them into $FTPDIR.
#
# 3) xemacs-package TAG=<tag>
# Create the precompiled XEmacs package.
#
# 4) windows-package WEMACSVER=<emacs-version> TAG=<tag>
# Create the precompiled AUCTeX package for Windows.
-#
-# 5) release-sign
+# This requires a compiled Emacs of the same version at location $WEMACS.
+#
+# 5) release-sign TAG=<tag>
# Sign the tar ball and create directive files for upload.
-#
+#
# 6) release-upload
# Upload files to GNU FTP server.
#
# 7) www-doc TAG=<tag> GENDOCSPATCH=<patch-file>
# Create documentation for AUCTeX home page.
-#
+#
# 8) preview-ball TAG=<tag>
# Create preview package. (Not for GNU FTP server but for CTAN.)
@@ -350,26 +368,33 @@ check-tag:
@if [ "X$(TAG)" = "X" ]; then echo "*** Error: No TAG ***"; exit 1; fi
release-commit: check-tag
- @echo "Tagging release $(TAG) in CVS ..."
+ @echo "Tagging release $(TAG) in Git ..."
sleep 5
mv ChangeLog ChangeLog.old
- echo `date "+%Y-%m-%d "`" "${COMMITTER} > ChangeLog
+ mv preview/ChangeLog preview/ChangeLog.old
+# Make sure the release ChangeLog entry is encoded with ISO-8859-1. This
+# requires the `iconv' program.
+ echo `date "+%Y-%m-%d "`" ${COMMITTER}" | iconv -t ISO-8859-1 - >
ChangeLog
echo >> ChangeLog
echo " * Version" $(TAG) released. >> ChangeLog
echo >> ChangeLog
+ cp ChangeLog preview/ChangeLog
cat ChangeLog.old >> ChangeLog
- cvs commit -m 'Release_$(TAG)' ChangeLog
- cvs tag release_`echo $(TAG) | sed -e 's/[.]/_/g'`
+ cat preview/ChangeLog.old >> preview/ChangeLog
+ git commit -m 'Release_$(TAG)' -- ChangeLog preview/ChangeLog
+ git tag release_`echo $(TAG) | sed -e 's/[.]/_/g'`
+ @echo
+ @echo "Congratulations! Release $(TAG) of AUCTeX is ready."
+ @echo "Please, remember to run"
+ @echo " git push --tags origin master"
+ @echo "to propagate release commit and tag to the remote repository."
tar-ball: doc/Makefile
test ! -d auctex-$(TAG) || rm -r auctex-$(TAG)
mkdir auctex-$(TAG)
# Use TAG_EXPORT if set (for snapshots)
- cvs export -d auctex-$(TAG) \
- `echo $${TAG_EXPORT:=$(TAG)} | \
- sed -e '/^\([-0-9]*[0-9]\)[-a-z]*$$/s//-D \1/' \
- -e '/[.]/{s/^/-r release_/;s/[.]/_/g}'` auctex
- cd auctex-$(TAG) && AUCTEXVERSION=$(TAG) AUCTEXDATE=$(AUCTEXDATE)
./autogen.sh && rm $(CVSFILES)
+ git archive $${TAG_EXPORT:=`echo release_$(TAG) | sed 's/[.]/_/g'`} |
tar -xC auctex-$(TAG)
+ cd auctex-$(TAG) && AUCTEXVERSION=$(TAG) AUCTEXDATE=$(AUCTEXDATE)
./autogen.sh && rm -rf $(EXCLUDEDFILES)
chmod -R go-w+rX auctex-$(TAG)
rm -rf $(FTPDIR)
mkdir -p $(FTPDIR)
@@ -454,7 +479,7 @@ windows-package: check-tag
cd $(WBUILDDIR)/emacs-$(WEMACSVER) \
&& zip -r $(FTPDIR)/$(WPACKAGE) $(WPACKAGEFILES)
-release-sign:
+release-sign: check-tag
rm -f $(FTPDIR)/*.{directive,asc,sig}
if [ "x$$GPG_AGENT_INFO" = "x" ]; then \
read -sp "Enter pass phrase: " phrase ; \
@@ -500,12 +525,12 @@ preview-ball: check-tag
test ! -d $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) || rm -r $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR)
mkdir $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR)
# Use TAG_EXPORT if set (for snapshots)
- cvs export -d $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) \
- `echo $${TAG_EXPORT:=$(TAG)} | \
- sed -e '/^\([-0-9]*[0-9]\)[-a-z]*$$/s//-D \1/' \
- -e '/[.]/{s/^/-r release_/;s/[.]/_/g}'` auctex/preview/latex
+ git archive $${TAG_EXPORT:=`echo release_$(TAG) | sed 's/[.]/_/g'`} \
+ preview/latex | tar -xC $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) --strip-components=2
cd $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) && make -f ../preview/latex/Makefile
preview.ins preview.pdf
chmod -R go-w+rX $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR)
- test -d $(FTPDIR) || mkdir -p $(FTPDIR)
- cd $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) && \
- tar -cf - --owner=root --group=root README preview.dtx preview.ins
preview.pdf | gzip --best > $(FTPDIR)/preview-$(TAG).tar.gz
+ test -d $(CTANDIR) || mkdir -p $(CTANDIR)
+# CTAN requires a top level directory "preview/" for the archive.
+ cd $(PREVIEW_BUILD_DIR) && mkdir -p preview && \
+ cp README preview.dtx preview.ins preview.pdf preview/ && \
+ tar -cf - --owner=root --group=root preview/ | gzip --best >
$(CTANDIR)/preview-$(TAG).tar.gz
diff --git a/README b/README
index 0a1f331..e74a20f 100644
--- a/README
+++ b/README
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate
download will
be necessary.
You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
-Anonymous CVS is available as well.
+Anonymous Git is available as well.
7 Contacts
**********
diff --git a/RELEASE b/RELEASE
index 93ca64f..6517532 100644
--- a/RELEASE
+++ b/RELEASE
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Release notes for AUCTeX 11.87 with preview-latex
+Release notes for AUCTeX 11.88 with preview-latex
=================================================
AUCTeX provides by far the most wide-spread and sophisticated
@@ -25,27 +25,91 @@ sleuth work, testing.
New features and fixed bugs in this release
-------------------------------------------
-AUCTeX now supports Biber in conjunction with biblatex in addition to
-BibTeX.
+'TeX-PDF-mode' is now enabled by default.
-Each AUCTeX mode now has its own abbrev table. On Emacsen which
-provide the possibility to inherit abbrevs from other tables, the
-abbrevs from the Text mode abbrev table are available as well. Newly
-defined abbrevs are written to the mode-specific tables, though.
+Now 'TeX-previous-error' works with TeX commands if the new option
+'TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil, which is the default. When this
+option is non-nil, an overview of errors and warnings reported by the
+TeX compiler can be opened with 'M-x TeX-error-overview <RET>'.
-The file tex-fptex.el was removed.
+Style file authors are encouraged to distinguish common from expert
+macros and environments, and mark the latter using
+'TeX-declare-expert-macros' and 'LaTeX-declare-expert-environments'.
+Users can then restrict completion using
+'TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
-Forward/backward search for Evince has been improved. If Emacs is
-compiled with DBUS support and a recent Evince version (3.x) is
-installed, the communication goes over the desktop bus instead of the
-command line, resulting in more accurate positioning of point in Emacs
-and highlighting of the target paragraph in Evince.
+Management of LaTeX package options in the parser was improved. You
+might need to reparse your documents, especially if you loaded the
+'babel' package with language options.
-A problem where Ghostscript threw an /invalidfileaccess error when
-running preview-latex was fixed.
+Now you can insert '$...$' or '\(...\)' by typing a single '$'. To do
+this, customize the new option 'TeX-electric-math'.
+'TeX-math-close-double-dollar' was removed.
-A lot of smaller fixes and additions have been made.
+'C-c <RET> documentclass <RET>' completes with all available LaTeX
+classes, if the 'TeX-arg-input-file-search' variable is non-nil.
+Completion for class options of the standard LaTeX classes is provided
+as well.
+New user options 'LaTeX-default-author',
+'LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search', 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default',
+'TeX-date-format', and 'TeX-insert-braces-alist'. A new possible value
+('show-all-optional-args') for 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style' was
+added. The default value of 'TeX-source-correlate-method' has been
+changed.
+
+'biblatex' support was greatly expanded. If parsing is enabled, AUCTeX
+looks at 'backend' option to decide whether to use Biber or BibTeX. The
+'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' variable was changed to be file local only
+and is no more customizable.
+
+With some LaTeX classes, the default environment suggested by
+'LaTeX-environment' ('C-c C-e') when the current environment is
+'document' was changed. With 'beamer' class the default environment is
+'frame', with 'letter' it is 'letter', with 'slides' it is 'slide'.
+
+Brace pairing feature was enhanced in LaTeX documents. Support for
+'\bigl', '\Bigl', '\biggl' and '\Biggl', the same as the one for
+'\left', was added to 'TeX-insert-macro'. For example, 'C-c <RET> bigl
+<RET> ( <RET>' inserts '\bigl(\bigr)'.
+
+You can insert brace pair '()', '{}' and '[]' by typing a single left
+brace if the new user option 'LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is
+enabled.
+
+Macros '\langle', '\lfloor' and '\lceil', which produce the left part
+of the paired braces, are treated similarly as '(', '{' and '[' during
+the course of 'TeX-insert-macro'.
+
+Support for dozens of LaTeX packages was added.
+
+Tabular-like environments (tabular, tabular*, tabularx, tabulary,
+array, align, ...) are indented in a nicer and more informative way
+when the column values of a table line are written across multiple
+lines in the tex file.
+
+The suitable number of ampersands are inserted when you insert array,
+tabular and tabular* environments with 'C-c C-e'. Similar experience
+is obtained if you terminate rows in these environments with 'C-c
+<LFD>'. It supplies line break macro '\\' and inserts the suitable
+number of ampersands on the next line. Similar supports are provided
+for various amsmath environments.
+
+Commands for narrowing to a group ('TeX-narrow-to-group') and to LaTeX
+environments ('LaTeX-narrow-to-environment') were added.
+
+Now arbitrary options can be passed to the TeX processor on a per file
+basis using the 'TeX-command-extra-options' option.
+
+Now 'C-c C-e document <RET>', in an empty document, prompts for
+'\usepackage' macros in addition to '\documentclass'.
+
+'TeX-add-style-hook' has now a third argument to tell AUCTeX for which
+dialect (LaTeX, Texinfo or BibTeX) the style hook is registers.
+Labelling style hook by dialect will avoid applying them not in the
+right context.
+
+There have been lots of bug fixes and feature additions.
Requirements
------------
@@ -113,15 +177,18 @@ developer list (see above). Other than that,
volunteering for tasks
remains the most effective way of helping AUCTeX development.
The following people contributed to this release series (in
-alphabetical order): Ralf Angeli, Masayuki Ataka, Thomas Baumann,
-Vincent Belaïche, Berend de Boer, Ken Brown, Joshua Buhl, Patrice
-Dumas, Miguel Frasson, Peter S. Galbraith, Patrick Gundlach, Tassilo
+alphabetical order): Ivan Andrus, Ralf Angeli, Masayuki Ataka, Fabrice
+Ben Hamouda, Thomas Baumann, Vincent Belaïche, Berend de Boer, Ken
+Brown, Joshua Buhl, Patrice Dumas, Werner Fink, Miguel Frasson, Peter
+S. Galbraith, Mosè Giordano, Patrick Gundlach, Jobst Hoffmann, Tassilo
Horn, Yvon Hevel, Mads Jensen, Arne Jørgensen, David Kastrup, Ikumi
-Keita, Philip Kime, Joost Kremers, Frank Küster, Jan-Åke Larsson,
-Antoine Levitt, Dan Nicolaescu, Piet van Oostrum, Augusto Ritter
-Stoffel, Davide G. M. Salvetti, Holger Sparr, Mike Sperber, Reiner
-Steib, Christian Schlauer, Shiro Takeda, Mark Trettin (Please accept
-our apologies if we forgot somebody.)
+Keita, Philip Kime, Oleh Krehel, Joost Kremers, Frank Küster, Jan-Åke
+Larsson, Matthew Leach, Antoine Levitt, Leo Liu, Vladimir Lomov, Stefan
+Monnier, Dan Nicolaescu, Piet van Oostrum, Nicolas Richard, Augusto
+Ritter Stoffel, Florent Rougon, Davide G. M. Salvetti, Rüdiger
+Sonderfeld, Holger Sparr, Mike Sperber, Reiner Steib, Christian
+Schlauer, Shiro Takeda, Mark Trettin (Please accept our apologies if we
+forgot somebody.)
Footnotes:
diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4
index f492cc2..9b29ec0 100644
--- a/aclocal.m4
+++ b/aclocal.m4
@@ -94,14 +94,14 @@ fi
AC_DEFUN(AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for date in ChangeLog])
-$1=[`sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog`]
+$1=[`sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' "$3"`]
if test "X${$1}" = X
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([[not found]])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT(${$1})
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for release in ChangeLog])
-$2=[`sed -n '2,/^[0-9]/s/.*Version \(.*\) released\..*/\1/p' ChangeLog`]
+$2=[`sed -n '2,/^[0-9]/s/.*Version \(.*\) released\..*/\1/p' "$3"`]
if test "X${$2}" = X
then
$2=${$1}
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 42c4ca7..4165ed3 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.87.7
+;; Version: 11.88.0
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
diff --git a/auctex.spec b/auctex.spec
index 3d5f7bc..a482661 100644
--- a/auctex.spec
+++ b/auctex.spec
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ probably best solved by not installing this package).
%setup
%build
-# The below will make the package build from a tar straight from CVS
+# The below will make the package build from a tar straight from Git
# NOT RECOMMENDED, but useful for testing!
test -f ./configure || ./autogen.sh
%configure --with-emacs INSTALL_INFO=: --without-texmf-dir
diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh
index 94b3903..99c32a7 100755
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ b/autogen.sh
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ cd ..
rm -rf autom4te.cache preview/autom4te.cache
if test "x${AUCTEXDATE}" = x
then
- AUCTEXDATE=`LANG=C sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog`
+ AUCTEXDATE=`LC_ALL=C sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog`
test "X${AUCTEXDATE}" != X || { echo "Can't find date in ChangeLog" >&2 ;
exit 1; }
fi
diff --git a/bib-cite.el b/bib-cite.el
index 0f94332..612641c 100644
--- a/bib-cite.el
+++ b/bib-cite.el
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
;; New versions of this package (if they exist) may be found at:
;; http://people.debian.org/~psg/elisp/bib-cite.el
-;; and in AUCTeX's CVS archive at
-;; http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/auctex/auctex/
+;; and in AUCTeX's Git archive at
+;; http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/auctex.git
;; Operating Systems:
;; Works in unix, DOS and OS/2. Developped under Linux.
@@ -756,14 +756,14 @@ runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display."
;; Added for version 2.19
(if (boundp 'tags-always-exact)
(progn
- (make-local-variable 'tags-always-exact)
- (setq tags-always-exact nil)))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'tags-always-exact) nil)))
;; mouse overlay
(if bib-highlight-mouse-t
(progn
(bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap)
(bib-highlight-mouse)
- (make-local-hook 'after-change-functions)
+ (when bib-cite-is-XEmacs
+ (make-local-hook 'after-change-functions))
(add-hook 'after-change-functions
'bib-cite-setup-mouse-function nil t)))
(if bib-cite-is-XEmacs
@@ -794,8 +794,7 @@ runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display."
;; own.
(defun bib-cite-setup-highlight-mouse-keymap ()
"Set up the bib-cite text in the current buffer to be clickable."
- (make-local-variable 'bib-highlight-mouse-keymap)
- (setq bib-highlight-mouse-keymap
+ (set (make-local-variable 'bib-highlight-mouse-keymap)
;;; First, copy the local keymap so we don't have `disappearing' menus
;;; when the mouse is moved over a \ref, \label or \cite command.
@@ -942,6 +941,7 @@ runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display."
(eval-after-load
"bibtex"
'(progn
+ (add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect)
(cond
((lookup-key bibtex-mode-map [menu-bar move/edit])
(define-key-after
@@ -1144,8 +1144,7 @@ by using bib-apropos sequentially."
(not (string-equal "*Help*" (buffer-name)))))
(bib-buffer (or (and new-buffer-f (bib-get-bibliography nil))
(current-buffer))))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer bib-buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer bib-buffer
(goto-char (point-min))
(while (and (re-search-forward "^[ \t]*@" nil t)
(re-search-forward keyword nil t))
@@ -1232,8 +1231,7 @@ to create a bibtex file containing only the references
used in the document."
(progn
(copy-face 'bold 'red-bold)
(set-face-foreground 'red-bold "red")))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer "*Help*")
+ (with-current-buffer "*Help*"
(let ((before-change-functions) (after-change-functions))
(put-text-property (point-min)(or limit (point-max))
'face 'red-bold))))
@@ -1332,8 +1330,7 @@ See variables bib-etags-command and bib-etags-filename"
(concat bib-etags-append-command the-tags-file " " the-file))
(setq the-file-list (cdr the-file-list)))
(if the-tags-buffer ;buffer existed; we must refresh it.
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer the-tags-buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer the-tags-buffer
(revert-buffer t t)))
;; Check value of tags-file-name against the-tags-file
@@ -1352,8 +1349,7 @@ See variables bib-etags-command and bib-etags-filename"
;; Skip this in XEmacs (Changed by Anders Stenman)
(if (and (not (string-match "XEmacs\\|Lucid" emacs-version))
(get-file-buffer the-tags-file))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer (get-file-buffer the-tags-file))
+ (with-current-buffer (get-file-buffer the-tags-file)
(set (make-local-variable 'tags-file-name) the-tags-file))))
@@ -2186,8 +2182,7 @@ Sets global variable bib-document-TeX-files-warnings."
(kill-buffer tex-buffer)
(error
"Sorry, but this is not a multi-file document (Try C-u C-c C-n if
using auctex)")))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer tex-buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer tex-buffer
;; set its directory so relative includes work without expanding
(setq default-directory dir)
(insert-file-contents masterfile)
@@ -2237,8 +2232,7 @@ Sets global variable
bib-document-citekeys-obarray-warnings."
master-aux master-tex)))
(let ((work-buffer (get-buffer-create "*bib-cite-work*"))
(keys-obarray (make-vector 201 0)))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer work-buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer work-buffer
(insert-file-contents master-aux)
;; Because we will be looking for \input statements, we need to set
;; the default directory to that of the master file.
@@ -2353,10 +2347,9 @@ accents embeded in bibtex entries."
;; Path is relative to the master directory
(default-directory (bib-master-directory))
(the-name)(the-warnings)(the-file))
- (save-excursion
+ (with-current-buffer bib-buffer
;; such that forward-sexp works with embeeded \" in german,
;; and unbalanced ()
- (set-buffer bib-buffer)
(erase-buffer)
(set-syntax-table text-mode-syntax-table)
;; (if (boundp 'bibtex-mode-syntax-table)
@@ -2385,14 +2378,12 @@ accents embeded in bibtex entries."
(and (boundp 'TeX-check-path)
(psg-checkfor-file-list the-name TeX-check-path))))
(if the-file
- (progn
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer bib-buffer)
- (goto-char (point-max))
- (if include-filenames-f
- (insert "%%%Filename: " the-file "\n"))
- (insert-file-contents the-file nil)
- (goto-char 1)))
+ (with-current-buffer bib-buffer
+ (goto-char (point-max))
+ (if include-filenames-f
+ (insert "%%%Filename: " the-file "\n"))
+ (insert-file-contents the-file nil)
+ (goto-char 1))
(setq the-warnings
(concat the-warnings "Could not read file: " the-name "\n"))))
(if the-warnings
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 7add2aa..06bea48 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -21,16 +21,20 @@ dnl along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write
to the Free
dnl Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
dnl MA 02110-1301, USA.
-AC_INIT(auctex,11.87,address@hidden)
+AC_INIT(auctex,11.88,address@hidden)
AC_CHECK_PROGS_REQUIRED(MAKECMD, make, [make not found, aborting!])
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG(AUCTEXDATE,AUCTEXVERSION)
+AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG(AUCTEXDATE,AUCTEXVERSION,ChangeLog)
AC_SUBST(AUCTEXDATE)
AC_SUBST(AUCTEXVERSION)
+AC_DATE_VERSION_FROM_CHANGELOG(PREVIEWDATE,PREVIEWVERSION,preview/ChangeLog)
+AC_SUBST(PREVIEWDATE)
+AC_SUBST(PREVIEWVERSION)
+
EMACS_PROG_EMACS
if test ${EMACS_FLAVOR} = xemacs
@@ -197,7 +201,7 @@ AC_SHELL_QUOTIFY(TEXI2HTML)
AC_SHELL_QUOTIFY(TEXI2DVI)
AC_SHELL_QUOTIFY(TEXI2PDF)
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tex-site.el.out:tex-site.el.in doc/Makefile auctex.el)
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tex-site.el.out:tex-site.el.in preview/preview.el
doc/Makefile auctex.el)
cat >&2 <<EOF
diff --git a/context-en.el b/context-en.el
index aba1d8c..865ca71 100644
--- a/context-en.el
+++ b/context-en.el
@@ -140,17 +140,25 @@
;; the level is used to find the section name, so the alternative
;; names are never found. Have to start using the section name instead
;; of the number.
-(defvar ConTeXt-section-list-en
+(defvar ConTeXt-numbered-section-list-en
'(("part" 0)
("chapter" 1)
("section" 2)
("subsection" 3)
("subsubsection" 4))
- ;; ("title" 1)
- ;; ("subject" 2)
- ;; ("subsubject" 3)
- ;; ("subsubsubject" 4)
- "List of the names of ConTeXt sections for its en interface.")
+ "List of the names of ConTeXt numbered sections for its en interface.")
+
+(defvar ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list-en
+ '(("title" 1)
+ ("subject" 2)
+ ("subsubject" 3)
+ ("subsubsubject" 4))
+ "List of the names of ConTeXt unnumbered sections for its en interface.")
+
+(defvar ConTeXt-section-list-en
+ (append ConTeXt-numbered-section-list-en ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list-en)
+)
+
(defvar ConTeXt-text-en "text"
"The ConTeXt en interface body text group.")
diff --git a/context.el b/context.el
index 3a2622b..b9ce2c0 100644
--- a/context.el
+++ b/context.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; context.el --- Support for ConTeXt documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008, 2010, 2012
+;; Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2014
;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ The following variables can be set to customize:
((< val 0)
(ConTeXt-up-section (- val)))
(t val)))
- (name (ConTeXt-section-name level))
+ (name (ConTeXt-numbered-section-name level))
(toc nil)
(title "")
(done-mark (make-marker)))
(newline)
- (run-hooks 'ConTeXt-section-hook)
+ (run-hooks 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook)
(newline)
(if (marker-position done-mark)
(goto-char (marker-position done-mark)))
@@ -356,31 +356,53 @@ section."
nil t)))
(ConTeXt-up-section (1- arg))))))
-(defvar ConTeXt-section-list ()
+(defvar ConTeXt-numbered-section-list ()
"ConTeXt-XX-section-list where XX is the current interface.")
-(defun ConTeXt-section-name (level)
+(defvar ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list ()
+ "ConTeXt-XX-section-list where XX is the current interface.")
+
+(defvar ConTeXt-section-list
+ (append ConTeXt-numbered-section-list ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list)
+)
+
+(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-name (level)
+ "Return the name of the section corresponding to LEVEL."
+ (let ((entry (TeX-member level ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
+ (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 1 b)))))))
+ (if entry
+ (nth 0 entry)
+ nil)))
+
+(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-name (level)
"Return the name of the section corresponding to LEVEL."
- (let ((entry (TeX-member level ConTeXt-section-list
+ (let ((entry (TeX-member level ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list
(function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 1 b)))))))
(if entry
(nth 0 entry)
nil)))
-(defun ConTeXt-section-level (name)
+(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-level (name)
"Return the level of the section NAME."
- (let ((entry (TeX-member name ConTeXt-section-list
- (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 0 b)))))))
+ (let ((entry (TeX-member name ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
+ (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 0 b)))))))
+ (if entry
+ (nth 1 entry)
+ nil)))
+(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-level (name)
+ "Return the level of the section NAME."
+ (let ((entry (TeX-member name ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
+ (function (lambda (a b) (equal a (nth 0 b)))))))
(if entry
- (nth 1 entry)
+ (nth 1 entry)
nil)))
;;; Section Hooks.
-(defcustom ConTeXt-section-hook
- '(ConTeXt-section-heading
+(defcustom ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook
+ '(ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
ConTeXt-section-title
ConTeXt-section-ref
ConTeXt-section-section)
@@ -409,8 +431,8 @@ ConTeXt-section-ref: Insert a reference for this section
command.
To get a full featured `ConTeXt-section' command, insert
- (setq ConTeXt-section-hook
- '(ConTeXt-section-heading
+ (setq ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook
+ '(ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
ConTeXt-section-title
ConTeXt-section-section
ConTeXt-section-ref))
@@ -419,18 +441,75 @@ in your .emacs file."
:group 'ConTeXt-macro
:type 'hook
:options
- '(ConTeXt-section-heading
+ '(ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
ConTeXt-section-title
ConTeXt-section-ref
ConTeXt-section-section))
-(defun ConTeXt-section-heading ()
+(defcustom ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook
+ '(ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
+ ConTeXt-section-title
+ ConTeXt-section-ref
+ ConTeXt-section-section)
+ "List of hooks to run when a new section is inserted.
+
+The following variables are set before the hooks are run
+
+level - numeric section level, see the documentation of `ConTeXt-section'.
+name - name of the sectioning command, derived from `level'.
+title - The title of the section, default to an empty string.
+`done-mark' - Position of point afterwards, default nil (meaning end).
+
+The following standard hook exist -
+
+ConTeXt-section-heading: Query the user about the name of the
+sectioning command. Modifies `level' and `name'.
+
+ConTeXt-section-title: Query the user about the title of the
+section. Modifies `title'.
+
+ConTeXt-section-section: Insert ConTeXt section command according to
+`name', `title', and `reference'. If `title' is an empty string,
+`done-mark' will be placed at the point they should be inserted.
+
+ConTeXt-section-ref: Insert a reference for this section command.
+
+To get a full featured `ConTeXt-section' command, insert
+
+ (setq ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook
+ '(ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
+ ConTeXt-section-title
+ ConTeXt-section-section
+ ConTeXt-section-ref))
+
+in your .emacs file."
+ :group 'ConTeXt-macro
+ :type 'hook
+ :options
+ '(ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
+ ConTeXt-section-title
+ ConTeXt-section-ref
+ ConTeXt-section-section))
+
+(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading ()
+ "Hook to prompt for ConTeXt section name.
+Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook' to allow the user to
change
+the name of the sectioning command inserted with `\\[ConTeXt-section]'."
+ (let ((string (completing-read
+ (concat "Select level: (default " name ") ")
+ ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
+ nil nil nil)))
+ ;; Update name
+ (if (not (zerop (length string)))
+ (setq name string))))
+
+(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading ()
"Hook to prompt for ConTeXt section name.
-Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-section-hook' to allow the user to change
+Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook' to allow the user to
change
the name of the sectioning command inserted with `\\[ConTeXt-section]'."
(let ((string (completing-read
(concat "Select level: (default " name ") ")
- ConTeXt-section-list
+ ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list
nil nil nil)))
;; Update name
(if (not (zerop (length string)))
@@ -438,7 +517,7 @@ the name of the sectioning command inserted with
`\\[ConTeXt-section]'."
(defun ConTeXt-section-title ()
"Hook to prompt for ConTeXt section title.
-Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-section-hook' to allow the user to change
+Insert this hook into `ConTeXt-(un)numbered-section-hook' to allow the user to
change
the title of the section inserted with `\\[ConTeXt-section]."
(setq title (read-string "What title: ")))
@@ -520,11 +599,8 @@ inserted after the sectioning command."
(TeX-auto-add-type "environment" "ConTeXt")
-(fset 'ConTeXt-add-environments-auto
- (symbol-function 'ConTeXt-add-environments))
-(defun ConTeXt-add-environments (&rest environments)
+(defadvice ConTeXt-add-environments (after ConTeXt-invalidate-menu (&rest
environments) activate)
"Add ENVIRONMENTS to the list of known environments."
- (apply 'ConTeXt-add-environments-auto environments)
(setq ConTeXt-menu-changed t))
;; (defvar ConTeXt-environment-list ()
@@ -763,7 +839,7 @@ the contents."
(interactive)
(let ((cur (point)))
(ConTeXt-find-matching-stop inner)
- (set-mark (point))
+ (push-mark (point))
(goto-char cur)
(ConTeXt-find-matching-start inner)
(TeX-activate-region)))
@@ -912,7 +988,8 @@ If OPTIONAL, only insert it if not empty, and then use
square brackets."
"[][]\\|" ; display math delimitors (is this applicable to ConTeXt??)
(ConTeXt-environment-start-name) "\\|"
(ConTeXt-environment-stop-name) "\\|"
- (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-section-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\|"
+ (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-numbered-section-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\|"
+ (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\|"
(mapconcat 'identity ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands "\\b\\|")
"\\b\\|"
(mapconcat 'identity ConTeXt-item-list "\\b\\|") "\\b\\)"))
@@ -936,7 +1013,8 @@ header is at the start of a line."
(regexp-quote TeX-esc)
"\\("
(mapconcat 'ConTeXt-environment-full-start-name ConTeXt-section-block-list
"\\|") "\\|"
- (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-section-list "\\|")
+ (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-numbered-section-list "\\|")
+ (mapconcat 'car ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list "\\|")
"\\)\\b"
(if TeX-outline-extra
"\\|"
@@ -1314,7 +1392,8 @@ else. There might be text before point."
;; section menu entries
-(defvar ConTeXt-section-menu-name "Section (C-c C-s)")
+(defvar ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-name "Numbered section (C-c C-s)")
+(defvar ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-name "Unnumbered section")
(defun ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol (level)
"Symbol used to enable section LEVEL in the menu bar."
@@ -1326,17 +1405,29 @@ else. There might be text before point."
(set (ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol level)
(>= level ConTeXt-largest-level))))
-(defun ConTeXt-section-menu (level)
- "Insert section from menu."
- (let ((ConTeXt-section-hook (delq 'ConTeXt-section-heading
- (copy-sequence ConTeXt-section-hook))))
+(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu (level)
+ "Insert numbered section from menu."
+ (let ((ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook (delq 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-heading
+ (copy-sequence
ConTeXt-numbered-section-hook))))
+ (ConTeXt-section level)))
+
+(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu (level)
+ "Insert unnumbered section from menu."
+ (let ((ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook (delq
'ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-heading
+ (copy-sequence
ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-hook))))
(ConTeXt-section level)))
-(defun ConTeXt-section-menu-entry (entry)
- "Create an ENTRY for the section menu."
+(defun ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-entry (entry)
+ "Create an ENTRY for the numbered section menu."
(let ((enable (ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol (nth 1 entry))))
(set enable t)
- (vector (car entry) (list 'ConTeXt-section-menu (nth 1 entry)) enable)))
+ (vector (car entry) (list 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu (nth 1 entry))
enable)))
+
+(defun ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-entry (entry)
+ "Create an ENTRY for the unnumbered section menu."
+ (let ((enable (ConTeXt-section-enable-symbol (nth 1 entry))))
+ (set enable t)
+ (vector (car entry) (list 'ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu (nth 1 entry))
enable)))
;; etexshow support
@@ -1368,7 +1459,8 @@ else. There might be text before point."
`("ConTeXt"
(,ConTeXt-project-structure-menu-name)
(,ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name)
- (,ConTeXt-section-menu-name)
+ (,ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-name)
+ (,ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-name)
["Add Table of Contents to Emacs Menu" (imenu-add-to-menubar "TOC") t]
"-"
["Macro ..." TeX-insert-macro
@@ -1467,10 +1559,14 @@ else. There might be text before point."
(mapcar 'ConTeXt-section-block-menu-entry
ConTeXt-section-block-list)))
(message "Updating section menu...")
- (easy-menu-change '("ConTeXt") ConTeXt-section-menu-name
+ (easy-menu-change '("ConTeXt") ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-name
+ (LaTeX-split-long-menu
+ (mapcar 'ConTeXt-numbered-section-menu-entry
+ ConTeXt-numbered-section-list)))
+ (easy-menu-change '("ConTeXt") ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-name
(LaTeX-split-long-menu
- (mapcar 'ConTeXt-section-menu-entry
- ConTeXt-section-list)))
+ (mapcar 'ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-menu-entry
+ ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list)))
(message "Updating...done")
(and menu (easy-menu-return-item ConTeXt-mode-menu menu))
)))
@@ -1481,7 +1577,7 @@ else. There might be text before point."
"Command line option for texexec to use nonstopmode.")
(defun ConTeXt-expand-options ()
- "Expand options for texexec command."
+ "Expand options for context command."
(concat
(let ((engine (eval (nth 4 (assq TeX-engine (TeX-engine-alist))))))
(when engine
@@ -1490,7 +1586,7 @@ else. There might be text before point."
(format "--interface=%s " ConTeXt-current-interface))
(when TeX-source-correlate-mode
(format "--passon=\"%s\" "
- (if (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'synctex)
+ (if (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'synctex)
TeX-synctex-tex-flags
TeX-source-specials-tex-flags)))
(unless TeX-interactive-mode
@@ -1508,6 +1604,8 @@ else. There might be text before point."
ConTeXt-other-macro-list
ConTeXt-project-structure-list
ConTeXt-section-block-list
+ ConTeXt-numbered-section-list
+ ConTeXt-unnumbered-section-list
ConTeXt-section-list
ConTeXt-text
ConTeXt-item-list
@@ -1651,7 +1749,7 @@ Special commands:
Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
-of context-mode-hook."
+of ConTeXt-mode-hook."
(interactive)
(context-guess-current-interface)
(require (intern (concat "context-" ConTeXt-current-interface)))
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in
index d2be29e..8507821 100644
--- a/doc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -35,7 +35,21 @@ address@hidden@
address@hidden@
address@hidden@
DESTDIR=
address@hidden@
+# If `texi2html' is not available, use `makeinfo' when possible. Set the ToC
+# file accordingly. Actually, makeinfo >= 5 is needed, but we don't check the
+# version.
+ifneq (@TEXI2HTML@,:)
+ address@hidden@
+ TEXI2HTML_TOC=auctex_toc.html
+else
+ ifneq (@MAKEINFO@,:)
+ address@hidden@ --html
+ TEXI2HTML_TOC=index.html
+ else
+ address@hidden@
+ TEXI2HTML_TOC=auctex_toc.html
+ endif
+endif
address@hidden@
address@hidden@
MKINSTALLDIRS = ../mkinstalldirs
@@ -51,7 +65,8 @@ AUCTEXTEXIFILES = auctex.texi install.texi wininstall.texi
intro.texi \
PREVIEWTEXIFILES = copying.texi preview-faq.texi macros.texi \
preview-dtxdoc.texi preview-latex.texi preview-problems.texi \
preview-readme.texi preview-todo.texi version.texi
-DISTTEXTS = ../README ../INSTALL ../TODO ../INSTALL.windows ../FAQ ../CHANGES
+DISTTEXTS = ../README ../INSTALL ../TODO ../INSTALL.windows ../FAQ ../CHANGES
\
+ ../PROBLEMS.preview
all: dist
@@ -72,17 +87,17 @@ install-man:
dist: $(DISTTEXTS) preview-latex.info auctex.info tex-ref.pdf
-extradist: html/auctex_toc.html auctex.ps auctex.pdf tex-ref.ps tex-ref.pdf
+extradist: html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC) auctex.ps auctex.pdf tex-ref.ps tex-ref.pdf
.PHONY: all info dvi dist install-auctex disttexts clean distclean \
maintainer-clean install-preview install-man html-docs extradist
# AUCTeX
-html/auctex_toc.html: auctex.texi
+html/$(TEXI2HTML_TOC): auctex.texi
rm -rf html
mkdir html
- cd html && $(TEXI2HTML) -split_node -I .. ../auctex.texi && \
+ cd html && $(TEXI2HTML) --split=node -I .. ../auctex.texi && \
test ! -d auctex || { mv auctex/* . && rm -rf auctex ; }
tex-ref.dvi: tex-ref.tex
@@ -180,7 +195,7 @@ install-preview: preview-latex.info
$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) faq.texi --output $@
$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) --number-sections preview-faq.texi
--output - >> $@
-../PROBLEMS: preview-problems.texi macros.texi
+../PROBLEMS.preview: preview-problems.texi macros.texi
$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) --number-sections preview-problems.texi
--output $@
# clean
diff --git a/doc/auctex.texi b/doc/auctex.texi
index 539a683..08bf8cf 100644
--- a/doc/auctex.texi
+++ b/doc/auctex.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ This manual is for @AUCTeX{}
(version @value{VERSION} from @value{UPDATED}),
a sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2012
+Copyright @copyright{} 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2014
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@quotation
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ reasons to despair. You can continue to write @TeX{} and
@LaTeX{}
documents the way you are used to, and only start using the multiple
features in small steps. @AUCTeX{} is not monolithic, each feature
described in this manual is useful by itself, but together they provide
-an environment where you will make very few @LaTeX{} errors, and makes it
-easy to find the errors that may slip through anyway.
+an environment where you will make very few @LaTeX{} errors, and makes
+it easy to find the errors that may slip through anyway.
It is a good idea to make a printout of @AUCTeX{}'s reference card
@file{tex-ref.tex} or one of its typeset versions.
@@ -163,6 +163,7 @@ Controlling Screen Display
* Font Locking:: Font Locking
* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
* Outline:: Outlining the Document
+* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
Font Locking
@@ -315,7 +316,7 @@ entering more specialized sorts of text, for formatting the
source by
indenting and filling and for navigating through the document.
@menu
-* Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
+* Quotes:: Inserting quotes, dollars, and braces
* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
@@ -397,31 +398,68 @@ language-specific ones.
In @AUCTeX{}, dollar signs should match like they do in @TeX{}. This
has been partially implemented, we assume dollar signs always match
-within a paragraph. The first @samp{$} you insert in a paragraph will
-do nothing special. The second @samp{$} will match the first. This
-will be indicated by moving the cursor temporarily over the first dollar
-sign.
+within a paragraph. By default, the first @samp{$} you insert in a
+paragraph will do nothing special. The second @samp{$} will match the
+first. This will be indicated by moving the cursor temporarily over the
+first dollar sign.
@deffn Command TeX-insert-dollar @var{arg}
@kindex $
(@kbd{$}) Insert dollar sign.
Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign end the @TeX{} math mode.
-Ensure double dollar signs match up correctly by inserting extra dollar
-signs when needed if @code{TeX-math-close-double-dollar} is non-nil.
With optional @var{arg}, insert that many dollar signs.
@end deffn
address@hidden TeX-math-close-double-dollar
-Control the insertion of double dollar signs for delimiting display
-math. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs in @LaTeX{}
-because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset documents.)
-If the variable is non-nil and you enter a dollar sign that matches a
-double dollar sign @samp{$$} @AUCTeX{} will automatically insert two
-dollar signs.
address@hidden and @LaTeX{} users often look for a way to insert inline
+equations like @samp{$...$} or @samp{\(...\)} simply typing @kbd{$}.
address@hidden helps them through the customizable variable
address@hidden
+
address@hidden TeX-electric-math
+If the variable is non-nil and you type @kbd{$} outside math mode,
address@hidden will automatically insert the opening and closing symbols for
+an inline equation and put the point between them. The opening symbol
+will blink when @code{blink-matching-paren} is non-nil. If
address@hidden is nil, typing @kbd{$} simply inserts @samp{$}
+at point, this is the default.
+
+Besides @code{nil}, possible values for this variable are @code{(cons
+"$" "$")} for @TeX{} inline equations @samp{$...$}, and @code{(cons
+"\\(" "\\)")} for @LaTeX{} inline equations @samp{\(...\)}.
+
+If the variable is non-nil and point is inside math mode right between a
+couple of single dollars, pressing @kbd{$} will insert another pair of
+dollar signs and leave the point between them. Thus, if
address@hidden is set to @code{(cons "$" "$")} you can easily
+obtain a @TeX{} display equation @samp{$$...$$} by pressing @kbd{$}
+twice in a row. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs in
address@hidden because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset
+documents.)
+
+In addition, when the variable is non-nil and there is an active region
+outside math mode, typing @kbd{$} will put around the active region
+symbols for opening and closing inline equation and keep the region
+active, leaving point after the closing symbol. By pressing repeatedly
address@hidden while the region is active you can toggle between an inline
+equation, a display equation, and no equation. To be precise,
address@hidden is replaced by @samp{$$...$$}, whereas @samp{\(...\)} is
+replaced by @samp{\[...\]}.
@end defopt
+If you want to automatically insert @samp{$...$} in plain @TeX{} files,
+and @samp{\(...\)} in @LaTeX{} files by pressing @kbd{$}, add the
+following to your init file
address@hidden
+(add-hook 'plain-TeX-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
+ (cons "$" "$"))))
+(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (set (make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-electric-math)
+ (cons "\\(" "\\)"))))
address@hidden lisp
+
@subheading Braces
To avoid unbalanced braces, it is useful to insert them pairwise. You
@@ -434,6 +472,110 @@ to type inside of them. If there is an active region,
put braces around
it and leave point after the closing brace.
@end deffn
+When writing complex math formulas in @LaTeX{} documents, you
+sometimes need to adjust the size of braces with pairs of macros like
address@hidden@samp{\right}, @address@hidden and so on. You
+can avoid unbalanced pairs with the help of @code{TeX-insert-macro},
+bound to @kbd{C-c C-m} or @kbd{C-c @key{RET}} (@pxref{Completion}).
+If you insert left size adjusting macros such as @samp{\left},
address@hidden etc. with @code{TeX-insert-macro}, it asks for left brace
+to use and supplies automatically right size adjusting macros such as
address@hidden, @samp{\bigr} etc. and corresponding right brace in
+addtion to the intended left macro and left brace.
+
+The completion by @code{TeX-insert-macro} also applies when entering
+macros such as @samp{\langle}, @samp{\lfloor} and @samp{\lceil}, which
+produce the left part of the paired braces. For example, inserting
address@hidden by @kbd{C-c C-m} is immediately followed by the
+insertion of @samp{\rfloor}. In addition, if the point was located
+just after @samp{\left} or its friends, the corresponding
address@hidden etc. will be inserted in front of @samp{\rfloor}.
+In both cases, active region is honored.
+
+As a side effect, when @code{LaTeX-math-mode} (@pxref{Mathematics}) is
+on, just typing @kbd{`(} inserts not only @samp{\langle}, but also
address@hidden
+
+If you do not like such auto completion at all, it can be disabled by a
+user option.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-right-insert-p
+If this option is turned off, the automatic supply of the right macros
+and braces is suppressed.
address@hidden defopt
+
+When you edit @LaTeX{} documents, you can enable automatic brace
+pairing when typing @kbd{(}, @address@hidden and @kbd{[}.
+
address@hidden LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace
+If this option is on, just typing @kbd{(}, @address@hidden or @kbd{[}
+immediately adds the corresponding right brace @samp{)}, @address@hidden or
address@hidden The point is left after the opening brace. If there is an
+active region, braces are put around it.
+
+They recognize the preceeding backslash or size adjusting macros such
+as @samp{\left}, @samp{\bigl} etc., so the following completions will
+occur:
address@hidden @bullet
+
address@hidden
+(when typing single left brace)
address@hidden @minus
+
address@hidden
address@hidden(} -> @samp{()}
+
address@hidden
address@hidden@{} -> @address@hidden@}}
+
address@hidden
address@hidden -> @samp{[]}
address@hidden itemize
+
address@hidden
+(when typing left brace just after a backslash)
address@hidden @minus
+
address@hidden
address@hidden(} -> @samp{\(\)}
+
address@hidden
address@hidden@{} -> @address@hidden@}}
+
address@hidden
address@hidden -> @samp{\[\]}
address@hidden itemize
+
address@hidden
+(when typing just after @samp{\left} or @samp{\bigl})
address@hidden @minus
+
address@hidden
address@hidden(} -> @samp{\left(\right)}
+
address@hidden
address@hidden -> @samp{\bigl[\bigr]}
address@hidden itemize
+
address@hidden
+(when typing just after @samp{\Bigl\})
address@hidden @minus
+
address@hidden
address@hidden@{} -> @address@hidden@}}
+
address@hidden itemize
+
address@hidden itemize
+
+This auto completion feature may be a bit annoying when editing an
+already existing @LaTeX{} document. In that case, use @kbd{C-u 1} or
address@hidden before typing @kbd{(}, @address@hidden or @kbd{[}. Then no
+completion is done and just a single left brace is inserted. In fact,
+with optional prefix @var{arg}, just that many open braces are
+inserted without any completion.
address@hidden defopt
+
@node Font Specifiers
@section Inserting Font Specifiers
@@ -542,9 +684,9 @@ either: at the top of the document; the top level
sectioning for that
document style, and any other place: The same as the last occurring
sectioning command.
-Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and
-last you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section.
-The label will be prefixed by the value specified in
+Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section. The
+label will be prefixed by the value specified in
@code{LaTeX-section-hook}.
@deffn Command LaTeX-section @var{arg}
@@ -602,7 +744,8 @@ The following variables are set before the hooks are run
@table @var
@item level
-Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to @code{LaTeX-section}.
+Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to
address@hidden
@item name
Name of the sectioning command, derived from @var{level}.
@item title
@@ -684,6 +827,9 @@ specific document. This is achieved by examining your
@samp{\documentclass} command, and consulting a precompiled list of
environments available in a large number of styles.
+Most of these are described further in the following sections, and you
+may easily specify more. @xref{Customizing Environments}.
+
You insert an environment with @kbd{C-c C-e}, and select an environment
type. Depending on the environment, @AUCTeX{} may ask more questions
about the optional parts of the selected environment type. With
@@ -702,20 +848,70 @@ prefix argument), the current environment is modified and
no new
environment is inserted.
@end deffn
address@hidden helps you adding labels to environments which use them, such
+as @samp{equation}, @samp{figure}, @samp{table}, address@hidden When you
+insert one of the supported environments with @kbd{C-c C-e}, you will be
+automatically prompted for a label. You can select the prefix to be
+used for such environments with the @code{LaTeX-label-alist} variable.
address@hidden LaTeX-label-alist
+List the prefixes to be used for the label of each supported
+environment.
+
+This is an alist whose car is the environment name, and the cdr either
+the prefix or a symbol referring to one.
+
+If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label is
+automatically inserted for that environment.
+
+If you want to automatically insert a label for a environment but with
+an empty prefix, use the empty string @code{""} as the cdr of the
+corresponding entry.
address@hidden defopt
+
As a default selection, @AUCTeX{} will suggest the environment last
inserted or, as the first choice the value of the variable
@code{LaTeX-default-environment}.
@defopt LaTeX-default-environment
Default environment to insert when invoking @samp{LaTeX-environment}
-first time.
+first time. When the current environment is @samp{document}, it is
+overriden by @code{LaTeX-default-document-environment}.
@end defopt
address@hidden LaTeX-default-document-environment
+Default environment when invoking @samp{LaTeX-environment} and the
+current environment is @samp{document}. It is intended to be used in
address@hidden class style files. For example, in @file{beamer.el} it is set
+to @code{frame}, in @file{letter.el} to @code{letter}, and in
address@hidden to @code{slide}.
address@hidden defvar
+
If the document is empty, or the cursor is placed at the top of the
-document, @AUCTeX{} will default to insert a `document' environment.
+document, @AUCTeX{} will default to insert a @samp{document} environment
+prompting also for the insertion of @samp{\documentclass} and
address@hidden macros. You will be prompted for a new package until
+you enter nothing. If you do not want to insert any @samp{\usepackage}
+at all, just press @key{RET} at the first @samp{Packages} prompt.
+
address@hidden distinguishes normal and expert environments. By default, it
+will offer completion only for normal environments. This behavior is
+controlled by the user option @code{TeX-complete-expert-commands}.
+
address@hidden TeX-complete-expert-commands
+Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
+
+Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
+
address@hidden @asis
address@hidden nil
+Don't complete expert commands (default).
address@hidden t
+Always complete expert commands.
address@hidden (STYLES @dots{})
+Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
address@hidden table
address@hidden defopt
-Most of these are described further in the following sections, and you
-may easily specify more. @xref{Customizing Environments}.
@menu
* Equations:: Equations
@@ -733,6 +929,27 @@ that you use @kbd{C-c C-e} to insert complete environments
instead.
(@kbd{C-c ]}) Insert an @samp{\end} that matches the current environment.
@end deffn
address@hidden offers keyboard shortcuts for moving point to the beginning
+and to the end of the current environment.
address@hidden Command LaTeX-find-matching-begin
address@hidden C-M-a
+(@kbd{C-M-a}) Move point to the @samp{\begin} of the current
+environment.
+
+If this command is called inside a comment and
address@hidden is enabled, try to find the environment
+in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
address@hidden deffn
+
address@hidden Command LaTeX-find-matching-end
address@hidden C-M-e
+(@kbd{C-M-e}) Move point to the @samp{\end} of the current environment.
+
+If this command is called inside a comment and
address@hidden is enabled, try to find the environment
+in commented regions with the same comment prefix.
address@hidden deffn
+
@node Equations
@subsection Equations
@cindex Equations
@@ -834,8 +1051,14 @@ insert an appropriate @samp{\item} for the current
environment. That is,
`description' will have @samp{\item[]} inserted.
@end deffn
address@hidden TeX-arg-item-label-p
+If non-nil, you will always be asked for optional label in items.
+Otherwise, you will be asked only in description environments.
address@hidden defopt
+
@node Tabular-like
@subsection Tabular-like Environments
address@hidden amsmath
When inserting Tabular-like environments, that is, `tabular' `array'
etc., you will be prompted for a template for that environment.
@@ -845,11 +1068,35 @@ Related variables:
Default format string for array and tabular environments.
@end defopt
address@hidden LaTeX-default-width
+Default width for minipage and tabular* environments.
address@hidden defopt
+
@defopt LaTeX-default-position
Default position string for array and tabular environments. If nil,
act like the empty string is given, but don't prompt for a position.
@end defopt
address@hidden calculates the number of columns from the format string and
+inserts the suitable number of ampersands.
+
+You can use @kbd{C-c @key{LFD}} (@code{LaTeX-insert-item}) to terminate
+rows in these environments. It supplies line break macro @samp{\\} and
+inserts the suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
+
address@hidden Command LaTeX-insert-item
address@hidden C-c @key{LFD}
+(@kbd{C-c @key{LFD}}) Close the current row with @samp{\\}, move to the
+next line and insert an appropriate number of ampersands for the current
+environment.
address@hidden deffn
+
+Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments such as
address@hidden, @samp{gather}, @samp{alignat}, @samp{matrix} etc. Try
+typing @kbd{C-c @key{LFD}} in these environments. It recognizes the
+current environment and does the appropriate job depending on the
+context.
+
@node Customizing Environments
@subsection Customizing Environments
@@ -986,13 +1233,16 @@ Specifies whether @code{TeX-insert-macro} will ask for
all optional
arguments.
If set to the symbol @code{show-optional-args}, @code{TeX-insert-macro}
-asks for optional arguments of @TeX{} macros. If set to
address@hidden, @code{TeX-insert-macro} asks only for
-mandatory arguments. When @code{TeX-insert-macro} is called with prefix
-argument (@kbd{C-u}), it's the other way round.
+asks for optional arguments of @TeX{} marcos, unless the previous
+optional argument has been rejected. If set to
address@hidden, @code{TeX-insert-macro} asks for all
+optional arguments. @code{mandatory-args-only}, @code{TeX-insert-macro}
+asks only for mandatory arguments. When @code{TeX-insert-macro} is
+called with prefix argument (@kbd{C-u}), it's the other way round.
Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, e.g.
address@hidden
address@hidden and
address@hidden
@end defopt
@@ -1030,10 +1280,43 @@ This can be stopped by entering @code{LaTeX-math-mode},
If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
@end defopt
address@hidden TeX-insert-braces-alist
+Control the insertion of a pair of braces after a macro on a per macro
+basis.
+
+This variable is an alist. Each element is a cons cell, whose car is
+the macro name, and the cdr is non-nil or nil, depending on whether a
+pair of braces should be, respectively, appended or not to the macro.
+
+If a macro has an element in this variable, @code{TeX-parse-macro} will
+use its value to decided what to do, whatever the value of the variable
address@hidden
address@hidden defopt
+
Completions work because @AUCTeX{} can analyze @TeX{} files, and store
symbols in Emacs Lisp files for later retrieval. @xref{Automatic}, for
more information.
address@hidden distinguishes normal and expert macros. By default, it will
+offer completion only for normal commands. This behavior can be
+controlled using the user option @code{TeX-complete-expert-commands}.
+
address@hidden TeX-complete-expert-commands
+Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
+
+Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
+
address@hidden @asis
address@hidden nil
+Don't complete expert commands (default).
address@hidden t
+Always complete expert commands.
address@hidden (STYLES @dots{})
+Only complete expert commands of STYLES.
address@hidden table
address@hidden defopt
+
+
@cindex \cite, completion of
@cindex address@hidden, completion
@cindex cite, completion of
@@ -1462,7 +1745,7 @@ the line becomes overfull.
@chapter Controlling Screen Display
It is often desirable to get visual help of what markup code in a text
-actually does whithout having to decipher it explicitely. For this
+actually does without having to decipher it explicitly. For this
purpose Emacs and @AUCTeX{} provide font locking (also known as syntax
highlighting) which visually sets off markup code like macros or
environments by using different colors or fonts. For example text to be
@@ -1480,10 +1763,15 @@ for Emacs' outline mode which lets you narrow the
buffer content to
certain sections of your text by hiding the parts not belonging to these
sections.
+Moreover, you can focus in a specific portion of the code by narrowing
+the buffer to the desired region. @AUCTeX{} provides also functions to
+narrow the buffer to the current group and to @LaTeX{} environments.
+
@menu
* Font Locking:: Font Locking
* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
* Outline:: Outlining the Document
+* Narrowing:: Restricting display and editing to a portion
of the buffer
@end menu
@node Font Locking
@@ -1984,6 +2272,12 @@ forced fontification by customizing the variable
@code{TeX-fold-force-fontify}.
@end defopt
address@hidden TeX-fold-auto
+By default, a macro inserted with @code{TeX-insert-macro} (@kbd{C-c
+C-m}) will not be folded. Set this variable to a non-nil value to
+aumatically fold macros as soon as they are inserted.
address@hidden defopt
+
@defopt TeX-fold-preserve-comments
By default items found in comments will be folded. If your comments
often contain unfinished code this might lead to problems. Give this
@@ -1991,6 +2285,11 @@ variable a non-nil value and foldable items in your
comments will be
left alone.
@end defopt
address@hidden TeX-fold-unfold-around-mark
+When this variable is non-nil and there is an active regione, text
+around the mark will be kept unfolded.
address@hidden defopt
+
@deffn Command TeX-fold-region
@kindex C-c C-o C-r
(@kbd{C-c C-o C-r}) Hide all configured macros in the marked region.
@@ -2208,6 +2507,34 @@ You may want to check out the unbundled @file{out-xtra}
package for even
better outline support. It is available from your favorite emacs lisp
archive.
address@hidden Narrowing
address@hidden Narrowing
+
+Sometimes you want to focus your attention to a limited region of the
+code. You can do that by restricting the text addressable by editing
+commands and hiding the rest of the buffer with the narrowing functions,
address@hidden,,,emacs,GNU Emacs Manual}. In addition, AUCTeX
+provides a couple of other commands to narrow the buffer to a group,
+i.e. a region enclosed in a pair of curly braces, and to @LaTeX{}
+environments.
+
address@hidden Command TeX-narrow-to-group
address@hidden C-x n g
+(@kbd{C-x n g}) Make text outside current group invisible.
address@hidden deffn
+
address@hidden Command LaTeX-narrow-to-environment @var{count}
address@hidden C-x n e
+(@kbd{C-x n e}) Make text outside current environment invisible. With
+optional argument @var{count} keep visible that number of enclosing
+environmens.
address@hidden deffn
+
+Like other standard narrowing functions, the above commands are
+disabled. Attempting to use them asks for confirmation and gives you
+the option of enabling them; if you enable the commands, confirmation
+will no longer be required for them.
+
@node Processing
@chapter Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
@@ -2420,11 +2747,18 @@ The default command to run in this buffer. Must be an
entry in
@cindex Biber
@cindex biblatex
address@hidden LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
-In case you use biblatex in a document, @AUCTeX{} switches from
address@hidden to Biber for bibliography processing. In case you want to
-keep using address@hidden, set the variable @code{LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber}
-to nil.
+In case you use biblatex in a document, when automatic parsing is
+enabled @AUCTeX{} checks the value of @samp{backend} option given to
+biblatex at load time to decide whether to use address@hidden or Biber for
+bibliography processing. Should @AUCTeX{} fail to detect the right
+backend, you can use the file local @code{LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber}
+variable.
address@hidden Variable LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
+If this boolean variable is set as file local, it tells to @AUCTeX{}
+whether to use Biber with biblatex. In this case, the autodetection of
+the biblatex backend will be overridden. You may want to set locally
+this variable if automatic parsing is not enabled.
address@hidden defvr
After confirming a command to execute, @AUCTeX{} will try to save any
buffers related to the document, and check if the document needs to be
@@ -2460,10 +2794,10 @@ address@hidden
@cindex PDF mode
(@kbd{C-c C-t C-p})
This command toggles the @acronym{PDF} mode of @AUCTeX{}, a buffer-local
-minor mode. You can customize @code{TeX-PDF-mode} to give it a
-different default. The default is used when @AUCTeX{} does not have
-additional clue about what a document might want. This option usually
-results in calling either address@hidden or ordinary @TeX{}.
+minor mode which is enabled by default. You can customize
address@hidden to give it a different default or set it as a file
+local variable on a per-document basis. This option usually results in
+calling either address@hidden or ordinary @TeX{}.
@end deffn
@defopt TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX
@@ -2571,6 +2905,23 @@ command can either be a variable or a string. An empty
string or nil
means there is no command available.
@end defopt
+As shown above, @AUCTeX{} handles in a special way most of the main
+options that can be given to the @TeX{} processors. When you need to
+pass to the @TeX{} processor arbitrary options not handled by @AUCTeX{},
+you can use the file local variable @code{TeX-command-extra-options}.
address@hidden TeX-command-extra-options
+String with the extra options to be given to the TeX processor. For
+example, if you need to enable the shell escape feature to compile a
+document, add the following line to the list of local variables of the
+source file:
address@hidden
+%%% TeX-command-extra-options: "-shell-escape"
address@hidden example
+By default this option is not safe as a file-local variable because a
+specially crafted document compiled with shell escape enabled can be
+used for malicious purposes.
address@hidden defopt
+
You can customize @AUCTeX{} to show the processor output as it is
produced.
@@ -2735,7 +3086,33 @@ output) and address@hidden (any type of output). If you
want to make use of
forward and inverse searching with source specials or address@hidden, switch
on @code{TeX-source-correlate-mode}. @xref{Processor Options}, on how
to do that. The use of the pdfsync package is detected automatically if
-document parsing is enabled.
+document parsing is enabled. Customize the variable
address@hidden to select the method to use.
+
address@hidden TeX-source-correlate-method
+Method to use for enabling forward and inverse search. This can be
address@hidden if source specials should be used, @samp{synctex}
+if SyncTeX should be used, or @samp{auto} if @AUCTeX{} should decide.
+
+When the variable is set to @samp{auto}, @AUCTeX{} will always use
+SyncTeX if your @code{latex} processor supports it, source specials
+otherwise. You must make sure your viewer supports the same method.
+
+It is also possible to specify a different method depending on the
+output, either DVI or PDF, by setting the variable to an alist of the
+kind
address@hidden
+((dvi . <source-specials or synctex>)
+ (pdf . <source-specials or synctex>))
address@hidden lisp
+in which the CDR of each entry is a symbol specifying the method to be
+used in the corresponding mode. The default value of the variable is
address@hidden
+((dvi . source-specials)
+ (pdf . synctex))
address@hidden lisp
+which is compatible with the majority of viewers.
address@hidden defopt
@findex TeX-view
Forward search happens automatically upon calling the viewer, e.g. by
@@ -2781,14 +3158,44 @@ to do exactly. In xdvi you normally have to use
@kbd{C-down-mouse-1}.
Once you've formatted your document you may `debug' it, i.e. browse
through the errors (La)@TeX{} reported.
address@hidden Command TeX-next-error
address@hidden Command TeX-next-error @var{arg} @var{reparse}
@kindex C-c `
(@kbd{C-c `}) Go to the next error reported by @TeX{}. The view will
be split in two, with the cursor placed as close as possible to the
error in the top view. In the bottom view, the error message will be
displayed along with some explanatory text.
+
+An optional numeric @var{arg}, positive or negative, specifies how many
+error messages to move. A negative @var{arg} means to move back to
+previous error messages, see also @code{TeX-previous-error}.
+
+The optional @var{reparse} argument makes @AUCTeX{} reparse the error
+message buffer and start the debugging from the first error. This can
+also be achieved by calling the function with a prefix argument
+(@kbd{C-u}).
address@hidden deffn
+
address@hidden Command TeX-previous-error @var{arg}
address@hidden M-g p
+(@kbd{M-g p}) Go to the previous error reported by @TeX{}. An optional
+numeric @var{arg} specifies how many error messages to move backward.
+This is like calling @code{TeX-next-error} with a negative argument.
@end deffn
+The command @code{TeX-previous-error} works only if @AUCTeX{} can parse
+the whole @TeX{} log buffer. This is controlled by the
address@hidden variable.
+
address@hidden TeX-parse-all-errors
+If t, @AUCTeX{} automatically parses the whole output log buffer right
+after running a @TeX{} command, in order to collect all warnings and
+errors. This makes it possible to navigate back and forth between the
+error messages using @code{TeX-next-error} and
address@hidden This is the default. If nil, @AUCTeX{} does
+not parse the whole output log buffer and @code{TeX-previous-error}
+cannot be used.
address@hidden defopt
+
Normally @AUCTeX{} will only report real errors, but you may as well
ask it to report `bad boxes' and warnings as well.
@@ -2816,6 +3223,45 @@ terse information about the error is displayed in the
echo area. If
@TeX{} output.
@end defopt
+When the option @code{TeX-parse-all-errors} is non-nil, you will be also
+able to open an overview of all errors and warnings reported by the TeX
+compiler. This feature requires @code{tabulated-list-mode}, shipped
+with GNU Emacs 24 or later.
+
address@hidden Command TeX-error-overview
+Show an overview of the errors and warnings occurred in the last TeX
+run.
+
+In this window you can visit the error on which point is on by pressing
address@hidden, and visit the next or previous issue by pressing @key{n} or
address@hidden respectively. A prefix argument to these keys specifies how
+many errors to move forward or backward. You can visit an error also by
+clicking on its message. Press @key{q} to quit the overview.
address@hidden deffn
+
address@hidden TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run
+When this boolean variable is non-nil, the error overview will be
+automatically opened after running TeX if there are errors or warnings
+to show.
address@hidden defopt
+
+The error overview is opened in a new window of the current frame by
+default, but you can change this behavior by customizing the option
address@hidden
+
address@hidden TeX-error-overview-setup
+Controls the frame setup of the error overview. The possible value is:
address@hidden; with a nil value the current frame is used
+instead.
+
+The parameters of the separate frame can be set with the
address@hidden option.
+
+If the display does not support multi frame, the current frame
+will be used regardless of the value of this variable.
address@hidden TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters
address@hidden defopt
+
@node Checking
@section Checking for problems
@cindex Checking
@@ -2829,23 +3275,22 @@ terse information about the error is displayed in the
echo area. If
Running @TeX{} or @LaTeX{} will only find regular errors in the
document, not examples of bad style. Furthermore, description of the
-errors may often be confusing. The utility @code{lacheck} can be used
-to find style errors, such as forgetting to escape the space after an
-abbreviation or using @samp{...} instead of @samp{\ldots} and many other
-problems like that. You start @code{lacheck} with @kbd{C-c C-c Check
+errors may often be confusing. The utilities @code{lacheck} and
address@hidden can be used to find style errors, such as forgetting to
+escape the space after an abbreviation or using @samp{...} instead of
address@hidden and other similar problems. You start @code{lacheck} with
address@hidden C-c Check @key{RET}} and @code{chktex} with @kbd{C-c C-c ChkTeX
@key{RET}}. The result will be a list of errors in the
@samp{*compilation*} buffer. You can go through the errors with
@kbd{C-x `} (@code{next-error}, @pxref{Compilation,,,emacs,The Emacs
Editor}), which will move point to the location of the next error.
-Another newer program which can be used to find errors is @code{chktex}.
-It is much more configurable than @code{lacheck}, but doesn't find all
-the problems @code{lacheck} does, at least in its default configuration.
-You must install the programs before using them, and for @code{chktex}
-you may also need modify @code{TeX-command-list} unless you use its
address@hidden compatibility wrapper. You can get @code{lacheck} from
address@hidden<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>} or
-alternatively @code{chktex} from
+Each of the two utilities will find some errors the other doesn't, but
address@hidden is more configurable, allowing you to create your own
+errors. You may need to install the programs before using them. You
+can get @code{lacheck} from
address@hidden<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>} and
address@hidden from
@file{<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/chktex/>}.
@node Control
@@ -2975,6 +3420,18 @@ functions and hooks.
@item Texinfo @tab @code{Texinfo-mode} @tab @code{Texinfo-mode-hook}
@item address@hidden @tab @code{docTeX-mode} @tab @code{docTeX-mode-hook}
@end multitable
address@hidden plain-TeX-mode
address@hidden plain-TeX-mode-hook
address@hidden LaTeX-mode
address@hidden LaTeX-mode-hook
address@hidden AmS-TeX-mode
address@hidden AmS-TeX-mode-hook
address@hidden ConTeXt-mode
address@hidden ConTeXt-mode-hook
address@hidden Texinfo-mode
address@hidden Texinfo-mode-hook
address@hidden docTeX-mode
address@hidden docTeX-mode-hook
If you need to make a customization via a hook which is only relevant
for one of the modes listed above, put it into the respective mode hook,
@@ -3233,6 +3690,30 @@ Only parse @LaTeX{} class and packages.
Only parse @LaTeX{} labels.
@end defvr
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list
+Only parse @LaTeX{} index and glossary entries.
address@hidden defvr
+
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list
+Only parse macros in @LaTeX{} classes and packages.
address@hidden defvr
+
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
+Only parse @LaTeX{} pagestyles.
address@hidden defvr
+
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
+Only parse @LaTeX{} counters.
address@hidden defvr
+
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
+Only parse @LaTeX{} lengths.
address@hidden defvr
+
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list
+Only parse @LaTeX{} saveboxes.
address@hidden defvr
+
@defvr Constant LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
Parse common @LaTeX{} commands.
@end defvr
@@ -3364,6 +3845,7 @@ The following style files are recognized:
@vindex TeX-language-bg-hook
@vindex TeX-language-cz-hook
@vindex TeX-language-dk-hook
address@hidden TeX-language-en-hook
@vindex TeX-language-nl-hook
@vindex TeX-language-de-hook
@vindex TeX-language-it-hook
@@ -3376,6 +3858,7 @@ The following style files are recognized:
@cindex Italian
@cindex Danish
@cindex Dutch
address@hidden English
@cindex German
@cindex Polish
@cindex Slovak
@@ -3404,13 +3887,8 @@ in the composing words.
@item dutch
Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-nl-hook}.
address@hidden german
address@hidden ngerman
-Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-de-hook}. Gives @samp{"} word
-syntax, makes the @key{"} key insert a literal @samp{"}. Pressing the
-key twice will give you opening or closing German quotes (@samp{"`} or
address@hidden"'}). Typing @key{-} twice will insert @samp{"=}, three times
address@hidden
address@hidden english
+Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-en-hook}.
@item frenchb
@itemx francais
@@ -3419,6 +3897,14 @@ insert @samp{\\og} and @samp{\\fg} depending on context.
Note that the
language name for customizing @code{TeX-quote-language-alist} is
@samp{french}.
address@hidden german
address@hidden ngerman
+Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-de-hook}. Gives @samp{"} word
+syntax, makes the @key{"} key insert a literal @samp{"}. Pressing the
+key twice will give you opening or closing German quotes (@samp{"`} or
address@hidden"'}). Typing @key{-} twice will insert @samp{"=}, three times
address@hidden
+
@item icelandic
Runs style hook @code{TeX-language-is-hook}. Gives @samp{"} word
syntax, makes the @key{"} key insert a literal @samp{"}. Typing @key{"}
@@ -3783,7 +4269,8 @@ Here is a simple example of a style file.
(TeX-add-style-hook
"book"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
@end lisp
The example is from the @AUCTeX{} sources and is loaded for any @LaTeX{}
@@ -3802,11 +4289,59 @@ hooks will be called for each buffer using the style
file.
Note that the basename of the style file and the name of the style hook
should usually be identical.
address@hidden TeX-add-style-hook @var{style} @var{hook}
address@hidden TeX-add-style-hook @var{style} @var{hook} &optional
@var{dialect-expr}
Add @var{hook} to the list of functions to run when we use the @TeX{}
-file @var{style}.
+file @var{style} and the current dialect is one in the set derived from
address@hidden When @var{dialect-expr} is omitted, then @var{hook}
+is allowed to be run whatever the current dialect is.
+
address@hidden may be one of:
+
address@hidden
address@hidden
+A symbol indicating a singleton containing one basic @TeX{} dialect,
+this symbol shall be selected among:
address@hidden @code
address@hidden :latex
+For all files in @LaTeX{} mode, or any mode derived thereof
address@hidden :bibtex
+For all files in address@hidden mode, or any mode derived thereof
address@hidden :texinfo
+For all files in @acronym{Texinfo} mode.
address@hidden table
address@hidden
+A logical expression like:
address@hidden @code
address@hidden (or @var{dialect-expression1} @dots{} @address@hidden)
+For union of the sets of dialects corresponding to @var{dialect-expression1}
+through @address@hidden
address@hidden (and @var{dialect-expression1} @dots{} @address@hidden)
+For intersection of the sets of dialects corresponding to
address@hidden through @address@hidden
address@hidden (nor @var{dialect-expression1} @dots{} @address@hidden)
+For complement of the union sets of dialects corresponding to
address@hidden through @address@hidden
+relatively to the set of all supported dialects
address@hidden (not @var{dialect-expr})
+For complement set of dialect corresponding to @var{dialect-expr}
+relatively to the set of all supported dialects
address@hidden table
address@hidden itemize
+
@end defun
+In case of adding a style hook for @LaTeX{}, when calling function
address@hidden it is thought more futureproof for argument
address@hidden to pass constant @code{LaTeX-dialect} currently
+defined to @code{:latex}, rather than passing @code{:latex} directly.
+
address@hidden Constant LaTeX-dialect
+Default dialect for use with function @code{TeX-add-style-hook} for
+argument @var{dialect-expr} when the hook is to be run only on LaTeX
+file, or any mode derived thereof.
address@hidden defvr
+
+
@node Adding Macros
@subsection Adding Support for Macros
@cindex Adding macros
@@ -3826,7 +4361,7 @@ Here are a few examples from @file{latex.el}.
(TeX-add-symbols
'("arabic" TeX-arg-counter)
'("label" TeX-arg-define-label)
- '("ref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("ref" TeX-arg-ref)
'("newcommand" TeX-arg-define-macro [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
'("newtheorem" TeX-arg-define-environment
[ TeX-arg-environment "Numbered like" ]
@@ -3855,7 +4390,7 @@ Thus, to overwrite
@end example
you can specify
@example
- '("tref" TeX-arg-label ignore) ; two arguments
+ '("tref" TeX-arg-ref ignore) ; two arguments
@end example
@code{ignore} is a function that does not do anything, so when you
@@ -3917,27 +4452,64 @@ Parse its arguments but use no braces when they are
inserted.
Evaluate arguments and insert the result in the buffer.
@item TeX-arg-label
-Prompt for a label completing with known labels.
+Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If address@hidden is
+active, prompt for the reference format.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-ref
+Prompt for a label completing with known labels. If address@hidden is
+active, do not prompt for the reference format. Usually, reference
+macros should use this function instead of @code{TeX-arg-label}.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-index-tag
+Prompt for an index tag. This is the name of an index, not the entry.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-index
+Prompt for an index entry completing with known entries.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-length
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} length completing with known lengths.
@item TeX-arg-macro
Prompt for a @TeX{} macro with completion.
address@hidden TeX-arg-date
address@hidden TeX-date-format
+Prompt for a date, defaulting to the current date. The format of the
+date is specified by the @code{TeX-date-format} option. If you want to
+change the format when the @samp{babel} package is loaded with a
+specific language, set @code{TeX-date-format} inside the appropriate
+language hook, for details @pxref{European}.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-version
+Prompt for the version of a file, using as initial input the current
+date.
+
@item TeX-arg-environment
Prompt for a @LaTeX{} environment with completion.
@item TeX-arg-cite
-Prompt for a address@hidden citation.
address@hidden TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+Prompt for a address@hidden citation. If the variable
address@hidden is non-nil, ask also for optional note in citations.
@item TeX-arg-counter
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} counter.
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} counter completing with known counters.
@item TeX-arg-savebox
-Prompt for a @LaTeX{} savebox.
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} savebox completing with known saveboxes.
@item TeX-arg-file
Prompt for a filename in the current directory, and use it without the
extension.
address@hidden TeX-arg-file-name
+Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
+being visited in the current buffer, with extension.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension
+Prompt for a filename and use as initial input the name of the file
+being visited in the current buffer, without extension.
+
@item TeX-arg-input-file
@vindex TeX-arg-input-file-search
Prompt for the name of an input file in @TeX{}'s search path, and use it
@@ -3949,6 +4521,11 @@ be controlled by the variable
@code{TeX-arg-input-file-search}.)
Prompt for a label completing with known labels. Add label to list of
defined labels.
address@hidden TeX-arg-define-length
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} length completing with known lengths. Add length
+to list of defined lengths.
+
+
@item TeX-arg-define-macro
Prompt for a @TeX{} macro with completion. Add macro to list of defined
macros.
@@ -3966,6 +4543,34 @@ Prompt for a @LaTeX{} counter.
@item TeX-arg-define-savebox
Prompt for a @LaTeX{} savebox.
address@hidden TeX-arg-document
address@hidden LaTeX-default-style
address@hidden LaTeX-default-options
address@hidden TeX-arg-input-file-search
address@hidden LaTeX-style-list
+Prompt for a @LaTeX{} document class, using @code{LaTeX-default-style}
+as default value and @code{LaTeX-default-options} as default list of
+options. If the variable @code{TeX-arg-input-file-search} is t, you
+will be able to complete with all @LaTeX{} classes available on your
+system, otherwise classes listed in the variable @code{LaTeX-style-list}
+will be used for completion. It is also provided completion for options
+of many common classes.
+
address@hidden LaTeX-arg-usepackage
address@hidden TeX-arg-input-file-search
+Prompt for @LaTeX{} packages. If the variable
address@hidden is t, you will be able to complete with
+all @LaTeX{} packages available on your system. It is also provided
+completion for options of many common packages.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-bibstyle
+Prompt for a address@hidden style file completing with all style available on
+your system.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-bibliography
+Prompt for BibTeX database files completing with all databases available
+on your system.
+
@item TeX-arg-corner
Prompt for a @LaTeX{} side or corner position with completion.
@@ -3990,6 +4595,18 @@ Insert width and height as a pair. No arguments.
@item TeX-arg-coordinate
Insert x and y coordinates as a pair. No arguments.
+
address@hidden LaTeX-arg-author
address@hidden LaTeX-default-author
+Prompt for document author, using @code{LaTeX-default-author} as initial
+input.
+
address@hidden TeX-read-key-val
+Prompt for a key=value list of options and return them.
+
address@hidden TeX-arg-key-val
+Prompt for a key=value list of options and insert it as a @TeX{} macro
+argument.
@end ftable
If you add new hooks, you can assume that point is placed directly after
@@ -3999,6 +4616,17 @@ inserting. If you want point to be located somewhere
else after all
hooks have been processed, set the value of @code{exit-mark}. It will
point nowhere, until the argument hook sets it.
+Some packages provide macros that are rarely useful to non-expert users.
+Those should be marked as expert macros using
address@hidden
+
address@hidden TeX-declare-expert-macros @var{style} @var{macros}...
+Declare MACROS as expert macros of STYLE.
+
+Expert macros are completed depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
address@hidden defun
+
+
@node Adding Environments
@subsection Adding Support for Environments
@cindex Adding environments
@@ -4132,11 +4760,22 @@ an optional argument of the @samp{lstlisting}
environment:
@lisp
(LaTeX-add-environments
- `("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
- [TeX-arg-key-val ,LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
+ '("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
@end lisp
@end ftable
+Some packages provide environments that are rarely useful to non-expert
+users. Those should be marked as expert environments using
address@hidden
+
address@hidden LaTeX-declare-expert-environments @var{style}
@var{ENVIRONMENTS}...
+Declare ENVIRONMENTS as expert environments of STYLE.
+
+Expert environments are completed depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'.
address@hidden defun
+
+
@node Adding Other
@subsection Adding Other Information
@cindex Adding bibliographies
@@ -4551,3 +5190,8 @@ used by @AUCTeX{} for sectioning.
@printindex cp
@bye
+
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden TeX-master: t
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/doc/changes.texi b/doc/changes.texi
index 6495401..056177e 100644
--- a/doc/changes.texi
+++ b/doc/changes.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
@c This is part of the AUCTeX manual.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 1994-2002, 2004-2010, 2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 1994-2002, 2004-2010, 2012-2014 Free Software
address@hidden Foundation, Inc.
@c See file auctex.texi for copying conditions.
@include macros.texi
@ifset rawfile
@@ -7,6 +8,137 @@
@end ifset
address@hidden News in 11.88
+
address@hidden @bullet
address@hidden
address@hidden is now enabled by default.
+
address@hidden
+Now @code{TeX-previous-error} works with @TeX{} commands if the new
+option @code{TeX-parse-all-errors} is non-nil, which is the default.
+When this option is non-nil, an overview of errors and warnings reported
+by the TeX compiler can be opened with @kbd{M-x TeX-error-overview
address@hidden
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden
+Style file authors are encouraged to distinguish common from expert
+macros and environments, and mark the latter using
address@hidden and
address@hidden
+
+Users can then restrict completion using
address@hidden
+
address@hidden
+Management of @LaTeX{} package options in the parser was improved. You
+might need to reparse your documents, especially if you loaded the
address@hidden package with language options.
+
address@hidden
+Now you can insert @samp{$...$} or @samp{\(...\)} by typing a single
address@hidden To do this, customize the new option @samp{TeX-electric-math}.
address@hidden was removed.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden
address@hidden @key{RET} documentclass @key{RET}} completes with all available
address@hidden classes, if the @code{TeX-arg-input-file-search} variable is
+non-nil. Completion for class options of the standard @LaTeX{} classes
+is provided as well.
+
address@hidden
+New user options @code{LaTeX-default-author},
address@hidden,
address@hidden, @code{TeX-date-format}, and
address@hidden A new possible value
+(@code{show-all-optional-args}) for
address@hidden was added. The default value of
address@hidden has been changed.
+
address@hidden
address@hidden support was greatly expanded. If parsing is enabled,
address@hidden looks at @samp{backend} option to decide whether to use Biber
+or BibTeX. The @code{LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber} variable was changed to
+be file local only and is no more customizable.
+
address@hidden
+With some @LaTeX{} classes, the default environment suggested by
address@hidden (@kbd{C-c C-e}) when the current environment is
address@hidden was changed. With @samp{beamer} class the default
+environment is @samp{frame}, with @samp{letter} it is @samp{letter},
+with @samp{slides} it is @samp{slide}.
+
address@hidden
+Brace pairing feature was enhanced in @LaTeX{} documents. Support for
address@hidden, @samp{\Bigl}, @samp{\biggl} and @samp{\Biggl}, the same
+as the one for @samp{\left}, was added to @code{TeX-insert-macro}.
+For example, @kbd{C-c @key{RET} bigl @key{RET} ( @key{RET}} inserts
address@hidden(\bigr)}.
+
+You can insert brace pair @samp{()}, @address@hidden@}} and @samp{[]} by typing
+a single left brace if the new user option
address@hidden is enabled.
+
+Macros @samp{\langle}, @samp{\lfloor} and @samp{\lceil}, which produce
+the left part of the paired braces, are treated similarly as @samp{(},
address@hidden@{} and @samp{[} during the course of @code{TeX-insert-macro}.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden
+Support for dozens of @LaTeX{} packages was added.
+
address@hidden
+Tabular-like environments (tabular, tabular*, tabularx, tabulary, array,
+align, ...) are indented in a nicer and more informative way when the
+column values of a table line are written across multiple lines in the
+tex file.
+
address@hidden
+The suitable number of ampersands are inserted when you insert array,
+tabular and tabular* environments with @kbd{C-c C-e}. Similar
+experience is obtained if you terminate rows in these environments with
address@hidden @key{LFD}}. It supplies line break macro @samp{\\} and inserts
+the suitable number of ampersands on the next line.
+
+Similar supports are provided for various amsmath environments.
+
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden
+Commands for narrowing to a group (@code{TeX-narrow-to-group}) and to
address@hidden environments (@code{LaTeX-narrow-to-environment}) were added.
+
address@hidden
+Now arbitrary options can be passed to the @TeX{} processor on a
+per file basis using the @code{TeX-command-extra-options} option.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden Options}, for details.
address@hidden ifclear
+
address@hidden
+Now @kbd{C-c C-e document @key{RET}}, in an empty document, prompts for
address@hidden macros in addition to @samp{\documentclass}.
+
address@hidden
address@hidden has now a third argument to tell AUCTeX for
+which dialect (LaTeX, Texinfo or BibTeX) the style hook is
+registers. Labelling style hook by dialect will avoid applying them not
+in the right context.
+
address@hidden
+There have been lots of bug fixes and feature additions.
address@hidden itemize
+
@heading News since 11.87
@itemize @bullet
@@ -829,3 +961,8 @@ Added by David Kastrup <David.Kastrup@@t-online.de>.
@item
Bug fixes.
@end itemize
+
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden TeX-master: "auctex"
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/doc/install.texi b/doc/install.texi
index dd3eb5e..24fda96 100644
--- a/doc/install.texi
+++ b/doc/install.texi
@@ -125,14 +125,7 @@ The default configuration of @AUCTeX{} is tailored for
address@hidden or
This is needed for operation of @previewlatex{} in both @acronym{DVI}
and @acronym{PDF} mode. Most versions of Ghostscript nowadays in use
-should work fine (version 7.0 and newer). If you encounter problems,
-check
address@hidden rawfile
-the @file{PROBLEMS} file.
address@hidden ifset
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden with Ghostscript,,,preview-latex,the @previewlatex{} manual}.
address@hidden ifclear
+should work fine (version 7.0 and newer).
@item The @code{texinfo} package
@@ -161,9 +154,9 @@ various files will be. To do so, run
./configure @var{options}
@end example
-(Note: if you have fetched @AUCTeX{} from @acronym{CVS} rather than
+(Note: if you have fetched @AUCTeX{} from @acronym{Git} rather than
a regular release, you will have to first follow the instructions in
address@hidden).
address@hidden).
On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
@command{configure} cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to
diff --git a/doc/preview-problems.texi b/doc/preview-problems.texi
index a039351..d01ca8e 100644
--- a/doc/preview-problems.texi
+++ b/doc/preview-problems.texi
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
@c documentencoding is used by makeinfo in our --no-headers output.
@documentencoding ISO-8859-1
@node Known problems,,(dir),(dir)
address@hidden Known problems
address@hidden Known problems with preview-latex
@end ifset
@c -----------------------
@@ -15,9 +15,7 @@ other software. Some of the known problems can be solved by
moving to
newer versions of the problematic software or by simple patches.
@menu
-* Problems with Ghostscript::
* Font problems with Dvips::
-* Emacs problems::
* Too small bounding boxes::
* x-symbol interoperation::
* Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling::
@@ -30,61 +28,15 @@ information interesting to us and send it to the
if at all possible.
@ifset rawfile
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden Font problems with Dvips
@raisesections
@end ifset
@ifclear rawfile
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
address@hidden Problems with Ghostscript
address@hidden ifclear
-
-Most of the problems encountered come from interaction with Ghostscript.
-It is a good idea to have a fairly recent version of Ghostscript
-installed. One problem occurs if you have specified the wrong
-executable under Windows: the command line version of Ghostscript is
-called @file{GSWIN32C.EXE}, not @file{GSWIN32.EXE}.
-
-When Ghostscript fails, the necessary information and messages from
-Ghostscript go somewhere. If Ghostscript fails before starting to
-process images, you'll find the information at the end of the process
-buffer you can see with @kbd{C-c C-l}. If Ghostscript fails while
-processing a particular image, this image will be tagged with clickable
-buttons for the error description and for the corresponding source file.
-
-The default options configurable with
-
address@hidden
address@hidden customize-variable @key{RET} preview-gs-options @key{RET}}
address@hidden display
address@hidden preview-gs-options
address@hidden
-include the options @option{-dTextAlphaBits=4} and
address@hidden These options have been reported to
-make Ghostscript 5.50 fail, but should work under Ghostscript 6.51 and
-later. If you are experiencing problems, it might help to customize
-them away. Of course, this also takes away the joy of antialiasing, so
-upgrading Ghostscript might not be the worst idea after all.
-
-The device names have changed over time, so when using an old
-Ghostscript, you may have problems with the devices demanded by the
-customizable variable @code{preview-image-creators}.
address@hidden preview-image-creators
-In that case, make sure they fit your version of Ghostscript, at least
-the entry corresponding to the current value of
address@hidden
address@hidden preview-image-type
-While not being best in file size and image quality, setting
address@hidden to @code{jpeg} should probably be one of
-the best bets for the purpose of checking basic operation, since that
-device name has not changed in quite some time. But @acronym{JPEG} is
-not intended for text, but for photographic images. On a more
-permanent time scale, the best choice is to use @acronym{PNG} and
-complain to your suppliers if either Emacs or Ghostscript fail to
-properly accommodate this format.
-
@node Font problems with Dvips
@section Font problems with Dvips
address@hidden ifclear
+
Some fonts have been reported to produce wrong characters with
@previewlatex{}. @previewlatex{} calls Dvips by default with the option
@option{-Pwww} in order to get scalable fonts for nice results. If you
@@ -111,56 +63,6 @@ rendered as @address@hidden (British Pounds sign) in
several fonts,
unless your version of Dvips has a long-standing bug in its
implementation fixed (only very recent versions of Dvips have).
address@hidden Emacs problems
address@hidden Emacs problems
-
address@hidden @bullet
address@hidden GNU Emacs versions
-
-Don't use Emacsen older than 21.3 on X11-based systems. On most other
-systems, you'll need at least @w{Emacs 22.1} or one of the developer
-versions leading up to it. Details can be found in
address@hidden rawfile
-in the @file{INSTALL} file.
address@hidden ifset
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden,,,auctex,the @AUCTeX{} manual}.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden Emacsen on Windows operating systems
-
-For @w{Emacs 21}, no image support is available in Emacs under Windows.
-Without images, @previewlatex{} is useless. The current @acronym{CVS}
-version of Emacs available from
address@hidden://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs} now supports images
-including the @acronym{PNG} format, so @w{Emacs 22} should work out of
-the box once it is released. Precompiled versions are available from
address@hidden://crasseux.com/emacs} and @uref{http://nqmacs.sf.net}.
-
-For detailed installation instructions for Windows, see
address@hidden rawfile
-the file @file{INSTALL.windows}
address@hidden ifset
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden under MS Windows,,,auctex,the @AUCTeX{} manual}.
address@hidden ifclear
-
address@hidden XEmacs
-
-There is are two larger problems known with older XEmacs releases. One
-leads to seriously mispositioned baselines and previews hanging far
-above other text on the same line. This should be fixed as of
-XEmacs-21.4.9.
-
-The other core bug causes a huge delay when XEmacs's idea of the state of
-processes (like ghostscript) is wrong, and can lead to nasty spurious
-error messages. It should be fixed in version 21.4.8.
-
-Previews will only remain from one session to the next if you have
-version 1.81 or above of the @file{edit-utils} package, first released
-in the 2002-03-12 sumo tarball.
address@hidden itemize
-
@node Too small bounding boxes
@section Too small bounding boxes
The bounding box of a preview is determined by the @LaTeX{} package
diff --git a/doc/preview-readme.texi b/doc/preview-readme.texi
index 4f67e04..a70fc92 100644
--- a/doc/preview-readme.texi
+++ b/doc/preview-readme.texi
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ will display it.
@node Availability, Contacts, More documentation, Introduction
@section Availability
@cindex Download
address@hidden @sc{cvs} access
address@hidden @sc{git} access
The @previewlatex{} project is now part of @AUCTeX{} and accessible as
part of the @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex,@AUCTeX{}
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ project page}. You can get its files from the
@AUCTeX{}, so no separate download will be necessary.
You will also find @file{.rpm} files there for Fedora and possibly
-SuSE. Anonymous @acronym{CVS} is available as well.
+SuSE. Anonymous @acronym{Git} is available as well.
@node Contacts, , Availability, Introduction
@section Contacts
diff --git a/doc/tex-ref.tex b/doc/tex-ref.tex
index 6c4e814..3ca96bc 100644
--- a/doc/tex-ref.tex
+++ b/doc/tex-ref.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% Reference Card for AUCTeX version 11.87
+% Reference Card for AUCTeX version 11.88
%**start of header
\newcount\columnsperpage
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@
% Paul Rubin, Bob Chassell, Len Tower, and Richard Mlynarik
% for creating the GNU Emacs Reference Card from which this was mutated
-\def\versionnumber{11.87}
-\def\year{2012}
-\def\version{November \year\ v\versionnumber}
+\def\versionnumber{11.88}
+\def\year{2014}
+\def\version{October \year\ v\versionnumber}
\def\shortcopyrightnotice{\vskip 1ex plus 2 fill
\centerline{\small \copyright\ \year\ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
\def\copyrightnotice{%
\vskip 1ex plus 2 fill\begingroup\small
\centerline{Copyright \copyright\ 1987, 1992, 1993, 2004, 2005, 2008,}
-\centerline{2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\centerline{2010, 2012, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
\centerline{for AUC\TeX\ version \versionnumber}
Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of
@@ -241,6 +241,7 @@ are preserved on all copies.
\key{Kill job}{C-c C-k}
\key{Recenter output buffer}{C-c C-l}
\key{Next error in \TeX/\LaTeX\ session}{C-c `}
+\key{Previous error in \TeX/\LaTeX\ session}{M-g p}
\key{Toggle debug of bad boxes}{C-c C-t C-b}
\key{Toggle debug of warnings}{C-c C-t C-w}
\key{View output file}{C-c C-v}
@@ -265,7 +266,7 @@ are not available in all modes):
\key{Make (PostScript) File}{File}
\key{Ispell}{Spell}
\key{Delete intermediate files}{Clean}
-\key{Delete all output files files}{Clean All}
+\key{Delete all output files}{Clean All}
\section{\TeX ing options}
\TeX\ runs can come in various types, which may be toggled and are
@@ -278,6 +279,7 @@ indicated in the mode line.
\section{Miscellaneous}
\key{Read AUC\TeX\ manual}{C-c TAB}
+\key{Find documentation}{C-c ?}
\key{Math Mode}{C-c \string~}
\key{Reset Buffer}{C-c C-n}
\key{Reset AUC\TeX}{C-u C-c C-n}
@@ -295,7 +297,7 @@ indicated in the mode line.
\key{Insert item}{C-c LFD}
\key{Insert item (alias)}{M-RET}
\key{Close \LaTeX\ environment}{C-c ]}
-\key{Insert \TeX\ macro \kbd{\\\{\}} }{C-c C-m}
+\key{Insert \TeX\ macro \kbd{\{\}} }{C-c C-m}
\key{Insert double brace}{C-c \{}
\key{Complete \TeX\ macro}{M-TAB}
\key{Smart ``quote''}{"}
@@ -384,7 +386,7 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\omega{w}
\keycs\Delta{D}
\keycs\Gamma{G}
-\keycs\Theta{Q}
+\keycs\Theta{J}
\keycs\Lambda{L}
\keycs\Xi{X}
\keycs\Pi{P}
@@ -404,6 +406,7 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\leq{<}
\keycs\geq{>}
\keycs\tilde x{\string~}
+\keycs\hat x{^}
\keycs\nabla{N}
\keycs\infty{I}
\keycs\forall{A}
@@ -412,6 +415,7 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\in{i}
\keycs\times{*}
\keycs\cdot{.}
+\keycs\colon{:}
\keycs\subset{\{}
\keycs\supset{\}}
\keycs\subseteq{[}
@@ -430,7 +434,6 @@ LaTeX-math-list before loading LaTeX-math-mode.
\keycs\det{C-d}
\keycs\lim{C-l}
\keycs\tan{C-t}
-\keycs\hat x{^}
\keycs\vee{|}
\keycs\wedge{\&}
@@ -574,7 +577,6 @@ RefTeX is part of [X]Emacs. To activate and make it
interact with
AUCTeX, insert the following lines in .emacs.
\vskip-3mm
\beginexample
-(add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(setq reftex-plug-into-auctex t)
\endexample
@@ -623,7 +625,7 @@ variables
\vskip-3mm
\beginexample
reftex-label-alist
-reftex-section-lecels
+reftex-section-levels
reftex-index-macros
reftex-cite-format
\endexample
@@ -641,7 +643,6 @@ consistent.
\vskip-4mm
\beginexample
-(add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex)
(setq reftex-plug-into-auctex t)
\endexample
diff --git a/doc/todo.texi b/doc/todo.texi
index 5ac6703..cd5b2de 100644
--- a/doc/todo.texi
+++ b/doc/todo.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
@c This is part of the AUCTeX Manual.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
address@hidden Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2008, 2009, 2013, 2014 Free Software
address@hidden Foundation, Inc.
@c See the file auctex.texi for copying conditions.
@ifset rawfile
@include macros.texi
@@ -43,15 +44,6 @@ Further integration will happen at the backend. This
involves folding
of error parsing and task management of both packages which will ease
development efforts and avoid redundant work.
address@hidden More flexible option and command handling
-
-The current state of command handling with @code{TeX-command-list} is
-not very flexible because there is no distinction between executables
-and command line options to be passed to them.
-
-Customization of @code{TeX-command-list} by the user will interfere with
-updates of @AUCTeX{}.
-
@item Error help catalogs
Currently, the help for errors is more or less hardwired into
@@ -88,11 +80,9 @@ requested yet.
A special ispell dictionary for macros could be nice to have.
address@hidden Quick error overviews
address@hidden Improvements to error reporting
-An error overview window (extract from the log file with just the error
-lines, clickable like a ``grep'' buffer) and/or fringe indicators for
-errors in the main text would be nice.
+Fringe indicators for errors in the main text would be nice.
@item A math entry grid
@@ -113,21 +103,6 @@ code of the @file{.dtx} file.
For starters, @code{LaTeX-math-mode} is not very @LaTeX{}-specific in
the first place, and similar holds for indentation and formatting.
address@hidden Poor man's Source Specials
-In particular in PDF mode (and where Source Specials cause problems),
-alternatives would be desirable. One could implement inverse search by
-something like Heiko Oberdiek's @file{vpe.sty}, and forward search by
-using the @file{.aux} file info to correlate labels in the text
-(possibly in cooperation with address@hidden) with previewer pages.
-
-In @AUCTeX{} 11.83, support for forward search with PDF files was added.
-Currently this only works if you use the pdfsync @LaTeX{} package and
-xpdf as your PDF viewer.
address@hidden rawfile
address@hidden
address@hidden ifclear
-
-
@item
Page count when compiling should (optionally) go to modeline of the
window where the compilation command was invoked, instead of the output
@@ -163,10 +138,6 @@ This default value for TeX-master could then be controled
with mapping
based on the extension.
@item
-Multiple argument completion for @samp{\bibliography}. In general, I
-ought to make @kbd{,} special for these kind of completions.
-
address@hidden
Suggest @samp{makeindex} when appropriate.
@item
@@ -252,9 +223,6 @@ Here is the start of such a list.
@end table
@item
-Completion for counters and sboxes.
-
address@hidden
Outline should be (better) supported in @TeX{} mode.
At least, support headers, trailers, as well as TeX-outline-extra.
@@ -278,10 +246,8 @@ of the standard @code{TeX-mode} would help convince some
people to
change to @AUCTeX{}.
@item
-Make @code{TeX-next-error} parse ahead and store the results in a list,
-using markers to remember buffer positions in order to be more robust
-with regard to line numbers and changed files. This is what
address@hidden does. (Or did, until Emacs 19).
+Use markers in @code{TeX-error-list} to remember buffer positions in
+order to be more robust with regard to line numbers and changed files.
@item
Finish the Texinfo mode. For one thing, many Texinfo mode commands do
@@ -298,9 +264,11 @@ Hook up the letter environment with @file{bbdb.el}.
@c FIXME: Are those bugs still present?
@itemize @bullet
address@hidden The parsed files and style hooks for @file{example.dtx},
address@hidden, @file{example.drv} and @file{example.bib} all
-clash. Bad.
address@hidden
+The style hooks automatically generated by parsing files for
address@hidden, @file{example.sty}, @file{example.drv} and
address@hidden all clash. Bad. Clash with hand-written style hooks
+should be removed by dialect discrimination --- to be checked.
@item
@kbd{C-c `} should always stay in the current window, also when it finds
@@ -343,3 +311,8 @@ signs and the like spilling out of the verbatim content.
(XEmacs only)
Folding of @LaTeX{} constructs spanning more than one line may result in
overfull lines. (XEmacs only)
@end itemize
+
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden TeX-master: "auctex"
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/doc/wininstall.texi b/doc/wininstall.texi
index 38cb35e..f396184 100644
--- a/doc/wininstall.texi
+++ b/doc/wininstall.texi
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ MiKTeX apparently comes with its own Ghostscript called
@samp{mgs.exe}.
@item
@uref{http://www.perl.org,Perl} is needed for rebuilding the
-documentation if you are working with a copy from @acronym{CVS} or have
+documentation if you are working with a copy from @acronym{Git} or have
touched documentation source files in the @previewlatex{} part. If the
line endings of the file @file{preview/latex/preview.dtx} don't
correspond with what Perl calls @code{\n} when reading text files,
diff --git a/font-latex.el b/font-latex.el
index 96a4823..0a1b8ad 100644
--- a/font-latex.el
+++ b/font-latex.el
@@ -127,8 +127,7 @@ If nil, quoted content will not be fontified."
QUOTES has to be a list adhering to the format of an element of
`font-latex-quote-list'."
(setq font-latex-quotes-control nil)
- (make-local-variable 'font-latex-quote-list)
- (add-to-list 'font-latex-quote-list quotes))
+ (add-to-list (make-local-variable 'font-latex-quote-list) quotes))
(defun font-latex-quotes-set-internal ()
"Set `font-latex-quotes-internal' according to `font-latex-quotes'.
@@ -182,7 +181,10 @@ correct value from document properties."
"Update sectioning commands faces."
(unless height-scale
(setq height-scale (if (numberp font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
- font-latex-fontify-sectioning
+ ;; Make sure `height-scale' is a floating point
+ ;; number because `set-face-attribute' treats
+ ;; integers differently from floating points.
+ (float font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
1.1)))
(unless max
(setq max font-latex-sectioning-max))
@@ -236,7 +238,10 @@ Emacs."
(unless max (setq max font-latex-sectioning-max))
(unless height-scale
(setq height-scale (if (numberp font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
- font-latex-fontify-sectioning
+ ;; Make sure `height-scale' is a floating point
+ ;; number because the integer type is treated
+ ;; differently.
+ (float font-latex-fontify-sectioning)
1.1)))
(dotimes (num max)
(let* (;; reverse for XEmacs:
@@ -804,7 +809,7 @@ Generated by `font-latex-make-user-keywords'.")))
(1 (get-text-property (match-end 1) 'face) t))))
(add-to-list 'font-latex-keywords-1 item)
(add-to-list 'font-latex-keywords-2 item))
- (dolist (item
+ (dolist (item
'((font-latex-match-math-env
(0 'font-latex-warning-face t t)
(1 'font-latex-math-face append t))
@@ -898,8 +903,25 @@ have changed."
font-latex-syntactic-keywords nil)
(unless (= (length verb-envs) 0)
(add-to-list 'font-latex-syntactic-keywords
- `(,(concat "^[ \t]*\\\\begin *{\\(?:" verb-envs
- "\\)}.*\\(\n\\)")
+ `(,(concat
+ "^[ \t]*\\\\begin *{\\(?:" verb-envs "\\)}"
+ ;; Some environments accept an optional and/or mandatory
+ ;; argument that can span over more lines. Between
+ ;; "\begin{<envname>}" and the optional argument there
+ ;; can be whitespaces and the newline can be commented
+ ;; by a "%" character.
+ "[ \t]*\\(?:%.*\n[ \t]*\\)?"
+ ;; The following line of the regexp matches the optional
+ ;; argument and allows for up to one level of brackets
+ ;; inside the argument (e.g., the dialect of a language
+ ;; in the `lstlisting' environment by the `listings'
+ ;; package).
+ "\\(?:\\[[^\]\[]*\\(?:\\[[^\]\[]*\\][^\]\[]*\\)*\\]\\)?"
+ ;; After the optional argument, there may also be
+ ;; another mandatory argument (e.g. with VerbatimOut or
+ ;; the minted envs).
+ "\\(?:{[^}]+}\\)?"
+ "\\(\n\\)")
(1 "|" t)))
(add-to-list 'font-latex-syntactic-keywords
;; Using the newline character for the syntax
diff --git a/latex.el b/latex.el
index 8bf283a..af1c676 100644
--- a/latex.el
+++ b/latex.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; latex.el --- Support for LaTeX documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993-1997, 1999, 2000, 2003-2012
-;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
@@ -48,8 +47,8 @@
:type 'string)
(defcustom LaTeX-default-options nil
- "Default options to documentstyle.
-A list of strings."
+ "Default options to documentclass.
+A comma-seperated list of strings."
:group 'LaTeX-environment
:type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
@@ -81,8 +80,14 @@ This depends on `LaTeX-insert-into-comments'."
(concat "[ \t]*" TeX-comment-start-regexp "+[ \t]*")))
(delete-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0))
(indent-new-comment-line))
+ ;; `indent-new-comment-line' does nothing when
+ ;; `comment-auto-fill-only-comments' is non-il, so we must be sure
+ ;; to be in a comment before calling it. In any other case
+ ;; `newline' is used.
+ ((TeX-in-comment)
+ (indent-new-comment-line))
(t
- (indent-new-comment-line)))
+ (newline)))
(newline)))
@@ -281,6 +286,16 @@ SECTION has to be a string contained in
`LaTeX-section-list'.
Additionally the function will invalidate the section submenu in
order to let the menu filter regenerate it."
(setq LaTeX-largest-level (LaTeX-section-level section))
+ (let ((offset (LaTeX-outline-offset)))
+ (when (and (> offset 0)
+ ;; XEmacs does not know `outline-heading-alist'.
+ (boundp 'outline-heading-alist))
+ (let (lst)
+ (dolist (tup outline-heading-alist)
+ (setq lst (cons (cons (car tup)
+ (+ offset (cdr tup)))
+ lst)))
+ (setq outline-heading-alist (nreverse lst)))))
(setq LaTeX-section-menu nil))
(defun LaTeX-outline-offset ()
@@ -314,8 +329,7 @@ If so, return the second element, otherwise return nil."
((TeX-look-at LaTeX-section-list)
(max 1 (+ (TeX-look-at LaTeX-section-list)
(LaTeX-outline-offset))))
- (t
- (error "Unrecognized header")))))))
+ (t (outline-level)))))))
(defun LaTeX-outline-name ()
"Guess a name for the current header line."
@@ -481,7 +495,7 @@ Insert this hook into `LaTeX-section-hook' to prompt for a
label to be
inserted after the sectioning command.
The behaviour of this hook is controlled by variable `LaTeX-section-label'."
- (and (LaTeX-label name)
+ (and (LaTeX-label name 'section)
(LaTeX-newline)))
;;; Environments
@@ -491,10 +505,23 @@ The behaviour of this hook is controlled by variable
`LaTeX-section-label'."
:group 'LaTeX-macro)
(defcustom LaTeX-default-environment "itemize"
- "*The default environment when creating new ones with `LaTeX-environment'."
+ "*The default environment when creating new ones with `LaTeX-environment'.
+It is overridden by `LaTeX-default-document-environment' when it
+is non-nil and the current environment is \"document\"."
:group 'LaTeX-environment
:type 'string)
- (make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-environment)
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-environment)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-default-document-environment nil
+ "The default environment when creating new ones with
+`LaTeX-environment' and the current one is \"document\". This
+variable overrides `LaTeX-default-environment'.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-document-environment)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-default-tabular-environment "tabular"
+ "The default tabular-like environment used when inserting a table env.
+Styles such as tabularx may set it according to their needs.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-default-tabular-environment)
(defvar LaTeX-environment-history nil)
@@ -521,22 +548,20 @@ It may be customized with the following variables:
`LaTeX-default-position' Position for array and tabular."
(interactive "*P")
- (let ((environment (completing-read (concat "Environment type: (default "
- (if (TeX-near-bobp)
- "document"
- LaTeX-default-environment)
- ") ")
- (LaTeX-environment-list)
- nil nil nil
- 'LaTeX-environment-history)))
- ;; Get default
- (cond ((and (zerop (length environment))
- (TeX-near-bobp))
- (setq environment "document"))
- ((zerop (length environment))
- (setq environment LaTeX-default-environment))
- (t
- (setq LaTeX-default-environment environment)))
+ (let* ((default (cond
+ ((TeX-near-bobp) "document")
+ ((and LaTeX-default-document-environment
+ (string-equal (LaTeX-current-environment) "document"))
+ LaTeX-default-document-environment)
+ (t LaTeX-default-environment)))
+ (environment (completing-read (concat "Environment type: (default "
+ default ") ")
+ (LaTeX-environment-list-filtered) nil nil
+ nil 'LaTeX-environment-history default)))
+ ;; Use `environment' as default for the next time only if it is different
+ ;; from the current default.
+ (unless (equal environment default)
+ (setq LaTeX-default-environment environment))
(let ((entry (assoc environment (LaTeX-environment-list))))
(if (null entry)
@@ -596,9 +621,8 @@ With prefix-argument, reopen environment afterwards."
(save-excursion (beginning-of-line 2)
(not (TeX-in-commented-line)))))
(LaTeX-newline)
- (let ((next-line-add-newlines t))
- (next-line 1)
- (beginning-of-line)))
+ (unless (= (forward-line 1) 0)
+ (insert "\n")))
(indent-according-to-mode)
(when reopen
(save-excursion
@@ -679,7 +703,6 @@ environment just inserted, the buffer position just before
(newline))
(when active-mark (goto-char (mark)))
(when prefix (insert prefix))
- (setq env-end (point))
(insert TeX-esc "end" TeX-grop environment TeX-grcl)
(end-of-line 0)
(if active-mark
@@ -690,6 +713,11 @@ environment just inserted, the buffer position just before
(indent-according-to-mode))
(save-excursion (beginning-of-line 2) (indent-according-to-mode))
(TeX-math-input-method-off)
+ (setq env-end (save-excursion
+ (search-forward
+ (concat TeX-esc "end" TeX-grop
+ environment TeX-grcl))
+ (match-beginning 0)))
(run-hook-with-args 'LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks
environment env-start env-end)))
@@ -726,7 +754,8 @@ The functions `LaTeX-find-matching-begin' and
`LaTeX-find-matching-end'
work analogously."
(setq arg (if arg (if (< arg 1) 1 arg) 1))
(let* ((in-comment (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix))))
+ (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix)))
+ (case-fold-search nil))
(save-excursion
(while (and (/= arg 0)
(re-search-backward
@@ -746,12 +775,13 @@ work analogously."
(defun docTeX-in-macrocode-p ()
"Determine if point is inside a macrocode environment."
- (save-excursion
- (re-search-backward
- (concat "^% " (regexp-quote TeX-esc)
- "\\(begin\\|end\\)[ \t]*{macrocode\\*?}") nil 'move)
- (not (or (bobp)
- (= (char-after (match-beginning 1)) ?e)))))
+ (let ((case-fold-search nil))
+ (save-excursion
+ (re-search-backward
+ (concat "^% " (regexp-quote TeX-esc)
+ "\\(begin\\|end\\)[ \t]*{macrocode\\*?}") nil 'move)
+ (not (or (bobp)
+ (= (char-after (match-beginning 1)) ?e))))))
;;; Environment Hooks
@@ -763,12 +793,29 @@ To insert a hook here, you must insert it in the
appropiate style file.")
(defun LaTeX-env-document (&optional ignore)
"Create new LaTeX document.
+Also inserts a \\documentclass macro if there's none already and
+prompts for the insertion of \\usepackage macros.
+
The compatibility argument IGNORE is ignored."
- (TeX-insert-macro "documentclass")
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (end-of-line 0)
+ ;; just assume a single valid \\documentclass, i.e., one not in a
+ ;; commented line
+ (let ((found nil))
+ (save-excursion
+ (while (and (not found)
+ (re-search-backward
+
"\\\\documentclass\\(\\[[a-z0-9A-Z\-\_,]*\\]\\)?\\({[^}]+}\\)"
+ nil t))
+ (and (not (TeX-in-commented-line))
+ (setq found t))))
+ (when (not found)
+ (TeX-insert-macro "documentclass")
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ ;; Add a newline only if some `\usepackage' has been inserted.
+ (if (LaTeX-insert-usepackages)
+ (LaTeX-newline))
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (end-of-line 0)))
(LaTeX-insert-environment "document")
(run-hooks 'LaTeX-document-style-hook)
(setq LaTeX-document-style-hook nil))
@@ -886,41 +933,43 @@ either the prefix or a symbol referring to one."
(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-label-alist)
-(defun LaTeX-label (environment)
- "Insert a label for ENVIRONMENT at point.
-If `LaTeX-label-function' is a valid function, LaTeX label will transfer the
-job to this function."
- (let (label)
- (if (and (boundp 'LaTeX-label-function)
- LaTeX-label-function
- (fboundp LaTeX-label-function))
-
- (setq label (funcall LaTeX-label-function environment))
- (let ((prefix
- (or (cdr (assoc environment LaTeX-label-alist))
- (if (assoc environment LaTeX-section-list)
- (if (stringp LaTeX-section-label)
- LaTeX-section-label
- (and (listp LaTeX-section-label)
- (cdr (assoc environment LaTeX-section-label))))
- ""))))
- (when prefix
- (when (symbolp prefix)
- (setq prefix (symbol-value prefix)))
- ;; Use completing-read as we do with `C-c C-m \label RET'
- (setq label (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "What label")
- (LaTeX-label-list) nil nil prefix))
- ;; No label or empty string entered?
- (if (or (string= prefix label)
- (string= "" label))
- (setq label nil)
- (insert TeX-esc "label" TeX-grop label TeX-grcl))))
- (if label
- (progn
- (LaTeX-add-labels label)
- label)
- nil))))
+(defun LaTeX-label (name type)
+ "Insert a label for NAME at point.
+TYPE can be either environment or section. If
+`LaTeX-label-function' is a valid function, LaTeX label will
+transfer the job to this function."
+ (let ((prefix (cond
+ ((eq type 'environment)
+ (cdr (assoc name LaTeX-label-alist)))
+ ((eq type 'section)
+ (if (assoc name LaTeX-section-list)
+ (if (stringp LaTeX-section-label)
+ LaTeX-section-label
+ (and (listp LaTeX-section-label)
+ (cdr (assoc name LaTeX-section-label))))
+ ""))))
+ label)
+ (when (symbolp prefix)
+ (setq prefix (symbol-value prefix)))
+ (when prefix
+ (if (and (boundp 'LaTeX-label-function)
+ LaTeX-label-function
+ (fboundp LaTeX-label-function))
+ (setq label (funcall LaTeX-label-function name))
+ ;; Use completing-read as we do with `C-c C-m \label RET'
+ (setq label (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "What label")
+ (LaTeX-label-list) nil nil prefix))
+ ;; No label or empty string entered?
+ (if (or (string= prefix label)
+ (string= "" label))
+ (setq label nil)
+ (insert TeX-esc "label" TeX-grop label TeX-grcl))
+ (if label
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-add-labels label)
+ label)
+ nil)))))
(defun LaTeX-env-figure (environment)
"Create ENVIRONMENT with \\caption and \\label commands."
@@ -948,51 +997,45 @@ job to this function."
(insert TeX-esc "centering")
(indent-according-to-mode)
(LaTeX-newline))
- (if (member environment LaTeX-top-caption-list)
- ;; top caption -- do nothing if user skips caption
- (unless (zerop (length caption))
- (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
+ ;; Insert caption and ask for a label, do nothing if user skips caption
+ (unless (zerop (length caption))
+ (if (member environment LaTeX-top-caption-list)
+ ;; top caption
+ (progn
+ (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
+ ;; If `auto-fill-mode' is active, fill the caption.
+ (if auto-fill-function (LaTeX-fill-paragraph))
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
+ ;; ask for a label and insert a new line only if a label is
+ ;; actually inserted
+ (when (LaTeX-label environment 'environment)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)))
+ ;; bottom caption (default)
+ (when active-mark (goto-char end-marker))
+ (save-excursion
(LaTeX-newline)
(indent-according-to-mode)
- ;; ask for a label and insert a new line only if a label is
- ;; actually inserted
- (when (LaTeX-label environment)
+ ;; If there is an active region point is before the backslash of
+ ;; "\end" macro, go one line upwards.
+ (when active-mark (forward-line -1) (indent-according-to-mode))
+ (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
+ ;; If `auto-fill-mode' is active, fill the caption.
+ (if auto-fill-function (LaTeX-fill-paragraph))
+ ;; ask for a label and if necessary insert a new line between caption
+ ;; and label
+ (when (save-excursion (LaTeX-label environment 'environment))
(LaTeX-newline)
(indent-according-to-mode)))
- ;; bottom caption (default) -- do nothing if user skips caption
- (unless (zerop (length caption))
- (when active-mark (goto-char end-marker))
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
- (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
- ;; ask for a label -- if user skips label, remove the last new
- ;; line again
- (if (LaTeX-label environment)
- (progn
- (unless (looking-at "[ \t]*$")
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (end-of-line 0)))
- (delete-blank-lines)
- (end-of-line 0))
- ;; if there is a caption or a label, move point upwards again
- ;; so that it is placed above the caption or the label (or
- ;; both) -- search the current line (even long captions are
- ;; inserted on a single line, even if auto-fill is turned on,
- ;; so it is enough to search the current line) for \label or
- ;; \caption and go one line upwards if any of them is found
- (while (re-search-backward
- (concat "^\\s-*" (regexp-quote TeX-esc)
- "\\(label\\|caption\\)")
- (line-beginning-position) t)
- (end-of-line 0)
- (indent-according-to-mode))))
+ ;; Insert an empty line between caption and marked region, if any.
+ (when active-mark (LaTeX-newline) (forward-line -1))
+ (indent-according-to-mode)))
(when (and (member environment '("table" "table*"))
;; Suppose an existing tabular environment should just
;; be wrapped into a table if there is an active region.
(not active-mark))
- (LaTeX-env-array "tabular"))))
+ (LaTeX-environment-menu LaTeX-default-tabular-environment))))
(defun LaTeX-env-array (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with position and column specifications.
@@ -1007,12 +1050,13 @@ Just like array and tabular."
(concat
(unless (zerop (length pos))
(concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))))
+ (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))
+ (LaTeX-item-array t)))
(defun LaTeX-env-label (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT and prompt for label."
(LaTeX-insert-environment environment)
- (when (LaTeX-label environment)
+ (when (LaTeX-label environment 'environment)
(LaTeX-newline)
(indent-according-to-mode)))
@@ -1055,7 +1099,8 @@ Just like array and tabular."
(concat TeX-grop width TeX-grcl) ;; not optional!
(unless (zerop (length pos))
(concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
- (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))))
+ (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))
+ (LaTeX-item-tabular* t)))
(defun LaTeX-env-picture (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with width, height specifications."
@@ -1088,8 +1133,8 @@ Just like array and tabular."
(defun LaTeX-env-contents (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with filename for contents."
(save-excursion
- (when (re-search-backward "^\\\\documentclass.*{" nil t)
- (error "Put %s environment before \\documentclass" environment)))
+ (when (re-search-backward LaTeX-header-end nil t)
+ (error "Put %s environment before \\begin{document}" environment)))
(LaTeX-insert-environment environment
(concat TeX-grop
(read-string "File: ")
@@ -1133,8 +1178,143 @@ You may use `LaTeX-item-list' to change the routines
used to insert the item."
"Insert a new bibitem."
(TeX-insert-macro "bibitem"))
+(defvar LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" ""))
+ "Regexp matching between \\begin{xxx} and column specification.
+For array and tabular environments. See `LaTeX-insert-ampersands' for
+detail.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp
+ ;; Assume width specification contains neither nested curly brace
+ ;; pair nor escaped "}".
+ (concat "{[^}]*}[ \t]*" (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" "")))
+ "Regexp matching between \\begin{tabular*} and column specification.
+For tabular* environment only. See `LaTeX-insert-ampersands' for detail.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-item-array (&optional suppress)
+ "Insert line break macro on the last line and suitable number of &'s.
+For array and tabular environments.
+
+If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
+ (unless suppress
+ (save-excursion
+ (end-of-line 0)
+ (just-one-space)
+ (TeX-insert-macro "\\")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-ampersands
+ LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp 'LaTeX-array-count-columns))
+
+(defun LaTeX-item-tabular* (&optional suppress)
+ "Insert line break macro on the last line and suitable number of &'s.
+For tabular* environment only.
+
+If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
+ (unless suppress
+ (save-excursion
+ (end-of-line 0)
+ (just-one-space)
+ (TeX-insert-macro "\\")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-ampersands
+ LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp 'LaTeX-array-count-columns))
+
+(defun LaTeX-insert-ampersands (regexp func)
+ "Insert suitable number of ampersands for the current environment.
+The number is calculated from REGEXP and FUNC.
+
+Example 1:
+Consider the case that the current environment begins with
+\\begin{array}[t]{|lcr|}
+. REGEXP must be chosen to match \"[t]\", i.e., the text between just
+after \"\\begin{array}\" and just before \"{|lcr|}\", which encloses
+the column specification. FUNC must return the number of ampersands to
+be inserted, which is 2 since this example specifies three columns.
+FUNC is called with two arguments START and END, which spans the column
+specification (without enclosing braces.) REGEXP is used to determine
+these START and END.
+
+Example 2:
+This time the environment begins with
address@hidden,}p{5ex}}
+. REGEXP must match \"{1.0\\linewidth}[b]\" and FUNC must return 1 from
+the text \"address@hidden,}p{5ex}\" between START and END specified two
columns.
+
+FUNC should return nil if it cannot determine the number of ampersands."
+ (let* ((cur (point))
+ (num
+ (save-excursion
+ (ignore-errors
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-begin)
+ ;; Skip over "\begin{xxx}" and possible whitespaces.
+ (forward-list 1)
+ (skip-chars-forward " \t")
+ ;; Skip over the text specified by REGEXP and whitespaces.
+ (when (let ((case-fold-search nil))
+ (re-search-forward regexp cur))
+ (skip-chars-forward " \t")
+ (when (eq (following-char) ?{)
+ ;; We have reached the target "{yyy}" part.
+ (forward-char 1)
+ ;; The next line doesn't move point, so point
+ ;; is left just after the opening brace.
+ (let ((pos (TeX-find-closing-brace)))
+ (if pos
+ ;; Calculate number of ampersands to be inserted.
+ (funcall func (point) (1- pos))))))))))
+ (if (natnump num)
+ (save-excursion (insert (make-string num ?&))))))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-array-column-letters "clrp"
+ "Column letters for array-like environments.
+See `LaTeX-array-count-columns' for detail.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-array-count-columns (start end)
+ "Count number of ampersands to be inserted.
+The columns are specified by the letters found in the string
+`LaTeX-array-column-letters' and the number of those letters within the
+text between START and END is basically considered to be the number of
+columns. The arguments surrounded between braces such as p{30pt} do not
+interfere the count of columns.
+
+Return one less number than the columns, or nil on failing to count the
+right number."
+ (save-excursion
+ (let (p (cols 0))
+ (goto-char start)
+ (while (< (setq p (point)) end)
+
+ ;; The below block accounts for one unit of move for
+ ;; one column.
+ (setq cols (+ cols (skip-chars-forward
+ LaTeX-array-column-letters end)))
+ (skip-chars-forward (concat
+ "^" LaTeX-array-column-letters
+ TeX-grop) end)
+ (if (eq (following-char) ?{) (forward-list 1))
+
+ ;; Not sure whether this is really necessary or not, but
+ ;; prepare for possible infinite loop anyway.
+ (when (eq p (point))
+ (setq cols nil)
+ (goto-char end)))
+ ;; The number of ampersands is one less than column.
+ (if cols (1- cols)))))
+
;;; Parser
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-style nil)
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-arguments nil)
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-optional nil)
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-env-args nil)
+
+(TeX-auto-add-type "label" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "bibitem" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "environment" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "bibliography" "LaTeX" "bibliographies")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "index-entry" "LaTeX" "index-entries")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "pagestyle" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "counter" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "length" "LaTeX")
+(TeX-auto-add-type "savebox" "LaTeX" "saveboxes")
+
(defvar LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
'(("\\\\document\\(style\\|class\\)\
\\(\\[\\(\\([^#\\%]\\|%[^\n\r]*[\n\r]\\)*\\)\\]\\)?\
@@ -1190,6 +1370,23 @@ This is necessary since index entries may contain
commands and stuff.")
1 TeX-auto-symbol))
"List of regular expressions matching macros in LaTeX classes and packages.")
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
+ '(("address@hidden([A-Za-z]+\\)" 1 LaTeX-auto-pagestyle))
+ "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX pagestyles only.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
+ '(("\\\\newcounter *{\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}" 1 LaTeX-auto-counter)
+ ("address@hidden([A-Za-z]+\\)}" 1 LaTeX-auto-counter))
+ "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX counters only.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
+ '(("\\\\newlength *{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}?" 1 LaTeX-auto-length))
+ "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX lengths only.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list
+ '(("\\\\newsavebox *{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}?" 1 LaTeX-auto-savebox))
+ "List of regular expressions matching LaTeX saveboxes only.")
+
(defvar LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
(append
(let ((token TeX-token-char))
@@ -1223,7 +1420,11 @@ This is necessary since index entries may contain
commands and stuff.")
LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list
LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list
LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list
- LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list)
+ LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
+ LaTeX-auto-pagestyle-regexp-list
+ LaTeX-auto-counter-regexp-list
+ LaTeX-auto-length-regexp-list
+ LaTeX-auto-savebox-regexp-list)
"List of regular expression matching common LaTeX macro definitions.")
(defun LaTeX-split-bibs (match)
@@ -1231,7 +1432,7 @@ This is necessary since index entries may contain
commands and stuff.")
Split the string at commas and remove Biber file extensions."
(let ((bibs (TeX-split-string " *, *" (TeX-match-buffer match))))
(dolist (bib bibs)
- (LaTeX-add-bibliographies (replace-regexp-in-string
+ (LaTeX-add-bibliographies (replace-regexp-in-string
(concat "\\(?:\\."
(mapconcat 'regexp-quote
TeX-Biber-file-extensions
@@ -1286,9 +1487,42 @@ The input string may include LaTeX comments and
newlines."
(line-beginning-position 2)))
;; Get rid of newlines.
((or (string= match "\n") (string= match "\r"))
- (delete-backward-char 1)))))
+ (delete-char -1)))))
opts))
+(defvar LaTeX-provided-class-options nil
+ "Alist of options provided to LaTeX classes.
+For each element, the CAR is the name of the class, the CDR is
+the list of options provided to it.
+
+E.g., its value will be
+ \(\(\"book\" \"a4paper\" \"11pt\" \"openany\" \"fleqn\"\)
+ ...\)
+See also `LaTeX-provided-package-options'.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-provided-class-options)
+
+(defun LaTeX-provided-class-options-member (class option)
+ "Return non-nil if OPTION has been given to CLASS at load time.
+The value is actually the tail of the list of options given to CLASS."
+ (member option (cdr (assoc class LaTeX-provided-class-options))))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-provided-package-options nil
+ "Alist of options provided to LaTeX packages.
+For each element, the CAR is the name of the package, the CDR is
+the list of options provided to it.
+
+E.g., its value will be
+ \(\(\"babel\" \"german\"\)
+ \(\"geometry\" \"a4paper\" \"top=2cm\" \"bottom=2cm\" \"left=2.5cm\"
\"right=2.5cm\"\)
+ ...\)
+See also `LaTeX-provided-class-options'.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-provided-package-options)
+
+(defun LaTeX-provided-package-options-member (package option)
+ "Return non-nil if OPTION has been given to PACKAGE at load time.
+The value is actually the tail of the list of options given to PACKAGE."
+ (member option (cdr (assoc package LaTeX-provided-package-options))))
+
(defun LaTeX-auto-cleanup ()
"Cleanup after LaTeX parsing."
@@ -1298,6 +1532,10 @@ The input string may include LaTeX comments and
newlines."
(TeX-split-string "," arg))
LaTeX-auto-bibliography)))
+ ;; Reset class and packages options for the current buffer
+ (setq LaTeX-provided-class-options nil)
+ (setq LaTeX-provided-package-options nil)
+
;; Cleanup document classes and packages
(unless (null LaTeX-auto-style)
(while LaTeX-auto-style
@@ -1312,18 +1550,20 @@ The input string may include LaTeX comments and
newlines."
;; Get the options.
(setq options (LaTeX-listify-package-options options))
- ;; Add them, to the style list.
- (dolist (elt options)
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file elt))
-
- ;; Treat documentclass/documentstyle specially.
- (if (or (string-equal "package" class)
- (string-equal "Package" class))
- (dolist (elt (TeX-split-string
- "\\([ \t\r\n]\\|%[^\n\r]*[\n\r]\\|,\\)+" style))
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file elt))
+ ;; Treat documentclass/documentstyle specially.
+ (if (or (string-equal "package" class)
+ (string-equal "Package" class))
+ (dolist (elt (TeX-split-string
+ "\\([ \t\r\n]\\|%[^\n\r]*[\n\r]\\|,\\)+" style))
+ ;; Append style to the style list.
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file elt t)
+ ;; Append to `LaTeX-provided-package-options' the name of the
+ ;; package and the options provided to it at load time.
+ (unless (equal options '(""))
+ (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-package-options
+ (list (cons elt options)))))
;; And a special "art10" style file combining style and size.
- (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file style)
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file style t)
(add-to-list 'TeX-auto-file
(concat
(cond ((string-equal "article" style)
@@ -1350,7 +1590,10 @@ The input string may include LaTeX comments and
newlines."
((member "12pt" options)
"12")
(t
- "10")))))
+ "10"))) t)
+ (unless (equal options '(""))
+ (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-class-options
+ (list (cons style options)))))
;; The third argument if "class" indicates LaTeX2e features.
(cond ((equal class "class")
@@ -1405,29 +1648,10 @@ The input string may include LaTeX comments and
newlines."
(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-auto-cleanup)
-(TeX-auto-add-type "label" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "bibitem" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "environment" "LaTeX")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "bibliography" "LaTeX" "bibliographies")
-(TeX-auto-add-type "index-entry" "LaTeX" "index-entries")
-
-(fset 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies-auto
- (symbol-function 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies))
-(defun LaTeX-add-bibliographies (&rest bibliographies)
+(defadvice LaTeX-add-bibliographies (after run-bib-style-hooks (&rest
bibliographies) activate)
"Add BIBLIOGRAPHIES to the list of known bibliographies and style files."
- (apply 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies-auto bibliographies)
(apply 'TeX-run-style-hooks bibliographies))
-(fset 'LaTeX-add-environments-auto
- (symbol-function 'LaTeX-add-environments))
-(defun LaTeX-add-environments (&rest environments)
- "Add ENVIRONMENTS to the list of known environments.
-Additionally invalidate the environment submenus to let them be
-regenerated by the respective menu filter."
- (apply 'LaTeX-add-environments-auto environments)
- (setq LaTeX-environment-menu nil)
- (setq LaTeX-environment-modify-menu nil))
-
;;; Biber support
(defvar LaTeX-using-Biber nil
@@ -1445,21 +1669,15 @@ It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file."
(if (boundp 'local-write-file-hooks)
(add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write)
(add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write))
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update)
- (setq TeX-auto-update 'BibTeX)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-untabify)
- (setq TeX-auto-untabify nil)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-parse-length)
- (setq TeX-auto-parse-length 999999)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (setq TeX-auto-regexp-list BibTeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-master)
- (setq TeX-master t))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update) 'BibTeX)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-untabify) nil)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-parse-length) 999999)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list) BibTeX-auto-regexp-list)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-master) t))
(defvar BibTeX-auto-regexp-list
- `(("@[Ss][Tt][Rr][Ii][Nn][Gg]" 1 ignore)
- (,(concat "@[a-zA-Z]+[{(][ \t]*\\(" TeX-token-char "[^,
\n\r\t%\"#'()={}]*\\)")
- 1 LaTeX-auto-bibitem))
+ '(("@[Ss][Tt][Rr][Ii][Nn][Gg]" 1 ignore)
+ ("@[a-zA-Z]+[{(][ \t]*\\([^, \n\r\t%\"#'()={}]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-auto-bibitem))
"List of regexp-list expressions matching BibTeX items.")
;;; Macro Argument Hooks
@@ -1492,7 +1710,14 @@ list of defined labels."
(LaTeX-add-labels label))
(TeX-argument-insert label optional optional)))
-(defalias 'TeX-arg-ref 'TeX-arg-label)
+(defun TeX-arg-ref (optional &optional prompt definition)
+ "Let-bind `reftex-ref-macro-prompt' to nil and pass arguments
+to `TeX-arg-label'.
+
+See the documentation of `TeX-arg-label' for details on the
+arguments: OPTIONAL, PROMPT, and DEFINITION."
+ (let ((reftex-ref-macro-prompt nil))
+ (TeX-arg-label optional prompt definition)))
(defun TeX-arg-index-tag (optional &optional prompt &rest args)
"Prompt for an index tag.
@@ -1501,12 +1726,8 @@ This is the name of an index, not the entry.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string. ARGS is unused."
- (let (tag)
- (setq prompt (concat (if optional "(Optional) " "")
- (if prompt prompt "Index tag")
- ": (default none) "))
- (setq tag (read-string prompt))
- (TeX-argument-insert tag optional)))
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Index tag")) optional))
(defun TeX-arg-index (optional &optional prompt &rest args)
"Prompt for an index entry completing with known entries.
@@ -1545,7 +1766,7 @@ string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen
environment to
the list of defined environments."
(let ((environment (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
"Environment")
- (TeX-symbol-list))))
+ (LaTeX-environment-list))))
(if (and definition (not (string-equal "" environment)))
(LaTeX-add-environments environment))
@@ -1557,36 +1778,61 @@ the list of defined environments."
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string. DEFINITION is unused."
- (setq prompt (concat (if optional "(Optional) " "")
- (if prompt prompt "Add key")
- ": (default none) "))
- (let ((items (multi-prompt "," t prompt (LaTeX-bibitem-list))))
+ (let ((items (multi-prompt "," t (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Key")
+ (LaTeX-bibitem-list))))
(apply 'LaTeX-add-bibitems items)
(TeX-argument-insert (mapconcat 'identity items ",") optional optional)))
-;; Why is DEFINITION unused?
(defun TeX-arg-counter (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. DEFINITION is unused."
- ;; Completion not implemented yet.
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Counter"))
- optional))
+string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen counter to
+the list of defined counters."
+ (let ((counter (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
+ "Counter")
+ (LaTeX-counter-list))))
+ (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" counter)))
+ (LaTeX-add-counters counter))
+ (TeX-argument-insert counter optional)))
-;; Why is DEFINITION unused?
(defun TeX-arg-savebox (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
-string. DEFINITION is unused."
- ;; Completion not implemented yet.
- (TeX-argument-insert
- (read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
- (concat "Savebox: " TeX-esc)
- t))
- optional TeX-esc))
+string. If definition is non-nil, the savebox is added to the
+list of defined saveboxes."
+ (let ((savebox (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
+ (concat "Savebox: "
+ TeX-esc) t)
+ (LaTeX-savebox-list))))
+ (if (and definition (not (zerop (length savebox))))
+ (LaTeX-add-saveboxes savebox))
+ (TeX-argument-insert savebox optional TeX-esc)))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-length (optional &optional prompt initial-input definition)
+ "Prompt for a LaTeX length.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer
+initially, with point positioned at the end. If DEFINITION is
+non-nil, the length is added to the list of defined length."
+ (let ((length (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Length")
+ ;; A valid length can be a macro or a length of
+ ;; the form <value><dimension>. Input starting
+ ;; with a `\' can be completed with length
+ ;; macros.
+ (mapcar (lambda(elt) (concat TeX-esc (car
elt)))
+ (LaTeX-length-list))
+ ;; Some macros takes as argument only a length
+ ;; macro (e.g., `\setlength' in its first
+ ;; argument, and `\newlength'), in this case is
+ ;; convenient to set `\\' as initial input.
+ nil nil initial-input)))
+ (if (and definition (not (zerop (length length))))
+ ;; Strip leading TeX-esc from macro name
+ (LaTeX-add-lengths (substring length 1)))
+ (TeX-argument-insert length optional)))
(defun TeX-arg-file (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a filename in the current directory.
@@ -1598,6 +1844,29 @@ string."
"" "" nil)
optional))
+(defun TeX-arg-file-name (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a file name.
+Initial input is the name of the file being visited in the
+current buffer, with extension. If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert
+it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (TeX-read-string
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Name")
+ (file-name-nondirectory buffer-file-name))
+ optional))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a file name.
+Initial input is the name of the file being visited in the
+current buffer, without extension. If OPTIONAL is non-nil,
+insert it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string."
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (TeX-read-string
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Name")
+ (file-name-sans-extension (file-name-nondirectory buffer-file-name)))
+ optional))
+
(defun TeX-arg-define-label (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a label completing with known labels.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
@@ -1640,6 +1909,13 @@ argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as
the prompt
string."
(TeX-arg-savebox optional prompt t))
+(defun TeX-arg-define-length (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a LaTeX length.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string."
+ (TeX-arg-length optional prompt "\\" t))
+
(defcustom LaTeX-style-list '(("amsart")
("amsbook")
("article")
@@ -1657,72 +1933,163 @@ string."
("scrlttr2")
("scrreprt")
("slides"))
- "List of document classes offered when inserting a document environment."
+ "List of document classes offered when inserting a document environment.
+
+If `TeX-arg-input-file-search' is set to `t', you will get
+completion with all LaTeX classes available in your distribution
+and this variable will be ignored."
:group 'LaTeX-environment
:type '(repeat (group (string :format "%v"))))
+(defvar LaTeX-global-class-files nil
+ "List of the LaTeX class files.
+Initialized once at the first time you prompt for a LaTeX class.
+May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
+
+(defvar TeX-after-document-hook nil
+ "List of functions to be run at the end of `TeX-arg-document'.
+
+To insert a hook here, you must insert it in the appropiate style file.")
+
(defun TeX-arg-document (optional &optional ignore)
"Insert arguments to documentclass.
OPTIONAL and IGNORE are ignored."
- (let ((style (completing-read
- (concat "Document class: (default " LaTeX-default-style ") ")
- LaTeX-style-list))
- (options (read-string "Options: "
+ (let* ((TeX-file-extensions '("cls"))
+ (crm-separator ",")
+ style var options)
+ (unless LaTeX-global-class-files
+ (if (if (eq TeX-arg-input-file-search 'ask)
+ (not (y-or-n-p "Find class yourself? "))
+ TeX-arg-input-file-search)
+ (progn
+ (message "Searching for LaTeX classes...")
+ (setq LaTeX-global-class-files
+ (mapcar 'identity (TeX-search-files-by-type 'texinputs
'global t t))))
+ LaTeX-style-list))
+ (setq style (completing-read
+ (concat "Document class: (default " LaTeX-default-style ") ")
+ LaTeX-global-class-files nil nil nil nil LaTeX-default-style))
+ ;; Clean up hook before use.
+ (setq TeX-after-document-hook nil)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks style)
+ (setq var (intern (format "LaTeX-%s-class-options" style)))
+ (if (or (and (boundp var)
+ (listp (symbol-value var)))
+ (fboundp var))
+ (if (functionp var)
+ (setq options (funcall var))
+ (when (symbol-value var)
+ (setq options
+ (mapconcat 'identity
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ "Options: " (mapcar 'list (symbol-value var)) nil
nil
(if (stringp LaTeX-default-options)
LaTeX-default-options
- (mapconcat 'identity
- LaTeX-default-options
- ",")))))
- (if (zerop (length style))
- (setq style LaTeX-default-style))
- (if (not (zerop (length options)))
- (insert LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl))
+ (mapconcat 'identity LaTeX-default-options
",")))
+ ","))))
+ (setq options (read-string "Options: ")))
+ (unless (zerop (length options))
+ (insert LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl)
+ (let ((opts (LaTeX-listify-package-options options)))
+ (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-class-options
+ (list (cons style opts)))))
(insert TeX-grop style TeX-grcl))
;; remove old information
(TeX-remove-style)
;; defined in individual style hooks
- (TeX-update-style))
+ (TeX-update-style)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-after-document-hook))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook nil
+ "List of functions to be run at the end of `LaTeX-arg-usepackage'.
+
+To insert a hook here, you must insert it in the appropiate style file.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options ()
+ "Read the packages and the options for the usepackage macro.
+
+If at least one package is provided, this function returns a cons
+cell, whose CAR is the list of packages and the CDR is the string
+of the options, nil otherwise."
+ (let* ((TeX-file-extensions '("sty"))
+ (crm-separator ",")
+ packages var options)
+ (unless TeX-global-input-files
+ (if (if (eq TeX-arg-input-file-search 'ask)
+ (not (y-or-n-p "Find packages yourself? "))
+ TeX-arg-input-file-search)
+ (progn
+ (message "Searching for LaTeX packages...")
+ (setq TeX-global-input-files
+ (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
+ 'texinputs 'global t t))))))
+ (setq packages (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ "Packages: " TeX-global-input-files))
+ ;; Clean up hook before use in `LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert'.
+ (setq LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook nil)
+ (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks packages)
+ ;; Prompt for options only if at least one package has been supplied,
return
+ ;; nil otherwise.
+ (when packages
+ (setq var (if (= 1 (length packages))
+ (intern (format "LaTeX-%s-package-options" (car packages)))
+ ;; Something like `\usepackage[options]{pkg1,pkg2,pkg3,...}'
is
+ ;; allowed (provided that pkg1, pkg2, pkg3, ... accept same
+ ;; options). When there is more than one package, set `var'
to
+ ;; a dummy value so next `if' enters else form.
+ t))
+ (if (or (and (boundp var)
+ (listp (symbol-value var)))
+ (fboundp var))
+ (if (functionp var)
+ (setq options (funcall var))
+ (when (symbol-value var)
+ (setq options
+ (mapconcat 'identity
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ "Options: " (mapcar 'list (symbol-value var)))
+ ","))))
+ (setq options (read-string "Options: ")))
+ (cons packages options))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert (packages options)
+ "Actually insert arguments to usepackage."
+ (unless (zerop (length options))
+ (let ((opts (LaTeX-listify-package-options options)))
+ (mapc (lambda (elt)
+ (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-package-options
+ (list (cons elt opts))))
+ packages))
+ (insert LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl))
+ (insert TeX-grop (mapconcat 'identity packages ",") TeX-grcl)
+ (run-hooks 'LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook))
(defun LaTeX-arg-usepackage (optional)
"Insert arguments to usepackage.
OPTIONAL is ignored."
- (let ((TeX-file-extensions '("sty"))
- (TeX-input-file-search t))
- (TeX-arg-input-file nil "Package")
- (save-excursion
- (search-backward-regexp "{\\(.*\\)}")
- (let* ((package (match-string 1))
- (var (intern (format "LaTeX-%s-package-options" package)))
- (crm-separator ",")
- (TeX-arg-opening-brace LaTeX-optop)
- (TeX-arg-closing-brace LaTeX-optcl)
- options)
- (if (or (and (boundp var)
- (listp (symbol-value var)))
- (fboundp var))
- (if (functionp var)
- (setq options (funcall var))
- (when (symbol-value var)
- (setq options
- (mapconcat 'identity
- (TeX-completing-read-multiple
- "Options: " (mapcar 'list (symbol-value var)))
- ","))))
- (setq options (read-string "Options: ")))
- (when options
- ;; XXX: The following statement will add the options
- ;; supplied to the LaTeX package to the style list. This is
- ;; consistent with the way the parser works (see
- ;; `LaTeX-auto-cleanup'). But in a revamped style system
- ;; such options should be associated with their LaTeX
- ;; package to avoid confusion. For example a `german' entry
- ;; in the style list can come from documentclass options and
- ;; does not necessarily mean that the babel-related
- ;; extensions should be activated.
- (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks (LaTeX-listify-package-options options))
- (TeX-argument-insert options t))))))
+ (let* ((packages-options (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options))
+ (packages (car packages-options))
+ (options (cdr packages-options)))
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert packages options)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-insert-usepackages ()
+ "Prompt for the insertion of usepackage macros until empty
+input is reached.
+
+Return t if at least one \\usepackage has been inserted, nil
+otherwise."
+ (let (packages-options packages options (inserted nil))
+ (while (setq packages-options
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-read-packages-with-options))
+ (setq packages (car packages-options))
+ (setq options (cdr packages-options))
+ (insert TeX-esc "usepackage")
+ (LaTeX-arg-usepackage-insert packages options)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (setq inserted t))
+ inserted))
(defcustom LaTeX-search-files-type-alist
'((texinputs "${TEXINPUTS.latex}" ("tex/generic/" "tex/latex/")
@@ -1731,6 +2098,7 @@ OPTIONAL is ignored."
(graphics "${TEXINPUTS}" ("tex/") LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(bibinputs "${BIBINPUTS}" ("bibtex/bib/") BibTeX-file-extensions)
(bstinputs "${BSTINPUTS}" ("bibtex/bst/") BibTeX-style-extensions)
+ (bbxinputs "" ("tex/latex/") BibLaTeX-style-extensions)
(biberinputs "${BIBINPUTS}" ("bibtex/bib/") TeX-Biber-file-extensions))
"Alist of filetypes with locations and file extensions.
Each element of the alist consists of a symbol expressing the
@@ -1812,6 +2180,12 @@ files."
Initialized once at the first time you prompt for an input file.
May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
+(defvar BibLaTeX-global-style-files nil
+ "Association list of BibLaTeX style files.
+
+Initialized once at the first time you prompt for a BibLaTeX
+style. May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
+
(defun TeX-arg-bibstyle (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a BibTeX style file.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
@@ -1841,30 +2215,24 @@ Initialized once at the first time you prompt for an
Biber file.
May be reset with `\\[universal-argument] \\[TeX-normal-mode]'.")
(defun TeX-arg-bibliography (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a BibTeX or Biber database file.
+ "Prompt for a BibTeX database file.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string."
- (let (name files inputs styles)
- (if LaTeX-using-Biber
- (progn
- (setq name "Biber"
- files 'TeX-Biber-global-files
- inputs 'biberinputs))
- (setq name "BibTeX"
- files 'BibTeX-global-files
- inputs 'bibinputs))
- (message "Searching for %s files..." name)
- (or (symbol-value files)
- (set files (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
- 'biberinputs 'global t t))))
- (setq styles (multi-prompt
- "," t
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt (concat name " files"))
- (append (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
- inputs 'local t t))
- (symbol-value files))))
+ (message "Searching for BibTeX files...")
+ (or BibTeX-global-files
+ (setq BibTeX-global-files
+ (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type 'bibinputs 'global t t))))
+ (let ((styles (multi-prompt
+ "," t
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "BibTeX files")
+ (append (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
+ 'bibinputs 'local t t))
+ BibTeX-global-files))))
(apply 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies styles)
+ ;; Run style files associated to the bibliography database files in order
to
+ ;; immediately fill `LaTeX-bibitem-list'.
+ (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks styles)
(TeX-argument-insert (mapconcat 'identity styles ",") optional)))
(defun TeX-arg-corner (optional &optional prompt)
@@ -1900,16 +2268,46 @@ string."
nil t)
optional))
-(defun TeX-arg-pagestyle (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
+(defcustom TeX-date-format "%Y/%m/%d"
+ "The default date format prompted by `TeX-arg-date'."
+ :group 'LaTeX-macro
+ :type 'string)
+
+(defun TeX-arg-date (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a date, defaulting to the current date.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string."
+ (let ((default (format-time-string TeX-date-format (current-time))))
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt
+ optional prompt (format "Date (default %s)" default))
+ nil nil default)
+ optional)))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-version (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for the version of a file.
+Use as initial input the current date. If OPTIONAL is non-nil,
+insert the resulting value as an optional argument, otherwise as
+a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
(TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Pagestyle")
- '(("plain") ("empty") ("headings") ("myheadings")))
+ (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Version")
+ (format-time-string "%Y/%m/%d" (current-time)))
optional))
+(defun TeX-arg-pagestyle (optional &optional prompt definition)
+ "Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen pagestyle to
+the list of defined pagestyles."
+ (let ((pagestyle (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
+ "Pagestyle")
+ (LaTeX-pagestyle-list))))
+ (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" pagestyle)))
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles pagestyle))
+ (TeX-argument-insert pagestyle optional)))
+
(defcustom LaTeX-default-verb-delimiter ?|
"Default delimiter for `\\verb' macros."
:group 'LaTeX-macro
@@ -1985,6 +2383,11 @@ the cdr is the brace used with \\right."
The car of each entry is the brace used with \\left,
the cdr is the brace used with \\right.")
+(defcustom LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace nil
+ "If non-nil, insert right brace with suitable macro after typing left brace."
+ :group 'LaTeX-macro
+ :type 'boolean)
+
(defvar TeX-left-right-braces
'(("[") ("]") ("\\{") ("\\}") ("(") (")") ("|") ("\\|")
("/") ("\\backslash") ("\\lfloor") ("\\rfloor")
@@ -1993,51 +2396,219 @@ the cdr is the brace used with \\right.")
("\\updownarrow") ("\\Updownarrow") ("."))
"List of symbols which can follow the \\left or \\right command.")
+(defvar LaTeX-left-right-macros-association
+ '(("left" . "right")
+ ("bigl" . "bigr") ("Bigl" . "Bigr")
+ ("biggl" . "biggr") ("Biggl" . "Biggr"))
+ "Alist of macros for adjusting size of left and right braces.
+The car of each entry is for left brace and the cdr is for right brace.")
+
(defun TeX-arg-insert-braces (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for a brace for \\left and insert the corresponding \\right.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
string."
- (save-excursion
- (backward-word 1)
- (backward-char)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
- (beginning-of-line 0)
- (if (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")
- (progn (delete-horizontal-space)
- (delete-char 1))))
- (let ((left-brace (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Which brace")
- TeX-left-right-braces)))
- (insert left-brace)
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (indent-according-to-mode)
+ (let (left-macro)
(save-excursion
- (let ((right-brace (cdr (assoc left-brace
- TeX-braces-association))))
- (LaTeX-newline)
- (insert TeX-esc "right")
- (if (and TeX-arg-right-insert-p
- right-brace)
- (insert right-brace)
- (insert (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Which brace")
- TeX-left-right-braces)))
- (indent-according-to-mode)))))
-
-(defun TeX-arg-key-val (optional key-val-alist)
+ ;; Obtain macro name such as "left", "bigl" etc.
+ (setq left-macro (buffer-substring-no-properties
+ (point)
+ (progn (backward-word 1) (point))))
+ (backward-char)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
+ ;; Delete possibly produced blank line.
+ (beginning-of-line 0)
+ (if (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")
+ (progn (delete-horizontal-space)
+ (delete-char 1))))
+ (let ((left-brace (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
+ "Which brace")
+ TeX-left-right-braces)))
+ (insert left-brace)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (TeX-active-mark)
+ (goto-char (mark)))
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
+ left-macro left-brace optional prompt)
+ (indent-according-to-mode))
+ (indent-according-to-mode))))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe (optional)
+ "Insert the suitable right brace macro such as \\rangle.
+Insertion is done when `TeX-arg-right-insert-p' is non-nil.
+If the left brace macro is preceeded by \\left, \\bigl etc.,
+supply the corresponding macro such as \\right before the right brace macro.
+OPTIONAL is ignored."
+ ;; Nothing is done when TeX-arg-right-insert-p is nil.
+ (when TeX-arg-right-insert-p
+ (let (left-brace left-macro)
+ (save-excursion
+ ;; Obtain left brace macro name such as "\langle".
+ (setq left-brace (buffer-substring-no-properties
+ (point)
+ (progn (backward-word) (backward-char)
+ (point)))
+ ;; Obtain the name of preceeding left macro, if any,
+ ;; such as "left", "bigl" etc.
+ left-macro (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name)))
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (TeX-active-mark)
+ (goto-char (mark)))
+ (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
+ left-macro left-brace optional)))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-insert-left-brace (arg)
+ "Insert typed left brace ARG times and possibly a correspondig right brace.
+Automatic right brace insertion is done only if no prefix ARG is given and
+`LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace' is non-nil.
+Normally bound to keys \(, { and [."
+ (interactive "*P")
+ (let ((auto-p (and LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace (not arg))))
+ (if (and auto-p
+ (TeX-active-mark)
+ (> (point) (mark)))
+ (exchange-point-and-mark))
+ (self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg))
+ (if auto-p
+ (let ((lbrace (char-to-string last-command-event)) lmacro skip-p)
+ (save-excursion
+ (backward-char)
+ ;; The brace "{" is exceptional in two aspects.
+ ;; 1. "\{" should be considered as a single brace
+ ;; like "(" and "[".
+ ;; 2. "\left{" is nonsense while "\left\{" and
+ ;; "\left(" are not.
+ (if (string= lbrace TeX-grop)
+ ;; If "{" follows "\", set lbrace to "\{".
+ (if (TeX-escaped-p)
+ (progn
+ (backward-char)
+ (setq lbrace (concat TeX-esc TeX-grop)))
+ ;; Otherwise, don't search for left macros.
+ (setq skip-p t)))
+ (unless skip-p
+ ;; Obtain the name of preceeding left macro, if any,
+ ;; such as "left", "bigl" etc.
+ (setq lmacro (LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name))))
+ (let ((TeX-arg-right-insert-p t)
+ ;; "{" and "}" are paired temporally so that typing
+ ;; a single "{" should insert a pair "{}".
+ (TeX-braces-association
+ (cons (cons TeX-grop TeX-grcl) TeX-braces-association)))
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (TeX-active-mark)
+ (goto-char (mark)))
+ (LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
+ lmacro lbrace)))))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-insert-corresponding-right-macro-and-brace
+ (lmacro lbrace &optional optional prompt)
+ "Insert right macro and brace correspoinding to LMACRO and LBRACE.
+Left-right association is determined through
+`LaTeX-left-right-macros-association' and `TeX-braces-association'.
+
+If brace association can't be determined or `TeX-arg-right-insert-p'
+is nil, consult user which brace should be used."
+ ;; This function is called with LMACRO being one of the following
+ ;; possibilities.
+ ;; (1) nil, which means LBRACE is isolated.
+ ;; (2) null string, which means LBRACE follows right after "\" to
+ ;; form "\(" or "\[".
+ ;; (3) a string in CARs of `LaTeX-left-right-macros-association'.
+ (let ((rmacro (cdr (assoc lmacro LaTeX-left-right-macros-association)))
+ (rbrace (cdr (assoc lbrace TeX-braces-association))))
+ ;; Since braces like "\(" and "\)" should be paired, RMACRO
+ ;; should be considered as null string in the case (2).
+ (if (string= lmacro "")
+ (setq rmacro ""))
+ ;; Insert right macros such as "\right", "\bigr" etc., if necessary.
+ ;; Even single "\" will be inserted so that "\)" or "\]" is
+ ;; inserted after "\(", "\[".
+ (if rmacro
+ (insert TeX-esc rmacro))
+ (cond
+ ((and TeX-arg-right-insert-p rbrace)
+ (insert rbrace))
+ (rmacro
+ (insert (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt
+ optional prompt
+ (format "Which brace (default %s)"
+ (or rbrace "."))) TeX-left-right-braces
+ nil nil nil nil (or rbrace ".")))))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-find-preceeding-left-macro-name ()
+ "Return the left macro name just before the point, if any.
+If the preceeding macro isn't left macros such as \\left, \\bigl etc.,
+return nil.
+If the point is just after unescaped `TeX-esc', return the null string."
+ ;; \left-!- => "left"
+ ;; \-!- => ""
+ ;; \infty-!- => nil
+ ;; \&-!- => nil
+ ;; \mathrm{abc}-!- => nil
+ ;; {blah blah blah}-!- => nil
+ ;; \\-!- => nil
+ (let ((name (buffer-substring-no-properties
+ (point)
+ ;; This is only a helper function, so we do not
+ ;; preserve point by save-excursion.
+ (progn
+ ;; Assume left macro names consist of only A-Z and a-z.
+ (skip-chars-backward "A-Za-z")
+ (point)))))
+ (if (and (TeX-escaped-p)
+ (or (string= name "")
+ (assoc name LaTeX-left-right-macros-association)))
+ name)))
+
+(defcustom LaTeX-default-author 'user-full-name
+ "Initial input to `LaTeX-arg-author' prompt.
+If nil, do not prompt at all."
+ :group 'LaTeX-macro
+ :type '(choice (const :tag "User name in Emacs" user-full-name)
+ (const :tag "Do not prompt" nil)
+ string))
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-author (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for author name.
+Insert the given value as a TeX macro argument. If OPTIONAL is
+non-nil, insert it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the
+prompt string. `LaTeX-default-author' is the initial input."
+ (let ((author (if LaTeX-default-author
+ (read-string
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Author(s)")
+ (if (symbolp LaTeX-default-author)
+ (symbol-value LaTeX-default-author)
+ LaTeX-default-author))
+ "")))
+ (TeX-argument-insert author optional nil)))
+
+(defun TeX-read-key-val (optional key-val-alist &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for keys and values in KEY-VAL-ALIST and return them.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, indicate in the prompt that we are
+reading an optional argument. KEY-VAL-ALIST is an alist. The
+car of each element should be a string representing a key and the
+optional cdr should be a list with strings to be used as values
+for the key. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
+ (multi-prompt-key-value
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Options (k=v)")
+ (if (symbolp key-val-alist)
+ (eval key-val-alist)
+ key-val-alist)))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-key-val (optional key-val-alist &optional prompt)
"Prompt for keys and values in KEY-VAL-ALIST.
Insert the given value as a TeX macro argument. If OPTIONAL is
non-nil, insert it as an optional argument. KEY-VAL-ALIST is an
alist. The car of each element should be a string representing a
key and the optional cdr should be a list with strings to be used
-as values for the key."
- (let ((options (multi-prompt-key-value
- (TeX-argument-prompt optional "Options (k=v)" nil)
- (if (symbolp key-val-alist)
- (eval key-val-alist)
- key-val-alist))))
+as values for the key. Use PROMPT as the prompt string."
+ (let ((options (TeX-read-key-val optional key-val-alist prompt)))
(TeX-argument-insert options optional)))
@@ -2260,20 +2831,22 @@ consideration just as is in the non-commented source
code."
(defcustom LaTeX-indent-environment-list
'(("verbatim" current-indentation)
("verbatim*" current-indentation)
- ;; The following should have there own, smart indentation function.
+ ("tabular" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ("tabular*" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ("align" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ("align*" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ("array" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ("eqnarray" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ("eqnarray*" LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ ;; The following should have their own, smart indentation function.
;; Some other day.
- ("array")
("displaymath")
- ("eqnarray")
- ("eqnarray*")
("equation")
("equation*")
("picture")
("tabbing")
("table")
- ("table*")
- ("tabular")
- ("tabular*"))
+ ("table*"))
"Alist of environments with special indentation.
The second element in each entry is the function to calculate the
indentation level in columns."
@@ -2434,6 +3007,7 @@ outer indentation in case of a commented line. The
symbols
(LaTeX-back-to-indentation force-type)
(let ((i 0)
(list-length (safe-length docTeX-indent-inner-fixed))
+ (case-fold-search nil)
entry
found)
(cond ((save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (bobp)) 0)
@@ -2680,7 +3254,7 @@ recognized."
;;; Filling
-(defcustom LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators nil
+(defcustom LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators '(\\\( \\\) \\\[ \\\])
"List of separators before or after which respectively a line
break will be inserted if they do not fit into one line."
:group 'LaTeX
@@ -2834,7 +3408,7 @@ space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line
there."
(if (and oneleft
(not (and use-hard-newlines
(get-text-property (1- (point)) 'hard))))
- (delete-backward-char 1)
+ (delete-char -1)
(backward-char 1)
(setq oneleft t)))
(setq to (copy-marker (point) t))
@@ -3513,7 +4087,8 @@ environment in commented regions with the same comment
prefix."
(let* ((regexp (concat (regexp-quote TeX-esc) "\\(begin\\|end\\)\\b"))
(level 1)
(in-comment (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix))))
+ (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix)))
+ (case-fold-search nil))
(save-excursion
(skip-chars-backward "a-zA-Z \t{")
(unless (bolp)
@@ -3547,7 +4122,8 @@ environment in commented regions with the same comment
prefix."
(let* ((regexp (concat (regexp-quote TeX-esc) "\\(begin\\|end\\)\\b"))
(level 1)
(in-comment (TeX-in-commented-line))
- (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix))))
+ (comment-prefix (and in-comment (TeX-comment-prefix)))
+ (case-fold-search nil))
(skip-chars-backward "a-zA-Z \t{")
(unless (bolp)
(backward-char 1)
@@ -3586,7 +4162,7 @@ environments."
(goto-char cur)
(dotimes (c count) (LaTeX-find-matching-begin))
(setq beg (point)))
- (set-mark end)
+ (push-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region)))
@@ -3653,7 +4229,7 @@ value of NO-SUBSECTIONS."
'("[" "]" ; display math
"appendix" "begin" "caption" "chapter" "end" "include" "includeonly"
"label" "maketitle" "noindent" "par" "paragraph" "part" "section"
- "subsection" "subsubsection" "tableofcontents")
+ "subsection" "subsubsection" "tableofcontents" "newpage" "clearpage")
"Internal list of LaTeX macros that should have their own line.")
(defun LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make ()
@@ -3850,44 +4426,114 @@ of verbatim constructs are not considered."
"Mathematics in AUCTeX."
:group 'LaTeX-macro)
-(defcustom LaTeX-math-list nil
- "Alist of your personal LaTeX math symbols.
-
-Each entry should be a list with up to four elements, KEY, VALUE,
-MENU and CHARACTER.
+(defvar LaTeX-math-keymap (make-sparse-keymap)
+ "Keymap used for `LaTeX-math-mode' commands.")
-KEY is the key (after `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix') to be redefined
-in math minor mode. If KEY is nil, the symbol has no associated
-keystroke \(it is available in the menu, though\).
+(defun LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix ()
+ "Make a key definition from the variable `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'."
+ (if (stringp LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
+ (read-kbd-macro LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
+ LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
-VALUE can be a string with the name of the macro to be inserted,
-or a function to be called. The macro must be given without the
-leading backslash.
+(defvar LaTeX-math-menu
+ '("Math"
+ ("Greek Uppercase") ("Greek Lowercase") ("Binary Op") ("Relational")
+ ("Arrows") ("Punctuation") ("Misc Symbol") ("Var Symbol") ("Log-like")
+ ("Delimiters") ("Constructs") ("Accents") ("AMS"))
+ "Menu containing LaTeX math commands.
+The menu entries will be generated dynamically, but you can specify
+the sequence by initializing this variable.")
-The third element MENU is the name of the submenu where the
-command should be added. MENU can be either a string
-\(e.g. \"greek\"\), a list (e.g. \(\"AMS\" \"Delimiters\"\)\) or
-nil. If MENU is nil, no menu item will be created.
+(defcustom LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
+ (or (string-match "\\<GTK\\>" (emacs-version))
+ (eq window-system 'w32))
+ "Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect."
+ :type 'boolean
+ :group 'LaTeX-math)
-The fourth element CHARACTER is a Unicode character position for
-menu display. When nil, no character is shown.
+(defcustom LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix "`"
+ "Prefix key for use in `LaTeX-math-mode'.
+This has to be a string representing a key sequence in a format
+understood by the `kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax
+usually used in the Emacs and Elisp manuals.
-See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
+Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
+use \\[customize]."
:group 'LaTeX-math
- :type '(repeat (group (choice :tag "Key"
- (const :tag "none" nil)
- (choice (character)
- (string :tag "Key sequence")))
- (choice :tag "Value"
- (string :tag "Macro")
- (function))
- (choice :tag "Menu"
- (string :tag "Top level menu" )
- (repeat :tag "Submenu"
- (string :tag "Menu")))
- (choice :tag "Unicode character"
- (const :tag "none" nil)
- (integer :tag "Number")))))
+ :initialize 'custom-initialize-default
+ :set '(lambda (symbol value)
+ (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) t)
+ (set-default symbol value)
+ (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map
+ (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) LaTeX-math-keymap))
+ :type '(string :tag "Key sequence"))
+
+(defun LaTeX-math-initialize ()
+ (let ((math (reverse (append LaTeX-math-list LaTeX-math-default)))
+ (map LaTeX-math-keymap)
+ (unicode (and LaTeX-math-menu-unicode (fboundp 'decode-char))))
+ (while math
+ (let* ((entry (car math))
+ (key (nth 0 entry))
+ (prefix
+ (and unicode
+ (nth 3 entry)))
+ value menu name)
+ (setq math (cdr math))
+ (if (and prefix
+ (setq prefix (decode-char 'ucs (nth 3 entry))))
+ (setq prefix (concat (string prefix) " \\"))
+ (setq prefix "\\"))
+ (if (listp (cdr entry))
+ (setq value (nth 1 entry)
+ menu (nth 2 entry))
+ (setq value (cdr entry)
+ menu nil))
+ (if (stringp value)
+ (progn
+ (setq name (intern (concat "LaTeX-math-" value)))
+ (fset name (list 'lambda (list 'arg) (list 'interactive "*P")
+ (list 'LaTeX-math-insert value 'arg))))
+ (setq name value))
+ (if key
+ (progn
+ (setq key (cond ((numberp key) (char-to-string key))
+ ((stringp key) (read-kbd-macro key))
+ (t (vector key))))
+ (define-key map key name)))
+ (if menu
+ (let ((parent LaTeX-math-menu))
+ (if (listp menu)
+ (progn
+ (while (cdr menu)
+ (let ((sub (assoc (car menu) LaTeX-math-menu)))
+ (if sub
+ (setq parent sub)
+ (setcdr parent (cons (list (car menu)) (cdr parent))))
+ (setq menu (cdr menu))))
+ (setq menu (car menu))))
+ (let ((sub (assoc menu parent)))
+ (if sub
+ (if (stringp value)
+ (setcdr sub (cons (vector (concat prefix value)
+ name t)
+ (cdr sub)))
+ (error "Cannot have multiple special math menu items"))
+ (setcdr parent
+ (cons (if (stringp value)
+ (list menu (vector (concat prefix value)
+ name t))
+ (vector menu name t))
+ (cdr parent)))))))))
+ ;; Make the math prefix char available if it has not been used as a prefix.
+ (unless (lookup-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
+ (define-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) 'self-insert-command))))
+
+(defconst LaTeX-dialect :latex
+ "Default dialect for use with function `TeX-add-style-hook' for
+argument DIALECT-EXPR when the hook is to be run only on LaTeX
+file, or any mode derived thereof. See variable
+`TeX-style-hook-dialect'." )
(defconst LaTeX-math-default
'((?a "alpha" "Greek Lowercase" 945) ;; #X03B1
@@ -3953,10 +4599,10 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(nil "bigtriangledown" "Binary Op" 9661) ;; #X25BD
(nil "triangleleft" "Binary Op" 9665) ;; #X25C1
(nil "triangleright" "Binary Op" 9655) ;; #X25B7
- (nil "lhd" "Binary Op")
- (nil "rhd" "Binary Op")
- (nil "unlhd" "Binary Op")
- (nil "unrhd" "Binary Op")
+ (nil "lhd" "Binary Op" 8882) ;; #X22B2
+ (nil "rhd" "Binary Op" 8883) ;; #X22B3
+ (nil "unlhd" "Binary Op" 8884) ;; #X22B4
+ (nil "unrhd" "Binary Op" 8885) ;; #X22B5
(nil "oplus" "Binary Op" 8853) ;; #X2295
(nil "ominus" "Binary Op" 8854) ;; #X2296
(nil "otimes" "Binary Op" 8855) ;; #X2297
@@ -4048,10 +4694,10 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(?0 "emptyset" "Misc Symbol" 8709) ;; #X2205
(?E "exists" "Misc Symbol" 8707) ;; #X2203
(nil "surd" "Misc Symbol" 8730) ;; #X221A
- (nil "Box" "Misc Symbol")
+ (nil "Box" "Misc Symbol" 9633) ;; #X25A1
(nil "triangle" "Misc Symbol" 9651) ;; #X25B3
- (nil "Diamond" "Misc Symbol")
- (nil "imath" "Misc Symbol" 305) ;; #X0131
+ (nil "Diamond" "Misc Symbol" 9671) ;; #X25C7
+ (nil "imath" "Misc Symbol" 120484) ;; #X1D6A4
(nil "jmath" "Misc Symbol" 120485) ;; #X1D6A5
(nil "ell" "Misc Symbol" 8467) ;; #X2113
(nil "neg" "Misc Symbol" 172) ;; #X00AC
@@ -4117,8 +4763,8 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(?\C-^ "sup" "Log-like")
(?\C-t "tan" "Log-like")
(nil "tanh" "Log-like")
- (nil "{" "Delimiters")
- (nil "}" "Delimiters")
+ (nil "{" "Delimiters" ?{)
+ (nil "}" "Delimiters" ?})
(nil "lfloor" "Delimiters" 8970) ;; #X230A
(nil "rfloor" "Delimiters" 8971) ;; #X230B
(nil "lceil" "Delimiters" 8968) ;; #X2308
@@ -4127,10 +4773,10 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(?\) "rangle" "Delimiters" 10217) ;; #X27E9
(nil "rmoustache" "Delimiters" 9137) ;; #X23B1
(nil "lmoustache" "Delimiters" 9136) ;; #X23B0
- (nil "rgroup" "Delimiters")
- (nil "lgroup" "Delimiters")
+ (nil "rgroup" "Delimiters" 9133) ;; #X23AD
+ (nil "lgroup" "Delimiters" 9129) ;; #X23A9
(nil "backslash" "Delimiters" 92) ;; #X005C
- (nil "|" "Delimiters")
+ (nil "|" "Delimiters" 8214) ;; #X2016)
(nil "arrowvert" "Delimiters")
(nil "Arrowvert" "Delimiters")
(nil "bracevert" "Delimiters")
@@ -4138,8 +4784,8 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(nil "widehat" "Constructs" 770) ;; #X0302
(nil "overleftarrow" "Constructs" 8406) ;; #X20D6
(nil "overrightarrow" "Constructs")
- (nil "overline" "Constructs")
- (nil "underline" "Constructs")
+ (nil "overline" "Constructs" 773) ;; #X0305
+ (nil "underline" "Constructs" 818) ;; #X0332
(nil "overbrace" "Constructs" 65079) ;; #XFE37
(nil "underbrace" "Constructs" 65080) ;; #XFE38
(nil "sqrt" "Constructs" 8730) ;; #X221A
@@ -4154,22 +4800,23 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(nil "vec" "Accents" 8407) ;; #X20D7
(nil "ddot" "Accents" 776) ;; #X0308
(?~ "tilde" "Accents" 771) ;; #X0303
- (nil "digamma" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 989) ;; #X03DD
- (nil "varkappa" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 1008) ;; #X03F0
+ (nil "mathring" "Accents" 778) ;; #X030A
(nil "beth" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 8502) ;; #X2136
(nil "daleth" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 8504) ;; #X2138
(nil "gimel" ("AMS" "Hebrew") 8503) ;; #X2137
- ("v G" "varGamma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v D" "varDelta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v J" "varTheta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v L" "varLambda" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v X" "varXi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v P" "varPi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v S" "varSigma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v U" "varUpsilon" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v F" "varPhi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v Y" "varPsi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
- ("v W" "varOmega" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase"))
+ (nil "digamma" ("AMS" "Greek Lowercase") 989) ;; #X03DD
+ ("v k" "varkappa" ("AMS" "Greek Lowercase") 1008) ;; #X03F0
+ ("v G" "varGamma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120548) ;; #X1D6E4
+ ("v D" "varDelta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120549) ;; #X1D6E5
+ ("v J" "varTheta" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120553) ;; #X1D6E9
+ ("v L" "varLambda" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120556) ;; #X1D6EC
+ ("v X" "varXi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120559) ;; #X1D6EF
+ ("v P" "varPi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120561) ;; #X1D6F1
+ ("v S" "varSigma" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120564) ;; #X1D6F4
+ ("v U" "varUpsilon" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120566) ;; #X1D6F6
+ ("v F" "varPhi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120567) ;; #X1D6F7
+ ("v Y" "varPsi" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120569) ;; #X1D6F9
+ ("v W" "varOmega" ("AMS" "Greek Uppercase") 120570) ;; #X1D6FA
(nil "dashrightarrow" ("AMS" "Arrows"))
(nil "dashleftarrow" ("AMS" "Arrows"))
(nil "leftleftarrows" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8647) ;; #X21C7
@@ -4180,7 +4827,7 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(nil "looparrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8619) ;; #X21AB
(nil "leftrightharpoons" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8651) ;; #X21CB
(nil "curvearrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8630) ;; #X21B6
- (nil "circlearrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows"))
+ (nil "circlearrowleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8634) ;; #X21BA
(nil "Lsh" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8624) ;; #X21B0
(nil "upuparrows" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8648) ;; #X21C8
(nil "upharpoonleft" ("AMS" "Arrows") 8639) ;; #X21BF
@@ -4213,7 +4860,7 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
(nil "lessgtr" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8822) ;; #X2276
(nil "lesseqgtr" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8922) ;; #X22DA
(nil "lesseqqgtr" ("AMS" "Relational I") 10891) ;; #X2A8B
- (nil "doteqdot" ("AMS" "Relational I"))
+ (nil "doteqdot" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8785) ;; #X2251
(nil "risingdotseq" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8787) ;; #X2253
(nil "fallingdotseq" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8786) ;; #X2252
(nil "backsim" ("AMS" "Relational I") 8765) ;; #X223D
@@ -4413,106 +5060,47 @@ See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
Each entry should be a list with upto four elements, KEY, VALUE,
MENU and CHARACTER, see `LaTeX-math-list' for details.")
-(defcustom LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix "`"
- "Prefix key for use in `LaTeX-math-mode'.
-This has to be a string representing a key sequence in a format
-understood by the `kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax
-usually used in the Emacs and Elisp manuals.
+(defcustom LaTeX-math-list nil
+ "Alist of your personal LaTeX math symbols.
-Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
-use \\[customize]."
- :group 'LaTeX-math
- :initialize 'custom-initialize-default
- :set '(lambda (symbol value)
- (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) t)
- (set-default symbol value)
- (define-key LaTeX-math-mode-map
- (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) LaTeX-math-keymap))
- :type '(string :tag "Key sequence"))
+Each entry should be a list with up to four elements, KEY, VALUE,
+MENU and CHARACTER.
-(defun LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix ()
- "Make a key definition from the variable `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'."
- (if (stringp LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
- (read-kbd-macro LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix)
- LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
+KEY is the key (after `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix') to be redefined
+in math minor mode. If KEY is nil, the symbol has no associated
+keystroke \(it is available in the menu, though\).
-(defvar LaTeX-math-keymap (make-sparse-keymap)
- "Keymap used for `LaTeX-math-mode' commands.")
+VALUE can be a string with the name of the macro to be inserted,
+or a function to be called. The macro must be given without the
+leading backslash.
-(defvar LaTeX-math-menu
- '("Math"
- ("Greek Uppercase") ("Greek Lowercase") ("Binary Op") ("Relational")
- ("Arrows") ("Punctuation") ("Misc Symbol") ("Var Symbol") ("Log-like")
- ("Delimiters") ("Constructs") ("Accents") ("AMS"))
- "Menu containing LaTeX math commands.
-The menu entries will be generated dynamically, but you can specify
-the sequence by initializing this variable.")
+The third element MENU is the name of the submenu where the
+command should be added. MENU can be either a string
+\(e.g. \"greek\"\), a list (e.g. \(\"AMS\" \"Delimiters\"\)\) or
+nil. If MENU is nil, no menu item will be created.
-(defcustom LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
- (and (string-match "\\<GTK\\>" (emacs-version)) t)
- "Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect."
- :type 'boolean
- :group 'LaTeX-math)
+The fourth element CHARACTER is a Unicode character position for
+menu display. When nil, no character is shown.
-(let ((math (reverse (append LaTeX-math-list LaTeX-math-default)))
- (map LaTeX-math-keymap)
- (unicode (and LaTeX-math-menu-unicode (fboundp 'decode-char))))
- (while math
- (let* ((entry (car math))
- (key (nth 0 entry))
- (prefix
- (and unicode
- (nth 3 entry)))
- value menu name)
- (setq math (cdr math))
- (if (and prefix
- (setq prefix (decode-char 'ucs (nth 3 entry))))
- (setq prefix (concat (string prefix) " \\"))
- (setq prefix "\\"))
- (if (listp (cdr entry))
- (setq value (nth 1 entry)
- menu (nth 2 entry))
- (setq value (cdr entry)
- menu nil))
- (if (stringp value)
- (progn
- (setq name (intern (concat "LaTeX-math-" value)))
- (fset name (list 'lambda (list 'arg) (list 'interactive "*P")
- (list 'LaTeX-math-insert value 'arg))))
- (setq name value))
- (if key
- (progn
- (setq key (cond ((numberp key) (char-to-string key))
- ((stringp key) (read-kbd-macro key))
- (t (vector key))))
- (define-key map key name)))
- (if menu
- (let ((parent LaTeX-math-menu))
- (if (listp menu)
- (progn
- (while (cdr menu)
- (let ((sub (assoc (car menu) LaTeX-math-menu)))
- (if sub
- (setq parent sub)
- (setcdr parent (cons (list (car menu)) (cdr parent))))
- (setq menu (cdr menu))))
- (setq menu (car menu))))
- (let ((sub (assoc menu parent)))
- (if sub
- (if (stringp value)
- (setcdr sub (cons (vector (concat prefix value)
- name t)
- (cdr sub)))
- (error "Cannot have multiple special math menu items"))
- (setcdr parent
- (cons (if (stringp value)
- (list menu (vector (concat prefix value)
- name t))
- (vector menu name t))
- (cdr parent)))))))))
- ;; Make the math prefix char available if it has not been used as a prefix.
- (unless (lookup-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix))
- (define-key map (LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix) 'self-insert-command)))
+See also `LaTeX-math-menu'."
+ :group 'LaTeX-math
+ :set (lambda (symbol value)
+ (set-default symbol value)
+ (LaTeX-math-initialize))
+ :type '(repeat (group (choice :tag "Key"
+ (const :tag "none" nil)
+ (choice (character)
+ (string :tag "Key sequence")))
+ (choice :tag "Value"
+ (string :tag "Macro")
+ (function))
+ (choice :tag "Menu"
+ (string :tag "Top level menu" )
+ (repeat :tag "Submenu"
+ (string :tag "Menu")))
+ (choice :tag "Unicode character"
+ (const :tag "none" nil)
+ (integer :tag "Number")))))
(define-minor-mode LaTeX-math-mode
"A minor mode with easy access to TeX math macros.
@@ -4540,19 +5128,23 @@ commands are defined:
:type 'function)
(defun LaTeX-math-insert (string dollar)
- "Insert \\STRING{}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it."
- (if dollar (insert "$"))
+ "Insert \\STRING{}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it.
+If `TeX-electric-math' is non-nil wrap that symbols around the
+string."
+ (if dollar (insert (or (car TeX-electric-math) "$")))
(funcall LaTeX-math-insert-function string)
- (if dollar (insert "$")))
+ (if dollar (insert (or (cdr TeX-electric-math) "$"))))
(defun LaTeX-math-cal (char dollar)
- "Insert a {\\cal CHAR}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it."
+ "Insert a {\\cal CHAR}. If DOLLAR is non-nil, put $'s around it.
+If `TeX-electric-math' is non-nil wrap that symbols around the
+char."
(interactive "*c\nP")
- (if dollar (insert "$"))
+ (if dollar (insert (or (car TeX-electric-math) "$")))
(if (member "latex2e" (TeX-style-list))
(insert "\\mathcal{" (char-to-string char) "}")
(insert "{\\cal " (char-to-string char) "}"))
- (if dollar (insert "$")))
+ (if dollar (insert (or (cdr TeX-electric-math) "$"))))
;;; Folding
@@ -4597,6 +5189,25 @@ commands are defined:
(repeat :tag "Math Macros" (string))))
:group 'TeX-fold)
+;;; Narrowing
+
+(defun LaTeX-narrow-to-environment (&optional count)
+ "Make text outside current environment invisible.
+With optional COUNT keep visible that number of enclosing
+environmens."
+ (interactive "p")
+ (setq count (if count (abs count) 1))
+ (save-excursion
+ (widen)
+ (let ((opoint (point))
+ beg end)
+ (dotimes (c count) (LaTeX-find-matching-end))
+ (setq end (point))
+ (goto-char opoint)
+ (dotimes (c count) (LaTeX-find-matching-begin))
+ (setq beg (point))
+ (narrow-to-region beg end))))
+(put 'LaTeX-narrow-to-environment 'disabled t)
;;; Keymap
@@ -4633,6 +5244,9 @@ commands are defined:
(define-key map "\C-c~" 'LaTeX-math-mode) ;*** Dubious
(define-key map "-" 'LaTeX-babel-insert-hyphen)
+ (define-key map "(" 'LaTeX-insert-left-brace)
+ (define-key map "{" 'LaTeX-insert-left-brace)
+ (define-key map "[" 'LaTeX-insert-left-brace)
map)
"Keymap used in `LaTeX-mode'.")
@@ -4763,6 +5377,13 @@ corresponds to the variables
`LaTeX-environment-menu-name' and
(mapcar 'LaTeX-environment-modify-menu-entry
(LaTeX-environment-list))))))))
+(defadvice LaTeX-add-environments (after LaTeX-invalidate-environment-menu
(&rest environments) activate)
+ "Add ENVIRONMENTS to the list of known environments.
+Additionally invalidate the environment submenus to let them be
+regenerated by the respective menu filter."
+ (setq LaTeX-environment-menu nil)
+ (setq LaTeX-environment-modify-menu nil))
+
(easy-menu-define LaTeX-mode-command-menu
LaTeX-mode-map
"Command menu used in LaTeX mode."
@@ -4951,9 +5572,9 @@ If prefix argument FORCE is non-nil, always insert a
regular hyphen."
(point))
hyphen)
(if h-after-h
- (progn (delete-backward-char hyphen-length)
+ (progn (delete-char (- hyphen-length))
(insert "--"))
- (delete-backward-char hyphen-length)
+ (delete-char (- hyphen-length))
(call-interactively 'self-insert-command)))
;; -- --> [+]-
((string= (buffer-substring (max (- (point) 2) (point-min))
@@ -4963,7 +5584,7 @@ If prefix argument FORCE is non-nil, always insert a
regular hyphen."
;; - --> "= / [+]-
((eq (char-before) ?-)
(if h-after-h
- (progn (delete-backward-char 1)
+ (progn (delete-char -1)
(insert hyphen))
(call-interactively 'self-insert-command)))
(h-after-h
@@ -5046,6 +5667,14 @@ of `LaTeX-mode-hook'."
(featurep 'toolbar)
(and (boundp 'tool-bar-mode) tool-bar-mode))
(LaTeX-maybe-install-toolbar))
+ ;; Set the value of `LaTeX-using-Biber' based on the local value of
+ ;; `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber'. This should be run within
+ ;; `TeX-update-style-hook' before toolbarx-refresh, otherwise the
bibliography
+ ;; button could be wrongly set.
+ (add-hook 'TeX-update-style-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ (if (local-variable-p 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber (current-buffer))
+ (setq LaTeX-using-Biber LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber))) nil t)
(TeX-run-mode-hooks 'text-mode-hook 'TeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook)
(TeX-set-mode-name)
;; Defeat filladapt
@@ -5132,45 +5761,39 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
"Common initialization for LaTeX derived modes."
(VirTeX-common-initialization)
(set-syntax-table LaTeX-mode-syntax-table)
- (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function)
- (setq indent-line-function 'LaTeX-indent-line)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function) 'LaTeX-indent-line)
(setq local-abbrev-table latex-mode-abbrev-table)
;; Filling
- (make-local-variable 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
- (setq paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix t)
- (make-local-variable 'fill-paragraph-function)
- (setq fill-paragraph-function 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
- (make-local-variable 'adaptive-fill-mode)
- (setq adaptive-fill-mode nil)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix) t)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'fill-paragraph-function) 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'adaptive-fill-mode) nil)
(or LaTeX-largest-level
(setq LaTeX-largest-level (LaTeX-section-level "section")))
(setq TeX-header-end LaTeX-header-end
TeX-trailer-start LaTeX-trailer-start)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-style-hook-dialect) :latex)
(require 'outline)
- (make-local-variable 'outline-level)
- (setq outline-level 'LaTeX-outline-level)
- (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp)
- (setq outline-regexp (LaTeX-outline-regexp t))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'outline-level) 'LaTeX-outline-level)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp) (LaTeX-outline-regexp t))
(when (boundp 'outline-heading-alist)
(setq outline-heading-alist
(mapcar (lambda (x)
(cons (concat "\\" (nth 0 x)) (nth 1 x)))
LaTeX-section-list)))
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-full-regexp-list)
- (setq TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-full-regexp-list)
(append LaTeX-auto-regexp-list plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list))
(LaTeX-set-paragraph-start)
(setq paragraph-separate
(concat
"[ \t]*%*[ \t]*\\("
- "\\$\\$" ; Plain TeX display math
+ "\\$\\$" ; Plain TeX display math
"\\|$\\)"))
(setq TeX-verbatim-p-function 'LaTeX-verbatim-p)
@@ -5179,9 +5802,11 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
(set (make-local-variable 'TeX-search-files-type-alist)
LaTeX-search-files-type-alist)
- (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-item-list)
- (setq LaTeX-item-list '(("description" . LaTeX-item-argument)
- ("thebibliography" . LaTeX-item-bib)))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-item-list) '(("description" .
LaTeX-item-argument)
+ ("thebibliography" . LaTeX-item-bib)
+ ("array" . LaTeX-item-array)
+ ("tabular" . LaTeX-item-array)
+ ("tabular*" . LaTeX-item-tabular*)))
(setq TeX-complete-list
(append '(("\\\\cite\\[[^]\n\r\\%]*\\]{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)"
@@ -5197,12 +5822,14 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
("\\\\pageref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
("\\\\\\(index\\|glossary\\){\\([^{}\n\r\\%]*\\)"
2 LaTeX-index-entry-list "}")
- ("\\\\begin{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-environment-list "}")
- ("\\\\end{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-environment-list "}")
+ ("\\\\begin{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1
LaTeX-environment-list-filtered "}")
+ ("\\\\end{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-environment-list-filtered
"}")
("\\\\renewcommand\\*?{\\\\\\([A-Za-z]*\\)"
- 1 LaTeX-symbol-list "}")
+ 1 TeX-symbol-list-filtered "}")
("\\\\renewenvironment\\*?{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)"
- 1 LaTeX-environment-list "}"))
+ 1 LaTeX-environment-list-filtered "}")
+ ("\\\\\\(this\\)?pagestyle{\\([A-Za-z]*\\)"
+ 1 LaTeX-pagestyle-list "}"))
TeX-complete-list))
(LaTeX-add-environments
@@ -5242,6 +5869,19 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("thebibliography" LaTeX-env-bib)
'("theindex" LaTeX-env-item))
+ ;; `latex.ltx' defines `plain' and `empty' pagestyles
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "plain" "empty")
+
+ ;; `latex.ltx' defines the following counters
+ (LaTeX-add-counters "page" "equation" "enumi" "enumii" "enumiii"
+ "enumiv" "footnote" "mpfootnote")
+
+ (LaTeX-add-lengths "baselineskip" "baselinestretch" "columnsep"
+ "columnwidth" "evensidemargin" "linewidth" "oddsidemargin"
+ "paperwidth" "paperheight" "parindent" "parskip"
+ "tabcolsep" "textheight" "textwidth" "topmargin"
+ "unitlength")
+
(TeX-add-symbols
'("addtocounter" TeX-arg-counter "Value")
'("alph" TeX-arg-counter)
@@ -5326,7 +5966,6 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("nocite" TeX-arg-cite)
'("bibliographystyle" TeX-arg-bibstyle)
'("bibliography" TeX-arg-bibliography)
- '("addbibresource" TeX-arg-bibliography)
'("footnote"
(TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-footnote-number-p ([ "Number" ]) nil)
t)
@@ -5335,12 +5974,14 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
t)
'("footnotemark"
(TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-footnote-number-p ([ "Number" ]) nil))
- '("newlength" TeX-arg-define-macro)
- '("setlength" TeX-arg-macro "Length")
- '("addtolength" TeX-arg-macro "Length")
- '("settowidth" TeX-arg-macro t)
- '("settoheight" TeX-arg-macro t)
- '("settodepth" TeX-arg-macro t)
+ '("newlength" (TeX-arg-define-length "Length macro"))
+ '("setlength" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\")
+ (TeX-arg-length "Length value"))
+ '("addtolength" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\")
+ (TeX-arg-length "Length to add"))
+ '("settowidth" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\") "Text")
+ '("settoheight" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\") "Text")
+ '("settodepth" (TeX-arg-length "Length macro" "\\") "Text")
'("\\" [ "Space" ])
'("\\*" [ "Space" ])
'("hyphenation" t)
@@ -5358,8 +5999,11 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("sqrt" [ "Root" ] t)
'("underbrace" t)
'("underline" t)
- '("author" t)
- '("date" t)
+ '("acute" t) '("grave" t) '("ddot" t) '("tilde" t) '("bar" t)
+ '("breve" t) '("check" t) '("hat" t) '("vec" t) '("dot" t)
+ '("widetilde" t) '("widehat" t)
+ '("author" LaTeX-arg-author)
+ '("date" TeX-arg-date)
'("thanks" t)
'("title" t)
'("pagenumbering" (TeX-arg-eval
@@ -5369,10 +6013,10 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("markboth" t nil)
'("markright" t)
'("thispagestyle" TeX-arg-pagestyle)
- '("addvspace" "Length")
+ '("addvspace" TeX-arg-length)
'("fbox" t)
- '("hspace*" "Length")
- '("hspace" "Length")
+ '("hspace*" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("hspace" TeX-arg-length)
'("mbox" t)
'("newsavebox" TeX-arg-define-savebox)
'("parbox" [ TeX-arg-tb ] [ "Height" ] [ TeX-arg-tb "Inner position" ]
@@ -5381,8 +6025,8 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("rule" [ "Raise" ] "Width" "Thickness")
'("sbox" TeX-arg-savebox t)
'("usebox" TeX-arg-savebox)
- '("vspace*" "Length")
- '("vspace" "Length")
+ '("vspace*" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("vspace" TeX-arg-length)
'("documentstyle" TeX-arg-document)
'("include" (TeX-arg-input-file "File" t))
'("includeonly" t)
@@ -5403,6 +6047,15 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("caption" t)
'("marginpar" [ "Left margin text" ] "Text")
'("left" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
+ ;; The following 4 macros are not specific to amsmath.
+ '("bigl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
+ '("Bigl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
+ '("biggl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
+ '("Biggl" TeX-arg-insert-braces)
+
+ '("langle" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
+ '("lceil" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
+ '("lfloor" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
;; These have no special support, but are included in case the
;; auto files are missing.
@@ -5426,7 +6079,8 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
"hfil" "hfill" "vfil" "vfill" "hrulefill" "dotfill"
"indent" "noindent" "today"
"appendix"
- "dots")
+ "dots"
+ "makeatletter" "makeatother" "jobname")
(when (string-equal LaTeX-version "2e")
(LaTeX-add-environments
@@ -5434,20 +6088,21 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
'("filecontents*" LaTeX-env-contents))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("enlargethispage" "Length")
- '("enlargethispage*" "Length")
- '("tabularnewline" [ "Length" ])
+ '("enlargethispage" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("enlargethispage*" TeX-arg-length)
+ '("tabularnewline" [ TeX-arg-length ])
'("suppressfloats" [ TeX-arg-tb "Suppress floats position" ])
'("ensuremath" "Math commands")
'("textsuperscript" "Text")
'("textcircled" "Text")
+ '("mathring" t)
"LaTeXe"
"listfiles" "frontmatter" "mainmatter" "backmatter"
"textcompwordmark" "textvisiblespace" "textemdash" "textendash"
"textexclamdown" "textquestiondown" "textquotedblleft"
"textquotedblright" "textquoteleft" "textquoteright"
- "textbullet" "textperiodcentered"
+ "textbullet" "textperiodcentered" "textasteriskcentered"
"textbackslash" "textbar" "textless" "textgreater"
"textasciicircum" "textasciitilde"
"textregistered" "texttrademark"
@@ -5477,46 +6132,56 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
[ "Number of arguments" ] [ "Default value for first argument" ] t)
'("usepackage" LaTeX-arg-usepackage)
'("RequirePackage" LaTeX-arg-usepackage)
- '("ProvidesPackage" "Name" [ "Version" ])
+ '("ProvidesPackage" (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension "Package name")
+ [ TeX-arg-conditional (y-or-n-p "Insert version? ")
+ ([ TeX-arg-version ]) nil])
+ '("ProvidesClass" (TeX-arg-file-name-sans-extension "Class name")
+ [ TeX-arg-conditional (y-or-n-p "Insert version? ")
+ ([ TeX-arg-version ]) nil])
+ '("ProvidesFile" (TeX-arg-file-name "File name")
+ [ TeX-arg-conditional (y-or-n-p "Insert version? ")
+ ([ TeX-arg-version ]) nil ])
'("documentclass" TeX-arg-document)))
(TeX-add-style-hook "latex2e"
- ;; Use new fonts for `\documentclass' documents.
- (lambda ()
- (setq TeX-font-list LaTeX-font-list)
- (setq TeX-font-replace-function 'TeX-font-replace-macro)
- (run-hooks 'LaTeX2e-hook)))
+ ;; Use new fonts for `\documentclass' documents.
+ (lambda ()
+ (setq TeX-font-list LaTeX-font-list)
+ (setq TeX-font-replace-function 'TeX-font-replace-macro)
+ (run-hooks 'LaTeX2e-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(TeX-add-style-hook "latex2"
- ;; Use old fonts for `\documentstyle' documents.
- (lambda ()
- (setq TeX-font-list (default-value 'TeX-font-list))
- (setq TeX-font-replace-function
- (default-value 'TeX-font-replace-function))
- (run-hooks 'LaTeX2-hook)))
+ ;; Use old fonts for `\documentstyle' documents.
+ (lambda ()
+ (setq TeX-font-list (default-value 'TeX-font-list))
+ (setq TeX-font-replace-function
+ (default-value 'TeX-font-replace-function))
+ (run-hooks 'LaTeX2-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; There must be something better-suited, but I don't understand the
;; parsing properly. -- dak
- (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftex" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "pst-pdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "dvips" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
-;; This is now done in style/pstricks.el because it prevents other
-;; pstricks style files from being loaded.
-;; (TeX-add-style-hook "pstricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "psfrag" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
- (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdfm" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
-;; (TeX-add-style-hook "DVIoutput" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
-;;
-;; Well, DVIoutput indicates that we want to run PDFTeX and expect to
-;; get DVI output. Ugh.
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftex" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "pdftricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "pst-pdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-on LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "dvips" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
+ ;; This is now done in style/pstricks.el because it prevents other
+ ;; pstricks style files from being loaded.
+ ;; (TeX-add-style-hook "pstricks" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "psfrag" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdf" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
+ (TeX-add-style-hook "dvipdfm" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off LaTeX-dialect)
+ ;; (TeX-add-style-hook "DVIoutput" 'TeX-PDF-mode-off)
+ ;;
+ ;; Well, DVIoutput indicates that we want to run PDFTeX and expect to
+ ;; get DVI output. Ugh.
(TeX-add-style-hook "ifpdf" (lambda ()
(TeX-PDF-mode-on)
- (TeX-PDF-mode-off)))
-;; ifpdf indicates that we cater for either. So calling both
-;; functions will make sure that the default will get used unless the
-;; user overrode it.
+ (TeX-PDF-mode-off)) LaTeX-dialect)
+ ;; ifpdf indicates that we cater for either. So calling both
+ ;; functions will make sure that the default will get used unless the
+ ;; user overrode it.
(set (make-local-variable 'imenu-create-index-function)
'LaTeX-imenu-create-index-function)
@@ -5528,7 +6193,16 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
;; late in mode initialization to assure that all relevant variables
;; are properly initialized before style files try to alter them.
(easy-menu-add LaTeX-mode-menu LaTeX-mode-map)
- (easy-menu-add LaTeX-mode-command-menu LaTeX-mode-map))
+ (easy-menu-add LaTeX-mode-command-menu LaTeX-mode-map)
+
+ (define-key LaTeX-mode-map "\C-xne" 'LaTeX-narrow-to-environment)
+
+ ;; AUCTeX's brace pairing feature (`LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace') doesn't
+ ;; play nice with `electric-pair-mode' which is a global minor mode as of
+ ;; emacs 24.4.
+ (when (and LaTeX-electric-left-right-brace
+ (boundp 'electric-pair-mode))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'electric-pair-mode) nil)))
(defun LaTeX-imenu-create-index-function ()
"Imenu support function for LaTeX."
@@ -5596,6 +6270,57 @@ i.e. you do _not_ have to cater for this yourself by
adding \\\\' or $."
(replace-match "\\\\input{" nil nil)))))
(TeX-normal-mode nil))
+(defun LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col ()
+ "Return a cons: (POINT . COLUMN) for current environment's beginning."
+ (save-excursion
+ (LaTeX-find-matching-begin)
+ (cons (point) (current-column))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position ()
+ "Return indent column for a hanging ampersand (i.e. ^\\s-*&)."
+ (destructuring-bind (beg-pos . beg-col)
+ (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col)
+ (let* ((cur-pos (point)))
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (re-search-backward "\\\\\\\\" beg-pos t)
+ (let ((cur-idx (TeX-how-many "[^\\]&" (point) cur-pos)))
+ (goto-char beg-pos)
+ (re-search-forward "[^\\]&" cur-pos t (+ 1 cur-idx))
+ (- (current-column) 1))
+ (+ 2 beg-col))))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-indent-tabular ()
+ "Return indent column for the current tabular-like line."
+ (destructuring-bind
+ (beg-pos . beg-col)
+ (LaTeX-env-beginning-pos-col)
+ (let ((tabular-like-end-regex
+ (format "\\\\end{%s}"
+ (regexp-opt
+ (let (out)
+ (mapcar (lambda (x)
+ (when (eq (cadr x) 'LaTeX-indent-tabular)
+ (push (car x) out)))
+ LaTeX-indent-environment-list)
+ out)))))
+ (cond ((looking-at tabular-like-end-regex)
+ beg-col)
+
+ ((looking-at "\\\\\\\\")
+ (+ 2 beg-col))
+
+ ((looking-at "&")
+ (LaTeX-hanging-ampersand-position))
+
+ (t
+ (+ 2
+ (let ((any-col (save-excursion
+ (when (re-search-backward "\\\\\\\\\\|&"
beg-pos t)
+ (current-column)))))
+ (if (and any-col (string= "&" (match-string 0)))
+ any-col
+ beg-col))))))))
+
(provide 'latex)
;;; latex.el ends here
diff --git a/latex/preview.dtx b/latex/preview.dtx
index 97b7a52..0675c27 100644
--- a/latex/preview.dtx
+++ b/latex/preview.dtx
@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} address@hidden #1#2$#3:
address@hidden #2#4 $}} address@hidden #1 #2${#1}
\begingroup \catcode`\_=12
address@hidden@version $Name: $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version $Name: release_11_88 $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version CVS-$Revision: 1.126 $ \endgroup \else
\def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
\edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
address@hidden@version}}} \next \fi
address@hidden $Date: 2010-02-14 16:19:00 $
address@hidden $Date: 2010/02/14 16:19:00 $
\edef\next{\noexpand\ProvidesPackage{preview}%
[\next\space address@hidden (AUCTeX/preview-latex)]}
\next
diff --git a/latex/preview.sty b/latex/preview.sty
index 1e16577..326f60f 100644
--- a/latex/preview.sty
+++ b/latex/preview.sty
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} address@hidden #1#2$#3:
address@hidden #2#4 $}} address@hidden #1 #2${#1}
\begingroup \catcode`\_=12
address@hidden@version $Name: $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version $Name: release_11_88 $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version CVS-$Revision: 1.126 $ \endgroup \else
\def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
\edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
diff --git a/lpath.el b/lpath.el
index 67f82ce..2a090b1 100644
--- a/lpath.el
+++ b/lpath.el
@@ -1,11 +1,7 @@
;;; This file is only used for installing AUCTeX.
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
;;; It is not a part of AUCTeX itself.
;; Make sure we get the right files.
(setq load-path (cons "." load-path)
- byte-compile-warnings nil
TeX-lisp-directory "<none>"
TeX-auto-global "<none>")
diff --git a/multi-prompt.el b/multi-prompt.el
index 159380f..25ba4c9 100644
--- a/multi-prompt.el
+++ b/multi-prompt.el
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ are the arguments to `completing-read'. See that."
initial nil)
(setq multi-prompt-found
(cons extra multi-prompt-found)))))))))
- (if answer
- (nreverse (cons answer multi-prompt-found))
- multi-prompt-found))))
+ (if (string= answer "")
+ multi-prompt-found
+ (nreverse (cons answer multi-prompt-found))))))
(defun multi-prompt-delete ()
(interactive)
@@ -200,7 +200,6 @@ other arguments: PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT,
HIST,
DEF, and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
The return value is the string as entered in the minibuffer."
- (require 'crm)
(let* ((minibuffer-completion-table #'multi-prompt-key-value-collection-fn)
(minibuffer-completion-predicate predicate)
(minibuffer-completion-confirm
diff --git a/plain-tex.el b/plain-tex.el
index 476976b..3df6196 100644
--- a/plain-tex.el
+++ b/plain-tex.el
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ of plain-TeX-mode-hook."
"Common initialization for plain TeX like modes."
(VirTeX-common-initialization)
(set-syntax-table TeX-mode-syntax-table)
- (setq local-abbrev-table latex-mode-abbrev-table)
+ (setq local-abbrev-table plain-tex-mode-abbrev-table)
(setq paragraph-start
(concat
"\\(^[ \t]*$"
diff --git a/preview.el b/preview.el
index 39f1c49..a54b39e 100644
--- a/preview.el
+++ b/preview.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; preview.el --- embed preview LaTeX images in source buffer
-;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006, 2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006, 2010-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: David Kastrup
;; Keywords: tex, wp, convenience
@@ -22,8 +22,6 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; $Id: preview.el,v 1.287 2012-12-04 08:01:34 tsdh Exp $
-;;
;; This style is for the "seamless" embedding of generated images
;; into LaTeX source code. Please see the README and INSTALL files
;; for further instruction.
@@ -36,8 +34,7 @@
;; configured by using
;; M-x customize-group RET preview RET
;;
-;; Please report bugs with M-x preview-report-bug RET
-;;
+;; Please report bugs with M-x preview-report-bug RET.
;;; Code:
@@ -252,7 +249,7 @@ that is."
preview-image-creators))))))
(when hook
(apply (car hook) (append (cdr hook) rest)))))
-
+
(defvar TeX-active-tempdir nil
"List of directory name, top directory name and reference count.")
@@ -347,9 +344,19 @@ LIST consists of TeX dimensions in sp (1/65536 TeX point)."
(dotimes (i 4 box)
(aset box i (+ (aref box i) (aref border i)))))))
-(defcustom preview-gs-command (if (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
- "GSWIN32C.EXE"
- "gs")
+(defcustom preview-gs-command
+ (or ;; The GS wrapper coming with TeX Live
+ (executable-find "rungs")
+ ;; The MikTeX builtin GS
+ (let ((gs (executable-find "mgs")))
+ ;; Check if mgs is functional for external non-MikTeX apps.
+ ;; See
http://blog.miktex.org/post/2005/04/07/Starting-mgsexe-at-the-DOS-Prompt.aspx
+ (when (and gs (= 0 (shell-command (concat gs " -q -dNODISPLAY -c
quit"))))
+ gs))
+ ;; Windows ghostscript
+ (executable-find "GSWIN32C.EXE")
+ ;; standard GhostScript
+ (executable-find "gs"))
"*How to call gs for conversion from EPS. See also `preview-gs-options'."
:group 'preview-gs
:type 'string)
@@ -450,7 +457,7 @@ show as response of Ghostscript."
(preview-gs-flag-error ov err)
(overlay-put ov 'queued nil))
ov))
-
+
(defvar preview-gs-command-line nil)
(make-variable-buffer-local 'preview-gs-command-line)
(defvar preview-gs-file nil)
@@ -642,7 +649,7 @@ and tries to restart Ghostscript if necessary."
(preview-delete-file preview-ps-file)
(file-error nil)))
(preview-gs-queue-empty))
-
+
;; restart only if we made progress since last call
(let (filenames)
(dolist (ov preview-gs-outstanding)
@@ -1051,7 +1058,7 @@ object corresponding to the wanted page."
(let ((curpage (aref dsc page)))
(format "dup %d setfileposition %d()/SubFileDecode filter cvx"
(1- (car curpage)) (nth 1 curpage))))
-
+
(defun preview-ps-quote-filename (str &optional nonrel)
"Make a PostScript string from filename STR.
The file name is first made relative unless
@@ -1320,7 +1327,7 @@ recursively."
((and (symbolp hook) (boundp hook))
(symbol-value hook))
(t hook)))
-
+
(defcustom preview-scale-function #'preview-scale-from-face
"*Scale factor for included previews.
This can be either a function to calculate the scale, or
@@ -1433,6 +1440,9 @@ autoloads for preview-latex.")
preview-datadir))
,@(preview-filter-specs-1 args))))
+(defvar preview-lispdir TeX-lisp-directory
+ "The directory where the preview lisp files are located.")
+
(defun preview-ascent-from-bb (bb)
"This calculates the image ascent from its bounding box.
The bounding box BB needs to be a 4-component vector of
@@ -1489,7 +1499,7 @@ All of the options show reasonable defaults."
(key-binding [right])))
function (list :tag "Argument list"
(repeat :inline t sexp)))))
-
+
(defun preview-auto-reveal-p (mode distance)
"Decide whether to auto-reveal.
Returns non-NIL if region should be auto-opened.
@@ -1589,7 +1599,7 @@ Searches backwards if BACKWARDS is non-nil."
'(active inactive)))
(setq history (and (not preview-state) pt)))
(or history pt))))
-
+
(defun preview-at-point ()
"Do the appropriate preview thing at point.
If point is positioned on or inside of an unmodified preview area,
@@ -1819,7 +1829,7 @@ BUFFER-MISC is the appropriate data to be used."
(with-current-buffer ,(current-buffer)
(preview-buffer-restore-internal
',buffer-misc)))))
-
+
(defun desktop-buffer-preview (desktop-buffer-file-name
desktop-buffer-name
desktop-buffer-misc)
@@ -1939,7 +1949,7 @@ Deletes the dvi file when finished."
(with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
(funcall (car gsfile) "dvi"))))
(file-error nil)))))
-
+
(defun preview-active-string (ov)
"Generate before-string for active image overlay OV."
(preview-make-clickable
@@ -2747,10 +2757,10 @@ name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
(setq lpoint (point))
(end-of-line)
(buffer-substring lpoint (point)))
-
+
;; And the context for the help window.
context-start (point)
-
+
;; And the line number to position the cursor.
;;; variant 1: profiling seems to indicate the regexp-heavy solution
;;; to be favorable. Removing incomplete characters from the error
@@ -2767,7 +2777,7 @@ name(\\([^)]+\\))\\)\\|\
(- (match-end 3)
(match-beginning 0)))
(match-end 4)))
-
+
;; And we have now found to the end of the context.
context (buffer-substring context-start (point))
;; We may use these in another buffer.
@@ -3387,7 +3397,7 @@ stored in `preview-dumped-alist'."
(preview-string-expand preview-LaTeX-command)
'TeX-master-file)
preview-LaTeX-command-replacements)))
-
+
(defun preview-environment (count)
"Run preview on LaTeX environment.
This avoids running environments through preview that are
@@ -3516,35 +3526,17 @@ internal parameters, STR may be a log to insert into
the current log."
(delete-process process)
(preview-reraise-error process)))))
-(defconst preview-version (eval-when-compile
- (let ((name "$Name: $")
- (rev "$Revision: 1.287 $"))
- (or (when (string-match "\\`[$]Name: *release_\\([^ ]+\\) *[$]\\'" name)
- (setq name (match-string 1 name))
- (while (string-match "_" name)
- (setq name (replace-match "." t t name)))
- name)
- (if (string-match "\\`[$]Revision: *\\([^ ]+\\) *[$]\\'" rev)
- (format "CVS-%s" (match-string 1 rev)))
- "unknown")))
+(defconst preview-version "11.88"
"Preview version.
-If not a regular release, CVS revision of `preview.el'.")
-
-(defconst preview-release-date
- (eval-when-compile
- (let ((date "$Date: 2012-12-04 08:01:34 $"))
- (string-match
- "\\`[$]Date: *\\([0-9]+\\)/\\([0-9]+\\)/\\([0-9]+\\)"
- date)
- (format "%s.%s%s" (match-string 1 date) (match-string 2 date)
- (match-string 3 date))))
- "Preview release date.
-In the form of yyyy.mmdd")
+If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
+
+(defconst preview-release-date "2014-10-29"
+ "Preview release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
(defun preview-dump-state (buffer)
(condition-case nil
(progn
- (unless (local-variable-p 'TeX-command-buffer)
+ (unless (local-variable-p 'TeX-command-buffer (current-buffer))
(setq buffer (with-current-buffer buffer (TeX-active-buffer))))
(when (bufferp buffer)
(insert "\nRun buffer contents:\n\n")
@@ -3564,9 +3556,7 @@ In the form of yyyy.mmdd")
(let ((reporter-prompt-for-summary-p "Bug report subject: "))
(reporter-submit-bug-report
"address@hidden"
- (if (string-match "^CVS-" preview-version)
- (concat "preview-" (substring preview-version 4))
- preview-version)
+ preview-version
'(AUCTeX-version
LaTeX-command-style
image-types
diff --git a/prv-xemacs.el b/prv-xemacs.el
index ce89a1d..a4bae71 100644
--- a/prv-xemacs.el
+++ b/prv-xemacs.el
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
;;; prv-xemacs.el --- XEmacs support for preview-latex
-;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2001, 02, 03, 04, 05,
+;; 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: David Kastrup
;; Keywords: convenience, tex, wp
@@ -38,13 +39,12 @@
"List of macros only present when compiling/loading uncompiled.")
(defmacro preview-defmacro (name &rest rest)
- (when (featurep 'xemacs)
- (push
- (if (fboundp name)
- (cons name (symbol-function name))
- name)
- preview-compatibility-macros)
- `(eval-when-compile (defmacro ,name ,@rest))))
+ (push
+ (if (fboundp name)
+ (cons name (symbol-function name))
+ name)
+ preview-compatibility-macros)
+ `(eval-when-compile (defmacro ,name ,@rest)))
(push 'preview-defmacro preview-compatibility-macros))
(preview-defmacro assoc-default (key alist test)
diff --git a/style/CJK.el b/style/CJK.el
index fa285bd..f21d1a9 100644
--- a/style/CJK.el
+++ b/style/CJK.el
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ The function can be used for CJK and CJK* environments."
;; New environments
(LaTeX-add-environments
'("CJK" LaTeX-env-CJK)
- '("CJK*" LaTeX-env-CJK))))
+ '("CJK*" LaTeX-env-CJK)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; CJK.el ends here
diff --git a/style/CJKutf8.el b/style/CJKutf8.el
index ea3c2e3..c9e16b6 100644
--- a/style/CJKutf8.el
+++ b/style/CJKutf8.el
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"CJKutf8"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "CJK")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "CJK"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; CJKutf8.el ends here
diff --git a/style/MinionPro.el b/style/MinionPro.el
index 7151c36..3441911 100644
--- a/style/MinionPro.el
+++ b/style/MinionPro.el
@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@
("textsw" "{")
("textssc" "{"))
'textual)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("figureversion" "{")) 'variable))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("figureversion" "{")) 'variable)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-MinionPro-package-options
'("smallfamily" "medfamily" "fullfamily" "noopticals" "opticals"
diff --git a/style/acro.el b/style/acro.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fda4b71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/acro.el
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+;;; acro.el --- AUCTeX style for `acro.sty' version 1.2a.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `acro.sty' version 1.2a.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar LaTeX-acro-package-options-list
+ '(;; General Options
+ ("version" ("0" "1"))
+ ("single" ("true" "false"))
+ ("hyperref" ("true" "false"))
+ ("record-pages" ("true" "false"))
+ ("only-used" ("true" "false"))
+ ("mark-as-used" ("first" "any"))
+ ("macros" ("true" "false"))
+ ("xspace" ("true" "false"))
+ ("strict" ("true" "false"))
+ ("sort" ("true" "false"))
+ ("cite" ("all" "first" "none"))
+ ("cite-cmd")
+ ("cite-space")
+ ("index-cmd")
+ ("accsupp" ("true" "false"))
+ ("uc-cmd")
+ ;; Options Regarding Acronyms
+ ("short-format")
+ ("long-format")
+ ("first-long-format")
+ ("list-short-format")
+ ("list-long-format")
+ ("extra-format")
+ ("first-style" ("default" "plain" "empty" "square" "short" "reversed"
+ "plain-reversed" "footnote" "sidenote"))
+ ("extra-style" ("default" "plain" "comma" "paren" "bracket"))
+ ("plural-ending")
+ ;; Options Regarding the List
+ ("page-ref" ("none" "plain" "comma" "paren"))
+ ("page-name")
+ ("pages-name")
+ ("page-ranges" ("true" "false"))
+ ("next-page")
+ ("next-pages")
+ ("list-type" ("table" "itemize" "description"))
+ ("list-style" ("list" "tabular" "longtable" "extra-tabular"
"extra-longtable"
+ "extra-tabular-rev" "extra-longtable-rev"))
+ ("list-header" ("chapter" "chapter*" "section" "section*" "subsection"
+ "subsection*" "addchap" "addsec"))
+ ("list-name")
+ ("list-table-width")
+ ("list-caps" ("true" "false")))
+ "Package options for the acro package.")
+
+(TeX-auto-add-type "acro-acronym" "LaTeX")
+
+;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
+(defvar LaTeX-acro-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\DeclareAcronym" "{\\([^\n\r%\\{}]+\\)}")
+ "Matches `acro' acronym definitions.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym nil
+ "Temporary for parsing `acro' acronym definitions.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-acro-prepare ()
+ "Clear `LaTex-auto-acro-acronym' before use."
+ (setq LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym nil))
+
+(defun LaTeX-acro-cleanup ()
+ "Move acronyms from `LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym' to
+`LaTeX-acro-list' and to `TeX-auto-symbol' if option `macros' is
+set to `true'."
+ (mapc (lambda (acronym)
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-acro-acronym-list (list acronym)))
+ LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym)
+ (when (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "acro" "macros")
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "acro" "macros=true"))
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-symbol LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym)))
+
+;; FIXME: This does not seem to work unless one does a manual reparse.
+(add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'LaTeX-acro-prepare)
+(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-acro-cleanup)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-acro-acronym-history nil
+ "History of acronyms in acro.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym (optional &optional prompt definition)
+ "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen acronym to the
+list of defined acronyms."
+ (let ((acronym (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
"Acronym")
+ (LaTeX-acro-acronym-list) nil nil nil
+ 'LaTeX-acro-acronym-history)))
+ (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" acronym)))
+ (LaTeX-add-acro-acronyms acronym))
+ (TeX-argument-insert acronym optional optional)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-define-acro-acronym (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string."
+ (LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym optional prompt t))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-acro-declareacronym-keys
+ '(("short") ("long") ("short-plural") ("long-plural") ("long-plural-form")
+ ("short-indefinite") ("long-indefinite") ("long-pre") ("long-post") ("alt")
+ ("alt-indefinite") ("extra") ("sort") ("class") ("cite") ("short-format")
+ ("long-format") ("first-long-format") ("pdfstring") ("accsupp")
+ ("index-sort") ("index") ("index-cmd"))
+ "List of keys accepted by `\DeclareAcronym' macro of `acro' package
+in its second mandatory argument.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-acro-printacronyms-keys
+ '(("include-classes") ("exclude-classes") ("name") ("header"))
+ "List of keys accepted by `\printacronyms' macro of `acro' package
+in its optional argument.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val (optional prompt key-val-alist)
+ "Prompt for keys and values in KEY-VAL-ALIST.
+<SPC> key binding in minibuffer is removed temporarily. Insert
+the given value as a TeX macro argument. If OPTIONAL is non-nil,
+insert it as an optional argument. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. KEY-VAL-ALIST is an alist. The car of each element
+should be a string representing a key and the optional cdr should
+be a list with strings to be used as values for the key."
+ ;; Remove <SPC> key binding from map used in `multi-prompt-key-value' (called
+ ;; by `TeX-arg-key-val') with `require-match' set to `nil'.
+ (let ((crm-local-completion-map
+ (remove (assoc 32 crm-local-completion-map) crm-local-completion-map)))
+ (TeX-arg-key-val optional key-val-alist prompt)))
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "acro"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-acro-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-acro-acronym))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Creating New Acronyms
+ '("DeclareAcronym" LaTeX-arg-define-acro-acronym
+ (LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val "Definition of acronym (k=v)"
+ LaTeX-acro-declareacronym-keys))
+ ;; Using the Acronyms
+ '("ac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("ac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Ac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Ac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acs" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acs*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("aca" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("aca*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acsp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acsp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("aclp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("aclp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Aclp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Aclp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acap" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acap*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acfp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acfp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acfp" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Acfp*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ ;; Indefinite Forms
+ '("iac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iac" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iac*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacs" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacs*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacs" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacs*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iaca" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iaca*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iaca" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iaca*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacl" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacl*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacf" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacf*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacflike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("iacflike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacflike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("Iacflike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ ;; Simulating the First Appearance
+ '("acflike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acflike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acfplike" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acfplike*" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ ;; Reset or Mark as Used
+ '("acreset" "List of acronyms")
+ '("acresetall" 0)
+ '("acuse" "List of acronyms")
+ '("acuseall" 0)
+ ;; PDF bookmarks
+ '("acpdfstring" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ '("acpdfstringplural" LaTeX-arg-acro-acronym)
+ ;; Printing the List
+ '("printacronyms" [LaTeX-arg-acro-key-val nil
LaTeX-acro-printacronyms-keys])
+ ;; Customization
+ '("acsetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-acro-package-options-list)))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "l3sort"
+ "xspace"
+ "xtemplate"
+ "l3keys2e"
+ "xparse"
+ "expl3")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DeclareAcronym" "{{")
+ ("ac" "*{")
+ ("Ac" "*{")
+ ("acs" "*{")
+ ("acl" "*{")
+ ("Acl" "*{")
+ ("aca" "*{")
+ ("acf" "*{")
+ ("Acf" "*{")
+ ("acp" "*{")
+ ("Acp" "*{")
+ ("acsp" "*{")
+ ("aclp" "*{")
+ ("Aclp" "*{")
+ ("acap" "*{")
+ ("acfp" "*{")
+ ("Acfp" "*{")
+ ("acflike" "*{")
+ ("acfplike" "*{")
+ ("iac" "*{")
+ ("Iac" "*{")
+ ("iacs" "*{")
+ ("Iacs" "*{")
+ ("iaca" "*{")
+ ("Iaca" "*{")
+ ("iacl" "*{")
+ ("Iacl" "*{")
+ ("iacf" "*{")
+ ("Iacf" "*{")
+ ("iacflike" "*{")
+ ("Iacflike" "*{")
+ ("acuse" "{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-acro-package-options ()
+ "Prompt for package options for the acro package."
+ (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-acro-package-options-list))
+
+;;; acro.el ends here
diff --git a/style/acronym.el b/style/acronym.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea29d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/acronym.el
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+;;; acronym.el --- AUCTeX style for `acronym.sty' version 1.38.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `acronym.sty' version 1.38.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-auto-add-type "acronym" "LaTeX")
+
+;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
+(defvar LaTeX-acronym-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\\\(?:acro\\|newacro\\|acrodef\\)" "{\\([^\n\r%\\{}]+\\)}")
+ "Matches acronyms by `acronym' package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-acronym nil
+ "Temporary for parsing acronym by `acronym' package.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-acronym-prepare ()
+ "Clear `LaTex-auto-acronym' before use."
+ (setq LaTeX-auto-acronym nil))
+
+(defun LaTeX-acronym-cleanup ()
+ "Move acronyms from `LaTeX-auto-acronym' to `LaTeX-acronym-list'."
+ (mapc (lambda (acronym)
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-acronym-list (list acronym)))
+ LaTeX-auto-acronym))
+
+;; FIXME: This does not seem to work unless one does a manual reparse.
+(add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'LaTeX-acronym-prepare)
+(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-acronym-cleanup)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history nil
+ "History of acronyms in acronym.")
+
+;; The former `acronym' stands for package name, the latter stands for the
+;; argument of the macro calling this function.
+(defun LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym (optional &optional prompt definition)
+ "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add the chosen acronym to the
+list of defined acronyms."
+ (let ((acronym (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt
"Acronym")
+ (LaTeX-acronym-list) nil nil nil
+ 'LaTeX-acronym-acronym-history)))
+ (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" acronym)))
+ (LaTeX-add-acronyms acronym))
+ (TeX-argument-insert acronym optional optional)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for an acronym completing with known acronyms.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string."
+ (LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym optional prompt t))
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "acronym"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-acronym-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-acronym))
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("acronym" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-string "Longest acronym"]))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Acronyms in the Text
+ '("ac" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acresetall" 0)
+ '("acf" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acs" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acl" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acfp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acsp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("aclp" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acfi" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acused" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acsu" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("aclu" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("iac" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("Iac" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("ac*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acf*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acs*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acl*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acfp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acsp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("aclp*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acfi*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("acsu*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("aclu*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("iac*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ '("Iac*" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym)
+ ;; Customization
+ '("acsfont" 1)
+ '("acffont" 1)
+ '("acfsfont" 1)
+ ;; Defining Acronyms
+ '("acro" LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym [ "Short name" ] "Full name")
+ '("acroextra" "Additional info")
+ '("newacro" LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym [ "Short name" ] "Full name")
+ '("acrodef" LaTeX-arg-define-acronym-acronym [ "Short name" ] "Full name")
+ ;; Non standard indefinite articles
+ '("acroindefinite" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym
+ "Short indefinite article" "Long indefinite article")
+ '("acrodefindefinite" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym
+ "Short indefinite article" "Long indefinite article")
+ '("newacroindefinite" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym
+ "Short indefinite article" "Long indefinite article")
+ ;; Non standard and foreign plural forms
+ '("acroplural" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym [ "Short plural" ] "Long plural")
+ '("acrodefplural" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym [ "Short plural" ] "Long
plural")
+ '("newacroplural" LaTeX-arg-acronym-acronym [ "Short plural" ] "Long
plural"))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "relsize"
+ "xstring"
+ "suffix")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("ac" "*{")
+ ("acf" "*{")
+ ("acs" "*{")
+ ("acl" "*{")
+ ("acp" "*{")
+ ("acfp" "*{")
+ ("acsp" "*{")
+ ("aclp" "*{")
+ ("acfi" "*{")
+ ("acused" "{")
+ ("acsu" "*{")
+ ("aclu" "*{")
+ ("iac" "*{")
+ ("Iac" "*{")
+ ("acro" "{[{")
+ ("acroextra" "{")
+ ("newacro" "{[{")
+ ("acrodef" "{[{")
+ ("acroindefinite" "{{{")
+ ("acrodefindefinite" "{{{")
+ ("newacroindefinite" "{{{")
+ ("acroplural" "{[{")
+ ("acrodefplural" "{[{")
+ ("newacroplural" "{[{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-acronym-package-options
+ '("footnote" "nohyperlinks" "printonlyused" "withpage" "smaller" "dua"
"nolist")
+ "Package options for the acronym package.")
+
+;; acronym.el ends here
diff --git a/style/austrian.el b/style/afterpage.el
similarity index 68%
copy from style/austrian.el
copy to style/afterpage.el
index 13f28a8..ec0d320 100644
--- a/style/austrian.el
+++ b/style/afterpage.el
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-;;; austrian.el --- AUCTeX style for the `austrian' babel option.
+;;; afterpage.el --- AUCTeX style for `afterpage.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-12-28
+;; Created: 2013-01-01
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,14 +26,18 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; Set up AUCTeX for editing Austrian text in connection with the
-;; `austrian' babel option.
+;; This file adds support for `afterpage.sty'
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "austrian"
+ "afterpage"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "german")))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("afterpage" t)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-;;; austrian.el ends here
+(defvar LaTeX-afterpage-package-options nil
+ "Package options for afterpage.")
+
+;; afterpage.el ends here
diff --git a/style/alltt.el b/style/alltt.el
index a266a88..e5c5684 100644
--- a/style/alltt.el
+++ b/style/alltt.el
@@ -47,7 +47,8 @@
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults))))
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-alltt-package-options nil
"Package options for the alltt package.")
diff --git a/style/alphanum.el b/style/alphanum.el
index 43ce10e..64d694c 100644
--- a/style/alphanum.el
+++ b/style/alphanum.el
@@ -92,7 +92,8 @@
(if (fboundp 'reftex-add-section-levels)
(reftex-add-section-levels
'(("toc" . reftex-get-section-level-alphanum)
- ("sub" . reftex-get-section-level-alphanum))))))
+ ("sub" . reftex-get-section-level-alphanum)))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/amsart.el b/style/amsart.el
index 51a2902..8e3ae5c 100644
--- a/style/amsart.el
+++ b/style/amsart.el
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "amsart"
(function
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm"))))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; amsart.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amsbook.el b/style/amsbook.el
index ccbc84e..192b807 100644
--- a/style/amsbook.el
+++ b/style/amsbook.el
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "amsbook"
(function
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm"))))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amsthm")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; amsbook.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amsbsy.el b/style/amsbsy.el
index dd2605c..3302a8b 100644
--- a/style/amsbsy.el
+++ b/style/amsbsy.el
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@
(TeX-add-symbols
'("boldsymbol" "Symbol")
'("pmb" "Symbol")
- ))))
+ )))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-amsbsy-package-options nil
"Package options for the amsbsy package.")
diff --git a/style/amsmath.el b/style/amsmath.el
index 8f16425..0326561 100644
--- a/style/amsmath.el
+++ b/style/amsmath.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; amsmath.el --- Style hook for the AMS-LaTeX amsmath package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2002, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2007, 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; FIXME: What about the copyright for <= 2001?
;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
@@ -43,8 +43,9 @@
'("xalignat" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
'("xalignat*" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
'("xxalignat" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
- '("aligned" LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned)
- '("gathered" LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned)
+ '("aligned" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
+ '("gathered" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
+ '("alignedat" LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat)
"align*" "gather*" "flalign*" "multline*" "equation*"
"split"
"cases"
@@ -56,6 +57,7 @@
'("eqref" TeX-arg-ref)
'("numberwithin" TeX-arg-counter "Section level")
'("raisetag" "Dimension")
+ '("shoveright" t) '("shoveleft" t)
'("intertext" t)
'("hdotsfor" ["Stretch"] "Number of columns to cover")
'("xleftarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
@@ -92,7 +94,9 @@
'("ddddot" t)
"bmod" "notag"
"dots" "dotsb" "dotsc" "dotsi" "dotsm" "dotso" "nobreakdash"
- "lvert" "rvert" "lVert" "rVert"
+ '("lvert" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
+ '("lVert" TeX-arg-insert-right-brace-maybe)
+ "rvert" "rVert"
"iint" "iiint" "iiiint" "idotsint"
)
@@ -100,18 +104,19 @@
(append '(("split" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("multline" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("multline*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("gather" . LaTeX-item-equations)
+ ("gather" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("gather*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("gathered" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("align" . LaTeX-item-equations)
+ ("align" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("align*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("aligned" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("alignat" . LaTeX-item-equations)
- ("alignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("xalignat" . LaTeX-item-equations)
- ("xalignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("xxalignat" . LaTeX-item-equation)
- ("flalign" . LaTeX-item-equations)
+ ("alignat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
+ ("alignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
+ ("xalignat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
+ ("xalignat*" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
+ ("xxalignat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
+ ("alignedat" . LaTeX-item-equation-alignat)
+ ("flalign" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("flalign*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("matrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("pmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
@@ -119,6 +124,7 @@
("Bmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("vmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("Vmatrix" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("subarray" . LaTeX-item-equation)
("cases" . LaTeX-item-equation))
LaTeX-item-list))
@@ -127,13 +133,23 @@
(setq LaTeX-amsmath-label LaTeX-equation-label))
(setq LaTeX-label-alist
- (append '(("align" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ ;; Append amsmath environments to `LaTeX-label-alist', in order not to
+ ;; override possible custome values.
+ (append LaTeX-label-alist
+ '(("align" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
("alignat" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
("xalignat" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- ("multline" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ ("multline" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
("flalign" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
- ("gather" . LaTeX-amsmath-label))
- LaTeX-label-alist))
+ ("gather" . LaTeX-amsmath-label))))
+
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-braces-association)
+ (append '(("\\lvert" . "\\rvert")
+ ("\\lVert" . "\\rVert"))
+ TeX-braces-association))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-left-right-braces)
+ (append '(("\\lvert") ("\\rvert") ("\\lVert") ("\\rVert"))
+ TeX-left-right-braces))
;; amsmath includes amstext, amsbsy, & amsopn.
;; So we run their hooks, too.
@@ -141,35 +157,64 @@
;; If RefTeX is loaded, make it recognize the amsmath environments.
(when (fboundp 'reftex-add-to-label-alist)
- (reftex-add-to-label-alist '(AMSTeX))))))
+ (reftex-add-to-label-alist '(AMSTeX)))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat (env)
+ "Insert ENV with column number specifications.
+Insert suitable number of ampersands also if possible."
(let ((ncols (read-string "Number of columns: ")))
(LaTeX-insert-environment env (concat TeX-grop ncols TeX-grcl))
- (and (not (string= "xxalignat" env))
- (not (string= "*" (substring env -1)))
- (LaTeX-label env)
- (newline-and-indent))))
-
-(defun LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned (env)
- (let ((where (read-string "(optional) Vertical position (t or b): ")))
- (if (string= where "")
- (setq where "")
- (setq where (concat "[" where "]")))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment env where)))
-
-(defun LaTeX-item-equation ()
- (end-of-line 0)
- (just-one-space)
- (insert "\\\\")
- (forward-line 1)
- (indent-according-to-mode))
-
-(defun LaTeX-item-equations ()
- (LaTeX-item-equation)
- (let ((environment (LaTeX-current-environment 1)))
- (and (LaTeX-label environment)
- (newline-and-indent))))
+ (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat t)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignedat (env)
+ "Insert ENV with position and column number specifications.
+Insert suitable number of ampersands also if possible."
+ (let ((where (read-string "(Optional) Vertical position (t or b): "))
+ (ncols (read-string "Number of columns: ")))
+ (unless (string= where "")
+ (setq where (concat LaTeX-optop where LaTeX-optcl)))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment env (concat where TeX-grop ncols TeX-grcl))
+ (LaTeX-item-equation-alignat t)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-item-equation (&optional suppress)
+ "Insert contents to terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
+Put line break macro on the last line. If the current environment
+wants \\label, insert it also.
+
+If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
+ (unless suppress
+ (end-of-line 0)
+ (just-one-space)
+ (TeX-insert-macro "\\")
+ (forward-line 1)
+ (indent-according-to-mode))
+ (let ((env (LaTeX-current-environment)))
+ (when (and (assoc env LaTeX-label-alist)
+ (LaTeX-label env 'environment))
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-item-equation-alignat (&optional suppress)
+ "Insert contents to terminate a line in multi-line equations environment.
+Put line break macro on the last line. Next, if the current
+environment wants \\label, insert it also. And insert suitable number
+of ampersands if possible.
+
+If SUPPRESS is non-nil, do not insert line break macro."
+ (LaTeX-item-equation suppress)
+ (LaTeX-insert-ampersands
+ (concat "\\(?:"
+ (regexp-quote LaTeX-optop) "[tb]" (regexp-quote LaTeX-optcl)
+ "\\)?")
+ 'LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands))
+
+(defun LaTeX-amsmath-alignat-number-of-ampersands (start end)
+ "Return the number of ampersands to insert.
+The number is 2N-1 where N is the number taken from the text between
+START and END."
+ (let ((num (string-to-number (buffer-substring-no-properties start end))))
+ (if (integerp num) (+ num num -1))))
(defvar LaTeX-amsmath-package-options '("intlimits" "nointlimits"
"sumlimits" "nosumlimits"
diff --git a/style/amsopn.el b/style/amsopn.el
index 1e875d8..85e3f17 100644
--- a/style/amsopn.el
+++ b/style/amsopn.el
@@ -1,6 +1,32 @@
-;;; amsopn.el --- Style hook for the AMS-LaTeX amsopn package.
-;;;
-;;; AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
+;;; amsopn.el --- AUCTeX style for the `amsnopn.sty' AMS-LaTeX package
+
+;; Copyright (C) 1997, 2002, 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
+;; Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `amsnopn.sty'
;;; Code:
@@ -8,10 +34,18 @@
(function
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("DeclareMathOperator" "Operator (with \\)" "Text")
- '("DeclareMathOperator*" "Operator (with \\)" "Text")
+ '("DeclareMathOperator" (TeX-arg-define-macro "Math Operator: \\")
+ "Expansion text for the math operator")
+ '("DeclareMathOperator*" (TeX-arg-define-macro "Math Operator: \\")
+ "Expansion text for the math operator")
'("operatorname" t)
- '("operatorname*" t)))))
+ '("operatorname*" t))
+
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
+ '("\\\\DeclareMathOperator\\*?{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z0-9]+\\)}?"
+ 1 TeX-auto-symbol))))
+ LaTeX-dialect
+ )
(defvar LaTeX-amsopn-package-options '("namelimits" "nonamelimits")
"Package options for the amsopn package.")
diff --git a/style/amssymb.el b/style/amssymb.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aec6b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/amssymb.el
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+;;; amssymb.el --- AUCTeX style for `amssymb.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `amssymb.sty'.
+
+;; The commands were just taken out of the \DeclareMathSymbol from
+;; amssymb.sty in the order specified there, i.e., \mathord, \mathbin,
+;; \mathrel
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "amssymb"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ "boxdot"
+ "boxplus"
+ "boxtimes"
+ "square"
+ "blacksquare"
+ "centerdot"
+ "lozenge"
+ "blacklozenge"
+ "circlearrowright"
+ "circlearrowleft"
+ "leftrightharpoons"
+ "boxminus"
+ "Vdash"
+ "Vvdash"
+ "vDash"
+ "twoheadrightarrow"
+ "twoheadleftarrow"
+ "leftleftarrows"
+ "rightrightarrows"
+ "upuparrows"
+ "downdownarrows"
+ "upharpoonright"
+ "downharpoonright"
+ "upharpoonleft"
+ "downharpoonleft"
+ "rightarrowtail"
+ "leftarrowtail"
+ "leftrightarrows"
+ "rightleftarrows"
+ "Lsh"
+ "Rsh"
+ "rightsquigarrow"
+ "leftrightsquigarrow"
+ "looparrowleft"
+ "looparrowright"
+ "circeq"
+ "succsim"
+ "gtrsim"
+ "gtrapprox"
+ "multimap"
+ "therefore"
+ "because"
+ "doteqdot"
+ "triangleq"
+ "precsim"
+ "lesssim"
+ "lessapprox"
+ "eqslantless"
+ "eqslantgtr"
+ "curlyeqprec"
+ "curlyeqsucc"
+ "preccurlyeq"
+ "leqq"
+ "leqslant"
+ "lessgtr"
+ "backprime"
+ "risingdotseq"
+ "fallingdotseq"
+ "succcurlyeq"
+ "geqq"
+ "geqslant"
+ "gtrless"
+ "vartriangleright"
+ "vartriangleleft"
+ "trianglerighteq"
+ "trianglelefteq"
+ "bigstar"
+ "between"
+ "blacktriangledown"
+ "blacktriangleright"
+ "blacktriangleleft"
+ "vartriangle"
+ "blacktriangle"
+ "triangledown"
+ "eqcirc"
+ "lesseqgtr"
+ "gtreqless"
+ "lesseqqgtr"
+ "gtreqqless"
+ "Rrightarrow"
+ "Lleftarrow"
+ "veebar"
+ "barwedge"
+ "doublebarwedge"
+ "measuredangle"
+ "sphericalangle"
+ "varpropto"
+ "smallsmile"
+ "smallfrown"
+ "Subset"
+ "Supset"
+ "Cup"
+ "Cap"
+ "curlywedge"
+ "curlyvee"
+ "leftthreetimes"
+ "rightthreetimes"
+ "subseteqq"
+ "supseteqq"
+ "bumpeq"
+ "Bumpeq"
+ "lll"
+ "ggg"
+ "circledS"
+ "pitchfork"
+ "dotplus"
+ "backsim"
+ "backsimeq"
+ "complement"
+ "intercal"
+ "circledcirc"
+ "circledast"
+ "circleddash"
+ "lvertneqq"
+ "gvertneqq"
+ "nleq"
+ "ngeq"
+ "nless"
+ "ngtr"
+ "nprec"
+ "nsucc"
+ "lneqq"
+ "gneqq"
+ "nleqslant"
+ "ngeqslant"
+ "lneq"
+ "gneq"
+ "npreceq"
+ "nsucceq"
+ "precnsim"
+ "succnsim"
+ "lnsim"
+ "gnsim"
+ "nleqq"
+ "ngeqq"
+ "precneqq"
+ "succneqq"
+ "precnapprox"
+ "succnapprox"
+ "lnapprox"
+ "gnapprox"
+ "nsim"
+ "ncong"
+ "diagup"
+ "diagdown"
+ "varsubsetneq"
+ "varsupsetneq"
+ "nsubseteqq"
+ "nsupseteqq"
+ "subsetneqq"
+ "supsetneqq"
+ "varsubsetneqq"
+ "varsupsetneqq"
+ "subsetneq"
+ "supsetneq"
+ "nsubseteq"
+ "nsupseteq"
+ "nparallel"
+ "nmid"
+ "nshortmid"
+ "nshortparallel"
+ "nvdash"
+ "nVdash"
+ "nvDash"
+ "nVDash"
+ "ntrianglerighteq"
+ "ntrianglelefteq"
+ "ntriangleleft"
+ "ntriangleright"
+ "nleftarrow"
+ "nrightarrow"
+ "nLeftarrow"
+ "nRightarrow"
+ "nLeftrightarrow"
+ "nleftrightarrow"
+ "divideontimes"
+ "varnothing"
+ "nexists"
+ "Finv"
+ "Game"
+ "eth"
+ "eqsim"
+ "beth"
+ "gimel"
+ "daleth"
+ "lessdot"
+ "gtrdot"
+ "ltimes"
+ "rtimes"
+ "shortmid"
+ "shortparallel"
+ "smallsetminus"
+ "thicksim"
+ "thickapprox"
+ "approxeq"
+ "succapprox"
+ "precapprox"
+ "curvearrowleft"
+ "curvearrowright"
+ "digamma"
+ "varkappa"
+ "Bbbk"
+ "hslash"
+ "backepsilon"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-amssymb-package-options '("psamsfonts")
+ "Package options for the amssymb package.")
+
+;;; amssymb.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amstex.el b/style/amstex.el
index 347d72f..97a8b70 100644
--- a/style/amstex.el
+++ b/style/amstex.el
@@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
(function
(lambda ()
(unless (memq major-mode '(plain-tex-mode ams-tex-mode))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath")))))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath"))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-amstex-package-options '("noamsfonts" "psamsfonts"
"intlimits" "nointlimits"
diff --git a/style/amstext.el b/style/amstext.el
index a9aa855..d0a8e87 100644
--- a/style/amstext.el
+++ b/style/amstext.el
@@ -8,9 +8,10 @@
(function
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("text" t)))))
+ '("text" t))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-(defvar LaTeX-amstext-package-option nil
+(defvar LaTeX-amstext-package-options nil
"Package options for the amstext package.")
;;; amstext.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/amsthm.el b/style/amsthm.el
index 9903040..15cbf3a 100644
--- a/style/amsthm.el
+++ b/style/amsthm.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; amsthm.el --- Style hook for the AMS-LaTeX amsthm package.
-;; Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1997, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -24,24 +24,43 @@
;;; Code:
-(TeX-add-style-hook "amsthm"
- (function
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("proof" (lambda (env &rest ignore)
- (LaTeX-insert-environment
- env
- (let ((heading (read-string "(optional) Heading: ")))
- (if (string= heading "")
- ""
- (format "[%s]" heading))))))
- )
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("newtheorem" "Environment name" ["Share numbering with"] "Heading"
- ["Number subordinated in each"])
- '("newtheorem*" "Environment name" "Heading")
- '("theoremstyle" LaTeX-amsthm-complete-theoremstyle)
- ))))
+(defvar LaTeX-amsthm-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the amsthm package.")
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "amsthm"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("proof" (lambda (env &rest ignore)
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment
+ env
+ (let ((heading (read-string "(optional) Heading: ")))
+ (if (string= heading "")
+ ""
+ (format "[%s]" heading))))))
+ )
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("newtheorem*" TeX-arg-define-environment "Heading")
+ '("theoremstyle" LaTeX-amsthm-complete-theoremstyle)
+ "qedhere"
+ "swapnumbers"
+ '("newtheoremstyle" "Style name" (TeX-arg-length nil "Space above")
+ (TeX-arg-length nil "Space below") "Body font" "Indent amount"
+ "Theorem head font" "Punctuation after head"
+ (TeX-arg-length nil "Space after head") "Theorem head spec"))
+
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp
+ `(,(concat "\\\\newtheorem\\*{\\(" TeX-token-char "+\\)}")
+ 1 LaTeX-auto-environment))
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("newtheorem" "*{[{[")
+ ("theoremstyle" "{")
+ ("newtheoremstyle" "{{{{{{{{{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-amsthm-complete-theoremstyle (&rest ignore)
(insert TeX-grop
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/array.el
similarity index 54%
copy from style/xspace.el
copy to style/array.el
index 15f9216..51a27e8 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/array.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-;;; xspace.el --- AUCTeX style for `xspace.sty'
+;;; array.el --- AUCTeX style for `array.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-02-01
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,27 +25,28 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `xspace.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `array.sty'
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "xspace"
+ "array"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("xspace" 0)
- "xspaceaddexception"
- "xspaceremoveexception")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
- ("xspaceaddexception" "{")
- ("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
- "Package options for the xspace package.")
-
-;;; xspace.el ends here
+ '("newcolumntype" "Column type" [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
+ '("showcols" 0)
+ '("firsthline" 0)
+ '("lasthline" 0))
+
+ ;; `array.sty' adds a couple of new lengths. They're added here, rather
than
+ ;; in the `TeX-add-symbols' block.
+ (LaTeX-add-lengths "extratabsurround" "extrarowheight")
+
+ ;; `array.sty' adds some new column specification letters.
+ (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-array-column-letters) "clrpmb"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-array-package-options nil
+ "Package options for array.")
+
+;; array.el ends here
diff --git a/style/article.el b/style/article.el
index 2acb566..d4842f1 100644
--- a/style/article.el
+++ b/style/article.el
@@ -1,12 +1,20 @@
;;; article.el - Special code for article style.
-;; $Id: article.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
+(defvar LaTeX-article-class-options
+ '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
+ "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
+ "titlepage" "notitlepage" "onecolumn" "twocolumn" "leqno" "fleqn"
"openbib")
+ "Package options for the article class.")
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"article"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")
+ (LaTeX-add-counters "part" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
"paragraph"
+ "subparagraph" "figure" "table")
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "myheadings"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; article.el ends here
diff --git a/style/austrian.el b/style/austrian.el
index 13f28a8..fce8906 100644
--- a/style/austrian.el
+++ b/style/austrian.el
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"austrian"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "german")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "german"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; austrian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/babel.el b/style/babel.el
old mode 100755
new mode 100644
index 3242d0e..88b10b2
--- a/style/babel.el
+++ b/style/babel.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-;;; babel.el --- AUCTeX style for `babel.sty'
+;;; babel.el --- AUCTeX style for `babel.sty' version 3.9h.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -26,34 +26,90 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `babel.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `babel.sty' version 3.9h.
;;; Code:
(defvar LaTeX-babel-language-list
- '("acadian" "afrikaans" "american" "austrian""bahasa" "basque" "brazil"
- "brazilian" "breton" "british" "bulgarian" "canadian" "canadien"
- "catalan" "croatian" "czech" "danish" "dutch" "english" "esperanto"
- "estonian" "finnish" "francais" "frenchb" "french" "galician"
- "german" "germanb" "greek" "polutonikogreek" "hebrew" "hungarian"
- "icelandic" "irish" "italian" "latin" "lowersorbian" "magyar"
- "naustrian" "ngerman" "norsk" "samin" "nynorsk" "polish" "portuges"
- "portuguese" "romanian" "russian" "scottish" "serbian" "slovak"
- "slovene" "spanish" "swedish" "turkish" "ukrainian" "uppersorbian"
- "welsh" "UKenglish" "USenglish")
+ '("afrikaans"
+ "bahasa" "indonesian" "indon" "bahasai" "bahasam" "malay" "meyalu"
+ "basque"
+ "breton"
+ "bulgarian"
+ "catalan"
+ "croatian"
+ "czech"
+ "danish"
+ "dutch"
+ "english" "USenglish" "american" "UKenglish" "british" "canadian"
+ "australian" "newzealand"
+ "esperanto"
+ "estonian"
+ "finnish"
+ "french" "francais" "canadien" "acadian"
+ "galician"
+ "austrian" "german" "germanb" "ngerman" "naustrian"
+ "greek" "polutonikogreek"
+ "hebrew"
+ "icelandic"
+ "interlingua"
+ "irish"
+ "italian"
+ "latin"
+ "lowersorbian"
+ "samin"
+ "norsk" "nynorsk"
+ "polish"
+ "portuges" "portuguese" "brazilian" "brazil"
+ "romanian"
+ "russian"
+ "scottish"
+ "spanish"
+ "slovak"
+ "slovene"
+ "swedish"
+ "serbian"
+ "turkish"
+ "ukrainian"
+ "uppersorbian"
+ "welsh"
+ ;; Extra languages mentioned in the `babel' manual.
+ "albanian" "hindi" "thai" "thaicjk" "latvian" "turkmen" "hungarian"
"magyar"
+ "mongolian" "romansh" "lithuanian" "spanglish" "vietnamese" "japanese"
+ "pinyin" "arabinc" "farsi" "ibygreek" "bgreek" "serbianic" "frenchle"
+ "ethiop" "friulan" "frenchb")
"List of languages supported by the babel LaTeX package.")
-(if (fboundp 'defvaralias)
- (defvaralias 'LaTeX-babel-package-options 'LaTeX-babel-language-list)
- (defvar LaTeX-babel-package-options LaTeX-babel-language-list
- "Package options for the babel package."))
-
(defun LaTeX-babel-active-languages ()
"Return a list of languages used in the document."
- (let (active-languages)
- (dolist (elt LaTeX-babel-language-list)
- (when (member elt TeX-active-styles)
- (add-to-list 'active-languages (list elt))))
+ (let (main-language active-languages)
+ ;; Loop over options provided to class and `babel' package at load time.
+ (dolist (elt (append
+ ;; In most cases there is only one element in the alist, if
+ ;; there is more than one element, the first one should
+ ;; contain the class options of the current buffer. So we can
+ ;; take the car of `LaTeX-provided-class-options'.
+ (cdr (car LaTeX-provided-class-options))
+ (cdr (assoc "babel" LaTeX-provided-package-options))))
+ (setq elt (TeX-split-string "=" elt))
+ (if (equal (car elt) "main")
+ ;; Starting from version 3.9 of `babel' package, languages can be set
+ ;; with the following syntax:
+ ;; \usepackage[latin.medieval,main=danish,spanish.notilde]{babel}
+ ;; with `danish' being the default language. When the default
+ ;; language is set with the `main' option, we record it and append to
+ ;; the list at the end.
+ (setq main-language (car (cdr elt)))
+ ;; Get rid of the modifiers (`medieval' and `notilde' in the above
+ ;; example).
+ (setq elt (car (TeX-split-string "\\." (car elt))))
+ (if (member elt LaTeX-babel-language-list)
+ ;; Append element to `active-languages' to respect loading order.
+ ;; `babel' package uses as default language the last loaded one,
+ ;; except if it is set with the `main' option.
+ (add-to-list 'active-languages elt t))))
+ (if main-language
+ (add-to-list 'active-languages main-language t))
active-languages))
(defun TeX-arg-babel-lang (optional &optional prompt)
@@ -67,9 +123,17 @@
env (format "{%s}" (completing-read "Language: "
(LaTeX-babel-active-languages)))))
+(defun LaTeX-babel-load-languages ()
+ "Load style files of babel active languages."
+ ;; Run style hooks for every active language in loading order, so
+ ;; `TeX-quote-language' will be correctly set.
+ (mapc 'TeX-run-style-hooks (LaTeX-babel-active-languages)))
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"babel"
(lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-babel-load-languages)
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-after-usepackage-hook 'LaTeX-babel-load-languages nil t)
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
'("selectlanguage" TeX-arg-babel-lang)
@@ -103,6 +167,28 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("defineshorthand" "{{")
("aliasshorthand" "{{")
("languageattribute" "{{"))
- 'variable))))
+ 'variable)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-babel-package-options ()
+ "Prompt for package options for the babel package."
+ (TeX-read-key-val
+ t
+ (append
+ '(("KeepShorthandsActive")
+ ("activeacute")
+ ("activegrave")
+ ("shorthands")
+ ("safe" ("none" "ref" "bib"))
+ ("math" ("active" "normal"))
+ ("config")
+ ("main" LaTeX-babel-language-list)
+ ("headfoot" LaTeX-babel-language-list)
+ ("noconfigs")
+ ("showlanguages")
+ ("strings" ("generic" "unicode" "encoded"))
+ ("hyphenmap" ("off" "main" "select" "other" "other*"))
+ ("base"))
+ (mapcar 'list LaTeX-babel-language-list))))
;;; babel.el ends here
diff --git a/style/beamer.el b/style/beamer.el
index cd4fa09..c108f2b 100644
--- a/style/beamer.el
+++ b/style/beamer.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; beamer.el --- AUCTeX style for the latex-beamer class
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005,2008 Free Software Foundation
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2013 Free Software Foundation
;; Author: Thomas Baumann <address@hidden>
;; Created: 2003-12-20
@@ -51,11 +51,17 @@
(goto-char end-of-begin)
(insert "[fragile]")))))))
+(defvar LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history nil
+ "History of frame titles in beamer.")
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"beamer"
(lambda ()
(add-hook 'LaTeX-after-insert-env-hooks 'LaTeX-beamer-after-insert-env nil
t)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath" "amssymb" "amsthm" "color" "geometry"
+ "hyperref" "inputenc" "translator" "xcolor")
+
(unless LaTeX-beamer-section-labels-flag
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-section-hook)
(setq LaTeX-section-hook
@@ -68,6 +74,8 @@
("enumerate" . LaTeX-item-beamer))
LaTeX-item-list))
+ (setq LaTeX-default-document-environment "frame")
+
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally "frametitle")
(TeX-add-symbols
@@ -78,7 +86,8 @@
'("beamerreturnbutton" 1)
'("beamerskipbutton" 1)
'("frame" TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle)
- '("frametitle" 1)
+ '("frametitle"
+ (TeX-arg-eval read-string "Title: " nil
'LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history))
'("hyperlink" TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 2)
'("hyperlinkslideprev" TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 1)
'("hyperlinkslidenext" TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 1)
@@ -127,7 +136,8 @@
"columnsonlytextwidth"
'("exampleblock" 1)
'("frame" (lambda (env &rest ignore)
- (let ((title (read-string "(Optional) Title: ")))
+ (let ((title (read-string "(Optional) Title: " nil
+ 'LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history)))
(LaTeX-insert-environment env)
(unless (zerop (length title))
(save-excursion
@@ -154,6 +164,11 @@
(format "[%s]" width))))))
"semiverbatim")
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")
+ (LaTeX-add-counters "lecture" "part" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
+ "subsectionslide" "framenumber" "figure" "table"
+ "beamerpauses")
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "navigation")
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list)
(add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
'("semiverbatim" current-indentation))
@@ -164,15 +179,19 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("frametitle" "<[{")) 'slide-title)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("title" "[{")
+ ("author" "[{")
+ ("date" "[{")
+ ("frametitle" "<[{")) 'slide-title)
;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults))))
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec (optional &optional prompt)
- "Prompt for overlay specification."
+ "Prompt for overlay specification."
(let ((overlay (read-string "(Optional) Overlay: ")))
(unless (zerop (length overlay))
(insert "<" overlay ">"))
@@ -180,15 +199,15 @@
(defun TeX-arg-beamer-frametitle (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for the frametitle."
- (let ((title (read-string "Title: ")))
+ (let ((title (read-string "Title: " nil 'LaTeX-beamer-frametitle-history)))
(if (not (zerop (length title)))
- (insert TeX-grop TeX-esc "frametitle" TeX-grop
+ (insert TeX-grop TeX-esc "frametitle" TeX-grop
title TeX-grcl TeX-grcl)
(insert TeX-grop TeX-grcl))))
(defun LaTeX-item-beamer ()
- "Insert a new item with an optional overlay argument. You
-can turn off the prompt for the overlay argument by setting
+ "Insert a new item with an optional overlay argument. You
+can turn off the prompt for the overlay argument by setting
`LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag' to nil. Calling the function
with a prefix argument prompts for the overlay specification
unconditionally."
@@ -201,7 +220,7 @@ unconditionally."
(TeX-arg-beamer-overlay-spec 0))
(insert " ")
(indent-according-to-mode))
-
+
(defun TeX-arg-beamer-note (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for overlay specification and optional argument."
(let ((overlay (read-string "(Optional) Overlay: "))
@@ -333,4 +352,18 @@ also be a string. Then the length of the string is used."
nil nil nil)
t))
+(defun LaTeX-beamer-class-options ()
+ "Read the beamer class options from the user."
+ (TeX-read-key-val t '(("usepdftitle" ("false")) ("envcountsect")
+ ("notheorems") ("noamsthm") ("compress") ("t") ("c")
+ ("leqno") ("fleqn") ("handout") ("trans") ("pdftex")
+ ("nativepdf") ("pdfmark") ("dvips") ("dviwindo")
+ ("dvipsone") ("vtex") ("ps2pdf") ("ignorenonframetext")
+ ("noamssymb") ("bigger") ("smaller") ("8pt") ("9pt")
+ ("10pt") ("11pt") ("12pt") ("14pt") ("17pt") ("20pt")
+ ("draft") ("CJK") ("cjk") ("pgf")
+ ("hyperref" LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list)
+ ("color") ("xcolor") ("ucs") ("utf8x") ("utf8")
+ ("aspectratio" ("1610" "169" "149" "54" "43" "32")))))
+
;;; beamer.el ends here
diff --git a/style/biblatex.el b/style/biblatex.el
index 3a66cff..8a42a45 100644
--- a/style/biblatex.el
+++ b/style/biblatex.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-;;; biblatex.el --- AUCTeX style for `biblatex.sty'
+;;; biblatex.el --- AUCTeX style for `biblatex.sty' version 2.8a.
-;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -26,22 +26,505 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `biblatex.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `biblatex.sty' version 2.8a.
;;; Code:
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype
+ '(;; Regular Types
+ "article" "book" "mvbook" "inbook" "bookinbook" "suppbook" "booklet"
+ "collection" "mvcollection" "incollection" "suppcollection" "manual" "misc"
+ "online" "patent" "periodical" "suppperiodical" "proceedings"
+ "mvproceedings" "inproceedings" "reference" "mvreference" "inreference"
+ "report" "set" "thesis" "unpublished" "xdata" "customa" "customb" "customc"
+ "customd" "custome" "customf"
+ ;; Type Aliases
+ "conference" "electronic" "masterthesis" "phdthesis" "techreport" "www"
+ ;; Unsupported Types
+ "artwork" "audio" "bibnote" "commentary" "image" "jurisdiction"
+ "legislation" "legal" "letter" "movie" "music" "performance" "review"
+ "software" "standard" "video")
+ "List of biblatex entry types.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options
+ '(;; General
+ ("sorting" ("nty" "nyt" "nyvt" "anyt" "anyvt" "ynt" "ydnt" "none" "debug"))
+ ("sortcase" ("true" "false"))
+ ("sortupper" ("true" "false"))
+ ("sortlocale")
+ ("sortlos" ("bib" "los"))
+ ("related" ("true" "false"))
+ ("sortcites" ("true" "false"))
+ ("maxnames")
+ ("minnames")
+ ("maxbibnames")
+ ("minbibnames")
+ ("maxcitenames")
+ ("mincitenames")
+ ("maxitems")
+ ("minitems")
+ ("autocite" ("plain" "inline" "footnote" "superscript"))
+ ("autopunct" ("true" "false"))
+ ("language" (append LaTeX-biblatex-language-list
+ '("autobib" "autocite" "auto")))
+ ("clearlang" ("true" "false"))
+ ("autolang" ("none" "hyphen" "other" "other*" "langname"))
+ ("block" ("none" "space" "par" "nbpar" "ragged"))
+ ("notetype" ("foot+end" "footonly" "endonly"))
+ ("hyperref" ("true" "false" "auto"))
+ ("backref" ("true" "false"))
+ ("backrefstyle" ("none" "three" "two" "two+" "three+" "all+"))
+ ("backrefsetstyle" ("setonly" "memonly" "setormem" "setandmem" "memandset"
+ "setplusmem"))
+ ("indexing" ("true" "false" "cite" "bib"))
+ ("loadfiles" ("true" "false"))
+ ("refsection" ("none" "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection"))
+ ("refsegment" ("none" "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection"))
+ ("citereset" ("none" "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection"))
+ ("abbreviate" ("true" "false"))
+ ("date" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
+ ("datelabel" ("year" "short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
+ ("origdate" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
+ ("eventdate" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
+ ("urldate" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
+ ("alldates" ("short" "long" "terse" "comp" "iso8601"))
+ ("datezeros" ("true" "false"))
+ ("dateabbrev" ("true" "false"))
+ ("defernumbers" ("true" "false"))
+ ("punctfont" ("true" "false"))
+ ("arxiv" ("abs" "ps" "pdf" "format"))
+ ("texencoding" ("auto"))
+ ("bibencoding" ("auto"))
+ ("safeinputenc" ("true" "false"))
+ ("bibwarn" ("true" "false"))
+ ("mincrossrefs")
+ ;; Style-specific
+ ("isbn" ("true" "false"))
+ ("url" ("true" "false"))
+ ("doi" ("true" "false"))
+ ("eprint" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Internal
+ ("pagetracker" ("true" "false" "page" "spread"))
+ ("citecounter" ("true" "false" "context"))
+ ("citetracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
+ ("ibidtracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
+ ("opcittracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
+ ("loccittracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
+ ("idemtracker" ("true" "false" "context" "strict" "constrict"))
+ ("parentracker" ("true" "false"))
+ ("maxparens")
+ ("firstinits" ("true" "false"))
+ ("sortfirstinits" ("true" "false"))
+ ("terseinits" ("true" "false"))
+ ("labelalpha" ("true" "false"))
+ ("maxalphanames")
+ ("minalphanames")
+ ("labelnumber" ("true" "false"))
+ ("labeltitle" ("true" "false"))
+ ("labeltitleyear" ("true" "false"))
+ ("labeldate" ("true" "false"))
+ ("singletitle" ("true" "false"))
+ ("uniquename" ("true" "false" "init" "full" "allinit" "allfull" "mininit"
+ "minfull"))
+ ("uniquelist" ("true" "false" "minyear")))
+ "Key=value options for ExecuteBibliographyOptions macro of the biblatex
package.")
+
+;; See table 2 of Biblatex reference manual.
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-language-list
+ '("catalan" "croatian" "czech" "danish" "dutch" "american" "british"
+ "canadian" "australian" "newzealand" "finnish" "french" "german" "austrian"
+ "ngernam" "naustrian" "greek" "italian" "norwegian" "polish" "brazilian"
+ "portuguese" "russian" "spanish" "swedish")
+ "List of languages supported by biblatex packages.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options
+ '(("label")
+ ("location" ("local" "remote"))
+ ("type" ("file"))
+ ("datatype" ("bibtex" "ris" "zoterordfxml" "endnotexml")))
+ "Key=value options for addbibresource macro of the biblatex package.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-addbibresource (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a BibLaTeX database file.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string."
+ (let (files inputs database)
+ (if LaTeX-using-Biber
+ (setq files 'TeX-Biber-global-files
+ inputs 'biberinputs)
+ (setq files 'BibTeX-global-files
+ inputs 'bibinputs))
+ (setq files 'TeX-Biber-global-files
+ inputs 'biberinputs)
+ (message "Searching for BibLaTeX files...")
+ (or (symbol-value files)
+ (set files (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
+ 'biberinputs 'global t nil))))
+ (setq database (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "BibLaTeX files")
+ (append (mapcar 'list (TeX-search-files-by-type
+ inputs 'local t nil))
+ (symbol-value files))))
+ (LaTeX-add-bibliographies database)
+ ;; Run style file associated to the bibliography database file in order to
+ ;; immediately fill `LaTeX-bibitem-list'. We need to strip the extension
+ ;; because AUCTeX style files don't use it.
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks (file-name-sans-extension database))
+ (TeX-argument-insert database optional)))
+
+;; Support for multicite commands, see § 3.7.3 of Biblatex reference manual.
+(defun LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for citations with completion until input is empty.
+Prompt also for optional prenotes and postnotes. If OPTIONAL is
+non-nil, insert the citation key as an optional argument,
+otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt string
+for citation keys."
+ ;; Prompt for global prenote and postnote.
+ (and TeX-arg-cite-note-p (not current-prefix-arg)
+ (let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace "(")
+ (TeX-arg-closing-brace ")")
+ (prenote (TeX-read-string
+ (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Global prenote"))))
+ (TeX-argument-insert prenote t)
+ ;; If the prenote is empty the postnote is optional, otherwise it's
+ ;; mandatory.
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Global postnote"))
+ (equal prenote ""))))
+ (let ((items t) (noinsert nil))
+ (while items
+ ;; Prompt for prenote and postnote of the current keys.
+ (and TeX-arg-cite-note-p (not current-prefix-arg)
+ (let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace "[")
+ (TeX-arg-closing-brace "]")
+ (prenote (TeX-read-string
+ (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Prenote"))))
+ (TeX-argument-insert prenote t)
+ ;; If the prenote is empty the postnote is optional, otherwise it's
+ ;; mandatory.
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (TeX-read-string (TeX-argument-prompt t nil "Postnote"))
+ (equal prenote ""))))
+ (setq items (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Key")
+ (LaTeX-bibitem-list)))
+ (apply 'LaTeX-add-bibitems items)
+ ;; If input is empty, insert an empty group only the first time, when
+ ;; `noinsert' flag is nil.
+ (unless (and (not items) noinsert)
+ (TeX-argument-insert (mapconcat 'identity items ",") optional))
+ (setq noinsert t))))
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"biblatex"
(lambda ()
- ;; Unfortunately `(member "backend=biber" TeX-active-styles)' does
- ;; not work as a test because "backend=biber" is added to
- ;; `TeX-active-styles' after "biblatex". So we check the value of
- ;; `LaTeX-biblatex-use-biber' and let the user set it if desired.
- (when LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
- (setq LaTeX-using-Biber t))))
-
-;; TODO: Add package options.
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-package-options nil
+ ;; Biblatex uses as default backend biber, run it unless biblatex `backend'
+ ;; option value is one of `bibtex', `bibtex8', `bibtexu'. Autodetection of
+ ;; the backend can be overridden by setting `LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' as a
+ ;; local variable.
+ (setq LaTeX-using-Biber
+ (if (local-variable-p 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber (current-buffer))
+ LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
+ (not (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
+ "biblatex" "backend=bibtex")
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
+ "biblatex" "backend=bibtex8")
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
+ "biblatex" "backend=bibtexu")))))
+
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "etoolbox"
+ "keyval"
+ "kvoptions"
+ "logreq"
+ "ifthen"
+ "url")
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;;; Global Customization
+ ;; Setting Package Options
+ '("ExecuteBibliographyOptions"
+ [TeX-arg-eval mapconcat 'identity
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ "Entry type: " LaTeX-biblatex-entrytype) ","]
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options))
+ ;;; Bibliography Commands
+ ;; Resources
+ '("addbibresource" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options]
+ LaTeX-arg-addbibresource)
+ '("addglobalbib" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options]
+ LaTeX-arg-addbibresource)
+ '("addsectionbib" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-biblatex-addbibresource-options]
+ LaTeX-arg-addbibresource)
+ ;; The Bibliography
+ '("printbibliography"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("title") ("prenote") ("postnote")
+ ("section") ("segment") ("sorting") ("type") ("nottype")
+ ("subtype") ("notsubtype") ("keyword") ("notkeyword")
+ ("categoy") ("notcategory") ("filter") ("check")
+ ("prefixnumbers") ("resetnumbers" ("true" "false"))
+ ("omitnumbers" ("true" "false")))])
+ '("bibbysection"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("prenote") ("postnote"))])
+ '("bibbysegment"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("prenote") ("postnote"))])
+ '("bibbycategory"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("prenote") ("postnote") ("section"))])
+ '("printbibheading"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val (("heading") ("title"))])
+ ;; The List of Shorthands
+ '("printshorthands"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val (("env") ("heading") ("title") ("prenote") ("postnote")
+ ("section") ("segment") ("sorting") ("type") ("nottype")
+ ("subtype") ("notsubtype") ("keyword") ("notkeyword")
+ ("categoy") ("notcategory") ("filter") ("check"))])
+ ;; Bibliography Sections
+ '("newrefsection" ["Resources"])
+ "endrefsection"
+ ;; Bibliography Segments
+ "newrefsegment"
+ "endrefsegment"
+ ;; Bibliography Categories
+ '("DeclareBibliographyCategory" "Category")
+ '("addtocategory" "Category" TeX-arg-cite)
+ ;; Bibliography Headings and Environments
+ '("defbibenvironment" "Name" 3)
+ '("defbibheading" "Name" ["Title"] t)
+ ;; Bibliography Notes
+ '("defbibnote" "Name" "Text")
+ ;; Bibliography Filters and Checks
+ '("defbibfilter" "Name" t)
+ '("defbibcheck" "Name" t)
+ ;; Dynamic Entry Sets
+ '("defbibentryset" "Set"
+ (TeX-arg-eval mapconcat 'identity (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ "Keys: " (LaTeX-bibitem-list)) ","))
+ ;;; Citation Commands
+ '("cite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Cite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("parencite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Parencite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("footcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("footcitetext" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ ;; Style-specific Commands
+ '("textcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Textcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("smartcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Smartcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("cite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("parencite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("supercite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ ;; Qualified Citation Lists
+ '("cites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("Cites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("parencites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("Parencites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("footcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("footcitetexts" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("smartcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("Smartcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("textcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("Textcites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("supercites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ ;; Style-independent Commands
+ '("autocite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Autocite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("autocite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Autocite*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("autocites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ '("Autocites" LaTeX-arg-biblatex-cites)
+ ;; Text Commands
+ '("citeauthor" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Citeauthor" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citetitle" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citetitle*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citeyear" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citeyear*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citedate" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citedate*" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("citeurl" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("parentext" "Text")
+ '("brackettext" "Text")
+ ;; Special Commands
+ '("fullcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("footfullcite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("volcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Volcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Pvolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Pvolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("fvolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("ftolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("svolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Svolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("tvolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Tvolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("avolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Avolcite"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"]) ()) "Volume"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Page"]) ()) TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("notecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Notecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("pnotecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("Pnotecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ '("fnotecite" (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p
+ (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
TeX-arg-cite)
+ ;; Low-level Commands
+ '("citename"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
+ TeX-arg-cite (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Format"]) ())
+ "Name list")
+ '("citelist"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
+ TeX-arg-cite (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Format"]) ())
+ "Literal list")
+ '("citefield"
+ (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Prenote"] ["Postnote"]) ())
+ TeX-arg-cite (TeX-arg-conditional TeX-arg-cite-note-p (["Format"]) ())
+ "Field")
+ ;; Miscellaneous Commands
+ "citereset"
+ "citereset*"
+ "mancite"
+ "pno"
+ "ppno"
+ "nopp"
+ "psq"
+ "psqq"
+ '("RN" "Integer")
+ '("Rn" "Integer")
+ ;; Localization Commands
+ '("DefineBibliographyStrings"
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
+ '("DefineBibliographyExtras"
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
+ '("UndefineBibliographyExtras"
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
+ '("DefineHyphenationExceptions"
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Language: " LaTeX-biblatex-language-list)
t)
+ "NewBibliographyString")
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ ;;; Bibliography commands
+ ;; Bibliography Sections
+ '("refsection" ["Resources"])
+ ;; Bibliography Segments
+ "refsegment")
+
+ ;; Declaring expert macros and environments. Criterion: all macros and
+ ;; environments to fine tune the bibliography, probably they will be used
+ ;; only by expert users.
+ (TeX-declare-expert-macros
+ "biblatex"
+ "ExecuteBibliographyOptions" "printshorthands" "newrefsection"
+ "endrefsection" "newrefsegment" "endrefsegment"
+ "DeclareBibliographyCategory" "addtocategory" "defbibenvironment"
+ "defbibheading" "defbibnote" "defbibfilter" "defbibcheck" "defbibentryset"
+ "citereset" "citereset*" "mancite" "pno" "ppno" "nopp" "psq" "psqq" "RN"
+ "Rn" "DefineBibliographyStrings" "DefineBibliographyExtras"
+ "UndefineBibliographyExtras" "DefineHyphenationExceptions"
+ "NewBibliographyString")
+ (LaTeX-declare-expert-environments
+ "biblatex"
+ "refsection" "refsegment"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list
+ (append
+ ;;; Preamble Options
+ LaTeX-biblatex-executebibliographyoptions-options
+ '(;;; Load-time Options
+ ("backend" ("biber" "bibtex" "bibtexu" "bibtex8"))
+ ("style" BibLaTeX-global-style-files)
+ ("bibstyle" BibLaTeX-global-style-files)
+ ("citestyle" BibLaTeX-global-style-files)
+ ("natbib" ("true" "false"))
+ ("mcite" ("true" "false"))
+ ;;; Entry Options
+ ;; Preamble/Type/Entry Options
+ ("useauthor" ("true" "false"))
+ ("useeditor" ("true" "false"))
+ ("usetranslator" ("true" "false"))
+ ("useprefix" ("true" "false"))
+ ("indexing" ("true" "false" "cite" "bib"))
+ ;; Type/Entry Options are not available globally.
+ ;; Legacy Options (deprecated)
+ ("openbib")))
"Package options for the biblatex package.")
+(defun LaTeX-biblatex-package-options nil
+ "Prompt for package options for the biblatex package."
+ (unless BibLaTeX-global-style-files
+ (if (if (eq TeX-arg-input-file-search 'ask)
+ (not (y-or-n-p "Find BibLaTeX style yourself? "))
+ TeX-arg-input-file-search)
+ ;; ...then, search for BibLaTeX styles.
+ (progn
+ (message "Searching for BibLaTeX styles...")
+ (setq BibLaTeX-global-style-files
+ (mapcar 'identity (TeX-search-files-by-type 'bbxinputs 'global
t t))))
+ ;; ...else, use for completion only standard BibLaTeX styles (see §3.3
of
+ ;; Biblatex reference manual).
+ (setq BibLaTeX-global-style-files
+ '("numeric" "numeric-comp" "numeric-verb" "alphabetic"
+ "alphabetic-verb" "authoryear" "authoryear-comp" "authoryear-ibid"
+ "authoryear-icomp" "authortitle" "authortitle-comp"
+ "authortitle-ibid" "authortitle-icomp" "authortitle-terse"
+ "authortitle-tcomp" "authortitle-ticomp" "verbose" "verbose-ibid"
+ "verbose-note" "verbose-inote" "verbose-trad1" "verbose-trad2"
+ "verbose-trad3" "reading" "draft" "debug"))))
+ (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-biblatex-package-options-list))
+
;;; biblatex.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/bigdelim.el
similarity index 53%
copy from style/xspace.el
copy to style/bigdelim.el
index 15f9216..085185b 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/bigdelim.el
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
-;;; xspace.el --- AUCTeX style for `xspace.sty'
+;;; bigdelim.el --- AUCTeX style for `bigdelim.sty'
;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-02-01
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 2011-01-24
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,27 +26,28 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `xspace.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `bigdelim.sty'.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "xspace"
+ "bigdelim"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("xspace" 0)
- "xspaceaddexception"
- "xspaceremoveexception")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
- ("xspaceaddexception" "{")
- ("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
- "Package options for the xspace package.")
-
-;;; xspace.el ends here
+ '("ldelim" TeX-arg-bigdelim-brace "Number of rows for multirow"
+ "Width in multirow" [ "Text in multirow" ])
+ '("rdelim" TeX-arg-bigdelim-brace "Number of rows for multirow"
+ "Width in multirow" [ "Text in multirow" ])))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun TeX-arg-bigdelim-brace (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a single brace, and do not insert the matching
+ right parentheses."
+ (let ((brace (read-from-minibuffer
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Brace") nil)))
+ (insert (format "%s" brace))))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-bigdelim-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the bigdelim package.")
+
+;;; bigdelim.el ends here
diff --git a/style/biblatex.el b/style/bigstrut.el
similarity index 57%
copy from style/biblatex.el
copy to style/bigstrut.el
index 3a66cff..14269db 100644
--- a/style/biblatex.el
+++ b/style/bigstrut.el
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-;;; biblatex.el --- AUCTeX style for `biblatex.sty'
+;;; bigstrut.el --- AUCTeX style for `bigstrut.sty'
;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2012-11-14
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,22 +25,26 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `biblatex.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `bigstrut.sty'.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "biblatex"
+ "bigstrut"
(lambda ()
- ;; Unfortunately `(member "backend=biber" TeX-active-styles)' does
- ;; not work as a test because "backend=biber" is added to
- ;; `TeX-active-styles' after "biblatex". So we check the value of
- ;; `LaTeX-biblatex-use-biber' and let the user set it if desired.
- (when LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber
- (setq LaTeX-using-Biber t))))
-
-;; TODO: Add package options.
-(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-package-options nil
- "Package options for the biblatex package.")
-
-;;; biblatex.el ends here
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ "bigstrutsetup"
+ '("bigstrut" [ TeX-arg-bigstrut ])))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun TeX-arg-bigstrut (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for the optional argument in \\bigstrut"
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt
+ optional "Strut to top (t) or bottom (b)" nil t)
+ (mapcar 'list '("t" "b")) nil t) optional))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-bigstrut-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the bigstrut package.")
+
+;;; bigstrut.el ends here
diff --git a/style/nicefrac.el b/style/bm.el
similarity index 52%
copy from style/nicefrac.el
copy to style/bm.el
index 77aee51..d735e62 100644
--- a/style/nicefrac.el
+++ b/style/bm.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-;;; nicefrac.el --- AUCTeX style for the LaTeX package `nicefrac.sty' (v0.9b)
+;;; bm.el --- AUCTeX style for `bm.sty'.
-;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Christian Schlauer <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,21 +25,31 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `nicefrac.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `bm.sty'.
;;; Code:
-(TeX-add-style-hook
- "nicefrac"
+(TeX-add-style-hook "bm"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("nicefrac" [ "Font changing command" ] "Numerator" "Denominator"))
+ '("bm" 1)
+ '("hm" 1)
+ '("DeclareBoldMathCommand" [ "Math version" ] TeX-arg-define-macro "Math
expression")
+ '("bmdefine" TeX-arg-define-macro "Math expression")
+ '("hmdefine" TeX-arg-define-macro "Math expression"))
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nicefrac" "[{{")) 'textual))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options '("nice" "ugly")
- "Package options for the nicefrac package.")
-
-;;; nicefrac.el ends here
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("bm" "{")
+ ("hm" "{"))
+ 'bold-command)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DeclareBoldMathCommand" "[|{\\{")
+ ("bmdefine" "|{\\{")
+ ("hmdefine" "|{\\{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-bm-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the bm package.")
+
+;; bm.el ends here
diff --git a/style/book.el b/style/book.el
index 829fa4e..cbc9813 100644
--- a/style/book.el
+++ b/style/book.el
@@ -1,12 +1,21 @@
;;; book.el - Special code for book style.
-;; $Id: book.el,v 1.5 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
+(defvar LaTeX-book-class-options
+ '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
+ "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
+ "titlepage" "notitlepage" "openright" "openany" "onecolumn" "twocolumn"
+ "leqno" "fleqn" "openbib")
+ "Package options for the book class.")
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"book"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")
+ (LaTeX-add-counters "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
+ "paragraph" "subparagraph" "figure" "table")
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "myheadings"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; book.el ends here
diff --git a/style/booktabs.el b/style/booktabs.el
index e126872..20145af 100644
--- a/style/booktabs.el
+++ b/style/booktabs.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; booktabs.el -- AUCTeX style for booktabs.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -34,23 +34,27 @@
"Prompt for a value and use parentheses when it is inserted.
If OPTIONAL is non-nil the parameter is labeled as optional.
PROMPT is the value of the prompt to be shown."
- (let ((< "\(")
- (> "\)"))
+ (let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace "\(")
+ (TeX-arg-closing-brace "\)"))
(TeX-parse-argument optional prompt)))
(TeX-add-style-hook
"booktabs"
(lambda ()
-
+ ;; Do not append an empty group to toprule, midrule, and bottomrule macros,
+ ;; otherwise one gets a wrong spacing in the table.
+ (setq TeX-insert-braces-alist (append TeX-insert-braces-alist
+ '(("toprule" . nil)
+ ("midrule" . nil)
+ ("bottomrule" . nil))))
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
'("toprule" [ "Thickness" ])
'("midrule" [ "Thickness" ])
'("bottomrule" [ "Thickness" ])
- ;; FIXME: The qestion for the trim parameter will only be asked if
- ;; a value for the thickness parameter was given. Is this a
- ;; feature of `TeX-parse-arguments'?
- '("cmidrule" [ "Thickness" ] [ LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren "Trim" ]
+ ;; The `ignore' resets `last-optional-rejected' to nil so that the trim
+ ;; argument is prompted also when the thickness is skipped.
+ '("cmidrule" [ "Thickness" ] (ignore) [ LaTeX-booktabs-arg-paren "Trim" ]
"Column(s)")
'("addlinespace" [ "Height" ])
'("morecmidrules")
@@ -66,9 +70,10 @@ PROMPT is the value of the prompt to be shown."
("addlinespace" "[")
("morecmidrules" "")
("specialrule" "{{{"))
- 'function))))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-booktabs-package-options nil
- "Package options for the booktabs package.")
+ "Package options for the booktabs package.")
;;; booktabs.el ends here
diff --git a/style/bulgarian.el b/style/bulgarian.el
index 77cb2b2..1f4103c 100644
--- a/style/bulgarian.el
+++ b/style/bulgarian.el
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-bg-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-bg-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; bulgarian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/captcont.el b/style/captcont.el
index ffa48bf..b2f4b5f 100644
--- a/style/captcont.el
+++ b/style/captcont.el
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
'("captcont*" [ "list entry" ] "Caption"))
;; Fontification
(when (featurep 'font-latex)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("captcont" "*[{")) 'textual))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("captcont" "*[{")) 'textual)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-captcont-package-options '("figbotcap" "figtopcap" "tabbotcap"
"tabtopcap")
diff --git a/style/cleveref.el b/style/cleveref.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..755239d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/cleveref.el
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+;;; cleveref.el --- Style hook for the `cleveref.sty' package.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Matthew Leach <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 13/10/2014
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Code
+
+(defun TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels (optional &optional prompt definition)
+ "Prompt for a series of labels completing with known labels.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. If DEFINITION is non-nil, add each chosen label to the
+list of defined labels."
+ (let* ((labels (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Keys")
+ (LaTeX-label-list)))
+ (labels-string (mapconcat 'identity labels ",")))
+ (when definition
+ (apply 'LaTeX-add-labels labels))
+ (TeX-argument-insert labels-string optional optional)))
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "cleveref"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("cref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("Cref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("crefrange" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
+ '("Crefrange" (TeX-arg-label "key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
+ '("cpageref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("Cpageref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("cpagerefrange" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key
(last)"))
+ '("Cpagerefrange" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key
(last)"))
+ '("cref*" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("Cref*" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("crefrange*" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
+ '("Crefrange*" (TeX-arg-label "Key (first)") (TeX-arg-label "Key (last)"))
+ '("namecref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("nameCref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("lnamecref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("namecrefs" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("nameCrefs" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("lnamecrefs" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("labelcref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels)
+ '("labelcpageref" TeX-arg-cleveref-multiple-labels))
+
+ ;; These macros aren't used particularly often during the course of
+ ;; normal referencing.
+ (TeX-declare-expert-macros
+ "cleveref"
+ "namecref" "nameCref" "lnamecref" "namecrefs" "nameCrefs"
+ "lnamecrefs" "labelcref" "labelcpageref")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
+ (fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("cref" "*{")
+ ("Cref" "*{")
+ ("crefrange" "*{{")
+ ("Crefrange" "*{{")
+ ("cpageref" "{")
+ ("Cpageref" "{")
+ ("cpagerefrange" "{{")
+ ("Cpagerefrange" "{{")
+ ("namecref" "{")
+ ("nameCref" "{")
+ ("lnamecref" "{")
+ ("namecrefs" "{")
+ ("nameCrefs" "{")
+ ("lnamecrefs" "{")
+ ("labelcref" "{")
+ ("labelcpageref" "{"))
+ 'reference)
+ ;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
+ (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-cleveref-package-options
+ '("capitalise" "nameinlink" "noabbrev" "poorman")
+ "Package options for the cleveref package.")
+
+;;; cleveref.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/comment.el b/style/comment.el
index c842d20..ac33ebd 100644
--- a/style/comment.el
+++ b/style/comment.el
@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@
'variable)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults))))
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; comment.el ends here
diff --git a/style/csquotes.el b/style/csquotes.el
index 50aa1f9..fd112f8 100644
--- a/style/csquotes.el
+++ b/style/csquotes.el
@@ -240,6 +240,7 @@ the insertion of optional arguments."
("SetBlockThreshold" "{")
("SetBlockEnvironment" "{")
("SetCiteCommand" "{"))
- 'variable)))))
+ 'variable))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; csquotes.el ends here
diff --git a/style/czech.el b/style/czech.el
index 6168189..7d709ed 100644
--- a/style/czech.el
+++ b/style/czech.el
@@ -5,4 +5,5 @@
(lambda ()
(unless (eq (car TeX-quote-language) 'override)
(setq TeX-quote-language `("czech" "\\uv{" "}" ,TeX-quote-after-quote)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-cz-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-cz-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
diff --git a/style/danish.el b/style/danish.el
index 775fee0..fa9ab6f 100644
--- a/style/danish.el
+++ b/style/danish.el
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\">" "\"<" german)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; danish.el ends here
diff --git a/style/dinbrief.el b/style/dinbrief.el
index 1182b7b..cb9fb6b 100644
--- a/style/dinbrief.el
+++ b/style/dinbrief.el
@@ -1,95 +1,144 @@
-;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX-Style dinbrief.
+;; Copyright (C) 1994, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Author: Werner Fink <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Keywords: tex
-;; Contributed by Werner Fink <address@hidden>
-;; Please direct comments to him.
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX class dinbrief.
;;; Commentary:
-;; LaTeX-Style: dinbrief.sty
-;; Server: rusinfo.rus.uni-stuttgart.de
-;; Directory: /pub/soft/tex/macros/latex/contrib/letters
+;; LaTeX Class: dinbrief.cls
;;; Code:
+(require 'tex)
+
(TeX-add-style-hook "dinbrief"
(function
(lambda ()
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-document-style-hook
+ 'LaTeX-dinbrief-style)
(LaTeX-add-environments
- '("letter" LaTeX-recipient-hook))
+ '("letter" LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient)
+ "dinquote")
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("Absender" "Absender: ")
- '("Postvermerk" "Postvermerk: ")
- '("Datum" "Datum: ")
- '("Betreff" "Betreff: ")
- '("Behandlungsvermerk" "Behandlungsvermerk: ")
- '("Verteiler" "Verteiler: ")
- "makelabel" "Retourlabel"
- '("Anlagen" "Anlagen: ")
- '("Fenster" "Fenster \(ja/nein\): ")
- '("Retouradresse" "Retouradresse: ")
+ '("address" "Absender: ")
+ '("postremark" "Postvermerk: ")
+ '("date" "Datum: ")
+ '("subject" "Betreff: ")
+ '("handling" "Behandlungsvermerk: ")
+ '("cc" "Verteiler: ")
+ '("place" "Heutiger Ort: ")
+ "makelabels"
+ "nowindowrules"
+ "windowrules"
+ "nowindowtics"
+ "windowtics"
+ "disabledraftstandard"
+ "enabledraftstandard"
+ "centeraddress"
+ "normaladdress"
+ '("encl" "Anlagen: ")
+ '("backaddress" "Retouradresse: ")
'("signature" "Unterschrift: ")
'("opening" "Anrede: ")
- '("closing" "Schlu\"s: ")))))
+ '("closing" "Schluss: "))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defmacro LaTeX-dinbrief-insert (&rest args)
+ "Insert text ignoring active markers."
+ `(progn (if (TeX-mark-active) (TeX-deactivate-mark))
+ (insert ,@args)))
-(defun LaTeX-recipient-hook (environment)
+(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-style ()
+ "Insert some useful packages for writing german letters."
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (point-min)) ; insert before \begin{document}
+ (if (re-search-forward ".begin.document." (point-max) t)
+ (beginning-of-line 1))
+ (open-line 2)
+ (indent-relative-maybe)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "usepackage"
+ LaTeX-optop "latin1,utf8" LaTeX-optcl
+ TeX-grop "inputenc" TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "usepackage"
+ LaTeX-optop "T1" LaTeX-optcl
+ TeX-grop "fontenc" TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "usepackage"
+ TeX-grop "ngerman" TeX-grcl)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "inputenc")
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "fontenc")
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "ngerman")))
+
+(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-env-recipient (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT and prompt for recipient and address."
- (let ((sender (read-string "Absender: " (user-full-name)))
- (recipient (read-string "Empf\"anger: "))
- (address (read-string "Anschrift: "))
- (postvermerk (read-string "Postvermerk: "))
- (date (read-string "Datum: " (LaTeX-today)))
- (betreff (read-string "Betreff: "))
+ (let (
+ (sender (LaTeX-dinbrief-sender))
+ (recipient (read-string "Empfänger: "))
+ (address (LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient))
+ (date (read-string "Datum: " (LaTeX-dinbrief-today)))
+ (postremark (read-string "Postvermerk: "))
+ (fenster (read-string "Fenster \(ja/nein\): "))
(vermerk (read-string "Behandlungsvermerk: "))
(verteil (read-string "Verteiler: "))
- (anlage (read-string "Anlagen: "))
+ (betreff (read-string "Betreff: "))
(opening (read-string "Anrede: "))
- (closing (read-string "Schlu\"s: "))
- (fenster (read-string "Fenster \(ja/nein\): "))
+ (closing (read-string "Schluss: "))
(signature (read-string "Unterschrift: "))
- )
+ (anlage (read-string "Anlagen: ")))
- (if (not (zerop (length sender)))
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Absender" TeX-grop sender TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length postvermerk)))
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Postvermerk" TeX-grop postvermerk TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length betreff)))
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Betreff" TeX-grop betreff TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length vermerk)))
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Behandlungsvermerk" TeX-grop vermerk TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length verteil)))
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Verteiler" TeX-grop verteil TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
- (if (not (zerop (length anlage)))
- (progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Anlagen" TeX-grop anlage TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent)))
(if (string= fenster "ja")
(progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Fenster")
- (let ((retouradr (read-string "Retouradresse: " (user-full-name))))
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "enabledraftstandard")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "centeraddress")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "nowindowrules")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "windowtics")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (let ((retouradr (read-string "Retouradresse: " sender)))
(newline-and-indent)
(if (not (zerop (length retouradr)))
(progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Retouradresse" TeX-grop retouradr TeX-grcl)
- (newline-and-indent))))))
+ (if (TeX-mark-active) (TeX-deactivate-mark))
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "backaddress" TeX-grop retouradr
TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))))
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "enabledraftstandard")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "centeraddress")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "nowindowrules")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "windowtics"))
+ (newline-and-indent)
(if (not (zerop (length signature)))
(progn
- (insert TeX-esc "signature" TeX-grop signature TeX-grcl)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "signature" TeX-grop signature
TeX-grcl)
(newline-and-indent)))
(if (not (zerop (length date)))
(progn
- (insert TeX-esc "Datum" TeX-grop date TeX-grcl)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "date" TeX-grop date TeX-grcl)
(newline-and-indent)))
(newline-and-indent)
@@ -114,9 +163,30 @@
(progn
(newline)
(indent-to addr-column))))))))
- (insert "\n")
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert "\n")
(indent-to indentation))
- (insert TeX-esc "opening"
+ (if (not (zerop (length postremark)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "postremark" TeX-grop postremark
TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length betreff)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "subject" TeX-grop)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert betreff TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length vermerk)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "handling" TeX-grop vermerk TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length verteil)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "cc" TeX-grop verteil TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length anlage)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "encl" TeX-grop anlage TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "opening"
TeX-grop
(if (zerop (length opening))
(concat TeX-esc " ")
@@ -125,7 +195,7 @@
(indent-relative-maybe)
(save-excursion
- (insert "\n" TeX-esc "closing"
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert "\n" TeX-esc "closing"
TeX-grop
(if (zerop (length closing))
(concat TeX-esc " ")
@@ -133,7 +203,46 @@
TeX-grcl "\n")
(indent-relative-maybe))))
-(defun LaTeX-today nil
+(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-sender ()
+ "Read and write the senders address."
+ (interactive)
+ (let ((name (read-string "Absender: " (user-full-name)))
+ (str (read-string "Meine Strasse: "))
+ (ort (read-string "Mein Wohnort: ")))
+ (if (not (zerop (length name)))
+ (progn
+ (goto-char (point-min)) ; insert before \end{document}
+ (if (re-search-forward ".end.document." (point-max) t)
+ (beginning-of-line 1))
+ (previous-line 1)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-esc "address" TeX-grop name)
+ (if (not (zerop (length str)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert " " TeX-esc TeX-esc)
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert str)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length ort)))
+ (progn
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert " " TeX-esc "par")
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert ort)))
+ (LaTeX-dinbrief-insert TeX-grcl)
+ (newline-and-indent)
+ (concat name ", " str ", " ort)))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-recipient ()
+ "Read and return the recipient address."
+ (interactive)
+ (let ((str (read-string "Wohnhaft in Strasse: "))
+ (ort (read-string "Aus der Ortschaft: ")))
+ (if (not (zerop (length str)))
+ (if (not (zerop (length ort)))
+ (concat str " " TeX-esc TeX-esc " " ort)
+ str)
+ (if (not (zerop (length ort)))
+ ort))))
+
+(defun LaTeX-dinbrief-today ()
"Return a string representing todays date according to flavor."
(interactive)
(let ((ctime-string (current-time-string))
@@ -154,12 +263,13 @@
ctime-string)
(let ((year (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 3) (match-end 3)))
(month (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)))
- (day (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))
+ (day (substring ctime-string (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))
+ (place (read-string "Heutiger Ort: ")))
(if (assoc month month-alist)
(progn
(setq month (cdr (assoc month month-alist)))
(if (> 2 (length day))
(setq day (concat "0" day)))))
- (format "Stuttgart, den %s. %s %s" day month year))))
+ (format "%s, den %s. %s %s" place day month year))))
;;; dinbrief.el ends here
diff --git a/style/dk.el b/style/dk.el
index 1a211ab..01a7411 100644
--- a/style/dk.el
+++ b/style/dk.el
@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
-;;; dk.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Danish text.
-
-;; $Id: dk.el,v 1.2 1993-12-15 21:42:40 amanda Exp $
+;;; dk.el - Setup AUCTeX for editing Danish text.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook "dk"
(function (lambda ()
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook))))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-dk-hook)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; dk.el ends here
diff --git a/style/doc.el b/style/doc.el
index b342d87..3176368 100644
--- a/style/doc.el
+++ b/style/doc.el
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
"efill"
"pfill"
"PrintIndex"
- '("changes" "version" "date (YYYY/MM/DD)")
+ '("changes" "version" TeX-arg-date t)
"generalname"
"RecordChanges"
"GlossaryPrologue"
@@ -151,7 +151,8 @@
"GetFileInfo"
"filename"
"fileinfo")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "shortvrb")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "shortvrb"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/dutch.el b/style/dutch.el
index 5c9a830..c2c56a5 100644
--- a/style/dutch.el
+++ b/style/dutch.el
@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
-;;; dutch.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Dutch text.
-
-;; $Id: dutch.el,v 1.2 1993-12-15 21:42:42 amanda Exp $
+;;; dutch.el - Setup AUCTeX for editing Dutch text.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook "dutch"
(function (lambda ()
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-nl-hook))))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-nl-hook)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; dutch.el ends here
diff --git a/style/emp.el b/style/emp.el
index 4e5f867..16400ee 100644
--- a/style/emp.el
+++ b/style/emp.el
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@
'("empdef" LaTeX-env-emp-gen)
'("empgraph" LaTeX-env-emp-gen)
'("empcmds")
- ))))
+ )))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-env-emp-gen (environment-name)
"Ask for file, width and length. Insert environment-name environment
diff --git a/style/english.el b/style/english.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90254c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/english.el
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+;;; english.el --- Setup AUCTeX for editing English text.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "english"
+ (lambda ()
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-en-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+;;; english.el ends here
diff --git a/style/epigraph.el b/style/epigraph.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c25b148
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/epigraph.el
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+;;; epigraph.el --- AUCTeX style for `epigraph.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 2012-02-11
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `epigraph.sty'.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "epigraph"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("epigraph" t t)
+ '("qitem" t t)
+ '("epigraphhead" [ "Distance (a number)" ] t)
+ '("dropchapter" TeX-arg-size)
+ "epigraphwidth"
+ "textflush"
+ "epigraphflush"
+ "sourceflush"
+ "epigraphsize"
+ "epigraphrule"
+ "beforeepigraphskip"
+ "afterepigraphskip"
+ "undodrop"
+ "cleartoevenpage")
+
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("epigraphs" LaTeX-env-item))
+
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-item-list '("epigraphs" . LaTeX-epigraph-qitem))
+
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("epigraph" "{{")
+ ("qitem" "{{")
+ ("dropchapter" "{")
+ ("epigraphhead" "{")) 'function)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '("cleartoevenpage") 'warning)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-epigraph-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the epigraph package.")
+
+;; adapted from latex.el:`LaTeX-item-bib'
+(defun LaTeX-epigraph-qitem ()
+ "Insert a new qitem for use in the epigraphs environment."
+ (TeX-insert-macro "qitem"))
+
+;;; epigraph.el ends here
diff --git a/style/epsf.el b/style/epsf.el
index 4725648..797f801 100644
--- a/style/epsf.el
+++ b/style/epsf.el
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
;;; epsf.el - Support for the epsf style option.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;;; Code:
@@ -16,7 +14,8 @@
"epsflly" "epsfury" "testit" "epsfgetlitbb"
"epsfnormal" "epsfgetbb" "other" "epsfsetgraph"
"PsFragSpecialArgs" "epsfaux" "testit" "epsfgrab"
- "epsfllx" "epsflly" "epsfury" "epsfverbosetrue")))
+ "epsfllx" "epsflly" "epsfury" "epsfverbosetrue"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun TeX-arg-epsfsize (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Create a line that print epsf figures at a certain percentage"
diff --git a/style/ruby.el b/style/everysel.el
similarity index 60%
copy from style/ruby.el
copy to style/everysel.el
index 0a96e57..da6101d 100644
--- a/style/ruby.el
+++ b/style/everysel.el
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-;;; ruby.el --- AUCTeX style for the ruby package.
+;;; everysel.el --- AUCTeX style for `everysel.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-01-04
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Created: 2012-12-25
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,24 +25,21 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for the ruby package.
+;; This file adds support for `everysel.sty'.
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-ruby-package-options
- '("overlap" "nooverlap" "CJK" "latin")
- "Package options for the ruby package.")
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "ruby"
+ "everysel"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("rubyoverlap" 0)
- '("rubynooverlap" 0)
- '("rubyCJK" 0)
- '("rubylatin" 0)
- '("rubysize" 0)
- '("rubysep" 0)
- '("ruby" t nil))))
-
-;;; ruby.el ends here
+ ;; adds a hook (the argument code) to be called after \\selectfont
+ '("EverySelectfont" 1)
+ ;; adds a hook to be called after the next \\selectfont
+ '("AtNextSelectont" 1)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-everysel-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the everysel package.")
+
+;;; everysel.el ends here
diff --git a/style/exercise.el b/style/exercise.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fe3092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/exercise.el
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+;;; exercise.el --- AUCTeX style for `exercise.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Nicolas Richard <address@hidden>
+;; Created: 2014-03-17
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `exercise.sty'.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "exercise"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("Exercise")
+ '("Exercise*")
+ '("Answer")
+ '("ExerciseList")
+ )
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("Exercise")
+ '("Exercise*")
+ '("Answer")
+ '("ExePart")
+ '("ExePart*")
+ '("Question")
+ '("subQuestion")
+ '("ExeText")
+ '("ExerciseSelect")
+ '("ExerciseStopSelect")
+ '("refAnswer")
+ '("marker")
+ '("DifficultyMarker")
+ '("listofexercises")
+ '("ListOfExerciseInToc")
+ '("ExerciseLevelInToc")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-exercise-package-options '("noexercise" "noanswer"
"exerciseonly" "answeronly" "nothing" "answerdelayed" "exercisedelayed"
"lastexercise")
+ "Package options for the exercise package.")
+
+;;; exercise.el ends here
diff --git a/style/fancyhdr.el b/style/fancyhdr.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76f33c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/fancyhdr.el
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+;;; fancyhdr.el --- AUCTeX style for `fancyhdr.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `fancyhdr.sty', version 3.2
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "fancyhdr"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("lhead" t)
+ '("lfoot" t)
+ '("chead" t)
+ '("cfoot" t)
+ '("rhead" t)
+ '("rfoot" t)
+ '("nouppercase" t)
+ '("MakeUppercase" t)
+ '("fancyhead" [ TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position ] t)
+ '("fancyfoot" [ TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position ] t)
+ '("fancyheadoffset"
+ [ (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position
+ "Position" ("LO" "LE" "L" "RE" "RO" "R" "0")) ] t)
+ '("fancyfootoffset"
+ [ (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position
+ "Position" ("LO" "LE" "L" "RE" "RO" "R" "O")) ] t)
+ '("fancyhfoffset"
+ [ (TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position "Position" ("E" "O" "L" "R")) ] t)
+ '("fancypagestyle" TeX-arg-pagestyle t)
+
+ "headrulewidth" "footrulewidth" "plainfootrulewidth"
+ "plainheadrulewidth" "leftmark" "rightmark"
+ ;; the manual does not mention any subsubsectionmark (!)
+ "chaptermark" "sectionmark" "subsectionmark" "paragraphmark"
+ "subparagraphmark" "footrule" "headrule")
+
+ ;; `fancyhdr.sty' supplies these two pagestyles
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "fancy" "fancyplain")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fancyhead" "[{")
+ ("fancyfoot" "[{")
+ ("lhead" "{")
+ ("lfoot" "{")
+ ("chead" "{")
+ ("cfoot" "{")
+ ("rhead" "{")
+ ("rfoot" "{")
+ ("fancyheadoffset" "[{")
+ ("fancyfootoffset" "[{")
+ ("fancypagestyle" "{{")) 'function)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("headrulewidth" "")
+ ("footrulewidth" "")
+ ("plainheadrulewidth" "")
+ ("plainfootrulewidth" "")) 'variable)
+ ;; Tell font-lock about the update.
+ (setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+;; Because there can be many positions, `TeX-completing-read-multiple' is used
+;; instead of just `completing-read', and a `collection' argument is provided
as
+;; the list of positions differs between the macros
+(defun TeX-arg-fancyhdr-position (optional &optional prompt collection)
+ "Prompt for a fancyhdr position with completion.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. If non-nil, PROMPT is
+used as the prompt. If non-nil, COLLECTION is used as the
+completion list for the position."
+ (let* ((positions (if (not collection)
+ ;; Standard positions with no restrictions. Lower-case
+ ;; versions, and reverse versions (e.g., OC) are left
+ ;; out for simplicity.
+ '("LO" "LE" "L" "CO" "CE" "C" "RE" "RO" "R")
+ collection))
+ (arguments
+ (mapconcat 'identity
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Position")
+ (mapcar 'list positions)) ",")))
+ (TeX-argument-insert arguments optional)))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fancyhdr-package-options nil
+ "Package options for fancyhdr.")
+
+;;; fancyhdr.el ends here
+
diff --git a/style/austrian.el b/style/fancynum.el
similarity index 63%
copy from style/austrian.el
copy to style/fancynum.el
index 13f28a8..a04be76 100644
--- a/style/austrian.el
+++ b/style/fancynum.el
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-;;; austrian.el --- AUCTeX style for the `austrian' babel option.
+;;; fancynum.el --- AUCTeX style for `fancynum.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-12-28
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,14 +25,23 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; Set up AUCTeX for editing Austrian text in connection with the
-;; `austrian' babel option.
+;; This file adds support for `fancynum.sty'
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "austrian"
+ "fancynum"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "german")))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("fnum" t)
+ '("setfnumdsym" t)
+ '("setfnummsym" t)
+ '("setfnumgsym" t)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fancynum-package-options
+ '("english" "french" "tight" "loose" "commas" "thinspaces" "plain")
+ "Package options for fancynum.")
+
+;; fancynum.el ends here
-;;; austrian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/fancyref.el b/style/fancyref.el
index 53b64fe..9d870e7 100644
--- a/style/fancyref.el
+++ b/style/fancyref.el
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
(TeX-add-symbols
;; The macros with label arguments
- '("fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-label)
- '("Fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-label)
+ '("fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("Fref" [ TeX-arg-fancyref-format ] TeX-arg-ref)
;; The macros which define new prefixes and formats
'("fancyrefchangeprefix" TeX-arg-macro "Prefix")
@@ -92,7 +92,8 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fref" "[{") ("Fref" "[{")) 'reference))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fref" "[{") ("Fref" "[{")) 'reference)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; The following list keeps a list of available format names
;; Note that this list is only updated when a format is used, not
diff --git a/style/fancyvrb.el b/style/fancyvrb.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92718b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/fancyvrb.el
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+;;; fancyvrb.el --- AUCTeX style for `fancyvrb.sty' version 2.8.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `fancyvrb.sty' version 2.8.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-macro-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\\\(?:Re\\|\\)CustomVerbatimCommand"
+ "[ \t\n\r]*{?[ \t\n\r]*\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}?")
+ "Matches macros by fancyvrb package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-environment-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\\\(?:Define\\|Custom\\|Recustom\\)VerbatimEnvironment"
+ "[ \t\n\r]*{[ \t\n\r]*\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}")
+ "Matches environments by fancyvrb package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options
+ '(("commentchar")
+ ("gobble")
+ ("formatcom")
+ ("fontfamily" ("tt" "courier" "helvetica"))
+ ("fontsize")
+ ("fontshape")
+ ("fontseries")
+ ("frame" ("none" "leftline" "topline" "bottomline" "lines" "single"))
+ ("framerule")
+ ("framesep")
+ ("rulecolor")
+ ("fillcolor")
+ ("label")
+ ("labelposition" ("none" "topline" "bottomline" "all"))
+ ("numbers" ("none" "left" "right"))
+ ("numbersep")
+ ("firstnumber" ("auto" "last" "integer"))
+ ("stepnumber")
+ ("numberblanklines" ("true" "false"))
+ ("firstline")
+ ("lastline")
+ ("showspaces" ("true" "false"))
+ ("showtabs" ("true" "false"))
+ ("obeytabs" ("true" "false"))
+ ("tabsize")
+ ("baselinestretch" ("auto" "dimension"))
+ ("commandchars")
+ ("xleftmargin")
+ ("xrightmargin")
+ ("resetmargins" ("true" "false"))
+ ("hfuzz")
+ ("samepage" ("true" "false"))
+ ("codes")
+ ("defineactive")
+ ;; Actually, the following options are used only by the `BVerbatim'
+ ;; environment.
+ ("boxwidth" ("auto" "dimension"))
+ ("baseline" ("b" "c" "t")))
+ "Key=value options for fancyvrb macros and environments.")
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "fancyvrb"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-fancyvrb-macro-regexp 1 TeX-auto-symbol))
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp
+ `(,LaTeX-fancyvrb-environment-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-environment))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "keyval")
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;;; Verbatim material in footnotes
+ "VerbatimFootnotes"
+ ;;; Improved verbatim commands
+ '("Verb" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options] TeX-arg-verb)
+ "DefineShortVerb"
+ "UndefineShortVerb"
+ ;;; Verbatim environments
+ '("fvset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ ;; Changing individual line formatting
+ "FancyVerbFormatLine"
+ ;; Line numbering
+ "theFancyVerbLine"
+ ;; Selection of lines to print
+ "FancyVerbStartString"
+ "FancyVerbStopString"
+ ;; Personalized environments
+ '("CustomVerbatimEnvironment"
+ (TeX-arg-define-environment "New verbatim environment")
+ (TeX-arg-environment "Basend on environment")
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ '("RecustomVerbatimEnvironment"
+ (TeX-arg-environment "New verbatim environment")
+ (TeX-arg-environment "Basend on environment")
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ '("DefineVerbatimEnvironment"
+ (TeX-arg-define-environment "New verbatim environment")
+ (TeX-arg-environment "Basend on environment")
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ '("CustomVerbatimCommand" (TeX-arg-define-macro "New verbatim macro: ")
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Based on macro: " (TeX-symbol-list))
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ '("RecustomVerbatimCommand" (TeX-arg-macro "New verbatim macro: ")
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Based on macro: " (TeX-symbol-list))
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ ;;; Saving and restoring verbatim text and environments
+ "SaveVerb"
+ "UseVerb"
+ "SaveVerbatim"
+ "UseVerbatim"
+ "LUseVerbatim"
+ "BUseVerbatim"
+ ;;; Writing and reading verbatim files
+ '("VerbatimInput" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options]
+ (TeX-arg-file))
+ '("BVerbatimInput" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options]
+ (TeX-arg-file))
+ '("LVerbatimInput" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options]
+ (TeX-arg-file)))
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("Verbatim" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
+ '("BVerbatim" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
+ '("LVerbatim" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
+ '("SaveVerbatim" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options])
+ '("VerbatimOut"
+ (lambda (env)
+ (let ((options (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-fancyvrb-key-val-options))
+ (file (TeX-read-string "Output file: ")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment
+ env
+ (concat (unless (zerop (length options))
+ (concat LaTeX-optop options LaTeX-optcl))
+ (concat TeX-grop file TeX-grcl)))))))
+ (LaTeX-add-counters
+ "FancyVerbLine")
+
+ ;; Filling
+ (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-verbatim-regexp)
+ (concat
+ LaTeX-verbatim-regexp
+ "\\|Verbatim\\|BVerbatim\\|LVerbatim\\|SaveVerbatim\\|VerbatimOut"))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "Verbatim")
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "BVerbatim")
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "LVerbatim")
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "SaveVerbatim")
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local "VerbatimOut")
+ (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list)
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("Verbatim"
current-indentation))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("BVerbatim"
current-indentation))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("LVerbatim"
current-indentation))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("SaveVerbatim"
current-indentation))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list '("VerbatimOut"
current-indentation))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims-local "Verb")
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces-local "Verb")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
+ (fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DefineVerbatimEnvironment" "{{{")
+ ("CustomVerbatimEnvironment" "{{{")
+ ("RecustomVerbatimEnvironment" "{{{"))
+ 'function)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("VerbatimInput" "[{")
+ ("BVerbatimInput" "[{")
+ ("LVerbatimInput" "[{"))
+ 'reference)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("Verb" "[")) ; The second argument should
+ ; actually be verbatim.
+ 'textual)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fvset" "{")) 'variable)
+ ;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
+ (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
+ ;; Tell font-lock about the update.
+ (setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fancyvrb-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the fancyvrb package.")
+
+;;; fancyvrb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/filecontents.el b/style/filecontents.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea3c60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/filecontents.el
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+;;; filecontents.el --- AUCTeX style for `filecontents.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 2013-01-01
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `filecontents.sty'. The package removes the two
+;; constraints that `filecontents' from LaTeX2e has, namely that the
environment
+;; must be before the documentclass (or \begin{document} according to some
+;; sources), and that existing files are not overwritten.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "filecontents"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("filecontents" LaTeX-env-filecontents)
+ '("filecontents*" LaTeX-env-filecontents)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-env-filecontents (environment)
+ "Insert ENVIRONMENT with filename for contents."
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment environment
+ (concat TeX-grop
+ (read-string "File: ")
+ TeX-grcl))
+ (delete-horizontal-space))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-filecontents-package-options nil
+ "Package options for filecontents.")
+
+;; filecontents.el ends here
diff --git a/style/flashcards.el b/style/flashcards.el
index 27e96d1..6f26c15 100644
--- a/style/flashcards.el
+++ b/style/flashcards.el
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@
("cardbackstyle" "[{")
("cardfrontheadstyle" "[{")
("cardfrontfootstyle" "[{"))
- 'variable))))
+ 'variable)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; flashcards.el ends here
diff --git a/style/foils.el b/style/foils.el
index 435bed7..e3fedd8 100644
--- a/style/foils.el
+++ b/style/foils.el
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
;;; foils.el - Special code for FoilTeX.
-;; $Id: foils.el,v 1.5 2008-07-28 20:40:18 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(require 'timezone)
@@ -13,7 +11,8 @@
(setq LaTeX-default-style "foils")
(setq LaTeX-default-options '("landscape"))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("foilhead" [ "Rubric-body separation" ] "Foil rubric")))))
+ '("foilhead" [ "Rubric-body separation" ] "Foil rubric"))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-style-foils nil
"Prompt for and insert foiltex options."
diff --git a/style/fontspec.el b/style/fontspec.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c483d0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/fontspec.el
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+;;; fontspec.el --- AUCTeX style for `fontspec.sty' version 2.3c.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `fontspec.sty' version 2.3c.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fontspec-font-features
+ '(;; More control over font shape selection
+ ("BoldFont")
+ ("ItalicFont")
+ ("BoldItalicFont")
+ ("SlantedFont")
+ ("BoldSlantedFont")
+ ("SmallCapsFont")
+ ;; Different features for different font shapes
+ ("BoldFeatures")
+ ("ItalicFeatures")
+ ("BoldItalicFeatures")
+ ("SlantedFeatures")
+ ("BoldSlantedFeatures")
+ ("SmallCapsFeatures")
+ ;; Different features for different font sizes
+ ("SizeFeatures")
+ ;; Font independent options
+ ("Color")
+ ("Scale" ("MatchLowercase" "MatchUppercase"))
+ ("WordSpace")
+ ("PunctuationSpace")
+ ("HyphenChar")
+ ("OpticalSize")
+ ;; OpenType options
+ ("Ligatures" ("Required"
+ "NoRequired"
+ "Common"
+ "NoCommon"
+ "Contextual"
+ "NoContextual"
+ "Rare"
+ "Historic"
+ "TeX"))
+ ("Letters" ("Uppercase"
+ "SmallCaps"
+ "PetiteCaps"
+ "UppercaseSmallCaps"
+ "UppercasePetiteCaps"
+ "Unicase"))
+ ("Numbers" ("Lining"
+ "OldStyle"
+ "Proportional"
+ "Monospaced"
+ "SlashedZero"
+ "Arabic"))
+ ("Contextuals" ("Swash"
+ "Alternate"
+ "WordInitial"
+ "WordFinal"
+ "LineFinal"
+ "Inner"))
+ ("VerticalPosition" ("Superior"
+ "Inferior"
+ "Numerator"
+ "Denominator"
+ "ScientificInferior"
+ "Ordinal"))
+ ("Fraction" ("On" "Alternate"))
+ ("StylisticSet")
+ ("CharacterVariants")
+ ("Alternate")
+ ("Style" ("Alternate"
+ "Italic"
+ "Ruby"
+ "Swash"
+ "Historic"
+ "TitlingCaps"
+ "HorizontalKana"
+ "VerticalKana"))
+ ("Diacritics" ("MarkToBase"
+ "NoMarkToBase"
+ "MarkToMark"
+ "NoMarkToMark"
+ "AboveBase"
+ "NoAboveBase"
+ "BelowBase"
+ "NoBelowBase"))
+ ("Kerning" ("Uppercase" "On" "Off"))
+ ("AutoFakeBold")
+ ("AutoFakeSlant")
+ ("FakeSlant")
+ ("FakeStretch")
+ ("FakeBold")
+ ("Annotation")
+ ("CJKShape" ("Traditional"
+ "Simplified"
+ "JIS1978"
+ "JIS1983"
+ "JIS1990"
+ "Expert"
+ "NLC"))
+ ("CharacterWidth" ("Proportional"
+ "Full"
+ "Half"
+ "Third"
+ "Quarter"
+ "AlternateProportional"
+ "AlternateHalf"))
+ ("Vertical" ("RotatedGlyphs")))
+ "Font features options for macros of the fontspec package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fontspec-font-list nil
+ "List of the fonts accessible to fontspec.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a font name with completion.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string.
+
+Customize `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search' in order to decide how
+to retrieve the list of fonts."
+ (unless LaTeX-fontspec-font-list
+ (when (if (eq LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search 'ask)
+ (not (y-or-n-p "Find font yourself? "))
+ LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search)
+ (message "Searching for fonts...")
+ (with-temp-buffer
+ (shell-command "luaotfload-tool --list=basename" t)
+ ;; Search for the font base names and full names, and add them to
+ ;; `LaTeX-fontspec-font-list'. The list is in the form
+ ;; <base name><TAB><full name><TAB><version>
+ (while
+ (re-search-forward "^\\([^\n\r\t]*\\)\t\\([^\n\r\t]*\\)\t.*$" nil t)
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list (match-string-no-properties 1))
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-fontspec-font-list
+ (match-string-no-properties 2))))))
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Font name")
+ (or LaTeX-fontspec-font-list LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default))
+ optional))
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "fontspec"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "expl3" "xparse")
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Font selection
+ '("fontspec" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
+ LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font)
+ ;; Default font families
+ '("setmainfont"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
+ (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font "Main font name"))
+ '("setsansfont"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
+ (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font "Sans font name"))
+ '("setmonofont"
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
+ (LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font "Mono font name"))
+ ;; New commands to select font families
+ '("newfontfamily" TeX-arg-define-macro
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
+ LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font)
+ '("newfontface" TeX-arg-define-macro
+ [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"]
+ LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font)
+ ;; Math(s) fonts
+ '("setmathrm" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
+ '("setmathsf" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
+ '("setmathtt" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
+ '("setboldmathrm" [ "Font features" ] "Font name")
+ ;; Emphasis and nested emphasis
+ "emshape"
+ "eminnershape"
+ ;; Default settings
+ '("defaultfontfeatures" [ LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font ]
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"))
+ ;; Changing the currently selected features
+ '("addfontfeatures"
+ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-fontspec-font-features "Font features"))
+ ;; Defining new scripts and languages
+ '("newfontscript" "Script name" "OpenType tag")
+ '("newfontlanguage" "Language name" "OpenType tag"))
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("fontspec" "[{")
+ ("setmainfont" "[{")
+ ("setsansfont" "[{")
+ ("setmonofont" "[{")
+ ("newfontfamily" "{[{")
+ ("newfontface" "{[{")
+ ("setmathrm" "[{")
+ ("setmathsf" "[{")
+ ("setmathtt" "[{")
+ ("setboldmathrm" "[{")
+ ("emshape")
+ ("eminnershape")
+ ("defaultfontfeatures" "[{")
+ ("addfontfeature" "{")
+ ("newfontscript" "{{")
+ ("newfontlanguage" "{{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-fontspec-package-options
+ '("math" "no-math" "config" "no-config" "quiet" "silent")
+ "Package options for the fontspec package.")
+
+;;; fontspec.el ends here
diff --git a/style/footmisc.el b/style/footmisc.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dec612e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/footmisc.el
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+;;; footmisc.el --- AUCTeX style for `footmisc.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Created: 2011-04-08
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `footmisc.sty'.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "footmisc"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("DefineFNsymbols" "Name" [ "Style (text or math) " ] 1)
+ '("DefineFNsymbols*" "Name" [ "Style (text or math)" ] 1)
+ ;; These two commands define both text and math variants of the
+ ;; footnote symbols
+ '("DefineFNsymbolsTM" "Name" 1)
+ '("DefineFNsymbolsTM*" "Name" 1)
+ '("setfnsymbol" "Name")
+ '("mpfootnoterule" TeX-arg-size)
+ "pagefootnoterule"
+ "splitfootnoterule"
+ ;; The following command references a label inside in a footnote
+ '("footref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ "hangfootparskip"
+ "hangfootparindent"
+ "footnotehint"
+ '("footnotemargin" TeX-arg-size)
+ "mpfootnoterule"
+ "multiplefootnotemarker"
+ "multfootsep")
+
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DefineFNsymbols" "{[{")
+ ("DefineFNsymbols*" "{[{")
+ ("DefineFNsymbolsTM" "{{")
+ ("DefineFNsymbolsTM*" "{{")
+ ("setfnsymbol" "{")) 'function)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("footnoteref")) 'reference)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-footmisc-package-options '("perpage" "side" "ragged"
+ "para" "symbol" "symbol*"
+ "marginal" "flushmargin" "hang"
+ "norule" "splitrule" "stable"
+ "multiple")
+ "Package options for the footmisc package.")
+
+;;; footmisc.el ends here
diff --git a/style/francais.el b/style/francais.el
index 323d545..1723b59 100644
--- a/style/francais.el
+++ b/style/francais.el
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"francais"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; francais.el ends here
diff --git a/style/french.el b/style/french.el
index 31a468a..7aefe3d 100644
--- a/style/french.el
+++ b/style/french.el
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@
(not (member "frenchpro" TeX-active-styles))
(not (member "frenchle" TeX-active-styles))
(not (member "mlp" TeX-active-styles)))
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb"))))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "frenchb")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; french.el ends here
diff --git a/style/frenchb.el b/style/frenchb.el
index 83f9002..71ef1f4 100644
--- a/style/frenchb.el
+++ b/style/frenchb.el
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@
(concat "\\fg"
(unless (member "xspace" TeX-active-styles) "{}")))
,TeX-quote-after-quote)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-fr-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-fr-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; frenchb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/german.el b/style/german.el
index d1acbbf..51a35fe 100644
--- a/style/german.el
+++ b/style/german.el
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\">" "\"<" german))
;; Prevent "| from leading to color bleed.
(font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist (list (cons ?\" "\\"))))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; german.el ends here
diff --git a/style/graphics.el b/style/graphics.el
index bffabc9..ffe5bd1 100644
--- a/style/graphics.el
+++ b/style/graphics.el
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "graphics"
(function
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "graphicx"))))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "graphicx")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; graphics.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/graphicx.el b/style/graphicx.el
index a35d151..a06aabf 100644
--- a/style/graphicx.el
+++ b/style/graphicx.el
@@ -50,7 +50,8 @@
("rotatebox" "[{{")
("scalebox" "{[{"))
'textual)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("includegraphics" "*[[{")) 'reference))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("includegraphics" "*[[{")) 'reference)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions (&optional list)
"Return appropriate extensions for input files to \\includegraphics."
diff --git a/style/harvard.el b/style/harvard.el
index 83463ea..d0a37cb 100644
--- a/style/harvard.el
+++ b/style/harvard.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; harvard.el --- Support for Harvard Citation style package for AUCTeX.
-;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -104,7 +104,8 @@
;; Tell RefTeX
(when (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format)
- (reftex-set-cite-format 'harvard)))))
+ (reftex-set-cite-format 'harvard))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-env-harvardbib (environment &optional ignore)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT with label for harvarditem."
diff --git a/style/hyperref.el b/style/hyperref.el
index 1f703f7..ad1c628 100644
--- a/style/hyperref.el
+++ b/style/hyperref.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-;;; hyperref.el --- AUCTeX style for the hyperref class.
+;;; hyperref.el --- AUCTeX style for `hyperref.sty' v6.83m
-;; Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2008, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -30,39 +30,139 @@
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-hyperref-package-options
- '("a4paper" "a5paper" "anchorcolor" "b5paper" "backref" "baseurl"
- "bookmarks" "bookmarksnumbered" "bookmarksopen"
- "bookmarksopenlevel \maxdimen" "bookmarkstype" "breaklinks"
- "CJKbookmarks" "citebordercolor" "citecolor" "colorlinks" "debug"
- "draft" "dvipdf" "dvipdfm" "dvipdfmx" "dvips" "dvipsone"
- "dviwindo" "encap" "executivepaper" "extension" "filebordercolor"
- "filecolor" "final" "frenchlinks" "hyperfigures" "hyperfootnotes"
- "hyperindex" "hypertex" "hypertexnames" "implicit" "latex2html"
- "legalpaper" "letterpaper" "linkbordercolor" "linkcolor"
- "linktocpage" "menubordercolor" "menucolor" "nativepdf"
- "naturalnames" "nesting" "pageanchor" "pagebackref"
- "pagebordercolor" "pagecolor" "pdfauthor" "pdfborder"
- "pdfcenterwindow" "pdfcreator" "pdfdirection" "pdfdisplaydoctitle"
- "pdfduplex" "pdffitwindow" "pdfhighlight" "pdfkeywords" "pdflang"
- "pdfmark" "pdfmenubar" "pdfnewwindow" "pdfnonfullscreenpagemode"
- "pdfnumcopies" "pdfpagelayout" "pdfpagemode" "pdfpagelabels"
- "pdfpagescrop" "pdfpagetransition" "pdfpicktrackbypdfsize"
- "pdfprintarea" "pdfprintclip" "pdfprintpagerange"
- "pdfprintscaling" "pdfproducer" "pdfstartpage" "pdfstartview"
- "pdfsubject" "pdftex" "pdftitle" "pdftoolbar" "pdfview"
- "pdfviewarea" "pdfviewclip" "pdfwindowui" "plainpages" "ps2pdf"
- "raiselinks" "runbordercolor" "setpagesize" "tex4ht" "textures"
- "unicode" "urlbordercolor" "urlcolor" "verbose" "vtex" "xetex")
+(defvar LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list
+ '(;; See http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html#x1-40003
+ ;; General options
+ ("draft" ("true" "false"))
+ ("final" ("true" "false"))
+ ("debug" ("true" "false"))
+ ("verbose" ("true" "false"))
+ ("implicit" ("true" "false"))
+ ("setpagesize" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Options for destination names
+ ("destlabel" ("true" "false"))
+ ("hypertexnames" ("true" "false"))
+ ("naturalnames" ("true" "false"))
+ ("plainpages" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Configuration options
+ ("raiselinks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("breaklinks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pageanchor" ("true" "false"))
+ ("nesting" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Backend drivers
+ ("driverfallback")
+ ("dvipdfm")
+ ("dvipdfmx")
+ ("dvips")
+ ("dvipsone")
+ ("dviwindo")
+ ("hypertex")
+ ("latex2html")
+ ("nativepdf")
+ ("pdfmark")
+ ("pdftex")
+ ("ps2pdf")
+ ("tex4ht")
+ ("textures")
+ ("vtex")
+ ("vtexpdfmark")
+ ("xetex")
+ ;; Extension options
+ ("extension")
+ ("hyperfigures" ("true" "false"))
+ ("backref" ("section" "slide" "page" "none" "false"))
+ ("pagebackref" ("true" "false"))
+ ("hyperindex" ("true" "false"))
+ ("hyperfootnotes" ("true" "false"))
+ ("encap")
+ ("linktocpage" ("true" "false"))
+ ("breaklinks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("colorlinks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("linkcolor")
+ ("anchorcolor")
+ ("citecolor")
+ ("filecolor")
+ ("menucolor")
+ ("runcolor")
+ ("urlcolor")
+ ("allcolors")
+ ("frenchlinks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("hidelinks")
+ ;; PDF-specific display options
+ ("bookmarks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("bookmarksopen" ("true" "false"))
+ ("bookmarksopenlevel")
+ ("bookmarksnumbered" ("true" "false"))
+ ("bookmarkstype")
+ ("CJKbookmarks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfhighlight" ("/I" "/N" "/O" "/P"))
+ ("citebordercolor")
+ ("filebordercolor")
+ ("linkbordercolor")
+ ("menubordercolor")
+ ("runbordercolor")
+ ("urlbordercolor")
+ ("allbordercolors")
+ ("pdfborder")
+ ;; PDF display and information options
+ ("baseurl")
+ ("pdfpagemode" ("UseOutlines" "UseThumbs" "FullScreen" "UseOC"
"UseAttachments"))
+ ("pdftitle")
+ ("pdfauthor")
+ ("pdfsubject")
+ ("pdfcreator")
+ ("pdfproducer")
+ ("pdfkeywords")
+ ("pdftrapped" ("True" "False" "Unknown"))
+ ("pdfinfo")
+ ("pdfview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH" "FitBV"))
+ ("pdfstartpage")
+ ("pdfstartview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH" "FitBV"))
+ ("pdfremotestartview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH"
"FitBV"))
+ ("pdfpagescrop")
+ ("pdfcenterwindow" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfdirection" ("L2R" "R2L"))
+ ("pdfdisplaydoctitle" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfduplex" ("Simplex" "DuplexFlipShortEdge" "DuplexFlipLongEdge"))
+ ("pdffitwindow" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdflang")
+ ("pdfmenubar" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfnewwindow" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfnonfullscreenpagemode" ("UseNone" "UseOutlines" "UseThumbs"
"FullScreen" "UseOC" "UseAttachments"))
+ ("pdfnumcopies")
+ ("pdfpagelayout" ("SinglePage" "OneColumn" "TwoColumnLeft"
"TwoColumnRight" "TwoPageLeft" "TwoPageRight"))
+ ("pdfpagelabels" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfpagetransition" ("Blinds" "Box" "Dissolve" "Glitter" "Split" "Wipe"))
+ ("pdfpicktraybypdfsize" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfprintarea" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
+ ("pdfprintclip" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
+ ("pdfprintpagerange")
+ ("pdfprintscaling" ("AppDefault" "None"))
+ ("pdftoolbar" ("true" "false"))
+ ("pdfviewarea" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
+ ("pdfviewclip" ("MediaBox" "CropBox" "BleedBox" "TrimBox" "ArtBox"))
+ ("pdfwindowui" ("true" "false"))
+ ("unicode" ("true" "false")))
"Package options for the hyperref package.")
+(defvar LaTeX-hyperref-href-options
+ '(("pdfremotestartview" ("XYZ" "Fit" "FitH" "FitV" "FitR" "FitB" "FitBH"
"FitBV"))
+ ("pdfnewwindow" ("true" "false"))
+ ("page")
+ ("ismap" ("true" "false"))
+ ("nextactionraw"))
+ "Key=value options for href macro of the hyperref package.")
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"hyperref"
(lambda ()
- ;; hyperref.sty loads url.sty
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "url")
+ ;; hyperref loads nameref and url (+ some other packages which do not have
+ ;; style hooks)
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "url" "nameref")
+
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("href" "URL" "Text")
+ '("hypersetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list))
+ '("href" [ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-hyperref-href-options) ] "URL" "Text")
'("nolinkurl" t)
'("hyperbaseurl" t)
'("hyperimage" "Image URL" "Text")
@@ -74,7 +174,13 @@
'("autoref" TeX-arg-ref)
'("ref*" TeX-arg-ref)
'("pageref*" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("autopageref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("autopageref*" TeX-arg-ref)
'("pdfstringdef" "Macro name" "TeX string")
+ '("pdfbookmark" [ "Level" ] "Text" "name")
+ '("currentpdfbookmark" "Text" "Name")
+ '("subpdfbookmark" "Text" "Name")
+ '("belowpdfbookmark" "Text" "Name")
'("texorpdfstring" "TeX string" "PDF string")
'("hypercalcbp" t)
'("Acrobatmenu" "Menu option" "Text")
@@ -102,7 +208,7 @@
(when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
(fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("href" "{{")
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("href" "[{{")
("nolinkurl" "{")
("hyperbaseurl" "{")
("hyperimage" "{{")
@@ -112,13 +218,19 @@
("hypertarget" "{{")
("autoref" "{")
("ref" "*{")
- ("pageref" "*{"))
+ ("pageref" "*{")
+ ("autopageref" "*{"))
'reference)
;; For syntactic fontification, e.g. verbatim constructs.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords))
;; RefTeX
(when (fboundp 'reftex-ref-style-activate)
- (reftex-ref-style-activate "Hyperref"))))
+ (reftex-ref-style-activate "Hyperref")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-hyperref-package-options ()
+ "Read the hyperref package options from the user."
+ (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-hyperref-package-options-list))
;;; hyperref.el ends here
diff --git a/style/icelandic.el b/style/icelandic.el
index f7750dd..427a88d 100644
--- a/style/icelandic.el
+++ b/style/icelandic.el
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-is-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-is-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; icelandic.el ends here
diff --git a/style/imakeidx.el b/style/imakeidx.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d361cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/imakeidx.el
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+;;; imakeidx.el --- AUCTeX style for `imakeidx.sty'.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `imakeidx.sty'.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar LaTeX-imakeidx-makeindex-options
+ '(("name")
+ ("title")
+ ("program" ("makeindex" "xindy" "texindy" "truexindy"))
+ ("options")
+ ("noautomatic" ("true" "false"))
+ ("intoc" ("true" "false"))
+ ("columns")
+ ("columnsep")
+ ("columnseprule" ("true" "false")))
+ "Key=value options for makeindex macro of the imakeidx package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options
+ '(("level")
+ ("toclevel")
+ ("noclearpage" ("true" "false"))
+ ("othercode"))
+ "Key=value options for indexsetup macro of the imakeidx package.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options)
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "imakeidx"
+ (lambda ()
+ ;; `firstpagestyle' and `headers' options for `indexsetup' macro are
+ ;; available only if `fancyhdr' is not loaded. The following code works
only
+ ;; if `imakeidx' is loaded after `fancyhdr'.
+ (unless (member "fancyhdr" TeX-active-styles)
+ (setq LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options
+ (append LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options
+ `(("firstpagestyle" ,(LaTeX-pagestyle-list)))
+ '(("headers")))))
+
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("makeindex" [ (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-imakeidx-makeindex-options) ])
+ '("indexsetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-imakeidx-indexsetup-options))
+ '("splitindexoptions" "Command line option")
+ '("index" [ "Index name" ] TeX-arg-index)
+ '("indexprologue" [ "Spacing" ] "Text")
+ '("printindex" [ "Index name" ])
+ '("seealso" 2)
+ '("see" 2)
+ "seename"
+ "alsoname"
+ "indexname")
+
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "multicol"
+ "xpatch"
+ "pdftexcmds"
+ "ifluatex"
+ "ifxetex"
+ "xkeyval")
+
+ ;; Completion for the |see macro and RefTeX support taken from
+ ;; `makeidx.el'
+ (setq TeX-complete-list
+ (append
+ '(("|see{\\([^{}\n\r]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-index-entry-list))
+ TeX-complete-list))
+ (and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(default))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-imakeidx-package-options
+ '("makeindex" "xindy" "texindy" "truexindy" "noautomatic" "nonewpage" "quiet"
+ "original" "splitindex")
+ "Package options for the imakeidx package.")
+
+;; imakeidx.el ends here
diff --git a/style/index.el b/style/index.el
index f14630b..66e52da 100644
--- a/style/index.el
+++ b/style/index.el
@@ -75,7 +75,8 @@
;; RefTeX support
(and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(index)))))
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(index))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-index-package-options nil
"Package options for the index package.")
diff --git a/style/inputenc.el b/style/inputenc.el
index 8b7be5c..7d00ca7 100644
--- a/style/inputenc.el
+++ b/style/inputenc.el
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@
(lambda ()
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("inputencoding" LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc))))
+ '("inputencoding" LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/italian.el b/style/italian.el
index 4578f6f..a7fa3d9 100644
--- a/style/italian.el
+++ b/style/italian.el
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@
;; Fontification of quotation marks.
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-it-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-it-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; italian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/j-article.el b/style/j-article.el
index 2408e7e..5a26de5 100644
--- a/style/j-article.el
+++ b/style/j-article.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; j-article.el - Special code for j-article style.
-;; $Id: j-article.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"j-article"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; j-article.el ends here
diff --git a/style/j-book.el b/style/j-book.el
index 92d11b2..932fe45 100644
--- a/style/j-book.el
+++ b/style/j-book.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; j-book.el - Special code for j-book style.
-;; $Id: j-book.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"j-book"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; j-book.el ends here
diff --git a/style/j-report.el b/style/j-report.el
index 437616f..07dfcb5 100644
--- a/style/j-report.el
+++ b/style/j-report.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; j-report.el - Special code for j-report style.
-;; $Id: j-report.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"j-report"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; j-report.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jarticle.el b/style/jarticle.el
index 010725e..5d38668 100644
--- a/style/jarticle.el
+++ b/style/jarticle.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; jarticle.el - Special code for jarticle style.
-;; $Id: jarticle.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jarticle"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; jarticle.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jbook.el b/style/jbook.el
index a678ebc..beb8748 100644
--- a/style/jbook.el
+++ b/style/jbook.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; jbook.el - Special code for jbook style.
-;; $Id: jbook.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jbook"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; jbook.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jreport.el b/style/jreport.el
index d2f3f33..751ecc1 100644
--- a/style/jreport.el
+++ b/style/jreport.el
@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
;;; jreport.el - Special code for jreport style.
-;; $Id: jreport.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jreport"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; jreport.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jsarticle.el b/style/jsarticle.el
index 36fc54a..9e50fbb 100644
--- a/style/jsarticle.el
+++ b/style/jsarticle.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; jsarticle.el - Special code for jsarticle style.
-;; $Id: jsarticle.el,v 1.2 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jsarticle"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "section"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; jsarticle.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jsbook.el b/style/jsbook.el
index 3dff339..fae2713 100644
--- a/style/jsbook.el
+++ b/style/jsbook.el
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
;;; jsbook.el - Special code for jsbook style.
-;; $Id: jsbook.el,v 1.2 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jsbook"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; jsbook.el ends here
diff --git a/style/jura.el b/style/jura.el
index 2f149c4..4baac97 100644
--- a/style/jura.el
+++ b/style/jura.el
@@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"jura"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "alphanum")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "alphanum"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/jurabib.el b/style/jurabib.el
index c48e383..1919c06 100644
--- a/style/jurabib.el
+++ b/style/jurabib.el
@@ -629,6 +629,7 @@
"urldatecomment"
"volname"
"volumename"
- "volumeofname")))
+ "volumeofname"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; jurabib.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ruby.el b/style/kantlipsum.el
similarity index 59%
copy from style/ruby.el
copy to style/kantlipsum.el
index 0a96e57..cdf510f 100644
--- a/style/ruby.el
+++ b/style/kantlipsum.el
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-;;; ruby.el --- AUCTeX style for the ruby package.
+;;; kantlipsum.el --- AUCTeX style for `kantlipsum.sty'.
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-01-04
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,24 +25,22 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for the ruby package.
+;; This file adds support for `kantlipsum.sty'.
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-ruby-package-options
- '("overlap" "nooverlap" "CJK" "latin")
- "Package options for the ruby package.")
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "ruby"
+ "kantlipsum"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("rubyoverlap" 0)
- '("rubynooverlap" 0)
- '("rubyCJK" 0)
- '("rubylatin" 0)
- '("rubysize" 0)
- '("rubysep" 0)
- '("ruby" t nil))))
-
-;;; ruby.el ends here
+ '("kant" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 164)" ])
+ '("kant*" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 164)" ])
+ '("kantdef" TeX-arg-define-macro "Paragraph number"))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "xparse"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-kantlipsum-package-options
+ '("par" "nopar" "numbers" "index")
+ "Package options for the kantlipsum package.")
+
+;; kantlipsum.el ends here
diff --git a/style/kpfonts.el b/style/kpfonts.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..026c81f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/kpfonts.el
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+;;; kpfonts.el --- AUCTeX style for `kpfonts.sty' version 3.31.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `kpfonts.sty' version 3.31.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+;;; Kpfonts Minor Mode (heavily based on LaTeX Math Minor Mode code)
+
+(defconst LaTeX-kpfonts-default
+ '(;; Other Greek Lowercase
+ ("o a" "otheralpha" "Other Greek Lowercase" 945) ;; #X03B1
+ ("o b" "otherbeta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 946) ;; #X03B2
+ ("o g" "othergamma" "Other Greek Lowercase" 947) ;; #X03B3
+ ("o d" "otherdelta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 948) ;; #X03B4
+ ("o e" "otherepsilon" "Other Greek Lowercase" 1013) ;; #X03F5
+ ("o z" "otherzeta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 950) ;; #X03B6
+ ("o h" "othereta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 951) ;; #X03B7
+ ("o j" "othertheta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 952) ;; #X03B8
+ (nil "otheriota" "Other Greek Lowercase" 953) ;; #X03B9
+ ("o k" "otherkappa" "Other Greek Lowercase" 954) ;; #X03BA
+ ("o l" "otherlambda" "Other Greek Lowercase" 955) ;; #X03BB
+ ("o m" "othermu" "Other Greek Lowercase" 956) ;; #X03BC
+ ("o n" "othernu" "Other Greek Lowercase" 957) ;; #X03BD
+ ("o x" "otherxi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 958) ;; #X03BE
+ ("o p" "otherpi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 960) ;; #X03C0
+ ("o r" "otherrho" "Other Greek Lowercase" 961) ;; #X03C1
+ ("o s" "othersigma" "Other Greek Lowercase" 963) ;; #X03C3
+ ("o t" "othertau" "Other Greek Lowercase" 964) ;; #X03C4
+ ("o u" "otherupsilon" "Other Greek Lowercase" 965) ;; #X03C5
+ ("o f" "otherphi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 981) ;; #X03D5
+ ("o q" "otherchi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 967) ;; #X03C7
+ ("o y" "otherpsi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 968) ;; #X03C8
+ ("o w" "otheromega" "Other Greek Lowercase" 969) ;; #X03C9
+ ("o v e" "othervarepsilon" "Other Greek Lowercase" 949) ;; #X03B5
+ ("o v j" "othervartheta" "Other Greek Lowercase" 977) ;; #X03D1
+ ("o v p" "othervarpi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 982) ;; #X03D6
+ ("o v r" "othervarrho" "Other Greek Lowercase" 1009) ;; #X03F1
+ ("o v s" "othervarsigma" "Other Greek Lowercase" 962) ;; #X03C2
+ ("o v f" "othervarphi" "Other Greek Lowercase" 966) ;; #X03C6
+ ;; Slanted Greek Lowercase
+ (nil "alphasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120572) ;; #X1D6FC
+ (nil "betasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120573) ;; #X1D6FD
+ (nil "gammasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120574) ;; #X1D6FE
+ (nil "deltasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120575) ;; #X1D6FF
+ (nil "epsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120598) ;; #X1D716
+ (nil "zetasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120577) ;; #X1D701
+ (nil "etasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120578) ;; #X1D702
+ (nil "thetasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120579) ;; #X1D703
+ (nil "iotasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120580) ;; #X1D704
+ (nil "kappasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120581) ;; #X1D705
+ (nil "lambdasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120582) ;; #X1D706
+ (nil "musl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120583) ;; #X1D707
+ (nil "nusl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120584) ;; #X1D708
+ (nil "xisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120585) ;; #X1D709
+ (nil "pisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120587) ;; #X1D70B
+ (nil "rhosl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120588) ;; #X1D70C
+ (nil "sigmasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120590) ;; #X1D70E
+ (nil "tausl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120591) ;; #X1D70F
+ (nil "upsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120592) ;; #X1D710
+ (nil "phisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120601) ;; #X1D719
+ (nil "chisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120594) ;; #X1D712
+ (nil "psisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120595) ;; #X1D713
+ (nil "omegasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120596) ;; #X1D714
+ (nil "varepsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120576) ;; #X1D700
+ (nil "varthetasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120599) ;; #X1D717
+ (nil "varpisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120603) ;; #X1D71B
+ (nil "varrhosl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120602) ;; #X1D71A
+ (nil "varsigmasl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120589) ;; #X1D70D
+ (nil "varphisl" "Slanted Greek Lowercase" 120593) ;; #X1D711
+ ;; Upright Greek Lowercase
+ (nil "alphaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 945) ;; #X03B1
+ (nil "betaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 946) ;; #X03B2
+ (nil "gammaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 947) ;; #X03B3
+ (nil "deltaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 948) ;; #X03B4
+ (nil "epsilonup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 1013) ;; #X03F5
+ (nil "zetaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 950) ;; #X03B6
+ (nil "etaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 951) ;; #X03B7
+ (nil "thetaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 952) ;; #X03B8
+ (nil "iotaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 953) ;; #X03B9
+ (nil "kappaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 954) ;; #X03BA
+ (nil "lambdaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 955) ;; #X03BB
+ (nil "muup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 956) ;; #X03BC
+ (nil "nuup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 957) ;; #X03BD
+ (nil "xiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 958) ;; #X03BE
+ (nil "piup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 960) ;; #X03C0
+ (nil "rhoup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 961) ;; #X03C1
+ (nil "sigmaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 963) ;; #X03C3
+ (nil "tauup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 964) ;; #X03C4
+ (nil "upsilonup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 965) ;; #X03C5
+ (nil "phiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 981) ;; #X03D5
+ (nil "chiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 967) ;; #X03C7
+ (nil "psiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 968) ;; #X03C8
+ (nil "omegaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 969) ;; #X03C9
+ (nil "varepsilonup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 949) ;; #X03B5
+ (nil "varthetaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 977) ;; #X03D1
+ (nil "varpiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 982) ;; #X03D6
+ (nil "varrhoup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 1009) ;; #X03F1
+ (nil "varsigmaup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 962) ;; #X03C2
+ (nil "varphiup" "Upright Greek Lowercase" 966) ;; #X03C6
+ ;; Other Greek Uppercase
+ ("o G" "otherGamma" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120548) ;; #X1D6E4
+ ("o D" "otherDelta" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120549) ;; #X1D6E5
+ ("o J" "otherTheta" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120553) ;; #X1D6E9
+ ("o L" "otherLambda" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120556) ;; #X1D6EC
+ ("o X" "otherXi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120559) ;; #X1D6EF
+ ("o P" "otherPi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120561) ;; #X1D6F1
+ ("o S" "otherSigma" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120564) ;; #X1D6F4
+ ("o U" "otherUpsilon" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120566) ;; #X1D6F6
+ ("o F" "otherPhi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120567) ;; #X1D6F7
+ ("o Y" "otherPsi" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120569) ;; #X1D6F9
+ ("o W" "otherOmega" "Other Greek Uppercase" 120570) ;; #X1D6FA
+ ;; Slanted Greek Uppercase
+ (nil "Gammasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120548) ;; #X1D6E4
+ (nil "Deltasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120549) ;; #X1D6E5
+ (nil "Thetasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120553) ;; #X1D6E9
+ (nil "Lambdasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120556) ;; #X1D6EC
+ (nil "Xisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120559) ;; #X1D6EF
+ (nil "Pisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120561) ;; #X1D6F1
+ (nil "Sigmasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120564) ;; #X1D6F4
+ (nil "Upsilonsl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120566) ;; #X1D6F6
+ (nil "Phisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120567) ;; #X1D6F7
+ (nil "Psisl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120569) ;; #X1D6F9
+ (nil "Omegasl" "Slanted Greek Uppercase" 120570) ;; #X1D6FA
+ ;; Upright Greek Uppercase
+ (nil "Gammaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 915) ;; #X0393
+ (nil "Deltaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 916) ;; #X0394
+ (nil "Thetaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 920) ;; #X0398
+ (nil "Lambdaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 923) ;; #X039B
+ (nil "Xiup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 926) ;; #X039E
+ (nil "Piup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 928) ;; #X03A0
+ (nil "Sigmaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 931) ;; #X03A3
+ (nil "Upsilonup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 978) ;; #X03D2
+ (nil "Phiup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 934) ;; #X03A6
+ (nil "Psiup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 936) ;; #X03A8
+ (nil "Omegaup" "Upright Greek Uppercase" 937) ;; #X03A9
+ ;; Integrals
+ (nil "varint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "variint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "variiint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "variiiint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "varidotsint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "oiint" "Integrals" 8751) ;; #X222F
+ (nil "ointctrclockwise" "Integrals" 8755) ;; #X2233
+ (nil "ointclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "sqint" "Integrals" 10774) ;; #X2A16
+ (nil "idotsint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "oiiint" "Integrals" 8752) ;; #X2230
+ (nil "varointctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "varointclockwise" "Integrals" 8754) ;; #X2232
+ (nil "fint" "Integrals" 10767) ;; #X2A0F
+ (nil "oiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "varoiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "oiiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "varoiiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "oiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "varoiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "oiiintclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "varoiiintctrclockwise" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "sqiint" "Integrals" nil)
+ (nil "sqiiint" "Integrals" nil)
+ ;; Mapping
+ (nil "mappedfrom" "Mapping" 8612) ;; #X21A4
+ (nil "longmappedfrom" "Mapping" 10235) ;; #X27FB
+ (nil "Mapsto" "Mapping" 10503) ;; #X2907
+ (nil "Longmapsto" "Mapping" 10238) ;; #X27FE
+ (nil "Mappedfrom" "Mapping" 10502) ;; #X2906
+ (nil "Longmappedfrom" "Mapping" 10237) ;; #X27FD
+ (nil "mmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "longmmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "mmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "longmmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "Mmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "Longmmapsto" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "Mmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
+ (nil "Longmmappedfrom" "Mapping" nil)
+ ;; Arrows
+ (nil "dashleftarrow" "Arrows" 10510) ;; #X290E
+ (nil "dashrightarrow" "Arrows" 10511) ;; #X290F
+ (nil "dashleftrightarrow" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "leftsquigarrow" "Arrows" 8668) ;; #X21DC
+ (nil "Nearrow" "Arrows" 8663) ;; #X21D7
+ (nil "Searrow" "Arrows" 8664) ;; #X21D8
+ (nil "Nwarrow" "Arrows" 8662) ;; #X21D6
+ (nil "Swarrow" "Arrows" 8665) ;; #X21D9
+ (nil "leadstoext" "Arrows" 12316) ;; #X301C
+ (nil "leadsto" "Arrows" 10547) ;; #X2933
+ (nil "boxright" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "Diamondright" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "circleright" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxleft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "Diamondleft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "circleleft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxdotright" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "Diamonddotright" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "circledotright" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxdotleft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "Diamonddotleft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "circledotleft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxRight" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxLeft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxdotRight" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "boxdotLeft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "DiamondRight" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "DiamondLeft" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "DiamonddotRight" "Arrows" nil)
+ (nil "DiamonddotLeft" "Arrows" nil)
+ ;; Neg Arrows
+ (nil "ntwoheadrightarrow" "Neg Arrows" 10496) ;; #X2900
+ (nil "ntwoheadleftarrow" "Neg Arrows" 11060) ;; #X2B34
+ ;; Binary Op
+ (nil "multimap" "Binary Op" 8888) ;; #X22B8
+ (nil "multimapinv" "Binary Op" 10204) ;; #X27DC
+ (nil "multimapboth" "Binary Op" 10719) ;; #X29DF
+ (nil "multimapdot" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "multimapdotinv" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "multimapdotboth" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "multimapdotbothA" "Binary Op" 8886) ;; #X22B6
+ (nil "multimapdotbothB" "Binary Op" 8887) ;; #X22B7
+ (nil "multimapbothvert" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "multimapdotbothvert" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "multimapdotbothAvert" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "multimapdotbothBvert" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "Wr" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "sqcupplus" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "sqcapplus" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "medcirc" "Binary Op" 9898) ;; #X26AA
+ (nil "medbullet" "Binary Op" 9899) ;; #X26AB
+ (nil "invamp" "Binary Op" 8523) ;; #X214B
+ (nil "Diamonddot" "Binary Op" 10192) ;; #X27D0
+ (nil "Diamond" "Binary Op" 9671) ;; #X25C7
+ (nil "Diamondblack" "Binary Op" 9670) ;; #X25C6
+ (nil "strictif" "Binary Op" 8880) ;; #X22B0
+ (nil "strictfi" "Binary Op" 8881) ;; #X22B1
+ (nil "strictiff" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "circledless" "Binary Op" 10688) ;; #X29C0
+ (nil "circledgtr" "Binary Op" 10689) ;; #X29C1
+ (nil "circledwedge" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "circledvee" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "circledbar" "Binary Op" 10678) ;; #X29B6
+ (nil "circledbslash" "Binary Op" 10680) ;; #X29B8
+ (nil "bignplus" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "bigsqcupplus" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "bigsqcapplus" "Binary Op" nil)
+ (nil "bigsqcap" "Binary Op" 10757) ;; #X2A05
+ (nil "varprod" "Binary Op" 10761) ;; #X2A09
+ ;; Relational
+ (nil "doteq" "Relational" 8784) ;; #X2250
+ (nil "VDash" "Relational" 8875) ;; #X22AB
+ (nil "VvDash" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "cong" "Relational" 8773) ;; #X2245
+ (nil "preceqq" "Relational" 10931) ;; #X2AB3
+ (nil "succeqq" "Relational" 10932) ;; #X2AB4
+ (nil "coloneqq" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "varparallel" "Relational" 11005) ;; #X2AFD
+ (nil "nvarparallel" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "varparallelinv" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "nvarparallelinv" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "colonapprox" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "colonsim" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "Colonapprox" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "Colonsim" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "eqqcolon" "Relational" 8789) ;; #X2255
+ (nil "coloneq" "Relational" nil)
+ (nil "eqcolon" "Relational" 8761) ;; #X2239
+ (nil "Coloneqq" "Relational" 10868) ;; #X2A74
+ (nil "Eqqcolon" "Relational" nil)
+ ;; Neg Rel
+ (nil "nprecsim" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nsuccsim" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nlesssim" "Neg Rel" 8820) ;; #X2274
+ (nil "ngtrsim" "Neg Rel" 8821) ;; #X2275
+ (nil "nlessapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "ngtrapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "npreccurlyeq" "Neg Rel" 8928) ;; #X22E0
+ (nil "nsucccurlyeq" "Neg Rel" 8929) ;; #X22E1
+ (nil "ngtrless" "Neg Rel" 8825) ;; #X2279
+ (nil "nlessgtr" "Neg Rel" 8824) ;; #X2278
+ (nil "nbumpeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nBumpeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nbacksim" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nbacksimeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nasymp" "Neg Rel" 8813) ;; #X226D
+ (nil "nequiv" "Neg Rel" 8802) ;; #X2262
+ (nil "nsim" "Neg Rel" 8769) ;; #X2241
+ (nil "napprox" "Neg Rel" 8777) ;; #X2249
+ (nil "nsubset" "Neg Rel" 8836) ;; #X2284
+ (nil "nsupset" "Neg Rel" 8837) ;; #X2285
+ (nil "nll" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "ngg" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nthickapprox" "Neg Rel" 8777) ;; #X2249
+ (nil "napproxeq" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nprecapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nsuccapprox" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "npreceqq" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nsucceqq" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nsimeq" "Neg Rel" 8772) ;; #X2244
+ (nil "notin" "Neg Rel" 8713) ;; #X2209
+ (nil "notni" "Neg Rel" 8716) ;; #X220C
+ (nil "nSubset" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nSupset" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nsqsubseteq" "Neg Rel" 8930) ;; #X22E2
+ (nil "nsqsupseteq" "Neg Rel" 8931) ;; #X22E3
+ (nil "nsqsubset" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ (nil "nsqsupset" "Neg Rel" nil)
+ ;; Delimeters
+ (nil "Lbag" "Delimeters" 10181) ;; #X27C5
+ (nil "Rbag" "Delimeters" 10182) ;; #X27C6
+ (nil "llbracket" "Delimeters" 10214) ;; #X27E6
+ (nil "rrbracket" "Delimeters" 10215) ;; #X27E7
+ ;; Accents
+ (nil "widearc" "Accents" 8978) ;; #X2312
+ (nil "widearcarrow" "Accents" 8405) ;; #X20D5
+ (nil "wideOarc" "Accents" 8405) ;; #X20D5
+ (nil "wideparen" "Accents" 9180) ;; #X23DC
+ (nil "widering" "Accents" nil)
+ ;; Misc
+ ("v 0" "varemptyset" "Misc" 8709) ;; #X2205
+ (nil "lJoin" "Misc" 8905) ;; #X22C9
+ (nil "rJoin" "Misc" 8906) ;; #X22CA
+ (nil "Join" "Misc" 8904) ;; #X22C8
+ (nil "openJoin" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "lrtimes" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "opentimes" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "nplus" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "Top" "Misc" 10986) ;; #X2AEA
+ (nil "Bot" "Misc" 10987) ;; #X2AEB
+ (nil "Perp" "Misc" 10987) ;; #X2AEB
+ (nil "boxast" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "boxbslash" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "boxbar" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "boxslash" "Misc" nil)
+ (nil "lambdaslash" "Misc" 411) ;; #X019B
+ (nil "lambdabar" "Misc" 411) ;; #X019B
+ (nil "varclubsuit" "Misc" 9831) ;; #X2667
+ (nil "vardiamondsuit" "Misc" 9830) ;; #X2666
+ (nil "varheartsuit" "Misc" 9829) ;; #X2665
+ (nil "varspadesuit" "Misc" 9828)) ;; #X2664
+ "Alist of kpfonts symbols.
+
+Each entry should be a list with upto four elements, KEY, VALUE,
+MENU and CHARACTER.
+
+KEY is the key (after `LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix') to be
+redefined in kpfonts minor mode. If KEY is nil, the symbol has
+no associated keystroke \(it is available in the menu, though\).
+
+VALUE can be a string with the name of the macro to be inserted,
+or a function to be called. The macro must be given without the
+leading backslash.
+
+The third element MENU is the name of the submenu where the
+command should be added. MENU can be either a string
+\(e.g. \"greek\"\), a list (e.g. \(\"AMS\" \"Delimiters\"\)\) or
+nil. If MENU is nil, no menu item will be created.
+
+The fourth element CHARACTER is a Unicode character position for
+menu display. When nil, no character is shown.
+
+See also `LaTeX-kpfonts-menu'.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix
+ "Prefix key for use in `LaTeX-kpfonts-mode'.
+This has to be a string representing a key sequence in a format
+understood by the `kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax
+usually used in the Emacs and Elisp manuals.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix ()
+ "Make a key definition from the variable `LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix'."
+ (if (stringp LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix)
+ (read-kbd-macro LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix)
+ LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-keymap (make-sparse-keymap)
+ "Keymap used for `LaTeX-kpfonts-mode' commands.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-menu nil
+ "Menu containing commands provided by kpfonts LaTeX package.
+The menu entries will be generated dynamically, but you can specify
+the sequence by initializing this variable.")
+
+;; We set `LaTeX-kpfonts-menu' after its definition because otherwise,
resetting
+;; AUCTeX with `C-u C-c C-n' would create duplicate entries in menu.
+(setq LaTeX-kpfonts-menu
+ '("Kpfonts"
+ ("Insert Font"
+ ["Math Upright" (TeX-font nil ?\C-h) :keys "C-c C-f C-h"]
+ ["Math Fraktur" (TeX-font nil ?\C-k) :keys "C-c C-f C-k"]
+ ["Math Script" (TeX-font nil ?\C-p) :keys "C-c C-f C-p"]
+ ["Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font nil ?\C-l) :keys "C-c C-f C-l"]
+ ["Other Small Caps" (TeX-font nil ?\C-o) :keys "C-c C-f C-o"]
+ ["Other Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font nil ?\C-q) :keys "C-c C-f C-q"])
+ ("Replace Font"
+ ["Math Upright" (TeX-font t ?\C-h) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-h"]
+ ["Math Fraktur" (TeX-font t ?\C-k) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-k"]
+ ["Math Script" (TeX-font t ?\C-p) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-p"]
+ ["Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font t ?\C-l) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-l"]
+ ["Other Small Caps" (TeX-font t ?\C-o) :keys "C-u C-c C-f C-o"]
+ ["Other Slanted Small Caps" (TeX-font t ?\C-q) :keys "C-u C-c C-f
C-q"])
+ ["Delete Font" (TeX-font t ?\C-d) :keys "C-c C-f C-d"]
+ "-"
+ ("Other Greek Lowercase") ("Slanted Greek Lowercase")
+ ("Upright Greek Lowercase") ("Other Greek Uppercase")
+ ("Slanted Greek Uppercase") ("Upright Greek Uppercase") ("Integrals")
+ ("Mapping") ("Arrows") ("Neg Arrows") ("Binary Op") ("Relational")
+ ("Neg Rel") ("Delimeters") ("Accents") ("Misc")))
+
+(let ((math (reverse LaTeX-kpfonts-default))
+ (map LaTeX-kpfonts-keymap)
+ (unicode (and LaTeX-math-menu-unicode (fboundp 'decode-char))))
+ (while math
+ (let* ((entry (car math))
+ (key (nth 0 entry))
+ (prefix
+ (and unicode
+ (nth 3 entry)))
+ value menu name)
+ (setq math (cdr math))
+ (if (and prefix
+ (setq prefix (decode-char 'ucs (nth 3 entry))))
+ (setq prefix (concat (string prefix) " \\"))
+ (setq prefix "\\"))
+ (if (listp (cdr entry))
+ (setq value (nth 1 entry)
+ menu (nth 2 entry))
+ (setq value (cdr entry)
+ menu nil))
+ (if (stringp value)
+ (progn
+ (setq name (intern (concat "LaTeX-kpfonts-" value)))
+ (fset name (list 'lambda (list 'arg) (list 'interactive "*P")
+ (list 'LaTeX-math-insert value 'arg))))
+ (setq name value))
+ (if key
+ (progn
+ (setq key (cond ((numberp key) (char-to-string key))
+ ((stringp key) (read-kbd-macro key))
+ (t (vector key))))
+ (define-key map key name)))
+ (if menu
+ (let ((parent LaTeX-kpfonts-menu))
+ (if (listp menu)
+ (progn
+ (while (cdr menu)
+ (let ((sub (assoc (car menu) LaTeX-kpfonts-menu)))
+ (if sub
+ (setq parent sub)
+ (setcdr parent (cons (list (car menu)) (cdr parent))))
+ (setq menu (cdr menu))))
+ (setq menu (car menu))))
+ (let ((sub (assoc menu parent)))
+ (if sub
+ (if (stringp value)
+ (setcdr sub (cons (vector (concat prefix value)
+ name t)
+ (cdr sub)))
+ (error "Cannot have multiple special kpfonts menu items"))
+ (setcdr parent
+ (cons (if (stringp value)
+ (list menu (vector (concat prefix value)
+ name t))
+ (vector menu name t))
+ (cdr parent)))))))))
+ ;; Make the kpfonts prefix char available if it has not been used as a
prefix.
+ (unless (lookup-key map (LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix))
+ (define-key map (LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix) 'self-insert-command)))
+
+(define-minor-mode LaTeX-kpfonts-mode
+ "A minor mode with easy access to kpfonts macros.
+
+Easy insertion of kpfonts symbols. If you give a prefix
+argument, the symbols will be surrounded by dollar signs. The
+following commands are defined:
+
+\\{LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-map}"
+ nil nil (list (cons (LaTeX-kpfonts-abbrev-prefix) LaTeX-kpfonts-keymap))
+ (if LaTeX-kpfonts-mode
+ (easy-menu-add LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-menu LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-map)
+ (easy-menu-remove LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-menu))
+ (TeX-set-mode-name))
+
+(easy-menu-define LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-menu
+ LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-map
+ "Menu used in kpfonts minor mode."
+ LaTeX-kpfonts-menu)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-enable LaTeX-math-mode
+ "If non-nil, enable kpfonts minor mode by default.")
+
+(if LaTeX-kpfonts-mode-enable
+ (LaTeX-kpfonts-mode))
+;;; Kpfonts Minor Mode ends here
+
+;; New fonts by `kpfonts'.
+(setq TeX-font-list
+ (append
+ TeX-font-list
+ '(;; Math fonts
+ (?\C-h "" "" "\\mathup{" "}")
+ (?\C-k "" "" "\\mathfrak{" "}")
+ (?\C-p "" "" "\\mathscr{" "}")
+ ;; Text fonts
+ (?\C-l "\\textscsl{" "}")
+ (?\C-o "\\textothersc{" "}")
+ (?\C-q "\\textotherscsl{" "}"))))
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "kpfonts"
+ (lambda ()
+ (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "kpfonts" "notextcomp")
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "textcomp"))
+ (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "kpfonts" "noamsmath")
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath"))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Text fonts options
+ '("classicstylenums" 1)
+ ;; New text commands
+ '("scslshape" 0)
+ '("otherscshape" 0)
+ '("otherscslshape" 0)
+ "othertailQ"
+ "othertailscq"
+ "othertailscslq"
+ ;; Variant integrate symbols
+ '("D" 1)
+ ;; New extensive symbols
+ '("widearc" 1)
+ '("widearcarrow" 1)
+ '("wideOarc" 1)
+ '("wideparen" 1)
+ '("widering" 1))
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("textscsl" "{")
+ ("textothersc" "{")
+ ("textotherscsl" "{"))
+ 'bold-command)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("textscsl" "{")
+ ("textotherscsl" "{"))
+ 'italic-command)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("scslshape")
+ ("otherscshape")
+ ("otherscslshape"))
+ 'bold-declaration)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("scslshape")
+ ("otherscslshape"))
+ 'italic-declaration)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-kpfonts-package-options
+ '(;; Main global options
+ "light" "fulloldstylenums" "fulloldstyle" "fullveryoldstyle"
+ ;; Other global options
+ "nomath" "notext" "nosf" "nott" "onlyrm" "noamsmath" "notextcomp"
+ ;; Text fonts options
+ "lighttext" "oldstylenums" "oldstyle" "veryoldstyle" "rmx" "largesmallcaps"
+ "easyscsl" "nofligatures" "lightmath"
+ ;; Math typesetting options
+ "sfmath" "sfmathbb" "rmmathbb" "nomathscript" "mathcalasscript"
"classicReIm"
+ "uprightRoman" "frenchstyle" "upright" "oldstylenumsmath" "oldstylemath"
+ "veryoldstylemath" "narrowiints" "partialup" "widermath" "noDcommand"
+ ;; Position of subscripts and superscripts
+ "intlimits" "fullintlimits" "nointlimits" "sumlimits" "fullsumlimits"
+ "nosumlimits"
+ ;; Greek letters in math mode, options
+ "uprightgreeks" "slantedGreeks"
+ ;; Other `amsmath' options
+ "namelimits" "nonamelimits" "leqno" "reqno" "centertags" "tbtags"
+ ;; Misc
+ "nowarning")
+ "Package options for the kpfonts package.")
+
+;; kpfonts.el ends here
diff --git a/style/latexinfo.el b/style/latexinfo.el
index 59daf6c..be64bca 100644
--- a/style/latexinfo.el
+++ b/style/latexinfo.el
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
;;; latexinfo.el - Support for LaTeXinfo files.
-;; Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1993 Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;; Author: Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
-;; Version: $Id: latexinfo.el,v 1.7 2008-02-03 14:53:30 angeli Exp $
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -99,11 +98,11 @@ This fails when the user types in the label of something
else"
(TeX-arg-literal " ")
(TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-define-label "Node name")
(TeX-arg-literal ", ")
- (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-label "Next node")
+ (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-ref "Next node")
(TeX-arg-literal ", ")
- (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-label "Previous node")
+ (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-ref "Previous node")
(TeX-arg-literal ", ")
- (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-label "Up node"))
+ (TeX-arg-free TeX-arg-ref "Up node"))
'("setfilename" TeX-arg-file)
'("var" t)
@@ -137,8 +136,8 @@ This fails when the user types in the label of something
else"
'("copyright" nil)
'("sp" nil)
- '("xref" TeX-arg-label)
- '("pxref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("xref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("pxref" TeX-arg-ref)
'("inforef"
(TeX-arg-literal "{")
(TeX-arg-free "Name of node")
@@ -176,6 +175,7 @@ This fails when the user types in the label of something
else"
;; need the following stuff to let xref and pxref work
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-section-label)
- (setq LaTeX-section-label ""))))
+ (setq LaTeX-section-label "")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; latexinfo.el ends here
diff --git a/style/letter.el b/style/letter.el
index fa269a4..d02f8f4 100644
--- a/style/letter.el
+++ b/style/letter.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; letter.el - Special code for letter style.
-;; Copyright (C) 1993, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1993, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -25,28 +25,69 @@
;;; Code:
+(defvar LaTeX-letter-class-options
+ '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
+ "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
+ "leqno" "fleqn")
+ "Package options for the letter class.")
+
;; You may want to define this in tex-site.el to contain your
-;; organizations address.
+;; organizations address.
(defvar LaTeX-letter-sender-address ""
"Initial value when prompting for a sender address in the letter style.")
-(TeX-add-style-hook "letter"
- (function
- (lambda ()
- (LaTeX-add-environments
- '("letter" LaTeX-env-recipient))
- (TeX-add-symbols
- '("name" "Sender: ")
- '("address" "Sender address: ")
- '("signature" "Signature: ")
- '("opening" "Opening: ")
- '("closing" "Closing: ")))))
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "letter"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("letter" LaTeX-env-recipient))
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "firstpage")
+ (setq LaTeX-default-document-environment "letter")
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("name" "Sender: ")
+ '("address" "Sender address: ")
+ '("signature" "Signature: ")
+ '("opening" "Opening: ")
+ '("closing" "Closing: ")
+ "location"
+ "telephone"
+ "makelabels"
+ "stopbreaks"
+ "startbreaks"
+ "cc"
+ "encl"
+ "ps"
+ "stopletter"
+ "returnaddress"
+ "startlabels"
+ "mlabel"
+ "descriptionlabel"
+ "ccname"
+ "enclname"
+ "pagename"
+ "headtoname")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("name" "{")
+ ("address" "{")
+ ("signature" "{")
+ ("opening" "{")
+ ("closing" "{")
+ ("location" "{")
+ ("telephone" "{")
+ ("cc" "{")
+ ("encl" "{")
+ ("ps" "{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun LaTeX-env-recipient (environment)
"Insert ENVIRONMENT and prompt for recipient and address."
(let ((sender (read-string "Sender: " (user-full-name)))
(sender-address (read-string "Sender address: "
- LaTeX-letter-sender-address))
+ LaTeX-letter-sender-address))
(recipient (read-string "Recipient: "))
(address (read-string "Recipient address: "))
(signature (read-string "Signature: "))
diff --git a/style/lettrine.el b/style/lettrine.el
index f595c43..ed32a70 100644
--- a/style/lettrine.el
+++ b/style/lettrine.el
@@ -66,7 +66,8 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("lettrine" "[{{")) 'textual))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("lettrine" "[{{")) 'textual)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-lettrine-package-options nil
"Package options for the lettrine package.")
diff --git a/style/ruby.el b/style/lipsum.el
similarity index 61%
copy from style/ruby.el
copy to style/lipsum.el
index 0a96e57..e198480 100644
--- a/style/ruby.el
+++ b/style/lipsum.el
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-;;; ruby.el --- AUCTeX style for the ruby package.
+;;; lipsum.el --- AUCTeX style for `lipsum.sty'.
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-01-04
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,24 +25,22 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for the ruby package.
+;; This file adds support for `lipsum.sty'.
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-ruby-package-options
- '("overlap" "nooverlap" "CJK" "latin")
- "Package options for the ruby package.")
-
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "ruby"
+ "lipsum"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("rubyoverlap" 0)
- '("rubynooverlap" 0)
- '("rubyCJK" 0)
- '("rubylatin" 0)
- '("rubysize" 0)
- '("rubysep" 0)
- '("ruby" t nil))))
-
-;;; ruby.el ends here
+ '("lipsum" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 150)" ])
+ '("lipsum*" [ "Range of paragraph (max: 150)" ])
+ '("setlipsumdefault" [ "Default range of paragraph (max: 150)" ])
+ '("ChangeLipsumPar" 0)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-lipsum-package-options
+ '("nopar")
+ "Package options for the lipsum package.")
+
+;; lipsum.el ends here
diff --git a/style/listings.el b/style/listings.el
index cfb11e9..534de62 100644
--- a/style/listings.el
+++ b/style/listings.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; listings.el --- AUCTeX style for `listings.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
;;; Code:
;; The following are options taken from chapter 4 of the listings
-;; manual (2006/05/08 Version 1.3c). Experimental options described
-;; in chapter 5 are not included.
+;; manual (2007/02/22 Version 1.4).
(defvar LaTeX-listings-key-val-options
'(;; Space and placement
("float" ("t" "b" "p" "h")) ; Support [*] as an optional prefix and that
@@ -102,6 +101,7 @@
("caption") ; Insert braces?
("label")
("nolol" ("true" "false"))
+ ("numberbychapter" ("true" "false"))
("captionpos" ("t" "b")) ; Can be a subset of tb.
("abovecaptionskip")
("belowcaptionskip")
@@ -141,8 +141,9 @@
("deleteindex")
("indexstyle")
;; Column alignment
- ("columns" ("fixed" "flexible" "fullflexible")) ; Also supports an optional
- ; argument with {c,l,r}.
+ ("columns" ("fixed" "flexible" "fullflexible" "spaceflexible")) ;
+ ; Also supports an optional
+ ; argument with {c,l,r}.
("flexiblecolumns" ("true" "false"))
("keepspaces" ("true" "false"))
("basewidth")
@@ -185,7 +186,35 @@
("morekeywordcomment")
("deletekeywordcomment")
("keywordcommentsemicolon")
- ("podcomment" ("true" "false")))
+ ("podcomment" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; The following are all options from chapter 5, which are
+ ;; experimental
+ ;; Export of identifiers
+ ("procnamekeys")
+ ("moreprocnamekeys")
+ ("deleteprocnamekeys")
+ ("procnamestyle")
+ ("indexprocnames" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Hyperlink references
+ ("hyperref")
+ ("morehyperref")
+ ("deletehyperref")
+ ("hyperanchor")
+ ("hyperlink")
+ ;; Literate programming
+ ("literate") ;; three arguments: replace,replacement text,length
+ ;; LGrind definitions
+ ("lgrindef")
+ ;; Arbitrary linerange markers
+ ("rangebeginprefix")
+ ("rangebeginsuffix")
+ ("rangeendprefix")
+ ("rangeendsuffix")
+ ("rangeprefix")
+ ("rangesuffix")
+ ("includerangemarker" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Multicolumn Listing
+ ("multicolumn"))
"Key=value options for listings macros and environments.")
(TeX-add-style-hook
@@ -202,7 +231,15 @@
"lstlistoflistings"
'("lstnewenvironment" "Name" ["Number or arguments"] ["Default argument"]
"Starting code" "Ending code")
- '("lstset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options)))
+ '("lstset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-listings-key-val-options))
+ '("lstloadlanguages" t)
+ ;; 4.17 Short Inline Listing Commands
+ '("lstMakeShortInline" [ "Options" ] "Character")
+ '("lstDeleteShortInline" "Character")
+
+ "lstgrinddeffile" "lstaspectfiles" "lstlanguagefiles"
+ "lstlistingname" "lstlistlistingname")
+
;; New environments
(LaTeX-add-environments
'("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
@@ -234,10 +271,14 @@
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults))))
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-listings-package-options '("draft" "final" "savemem"
- "noaspects")
+ "noaspects"
+ ;; procnames is mentioned in
+ ;; Section 5.2
+ "procnames")
"Package options for the listings package.")
;;; listings.el ends here
diff --git a/style/longtable.el b/style/longtable.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0c7cf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/longtable.el
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+;;; longtable.el --- AUCTeX style for `longtable.sty'.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `longtable.sty'.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "longtable"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("longtable" (lambda (environment)
+ (let ((pos (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt t nil
"Position")
+ '(("l") ("r") ("c"))))
+ (fmt (read-string "Format: " LaTeX-default-format))
+ (caption (read-string "Caption: ")))
+ (setq LaTeX-default-format fmt)
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment environment
+ (concat
+ (unless (zerop (length pos))
+ (concat LaTeX-optop pos
LaTeX-optcl))
+ (concat TeX-grop fmt
TeX-grcl)))
+ ;; top caption -- do nothing if user skips caption
+ (unless (zerop (length caption))
+ ;; the longtable `\caption' is equivalent to a
+ ;; `\multicolumn', so it needs a `\\' at the
+ ;; end of the line
+ (insert TeX-esc "caption" TeX-grop caption TeX-grcl "
\\\\")
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)
+ ;; ask for a label and insert a new line only
+ ;; if a label is actually inserted
+ (when (LaTeX-label environment 'environment)
+ (LaTeX-newline)
+ (indent-according-to-mode)))))))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Parameters
+ '("LTleft" 0)
+ '("LTright" 0)
+ '("LTpre" 0)
+ '("LTpost" 0)
+ '("LTcapwidth" 0)
+ '("LTchunksize" 0)
+ ;; Commands to end table rows
+ '("endhead" 0)
+ '("endfirsthead" 0)
+ '("endfoot" 0)
+ '("endlastfoot" 0)
+ ;; Caption commands
+ '("caption*" 1))
+
+ ;; Use the enhanced table formatting
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
+ '("longtable" LaTeX-indent-tabular))
+
+ ;; Append longtable to `LaTeX-label-alist', in order not to override
possible
+ ;; custome values.
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-label-alist '("longtable" . LaTeX-table-label) t)
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ ;; Actually, `\caption*{}' macro takes only one mandatory
+ ;; argument, not an optional one, the following is a workaround
+ ;; to fontify correctly also the standard `\caption[]{}' macro.
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("caption" "*[{"))
+ 'textual)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+;; longtable.el ends here
diff --git a/style/austrian.el b/style/lscape.el
similarity index 63%
copy from style/austrian.el
copy to style/lscape.el
index 13f28a8..8079c63 100644
--- a/style/austrian.el
+++ b/style/lscape.el
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-;;; austrian.el --- AUCTeX style for the `austrian' babel option.
+;;; lscape.el --- AUCTeX style for `lscape.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-12-28
+;; Created: 2011-05-04
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,14 +26,20 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; Set up AUCTeX for editing Austrian text in connection with the
-;; `austrian' babel option.
+;; This file adds support for `lscape.sty'.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "austrian"
+ "lscape"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "german")))
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ "landscape")
+ ;; lscape uses graphics internally to handle the work
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "graphics"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-;;; austrian.el ends here
+(defvar LaTeX-lscape-package-options '("pdftex")
+ "Package options for the lscape package.")
+
+;;; lscape.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ltx-base.el b/style/ltx-base.el
index 27034a2..a586a7a 100644
--- a/style/ltx-base.el
+++ b/style/ltx-base.el
@@ -79,7 +79,8 @@
'("message" "Log Message")
'("@ifundefined" "Macro Name" 2)
'("@ifnextchar" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "character") 2 )
- "expandafter"))))
+ "expandafter")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/ltxdoc.el b/style/ltxdoc.el
index 113e0df..7edf178 100644
--- a/style/ltxdoc.el
+++ b/style/ltxdoc.el
@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@
"ltxdoc"
(lambda ()
(TeX-run-style-hooks "doc")
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "ltx-base")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "ltx-base"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;; Local Variables:
;; coding: iso-8859-1
diff --git a/style/nicefrac.el b/style/luacode.el
similarity index 55%
copy from style/nicefrac.el
copy to style/luacode.el
index 77aee51..9d29c64 100644
--- a/style/nicefrac.el
+++ b/style/luacode.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-;;; nicefrac.el --- AUCTeX style for the LaTeX package `nicefrac.sty' (v0.9b)
+;;; luacode.el --- AUCTeX style for `luacode.sty' version 1.2a.
-;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Christian Schlauer <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,21 +25,39 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `nicefrac.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `luacode.sty' 1.2a.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "nicefrac"
+ "luacode"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("nicefrac" [ "Font changing command" ] "Numerator" "Denominator"))
+ '("luadirect" 1)
+ '("luaexec" 1)
+ '("luastring" 1)
+ '("luastringN" 1)
+ '("luastringO" 1)
+ '("LuaCodeDebugOn" 0)
+ '("LuaCodeDebugOff" 0))
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("luacode")
+ '("luacode*"))
+
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nicefrac" "[{{")) 'textual))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options '("nice" "ugly")
- "Package options for the nicefrac package.")
-
-;;; nicefrac.el ends here
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("luadirect" "{")
+ ("luaexec" "{")
+ ("luastring" "{")
+ ("luastringN" "{")
+ ("luastringO" "{")
+ ("LuaCodeDebugOn")
+ ("LuaCodeDebugOff"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-luacode-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the luacode package.")
+
+;;; luacode.el ends here
diff --git a/style/makeidx.el b/style/makeidx.el
index 3425e49..b80ee47 100644
--- a/style/makeidx.el
+++ b/style/makeidx.el
@@ -40,7 +40,8 @@
;; RefTeX support
(and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(default)))))
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(default))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-makeidx-package-options nil
"Package options for the makeidx package.")
diff --git a/style/mathtools.el b/style/mathtools.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab4065b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/mathtools.el
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+;;; mathtools.el --- Style hook for the LaTeX package `mathtools'.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Created: 2011-02-13
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `mathtools.sty'
+
+;;; Comments:
+
+;;; This package serves as a wrapper for amsmath, adding more features
+;;; and fixing a few bugs in amsmath. The mathstyle argument for many
+;;; of the macros is discussed at
+;;; <http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-4/tb72perlS.pdf>
+
+;;; Code:
+
+;; amsmath options which can be passed directly to mathtools are
+;; appended in the style hook below
+(defvar LaTeX-mathtools-package-options
+ '("fixamsmath" "donotfixamsmathbugs" "allowspaces" "disallowspaces")
+ "Package options for the mathtools package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-mathtools-key-val-options
+ '(("showonlyrefs")
+ ("mathic" ("true" "false"))
+ ("showmanualtags" ("true" "false"))
+ ("firstline-afterskip")
+ ("lastline-preskip")
+ ("multlined-pos" ("c" "b" "t"))
+ ("multlined-width")
+ ("centercolon" ("true" "false"))
+ ("prescript-sub-format")
+ ("prescript-sup-format")
+ ("prescript-arg-format"))
+ "Options for the \\mathtoolsset command")
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "mathtools"
+ (lambda ()
+
+ ;; mathtools requires amsmath, as some bugs in amsmath are fixed
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "amsmath")
+
+ (dolist (elt LaTeX-amsmath-package-options)
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-mathtools-package-options elt))
+
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("lgathered" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
+ '("rgathered" ["Vertical position (t or b)"])
+ '("multlined" LaTeX-mathtools-env-multlined)
+ '("matrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
+ '("pmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
+ '("bmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
+ '("Bmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
+ '("vmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
+ '("Vmatrix*" LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred)
+ '("spreadlines" LaTeX-mathtools-env-spreadlines)
+ "dcases" "dcases*")
+
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("mathtoolsset" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-mathtools-key-val))
+ '("mathclap" 1)
+ '("mathllap" ["Mathstyle"] t)
+ '("mathrlap" ["Mathstyle"] t)
+ '("mathclap" ["Mathstyle"] t)
+ '("mathmakebox" [TeX-arg-size] [ TeX-arg-size ] 1)
+ '("clap" 1)
+ '("mathmbox" 1)
+ '("cramped" 1)
+ '("crampedllap" [ "Mathstye" ] t)
+ '("crampedrlap" [ "Mathstyle" ] t)
+ '("crampedclap" [ "Mathstyle" ] t)
+ '("smashoperator" [ "Position (l, r or lr (default)" ] 2)
+ ;; 3.1.4 Adjusting the limits of operators
+ ;; explicit argument encapsulation does not seem to be required
+ '("adjustlimits" 4)
+ ;; 3.2 Controlling tags
+ '("newtagform" "Name" ["Inner format"] "Left" "Right")
+ '("renewtagform" "Name" ["Inner format"] "Left" "Right")
+ '("usetagform" "Name")
+ '("xleftrightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xLeftarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xRightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xLeftrightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xhookleftarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xhookrightarrow" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xmapsto" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xrightharpoondown" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xrightharpoonup" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xleftharpoondown" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xleftharpoonup" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xrightleftharpoons" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("xleftrightharpoons" ["Below"] "Above")
+ '("underbracket" [ "Rule thickness" ] [ "Bracket height" ] t)
+ '("overbracket" [ "Rule thickness" ] [ "Bracket height" ] t)
+ '("underbrace" 1)
+ '("overbrace" 1)
+ '("LaTeXunderbrace" 1)
+ '("LaTeXoverbrace" 1)
+ ;; 3.4.2
+ '("shoveleft" [ TeX-arg-size ] 1)
+ '("shoveright" [ TeX-arg-size ] 1)
+ ;; don't understand t, but intertext in amsmath.el uses it
+ '("shortintertext" t)
+ '("DeclarePairedDelimeter" TeX-arg-macro "Left delimeter" "Right
delimeter")
+ ;; 3.4.4
+ '("MoveEqLeft" [ "Number" ])
+ '("ArrowBetweenLines" [ TeX-arg-macro ] )
+ '("ArrowBetweenLines*" [ TeX-arg-macro ] )
+ ;; colon operators
+ "vcentcolon" "ordinarycolon" "coloneqq" "Coloneqq"
+ "coloneq" "Coloneq" "eqqcolon" "Eqqcolon" "eqcolon"
+ "Eqcolon" "colonapprox" "Colonapprox" "colonsim" "Colonsim"
+ ;; 3.7.1
+ "lparen" "rparen"
+ ;; left sub/superscripts
+ '("prescript" "Below" "Above" t)
+ ;; Declaring math sizes; this command doesn't seem so relevant, but
+ ;; for completion, it's included
+ '("DeclareMathSizes" 4)
+ ;; Gathered envionments
+ '("newgather" "Name" "Pre-line" "Post-line" "After")
+ '("renewgather" "Name" "Pre-line" "Post-line" "After")
+ ;; Split fractions
+ '("splitfrac" 2)
+ '("splitdfrac" 2))
+
+ (setq LaTeX-item-list
+ (append '(("multlined" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("lgathered" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("rgathered" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("spreadlines" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("matrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("pmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("bmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("Bmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("vmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("Vmatrix*" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("dcases" . LaTeX-item-equation)
+ ("dcases*" . LaTeX-item-equation))
+ LaTeX-item-list))
+
+ (setq LaTeX-label-alist
+ (append '(("lgathered" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ ("rgathered" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ ("multlined" . LaTeX-amsmath-label)
+ LaTeX-label-alist))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-mathtools-env-matrix-starred (env)
+ (let ((where (read-string "(optional) Vertical placement of columns: ")))
+ (if (string= where "")
+ (setq where "")
+ (setq where (concat "[" where "]")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment env where)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-mathtools-env-spreadlines (env)
+ (let ((spread (read-string "Spacing between lines: ")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment env (concat TeX-grop spread TeX-grcl))
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+
+;; FIXME: there are probably more subtle ways to support more than one
+;; optional argument; please change if this is the case
+(defun LaTeX-mathtools-env-multlined (env)
+ (let ((pos (read-string "(optional) Position: "))
+ (width (read-string "(optional) Width: "))
+ (extra ""))
+ (if (not (string= pos ""))
+ (setq pos (concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
+ (setq pos ""))
+ (if (not (string= width ""))
+ (setq width (concat LaTeX-optop width LaTeX-optcl))
+ (setq width ""))
+ (setq extra (concat pos width))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment env extra)
+ (newline-and-indent)))
+
+;;; mathtools.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/mdwlist.el b/style/mdwlist.el
index 2e2634d..af6c9b9 100644
--- a/style/mdwlist.el
+++ b/style/mdwlist.el
@@ -55,7 +55,8 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("makecompactlist" "{{")
("suspend" "[{")
("resume" "[{["))
- 'function))))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-mdwlist-package-options nil
"Package options for the mdwlist package.")
diff --git a/style/memoir.el b/style/memoir.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68b74dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/memoir.el
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+;;; memoir.el --- AUCTeX style for `memoir.cls'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 2012-12-28
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `memoir.cls'. Memoir is a very extensive
+;; document class that lets you configure things very easily; `memoir'
+;; loads (emulates) a lot of classes.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "memoir"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; 6.4 Book and part headings
+ "beforebookskip" "afterbookskip"
+ "beforepartskip" "afterpartskip"
+
+ "printbookname" "booknamefont"
+ "booknamenum"
+ "printbooknum" "booknumfont"
+ "printpartname" "partnamefont"
+ "partnamenum"
+ "printpartnum" "partnumfont"
+
+ '("printbooktitle" "Title")
+ "booktitlefont"
+ '("printparttitle" "Title")
+ "parttitlefont"
+
+ '("bookpagemark" "Title")
+ '("partmark" "Title")
+
+ "bookpageend" "bookblankpage" "nobookblankpage"
+ "partpageend" "partblankpage" "nopartblankpage"
+
+ '("newleadpage" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
+ '("newleadpage*" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
+ '("renewleadpage*" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
+ '("renewleadpage*" [ TeX-arg-pagestyle ] 1 "Title")
+
+ "leadpagetoclevel")
+
+ ;; Emulated packages. The `memoir' class contains a list of files
+ ;; emulated at the end of the class-file
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "abstract" "appendix" "array" "booktabs" "ccaption"
+ "changepage" "chngcntr" "chngpage" "crop" "dcolumn"
+ "delarray" "enumerate" "epigraph" "ifmtarg" "ifetex"
+ "ifluatex" "ifpdf" "ifxetex" "index" "makeidx" "moreverb"
+ "mparhack" "needspace" "newfile" "nextpage" "pagenote"
+ "parskip" "patchcmd" "setspace" "shortvrb" "showidx"
+ "tabularx" "titleref" "titling" "tocbibind" "tocloft"
+ "verbatim" "verse")
+
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+;;; memoir.el ends here
diff --git a/style/metalogo.el b/style/metalogo.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..055347e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/metalogo.el
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+;;; metalogo.el --- AUCTeX style for `metalogo.sty' version 0.12.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for the `metalogo.sty' version 0.12.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "metalogo"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Logos
+ '("LaTeXe")
+ '("XeTeX")
+ '("XeLaTeX")
+ '("LuaTeX")
+ '("LuaLaTeX")
+ ;; Commands
+ '("setlogokern"
+ (TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Kern parameters: "
+ '(("Te") ("eX") ("La") ("aT") ("Xe") ("eT") ("eL") ("X2")))
+ (TeX-arg-length "Dimension"))
+ '("setlogodrop"
+ [TeX-arg-eval completing-read "Drop parameters: "
+ '(("TeX") ("Xe") ("XeTeX"))]
+ (TeX-arg-length "Dimension"))
+ '("setLaTeXa" 1)
+ '("setLaTeXee" 1)
+ '("seteverylogo" 1)
+ '("everylogo" 1))
+
+ ;; The main macros of this package are the logos, while fine-tuning commands
+ ;; probably will be used only by expert users.
+ (TeX-declare-expert-macros
+ "metalogo"
+ "setlogokern" "setlogodrop" "setLaTeXa" "setLaTeXee"
+ "seteverylogo" "everylogo")
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '( ;; Logos
+ ("LaTeXe")
+ ("XeTeX")
+ ("XeLaTeX")
+ ("LuaTeX")
+ ("LuaLaTeX")
+ ;; Commands
+ ("setlogokern" "{{")
+ ("setlogodrop" "[{")
+ ("setLaTeXa" "{")
+ ("setLaTeXee" "{")
+ ("seteverylogo" "{")
+ ("everylogo" "{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-metalogo-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the metalogo package.")
+
+;;; metalogo.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/mflogo.el
similarity index 66%
copy from style/xspace.el
copy to style/mflogo.el
index 15f9216..957e86d 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/mflogo.el
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
-;;; xspace.el --- AUCTeX style for `xspace.sty'
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;;; mflogo.el --- AUCTeX style for `mflogo.sty'
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-02-01
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 2011-02-02
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,27 +24,26 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `xspace.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `mflogo.sty'.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "xspace"
+ "mflogo"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("xspace" 0)
- "xspaceaddexception"
- "xspaceremoveexception")
+ '("textlogo" 1)
+ '("logofamily" 1))
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
- ("xspaceaddexception" "{")
- ("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("logofamily" "{")
+ ("textlogo" "{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
- "Package options for the xspace package.")
+(defvar LaTeX-mflogo-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the mflogo package.")
-;;; xspace.el ends here
+;;; mflogo.el ends here
diff --git a/style/multicol.el b/style/multicol.el
index 5d73221..f57f609 100644
--- a/style/multicol.el
+++ b/style/multicol.el
@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@
'("columnseprulecolor" 0)
'("raggedcolumns" 0)
'("flushcolumns" 0)
- "columnbreak")))
+ "columnbreak"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-multicol-package-options
'("errorshow" "infoshow" "balancingshow" "markshow" "debugshow" "grid")
diff --git a/style/multido.el b/style/multido.el
index 786185e..c9c3a6a 100644
--- a/style/multido.el
+++ b/style/multido.el
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
"multidostop"
"multidocount"
'("fpAdd" "Summand 1" "Summand 2" "Register")
- '("fpSub" "Minuend" "Subtrahend" "Register")))))
+ '("fpSub" "Minuend" "Subtrahend" "Register"))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; multido.el ends here
diff --git a/style/multind.el b/style/multind.el
index 45c710b..76eabfe 100644
--- a/style/multind.el
+++ b/style/multind.el
@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@
;; RefTeX support
(and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
- (reftex-add-index-macros '(multind)))))
+ (reftex-add-index-macros '(multind))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-multind-package-options nil
"Package options for the multind package.")
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/multirow.el
similarity index 65%
copy from style/xspace.el
copy to style/multirow.el
index 15f9216..6d00d5e 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/multirow.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-;;; xspace.el --- AUCTeX style for `xspace.sty'
+;;; multirow.el --- AUCTeX style for `multirow.sty'
;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-02-01
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,27 +25,28 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `xspace.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `multirow.sty'.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "xspace"
+ "multirow"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("xspace" 0)
- "xspaceaddexception"
- "xspaceremoveexception")
+ '("multirow" "Number of rows"
+ [ "Big struts" ] "Width" [ "Fixup" ] t)
+ "multirowsetup")
+
+ (if (not (boundp 'LaTeX-bigstruct-package-options))
+ (TeX-add-symbols "bigstrutjot"))
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
- ("xspaceaddexception" "{")
- ("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("multirow" "{[{")) 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
- "Package options for the xspace package.")
+(defvar LaTeX-multirow-package-options nil
+ "Package options for the multirow package.")
-;;; xspace.el ends here
+;;; multirow.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/nameref.el
similarity index 58%
copy from style/xspace.el
copy to style/nameref.el
index 15f9216..d09ddbe 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/nameref.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-;;; xspace.el --- AUCTeX style for `xspace.sty'
+;;; nameref.el --- AUCTeX style for `nameref.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
-;; Created: 2011-02-01
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -25,27 +25,28 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `xspace.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `nameref.sty'
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "xspace"
+ "nameref"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("xspace" 0)
- "xspaceaddexception"
- "xspaceremoveexception")
-
- ;; Fontification
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ '("nameref" TeX-arg-ref))
+
+ (setq TeX-complete-list
+ (append '(("\\\\nameref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}"))
+ TeX-complete-list))
+
+ ;, Fontification
+ (when (and (fboundp 'font-latex-add-keywords)
+ (fboundp 'font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
- ("xspaceaddexception" "{")
- ("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nameref" "{")) 'reference)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
- "Package options for the xspace package.")
+(defvar LaTeX-nameref-package-options nil
+ "Package options for nameref.")
-;;; xspace.el ends here
+;; nameref.el ends here
diff --git a/style/natbib.el b/style/natbib.el
index bf9971e..522656c 100644
--- a/style/natbib.el
+++ b/style/natbib.el
@@ -105,7 +105,8 @@
;; Tell RefTeX
(if (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format)
- (reftex-set-cite-format 'natbib)))))
+ (reftex-set-cite-format 'natbib))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun natbib-note-args (optional &optional prompt definition)
"Prompt for two note arguments a natbib citation command."
diff --git a/style/naustrian.el b/style/naustrian.el
index 0eb1294..99a7e30 100644
--- a/style/naustrian.el
+++ b/style/naustrian.el
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"naustrian"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "ngerman")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "ngerman"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; naustrian.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ngerman.el b/style/ngerman.el
index 8acd2f5..9c49ee6 100644
--- a/style/ngerman.el
+++ b/style/ngerman.el
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\">" "\"<" german))
;; Prevent "| from leading to color bleed.
(font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist (list (cons ?\" "\\"))))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-de-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; ngerman.el ends here
diff --git a/style/nicefrac.el b/style/nicefrac.el
index 77aee51..3bd308e 100644
--- a/style/nicefrac.el
+++ b/style/nicefrac.el
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nicefrac" "[{{")) 'textual))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("nicefrac" "[{{")) 'textual)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options '("nice" "ugly")
"Package options for the nicefrac package.")
diff --git a/style/nomencl.el b/style/nomencl.el
index 3b04d7b..b22c054 100644
--- a/style/nomencl.el
+++ b/style/nomencl.el
@@ -65,6 +65,7 @@
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("nomenclature" "[{{"))
- 'reference))))
+ 'reference)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; nomencl.el ends here
diff --git a/style/paralist.el b/style/paralist.el
index a004d3c..e528de4 100644
--- a/style/paralist.el
+++ b/style/paralist.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; paralist.el -- AUCTeX style for paralist.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2003-2005, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -72,17 +72,19 @@
'("asparaitem" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
'("inparaitem" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
'("compactitem" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
- '("compactdesc" LaTeX-env-item)
- ;; FIXME: Should not be available if package is loaded with option
- ;; `olditem':
- '("itemize" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
- ;; FIXME: Should not be available if package is loaded with option
- ;; `oldenum':
- '("enumerate" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)
- ;; FIXME: Only defined if package is loaded with option
- ;; `defblank':
- '("asparablank" LaTeX-env-item)
- '("inparablank" LaTeX-env-item))
+ '("compactdesc" LaTeX-env-item))
+ ;; Environments (re)defined only when the package is loaded with particular
+ ;; options.
+ (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "paralist" "olditem")
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("itemize" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)))
+ (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "paralist" "oldenum")
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label)))
+ (when (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "paralist" "defblank")
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("asparablank" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("inparablank" LaTeX-env-item)))
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
@@ -90,7 +92,8 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("setdefaultitem" "{{{{")
("setdefaultenum" "{{{{")
("setdefaultleftmargin" "{{{{{{"))
- 'variable))))
+ 'variable)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-paralist-package-options '("newitem" "olditem" "newenum"
"oldenum" "alwaysadjust"
diff --git a/style/pdfsync.el b/style/pdfsync.el
index a366fd7..39345f4 100644
--- a/style/pdfsync.el
+++ b/style/pdfsync.el
@@ -86,6 +86,7 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"pdfsync"
(lambda ()
- (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
'LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page)))
+ (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function 'LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; pdfsync.el ends here
diff --git a/style/austrian.el b/style/placeins.el
similarity index 67%
copy from style/austrian.el
copy to style/placeins.el
index 13f28a8..cb4fb33 100644
--- a/style/austrian.el
+++ b/style/placeins.el
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-;;; austrian.el --- AUCTeX style for the `austrian' babel option.
+;;; placeins.el --- AUCTeX style for `placeins.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-12-28
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,14 +25,19 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; Set up AUCTeX for editing Austrian text in connection with the
-;; `austrian' babel option.
+;; This file adds support for `placeins.sty'
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "austrian"
+ "placeins"
(lambda ()
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "german")))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("FloatBarrier" 0)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
-;;; austrian.el ends here
+(defvar LaTeX-placeins-package-options
+ '("section" "above" "below" "verbose")
+ "Package options for placeins.")
+
+;; placeins.el ends here
diff --git a/style/plext.el b/style/plext.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9afefc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/plext.el
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+;;; plext.el --- AUCTeX style for the plext package.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Created: 2014-07-05
+;; Keywords: tex, japanese
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for the plext package.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "plext"
+ (lambda ()
+ ;; plext.sty extends some environments to accept option, e.g. <t>,
+ ;; for vertical typesetting.
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ ;; TODO: Add support for minipage and picture
+ ;; environments extension.
+ '("array" LaTeX-plext-env-array)
+ '("tabular" LaTeX-plext-env-array)
+ '("tabular*" LaTeX-plext-env-array))
+
+ (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-array-skipping-regexp)
+ (concat "\\(?:<[tyz]>\\)?[ \t]*" (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" ""))))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'LaTeX-tabular*-skipping-regexp)
+ (concat "\\(?:<[tyz]>\\)?[ \t]*{[^}]*}[ \t]*"
+ (regexp-opt '("[t]" "[b]" "")))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-plext-env-array (env)
+ (let ((dir (read-string "(Optional) Direction (t or y or z): "))
+ (width (if (string= env "tabular*")
+ (read-string "Width: " LaTeX-default-width)))
+ (pos (and LaTeX-default-position ; LaTeX-default-position can
+ ; be nil, i.e. do not prompt
+ (read-string "(Optional) Position: " LaTeX-default-position)))
+ (fmt (read-string "Format: " LaTeX-default-format)))
+ (unless (zerop (length dir))
+ (setq dir (concat "<" dir ">")))
+ (if (string= env "tabular*")
+ (setq LaTeX-default-width width))
+ (setq LaTeX-default-position pos)
+ (setq LaTeX-default-format fmt)
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment env
+ (concat
+ dir
+ (if (string= env "tabular*")
+ (concat TeX-grop width TeX-grcl))
+ (unless (zerop (length pos))
+ (concat LaTeX-optop pos LaTeX-optcl))
+ (concat TeX-grop fmt TeX-grcl)))
+ (if (string= env "tabular*")
+ (LaTeX-item-tabular* t)
+ (LaTeX-item-array t))))
+
+;;; plext.el ends here.
diff --git a/style/plfonts.el b/style/plfonts.el
index 809017c..9df8739 100644
--- a/style/plfonts.el
+++ b/style/plfonts.el
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
;;; plfonts.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Polish text with plfonts.sty
-;; $Id: plfonts.el,v 1.1 1994-01-30 21:17:25 amanda Exp $
-
;;; Commentary:
;;
;; `plfonts.sty' use `"' to make next character Polish.
@@ -26,6 +24,7 @@
(setq TeX-close-quote "\">")
(setq TeX-quote-after-quote t)
(setq TeX-command-default "plLaTeX")
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; plfonts.el ends here
diff --git a/style/plhb.el b/style/plhb.el
index 7d0749b..0705550 100644
--- a/style/plhb.el
+++ b/style/plhb.el
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
;;; plhb.el - Setup AUC TeX for editing Polish text with plhb.sty
-;; $Id: plhb.el,v 1.1 1994-01-30 21:17:27 amanda Exp $
-
;;; Commentary:
;;
;; `plhb.sty' use `"' to make next character Polish.
@@ -26,6 +24,7 @@
(setq TeX-close-quote "\">")
(setq TeX-quote-after-quote t)
(setq TeX-command-default "plLaTeX")
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; plhb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/polish.el b/style/polish.el
index 1538f9c..dac3451 100644
--- a/style/polish.el
+++ b/style/polish.el
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; polish.el ends here
diff --git a/style/polski.el b/style/polski.el
index 7b6fcfc..ef1985b 100644
--- a/style/polski.el
+++ b/style/polski.el
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
;; Fontification of quotation marks.
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '(",," "''")))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-pl-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; polski.el ends here
diff --git a/style/prosper.el b/style/prosper.el
index b0939c7..3b6de6d 100644
--- a/style/prosper.el
+++ b/style/prosper.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; prosper.el --- Prosper style file for AUCTeX
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Philip Lord, Nevin Kapur
;; Authors: Phillip Lord<address@hidden>
;; Nevin Kapur <address@hidden>
@@ -18,23 +18,23 @@
;; This is a propser (http://prosper.sourceforge.net/) style file for
;; AUCTeX.
-;;; Installation:
-;;
-;; For this file to work you need to have a working installation of
-;; AucTeX. After that installtion is simple. Put this file into one of
-;; the directories specified in `TeX-style-path', with the name
-;; "style" rather than "auto" as it might get over written in the
-;; latter.
-;;
-;; Then stick the current for into your .emacs
-;; (eval-after-load "latex"
-;; '(add-to-list 'LaTeX-style-list '("prosper")))
-;;
+;;; Installation:
;;
-;; And that should be it. You check whether it's worked or not by
-;; opening a prosper document, and trying `LaTeX-environment'. "slide"
-;; should be available by tab completion and it should ask you about
-;; overlays.
+;; For this file to work you need to have a working installation of
+;; AucTeX. After that installtion is simple. Put this file into one of
+;; the directories specified in `TeX-style-path', with the name
+;; "style" rather than "auto" as it might get over written in the
+;; latter.
+;;
+;; Then stick the current for into your .emacs
+;; (eval-after-load "latex"
+;; '(add-to-list 'LaTeX-style-list '("prosper")))
+;;
+;;
+;; And that should be it. You check whether it's worked or not by
+;; opening a prosper document, and trying `LaTeX-environment'. "slide"
+;; should be available by tab completion and it should ask you about
+;; overlays.
;;
;; The environment "prosper" should be inserted immediately after the
;; document environment. It will prompt you for options available
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
;; Currently the documentclass expansion doesn't work, unless you
;; enter a documentclass line to let auctex know which style files to
;; load. Then delete this and do it again. Not good. I know no way
-;; around this.
+;; around this.
;;; Code:
@@ -61,8 +61,7 @@
-(defconst LaTeX-prosper-version
- "$Id: prosper.el,v 1.5 2008-05-25 06:50:33 angeli Exp $"
+(defconst LaTeX-prosper-version "2008-05-25"
"prosper.el version.")
(defconst LaTeX-prosper-transition-styles '("Split"
@@ -78,7 +77,7 @@
'("alienglow" "autumn" "azure"
"contemporain" "darkblue" "default" "frames"
"lignesbleues" "nuancegris" "troispoints"
- "alcatel" "gyom" "pascal" "rico"
+ "alcatel" "gyom" "pascal" "rico"
))
(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-title (optional)
@@ -99,8 +98,8 @@
(car LaTeX-prosper-transition-history)
"Replace")))
(TeX-argument-insert
- (completing-read
- (TeX-argument-prompt nil
+ (completing-read
+ (TeX-argument-prompt nil
(format "Transition (Default %s) " default)
t)
(mapcar 'list LaTeX-prosper-transition-styles)
@@ -116,8 +115,8 @@
"Slide Style?"
(mapcar 'list LaTeX-prosper-slide-styles)
nil nil nil nil "default" ))
-
-
+
+
(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-options(environment)
(insert "[" )
(insert (LaTeX-prosper-slide-style-prompt) " ")
@@ -132,15 +131,15 @@
(delete-char -1)
(insert "]"))
-(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-slide (environment)
- (if (y-or-n-p "Surround with overlay ?")
- (progn (TeX-insert-macro "overlays")
- (if (search-backward "{" 0 t)
- (progn
- (goto-char (+ 1 (point)))
- (insert "%\n")))))
- (let ((title (read-string "Title: ")))
- (LaTeX-insert-environment "slide" (concat TeX-grop title TeX-grcl))))
+(defun LaTeX-prosper-insert-slide (environment)
+ (if (y-or-n-p "Surround with overlay ?")
+ (progn (TeX-insert-macro "overlays")
+ (if (search-backward "{" 0 t)
+ (progn
+ (goto-char (+ 1 (point)))
+ (insert "%\n")))))
+ (let ((title (read-string "Title: ")))
+ (LaTeX-insert-environment "slide" (concat TeX-grop title TeX-grcl))))
@@ -153,7 +152,7 @@
'("itemstep" LaTeX-env-item)
'("Itemize" LaTeX-env-item))
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("documentclass"
+ '("documentclass"
LaTeX-prosper-insert-options
LaTeX-prosper-insert-title)
'("title" "Title of the presentation")
@@ -186,7 +185,8 @@
'("PDForPS" TeX-arg-conditional)
'("onlyInPS" t)
'("onlyInPDF" t)
- '("FromSlide" "Number")))))
+ '("FromSlide" "Number"))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; prosper.el ends here
diff --git a/style/psfig.el b/style/psfig.el
index 16df7cf..cf8954f 100644
--- a/style/psfig.el
+++ b/style/psfig.el
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
;;; psfig.el - Support for the psfig style option.
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;; Please direct comments to him.
@@ -22,7 +20,8 @@
(LaTeX-add-environments
'("psfigure" LaTeX-env-psfigure)
)
- )))
+ ))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun TeX-arg-psfig (optional)
"Ask for file, width and length. Insert psfig macro"
diff --git a/style/pst-grad.el b/style/pst-grad.el
index b177561..1e74d8a 100644
--- a/style/pst-grad.el
+++ b/style/pst-grad.el
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)
(setq LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list
(append LaTeX-pstgrad-parameters-name-list
- LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)))))
+ LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; pst-grad.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pst-node.el b/style/pst-node.el
index d5ff274..5da0553 100644
--- a/style/pst-node.el
+++ b/style/pst-node.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; pst-node.el --- AUCTeX style for `pst-node.sty'
-;; Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Holger Sparr <address@hidden>
;; Created: 21 Jun 2007
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
;;; Environments
(defun LaTeX-pstnode-env-psmatrix (env)
"Return psmatrix environment with arguments."
- (let ((opt (completing-read-multiple "Options: "
- LaTeX-pstnode-psmatrix-list)))
+ (let ((opt (TeX-completing-read-multiple "Options: "
+ LaTeX-pstnode-psmatrix-list)))
(LaTeX-insert-environment env opt)))
(TeX-add-style-hook
@@ -186,6 +186,7 @@
'("psrowhook" t)
'("pscolhook" t))
(TeX-run-style-hooks
- "pstricks"))))
+ "pstricks")))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; pst-node.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pst-plot.el b/style/pst-plot.el
index beae60a..74a2946 100644
--- a/style/pst-plot.el
+++ b/style/pst-plot.el
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)
(setq LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list
(append LaTeX-pstplot-parameters-name-list
- LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)))))
+ LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; pst-plot.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pst-slpe.el b/style/pst-slpe.el
index 2c82454..a3f456f 100644
--- a/style/pst-slpe.el
+++ b/style/pst-slpe.el
@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@
(make-local-variable 'LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)
(setq LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list
(append LaTeX-pstslpe-parameters-name-list
- LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list)))))
+ LaTeX-pst-parameters-name-list))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; pst-slpe.el ends here
diff --git a/style/pstricks.el b/style/pstricks.el
index 6e4df32..161370c 100644
--- a/style/pstricks.el
+++ b/style/pstricks.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; pstricks.el --- AUCTeX style for the `pstricks' package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Holger Sparr <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -199,12 +199,12 @@ package PNAME"
(setq preparam (funcall fask preparam)))
;;
(setq param
- (completing-read-multiple
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
(concat
"Params (use <Up,Down> for history or RET for choices): ")
nlist nil nil nil hlist))
;;
- (if (and (string= "" (car param)) (= (length param) 1))
+ (if (not param)
(setq param (funcall fask nil t))
(setq param (car (symbol-value hlist))))
(TeX-argument-insert
@@ -861,6 +861,11 @@ comma separated list. Point has to be within the sexp to
modify."
(TeX-arg-eval LaTeX-pst-angle) LaTeX-pst-point-in-parens t)
'("uput" LaTeX-pst-macro-uput t)
'("multirput" (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps t) t)
- '("multips" (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps nil) t))))
+ '("multips" (LaTeX-pst-macro-multirputps nil) t)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-pstricks-package-options
+ '("97" "plain" "DIA" "vtex" "distiller" "noxcolor")
+ "Package options for pstricks.")
;;; pstricks.el ends here
diff --git a/style/setspace.el b/style/ragged2e.el
similarity index 51%
copy from style/setspace.el
copy to style/ragged2e.el
index 07db8ca..8614425 100644
--- a/style/setspace.el
+++ b/style/ragged2e.el
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-;;; setspace.el --- AUCTeX style for `setspace.sty'
+;;; ragged2e.el --- AUCTeX style for `ragged2e.sty'
;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -25,37 +25,43 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for `setspace.sty'.
+;; This file adds support for `ragged2e.sty'.
;;; Code:
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "setspace"
+ "ragged2e"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("setstretch" "Stretch")
- '("setdisplayskipstretch" "Stretch")
- '("SetSinglespace" "Stretch")
- '("onehalfspacing" 0)
- '("doublespacing" 0)
- '("singlespacing" 0))
+ "CenteringLeftskip"
+ "RaggedLeftLeftskip"
+ "RaggedRightLeftskip"
+ "CenteringRightskip"
+ "RaggedLeftRightskip"
+ "RaggedRightRightskip"
+ "CenteringParfillskip"
+ "RaggedLeftParfillskip"
+ "RaggedRightParfillskip"
+ "CenteringParindent"
+ "RaggedLeftParindent"
+ "RaggedRightParindent"
+ "JustifyingParfillskip"
+ "JustifyingParindent"
+ "ttraggedright"
+ "Centering"
+ "justifying"
+ "RaggedRight"
+ "RaggedLeft")
(LaTeX-add-environments
- '("spacing" "Stretch")
- "singlespace"
- "singlespace*"
- "onehalfspace"
- "doublespace")
-
- (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
- (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("singlespacing" "")
- ("doublespacing" "")
- ("onehalfspacing" ""))
- 'function))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-setspace-package-options
- '("doublespacing" "onehalfspacing" "singlespacing" "nodisplayskipstretch")
- "Package options for the setspace package.")
-
-;;; setspace.el ends here
+ "FlushLeft" "FlushRight" "Center" "justify")
+
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "footmisc" "everysel"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-ragged2e-package-options
+ '("originalcommands" "newcommands" "originalparameters" "document"
+ "newparameters" "footnotes" "raggedrightboxes")
+ "Package options for the ragged2e package.")
+
+;;; ragged2e.el ends here
diff --git a/style/report.el b/style/report.el
index 6791f42..6a4e638 100644
--- a/style/report.el
+++ b/style/report.el
@@ -1,12 +1,21 @@
;;; report.el - Special code for report style.
-;; $Id: report.el,v 1.3 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
-
;;; Code:
+(defvar LaTeX-report-class-options
+ '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
+ "landscape" "10pt" "11pt" "12pt" "oneside" "twoside" "draft" "final"
+ "titlepage" "notitlepage" "openright" "openany" "onecolumn" "twocolumn"
+ "leqno" "fleqn" "openbib")
+ "Package options for the report class.")
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"report"
(lambda ()
- (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")
+ (LaTeX-add-counters "part" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection"
+ "paragraph" "subparagraph" "figure" "table")
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "myheadings"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; report.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ruby.el b/style/ruby.el
index 0a96e57..38451f9 100644
--- a/style/ruby.el
+++ b/style/ruby.el
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
'("rubylatin" 0)
'("rubysize" 0)
'("rubysep" 0)
- '("ruby" t nil))))
+ '("ruby" t nil)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; ruby.el ends here
diff --git a/style/scrartcl.el b/style/scrartcl.el
index fb69221..74b83d5 100644
--- a/style/scrartcl.el
+++ b/style/scrartcl.el
@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
;; Author: Mark Trettin <address@hidden>
;; Created: 2002-09-26
-;; Version: $Id: scrartcl.el,v 1.4 2005-03-17 10:02:06 angeli Exp $
;; Keywords: tex
;;; Commentary:
@@ -21,6 +20,7 @@
(lambda ()
(LaTeX-largest-level-set "section")
;; load basic definitons
- (TeX-run-style-hooks "scrbase")))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "scrbase"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; scrartcl.el ends here
diff --git a/style/scrbase.el b/style/scrbase.el
index 5a8b41f..2414763 100644
--- a/style/scrbase.el
+++ b/style/scrbase.el
@@ -134,6 +134,8 @@
'(("addpart" . nil)
("addsec" . nil)
("minisec" . nil))))
+ ;; Fill \minisec{...} like normal sectioning commands
+ (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally "minisec")
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
@@ -180,7 +182,8 @@
;; Sectioning keywords
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("addpart" "[{")) 'sectioning-1)
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("addsec" "[{")) 'sectioning-2)
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("minisec" "[{")) 'sectioning-4))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("minisec" "[{")) 'sectioning-4)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun TeX-arg-KOMA-setpreamble (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for KOMA-Script's \\set*preamble position with completion."
diff --git a/style/scrbook.el b/style/scrbook.el
index 6cada7d..d4e7152 100644
--- a/style/scrbook.el
+++ b/style/scrbook.el
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@
("dictum" "[{"))
'textual)
;; Sectioning keywords
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; scrbook.el ends here
diff --git a/style/scrlttr2.el b/style/scrlttr2.el
index 136b1c5..44d6270 100644
--- a/style/scrlttr2.el
+++ b/style/scrlttr2.el
@@ -197,7 +197,8 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '("cleardoublestandardpage"
"cleardoubleplainpage"
"cleardoubleemptypage")
- 'warning))))
+ 'warning)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun TeX-arg-KOMA-scrlttr-vars (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for KOMA-Script's scrlttr2 predefined variables with completion."
diff --git a/style/scrpage2.el b/style/scrpage2.el
index ed3d500..34b8497 100644
--- a/style/scrpage2.el
+++ b/style/scrpage2.el
@@ -110,7 +110,8 @@
("newpagestyle" "{{{")
("renewpagestyle" "{{{")
("providepagestyle" "{{{"))
- 'function))))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options '("headinclude" "headexclude"
"footinclude" "footexclude"
diff --git a/style/scrreprt.el b/style/scrreprt.el
index 2ffe3ad..57ec0af 100644
--- a/style/scrreprt.el
+++ b/style/scrreprt.el
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@
("dictum" "[{"))
'textual)
;; Sectioning keywords
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("addchap" "[{")) 'sectioning-1)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; scrreprt.el ends here
diff --git a/style/setspace.el b/style/setspace.el
index 07db8ca..206033e 100644
--- a/style/setspace.el
+++ b/style/setspace.el
@@ -52,7 +52,8 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("singlespacing" "")
("doublespacing" "")
("onehalfspacing" ""))
- 'function))))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-setspace-package-options
'("doublespacing" "onehalfspacing" "singlespacing" "nodisplayskipstretch")
diff --git a/style/shortvrb.el b/style/shortvrb.el
index 2ef191a..0bc3ffb 100644
--- a/style/shortvrb.el
+++ b/style/shortvrb.el
@@ -41,6 +41,29 @@
;;; Code:
+(defcustom LaTeX-shortvrb-chars nil
+ "List of characters toggling verbatim mode.
+When your document uses the shortvrb style and you have a
+\\MakeShortVrb{\\|} in your file to write verbatim text as
+|text|, then set this variable to the list (?|). Then AUCTeX
+fontifies |text| as verbatim.
+
+Preferably, you should do this buffer-locally using a file
+variable near the end of your document like so:
+
+ %% Local Variables:
+ %% LaTeX-shortvrb-chars: (?|)
+ %% End:
+
+When you customize this variable to a non-nil value, then it
+becomes the default value meaning that verbatim fontification is
+always performed for the characters in the list, no matter if
+your document actually defines shortvrb chars using
+\\MakeShortVrb."
+ :group 'LaTeX-style
+ :type '(repeat character))
+(put 'LaTeX-shortvrb-chars 'safe-local-variable 'listp)
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"shortvrb"
(lambda ()
@@ -51,6 +74,11 @@
(let (syntax-alist)
(dolist (char LaTeX-shortvrb-chars)
(add-to-list 'syntax-alist (cons char "|")))
- (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist syntax-alist)))))
+ (font-latex-add-to-syntax-alist syntax-alist))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+;; Don't look for file-local variables before this line, so that the example in
+;; the docstring isn't picked up.
+
;;; shortvrb.el ends here
diff --git a/style/siunitx.el b/style/siunitx.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9722638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/siunitx.el
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+;;; siunitx.el --- AUCTeX style for `siunitx.sty' version 2.5s.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `siunitx.sty' version 2.5s.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-auto-add-type "siunitx-unit" "LaTeX")
+
+;; Self Parsing -- see (info "(auctex)Hacking the Parser").
`\\(?:\\[.*\\]\\)?'
+;; matches possible options (actually used only by `DeclareSIUnit' macro),
+;; wrapped in `[...]'.
+(defvar LaTeX-siunitx-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\Declare"
+ "\\(?:SIUnit\\|SIPrefix\\|BinaryPrefix\\|SIPostPower\\|SIPrepower\\|"
+ "SIQualifier\\)"
+ "[ \t\n\r]*\\(?:\\[.*\\]\\)?[ \t\n\r]*{?\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)}?")
+ "Matches new siunitx unit, prefix, power, and qualifier definitions.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit nil
+ "Temporary for parsing siunitx macro definitions.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-siunitx-prepare ()
+ "Clear `LaTex-auto-siunitx-unit' before use."
+ (setq LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit nil))
+
+(defun LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup ()
+ "Move symbols from `LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit' to `LaTeX-siunitx-unit-list'."
+ (mapcar (lambda (symbol)
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-siunitx-unit-list (list symbol)))
+ LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit))
+
+;; FIXME: This does not seem to work unless one does a manual reparse.
+(add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'LaTeX-siunitx-prepare)
+(add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'LaTeX-siunitx-cleanup)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history nil
+ "History of units in siunitx.")
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit (optional &optional prompt initial-input
+ definition prefix)
+ "Prompt for siunitx units, prefixes, powers, and qualifiers.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string. If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer
+initially, with point positioned at the end. If DEFINITION is
+non-nil, add the chosen unit to the list of defined units. If
+PREFIX is non-nil, insert it before the given input."
+ ;; Remove <SPC> key binding from map used in `TeX-completing-read-multiple'
+ ;; with `require-match' set to `nil' (it's `crm-local-completion-map' if
+ ;; `completing-read-multiple' is bound, `minibuffer-local-completion-map'
+ ;; otherwise) and set completion separator to the TeX escape character.
+ (let* ((crm-local-completion-map
+ (remove (assoc 32 crm-local-completion-map) crm-local-completion-map))
+ (minibuffer-local-completion-map
+ (remove (assoc 32 minibuffer-local-completion-map)
+ minibuffer-local-completion-map))
+ (crm-separator (regexp-quote TeX-esc))
+ (unit (mapconcat 'identity
+ (TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Unit: " t)
+ (LaTeX-siunitx-unit-list) nil nil initial-input
+ 'LaTeX-siunitx-unit-history)
+ TeX-esc)))
+ (if (and definition (not (string-equal "" unit)))
+ (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units unit))
+ (TeX-argument-insert unit optional prefix)))
+
+(defun LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for a LaTeX siunitx unit, prefix, power, and qualifier.
+If OPTIONAL is non-nil, insert the resulting value as an optional
+argument, otherwise as a mandatory one. Use PROMPT as the prompt
+string."
+ (LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit optional
+ (unless prompt (concat "Unit: " TeX-esc))
+ nil t TeX-esc))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-siunitx-package-options
+ '(;; Detecting fonts
+ ("detect-all")
+ ("detect-display-math" ("true" "false"))
+ ("detect-family" ("true" "false"))
+ ("detect-inline-family" ("math" "text"))
+ ("detect-inline-weight" ("math" "text"))
+ ("detect-mode" ("true" "false"))
+ ("detect-none")
+ ("detect-shape" ("true" "false"))
+ ("detect-weight" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Font settings
+ ("color")
+ ("math-rm")
+ ("math-sf")
+ ("math-tt")
+ ("mode" ("math" "text"))
+ ("number-color")
+ ("text-rm")
+ ("text-sf")
+ ("text-tt")
+ ("unit-color")
+ ;; Parsing numbers
+ ("input-close-uncertainty")
+ ("input-comparators")
+ ("input-complex-roots")
+ ("input-decimal-markers")
+ ("input-digits")
+ ("input-exponent-markers")
+ ("input-ignore")
+ ("input-open-uncertainty")
+ ("input-protect-tokens")
+ ("input-signs")
+ ("input-uncertainty-signs")
+ ("input-symbols")
+ ("parse-numbers" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Post-processing numbers
+ ("add-decimal-zero" ("true" "false"))
+ ("add-integer-zero" ("true" "false"))
+ ("explicit-sign")
+ ("fixed-exponent")
+ ("minimum-integer-digits")
+ ("omit-uncertainty" ("true" "false"))
+ ("retain-explicit-plus" ("true" "false"))
+ ("retain-unity-mantissa" ("true" "false"))
+ ("retain-zero-exponent" ("true" "false"))
+ ("round-half" ("up" "even"))
+ ("round-integer-to-decimal" ("true" "false"))
+ ("round-minimum")
+ ("round-mode" ("off" "figures" "places"))
+ ("round-precision")
+ ("scientific-notation" ("true" "false" "fixed" "engineering"))
+ ("zero-decimal-to-integer" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Printing numbers
+ ("bracket-negative-numbers" ("true" "false"))
+ ("bracket-numbers" ("true" "false"))
+ ("close-bracket")
+ ("complex-root-position" ("after-number" "before-number"))
+ ("copy-complex-root")
+ ("copy-decimal-marker")
+ ("exponent-base")
+ ("exponent-product")
+ ("group-digits" ("true" "false" "decimal" "integer"))
+ ("group-minimum-digits")
+ ("group-separator")
+ ("negative-color")
+ ("open-bracket")
+ ("output-close-uncertainty")
+ ("output-complex-root")
+ ("output-decimal-marker")
+ ("output-exponent-marker")
+ ("output-open-uncertainty")
+ ("separate-uncertainty" ("true" "false"))
+ ("tight-spacing" ("true" "false"))
+ ("uncertainty-separator")
+ ;; Multi-part numbers
+ ("fraction-function")
+ ("input-product")
+ ("input-quotient")
+ ("output-product")
+ ("output-quotient")
+ ("quotient-mode" ("symbol" "fraction"))
+ ;; Lists and ranges of numbers
+ ("list-final-separator")
+ ("list-pair-separator")
+ ("list-separator")
+ ("range-phrase")
+ ;; Angles
+ ("add-arc-degree-zero" ("true" "false"))
+ ("add-arc-minute-zero" ("true" "false"))
+ ("add-arc-second-zero" ("true" "false"))
+ ("angle-symbol-over-decimal" ("true" "false"))
+ ("arc-separator")
+ ("number-angle-product")
+ ;; Creating units
+ ("free-standing-units" ("true" "false"))
+ ("overwrite-functions" ("true" "false"))
+ ("space-before-unit" ("true" "false"))
+ ("unit-optional-argument" ("true" "false"))
+ ("use-xspace" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Loading additional units
+ ("abbreviations" ("true" "false"))
+ ("binary-units" ("true" "false"))
+ ("version-1-compatibility" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Using units
+ ("bracket-unit-denominator" ("true" "false"))
+ ("forbid-literal-units" ("true" "false"))
+ ("literal-superscript-as-power" ("true" "false"))
+ ("inter-unit-product")
+ ("parse-units" ("true" "false"))
+ ("per-mode" ("reciprocal" "fraction" "reciprocal-positive-first" "symbol"
+ "repeated-symbol" "symbol-or-fraction"))
+ ("per-symbol")
+ ("power-font" ("number" "unit"))
+ ("prefixes-as-symbols" ("true" "false"))
+ ("qualifier-mode" ("subscript" "brackets" "phrase" "space" "text"))
+ ("qualifier-phrase")
+ ("sticky-per" ("true" "false"))
+ ;; Numbers with units
+ ("allow-number-unit-breaks" ("true" "false"))
+ ("exponent-to-prefix" ("true" "false"))
+ ("list-units" ("brackets" "repeat" "single"))
+ ("multi-part-units" ("brackets" "repeat" "single"))
+ ("number-unit-product")
+ ("product-units" ("repeat" "brackets" "brackets-power" "power" "repeat"
+ "single"))
+ ("range-units" ("brackets" "repeat" "single"))
+ ;; Tabular material
+ ("table-align-comparator" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-align-exponent" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-align-text-pre" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-align-text-post" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-align-uncertainty" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-alignment" ("center" "left" "right"))
+ ("table-auto-round" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-column-width")
+ ("table-comparator" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-figures-decimal")
+ ("table-figures-exponent")
+ ("table-figures-integer")
+ ("table-figures-uncertainty")
+ ("table-format")
+ ("table-number-alignment" ("center-decimal-marker" "center" "left"
"right"))
+ ("table-parse-only" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-omit-exponent" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-space-text-pre")
+ ("table-space-text-post")
+ ("table-sign-exponent" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-sign-mantissa" ("true" "false"))
+ ("table-text-alignment" ("center" "left" "right"))
+ ("table-unit-alignment" ("center" "left" "right"))
+ ;; Symbols
+ ("math-angstrom")
+ ("math-arcminute")
+ ("math-arcsecond")
+ ("math-celsius")
+ ("math-degree")
+ ("math-micro")
+ ("math-ohm")
+ ("redefine-symbols" ("true" "false"))
+ ("text-angstrom")
+ ("text-arcminute")
+ ("text-arcsecond")
+ ("text-celsius")
+ ("text-degree")
+ ("text-micro")
+ ("text-ohm")
+ ;; Other options
+ ("locale" ("FR" "DE" "UK" "US" "ZA"))
+ ("strict"))
+ "Package options for the siunitx package.")
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "siunitx"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-siunitx-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-siunitx-unit))
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Numbers
+ '("ang" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Angle")
+ '("num" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Number")
+ '("numlist" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Numbers")
+ '("numrange" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
+ "Number 1" "Number 2")
+ ;; Units
+ '("si" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
+ '("SI" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
+ "Value" [ "Pre-unit"] LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
+ '("SIlist" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
+ "Values" LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
+ '("SIrange" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
+ "Value 1" "Value 2" LaTeX-arg-siunitx-unit)
+ ;; Settings
+ '("sisetup" (TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options))
+ ;; Tabular material
+ '("tablenum" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options] "Number")
+ ;; Creating new macros (`DeclareSIUnitWithOptions' macro is deprecated)
+ '("DeclareSIUnit" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-siunitx-package-options]
+ (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit) "Symbol")
+ '("DeclareSIPrefix" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Prefix")
+ "Symbol" "Powers of 10")
+ '("DeclareBinaryPrefix" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Prefix")
+ "Symbol" "Powers of 2")
+ '("DeclareSIPostPower" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Name") "Power")
+ '("DeclareSIPrePower" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Name") "Power")
+ '("DeclareSIQualifier" (LaTeX-arg-define-siunitx-unit "Qualifier")
"Symbol")
+ ;; Highlighting
+ '("highlight" "Color")
+ ;; Transferring settings to pgf
+ '("SendSettingsToPgf" 0))
+ ;;; The unit macros
+ ;; SI base units
+ (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
+ "ampere"
+ "candela"
+ "kelvin"
+ "kilogram"
+ "gram"
+ "meter"
+ "metre"
+ "second"
+ ;; Coherent derived units in the SI with special names and symbols
+ "becquerel"
+ "celsius"
+ "degreeCelsius"
+ "coulomb"
+ "farad"
+ "gray"
+ "hertz"
+ "henry"
+ "joule"
+ "katal"
+ "lumen"
+ "lux"
+ "newton"
+ "ohm"
+ "pascal"
+ "radian"
+ "siemens"
+ "sievert"
+ "steradian"
+ "tesla"
+ "volt"
+ "watt"
+ "weber"
+ ;; Non-SI units accepted for use with the International System of Units
+ "day"
+ "degree"
+ "hectare"
+ "hour"
+ "liter"
+ "litre"
+ "arcminute"
+ "minute"
+ "arcsecond"
+ "tonne"
+ ;; Non-SI units whose values in SI units must be obtained experimentally
+ "astronomicalunit"
+ "atomicmassunit"
+ "bohr"
+ "clight"
+ "dalton"
+ "electronmass"
+ "electronvolt"
+ "elementarycharge"
+ "hartree"
+ "planckbar"
+ ;; Other non-SI units.
+ "angstrom"
+ "bar"
+ "barn"
+ "bel"
+ "decibel"
+ "knot"
+ "mmHg"
+ "nauticalmile"
+ "neper"
+ "percent"
+ ;; SI prefixes
+ "yocto"
+ "zepto"
+ "atto"
+ "femto"
+ "pico"
+ "nano"
+ "micro"
+ "milli"
+ "centi"
+ "deci"
+ "deca"
+ "deka"
+ "hecto"
+ "kilo"
+ "mega"
+ "giga"
+ "tera"
+ "peta"
+ "exa"
+ "zetta"
+ "yotta"
+ ;; Powers
+ "square"
+ "squared"
+ "cubic"
+ "cubed"
+ "tothe"
+ "raiseto"
+ "per"
+ "of")
+ ;; Abbreviated units (available unless `abbreviations' option is set to
`false')
+ (unless (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "siunitx"
"abbreviations=false")
+ (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
+ "fg"
+ "pg"
+ "ng"
+ "ug"
+ "mg"
+ "g"
+ "kg"
+ "amu"
+ "pm"
+ "nm"
+ "um"
+ "mm"
+ "cm"
+ "dm"
+ "m"
+ "km"
+ "as"
+ "fs"
+ "ps"
+ "ns"
+ "us"
+ "ms"
+ "s"
+ "fmol"
+ "pmol"
+ "nmol"
+ "umol"
+ "mmol"
+ "mol"
+ "kmol"
+ "pA"
+ "nA"
+ "uA"
+ "mA"
+ "A"
+ "kA"
+ "ul"
+ "ml"
+ "l"
+ "hl"
+ "uL"
+ "mL"
+ "L"
+ "hL"
+ "mHz"
+ "Hz"
+ "kHz"
+ "MHz"
+ "GHz"
+ "THz"
+ "N"
+ "mN"
+ "kN"
+ "MN"
+ "Pa"
+ "kPa"
+ "MPa"
+ "GPa"
+ "mohm"
+ "kohm"
+ "Mohm"
+ "pV"
+ "nV"
+ "uV"
+ "mV"
+ "V"
+ "kV"
+ "uW"
+ "mW"
+ "W"
+ "kW"
+ "MW"
+ "GW"
+ "J"
+ "kJ"
+ "meV"
+ "keV"
+ "MeV"
+ "GeV"
+ "TeV"
+ "kWh"
+ "F"
+ "fF"
+ "pF"
+ "K"
+ "dB"))
+ ;; Binary prefixes and units available when `binary-units' option is used
+ (when (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "siunitx" "binary-units")
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member "siunitx"
"binary-units=true"))
+ (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
+ "kibi"
+ "mebi"
+ "gibi"
+ "tebi"
+ "pebi"
+ "exbi"
+ "zebi"
+ "yobi"
+ "bit"
+ "byte"))
+ ;; Symbols
+ (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
+ "SIUnitSymbolAngstrom"
+ "SIUnitSymbolArcminute"
+ "SIUnitSymbolArcsecond"
+ "SIUnitSymbolCelsius"
+ "SIUnitSymbolDegree"
+ "SIUnitSymbolMicro"
+ "SIUnitSymbolOhm")
+ ;; Macros available when `version-1-compatibility' option is used
+ (when (or (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
+ "siunitx" "version-1-compatibility")
+ (LaTeX-provided-package-options-member
+ "siunitx" "version-1-compatibility=true"))
+ (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units
+ "Square"
+ "ssquare"
+ "BAR"
+ "bbar"
+ "Day"
+ "dday"
+ "Gray"
+ "ggray"
+ "atomicmass"
+ "arcmin"
+ "arcsec"
+ "are"
+ "curie"
+ "gal"
+ "millibar"
+ "rad"
+ "rem"
+ "roentgen"
+ "micA"
+ "micmol"
+ "micl"
+ "micL"
+ "nanog"
+ "micg"
+ "picm"
+ "micm"
+ "Sec"
+ "mics"
+ "cmc"
+ "dmc"
+ "cms"
+ "centimetrecubed"
+ "centimetresquared"
+ "cubiccentimetre"
+ "cubicdecimetre"
+ "squarecentimetre"
+ "squaremetre"
+ "squarekilometre"
+ "parsec"
+ "lightyear"
+ "gmol"
+ "kgmol"
+ "lbmol"
+ "molar"
+ "Molar"
+ "torr"
+ "gon"
+ "micron"
+ "mrad"
+ "gauss"
+ "eVperc"
+ "nanobarn"
+ "picobarn"
+ "femtobarn"
+ "attobarn"
+ "zeptobarn"
+ "yoctobarn"
+ "nb"
+ "pb"
+ "fb"
+ "ab"
+ "zb"
+ "yb"))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "l3keys2e"
+ "array"
+ "amstext"
+ "xparse"
+ "expl3")
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("ang" "[{")
+ ("num" "[{")
+ ("si" "[{")
+ ("SI" "[{[{")
+ ("numlist" "[{")
+ ("numrange" "[{{")
+ ("SIlist" "[{{")
+ ("SIrange" "[{{{")
+ ("sisetup" "{")
+ ("tablenum" "[{")
+ ("DeclareSIUnit" "[|{\\{")
+ ("DeclareSIPrefix" "|{\\{{")
+ ("DeclareBinaryPrefix" "|{\\{{")
+ ("DeclareSIPostPower" "|{\\{")
+ ("DeclareSIPrePower" "|{\\{")
+ ("DeclareSIQualifier" "|{\\{")
+ ("highlight" "{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-siunitx-package-options nil
+ "Prompt for package options for the siunitx package."
+ (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-siunitx-package-options))
+
+;; siunitx.el ends here
diff --git a/style/slides.el b/style/slides.el
index 9e16024..e73826a 100644
--- a/style/slides.el
+++ b/style/slides.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; slides.el --- AUCTeX style for the `slides' document class
-;; Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -31,11 +31,21 @@
;;; Code:
+(defvar LaTeX-slides-class-options
+ '("a4paper" "a5paper" "b5paper" "letterpaper" "legalpaper" "executivepaper"
+ "landscape" "clock" "draft" "final" "titlepage" "notitlepage" "onecolumn"
+ "twocolumn" "leqno" "fleqn")
+ "Package options for the slides class.")
+
(TeX-add-style-hook
"slides"
(lambda ()
(LaTeX-add-environments "slide"
"overlay"
- "note")))
+ "note")
+ (LaTeX-add-counters "minutes" "seconds")
+ (LaTeX-add-pagestyles "headings" "slide" "overlay" "note")
+ (setq LaTeX-default-document-environment "slide"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; slides.el ends here
diff --git a/style/slovak.el b/style/slovak.el
index d147573..3dc107e 100644
--- a/style/slovak.el
+++ b/style/slovak.el
@@ -8,4 +8,5 @@
(when (fboundp 'font-latex-add-quotes)
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"`" "\"'"))
(font-latex-add-quotes '("\"<" "\">" french)))
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sk-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sk-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
diff --git a/style/subfigure.el b/style/subfigure.el
index 945f540..e129e62 100644
--- a/style/subfigure.el
+++ b/style/subfigure.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; subfigure.el --- AUCTeX style file for subfigure.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; AUCTeX style file for subfigure.sty
+;; AUCTeX style file for `subfigure.sty'
;;; Code:
@@ -33,18 +33,23 @@
"subfigure"
(lambda ()
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("subfigure" [ "list entry" ] [ "sub caption" ] "figure")
- '("subtable" [ "list entry" ] [ "sub caption" ] "figure")
- '("Subref" TeX-arg-label)
- '("subref" TeX-arg-label))
- ;; TODO: add \subfig* lengths
+ '("subfigure" [ "List entry" ] [ "Sub caption" ] "Figure")
+ '("subtable" [ "List entry" ] [ "Sub caption" ] "Figure")
+ '("Subref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("subref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("subcapsize" 0)
+ '("subcapfont" 0)
+ '("subcaplabelfont" 0))
+
+ (LaTeX-add-lengths "subfigtopskip" "subfigcapskip" "subfigcaptopadj"
+ "subfigbottomskip" "subfigcapmargin" "subfiglabelskip")
;; Install completion for labels:
(setq TeX-complete-list
(append
- '(("\\\\subref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\Subref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}"))
- TeX-complete-list))
+ '(("\\\\[Ss]ubref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")))
+ TeX-complete-list)
+
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
@@ -53,7 +58,8 @@
'textual)
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("Subref" "{")
("subref" "{"))
- 'reference))))
+ 'reference)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-subfigure-package-options '("normal" "hang" "center"
"centerlast" "nooneline"
diff --git a/style/swedish.el b/style/swedish.el
index 75f6337..adbfdda 100644
--- a/style/swedish.el
+++ b/style/swedish.el
@@ -11,4 +11,5 @@
(setq TeX-quote-language
`("swedish" "''" ,TeX-close-quote ,TeX-quote-after-quote)))
(setq LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language "swedish")
- (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sv-hook)))
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-language-sv-hook))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
diff --git a/style/tabularx.el b/style/tabularx.el
index 0fc8234..a0f3ee3 100644
--- a/style/tabularx.el
+++ b/style/tabularx.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tabularx.el --- AUCTeX style for the tabularx package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -37,6 +37,11 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook
"tabularx"
(lambda ()
+ ;; Make tabularx the default tabular environment
+ (setq LaTeX-default-tabular-environment "tabularx")
+ ;; Use the enhanced tabular indentation
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
+ '("tabularx" LaTeX-indent-tabular))
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
"tracingtabularx"
@@ -47,6 +52,10 @@
;; tabular* environment. However, the supported tokens in the
;; format can differ, so at some point in time we might want to
;; separate tabular* and tabularx.
- '("tabularx" LaTeX-env-tabular*))))
+ '("tabularx" LaTeX-env-tabular*))
+
+ ;; `tabularx' requires array to define the column types
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "array"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; tabularx.el ends here
diff --git a/style/tabularx.el b/style/tabulary.el
similarity index 51%
copy from style/tabularx.el
copy to style/tabulary.el
index 0fc8234..c17b96e 100644
--- a/style/tabularx.el
+++ b/style/tabulary.el
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-;;; tabularx.el --- AUCTeX style for the tabularx package.
+;;; tabulary.el --- AUCTeX style for the tabulary package.
-;; Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
-;; Created: 2009-02-22
+;; Created: 2013-07-14
;; Keywords: tex
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,27 +26,33 @@
;;; Commentary:
-;; This file adds support for the tabularx package.
+;; This file adds support for the tabulary package.
;;; Code:
-(defvar LaTeX-tabularx-package-options
- '("infoshow" "debugshow")
- "Package options for the tabularx package.")
+(defvar LaTeX-tabulary-package-options
+ '("debugshow")
+ "Package options for the tabulary package.")
(TeX-add-style-hook
- "tabularx"
+ "tabulary"
(lambda ()
+ ;; Make tabulary the default tabular environment
+ (setq LaTeX-default-tabular-environment "tabulary")
+ ;; Use the enhanced tabular indentation
+ (add-to-list 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list
+ '("tabulary" LaTeX-indent-tabular))
;; New symbols
(TeX-add-symbols
- "tracingtabularx"
- '("tabularxcolumn" 0))
+ "tymax" "tymin" "tyformat")
;; New environments
(LaTeX-add-environments
- ;; XXX: The tabularx environment takes the same arguments as the
- ;; tabular* environment. However, the supported tokens in the
- ;; format can differ, so at some point in time we might want to
- ;; separate tabular* and tabularx.
- '("tabularx" LaTeX-env-tabular*))))
+ ;; TODO: tabulary defines some new column types, but there is no completion
+ ;; so far in `LaTeX-env-tabular*'
+ '("tabulary" LaTeX-env-tabular*))
-;;; tabularx.el ends here
+ ;; `tabulary' requires the array package
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "array"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+;;; tabulary.el ends here
diff --git a/style/ulem.el b/style/ulem.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3b3491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/ulem.el
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+;;; ulem.el --- AUCTeX style for `ulem.sty'
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `ulem.sty'.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "ulem"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("uline" 1)
+ '("uuline" 1)
+ '("uwave" 1)
+ '("sout" 1)
+ '("xout" 1)
+ ;; can be used with \renewcommand or \setlength
+ "ULthickness"
+ "ULdepth"
+ ;; custom commands can be defined with these commands; see the
+ ;; documentation for an example
+ "ULon"
+ "markoverwith"
+ ;; \useunder {underline_command}{font_declaration}{font_command}
+ ;; replaces occurences of font_declaration and font_command with the
+ ;; underline_command
+ '("useunder" TeX-arg-ulem-useunder
+ TeX-arg-ulem-fontdecl TeX-arg-ulem-fontcmd))
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ ;; Tell font-lock about the update.
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("useunder" "{{{")) 'function)
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("uline" "{")
+ ("uwave" "{")
+ ("sout" "{")
+ ("xout" "{")) 'textual)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-arg-fontdecl
+ (mapcar (lambda (str) (concat "\\" str))
+ '("itshape" "bfseries" "scshape"
+ "ttfamily" "upshape" "mdseries"
+ "rmfamily" "sffamily" "slshape"))
+ "List of font declaration commands in LaTeX")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-arg-fontcmd
+ (mapcar (lambda (str) (concat "\\" str))
+ '("textit" "textbf" "textsc"
+ "texttt" "textup" "textmd"
+ "textrm" "textsf" "textsl"))
+ "List of font commands in LaTeX")
+
+(defun TeX-arg-ulem-fontdecl (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for the font-declaration un \\useunder"
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt
+ optional prompt "Font declaration")
+ LaTeX-arg-fontdecl nil t) optional))
+
+(defun TeX-arg-ulem-fontcmd (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for the font-declaration un \\useunder"
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt
+ optional prompt "Font command")
+ LaTeX-arg-fontcmd nil t) optional))
+
+;; adapted from url.el:TeX-arg-urlstyle
+(defun TeX-arg-ulem-useunder (optional &optional prompt)
+ "Prompt for underline command used in \\useunder"
+ (TeX-argument-insert
+ (completing-read (TeX-argument-prompt optional prompt "Underline command")
+ (mapcar 'list
+ (mapcar (lambda (str) (concat "\\" str))
+ '("uline" "uuline"
+ "uwave" "sout" "xout")))
+ nil t) optional))
+
+(defvar LaTeX-ulem-package-options
+ '("UWforbf" "ULforem" "normalbf" "normalem")
+ "Package options for the ulem package.")
+
+;;; ulem.el ends here
diff --git a/style/unicode-math.el b/style/unicode-math.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7ed089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/unicode-math.el
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+;;; unicode-math.el --- AUCTeX style for `unicode-math.sty' version 0.7e.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds support for `unicode-math.sty' version 0.7e.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list
+ '(("math-style" ("ISO" "TeX" "french" "upright" "literal"))
+ ("bold-style" ("ISO" "TeX" "upright" "literal"))
+ ("sans-style" ("italic" "upright" "literal"))
+ ("nabla" ("italic" "upright" "literal"))
+ ("partial" ("upright" "italic" "literal"))
+ ("vargreek-shape" ("unicode" "TeX"))
+ ("colon" ("literal" "TeX"))
+ ("slash-delimiter" ("ascii" "frac" "div")))
+ "Package options for the unicode-math package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-unicode-math-setmathfont-options
+ (append LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list
+ '(("range")
+ ("script-font")
+ ("script-features")
+ ("sscript-font")
+ ("sscript-features")))
+ "Options for the setmathfont macro of the unicode-math package.")
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "unicode-math"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks "ifxetex" "ifluatex" "expl3" "xparse" "l3keys2e"
+ "fontspec" "catchfile" "fix-cm" "filehook")
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("setmathfont" [TeX-arg-key-val LaTeX-unicode-math-setmathfont-options]
+ "Math font name")
+ '("unimathsetup" (TeX-arg-key-val
LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list)))
+
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("setmathfont" "[{")
+ ("unimathsetup" "{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options ()
+ "Prompt for package options for the unicode-math package."
+ (TeX-read-key-val t LaTeX-unicode-math-package-options-list))
+
+;;; unicode-math.el ends here
diff --git a/style/units.el b/style/units.el
index 88ba73d..8320e52 100644
--- a/style/units.el
+++ b/style/units.el
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@
;; Fontification
(when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
(eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
- (font-latex-add-keywords '(("unit" "[{") ("unitfrac" "[{{")) 'textual))))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("unit" "[{") ("unitfrac" "[{{")) 'textual)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-units-package-options '("tight" "loose")
"Package options for the units package.")
diff --git a/style/url.el b/style/url.el
index 0084be4..efdc297 100644
--- a/style/url.el
+++ b/style/url.el
@@ -78,7 +78,8 @@
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords)
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults))))
+ (font-lock-set-defaults)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defun TeX-arg-urlstyle (optional &optional prompt)
"Prompt for style used in \\urlstyle with completion."
diff --git a/style/varioref.el b/style/varioref.el
index 77c791b..8811391 100644
--- a/style/varioref.el
+++ b/style/varioref.el
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
;;; varioref.el --- AUCTeX style file with support for varioref.sty
-;; Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
+;; Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
@@ -26,38 +27,53 @@
(TeX-add-style-hook "varioref"
(lambda ()
-
+
(TeX-add-symbols
;; The macros with label arguments
- '("vref" TeX-arg-label)
- '("vpageref" [ "Same page text" ] [ "different page text" ]
TeX-arg-label)
- '("fullref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("vref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("Vref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vrefrange" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vrefrange*" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vref*" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("Vref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("Ref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vpageref" [ "Same page text" ] [ "Different page text" ] TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vpageref*" [ "Same page text" ] [ "Different page text" ]
+ TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("fullref" TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("labelformat" TeX-arg-counter t)
+
+ '("vpagerefrange" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
+ '("vpagerefrange*" [ "Same page text" ] TeX-arg-ref TeX-arg-ref)
;; And the other macros used for customization
"reftextbefore" "reftextfacebefore"
- "reftextafter" "reftextfaceafter"
- "reftextfaraway" "vreftextvario" "vrefwarning")
+ "reftextafter" "reftextfaceafter" "reftexlabelrange"
+ "reftextfaraway" "vreftextvario" "vrefwarning"
+ "vpagerefnum" "vrefshowerrors")
- ;; Install completion for labels
+ ;; Install completion for labels. Only offer completion for
+ ;; commands that take only one reference as an argument
(setq TeX-complete-list
(append
- '(("\\\\vref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
- ("\\\\vpageref\\(\\[[^]]*\\]\\)*{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)"
+ '(("\\\\[Vv]ref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\vref\\*?{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\Ref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\vref\\*{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\fullref{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)" 1 LaTeX-label-list "}")
+ ("\\\\vpageref\\*?\\(\\[[^]]*\\]\\)*{\\([^{}\n\r\\%,]*\\)"
2 LaTeX-label-list "}"))
- TeX-complete-list))))
-
-(defvar LaTeX-varioref-package-options '("draft" "final" "afrikaans"
- "american" "austrian" "naustrian"
- "brazil" "breton" "catalan" "croatian"
- "czech" "danish" "dutch" "english"
- "esperanto" "finnish" "french"
- "galician" "german" "ngerman" "greek"
- "italian" "magyar" "norsk" "nynorsk"
- "polish" "portuges" "romanian"
- "russian" "slovak" "slovene"
- "spanish" "swedish" "turkish"
- "francais" "germanb")
+ TeX-complete-list)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defvar LaTeX-varioref-package-options
+ '("draft" "final" "afrikaans" "american" "austrian" "naustrian" "basque"
+ "brazil" "breton" "bahasam" "catalan" "croatian" "czech" "danish"
+ "dutch" "english" "esperanto" "finnish" "french" "galician" "german"
+ "icelandic" "ngerman" "greek" "italian" "magyar" "norsk" "nynorsk"
+ "polish" "portuges" "romanian" "russian" "slovak" "slovene"
+ "spanish" "swedish" "turkish" "ukrainian" "francais" "germanb")
"Package options for the varioref package.")
;;; varioref.el ends here
diff --git a/style/verbatim.el b/style/verbatim.el
index 2c95def..1fb7bdd 100644
--- a/style/verbatim.el
+++ b/style/verbatim.el
@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@
(LaTeX-add-environments
"comment")
(TeX-add-symbols
- '("verbatiminput" TeX-arg-file)))))
+ '("verbatiminput" TeX-arg-file))))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-verbatim-package-options nil
"Package options for the verbatim package.")
diff --git a/style/virtex.el b/style/virtex.el
index 18f58bc..e774b46 100644
--- a/style/virtex.el
+++ b/style/virtex.el
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@
"vcenter" "vfil" "vfill" "vfilneg" "vfuzz"
"voffset" "vrule" "vsize" "vskip" "vss" "vtop"
"wd" "widowpenalty" "write" "xdef" "xleaders"
- "xspaceskip" "year")))
+ "xspaceskip" "year"))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
;;; virtex.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xparse.el b/style/xparse.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d75f81c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style/xparse.el
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+;;; xparse.el --- AUCTeX style for `xparse.sty' version 4467.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Author: Mosè Giordano <address@hidden>
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file adds basic support for `xparse.sty' version 4467. It
+;; doesn't parse argument specification of macros and environments.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar LaTeX-xparse-macro-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\\\(?:Declare\\|New\\|Renew\\|Provide\\|DeclareExpandable\\)"
+ "DocumentCommand[ \t\n\r]*{?[ \t\n\r]*\\\\\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}?"
+ ;; The following is the opening brace of argument specification and is
+ ;; needed to skip internal macros containing `:' or `_'.
+ "[ \t\n\r]*{")
+ "Matches macros by xparse package.")
+
+(defvar LaTeX-xparse-environment-regexp
+ (concat "\\\\\\(?:Declare\\|New\\|Renew\\|Provide\\)DocumentEnvironment"
+ "[ \t\n\r]*{[ \t\n\r]*\\([A-Za-z]+\\)[ \t\n\r]*}")
+ "Matches environments by xparse package.")
+
+(TeX-add-style-hook
+ "xparse"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp `(,LaTeX-xparse-macro-regexp 1 TeX-auto-symbol))
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp
+ `(,LaTeX-xparse-environment-regexp 1 LaTeX-auto-environment))
+ (TeX-run-style-hooks
+ "expl3")
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ ;; Declaring commands and environments
+ '("DeclareDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
+ '("NewDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
+ '("RenewDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-macro "Argument specification" t)
+ '("ProvideDocumentCommand" TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
+ '("DeclareDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-define-environment
+ "Argument specification" t t)
+ '("NewDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-define-environment
+ "Argument specification" t t)
+ '("RenewDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-environment
+ "Argument specification" t t)
+ '("ProvideDocumentEnvironment" TeX-arg-define-environment
+ "Argument specification" t t)
+ ;; Fully-expandable document commands
+ '("DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand"
+ TeX-arg-define-macro "Argument specification" t)
+ ;; Testing special values
+ '("IfBooleanTF" 3)
+ '("IfBooleanT" 3)
+ '("IfBooleanF" 3)
+ '("IfNoValueTF" 3)
+ '("IfNoValueT" 3)
+ '("IfNoValueF" 3)
+ '("IfValueTF" 3)
+ '("IfValueT" 3)
+ '("IfValueF" 3)
+ "BooleanTrue"
+ "BooleanFalse"
+ ;; Argument processors
+ "ProcessedArgument"
+ "ReverseBoolean"
+ '("SplitArgument" "Number" "Token")
+ "SplitList"
+ "TrimSpaces"
+ '("ProcessList" "List" "Functiom")
+ ;; Access to the argument specification
+ '("GetDocumentCommandArgSpec" TeX-arg-macro)
+ '("GetDocumentEnvironmmentArgSpec" TeX-arg-environment)
+ '("ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec" TeX-arg-macro)
+ '("ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec" TeX-arg-environment))
+ ;; Fontification
+ (when (and (featurep 'font-latex)
+ (eq TeX-install-font-lock 'font-latex-setup))
+ (font-latex-add-keywords '(("DeclareDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
+ ("NewDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
+ ("RenewDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
+ ("ProvideDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
+ ("DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand" "|{{{")
+ ("DeclareDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{")
+ ("NewDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{")
+ ("RenewDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{")
+ ("ProvideDocumentEnvironment" "{{{{"))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
+
+(defun LaTeX-xparse-package-options ()
+ "Read the xparse package options from the user."
+ (TeX-read-key-val t '(("log-declarations" ("true" "false")))))
+
+;;; xparse.el ends here
diff --git a/style/xspace.el b/style/xspace.el
index 15f9216..dda6238 100644
--- a/style/xspace.el
+++ b/style/xspace.el
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Mads Jensen <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Created: 2011-02-01
;; Keywords: tex
@@ -43,7 +44,8 @@
(font-latex-add-keywords '(("xspace" "")
("xspaceaddexception" "{")
("xspaceremoveexception" "{"))
- 'function))))
+ 'function)))
+ LaTeX-dialect)
(defvar LaTeX-xspace-package-options nil
"Package options for the xspace package.")
diff --git a/tex-bar.el b/tex-bar.el
index cf7bc1d..f3cbaf1 100644
--- a/tex-bar.el
+++ b/tex-bar.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-bar.el --- toolbar icons on AUCTeX in GNU emacs and XEmacs
-;; Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2004-2008, 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
;; modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ If there is no help, the empty string is returned."
(defcustom TeX-bar-TeX-buttons
'(new-file open-file dired kill-buffer save-buffer cut copy paste undo
- [separator nil] tex next-error view bibtex)
+ [separator nil] tex next-error view bibtex spell)
"List of buttons available in `tex-mode'.
It should be a list in the same format of the BUTTONS parameter
in function `toolbarx-install-toolbar', often a symbol that
@@ -114,7 +114,8 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists'."
(const view)
(const file)
(const bibtex)
- (const clean))
+ (const clean)
+ (const spell))
;; (const latex-symbols-experimental)
(repeat (choice (symbol :tag "Label")
(vector :args ((symbol :tag "Label in Emacs ")
@@ -136,8 +137,7 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists'."
assqs-button-alists)))
(setq assqs-button-alists (nreverse assqs-button-alists))
;; displaying results
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*"))
+ (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*")
(erase-buffer)
(insert "Available buttons for TeX mode
================================")
@@ -196,7 +196,11 @@ the argument BUTTON-ALIST in function
`toolbarx-install-toolbar'."
(clean :image "delete"
:command (TeX-command "Clean" 'TeX-master-file -1)
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
- (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Clean"))))
+ (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Clean")))
+ (spell :image "spell"
+ :command (TeX-command "Spell" 'TeX-master-file -1)
+ :help (lambda (&rest ignored)
+ (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Spell"))))
;; latex-symbols-experimental?
"Alist for button definitions in TeX bar.
Value should le a list where each element is of format (KEY .
@@ -226,7 +230,7 @@ format of the argument MEANING-ALIST in the mentioned
function."
(defcustom TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons
'(new-file open-file dired kill-buffer save-buffer cut copy paste undo
- [separator nil] latex next-error view bibtex)
+ [separator nil] latex next-error view bibtex spell)
"List of buttons available in `latex-mode'.
It should be a list in the same format of the BUTTONS parameter
in function `toolbarx-install-toolbar', often a symbol that
@@ -257,6 +261,7 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-LaTeX-all-button-alists'."
(const file)
(const bibtex)
(const clean)
+ (const spell)
(const latex-symbols-experimental))
(repeat (choice (symbol :tag "Label")
(vector :args ((symbol :tag "Label in Emacs ")
@@ -278,8 +283,7 @@ alists, see variable `TeX-bar-LaTeX-all-button-alists'."
assqs-button-alists)))
(setq assqs-button-alists (nreverse assqs-button-alists))
;; displaying results
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*"))
+ (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX tool bar buttons*")
(erase-buffer)
(insert "Available buttons for LaTeX mode
================================")
@@ -332,13 +336,19 @@ the argument BUTTON-ALIST in function
`toolbarx-install-toolbar'."
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
(TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "File")))
(bibtex :image "bibtex"
- :command (TeX-command "BibTeX" 'TeX-master-file -1)
+ :command (TeX-command (if LaTeX-using-Biber "Biber" "BibTeX")
+ 'TeX-master-file -1)
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
- (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "BibTeX")))
+ (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list
+ (if LaTeX-using-Biber "Biber" "BibTeX"))))
(clean :image "delete"
:command (TeX-command "Clean" 'TeX-master-file -1)
:help (lambda (&rest ignored)
(TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Clean")))
+ (spell :image "spell"
+ :command (TeX-command "Spell" 'TeX-master-file -1)
+ :help (lambda (&rest ignored)
+ (TeX-bar-help-from-command-list "Spell")))
(latex-symbols-experimental . (:alias :eval-group
LaTeX-symbols-toolbar-switch-contents
LaTeX-symbols-toolbar-contents)))
@@ -361,6 +371,10 @@ format of the argument MEANING-ALIST in the mentioned
function."
(add-to-list 'toolbarx-image-path
(expand-file-name "images" TeX-data-directory))
(add-hook 'TeX-PDF-mode-hook 'toolbarx-refresh nil t)
+ ;; Refresh the toolbar after styles update because `LaTeX-using-Biber' value
+ ;; could have been changed. Append the refresh to the hook so it is run
after
+ ;; the other styles-related changes.
+ (add-hook 'TeX-update-style-hook 'toolbarx-refresh t t)
(toolbarx-install-toolbar TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons
(let ((append-list))
(dolist (elt TeX-bar-LaTeX-all-button-alists)
diff --git a/tex-buf.el b/tex-buf.el
index 07f0502..a3538ba 100644
--- a/tex-buf.el
+++ b/tex-buf.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-buf.el --- External commands for AUCTeX.
-;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
-;; 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex, wp
@@ -91,8 +90,8 @@ Return non-nil if document needs to be re-TeX'ed."
If a prefix argument OVERRIDE-CONFIRM is given, confirmation will
depend on it being positive instead of the entry in `TeX-command-list'."
(interactive "P")
- (TeX-command (TeX-command-query (TeX-master-file)) 'TeX-master-file
- override-confirm))
+ (TeX-command (TeX-command-query (TeX-master-file nil nil t))
+ 'TeX-master-file override-confirm))
(defvar TeX-command-region-begin nil)
(defvar TeX-command-region-end nil)
@@ -267,26 +266,72 @@ the master file."
(find-file (TeX-master-file TeX-default-extension))
(switch-to-buffer TeX-command-buffer)))
-(defun TeX-next-error (reparse)
+(defvar TeX-error-last-visited -1
+ "Index of the last visited error listed in `TeX-error-list'.
+
+This variable is intended to be set only in output buffer so it
+will be shared among all files of the same document.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-last-visited)
+
+(defun TeX-get-parse-function ()
+ "Get the parse function for the current buffer."
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-process-get-variable (TeX-active-master) 'TeX-parse-function)))
+
+(defun TeX-next-error (&optional arg reparse)
"Find the next error in the TeX output buffer.
-With \\[universal-argument] prefix, start from the beginning of the errors."
+
+A prefix ARG specifies how many error messages to move;
+negative means move back to previous error messages, if possible.
+
+If REPARSE is non-nil, reparse the error message buffer.
+
+\\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error
+message buffer and start at the first error."
(interactive "P")
- (if (null (TeX-active-buffer))
- (next-error reparse)
- (funcall (TeX-process-get-variable (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-active-master))
- 'TeX-parse-function)
- reparse)))
+ (if (or (null (TeX-active-buffer))
+ (eq 'compilation-mode (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ major-mode)))
+ (if (featurep 'xemacs)
+ (next-error arg)
+ (next-error arg reparse))
+
+ ;; Force reparsing when the function is called with a universal-argument.
+ (if (consp arg) (setq reparse t arg nil))
+
+ (funcall (TeX-get-parse-function) arg reparse)))
(defun TeX-previous-error (arg)
- "Find the previous error in the TeX output buffer."
- (interactive "P")
- (if (null (TeX-active-buffer))
+ "Find the previous error in the TeX output buffer.
+
+Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move backward (or
+forward, if negative).
+
+This works only with TeX commands and if the
+`TeX-parse-all-errors' variable is non-nil."
+ (interactive "p")
+ (if (or (null (TeX-active-buffer))
+ (eq 'compilation-mode (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ major-mode)))
(previous-error arg)
- (error "Jumping to previous error not supported")))
+
+ (let ((parse-function (TeX-get-parse-function)))
+ (if (and TeX-parse-all-errors (equal parse-function 'TeX-parse-TeX))
+ ;; When `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil and the parsing function is
+ ;; `TeX-parse-TeX' we can move backward in the errors.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX (- arg) nil)
+ ;; XXX: moving backward in the errors hasn't yet been implemented for
+ ;; other parsing functions.
+ (error "Jumping to previous error not supported.")))))
;;; Command Query
+(defvar TeX-error-overview-frame nil
+ "The frame of the error overview.")
+
+(defconst TeX-error-overview-buffer-name "*TeX errors*"
+ "Name of the buffer in which to show error list.")
+
(defun TeX-command (name file &optional override-confirm)
"Run command NAME on the file returned by calling FILE.
@@ -316,6 +361,14 @@ asked if it is positive, and suppressed if it is not."
(read-from-minibuffer (concat name " command: ") command
nil nil)))
+ ;; Kill the frame and buffer associated to the error overview before
running
+ ;; the command, but keep them if the command to be run is View.
+ (unless (string= name "View")
+ (if (frame-live-p TeX-error-overview-frame)
+ (delete-frame TeX-error-overview-frame))
+ (if (get-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
+ (kill-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)))
+
;; Now start the process
(setq file (funcall file))
(TeX-process-set-variable file 'TeX-command-next TeX-command-Show)
@@ -334,7 +387,7 @@ without further expansion."
(concat (and (stringp TeX-command-pos) TeX-command-pos)
(apply ',file args)
(and (stringp TeX-command-pos) TeX-command-pos)))))
- case-fold-search string expansion arguments)
+ expansion-res case-fold-search string expansion arguments)
(setq list (cons
(list "%%" (lambda nil
(setq pos (1+ pos))
@@ -357,7 +410,13 @@ without further expansion."
(TeX-function-p expansion))
(apply expansion arguments))
((boundp expansion)
- (apply (eval expansion) arguments))
+ (setq expansion-res
+ (apply (eval expansion) arguments))
+ (when (eq expansion 'file)
+ ;; Advance past the file name in order to
+ ;; prevent expanding any substring of it.
+ (setq pos (+ pos (length expansion-res))))
+ expansion-res)
(t
(error "Nonexpansion %s" expansion)))))
(if (stringp string)
@@ -381,7 +440,8 @@ ORIGINALS which are modified but not saved yet."
(dolist (orig originals)
(dolist (ext extensions)
(let ((filepath (concat path orig "." ext)))
- (if (file-exists-p filepath)
+ (if (or (file-exists-p filepath)
+ (get-file-buffer filepath))
(setq existingoriginals (cons filepath existingoriginals)))))))
(while buffers
(let* ((buffer (car buffers))
@@ -394,7 +454,7 @@ ORIGINALS which are modified but not saved yet."
(y-or-n-p (concat "Save file "
(buffer-file-name buffer)
"? ")))
- (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (save-buffer)))))))
+ (with-current-buffer buffer (save-buffer)))))))
(dolist (eo existingoriginals)
(if (file-newer-than-file-p eo derived)
(setq found t)))
@@ -435,7 +495,7 @@ ORIGINALS which are modified but not saved yet."
(completing-read
(concat "Command: (default " default ") ")
(TeX-mode-specific-command-list major-mode) nil t
- nil 'TeX-command-history))))
+ nil 'TeX-command-history default))))
;; If the answer is "latex" it will not be expanded to "LaTeX"
(setq answer (car-safe (TeX-assoc answer TeX-command-list)))
(if (and answer
@@ -504,8 +564,7 @@ QUEUE is non-nil when we are checking for the printer
queue."
(defun TeX-view-mouse (event)
"Start `TeX-view' at mouse position."
(interactive "e")
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer (window-buffer (posn-window (event-start event))))
+ (with-current-buffer (window-buffer (posn-window (event-start event)))
(goto-char (posn-point (event-start event)))
(TeX-view)))
@@ -571,7 +630,7 @@ Return the new process."
(set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buff)
(if dir (cd dir))
(insert "Running `" name "' on `" file "' with ``" command "''\n")
- (setq mode-name name)
+ (TeX-output-mode)
(if TeX-show-compilation
(display-buffer buffer)
(message "Type `%s' to display results of compilation."
@@ -617,8 +676,7 @@ Return the new process."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer-name file))
(process (TeX-run-command name command file)))
;; Hook to TeX debuger.
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer buffer
(TeX-parse-reset)
(setq TeX-parse-function 'TeX-parse-TeX)
(setq TeX-sentinel-function 'TeX-TeX-sentinel)
@@ -680,7 +738,7 @@ run of `TeX-run-TeX', use
(TeX-synchronous-sentinel name file process))))
(defun TeX-run-Biber (name command file)
- "Create a process for NAME using COMMAND to format FILE with Biber."
+ "Create a process for NAME using COMMAND to format FILE with Biber."
(let ((process (TeX-run-command name command file)))
(setq TeX-sentinel-function 'TeX-Biber-sentinel)
(if TeX-process-asynchronous
@@ -689,7 +747,8 @@ run of `TeX-run-TeX', use
(defun TeX-run-compile (name command file)
"Ignore first and third argument, start compile with second argument."
- (compile command))
+ (let ((default-directory (TeX-master-directory)))
+ (setq TeX-command-buffer (compile command))))
(defun TeX-run-shell (name command file)
"Ignore first and third argument, start shell-command with second argument."
@@ -811,8 +870,7 @@ reasons. Use `TeX-run-function' instead."
(defun TeX-synchronous-sentinel (name file result)
"Process TeX command output buffer after the process dies."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer (file-name-nondirectory file))))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer buffer
;; Append post-mortem information to the buffer
(goto-char (point-max))
@@ -843,8 +901,7 @@ reasons. Use `TeX-run-function' instead."
(set-process-buffer process nil)
(set-process-sentinel process nil))
((memq (process-status process) '(signal exit))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer buffer
;; Append post-mortem information to the buffer
(goto-char (point-max))
@@ -886,10 +943,21 @@ NAME is the name of the process.")
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-sentinel-default-function)
(defun TeX-TeX-sentinel (process name)
- "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running TeX."
+ "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running TeX.
+
+Parse the output buffer to collect errors and warnings if the
+variable `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
+
+Open the error overview if
+`TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
+errors or warnings to show."
(if (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check process name)
()
(message (concat name ": formatted " (TeX-current-pages)))
+ (if TeX-parse-all-errors
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors))
+ (if (and TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run TeX-error-list)
+ (TeX-error-overview))
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-Show)))
(defun TeX-current-pages ()
@@ -926,10 +994,10 @@ Return nil ifs no errors were found."
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default)
;; error reported to TeX-error-report-switches
(setq TeX-error-report-switches
- (plist-put TeX-error-report-switches
- (intern (plist-get TeX-error-report-switches
- 'TeX-current-master))
- t))
+ (plist-put TeX-error-report-switches
+ (intern (plist-get TeX-error-report-switches
+ 'TeX-current-master))
+ t))
t)
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-Show)
nil))
@@ -950,7 +1018,18 @@ Warnings can be indicated by LaTeX or packages."
;; should go into latex.el? --pg
(defun TeX-LaTeX-sentinel (process name)
- "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running LaTeX."
+ "Cleanup TeX output buffer after running LaTeX.
+
+Parse the output buffer to collect errors and warnings if the
+variable `TeX-parse-all-errors' is non-nil.
+
+Open the error overview if
+`TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run' is non-nil and there are
+errors or warnings to show."
+ (if TeX-parse-all-errors
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors))
+ (if (and TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run TeX-error-list)
+ (TeX-error-overview))
(cond ((TeX-TeX-sentinel-check process name))
((and (save-excursion
(re-search-forward
@@ -981,7 +1060,7 @@ Warnings can be indicated by LaTeX or packages."
(TeX-current-pages))
(setq TeX-command-next (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
TeX-command-BibTeX)))
- ((re-search-forward "Package biblatex Warning: Please rerun LaTeX" nil t)
+ ((re-search-forward "Package biblatex Warning: Please rerun LaTeX" nil
t)
(message "%s%s" "You should run LaTeX again, " (TeX-current-pages))
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default))
((re-search-forward "^(biblatex)\\W+Page breaks have changed" nil t)
@@ -993,6 +1072,12 @@ Package natbib Warning: Citation(s)\\)" nil t)
(message "%s%s" "You should run LaTeX again to get references right, "
(TeX-current-pages))
(setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default))
+ ((re-search-forward
+ "^\\(?:(rerunfilecheck)\\|Package hyperref Warning:\\)\\W+\
+Rerun to get outlines right" nil t)
+ (message "%s%s" "You should run LaTeX again to get outlines right, "
+ (TeX-current-pages))
+ (setq TeX-command-next TeX-command-default))
((re-search-forward "^LaTeX Warning: Reference" nil t)
(message "%s%s%s" name ": there were unresolved references, "
(TeX-current-pages))
@@ -1091,8 +1176,7 @@ defined."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer name)))
(if (and buffer
(local-variable-p symbol buffer))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer buffer
(symbol-value symbol))
default)))
@@ -1101,8 +1185,7 @@ defined."
Return nil iff no process buffer exist."
(let ((buffer (TeX-process-buffer name)))
(if buffer
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer buffer
(set symbol value)
t)
nil)))
@@ -1250,8 +1333,8 @@ command."
(defun TeX-active-buffer ()
"Return the buffer of the active process for this buffer."
(and TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-process-buffer (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
- (TeX-active-master)))))
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-process-buffer (TeX-active-master)))))
(defun TeX-active-master (&optional extension nondirectory)
"The master file currently being compiled.
@@ -1374,8 +1457,7 @@ original file."
(setq original (TeX-quote-filename (file-relative-name
original (TeX-master-directory)))
master-name (TeX-quote-filename master-name))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer file-buffer)
+ (with-current-buffer file-buffer
(setq buffer-undo-list t)
(setq original-content (buffer-string))
(erase-buffer)
@@ -1427,7 +1509,7 @@ the directory."
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-point)
(defvar TeX-error-file nil
- "Stack of files in which errors have occured.")
+ "Stack of files in which errors have occurred.")
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-file)
@@ -1436,34 +1518,68 @@ the directory."
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-offset)
-(defun TeX-parse-reset ()
- "Reset all variables used for parsing TeX output."
- (setq TeX-error-point (point-min))
- (setq TeX-error-offset nil)
- (setq TeX-error-file nil))
+(defun TeX-parse-reset (&optional reparse)
+ "Reset all variables used for parsing TeX output.
+If optional argument REPARSE is non-nil, reparse the output log."
+ (setq TeX-error-point (point-min)
+ TeX-error-offset nil
+ TeX-error-file nil
+ TeX-error-list nil
+ TeX-error-last-visited -1)
+ (if reparse
+ (TeX-parse-all-errors)))
;;; - Parsers Hooks
-(defun TeX-parse-command (reparse)
+;; All this parsers hooks should have the same arguments even though they will
+;; be ignored, because `TeX-next-error' can call any of these functions.
+(defun TeX-parse-command (arg reparse)
"We can't parse anything but TeX."
- (error "I cannot parse %s output, sorry"
+ (error "I cannot parse %s output, sorry."
(if (TeX-active-process)
(process-name (TeX-active-process))
"this")))
-(defun TeX-parse-TeX (reparse)
+(defun TeX-parse-TeX (arg reparse)
"Find the next error produced by running TeX.
-With \\[universal-argument] prefix, start from the beginning of the errors.
+
+ARG specifies how many error messages to move, when possible;
+negative means move back to previous error messages.
+
+If REPARSE is non-nil, reparse the output log.
If the file occurs in an included file, the file is loaded (if not
already in an Emacs buffer) and the cursor is placed at the error."
(let ((old-buffer (current-buffer))
- (default-major-mode major-mode))
+ (default-major-mode major-mode)
+ max-index item)
+
+ ;; Switch to the output buffer.
(with-current-buffer (TeX-active-buffer)
(if reparse
- (TeX-parse-reset))
- (goto-char TeX-error-point)
- (TeX-parse-error old-buffer))))
+ (TeX-parse-reset reparse))
+ (if TeX-parse-all-errors
+ (progn
+ (setq max-index (length TeX-error-list)
+ TeX-error-last-visited (+ (or arg 1) TeX-error-last-visited)
+ item (if (natnump TeX-error-last-visited)
+ (nth TeX-error-last-visited TeX-error-list)
+ ;; XEmacs doesn't support `nth' with a negative index.
+ nil))
+ (if (< TeX-error-last-visited -1)
+ (setq TeX-error-last-visited -1))
+ (cond ((or (null item)
+ (< TeX-error-last-visited 0))
+ (if (> TeX-error-last-visited max-index)
+ (setq TeX-error-last-visited max-index))
+ (message "No more errors.")
+ (beep)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer old-buffer))
+ (t
+ (apply 'TeX-find-display-help item))))
+
+ (goto-char TeX-error-point)
+ (TeX-parse-error old-buffer)))))
;;; - Parsing (La)TeX
@@ -1473,8 +1589,39 @@ already in an Emacs buffer) and the cursor is placed at
the error."
You might want to examine and modify the free variables `file',
`offset', `line', `string', `error', and `context' from this hook.")
-(defun TeX-parse-error (old)
- "Goto next error. Pop to OLD buffer if no more errors are found."
+(defvar TeX-error-list nil
+ "List of warnings and errors.
+
+This variable is intended to be set only in output buffer so it
+will be shared among all files of the same document.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-error-list)
+
+(defcustom TeX-parse-all-errors t
+ "Whether to automatically collect all warning and errors after running TeX.
+
+If t, it makes it possible to use `TeX-previous-error' with TeX
+commands."
+ :group 'TeX-command
+ :type 'boolean)
+
+(defun TeX-parse-all-errors ()
+ "Parse TeX output buffer to collect all warnings and errors."
+ ;; Reset error list.
+ (setq TeX-error-list nil)
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (while (TeX-parse-error nil t)))
+ ;; Reset last visited error.
+ (setq TeX-error-last-visited -1))
+
+(defun TeX-parse-error (old &optional store)
+ "Goto next error. Pop to OLD buffer if no more errors are found.
+
+If the optional argument STORE is non-nil, the function will
+store the found warning or error in `TeX-error-list' instead of
+displaying the issue.
+
+Return non-nil if an error or warning is found."
(let ((regexp
(concat
;; TeX error
@@ -1486,8 +1633,10 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
\\(?:[\\/]+\\(?:\\.+[^()\r\n{} \\/]*\\|[^()\r\n{} .\\/]+\
\\(?: [^()\r\n{} .\\/]+\\)*\\(?:\\.[-0-9a-zA-Z_.]*\\)?\\)?\\)*\\)\
)*\\(?: \\|\r?$\\)\\|"
- ;; End of file
- "\\()\\))*\\|"
+ ;; End of file. The [^:] skips package messages like:
+ ;; Package hyperref Message: Driver (autodetected): hpdftex.
+ ;; [Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]
+ "\\()\\)[^:.]\\|"
;; Hook to change line numbers
" !\\(?:offset(\\([---0-9]+\\))\\|"
;; Hook to change file name
@@ -1496,15 +1645,17 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
"^\\(\\(?:Overfull\\|Underfull\\|Tight\\|Loose\\)\
\\\\.*?[0-9]+--[0-9]+\\)\\|"
;; LaTeX warning
- "^\\(LaTeX [A-Za-z]*\\|Package [A-Za-z]+ \\)Warning:.*")))
+ "^\\(LaTeX [A-Za-z]*\\|Package [A-Za-z]+ \\)Warning:.*"))
+ (error-found nil))
(while
(cond
((null
(re-search-forward regexp nil t))
;; No more errors.
- (message "No more errors.")
- (beep)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer old)
+ (unless store
+ (message "No more errors.")
+ (beep)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer old))
nil)
;; TeX error
((match-beginning 1)
@@ -1514,15 +1665,17 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(push nil TeX-error-offset))
(unless (car TeX-error-offset)
(rplaca TeX-error-file (TeX-match-buffer 2))))
+ (setq error-found t)
(if (looking-at "Preview ")
t
- (TeX-error)
+ (TeX-error store)
nil))
;; LaTeX bad box
((match-beginning 7)
(if TeX-debug-bad-boxes
(progn
- (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 7))
+ (setq error-found t)
+ (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 7) store)
nil)
(re-search-forward "\r?\n\
\\(?:.\\{79\\}\r?\n\
@@ -1532,7 +1685,8 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
((match-beginning 8)
(if TeX-debug-warnings
(progn
- (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 8))
+ (setq error-found t)
+ (TeX-warning (TeX-match-buffer 8) store)
nil)
t))
@@ -1549,7 +1703,7 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(push nil TeX-error-offset)
(goto-char end))
t)
-
+
;; End of file -- Pop from stack
((match-beginning 4)
(when (> (length TeX-error-file) 0)
@@ -1557,23 +1711,86 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(pop TeX-error-offset))
(goto-char (match-end 4))
t)
-
+
;; Hook to change line numbers
((match-beginning 5)
(setq TeX-error-offset
(list (string-to-number (TeX-match-buffer 5))))
t)
-
+
;; Hook to change file name
((match-beginning 6)
(setq TeX-error-file
(list (TeX-match-buffer 6)))
- t)))))
-
-(defun TeX-error ()
- "Display an error."
-
- (let* (;; We need the error message to show the user.
+ t)))
+ error-found))
+
+(defun TeX-find-display-help (type file line error offset context string
+ line-end bad-box error-point)
+ "Find the error and display the help."
+ (unless file
+ (cond
+ ;; XXX: error messages have to be different?
+ ((equal type 'error)
+ (error "Error occurred after last TeX file closed"))
+ (t
+ (error "Could not determine file for warning"))))
+
+ ;; Go back to TeX-buffer
+ (let ((runbuf (TeX-active-buffer))
+ (master (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (expand-file-name (TeX-master-file))))
+ (command-buffer TeX-command-buffer)
+ error-file-buffer start)
+ (run-hooks 'TeX-translate-location-hook)
+ (setq error-file-buffer
+ (find-file
+ (expand-file-name file (file-name-directory master))))
+ ;; Set the value of `TeX-command-buffer' in the next file with an
+ ;; error to be displayed to the value it has in the current buffer.
+ (with-current-buffer error-file-buffer
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buffer))
+
+ ;; Find the location of the error or warning.
+ (when line
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (forward-line (+ offset line -1))
+ (cond
+ ;; Error.
+ ((equal type 'error)
+ (if (not (string= string " "))
+ (search-forward string nil t)))
+ ;; Warning or bad box.
+ (t
+ (beginning-of-line 0)
+ (setq start (point))
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (forward-line (+ offset line-end -1))
+ (end-of-line)
+ (when string
+ (search-backward string start t)
+ (search-forward string nil t)))))
+
+ ;; Display the help.
+ (cond ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer runbuf nil t)
+ (goto-char error-point)
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer error-file-buffer nil t))
+ (TeX-display-help
+ (TeX-help-error
+ error
+ (if (equal type 'warning) (concat "\n" context) context)
+ runbuf type))
+ (t
+ (message (concat "! " error))))))
+
+(defun TeX-error (&optional store)
+ "Display an error.
+
+If optional argument STORE is non-nil, store the error
+information in `TeX-error-list' instead of displaying the error."
+
+ (let* ( ;; We need the error message to show the user.
(error (progn
(re-search-forward "\\(.*\\)")
(TeX-match-buffer 1)))
@@ -1617,43 +1834,24 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
;; Remember where we was.
(setq TeX-error-point (point))
-
- ;; Find the error.
- (if (null file)
- (error "Error occured after last TeX file closed"))
- (let ((runbuf (current-buffer))
- (master (with-current-buffer
- TeX-command-buffer
- (expand-file-name (TeX-master-file))))
- (command-buffer TeX-command-buffer)
- error-file-buffer)
- (run-hooks 'TeX-translate-location-hook)
- (setq error-file-buffer (find-file file))
- ;; Set the value of `TeX-command-buffer' in the next file with an
- ;; error to be displayed to the value it has in the current buffer.
- (with-current-buffer error-file-buffer
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buffer))
- (goto-line (+ offset line))
- (if (not (string= string " "))
- (search-forward string nil t))
-
- ;; Explain the error.
- (cond ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer runbuf nil t)
- (goto-char TeX-error-point)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer error-file-buffer nil t))
- (TeX-display-help
- (TeX-help-error error context runbuf))
- (t
- (message (concat "! " error)))))))
-
-(defun TeX-warning (string)
- "Display a warning for STRING."
-
- (let* ((error (concat "** " string))
-
- ;; bad-box is nil if this is a "LaTeX Warning"
- (bad-box (string-match "\\\\[vh]box.*[0-9]*--[0-9]*" string))
+ (if store
+ ;; Store the error information.
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-error-list
+ (list 'error file line error offset context string nil nil
+ TeX-error-point) t)
+ ;; Find the error point and display the help.
+ (TeX-find-display-help
+ 'error file line error offset context string nil nil TeX-error-point))))
+
+(defun TeX-warning (warning &optional store)
+ "Display a warning for WARNING.
+
+If optional argument STORE is non-nil, store the warning
+information in `TeX-error-list' instead of displaying the
+warning."
+
+ (let* ( ;; bad-box is nil if this is a "LaTeX Warning"
+ (bad-box (string-match "\\\\[vh]box.*[0-9]*--[0-9]*" warning))
;; line-string: match 1 is beginning line, match 2 is end line
(line-string (if bad-box " \\([0-9]*\\)--\\([0-9]*\\)"
"on input line \\([0-9]*\\)\\."))
@@ -1661,8 +1859,8 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(word-string (if bad-box "[][\\W() ---]\\(\\w+\\)[][\\W() ---]*$"
"`\\(\\w+\\)'"))
- ;; Get error-line (warning)
- (line (when (re-search-backward line-string nil t)
+ ;; Get error-line (warning).
+ (line (when (save-excursion (re-search-backward line-string nil t))
(string-to-number (TeX-match-buffer 1))))
(line-end (if bad-box (string-to-number (TeX-match-buffer 2))
line))
@@ -1684,7 +1882,8 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(error-point (point))
;; Now find the error word.
- (string (when (re-search-backward word-string context-start t)
+ (string (when (save-excursion
+ (re-search-backward word-string context-start t))
(TeX-match-buffer 1)))
;; We might use these in another file.
@@ -1695,47 +1894,75 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(goto-char error-point)
(setq TeX-error-point (point))
- (unless file
- (error "Could not determine file for warning"))
-
- ;; Go back to TeX-buffer
- (let ((runbuf (current-buffer))
- (master (with-current-buffer
- TeX-command-buffer
- (expand-file-name (TeX-master-file))))
- (command-buffer TeX-command-buffer)
- error-file-buffer)
- (run-hooks 'TeX-translate-location-hook)
- (setq error-file-buffer (find-file file))
- ;; Set the value of `TeX-command-buffer' in the next file with an
- ;; error to be displayed to the value it has in the current buffer.
- (with-current-buffer error-file-buffer
- (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-buffer) command-buffer))
- ;; Find line and string
- (when line
- (goto-line (+ offset line))
- (beginning-of-line 0)
- (let ((start (point)))
- (goto-line (+ offset line-end))
- (end-of-line)
- (when string
- (search-backward string start t)
- (search-forward string nil t))))
- ;; Display help
- (cond ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer runbuf nil t)
- (goto-char TeX-error-point)
- (TeX-pop-to-buffer error-file-buffer nil t))
- (TeX-display-help
- (TeX-help-error error (if bad-box context (concat "\n" context))
- runbuf))
- (t
- (message (concat "! " error)))))))
+ (if store
+ ;; Store the warning information.
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-error-list
+ (list (if bad-box 'bad-box 'warning) file line warning
+ offset context string line-end bad-box
+ TeX-error-point) t)
+ ;; Find the warning point and display the help.
+ (TeX-find-display-help (if bad-box 'bad-box 'warning) file line warning
+ offset context string line-end bad-box
+ TeX-error-point))))
;;; - Help
-(defun TeX-help-error (error output runbuffer)
- "Print ERROR in context OUTPUT from RUNBUFFER in another window."
+(defgroup TeX-error-description-faces nil
+ "Faces used in error descriptions."
+ :prefix "TeX-error-description-"
+ :group 'TeX-output)
+
+(defface TeX-error-description-error
+ (if (< emacs-major-version 22)
+ nil
+ ;; This is the same as `error' face in latest GNU Emacs versions.
+ '((((class color) (min-colors 88) (background light))
+ :foreground "Red1" :weight bold)
+ (((class color) (min-colors 88) (background dark))
+ :foreground "Pink" :weight bold)
+ (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background light))
+ :foreground "Red1" :weight bold)
+ (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background dark))
+ :foreground "Pink" :weight bold)
+ (((class color) (min-colors 8))
+ :foreground "red" :weight bold)
+ (t (:inverse-video t :weight bold))))
+ "Face for \"Error\" string in error descriptions.")
+
+(defface TeX-error-description-warning
+ (if (< emacs-major-version 22)
+ nil
+ ;; This is the same as `warning' face in latest GNU Emacs versions.
+ '((((class color) (min-colors 16)) :foreground "DarkOrange" :weight bold)
+ (((class color)) :foreground "yellow" :weight bold)))
+ "Face for \"Warning\" string in error descriptions.")
+
+(defface TeX-error-description-tex-said
+ (if (< emacs-major-version 22)
+ nil
+ ;; This is the same as `font-lock-function-name-face' face in latest GNU
+ ;; Emacs versions.
+ '((((class color) (min-colors 88) (background light))
+ :foreground "Blue1")
+ (((class color) (min-colors 88) (background dark))
+ :foreground "LightSkyBlue")
+ (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background light))
+ :foreground "Blue")
+ (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background dark))
+ :foreground "LightSkyBlue")
+ (((class color) (min-colors 8))
+ :foreground "blue" :weight bold)
+ (t (:inverse-video t :weight bold))))
+ "Face for \"TeX said\" string in error descriptions.")
+
+(defface TeX-error-description-help
+ '((t (:inherit TeX-error-description-tex-said)))
+ "Face for \"Help\" string in error descriptions.")
+
+(defun TeX-help-error (error output runbuffer type)
+ "Print ERROR in context OUTPUT from RUNBUFFER in another window.
+TYPE is a symbol specifing if ERROR is a real error, a warning or
+a bad box."
(let ((old-buffer (current-buffer))
(log-file (with-current-buffer runbuffer
@@ -1750,36 +1977,48 @@ You might want to examine and modify the free variables
`file',
(setq TeX-error-pointer (+ TeX-error-pointer 1)))
(TeX-pop-to-buffer (get-buffer-create "*TeX Help*") nil t)
- (erase-buffer)
- (insert "ERROR: " error
- "\n\n--- TeX said ---"
- output
- "\n--- HELP ---\n"
- (let ((help (cdr (nth TeX-error-pointer
- TeX-error-description-list))))
- (save-excursion
- (if (and (string= help "No help available")
- (let* ((log-buffer (find-buffer-visiting log-file)))
- (if log-buffer
- (progn
- (set-buffer log-buffer)
- (revert-buffer t t))
- (setq log-buffer
- (find-file-noselect log-file))
- (set-buffer log-buffer))
- (auto-save-mode nil)
- (setq buffer-read-only t)
- (goto-line (point-min))
- (search-forward error nil t 1))
- (re-search-forward "^l\\." nil t)
- (re-search-forward "^ [^\n]+$" nil t))
- (let ((start (1+ (point))))
- (forward-char 1)
- (re-search-forward "^$")
- (concat "From the .log file...\n\n"
- (buffer-substring start (point))))
- help))))
+ (let ((inhibit-read-only t))
+ (erase-buffer)
+ (insert
+ (cond
+ ((equal type 'error)
+ (propertize "ERROR" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-error))
+ ((equal type 'warning)
+ (propertize "WARNING" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-warning))
+ ((equal type 'bad-box)
+ (propertize "BAD BOX" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-warning)))
+ ": " error
+ (propertize "\n\n--- TeX said ---" 'font-lock-face
+ 'TeX-error-description-tex-said)
+ output
+ (propertize "\n--- HELP ---\n" 'font-lock-face
+ 'TeX-error-description-help)
+ (let ((help (cdr (nth TeX-error-pointer
+ TeX-error-description-list))))
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (and (string= help "No help available")
+ (let* ((log-buffer (find-buffer-visiting log-file)))
+ (if log-buffer
+ (progn
+ (set-buffer log-buffer)
+ (revert-buffer t t))
+ (setq log-buffer
+ (find-file-noselect log-file))
+ (set-buffer log-buffer))
+ (auto-save-mode nil)
+ (setq buffer-read-only t)
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (search-forward error nil t 1))
+ (re-search-forward "^l\\." nil t)
+ (re-search-forward "^ [^\n]+$" nil t))
+ (let ((start (1+ (point))))
+ (forward-char 1)
+ (re-search-forward "^$")
+ (concat "From the .log file...\n\n"
+ (buffer-substring start (point))))
+ help)))))
(goto-char (point-min))
+ (TeX-special-mode)
(TeX-pop-to-buffer old-buffer nil t)))
;;; Error Messages
@@ -2202,6 +2441,336 @@ error."
(regexp :tag "Match")
(string :format "Description:\n%v"))))
+;;; Error Overview
+
+(defvar TeX-error-overview-active-buffer nil
+ "The active buffer for the current error overview.")
+
+(defvar TeX-error-overview-orig-frame nil
+ "Frame from which the error overview has been launched.")
+
+(defvar TeX-error-overview-orig-window nil
+ "Window from which the error overview has been launched.")
+
+(defcustom TeX-error-overview-setup nil
+ "The frame setup of the error overview.
+
+The possible value is: `separate-frame' (error oveview in a
+separate frame); with a nil value the current frame is used.
+
+If the display does not support multi frame, the current frame
+will be used regardless of the value of this variable."
+ :group 'TeX-output
+ :type '(choice
+ (const :tag "Error overview in separate frame" separate-frame)
+ (const :tag "Use current frame" nil)))
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview-setup ()
+ "Return the frame setup of the error overview for the current display."
+ (and (display-multi-frame-p) TeX-error-overview-setup))
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview-goto-source (&optional button)
+ "Go to the error point in the source.
+If optional argument BUTTON is non-nil, go to source associated
+to the selected error."
+ (interactive)
+ (let ((index (if button (button-get button 'id) (tabulated-list-get-id)))
+ item window)
+ (if index
+ (progn
+ ;; Select the source frame/window, if still live.
+ (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
+ (if (frame-live-p TeX-error-overview-orig-frame)
+ (select-frame TeX-error-overview-orig-frame)
+ (error "You have deleted a vital frame---\
+please restart TeX error overview"))
+ (if (window-live-p TeX-error-overview-orig-window)
+ (select-window TeX-error-overview-orig-window)
+ (error "You have deleted a vital window---\
+please restart TeX error overview")))
+ ;; Get the error details.
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
+ (setq item (nth index TeX-error-list)
+ TeX-error-last-visited index))
+ ;; Find the error and display the help.
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ ;; For consistency with `TeX-parse-TeX', use the major mode of
+ ;; `TeX-command-buffer' when visiting the error point.
+ (let ((default-major-mode major-mode))
+ ;; Find the error and display the help.
+ (apply 'TeX-find-display-help item)))
+ ;; Return to the error overview.
+ (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
+ (select-frame TeX-error-overview-frame)
+ (if (setq window
+ (get-buffer-window TeX-error-overview-buffer-name))
+ ;; If error overview window is visible just select it.
+ (select-window window)
+ ;; Otherwise, split the help window and display the error overview
+ ;; near to it. This should be the only reason for the error
+ ;; overview window not being still visible after the beginning of
+ ;; the function.
+ (select-window
+ (get-buffer-window (cond
+ ((eq TeX-display-help 'expert)
+ TeX-error-overview-active-buffer)
+ (TeX-display-help "*TeX Help*"))))
+ (if (window-splittable-p (selected-window) t)
+ (split-window-horizontally)
+ (split-window-vertically))
+ (switch-to-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name))))
+ (message "No more errors.")
+ (beep))))
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview-make-entries (&optional master-dir)
+ "Generate the list of errors to be printed using `tabulated-list-entries'.
+Write file names relative to MASTER-DIR when they are not absolute."
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
+ (let ((id 0)
+ type file line msg entries)
+ (mapc
+ (lambda (entry)
+ (setq type (nth 0 entry)
+ file (nth 1 entry)
+ line (nth 2 entry)
+ msg (nth 3 entry))
+ (add-to-list
+ 'entries
+ (list
+ ;; ID.
+ id
+ (vector
+ ;; File.
+ (if (stringp file)
+ (if (file-name-absolute-p file)
+ file
+ (file-relative-name file master-dir))
+ "")
+ ;; Line.
+ (if (numberp line)
+ (number-to-string line)
+ "")
+ ;; Type.
+ (cond
+ ((equal type 'error)
+ (propertize "Error" 'font-lock-face 'TeX-error-description-error))
+ ((equal type 'warning)
+ (propertize "Warning" 'font-lock-face
+ 'TeX-error-description-warning))
+ ((equal type 'bad-box)
+ (propertize "Bad box" 'font-lock-face
+ 'TeX-error-description-warning))
+ (t
+ ""))
+ ;; Message.
+ (list (if (stringp msg) msg "")
+ 'face 'link
+ 'follow-link t
+ 'id id
+ 'action 'TeX-error-overview-goto-source)
+ )) t)
+ (setq id (1+ id))) TeX-error-list)
+ entries)))
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview-next-error (&optional arg)
+ "Move to the next line and find the associated error.
+
+A prefix ARG specifies how many error messages to move; negative
+means move back to previous error messages."
+ (interactive "p")
+ (if (= (forward-line arg) 0)
+ (TeX-error-overview-goto-source)
+ ;; If there are lines left to move we are at the beginning or at the end of
+ ;; the buffer and there are no more errors.
+ (message "No more errors.")
+ (beep)))
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview-previous-error (&optional arg)
+ "Move to the previous line and find the associated error.
+
+Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move backward (or
+forward, if negative)."
+ (interactive "p")
+ (TeX-error-overview-next-error (- arg)))
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview-quit ()
+ "Delete the window or the frame of the error overview."
+ (interactive)
+ (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
+ (delete-frame TeX-error-overview-frame)
+ (delete-window))
+ (setq TeX-error-overview-orig-frame nil))
+
+(defvar TeX-error-overview-mode-map
+ (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))
+ (menu-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
+ (define-key map "n" 'TeX-error-overview-next-error)
+ (define-key map "p" 'TeX-error-overview-previous-error)
+ (define-key map "q" 'TeX-error-overview-quit)
+ (define-key map "\C-m" 'TeX-error-overview-goto-source)
+ map)
+ "Local keymap for `TeX-error-overview-mode' buffers.")
+
+(defvar TeX-error-overview-list-entries nil
+ "List of errors to be used in the error overview.")
+
+(define-derived-mode TeX-error-overview-mode tabulated-list-mode
+ "TeX errors"
+ "Major mode for listing TeX errors."
+ (setq tabulated-list-format [("File" 25 nil)
+ ("Line" 4 nil :right-align t)
+ ("Type" 7 nil)
+ ("Message" 0 nil)]
+ tabulated-list-padding 1
+ tabulated-list-entries TeX-error-overview-list-entries)
+ (tabulated-list-init-header)
+ (tabulated-list-print))
+
+(defcustom TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters
+ '((name . "TeX errors")
+ (title . "TeX errors")
+ (height . 10)
+ (width . 80)
+ (top . (- 0))
+ (left . (- 0))
+ (unsplittable . t)
+ (minibuffer . nil)
+ (vertical-scroll-bars . t)
+ (tool-bar-lines . 0))
+ "Parameters of the error overview frame."
+ :group 'TeX-output
+ :type 'alist
+ :options '((name string) (title string) (height integer) (width integer)
+ (top integer) (left integer) (unsplittable boolean)
+ (minibuffer boolean) (vertical-scroll-bars boolean)
+ (tool-bar-lines integer)))
+
+(defcustom TeX-error-overview-open-after-TeX-run nil
+ "Whether to open automatically the error overview after running TeX."
+ :group 'TeX-output
+ :type 'boolean)
+
+(defun TeX-error-overview ()
+ "Show an overview of the errors occurred in the last TeX run."
+ (interactive)
+ ;; Check requirements before start.
+ (if (fboundp 'tabulated-list-mode)
+ (if (setq TeX-error-overview-active-buffer (TeX-active-buffer))
+ (if (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
+ TeX-error-list)
+ (progn
+ (setq TeX-error-overview-list-entries
+ (TeX-error-overview-make-entries (TeX-master-directory))
+ TeX-error-overview-orig-window (selected-window)
+ TeX-error-overview-orig-frame
+ (window-frame TeX-error-overview-orig-window))
+ ;; Create the error overview buffer. This is
+ ;; automatically killed before running TeX commands, so if
+ ;; exists it is up-to-date and doesn't need to be
+ ;; re-created.
+ (unless (get-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
+ (with-current-buffer
+ (get-buffer-create TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
+ (TeX-error-overview-mode)))
+ ;; Move point to the line associated to the last visited
+ ;; error.
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (forward-line (with-current-buffer
+ TeX-error-overview-active-buffer
+ TeX-error-last-visited))
+ ;; Create a new frame for the error overview or display the
+ ;; buffer in the same frame, depending on the setup.
+ (if (TeX-error-overview-setup)
+ (if (frame-live-p TeX-error-overview-frame)
+ ;; Do not create a duplicate frame if there is
+ ;; already one, just select it.
+ (select-frame-set-input-focus
+ TeX-error-overview-frame)
+ ;; Create a new frame and store its name.
+ (select-frame
+ (setq TeX-error-overview-frame
+ (make-frame
+ TeX-error-overview-frame-parameters)))
+ (set-window-buffer (selected-window)
+ TeX-error-overview-buffer-name)
+ (set-window-dedicated-p (selected-window) t))
+ (TeX-pop-to-buffer TeX-error-overview-buffer-name))))
+ (error "No errror or warning to show"))
+ (error "No process for this document"))
+ (error "Error overview is available only in Emacs 24 or later")))
+
+;;; Output mode
+
+(if (fboundp 'special-mode)
+ (progn
+ (defalias 'TeX-special-mode 'special-mode)
+ (defvaralias 'TeX-special-mode-map 'special-mode-map))
+ (defun TeX-special-mode ()
+ "Placeholder mode for Emacsen which don't have `special-mode'.")
+ (defvar TeX-special-mode-map
+ (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap)))
+ (suppress-keymap map)
+ (define-key map "q" (if (fboundp 'quit-window)
+ 'quit-window
+ 'bury-buffer))
+ (define-key map " " (if (fboundp 'scroll-up-command)
+ 'scroll-up-command
+ 'scroll-up))
+ (define-key map [backspace] (if (fboundp 'scroll-down-command)
+ 'scroll-down-command
+ 'scroll-down))
+ (define-key map "\C-?" (if (fboundp 'scroll-down-command)
+ 'scroll-down-command
+ 'scroll-down))
+ (define-key map "?" 'describe-mode)
+ (define-key map "h" 'describe-mode)
+ (define-key map ">" 'end-of-buffer)
+ (define-key map "<" 'beginning-of-buffer)
+ (define-key map "g" 'revert-buffer)
+ map)
+ "Keymap for `TeX-special-mode-map'."))
+
+(defvar TeX-output-mode-map
+ (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap)))
+ (set-keymap-parent map TeX-special-mode-map)
+ (define-key map "n" 'TeX-next-error)
+ (define-key map "p" 'TeX-previous-error)
+ (define-key map "b" 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes)
+ (define-key map "w" 'TeX-toggle-debug-warnings)
+ (define-key map "i" (lambda ()
+ (interactive)
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-interactive-mode (if TeX-interactive-mode -1
1)))))
+ (define-key map "s" (lambda ()
+ (interactive)
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-source-correlate-mode (if
TeX-source-correlate-mode -1 1)))))
+ map)
+ "Keymap for `TeX-output-mode'.")
+
+(define-derived-mode TeX-output-mode TeX-special-mode "TeX Output"
+ "Major mode for viewing TeX output.
+\\{TeX-output-mode-map} "
+ :syntax-table nil
+ (set (make-local-variable 'revert-buffer-function)
+ #'TeX-output-revert-buffer)
+ ;; special-mode makes it read-only which prevents input from TeX.
+ (setq buffer-read-only nil))
+
+(defun TeX-output-revert-buffer (ignore-auto noconfirm)
+ "Rerun the TeX command which of which this buffer was the output."
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (if (looking-at "Running `\\(.*\\)' on `\\(.*\\)' with ``\\(.*\\)''$")
+ (let ((name (match-string 1))
+ (file (match-string 2))
+ (command (match-string 3)))
+ (with-current-buffer TeX-command-buffer
+ (TeX-command name (if (string-match "_region_" file)
+ 'TeX-region-file
+ 'TeX-master-file))))
+ (error "Unable to find what command to run.")))
+
(provide 'tex-buf)
;;; tex-buf.el ends here
diff --git a/tex-info.el b/tex-info.el
index f973937..83e0081 100644
--- a/tex-info.el
+++ b/tex-info.el
@@ -35,15 +35,14 @@
(defalias 'texinfo-mode 'TeX-texinfo-mode))
;;; Environments:
-
(defvar Texinfo-environment-list
'(("cartouche") ("command") ("copying") ("defcv") ("deffn") ("defivar")
("defmac") ("defmethod") ("defop") ("defopt") ("defspec")
("deftp") ("deftypefn") ("deftypefun") ("deftypevar") ("deftypevr")
("defun") ("defvar") ("defvr") ("description") ("detailmenu")
("direntry") ("display") ("documentdescription") ("enumerate")
- ("example") ("flushleft") ("flushright") ("format") ("ftable")
- ("group") ("ifclear") ("ifdocbook") ("ifhtml") ("ifinfo")
+ ("example") ("float") ("flushleft") ("flushright") ("format") ("ftable")
+ ("group") ("html") ("ifclear") ("ifdocbook") ("ifhtml") ("ifinfo")
("ifnotdocbook") ("ifnothtml") ("ifnotinfo") ("ifnotplaintext")
("ifnottex") ("ifnotxml") ("ifplaintext") ("ifset") ("iftex")
("ifxml") ("ignore") ("itemize") ("lisp") ("macro") ("menu")
@@ -184,7 +183,7 @@ environments."
(unless (= (1+ c) count)
(beginning-of-line 0)))
(setq beg (point)))
- (set-mark end)
+ (push-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region)))
@@ -265,7 +264,7 @@ the section."
(when (looking-at "address@hidden>")
(set boundary (point))))))
- (set-mark end)
+ (push-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region) )))
@@ -285,7 +284,7 @@ beginning of keyword address@hidden' or address@hidden'."
(progn (beginning-of-line) (point))))))
(when (and beg end)
- (set-mark end)
+ (push-mark end)
(goto-char beg)
(TeX-activate-region) )))
@@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ for @node."
"Hook function to plug Texinfo into RefTeX."
;; force recompilation of variables
(when (string= TeX-base-mode-name "Texinfo")
- ;; dirty temporary hook to remove when reftex has a Texinfo builtin
+ ;; dirty temporary hook to remove when reftex has a Texinfo builtin
;; TODO --- taken on <2014-01-06 mon> --- remove the dirty trick once
reftex
;; has been corrected for long enough a time
(unless (assq 'Texinfo reftex-label-alist-builtin)
@@ -544,38 +543,28 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(setq major-mode 'texinfo-mode)
(use-local-map Texinfo-mode-map)
(set-syntax-table texinfo-mode-syntax-table)
- (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter)
- (setq page-delimiter
- (concat
- "address@hidden [ \t]*[Tt]op\\|address@hidden("
- texinfo-chapter-level-regexp
- "\\)"))
- (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline)
- (setq require-final-newline t)
- (make-local-variable 'indent-tabs-mode)
- (setq indent-tabs-mode nil)
- (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate)
- (setq paragraph-separate
- (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-separate))
- (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start)
- (setq paragraph-start
- (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-start))
- (make-local-variable 'fill-column)
- (setq fill-column 72)
- (make-local-variable 'comment-start)
- (setq comment-start "@c ")
- (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip)
- (setq comment-start-skip "@c +\\|@comment +")
+
+ (set (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter)
+ (concat
+ "address@hidden [ \t]*[Tt]op\\|address@hidden("
+ texinfo-chapter-level-regexp
+ "\\)"))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline) t)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'indent-tabs-mode) nil)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate)
+ (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-separate))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start)
+ (concat "\b\\|address@hidden \n]\\|" paragraph-start))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'fill-column) 72)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start) "@c ")
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip) "@c +\\|@comment +")
(set (make-local-variable 'comment-use-syntax) nil)
- (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes)
- (setq words-include-escapes t)
- (if (not (boundp 'texinfo-imenu-generic-expression))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes) t)
+ (if (boundp 'texinfo-imenu-generic-expression)
;; This was introduced in 19.30.
- ()
- (make-local-variable 'imenu-generic-expression)
- (setq imenu-generic-expression texinfo-imenu-generic-expression))
- (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)
- (setq font-lock-defaults
+ (set (make-local-variable 'imenu-generic-expression)
texinfo-imenu-generic-expression))
+
+ (set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)
;; COMPATIBILITY for Emacs 20
(if (boundp 'texinfo-font-lock-syntactic-keywords)
'(texinfo-font-lock-keywords
@@ -586,42 +575,34 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(if (not (boundp 'texinfo-section-list))
;; This was included in 19.31.
()
- (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp)
- (setq outline-regexp
- (concat "@\\("
- (mapconcat 'car texinfo-section-list "\\>\\|")
- "\\>\\)"))
- (make-local-variable 'outline-level)
- (setq outline-level 'texinfo-outline-level))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp)
+ (concat "@\\("
+ (mapconcat 'car texinfo-section-list "\\>\\|")
+ "\\>\\)"))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'outline-level) 'texinfo-outline-level))
;; Mostly AUCTeX stuff
(easy-menu-add Texinfo-mode-menu Texinfo-mode-map)
(easy-menu-add Texinfo-command-menu Texinfo-mode-map)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-current)
- (setq TeX-command-current 'TeX-command-master)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-command-current) 'TeX-command-master)
(setq TeX-default-extension "texi")
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-esc)
- (setq TeX-esc "@")
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-esc) "@")
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (setq TeX-auto-regexp-list 'TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update)
- (setq TeX-auto-update t)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-regexp-list) 'TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update) t)
(setq TeX-command-default "TeX")
(setq TeX-header-end "%*end")
(setq TeX-trailer-start (regexp-quote (concat TeX-esc "bye")))
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
- (setq TeX-complete-list
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
(list (list "@\\([a-zA-Z]*\\)" 1 'TeX-symbol-list-filtered nil)
(list "" TeX-complete-word)))
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-list)
- (setq TeX-font-list Texinfo-font-list)
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-replace-function)
- (setq TeX-font-replace-function 'TeX-font-replace-macro)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-list) Texinfo-font-list)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-font-replace-function)
'TeX-font-replace-macro)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-style-hook-dialect) :texinfo)
(add-hook 'find-file-hooks (lambda ()
(unless (file-exists-p (buffer-file-name))
@@ -633,6 +614,7 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
#'texinfo-current-defun-name))
(TeX-add-symbols
+ '("acronym" "Acronym")
'("appendix" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("appendixsec" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("appendixsection" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
@@ -644,6 +626,10 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
'("bullet")
'("bye")
'("c" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Comment"))
+ '("caption" "Caption"
+ ;; TODO: caption is meaningful only inside float env. Maybe some checking
+ ;; and warning would be good.
+ )
'("center" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Line of text"))
'("chapheading" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("chapter" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
@@ -740,6 +726,7 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
'("thischaptername")
'("thisfile")
'("thispage")
+ '("tie")
'("tindex" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Entry"))
'("title" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("titlefont" "Text")
diff --git a/tex-jp.el b/tex-jp.el
index 9486c7a..3d4dc03 100644
--- a/tex-jp.el
+++ b/tex-jp.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
;;; tex-jp.el --- Support for Japanese TeX. -*- coding: iso-2022-jp-unix; -*-
-;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2007, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Hidenobu Nabetani <address@hidden>
-;; Author: KOBAYASHI Shinji <address@hidden>,
-;; Hidenobu Nabetani <address@hidden>
+;; Author: KOBAYASHI Shinji <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
diff --git a/tex-site.el b/tex-site.el
index a342055..098af7d 100644
--- a/tex-site.el
+++ b/tex-site.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
:load "tex" :load "latex" :load "tex-style")
(defvar TeX-lisp-directory
- (file-name-directory load-file-name)
+ (expand-file-name "auctex" (file-name-directory load-file-name))
"The directory where most of the AUCTeX lisp files are located.
For the location of lisp files associated with
styles, see the variables TeX-style-* (hand-generated lisp) and
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ TeX-auto-* (automatically generated lisp).")
(add-to-list 'load-path TeX-lisp-directory)
(defvar TeX-data-directory
- (file-name-directory load-file-name)
+ (directory-file-name (file-name-directory load-file-name))
"The directory where the AUCTeX non-Lisp data is located.")
(defcustom TeX-auto-global
- (if (file-writable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex") "/usr/local/var/auctex"
"~/.emacs.d/auctex")
+ "/usr/local/var/auctex"
"*Directory containing automatically generated information.
Must end with a directory separator.
@@ -139,34 +139,364 @@ set it with `TeX-modes-set'."
(mapcar (lambda(x) (list 'const (car x))) TeX-mode-alist))
:set 'TeX-modes-set
:group 'AUCTeX
- :initialize (lambda (var value)
- (custom-initialize-reset var value)
- (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
- (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
- (while list
- (eval-after-load (cdar list)
- `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
- (setq list (cdr list)))))))
-
-(defconst AUCTeX-version "11.87.2012-12-04"
+ :initialize(lambda (var value)
+ (custom-initialize-reset var value)
+ (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list)))))) )
+
+(defconst AUCTeX-version "2014-10-31"
"AUCTeX version.
If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
-(defconst AUCTeX-date "2012-12-04"
+(defconst AUCTeX-date "2014-10-31"
"AUCTeX release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
-;;; Code specific to ELPA packaging:
+;;; auto-loads.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
+;;
+;;; Code:
+
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-cite" "bib-cite.el" (21525 24146 684698
+;;;;;; 552000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from bib-cite.el
+
+(autoload 'bib-cite-minor-mode "bib-cite" "\
+Toggle bib-cite mode.
+When bib-cite mode is enabled, citations, labels and refs are highlighted
+when the mouse is over them. Clicking on these highlights with [mouse-2]
+runs bib-find, and [mouse-3] runs bib-display.
+
+\(fn ARG)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'turn-on-bib-cite "bib-cite" "\
+Unconditionally turn on Bib Cite mode.
+
+\(fn)" nil nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "context" "context.el" (21549 17664 949205
+;;;;;; 503000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from context.el
+
+(defalias 'ConTeXt-mode 'context-mode)
+
+(autoload 'context-mode "context" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing ConTeXt files.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{ConTeXt-mode-map}
+
+Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
+then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
+of ConTeXt-mode-hook.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "context-en" "context-en.el" (21281 55524 102746
+;;;;;; 681000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from context-en.el
+
+(autoload 'context-en-mode "context-en" "\
+Major mode for editing files for ConTeXt using its english interface.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{ConTeXt-mode-map}
+
+Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
+then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
+of context-mode-hook.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "context-nl" "context-nl.el" (21281 55523 812746
+;;;;;; 676000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from context-nl.el
+
+(autoload 'context-nl-mode "context-nl" "\
+Major mode for editing files for ConTeXt using its dutch interface.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{ConTeXt-mode-map}
+
+Entering `context-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
+then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
+of context-mode-hook.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "font-latex" "font-latex.el" (21564 61575 358701
+;;;;;; 899000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from font-latex.el
+
+(autoload 'font-latex-setup "font-latex" "\
+Setup this buffer for LaTeX font-lock. Usually called from a hook.
+
+\(fn)" nil nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "latex" "latex.el" (21588 31530 445108 133000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from latex.el
+
+(autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
+This function should be called from `bibtex-mode-hook'.
+It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file.
+
+\(fn)" nil nil)
+
+(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.drv\\'" . latex-mode))
+
+(autoload 'TeX-latex-mode "latex" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing LaTeX files.
+See info under AUCTeX for full documentation.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{LaTeX-mode-map}
+
+Entering LaTeX mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
+then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
+of `LaTeX-mode-hook'.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.dtx\\'" . doctex-mode))
+
+(autoload 'docTeX-mode "latex" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing .dtx files derived from `LaTeX-mode'.
+Runs `LaTeX-mode', sets a few variables and
+runs the hooks in `docTeX-mode-hook'.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(defalias 'TeX-doctex-mode 'docTeX-mode)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "multi-prompt" "multi-prompt.el" (21281 55523
+;;;;;; 936080 11000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from multi-prompt.el
+
+(autoload 'multi-prompt "multi-prompt" "\
+Completing prompt for a list of strings.
+The first argument SEPARATOR should be the string (of length 1) to
+separate the elements in the list. The second argument UNIQUE should
+be non-nil, if each element must be unique. The remaining elements
+are the arguments to `completing-read'. See that.
+
+\(fn SEPARATOR UNIQUE PROMPT TABLE &optional MP-PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH
INITIAL HISTORY)" nil nil)
+
+(autoload 'multi-prompt-key-value "multi-prompt" "\
+Read multiple strings, with completion and key=value support.
+PROMPT is a string to prompt with, usually ending with a colon
+and a space. TABLE is an alist. The car of each element should
+be a string representing a key and the optional cdr should be a
+list with strings to be used as values for the key.
+
+See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the
+other arguments: PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST,
+DEF, and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
+
+The return value is the string as entered in the minibuffer.
+
+\(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF
INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "plain-tex" "plain-tex.el" (21281 55506 676079
+;;;;;; 753000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from plain-tex.el
+
+(autoload 'TeX-plain-tex-mode "plain-tex" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing plain TeX files.
+See info under AUCTeX for documentation.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{plain-TeX-mode-map}
+
+Entering `plain-tex-mode' calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
+then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
+of plain-TeX-mode-hook.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'ams-tex-mode "plain-tex" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing AmS-TeX files.
+See info under AUCTeX for documentation.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{AmSTeX-mode-map}
+
+Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook',
+then the value of `TeX-mode-hook', and then the value
+of `AmS-TeX-mode-hook'.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "tex" "tex.el" (21576 38702 520959 996000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from tex.el
+
+(defalias 'TeX-assoc-string (symbol-function (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'assoc
'assoc-string)))
+
+(autoload 'TeX-tex-mode "tex" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing TeX or LaTeX files.
+Tries to guess whether this file is for plain TeX or LaTeX.
+
+The algorithm is as follows:
+
+ 1) if the file is empty or `TeX-force-default-mode' is not set to nil,
+ `TeX-default-mode' is chosen
+ 2) If \\documentstyle or \\begin{, \\section{, \\part{ or \\chapter{ is
+ found, `latex-mode' is selected.
+ 3) Otherwise, use `plain-tex-mode'
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
+Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
+If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory.
+
+\(fn TEX AUTO)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
+Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
+Submit a bug report on AUCTeX via mail.
+
+Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
+
+If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
+output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
+information about your AUCTeX version and AUCTeX configuration.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-bar" "tex-bar.el" (21313 382 990060 418000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from tex-bar.el
+
+(autoload 'TeX-install-toolbar "tex-bar" "\
+Install toolbar buttons for TeX mode.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'LaTeX-install-toolbar "tex-bar" "\
+Install toolbar buttons for LaTeX mode.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-fold" "tex-fold.el" (21281 55504 149413
+;;;;;; 52000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from tex-fold.el
+ (autoload 'TeX-fold-mode "tex-fold" "Minor mode for hiding and revealing
macros and environments." t)
+
+(defalias 'tex-fold-mode 'TeX-fold-mode)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-font" "tex-font.el" (21281 55506 609413
+;;;;;; 88000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from tex-font.el
+
+(autoload 'tex-font-setup "tex-font" "\
+Setup font lock support for TeX.
+
+\(fn)" nil nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "tex-info.el" (21549 17664 952538
+;;;;;; 872000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from tex-info.el
+
+(defalias 'Texinfo-mode 'texinfo-mode)
+
+(autoload 'TeX-texinfo-mode "tex-info" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing Texinfo files.
+
+Special commands:
+\\{Texinfo-mode-map}
+
+Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then the
+value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-jp" "tex-jp.el" (21281 55506 569413 87000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from tex-jp.el
+
+(autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing Japanese plain TeX files.
+Set `japanese-TeX-mode' to t, and enter `TeX-plain-tex-mode'.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+(autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
+Major mode in AUCTeX for editing Japanese LaTeX files.
+Set `japanese-TeX-mode' to t, and enter `TeX-latex-mode'.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
+
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "texmathp" "texmathp.el" (21549 17664 952538
+;;;;;; 872000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from texmathp.el
+
+(autoload 'texmathp "texmathp" "\
+Determine if point is inside (La)TeX math mode.
+Returns t or nil. Additional info is placed into `texmathp-why'.
+The functions assumes that you have (almost) syntactically correct (La)TeX in
+the buffer.
+See the variable `texmathp-tex-commands' about which commands are checked.
+
+\(fn)" t nil)
-;; From preview-latex.el:
+(autoload 'texmathp-match-switch "texmathp" "\
+Search backward for any of the math switches.
+Limit searched to BOUND.
-(defvar preview-TeX-style-dir
- (expand-file-name "latex" (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+\(fn BOUND)" nil nil)
-;;; Ensure that loading the autoloads file also loads this file.
-;;;###autoload (require 'tex-site)
+;;;***
+
+;;;### (autoloads nil "toolbar-x" "toolbar-x.el" (21281 55504 786079
+;;;;;; 728000))
+;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar-x.el
+ (autoload 'toolbarx-install-toolbar "toolbar-x")
+;;;***
+
+(provide 'auto-loads)
+;; Local Variables:
+;; version-control: never
+;; no-byte-compile: t
+;; no-update-autoloads: t
+;; coding: utf-8
+;; End:
+;;; auto-loads.el ends here
(provide 'tex-site)
;;; tex-site.el ends here
diff --git a/tex-site.el.in b/tex-site.el.in
index 9340912..8937315 100644
--- a/tex-site.el.in
+++ b/tex-site.el.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -116,13 +116,18 @@ definition."
(let ((list TeX-mode-alist) elt)
(while list
(setq elt (car (pop list)))
- (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
- (when (fboundp elt)
- (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
- (defalias elt
- (if (memq elt value)
- (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))
- (get elt 'tex-saved))))))
+ (let ((dst (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))))
+ (if (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (if (memq elt value)
+ (advice-add elt :override dst)
+ (advice-remove elt dst))
+ (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
+ (when (fboundp elt)
+ (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
+ (defalias elt
+ (if (memq elt value)
+ dst
+ (get elt 'tex-saved))))))))
(defcustom TeX-modes
(mapcar 'car TeX-mode-alist)
@@ -134,13 +139,14 @@ set it with `TeX-modes-set'."
(mapcar (lambda(x) (list 'const (car x))) TeX-mode-alist))
:set 'TeX-modes-set
:group 'AUCTeX
- :initialize (lambda (var value)
- (custom-initialize-reset var value)
- (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
- (while list
- (eval-after-load (cdar list)
- `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
- (setq list (cdr list))))))
+ :initialize(lambda (var value)
+ (custom-initialize-reset var value)
+ (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list)))))) )
(defconst AUCTeX-version "@AUCTEXVERSION@"
"AUCTeX version.
@@ -152,15 +158,3 @@ If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
-;;; Code specific to ELPA packaging:
-
-;; From preview-latex.el:
-
-(defvar preview-TeX-style-dir
- (expand-file-name "latex" (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
-
-;;; Ensure that loading the autoloads file also loads this file.
-;;;###autoload (require 'tex-site)
-
-(provide 'tex-site)
-;;; tex-site.el ends here
diff --git a/tex-style.el b/tex-style.el
index 1c91168..b03a004 100644
--- a/tex-style.el
+++ b/tex-style.el
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
;;; tex-style.el --- Customizable variables for AUCTeX style files
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009, 2012-2014
+;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex, wp, convenience
@@ -215,10 +216,13 @@ It can be a list of themes or a function. If it is the
symbol
;; style/biblatex.el
-(defcustom LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber t
- "Whether to use Biber with biblatex."
- :type 'boolean
- :group 'LaTeX-style)
+(defvar LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber t
+ "Whether to use Biber with biblatex.
+
+This variable is intended to be used as a file local variable to
+override the autodetection of the biblatex backend.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber)
+(put 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber 'safe-local-variable 'TeX-booleanp)
;; style/comment.el
@@ -261,6 +265,31 @@ produced by emp.sty and then re-LaTeX the document."
:type 'boolean
:group 'LaTeX-style)
+;; style/fontspec.el
+
+(defcustom LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font-search t
+ "If `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font' should search for fonts.
+If the value is t, fonts are retrieved automatically and provided
+for completion. If the value is nil,
+`LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default' is used for completion. If
+the value is `ask', you are asked for the method to use every
+time `LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font' is called.
+
+`LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font' calls `luaotf-load --list=basename' to
+automatically get the list of fonts. This requires
+`luaotfload-tool' version 2.3 or higher in order to work."
+ :group 'LaTeX-style
+ :type '(choice
+ (const :tag "Search automatically" t)
+ (const :tag "Use default font list" nil)
+ (const :tag "Ask what to do" ask)))
+
+(defcustom LaTeX-fontspec-font-list-default nil
+ "List of default fonts to be used as completion for
+`LaTeX-fontspec-arg-font'."
+ :group 'LaTeX-style
+ :type '(repeat (string :tag "Font")))
+
;; style/graphicx.el
(defcustom LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions
@@ -362,13 +391,6 @@ Inserting the subdirectory in the filename (as
(TeX-master-directory))))
(function :tag "other")))
-;; style/shortvrb.el
-
-(defcustom LaTeX-shortvrb-chars '(?|)
- "List of characters toggling verbatim mode."
- :group 'LaTeX-style
- :type '(repeat character))
-
(provide 'tex-style)
;;; tex-style.el ends here
diff --git a/tex.el b/tex.el
index 3fde81e..b634a74 100644
--- a/tex.el
+++ b/tex.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; tex.el --- Support for TeX documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1999-2012
-;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1991, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
;; Keywords: tex
@@ -37,11 +36,6 @@
(eval-when-compile
(require 'cl))
-(defun TeX--call-3/2 (f arg1 arg2 arg3)
- (condition-case nil
- (funcall f arg1 arg2 arg3)
- (wrong-number-of-arguments (funcall f arg1 arg2))))
-
(defgroup TeX-file nil
"Files used by AUCTeX."
:group 'AUCTeX)
@@ -99,8 +93,7 @@ If nil, none is specified."
:type '(choice (const :tag "Unspecified" nil)
string))
;; At least in TeXLive 2009 ConTeXt does not support an omega option anymore.
-(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine
- 'TeX-engine-alist "before 11.86")
+(make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine 'TeX-engine-alist "11.86")
(defcustom TeX-mode-hook nil
"A hook run in TeX mode buffers."
@@ -119,24 +112,24 @@ If nil, none is specified."
;; TeX-expand-list for a description of the % escapes
(defcustom TeX-command-list
- `(("TeX" "%(PDF)%(tex) %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
+ `(("TeX" "%(PDF)%(tex) %(extraopts) %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
TeX-run-TeX nil
(plain-tex-mode ams-tex-mode texinfo-mode) :help "Run plain TeX")
("LaTeX" "%`%l%(mode)%' %t"
TeX-run-TeX nil
(latex-mode doctex-mode) :help "Run LaTeX")
;; Not part of standard TeX.
- ("Makeinfo" "makeinfo %t" TeX-run-compile nil
+ ("Makeinfo" "makeinfo %(extraopts) %t" TeX-run-compile nil
(texinfo-mode) :help "Run Makeinfo with Info output")
- ("Makeinfo HTML" "makeinfo --html %t" TeX-run-compile nil
+ ("Makeinfo HTML" "makeinfo %(extraopts) --html %t" TeX-run-compile nil
(texinfo-mode) :help "Run Makeinfo with HTML output")
- ("AmSTeX" "%(PDF)amstex %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
+ ("AmSTeX" "%(PDF)amstex %(extraopts) %`%S%(PDFout)%(mode)%' %t"
TeX-run-TeX nil (ams-tex-mode) :help "Run AMSTeX")
;; support for ConTeXt --pg
;; first version of ConTeXt to support nonstopmode: 2003.2.10
- ("ConTeXt" "texexec --once --texutil %(execopts)%t"
+ ("ConTeXt" "texexec --once --texutil %(extraopts) %(execopts)%t"
TeX-run-TeX nil (context-mode) :help "Run ConTeXt once")
- ("ConTeXt Full" "texexec %(execopts)%t"
+ ("ConTeXt Full" "texexec %(extraopts) %(execopts)%t"
TeX-run-TeX nil
(context-mode) :help "Run ConTeXt until completion")
("BibTeX" "bibtex %s" TeX-run-BibTeX nil t :help "Run BibTeX")
@@ -151,8 +144,12 @@ If nil, none is specified."
("File" "%(o?)dvips %d -o %f " TeX-run-command t t
:help "Generate PostScript file")
("Index" "makeindex %s" TeX-run-command nil t :help "Create index file")
+ ("Xindy" "texindy %s" TeX-run-command nil t
+ :help "Run xindy to create index file")
("Check" "lacheck %s" TeX-run-compile nil (latex-mode)
:help "Check LaTeX file for correctness")
+ ("ChkTeX" "chktex -v6 %s" TeX-run-compile nil (latex-mode)
+ :help "Check LaTeX file for common mistakes")
("Spell" "(TeX-ispell-document \"\")" TeX-run-function nil t
:help "Spell-check the document")
("Clean" "TeX-clean" TeX-run-function nil t
@@ -304,7 +301,7 @@ The executable `latex' is LaTeX version 2e."
(defcustom LaTeX-command-style
;; They have all been combined in LaTeX 2e.
- '(("" "%(PDF)%(latex) %S%(PDFout)"))
+ '(("" "%(PDF)%(latex) %(extraopts) %S%(PDFout)"))
"List of style options and LaTeX commands.
If the first element (a regular expression) matches the name of one of
@@ -411,20 +408,25 @@ string."
:group 'TeX-command
:type '(repeat (group regexp (string :tag "Command"))))
+(defcustom TeX-command-extra-options ""
+ "String with the extra options to be given to the TeX processor."
+ :type 'string)
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-command-extra-options)
+
;; This is the list of expansion for the commands in
;; TeX-command-list. Not likely to be changed, but you may e.g. want
;; to handle .ps files.
(defcustom TeX-expand-list
- '(("%p" TeX-printer-query) ;%p must be the first entry
+ '(("%p" TeX-printer-query) ;%p must be the first entry
("%q" (lambda ()
(TeX-printer-query t)))
("%V" (lambda ()
(TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
(TeX-view-command-raw)))
("%vv" (lambda ()
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
- (TeX-output-style-check TeX-output-view-style)))
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
+ (TeX-output-style-check TeX-output-view-style)))
("%v" (lambda ()
(TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe)
(TeX-style-check TeX-view-style)))
@@ -458,12 +460,21 @@ string."
("%(tex)" (lambda () (eval (nth 2 (assq TeX-engine (TeX-engine-alist))))))
("%(latex)" (lambda () (eval (nth 3 (assq TeX-engine
(TeX-engine-alist))))))
("%(execopts)" ConTeXt-expand-options)
+ ("%(extraopts)" (lambda () TeX-command-extra-options))
("%S" TeX-source-correlate-expand-options)
("%dS" TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options)
("%cS" TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client)
("%(outpage)" (lambda ()
- (or (when TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
- (funcall TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function))
+ ;; When `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' is nil
+ ;; and we are using synctex, fallback on
+ ;; `TeX-synctex-output-page'.
+ (and TeX-source-correlate-mode
+ (null TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function)
+ (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'synctex)
+ (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
+ 'TeX-synctex-output-page))
+ (or (if TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
+ (funcall TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function))
"1")))
;; `file' means to call `TeX-master-file' or `TeX-region-file'
("%s" file nil t)
@@ -496,10 +507,10 @@ string."
(prog1
(if (stringp TeX-command-text)
(progn
- (setq pos (+ (length TeX-command-text) 9)
+ (setq pos (+ pos (length TeX-command-text) 9)
TeX-command-pos
(and (string-match " "
- (funcall file t t))
+ (funcall file t t))
"\""))
(concat TeX-command-text " \"\\input\""))
(setq TeX-command-pos nil)
@@ -513,6 +524,8 @@ string."
;; command needs to be relative to the master file, just in
;; case the file is in a different subdirectory
("%b" TeX-current-file-name-master-relative)
+ ;; Okular forward PDF search requires absolute path.
+ ("%a" (lambda nil (prin1-to-string (expand-file-name (buffer-file-name)))))
;; the following is for preview-latex.
("%m" preview-create-subdirectory))
"List of expansion strings for TeX command names.
@@ -546,6 +559,7 @@ the name of the file being processed, with an optional
extension."
(autoload 'TeX-kill-job "tex-buf" nil t)
(autoload 'TeX-recenter-output-buffer "tex-buf" nil t)
(autoload 'TeX-next-error "tex-buf" nil t)
+(autoload 'TeX-error-overview "tex-buf" nil t)
(autoload 'TeX-region-file "tex-buf" nil nil)
(autoload 'TeX-current-offset "tex-buf" nil nil)
(autoload 'TeX-process-set-variable "tex-buf" nil nil)
@@ -581,6 +595,9 @@ but does nothing in Emacs."
Also does other stuff."
(TeX-maybe-remove-help menu)))
+;;;###autoload
+(defalias 'TeX-assoc-string
+ (symbol-function (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'assoc 'assoc-string)))
;;; Documentation for Info-goto-emacs-command-node and similar
@@ -673,16 +690,37 @@ overlays."
(+ (/ (- outer-priority inner-priority) 2) inner-priority))
(t TeX-overlay-priority-step)))) )
+;; require crm here, because we often do
+;;
+;; (let ((crm-separator ","))
+;; (TeX-completing-read-multiple ...))
+;;
+;; which results in a void-variable error if crm hasn't been loaded before.
+;; XEmacs 21.4 `require' doesn't have the third NOERROR argument, thus we
handle
+;; the file-error signal with a `condition-case' also in GNU Emacs.
+(condition-case nil
+ (require 'crm)
+ (file-error
+ (error "AUCTeX requires crm.el which is included in Emacs and
+edit-utils >= 2.32 for XEmacs.")))
(if (fboundp 'completing-read-multiple)
- (defalias 'TeX-completing-read-multiple 'completing-read-multiple)
+ (defun TeX-completing-read-multiple
+ (prompt table &optional predicate require-match initial-input
+ hist def inherit-input-method)
+ "Like `completing-read-multiple' which see.
+Ensures that empty input results in nil across different emacs versions."
+ (let ((result (completing-read-multiple prompt table predicate
+ require-match initial-input
+ hist def inherit-input-method)))
+ (if (equal result '("")) nil result)))
(defun TeX-completing-read-multiple
(prompt table &optional predicate require-match initial-input
hist def inherit-input-method)
"Poor mans implementation of Emacs' `completing-read-multiple' for XEmacs.
The XEmacs package edit-utils-2.32 includes `crm.el'."
- (multi-prompt "," nil prompt table predicate require-match initial-input
- hist)))
+ (multi-prompt (if (boundp 'crm-separator) crm-separator ",") nil prompt
+ table predicate require-match initial-input hist)))
(if (fboundp 'line-number-at-pos)
(defalias 'TeX-line-number-at-pos 'line-number-at-pos)
@@ -704,7 +742,7 @@ If POS is nil, use current buffer location."
(defun TeX-read-string (prompt &optional initial-input history default-value)
(read-string prompt initial-input history default-value t))
-
+
(defun TeX-mark-active ()
;; In FSF 19 mark-active indicates if mark is active.
mark-active)
@@ -713,7 +751,8 @@ If POS is nil, use current buffer location."
(and transient-mark-mode mark-active))
(defun TeX-activate-region ()
- nil)
+ (setq deactivate-mark nil)
+ (activate-mark))
(defun TeX-overlay-prioritize (start end)
"Calculate a priority for an overlay extending from START to END.
@@ -1012,6 +1051,10 @@ The following built-in predicates are available:
:group 'TeX-view
:type '(alist :key-type symbol :value-type (group sexp)))
+;; Require dbus at compile time to prevent errors due to `dbus-ignore-errors'
+;; not being defined.
+(eval-when-compile (and (featurep 'dbusbind)
+ (require 'dbus nil :no-error)))
(defun TeX-evince-dbus-p (&rest options)
"Return non-nil, if evince is installed and accessible via DBUS.
Additional OPTIONS may be given to extend the check. If none are
@@ -1019,11 +1062,10 @@ given, only the minimal requirements needed by backward
search
are checked. If OPTIONS include `:forward', which is currently
the only option, then additional requirements needed by forward
search are checked, too."
- (and (not (featurep 'xemacs)) ; XEmacs 21.4 has no `require' with
- ; arity 3, and no dbus support anyway.
+ (and (featurep 'dbusbind)
(require 'dbus nil :no-error)
- (functionp 'dbus-register-signal)
- (getenv "DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS")
+ (dbus-ignore-errors (dbus-get-unique-name :session))
+ (dbus-ping :session "org.gnome.evince.Daemon")
(executable-find "evince")
(or (not (memq :forward options))
(let ((spec (dbus-introspect-get-method
@@ -1048,8 +1090,11 @@ search are checked, too."
of point in emacs by using Evince's DBUS API. Used by default
for the Evince viewer entry in `TeX-view-program-list-builtin' if
the requirements are met."
- (let* ((uri (concat "file://" (expand-file-name
- (concat file "." (TeX-output-extension)))))
+ (require 'url-util)
+ (let* ((uri (concat "file://" (let ((url-unreserved-chars (cons ?/
url-unreserved-chars)))
+ (url-hexify-string
+ (expand-file-name
+ (concat file "."
(TeX-output-extension)))))))
(owner (dbus-call-method
:session "org.gnome.evince.Daemon"
"/org/gnome/evince/Daemon"
@@ -1065,17 +1110,7 @@ the requirements are met."
"SyncView"
(buffer-file-name)
(list :struct :int32 (line-number-at-pos) :int32 (1+ (current-column)))
- :uint32 (let ((time (float-time)))
- ;; FIXME: Evince wants a timestamp as UInt32, but POSIX time
- ;; is too large for emacs integers on 32 bit systems. Emacs
- ;; 24.2 will allow providing DBUS ints as floats, and this
- ;; dbus version will be identifiable by its new variables
- ;; `dbus-compiled-version' and `dbus-runtime-version'. But
- ;; it seems providing just 1 as timestamp has no negative
- ;; consequences, anyway.
- (if (> most-positive-fixnum time)
- (round time)
- 1)))
+ :uint32 0)
(error "Couldn't find the Evince instance for %s" uri))))
(defvar TeX-view-program-list-builtin
@@ -1084,13 +1119,11 @@ the requirements are met."
'(("Yap" ("yap -1" (mode-io-correlate " -s %n%b") " %o"))
("dvips and start" "dvips %d -o && start \"\" %f")
("start" "start \"\" %o")))
-;; XXX: We need the advice of a Mac OS X user to configure this
-;; correctly and test it.
-;; ((eq system-type 'darwin)
-;; '(("Preview.app" "open -a Preview.app %o")
-;; ("Skim" "open -a Skim.app %o")
-;; ("displayline" "displayline %n %o %b")
-;; ("open" "open %o")))
+ ((eq system-type 'darwin)
+ '(("Preview.app" "open -a Preview.app %o")
+ ("Skim" "open -a Skim.app %o")
+ ("displayline" "displayline %n %o %b")
+ ("open" "open %o")))
(t
`(("xdvi" ("%(o?)xdvi"
(mode-io-correlate " -sourceposition \"%n %b\" -editor \"%cS\"")
@@ -1115,7 +1148,7 @@ the requirements are met."
(shell-command-to-string
"evince --help"))
" -i %(outpage)"
" -p %(outpage)")) " %o")))
- ("Okular" ("okular --unique %o" (mode-io-correlate "#src:%n%b")))
+ ("Okular" ("okular --unique %o" (mode-io-correlate "#src:%n%a")))
("xdg-open" "xdg-open %o"))))
"Alist of built-in viewer specifications.
This variable should not be changed by the user who can use
@@ -1197,12 +1230,10 @@ restarting Emacs."
(output-dvi "Yap")
(output-pdf "start")
(output-html "start")))
-;; XXX: We need the advice of a Mac OS X user to configure this
-;; correctly and test it.
-;; ((eq system-type 'darwin)
-;; '((output-dvi "open")
-;; (output-pdf "open")
-;; (output-html "open")))
+ ((eq system-type 'darwin)
+ '((output-dvi "open")
+ (output-pdf "open")
+ (output-html "open")))
(t
'(((output-dvi style-pstricks) "dvips and gv")
(output-dvi "xdvi")
@@ -1292,6 +1323,10 @@ predicates are true, nil otherwise."
(prin1-to-string spec))
((stringp spec)
spec)
+ ((null spec)
+ (error
+ (format "Unknown %S viewer. \
+Check the `TeX-view-program-selection' variable." viewer)))
(t
;; Build the unexpanded command line. Pieces with predicates are
;; only added if the predicate is evaluated positively.
@@ -1378,27 +1413,44 @@ For available TYPEs, see variable `TeX-engine'."
:group 'TeX-command
(TeX-engine-set (if TeX-Omega-mode 'omega 'default)))
(defalias 'tex-omega-mode 'TeX-Omega-mode)
-(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine-set "before 11.86")
-(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'TeX-Omega-mode
- 'TeX-engine "before 11.86")
+(make-obsolete 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine-set "11.86")
+(make-obsolete-variable 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine "11.86")
;;; Forward and inverse search
-(defcustom TeX-source-correlate-method 'auto
+(defcustom TeX-source-correlate-method
+ '((dvi . source-specials) (pdf . synctex))
"Method to use for enabling forward and inverse search.
This can be `source-specials' if source specials should be used,
-`synctex' if SyncTeX should be used, or`auto' if AUCTeX should
+`synctex' if SyncTeX should be used, or `auto' if AUCTeX should
decide.
-Setting this variable does not take effect if TeX Source
-Correlate mode has already been active. Restart Emacs in this
-case."
- :type '(choice (const auto) (const synctex) (const source-specials))
+The previous values determine the variable for both DVI and PDF
+mode. This variable can also be an alist of the kind
+
+ ((dvi . <source-specials or synctex>)
+ (pdf . <source-specials or synctex>))
+
+in which the CDR of each entry is a symbol specifying the method
+to be used in the corresponding mode.
+
+Programs should not use this variable directly but the function
+`TeX-source-correlate-method-active' which returns the method
+actually used for forward and inverse search."
+ :type '(choice (const auto)
+ (const synctex)
+ (const source-specials)
+ (list :tag "Different method for DVI and PDF"
+ (cons (const dvi)
+ (choice :tag "Method for DVI mode"
+ (const synctex)
+ (const source-specials)))
+ (cons (const pdf)
+ (choice :tag "Method for PDF mode"
+ (const synctex)
+ (const source-specials)))))
:group 'TeX-view)
-(defvar TeX-source-correlate-method-active nil
- "Method actually used for forward and inverse search.")
-
(defvar TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function nil
"Symbol of function returning an output page relating to buffer position.
The function should take no arguments and return the page numer
@@ -1471,12 +1523,24 @@ This is the case if
`TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag' is non-nil."
'synctex
'source-specials)))
+(defun TeX-source-correlate-method-active ()
+ "Return the method actually used for forward and inverse search."
+ (cond
+ ((eq TeX-source-correlate-method 'auto)
+ (TeX-source-correlate-determine-method))
+ ((listp TeX-source-correlate-method)
+ (if TeX-PDF-mode
+ (cdr (assoc 'pdf TeX-source-correlate-method))
+ (cdr (assoc 'dvi TeX-source-correlate-method))))
+ (t
+ TeX-source-correlate-method)))
+
(defun TeX-source-correlate-expand-options ()
"Return TeX engine command line option for forward search facilities.
The return value depends on the value of `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
If this is nil, an empty string will be returned."
(if TeX-source-correlate-mode
- (if (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'source-specials)
+ (if (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'source-specials)
(concat TeX-source-specials-tex-flags
(if TeX-source-specials-places
;; -src-specials=WHERE: insert source specials
@@ -1509,23 +1573,25 @@ or newer."
(let ((buf (let ((f (condition-case nil
(progn
(require 'url-parse)
- (aref (url-generic-parse-url file) 6))
+ (require 'url-util)
+ (url-unhex-string (aref (url-generic-parse-url
file) 6)))
;; For Emacs 21 compatibility, which doesn't have the
;; url package.
(file-error (replace-regexp-in-string "^file://" ""
file)))))
(if (file-name-absolute-p f)
(find-file f)
(get-buffer (file-name-nondirectory file)))))
- (line (car linecol))
- (col (cadr linecol)))
+ (line (car linecol))
+ (col (cadr linecol)))
(if (null buf)
- (message "No buffer for %s." file)
+ (message "No buffer for %s." file)
(switch-to-buffer buf)
(push-mark (point) 'nomsg)
(goto-char (point-min))
(forward-line (1- line))
(unless (= col -1)
- (move-to-column col)))))
+ (move-to-column col))
+ (raise-frame))))
(define-minor-mode TeX-source-correlate-mode
"Minor mode for forward and inverse search.
@@ -1553,19 +1619,10 @@ SyncTeX are recognized."
(dbus-register-signal
:session nil "/org/gnome/evince/Window/0"
"org.gnome.evince.Window" "SyncSource"
- 'TeX-source-correlate-sync-source))
- (unless TeX-source-correlate-method-active
- (setq TeX-source-correlate-method-active
- (if (eq TeX-source-correlate-method 'auto)
- (TeX-source-correlate-determine-method)
- TeX-source-correlate-method)))
- (when (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'synctex)
- (setq TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function
- (when TeX-source-correlate-mode
- 'TeX-synctex-output-page))))
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-sync-source)))
+
(defalias 'TeX-source-specials-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
-(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete 'TeX-source-specials-mode
- 'TeX-source-correlate-mode "before 11.86")
+(make-obsolete 'TeX-source-specials-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode "11.86")
(defalias 'tex-source-correlate-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
(put 'TeX-source-correlate-mode 'safe-local-variable 'TeX-booleanp)
;; We do not want the custom variable to require tex.el. This is only
@@ -1651,7 +1708,7 @@ The return value depends on the values of
`source-specials' respectively, an empty string will be
returned."
(if (and TeX-source-correlate-mode
- (eq TeX-source-correlate-method-active 'source-specials))
+ (eq (TeX-source-correlate-method-active) 'source-specials))
(concat TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags
(when (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p)
(concat " " TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags)))
@@ -1705,7 +1762,7 @@ enabled and the `synctex' binary is available."
(set-default var value)
(TeX-set-mode-name var nil t))
-(defcustom TeX-PDF-mode nil nil
+(defcustom TeX-PDF-mode t nil
:group 'TeX-command
:set 'TeX-mode-set
:type 'boolean)
@@ -1760,7 +1817,7 @@ already established, don't do anything."
(unless (local-variable-p 'TeX-PDF-mode (current-buffer))
(TeX-PDF-mode (if arg 1 0))
(setq TeX-PDF-mode-parsed t))))
-
+
(defun TeX-PDF-mode-on ()
"Use only from parsing routines."
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed t))
@@ -1839,7 +1896,7 @@ Must be the car of an entry in `TeX-command-list'."
"\\.glo" "\\.gls" "\\.idx" "\\.ilg" "\\.ind"
"\\.lof" "\\.log" "\\.lot" "\\.nav" "\\.out"
"\\.snm" "\\.toc" "\\.url" "\\.synctex\\.gz"
- "\\.bcf" "\\.run\\.xml")
+ "\\.bcf" "\\.run\\.xml" "\\.fls" "-blx\\.bib")
"List of regexps matching suffixes of files to be cleaned.
Used as a default in TeX, LaTeX and docTeX mode.")
@@ -1884,7 +1941,7 @@ output files."
(when (or (not TeX-clean-confirm)
(condition-case nil
(dired-mark-pop-up " *Deletions*" 'delete
- (if (> (length files) 1)
+ (if (> (length files) 1)
files
(cons t files))
'y-or-n-p "Delete files? ")
@@ -2104,7 +2161,7 @@ the beginning of the file, but that feature will be
phased out."
(file-name-nondirectory (buffer-file-name)))
(not buffer-read-only))
(goto-char (point-max))
- (if (re-search-backward (concat "^\\([^\n]+\\)Local " "Variables:")
+ (if (re-search-backward "^\\([^\n]+\\)Local Variables:"
(- (point-max) 3000) t)
(let ((prefix (TeX-match-buffer 1)))
(re-search-forward (regexp-quote (concat prefix
@@ -2121,10 +2178,10 @@ the beginning of the file, but that feature will be
phased out."
(when (eq major-mode 'doctex-mode)
(insert comment-prefix TeX-esc "endinput\n"))
(insert
- comment-prefix "Local " "Variables: \n"
+ comment-prefix "Local Variables:\n"
comment-prefix "mode: " mode "\n"
comment-prefix "TeX-master: " (prin1-to-string TeX-master) "\n"
- comment-prefix "End: \n")))))
+ comment-prefix "End:\n")))))
(defun TeX-local-master-p ()
"Return non-nil if there is a `TeX-master' entry in local variables spec.
@@ -2320,15 +2377,51 @@ Used when checking if any files have changed."
(defvar TeX-style-hook-list nil
"List of TeX style hooks currently loaded.
-Each entry is a list where the first element is the name of the style,
-and the remaining elements are hooks to be run when that style is
-active.")
+Each entry is a list:
+
+ (STYLE HOOK1 HOOK2 ...)
+
+where the first element STYLE is the name of the style, and the
+remaining elements HOOKN, if any, are hooks to be run when that
+style is active.
+
+A hook HOOKN may be a hook function HOOK-FUN to be run in
+all TeX dialects (LaTeX, Texinfo, etc.), or a vector like:
+
+ [TeX-style-hook HOOK-FUN DIALECT-SET]
+
+where HOOK-FUN is the hook function to be run, and DIALECT-SET is
+a non-empty set of dialects in which the hook function may be
+run.
+
+This set is instantiated by function `TeX-add-style-hook' through
+functions manipulating style hook dialect expression named with a
+`TeX-shdex-' prefix.
+
+For supported dialects, see variables `TeX-style-hook-dialect'.")
+
+(defvar TeX-style-hook-dialect :latex
+ "Dialect for running hooks locally to the considered file.
+Supported values are described below:
+
+* `:bibtex' for files in BibTeX mode.
+* `:latex' for files in LaTeX mode, or any mode derived
+ thereof.
+* `:texinfo' for Texinfo files.
+
+Purpose is notably to prevent non-Texinfo hooks to be run in
+Texinfo files, due to ambiguous style name, as this may cause bad
+side effect e.g. on variable `TeX-font-list'.")
(defcustom TeX-byte-compile nil
"*Not nil means try to byte compile auto files before loading."
:group 'TeX-parse
:type 'boolean)
+(defun TeX-bibtex-set-BibTeX-dialect ()
+ "Set `TeX-style-hook-dialect' to `:bibtex' locally to BibTeX buffers."
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-style-hook-dialect) :bibtex))
+
(defun TeX-load-style (style)
"Search for and load each definition for STYLE in `TeX-style-path'."
(cond ((assoc style TeX-style-hook-list)) ; We already found it
@@ -2375,9 +2468,79 @@ active.")
((file-readable-p el)
(load-file el)))))
-(defun TeX-add-style-hook (style hook)
- "Give STYLE yet another HOOK to run."
- (let ((entry (assoc style TeX-style-hook-list)))
+(defconst TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist
+ '((:latex . 1) (:texinfo . 2) (:bibtex . 4))
+ "Association list to map dialects to binary weight, in order to
+ implement dialect sets as bitmaps." )
+
+(defun TeX-shdex-eval (dialect-expr)
+ "Evaluate a style hook dialect expression DIALECT-EXPR."
+ (cond
+ ((symbolp dialect-expr)
+ (let ((cell (assq dialect-expr TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist)))
+ (if cell (cdr cell)
+ (error "Invalid dialect expression : %S." dialect-expr))))
+ ((and (consp dialect-expr)
+ (memq (car dialect-expr) '(or not and nor)))
+ (apply (intern
+ (concat "TeX-shdex-" (symbol-name (car dialect-expr))))
+ (cdr dialect-expr)))
+ (t
+ (error "Invalid dialect expression : %S." dialect-expr))))
+
+(defsubst TeX-shdex-or (&rest args)
+ "OR operator for style hook dialect expressions."
+ (apply 'logior (mapcar 'TeX-shdex-eval args)))
+
+(defsubst TeX-shdex-and (&rest args)
+ "AND operator for style hook dialect expressions."
+ (apply 'logand (mapcar 'TeX-shdex-eval args)))
+
+(defsubst TeX-shdex-nor (&rest args)
+ "NOR operator for style hook dialect expressions."
+ (lognot (apply 'TeX-shdex-or args)))
+
+(defsubst TeX-shdex-not (arg)
+ "NOT operator for style hook dialect expressions."
+ (lognot (TeX-shdex-eval arg)))
+
+(defsubst TeX-shdex-in-p (dialect dialect-set)
+ "Test whether dialect DIALECT is in dialect set DIALECT-SET."
+ (let ((cell (assq dialect TeX-style-hook-dialect-weight-alist)))
+ (if cell
+ (/= 0 (logand (cdr cell) dialect-set))
+ (error "Invalid dialect %S" dialect))))
+
+(defsubst TeX-shdex-listify (dialect-set)
+ "Converts a dialect set DIALECT-SET to a list of all dialect
+comprised in this set, where dialects are symbols"
+ (let (ret)
+ (dolist (c dialect-set)
+ (when (/= 0 (logand (cdr c) dialect-set))
+ (push (car c) ret)))
+ ret))
+
+(defun TeX-add-style-hook (style hook &optional dialect-expr)
+ "Give STYLE yet another HOOK to run.
+
+DIALECT-EXPR serves the purpose of marking the hook to be run only in
+that dicontext.
+
+DIALECT-EXPR may be a single symbol defining the dialect, see
+variable `TeX-style-hook-dialect' for supported dialects.
+
+DIALECT-EXPR can also be an expression like one of the following:
+
+* (or DIALECT1 DIALECT2 ...)
+* (nor DIALECT1 DIALECT2 ...)
+* (and DIALECT1 DIALECT2 ...)
+* (not DIALECT )
+
+When omitted DIALECT-EXPR is equivalent to `(nor )', ie all
+dialected are allowed."
+ (let ((entry (TeX-assoc-string style TeX-style-hook-list)))
+ (and dialect-expr (setq hook (vector 'TeX-style-hook hook
+ (TeX-shdex-eval dialect-expr))))
(cond ((null entry)
;; New style, add entry.
(setq TeX-style-hook-list (cons (list style hook)
@@ -2389,16 +2552,30 @@ active.")
;; Old style, new hook.
(setcdr entry (cons hook (cdr entry)))))))
-(defun TeX-unload-style (style)
- "Forget that we once loaded STYLE."
- (cond ((null (assoc style TeX-style-hook-list)))
- ((equal (car (car TeX-style-hook-list)) style)
- (setq TeX-style-hook-list (cdr TeX-style-hook-list)))
- (t
- (let ((entry TeX-style-hook-list))
- (while (not (equal (car (car (cdr entry))) style))
- (setq entry (cdr entry)))
- (setcdr entry (cdr (cdr entry)))))))
+(defun TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect (hooks dialect-list)
+ "Scan HOOKS for all hooks the associated dialect of which is
+found in DIALECT-LIST and return the list thereof."
+ (let (ret dialect-list-1)
+ (dolist (hook hooks)
+ (setq dialect-list-1 (and (vectorp hook) (eq (aref hook 0)
'TeX-style-hook)
+ (TeX-shdex-listify (aref hook 2))))
+ (while dialect-list-1
+ (when (memq (pop dialect-list-1) dialect-list)
+ (push hook ret)
+ (setq dialect-list-1 nil)))
+ ret)))
+
+(defun TeX-unload-style (style &optional dialect-list)
+ "Forget that we once loaded STYLE. If DIALECT-LIST is provided
+the STYLE is only removed for those dialects in DIALECT-LIST.
+
+See variable `TeX-style-hook-dialect' for supported dialects."
+ (let ((style-data (TeX-assoc-string style TeX-style-hook-list)))
+ (if style-data
+ (let ((hooks (and dialect-list (TeX-keep-hooks-in-dialect (cdr
style-data) dialect-list))))
+ (if hooks
+ (setcdr style-data hooks)
+ (setq TeX-style-hook-list (delq style-data
TeX-style-hook-list)))))))
(defcustom TeX-virgin-style (if (and TeX-auto-global
(file-directory-p TeX-auto-global))
@@ -2430,8 +2607,23 @@ active.")
(TeX-master-directory))
style (substring style
(match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))
- (mapcar 'funcall
- (cdr-safe (assoc style TeX-style-hook-list))))))
+ (condition-case err
+ (mapcar (lambda (hook)
+ (cond
+ ((functionp hook)
+ (funcall hook))
+ ((and (vectorp hook)
+ (eq (aref hook 0) 'TeX-style-hook))
+ (and (TeX-shdex-in-p TeX-style-hook-dialect
(aref hook 2))
+ (funcall (aref hook 1))))
+ (t (error "Invalid style hook %S" hook))))
+ (cdr-safe (TeX-assoc-string style
TeX-style-hook-list)))
+ ;; This happens in case some style added a new parser, and
+ ;; now the style isn't used anymore (user deleted
+ ;; \usepackage{style}). Then we're left over with, e.g.,
+ ;; (LaTeX-add-siunitx-units "\\parsec"), but the function is
+ ;; defined in a style siunitx.el that's not loaded anymore.
+ (void-function nil)))))
styles))
(defcustom TeX-parse-self nil
@@ -2510,6 +2702,59 @@ FORCE is not nil."
"*Function to call for completing non-macros in `tex-mode'."
:group 'TeX-macro)
+(defcustom TeX-complete-expert-commands nil
+ "Complete macros and environments marked as expert commands.
+
+Possible values are nil, t, or a list of style names.
+
+ - nil Don't complete expert commands (default).
+ - t Always complete expert commands.
+ - (STYLES ...) Only complete expert commands of STYLES."
+ :group 'TeX-macro
+ :type '(choice (const :tag "Don't complete expert commands" nil)
+ (const :tag "Always complete expert commands" t)
+ (repeat :tag "Complete expert commands of certain styles"
string)))
+
+(defmacro TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions (thing list-var prefix)
+ (let* ((plural (concat thing "s"))
+ (upcase (upcase thing))
+ (upcase-plural (upcase plural)))
+ `(progn
+ (defvar ,(intern (format "%s-expert-%s-table" prefix thing))
+ (make-hash-table :test 'equal)
+ ,(format "A hash-table mapping %s names to the style name providing it.
+
+A %s occuring in this table is considered an expert %s and
+treated specially in the completion." thing thing thing))
+
+ (defun ,(intern (format "%s-declare-expert-%s" prefix plural)) (style
&rest ,(intern plural))
+ ,(format "Declare %s as expert %s of STYLE.
+
+Expert %s are completed depending on `TeX-complete-expert-commands'."
+ upcase-plural plural plural)
+ (dolist (x ,(intern plural))
+ (if (null style)
+ (remhash x TeX-expert-macro-table)
+ (puthash x style TeX-expert-macro-table))))
+
+ (defun ,(intern (format "%s-filtered" list-var)) ()
+ ,(format "Return (%s) filtered depending on
`TeX-complete-expert-commands'."
+ list-var)
+ (delq nil
+ (mapcar
+ (lambda (entry)
+ (if (eq t TeX-complete-expert-commands)
+ entry
+ (let* ((cmd (car entry))
+ (style (gethash cmd TeX-expert-macro-table)))
+ (when (or (null style)
+ (member style TeX-complete-expert-commands))
+ entry))))
+ (,list-var)))))))
+
+(TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions "macro" TeX-symbol-list "TeX")
+(TeX-complete-make-expert-command-functions "environment"
LaTeX-environment-list "LaTeX")
+
(defvar TeX-complete-list nil
"List of ways to complete the preceding text.
@@ -2582,25 +2827,46 @@ Or alternatively:
(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-default-macro)
(defcustom TeX-insert-braces t
- "*If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro."
+ "*If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
+
+See also `TeX-insert-braces-alist'."
:group 'TeX-macro
:type 'boolean)
+(defcustom TeX-insert-braces-alist nil
+ "Alist of macros to which braces should or should not be appended.
+
+Each element is a cons cell, whose CAR is the macro name, and the
+CDR is non-nil or nil, depending on whether a pair of braces
+should be, respectively, appended or not to the macro.
+
+If a macro has an element in this variable, `TeX-parse-macro'
+will use its value to decided what to do, whatever the value of
+the variable `TeX-insert-braces'."
+ :group 'TeX-macro
+ :type '(repeat (cons (string :tag "Macro name")
+ (boolean :tag "Append braces?"))))
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'TeX-insert-braces-alist)
+
(defcustom TeX-insert-macro-default-style 'show-optional-args
"Specifies whether `TeX-insert-macro' will ask for all optional arguments.
-If set to the symbol `show-optional-args', `TeX-insert-macro' asks for
-optional arguments of TeX marcos. If set to `mandatory-args-only',
+If set to the symbol `show-optional-args', `TeX-insert-macro'
+asks for optional arguments of TeX marcos, unless the previous
+optional argument has been rejected. If set to
+`show-all-optional-args', `TeX-insert-macro' asks for all
+optional arguments. If set to `mandatory-args-only',
`TeX-insert-macro' asks only for mandatory argument.
When `TeX-insert-macro' is called with \\[universal-argument], it's the other
way round.
Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, see e.g.
-`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'."
+`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' and `TeX-arg-cite-note-p'."
:group 'TeX-macro
:type '(choice (const mandatory-args-only)
- (const show-optional-args)))
+ (const show-optional-args)
+ (const show-all-optional-args)))
(defvar TeX-arg-opening-brace nil
"String used as an opening brace for argument insertion.
@@ -2630,12 +2896,10 @@ is called with \\[universal-argument]."
TeX-default-macro
"): "
TeX-esc)
- (TeX-symbol-list) nil nil nil
- 'TeX-macro-history)))
- (cond ((string-equal symbol "")
- (setq symbol TeX-default-macro))
- ((interactive-p)
- (setq TeX-default-macro symbol)))
+ (TeX-symbol-list-filtered) nil nil nil
+ 'TeX-macro-history TeX-default-macro)))
+ (when (interactive-p)
+ (setq TeX-default-macro symbol))
(TeX-parse-macro symbol (cdr-safe (assoc symbol (TeX-symbol-list))))
(run-hooks 'TeX-after-insert-macro-hook))
@@ -2708,21 +2972,31 @@ type of ARGS:
(cond ((marker-position exit-mark)
(goto-char (marker-position exit-mark))
(set-marker exit-mark nil))
- ((and TeX-insert-braces
- ;; Do not add braces if the argument is 0 or -1.
- (not (and (= (safe-length args) 1)
- (numberp (car args))
- (<= (car args) 0)))
- (equal position (point))
- (string-match "[a-zA-Z]+" symbol)
- (not (texmathp)))
- (insert TeX-grop)
- (if (TeX-active-mark)
- (progn
+ ((let ((element (assoc symbol TeX-insert-braces-alist)))
+ ;; If in `TeX-insert-braces-alist' there is an element associated
+ ;; to the current macro, use its value to decide whether inserting
+ ;; a pair of braces, otherwise use the standard criterion.
+ (if element
+ (cdr element)
+ (and TeX-insert-braces
+ ;; Do not add braces if the argument is 0 or -1.
+ (not (and (= (safe-length args) 1)
+ (numberp (car args))
+ (<= (car args) 0)))
+ (equal position (point))
+ (string-match "[a-zA-Z]+" symbol))))
+ (if (texmathp)
+ (when (TeX-active-mark)
+ (insert TeX-grop)
(exchange-point-and-mark)
(insert TeX-grcl))
- (insert TeX-grcl)
- (backward-char))))))
+ (insert TeX-grop)
+ (if (TeX-active-mark)
+ (progn
+ (exchange-point-and-mark)
+ (insert TeX-grcl))
+ (insert TeX-grcl)
+ (backward-char)))))))
(defun TeX-arg-string (optional &optional prompt initial-input)
"Prompt for a string.
@@ -2741,20 +3015,19 @@ INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading
input."
"Parse TeX macro arguments ARGS.
See `TeX-parse-macro' for details."
- (let ((last-optional-rejected nil)
- skip-opt)
- ;; Maybe get rid of all optional arguments. See `TeX-insert-macro' for
- ;; more comments. See `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
- (when (or (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style 'show-optional-args)
- (equal current-prefix-arg '(4)))
- (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style 'mandatory-args-only)
- (null (equal current-prefix-arg '(4)))))
- (while (vectorp (car args))
- (setq args (cdr args))))
-
+ (let ((last-optional-rejected nil))
(while args
(if (vectorp (car args))
- (unless last-optional-rejected
+ ;; Maybe get rid of all optional arguments. See `TeX-insert-macro'
+ ;; for more comments. See `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
+ (unless (if (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style
'show-all-optional-args)
+ (equal current-prefix-arg '(4))
+ (or
+ (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style
'show-optional-args)
+ (equal current-prefix-arg '(4)))
+ (and (eq TeX-insert-macro-default-style
'mandatory-args-only)
+ (null (equal current-prefix-arg '(4))))
+ last-optional-rejected))
(let ((TeX-arg-opening-brace LaTeX-optop)
(TeX-arg-closing-brace LaTeX-optcl))
(TeX-parse-argument t (if (equal (length (car args)) 1)
@@ -2886,8 +3159,8 @@ Return the number as car and unit as cdr."
(defun TeX-arg-literal (optional &rest args)
"Insert its arguments ARGS into the buffer.
-Used for specifying extra syntax for a macro."
- ;; FIXME: What is the purpose of OPTIONAL here? -- rs
+Used for specifying extra syntax for a macro. The compatibility
+argument OPTION is ignored."
(apply 'insert args))
@@ -2992,18 +3265,14 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(setq indent-tabs-mode nil)
;; Ispell support
- (make-local-variable 'ispell-parser)
- (setq ispell-parser 'tex)
- (make-local-variable 'ispell-tex-p)
- (setq ispell-tex-p t)
-
+ (set (make-local-variable 'ispell-parser) 'tex)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'ispell-tex-p) t)
+
;; Redefine some standard variables
(make-local-variable 'paragraph-start)
(make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate)
- (make-local-variable 'comment-start)
- (setq comment-start "%")
- (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip)
- (setq comment-start-skip
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start) "%")
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip)
(concat
"\\(\\(^\\|[^\\\n]\\)\\("
(regexp-quote TeX-esc)
@@ -3013,20 +3282,16 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(set (make-local-variable 'comment-use-syntax) t)
;; `comment-padding' is defined here as an integer for compatibility
;; reasons because older Emacsen could not cope with a string.
- (make-local-variable 'comment-padding)
- (setq comment-padding 1)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-padding) 1)
;; Removed as commenting in (La)TeX is done with one `%' not two
;; (make-local-variable 'comment-add)
;; (setq comment-add 1) ;default to `%%' in comment-region
- (make-local-variable 'comment-indent-function)
- (setq comment-indent-function 'TeX-comment-indent)
- (make-local-variable 'comment-multi-line)
- (setq comment-multi-line nil)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-indent-function) 'TeX-comment-indent)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'comment-multi-line) nil)
(make-local-variable 'compile-command)
(unless (boundp 'compile-command)
(setq compile-command "make"))
- (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes)
- (setq words-include-escapes nil)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes) nil)
;; Make TAB stand out
;; (make-local-variable 'buffer-display-table)
@@ -3036,10 +3301,10 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
;; (aset buffer-display-table ?\t (apply 'vector (append "<TAB>" nil)))
;; Symbol completion.
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
- (setq TeX-complete-list
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
(list (list "\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]*\\)"
- 1 'TeX-symbol-list (if TeX-insert-braces "{}"))
+ 1 'TeX-symbol-list-filtered
+ (if TeX-insert-braces "{}"))
(list "" TeX-complete-word)))
(funcall TeX-install-font-lock)
@@ -3049,8 +3314,9 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(if (boundp 'local-write-file-hooks)
(add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write)
(add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'TeX-safe-auto-write))
- (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update)
- (setq TeX-auto-update t)
+ (set (make-local-variable 'TeX-auto-update) t)
+
+ (define-key TeX-mode-map "\C-xng" 'TeX-narrow-to-group)
;; Minor modes
(when TeX-source-correlate-mode
@@ -3114,38 +3380,6 @@ The algorithm is as follows:
(defconst TeX-auto-parser-local 3)
(defconst TeX-auto-parser-change 4)
-(defun TeX-auto-add-type (name prefix &optional plural)
- "Add information about NAME to the parser using PREFIX.
-
-Optional third argument PLURAL is the plural form of TYPE.
-By default just add an `s'.
-
-This function create a set of variables and functions to maintain a
-separate type of information in the parser."
- (let* ((names (or plural (concat name "s")))
- (tmp (intern (concat prefix "-auto-" name)))
- (add (intern (concat prefix "-add-" names)))
- (local (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-list")))
- (change (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-changed"))))
- (setq TeX-auto-parser
- (cons (list name tmp add local change) TeX-auto-parser))
- (set local nil)
- (make-variable-buffer-local local)
- (set change nil)
- (make-variable-buffer-local change)
- (fset add `(lambda (&rest entries)
- ,(concat "Add information about " (upcase name)
- " to the current buffer.
-Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
- (TeX-auto-add-information ,name entries)))
- (fset local `(lambda nil
- ,(concat "List of " names
- " active in the current buffer.
-Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
- (TeX-auto-list-information ,name)))
- (add-hook 'TeX-remove-style-hook
- `(lambda nil (setq ,(symbol-name local) nil)))))
-
(defun TeX-auto-add-information (name entries)
"For NAME in `TeX-auto-parser' add ENTRIES."
(let* ((entry (assoc name TeX-auto-parser))
@@ -3189,6 +3423,45 @@ Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
(message "Removing duplicates... done"))
(symbol-value local)))
+(defmacro TeX-auto-add-type (name prefix &optional plural)
+ "Add information about NAME to the parser using PREFIX.
+
+Optional third argument PLURAL is the plural form of TYPE.
+By default just add an `s'.
+
+This function create a set of variables and functions to maintain a
+separate type of information in the parser."
+ (let* ((names (or plural (concat name "s")))
+ (tmp (intern (concat prefix "-auto-" name)))
+ (add (intern (concat prefix "-add-" names)))
+ (local (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-list")))
+ (change (intern (concat prefix "-" name "-changed")))
+ (vardoc (concat "Information about " names
+ " in the current buffer.
+Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")))
+ `(progn
+ (defvar ,tmp nil ,vardoc)
+ (defvar ,local nil ,vardoc)
+ (make-variable-buffer-local ',local)
+ (defvar ,change nil ,vardoc)
+ (make-variable-buffer-local ',change)
+ (defun ,add (&rest ,(intern names))
+ ,(concat "Add information about " (upcase names)
+ " to the current buffer.
+Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
+ (TeX-auto-add-information ,name ,(intern names)))
+ (defun ,local ()
+ ,(concat "List of " names
+ " active in the current buffer.
+Generated by `TeX-auto-add-type'.")
+ (TeX-auto-list-information ,name))
+ ;; Append new type to `TeX-auto-parser' in order to make `style' type
+ ;; always the first.
+ (add-to-list 'TeX-auto-parser ',(list name tmp add local change) t)
+ (add-hook 'TeX-remove-style-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ (setq ,local nil))))))
+
(TeX-auto-add-type "symbol" "TeX")
(defvar TeX-auto-apply-hook nil
@@ -3316,9 +3589,8 @@ If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files
in the directory."
(append TeX-file-extensions
BibTeX-file-extensions
TeX-Biber-file-extensions)))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer (let (enable-local-eval)
- (find-file-noselect tex)))
+ (with-current-buffer (let (enable-local-eval)
+ (find-file-noselect tex))
(message "Parsing %s..." tex)
(TeX-auto-store (concat (file-name-as-directory auto)
(TeX-strip-extension tex
@@ -3346,13 +3618,22 @@ If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all
files in the directory."
(TeX-auto-parse)
(if (member nil (mapcar 'TeX-auto-entry-clear-p TeX-auto-parser))
- (let ((style (TeX-strip-extension nil TeX-all-extensions t)))
+ (let ((style (TeX-strip-extension nil TeX-all-extensions t))
+ (class-opts (if (boundp 'LaTeX-provided-class-options)
+ LaTeX-provided-class-options))
+ (pkg-opts (if (boundp 'LaTeX-provided-package-options)
+ LaTeX-provided-package-options)))
(TeX-unload-style style)
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer (generate-new-buffer file))
+ (with-current-buffer (generate-new-buffer file)
(erase-buffer)
- (insert "(TeX-add-style-hook \"" style "\"\n"
- " (lambda ()")
+ (insert "(TeX-add-style-hook\n \""
+ style "\"\n (lambda ()")
+ (when class-opts
+ (insert "\n (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-class-options\n"
+ " '" (prin1-to-string class-opts) ")"))
+ (when pkg-opts
+ (insert "\n (TeX-add-to-alist 'LaTeX-provided-package-options\n"
+ " '" (prin1-to-string pkg-opts) ")"))
(mapc (lambda (el) (TeX-auto-insert el style))
TeX-auto-parser)
(insert "))\n\n")
@@ -3375,13 +3656,13 @@ If SKIP is not-nil, don't insert code for SKIP."
(let ((name (symbol-name (nth TeX-auto-parser-add entry)))
(list (symbol-value (nth TeX-auto-parser-temporary entry))))
(unless (null list)
- (insert "\n (" name)
+ (insert "\n (" name)
(dolist (el list)
(cond ((and (stringp el) (not (string= el skip)))
- (insert "\n ")
+ (insert "\n ")
(insert (prin1-to-string el)))
((not (stringp el))
- (insert "\n ")
+ (insert "\n ")
(insert "'" (prin1-to-string el)))))
(insert ")"))))
@@ -3616,7 +3897,7 @@ Check for potential LaTeX environments."
"File extensions recognized by AUCTeX."
:group 'TeX-file)
-(defcustom TeX-file-extensions '("tex" "sty" "cls" "ltx" "texi" "texinfo"
"dtx")
+(defcustom TeX-file-extensions '("tex" "sty" "cls" "ltx" "texi" "txi"
"texinfo" "dtx")
"*File extensions used by manually generated TeX files."
:group 'TeX-file-extension
:type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
@@ -3661,6 +3942,11 @@ Access to the value should be through the function
`TeX-output-extension'.")
:group 'TeX-file-extension
:type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
+(defcustom BibLaTeX-style-extensions '("bbx")
+ "Valid file extensions for BibLaTeX styles."
+ :group 'TeX-file-extension
+ :type '(repeat (string :format "%v")))
+
(defcustom BibTeX-style-extensions '("bst")
"Valid file extensions for BibTeX styles."
:group 'TeX-file-extension
@@ -3852,7 +4138,7 @@ example.")
(defun TeX-search-files-by-type (filetype &optional scope nodir strip)
"Return a list of files in TeX's search path with type FILETYPE.
FILETYPE is a symbol used to choose the search paths and
-extensions. See `TeX-search-file-type-alist' for supported
+extensions. See `TeX-search-files-type-alist' for supported
symbols.
The optional argument SCOPE sets the scope for the search.
@@ -3895,6 +4181,24 @@ If optional argument STRIP is non-nil, remove file
extension."
dir) t)))))
(append local-files (TeX-search-files dirs exts nodir strip)))))))
+;;; Narrowing
+
+(defun TeX-narrow-to-group ()
+ "Make text outside current group invisible."
+ (interactive)
+ (save-excursion
+ (widen)
+ (let ((opoint (point))
+ beg end)
+ (if (null (search-backward "{" nil t))
+ (message "Nothing to be narrowed here.")
+ (setq beg (point))
+ (forward-sexp)
+ (setq end (point))
+ (if (< end opoint)
+ (message "Nothing to be narrowed here.")
+ (narrow-to-region beg end))))))
+(put 'TeX-narrow-to-group 'disabled t)
;;; Utilities
;;
@@ -3993,6 +4297,29 @@ mark which is sort of equivalent."
(defalias 'TeX-run-mode-hooks
(if (fboundp 'run-mode-hooks) 'run-mode-hooks 'run-hooks))
+(defun TeX-add-to-alist (alist-var new-alist)
+ "Add NEW-ALIST to the ALIST-VAR.
+If an element with the same key as the key of an element of
+NEW-ALIST is already present in ALIST-VAR, add the new values to
+it; if a matching element is not already present, append the new
+element to ALIST-VAR."
+ ;; Loop over all elements of NEW-ALIST.
+ (while new-alist
+ (let* ((new-element (car new-alist))
+ ;; Get the element of ALIST-VAR with the same key of the current
+ ;; element of NEW-ALIST, if any.
+ (old-element (assoc (car new-element) (symbol-value alist-var))))
+ (if old-element
+ (progn
+ (set alist-var (delete old-element (symbol-value alist-var)))
+ ;; Append to `old-element' the values of the current element of
+ ;; NEW-ALIST.
+ (mapc (lambda (elt) (add-to-list 'old-element elt t))
+ (cdr new-element))
+ (set alist-var (add-to-list alist-var old-element t)))
+ (add-to-list alist-var new-element t)))
+ ;; Next element of NEW-ALIST.
+ (setq new-alist (cdr new-alist))))
;;; Syntax Table
@@ -4148,7 +4475,7 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
(define-key map "\C-c?" 'TeX-doc)
(define-key map "\C-c\C-i" 'TeX-goto-info-page)
(define-key map "\r" 'TeX-newline)
-
+
;; From tex.el
(define-key map "\"" 'TeX-insert-quote)
(define-key map "$" 'TeX-insert-dollar)
@@ -4162,14 +4489,14 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
(define-key map "^" 'TeX-insert-sub-or-superscript)
(define-key map "_" 'TeX-insert-sub-or-superscript)
(define-key map "\e\t" 'TeX-complete-symbol) ;*** Emacs 19 way
-
+
(define-key map "\C-c'" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph) ;*** Old
way
(define-key map "\C-c:" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region) ;*** Old way
(define-key map "\C-c\"" 'TeX-uncomment) ;*** Old way
-
+
(define-key map "\C-c;" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region)
(define-key map "\C-c%" 'TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph)
-
+
(define-key map "\C-c\C-t\C-p" 'TeX-PDF-mode)
(define-key map "\C-c\C-t\C-i" 'TeX-interactive-mode)
(define-key map "\C-c\C-t\C-s" 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
@@ -4251,6 +4578,12 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
:help "Kill the current TeX process"]
["Next Error" TeX-next-error
:help "Jump to the next error of the last TeX run"]
+ ["Previous Error" TeX-previous-error
+ :help "Jump to the previous error of the last TeX run"
+ :visible TeX-parse-all-errors]
+ ["Error Overview" TeX-error-overview
+ :help "Open an overview of errors occured in the last TeX run"
+ :visible (and TeX-parse-all-errors (fboundp 'tabulated-list-mode))]
["Quick View" TeX-view
:help "Start a viewer without prompting"]
"-"
@@ -4278,7 +4611,7 @@ Brace insertion is only done if point is in a math
construct and
["Debug Warnings" TeX-toggle-debug-warnings
:style toggle :selected TeX-debug-warnings
:help "Make \"Next Error\" show warnings"])))
- (let ((file 'TeX-command-on-current));; is this actually needed?
+ (let ((file 'TeX-command-on-current)) ;; is this actually needed?
(TeX-maybe-remove-help
(delq nil
(mapcar 'TeX-command-menu-entry
@@ -5052,7 +5385,7 @@ See also `TeX-font-replace-macro' and
`TeX-font-replace-function'."
(delete-char 3)
nil)
t))
- (delete-backward-char 1))
+ (delete-char -1))
(insert end)))
(defun TeX-font-replace-macro (start end)
@@ -5084,7 +5417,7 @@ See also `TeX-font-replace' and
`TeX-font-replace-function'."
(forward-sexp 2))
(save-excursion
(replace-match start t t))
- (delete-backward-char 1)
+ (delete-char -1)
(insert end))))
;;; Dollars
@@ -5110,19 +5443,42 @@ See also `TeX-font-replace' and
`TeX-font-replace-function'."
:group 'TeX-macro
:type 'boolean)
-(defcustom TeX-math-close-double-dollar nil
- "If non-nil close double dollar math by typing a single `$'."
+(defcustom TeX-electric-math nil
+ "If non-nil, when outside math mode `TeX-insert-dollar' will
+insert symbols for opening and closing inline equation and put
+the point between them. If there is an active region,
+`TeX-insert-dollar' will put around it symbols for opening and
+closing inline equation and keep the region active, with point
+after closing symbol. If you press `$' again, you can toggle
+between inline equation, display equation, and no equation.
+
+If non-nil and point is inside math mode right between a couple
+of single dollars, pressing `$' will insert another pair of
+dollar signs and leave the point between them.
+
+If nil, `TeX-insert-dollar' will simply insert \"$\" at point,
+this is the default.
+
+If non-nil, this variable is a cons cell whose CAR is the string
+to insert before point, the CDR is the string to insert after
+point. You can choose between \"$...$\" and \"\\(...\\)\"."
:group 'TeX-macro
- :type 'boolean)
+ :type '(choice (const :tag "No electricity" nil)
+ (const :tag "$...$" ("$" . "$"))
+ (const :tag "\\(...\\)" ("\\(" . "\\)"))
+ (cons :tag "Other"
+ (string :tag "Insert before point")
+ (string :tag "Insert after point"))))
(defun TeX-insert-dollar (&optional arg)
"Insert dollar sign.
If current math mode was not entered with a dollar, refuse to
insert one. Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign ends
-the TeX math mode and `blink-matching-paren' is non-nil. Ensure
-double dollar signs match up correctly by inserting extra dollar
-signs when needed.
+the TeX math mode and `blink-matching-paren' is non-nil.
+
+When outside math mode, the behavior is controlled by the variable
+`TeX-electric-math'.
With raw \\[universal-argument] prefix, insert exactly one dollar
sign. With optional ARG, insert that many dollar signs."
@@ -5134,40 +5490,91 @@ sign. With optional ARG, insert that many dollar
signs."
(arg
;; Numerical arg inserts that many
(insert (make-string (prefix-numeric-value arg) ?\$)))
- ((TeX-escaped-p)
- ;; This is escaped with `\', so just insert one.
+ ((or (TeX-escaped-p) (TeX-verbatim-p))
+ ;; Point is escaped with `\' or is in a verbatim-like construct, so just
+ ;; insert one $.
(insert "$"))
((texmathp)
;; We are inside math mode
- (if (and (stringp (car texmathp-why))
- (string-equal (substring (car texmathp-why) 0 1) "\$"))
- ;; Math mode was turned on with $ or $$ - so finish it accordingly.
- (progn
- (if TeX-math-close-double-dollar
- (insert (car texmathp-why))
- (insert "$"))
- (when (and blink-matching-paren
- (or (string= (car texmathp-why) "$")
- (zerop (mod (save-excursion
- (skip-chars-backward "$")) 2))))
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (cdr texmathp-why))
- (if (pos-visible-in-window-p)
- (sit-for 1)
- (message "Matches %s"
- (buffer-substring
- (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))))))))
+ (cond
+ ((and TeX-electric-math
+ (eq (preceding-char) ?\$)
+ (eq (following-char) ?\$))
+ ;; Point is between "$$" and `TeX-electric-math' is non-nil - insert
+ ;; another pair of dollar signs and leave point between them.
+ (insert "$$")
+ (backward-char))
+ ((and (stringp (car texmathp-why))
+ (string-equal (substring (car texmathp-why) 0 1) "\$"))
+ ;; Math mode was turned on with $ or $$ - insert a single $.
+ (insert "$")
+ ;; Compatibility, `TeX-math-close-double-dollar' has been removed
+ ;; after AUCTeX 11.87.
+ (if (boundp 'TeX-math-close-double-dollar)
+ (message
+ (concat "`TeX-math-close-double-dollar' has been removed,"
+ "\nplease use `TeX-electric-math' instead.")))
+ (when (and blink-matching-paren
+ (or (string= (car texmathp-why) "$")
+ (zerop (mod (save-excursion
+ (skip-chars-backward "$")) 2))))
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (cdr texmathp-why))
+ (if (pos-visible-in-window-p)
+ (sit-for blink-matching-delay)
+ (message "Matches %s"
+ (buffer-substring
+ (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))))))))
+ (t
;; Math mode was not entered with dollar - we cannot finish it with one.
(message "Math mode started with `%s' cannot be closed with dollar"
(car texmathp-why))
- (insert "$")))
+ (insert "$"))))
(t
;; Just somewhere in the text.
- (insert "$")))
+ (cond
+ ((and TeX-electric-math (TeX-active-mark))
+ (if (> (point) (mark))
+ (exchange-point-and-mark))
+ (cond
+ ;; $...$ to $$...$$
+ ((and (eq last-command 'TeX-insert-dollar)
+ (re-search-forward "\\=\\$\\([^$][^z-a]*[^$]\\)\\$" (mark) t))
+ (replace-match "$$\\1$$")
+ (set-mark (match-beginning 0)))
+ ;; \(...\) to \[...\]
+ ((and (eq last-command 'TeX-insert-dollar)
+ (re-search-forward "\\=\\\\(\\([^z-a]*\\)\\\\)" (mark) t))
+ (replace-match "\\\\[\\1\\\\]")
+ (set-mark (match-beginning 0)))
+ ;; Strip \[...\] or $$...$$
+ ((and (eq last-command 'TeX-insert-dollar)
+ (or (re-search-forward "\\=\\\\\\[\\([^z-a]*\\)\\\\\\]" (mark) t)
+ (re-search-forward "\\=\\$\\$\\([^z-a]*\\)\\$\\$" (mark) t)))
+ (replace-match "\\1")
+ (set-mark (match-beginning 0)))
+ (t
+ ;; We use `save-excursion' because point must be situated before opening
+ ;; symbol.
+ (save-excursion (insert (car TeX-electric-math)))
+ (exchange-point-and-mark)
+ (insert (cdr TeX-electric-math))))
+ ;; Keep the region active.
+ (TeX-activate-region))
+ (TeX-electric-math
+ (insert (car TeX-electric-math))
+ (save-excursion (insert (cdr TeX-electric-math)))
+ (if blink-matching-paren
+ (progn
+ (backward-char)
+ (sit-for blink-matching-delay)
+ (forward-char))))
+ ;; In any other case just insert a single $.
+ ((insert "$")))))
(TeX-math-input-method-off))
(defvar TeX-math-input-method-off-regexp
- "^\\(chinese\\|japanese\\|korean\\|bulgarian\\|russian\\)"
+ (concat "^" (regexp-opt '("chinese" "japanese" "korean" "bulgarian"
"russian") t))
"Regexp matching input methods to be deactivated when entering math mode.")
(defun TeX-math-input-method-off ()
@@ -5180,18 +5587,19 @@ sign. With optional ARG, insert that many dollar
signs."
;;; Simple Commands
-(defun TeX-normal-mode (arg)
+(defun TeX-normal-mode (&optional arg)
"Remove all information about this buffer, and apply the style hooks again.
Save buffer first including style information.
With optional argument ARG, also reload the style hooks."
- ;; FIXME: Shouldn't it be (&optional arg)? -- rs
(interactive "*P")
(if arg
(setq TeX-style-hook-list nil
BibTeX-global-style-files nil
BibTeX-global-files nil
+ BibLaTeX-global-style-files nil
TeX-Biber-global-files nil
- TeX-global-input-files nil))
+ TeX-global-input-files nil
+ LaTeX-global-class-files nil))
(let ((TeX-auto-save t))
(if (buffer-modified-p)
(save-buffer)
@@ -5226,7 +5634,7 @@ quotes are inserted only after \"."
"Alist for overriding the default language-specific quote insertion.
First element in each item is the name of the language as set by
the language style file as a string. Second element is the
-opening quotation mark. Third elemxent is the closing quotation
+opening quotation mark. Third element is the closing quotation
mark. Opening and closing quotation marks can be specified
directly as strings or as functions returning a string. Fourth
element is a boolean specifying insertion behavior, overriding
@@ -5301,7 +5709,7 @@ With prefix argument FORCE, always inserts \" characters."
(concat (regexp-quote open-quote) "\\|"
(regexp-quote close-quote))
(max (length open-quote) (length close-quote))))
- (delete-backward-char (length (match-string 0)))
+ (delete-char (- (length (match-string 0))))
"\"\"")
((< (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward "\"")) -1)
?\")
@@ -5310,15 +5718,15 @@ With prefix argument FORCE, always inserts \"
characters."
((save-excursion
(forward-char -1)
(bobp))
- (delete-backward-char 1)
+ (delete-char -1)
open-quote)
((save-excursion
(forward-char -2) ;;; at -1 there is double quote
(looking-at "[ \t\n]\\|\\s("))
- (delete-backward-char 1)
+ (delete-char -1)
open-quote)
(t
- (delete-backward-char 1)
+ (delete-char -1)
close-quote)))
(insert (cond ((bobp)
open-quote)
@@ -5329,12 +5737,12 @@ With prefix argument FORCE, always inserts \"
characters."
((save-excursion
(forward-char (- (length open-quote)))
(looking-at (regexp-quote open-quote)))
- (delete-backward-char (length open-quote))
+ (delete-char (- (length open-quote)))
?\")
((save-excursion
(forward-char (- (length close-quote)))
(looking-at (regexp-quote close-quote)))
- (delete-backward-char (length close-quote))
+ (delete-char (- (length close-quote)))
?\")
((save-excursion
(forward-char -1)
@@ -5442,35 +5850,21 @@ Your bug report will be posted to the AUCTeX bug
reporting list.
(call-process "texdoc" nil 0 nil "--view" doc)))
(latex-info (latex-mode)
(lambda ()
- (when (condition-case nil
- (save-window-excursion
- (let ((buf (generate-new-buffer-name "*info*")))
- (info "latex" buf)
- (kill-buffer buf))
- t)
- (error nil))
- (mapcar (lambda (x)
- (let ((x (car x)))
- (if (string-match "\\`\\\\" x)
- (substring x 1) x)))
- (info-lookup->completions 'symbol 'latex-mode))))
+ (mapcar (lambda (x)
+ (let ((x (car x)))
+ (if (string-match "\\`\\\\" x)
+ (substring x 1) x)))
+ (info-lookup->completions 'symbol 'latex-mode)))
(lambda (doc)
(info-lookup-symbol (concat "\\" doc) 'latex-mode)))
(texinfo-info (texinfo-mode)
(lambda ()
- (when (condition-case nil
- (save-window-excursion
- (let ((buf (generate-new-buffer-name "*info*")))
- (info "texinfo" buf)
- (kill-buffer buf))
- t)
- (error nil))
- (mapcar (lambda (x)
- (let ((x (car x)))
- (if (string-match "\\`@" x)
- (substring x 1) x)))
- (info-lookup->completions 'symbol
- 'texinfo-mode))))
+ (mapcar (lambda (x)
+ (let ((x (car x)))
+ (if (string-match "\\`@" x)
+ (substring x 1) x)))
+ (info-lookup->completions 'symbol
+ 'texinfo-mode)))
(lambda (doc)
(info-lookup-symbol (concat "@" doc) 'texinfo-mode))))
"Alist of backends used for looking up documentation.
@@ -5578,7 +5972,7 @@ NAME may be a package, a command, or a document."
(regexp (concat "\\`\\("
(mapconcat (lambda (dir)
(regexp-quote
- (expand-file-name
+ (expand-file-name
(file-name-as-directory dir))))
(append (when (file-name-directory name)
(list (file-name-directory name)))
@@ -5637,10 +6031,37 @@ NAME may be a package, a command, or a document."
;; delsel.el, `delete-selection-mode'
(put 'TeX-newline 'delete-selection t)
-(put 'TeX-insert-dollar 'delete-selection t)
(put 'TeX-insert-quote 'delete-selection t)
(put 'TeX-insert-backslash 'delete-selection t)
+(defun TeX-how-many (regexp &optional rstart rend)
+ "Compatibily function for `how-many'.
+Supports restriction to a region where the XEmacs version doesn't
+and always returns the number of matches, also in XEmacs and GNU
+Emacs 21."
+ ;; Emacs >= 22 does what we want.
+ (if (>= emacs-major-version 22)
+ (how-many regexp rstart rend)
+ ;; XEmacs and GNU Emacs 21 don't return the number of matches but only
print
+ ;; it.
+ (let ((string
+ (if (featurep 'xemacs)
+ ;; XEmacs doesn't even support restriction to a region.
+ (save-excursion
+ (save-restriction
+ (when (and (integer-or-marker-p rstart)
+ (integer-or-marker-p rend))
+ (narrow-to-region rstart rend)
+ (goto-char (point-min)))
+ (how-many regexp)))
+ (how-many regexp rstart rend))))
+ ;; Hide the message printed by `how-many'.
+ (message "")
+ ;; Select the number of occurrences and convert it to a number.
+ (if (string-match "\\([0-9]+\\).*" string)
+ (string-to-number (replace-match "\\1" nil nil string))
+ 0))))
+
(provide 'tex)
;; Local Variables:
diff --git a/texmathp.el b/texmathp.el
index 350406b..f13e237 100644
--- a/texmathp.el
+++ b/texmathp.el
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
("\\vcenter" arg-off)
;; Standard LaTeX
- ("equation" env-on) ("equation*" env-on)
+ ("equation" env-on)
("eqnarray" env-on) ("eqnarray*" env-on)
("math" env-on)
("displaymath" env-on)
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@
("\\ensuremath" arg-on)
;; AMS-LaTeX
+ ("equation*" env-on)
("align" env-on) ("align*" env-on)
("gather" env-on) ("gather*" env-on)
("multline" env-on) ("multline*" env-on)
@@ -230,7 +231,7 @@ will be considered arguments of the macro independent of
its definition."
"After a call to `texmathp' this variable shows why math-mode is on or off.
The value is a cons cell (MATCH . POSITION).
MATCH is a string like a car of an entry in `texmathp-tex-commands', e.q.
-\"equation\" or \"\\ensuremath\" or \"\\[\" or \"$\".
+\"equation\" or \"\\ensuremath\" or \"\\=\\[\" or \"$\".
POSITION is the buffer position of the match. If there was no match,
it points to the limit used for searches, usually two paragraphs up.")
commit 8a181ee8027d179c9768bdcd130dbbe609e94bd5
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Tue Jul 22 18:58:54 2014 +0100
release 11.87.7
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 8496479..42c4ca7 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.87.6
+;; Version: 11.87.7
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
commit bbe3c8fe10b7f95ff484a31a6e9144d0ba17c686
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Tue Jul 22 18:57:54 2014 +0100
Highlighting fix for bib-cite.el
* bib-cite.el (bib-highlight-mouse): Change regexp to cope with
multiple optional arguments of a macro.
diff --git a/bib-cite.el b/bib-cite.el
index afd7aa2..0f94332 100644
--- a/bib-cite.el
+++ b/bib-cite.el
@@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ See variables bib-etags-command and bib-etags-filename"
(re-search-forward
(concat
"\\\\\\(" (substring bib-ref-regexp 2)
- "\\|label\\|[A-Za-z]*cite[A-Za-z]*\\(\\[.*\\]\\)?\\){[^}]*}")
+ "\\|label\\|[A-Za-z]*cite[A-Za-z]*\\(\\[[^]]*\\]\\)*\\){[^}]*}")
nil t)
(setq s (match-beginning 0))
(setq e (match-end 0))
commit 9ba4ac871d1703127d037f32cd3ceb103070b27d
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Mon Jul 14 08:39:32 2014 +0200
Release 11.87.6
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index de7b53b..8496479 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.87.5
+;; Version: 11.87.6
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
commit 10edf9bffbb9db9ae04effb37a4c8bdf8e800ef8
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Mon Jul 14 08:37:47 2014 +0200
Fix date format.
diff --git a/latex/preview.sty b/latex/preview.sty
index c50c5dc..1e16577 100644
--- a/latex/preview.sty
+++ b/latex/preview.sty
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
\def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
\edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
address@hidden@version}}} \next \fi
address@hidden $Date: 2010-02-14 16:19:00 $
address@hidden $Date: 2010/02/14 16:19:00 $
\edef\next{\noexpand\ProvidesPackage{preview}%
[\next\space address@hidden (AUCTeX/preview-latex)]}
\next
commit f0b8860b2857034bb7228d5c4965661d3110327a
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Fri May 23 08:56:09 2014 +0200
Release 11.87.5.
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 85f16de..35a6c45 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2014-05-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
+
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Recognize
+ \\shortintertext from mathtools.
+
2014-05-16 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
* tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index d9a481a..de7b53b 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.87.4
+;; Version: 11.87.5
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
diff --git a/texmathp.el b/texmathp.el
index b7bb7f4..350406b 100644
--- a/texmathp.el
+++ b/texmathp.el
@@ -139,7 +139,10 @@
("alignat" env-on) ("alignat*" env-on)
("xalignat" env-on) ("xalignat*" env-on)
("xxalignat" env-on) ("\\boxed" arg-on)
- ("\\text" arg-off) ("\\intertext" arg-off))
+ ("\\text" arg-off) ("\\intertext" arg-off)
+
+ ;; mathtools
+ ("\\shortintertext" arg-off))
"The default entries for `texmathp-tex-commands', which see.")
(defun texmathp-compile ()
commit 29d3c7e4343196e69db34b64ee9350209d9f29f9
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri May 16 09:08:04 2014 -0400
* tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
dynamic scoping for `num'.
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Don't use `eval' needlessly.
(font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Declare before first use.
(font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
(font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 6e04837..85f16de 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
+2014-05-16 Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
+
+ * tex-site.el (TeX-modes-set): Use advice-add if available.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-sectioning-faces): Don't rely on
+ dynamic scoping for `num'.
+ (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Don't use `eval' needlessly.
+ (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Declare before first use.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Stay away from `add-to-list' on let-bound variables.
+ (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove unused var `end'.
+
2012-12-04 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Merge revno 314 (Stefan Monnier) from emacs elpa branch: Shorten
@@ -71,8 +82,8 @@
2012-07-17 Vincent Belaïche <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Added function.
- (TeX-texinfo-mode): Added RefTeX plugging.
+ * tex-info.el (Texinfo-reftex-hook): Add function.
+ (TeX-texinfo-mode): Add RefTeX plugging.
2012-11-23 Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
@@ -83,8 +94,8 @@
2012-11-20 Davide G. M. Salvetti <address@hidden>
- * doc/tex-ref.tex (column{preview-latex}): Fix typo. Reported by
- Sébastien Villemot. Update copyright information.
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex (column{preview-latex}): Fix typo.
+ Reported by Sébastien Villemot. Update copyright information.
2012-11-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -122,10 +133,10 @@
2012-10-02 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
* tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-engine-default)
- (TeX-engine-alist-builtin, japanese-TeX-use-kanji-opt-flag): New
- defcustoms.
- (japanese-TeX-coding-ejsu, japanese-TeX-get-encoding-string): New
- functions.
+ (TeX-engine-alist-builtin, japanese-TeX-use-kanji-opt-flag):
+ New defcustoms.
+ (japanese-TeX-coding-ejsu, japanese-TeX-get-encoding-string):
+ New functions.
(japanese-TeX-command-list): Support %(kanjiopt).
(TeX-expand-list): Support new option kanjiopt, bibtex, makeindex,
mendexkopt, xdvi.
@@ -165,7 +176,7 @@
(TeX-auto-generate-global, TeX-search-files-type-alist)
(TeX-normal-mode): Adapt.
(TeX-command-Biber): New defcustom.
- (BibTeX-Biber-file-extensions): Renamed from
+ (BibTeX-Biber-file-extensions): Rename from
BibTeX-file-extensions.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-save-document, TeX-check-files)
@@ -176,7 +187,7 @@
(TeX-arg-bibliography, LaTeX-common-initialization): Adapt.
(LaTeX-biber, LaTeX-split-bibs, LaTeX-using-Biber)
(LaTeX-always-use-Biber): New functions and vars.
- (BibTeX-Biber-global-files): Renamed from BibTeX-global-files.
+ (BibTeX-Biber-global-files): Rename from BibTeX-global-files.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes)
(font-latex-add-keywords): Adapt.
@@ -337,8 +348,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Use a different test to check for an
absolute path on Windows.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Add
- definition for \rule and remove the one for \sbox.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Add definition for \rule and remove the one for \sbox.
2011-04-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -456,13 +467,13 @@
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-post-command): Add `forward-char' and
`backward-char' to commands on which to open an overlay.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros): Mention
- `TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Adding Macros):
+ Mention `TeX-arg-input-file-search'.
2011-01-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Make `subdirs' parameter optional. Do
- not try to call kpsewhich with --expand-braces anymore and adapt
+ * tex.el (TeX-tree-expand): Make `subdirs' parameter optional.
+ Do not try to call kpsewhich with --expand-braces anymore and adapt
code for handling of results accordingly.
(TeX-doc-extenstions): New variable.
(TeX-tree-roots): New function.
@@ -479,8 +490,8 @@
`TeX-input-file-search'.
(LaTeX-search-files-type-alist): New user option.
(TeX-arg-input-file-search): Doc fix.
- (TeX-arg-input-file, TeX-arg-bibstyle, TeX-arg-bibliography): Use
- `TeX-search-files-by-type' instead of `TeX-search-files'.
+ (TeX-arg-input-file, TeX-arg-bibstyle, TeX-arg-bibliography):
+ Use `TeX-search-files-by-type' instead of `TeX-search-files'.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Set `TeX-search-files-type-alist'.
2011-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -548,14 +559,14 @@
2010-09-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* context.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands): Remove.
- (ConTeXt-language-variable-list): Add
- `ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands'.
+ (ConTeXt-language-variable-list):
+ Add `ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands'.
- * context-en.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-en): New
- variable.
+ * context-en.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-en):
+ New variable.
- * context-nl.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-nl): New
- variable.
+ * context-nl.el (ConTeXt-extra-paragraph-commands-nl):
+ New variable.
2010-09-18 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -716,8 +727,8 @@
(dist): Do not call `release-commit' anymore.
(snapshot): Now an alias for `dist'.
(release-commit): Use `COMMITTER'.
- (release-sign): New name for `full-release' target. Generate
- version 1.1 directive files.
+ (release-sign): New name for `full-release' target.
+ Generate version 1.1 directive files.
(xemacs-package): Depend on `check-tag'.
(WPACKAGEFILES): Include info files with a numerical supplement to
the .info extension. Depend on `check-tag'. Check for presence
@@ -857,8 +868,8 @@
2009-11-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/wininstall.texi: Do not refer to Emacs 22 anymore. Improve
- the paragraphs about PNG support.
+ * doc/wininstall.texi: Do not refer to Emacs 22 anymore.
+ Improve the paragraphs about PNG support.
2009-11-01 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -886,8 +897,8 @@
(TeX-brace-count-line): Use `TeX-in-comment' instead of just
checking for a comment character.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `TeX-verbatim-p-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `TeX-verbatim-p-function'.
2009-10-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -976,8 +987,8 @@
* style/listings.el ("listings"): Do not eval arguments of
`TeX-arg-key-val'.
- * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-expand-completion-table): New
- function.
+ * multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt-expand-completion-table):
+ New function.
(multi-prompt-key-value): Use it.
* style/pstricks.el: Correct header info.
@@ -1030,8 +1041,8 @@
2009-03-29 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-key-val-options):
+ New variable.
("listings"): Use it. Check for font-latex function, not feature.
* latex.el (TeX-arg-key-val): New function.
@@ -1118,8 +1129,8 @@
* style/CJKutf8.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/CJK.el and style/ruby.el. Add
- style/CJKutf8.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/CJK.el and style/ruby.el.
+ Add style/CJKutf8.el.
2009-01-03 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1281,13 +1292,13 @@
2008-08-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Mimic
- the default tool bars more closely.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
+ Mimic the default tool bars more closely.
2008-08-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): Provide
- different defaults for different Emacs and XEmacs versions.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
+ Provide different defaults for different Emacs and XEmacs versions.
Conditionally add a `new-file' entry.
2008-07-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1352,45 +1363,45 @@
2008-07-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make): Take
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' into account.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make):
+ Take `LaTeX-paragraph-commands' into account.
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp): Move behind
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands' definition.
2008-07-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"): Use
- `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' rather than
+ * style/pdfsync.el ("pdfsync"):
+ Use `TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function' rather than
`TeX-sync-output-page-function'.
* tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove SyncTeX expanders.
(TeX-expand-list): Adapt function calls. Remove SyncTeX expander.
- (hack-one-local-variable, TeX-set-mode-name): Remove
- `TeX-synctex-mode' and `TeX-source-specials-mode'. Add
- `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
+ (hack-one-local-variable, TeX-set-mode-name):
+ Remove `TeX-synctex-mode' and `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ Add `TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
(TeX-source-correlate-method): New variable.
(TeX-source-correlate-method-active): New variable.
- (TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-output-page-function): Rename from
`TeX-sync-output-page-function'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-asked): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-asked): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server-asked'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-flag): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server-flag'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-gnuserv-p): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-gnuserv-p): Rename from
`TeX-view-gnuser-p'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-server-enabled-p): Rename from
`TeX-view-server-enabled-p'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-start-server-maybe): Rename from
`TeX-view-start-server-maybe'.
(TeX-source-specials): Remove custom group.
(TeX-source-correlate-determine-method): New function.
- (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-expand-options): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-expand-options'. Support SyncTeX as well.
- (TeX-source-correlate-map): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-map): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-map'.
- (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Renamed from
+ (TeX-source-correlate-mode): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-mode'. Support SyncTeX as well.
(TeX-source-specials-mode): Now an alias for
`TeX-source-specials-mode'.
@@ -1419,21 +1430,21 @@
replacement specifiers.
* tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add expanders for SyncTeX.
- (TeX-expand-list): Start server if necessary when viewing. Define
- expander for SyncTeX.
+ (TeX-expand-list): Start server if necessary when viewing.
+ Define expander for SyncTeX.
(hack-one-local-variable): Cater for TeX SyncTeX mode.
(TeX-set-mode-name): Add lighter for TeX SyncTeX mode.
(TeX-view): New customization group.
- (TeX-view-start-server): Renamed from
+ (TeX-view-start-server): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-view-start-server'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server): Rename to
`TeX-view-start-server' and define alias.
- (TeX-view-start-server-asked): Renamed from
+ (TeX-view-start-server-asked): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked): Rename to
`TeX-view-start-server-asked'.
(TeX-view-start-server-flag): New variable.
- (TeX-view-gnuserv-p): Renamed from
+ (TeX-view-gnuserv-p): Rename from
`TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p): Rename to
`TeX-view-gnuserv-p'.
@@ -1466,8 +1477,8 @@
2008-06-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-find-matching-close): Simplify. There
- is no need for a general mechanism if the supported chars are
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-find-matching-close): Simplify.
+ There is no need for a general mechanism if the supported chars are
limited at another place.
* tex.el (TeX-search-syntax-table): Support (...) and <...>.
@@ -1494,8 +1505,8 @@
2008-06-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Distinguish
- command-type keyword classes from others when creating the
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-make-built-in-keywords):
+ Distinguish command-type keyword classes from others when creating the
respective variables.
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Structure with nodes.
@@ -1581,8 +1592,8 @@
2008-05-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Add
- standard Emacs buttons to custom set.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
+ Add standard Emacs buttons to custom set.
(TeX-bar-TeX-buttons): Use `tex' instead of `latex' in custom set.
2008-05-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1653,8 +1664,8 @@
2008-02-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Do not depend on distclean. How
- did this ever work?
+ * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): Do not depend on distclean.
+ How did this ever work?
(www-doc): Use release files. Update URLs. Make gendocs.sh use
texi2html.
@@ -1788,13 +1799,13 @@
* tex-buf.el (TeX-record-buffer): New variable, only in Emacs.
(TeX-pop-to-buffer): New function.
(TeX-recenter-output-buffer, TeX-background-filter)
- (TeX-parse-TeX, TeX-parse-error, TeX-help-error): Use
- `TeX-pop-to-buffer'.
+ (TeX-parse-TeX, TeX-parse-error, TeX-help-error):
+ Use `TeX-pop-to-buffer'.
2007-10-30 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-find-image): Rename argument. Improve
- doc string.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-find-image): Rename argument.
+ Improve doc string.
2007-10-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1822,8 +1833,8 @@
2007-08-24 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Show
- error indicator only in LaTeX mode.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Show error indicator only in LaTeX mode.
2007-08-23 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1862,14 +1873,14 @@
* style/subfigure.el ("subfigure"): Use `font-latex-add-keywords'.
Add syntax information.
- * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Update for version 3.7. Use
- `font-latex-add-keywords'. Add syntax information.
+ * style/csquotes.el ("csquotes"): Update for version 3.7.
+ Use `font-latex-add-keywords'. Add syntax information.
* style/MinionPro.el ("MinionPro"): Use `font-latex-add-keywords'.
Add syntax information.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Correct
- syntax spec for \subsubparagraph.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Correct syntax spec for \subsubparagraph.
2007-08-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -1978,8 +1989,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Match optional
arguments of document style or class macro even if they contain
- periods, e.g. in case of "BCOR8.25mm" in KOMA Script classes. Get
- rid of superfluous escapes in complemented character alternatives.
+ periods, e.g. in case of "BCOR8.25mm" in KOMA Script classes.
+ Get rid of superfluous escapes in complemented character alternatives.
* tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Show matching start only if
`blink-matching-paren' is non-nil.
@@ -2000,8 +2011,8 @@
2007-05-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Check
- if `match-beg' is set.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Check if `match-beg' is set.
2007-05-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2074,8 +2085,8 @@
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces)
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-env)
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-envII)
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-quotation): Doc fix. Return
- nil if no content requiring region extension was found.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-quotation): Doc fix.
+ Return nil if no content requiring region extension was found.
2007-04-16 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
@@ -2112,8 +2123,8 @@
* tex-mik.el: Set `TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter' to nil since
kpsewhich in MiKTeX (aka findtexmf) does not emit any useful
- information if fed with kpathsea-related variables anyway. This
- change makes `TeX-doc' work again on MiKTeX.
+ information if fed with kpathsea-related variables anyway.
+ This change makes `TeX-doc' work again on MiKTeX.
* font-latex.el (font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Match the
\begin macro of verbatim environments in case it is preceded by
@@ -2152,8 +2163,8 @@
* Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/comment.el.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra): New
- variable.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra):
+ New variable.
(font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords): Use it.
* tex-style.el (LaTeX-comment-env-list): New variable.
@@ -2244,12 +2255,12 @@
face when syntax not correct.
(font-latex-match-in-braces-cache): Remove.
(font-latex-match-mandatory-arg): New function.
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-with-args): New
- function.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-with-args):
+ New function.
(font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Set multiline property if
necessary.
- (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces): New
- function.
+ (font-latex-extend-region-backwards-command-in-braces):
+ New function.
(font-latex-match-math-env): Set multiline property if necessary.
(font-latex-extend-region-backwards-math-env): New function.
(font-latex-math-environments): New variable.
@@ -2291,12 +2302,12 @@
(TeX-fold-math-spec-list-internal): New variables.
(TeX-fold-region-macro-or-env, TeX-fold-item): Use them.
(TeX-fold-comment-do): Doc fix.
- (TeX-fold-mode): Set TeX-fold-*-spec-list-internal variables. Use
- <mode-prefix>-fold-*-spec-list variables if bound.
+ (TeX-fold-mode): Set TeX-fold-*-spec-list-internal variables.
+ Use <mode-prefix>-fold-*-spec-list variables if bound.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list)
- (LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list, LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list): New
- variables.
+ (LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list, LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list):
+ New variables.
* tex.el (TeX-mode-prefix): New function.
(TeX-clean): Use it.
@@ -2312,16 +2323,16 @@
* tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system)
(TeX-japanese-process-output-coding-system): Do not use
- default-coding-system to set process-coding-system, anymore. The
- value is set to shift_jis or euc-jp depending on window-system.
+ default-coding-system to set process-coding-system, anymore.
+ The value is set to shift_jis or euc-jp depending on window-system.
* tex-bar.el: Fix typo. Reported by Ikumi Keita
<address@hidden>.
2007-02-09 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add
- `TeX-run-discard-foreground' and `TeX-run-function' for
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list):
+ Add `TeX-run-discard-foreground' and `TeX-run-function' for
function-item.
(japanese-TeX-set-process-coding-system): New function.
(TeX-after-start-process-function): Use it. Cater for the
@@ -2362,8 +2373,8 @@
2007-01-23 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes): Document
- `TeX-math-close-double-dollar'. Add subheadings.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Quotes):
+ Document `TeX-math-close-double-dollar'. Add subheadings.
2007-01-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2508,8 +2519,8 @@
(TeX-fold-region-macro-or-env, TeX-fold-region-comment)
(TeX-fold-comment, TeX-fold-comment-do): New functions.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `TeX-search-forward-comment-start-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `TeX-search-forward-comment-start-function'.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do, LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Call `TeX-search-forward-comment-start'
instead of `LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start'.
@@ -2532,8 +2543,8 @@
2006-12-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-install-toolbar, LaTeX-install-toolbar): Add
- `toolbarx-refresh' to `TeX-PDF-mode-hook' in the current buffer
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-install-toolbar, LaTeX-install-toolbar):
+ Add `toolbarx-refresh' to `TeX-PDF-mode-hook' in the current buffer
only.
2006-12-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2558,7 +2569,7 @@
New arg KEYMAP inserted.
Unnecessary &optional removed.
(toolbarx-emacs-refresh):
- Fixed bug with `tool-bar-map' let-bound and made local variable.
+ Fix bug with `tool-bar-map' let-bound and made local variable.
(toolbarx-xemacs-refresh-process-button-or-insert-list):
Docstring improved..
(toolbarx-xemacs-refresh):
@@ -2614,8 +2625,8 @@
2006-10-16 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error, TeX-error, TeX-warning): Replace
- the error parser basically by what we have in preview-latex.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-parse-error, TeX-error, TeX-warning):
+ Replace the error parser basically by what we have in preview-latex.
However, this does not yet do the fine-grained hackery around
possible TeX quote characters that preview-latex employs in order
to get the correct character position in a line even under adverse
@@ -2647,8 +2658,8 @@
(TeX-expand-list): Use the `-interaction' option. Define "%`",
" \"\\", "\"" and "%'" patterns. Somebody should probably rather
turn this into external functions in `tex-buf.el': the stuff
- really has no business here and does not get byte-compiled. Use
- `file' for "%o".
+ really has no business here and does not get byte-compiled.
+ Use `file' for "%o".
2006-10-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -2740,8 +2751,8 @@
2006-09-11 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Remove X2ABB for \Pr. Suggested
- by Adam Johnson <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Remove X2ABB for \Pr.
+ Suggested by Adam Johnson <address@hidden>.
2006-09-08 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -2801,13 +2812,13 @@
2006-07-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): Improve
- wording.
+ * tex-bar.el (TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons):
+ Improve wording.
* doc/changes.texi: Add bug fixes. Add TeX tool bar.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Running TeX and friends): Add
- TeX-enable-toolbar.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Running TeX and friends):
+ Add TeX-enable-toolbar.
* tex-bar.el: Copy of tool bar stuff from LaTeX-*.
(TeX-bar-TeX-buttons, TeX-bar-TeX-all-button-alists)
@@ -2876,8 +2887,8 @@
2006-07-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries, TeX-find-macro-start): Remove
- unused argument.
+ * tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries, TeX-find-macro-start):
+ Remove unused argument.
(TeX-find-macro-end-helper): Handle macros at the end of the
buffer correctly.
@@ -3023,8 +3034,8 @@
2006-06-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page): Initialize
- `sync-record' with a non-nil value.
+ * style/pdfsync.el (LaTeX-pdfsync-output-page):
+ Initialize `sync-record' with a non-nil value.
* doc/auctex.texi (Viewing): Fix reference to Commands node
looking ugly in info output. Slightly rearrange forward/inverse
@@ -3060,8 +3071,8 @@
2006-06-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes): Make
- `font-latex-quote-regexp-beg' buffer-local.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-add-quotes):
+ Make `font-latex-quote-regexp-beg' buffer-local.
2006-06-04 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -3126,8 +3137,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-quotes-internal): New variable.
(font-latex-quotes-set-internal): New function.
- (font-latex-match-quotation): Use it. Use
- `font-latex-quotes-internal' instead of `font-latex-quotes'.
+ (font-latex-match-quotation): Use it.
+ Use `font-latex-quotes-internal' instead of `font-latex-quotes'.
(font-latex-setup): Remove code for figuring out type of
language-specific quotation mark matching which is now in
`font-latex-quotes-set-internal'.
@@ -3213,8 +3224,8 @@
2006-04-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check, TeX-parse-error): Support
- file-line-error error indicators.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-TeX-sentinel-check, TeX-parse-error):
+ Support file-line-error error indicators.
2006-04-22 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3272,8 +3283,8 @@
2006-03-14 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * configure.ac: Check for `make' and abort if not present. Use
- `AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' instead of deprecated `AC_SET_MAKE'.
+ * configure.ac: Check for `make' and abort if not present.
+ Use `AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' instead of deprecated `AC_SET_MAKE'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add \dots to supported
TeX symbols.
@@ -3354,8 +3365,8 @@
"Clean" and "Clean All" options. Add `TeX-run-function' as an
option for the third element of an item and document it.
(TeX-clean-default-intermediate-suffixes)
- (TeX-clean-default-output-suffixes, TeX-clean-confirm): New
- variables.
+ (TeX-clean-default-output-suffixes, TeX-clean-confirm):
+ New variables.
(dired-mark-pop-up): Autoload.
(TeX-clean): New function.
@@ -3407,7 +3418,7 @@
2006-01-28 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-discard-foreground): Renamed from
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-discard-foreground): Rename from
TeX-run-dviout.
(TeX-run-dviout): alias to TeX-run-discard-foreground.
@@ -3416,8 +3427,8 @@
2006-01-25 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-insert-environment): Set
- prompt for mandatory arguments.
+ * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-insert-environment):
+ Set prompt for mandatory arguments.
("csquotes"): Bring up to par with csquotes 3.2.
* style/url.el ("url"): Support the \path macro.
@@ -3466,16 +3477,16 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Use TeX-espaced-p to
check TeX escape char.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Removed TeX-run-dviout because dviout
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove TeX-run-dviout because dviout
here is only work with Emacs on MS-DOS.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-dviout): Removed.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-dviout): Remove.
* tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Remove TeX-run-dviout.
Commented out easy-menu-define (plain-TeX|LaTeX)-mode-command-nemu.
(japanese-TeX-mode, japanese-plain-tex-mode)
(japanese-latex-mode): Doc fix.
- (japanese-TeX-self-insert-command): Renamed from
+ (japanese-TeX-self-insert-command): Rename from
tex-jp-self-insert-command.
(TeX-insert-punctuation): Follow the change.
(TeX-error-description-list): Doc fix.
@@ -3633,8 +3644,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-toggle-debug-warnings): Use correct variable for
state indication.
- (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Add entry for "sty". Prevents
- kpathsea-based search from failing e.g. in case of \usepackage
+ (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Add entry for "sty".
+ Prevents kpathsea-based search from failing e.g. in case of \usepackage
insertion.
* doc/changes.texi: Document removal of
@@ -3686,13 +3697,13 @@
the user is the respective options are non-nil.
(TeX-parse-error): Conditionalize checking for warnings and bad
boxes. Find warnings without line numbers as well.
- (TeX-warning): Doc fix (no need to return nil anymore). Support
- warnings without line numbers.
+ (TeX-warning): Doc fix (no need to return nil anymore).
+ Support warnings without line numbers.
* tex.el (TeX-toggle-debug-boxes): Do not autoload.
(TeX-debug-bad-boxes): Doc fix.
(TeX-debug-warnings): New variable.
- (TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes): Moved here from tex-buf.el.
+ (TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes): Move here from tex-buf.el.
(TeX-toggle-debug-warnings): New function.
(TeX-mode-map): Define new key bindings for
`TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' and `TeX-toggle-debug-warnings'.
@@ -3725,8 +3736,8 @@
(TeX-mode-map): Use `TeX-insert-backslash' for `\'.
(TeX-electric-escape): Adapt doc string.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics): Document
- `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics):
+ Document `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
* doc/changes.texi: Advertise `TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'.
@@ -3748,8 +3759,8 @@
2005-10-28 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-quote-language-alist, TeX-insert-quote): Support
- functions as opening and closing quotation marks.
+ * tex.el (TeX-quote-language-alist, TeX-insert-quote):
+ Support functions as opening and closing quotation marks.
* style/frenchb.el: New file.
@@ -3787,16 +3798,16 @@
* style/amsbsy.el (LaTeX-amsbsy-package-options): New variable.
- * style/fancyref.el (LaTeX-fancyref-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/fancyref.el (LaTeX-fancyref-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/harvard.el: Updated GPL to version 2. Fixed FSF address.
(LaTeX-harvard-package-options): New variable.
* style/index.el (LaTeX-index-package-options): New variable.
- * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/listings.el (LaTeX-listings-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/makeidx.el (LaTeX-makeidx-package-options): New variable.
@@ -3806,16 +3817,16 @@
* style/natbib.el (LaTeX-natbib-package-options): New variable.
- * style/nicefrac.el (LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/nicefrac.el (LaTeX-nicefrac-package-options):
+ New variable.
- * style/paralist.el (LaTeX-paralist-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/paralist.el (LaTeX-paralist-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/units.el (LaTeX-units-package-options): New variable.
- * style/scrpage2.el (LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/scrpage2.el (LaTeX-scrpage2-package-options):
+ New variable.
2005-10-21 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -3850,31 +3861,31 @@
2005-10-19 Arne Jørgensen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage): If
- `LaTeX-<package>-package-options' is bound and nil don't ask for
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-arg-usepackage):
+ If `LaTeX-<package>-package-options' is bound and nil don't ask for
package options.
- * style/verbatim.el (LaTeX-verbatim-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/verbatim.el (LaTeX-verbatim-package-options):
+ New variable.
- * style/varioref.el (LaTeX-varioref-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/varioref.el (LaTeX-varioref-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/url.el (LaTeX-url-package-options): New variable.
- * style/subfigure.el (LaTeX-subfigure-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/subfigure.el (LaTeX-subfigure-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/inputenc.el (LaTeX-arg-inputenc-inputenc): Doc fix.
(LaTeX-inputenc-package-options): Doc fix.
* style/dk-bib.el (LaTeX-dk-bib-package-options): Doc fix.
- * style/captcont.el (LaTeX-captcont-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/captcont.el (LaTeX-captcont-package-options):
+ New variable.
- * style/booktabs.el (LaTeX-booktabs-package-options): New
- variable.
+ * style/booktabs.el (LaTeX-booktabs-package-options):
+ New variable.
* style/babel.el: Add doc string to `LaTeX-babel-package-options'
and use `defvar' instead of `setq'.
@@ -3883,8 +3894,8 @@
2005-10-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/dk-bib.el, style/inputenc.el: Add coding cookie. Delete
- trailing whitespace. Reindent.
+ * style/dk-bib.el, style/inputenc.el: Add coding cookie.
+ Delete trailing whitespace. Reindent.
2005-10-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -3914,18 +3925,18 @@
* style/dk-bib.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added style/inputenc.el and
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add style/inputenc.el and
style/dk-bib.el.
2005-10-10 Arne Jørgensen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed spurious characters
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove spurious characters
in variable definition.
2005-10-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * doc/auctex.texi (top): Index "tool bar" and "toolbar". Use
- "tool bar" in the text.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (top): Index "tool bar" and "toolbar".
+ Use "tool bar" in the text.
* doc/changes.texi: Use "tool bar".
@@ -3942,11 +3953,11 @@
(plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list): Use it.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use
- it.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, BibTeX-auto-regexp-list):
+ Use it.
* tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list, plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list)
- (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed.
+ (BibTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove.
2005-10-06 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -3973,12 +3984,12 @@
(LaTeX-verbatim-environments, LaTeX-verbatim-environments-local):
New variables.
(LaTeX-verbatim-macro-boundaries, LaTeX-current-verbatim-macro)
- (LaTeX-verbatim-p, LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start): New
- functions.
+ (LaTeX-verbatim-p, LaTeX-search-forward-comment-start):
+ New functions.
(LaTeX-verbatim-macros): Remove.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Simplify.
- (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Use
- `LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims'.
+ (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point):
+ Use `LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims'.
(LaTeX-fill-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Handle comment
starters in verbatim constructs correctly.
@@ -4004,8 +4015,8 @@
* style/url.el ("url"): Use new variables for verbatim constructs.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Mostly rewritten. Improve
- handling of macrocode environments.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Mostly rewritten.
+ Improve handling of macrocode environments.
2005-10-02 Christian Schlauer <address@hidden>
@@ -4021,7 +4032,7 @@
2005-09-29 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * doc/install.texi (Customizing): Removed "Contributed files"
+ * doc/install.texi (Customizing): Remove "Contributed files"
section.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
@@ -4033,8 +4044,8 @@
2005-09-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* auctex.spec: Add files in %{_datadir}/emacs/site-lisp.
- Suggested by Jan-Ake Larsson. Added startfiles. Exclude
- %{_infodir}/dir.
+ Suggested by Jan-Ake Larsson. Added startfiles.
+ Exclude %{_infodir}/dir.
2005-09-27 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4087,8 +4098,8 @@
2005-09-24 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * doc/install.texi (Advice for package providers): Suggest
- "anytex" instead of "notex" for without-texmf compilations.
+ * doc/install.texi (Advice for package providers):
+ Suggest "anytex" instead of "notex" for without-texmf compilations.
2005-09-23 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -4111,8 +4122,8 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Mention `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
`font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Document
- `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking):
+ Document `font-latex-slide-title-face' and
`font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
2005-09-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4127,8 +4138,8 @@
2005-09-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): New
- `slide-title' class.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ New `slide-title' class.
(font-latex-slide-title-face): New face.
Specify :size for XEmacs.
@@ -4151,13 +4162,13 @@
2005-08-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove redundant call to
- `make-local-variable' for `outline-heading-alist'. Set
- `outline-heading-alist' only if it is already defined.
+ `make-local-variable' for `outline-heading-alist'.
+ Set `outline-heading-alist' only if it is already defined.
2005-08-26 Matthieu Moy <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `outline-heading-alist'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `outline-heading-alist'.
2005-08-24 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4172,8 +4183,8 @@
names of non-existent variables.
* tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Do not use `TeX-find-macro-end'
- for it may look too far in cases like "\emph{foo}{}". Use
- `forward-sexp' with a stripped syntax table instead.
+ for it may look too far in cases like "\emph{foo}{}".
+ Use `forward-sexp' with a stripped syntax table instead.
2005-08-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4194,14 +4205,14 @@
* latex.el (TeX-arg-input-file): Doc fix.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove `TeX-run-LaTeX'. Add
- `TeX-run-ispell-on-document' in order to prevent mismatch in
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Remove `TeX-run-LaTeX'.
+ Add `TeX-run-ispell-on-document' in order to prevent mismatch in
customization buffer.
2005-08-05 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face): Remove
- `list' from already quoted list.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face):
+ Remove `list' from already quoted list.
2005-08-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4386,8 +4397,8 @@
* latex.el (TeX-latex-mode): Use `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
- * context.el (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use
- `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
+ * context.el (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization):
+ Use `TeX-run-mode-hooks'.
* configure.ac: Make info about configuration clearer (in
connection with the message for preview-latex).
@@ -4583,8 +4594,8 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Rename to AUCTEXTEXIFILES.
(PERL, PREVIEWTEXIFILES): New variables.
- (all): Now depends on `auctex' and `preview' targets. Move
- AUCTeX-specific targets from original to `auctex'.
+ (all): Now depends on `auctex' and `preview' targets.
+ Move AUCTeX-specific targets from original to `auctex'.
(install): Now depends on `install-auctex' and `install-preview'
targets. Move AUCTeX-specific targets and content from original
to `install-auctex'.
@@ -4709,8 +4720,8 @@
2005-06-03 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXINFOINCLUDES, TEXIFILES, ../INSTALL)
- (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ): Move
- ../preview/doc/macros.texi to here again.
+ (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ):
+ Move ../preview/doc/macros.texi to here again.
2005-06-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4753,8 +4764,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-match-defun)
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): Do not byte-compile generated
- functions here but at the end of font-latex.el. Prevents
- byte-compiler warnings due to possibly undefined functions.
+ functions here but at the end of font-latex.el.
+ Prevents byte-compiler warnings due to possibly undefined functions.
2005-05-24 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -4770,8 +4781,8 @@
instead of redefining it.
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed): New function replacing the previous extra
functionality in `TeX-PDF-mode'.
- (TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Warn in docstring. Use
- `TeX-PDF-mode-parsed'.
+ (TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Warn in docstring.
+ Use `TeX-PDF-mode-parsed'.
2005-05-21 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -4817,8 +4828,8 @@
`dolist'. Prevents console pop-ups with XEmacsen on Windows.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Check for
- `charset-after' to make non-MULE XEmacsen happy. Some
- reformatting.
+ `charset-after' to make non-MULE XEmacsen happy.
+ Some reformatting.
2005-05-18 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -4898,8 +4909,8 @@
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-make-overlay): Calculate priority before
the overlay is instantiated.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Make
- XEmacs happy.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Make XEmacs happy.
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-newline-hook): New hook.
(LaTeX-fill-newline): Use it.
@@ -4958,8 +4969,8 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-forward-comment): New function.
Prevent infinite loops and repair regexp.
Simplify. Code mainly by David Kastrup.
- (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Use it. Set
- fontification start of optional argument to opening bracket.
+ (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Use it.
+ Set fontification start of optional argument to opening bracket.
Apply restriction of region more globally. Fix handling of
multiple optional arguments. Break if the end of the first
mandatory argument could not be found.
@@ -4968,8 +4979,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-normal-mode): Ask for master file in 'shared case.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Doc
- fix (typo).
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Doc fix (typo).
(font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Set macro end before
any comments. Do not move forward over comments if point is over
the limit.
@@ -5122,8 +5133,8 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (MAKEINFOINC): Use macros.texi in preview/doc
directory.
(auctex.dvi, auctex.pdf, auctex.info, ../INSTALL)
- (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ): Use
- MAKEINFOINC
+ (../INSTALL.windows, ../README, ../CHANGES, ../TODO, ../FAQ):
+ Use MAKEINFOINC
* doc/macros.texi: Remove in lieu of version in preview/doc.
@@ -5151,8 +5162,8 @@
* configure.ac: substitute auctexstartfile. Export auctexdir as
`..'.
- If installing info into XEmacs package, disable install-info. If
- makeinfo is disabled, don't check for macros.
+ If installing info into XEmacs package, disable install-info.
+ If makeinfo is disabled, don't check for macros.
* Makefile.in (auctexstartfile): autoconf variable.
(subdirs): autoconf variable.
@@ -5208,8 +5219,8 @@
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): Adjust to new sectioning
fontification.
- * font-latex.el: Rename most *-title* stuff to *-sectioning*. Old
- names: font-latex-title-%s-face, font-latex-title-fontify,
+ * font-latex.el: Rename most *-title* stuff to *-sectioning*.
+ Old names: font-latex-title-%s-face, font-latex-title-fontify,
font-latex-update-title-faces, font-latex-make-title-faces
font-latex-title-max. New names: font-latex-sectioning-%s-face,
font-latex-fontify-sectioning, font-latex-update-sectioning-faces,
@@ -5258,8 +5269,8 @@
2005-04-27 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global): Don't
- `file-name-as-directory'fy.
+ * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global):
+ Don't `file-name-as-directory'fy.
(TeX-style-global, TeX-auto-local, TeX-style-local)
(TeX-macro-global, TeX-macro-private): Same here.
(TeX-auto-private): Use expand-file-name.
@@ -5271,8 +5282,8 @@
directory names.
(TeX-ispell-document): Same here.
- * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Protect
- `make-obsolete-variable' against obsolete Emacsen.
+ * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date):
+ Protect `make-obsolete-variable' against obsolete Emacsen.
2005-04-28 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -5288,8 +5299,8 @@
* tex.el (info): Add "docTeX" to info prefixes.
(AUCTeX-version, AUCTeX-date): removed to tex-site.el.
- (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Use `make-obsolete-variable'. Is
- version 11.50 correct?
+ (AUC-TeX-version, AUC-TeX-date): Use `make-obsolete-variable'.
+ Is version 11.50 correct?
* tex-bar.el (LaTeX-install-toolbar): Adjust toolbarx-image-path.
@@ -5316,8 +5327,8 @@
2005-04-20 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * configure.ac: don't bother about pre-2.50 autoconf. Check
- version more fine-grainedly.
+ * configure.ac: don't bother about pre-2.50 autoconf.
+ Check version more fine-grainedly.
2005-04-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -5344,8 +5355,8 @@
(TeX-plain-tex-mode): rename from plain-tex-mode.
(ams-tex-mode): Change autoload cookie.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode): Change
- autoload cookies.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode):
+ Change autoload cookies.
* tex-font.el (tex-font-setup): Add autoload cookie.
@@ -5355,7 +5366,7 @@
* multi-prompt.el (multi-prompt): Add autoload cookie.
* latex.el (auto-mode-alist): Add .drv to latex-mode.
- (TeX-latex-mode): Changed name from latex-mode.
+ (TeX-latex-mode): Change name from latex-mode.
(TeX-doctex-mode): Same here for doctex-mode. Explicitly set
major-mode to doctex-mode: we don't want different modes.
@@ -5421,10 +5432,10 @@
* font-latex.el (font-latex-make-title-faces): Define the face,
don't set size. Set parent/inherit conditionally.
(font-latex-update-title-faces): New function.
- (font-latex-title-fontify): Add :initialize and :set. Using
- `font-latex-update-title-faces' allows changing the height within
+ (font-latex-title-fontify): Add :initialize and :set.
+ Using `font-latex-update-title-faces' allows changing the height within
an Emacs session.
- (font-latex-title-5-face): Renamed from title-4-face.
+ (font-latex-title-5-face): Rename from title-4-face.
(font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Use title-0 and title-5
faces.
@@ -5461,7 +5472,7 @@
2005-04-14 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>
* style/amsmath.el: Fix comment.
- ("amsmath"): Removed duplicate settings of "alignat*" and
+ ("amsmath"): Remove duplicate settings of "alignat*" and
"xalignat*" from LaTeX-add-environments. Add "xalignat",
"xalignat*", and "xxalignat" to LaTeX-item-list.
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): Do not ask label if the tail of ENV
@@ -5469,8 +5480,8 @@
2005-04-14 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Refactoring. Set
- third argument of re-search-backward to 'move instead of using
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Refactoring.
+ Set third argument of re-search-backward to 'move instead of using
skip-chars-backward.
2005-04-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5489,8 +5500,8 @@
(LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix): New function.
(LaTeX-math-keymap, LaTeX-math-mode): Use it.
- * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics): Explain
- `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' more verbosely.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (Mathematics):
+ Explain `LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' more verbosely.
2005-04-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -5528,8 +5539,8 @@
2005-04-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments): Skip
- over comments as well as whitespace.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-with-arguments):
+ Skip over comments as well as whitespace.
* tex.el (TeX-output-extension): Default to nil.
@@ -5558,8 +5569,8 @@
2005-04-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode, TeX-interactive-mode, TeX-Omega-mode): Set
- customization group.
+ * tex.el (TeX-PDF-mode, TeX-interactive-mode, TeX-Omega-mode):
+ Set customization group.
* latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): New entry and key for \colon.
New "Punctuation" category. Get rid of some entries in
@@ -5618,8 +5629,8 @@
2005-04-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): Minor
- enhancements in wording.
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
+ Minor enhancements in wording.
* tex.el (TeX-open-quote, TeX-close-quote)
(TeX-quote-after-quote): Doc fix.
@@ -5667,8 +5678,8 @@
2005-03-31 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): Add
- general information about how to deal with bugs. Adapt version
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
+ Add general information about how to deal with bugs. Adapt version
numbers for Emacs.
2005-03-31 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -5712,8 +5723,8 @@
* tex-style.el (LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote)
(LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote): Move here
from style/german.el.
- (LaTeX-german-hyphen, LaTeX-german-hyphen-after-hyphen): New
- variables.
+ (LaTeX-german-hyphen, LaTeX-german-hyphen-after-hyphen):
+ New variables.
* doc/auctex.texi (Font Locking): References are now fontified
with `font-lock-constant-face' because `font-lock-reference-face'
@@ -5734,8 +5745,8 @@
(font-latex-title-2-face, font-latex-title-3-face)
(font-latex-title-4-face): Remove these face variables.
(font-latex-title-fontify): Remove :set function.
- (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Use
- `font-lock-constant-face' instead of `font-lock-reference-face'
+ (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Use `font-lock-constant-face' instead of `font-lock-reference-face'
because the latter is deprecated in Emacs (and only an alias for
the former which will not work if the quoted face name is used).
Use new `title' specifier as type of keyword for the titling
@@ -5814,11 +5825,11 @@
variants.
* tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-make-overlay): Use `TeX-overlay-prioritize'.
- (TeX-fold-priority-step, TeX-fold-prioritize): Renamed and moved
+ (TeX-fold-priority-step, TeX-fold-prioritize): Rename and moved
to tex.el.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-region-create): Transfer
- `buffer-file-coding-system' from master buffer to region.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-region-create):
+ Transfer `buffer-file-coding-system' from master buffer to region.
2005-03-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5831,8 +5842,8 @@
(LaTeX-menu-update): Remove.
(LaTeX-section-menu, LaTeX-environment-menu)
(LaTeX-environment-modify-menu): New variables.
- (LaTeX-section-menu-filter, LaTeX-environment-menu-filter): New
- functions.
+ (LaTeX-section-menu-filter, LaTeX-environment-menu-filter):
+ New functions.
(LaTeX-mode-menu): Use them.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Move setting of
`LaTeX-largest-level' upwards because it is needed when the menu
@@ -5857,7 +5868,7 @@
2005-03-16 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): Changed from
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): Change from
defcustom to defvar.
2005-03-15 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -5885,8 +5896,8 @@
2005-03-11 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp-make): New function.
- (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp, LaTeX-paragraph-commands): Use
- it.
+ (LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp, LaTeX-paragraph-commands):
+ Use it.
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-add-locally): New function.
* style/beamer.el ("beamer"): Use it. Newline not needed anymore
@@ -5896,8 +5907,8 @@
* context.el (ConTeXt-find-indent): Correct indentation of
environments.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Use
- `remove-text-properties' instead of
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
+ Use `remove-text-properties' instead of
`remove-list-of-text-properties' because the latter is not
available in Emacs 21.
@@ -5928,11 +5939,11 @@
2005-03-09 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Fixed typo: "dotssc" -> "dotsc".
+ * style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Fix typo: "dotssc" -> "dotsc".
Added symbol "dots" and "dotsi".
- * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment): Call
- `TeX-math-input-method-off'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-insert-environment):
+ Call `TeX-math-input-method-off'.
* style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Do not call
`TeX-math-input-method-off' from here.
@@ -5961,24 +5972,24 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-strip-extension-flag)
- (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file, LaTeX-beamer-themes): Moved to
+ (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file, LaTeX-beamer-themes): Move to
tex-style.el.
(tex-style): Require.
- * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Moved to tex-style.el.
+ * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Move to tex-style.el.
* style/beamer.el: Remove install instructions. Won't work
properly outside current AUCTeX anymore. Removed CVS Id.
(LaTeX-beamer-section-labels-flag)
- (LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag): Moved to tex-style.el.
+ (LaTeX-beamer-item-overlay-flag): Move to tex-style.el.
* style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote)
- (LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote, LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote): Moved to
+ (LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote, LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote): Move to
tex-style.el.
- * style/emp.el (LaTeX-write18-enabled-p): Moved to tex-style.el.
+ * style/emp.el (LaTeX-write18-enabled-p): Move to tex-style.el.
- * Makefile.in (AUCSRC): Added tex-style.el.
+ * Makefile.in (AUCSRC): Add tex-style.el.
2005-03-07 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -6018,13 +6029,13 @@
* tex.el (TeX-macro-global-internal): New function.
(TeX-macro-global): Use it.
- (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Removed duplicate line.
+ (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Remove duplicate line.
* tex-jp.el: Use `TeX-macro-global-internal' and append path for
Japanese TeX into TeX-macro-global. Do not override
`TeX-expand-list', no more.
- (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add :help string. Change
- `TeX-run-LaTeX' to `TeX-run-TeX'.
+ (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add :help string.
+ Change `TeX-run-LaTeX' to `TeX-run-TeX'.
(japanese-TeX-command-default, japanese-LaTeX-command-default):
Quote symbol TeX-command in doc string.
@@ -6074,7 +6085,7 @@
2005-02-23 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * doc/auctex.texi (I18n): Removed FIXME comment.
+ * doc/auctex.texi (I18n): Remove FIXME comment.
2005-02-22 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
@@ -6108,8 +6119,8 @@
2005-02-19 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system): Remove
- garbage code.
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system):
+ Remove garbage code.
Reported by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
* latex.el (LaTeX-nospace-between-char-regexp): New variable.
@@ -6129,7 +6140,7 @@
2005-02-16 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-after-start-process-function): Removed code for
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-after-start-process-function): Remove code for
XEmacs. `set-process-coding-system' is available in XEmacs 21.1.
(TeX-japanese-process-input-coding-system)
(TeX-japanese-process-output-coding-system): Change from defvar to
@@ -6149,8 +6160,8 @@
* aclocal.m4 (AC_LISPIFY_DIR): new function.
(AUCTEX_AUTO_DIR): Use it.
- * tex-site.el.in (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global): put
- autoconfed expression on a line of its own.
+ * tex-site.el.in (TeX-lisp-directory, TeX-auto-global):
+ put autoconfed expression on a line of its own.
2005-02-14 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -6163,8 +6174,8 @@
2005-02-14 Ikumi Keita <address@hidden> (tiny change)
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use
- `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list'.
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list):
+ Use `LaTeX-auto-class-regexp-list'.
2005-02-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6179,7 +6190,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Insert "japanese-" before mode
name if buffer local variable `japanese-TeX-mode' is non-nil.
Suggested by Ikumi Keita <address@hidden>.
- (japanese-slitex-mode): Removed obsolete autoload of slitex.
+ (japanese-slitex-mode): Remove obsolete autoload of slitex.
* doc/auctex.texi (Japanese): Doc fix to follow the latest
tex-jp.el.
@@ -6200,8 +6211,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure): Make function aware of active
selections. There are still some indentation issues left.
- * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Do not add epsffig environment. Fixes
- error if latex.el(c) is not loaded.
+ * style/epsf.el ("epsf"): Do not add epsffig environment.
+ Fixes error if latex.el(c) is not loaded.
(LaTeX-env-epsffigure): Remove.
2005-02-11 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -6239,7 +6250,7 @@
2005-02-09 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Removed `usepackage' because
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Remove `usepackage' because
it is defined in `LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list'.
(plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list): Fix regexp; Use `\\|' instead of `|'.
Fill lines in the same way in tex.el.
@@ -6313,8 +6324,8 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Mention support for the jsarticle and jsbook
classes.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-LaTeX-style-list): Added
- jsclasses (jsarticle and jsbook).
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-LaTeX-style-list):
+ Add jsclasses (jsarticle and jsbook).
2005-01-31 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6347,7 +6358,7 @@
2005-01-29 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Removed.
+ * tex-jp.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Remove.
2005-01-28 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -6453,8 +6464,8 @@
2005-01-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/beamer.el: Update copyright information. General
- clean-up.
+ * style/beamer.el: Update copyright information.
+ General clean-up.
("beamer"): Support frame environment.
The overprint has an optional "area width" argument, not a
mandatory "overlay" argument.
@@ -6491,26 +6502,26 @@
whitespace between comment starters.
* latex.el: Update copyright information.
- (LaTeX-indent-calculate-last, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do): Do
- not widen.
+ (LaTeX-indent-calculate-last, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
+ Do not widen.
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do):
Use a marker instead of narrowing the region.
(LaTeX-indent-line, LaTeX-indent-inner-do)
- (LaTeX-current-indentation, LaTeX-back-to-indentation): Handle
- prefixes with whitespace between comment starters correctly.
+ (LaTeX-current-indentation, LaTeX-back-to-indentation):
+ Handle prefixes with whitespace between comment starters correctly.
2005-01-05 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/graphicx.el: Added completion of boxing macros. Fontify
- some macros.
+ * style/graphicx.el: Added completion of boxing macros.
+ Fontify some macros.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fixed typo
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Fix typo
in doc string.
2005-01-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): Some
- checkdoc related fixes. Still not checkdoc clean.
+ * toolbar-x.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
+ Some checkdoc related fixes. Still not checkdoc clean.
* tex-bar.el (Commentary): Don't mention stuff done by
configure/make in the instructions.
@@ -6571,8 +6582,8 @@
2004-12-16 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): Move
- warning keywords up in order to save them from being covered by
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes):
+ Move warning keywords up in order to save them from being covered by
less important faces. Include "include" in warning keywords.
* aclocal.m4 (TEX_INPUT_DIRS): Change `IFS' temporarily for
@@ -6586,8 +6597,8 @@
* doc/wininstall.texi: Quote value for --with-tex-input-dirs.
- * tex.el (TeX-arg-opening-brace, TeX-arg-closing-brace): New
- variables.
+ * tex.el (TeX-arg-opening-brace, TeX-arg-closing-brace):
+ New variables.
(TeX-parse-arguments, TeX-parse-argument, TeX-argument-insert):
Use them.
@@ -6666,8 +6677,8 @@
`TeX-fold-buffer-type' but type parameter is not mandatory
anymore.
(TeX-fold-clearout-buffer): Now calls `TeX-fold-clearout-region'.
- (TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph, TeX-fold-clearout-region): New
- functions.
+ (TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph, TeX-fold-clearout-region):
+ New functions.
* tex.el (TeX-fold-menu): Add menu entries for folding and
unfolding of paragraphs.
@@ -6687,15 +6698,15 @@
(LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph, LaTeX-fill-region-as-para-do)
(LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point, LaTeX-fill-paragraph)
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment, LaTeX-fill-region)
- (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Use
- `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
+ (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph):
+ Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph, LaTeX-indent-line): Simplify.
* style/mdwlist.el ("mdwlist"): Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp'
instead of `comment-start'.
- * style/doc.el (LaTeX-env-no-comment): Use
- `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
+ * style/doc.el (LaTeX-env-no-comment):
+ Use `TeX-comment-start-regexp' instead of `comment-start'.
2004-12-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6705,8 +6716,8 @@
* context.el (ConTeXt-paragraph-commands-regexp): New name for
`ConTeXt-paragraph-commands'. Doc fix. Match escape character at
front as well.
- (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use it. Set
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
+ (ConTeXt-mode-common-initialization): Use it.
+ Set `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands'. Adapt definition of
`paragraph-start'.
@@ -6721,8 +6732,8 @@
2004-12-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote): Avoid
- interference with (n)german.el.
+ * style/csquotes.el (LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote):
+ Avoid interference with (n)german.el.
2004-12-01 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6755,7 +6766,7 @@
2004-11-29 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-auto-insert): Added SKIP argument.
+ * tex.el (TeX-auto-insert): Add SKIP argument.
(TeX-auto-store): Use it to avoid circular dependencies.
* style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-arg-includegraphics): Add "page".
@@ -6853,8 +6864,8 @@
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Do not unnecessarily jump to a (wrong)
position after the macro start.
- * tex.el: Move (nearly all) autoloads to a single place. Remove
- redundant autoload for `TeX-region-file'. Add autoload for
+ * tex.el: Move (nearly all) autoloads to a single place.
+ Remove redundant autoload for `TeX-region-file'. Add autoload for
`TeX-view'.
(TeX-parse-macro): Doc fix.
Do not add braces for macros defined as `("foo" 0)'.
@@ -6915,8 +6926,8 @@
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-internal)
(LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp): New variables.
(LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph)
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use
- `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Use `LaTeX-paragraph-commands-regexp' instead of
`LaTeX-paragraph-commands'.
2004-11-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -6958,11 +6969,11 @@
(LaTeX-env-minipage): Do not ask for the (optional) position if
`LaTeX-default-position' is set to `nil'. Behaviour agrees with
LaTeX-env-array and LaTeX-env-tabular* now.
- (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Changed `setq'-assignment
+ (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Change `setq'-assignment
of `LaTeX-default-position' so that it works not only the first
time in buffers with `LaTeX-default-position' set to `nil'.
- (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-minipage, LaTeX-env-tabular*): Use
- `LaTeX-optop', `TeX-grop', etc. instead of `{', `['.
+ (LaTeX-env-array, LaTeX-env-minipage, LaTeX-env-tabular*):
+ Use `LaTeX-optop', `TeX-grop', etc. instead of `{', `['.
(LaTeX-env-picture): Don't delete whitespace after inserting the
environment. Cursor position corresponds to proper indentation
now.
@@ -6980,8 +6991,8 @@
* latex.el (TeX-arg-input-file): Use new name
`TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX): Use
- new name `TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX):
+ Use new name `TeX-delete-dups-by-car' instead of `TeX-delete-dups'.
2004-11-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7013,8 +7024,8 @@
* font-latex.el: Change maintainer information.
(font-latex-keywords): New customization group.
(font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes): New variable.
- (font-latex-make-match-defun, font-latex-keyword-matcher): New
- functions.
+ (font-latex-make-match-defun, font-latex-keyword-matcher):
+ New functions.
(font-latex-make-built-in-keywords): New name for
`font-latex-make-keywords'.
Move default keyword definitions from
@@ -7054,7 +7065,7 @@
* tex-bar.el: Remove defadvice's to TeX-run-TeX and
TeX-TeX-sentinel-check.
- (TeX-bar-error-handling-switches): Removed.
+ (TeX-bar-error-handling-switches): Remove.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): next-error updated.
2004-10-28 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -7094,8 +7105,8 @@
(TeX-TeX-sentinel-check [tex-buf.el]): after-adviced to set error
internals when error happens.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-button-alist): New button next-error, which is
- resp. visible/active when error detected on Emacs/XEmacs. All
- buttons received :help from TeX-command-list.
+ resp. visible/active when error detected on Emacs/XEmacs.
+ All buttons received :help from TeX-command-list.
(TeX-bar-LaTeX-buttons): next-error is default, and file is no
longer default.
@@ -7105,8 +7116,8 @@
Match "\DeclareRobustCommand\foo" besides
"\DeclareRobustCommand{\foo}" as well.
(LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Use it.
- (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Do not consider key=value options. Check
- for "Package" in addition to "package".
+ (LaTeX-auto-cleanup): Do not consider key=value options.
+ Check for "Package" in addition to "package".
2004-10-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -7114,13 +7125,13 @@
2004-10-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-in-braces): Remove
- references to non-existent variables.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-command-in-braces):
+ Remove references to non-existent variables.
2004-10-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-math-list): Improve doc string and custom type.
- (LaTeX-math-default): Added doc string.
+ (LaTeX-math-default): Add doc string.
2004-10-26 Frank Küster <address@hidden>
@@ -7147,7 +7158,7 @@
2004-10-24 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added doc/quickstart.texi.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add doc/quickstart.texi.
2004-10-23 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
@@ -7159,7 +7170,7 @@
value for the :image property.
(toolbarx-emacs-refresh): Nil cannot be a toolbar (menu) key
anymore (fixed).
- (toolbarx-install-toolbar): Improved documentation for the :image
+ (toolbarx-install-toolbar): Improve documentation for the :image
property.
2004-10-22 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
@@ -7169,10 +7180,10 @@
(tex-bar-latex-buttons): Improve comments. Add custom :type.
(tex-bar-latex-buttons): New command -- display a list of defined
buttons.
- (tex-bar-available-meaning-alists): Removed (renamed).
+ (tex-bar-available-meaning-alists): Remove (renamed).
(tex-bar-latex-all-button-alists): New name of
`tex-bar-available-meaning-alists'. Add custom :type.
- (tex-bar-meaning-alist): Removed (renamed).
+ (tex-bar-meaning-alist): Remove (renamed).
(tex-bar-latex-button-alist): New name of `tex-bar-meaning-alist'.
Add custom :type. Renamed `latex-symbols' button to
`latex-symbols-experimental'.
@@ -7210,7 +7221,7 @@
* doc/macros.texi: New macro @sans.
- * doc/intro.texi (Introduction): Removed sections obsoleted by
+ * doc/intro.texi (Introduction): Remove sections obsoleted by
`Quick Start' (Indentation and filling, Completion, Editing your
document, Outlines).
@@ -7220,7 +7231,7 @@
doc/changes.texi, doc/auctex.texi: Remove optional arguments of
all @node commands.
- * doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Added quickstart.texi.
+ * doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): Add quickstart.texi.
2004-10-18 Frank Küster <address@hidden>
@@ -7232,7 +7243,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-figure, LaTeX-env-minipage): Point out to
the user that the placement (figure) and position (minipage)
specifiers are optional arguments.
- (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplified. Do not insert the (optional)
+ (LaTeX-env-figure): Simplify. Do not insert the (optional)
placement specifier `LaTeX-float' into the buffer if the user
entered the empty string when asked for `float'.
@@ -7256,9 +7267,9 @@
2004-10-16 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-nth-arg): Use
- `TeX-find-closing-brace' instead of `forward-sexp'. Fixes
- problems with comment characters in \url macros.
+ * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-nth-arg):
+ Use `TeX-find-closing-brace' instead of `forward-sexp'.
+ Fixes problems with comment characters in \url macros.
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands): Use `regexp-opt' to
generate the regexp.
@@ -7450,8 +7461,8 @@
* doc/auctex.texi (Completion): Mention `C-c RET' for
`TeX-insert-macro'. Fixed typo.
- (Parsing Files): Fixed typo.
- (European): Improved.
+ (Parsing Files): Fix typo.
+ (European): Improve.
From Frank Küster <address@hidden>, slightly modified.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use `LaTeX-env-tabular*'
@@ -7563,8 +7574,8 @@
2004-10-05 Miguel Frasson <address@hidden>
- * toolbarx.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist): New
- constant, providing a MEANING-ALIST for the insertion of the
+ * toolbarx.el (toolbarx-default-toolbar-meaning-alist):
+ New constant, providing a MEANING-ALIST for the insertion of the
default buttons and some extra ones in Emacs and XEmacs.
2004-10-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7648,8 +7659,8 @@
* auctb.el: Fix Copyright notice (to FSF). Remove "AMS Special"
from ppup menu. Simplify. Remove garbage comments from end.
- (auctb-img-filename): Remove "symb-pics/" from return. Add
- "symb-pics/" explicitly where it is needed in the defconst's.
+ (auctb-img-filename): Remove "symb-pics/" from return.
+ Add "symb-pics/" explicitly where it is needed in the defconst's.
* images, images/dropdown.xpm, images/ltx-symb-turn-off.xpm,
* images/ltx-symb-turn-on.xpm: Add designed images for symbol
@@ -7822,8 +7833,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-delete-dups): New defun or defalias.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX): Renamed
- from `LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'. Remove duplicates using
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-TeX):
+ Rename from `LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'. Remove duplicates using
`TeX-delete-dups'.
(LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file-relative): Insert relative
filename. From Dan Nicolaescu <address@hidden>.
@@ -7849,12 +7860,12 @@
2004-08-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist): Added
- LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions.
+ * tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-format-alist):
+ Add LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions.
(TeX-search-files): Fix non-kpathsea case.
- * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file): Use
- completion based on TeX-search-files.
+ * style/graphicx.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file):
+ Use completion based on TeX-search-files.
2004-08-27 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7867,11 +7878,11 @@
2004-08-26 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el.in (japanese-slitex-mode): Removed obsolete autoload
+ * tex-site.el.in (japanese-slitex-mode): Remove obsolete autoload
of slitex.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode): Use
- `TeX-defun' for getting version info into mode doc.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-plain-tex-mode, japanese-latex-mode):
+ Use `TeX-defun' for getting version info into mode doc.
2004-08-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -7885,8 +7896,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-find-macro-boundaries): Detect the start of any
macro, not just those consisting of address@hidden
Remove some superfluous `goto-char' calls.
- (TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement once again. Original
- patch by David Kastrup; slightly modified. Doc fix.
+ (TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement once again.
+ Original patch by David Kastrup; slightly modified. Doc fix.
(TeX-find-macro-end-helper): Doc fix. Handle macros not
consisting of address@hidden correctly.
(TeX-find-opening-brace): Improve performance.
@@ -7939,8 +7950,8 @@
(TeX-find-macro-start-helper): Reimplement. Should be much faster
now.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Use
- `buffer-substring-no-properties'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment):
+ Use `buffer-substring-no-properties'.
(LaTeX-indent-line): Revert last change. Only multi-line overlays
at the start of a line are affected by the XEmacs bug.
@@ -8096,8 +8107,8 @@
2004-08-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* aclocal.m4: `putative-existing-lisp-dir' is not a package
- directory if `lisp' is not a path component. Normalize
- whitespace.
+ directory if `lisp' is not a path component.
+ Normalize whitespace.
Remove trailing slash from packagedir.
* tex-site.el.in (TeX-macro-global): Don't quote texinputdirs
@@ -8153,7 +8164,7 @@
2004-08-17 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Added \label.
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add \label.
Various checkdoc-related fixes.
2004-08-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8286,12 +8297,12 @@
* tex.el (TeX-print-command): Use `%(o?)'.
(TeX-command, TeX-Omega-command, LaTeX-command)
- (LaTeX-Omega-command, ConTeXt-engine, ConTeXt-Omega-engine): New
- customization strings to implement various expanders.
+ (LaTeX-Omega-command, ConTeXt-engine, ConTeXt-Omega-engine):
+ New customization strings to implement various expanders.
(TeX-command-list): Use them.
(LaTeX-command-style): Same here.
- (TeX-printer-list, TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style): Use
- `%(o?)'.
+ (TeX-printer-list, TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style):
+ Use `%(o?)'.
(TeX-expand-list): New entries.
(TeX-PDF-mode): Don't switch on in Omega mode.
(TeX-Omega-mode): New minor mode.
@@ -8433,7 +8444,7 @@
2004-08-12 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fixed this to new style.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fix this to new style.
(LaTeX-command-style): Same here. Hey, this should even make
preview-latex work mostly with Japanese files and PDFTeX.
@@ -8487,8 +8498,8 @@
2004-08-11 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * doc/tex-ref.tex: Move papersize stuff to the front. Fiddle
- somewhat with the sizes, too.
+ * doc/tex-ref.tex: Move papersize stuff to the front.
+ Fiddle somewhat with the sizes, too.
* auctex.spec (Version): Change version, web sites, some build
stuff (this is not yet finished).
@@ -8564,8 +8575,8 @@
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Capitalize menu entries.
* context.el (ConTeXt-project-structure-menu-name)
- (ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name, ConTeXt-mode-menu): Capitalize
- menu entries.
+ (ConTeXt-section-block-menu-name, ConTeXt-mode-menu):
+ Capitalize menu entries.
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Add help strings.
@@ -8594,15 +8605,15 @@
* tex.el (TeX-set-mode-name, TeX-source-specials-map)
(TeX-source-specials-mode, TeX-source-specials-expand-options)
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Rename
- `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options):
+ Rename `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
(TeX-PDF-mode): Make first arg optional (actually, not sure this
is a good idea).
(tex-pdf-mode): alias for `TeX-PDF-mode'.
(tex-interactive-mode): alias for `TeX-interactive-mode'
(tex-fold-mode): add autoload.
- (TeX-mode-map, TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): rename
- `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
+ (TeX-mode-map, TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries):
+ rename `TeX-source-specials' to `TeX-source-specials-mode'.
(TeX-command-list): Add help strings.
(TeX-command-menu-entry): Splice help into command entries.
(TeX-mode-specific-command-menu-entries): Remove help in XEmacs.
@@ -8651,8 +8662,8 @@
2004-08-08 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-set-command): Initialize
- `TeX-output-extension' based on `TeX-PDF-mode'.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-run-set-command):
+ Initialize `TeX-output-extension' based on `TeX-PDF-mode'.
* tex.el (TeX-command-output-list): Don't look at pdf* commands.
Don't have default mode "dvi".
@@ -8706,12 +8717,12 @@
kpathsea based completion, `TeX-insert-macro-default-style'.
Refer to installation nodes (autoconf installation).
- * tex.el (TeX-submit-bug-report): Added more explanations.
+ * tex.el (TeX-submit-bug-report): Add more explanations.
* latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Improve doc-string.
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-script-display): New variable. Make
- raise of sub-/superscripts customizable.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-script-display): New variable.
+ Make raise of sub-/superscripts customizable.
(font-latex-unfontify-region, font-latex-script): Use it.
2004-08-05 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -8778,7 +8789,7 @@
PDFTeX entries.
(LaTeX-command-style): Add %(PDF) here.
(TeX-expand-list): Expand %(PDF).
- (TeX-mode-p): Moved.
+ (TeX-mode-p): Move.
(TeX-PDF-mode, global-TeX-PDF-mode): New minor modes.
(TeX-PDF-mode-on, TeX-PDF-mode-off): Shortcuts for calling.
(TeX-PDF-mode-parsed): New variable.
@@ -8807,8 +8818,8 @@
(TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags): New customize option.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client): Return not only client
but options as well.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use
- `TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options):
+ Use `TeX-source-specials-view-editor-flags'.
2004-08-03 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -8818,8 +8829,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add "Close Environment"
- * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p): replaces
- `TeX-source-specials-view-guess-server'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-view-gnuserv-p):
+ replaces `TeX-source-specials-view-guess-server'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client)
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-options): Use this.
@@ -8839,8 +8850,8 @@
`TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server): New customize option.
(TeX-source-specials-view-start-server-asked): New variable.
- (TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags): New name. Formerly
- known as `TeX-source-specials-viewer-flags'.
+ (TeX-source-specials-view-position-flags): New name.
+ Formerly known as `TeX-source-specials-viewer-flags'.
(TeX-source-specials-view-gnuclient-flags): New variable.
(TeX-source-specials-view-emacsclient-flags): New variable.
(TeX-source-specials-view-expand-client): New function.
@@ -8948,17 +8959,17 @@
* doc/changes.texi: Add heading for `rawfile'. Change `section'
to `heading'.
- * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX): At
- least (X)Emacs 21 is needed.
+ * doc/faq.texi (Frequently Asked Questions About AUCTeX):
+ At least (X)Emacs 21 is needed.
* doc/install.texi (Prerequisites): Ditto.
2004-07-29 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-spec-list): Extend default. Add
- specification for argument number.
+ * tex-fold.el (TeX-fold-macro-spec-list): Extend default.
+ Add specification for argument number.
(TeX-fold-env-spec-list): Ditto.
- (TeX-fold-folded-face): Renamed from
+ (TeX-fold-folded-face): Rename from
`TeX-fold-display-string-face'.
(TeX-fold-unfolded-face): New face and variable.
(TeX-fold-buffer-type): Move through buffer from bottom to top in
@@ -9141,12 +9152,12 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add entries for showing and hiding
individual macros.
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Update and rearrange. Add
- entries for "Show/Hide" functionality.
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-menu): Update and rearrange.
+ Add entries for "Show/Hide" functionality.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Show/Hide): New section.
(Folding): New subsection.
- (Outline): Moved under "Show/Hide".
+ (Outline): Move under "Show/Hide".
2004-07-10 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9214,7 +9225,7 @@
* Makefile.in (tar-ball): Change permissions of auctex-$(TAG).
* tex.el (TeX-source-specials-expand-view-options): New function.
- (TeX-expand-list): Added new specifier (%dS) for
+ (TeX-expand-list): Add new specifier (%dS) for
`TeX-source-specials-expand-view-options'.
(TeX-view-style, TeX-output-view-style): Add %dS for source
specials in all xdvi calls.
@@ -9376,11 +9387,11 @@
2004-06-02 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Fixed typo in doc-string.
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-macro-default-style): Fix typo in doc-string.
2004-06-01 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-no-braces-modes): Removed. Revert unintened
+ * tex.el (TeX-no-braces-modes): Remove. Revert unintened
addition from 2004-04-19 commit.
(TeX-insert-macro-default-style): New variable.
(TeX-parse-arguments): Use it.
@@ -9409,10 +9420,10 @@
`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' now.
(LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file): New functions.
- (TeX-include-graphics-simple): Removed; use
+ (TeX-include-graphics-simple): Remove; use
`LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist' instead.
- (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image): Moved
- to `tex.el'.
+ (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image):
+ Move to `tex.el'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-includegraphics-extensions)
(LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist)
@@ -9422,17 +9433,17 @@
* tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter): Fix doc-string.
(TeX-insert-macro, TeX-parse-arguments): Skip optional macro
arguments when called with a prefix.
- (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image): From
- `style/graphicx.el'.
+ (TeX-string-divide-number-unit, TeX-default-unit-for-image):
+ From `style/graphicx.el'.
(TeX-arg-maybe): New function.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added additional
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add additional
arguments for \parbox.
2004-05-26 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-newline): New name for `TeX-indent-on-newline'. It
- now holds function definitions and not mere symbols anymore.
+ * tex.el (TeX-newline): New name for `TeX-indent-on-newline'.
+ It now holds function definitions and not mere symbols anymore.
(TeX-mode-map): Use it.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting): Remove documentation
@@ -9443,8 +9454,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-indent-on-newline): New option.
(TeX-mode-map): Use it.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting): Document
- `TeX-indent-on-newline' plus small corrections.
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Marking and formatting):
+ Document `TeX-indent-on-newline' plus small corrections.
2004-05-25 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -9457,8 +9468,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-mode-map): Inherit keymap instead of copying.
* tex.el (TeX-source-specials-map): New variable.
- (TeX-source-specials): Make a minor mode. Replaces
- `TeX-toggle-source-specials' and
+ (TeX-source-specials): Make a minor mode.
+ Replaces `TeX-toggle-source-specials' and
`TeX-source-specials-active-flag'.
(TeX-source-specials-expand-options): Adapt to that.
(TeX-electric-macro-map): inherit from
@@ -9498,9 +9509,9 @@
2004-05-21 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/graphicx.el (TeX-string-divide-number-unit): Renamed from
- misspelled `TeX-string-divide-nuber-unit'. Reformat file. Fix
- some doc-strings and comments.
+ * style/graphicx.el (TeX-string-divide-number-unit): Rename from
+ misspelled `TeX-string-divide-nuber-unit'. Reformat file.
+ Fix some doc-strings and comments.
2004-05-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9574,7 +9585,7 @@
* doc/install.texi (Configure): Document `--with-auto-dir'.
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added `doc/macros.texi'.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add `doc/macros.texi'.
* doc/Makefile.in (distclean): New.
@@ -9607,7 +9618,7 @@
* lpath.el: Bind `TeX-auto-global'.
* style/italian.el: New file.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Font Specifiers): Removed two sentences
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Font Specifiers): Remove two sentences
referring to the old behavior of the short-cuts for easy
insertions of fonts changing macros. (At that time they added
things like `{\it --!--}', now they add things like
@@ -9615,7 +9626,7 @@
(Marking and formatting): Reflect renaming of
`LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware' to `LaTeX-syntactic-comments'.
(European): Document `italian.el'.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added `italian.el'.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add `italian.el'.
* lpath.el: Bind `TeX-macro-global'.
* tex.el: No need to `(require 'tex-site)' at compilation time,
@@ -9669,12 +9680,12 @@
2004-05-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-check-function): Added "Always on"
+ * tex.el (TeX-source-specials-check-function): Add "Always on"
choice.
2004-05-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Moved to
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords): Move to
the right place and corrected quoting.
* context.el (ConTeXt-indent-syntax-table): Create with
@@ -9687,15 +9698,15 @@
address@hidden@' in `tex-site.el.in'.
* tex-site.el.in: Updated header.
- (TeX-macro-global): Moved here from `tex.el'. Use
- address@hidden@'.
+ (TeX-macro-global): Move here from `tex.el'.
+ Use address@hidden@'.
* tex.el: Require `tex-site' at compile time.
- (TeX-macro-global): Moved to `tex-site.el.in'.
+ (TeX-macro-global): Move to `tex-site.el.in'.
2004-05-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-source-specials): Added missing call to
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-source-specials): Add missing call to
`TeX-maybe-set-source-specials' in last commit.
2004-05-08 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -9717,7 +9728,7 @@
* latex.el (doctex-mode): Call `TeX-install-font-lock' to
activate special fontification in docTeX mode.
- * style/alltt.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Added "alltt" to
+ * style/alltt.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Add "alltt" to
`font-latex-verbatim-environments'.
* context.el: Updated header.
@@ -9733,7 +9744,7 @@
2004-05-06 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added `todo.texi'.
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Add `todo.texi'.
2004-05-05 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -9778,13 +9789,13 @@
where appropriate.
(LaTeX-command-style): Setting removed.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Checking): Updated URL's for lacheck and
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Checking): Update URL's for lacheck and
chktex.
2004-05-02 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* tex.el: Header updated.
- (TeX-master-file): Removed bogus test for `TeX-header-end'.
+ (TeX-master-file): Remove bogus test for `TeX-header-end'.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (ToDo): New name for node/section formerly
known as `Projects' or `Wishlist' respectively.
@@ -9794,14 +9805,14 @@
* doc/Makefile.in (TEXIFILES): New constant.
(auctex): Use it.
- (dist): Added `TODO'.
+ (dist): Add `TODO'.
(TODO): New target.
- (clean): Added `TODO'.
+ (clean): Add `TODO'.
Some formattig changes.
* doc/todo.texi: New file.
- * Makefile.in (tar-ball): Added `TODO'.
+ * Makefile.in (tar-ball): Add `TODO'.
* doc/changes.texi: Advertise support for `beamer.cls'.
@@ -9817,7 +9828,7 @@
(LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Remove `alltt' and add support
for it in `alltt.el' instead.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added `alltt.el'.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add `alltt.el'.
* style/alltt.el: New file.
@@ -9835,12 +9846,12 @@
2004-04-27 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex-buf.el (TeX-style-check, TeX-output-style-check): Check for
- source special stuff here instead of `TeX-expand-list'. Honor
- `TeX-source-specials-places'.
+ source special stuff here instead of `TeX-expand-list'.
+ Honor `TeX-source-specials-places'.
* tex.el (AUCTeX): Fix URL.
(TeX-default-mode, TeX-force-default-mode, TeX-install-font-lock)
- (TeX-source-specials-active-flag): Changed custom group.
+ (TeX-source-specials-active-flag): Change custom group.
(TeX-expand-list): Move source special stuff to `TeX-style-check'
and `TeX-output-style-check'.
(TeX-source-specials-tex-flags): Make it customizable.
@@ -9925,15 +9936,15 @@
2004-04-20 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-output-view-style): Move "dvips && gv" element to
- the top of the list (not shadowed by a4paper anymore). Added
- "pst-" in this element.
+ the top of the list (not shadowed by a4paper anymore).
+ Added "pst-" in this element.
2004-04-20 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Respect value of
`LaTeX-syntactic-comments' and mode by narrowing the region if
- necessary and checking necessary conditions. Use
- `TeX-forward-comment-skip' and `TeX-backward-comment-skip' for
+ necessary and checking necessary conditions.
+ Use `TeX-forward-comment-skip' and `TeX-backward-comment-skip' for
narrowing.
(LaTeX-find-matching-end): Ditto.
(LaTeX-find-matching-begin): Ditto.
@@ -9954,8 +9965,8 @@
* tex.el, latex.el: Make almost checkdoc clean. See "FIXME" for
remaining issues.
- * context.el, context-en.el, context-nl.el: Reindent. Coding
- conventions fixes (but files are still far from being checkdoc
+ * context.el, context-en.el, context-nl.el: Reindent.
+ Coding conventions fixes (but files are still far from being checkdoc
clean).
2004-04-19 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -9975,8 +9986,8 @@
2004-04-16 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu): Use
- `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu):
+ Use `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
* tex-jp.el (plain-TeX-mode-command-menu)
(LaTeX-mode-command-menu): Ditto.
@@ -10047,7 +10058,7 @@
2004-04-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (DOCFILES, EXTRAFILES): Added files needed for the
+ * Makefile.in (DOCFILES, EXTRAFILES): Add files needed for the
configure based installation.
2004-04-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
@@ -10056,7 +10067,7 @@
and `tar-ball'.
(snapshot): New. Use `check-dist' and `tar-ball'.
(release-commit): Fix mail address.
- (REMOVE, MINMAPSRC, min-map): Removed.
+ (REMOVE, MINMAPSRC, min-map): Remove.
(DIST_PREFIX): Derive FTPDIR and WWWDIR from this.
* doc/Makefile.in (dist): Use INSTALL and INSTALL.windows instead
@@ -10090,7 +10101,7 @@
* IRIX: Removed.
- * Makefile.in (EXTRAFILES): Removed IRIX.
+ * Makefile.in (EXTRAFILES): Remove IRIX.
* COPYING: Updated to current incarnation.
@@ -10120,8 +10131,8 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-paragraph): Fix check for code comment.
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): Ditto.
- * tex.el (TeX-in-commented-line): Don't alter match data. Fixes
- problems with `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-in-commented-line): Don't alter match data.
+ Fixes problems with `LaTeX-find-matching-end'.
(TeX-in-line-comment): Ditto. (Prophylactic.)
2004-04-08 Berend de Boer <address@hidden>
@@ -10141,13 +10152,13 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-default-position, LaTeX-env-array)
(LaTeX-env-tabular*): Implement "don't prompt" option.
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Tabular-like): Added `LaTeX-default-format'
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Tabular-like): Add `LaTeX-default-format'
and `LaTeX-default-position'.
2004-04-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): New name. Formerly
- known as `LaTeX-fill-distinct-contents'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators): New name.
+ Formerly known as `LaTeX-fill-distinct-contents'.
Changed 'braced and 'math options to various symbols for opening
and closing separators (braces, brackets, math switches) which
can be activated independently.
@@ -10196,8 +10207,8 @@
* tex.el (TeX-mode-specific-command-list): New function.
(TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Use it.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Use
- `TeX-mode-specific-command-list' to get a command list specific
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query):
+ Use `TeX-mode-specific-command-list' to get a command list specific
to the current mode for command completion.
2004-04-04 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10212,8 +10223,8 @@
2004-04-04 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-find-matching-end, LaTeX-find-matching-end): Try
- to keep track of in-comment-ness
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-find-matching-end, LaTeX-find-matching-end):
+ Try to keep track of in-comment-ness
2004-04-03 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -10288,8 +10299,8 @@
(LaTeX-fill-region): Use `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and
`LaTeX-backward-paragraph' instead of the old code which
determined paragraph boundaries manually.
- (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph): Improve
- handling of paragraph commands.
+ (LaTeX-forward-paragraph, LaTeX-backward-paragraph):
+ Improve handling of paragraph commands.
(LaTeX-paragraph-command-p): Get rid of the test for the opening
brace because there doesn't have to be one.
(LaTeX-find-macro-start): New function.
@@ -10315,8 +10326,8 @@
2004-03-21 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Set
- sentence-end-double-space and sentence-end to more appropriate
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set sentence-end-double-space and sentence-end to more appropriate
values for TeX.
2004-03-21 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
@@ -10336,22 +10347,22 @@
2004-03-19 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el.in (texinfo-mode): Autoload tex-info again. I
- suppose we will get to know why it was disabled when someone
+ * tex-site.el.in (texinfo-mode): Autoload tex-info again.
+ I suppose we will get to know why it was disabled when someone
complains.
2004-03-19 Davide G. M. Salvetti <address@hidden>
* doc/Makefile.in (clean): Add HISTORY.
- * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Removed, it's already defined in
+ * tex.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Remove, it's already defined in
tex-site.el.in.
2004-03-19 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Use correct regexp for
determination of a comment.
- (LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware): Renamed from
+ (LaTeX-format-comment-syntax-aware): Rename from
`LaTeX-fill-comment-syntax-aware' because it affects both filling
and indentation.
(LaTeX-indent-line): Add support for doing outer and inner
@@ -10372,8 +10383,8 @@
different filling methods by a `cond' statement and putting code
for the determination of the region to fill in case of
syntax-aware filling into the separate functions
- `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and `LaTeX-backward-paragraph'. Better
- handling of code comments.
+ `LaTeX-forward-paragraph' and `LaTeX-backward-paragraph'.
+ Better handling of code comments.
(LaTeX-fill-code-comment): New function.
(LaTeX-forward-paragraph): New function.
(LaTeX-backward-paragraph): New function.
@@ -10494,8 +10505,8 @@
2004-02-28 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* Makefile.in (install-lisp): Overwrite old tex-site.el if it has
- the "Don't edit" comment in it. Rename it otherwise. Use
- $(auctexdir) instead of $(lispdir) for replacing @AUCTEX.
+ the "Don't edit" comment in it. Rename it otherwise.
+ Use $(auctexdir) instead of $(lispdir) for replacing @AUCTEX.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Allow doctex-mode for .bbl file
checking.
@@ -10549,10 +10560,10 @@
(LaTeX-fill-move-to-break-point): Fix filling of nested braces and
math.
(TeX-find-closing-brace, TeX-find-opening-brace)
- (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Moved to `tex.el'.
+ (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Move to `tex.el'.
* tex.el (TeX-find-closing-brace, TeX-find-opening-brace)
- (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Moved from `latex.el'.
+ (TeX-forward-comment-skip): Move from `latex.el'.
2004-02-26 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -10578,7 +10589,7 @@
2004-02-17 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-title-4-face): Added missing :weight
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-title-4-face): Add missing :weight
and :inherit for color displays.
2004-02-15 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -10597,14 +10608,14 @@
* tex.el (TeX-comment-region): Map to `comment-region' instead of
`TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region'.
- (TeX-uncomment-region): New name for `TeX-un-comment-region'. Not
- mapped to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region' anymore.
- (TeX-uncomment): New name for `TeX-un-comment'. Use
- `TeX-uncomment-region' instead of `uncomment-region' which is not
+ (TeX-uncomment-region): New name for `TeX-un-comment-region'.
+ Not mapped to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region' anymore.
+ (TeX-uncomment): New name for `TeX-un-comment'.
+ Use `TeX-uncomment-region' instead of `uncomment-region' which is not
available in Emacs 20.
(TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph): New name for
- `TeX-comment-paragraph' which explains its function better. Use
- new name `TeX-uncomment'.
+ `TeX-comment-paragraph' which explains its function better.
+ Use new name `TeX-uncomment'.
(TeX-mode-map): Bind key chains to `TeX-comment-or-uncomment-*'
functions.
(plain-TeX-mode-menu): Adapt function calls in menu entries.
@@ -10632,7 +10643,7 @@
2004-01-27 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (TeX-command-list): Fixed previous change.
+ * tex-jp.el (TeX-command-list): Fix previous change.
2004-01-25 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
@@ -10645,7 +10656,7 @@
double. We get reasonable results under both Windows and Unix.
See also log of TeX-command-list in tex.el on 2002-12-19.
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Removed some Japanese
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Remove some Japanese
input methods (Canna, Wnn, SKK) because their code is copied from
YaTeX, which is not GPL program. Toggle off CJK (Chinese, Japanese,
Korean) input methods in LEIM.
@@ -10653,7 +10664,7 @@
2004-01-13 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Removed menu filters in the submenus
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Remove menu filters in the submenus
for inserting and modifying environments which call
`LaTeX-menu-update'.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Add `LaTeX-menu-update' to
@@ -10668,7 +10679,7 @@
2004-01-12 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-command-menu-name): New constant.
- (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Reimplemented the loop which
+ (TeX-mode-specific-command-menu): Reimplement the loop which
builds the menu.
(TeX-mode-command-menu): Use new constant and call
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu' via `:filter'.
@@ -10692,21 +10703,21 @@
2004-01-09 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
* doc/auc-tex.texi: AUC TeX to AUCTeX. Use `%%%' instead of a
- single `%' character in examples for Local Variables. Add
- information about new behavior in respect to the query for the
+ single `%' character in examples for Local Variables.
+ Add information about new behavior in respect to the query for the
master file. Explain new function `TeX-master-file-ask'.
- * doc/changes.texi: Advertise new master file behavior. Remove
- news about new commenting behavior which is not true anymore.
+ * doc/changes.texi: Advertise new master file behavior.
+ Remove news about new commenting behavior which is not true anymore.
* doc/intro.tex.: AUC TeX to AUCTeX.
- * tex.el (TeX-local-master-p): Removed one `%' character in regexp
+ * tex.el (TeX-local-master-p): Remove one `%' character in regexp
to let it find "% TeX-master:" as well.
2004-01-07 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed defcustom definition to one
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change defcustom definition to one
which allows the specification of several modes for one command
and adapted the defaults to it. Thanks to David Kastrup for most
of the code.
@@ -10755,13 +10766,13 @@
(plain-TeX-mode-map): New map to be used by plain-tex-mode.
(plain-TeX-mode-command-menu): New menu used instead of
`TeX-mode-menu' which utilizes `TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- (TeX-mode-menu): Removed in favor of
+ (TeX-mode-menu): Remove in favor of
`plain-TeX-mode-command-menu'.
(AmSTeX-mode-map): New map to be used by ams-tex-mode.
(AmSTeX-mode-command-menu): New menu.
- (ams-tex-mode): Moved and grouped with other AmSTeX-related code.
+ (ams-tex-mode): Move and grouped with other AmSTeX-related code.
Added code to use new menu.
- (TeX-command-list): Added new choice for the selection of the mode
+ (TeX-command-list): Add new choice for the selection of the mode
for the respective command. Adapted doc string. Added respective
symbols to command definitions. Rearranged command definitions.
Changed `LaTeX PDF' to `PDFLaTeX'.
@@ -10777,16 +10788,16 @@
* tex-info.el (TeXinfo-command-menu): Adapted for using
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Added symbols to command
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Add symbols to command
definitions needed for assigning them to the respective mode.
- (TeX-mode-menu): Removed.
+ (TeX-mode-menu): Remove.
(plain-TeX-mode-command-menu): New menu utilizing
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
(LaTeX-mode-command-menu): New menu utilizing
`TeX-mode-specific-command-menu'.
- (LaTeX-mode-map): Removed key definition for `TeX-mode-menu'.
+ (LaTeX-mode-map): Remove key definition for `TeX-mode-menu'.
- * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Added symbols to command
+ * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Add symbols to command
definitions needed for assigning them to the respective mode.
Changed `LaTeX PDF' to `PDFLaTeX'.
@@ -10811,26 +10822,26 @@
2003-12-30 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-master-file): Added new parameter `ask' which is
+ * tex.el (TeX-master-file): Add new parameter `ask' which is
to be used if the user shall be asked when the function is
called. Took out the code which provides the functionality for
asking the respective question and added it to the newly created
function `TeX-master-file-ask'.
(TeX-master-file-ask): New function.
(TeX-local-master-p): New function.
- (tex-mode): Removed the call of `TeX-master-file' via the hook
+ (tex-mode): Remove the call of `TeX-master-file' via the hook
`hack-local-variables-hook'.
- (VirTeX-common-initialization): Added the call to
+ (VirTeX-common-initialization): Add the call to
`TeX-master-file' via the hook `find-file-hooks'. Additionally
`TeX-update-style' will be called to activate the respective style
files.
- (TeX-mode-map): Added key binding for calling
+ (TeX-mode-map): Add key binding for calling
`TeX-master-file-ask'. This is a temporary solution.
(TeX-mode-menu): Took out redundant entry for `TeX-home-buffer'.
- Added entry "Set Master File" for `TeX-master-file-ask'. Grouped
- menu entries relevant for multifile handling.
+ Added entry "Set Master File" for `TeX-master-file-ask'.
+ Grouped menu entries relevant for multifile handling.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Changed analogously to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Change analogously to
`TeX-mode-menu'.
2003-12-29 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -10894,7 +10905,7 @@
* style/paralist.el: Removed coding cookie in first line.
Removed obsolete comment regarding placement of file.
- (LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label): Renamed from
+ (LaTeX-paralist-env-item-opt-label): Rename from
`pl-LaTeX-env-item-opt-label' and changed references accordingly.
Added docstring.
Let `itemize' and `enumerate' environments use this function.
@@ -10902,24 +10913,24 @@
2003-11-26 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Added "part" and
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Add "part" and
"subsubsection". Sync "chapter" with fancyref.sty.
- * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Added font-lock keywords.
+ * style/fancyref.el ("fancyref"): Add font-lock keywords.
2003-11-25 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added greek \var... symbols.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Removed "SLiTeX", added spacing
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Add greek \var... symbols.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove "SLiTeX", added spacing
commands and "appendix".
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-function-keywords): Added
- spacing commands, "nonumber", "centering", "TeX", and "LaTeX".
- (font-latex-match-textual-keywords): Added textsuperscript.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-function-keywords):
+ Add spacing commands, "nonumber", "centering", "TeX", and "LaTeX".
+ (font-latex-match-textual-keywords): Add textsuperscript.
2003-11-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added scrpage2.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add scrpage2.el.
2003-11-17 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -10932,7 +10943,7 @@
2003-11-17 Ralf Angeli <address@hidden>
- * style/scrbase.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Added further symbols to
+ * style/scrbase.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Add further symbols to
`TeX-add-symbols' and rearranged them alphabetically.
Added macros with parameters to
`font-latex-match-<type>-keywords-local'.
@@ -10966,7 +10977,7 @@
* style/paralist.el: New file.
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added paralist.el.
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add paralist.el.
2003-10-18 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -10980,7 +10991,7 @@
match the beginning of a quote.
(font-latex-quote-end-list): New variable. Holds the list of
strings to end a matched quote.
- (font-latex-match-quotation): Fixed to use above variables.
+ (font-latex-match-quotation): Fix to use above variables.
2003-09-18 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -11004,8 +11015,8 @@
* Changelog: Added coding cookie.
- * doc/Makefile.in (install): Check if auctex-* exists. Needed
- because default split size changed in texinfo 4.6.
+ * doc/Makefile.in (install): Check if auctex-* exists.
+ Needed because default split size changed in texinfo 4.6.
2003-07-25 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -11065,7 +11076,7 @@
* style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat)
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-aligned): Ditto.
- * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Removed interactive.
+ * tex.el (TeX-toggle-off-input-method): Remove interactive.
(TeX-math-input-method-off): New function.
(TeX-insert-dollar): Use it. Do not call function
TeX-toggle-off-input-method directly.
@@ -11091,11 +11102,11 @@
2003-06-02 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-near-bobp): Fixed typo in doc-string.
+ * tex.el (TeX-near-bobp): Fix typo in doc-string.
2003-05-27 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Changed regexp to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Change regexp to
allow \documentclass[]{someclass}.
2003-05-02 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
@@ -11112,7 +11123,7 @@
2003-04-15 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed %v to %V in View. Now
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change %v to %V in View. Now
TeX-output-view-style is used for setting viewer preferences. See
changes from 2003-02-06 below.
@@ -11120,7 +11131,7 @@
* .cvsignore: Added INSTALL and INSTALL.windows
- * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Added captcont.el and subfigure.el
+ * Makefile.in (STYLESRC): Add captcont.el and subfigure.el
2003-04-15 Jan-Åke Larsson <address@hidden>
@@ -11165,7 +11176,7 @@
2003-04-09 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed ConTeXt Clean from purge to
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change ConTeXt Clean from purge to
purgeall; I guess this behaves as users would expect.
* context.el: minor cleanups, switched to the name "AUCTeX" where
@@ -11206,8 +11217,8 @@
2003-03-13 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
* style/german.el (LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote)
- (LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote): New
- variables to initialize quote stuff from. If you set these in
+ (LaTeX-german-open-quote, LaTeX-german-close-quote):
+ New variables to initialize quote stuff from. If you set these in
file local variables, they will propagate accordingly to
`TeX-quote-after-quote' et al.
@@ -11311,7 +11322,7 @@
2003-02-11 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
* tex-buf.el (TeX-run-TeX): TeX-run-TeX gets the
@@ -11324,17 +11335,17 @@
* latex.el (latex-mode): Sets TeX-sentinel-default-function
instead of TeX-sentinel-function.
- * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
- * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed TeX-run-LaTeX to
+ * tex-fptex.el (TeX-command-list): Change TeX-run-LaTeX to
TeX-run-TeX.
2003-02-08 Patrick Gundlach <address@hidden>
* tex-site.el: Added simple ConTeXt support.
- * latex.el (latex-mode): Added explicit set of
+ * latex.el (latex-mode): Add explicit set of
TeX-sentinel-function to be used in TeX-run-interactive.
* tex-buf.el: Added TeX-run-ConTeXt. Removed explicit call to
@@ -11360,8 +11371,8 @@
2003-02-08 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-output-extension, TeX-view-extension): Changed
- defcustom into defvar, as these are intermediate variables.
+ * tex.el (TeX-output-extension, TeX-view-extension):
+ Change defcustom into defvar, as these are intermediate variables.
2003-02-07 Piet van Oostrum <address@hidden>
@@ -11372,7 +11383,7 @@
* tex-buf.el
(TeX-save-document, TeX-command-query)
(TeX-output-style-check, TeX-run-format, TeX-TeX-sentinel-check):
- Added support for pdftex (and others)
+ Add support for pdftex (and others)
(TeX-run-set-command, TeX-output-extension)
(TeX-view-extension, TeX-view-output-file): new functions.
@@ -11398,7 +11409,7 @@
2003-01-24 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-kpathsea-path-delimiter, TeX-search-files-kpathsea):
- Fixed braces.
+ Fix braces.
2003-01-22 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11412,7 +11423,7 @@
2003-01-16 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Fixed typo.
+ * style/varioref.el ("varioref"): Fix typo.
* Makefile.in (ELCC): `-no-init-file' is the same as `-q'
@@ -11496,12 +11507,12 @@
2002-12-13 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-label): Added completing for labels. Avoid
- inserting an empty label.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-label): Add completing for labels.
+ Avoid inserting an empty label.
2002-12-12 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Added \operatorname.
+ * style/amsopn.el ("amsopn"): Add \operatorname.
2002-12-12 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11528,7 +11539,7 @@
* tex.el: Ditto.
- * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Improved doc-string.
+ * style/amsmath.el (LaTeX-amsmath-label): Improve doc-string.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Equations): New @subsection documenting
LaTeX-equation-label, LaTeX-eqnarray-label and LaTeX-amsmath-label.
@@ -11552,9 +11563,9 @@
2002-12-10 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-textual): Fixed typo in doc-string.
+ * font-latex.el (font-latex-match-textual): Fix typo in doc-string.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Fixed typos in doc-string.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-section-label): Fix typos in doc-string.
2002-12-10 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11580,7 +11591,7 @@
2002-12-09 Reiner Steib <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Added some supported classes.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-style-list): Add some supported classes.
Fixed a typo.
* style/amsmath.el ("amsmath"): environment "xxalignat*" doesn't
@@ -11588,7 +11599,7 @@
(LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat): environment "xxalignat" should not
get a \label.
- * Makefile (BATCH): Added `-no-site-file' to batch options.
+ * Makefile (BATCH): Add `-no-site-file' to batch options.
2002-12-07 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11643,7 +11654,7 @@
2002-10-24 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
* latex.el (LaTeX-env-contents): New function.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added 26 LaTeX commands, 2 LaTeX2e
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add 26 LaTeX commands, 2 LaTeX2e
environments, and 41 LaTeX2e commands.
2002-10-08 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11708,7 +11719,7 @@
2002-03-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-site.el (eamcs-major-version): Changed if to when.
+ * tex-site.el (eamcs-major-version): Change if to when.
Suggested by Martin Thornquist <address@hidden>.
2002-03-15 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11723,12 +11734,12 @@
* tex.el (TeX-auto-generate): Expand file name.
Suggested by "Dr. Mark A. Friedman" <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Set
- `fill-paragraph-function'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization):
+ Set `fill-paragraph-function'.
(LaTeX-mode-map): Don't bind M-q.
Suggested by Nils Klarlund <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-printer-list): Fixed spelling.
+ * tex.el (TeX-printer-list): Fix spelling.
Reported by Nils Klarlund <address@hidden>.
2002-02-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -11791,7 +11802,7 @@
* style/prosper.el: New file.
Contributed by Phillip Lord <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
2001-11-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -11829,7 +11840,7 @@
2001-10-19 Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
- * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fixed for mendex.
+ * tex-jp.el (japanese-TeX-command-list): Fix for mendex.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (Japanese): Doc fix.
2001-10-17 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -11927,7 +11938,7 @@
* tex-fptex.el: New file.
Contributed by Fabrice Popineau <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (CONTRIB): Added it.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB): Add it.
2001-10-04 Peter S Galbraith <address@hidden>
@@ -11966,7 +11977,7 @@
2001-10-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-submenu-name-format): Fixed spelling error.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-submenu-name-format): Fix spelling error.
Reported by address@hidden
2001-10-01 David Kastrup <address@hidden>
@@ -11978,8 +11989,8 @@
C-r command itself was definitely sometimes wrong). Corrected that.
* style/graphicx.el (TeX-arg-includegraphics):
- Fixed an obvious typo complained about by the byte-compiler. checkdoc
- removed a few spaces.
+ Fix an obvious typo complained about by the byte-compiler.
+ checkdoc removed a few spaces.
* auc-old.el (TeX-region): Correct offset calculation.
@@ -12018,7 +12029,7 @@
2001-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Changed default to lazy evaluation of
+ * tex.el (TeX-expand-list): Change default to lazy evaluation of
`TeX-view-style' and `LaTeX-command-style'.
Suggested by Peter Neergaard <address@hidden>.
@@ -12086,7 +12097,7 @@
* MSDOS: Removed.
* VMS: Removed.
* OS2: Removed.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Removed above files.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Remove above files.
2000-10-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12096,9 +12107,9 @@
2000-10-19 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/graphics.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
* style/graphicx.el: Renamed from `style/graphicx.el'.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Updated.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Update.
Reported by "Dr. Thomas Baumann" <address@hidden>.
2000-10-09 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12133,7 +12144,7 @@
2000-06-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* IRIX: New file.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Added it.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Add it.
2000-05-10 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12159,7 +12170,7 @@
2000-03-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/graphicsx.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
Donated by Ryuichi Arafune <address@hidden>.
2000-04-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12176,7 +12187,7 @@
2000-02-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-environment-list): Added more missing
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-environment-list): Add more missing
environments. Patch by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
2000-02-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12191,10 +12202,10 @@
2000-01-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-map): Added "\e\r" binding for
+ * tex-info.el (TeXinfo-mode-map): Add "\e\r" binding for
address@hidden'.
Reported by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
- (TeXinfo-mode-menu, texinfo-mode): Changed menu name and mode name
+ (TeXinfo-mode-menu, texinfo-mode): Change menu name and mode name
to `Texinfo'.
Suggested by Akim Demaille <address@hidden>.
@@ -12222,7 +12233,7 @@
* bib-cite.el: Updated to 3.15 (20 Dec 99).
- * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Fixed default PDF LaTeX command.
+ * tex-mik.el (TeX-command-list): Fix default PDF LaTeX command.
Reported by "Christian Schlauer" <address@hidden>.
* Version 9.10o released.
@@ -12238,7 +12249,7 @@
1999-12-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Added `kill-all-local-variables'.
+ * tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Add `kill-all-local-variables'.
Reported by Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>.
* Version 9.10n released.
@@ -12254,7 +12265,7 @@
1999-12-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC, AUCELC): Added `tex-mik.el'.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC, AUCELC): Add `tex-mik.el'.
1999-11-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12302,7 +12313,7 @@
1999-11-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Added `LaTeX PDF' command.
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Add `LaTeX PDF' command.
1999-10-28 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12325,12 +12336,12 @@
* style/ngerman.el: New style.
Suggested by Torsten Schuetze <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Added history argument.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Add history argument.
Suggested by Werner LEMBERG <address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Added history argument.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-environment): Add history argument.
* tex.el (TeX-add-style-hook): Don't add the same hook twice.
Suggested by Jarl Friis <address@hidden>.
@@ -12353,7 +12364,7 @@
* style/mdwlist.el: New file.
Patch by Stephen Heilbronner <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
1999-08-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12367,8 +12378,8 @@
1999-08-19 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-hide-environment, LaTeX-show-environment): make
- them work with new outline mode.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-hide-environment, LaTeX-show-environment):
+ make them work with new outline mode.
Reported by Thomas Schick <address@hidden>.
* tex.el (match-string): New compatibility function.
@@ -12426,7 +12437,7 @@
1999-05-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el: (TeX-auto-generate): Reimplemented support for numeric
+ * tex.el: (TeX-auto-generate): Reimplement support for numeric
`TeX-file-recurse'.
(TeX-search-files): Ditto.
@@ -12450,7 +12461,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-insert-dollar): Better error message when trying
to insert a dollar in math-mode.
- * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Added more default
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp-tex-commands-default): Add more default
macros.
1999-03-12 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
@@ -12459,9 +12470,9 @@
index.el and multind.el style files.
(LaTeX-auto-index-regexp-list): Now matches both \index and
\glossary.
- (TeX-arg-index): Renamed from TeX-arg-define-index.
+ (TeX-arg-index): Rename from TeX-arg-define-index.
(TeX-arg-define-index): Now an alias for `TeX-arg-index'.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added a regexp for index and
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add a regexp for index and
glossary to `TeX-complete-list'. Added entry for glossary with
`Tex-add-symbols'.
* style/index.el: New file.
@@ -12469,7 +12480,7 @@
* style/multind.el: New file.
* style/varioref.el: New file.
* style/fancyref.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/index.el', `style=makeidx.el',
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/index.el', `style=makeidx.el',
`style/multind.el', `style/varioref.el', `style/fancyref.el'.
1999-02-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12500,12 +12511,12 @@
* tex-jp.el (TeX-format-list): Fix JLATEX format.
Patch by Tsutomu OKUMURA <address@hidden>.
- * style/foils.el (LaTeX-style-foils): Removed spurious `\n'.
+ * style/foils.el (LaTeX-style-foils): Remove spurious `\n'.
Reported by Bernt Guldbrandtsen <address@hidden>.
1999-02-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (install-contrib): Added `$(CONTRIBELC)' dependency.
+ * Makefile (install-contrib): Add `$(CONTRIBELC)' dependency.
Suggested by Nils Ackermann <address@hidden>.
1999-01-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12514,7 +12525,7 @@
1999-01-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Renamed from
+ * tex.el (TeX-font-replace-macro): Rename from
`LaTeX2e-font-replace'. Use `TeX-esc'.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it.
* tex-info.el (texinfo-mode): Ditto.
@@ -12527,7 +12538,7 @@
1999-01-11 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces, TeX-command-list): Fixed custom types.
+ * tex.el (TeX-insert-braces, TeX-command-list): Fix custom types.
Patch by Markus Rost <address@hidden>.
1999-01-09 Christoph Wedler <address@hidden>
@@ -12553,7 +12564,7 @@
1998-12-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-recurse): Added right parenthesis.
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-recurse): Add right parenthesis.
Reported by Bernt Guldbrandtsen <address@hidden>.
1998-12-11 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12578,7 +12589,7 @@
1998-11-23 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
- * texmathp.el (texmathp): Added autoload cookie.
+ * texmathp.el (texmathp): Add autoload cookie.
1998-11-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12599,7 +12610,7 @@
1998-10-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (European): Removed references to obsolete
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (European): Remove references to obsolete
packages.
1998-07-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12617,8 +12628,8 @@
1998-07-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro, TeX-arg-string, TeX-parse-argument): If
- region is active, put it inside empty brackets.
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-macro, TeX-arg-string, TeX-parse-argument):
+ If region is active, put it inside empty brackets.
Patch by Peter Thiemann <address@hidden>.
1998-07-16 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12669,7 +12680,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-font-list): Default value now contains special
math font commands.
- (LaTeX2e-font-replace): Added support for math fonts.
+ (LaTeX2e-font-replace): Add support for math fonts.
* tex.el (TeX-font-list): Docstring changed. Extra prefix and
suffix for math fonts allowed.
@@ -12707,14 +12718,14 @@
1998-06-10 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (texmathp): Added autoload.
- (TeX-math-mode-p): Deleted.
+ * tex.el (texmathp): Add autoload.
+ (TeX-math-mode-p): Delete.
(TeX-parse-macro): Use `texmathp' instead of `TeX-math-mode-p'.
* texmathp.el: New file by Carsten Dominik
<address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Added.
- (AUCELC): Added.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Add.
+ (AUCELC): Add.
1998-06-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12846,7 +12857,7 @@
* tex-buf.el (TeX-run-silent): New function.
- * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Changed default for view from
+ * tex.el (TeX-command-list): Change default for view from
`TeX-run-background' to `TeX-run-silent'.
1997-09-10 "Dr. Werner Fink" <address@hidden>
@@ -12859,11 +12870,11 @@
1997-08-29 David J. Rowe <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Added support so newcommand*,
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Add support so newcommand*,
renewcommand*, providecommand*, newenvironment* and
renewenvironment* are recognized by TeX-auto-generate and
TeX-auto-generate-global.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added all of above "starred"
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add all of above "starred"
commands to symbol list and added providecommand to symbol list.
1997-08-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -12872,7 +12883,7 @@
1997-08-29 Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>
- * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Added environments xalignat and
+ * amsmath.el ("amsmath"): Add environments xalignat and
xxalignat, and starred forms
1997-08-22 Christoph Wedler <address@hidden>
@@ -12886,7 +12897,7 @@
1997-07-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/natbib.el'.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/natbib.el'.
1997-07-13 Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
@@ -12990,7 +13001,7 @@
1997-06-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Added `usepackage'.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Add `usepackage'.
(LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list): Ditto.
Patch by Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>.
@@ -12999,7 +13010,7 @@
* style/amsbsy.el: New file.
* style/amsopn.el : New file.
* style/amsthm.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added them.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add them.
Files provided by Carsten Dominik <address@hidden>.
1997-06-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13051,7 +13062,7 @@
1997-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Fixed hebrew delimiters.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Fix hebrew delimiters.
Patch by John Griffith <address@hidden>.
1997-03-26 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13069,13 +13080,13 @@
(TeX-auto-generate-global): Ditto.
Patch by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
- * Makefile (install-contrib): Don't move elc files twice. Patch
- by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
+ * Makefile (install-contrib): Don't move elc files twice.
+ Patch by Helmut Geyer <address@hidden>.
1997-03-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* style/danish.el: Copied from `style/dk.el'.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added `style/danish.el'.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add `style/danish.el'.
Suggested by Lars Frellesen <address@hidden>.
1997-03-04 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13122,7 +13133,7 @@
1997-02-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Removed.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-lisp-directory): Remove.
1997-02-07 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13136,12 +13147,12 @@
1997-01-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): uparow -> uparrow. Reported by
- Kyeong Soo Kim <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): uparow -> uparrow.
+ Reported by Kyeong Soo Kim <address@hidden>.
1997-01-29 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed `ltx-help.el'.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove `ltx-help.el'.
1997-01-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13194,7 +13205,7 @@
shell-command-switch. Suggested by address@hidden (Fabio
Somenzi).
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Added sans serif. Patch by Ralf
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Add sans serif. Patch by Ralf
Fassel <address@hidden>.
1997-01-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13252,7 +13263,7 @@
1996-11-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Added eqref to
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Add eqref to
LaTeX-label-list. Suggested by Martin Hagstrom
<address@hidden>.
@@ -13263,7 +13274,7 @@
1996-11-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Added "texinfo".
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Add "texinfo".
1996-09-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13317,28 +13328,28 @@
1996-08-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Ignore comments. Reported
- by Stephen Eglen <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-current-environment): Ignore comments.
+ Reported by Stephen Eglen <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Added `windows-nt'.
+ * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Add `windows-nt'.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-shell): Added `windows-nt'.
- (TeX-shell-command-option): Added `emx' and `windows-nt'.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-shell): Add `windows-nt'.
+ (TeX-shell-command-option): Add `emx' and `windows-nt'.
Reported by Ulrich Poetter <address@hidden>.
1996-08-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Removed duplicate
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Remove duplicate
initialization of `words-include-escapes'. Reperted by Mark Hovey
<address@hidden>.
1996-08-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (CONTRIB): Added `font-latex.el'.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB): Add `font-latex.el'.
1996-07-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (aucdir): Changed `lib' to `share' per new emacs
+ * Makefile (aucdir): Change `lib' to `share' per new emacs
conventions. Reported by "Edward J. Huff"
<address@hidden>.
@@ -13349,8 +13360,8 @@
1996-07-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-parse-path): Ignore tralining //. Suggested by
- Göran Uddeborg <address@hidden>.
+ * tex.el (TeX-parse-path): Ignore tralining //.
+ Suggested by Göran Uddeborg <address@hidden>.
1996-05-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13373,8 +13384,8 @@
1996-04-24 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment): Bind
- `next-line-add-newlines' to t. Patch by Fritz Knabe
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-close-environment):
+ Bind `next-line-add-newlines' to t. Patch by Fritz Knabe
<address@hidden>.
1996-04-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13395,8 +13406,8 @@
1996-02-20 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* tex.el (TeX-command-menu-queue, TeX-command-menu-queue-entry):
- New functions supporting printer queue queries from the menu. By
- Ulrik Dickow <address@hidden>
+ New functions supporting printer queue queries from the menu.
+ By Ulrik Dickow <address@hidden>
(TeX-command-menu-entry): Use them.
1996-02-13 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13406,12 +13417,12 @@
1995-12-21 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Added more definitions by Mehmet
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Add more definitions by Mehmet
Balcilar <address@hidden>.
1995-12-18 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph): Removed old version.
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region-as-paragraph): Remove old version.
(LaTeX-math-menu): Redefined the math mode menu.
1995-12-14 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13430,8 +13441,8 @@
* PROBLEMS: Some easymenu explanations.
* tex.el: Require easymenu.el instead of auc-menu.el.
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed easymenu.el and auc-menu.el.
- (MINMAPSRC): Removed easymenu.el, column.el and cpp.el.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove easymenu.el and auc-menu.el.
+ (MINMAPSRC): Remove easymenu.el, column.el and cpp.el.
* easymenu.el: File deleted.
* column.el: File deleted.
* cpp.el: File deleted.
@@ -13457,8 +13468,8 @@
1995-02-12 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-byte-compile): Make it default to nil. Suggested by
- address@hidden (Michal Jaegermann).
+ * tex.el (TeX-byte-compile): Make it default to nil.
+ Suggested by address@hidden (Michal Jaegermann).
* tex-buf.el (TeX-command-query): Also offer to save files when
started from a menu. Reported by address@hidden (Anton
@@ -13472,21 +13483,21 @@
different buffer. Patch by Michael Kifer
<address@hidden>.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Moved `Phi' from V to F in
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-math-default): Move `Phi' from V to F in
LaTeX-math-mode. Suggested by address@hidden (David
Kastrup).
* doc/math-ref.tex: Documented it.
1995-02-02 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-home-buffer): Added interactive, reported by
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-home-buffer): Add interactive, reported by
address@hidden
1995-02-01 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
* hilit-LaTeX.el: Upgraded to 1.06.
- * Makefile (CONTRIB, EXTRAFILES): Moved tex-jp.el to CONTRIB.
+ * Makefile (CONTRIB, EXTRAFILES): Move tex-jp.el to CONTRIB.
1995-01-27 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13498,13 +13509,13 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-fill-region): Use marker to mark end of region
instead of integer, as the formatting may change the size of the
region.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fixed bug in paragraph definitions.
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix bug in paragraph definitions.
Reported by Steve Anderson <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (save-match-data): Added by address@hidden
+ * tex.el (save-match-data): Add by address@hidden
(Kobayashi Shinji).
- (bibtex-mode-hook): Don't use add-hook yet. Reported by
- address@hidden (Kobayashi Shinji).
+ (bibtex-mode-hook): Don't use add-hook yet.
+ Reported by address@hidden (Kobayashi Shinji).
1995-01-25 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13521,23 +13532,23 @@
* tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Forgot a set of parentheses.
Reported by Frederic Devernay <address@hidden>.
- * tex-buf.el (TeX-current-pages): Removed extra parentheses.
+ * tex-buf.el (TeX-current-pages): Remove extra parentheses.
Reported by address@hidden (Michelangelo Grigni).
1995-01-24 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Added workaround for error in
+ * tex.el (change-major-mode-hook): Add workaround for error in
XEmacs 19.11's `kill-all-local-variables'.
1995-01-23 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Removed unnecessary
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Remove unnecessary
regexp quotes of `TeX-esc'.
* style/amsart.el: Move `eqref' definition to `style/amstex.el'
and load that style hook.
* style/amstex.el: New file.
- * Makefile (STYLESRC): Added it.
+ * Makefile (STYLESRC): Add it.
Suggested by address@hidden (Victor Boyko).
1995-01-22 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13561,9 +13572,9 @@
* Makefile (CONTRIB): New macro for user contributed emacs lisp
packages, initialized with `bib-cite.el' and `hilit-LaTeX.el'.
- (EXTRAFILES): Added $(CONTRIB) to the list.
+ (EXTRAFILES): Add $(CONTRIB) to the list.
- * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Moved definition before
+ * tex.el (TeX-directory-absolute-p): Move definition before
`TeX-macro-private'. Reported by Frederic Devernay
<address@hidden>.
@@ -13578,8 +13589,8 @@
(TeX-region-create): More outline-mode safe. Patch by
address@hidden (Willi Langenberger).
- * Makefile (dist): Put version number in WWW page. Suggested by
- several people.
+ * Makefile (dist): Put version number in WWW page.
+ Suggested by several people.
* latex.el (LaTeX-auto-regexp-list): Ignore first optional
argument to newenvironment if there is a second. Problem reported
@@ -13595,7 +13606,7 @@
R. Dodd)
(TeX-current-pages): New function.
(TeX-LaTeX-sentinel, TeX-TeX-sentinel): Use it.
- (TeX-format-filter): Removed unnecessary check before assignment.
+ (TeX-format-filter): Remove unnecessary check before assignment.
1995-01-03 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13682,8 +13693,8 @@
* OEMACS: Removed.
- * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization): Make
- `words-include-escapes' a local variable before setting it.
+ * tex.el (VirTeX-common-initialization):
+ Make `words-include-escapes' a local variable before setting it.
Reported by Bo Nygaard Bai <address@hidden>.
1994-11-15 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13712,7 +13723,7 @@
* Makefile (dist): Automatically update AUC-TeX-version and
AUC-TeX-date in tex.el
- * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version): Added AUC-TeX-version and
+ * tex.el (AUC-TeX-version): Add AUC-TeX-version and
AUC-TeX-date from auc-ver.el.
* auc-ver.el: File removed.
@@ -13723,7 +13734,7 @@
1994-10-25 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Removed an implemented item.
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Remove an implemented item.
* tex.el (TeX-command-current): New variable.
(TeX-command-select-master): New function.
@@ -13733,13 +13744,13 @@
file argument.
(TeX-command-menu-print): Remove file argument.
(TeX-command-menu-printer-entry): Don't pass file argument.
- (TeX-command-create-menu): Removed.
+ (TeX-command-create-menu): Remove.
(TeX-mode-menu): New menu.
- (plain-TeX-mode-menu): Removed entries now in TeX-mode-menu.
+ (plain-TeX-mode-menu): Remove entries now in TeX-mode-menu.
(plain-TeX-mode-menu): Use `toggle' for bad boxes.
(plain-TeX-common-initialization): Enable TeX-mode-menu.
- * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Removed entries now in
+ * latex.el (LaTeX-mode-menu): Remove entries now in
TeX-mode-menu.
(LaTeX-mode-menu): Use `toggle' for bad boxes.
(LaTeX-common-initialization): Enable TeX-mode-menu.
@@ -13751,8 +13762,8 @@
1994-10-24 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * Makefile (AUCSRC): Removed auc-menu.el from AUC TeX distribution.
- (MINMAPSRC): Added easymenu.el temporarily to min-map distribution.
+ * Makefile (AUCSRC): Remove auc-menu.el from AUC TeX distribution.
+ (MINMAPSRC): Add easymenu.el temporarily to min-map distribution.
* auc-menu.el: Just load easymenu.el when using GNU Emacs.
@@ -13782,7 +13793,7 @@
* latex.el (LaTeX-indent-calculate): Allow nil second element in
`LaTeX-indent-environment-list'.
- (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Added special environments
+ (LaTeX-indent-environment-list): Add special environments
suggested by address@hidden (Peter
Thiemann).
@@ -13804,7 +13815,7 @@
* tex.el (TeX-add-local-master): Use three %'s when adding buffer
local variables. Suggested by Raymond Toy <address@hidden>.
- * tex.el (TeX-format-list): Added entry for AmSTeX by Ulf Juergens
+ * tex.el (TeX-format-list): Add entry for AmSTeX by Ulf Juergens
<address@hidden>.
* tex.el (ams-tex-mode): Run AmS-TeX-mode-hook, not
@@ -13834,7 +13845,7 @@
1994-09-05 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
- * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Added LaTeX2 `cls' extension after
+ * tex.el (TeX-file-extensions): Add LaTeX2 `cls' extension after
query by address@hidden (Jose Manuel Valenca).
1994-08-30 Per Abrahamsen <address@hidden>
@@ -13858,7 +13869,7 @@
1994-08-26 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Removed preceding item from
+ * doc/auc-tex.texi (Projects): Remove preceding item from
wishlist.
* latex.el (LaTeX-common-initialization): Fix to comments
@@ -13887,8 +13898,8 @@
1994-08-18 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * latex.el (TeX-arg-cite): Prompt for multiple keys. Suggested by
- Masahiro Kitagawa <address@hidden>.
+ * latex.el (TeX-arg-cite): Prompt for multiple keys.
+ Suggested by Masahiro Kitagawa <address@hidden>.
1994-08-17 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
@@ -13924,7 +13935,7 @@
1994-08-10 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
- * Makefile (MINMAPSRC): Added `all.el'.
+ * Makefile (MINMAPSRC): Add `all.el'.
* all.el: New file.
@@ -13945,12 +13956,12 @@
1994-08-06 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
* latex.el (LaTeX-paragraph-commands): New variable.
- (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it. Suggested by
- address@hidden (Yuan P. Li).
+ (LaTeX-common-initialization): Use it.
+ Suggested by address@hidden (Yuan P. Li).
* auc-menu.el (easy-menu-add): Check that `x-popup-menu' is bound
- and that we are running under X before calling it. Reported by
- Adrian F. Clark <address@hidden>
+ and that we are running under X before calling it.
+ Reported by Adrian F. Clark <address@hidden>
1994-08-04 Per Abrahamsen (address@hidden)
@@ -13965,10 +13976,10 @@
* doc/history.texi: New file.
- * doc/Makefile (HISTORY): Added rule.
+ * doc/Makefile (HISTORY): Add rule.
- * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Added `ChangeLog'.
- (DOCFILES): Added `history.texi'.
+ * Makefile (EXTRAFILES): Add `ChangeLog'.
+ (DOCFILES): Add `history.texi'.
* doc/auc-tex.texi (History): Made ready for 9.2. Move history to
`history.texi'.
diff --git a/font-latex.el b/font-latex.el
index 33eb1ad..96a4823 100644
--- a/font-latex.el
+++ b/font-latex.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; font-latex.el --- LaTeX fontification for Font Lock mode.
-;; Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Authors: Peter S. Galbraith <address@hidden>
;; Simon Marshall <address@hidden>
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Emacs."
Probably you don't want to customize this face directly. Better
change the base face `font-latex-sectioning-5-face' or customize the
-variable `font-latex-fontify-sectioning'." num)
+variable `font-latex-fontify-sectioning'." ',num)
:group 'font-latex-highlighting-faces))
(when (and (featurep 'xemacs)
;; Do not touch customized faces.
@@ -581,8 +581,8 @@ This is an internal variable which should not be set
directly.
Use `font-latex-add-keywords' instead.
Generated by `font-latex-make-built-in-keywords'.")))
- (eval `(make-variable-buffer-local
- ',(intern (concat prefix name "-keywords-local"))))
+ (make-variable-buffer-local
+ (intern (concat prefix name "-keywords-local")))
;; defun font-latex-match-*-make
;; Note: The functions are byte-compiled at the end of font-latex.el.
@@ -600,8 +600,8 @@ Generated by `font-latex-make-built-in-keywords'.")
(dolist (elt keywords)
(let ((keyword (if (listp elt) (car elt) elt)))
(if (string-match "^[A-Za-z]" keyword)
- (add-to-list 'multi-char-macros keyword)
- (add-to-list 'single-char-macros keyword))))
+ (push keyword multi-char-macros)
+ (push keyword single-char-macros))))
(when (or multi-char-macros single-char-macros)
(setq ,(intern (concat prefix name))
(concat
@@ -646,8 +646,7 @@ Generated by `font-latex-make-built-in-keywords'.")
;; defvar font-latex-match-*
(eval `(defvar ,(intern (concat prefix name))
,(intern (concat prefix name "-keywords"))))
- (eval `(make-variable-buffer-local
- ',(intern (concat prefix name))))
+ (make-variable-buffer-local (intern (concat prefix name)))
;; defun font-latex-match-*
(font-latex-make-match-defun prefix name face type)
@@ -873,6 +872,9 @@ The car is used for subscript, the cdr is used for
superscripts."
The form should be the same as in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.")
(make-variable-buffer-local 'font-latex-syntactic-keywords-extra)
+;; Set and updated in `font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords'.
+(defvar font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords nil)
+
(defun font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords ()
"Set the variable `font-latex-syntactic-keywords'.
This function can be used to refresh the variable in case other
@@ -1434,13 +1436,13 @@ Returns nil if none of KEYWORDS is found."
(match-beginning 0))
(let* ((beg (match-beginning 0))
end ; Used for multiline text property.
- match-data match-beg syntax-error alternative spec
+ (match-data (list beg))
+ match-beg syntax-error alternative spec
error-indicator-pos
(spec-list (string-to-list
(or (cadr (assoc (match-string 1) keywords))
font-latex-command-with-args-default-spec)))
(parse-sexp-ignore-comments t)) ; scan-sexps ignores comments
- (add-to-list 'match-data beg)
(goto-char (match-end 0))
;; Check for starred macro if first spec is an asterisk.
(when (eq (car spec-list) ?*)
@@ -1448,7 +1450,7 @@ Returns nil if none of KEYWORDS is found."
(skip-chars-forward "*" (1+ (point))))
;; Add current point to match data and use keyword face for
;; region from start to point.
- (add-to-list 'match-data (point) t)
+ (nconc match-data (list (point)))
(add-to-list 'font-latex-matched-faces 'font-lock-keyword-face)
(setq end (point))
(catch 'break
@@ -1554,7 +1556,7 @@ Returns nil if no command is found."
(match-beginning 0))
(let ((kbeg (match-beginning 0)) (kend (match-end 1))
(beg (match-end 0))
- end cbeg cend
+ cbeg cend
(parse-sexp-ignore-comments t)) ; scan-sexps ignores comments
(goto-char kbeg)
(if (not (eq (preceding-char) ?\{))
@@ -1909,9 +1911,6 @@ END marks boundaries for searching for quotation ends."
(append font-latex-keywords-2
'(("^%<[^>]*>" (0 font-latex-doctex-preprocessor-face t)))))
-;; Set and updated in `font-latex-set-syntactic-keywords'.
-(defvar font-latex-doctex-syntactic-keywords nil)
-
;; Copy and adaptation of `doctex-font-lock-^^A' in `tex-mode.el' of
;; CVS Emacs (March 2004)
(defun font-latex-doctex-^^A ()
diff --git a/tex-site.el b/tex-site.el
index 4ee712e..a342055 100644
--- a/tex-site.el
+++ b/tex-site.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -116,13 +116,18 @@ definition."
(let ((list TeX-mode-alist) elt)
(while list
(setq elt (car (pop list)))
- (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
- (when (fboundp elt)
- (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
- (defalias elt
- (if (memq elt value)
- (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))
- (get elt 'tex-saved))))))
+ (let ((dst (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))))
+ (if (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (if (memq elt value)
+ (advice-add elt :override dst)
+ (advice-remove elt dst))
+ (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
+ (when (fboundp elt)
+ (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
+ (defalias elt
+ (if (memq elt value)
+ dst
+ (get elt 'tex-saved))))))))
(defcustom TeX-modes
(mapcar 'car TeX-mode-alist)
@@ -136,11 +141,12 @@ set it with `TeX-modes-set'."
:group 'AUCTeX
:initialize (lambda (var value)
(custom-initialize-reset var value)
- (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
- (while list
- (eval-after-load (cdar list)
- `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
- (setq list (cdr list))))))
+ (unless (fboundp 'advice-add)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list)))))))
(defconst AUCTeX-version "11.87.2012-12-04"
"AUCTeX version.
commit f441f5f58e94e86d4e7bbcb6b4acd34390112c0c
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Sun Apr 6 09:42:41 2014 +0200
Bump to 11.87.4
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index a34ef7c..d9a481a 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.87.3
+;; Version: 11.87.4
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
diff --git a/auctex.info b/auctex.info
index 9e0e7b7..272d6ab 100644
--- a/auctex.info
+++ b/auctex.info
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-This is auctex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.1 from auctex.texi.
+This is auctex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from auctex.texi.
This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04), a
sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
@@ -7419,21 +7419,21 @@ Node: Hacking the Parser197293
Node: Appendices201162
Node: Copying this Manual201546
Node: GNU Free Documentation License202439
-Node: Changes227557
-Node: Development251794
-Node: Mid-term Goals252440
-Node: Wishlist254001
-Node: Bugs260945
-Node: FAQ262342
-Node: Texinfo mode268358
-Node: Exploiting269494
-Node: Superseding270314
-Node: Mapping274518
-Node: Unbinding276347
-Node: Indices277168
-Node: Key Index277393
-Node: Function Index282914
-Node: Variable Index291023
-Node: Concept Index308707
+Node: Changes227558
+Node: Development251795
+Node: Mid-term Goals252441
+Node: Wishlist254002
+Node: Bugs260946
+Node: FAQ262343
+Node: Texinfo mode268359
+Node: Exploiting269495
+Node: Superseding270315
+Node: Mapping274519
+Node: Unbinding276348
+Node: Indices277169
+Node: Key Index277394
+Node: Function Index282915
+Node: Variable Index291024
+Node: Concept Index308708
End Tag Table
diff --git a/preview-latex.info b/preview-latex.info
index 8fa733c..24c61a1 100644
--- a/preview-latex.info
+++ b/preview-latex.info
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-This is preview-latex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.1 from
+This is preview-latex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from
preview-latex.texi.
This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
@@ -2649,6 +2649,6 @@ Node: Troubleshooting85755
Node: Other formats88273
Node: Copying this Manual89588
Node: GNU Free Documentation License90527
-Node: Index115648
+Node: Index115649
End Tag Table
commit 86fc2da75960c5fb735a5cab5b0bde16408e5015
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Sun Apr 6 09:39:03 2014 +0200
texinfo updates
diff --git a/tex-info.el b/tex-info.el
index 6649b40..f973937 100644
--- a/tex-info.el
+++ b/tex-info.el
@@ -392,10 +392,17 @@ for @node."
"Hook function to plug Texinfo into RefTeX."
;; force recompilation of variables
(when (string= TeX-base-mode-name "Texinfo")
+ ;; dirty temporary hook to remove when reftex has a Texinfo builtin
+ ;; TODO --- taken on <2014-01-06 mon> --- remove the dirty trick once
reftex
+ ;; has been corrected for long enough a time
+ (unless (assq 'Texinfo reftex-label-alist-builtin)
+ (setq reftex-label-alist-builtin (append reftex-label-alist-builtin
+ '((Texinfo "Texinfo default
environments" nil)))))
(dolist (v `((reftex-section-pre-regexp . "@")
; section post-regexp must contain exactly one group
(reftex-section-post-regexp . "\\([ \t]+\\)")
(reftex-section-info-function . Texinfo-reftex-section-info)
+ (reftex-default-label-alist-entries . (Texinfo))
(reftex-section-levels
. ,(mapcar
(lambda (x)
@@ -405,7 +412,6 @@ for @node."
(cons (car x) (cadr x))))
texinfo-section-list))))
(set (make-local-variable (car v) ) (cdr v)))
- (setq reftex-tables-dirty t)
(reftex-ensure-compiled-variables)))
;;; Keymap:
@@ -532,6 +538,7 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(interactive)
(kill-all-local-variables)
(setq TeX-mode-p t)
+ (setq TeX-sentinel-default-function 'TeX-TeX-sentinel)
;; Mostly stolen from texinfo.el
(setq TeX-base-mode-name "Texinfo")
(setq major-mode 'texinfo-mode)
@@ -608,7 +615,7 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(make-local-variable 'TeX-complete-list)
(setq TeX-complete-list
- (list (list "@\\([a-zA-Z]*\\)" 1 'TeX-symbol-list nil)
+ (list (list "@\\([a-zA-Z]*\\)" 1 'TeX-symbol-list-filtered nil)
(list "" TeX-complete-word)))
(make-local-variable 'TeX-font-list)
@@ -620,6 +627,11 @@ value of `Texinfo-mode-hook'."
(unless (file-exists-p (buffer-file-name))
(TeX-master-file nil nil t))) nil t)
+ (when (and (boundp 'add-log-current-defun-function)
+ (fboundp 'texinfo-current-defun-name))
+ (setq add-log-current-defun-function
+ #'texinfo-current-defun-name))
+
(TeX-add-symbols
'("appendix" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
'("appendixsec" (TeX-arg-literal " ") (TeX-arg-free "Title"))
commit 53de4c68a612fc3a016dfcd1e5aaf4887ed58ea5
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Wed Feb 26 12:50:23 2014 +0100
Bump to 11.87.3.
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 99414bc..a34ef7c 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Version: 11.87.2
+;; Version: 11.87.3
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
commit 7e05bd598757a4e5c0bd890278a6489b84574de4
Author: Tassilo Horn <address@hidden>
Date: Wed Feb 26 12:47:45 2014 +0100
Update font-latex.el to curren AUCTeX git version.
Fixes bug#16879.
diff --git a/font-latex.el b/font-latex.el
index 765d6cb..33eb1ad 100644
--- a/font-latex.el
+++ b/font-latex.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; font-latex.el --- LaTeX fontification for Font Lock mode.
-;; Copyright (C) 1996-2009, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Authors: Peter S. Galbraith <address@hidden>
;; Simon Marshall <address@hidden>
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@ variable `font-latex-fontify-sectioning'." num)
("defbibheading" "{[{") ("defbibnote" "{{") ("defbibfilter" "{{")
("defbibcheck" "{{")
("defbibentryset" "{{") ("Cite" "[[{") ("parencite" "*[[{") ("Parencite"
"[[{")
("footcite" "[[{") ("footcitetext" "[[{") ("textcite" "[[{") ("Textcite"
"[[{")
- ("smartcite" "[[{") ("Smartcite" "[[{") ("supercite" "{") ("autocite"
"*[{{")
- ("Autocite" "*[{{") ("citeauthor" "[{{") ("Citeauthor" "[{{")
("citetitle" "*[{{")
+ ("smartcite" "[[{") ("Smartcite" "[[{") ("supercite" "{") ("autocite"
"*[[{")
+ ("Autocite" "*[[{") ("citeauthor" "[[{") ("Citeauthor" "[[{")
("citetitle" "*[[{")
("citeyear" "*[[{") ("citedate" "*[[{") ("citeurl" "[[{") ("parentext"
"{")
("brackettext" "{") ("fullcite" "[[{") ("fullfootcite" "[[{") ("volcite"
"[{[[")
("Volcite" "[{[[") ("pvolcite" "[{[[") ("Pvolcite" "[{[[") ("fvolcite"
"[{[[")
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Generated by `font-latex-make-user-keywords'.")))
KEYWORDS is a list of keywords or keywords with syntax specs.
CLASS corresponds to a keyword class and can be one of the
symbols 'warning, 'variable, 'reference, 'biblatex, 'function,
-sectioning-0, 'sectioning-1, 'sectioning-2, 'sectioning-3,
+'sectioning-0, 'sectioning-1, 'sectioning-2, 'sectioning-3,
'sectioning-4, 'sectioning-5, 'slide-title, 'textual,
'bold-command, 'italic-command, 'math-command, 'type-command,
'bold-declaration, 'italic-declaration or 'type-declaration.
@@ -1125,15 +1125,11 @@ end up in `font-lock-defaults'. Each entry in LIST
should be a
cons pair as expected by `font-lock-defaults'. The function also
triggers Font Lock to recognize the change."
(make-local-variable 'font-latex-syntax-alist)
- (nconc font-latex-syntax-alist list)
-;; FIXME: Are there situations where we need to alter `font-lock-defaults'
-;; directly?
-;; (dolist (entry list)
-;; (setcar (cdddr font-lock-defaults)
-;; (cons entry (cadddr font-lock-defaults))))
+ (set (make-local-variable 'font-latex-syntax-alist)
+ (append font-latex-syntax-alist list))
;; Tell font-lock about the update.
(setq font-lock-set-defaults nil)
- (font-lock-set-defaults))
+ (font-latex-setup))
;;;###autoload
(defun font-latex-setup ()
@@ -1219,8 +1215,6 @@ triggers Font Lock to recognize the change."
(defun font-latex-jit-lock-force-redisplay (buf start end)
"Compatibility for Emacsen not offering `jit-lock-force-redisplay'."
- (if (fboundp 'jit-lock-force-redisplay)
- (jit-lock-force-redisplay buf start end)
;; The following block is an expansion of `jit-lock-force-redisplay'
;; and involved macros taken from CVS Emacs on 2007-04-28.
(with-current-buffer buf
@@ -1235,7 +1229,7 @@ triggers Font Lock to recognize the change."
buffer-file-truename)
(put-text-property start end 'fontified t))
(unless modified
- (restore-buffer-modified-p nil)))))))
+ (restore-buffer-modified-p nil))))))
(defun font-latex-fontify-region (beg end &optional loudly)
"Fontify region from BEG to END.
@@ -1670,7 +1664,7 @@ END marks boundaries for searching for environment ends."
(defcustom font-latex-math-environments
'("display" "displaymath" "equation" "eqnarray" "gather" "multline"
- "align" "alignat" "xalignat")
+ "align" "alignat" "xalignat" "xxalignat" "flalign")
"List of math environment names for font locking."
:type '(repeat string)
:group 'font-latex)
commit e84716ead776e17171274316a8310f4be6043228
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Thu Jan 30 08:41:48 2014 -0500
* auctex.el: Add copyright notice.
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
index 1a06fd8..99414bc 100644
--- a/auctex.el
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -1,8 +1,25 @@
;;; auctex.el --- Integrated environment for *TeX*
+;; Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Version: 11.87.2
;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
+;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+
+;; GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;; (at your option) any later version.
+
+;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+;; GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
;;; Commentary:
;; This can be used for starting up AUCTeX. The following somewhat
commit a7dc84bfd2aeb422c2cd077cb8ab70d0fc041fb1
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Wed Jan 29 22:22:18 2014 -0500
Move metadata to autex.el; Remove auctex-pkg.el
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 657cfce..4c51832 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ INSTALL.windows
Makefile
#README
TODO
-auctex.el
+auctex-pkg.el
auto-loads.el
autom4te.*
config.*
diff --git a/auctex-pkg.el b/auctex-pkg.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ffec66c..0000000
--- a/auctex-pkg.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-(define-package "auctex" "11.87.2" "Integrated environment for *TeX*" nil :url
"http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
diff --git a/auctex.el b/auctex.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a06fd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/auctex.el
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+;;; auctex.el --- Integrated environment for *TeX*
+
+;; Version: 11.87.2
+;; URL: http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This can be used for starting up AUCTeX. The following somewhat
+;; strange trick causes tex-site.el to be loaded in a way that can be
+;; safely undone using (unload-feature 'tex-site).
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(autoload 'TeX-load-hack
+ (expand-file-name "tex-site.el"
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+(TeX-load-hack)
commit f0590b2ea41d1c38a70d2de14ce64c3c4feb3d28
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Oct 11 20:48:13 2013 -0400
Regenerate "dir" in English.
diff --git a/GNUmakefile b/GNUmakefile
index 347e0cc..7a94e74 100644
--- a/GNUmakefile
+++ b/GNUmakefile
@@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ tex-site.el: tex-site.el.in
-e 's|@lispautodir@|(if (file-writable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex")
"/usr/local/var/auctex" "~/.emacs.d/auctex")|'\
-e 's|@AUCTEXVERSION@|$(AUCTEXVERSION)|'\
-e 's|@AUCTEXDATE@|$(AUCTEXDATE)|'\
- -e "\$$a(provide 'tex-site)" \
$< >$@
doc/version.texi: ChangeLog
diff --git a/auctex-pkg.el b/auctex-pkg.el
index d9462f1..ffec66c 100644
--- a/auctex-pkg.el
+++ b/auctex-pkg.el
@@ -1 +1 @@
-(define-package "auctex" "11.87.1" "Integrated environment for *TeX*" nil :url
"http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
+(define-package "auctex" "11.87.2" "Integrated environment for *TeX*" nil :url
"http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
diff --git a/dir b/dir
index ab993b5..0b85f60 100644
--- a/dir
+++ b/dir
@@ -1,18 +1,16 @@
-Ceci est le fichier .../info/dir, qui contient le nÅud le
-plus haut de la hiérarchie Info. Ce nÅud est appelé (dir)Top.
-C'est de ce nÅud que vous démarrez la première fois que
-vous utilisez Info.
+This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the
+topmost node of the Info hierarchy, called (dir)Top.
+The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.
-File: dir, Node: Top Ceci est le haut de l'arborescence INFO
+File: dir, Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
- Ceci (le nÅud Répertoire) fournit un menu des sujets majeurs.
- Emtrez « q » pour quitter, « ? » pour afficher toutes les commandes
Info,
- « d » pour revenir ici ;, « h » affiche un guide d'initiation pour
les
- nouveaux venus, « mEmacs<Entrée> » démarre une consultation du manuel
- Emacs, et cætera.
+ This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
+ Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
+ "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
+ "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs manual, etc.
- Dans Emacs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le deuxième bouton de la souris
- sur une entrée de menu ou sur un renvoi pour le sélectionner.
+ In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
+ to select it.
* Menu:
diff --git a/tex-site.el.in b/tex-site.el.in
index 3c43aae..9340912 100644
--- a/tex-site.el.in
+++ b/tex-site.el.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -152,3 +152,15 @@ If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
+;;; Code specific to ELPA packaging:
+
+;; From preview-latex.el:
+
+(defvar preview-TeX-style-dir
+ (expand-file-name "latex" (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+
+;;; Ensure that loading the autoloads file also loads this file.
+;;;###autoload (require 'tex-site)
+
+(provide 'tex-site)
+;;; tex-site.el ends here
commit 58396710bdcb746de52543695ea386c417050e51
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Mon Sep 30 17:12:44 2013 -0400
Load tex-site from autoloads.
diff --git a/auctex-pkg.el b/auctex-pkg.el
index 62a6b4f..d9462f1 100644
--- a/auctex-pkg.el
+++ b/auctex-pkg.el
@@ -1 +1 @@
-(define-package "auctex" "11.87" "Integrated environment for *TeX*" nil :url
"http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
+(define-package "auctex" "11.87.1" "Integrated environment for *TeX*" nil :url
"http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
diff --git a/tex-site.el b/tex-site.el
index fc7c807..4ee712e 100644
--- a/tex-site.el
+++ b/tex-site.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;;
;; completely rewritten.
@@ -152,4 +152,15 @@ If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
+;;; Code specific to ELPA packaging:
+
+;; From preview-latex.el:
+
+(defvar preview-TeX-style-dir
+ (expand-file-name "latex" (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+
+;;; Ensure that loading the autoloads file also loads this file.
+;;;###autoload (require 'tex-site)
+
(provide 'tex-site)
+;;; tex-site.el ends here
commit 8b479fc861135e28d878fd9012b3dd682f00b812
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Sep 13 23:06:21 2013 -0400
Don't ignore README and tex-site.el; fix prv-xemacs compilation and
copyrights
diff --git a/.elpaignore b/.elpaignore
index 0fd7021..a815508 100644
--- a/.elpaignore
+++ b/.elpaignore
@@ -3,7 +3,6 @@
*.ac
*.spec
autogen.sh
-.cvsignore
install-sh
lpath.el
mkinstalldirs
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 79e2317..657cfce 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -7,17 +7,21 @@ FAQ
INSTALL
INSTALL.windows
Makefile
-README
+#README
TODO
auctex.el
auto-loads.el
autom4te.*
config.*
configure
-tex-site.el
+#tex-site.el
tex-site.el.out
+# Files genrated while building the auto-generated files included in elpa.
doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi
doc/version.texi
latex/preview-mk.ins
latex/preview.drv
+
+# Files generated when installing/compiling the package in place.
+auctex-autoloads.el
diff --git a/GNUmakefile b/GNUmakefile
index 44ed8b4..347e0cc 100644
--- a/GNUmakefile
+++ b/GNUmakefile
@@ -59,9 +59,10 @@ AUCTEXVERSION:=$(if
$(THISVERSION),$(THISVERSION),$(LASTVERSION).$(AUCTEXDATE))
tex-site.el: tex-site.el.in
sed -e 's|@lisppackagelispdir@|(file-name-directory load-file-name)|'\
-e 's|@lisppackagedatadir@|(file-name-directory load-file-name)|'\
- -e 's|@lispautodir@|(if (file-writeable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex")
"/usr/local/var/auctex" "~/.emacs.d/auctex")|'\
+ -e 's|@lispautodir@|(if (file-writable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex")
"/usr/local/var/auctex" "~/.emacs.d/auctex")|'\
-e 's|@AUCTEXVERSION@|$(AUCTEXVERSION)|'\
-e 's|@AUCTEXDATE@|$(AUCTEXDATE)|'\
+ -e "\$$a(provide 'tex-site)" \
$< >$@
doc/version.texi: ChangeLog
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a1f331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+This is the README file for the AUCTeX distribution.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Copying and distribution of this file, with or without
+ modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided
+ the copyright notice and this notice are preserved.
+
+Introduction to AUCTeX
+**********************
+
+This file gives a brief overview of what AUCTeX is. It is *not* an
+attempt to document AUCTeX. Real documentation for AUCTeX is available
+in the manual, which should be available as an info file after
+installation.
+
+AUCTeX is a comprehensive customizable integrated environment for
+writing input files for TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo, and docTeX using
+Emacs or XEmacs.
+
+It supports you in the insertion of macros, environments, and sectioning
+commands by providing completion alternatives and prompting for
+parameters. It automatically indents your text as you type it and lets
+you format a whole file at once. The outlining and folding facilities
+provide you with a focused and clean view of your text.
+
+AUCTeX lets you process your source files by running TeX and related
+tools (such as output filters, post processors for generating indices
+and bibliographies, and viewers) from inside Emacs. AUCTeX lets you
+browse through the errors TeX reported, while it moves the cursor
+directly to the reported error, and displays some documentation for that
+particular error. This will even work when the document is spread over
+several files.
+
+One component of AUCTeX that LaTeX users will find attractive is
+preview-latex, a combination of folding and in-source previewing that
+provides true "What You See Is What You Get" experience in your
+sourcebuffer, while letting you retain full control. For more
+information, see further below.
+
+More detailed information about the features and usage of AUCTeX can be
+found in the AUCTeX manual. You can access it from within Emacs by
+typing 'C-h i d m auctex <RET>'. If you prefer the standalone info
+reader, issue the command 'info auctex' in a terminal.
+
+AUCTeX is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, and hence you can easily add
+new features for your own needs. It is a GNU project and distributed
+under the 'GNU General Public License Version 3'.
+
+The most recent version is always available at
+<http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex/>.
+
+WWW users may want to check out the AUCTeX page at
+<http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/>.
+
+For comprehensive information about how to install AUCTeX read the file
+'INSTALL' or 'INSTALL.windows', respectively.
+
+If you are considering upgrading AUCTeX, the recent changes are
+described in the 'CHANGES' file.
+
+If you want to discuss AUCTeX with other users or its developers, there
+are several mailing lists you can use.
+
+Send a mail with the subject "subscribe" to <address@hidden> in
+order to join the general discussion list for AUCTeX. Articles should
+be sent to <address@hidden>. In a similar way, you can subscribe to the
+<address@hidden> list for just getting important announcements
+about AUCTeX. The list <address@hidden> is for bug reports which
+you should usually file with the 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report <RET>'
+command. If you want to address the developers of AUCTeX themselves
+with technical issues, they can be found on the discussion list
+<address@hidden>.
+preview-latex in a nutshell
+***************************
+
+Does your neck hurt from turning between previewer windows and the
+source too often? This AUCTeX component will render your displayed
+LaTeX equations right into the editing window where they belong.
+
+The purpose of preview-latex is to embed LaTeX environments such as
+display math or figures into the source buffers and switch conveniently
+between source and image representation.
+
+1 What use is it?
+*****************
+
+WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) sometimes is considered all the
+rage, sometimes frowned upon. Do we really want it? Wrong question.
+The right question is _what_ we want from it. Except when finetuning
+the layout, we don't want to use printer fonts for on-screen text
+editing. The low resolution and contrast of a computer screen render
+all but the coarsest printer fonts (those for low-quality newsprint)
+unappealing, and the margins and pagination of the print are not wanted
+on the screen, either. On the other hand, more complex visual
+compositions like math formulas and tables can't easily be taken in when
+seen only in the source. preview-latex strikes a balance: it only uses
+graphic renditions of the output for certain, configurable constructs,
+does this only when told, and then right in the source code. Switching
+back and forth between the source and preview is easy and natural and
+can be done for each image independently. Behind the scenes of
+preview-latex, a sophisticated framework of other programs like
+'dvipng', Dvips and Ghostscript are employed together with a special
+LaTeX style file for extracting the material of interest in the
+background and providing fast interactive response.
+
+2 Activating preview-latex
+**************************
+
+After installation, the package may need to be activated (and remember
+to activate AUCTeX too). In XEmacs, and in any prepackaged versions
+worth their salt, activation should be automatic upon installation. If
+this seems not the case, complain to your installation provider.
+
+The usual activation (if it is not done automatically) would be
+
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+If you still don't get a "Preview" menu in LaTeX mode in spite of AUCTeX
+showing its "Command", your installation is broken. One possible cause
+are duplicate Lisp files that might be detectable with '<M-x>
+list-load-path-shadows <RET>'.
+
+3 Getting started
+*****************
+
+Once activated, preview-latex and its documentation will be accessible
+via its menus (note that preview-latex requires AUCTeX to be loaded).
+When you have loaded a LaTeX document (a sample document 'circ.tex' is
+included in the distribution, but most documents including math and/or
+figures should do), you can use its menu or 'C-c C-p C-d' (for
+'Preview/Document'). Previews will now be generated for various objects
+in your document. You can use the time to take a short look at the
+other menu entries and key bindings in the 'Preview' menu. You'll see
+the previewed objects change into a roadworks sign when preview-latex
+has determined just what it is going to preview. Note that you can
+freely navigate the buffer while this is going on. When the process is
+finished you will see the objects typeset in your buffer.
+
+It is a bad idea, however, to edit the buffer before the roadworks signs
+appear, since that is the moment when the correlation between the
+original text and the buffer locations gets established. If the buffer
+changes before that point of time, the previews will not be placed where
+they belong. If you do want to change some obvious error you just
+spotted, we recommend you stop the background process by pressing 'C-c
+C-k'.
+
+To see/edit the LaTeX code for a specific object, put the point (the
+cursor) on it and press 'C-c C-p C-p' (for 'Preview/at point'). It will
+also do to click with the middle mouse button on the preview. Now you
+can edit the code, and generate a new preview by again pressing 'C-c C-p
+C-p' (or by clicking with the middle mouse button on the icon before the
+edited text).
+
+If you are using the 'desktop' package, previews will remain from one
+session to the next as long as you don't kill your buffer. If you are
+using XEmacs, you will probably need to upgrade the package to the
+newest one; things are being fixed just as I am writing this.
+
+4 Basic modes of operation
+**************************
+
+preview-latex has a number of methods for generating its graphics. Its
+default operation is equivalent to using the 'LaTeX' command from
+AUCTeX. If this happens to be a call of PDFLaTeX generating PDF output
+(you need at least AUCTeX 11.51 for this), then Ghostscript will be
+called directly on the resulting PDF file. If a DVI file gets produced,
+first Dvips and then Ghostscript get called by default.
+
+The image type to be generated by Ghostscript can be configured with
+
+ M-x customize-variable RET preview-image-type RET
+
+The default is 'png' (the most efficient image type). A special setting
+is 'dvipng' in case you have the 'dvipng' program installed. In this
+case, 'dvipng' will be used for converting DVI files and Ghostscript
+(with a 'PNG' device) for converting PDF files. 'dvipng' is much faster
+than the combination of Dvips and Ghostscript. You can get downloads,
+access to its CVS archive and further information from its project site
+(http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/dvipng).
+
+5 More documentation
+********************
+
+After the installation, documentation in the form of an info manual will
+be available. You can access it with the standalone info reader with
+
+ info preview-latex
+
+or by pressing 'C-h i d m preview-latex <RET>' in Emacs. Once
+preview-latex is activated, you can instead use 'C-c C-p <TAB>' (or the
+menu entry 'Preview/Read documentation').
+
+Depending on your installation, a printable manual may also be available
+in the form of 'preview-latex.dvi' or 'preview-latex.ps'.
+
+Detailed documentation for the LaTeX style used for extracting the
+preview images is placed in 'preview.dvi' in a suitable directory during
+installation; on typical teTeX-based systems,
+
+ texdoc preview
+
+will display it.
+
+6 Availability
+**************
+
+The preview-latex project is now part of AUCTeX and accessible as part
+of the AUCTeX project page (http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex).
+You can get its files from the AUCTeX download area
+(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex). As of AUCTeX 11.81, preview-latex
+should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate download will
+be necessary.
+
+You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
+Anonymous CVS is available as well.
+
+7 Contacts
+**********
+
+Bug reports should be sent by using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', as
+this will fill in a lot of information interesting to us. If the
+installation fails (but this should be a rare event), report bugs to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+There is a general discussion list for AUCTeX which also covers
+preview-latex, look at <http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/auctex>.
+For more information on the mailing list, send a message with just the
+word "help" as subject or body to <address@hidden>. For the
+developers, there is the <address@hidden> list; it would probably
+make sense to direct feature requests and questions about internal
+details there. There is a low-volume read-only announcement list
+available to which you can subscribe by sending a mail with "subscribe"
+in the subject to <address@hidden>.
+
+Offers to support further development will be appreciated. If you want
+to show your appreciation with a donation to the main developer, you can
+do so via PayPal to <address@hidden>, and of course you can arrange for
+service contracts or for added functionality. Take a look at the 'TODO'
+list for suggestions in that area.
diff --git a/lpath.el b/lpath.el
index 34eff14..67f82ce 100644
--- a/lpath.el
+++ b/lpath.el
@@ -1,4 +1,7 @@
;;; This file is only used for installing AUCTeX.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;;; It is not a part of AUCTeX itself.
;; Make sure we get the right files.
diff --git a/prv-xemacs.el b/prv-xemacs.el
index a4bae71..ce89a1d 100644
--- a/prv-xemacs.el
+++ b/prv-xemacs.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; prv-xemacs.el --- XEmacs support for preview-latex
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 02, 03, 04, 05,
-;; 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: David Kastrup
;; Keywords: convenience, tex, wp
@@ -39,12 +38,13 @@
"List of macros only present when compiling/loading uncompiled.")
(defmacro preview-defmacro (name &rest rest)
- (push
- (if (fboundp name)
- (cons name (symbol-function name))
- name)
- preview-compatibility-macros)
- `(eval-when-compile (defmacro ,name ,@rest)))
+ (when (featurep 'xemacs)
+ (push
+ (if (fboundp name)
+ (cons name (symbol-function name))
+ name)
+ preview-compatibility-macros)
+ `(eval-when-compile (defmacro ,name ,@rest))))
(push 'preview-defmacro preview-compatibility-macros))
(preview-defmacro assoc-default (key alist test)
diff --git a/style/dinbrief.el b/style/dinbrief.el
index 6049434..1182b7b 100644
--- a/style/dinbrief.el
+++ b/style/dinbrief.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; dinbrief.el - Special code for LaTeX-Style dinbrief.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Contributed by Werner Fink <address@hidden>
;; Please direct comments to him.
diff --git a/style/epsf.el b/style/epsf.el
index f8b2c9f..4725648 100644
--- a/style/epsf.el
+++ b/style/epsf.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; epsf.el - Support for the epsf style option.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;;; Code:
diff --git a/style/latexinfo.el b/style/latexinfo.el
index f1fdd5d..59daf6c 100644
--- a/style/latexinfo.el
+++ b/style/latexinfo.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; latexinfo.el - Support for LaTeXinfo files.
-;; Copyright (C) 1993 Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
+;; Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;; Version: $Id: latexinfo.el,v 1.7 2008-02-03 14:53:30 angeli Exp $
diff --git a/style/prosper.el b/style/prosper.el
index 8c7f34e..b0939c7 100644
--- a/style/prosper.el
+++ b/style/prosper.el
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
;;; prosper.el --- Prosper style file for AUCTeX
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Philip Lord, Nevin Kapur
+;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Authors: Phillip Lord<address@hidden>
;; Nevin Kapur <address@hidden>
diff --git a/style/psfig.el b/style/psfig.el
index 70fef60..16df7cf 100644
--- a/style/psfig.el
+++ b/style/psfig.el
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
;;; psfig.el - Support for the psfig style option.
+;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Contributed by Marc Gemis <address@hidden>
;; Please direct comments to him.
diff --git a/tex-site.el b/tex-site.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7c807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex-site.el
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+;;; tex-site.el - Site specific variables. Don't edit.
+
+;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;;
+;; completely rewritten.
+
+;; Author: David Kastrup <address@hidden>
+;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+;; Keywords: tex
+
+;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
+
+;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+;; General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+;; 02110-1301, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file contains startup code, autoloads and variables adapted to
+;; the local site configuration. It is generated and placed by the
+;; installation procedure and should not be edited by hand, nor moved
+;; to a different place, as some settings may be established relative
+;; to the file.
+
+;; All user customization should be done with
+;; M-x customize-variable RET
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(if (< emacs-major-version 21)
+ (error "AUCTeX requires Emacs 21 or later"))
+
+;; Define here in order for `M-x customize-group <RET> AUCTeX <RET>'
+;; to work if the main AUCTeX files are not loaded yet.
+(defgroup AUCTeX nil
+ "A (La)TeX environment."
+ :tag "AUCTeX"
+ :link '(custom-manual "(auctex)Top")
+ :link '(url-link :tag "Home Page" "http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
+ :prefix "TeX-"
+ :group 'tex
+ :load "tex" :load "latex" :load "tex-style")
+
+(defvar TeX-lisp-directory
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)
+ "The directory where most of the AUCTeX lisp files are located.
+For the location of lisp files associated with
+styles, see the variables TeX-style-* (hand-generated lisp) and
+TeX-auto-* (automatically generated lisp).")
+
+(add-to-list 'load-path TeX-lisp-directory)
+
+(defvar TeX-data-directory
+ (file-name-directory load-file-name)
+ "The directory where the AUCTeX non-Lisp data is located.")
+
+(defcustom TeX-auto-global
+ (if (file-writable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex") "/usr/local/var/auctex"
"~/.emacs.d/auctex")
+ "*Directory containing automatically generated information.
+Must end with a directory separator.
+
+For storing automatic extracted information about the TeX macros
+shared by all users of a site."
+ :group 'TeX-file
+ :type 'directory)
+
+(defconst TeX-mode-alist
+ '((tex-mode . tex-mode)
+ (plain-tex-mode . tex-mode)
+ (texinfo-mode . texinfo)
+ (latex-mode . tex-mode)
+ (doctex-mode . tex-mode))
+ "Alist of built-in TeX modes and their load files.")
+
+(defalias 'TeX-load-hack 'ignore)
+
+(add-hook 'tex-site-unload-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ (let ((list after-load-alist))
+ (while list
+ ;; Adapted copy of the definition of `assq-delete-all'
+ ;; from Emacs 21 as substitute for
+ ;; `(assq-delete-all'TeX-modes-set (car list))' which
+ ;; fails on non-list elements in Emacs 21.
+ (let* ((alist (car list))
+ (tail alist)
+ (key 'TeX-modes-set))
+ (while tail
+ (if (and (consp (car tail))
+ (eq (car (car tail)) key))
+ (setq alist (delq (car tail) alist)))
+ (setq tail (cdr tail))))
+ (setq list (cdr list))))
+ (setq load-path (delq TeX-lisp-directory load-path))))
+
+(defun TeX-modes-set (var value &optional update)
+ "Set VAR (which should be `TeX-modes') to VALUE.
+
+This places either the standard or the AUCTeX versions of
+functions into the respective function cell of the mode.
+If UPDATE is set, a previously saved value for
+the non-AUCTeX function gets overwritten with the current
+definition."
+ (custom-set-default var value)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist) elt)
+ (while list
+ (setq elt (car (pop list)))
+ (when (or update (null (get elt 'tex-saved)))
+ (when (fboundp elt)
+ (put elt 'tex-saved (symbol-function elt))))
+ (defalias elt
+ (if (memq elt value)
+ (intern (concat "TeX-" (symbol-name elt)))
+ (get elt 'tex-saved))))))
+
+(defcustom TeX-modes
+ (mapcar 'car TeX-mode-alist)
+ "List of modes provided by AUCTeX.
+
+This variable can't be set normally; use customize for that, or
+set it with `TeX-modes-set'."
+ :type (cons 'set
+ (mapcar (lambda(x) (list 'const (car x))) TeX-mode-alist))
+ :set 'TeX-modes-set
+ :group 'AUCTeX
+ :initialize (lambda (var value)
+ (custom-initialize-reset var value)
+ (let ((list TeX-mode-alist))
+ (while list
+ (eval-after-load (cdar list)
+ `(TeX-modes-set ',var ,var t))
+ (setq list (cdr list))))))
+
+(defconst AUCTeX-version "11.87.2012-12-04"
+ "AUCTeX version.
+If not a regular release, the date of the last change.")
+
+(defconst AUCTeX-date "2012-12-04"
+ "AUCTeX release date using the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd.")
+
+;; Store bibitems when saving a BibTeX buffer
+(add-hook 'bibtex-mode-hook 'BibTeX-auto-store)
+
+(provide 'tex-site)
commit 692c9d8fd96614175f499dbc97a927a97099b8dc
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Sep 13 22:31:19 2013 -0400
Add auto-generated files we need for elpa.
diff --git a/auctex.info b/auctex.info
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e0e7b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/auctex.info
@@ -0,0 +1,7439 @@
+This is auctex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.1 from auctex.texi.
+
+This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04), a
+sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2012 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Top, Next: Copying, Up: (dir)
+
+AUCTeX
+******
+
+This manual may be copied under the conditions spelled out in *note
+Copying this Manual::.
+
+ AUCTeX is an integrated environment for editing LaTeX, ConTeXt,
+docTeX, Texinfo, and TeX files.
+
+ Although AUCTeX contains a large number of features, there are no
+reasons to despair. You can continue to write TeX and LaTeX documents
+the way you are used to, and only start using the multiple features in
+small steps. AUCTeX is not monolithic, each feature described in this
+manual is useful by itself, but together they provide an environment
+where you will make very few LaTeX errors, and makes it easy to find the
+errors that may slip through anyway.
+
+ It is a good idea to make a printout of AUCTeX's reference card
+'tex-ref.tex' or one of its typeset versions.
+
+ If you want to make AUCTeX aware of style files and multi-file
+documents right away, insert the following in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+
+ Another thing you should enable is RefTeX, a comprehensive solution
+for managing cross references, bibliographies, indices, document
+navigation and a few other things. (*note (reftex)Installation::)
+
+ For detailed information about the preview-latex subsystem of AUCTeX,
+see *note Introduction: (preview-latex)Top.
+
+ There is a mailing list for general discussion about AUCTeX: write a
+mail with "subscribe" in the subject to <address@hidden> to join
+it. Send contributions to <address@hidden>.
+
+ Bug reports should go to <address@hidden>, suggestions for new
+features, and pleas for help should go to either <address@hidden>
+(the AUCTeX developers), or to <address@hidden> if they might have
+general interest. Please use the command 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report
+RET' to report bugs if possible. You can subscribe to a low-volume
+announcement list by sending "subscribe" in the subject of a mail to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying:: Copying
+* Introduction:: Introduction to AUCTeX
+* Editing:: Editing the Document Source
+* Display:: Controlling Screen Display
+* Processing:: Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+* Customization:: Customization and Extension
+* Appendices:: Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ, Texinfo
mode
+* Indices:: Indices
+
+ -- The Detailed Node Listing --
+
+Introduction
+
+* Summary:: Overview of AUCTeX
+* Installation:: Installing AUCTeX
+* Quick Start:: Quick Start
+
+Editing the Document Source
+
+* Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
+* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
+* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
+* Mathematics:: Entering Mathematics
+* Completion:: Completion of macros
+* Commenting:: Commenting text
+* Indenting:: Reflecting syntactic constructs with whitespace
+* Filling:: Automatic and manual line breaking
+
+Inserting Environment Templates
+
+* Equations:: Equations
+* Floats:: Floats
+* Itemize-like:: Itemize-like Environments
+* Tabular-like:: Tabular-like Environments
+* Customizing Environments:: Customizing Environments
+
+Controlling Screen Display
+
+* Font Locking:: Font Locking
+* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
+* Outline:: Outlining the Document
+
+Font Locking
+
+* Fontification of macros:: Fontification of macros
+* Fontification of quotes:: Fontification of quotes
+* Fontification of math:: Fontification of math constructs
+* Verbatim content:: Verbatim macros and environments
+* Faces:: Faces used by font-latex
+
+Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+
+* Commands:: Invoking external commands.
+* Viewing:: Invoking external viewers.
+* Debugging:: Debugging TeX and LaTeX output.
+* Checking:: Checking the document.
+* Control:: Controlling the processes.
+* Cleaning:: Cleaning intermediate and output files.
+* Documentation:: Documentation about macros and packages.
+
+Viewing the Formatted Output
+
+* Starting Viewers:: Starting viewers
+* I/O Correlation:: Forward and inverse search
+
+Customization and Extension
+
+* Multifile:: Multifile Documents
+* Parsing Files:: Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+* Internationalization:: Language Support
+* Automatic:: Automatic Customization
+* Style Files:: Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+Language Support
+
+* European:: Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+* Japanese:: Using AUCTeX with Japanese
+
+Automatic Customization
+
+* Automatic Global:: Automatic Customization for the Site
+* Automatic Private:: Automatic Customization for a User
+* Automatic Local:: Automatic Customization for a Directory
+
+Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+* Simple Style:: A Simple Style File
+* Adding Macros:: Adding Support for Macros
+* Adding Environments:: Adding Support for Environments
+* Adding Other:: Adding Other Information
+* Hacking the Parser:: Automatic Extraction of New Things
+
+Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ
+
+* Copying this Manual::
+* Changes::
+* Development::
+* FAQ::
+* Texinfo mode::
+
+Copying this Manual
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+Indices
+
+* Key Index::
+* Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept Index::
+
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+
+Copying
+*******
+
+AUCTeX primarily consists of Lisp files for Emacs (and XEmacs), but
+there are also installation scripts and files and TeX support files.
+All of those are "free"; this means that everyone is free to use them
+and free to redistribute them on a free basis. The files of AUCTeX are
+not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there are
+restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are designed
+to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.
+What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further sharing any
+version of these programs that they might get from you.
+
+ Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
+away copies of the files that constitute AUCTeX, that you receive source
+code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these files
+or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know you can do
+these things.
+
+ To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
+deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute
+copies of parts of AUCTeX, you must give the recipients all the rights
+that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
+the source code. And you must tell them their rights.
+
+ Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
+finds out that there is no warranty for AUCTeX. If any parts are
+modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to know
+that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any problems
+introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.
+
+ The precise conditions of the licenses for the files currently being
+distributed as part of AUCTeX are found in the General Public Licenses
+that accompany them. This manual specifically is covered by the GNU
+Free Documentation License (*note Copying this Manual::).
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Editing, Prev: Copying, Up:
Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Summary:: Overview of AUCTeX
+* Installation:: Installing AUCTeX
+* Quick Start:: Quick Start
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Summary, Next: Installation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 Overview of AUCTeX
+======================
+
+AUCTeX is a comprehensive customizable integrated environment for
+writing input files for TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo, and docTeX using
+Emacs or XEmacs.
+
+ It supports you in the insertion of macros, environments, and
+sectioning commands by providing completion alternatives and prompting
+for parameters. It automatically indents your text as you type it and
+lets you format a whole file at once. The outlining and folding
+facilities provide you with a focused and clean view of your text.
+
+ AUCTeX lets you process your source files by running TeX and related
+tools (such as output filters, post processors for generating indices
+and bibliographies, and viewers) from inside Emacs. AUCTeX lets you
+browse through the errors TeX reported, while it moves the cursor
+directly to the reported error, and displays some documentation for that
+particular error. This will even work when the document is spread over
+several files.
+
+ One component of AUCTeX that LaTeX users will find attractive is
+preview-latex, a combination of folding and in-source previewing that
+provides true "What You See Is What You Get" experience in your
+sourcebuffer, while letting you retain full control.
+
+ More detailed information about the features and usage of AUCTeX can
+be found in the remainder of this manual.
+
+ AUCTeX is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, and hence you can easily
+add new features for your own needs. It is a GNU project and
+distributed under the 'GNU General Public License Version 3'.
+
+ The most recent version is always available at
+<http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex/>.
+
+ WWW users may want to check out the AUCTeX page at
+<http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/>.
+
+ For comprehensive information about how to install AUCTeX *Note
+Installation::, or *note Installation under MS Windows::, respectively.
+
+ If you are considering upgrading AUCTeX, the recent changes are
+described in *note Changes::.
+
+ If you want to discuss AUCTeX with other users or its developers,
+there are several mailing lists you can use.
+
+ Send a mail with the subject "subscribe" to <address@hidden>
+in order to join the general discussion list for AUCTeX. Articles
+should be sent to <address@hidden>. In a similar way, you can subscribe
+to the <address@hidden> list for just getting important
+announcements about AUCTeX. The list <address@hidden> is for bug
+reports which you should usually file with the 'M-x
+TeX-submit-bug-report <RET>' command. If you want to address the
+developers of AUCTeX themselves with technical issues, they can be found
+on the discussion list <address@hidden>.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Installation, Next: Quick Start, Prev: Summary,
Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Installing AUCTeX
+=====================
+
+The simplest way of installing AUCTeX is by using the Emacs package
+manager integrated in Emacs 24 and greater (ELPA). Simply do 'M-x
+package-list-packages RET', mark the auctex package for installation
+with 'i', and hit 'x' to execute the installation procedure. That's
+all.
+
+ The remainder of this section is about installing AUCTeX from a
+release tarball or from a checkout of the AUCTeX repository.
+
+ Installing AUCTeX should be simple: merely './configure', 'make', and
+'make install' for a standard site-wide installation (most other
+installations can be done by specifying a '--prefix=...' option).
+
+ On many systems, this will already activate the package, making its
+modes the default instead of the built-in modes of Emacs. If this is
+not the case, consult *note Loading the package::. Please read through
+this document fully before installing anything. The installation
+procedure has changed as compared to earlier versions. Users of MS Windows
+are asked to consult *Note Installation under MS Windows::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Prerequisites::
+* Configure::
+* Build/install::
+* Loading the package::
+* Advice for package providers::
+* Advice for non-privileged users::
+* Installation under MS Windows::
+* Customizing::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: Configure, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.1 Prerequisites
+-------------------
+
+ * A recent version of Emacs, alternatively XEmacs
+
+ Emacs 20 is no longer supported, and neither is XEmacs with a
+ version of 'xemacs-base' older than 1.84 (released in sumo from
+ 02/02/2004). Using preview-latex requires a version of Emacs
+ compiled with image support. While the X11 version of Emacs 21
+ will likely work, Emacs 22 and later is preferred.
+
+ Windows
+ Precompiled versions are available from
+ <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/>.
+ Mac OS X
+ For an overview of precompiled versions of Emacs for Mac OS X
+ see for example
+ <http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/EmacsForMacOS>.
+ GNU/Linux
+ Most GNU/Linux distributions nowadays provide a recent variant
+ of Emacs via their package repositories.
+ Self-compiled
+ Compiling Emacs yourself requires a C compiler and a number of
+ tools and development libraries. Details are beyond the scope
+ of this manual. Instructions for checking out the source code
+ can be found at <https://savannah.gnu.org/bzr/?group=emacs>.
+
+ If you really need to use Emacs 21 on platforms where this implies
+ missing image support, you should disable the installation of
+ preview-latex (see below).
+
+ While XEmacs (version 21.4.15, 21.4.17 or later) is supported,
+ doing this in a satisfactory manner has proven to be difficult.
+ This is mostly due to technical shortcomings and differing API's
+ which are hard to come by. If AUCTeX is your main application for
+ XEmacs, you are likely to get better results and support by
+ switching to Emacs. Of course, you can improve support for your
+ favorite editor by giving feedback in case you encounter bugs.
+
+ * A working TeX installation
+
+ Well, AUCTeX would be pointless without that. Processing
+ documentation requires TeX, LaTeX and Texinfo during installation.
+ preview-latex requires Dvips for its operation in DVI mode. The
+ default configuration of AUCTeX is tailored for teTeX or
+ TeXlive-based distributions, but can be adapted easily.
+
+ * A recent Ghostscript
+
+ This is needed for operation of preview-latex in both DVI and PDF
+ mode. Most versions of Ghostscript nowadays in use should work
+ fine (version 7.0 and newer). If you encounter problems, check
+ *note (preview-latex)Problems with Ghostscript::.
+
+ * The 'texinfo' package
+
+ Strictly speaking, you can get away without it if you are building
+ from the distribution tarball, have not modified any files and
+ don't need a printed version of the manual: the pregenerated info
+ file is included in the tarball. At least version 4.0 is required.
+
+ For some known issues with various software, see *note
+(preview-latex)Known problems::.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Configure, Next: Build/install, Prev:
Prerequisites, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.2 Configure
+---------------
+
+The first step is to configure the source code, telling it where various
+files will be. To do so, run
+
+ ./configure OPTIONS
+
+ (Note: if you have fetched AUCTeX from CVS rather than a regular
+release, you will have to first follow the instructions in
+'README.CVS').
+
+ On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
+'configure' cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to help
+it out with one of these options:
+
+'--prefix=/usr/local'
+ All automatic placements for package components will be chosen from
+ sensible existing hierarchies below this: directories like 'man',
+ 'share' and 'bin' are supposed to be directly below PREFIX.
+
+ Only if no workable placement can be found there, in some cases an
+ alternative search will be made in a prefix deduced from a suitable
+ binary.
+
+ '/usr/local' is the default PREFIX, intended to be suitable for a
+ site-wide installation. If you are packaging this as an operating
+ system component for distribution, the setting '/usr' will probably
+ be the right choice. If you are planning to install the package as
+ a single non-priviledged user, you will typically set PREFIX to
+ your home directory.
+
+'--with-emacs[=/PATH/TO/EMACS]'
+ If you are using a pretest which isn't in your '$PATH', or
+ 'configure' is not finding the right Emacs executable, you can
+ specify it with this option.
+
+'--with-xemacs[=/PATH/TO/XEMACS]'
+ Configure for generation under XEmacs (Emacs is the default).
+ Again, the name of the right XEmacs executable can be specified,
+ complete with path if necessary.
+
+'--with-packagedir=/DIR'
+ This XEmacs-only option configures the directory for XEmacs
+ packages. A typical user-local setting would be
+ '~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages'. If this directory exists and is below
+ PREFIX, it should be detected automatically. This will install and
+ activate the package.
+
+'--without-packagedir'
+ This XEmacs-only option switches the detection of a package
+ directory and corresponding installation off. Consequently, the
+ Emacs installation scheme will be used. This might be appropriate
+ if you are using a different package system/installer than the
+ XEmacs one and want to avoid conflicts.
+
+ The Emacs installation scheme has the following options:
+
+'--with-lispdir=/DIR'
+ This Emacs-only option specifies the location of the 'site-lisp'
+ directory within 'load-path' under which the files will get
+ installed (the bulk will get installed in a subdirectory).
+ './configure' should figure this out by itself.
+
+'--with-auctexstartfile=auctex.el'
+'--with-previewstartfile=preview-latex.el'
+ This is the name of the respective startup files. If LISPDIR
+ contains a subdirectory 'site-start.d', the start files are placed
+ there, and 'site-start.el' should load them automatically. Please
+ be aware that you must not move the start files after installation
+ since other files are found _relative_ to them.
+
+'--with-packagelispdir=auctex'
+ This is the directory where the bulk of the package gets located.
+ The startfile adds this into LOAD-PATH.
+
+'--with-auto-dir=/DIR'
+ You can use this option to specify the directory containing
+ automatically generated information. It is not necessary for most
+ TeX installs, but may be used if you don't like the directory that
+ configure is suggesting.
+
+'--help'
+ This is not an option specific to AUCTeX. A number of standard
+ options to 'configure' exist, and we do not have the room to
+ describe them here; a short description of each is available, using
+ '--help'. If you use '--help=recursive', then also
+ preview-latex-specific options will get listed.
+
+'--disable-preview'
+ This disables configuration and installation of preview-latex.
+ This option is not actually recommended. If your Emacs does not
+ support images, you should really upgrade to a newer version.
+ Distributors should, if possible, refrain from distributing AUCTeX
+ and preview-latex separately in order to avoid confusion and
+ upgrade hassles if users install partial packages on their own.
+
+'--with-texmf-dir=/DIR
+--without-texmf-dir'
+ This option is used for specifying a TDS-compliant directory
+ hierarchy. Using '--with-texmf-dir=/DIR' you can specify where the
+ TeX TDS directory hierarchy resides, and the TeX files will get
+ installed in '/DIR/tex/latex/preview/'.
+
+ If you use the '--without-texmf-dir' option, the TeX-related files
+ will be kept in the Emacs Lisp tree, and at runtime the 'TEXINPUTS'
+ environment variable will be made to point there. You can install
+ those files into your own TeX tree at some later time with 'M-x
+ preview-install-styles RET'.
+
+'--with-tex-dir=/DIR'
+ If you want to specify an exact directory for the preview TeX
+ files, use '--with-tex-dir=/DIR'. In this case, the files will be
+ placed in '/DIR', and you'll also need the following option:
+
+'--with-doc-dir=/DIR'
+ This option may be used to specify where the TeX documentation
+ goes. It is to be used when you are using '--with-tex-dir=/DIR',
+ but is normally not necessary otherwise.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Build/install, Next: Loading the package, Prev:
Configure, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.3 Build/install
+-------------------
+
+Once 'configure' has been run, simply enter
+
+ make
+
+at the prompt to byte-compile the lisp files, extract the TeX files and
+build the documentation files. To install the files into the locations
+chosen earlier, type
+
+ make install
+
+ You may need special privileges to install, e.g., if you are
+installing into system directories.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Loading the package, Next: Advice for package
providers, Prev: Build/install, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.4 Loading the package
+-------------------------
+
+You can detect the successful activation of AUCTeX and preview-latex in
+the menus after loading a LaTeX file like 'preview/circ.tex': AUCTeX
+then gives you a 'Command' menu, and preview-latex gives you a 'Preview'
+menu.
+
+ For XEmacs, if the installation occured into a valid package
+directory (which is the default), then this should work out of the box.
+
+ With Emacs (or if you explicitly disabled use of the package system),
+the startup files 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' may already be in a
+directory of the 'site-start.d/' variety if your Emacs installation
+provides it. In that case they should be automatically loaded on
+startup and nothing else needs to be done. If not, they should at least
+have been placed somewhere in your 'load-path'. You can then load them
+by placing the lines
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ into your init file.
+
+ If you explicitly used '--with-lispdir', you may need to add the
+specified directory into Emacs' 'load-path' variable by adding something
+like
+
+ (add-to-list 'load-path "~/elisp")
+
+ before the above lines into your Emacs startup file.
+
+ For site-wide activation in GNU Emacs, see *Note Advice for package
+providers::.
+
+ Once activated, the modes provided by AUCTeX are used per default for
+all supported file types. If you want to change the modes for which it
+is operative instead of the default, use
+ M-x customize-variable <RET> TeX-modes <RET>
+
+ If you want to remove a preinstalled AUCTeX completely before any of
+its modes have been used,
+ (unload-feature 'tex-site)
+ should accomplish that.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Advice for package providers, Next: Advice for
non-privileged users, Prev: Loading the package, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.5 Providing AUCTeX as a package
+-----------------------------------
+
+As a package provider, you should make sure that your users will be
+served best according to their intentions, and keep in mind that a
+system might be used by more than one user, with different preferences.
+
+ There are people that prefer the built-in Emacs modes for editing TeX
+files, in particular plain TeX users. There are various ways to tell
+AUCTeX even after auto-activation that it should not get used, and they
+are described in *note Introduction to AUCTeX: Introduction.
+
+ So if you have users that don't want to use the preinstalled AUCTeX,
+they can easily get rid of it. Activating AUCTeX by default is
+therefore a good choice.
+
+ If the installation procedure did not achieve this already by placing
+'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' into a possibly existing
+'site-start.d' directory, you can do this by placing
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+in the system-wide 'site-start.el'.
+
+ If your package is intended as an XEmacs package or to accompany a
+precompiled version of Emacs, you might not know which TeX system will
+be available when preview-latex gets used. In this case you should
+build using the '--without-texmf-dir' option described previously. This
+can also be convenient for systems that are intended to support more
+than a single TeX distribution. Since more often than not TeX packages
+for operating system distributions are either much more outdated or much
+less complete than separately provided systems like TeX Live, this
+method may be generally preferable when providing packages.
+
+ The following package structure would be adequate for a typical fully
+supported Unix-like installation:
+
+'preview-tetex'
+ Style files and documentation for 'preview.sty', placed into a TeX
+ tree where it is accessible from the teTeX executables usually
+ delivered with a system. If there are other commonly used TeX
+ system packages, it might be appropriate to provide separate
+ packages for those.
+'auctex-emacs-tetex'
+ This package will require the installation of 'preview-tetex' and
+ will record in 'TeX-macro-global' where to find the TeX tree. It
+ is also a good idea to run
+ emacs -batch -f TeX-auto-generate-global
+ when either AUCTeX or teTeX get installed or upgraded. If your
+ users might want to work with a different TeX distribution
+ (nowadays pretty common), instead consider the following:
+'auctex-emacs'
+ This package will be compiled with '--without-texmf-dir' and will
+ consequently contain the 'preview' style files in its private
+ directory. It will probably not be possible to initialize
+ 'TeX-macro-global' to a sensible value, so running
+ 'TeX-auto-generate-global' does not appear useful. This package
+ would neither conflict with nor provide 'preview-tetex'.
+'auctex-xemacs-tetex'
+'auctex-xemacs'
+ Those are the obvious XEmacs equivalents. For XEmacs, there is the
+ additional problem that the XEmacs sumo package tree already
+ possibly provides its own version of AUCTeX, and the user might
+ even have used the XEmacs package manager to updating this package,
+ or even installing a private AUCTeX version. So you should make
+ sure that such a package will not conflict with existing XEmacs
+ packages and will be at an appropriate place in the load order
+ (after site-wide and user-specific locations, but before a
+ distribution-specific sumo package tree). Using the
+ '--without-packagedir' option might be one idea to avoid conflicts.
+ Another might be to refrain from providing an XEmacs package and
+ just rely on the user or system administrator to instead use the
+ XEmacs package system.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Advice for non-privileged users, Next: Installation
under MS Windows, Prev: Advice for package providers, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.6 Installation for non-privileged users
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Often people without system administration privileges want to install
+software for their private use. In that case you need to pass more
+options to the 'configure' script. For XEmacs users, this is fairly
+easy, because the XEmacs package system has been designed to make this
+sort of thing practical: but GNU Emacs users (and XEmacs users for whom
+the package system is for some reason misbehaving) may need to do a
+little more work.
+
+ The main expedient is using the '--prefix' option to the 'configure'
+script, and let it point to the personal home directory. In that way,
+resulting binaries will be installed under the 'bin' subdirectory of
+your home directory, manual pages under 'man' and so on. It is
+reasonably easy to maintain a bunch of personal software, since the
+prefix argument is supported by most 'configure' scripts.
+
+ You'll have to add something like
+'/home/myself/share/emacs/site-lisp' to your 'load-path' variable, if it
+isn't there already.
+
+ XEmacs users can achieve the same end by pointing 'configure' at an
+appropriate package directory (normally
+'--with-packagedir=~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages' will serve). The package
+directory stands a good chance at being detected automatically as long
+as it is in a subtree of the specified PREFIX.
+
+ Now here is another thing to ponder: perhaps you want to make it easy
+for other users to share parts of your personal Emacs configuration. In
+general, you can do this by writing '~myself/' anywhere where you
+specify paths to something installed in your personal subdirectories,
+not merely '~/', since the latter, when used by other users, will point
+to non-existent files.
+
+ For yourself, it will do to manipulate environment variables in your
+'.profile' resp. '.login' files. But if people will be copying just
+Elisp files, their copies will not work. While it would in general be
+preferable if the added components where available from a shell level,
+too (like when you call the standalone info reader, or try using
+'preview.sty' for functionality besides of Emacs previews), it will be a
+big help already if things work from inside of Emacs.
+
+ Here is how to do the various parts:
+
+Making the Elisp available
+--------------------------
+
+In GNU Emacs, it should be sufficient if people just do
+
+ (load "~myself/share/emacs/site-lisp/auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "~myself/share/emacs/site-lisp/preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ where the path points to your personal installation. The rest of the
+package should be found relative from there without further ado.
+
+ In XEmacs, you should ask the other users to add symbolic links in
+the subdirectories 'lisp', 'info' and 'etc' of their
+'~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages/' directory. (Alas, there is presently no
+easy programmatic way to do this, except to have a script do the
+symlinking for them.)
+
+Making the Info files available
+-------------------------------
+
+For making the info files accessible from within Elisp, something like
+the following might be convenient to add into your or other people's
+startup files:
+
+ (eval-after-load 'info
+ '(add-to-list 'Info-directory-list "~myself/info"))
+
+ In XEmacs, as long as XEmacs can see the package, there should be no
+need to do anything at all; the info files should be immediately
+visible. However, you might want to set 'INFOPATH' anyway, for the sake
+of standalone readers outside of XEmacs. (The info files in XEmacs are
+normally in '~/.xemacs/xemacs-packages/info'.)
+
+Making the LaTeX style available
+--------------------------------
+
+If you want others to be able to share your installation, you should
+configure it using '--without-texmf-dir', in which case things should
+work as well for them as for you.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Installation under MS Windows, Next: Customizing,
Prev: Advice for non-privileged users, Up: Installation
+
+1.2.7 Installation under MS Windows
+-----------------------------------
+
+In a Nutshell
+-------------
+
+The following are brief installation instructions for the impatient. In
+case you don't understand some of this, run into trouble of some sort,
+or need more elaborate information, refer to the detailed instructions
+further below.
+
+ 1. Install the prerequisites, i.e. Emacs or XEmacs, MSYS or Cygwin, a
+ TeX system, and Ghostscript.
+
+ 2. Open the MSYS shell or a Cygwin shell and change to the directory
+ containing the unzipped file contents.
+
+ 3. Configure AUCTeX:
+
+ For Emacs: Many people like to install AUCTeX into the pseudo file
+ system hierarchy set up by the Emacs installation. Assuming Emacs
+ is installed in 'C:/Program Files/Emacs' and the directory for
+ local additions of your TeX system, e.g. MiKTeX, is
+ 'C:/localtexmf', you can do this by typing the following statement
+ at the shell prompt:
+
+ ./configure --prefix='C:/Program Files/Emacs' \
+ --infodir='C:/Program Files/Emacs/info' \
+ --with-texmf-dir='C:/localtexmf'
+
+ For XEmacs: You can install AUCTeX as an XEmacs package. Assuming
+ XEmacs is installed in 'C:/Program Files/XEmacs' and the directory
+ for local additions of your TeX system, e.g. MiKTeX, is
+ 'C:/localtexmf', you can do this by typing the following command at
+ the shell prompt:
+
+ ./configure --with-xemacs='C:/Program Files/XEmacs/bin/xemacs' \
+ --with-texmf-dir='C:/localtexmf'
+
+ The commands above are examples for common usage. More on
+ configuration options can be found in the detailed installation
+ instructions below.
+
+ If the configuration script failed to find all required programs,
+ make sure that these programs are in your system path and add
+ directories containing the programs to the 'PATH' environment
+ variable if necessary. Here is how to do that in W2000/XP:
+
+ 1. On the desktop, right click "My Computer" and select
+ properties.
+ 2. Click on "Advanced" in the "System Properties" window.
+ 3. Select "Environment Variables".
+ 4. Select "path" in "System Variables" and click "edit". Move to
+ the front in the line (this might require scrolling) and add
+ the missing path including drive letter, ended with a
+ semicolon.
+
+ 4. If there were no further error messages, type
+
+ make
+
+ In case there were, please refer to the detailed description below.
+
+ 5. Finish the installation by typing
+
+ make install
+
+Detailed Installation Instructions
+----------------------------------
+
+Installation of AUCTeX under Windows is in itself not more complicated
+than on other platforms. However, meeting the prerequisites might
+require more work than on some other platforms, and feel less natural.
+
+ If you are experiencing any problems, even if you think they are of
+your own making, be sure to report them to <address@hidden> so
+that we can explain things better in future.
+
+ Windows is a problematic platform for installation scripts. The main
+problem is that the installation procedure requires consistent file
+names in order to find its way in the directory hierarchy, and Windows
+path names are a mess.
+
+ The installation procedure tries finding stuff in system search paths
+and in Emacs paths. For that to succeed, you have to use the same
+syntax and spelling and case of paths everywhere: in your system search
+paths, in Emacs' 'load-path' variable, as argument to the scripts. If
+your path names contain spaces or other 'shell-unfriendly' characters,
+most notably backslashes for directory separators, place the whole path
+in '"double quote marks"' whenever you specify it on a command line.
+
+ Avoid 'helpful' magic file names like '/cygdrive/c' and
+'C:\PROGRA~1\' like the plague. It is quite unlikely that the scripts
+will be able to identify the actual file names involved. Use the full
+paths, making use of normal Windows drive letters like ' 'C:/Program
+Files/Emacs' ' where required, and using the same combination of upper-
+and lowercase letters as in the actual files. File names containing
+shell-special characters like spaces or backslashes (if you prefer that
+syntax) need to get properly quoted to the shell: the above example used
+single quotes for that.
+
+ Ok, now here are the steps to perform:
+
+ 1. You need to unpack the AUCTeX distribution (which you seemingly
+ have done since you are reading this). It must be unpacked in a
+ separate installation directory outside of your Emacs file
+ hierarchy: the installation will later copy all necessary files to
+ their final destination, and you can ultimately remove the
+ directory where you unpacked the files.
+
+ Line endings are a problem under Windows. The distribution
+ contains only text files, and theoretically most of the involved
+ tools should get along with that. However, the files are processed
+ by various utilities, and it is conceivable that not all of them
+ will use the same line ending conventions. If you encounter
+ problems, it might help if you try unpacking (or checking out) the
+ files in binary mode, if your tools allow that.
+
+ If you don't have a suitable unpacking tool, skip to the next step:
+ this should provide you with a working 'unzip' command.
+
+ 2. The installation of AUCTeX will require the MSYS tool set from
+ <http://www.mingw.org/> or the Cygwin tool set from
+ <http://cygwin.com/>. The latter is slower and larger (the
+ download size of the base system is about 15 MB) but comes with a
+ package manager that allows for updating the tool set and
+ installing additional packages like, for example, the spell checker
+ aspell.
+
+ If Cygwin specific paths like '/cygdrive/c' crop up in the course
+ of the installation, using a non-Cygwin Emacs could conceivably
+ cause trouble. Using Cygwin either for everything or nothing might
+ save headaches, _if_ things don't work out.
+
+ 3. Install a current version of XEmacs from <http://www.xemacs.org/>
+ or Emacs from <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/>. Emacs is the
+ recommended choice because it is currently the primary platform for
+ AUCTeX development.
+
+ 4. You need a working TeX installation. One popular installation
+ under Windows is MiKTeX (http://www.miktex.org). Another much more
+ extensive system is TeX Live (http://www.tug.org/texlive) which is
+ rather close to its Unix cousins.
+
+ 5. A working copy of Ghostscript (http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/) is
+ required for preview-latex operation. Examining the output from
+ gswin32c -h
+ on a Windows command line should tell you whether your Ghostscript
+ supports the 'png16m' device needed for PNG support. MiKTeX
+ apparently comes with its own Ghostscript called 'mgs.exe'.
+
+ 6. Perl (http://www.perl.org) is needed for rebuilding the
+ documentation if you are working with a copy from CVS or have
+ touched documentation source files in the preview-latex part. If
+ the line endings of the file 'preview/latex/preview.dtx' don't
+ correspond with what Perl calls '\n' when reading text files,
+ you'll run into trouble.
+
+ 7. Now the fun stuff starts. If you have not yet done so, unpack the
+ AUCTeX distribution into a separate directory after rereading the
+ instructions for unpacking above.
+
+ 8. Ready for takeoff. Start some shell (typically 'bash') capable of
+ running 'configure', change into the installation directory and
+ call './configure' with appropriate options.
+
+ Typical options you'll want to specify will be
+ '--prefix=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/EMACS-HIERARCHY'
+ which tells 'configure' where to perform the installation. It
+ may also make 'configure' find Emacs or XEmacs automatically;
+ if this doesn't happen, try one of '--with-emacs' or
+ '--with-xemacs' as described below. All automatic detection
+ of files and directories restricts itself to directories below
+ the PREFIX or in the same hierarchy as the program accessing
+ the files. Usually, directories like 'man', 'share' and 'bin'
+ will be situated right under PREFIX.
+
+ This option also affects the defaults for placing the Texinfo
+ documentation files (see also '--infodir' below) and
+ automatically generated style hooks.
+
+ If you have a central directory hierarchy (not untypical with
+ Cygwin) for such stuff, you might want to specify its root
+ here. You stand a good chance that this will be the only
+ option you need to supply, as long as your TeX-related
+ executables are in your system path, which they better be for
+ AUCTeX's operation, anyway.
+
+ '--with-emacs'
+ if you are installing for a version of Emacs. You can use
+ '--with-emacs=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/EMACS' to specify the name of the
+ installed Emacs executable, complete with its path if
+ necessary (if Emacs is not within a directory specified in
+ your 'PATH' environment setting).
+
+ '--with-xemacs'
+ if you are installing for a version of XEmacs. Again, you can
+ use '--with-xemacs=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/XEMACS' to specify the name
+ of the installed XEmacs executable complete with its path if
+ necessary. It may also be necessary to specify this option if
+ a copy of Emacs is found in your 'PATH' environment setting,
+ but you still would like to install a copy of AUCTeX for
+ XEmacs.
+
+ '--with-packagedir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ is an XEmacs-only option giving the location of the package
+ directory. This will install and activate the package. Emacs
+ uses a different installation scheme:
+
+ '--with-lispdir=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/SITE-LISP'
+ This Emacs-only option tells a place in 'load-path' below
+ which the files are situated. The startup files 'auctex.el'
+ and 'preview-latex.el' will get installed here unless a
+ subdirectory 'site-start.d' exists which will then be used
+ instead. The other files from AUCTeX will be installed in a
+ subdirectory called 'auctex'.
+
+ If you think that you need a different setup, please refer to
+ the full installation instructions in *note Configure::.
+
+ '--infodir=DRIVE:/PATH/TO/INFO/DIRECTORY'
+ If you are installing into an Emacs directory, info files have
+ to be put into the 'info' folder below that directory. The
+ configuration script will usually try to install into the
+ folder 'share/info', so you have to override this by
+ specifying something like '--infodir='C:/Program Files/info''
+ for the configure call.
+
+ '--with-auto-dir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ Directory containing automatically generated information. You
+ should not normally need to set this, as '--prefix' should
+ take care of this.
+
+ '--disable-preview'
+ Use this option if your Emacs version is unable to support
+ image display. This will be the case if you are using a
+ native variant of Emacs 21.
+
+ '--with-texmf-dir=DRIVE:/DIR'
+ This will specify the directory where your TeX installation
+ sits. If your TeX installation does not conform to the TDS
+ (TeX directory standard), you may need to specify more options
+ to get everything in place.
+
+ For more information about any of the above and additional options,
+ see *note Configure::.
+
+ Calling './configure --help=recursive' will tell about other
+ options, but those are almost never required.
+
+ Some executables might not be found in your path. That is not a
+ good idea, but you can get around by specifying environment
+ variables to 'configure':
+ GS="DRIVE:/PATH/TO/GSWIN32C.EXE" ./configure ...
+ should work for this purpose. 'gswin32c.exe' is the usual name for
+ the required _command line_ executable under Windows; in contrast,
+ 'gswin32.exe' is likely to fail.
+
+ As an alternative to specifying variables for the 'configure' call
+ you can add directories containing the required executables to the
+ 'PATH' variable of your Windows system. This is especially a good
+ idea if Emacs has trouble finding the respective programs later
+ during normal operation.
+
+ 9. Run 'make' in the installation directory.
+
+ 10. Run 'make install' in the installation directory.
+
+ 11. With XEmacs, AUCTeX and preview-latex should now be active by
+ default. With Emacs, activation depends on a working
+ 'site-start.d' directory or similar setup, since then the startup
+ files 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' will have been placed
+ there. If this has not been done, you should be able to load the
+ startup files manually with
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+ in either a site-wide 'site-start.el' or your personal startup file
+ (usually accessible as '~/.emacs' from within Emacs and
+ '~/.xemacs/init.el' from within XEmacs).
+
+ The default configuration of AUCTeX is probably not the best fit
+ for Windows systems with MiKTeX. You might want to add
+ (require 'tex-mik)
+ after loading 'auctex.el' and 'preview-latex.el' in order to get
+ more appropriate values for some customization options.
+
+ You can always use
+
+ M-x customize-group RET AUCTeX RET
+
+ in order to customize more stuff, or use the 'Customize' menu.
+
+ 12. Load 'preview/circ.tex' into Emacs or XEmacs and see if you get
+ the 'Command' menu. Try using it to LaTeX the file.
+
+ 13. Check whether the 'Preview' menu is available in this file. Use
+ it to generate previews for the document.
+
+ If this barfs and tells you that image type 'png' is not supported,
+ you can either add PNG support to your Emacs installation or choose
+ another image format to be used by preview-latex.
+
+ Adding support for an image format usually involves the
+ installation of a library, e.g. from <http://gnuwin32.sf.net/>.
+ If you got your Emacs from <gnu.org> you might want to check its
+ README file (ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/windows/README) for
+ details.
+
+ A different image format can be chosen by setting the variable
+ 'preview-image-type'. While it is recommended to keep the 'dvipng'
+ or 'png' setting, you can temporarily select a different format
+ like 'pnm' to check if the lack of PNG support is the only problem
+ with your Emacs installation.
+
+ Try adding the line
+
+ (setq preview-image-type 'pnm)
+
+ to your init file for a quick test. You should remove the line
+ after the test again, because PNM files take away *vast* amounts of
+ disk space, and thus also of load/save time.
+
+ Well, that about is all. Have fun!
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customizing, Prev: Installation under MS Windows,
Up: Installation
+
+1.2.8 Customizing
+-----------------
+
+Most of the site-specific customization should already have happened
+during configuration of AUCTeX. Any further customization can be done
+with customization buffers directly in Emacs. Just type 'M-x
+customize-group RET AUCTeX RET' to open the customization group for
+AUCTeX or use the menu entries provided in the mode menus. Editing the
+file 'tex-site.el' as suggested in former versions of AUCTeX should not
+be done anymore because the installation routine will overwrite those
+changes.
+
+ You might check some variables with a special significance. They are
+accessible directly by typing 'M-x customize-variable RET <variable>
+RET'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-global
+ Directories containing the site's TeX style files.
+
+ Normally, AUCTeX will only allow you to complete macros and
+environments which are built-in, specified in AUCTeX style files or
+defined by yourself. If you issue the 'M-x TeX-auto-generate-global'
+command after loading AUCTeX, you will be able to complete on all macros
+available in the standard style files used by your document. To do
+this, you must set this variable to a list of directories where the
+standard style files are located. The directories will be searched
+recursively, so there is no reason to list subdirectories explicitly.
+Automatic configuration will already have set the variable for you if it
+could use the program 'kpsewhich'. In this case you normally don't have
+to alter anything.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Quick Start, Prev: Installation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Quick Start
+===============
+
+AUCTeX is a powerful program offering many features and configuration
+options. If you are new to AUCTeX this might be deterrent. Fortunately
+you do not have to learn everything at once. This Quick Start Guide
+will give you the knowledge of the most important commands and enable
+you to prepare your first LaTeX document with AUCTeX after only a few
+minutes of reading.
+
+ In this introduction, we assume that AUCTeX is already installed on
+your system. If this is not the case, you should read the file
+'INSTALL' in the base directory of the unpacked distribution tarball.
+These installation instructions are available in this manual as well,
+*note Installation::. We also assume that you are familiar with the way
+keystrokes are written in Emacs manuals. If not, have a look at the
+Emacs Tutorial in the Help menu.
+
+ If AUCTeX is installed, you might still need to activate it, by
+inserting
+
+ (load "auctex.el" nil t t)
+
+ in your user init file.(1) If you've installed AUCTeX from the Emacs
+package manager (ELPA), you must not have this line in your user init
+file. The installation procedure already cares about loading AUCTeX
+correctly.
+
+ In order to get support for many of the LaTeX packages you will use
+in your documents, you should enable document parsing as well, which can
+be achieved by putting
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+
+ into your init file. Finally, if you often use '\include' or
+'\input', you should make AUCTeX aware of the multi-file document
+structure. You can do this by inserting
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+
+ into your init file. Each time you open a new file, AUCTeX will then
+ask you for a master file.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Editing Facilities:: Functions for editing TeX files
+* Processing Facilities:: Creating and viewing output, debugging
+
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
+
+ (1) This usually is a file in your home directory called '.emacs' if
+you are utilizing GNU Emacs or '.xemacs/init.el' if you are using
+XEmacs.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Editing Facilities, Next: Processing Facilities,
Up: Quick Start
+
+1.3.1 Functions for editing TeX files
+-------------------------------------
+
+1.3.1.1 Making your TeX code more readable
+..........................................
+
+AUCTeX can do syntax highlighting of your source code, that means
+commands will get special colors or fonts. You can enable it locally by
+typing 'M-x font-lock-mode RET'. If you want to have font locking
+activated generally, enable 'global-font-lock-mode', e.g. with 'M-x
+customize-variable RET global-font-lock-mode RET'.
+
+ AUCTeX will indent new lines to indicate their syntactical
+relationship to the surrounding text. For example, the text of a
+'\footnote' or text inside of an environment will be indented relative
+to the text around it. If the indenting has gotten wrong after adding
+or deleting some characters, use <TAB> to reindent the line, 'M-q' for
+the whole paragraph, or 'M-x LaTeX-fill-buffer RET' for the whole
+buffer.
+
+1.3.1.2 Entering sectioning commands
+....................................
+
+Insertion of sectioning macros, that is '\chapter', '\section',
+'\subsection', etc. and accompanying '\label' commands may be eased by
+using 'C-c C-s'. You will be asked for the section level. As nearly
+everywhere in AUCTeX, you can use the <TAB> or <SPC> key to get a list
+of available level names, and to auto-complete what you started typing.
+Next, you will be asked for the printed title of the section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with the section.
+
+1.3.1.3 Inserting environments
+..............................
+
+Similarly, you can insert environments, that is '\begin{}'-'\end{}'
+pairs: Type 'C-c C-e', and select an environment type. Again, you can
+use <TAB> or <SPC> to get a list, and to complete what you type.
+Actually, the list will not only provide standard LaTeX environments,
+but also take your '\documentclass' and '\usepackage' commands into
+account if you have parsing enabled by setting 'TeX-parse-self' to 't'.
+If you use a couple of environments frequently, you can use the up and
+down arrow keys (or 'M-p' and 'M-n') in the minibuffer to get back to
+the previously inserted commands.
+
+ Some environments need additional arguments. Often, AUCTeX knows
+about this and asks you to enter a value.
+
+1.3.1.4 Inserting macros
+........................
+
+'C-c C-m', or simply 'C-c RET' will give you a prompt that asks you for
+a LaTeX macro. You can use <TAB> for completion, or the up/down arrow
+keys (or 'M-p' and 'M-n') to browse the command history. In many cases,
+AUCTeX knows which arguments a macro needs and will ask you for that.
+It even can differentiate between mandatory and optional arguments--for
+details, see *note Completion::.
+
+ An additional help for inserting macros is provided by the
+possibility to complete macros right in the buffer. With point at the
+end of a partially written macro, you can complete it by typing 'M-TAB'.
+
+1.3.1.5 Changing the font
+.........................
+
+AUCTeX provides convenient keyboard shortcuts for inserting macros which
+specify the font to be used for typesetting certain parts of the text.
+They start with 'C-c C-f', and the last 'C-' combination tells AUCTeX
+which font you want:
+
+'C-c C-f C-b'
+ Insert bold face '\textbf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-i'
+ Insert italics '\textit{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-e'
+ Insert emphasized '\emph{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-s'
+ Insert slanted '\textsl{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-r'
+ Insert roman \textrm{-!-} text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-f'
+ Insert sans serif '\textsf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-t'
+ Insert typewriter '\texttt{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-c'
+ Insert SMALL CAPS '\textsc{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-d'
+ Delete the innermost font specification containing point.
+
+ If you want to change font attributes of existing text, mark it as a
+region, and then invoke the commands. If no region is selected, the
+command will be inserted with empty braces, and you can start typing the
+changed text.
+
+ Most of those commands will also work in math mode, but then macros
+like '\mathbf' will be inserted.
+
+1.3.1.6 Other useful features
+.............................
+
+AUCTeX also tries to help you when inserting the right "quote" signs for
+your language, dollar signs to typeset math, or pairs of braces. It
+offers shortcuts for commenting out text ('C-c ;' for the current region
+or 'C-c %' for the paragraph you are in). The same keystrokes will
+remove the % signs, if the region or paragraph is commented out yet.
+With 'TeX-fold-mode', you can hide certain parts (like footnotes,
+references etc.) that you do not edit currently. Support for Emacs'
+outline mode is provided as well. And there's more, but this is beyond
+the scope of this Quick Start Guide.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processing Facilities, Prev: Editing Facilities,
Up: Quick Start
+
+1.3.2 Creating and viewing output, debugging
+--------------------------------------------
+
+1.3.2.1 One Command for LaTeX, helpers, viewers, and printing
+.............................................................
+
+If you have typed some text and want to run LaTeX (or TeX, or other
+programs--see below) on it, type 'C-c C-c'. If applicable, you will be
+asked whether you want to save changes, and which program you want to
+invoke. In many cases, the choice that AUCTeX suggests will be just
+what you want: first 'latex', then a viewer. If a 'latex' run produces
+or changes input files for 'makeindex', the next suggestion will be to
+run that program, and AUCTeX knows that you need to run 'latex' again
+afterwards--the same holds for BibTeX.
+
+ When no processor invocation is necessary anymore, AUCTeX will
+suggest to run a viewer, or you can chose to create a PostScript file
+using 'dvips', or to directly print it.
+
+ At this place, a warning needs to be given: First, although AUCTeX is
+really good in detecting the standard situations when an additional
+'latex' run is necessary, it cannot detect it always. Second, the
+creation of PostScript files or direct printing currently only works
+when your output file is a DVI file, not a PDF file.
+
+ Ah, you didn't know you can do both? That brings us to the next
+topic.
+
+1.3.2.2 Choosing an output format
+.................................
+
+From a LaTeX file, you can produce DVI output, or a PDF file directly
+via 'pdflatex'. You can switch on source specials for easier navigation
+in the output file, or tell 'latex' to stop after an error (usually
+'\noninteractive' is used, to allow you to detect all errors in a single
+run).
+
+ These options are controlled by toggles, the keystrokes should be
+easy to memorize:
+
+'C-c C-t C-p'
+ This command toggles between DVI and PDF output
+
+'C-c C-t C-i'
+ toggles interactive mode
+
+'C-c C-t C-s'
+ toggles source specials support
+
+'C-c C-t C-o'
+ toggles usage of Omega/lambda.
+
+1.3.2.3 Debugging LaTeX
+.......................
+
+When AUCTeX runs a program, it creates an output buffer in which it
+displays the output of the command. If there is a syntactical error in
+your file, 'latex' will not complete successfully. AUCTeX will tell you
+that, and you can get to the place where the first error occured by
+pressing 'C-c `' (the last character is a backtick). The view will be
+split in two windows, the output will be displayed in the lower buffer,
+and both buffers will be centered around the place where the error
+ocurred. You can then try to fix it in the document buffer, and use the
+same keystrokes to get to the next error. This procedure may be
+repeated until all errors have been dealt with. By pressing 'C-c C-w'
+('TeX-toggle-debug-boxes') you can toggle whether AUCTeX should notify
+you of overfull and underfull boxes in addition to regular errors.
+
+ If a command got stuck in a seemingly infinite loop, or you want to
+stop execution for other reasons, you can use 'C-c C-k' (for "kill").
+Similar to 'C-l', which centers the buffer you are in around your
+current position, 'C-c C-l' centers the output buffer so that the last
+lines added at the bottom become visible.
+
+1.3.2.4 Running LaTeX on parts of your document
+...............................................
+
+If you want to check how some part of your text looks like, and do not
+want to wait until the whole document has been typeset, then mark it as
+a region and use 'C-c C-r'. It behaves just like 'C-c C-c', but it only
+uses the document preamble and the region you marked.
+
+ If you are using '\include' or '\input' to structure your document,
+try 'C-c C-b' while you are editing one of the included files. It will
+run 'latex' only on the current buffer, using the preamble from the
+master file.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Editing, Next: Display, Prev: Introduction, Up:
Top
+
+2 Editing the Document Source
+*****************************
+
+The most commonly used commands/macros of AUCTeX are those which simply
+insert templates for often used TeX, LaTeX, or ConTeXt constructs, like
+font changes, handling of environments, etc. These features are very
+simple, and easy to learn, and help you avoid mistakes like mismatched
+braces, or '\begin{}'-'\end{}' pairs.
+
+ Apart from that this chapter contains a description of some features
+for entering more specialized sorts of text, for formatting the source
+by indenting and filling and for navigating through the document.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Quotes:: Inserting double quotes
+* Font Specifiers:: Inserting Font Specifiers
+* Sectioning:: Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+* Environments:: Inserting Environment Templates
+* Mathematics:: Entering Mathematics
+* Completion:: Completion of macros
+* Marking:: Marking Environments, Sections, or Texinfo
Nodes
+* Commenting:: Commenting text
+* Indenting:: Reflecting syntactic constructs with whitespace
+* Filling:: Automatic and manual line breaking
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Quotes, Next: Font Specifiers, Up: Editing
+
+2.1 Insertion of Quotes, Dollars, and Braces
+============================================
+
+Quotation Marks
+---------------
+
+In TeX, literal double quotes '"like this"' are seldom used, instead two
+single quotes are used '``like this'''. To help you insert these
+efficiently, AUCTeX allows you to continue to press '"' to insert two
+single quotes. To get a literal double quote, press '"' twice.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-quote COUNT
+ ('"') Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
+
+ Inserts the value of 'TeX-open-quote' (normally '``') or
+ 'TeX-close-quote' (normally '''') depending on the context. With
+ prefix argument, always inserts '"' characters.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-open-quote
+ String inserted by typing '"' to open a quotation. (*Note
+ European::, for language-specific quotation mark insertion.)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-close-quote
+ String inserted by typing '"' to close a quotation. (*Note
+ European::, for language-specific quotation mark insertion.)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-quote-after-quote
+ Determines the behavior of '"'. If it is non-nil, typing '"' will
+ insert a literal double quote. The respective values of
+ 'TeX-open-quote' and 'TeX-close-quote' will be inserted after
+ typing '"' once again.
+
+ The 'babel' package provides special support for the requirements of
+typesetting quotation marks in many different languages. If you use
+this package, either directly or by loading a language-specific style
+file, you should also use the special commands for quote insertion
+instead of the standard quotes shown above. AUCTeX is able to recognize
+several of these languages and will change quote insertion accordingly.
+*Note European::, for details about this feature and how to control it.
+
+ In case you are using the 'csquotes' package, you should customize
+'LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote', 'LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote' and
+'LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote'. The quotation characters will only
+be used if both variables--'LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote' and
+'LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote'--are non-empty strings. But then the
+'csquotes'-related values will take precedence over the
+language-specific ones.
+
+Dollar Signs
+------------
+
+In AUCTeX, dollar signs should match like they do in TeX. This has been
+partially implemented, we assume dollar signs always match within a
+paragraph. The first '$' you insert in a paragraph will do nothing
+special. The second '$' will match the first. This will be indicated
+by moving the cursor temporarily over the first dollar sign.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-dollar ARG
+ ('$') Insert dollar sign.
+
+ Show matching dollar sign if this dollar sign end the TeX math
+ mode. Ensure double dollar signs match up correctly by inserting
+ extra dollar signs when needed if 'TeX-math-close-double-dollar' is
+ non-nil.
+
+ With optional ARG, insert that many dollar signs.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-math-close-double-dollar
+ Control the insertion of double dollar signs for delimiting display
+ math. (Note that you should not use double dollar signs in LaTeX
+ because this practice can lead to wrong spacing in typeset
+ documents.) If the variable is non-nil and you enter a dollar sign
+ that matches a double dollar sign '$$' AUCTeX will automatically
+ insert two dollar signs.
+
+Braces
+------
+
+To avoid unbalanced braces, it is useful to insert them pairwise. You
+can do this by typing 'C-c {'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-braces
+ ('C-c {') Make a pair of braces and position the cursor to type
+ inside of them. If there is an active region, put braces around it
+ and leave point after the closing brace.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Font Specifiers, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Quotes,
Up: Editing
+
+2.2 Inserting Font Specifiers
+=============================
+
+Perhaps the most used keyboard commands of AUCTeX are the short-cuts
+available for easy insertion of font changing macros.
+
+ If you give an argument (that is, type 'C-u') to the font command,
+the innermost font will be replaced, i.e. the font in the TeX group
+around point will be changed. The following table shows the available
+commands, with '-!-' indicating the position where the text will be
+inserted.
+
+'C-c C-f C-b'
+ Insert bold face '\textbf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-i'
+ Insert italics '\textit{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-e'
+ Insert emphasized '\emph{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-s'
+ Insert slanted '\textsl{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-r'
+ Insert roman \textrm{-!-} text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-f'
+ Insert sans serif '\textsf{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-t'
+ Insert typewriter '\texttt{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-c'
+ Insert SMALL CAPS '\textsc{-!-}' text.
+
+'C-c C-f C-d'
+ Delete the innermost font specification containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-font replace what
+ ('C-c C-f') Insert template for font change command.
+
+ If REPLACE is not nil, replace current font. WHAT determines the
+ font to use, as specified by 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-font-list
+ List of fonts used by 'TeX-font'.
+
+ Each entry is a list with three elements. The first element is the
+ key to activate the font. The second element is the string to
+ insert before point, and the third element is the string to insert
+ after point. An optional fourth element means always replace if
+ not nil.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-font-list
+ List of fonts used by 'TeX-font' in LaTeX mode. It has the same
+ structure as 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Environments, Prev: Font
Specifiers, Up: Editing
+
+2.3 Inserting chapters, sections, etc.
+======================================
+
+Insertion of sectioning macros, that is '\chapter', '\section',
+'\subsection', etc. and accompanying '\label''s may be eased by using
+'C-c C-s'. This command is highly customizable, the following describes
+the default behavior.
+
+ When invoking you will be asked for a section macro to insert. An
+appropriate default is automatically selected by AUCTeX, that is either:
+at the top of the document; the top level sectioning for that document
+style, and any other place: The same as the last occurring sectioning
+command.
+
+ Next, you will be asked for the actual name of that section, and last
+you will be asked for a label to be associated with that section. The
+label will be prefixed by the value specified in 'LaTeX-section-hook'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-section ARG
+ ('C-c C-s') Insert a sectioning command.
+
+ Determine the type of section to be inserted, by the argument ARG.
+
+ * If ARG is nil or missing, use the current level.
+ * If ARG is a list (selected by C-u), go downward one level.
+ * If ARG is negative, go up that many levels.
+ * If ARG is positive or zero, use absolute level:
+ + 0 : part
+ + 1 : chapter
+ + 2 : section
+ + 3 : subsection
+ + 4 : subsubsection
+ + 5 : paragraph
+ + 6 : subparagraph
+
+ The following variables can be set to customize the function.
+
+ 'LaTeX-section-hook'
+ Hooks to be run when inserting a section.
+ 'LaTeX-section-label'
+ Prefix to all section references.
+
+ The precise behavior of 'LaTeX-section' is defined by the contents of
+'LaTeX-section-hook'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-section-hook
+ List of hooks to run when a new section is inserted.
+
+ The following variables are set before the hooks are run
+
+ LEVEL
+ Numeric section level, default set by prefix arg to
+ 'LaTeX-section'.
+ NAME
+ Name of the sectioning command, derived from LEVEL.
+ TITLE
+ The title of the section, default to an empty string.
+ TOC
+ Entry for the table of contents list, default nil.
+ DONE-MARK
+ Position of point afterwards, default nil meaning after the
+ inserted text.
+
+ A number of hooks are already defined. Most likely, you will be
+ able to get the desired functionality by choosing from these hooks.
+
+ 'LaTeX-section-heading'
+ Query the user about the name of the sectioning command.
+ Modifies LEVEL and NAME.
+ 'LaTeX-section-title'
+ Query the user about the title of the section. Modifies
+ TITLE.
+ 'LaTeX-section-toc'
+ Query the user for the toc entry. Modifies TOC.
+ 'LaTeX-section-section'
+ Insert LaTeX section command according to NAME, TITLE, and
+ TOC. If TOC is nil, no toc entry is inserted. If TOC or
+ TITLE are empty strings, DONE-MARK will be placed at the point
+ they should be inserted.
+ 'LaTeX-section-label'
+ Insert a label after the section command. Controlled by the
+ variable 'LaTeX-section-label'.
+
+ To get a full featured 'LaTeX-section' command, insert
+
+ (setq LaTeX-section-hook
+ '(LaTeX-section-heading
+ LaTeX-section-title
+ LaTeX-section-toc
+ LaTeX-section-section
+ LaTeX-section-label))
+
+ in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ The behavior of 'LaTeX-section-label' is determined by the variable
+'LaTeX-section-label'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-section-label
+ Default prefix when asking for a label.
+
+ If it is a string, it is used unchanged for all kinds of sections.
+ If it is nil, no label is inserted. If it is a list, the list is
+ searched for a member whose car is equal to the name of the
+ sectioning command being inserted. The cdr is then used as the
+ prefix. If the name is not found, or if the cdr is nil, no label
+ is inserted.
+
+ By default, chapters have a prefix of 'cha:' while sections and
+ subsections have a prefix of 'sec:'. Labels are not automatically
+ inserted for other types of sections.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Environments, Next: Mathematics, Prev: Sectioning,
Up: Editing
+
+2.4 Inserting Environment Templates
+===================================
+
+A large apparatus is available that supports insertions of environments,
+that is '\begin{}' -- '\end{}' pairs.
+
+ AUCTeX is aware of most of the actual environments available in a
+specific document. This is achieved by examining your '\documentclass'
+command, and consulting a precompiled list of environments available in
+a large number of styles.
+
+ You insert an environment with 'C-c C-e', and select an environment
+type. Depending on the environment, AUCTeX may ask more questions about
+the optional parts of the selected environment type. With 'C-u C-c C-e'
+you will change the current environment.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-environment ARG
+ ('C-c C-e') AUCTeX will prompt you for an environment to insert.
+ At this prompt, you may press <TAB> or <SPC> to complete a
+ partially written name, and/or to get a list of available
+ environments. After selection of a specific environment AUCTeX may
+ prompt you for further specifications.
+
+ If the optional argument ARG is not-nil (i.e. you have given a
+ prefix argument), the current environment is modified and no new
+ environment is inserted.
+
+ As a default selection, AUCTeX will suggest the environment last
+inserted or, as the first choice the value of the variable
+'LaTeX-default-environment'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-environment
+ Default environment to insert when invoking 'LaTeX-environment'
+ first time.
+
+ If the document is empty, or the cursor is placed at the top of the
+document, AUCTeX will default to insert a 'document' environment.
+
+ Most of these are described further in the following sections, and
+you may easily specify more. *Note Customizing Environments::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Equations:: Equations
+* Floats:: Floats
+* Itemize-like:: Itemize-like Environments
+* Tabular-like:: Tabular-like Environments
+* Customizing Environments:: Customizing Environments
+
+ You can close the current environment with 'C-c ]', but we suggest
+that you use 'C-c C-e' to insert complete environments instead.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-close-environment
+ ('C-c ]') Insert an '\end' that matches the current environment.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Equations, Next: Floats, Up: Environments
+
+2.4.1 Equations
+---------------
+
+When inserting equation-like environments, the '\label' will have a
+default prefix, which is controlled by the following variables:
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-equation-label
+ Prefix to use for 'equation' labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-eqnarray-label
+ Prefix to use for 'eqnarray' labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-amsmath-label
+ Prefix to use for amsmath equation labels. Amsmath equations
+ include 'align', 'alignat', 'xalignat', 'aligned', 'flalign' and
+ 'gather'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Floats, Next: Itemize-like, Prev: Equations, Up:
Environments
+
+2.4.2 Floats
+------------
+
+Figures and tables (i.e., floats) may also be inserted using AUCTeX.
+After choosing either 'figure' or 'table' in the environment list
+described above, you will be prompted for a number of additional things.
+
+FLOAT POSITION
+ This is the optional argument of float environments that controls
+ how they are placed in the final document. In LaTeX this is a
+ sequence of the letters 'htbp' as described in the LaTeX manual.
+ The value will default to the value of 'LaTeX-float'.
+
+CAPTION
+ This is the caption of the float. The default is to insert the
+ caption at the bottom of the float. You can specify floats where
+ the caption should be placed at the top with
+ 'LaTeX-top-caption-list'.
+
+LABEL
+ The label of this float. The label will have a default prefix,
+ which is controlled by the variables 'LaTeX-figure-label' and
+ 'LaTeX-table-label'.
+
+ Moreover, you will be asked if you want the contents of the float
+environment to be horizontally centered. Upon a positive answer a
+'\centering' macro will be inserted at the beginning of the float
+environment.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-float
+ Default placement for floats.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-figure-label
+ Prefix to use for figure labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-table-label
+ Prefix to use for table labels.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-top-caption-list
+ List of float environments with top caption.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Itemize-like, Next: Tabular-like, Prev: Floats,
Up: Environments
+
+2.4.3 Itemize-like Environments
+-------------------------------
+
+In an itemize-like environment, nodes (i.e., '\item's) may be inserted
+using 'C-c <LFD>'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-insert-item
+ ('C-c <LFD>') Close the current item, move to the next line and
+ insert an appropriate '\item' for the current environment. That
+ is, 'itemize' and 'enumerate' will have '\item ' inserted, while
+ 'description' will have '\item[]' inserted.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Tabular-like, Next: Customizing Environments,
Prev: Itemize-like, Up: Environments
+
+2.4.4 Tabular-like Environments
+-------------------------------
+
+When inserting Tabular-like environments, that is, 'tabular' 'array'
+etc., you will be prompted for a template for that environment. Related
+variables:
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-format
+ Default format string for array and tabular environments.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-default-position
+ Default position string for array and tabular environments. If
+ nil, act like the empty string is given, but don't prompt for a
+ position.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customizing Environments, Prev: Tabular-like, Up:
Environments
+
+2.4.5 Customizing Environments
+------------------------------
+
+*Note Adding Environments::, for how to customize the list of known
+environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mathematics, Next: Completion, Prev: Environments,
Up: Editing
+
+2.5 Entering Mathematics
+========================
+
+TeX is written by a mathematician, and has always contained good support
+for formatting mathematical text. AUCTeX supports this tradition, by
+offering a special minor mode for entering text with many mathematical
+symbols. You can enter this mode by typing 'C-c ~'.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-math-mode
+ ('C-c ~') Toggle LaTeX Math mode. This is a minor mode rebinding
+ the key 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' to allow easy typing of
+ mathematical symbols. '`' will read a character from the keyboard,
+ and insert the symbol as specified in 'LaTeX-math-default' and
+ 'LaTeX-math-list'. If given a prefix argument, the symbol will be
+ surrounded by dollar signs.
+
+ You can use another prefix key (instead of '`') by setting the
+variable 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix'.
+
+ To enable LaTeX Math mode by default, add the following in your
+'.emacs' file:
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-math-mode)
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix
+ A string containing the prefix of 'LaTeX-math-mode' commands; This
+ value defaults to '`'.
+
+ The string has to be a key or key sequence in a format understood
+ by the 'kbd' macro. This corresponds to the syntax usually used in
+ the manuals for Emacs Emacs Lisp.
+
+ The variable 'LaTeX-math-list' allows you to add your own mappings.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-list
+ A list containing user-defined keys and commands to be used in
+ LaTeX Math mode. Each entry should be a list of two to four
+ elements.
+
+ First, the key to be used after 'LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix' for
+ macro insertion. If it is nil, the symbol has no associated
+ keystroke (it is available in the menu, though).
+
+ Second, a string representing the name of the macro (without a
+ leading backslash.)
+
+ Third, a string representing the name of a submenu the command
+ should be added to. Use a list of strings in case of nested menus.
+
+ Fourth, the position of a Unicode character to be displayed in the
+ menu alongside the macro name. This is an integer value.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-math-menu-unicode
+ Whether the LaTeX menu should try using Unicode for effect. Your
+ Emacs built must be able to display include Unicode characters in
+ menus for this feature.
+
+ AUCTeX's reference card 'tex-ref.tex' includes a list of all math
+mode commands.
+
+ AUCTeX can help you write subscripts and superscripts in math
+constructs by automatically inserting a pair of braces after typing <_>
+or <^> respectively and putting point between the braces. In order to
+enable this feature, set the variable 'TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript'
+to a non-nil value.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript
+ If non-nil, insert braces after typing <^> and <_> in math mode.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Completion, Next: Marking, Prev: Mathematics, Up:
Editing
+
+2.6 Completion
+==============
+
+Emacs lisp programmers probably know the 'lisp-complete-symbol' command,
+usually bound to 'M-<TAB>'. Users of the wonderful ispell mode know and
+love the 'ispell-complete-word' command from that package. Similarly,
+AUCTeX has a 'TeX-complete-symbol' command, by default bound to
+'M-<TAB>' which is equivalent to 'M-C-i'. Using 'TeX-complete-symbol'
+makes it easier to type and remember the names of long LaTeX macros.
+
+ In order to use 'TeX-complete-symbol', you should write a backslash
+and the start of the macro. Typing 'M-<TAB>' will now complete as much
+of the macro, as it unambiguously can. For example, if you type
+''\renewc'' and then 'M-<TAB>', it will expand to ''\renewcommand''.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-complete-symbol
+ ('M-<TAB>') Complete TeX symbol before point.
+
+ A more direct way to insert a macro is with 'TeX-insert-macro', bound
+to 'C-c C-m' which is equivalent to 'C-c <RET>'. It has the advantage
+over completion that it knows about the argument of most standard LaTeX
+macros, and will prompt for them. It also knows about the type of the
+arguments, so it will for example give completion for the argument to
+'\include'. Some examples are listed below.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-insert-macro
+ ('C-c C-m' or 'C-c <RET>') Prompt (with completion) for the name of
+ a TeX macro, and if AUCTeX knows the macro, prompt for each
+ argument.
+
+ As a default selection, AUCTeX will suggest the macro last inserted
+or, as the first choice the value of the variable 'TeX-default-macro'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-macro-default-style
+ Specifies whether 'TeX-insert-macro' will ask for all optional
+ arguments.
+
+ If set to the symbol 'show-optional-args', 'TeX-insert-macro' asks
+ for optional arguments of TeX macros. If set to
+ 'mandatory-args-only', 'TeX-insert-macro' asks only for mandatory
+ arguments. When 'TeX-insert-macro' is called with prefix argument
+ ('C-u'), it's the other way round.
+
+ Note that for some macros, there are special mechanisms, e.g.
+ 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-default-macro
+ Default macro to insert when invoking 'TeX-insert-macro' first
+ time.
+
+ A faster alternative is to bind the function 'TeX-electric-macro' to
+'\'. This can be done by setting the variable 'TeX-electric-escape'
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-electric-escape
+ If this is non-nil when AUCTeX is loaded, the TeX escape character
+ '\' will be bound to 'TeX-electric-macro'
+
+ The difference between 'TeX-insert-macro' and 'TeX-electric-macro' is
+that space will complete and exit from the minibuffer in
+'TeX-electric-macro'. Use <TAB> if you merely want to complete.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-electric-macro
+ Prompt (with completion) for the name of a TeX macro, and if AUCTeX
+ knows the macro, prompt for each argument. Space will complete and
+ exit.
+
+ By default AUCTeX will put an empty set braces '{}' after a macro
+with no arguments to stop it from eating the next whitespace. This can
+be stopped by entering 'LaTeX-math-mode', *note Mathematics::, or by
+setting 'TeX-insert-braces' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-insert-braces
+ If non-nil, append a empty pair of braces after inserting a macro.
+
+ Completions work because AUCTeX can analyze TeX files, and store
+symbols in Emacs Lisp files for later retrieval. *Note Automatic::, for
+more information.
+
+ AUCTeX will also make completion for many macro arguments, for
+example existing labels when you enter a '\ref' macro with
+'TeX-insert-macro' or 'TeX-electric-macro', and BibTeX entries when you
+enter a '\cite' macro. For this kind of completion to work, parsing
+must be enabled as described in *note Parsing Files::. For '\cite' you
+must also make sure that the BibTeX files have been saved at least once
+after you enabled automatic parsing on save, and that the basename of
+the BibTeX file does not conflict with the basename of one of TeX files.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking, Next: Commenting, Prev: Completion, Up:
Editing
+
+2.7 Marking Environments, Sections, or Texinfo Nodes
+====================================================
+
+You can mark the current environment by typing 'C-c .', or the current
+section by typing 'C-c *'.
+
+ In Texinfo documents you can type 'M-C-h' to mark the current node.
+
+ When the region is set, the point is moved to its beginning and the
+mark to its end.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Marking (LaTeX):: LaTeX Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+* Marking (Texinfo):: Texinfo Commands for Marking Environments, Sections, and
Nodes
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking (LaTeX), Next: Marking (Texinfo), Up:
Marking
+
+2.7.1 LaTeX Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-mark-section
+ ('C-c *') Set mark at end of current logical section, and point at
+ top.
+
+ With a non-nil prefix argument, mark only the region from the
+ current section start to the next sectioning command. Thereby
+ subsections are not being marked. Otherwise, any included
+ subsections are also marked along with current section.
+
+ -- Command: LaTeX-mark-environment
+ ('C-c .') Set mark to the end of the current environment and point
+ to the matching beginning.
+
+ If a prefix argument is given, mark the respective number of
+ enclosing environments. The command will not work properly if
+ there are unbalanced begin-end pairs in comments and verbatim
+ environments.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Marking (Texinfo), Prev: Marking (LaTeX), Up:
Marking
+
+2.7.2 Texinfo Commands for Marking Environments and Sections
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-section
+ ('C-c *') Mark the current section, with inclusion of any
+ containing node.
+
+ The current section is detected as starting by any of the
+ structuring commands matched by the regular expression in the
+ variable 'outline-regexp' which in turn is a regular expression
+ matching any element of the variable 'texinfo-section-list'.
+
+ With a non-nil prefix argument, mark only the region from the
+ current section start to the next sectioning command. Thereby
+ subsections are not being marked. Otherwise, any included
+ subsections are also marked
+
+ Note that when the current section is starting immediately after a
+ node command, then the node command is also marked as part of the
+ section.
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-environment
+ ('C-c .') Set mark to the end of the current environment and point
+ to the matching beginning.
+
+ If a prefix argument is given, mark the respective number of
+ enclosing environments. The command will not work properly if
+ there are unbalanced begin-end pairs in comments and verbatim
+ environments.
+
+ -- Command: Texinfo-mark-node
+ ('M-C-h') Mark the current node. This is the node in which point
+ is located. It is starting at the previous occurrence of the
+ keyword '@node' and ending at next occurrence of the keywords
+ '@node' or '@bye'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Commenting, Next: Indenting, Prev: Marking, Up:
Editing
+
+2.8 Commenting
+==============
+
+It is often necessary to comment out temporarily a region of TeX or
+LaTeX code. This can be done with the commands 'C-c ;' and 'C-c %'.
+'C-c ;' will comment out all lines in the current region, while 'C-c %'
+will comment out the current paragraph. Type 'C-c ;' again to uncomment
+all lines of a commented region, or 'C-c %' again to uncomment all
+comment lines around point. These commands will insert or remove a
+single '%' respectively.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region
+ ('C-c ;') Add or remove '%' from the beginning of each line in the
+ current region. Uncommenting works only if the region encloses
+ solely commented lines. If AUCTeX should not try to guess if the
+ region should be commented or uncommented the commands
+ 'TeX-comment-region' and 'TeX-uncomment-region' can be used to
+ explicitly comment or uncomment the region in concern.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph
+ ('C-c %') Add or remove '%' from the beginning of each line in the
+ current paragraph. When removing '%' characters the paragraph is
+ considered to consist of all preceding and succeeding lines
+ starting with a '%', until the first non-comment line.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Indenting, Next: Filling, Prev: Commenting, Up:
Editing
+
+2.9 Indenting
+=============
+
+Indentation means the addition of whitespace at the beginning of lines
+to reflect special syntactical constructs. This makes it easier to see
+the structure of the document, and to catch errors such as a missing
+closing brace. Thus, the indentation is done for precisely the same
+reasons that you would indent ordinary computer programs.
+
+ Indentation is done by LaTeX environments and by TeX groups, that is
+the body of an environment is indented by the value of
+'LaTeX-indent-level' (default 2). Also, items of an 'itemize-like'
+environment are indented by the value of 'LaTeX-item-indent', default
+-2. (Items are identified with the help of 'LaTeX-item-regexp'.) If
+more environments are nested, they are indented 'accumulated' just like
+most programming languages usually are seen indented in nested
+constructs.
+
+ You can explicitely indent single lines, usually by pressing <TAB>,
+or marked regions by calling 'indent-region' on it. If you have
+'auto-fill-mode' enabled and a line is broken while you type it, Emacs
+automatically cares about the indentation in the following line. If you
+want to have a similar behavior upon typing <RET>, you can customize the
+variable 'TeX-newline-function' and change the default of 'newline'
+which does no indentation to 'newline-and-indent' which indents the new
+line or 'reindent-then-newline-and-indent' which indents both the
+current and the new line.
+
+ There are certain LaTeX environments which should be indented in a
+special way, like 'tabular' or 'verbatim'. Those environments may be
+specified in the variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list' together with
+their special indentation functions. Taking the 'verbatim' environment
+as an example you can see that 'current-indentation' is used as the
+indentation function. This will stop AUCTeX from doing any indentation
+in the environment if you hit <TAB> for example.
+
+ There are environments in 'LaTeX-indent-environment-list' which do
+not bring a special indentation function with them. This is due to the
+fact that first the respective functions are not implemented yet and
+second that filling will be disabled for the specified environments.
+This shall prevent the source code from being messed up by accidently
+filling those environments with the standard filling routine. If you
+think that providing special filling routines for such environments
+would be an appropriate and challenging task for you, you are invited to
+contribute. (*Note Filling::, for further information about the filling
+functionality)
+
+ The check for the indentation function may be enabled or disabled by
+customizing the variable 'LaTeX-indent-environment-check'.
+
+ As a side note with regard to formatting special environments: Newer
+Emacsen include 'align.el' and therefore provide some support for
+formatting 'tabular' and 'tabbing' environments with the function
+'align-current' which will nicely align columns in the source code.
+
+ AUCTeX is able to format commented parts of your code just as any
+other part. This means LaTeX environments and TeX groups in comments
+will be indented syntactically correct if the variable
+'LaTeX-syntactic-comments' is set to t. If you disable it, comments
+will be filled like normal text and no syntactic indentation will be
+done.
+
+ Following you will find a list of most commands and variables related
+to indenting with a small summary in each case:
+
+'<TAB>'
+ 'LaTeX-indent-line' will indent the current line.
+
+'<LFD>'
+ 'newline-and-indent' inserts a new line (much like <RET>) and moves
+ the cursor to an appropriate position by the left margin.
+
+ Most keyboards nowadays lack a linefeed key and 'C-j' may be
+ tedious to type. Therefore you can customize AUCTeX to perform
+ indentation upon typing <RET> as well. The respective option is
+ called 'TeX-newline-function'.
+
+'C-j'
+ Alias for <LFD>
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-indent-environment-list
+ List of environments with special indentation. The second element
+ in each entry is the function to calculate the indentation level in
+ columns.
+
+ The filling code currently cannot handle tabular-like environments
+ which will be completely messed-up if you try to format them. This
+ is why most of these environments are included in this
+ customization option without a special indentation function. This
+ will prevent that they get filled.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-indent-level
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for each '\begin' not
+ matched by a '\end'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-item-indent
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for '\item''s in list
+ environments.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-brace-indent-level
+ Number of spaces to add to the indentation for each '{' not matched
+ by a '}'.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-syntactic-comments
+ If non-nil comments will be filled and indented according to LaTeX
+ syntax. Otherwise they will be filled like normal text.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-newline-function
+ Used to specify the function which is called when <RET> is pressed.
+ This will normally be 'newline' which simply inserts a new line.
+ In case you want to have AUCTeX do indentation as well when you
+ press <RET>, use the built-in functions 'newline-and-indent' or
+ 'reindent-then-newline-and-indent'. The former inserts a new line
+ and indents the following line, i.e. it moves the cursor to the
+ right position and therefore acts as if you pressed <LFD>. The
+ latter function additionally indents the current line. If you
+ choose 'Other', you can specify your own fancy function to be
+ called when <RET> is pressed.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Filling, Prev: Indenting, Up: Editing
+
+2.10 Filling
+============
+
+Filling deals with the insertion of line breaks to prevent lines from
+becoming wider than what is specified in 'fill-column'. The linebreaks
+will be inserted automatically if 'auto-fill-mode' is enabled. In this
+case the source is not only filled but also indented automatically as
+you write it.
+
+ 'auto-fill-mode' can be enabled for AUCTeX by calling
+'turn-on-auto-fill' in one of the hooks AUCTeX is running. *Note Modes
+and Hooks::. As an example, if you want to enable 'auto-fill-mode' in
+'LaTeX-mode', put the following into your init file:
+
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
+
+ You can manually fill explicitely marked regions, paragraphs,
+environments, complete sections, or the whole buffer. (Note that manual
+filling in AUCTeX will indent the start of the region to be filled in
+contrast to many other Emacs modes.)
+
+ There are some syntactical constructs which are handled specially
+with regard to filling. These are so-called code comments and paragraph
+commands.
+
+ Code comments are comments preceded by code or text in the same line.
+Upon filling a region, code comments themselves will not get filled.
+Filling is done from the start of the region to the line with the code
+comment and continues after it. In order to prevent overfull lines in
+the source code, a linebreak will be inserted before the last
+non-comment word by default. This can be changed by customizing
+'LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments'. If you have overfull lines
+with code comments you can fill those explicitely by calling
+'LaTeX-fill-paragraph' or pressing 'M-q' with the cursor positioned on
+them. This will add linebreaks in the comment and indent subsequent
+comment lines to the column of the comment in the first line of the code
+comment. In this special case 'M-q' only acts on the current line and
+not on the whole paragraph.
+
+ Lines with '\par' are treated similarly to code comments, i.e.
+'\par' will be treated as paragraph boundary which should not be
+followed by other code or text. But it is not treated as a real
+paragraph boundary like an empty line where filling a paragraph would
+stop.
+
+ Paragraph commands like '\section' or '\noindent' (the list of
+commands is defined by 'LaTeX-paragraph-commands') are often to be
+placed in their own line(s). This means they should not be consecuted
+with any preceding or following adjacent lines of text. AUCTeX will
+prevent this from happening if you do not put any text except another
+macro after the end of the last brace of the respective macro. If there
+is other text after the macro, AUCTeX regards this as a sign that the
+macro is part of the following paragraph.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+
+ \begin{quote}
+ text text text text
+
+ \begin{quote}\label{foo}
+ text text text text
+
+ If you press 'M-q' on the first line in both examples, nothing will
+change. But if you write
+
+ \begin{quote} text
+ text text text text
+
+ and press 'M-q', you will get
+
+ \begin{quote} text text text text text
+
+ Besides code comments and paragraph commands, another speciality of
+filling in AUCTeX involves commented lines. You should be aware that
+these comments are treated as islands in the rest of the LaTeX code if
+syntactic filling is enabled. This means, for example, if you try to
+fill an environment with 'LaTeX-fill-environment' and have the cursor
+placed on a commented line which does not have a surrounding environment
+inside the comment, AUCTeX will report an error.
+
+ The relevant commands and variables with regard to filling are:
+
+'C-c C-q C-p'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-paragraph' will fill and indent the current paragraph.
+
+'M-q'
+ Alias for 'C-c C-q C-p'
+
+'C-c C-q C-e'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-environment' will fill and indent the current
+ environment. This may e.g. be the 'document' environment, in
+ which case the entire document will be formatted.
+
+'C-c C-q C-s'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-section' will fill and indent the current logical
+ sectional unit.
+
+'C-c C-q C-r'
+ 'LaTeX-fill-region' will fill and indent the current region.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators
+ List of separators before or after which respectively linebreaks
+ will be inserted if they do not fit into one line. The separators
+ can be curly braces, brackets, switches for inline math ('$', '\(',
+ '\)') and switches for display math ('\[', '\]'). Such formatting
+ can be useful to make macros and math more visible or to prevent
+ overfull lines in the LaTeX source in case a package for displaying
+ formatted TeX output inside the Emacs buffer, like preview-latex,
+ is used.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments
+ Code comments are comments preceded by some other text in the same
+ line. When a paragraph containing such a comment is to be filled,
+ the comment start will be seen as a border after which no line
+ breaks will be inserted in the same line. If the option
+ 'LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments' is enabled (which is the
+ default) and the comment does not fit into the line, a line break
+ will be inserted before the last non-comment word to minimize the
+ chance that the line becomes overfull.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Display, Next: Processing, Prev: Editing, Up: Top
+
+3 Controlling Screen Display
+****************************
+
+It is often desirable to get visual help of what markup code in a text
+actually does whithout having to decipher it explicitely. For this
+purpose Emacs and AUCTeX provide font locking (also known as syntax
+highlighting) which visually sets off markup code like macros or
+environments by using different colors or fonts. For example text to be
+typeset in italics can be displayed with an italic font in the editor as
+well, or labels and references get their own distinct color.
+
+ While font locking helps you grasp the purpose of markup code and
+separate markup from content, the markup code can still be distracting.
+AUCTeX lets you hide those parts and show them again at request with its
+built-in support for hiding macros and environments which we call
+folding here.
+
+ Besides folding of macros and environments, AUCTeX provides support
+for Emacs' outline mode which lets you narrow the buffer content to
+certain sections of your text by hiding the parts not belonging to these
+sections.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font Locking:: Font Locking
+* Folding:: Folding Macros and Environments
+* Outline:: Outlining the Document
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Font Locking, Next: Folding, Up: Display
+
+3.1 Font Locking
+================
+
+Font locking is supposed to improve readability of the source code by
+highlighting certain keywords with different colors or fonts. It
+thereby lets you recognize the function of markup code to a certain
+extent without having to read the markup command. For general
+information on controlling font locking with Emacs' Font Lock mode, see
+*note Font Lock Mode: (emacs)Font Lock.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-install-font-lock
+ Once font locking is enabled globally or for the major modes
+ provided by AUCTeX, the font locking patterns and functionality of
+ font-latex are activated by default. You can switch to a different
+ font locking scheme or disable font locking in AUCTeX by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-install-font-lock'.
+
+ Besides font-latex AUCTeX ships with a scheme which is derived from
+ Emacs' default LaTeX mode and activated by choosing
+ 'tex-font-setup'. Be aware that this scheme is not coupled with
+ AUCTeX's style system and not the focus of development. Therefore
+ and due to font-latex being much more feature-rich the following
+ explanations will only cover font-latex.
+
+ In case you want to hook in your own fontification scheme, you can
+ choose 'other' and insert the name of the function which sets up
+ your font locking patterns. If you want to disable fontification
+ in AUCTeX completely, choose 'ignore'.
+
+ font-latex provides many options for customization which are
+accessible with 'M-x customize-group RET font-latex RET'. For this
+description the various options are explained in conceptional groups.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Fontification of macros:: Fontification of macros
+* Fontification of quotes:: Fontification of quotes
+* Fontification of math:: Fontification of math constructs
+* Verbatim content:: Verbatim macros and environments
+* Faces:: Faces used by font-latex
+* Known problems:: Known fontification problems
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of macros, Next: Fontification of
quotes, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.1 Fontification of macros
+-----------------------------
+
+Highlighting of macros can be customized by adapting keyword lists which
+can be found in the customization group 'font-latex-keywords'.
+
+ Three types of macros can be handled differently with respect to
+fontification:
+
+ 1. Commands of the form '\foo[bar]{baz}' which consist of the macro
+ itself, optional arguments in square brackets and mandatory
+ arguments in curly braces. For the command itself the face
+ 'font-lock-keyword-face' will be used and for the optional
+ arguments the face 'font-lock-variable-name-face'. The face
+ applied to the mandatory argument depends on the macro class
+ represented by the respective built-in variables.
+ 2. Declaration macros of the form '{\foo text}' which consist of the
+ macro which may be enclosed in a TeX group together with text to be
+ affected by the macro. In case a TeX group is present, the macro
+ will get the face 'font-lock-keyword-face' and the text will get
+ the face configured for the respective macro class. If no TeX
+ group is present, the latter face will be applied to the macro
+ itself.
+ 3. Simple macros of the form '\foo' which do not have any arguments or
+ groupings. The respective face will be applied to the macro
+ itself.
+
+ Customization variables for '\foo[bar]{baz}' type macros allow both
+the macro name and the sequence of arguments to be specified. The
+latter is done with a string which can contain the characters
+'*'
+ indicating the existence of a starred variant for the macro,
+'['
+ for optional arguments in brackets,
+'{'
+ for mandatory arguments in braces,
+'\'
+ for mandatory arguments consisting of a single macro and
+'|'
+ as a prefix indicating that two alternatives are following.
+ For example the specifier for '\documentclass' would be '[{' because
+the macro has one optional followed by one mandatory argument. The
+specifier for '\newcommand' would be '*|{\[[{' because there is a
+starred variant, the mandatory argument following the macro name can be
+a macro or a TeX group which can be followed by two optional arguments
+and the last token is a mandatory argument in braces.
+
+ Customization variables for the '{\foo text}' and '\foo' types are
+simple lists of strings where each entry is a macro name (without the
+leading backslash).
+
+General macro classes
+---------------------
+
+font-latex provides keyword lists for different macro classes which are
+described in the following table:
+
+'font-latex-match-function-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to functions, like
+ '\newcommand'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-function-name-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-reference-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to references, like '\ref'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-constant-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-textual-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros specifying textual content, like '\caption'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-type-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-variable-keywords'
+ Keywords for macros defining or related to variables, like
+ '\setlength'.
+ Type: '\macro[...]{...}'
+ Face: 'font-lock-variable-name-face'
+
+'font-latex-match-warning-keywords'
+ Keywords for important macros, e.g. affecting line or page break,
+ like '\clearpage'.
+ Type: '\macro'
+ Face: 'font-latex-warning-face'
+
+Sectioning commands
+-------------------
+
+Sectioning commands are macros like '\chapter' or '\section'. For these
+commands there are two fontification schemes which may be selected by
+customizing the variable 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-fontify-sectioning
+ Per default sectioning commands will be shown in a larger,
+ proportional font, which corresponds to a number for this variable.
+ The font size varies with the sectioning level, e.g. '\part'
+ ('font-latex-sectioning-0-face') has a larger font than
+ '\paragraph' ('font-latex-sectioning-5-face'). Typically, values
+ from 1.05 to 1.3 for 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning' give best
+ results, depending on your font setup. If you rather like to use
+ the base font and a different color, set the variable to the symbol
+ 'color'. In this case the face 'font-lock-type-face' will be used
+ to fontify the argument of the sectioning commands.
+
+ You can make font-latex aware of your own sectioning commands be
+adding them to the keyword lists:
+'font-latex-match-sectioning-0-keywords'
+('font-latex-sectioning-0-face') ...
+'font-latex-match-sectioning-5-keywords'
+('font-latex-sectioning-5-face').
+
+ Related to sectioning there is special support for slide titles which
+may be fontified with the face 'font-latex-slide-title-face'. You can
+add macros which should appear in this face by customizing the variable
+'font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
+
+Commands for changing fonts
+---------------------------
+
+LaTeX provides various macros for changing fonts or font attributes.
+For example, you can select an italic font with '\textit{...}' or bold
+with '\textbf{...}'. An alternative way to specify these fonts is to
+use special macros in TeX groups, like '{\itshape ...}' for italics and
+'{\bfseries ...}' for bold. As mentioned above, we call the former
+variants commands and the latter declarations.
+
+ Besides the macros for changing fonts provided by LaTeX there is an
+infinite number of other macros--either defined by yourself for logical
+markup or defined by macro packages--which affect the font in the
+typeset text. While LaTeX's built-in macros and macros of packages
+known by AUCTeX are already handled by font-latex, different keyword
+lists per type style and macro type are provided for entering your own
+macros which are listed in the table below.
+
+'font-latex-match-bold-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a bold type style.
+ Face: 'font-latex-bold-face'
+'font-latex-match-italic-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying an italic font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-italic-face'
+'font-latex-match-math-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a math font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-math-face'
+'font-latex-match-type-command-keywords'
+ Keywords for commands specifying a typewriter font.
+ Face: 'font-lock-type-face'
+'font-latex-match-bold-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying a bold type style.
+ Face: 'font-latex-bold-face'
+'font-latex-match-italic-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying an italic font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-italic-face'
+'font-latex-match-type-declaration-keywords'
+ Keywords for declarations specifying a typewriter font.
+ Face: 'font-latex-type-face'
+
+Deactivating defaults of built-in keyword classes
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+font-latex ships with predefined lists of keywords for the classes
+described above. You can disable these defaults per class by
+customizing the variable 'font-latex-deactivated-keyword-classes'. This
+is a list of strings for keyword classes to be deactivated. Valid
+entries are "warning", "variable", "reference", "function" ,
+"sectioning-0", "sectioning-1", "sectioning-2", "sectioning-3",
+"sectioning-4", "sectioning-5", "textual", "bold-command",
+"italic-command", "math-command", "type-command", "bold-declaration",
+"italic-declaration", "type-declaration".
+
+ You can also get rid of certain keywords only. For example if you
+want to remove highlighting of footnotes as references you can put the
+following stanza into your init file:
+
+ (eval-after-load "font-latex"
+ '(setq-default
+ font-latex-match-reference-keywords-local
+ (remove "footnote" font-latex-match-reference-keywords-local)))
+
+ But note that this means fiddling with font-latex's internals and is
+not guaranteed to work in future versions of font-latex.
+
+User-defined keyword classes
+----------------------------
+
+In case the customization options explained above do not suffice for
+your needs, you can specify your own keyword classes by customizing the
+variable 'font-latex-user-keyword-classes'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-user-keyword-classes
+ Every keyword class consists of four parts, a name, a list of
+ keywords, a face and a specifier for the type of macros to be
+ highlighted.
+
+ When adding new entries, you have to use unique values for the
+ class names, i.e. they must not clash with names of the built-in
+ keyword classes or other names given by you. Additionally the
+ names must not contain spaces.
+
+ The list of keywords defines which commands and declarations should
+ be covered by the keyword class. A keyword can either be a simple
+ command name omitting the leading backslash or a list consisting of
+ the command name and a string specifying the sequence of arguments
+ for the command.
+
+ The face argument can either be an existing face or font
+ specifications made by you. (The latter option is not available on
+ XEmacs.)
+
+ There are three alternatives for the type of keywords--"Command
+ with arguments", "Declaration inside TeX group" and "Command
+ without arguments"--which correspond with the macro types explained
+ above.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of quotes, Next: Fontification of
math, Prev: Fontification of macros, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.2 Fontification of quotes
+-----------------------------
+
+Text in quotation marks is displayed with the face
+'font-latex-string-face'. Besides the various forms of opening and
+closing double and single quotation marks, so-called guillemets (<<, >>)
+can be used for quoting. Because there are two styles of using
+them--French style: << text >>; German style: >>text<<--you can
+customize the variable 'font-latex-quotes' to tell font-latex which type
+you are using if the correct value cannot be derived from document
+properties.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-quotes
+ The default value of 'font-latex-quotes' is 'auto' which means that
+ font-latex will try to derive the correct type of quotation mark
+ matching from document properties like the language option supplied
+ to the babel LaTeX package.
+
+ If the automatic detection fails for you and you mostly use one
+ specific style you can set it to a specific language-dependent
+ value as well. Set the value to 'german' if you are using >>German
+ quotes<< and to 'french' if you are using << French quotes >>.
+ font-latex will recognize the different ways these quotes can be
+ given in your source code, i.e. ('"<', '">'), ('<<', '>>') and the
+ respective 8-bit variants.
+
+ If you set 'font-latex-quotes' to nil, quoted content will not be
+ fontified.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Fontification of math, Next: Verbatim content,
Prev: Fontification of quotes, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.3 Fontification of mathematical constructs
+----------------------------------------------
+
+In LaTeX mathematics can be indicated by a variety of different methods:
+toggles (like dollar signs), macros and environments. Math constructs
+known by font-latex are displayed with the face 'font-latex-math-face'.
+Support for dollar signs and shorthands like '\(...\)' or '\[...\]' is
+built-in and not customizable. Support for other math macros and
+environments can be adapted by customizing the variables
+'font-latex-match-math-command-keywords' and
+'font-latex-math-environments' respectively.
+
+ In order to make math constructs more readable, font-latex displays
+subscript and superscript parts in a smaller font and raised or lowered
+respectively. This fontification feature can be controlled with the
+variables 'font-latex-fontify-script' and 'font-latex-script-display'.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-fontify-script
+ If non-nil, fontify subscript and superscript strings.
+
+ Note that this feature is not available on XEmacs, for which it is
+ disabled per default. In GNU Emacs raising and lowering is not
+ enabled for versions 21.3 and before due to it working not
+ properly.
+
+ -- User Option: font-latex-script-display
+ Display specification for subscript and superscript content. The
+ car is used for subscript, the cdr is used for superscript. The
+ feature is implemented using so-called display properties. For
+ information on what exactly to specify for the values, see *note
+ Other Display Specifications: (elisp)Other Display Specs.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Verbatim content, Next: Faces, Prev: Fontification
of math, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.4 Verbatim macros and environments
+--------------------------------------
+
+Usually it is not desirable to have content to be typeset verbatim
+highlighted according to LaTeX syntax. Therefore this content will be
+fontified uniformly with the face 'font-latex-verbatim-face'.
+
+ font-latex differentiates three different types of verbatim
+constructs for fontification. Macros with special characters like | as
+delimiters, macros with braces, and environments. Which macros and
+environments are recognized is controlled by the variables
+'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims',
+'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces', and 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments'
+respectively.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Faces, Next: Known problems, Prev: Verbatim
content, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.5 Faces used by font-latex
+------------------------------
+
+In case you want to change the colors and fonts used by font-latex
+please refer to the faces mentioned in the explanations above and use
+'M-x customize-face RET <face> RET'. All faces defined by font-latex
+are accessible through a customization group by typing 'M-x
+customize-group RET font-latex-highlighting-faces RET'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Known problems, Prev: Faces, Up: Font Locking
+
+3.1.6 Known fontification problems
+----------------------------------
+
+In certain cases the fontification machinery fails to interpret buffer
+contents correctly. This can lead to color bleed, i.e. large parts of
+a buffer get fontified with an inappropriate face. A typical situation
+for this to happen is the use of a dollar sign ('$') in a verbatim macro
+or environment. If font-latex is not aware of the verbatim construct,
+it assumes the dollar sign to be a toggle for mathematics and fontifies
+the following buffer content with the respective face until it finds a
+closing dollar sign or till the end of the buffer.
+
+ As a remedy you can make the verbatim construct known to font-latex,
+*note Verbatim content::. If this is not possible, you can insert a
+commented dollar sign ('%$') at the next suitable end of line as a quick
+workaround.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Folding, Next: Outline, Prev: Font Locking, Up:
Display
+
+3.2 Folding Macros and Environments
+===================================
+
+A popular complaint about markup languages like TeX and LaTeX is that
+there is too much clutter in the source text and that one cannot focus
+well on the content. There are macros where you are only interested in
+the content they are enclosing, like font specifiers where the content
+might already be fontified in a special way by font locking. Or macros
+the content of which you only want to see when actually editing it, like
+footnotes or citations. Similarly you might find certain environments
+or comments distracting when trying to concentrate on the body of your
+document.
+
+ With AUCTeX's folding functionality you can collapse those items and
+replace them by a fixed string, the content of one of their arguments,
+or a mixture of both. If you want to make the original text visible
+again in order to view or edit it, move point sideways onto the
+placeholder (also called display string) or left-click with the mouse
+pointer on it. (The latter is currently only supported on Emacs.) The
+macro or environment will unfold automatically, stay open as long as
+point is inside of it and collapse again once you move point out of it.
+(Note that folding of environments currently does not work in every
+AUCTeX mode.)
+
+ In order to use this feature, you have to activate 'TeX-fold-mode'
+which will activate the auto-reveal feature and the necessary commands
+to hide and show macros and environments. You can activate the mode in
+a certain buffer by typing the command 'M-x TeX-fold-mode RET' or using
+the keyboard shortcut 'C-c C-o C-f'. If you want to use it every time
+you edit a LaTeX document, add it to a hook:
+
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook (lambda ()
+ (TeX-fold-mode 1)))
+
+ If it should be activated in all AUCTeX modes, use 'TeX-mode-hook'
+instead of 'LaTeX-mode-hook'.
+
+ Once the mode is active there are several commands available to hide
+and show macros, environments and comments:
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-buffer
+ ('C-c C-o C-b') Hide all foldable items in the current buffer
+ according to the setting of 'TeX-fold-type-list'.
+
+ If you want to have this done automatically every time you open a
+ file, add it to a hook and make sure the function is called after
+ font locking is set up for the buffer. The following code should
+ accomplish this:
+
+ (add-hook 'find-file-hook 'TeX-fold-buffer t)
+
+ The command can be used any time to refresh the whole buffer and
+ fold any new macros and environments which were inserted after the
+ last invocation of the command.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-type-list
+ List of symbols determining the item classes to consider for
+ folding. This can be macros, environments and comments. Per
+ default only macros and environments are folded.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-force-fontify
+ In order for all folded content to get the right faces, the whole
+ buffer has to be fontified before folding is carried out.
+ 'TeX-fold-buffer' therefore will force fontification of unfontified
+ regions. As this will prolong the time folding takes, you can
+ prevent forced fontification by customizing the variable
+ 'TeX-fold-force-fontify'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-preserve-comments
+ By default items found in comments will be folded. If your
+ comments often contain unfinished code this might lead to problems.
+ Give this variable a non-nil value and foldable items in your
+ comments will be left alone.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-region
+ ('C-c C-o C-r') Hide all configured macros in the marked region.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-paragraph
+ ('C-c C-o C-p') Hide all configured macros in the paragraph
+ containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-macro
+ ('C-c C-o C-m') Hide the macro on which point currently is located.
+ If the name of the macro is found in 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list',
+ the respective display string will be shown instead. If it is not
+ found, the name of the macro in sqare brackets or the default
+ string for unspecified macros
+ ('TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string') will be shown, depending
+ on the value of the variable 'TeX-fold-unspec-use-name'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-env
+ ('C-c C-o C-e') Hide the environment on which point currently is
+ located. The behavior regarding the display string is analogous to
+ 'TeX-fold-macro' and determined by the variables
+ 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list' and 'TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string'
+ respectively.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-math
+ Hide the math macro on which point currently is located. If the
+ name of the macro is found in 'TeX-fold-math-spec-list', the
+ respective display string will be shown instead. If it is not
+ found, the name of the macro in sqare brackets or the default
+ string for unspecified macros
+ ('TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string') will be shown, depending
+ on the value of the variable 'TeX-fold-unspec-use-name'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-comment
+ ('C-c C-o C-c') Hide the comment point is located on.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-buffer
+ ('C-c C-o b') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ current buffer.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-region
+ ('C-c C-o r') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ marked region.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph
+ ('C-c C-o p') Permanently unfold all macros and environments in the
+ paragraph containing point.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-clearout-item
+ ('C-c C-o i') Permanently show the macro or environment on which
+ point currently is located. In contrast to temporarily opening the
+ macro when point is moved sideways onto it, the macro will be
+ permanently unfolded and will not collapse again once point is
+ leaving it.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-fold-dwim
+ ('C-c C-o C-o') Hide or show items according to the current
+ context. If there is folded content, unfold it. If there is a
+ marked region, fold all configured content in this region. If
+ there is no folded content but a macro or environment, fold it.
+
+ In case you want to use a different prefix than 'C-c C-o' for these
+commands you can customize the variable 'TeX-fold-command-prefix'.
+(Note that this will not change the key binding for activating the
+mode.)
+
+ The commands above will only take macros or environments into
+consideration which are specified in the variables
+'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list' or 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list' respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-macro-spec-list
+ List of replacement specifiers and macros to fold. The specifier
+ can be a string, an integer or a function symbol.
+
+ If you specify a string, it will be used as a display replacement
+ for the whole macro. Numbers in braces, brackets, parens or angle
+ brackets will be replaced by the respective macro argument. For
+ example '{1}' will be replaced by the first mandatory argument of
+ the macro. One can also define alternatives within the specifier
+ which are used if an argument is not found. Alternatives are
+ separated by '||'. They are most useful with optional arguments.
+ As an example, the default specifier for '\item' is '[1]:||*' which
+ means that if there is an optional argument, its value is shown
+ followed by a colon. If there is no optional argument, only an
+ asterisk is used as the display string.
+
+ If you specify a number as the first element, the content of the
+ respective mandatory argument of a LaTeX macro will be used as the
+ placeholder.
+
+ If the first element is a function symbol, the function will be
+ called with all mandatory arguments of the macro and the result of
+ the function call will be used as a replacement for the macro.
+
+ The placeholder is made by copying the text from the buffer
+ together with its properties, i.e. its face as well. If
+ fontification has not happened when this is done (e.g. because of
+ lazy font locking) the intended fontification will not show up. As
+ a workaround you can leave Emacs idle a few seconds and wait for
+ stealth font locking to finish before you fold the buffer. Or you
+ just re-fold the buffer with 'TeX-fold-buffer' when you notice a
+ wrong fontification.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-env-spec-list
+ List of display strings or argument numbers and environments to
+ fold. Argument numbers refer to the '\begin' statement. That
+ means if you have e.g. '\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{XXX} ...
+ \end{tabularx}' and specify 3 as the argument number, the resulting
+ display string will be "XXX".
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-math-spec-list
+ List of display strings and math macros to fold.
+
+ The variables 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list', 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list',
+and 'TeX-fold-math-spec-list' apply to any AUCTeX mode. If you want to
+make settings which are only applied to LaTeX mode, you can use the
+mode-specific variables 'LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list',
+'LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list', and 'LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list'
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string
+ Default display string for macros which are not specified in
+ 'TeX-fold-macro-spec-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string
+ Default display string for environments which are not specified in
+ 'TeX-fold-env-spec-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-unspec-use-name
+ If non-nil the name of the macro or environment surrounded by
+ square brackets is used as display string, otherwise the defaults
+ specified in 'TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string' or
+ 'TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string' respectively.
+
+ When you hover with the mouse pointer over folded content, its
+original text will be shown in a tooltip or the echo area depending on
+Tooltip mode being activate. In order to avoid exorbitantly big
+tooltips and to cater for the limited space in the echo area the content
+will be cropped after a certain amount of characters defined by the
+variable 'TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length
+ Maximum length of original text displayed in a tooltip or the echo
+ area for folded content. Set it to zero in order to disable this
+ feature.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Outline, Prev: Folding, Up: Display
+
+3.3 Outlining the Document
+==========================
+
+AUCTeX supports the standard outline minor mode using LaTeX/ConTeXt
+sectioning commands as header lines. *Note Outline Mode: (emacs)Outline
+Mode.
+
+ You can add your own headings by setting the variable
+'TeX-outline-extra'.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-outline-extra
+ List of extra TeX outline levels.
+
+ Each element is a list with two entries. The first entry is the
+ regular expression matching a header, and the second is the level
+ of the header. A '^' is automatically prepended to the regular
+ expressions in the list, so they must match text at the beginning
+ of the line.
+
+ See 'LaTeX-section-list' or 'ConTeXt-INTERFACE-section-list' for
+ existing header levels.
+
+ The following example add '\item' and '\bibliography' headers, with
+'\bibliography' at the same outline level as '\section', and '\item'
+being below '\subparagraph'.
+
+ (setq TeX-outline-extra
+ '(("[ \t]*\\\\\\(bib\\)?item\\b" 7)
+ ("\\\\bibliography\\b" 2)))
+
+ You may want to check out the unbundled 'out-xtra' package for even
+better outline support. It is available from your favorite emacs lisp
+archive.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processing, Next: Customization, Prev: Display,
Up: Top
+
+4 Starting Processors, Viewers and Other Programs
+*************************************************
+
+The most powerful features of AUCTeX may be those allowing you to run
+TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt and other external commands like BibTeX and
+'makeindex' from within Emacs, viewing and printing the results, and
+moreover allowing you to _debug_ your documents.
+
+ AUCTeX comes with a special tool bar for TeX and LaTeX which provides
+buttons for the most important commands. You can enable or disable it
+by customizing the options 'plain-TeX-enable-toolbar' and
+'LaTeX-enable-toolbar' in the 'TeX-tool-bar' customization group.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Commands:: Invoking external commands.
+* Viewing:: Invoking external viewers.
+* Debugging:: Debugging TeX and LaTeX output.
+* Checking:: Checking the document.
+* Control:: Controlling the processes.
+* Cleaning:: Cleaning intermediate and output files.
+* Documentation:: Documentation about macros and packages.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Commands, Next: Viewing, Up: Processing
+
+4.1 Executing Commands
+======================
+
+Formatting the document with TeX, LaTeX or ConTeXt, viewing with a
+previewer, printing the document, running BibTeX, making an index, or
+checking the document with 'lacheck' or 'chktex' all require running an
+external command.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting a Command:: Starting a Command on a Document or Region
+* Selecting a Command:: Selecting and Executing a Command
+* Processor Options:: Options for TeX Processors
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Starting a Command, Next: Selecting a Command, Up:
Commands
+
+4.1.1 Starting a Command on a Document or Region
+------------------------------------------------
+
+There are two ways to run an external command, you can either run it on
+the current document with 'TeX-command-master', or on the current region
+with 'TeX-command-region'. A special case of running TeX on a region is
+'TeX-command-buffer' which differs from 'TeX-command-master' if the
+current buffer is not its own master file.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-master
+ ('C-c C-c') Query the user for a command, and run it on the master
+ file associated with the current buffer. The name of the master
+ file is controlled by the variable 'TeX-master'. The available
+ commands are controlled by the variable 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-region
+ ('C-c C-r') Query the user for a command, and run it on the
+ contents of the selected region. The region contents are written
+ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
+ the master file. If mark is inactive (which can happen with
+ Transient Mark mode), use the old region. See also the command
+ 'TeX-pin-region' about how to fix a region.
+
+ The name of the region file is controlled by the variable
+ 'TeX-region'. The name of the master file is controlled by the
+ variable 'TeX-master'. The header is all text up to the line
+ matching the regular expression 'TeX-header-end'. The trailer is
+ all text from the line matching the regular expression
+ 'TeX-trailer-start'. The available commands are controlled by the
+ variable 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-command-buffer
+ ('C-c C-b') Query the user for a command, and apply it to the
+ contents of the current buffer. The buffer contents are written
+ into the region file, after extracting the header and trailer from
+ the master file. The command is then actually run on the region
+ file. See above for details.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-region
+ The name of the file for temporarily storing the text when
+ formatting the current region.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-header-end
+ A regular expression matching the end of the header. By default,
+ this is '\begin{document}' in LaTeX mode and '%**end of header' in
+ TeX mode.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-trailer-start
+ A regular expression matching the start of the trailer. By
+ default, this is '\end{document}' in LaTeX mode and '\bye' in TeX
+ mode.
+
+ If you want to change the values of 'TeX-header-end' and
+'TeX-trailer-start' you can do this for all files by setting the
+variables in a mode hook or per file by specifying them as file
+variables (*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ -- Command: TeX-pin-region
+ ('C-c C-t C-r') If you don't have a mode like Transient Mark mode
+ active, where marks get disabled automatically, the region would
+ need to get properly set before each call to 'TeX-command-region'.
+ If you fix the current region with 'C-c C-t C-r', then it will get
+ used for more commands even though mark and point may change. An
+ explicitly activated mark, however, will always define a new region
+ when calling 'TeX-command-region'.
+
+ AUCTeX will allow one process for each document, plus one process for
+the region file to be active at the same time. Thus, if you are editing
+N different documents, you can have N plus one processes running at the
+same time. If the last process you started was on the region, the
+commands described in *note Debugging:: and *note Control:: will work on
+that process, otherwise they will work on the process associated with
+the current document.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Selecting a Command, Next: Processor Options,
Prev: Starting a Command, Up: Commands
+
+4.1.2 Selecting and Executing a Command
+---------------------------------------
+
+Once you started the command selection with 'C-c C-c', 'C-c C-s' or 'C-c
+C-b' you will be prompted for the type of command. AUCTeX will try to
+guess which command is appropriate in the given situation and propose it
+as default. Usually this is a processor like 'TeX' or 'LaTeX' if the
+document was changed or a viewer if the document was just typeset.
+Other commands can be selected in the minibuffer with completion support
+by typing <TAB>.
+
+ The available commands are defined by the variable
+'TeX-command-list'. Per default it includes commands for typesetting
+the document (e.g. 'LaTeX'), for viewing the output ('View'), for
+printing ('Print'), for generating an index ('Index') or for spell
+checking ('Spell') to name but a few. You can also add your own
+commands by adding entries to 'TeX-command-list'. Refer to its doc
+string for information about its syntax. You might also want to look at
+'TeX-expand-list' to learn about the expanders you can use in
+'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ Note that the default of the variable occasionally changes.
+Therefore it is advisable to add to the list rather than overwriting it.
+You can do this with a call to 'add-to-list' in your init file. For
+example, if you wanted to add a command for running a program called
+'foo' on the master or region file, you could do this with the following
+form.
+
+ (eval-after-load "tex"
+ '(add-to-list 'TeX-command-list
+ '("Foo" "foo %s" TeX-run-command t t :help "Run foo") t))
+
+ As mentioned before, AUCTeX will try to guess what command you want
+to invoke. If you want to use another command than 'TeX', 'LaTeX' or
+whatever processor AUCTeX thinks is appropriate for the current mode,
+set the variable 'TeX-command-default'. You can do this for all files
+by setting it in a mode hook or per file by specifying it as a file
+variable (*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-command-default
+ The default command to run in this buffer. Must be an entry in
+ 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ In case you use biblatex in a document, AUCTeX switches from BibTeX
+to Biber for bibliography processing. In case you want to keep using
+BibTeX, set the variable 'LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber' to nil.
+
+ After confirming a command to execute, AUCTeX will try to save any
+buffers related to the document, and check if the document needs to be
+reformatted. If the variable 'TeX-save-query' is non-nil, AUCTeX will
+query before saving each file. By default AUCTeX will check emacs
+buffers associated with files in the current directory, in one of the
+'TeX-macro-private' directories, and in the 'TeX-macro-global'
+directories. You can change this by setting the variable
+'TeX-check-path'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-check-path
+ Directory path to search for dependencies.
+
+ If nil, just check the current file. Used when checking if any
+ files have changed.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Processor Options, Prev: Selecting a Command, Up:
Commands
+
+4.1.3 Options for TeX Processors
+--------------------------------
+
+There are some options you can customize affecting which processors are
+invoked or the way this is done and which output they produce as a
+result. These options control if DVI or PDF output should be produced,
+if TeX should be started in interactive or nonstop mode, if source
+specials or a SyncTeX file should be produced for making inverse and
+forward search possible or which TeX engine should be used instead of
+regular TeX, like PDFTeX, Omega or XeTeX.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-PDF-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-p') This command toggles the PDF mode of AUCTeX, a
+ buffer-local minor mode. You can customize 'TeX-PDF-mode' to give
+ it a different default. The default is used when AUCTeX does not
+ have additional clue about what a document might want. This option
+ usually results in calling either PDFTeX or ordinary TeX.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX
+ If this is set, DVI will also be produced by calling PDFTeX,
+ setting '\pdfoutput=0'. This makes it possible to use PDFTeX
+ features like character protrusion even when producing DVI files.
+ Contemporary TeX distributions do this anyway, so that you need not
+ enable the option within AUCTeX.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-interactive-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-i') This command toggles the interactive mode of
+ AUCTeX, a global minor mode. You can customize
+ 'TeX-interactive-mode' to give it a different default. In
+ interactive mode, TeX will pause with an error prompt when errors
+ are encountered and wait for the user to type something.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-source-correlate-mode
+ ('C-c C-t C-s') Toggles support for forward and inverse search.
+ Forward search refers to jumping to the place in the previewed
+ document corresponding to where point is located in the document
+ source and inverse search to the other way round. *Note I/O
+ Correlation::.
+
+ You can permanently activate 'TeX-source-correlate-mode' by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-source-correlate-mode'. There is a
+ bunch of customization options for the mode, use 'M-x
+ customize-group <RET> TeX-view <RET>' to find out more.
+
+ AUCTeX is aware of three different means to do I/O correlation:
+ source specials (only DVI output), the pdfsync LaTeX package (only
+ PDF output) and SyncTeX. The choice between source specials and
+ SyncTeX can be controlled with the variable
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-method'.
+
+ Should you use source specials it has to be stressed _very_
+ strongly however, that source specials can cause differences in
+ page breaks and spacing, can seriously interfere with various
+ packages and should thus _never_ be used for the final version of a
+ document. In particular, fine-tuning the page breaks should be
+ done with source specials switched off.
+
+ AUCTeX also allows you to easily select different TeX engines for
+processing, either by using the entries in the 'TeXing Options' submenu
+below the 'Command' menu or by calling the function 'TeX-engine-set'.
+These eventually set the variable 'TeX-engine' which you can also modify
+directly.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-engine
+ This variable allows you to choose which TeX engine should be used
+ for typesetting the document, i.e. the executables which will be
+ used when you invoke the 'TeX' or 'LaTeX' commands. The value
+ should be one of the symbols defined in 'TeX-engine-alist-builtin'
+ or 'TeX-engine-alist'. The symbols 'default', 'xetex', 'luatex'
+ and 'omega' are available from the built-in list.
+
+ Note that 'TeX-engine' is buffer-local, so setting the variable
+directly or via the above mentioned menu or function will not take
+effect in other buffers. If you want to activate an engine for all
+AUCTeX modes, set 'TeX-engine' in your init file, e.g. by using 'M-x
+customize-variable <RET>'. If you want to activate it for a certain
+AUCTeX mode only, set the variable in the respective mode hook. If you
+want to activate it for certain files, set it through file variables
+(*note (emacs)File Variables::).
+
+ Should you need to change the executable names related to the
+different engine settings, there are some variables you can tweak.
+Those are 'TeX-command', 'LaTeX-command', 'TeX-Omega-command',
+'LaTeX-Omega-command', 'ConTeXt-engine' and 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine'. The
+rest of the executables is defined directly in
+'TeX-engine-alist-builtin'. If you want to override an entry from that,
+add an entry to 'TeX-engine-alist' that starts with the same symbol as
+that the entry in the built-in list and specify the executables you want
+to use instead. You can also add entries to 'TeX-engine-alist' in order
+to add support for engines not covered per default.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-engine-alist
+ Alist of TeX engines and associated commands. Each entry is a list
+ with a maximum of five elements. The first element is a symbol
+ used to identify the engine. The second is a string describing the
+ engine. The third is the command to be used for plain TeX. The
+ fourth is the command to be used for LaTeX. The fifth is the
+ command to be used for the '--engine' parameter of ConTeXt's
+ 'texexec' program. Each command can either be a variable or a
+ string. An empty string or nil means there is no command
+ available.
+
+ You can customize AUCTeX to show the processor output as it is
+produced.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-show-compilation
+ If non-nil, the output of TeX compilation is shown in another
+ window.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Viewing, Next: Debugging, Prev: Commands, Up:
Processing
+
+4.2 Viewing the Formatted Output
+================================
+
+AUCTeX allows you to start external programs for previewing the
+formatted output of your document.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting Viewers:: Starting viewers
+* I/O Correlation:: Forward and inverse search
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Starting Viewers, Next: I/O Correlation, Up:
Viewing
+
+4.2.1 Starting Viewers
+----------------------
+
+Viewers are normally invoked by pressing 'C-c C-c' once the document is
+formatted, which will propose the View command, or by activating the
+respective entry in the Command menu. Alternatively you can type 'C-c
+C-v' which calls the function 'TeX-view'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-view
+ ('C-c C-v') Start a viewer without confirmation. The viewer is
+ started either on a region or the master file, depending on the
+ last command issued. This is especially useful for jumping to the
+ location corresponding to point in the viewer when using
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-mode'.
+
+ AUCTeX will try to guess which type of viewer (DVI, PostScript or
+PDF) has to be used and what options are to be passed over to it. This
+decision is based on the output files present in the working directory
+as well as the class and style options used in the document. For
+example, if there is a DVI file in your working directory, a DVI viewer
+will be invoked. In case of a PDF file it will be a PDF viewer. If you
+specified a special paper format like 'a5paper' or use the 'landscape'
+option, this will be passed to the viewer by the appropriate options.
+Especially some DVI viewers depend on this kind of information in order
+to display your document correctly. In case you are using 'pstricks' or
+'psfrag' in your document, a DVI viewer cannot display the contents
+correctly and a PostScript viewer will be invoked instead.
+
+ The association between the tests for the conditions mentioned above
+and the viewers is made in the variable 'TeX-view-program-selection'.
+Therefore this variable is the starting point for customization if you
+want to use other viewers than the ones suggested by default.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-program-selection
+ This is a list of predicates and viewers which is evaluated from
+ front to back in order to find out which viewer to call under the
+ given conditions. In the first element of each list item you can
+ reference one or more predicates defined in
+ 'TeX-view-predicate-list' or 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin'. In
+ the second element you can reference a viewer defined in
+ 'TeX-view-program-list' or 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin'. The
+ viewer of the first item with a positively evaluated predicate is
+ selected.
+
+ So 'TeX-view-program-selection' only contains references to the
+actual implementations of predicates and viewer commands respectively
+which can be found elsewhere. AUCTeX comes with a set of preconfigured
+predicates and viewer commands which are stored in the variables
+'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin' and 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin'
+respectively. If you are not satisfied with those and want to overwrite
+one of them or add your own definitions, you can do so via the variables
+'TeX-view-predicate-list' and 'TeX-view-program-list'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-predicate-list
+ This is a list of predicates for viewer selection and invocation.
+ The first element of each list item is a symbol and the second
+ element a Lisp form to be evaluated. The form should return nil if
+ the predicate is not fulfilled.
+
+ A built-in predicate from 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin' can be
+ overwritten by defining a new predicate with the same symbol.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-program-list
+ This is a list of viewer specifications each consisting of a
+ symbolic name and either a command line or a function to be invoked
+ when the viewer is called. If a command line is used, parts of it
+ can be conditionalized by prefixing them with predicates from
+ 'TeX-view-predicate-list' or 'TeX-view-predicate-list-builtin'.
+ (See the doc string for the exact format to use.) The command line
+ can also contain placeholders as defined in 'TeX-expand-list' which
+ are expanded before the viewer is called.
+
+ A built-in viewer spec from 'TeX-view-program-list-builtin' can be
+ overwritten by defining a new viewer spec with the same name.
+
+ Note that the viewer selection and invocation as described above will
+only work if certain default settings in AUCTeX are intact. For one,
+the whole viewer selection machinery will only be triggered if the '%V'
+expander in 'TeX-expand-list' is unchanged. So if you have trouble with
+the viewer invocation you might check if there is an older customization
+of the variable in place. In addition, the use of a function in
+'TeX-view-program-list' only works if the View command in
+'TeX-command-list' makes use of the hook 'TeX-run-discard-or-function'.
+
+ Note also that the implementation described above replaces an older
+one which was less flexible. This old implementation works with the
+variables 'TeX-output-view-style' and 'TeX-view-style' which are used to
+associate file types and style options with viewers. If desired you can
+reactivate it by using the placeholder '%vv' for the View command in
+'TeX-command-list'. Note however, that it is bound to be removed from
+AUCTeX once the new implementation proved to be satisfactory. For the
+time being, find a short description of the mentioned customization
+options below.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-output-view-style
+ List of output file extensions, style options and view options.
+ Each item of the list consists of three elements. If the first
+ element (a regular expression) matches the output file extension,
+ and the second element (a regular expression) matches the name of
+ one of the style options, any occurrence of the string '%V' in a
+ command in 'TeX-command-list' will be replaced with the third
+ element.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-view-style
+ List of style options and view options. This is the predecessor of
+ 'TeX-output-view-style' which does not provide the possibility to
+ specify output file extensions. It is used as a fallback in case
+ none of the alternatives specified in 'TeX-output-view-style'
+ match. In case none of the entries in 'TeX-view-style' match
+ either, no suggestion for a viewer is made.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: I/O Correlation, Prev: Starting Viewers, Up:
Viewing
+
+4.2.2 Forward and Inverse Search
+--------------------------------
+
+Forward and inverse search refer to the correlation between the document
+source in the editor and the typeset document in the viewer. Forward
+search allows you to jump to the place in the previewed document
+corresponding to a certain line in the document source and inverse
+search vice versa.
+
+ AUCTeX supports three methods for forward and inverse search: source
+specials (only DVI output), the pdfsync LaTeX package (only PDF output)
+and SyncTeX (any type of output). If you want to make use of forward
+and inverse searching with source specials or SyncTeX, switch on
+'TeX-source-correlate-mode'. *Note Processor Options::, on how to do
+that. The use of the pdfsync package is detected automatically if
+document parsing is enabled.
+
+ Forward search happens automatically upon calling the viewer, e.g.
+by typing 'C-c C-v' ('TeX-view'). This will open the viewer or bring it
+to front and display the output page corresponding to the position of
+point in the source file. AUCTeX will automatically pass the necessary
+command line options to the viewer for this to happen.
+
+ Upon opening the viewer you will be asked if you want to start a
+server process (Gnuserv or Emacs server) which is necessary for inverse
+search. This happens only if there is no server running already. You
+can customize the variable 'TeX-source-correlate-start-server' to
+inhibit the question and always or never start the server respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-source-correlate-start-server
+ If 'TeX-source-correlate-mode' is active and a viewer is invoked,
+ the default behavior is to ask if a server process should be
+ started. Set this variable to 't' if the question should be
+ inhibited and the server should always be started. Set it to 'nil'
+ if the server should never be started. Inverse search will not be
+ available in the latter case.
+
+ Inverse search, i.e. jumping to the part of your document source in
+Emacs corresponding to a certain position in the viewer, is triggered
+from the viewer, typically by a mouse click. Refer to the documentation
+of your viewer to find out how it has to be configured and what you have
+to do exactly. In xdvi you normally have to use 'C-down-mouse-1'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Debugging, Next: Checking, Prev: Viewing, Up:
Processing
+
+4.3 Catching the errors
+=======================
+
+Once you've formatted your document you may 'debug' it, i.e. browse
+through the errors (La)TeX reported.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-next-error
+ ('C-c `') Go to the next error reported by TeX. The view will be
+ split in two, with the cursor placed as close as possible to the
+ error in the top view. In the bottom view, the error message will
+ be displayed along with some explanatory text.
+
+ Normally AUCTeX will only report real errors, but you may as well ask
+it to report 'bad boxes' and warnings as well.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes
+ ('C-c C-t C-b') Toggle whether AUCTeX should stop at bad boxes
+ (i.e. overfull and underfull boxes) as well as normal errors.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-toggle-debug-warnings
+ ('C-c C-t C-w') Toggle whether AUCTeX should stop at warnings as
+ well as normal errors.
+
+ As default, AUCTeX will display a special help buffer containing the
+error reported by TeX along with the documentation. There is however an
+'expert' option, which allows you to display the real TeX output.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-display-help
+ If t AUCTeX will automatically display a help text whenever an
+ error is encountered using 'TeX-next-error' ('C-c `'). If nil a
+ terse information about the error is displayed in the echo area.
+ If 'expert' AUCTeX will display the output buffer with the raw TeX
+ output.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Checking, Next: Control, Prev: Debugging, Up:
Processing
+
+4.4 Checking for problems
+=========================
+
+Running TeX or LaTeX will only find regular errors in the document, not
+examples of bad style. Furthermore, description of the errors may often
+be confusing. The utility 'lacheck' can be used to find style errors,
+such as forgetting to escape the space after an abbreviation or using
+'...' instead of '\ldots' and many other problems like that. You start
+'lacheck' with 'C-c C-c Check <RET>'. The result will be a list of
+errors in the '*compilation*' buffer. You can go through the errors
+with 'C-x `' ('next-error', *note (emacs)Compilation::), which will move
+point to the location of the next error.
+
+ Another newer program which can be used to find errors is 'chktex'.
+It is much more configurable than 'lacheck', but doesn't find all the
+problems 'lacheck' does, at least in its default configuration. You
+must install the programs before using them, and for 'chktex' you may
+also need modify 'TeX-command-list' unless you use its 'lacheck'
+compatibility wrapper. You can get 'lacheck' from
+'<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/>' or alternatively
+'chktex' from '<URL:ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/chktex/>'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Control, Next: Cleaning, Prev: Checking, Up:
Processing
+
+4.5 Controlling the output
+==========================
+
+A number of commands are available for controlling the output of an
+application running under AUCTeX
+
+ -- Command: TeX-kill-job
+ ('C-c C-k') Kill currently running external application. This may
+ be either of TeX, LaTeX, previewer, BibTeX, etc.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-recenter-output-buffer
+ ('C-c C-l') Recenter the output buffer so that the bottom line is
+ visible.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-home-buffer
+ ('C-c ^') Go to the 'master' file in the document associated with
+ the current buffer, or if already there, to the file where the
+ current process was started.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Cleaning, Next: Documentation, Prev: Control, Up:
Processing
+
+4.6 Cleaning intermediate and output files
+==========================================
+
+ -- Command: TeX-clean
+ Remove generated intermediate files. In case a prefix argument is
+ given, remove output files as well.
+
+ Canonical access to the function is provided by the 'Clean' and
+ 'Clean All' entries in 'TeX-command-list', invokable with 'C-c C-c'
+ or the Command menu.
+
+ The patterns governing which files to remove can be adapted
+ separately for each AUCTeX mode by means of the variables
+ 'plain-TeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'plain-TeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'LaTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes', 'LaTeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'docTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'docTeX-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'Texinfo-clean-intermediate-suffixes',
+ 'Texinfo-clean-output-suffixes',
+ 'ConTeXt-clean-intermediate-suffixes' and
+ 'ConTeXt-clean-output-suffixes'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-clean-confirm
+ Control if deletion of intermediate and output files has to be
+ confirmed before it is actually done. If non-nil, ask before
+ deleting files.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Documentation, Prev: Cleaning, Up: Processing
+
+4.7 Documentation about macros and packages
+===========================================
+
+ -- Command: TeX-doc
+ ('C-c ?') Get documentation about macros, packages or TeX & Co. in
+ general. The function will prompt for the name of a command or
+ manual, providing a list of available keywords for completion. If
+ point is on a command or word with available documentation, this
+ will be suggested as default.
+
+ In case no documentation could be found, a prompt for querying the
+ 'texdoc' program is shown, should the latter be available.
+
+ The command can be invoked by the key binding mentioned above as
+ well as the 'Find Documentation...' entry in the mode menu.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Customization, Next: Appendices, Prev: Processing,
Up: Top
+
+5 Customization and Extension
+*****************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Modes and Hooks:: Modes and Hooks
+* Multifile:: Multifile Documents
+* Parsing Files:: Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+* Internationalization:: Language Support
+* Automatic:: Automatic Customization
+* Style Files:: Writing Your Own Style Support
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Modes and Hooks, Next: Multifile, Up: Customization
+
+5.1 Modes and Hooks
+===================
+
+AUCTeX supports a wide variety of derivatives and extensions of TeX.
+Besides plain TeX those are LaTeX, AMS-TeX, ConTeXt, Texinfo and docTeX.
+For each of them there is a separate major mode in AUCTeX and each major
+mode runs 'text-mode-hook', 'TeX-mode-hook' as well as a hook special to
+the mode in this order. The following table provides an overview of the
+respective mode functions and hooks.
+
+Type Mode function Hook
+-------------------------------------------------------
+Plain TeX 'plain-TeX-mode' 'plain-TeX-mode-hook'
+LaTeX 'LaTeX-mode' 'LaTeX-mode-hook'
+AMS-TeX 'ams-tex-mode' 'AmS-TeX-mode-hook'
+ConTeXt 'ConTeXt-mode' 'ConTeXt-mode-hook'
+Texinfo 'Texinfo-mode' 'Texinfo-mode-hook'
+DocTeX 'docTeX-mode' 'docTeX-mode-hook'
+
+ If you need to make a customization via a hook which is only relevant
+for one of the modes listed above, put it into the respective mode hook,
+if it is relevant for any AUCTeX mode, add it to 'TeX-mode-hook' and if
+it is relevant for all text modes, append it to 'text-mode-hook'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Multifile, Next: Parsing Files, Prev: Modes and
Hooks, Up: Customization
+
+5.2 Multifile Documents
+=======================
+
+You may wish to spread a document over many files (as you are likely to
+do if there are multiple authors, or if you have not yet discovered the
+power of the outline commands (*note Outline::)). This can be done by
+having a "master" file in which you include the various files with the
+TeX macro '\input' or the LaTeX macro '\include'. These files may also
+include other files themselves. However, to format the document you
+must run the commands on the top level master file.
+
+ When you, for example, ask AUCTeX to run a command on the master
+file, it has no way of knowing the name of the master file. By default,
+it will assume that the current file is the master file. If you insert
+the following in your '.emacs' file AUCTeX will use a more advanced
+algorithm.
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil) ; Query for master file.
+
+ If AUCTeX finds the line indicating the end of the header in a master
+file ('TeX-header-end'), it can figure out for itself that this is a
+master file. Otherwise, it will ask for the name of the master file
+associated with the buffer. To avoid asking you again, AUCTeX will
+automatically insert the name of the master file as a file variable
+(*note (emacs)File Variables::). You can also insert the file variable
+yourself, by putting the following text at the end of your files.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-master: "master"
+ %%% End:
+
+ You should always set this variable to the name of the top level
+document. If you always use the same name for your top level documents,
+you can set 'TeX-master' in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master "master") ; All master files called "master".
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-master
+ The master file associated with the current buffer. If the file
+ being edited is actually included from another file, then you can
+ tell AUCTeX the name of the master file by setting this variable.
+ If there are multiple levels of nesting, specify the top level
+ file.
+
+ If this variable is 'nil', AUCTeX will query you for the name.
+
+ If the variable is 't', then AUCTeX will assume the file is a
+ master file itself.
+
+ If the variable is 'shared', then AUCTeX will query for the name,
+ but will not change the file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-one-master
+ Regular expression matching ordinary TeX files.
+
+ You should set this variable to match the name of all files, for
+ which it is a good idea to append a 'TeX-master' file variable
+ entry automatically. When AUCTeX adds the name of the master file
+ as a file variable, it does not need to ask next time you edit the
+ file.
+
+ If you dislike AUCTeX automatically modifying your files, you can
+ set this variable to '"<none>"'. By default, AUCTeX will modify
+ any file with an extension of '.tex'.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-master-file-ask
+ ('C-c _') Query for the name of a master file and add the
+ respective File Variables (*note (emacs)File Variables::) to the
+ file for setting this variable permanently.
+
+ AUCTeX will not ask for a master file when it encounters existing
+ files. This function shall give you the possibility to insert the
+ variable manually.
+
+ AUCTeX keeps track of macros, environments, labels, and style files
+that are used in a given document. For this to work with multifile
+documents, AUCTeX has to have a place to put the information about the
+files in the document. This is done by having an 'auto' subdirectory
+placed in the directory where your document is located. Each time you
+save a file, AUCTeX will write information about the file into the
+'auto' directory. When you load a file, AUCTeX will read the
+information in the 'auto' directory about the file you loaded _and the
+master file specified by 'TeX-master'_. Since the master file (perhaps
+indirectly) includes all other files in the document, AUCTeX will get
+information from all files in the document. This means that you will
+get from each file, for example, completion for all labels defined
+anywhere in the document.
+
+ AUCTeX will create the 'auto' directory automatically if
+'TeX-auto-save' is non-nil. Without it, the files in the document will
+not know anything about each other, except for the name of the master
+file. *Note Automatic Local::.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-save-document
+ ('C-c C-d') Save all buffers known to belong to the current
+ document.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-save-query
+ If non-nil, then query the user before saving each file with
+ 'TeX-save-document'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Parsing Files, Next: Internationalization, Prev:
Multifile, Up: Customization
+
+5.3 Automatic Parsing of TeX Files
+==================================
+
+AUCTeX depends heavily on being able to extract information from the
+buffers by parsing them. Since parsing the buffer can be somewhat slow,
+the parsing is initially disabled. You are encouraged to enable them by
+adding the following lines to your '.emacs' file.
+
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t) ; Enable parse on load.
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t) ; Enable parse on save.
+
+ The latter command will make AUCTeX store the parsed information in
+an 'auto' subdirectory in the directory each time the TeX files are
+stored, *note Automatic Local::. If AUCTeX finds the pre-parsed
+information when loading a file, it will not need to reparse the buffer.
+The information in the 'auto' directory is also useful for multifile
+documents, *note Multifile::, since it allows each file to access the
+parsed information from all the other files in the document. This is
+done by first reading the information from the master file, and then
+recursively the information from each file stored in the master file.
+
+ The variables can also be done on a per file basis, by changing the
+file local variables.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-parse-self: t
+ %%% TeX-auto-save: t
+ %%% End:
+
+ Even when you have disabled the automatic parsing, you can force the
+generation of style information by pressing 'C-c C-n'. This is often
+the best choice, as you will be able to decide when it is necessary to
+reparse the file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-parse-self
+ Parse file after loading it if no style hook is found for it.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-save
+ Automatically save style information when saving the buffer.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-normal-mode ARG
+ ('C-c C-n') Remove all information about this buffer, and apply the
+ style hooks again. Save buffer first including style information.
+ With optional argument, also reload the style hooks.
+
+ When AUCTeX saves your buffer, it can optionally convert all tabs in
+your buffer into spaces. Tabs confuse AUCTeX's error message parsing
+and so should generally be avoided. However, tabs are significant in
+some environments, and so by default AUCTeX does not remove them. To
+convert tabs to spaces when saving a buffer, insert the following in
+your '.emacs' file:
+
+ (setq TeX-auto-untabify t)
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-untabify
+ Automatically remove all tabs from a file before saving it.
+
+ Instead of disabling the parsing entirely, you can also speed it
+significantly up by limiting the information it will search for (and
+store) when parsing the buffer. You can do this by setting the default
+values for the buffer local variables 'TeX-auto-regexp-list' and
+'TeX-auto-parse-length' in your '.emacs' file.
+
+ ;; Only parse LaTeX class and package information.
+ (setq-default TeX-auto-regexp-list 'LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list)
+ ;; The class and package information is usually near the beginning.
+ (setq-default TeX-auto-parse-length 2000)
+
+ This example will speed the parsing up significantly, but AUCTeX will
+no longer be able to provide completion for labels, macros,
+environments, or bibitems specified in the document, nor will it know
+what files belong to the document.
+
+ These variables can also be specified on a per file basis, by
+changing the file local variables.
+
+ %%% Local Variables:
+ %%% TeX-auto-regexp-list: TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ %%% TeX-auto-parse-length: 999999
+ %%% End:
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ List of regular expressions used for parsing the current file.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-parse-length
+ Maximal length of TeX file that will be parsed.
+
+ The pre-specified lists of regexps are defined below. You can use
+these before loading AUCTeX by quoting them, as in the example above.
+
+ -- Constant: TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list
+ Parse nothing
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX class and packages.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list
+ Only parse LaTeX labels.
+
+ -- Constant: LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
+ Parse common LaTeX commands.
+
+ -- Constant: plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ Parse common plain TeX commands.
+
+ -- Constant: TeX-auto-full-regexp-list
+ Parse all TeX and LaTeX commands that AUCTeX can use.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Automatic, Prev:
Parsing Files, Up: Customization
+
+5.4 Language Support
+====================
+
+TeX and Emacs are usable for European (Latin, Cyrillic, Greek) based
+languages. Some LaTeX and EmacsLisp packages are available for easy
+typesetting and editing documents in European languages.
+
+ For CJK (Chinese, Japanese, and Korean) languages, Emacs or XEmacs
+with MULE (MULtilingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs) support is required.
+MULE is part of Emacs by default since Emacs 20. XEmacs has to be
+configured with the '--with-mule' option. Special versions of TeX are
+needed for CJK languages: CTeX and ChinaTeX for Chinese, ASCII pTeX and
+NTT jTeX for Japanese, HLaTeX and kTeX for Korean. The CJK-LaTeX
+package is required for supporting multiple CJK scripts within a single
+document.
+
+ Note that Unicode is not fully supported in Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.
+CJK characters are not usable. Please use the MULE-UCS EmacsLisp
+package or Emacs 22 (not released yet) if you need CJK.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* European:: Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+* Japanese:: Using AUCTeX with Japanese
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: European, Next: Japanese, Up: Internationalization
+
+5.4.1 Using AUCTeX with European Languages
+------------------------------------------
+
+5.4.1.1 Typing and Displaying Non-ASCII Characters
+..................................................
+
+First you will need a way to write non-ASCII characters. You can either
+use macros, or teach TeX about the ISO character sets. I prefer the
+latter, it has the advantage that the usual standard emacs word movement
+and case change commands will work.
+
+ With LaTeX2e, just add '\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}'. Other
+languages than Western European ones will probably have other encoding
+needs.
+
+ To be able to display non-ASCII characters you will need an
+appropriate font and a version of GNU Emacs capable of displaying 8-bit
+characters (e.g. Emacs 21). The manner in which this is supported
+differs between Emacsen, so you need to take a look at your respective
+documentation.
+
+ A compromise is to use an European character set when editing the
+file, and convert to TeX macros when reading and writing the files.
+
+'iso-cvt.el'
+ Much like 'iso-tex.el' but is bundled with Emacs 19.23 and later.
+
+'x-compose.el'
+ Similar package bundled with new versions of XEmacs.
+
+'X-Symbol'
+ a much more complete package for both Emacs and XEmacs that can
+ also handle a lot of mathematical characters and input methods.
+
+5.4.1.2 Style Files for Different Languages
+...........................................
+
+AUCTeX supports style files for several languages. Each style file may
+modify AUCTeX to better support the language, and will run a language
+specific hook that will allow you to for example change ispell
+dictionary, or run code to change the keyboard remapping. The following
+will for example choose a Danish dictionary for documents including
+'\usepackage[danish]{babel}'. This requires parsing to be enabled,
+*note Parsing Files::.
+
+ (add-hook 'TeX-language-dk-hook
+ (lambda () (ispell-change-dictionary "danish")))
+
+ The following style files are recognized:
+
+'bulgarian'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-bg-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Typing <"> twice will
+ insert insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice
+ will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'czech'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-cz-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\uv{' and '}' depending on context.
+
+'danish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-dk-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '"`' and '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice will insert
+ '"=', i.e. a hyphen string allowing hyphenation in the composing
+ words.
+
+'dutch'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-nl-hook'.
+
+'german'
+'ngerman'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-de-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing the key twice
+ will give you opening or closing German quotes ('"`' or '"'').
+ Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'frenchb'
+'francais'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-fr-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\\og' and '\\fg' depending on context. Note that the language
+ name for customizing 'TeX-quote-language-alist' is 'french'.
+
+'icelandic'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-is-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax,
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Typing <"> twice will
+ insert insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context. Typing <-> twice
+ will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+'italian'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-it-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '"<' and '">' depending on context.
+
+'polish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-pl-hook'. Gives '"' word syntax and
+ makes the <"> key insert a literal '"'. Pressing <"> twice will
+ insert '"`' or '"'' depending on context.
+
+'polski'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-pl-hook'. Makes the <"> key insert a
+ literal '"'. Pressing <"> twice will insert ',,' or '''' depending
+ on context.
+
+'slovak'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-sk-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ '\uv{' and '}' depending on context.
+
+'swedish'
+ Runs style hook 'TeX-language-sv-hook'. Pressing <"> will insert
+ ''''. Typing <-> twice will insert '"=', three times '--'.
+
+ Replacement of language-specific hyphen strings like '"=' with dashes
+does not require to type <-> three times in a row. You can put point
+after the hypen string anytime and trigger the replacement by typing
+<->.
+
+ In case you are not satisfied with the suggested behavior of quote
+and hyphen insertion you can change it by customizing the variables
+'TeX-quote-language-alist' and 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist'
+respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-quote-language-alist
+ Used for overriding the default language-specific quote insertion
+ behavior. This is an alist where each element is a list consisting
+ of four items. The first item is the name of the language in
+ concern as a string. See the list of supported languages above.
+ The second item is the opening quotation mark. The third item is
+ the closing quotation mark. Opening and closing quotation marks
+ can be specified directly as strings or as functions returning a
+ string. The fourth item is a boolean controlling quote insertion.
+ It should be non-nil if if the special quotes should only be used
+ after inserting a literal '"' character first, i.e. on second key
+ press.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist
+ Used for overriding the behavior of hyphen insertion for specific
+ languages. Every element in this alist is a list of three items.
+ The first item should specify the affected language as a string.
+ The second item denotes the hyphen string to be used as a string.
+ The third item, a boolean, controls the behavior of hyphen
+ insertion and should be non-nil if the special hyphen should be
+ inserted after inserting a literal '-' character, i.e. on second
+ key press.
+
+ The defaults of hyphen insertion are defined by the variables
+'LaTeX-babel-hyphen' and 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen' respectively.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen
+ String to be used when typing <->. This usually is a hyphen
+ alternative or hyphenation aid provided by 'babel' and the related
+ language style files, like '"=', '"~' or '"-'.
+
+ Set it to an empty string or nil in order to disable
+ language-specific hyphen insertion.
+
+ -- User Option: LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen
+ Control insertion of hyphen strings. If non-nil insert normal
+ hyphen on first key press and swap it with the language-specific
+ hyphen string specified in the variable 'LaTeX-babel-hyphen' on
+ second key press. If nil do it the other way round.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Japanese, Prev: European, Up: Internationalization
+
+5.4.2 Using AUCTeX with Japanese TeX
+------------------------------------
+
+To write Japanese text with AUCTeX, you need to have versions of TeX and
+Emacs that support Japanese. There exist at least two variants of TeX
+for Japanese text (NTT jTeX and ASCII pTeX). AUCTeX can be used with
+MULE (MULtilingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs) supported Emacsen.
+
+ To use the Japanese TeX variants, simply activate
+'japanese-plain-tex-mode' or 'japanese-latex-mode' and everything should
+work. If not, send mail to Masayuki Ataka
+'<address@hidden>', who kindly donated the code for
+supporting Japanese in AUCTeX. None of the primary AUCTeX maintainers
+understand Japanese, so they cannot help you.
+
+ If you usually use AUCTeX in Japanese, setting the following
+variables is useful.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-default-mode
+ Mode to enter for a new file when it cannott be determined whether
+ the file is plain TeX or LaTeX or what.
+
+ If you want to enter Japanese LaTeX mode whenever this may happen,
+ set the variable like this:
+ (setq TeX-default-mode 'japanese-latex-mode)
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-TeX-command-default
+ The default command for 'TeX-command' in Japanese TeX mode.
+
+ The default value is '"pTeX"'.
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-LaTeX-command-default
+ The default command for 'TeX-command' in Japanese LaTeX mode.
+
+ The default value is '"LaTeX"'.
+
+ -- User Option: japanese-LaTeX-default-style
+ The default style/class when creating a new Japanese LaTeX
+ document.
+
+ The default value is '"jarticle"'.
+
+ See 'tex-jp.el' for more information.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic, Next: Style Files, Prev:
Internationalization, Up: Customization
+
+5.5 Automatic Customization
+===========================
+
+Since AUCTeX is so highly customizable, it makes sense that it is able
+to customize itself. The automatic customization consists of scanning
+TeX files and extracting symbols, environments, and things like that.
+
+ The automatic customization is done on three different levels. The
+global level is the level shared by all users at your site, and consists
+of scanning the standard TeX style files, and any extra styles added
+locally for all users on the site. The private level deals with those
+style files you have written for your own use, and use in different
+documents. You may have a '~/lib/TeX/' directory where you store useful
+style files for your own use. The local level is for a specific
+directory, and deals with writing customization for the files for your
+normal TeX documents.
+
+ If compared with the environment variable 'TEXINPUTS', the global
+level corresponds to the directories built into TeX. The private level
+corresponds to the directories you add yourself, except for '.', which
+is the local level.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Automatic Global:: Automatic Customization for the Site
+* Automatic Private:: Automatic Customization for a User
+* Automatic Local:: Automatic Customization for a Directory
+
+ By default AUCTeX will search for customization files in all the
+global, private, and local style directories, but you can also set the
+path directly. This is useful if you for example want to add another
+person's style hooks to your path. Please note that all matching files
+found in 'TeX-style-path' are loaded, and all hooks defined in the files
+will be executed.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-path
+ List of directories to search for AUCTeX style files. Each must
+ end with a slash.
+
+ By default, when AUCTeX searches a directory for files, it will
+recursively search through subdirectories.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-file-recurse
+ Whether to search TeX directories recursively: nil means do not
+ recurse, a positive integer means go that far deep in the directory
+ hierarchy, t means recurse indefinitely.
+
+ By default, AUCTeX will ignore files named '.', '..', 'SCCS', 'RCS',
+and 'CVS'.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-ignore-file
+ Regular expression matching file names to ignore.
+
+ These files or directories will not be considered when searching
+ for TeX files in a directory.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Global, Next: Automatic Private, Up:
Automatic
+
+5.5.1 Automatic Customization for the Site
+------------------------------------------
+
+Assuming that the automatic customization at the global level was done
+when AUCTeX was installed, your choice is now: will you use it? If you
+use it, you will benefit by having access to all the symbols and
+environments available for completion purposes. The drawback is slower
+load time when you edit a new file and perhaps too many confusing
+symbols when you try to do a completion.
+
+ You can disable the automatic generated global style hooks by setting
+the variable 'TeX-auto-global' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-global
+ Directories containing the site's TeX style files.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-global
+ Directory containing hand generated TeX information. Must end with
+ a slash.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros shared by all users of a site.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-global
+ Directory containing automatically generated information.
+
+ For storing automatic extracted information about the TeX macros
+ shared by all users of a site.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Private, Next: Automatic Local, Prev:
Automatic Global, Up: Automatic
+
+5.5.2 Automatic Customization for a User
+----------------------------------------
+
+You should specify where you store your private TeX macros, so AUCTeX
+can extract their information. The extracted information will go to the
+directories listed in 'TeX-auto-private'
+
+ Use 'M-x TeX-auto-generate <RET>' to extract the information.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-macro-private
+ Directories where you store your personal TeX macros. The value
+ defaults to the directories listed in the 'TEXINPUTS' and
+ 'BIBINPUTS' environment variables or to the respective directories
+ in '$TEXMFHOME' if no results can be obtained from the environment
+ variables.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-private
+ List of directories containing automatically generated AUCTeX style
+ files. These correspond to the personal TeX macros.
+
+ -- Command: TeX-auto-generate TEX AUTO
+ ('M-x TeX-auto-generate <RET>') Generate style hook for TEX and
+ store it in AUTO. If TEX is a directory, generate style hooks for
+ all files in the directory.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-private
+ List of directories containing hand generated AUCTeX style files.
+ These correspond to the personal TeX macros.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Automatic Local, Prev: Automatic Private, Up:
Automatic
+
+5.5.3 Automatic Customization for a Directory
+---------------------------------------------
+
+AUCTeX can update the style information about a file each time you save
+it, and it will do this if the directory 'TeX-auto-local' exist.
+'TeX-auto-local' is by default set to '"auto"', so simply creating an
+'auto' directory will enable automatic saving of style information.
+
+ The advantage of doing this is that macros, labels, etc. defined in
+any file in a multifile document will be known in all the files in the
+document. The disadvantage is that saving will be slower. To disable,
+set 'TeX-auto-local' to nil.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-style-local
+ Directory containing hand generated TeX information. Must end with
+ a slash.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros found in the current directory.
+
+ -- User Option: TeX-auto-local
+ Directory containing automatically generated TeX information. Must
+ end with a slash.
+
+ These correspond to TeX macros found in the current directory.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Style Files, Prev: Automatic, Up: Customization
+
+5.6 Writing Your Own Style Support
+==================================
+
+*Note Automatic::, for a discussion about automatically generated
+global, private, and local style files. The hand generated style files
+are equivalent, except that they by default are found in 'style'
+directories instead of 'auto' directories.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Simple Style:: A Simple Style File
+* Adding Macros:: Adding Support for Macros
+* Adding Environments:: Adding Support for Environments
+* Adding Other:: Adding Other Information
+* Hacking the Parser:: Automatic Extraction of New Things
+
+ If you write some useful support for a public TeX style file, please
+send it to us.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Simple Style, Next: Adding Macros, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.1 A Simple Style File
+-------------------------
+
+Here is a simple example of a style file.
+
+ ;;; book.el - Special code for book style.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "book"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-largest-level-set "chapter")))
+
+ The example is from the AUCTeX sources and is loaded for any LaTeX
+document using the book document class (or style before LaTeX2e). The
+file specifies that the largest kind of section in such a document is
+chapter. The interesting thing to notice is that the style file defines
+an (anonymous) function, and adds it to the list of loaded style hooks
+by calling 'TeX-add-style-hook'.
+
+ The first time the user indirectly tries to access some
+style-specific information, such as the largest sectioning command
+available, the style hooks for all files directly or indirectly read by
+the current document are executed. The actual files will only be
+evaluated once, but the hooks will be called for each buffer using the
+style file.
+
+ Note that the basename of the style file and the name of the style
+hook should usually be identical.
+
+ -- Function: TeX-add-style-hook STYLE HOOK
+ Add HOOK to the list of functions to run when we use the TeX file
+ STYLE.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Macros, Next: Adding Environments, Prev:
Simple Style, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.2 Adding Support for Macros
+-------------------------------
+
+The most common thing to define in a style hook is new symbols (TeX
+macros). Most likely along with a description of the arguments to the
+function, since the symbol itself can be defined automatically.
+
+ Here are a few examples from 'latex.el'.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-add-symbols
+ '("arabic" TeX-arg-counter)
+ '("label" TeX-arg-define-label)
+ '("ref" TeX-arg-label)
+ '("newcommand" TeX-arg-define-macro [ "Number of arguments" ] t)
+ '("newtheorem" TeX-arg-define-environment
+ [ TeX-arg-environment "Numbered like" ]
+ t [ TeX-arg-counter "Within counter" ]))))
+
+ -- Function: TeX-add-symbols SYMBOL ...
+ Add each SYMBOL to the list of known symbols.
+
+ Each argument to 'TeX-add-symbols' is a list describing one symbol.
+The head of the list is the name of the symbol, the remaining elements
+describe each argument.
+
+ If there are no additional elements, the symbol will be inserted with
+point inside braces. Otherwise, each argument of this function should
+match an argument of the TeX macro. What is done depends on the
+argument type.
+
+ If a macro is defined multiple times, AUCTeX will chose the one with
+the longest definition (i.e. the one with the most arguments).
+
+ Thus, to overwrite
+ '("tref" 1) ; one argument
+ you can specify
+ '("tref" TeX-arg-label ignore) ; two arguments
+
+ 'ignore' is a function that does not do anything, so when you insert
+a 'tref' you will be prompted for a label and no more.
+
+ You can use the following types of specifiers for arguments:
+
+'string'
+ Use the string as a prompt to prompt for the argument.
+
+'number'
+ Insert that many braces, leave point inside the first. 0 and -1
+ are special. 0 means that no braces are inserted. -1 means that
+ braces are inserted around the macro and an active region (e.g.
+ '{\tiny foo}'). If there is no active region, no braces are
+ inserted.
+
+'nil'
+ Insert empty braces.
+
+'t'
+ Insert empty braces, leave point between the braces.
+
+'other symbols'
+ Call the symbol as a function. You can define your own hook, or
+ use one of the predefined argument hooks.
+
+'list'
+ If the car is a string, insert it as a prompt and the next element
+ as initial input. Otherwise, call the car of the list with the
+ remaining elements as arguments.
+
+'vector'
+ Optional argument. If it has more than one element, parse it as a
+ list, otherwise parse the only element as above. Use square
+ brackets instead of curly braces, and is not inserted on empty user
+ input.
+
+ A lot of argument hooks have already been defined. The first
+argument to all hooks is a flag indicating if it is an optional
+argument. It is up to the hook to determine what to do with the
+remaining arguments, if any. Typically the next argument is used to
+overwrite the default prompt.
+
+'TeX-arg-conditional'
+ Implements if EXPR THEN ELSE. If EXPR evaluates to true, parse THEN
+ as an argument list, else parse ELSE as an argument list.
+
+'TeX-arg-literal'
+ Insert its arguments into the buffer. Used for specifying extra
+ syntax for a macro.
+
+'TeX-arg-free'
+ Parse its arguments but use no braces when they are inserted.
+
+'TeX-arg-eval'
+ Evaluate arguments and insert the result in the buffer.
+
+'TeX-arg-label'
+ Prompt for a label completing with known labels.
+
+'TeX-arg-macro'
+ Prompt for a TeX macro with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-environment'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX environment with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-cite'
+ Prompt for a BibTeX citation.
+
+'TeX-arg-counter'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
+
+'TeX-arg-savebox'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
+
+'TeX-arg-file'
+ Prompt for a filename in the current directory, and use it without
+ the extension.
+
+'TeX-arg-input-file'
+ Prompt for the name of an input file in TeX's search path, and use
+ it without the extension. Run the style hooks for the file. (Note
+ that the behavior (type of prompt and inserted file name) of the
+ function can be controlled by the variable
+ 'TeX-arg-input-file-search'.)
+
+'TeX-arg-define-label'
+ Prompt for a label completing with known labels. Add label to list
+ of defined labels.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-macro'
+ Prompt for a TeX macro with completion. Add macro to list of
+ defined macros.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-environment'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX environment with completion. Add environment to
+ list of defined environments.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-cite'
+ Prompt for a BibTeX citation.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-counter'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX counter.
+
+'TeX-arg-define-savebox'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX savebox.
+
+'TeX-arg-corner'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side or corner position with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-lr'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-tb'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX side with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-pagestyle'
+ Prompt for a LaTeX pagestyle with completion.
+
+'TeX-arg-verb'
+ Prompt for delimiter and text.
+
+'TeX-arg-pair'
+ Insert a pair of numbers, use arguments for prompt. The numbers
+ are surrounded by parentheses and separated with a comma.
+
+'TeX-arg-size'
+ Insert width and height as a pair. No arguments.
+
+'TeX-arg-coordinate'
+ Insert x and y coordinates as a pair. No arguments.
+
+ If you add new hooks, you can assume that point is placed directly
+after the previous argument, or after the macro name if this is the
+first argument. Please leave point located after the argument you are
+inserting. If you want point to be located somewhere else after all
+hooks have been processed, set the value of 'exit-mark'. It will point
+nowhere, until the argument hook sets it.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Environments, Next: Adding Other, Prev:
Adding Macros, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.3 Adding Support for Environments
+-------------------------------------
+
+Adding support for environments is very much like adding support for TeX
+macros, except that each environment normally only takes one argument,
+an environment hook. The example is again a short version of
+'latex.el'.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("document" LaTeX-env-document)
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("itemize" LaTeX-env-item)
+ '("list" LaTeX-env-list))))
+
+ It is completely up to the environment hook to insert the
+environment, but the function 'LaTeX-insert-environment' may be of some
+help. The hook will be called with the name of the environment as its
+first argument, and extra arguments can be provided by adding them to a
+list after the hook.
+
+ For simple environments with arguments, for example defined with
+'\newenvironment', you can make AUCTeX prompt for the arguments by
+giving the prompt strings in the call to 'LaTeX-add-environments'. The
+fact that an argument is optional can be indicated by wrapping the
+prompt string in a vector.
+
+ For example, if you have defined a 'loop' environment with the three
+arguments FROM, TO, and STEP, you can add support for them in a style
+file.
+
+ %% loop.sty
+
+ \newenvironment{loop}[3]{...}{...}
+
+ ;; loop.el
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "loop"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("loop" "From" "To" "Step"))))
+
+ If an environment is defined multiple times, AUCTeX will choose the
+one with the longest definition. Thus, if you have an enumerate style
+file, and want it to replace the standard LaTeX enumerate hook above,
+you could define an 'enumerate.el' file as follows, and place it in the
+appropriate style directory.
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "latex"
+ (lambda ()
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ '("enumerate" LaTeX-env-enumerate foo))))
+
+ (defun LaTeX-env-enumerate (environment &optional ignore) ...)
+
+ The symbol 'foo' will be passed to 'LaTeX-env-enumerate' as the
+second argument, but since we only added it to overwrite the definition
+in 'latex.el' it is just ignored.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-environments ENV ...
+ Add each ENV to list of loaded environments.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-insert-environment ENV [ EXTRA ]
+ Insert environment of type ENV, with optional argument EXTRA.
+
+ Following is a list of available hooks for 'LaTeX-add-environments':
+
+'LaTeX-env-item'
+ Insert the given environment and the first item.
+
+'LaTeX-env-figure'
+ Insert the given figure-like environment with a caption and a
+ label.
+
+'LaTeX-env-array'
+ Insert the given array-like environment with position and column
+ specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-label'
+ Insert the given environment with a label.
+
+'LaTeX-env-list'
+ Insert the given list-like environment, a specifier for the label
+ and the first item.
+
+'LaTeX-env-minipage'
+ Insert the given minipage-like environment with position and width
+ specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-tabular*'
+ Insert the given tabular*-like environment with width, position and
+ column specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-picture'
+ Insert the given environment with width and height specifications.
+
+'LaTeX-env-bib'
+ Insert the given environment with a label for a bibitem.
+
+'LaTeX-env-contents'
+ Insert the given environment with a filename as its argument.
+
+'LaTeX-env-args'
+ Insert the given environment with arguments. You can use this as a
+ hook in case you want to specify multiple complex arguments just
+ like in elements of 'TeX-add-symbols'. This is most useful if the
+ specification of arguments to be prompted for with strings and
+ strings wrapped in a vector as described above is too limited.
+
+ Here is an example from 'listings.el' which calls a function with
+ one argument in order to prompt for a key=value list to be inserted
+ as an optional argument of the 'lstlisting' environment:
+
+ (LaTeX-add-environments
+ `("lstlisting" LaTeX-env-args
+ [TeX-arg-key-val ,LaTeX-listings-key-val-options]))
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Adding Other, Next: Hacking the Parser, Prev:
Adding Environments, Up: Style Files
+
+5.6.4 Adding Other Information
+------------------------------
+
+You can also specify bibliographical databases and labels in the style
+file. This is probably of little use, since this information will
+usually be automatically generated from the TeX file anyway.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-bibliographies BIBLIOGRAPHY ...
+ Add each BIBLIOGRAPHY to list of loaded bibliographies.
+
+ -- Function: LaTeX-add-labels LABEL ...
+ Add each LABEL to the list of known labels.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Hacking the Parser, Prev: Adding Other, Up: Style
Files
+
+5.6.5 Automatic Extraction of New Things
+----------------------------------------
+
+The automatic TeX information extractor works by searching for regular
+expressions in the TeX files, and storing the matched information. You
+can add support for new constructs to the parser, something that is
+needed when you add new commands to define symbols.
+
+ For example, in the file 'macro.tex' I define the following macro.
+
+ \newcommand{\newmacro}[5]{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }
+
+ AUCTeX will automatically figure out that 'newmacro' is a macro that
+takes five arguments. However, it is not smart enough to automatically
+see that each time we use the macro, two new macros are defined. We can
+specify this information in a style hook file.
+
+ ;;; macro.el --- Special code for my own macro file.
+
+ ;;; Code:
+
+ (defvar TeX-newmacro-regexp
+ '("\\\\newmacro{\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\)}{\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\)}"
+ (1 2) TeX-auto-multi)
+ "Matches \newmacro definitions.")
+
+ (defvar TeX-auto-multi nil
+ "Temporary for parsing \\newmacro definitions.")
+
+ (defun TeX-macro-cleanup ()
+ "Move symbols from `TeX-auto-multi' to `TeX-auto-symbol'."
+ (mapcar (lambda (list)
+ (mapcar (lambda (symbol)
+ (setq TeX-auto-symbol
+ (cons symbol TeX-auto-symbol)))
+ list))
+ TeX-auto-multi))
+
+ (defun TeX-macro-prepare ()
+ "Clear `Tex-auto-multi' before use."
+ (setq TeX-auto-multi nil))
+
+ (add-hook 'TeX-auto-prepare-hook 'TeX-macro-prepare)
+ (add-hook 'TeX-auto-cleanup-hook 'TeX-macro-cleanup)
+
+ (TeX-add-style-hook
+ "macro"
+ (lambda ()
+ (TeX-auto-add-regexp TeX-newmacro-regexp)
+ (TeX-add-symbols '("newmacro"
+ TeX-arg-macro
+ (TeX-arg-macro "Capitalized macro: \\")
+ t
+ "BibTeX entry: "
+ nil))))
+
+ ;;; macro.el ends here
+
+ When this file is first loaded, it adds a new entry to
+'TeX-newmacro-regexp', and defines a function to be called before the
+parsing starts, and one to be called after the parsing is done. It also
+declares a variable to contain the data collected during parsing.
+Finally, it adds a style hook which describes the 'newmacro' macro, as
+we have seen it before.
+
+ So the general strategy is: Add a new entry to 'TeX-newmacro-regexp'.
+Declare a variable to contain intermediate data during parsing. Add
+hook to be called before and after parsing. In this case, the hook
+before parsing just initializes the variable, and the hook after parsing
+collects the data from the variable, and adds them to the list of
+symbols found.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-regexp-list
+ List of regular expressions matching TeX macro definitions.
+
+ The list has the following format ((REGEXP MATCH TABLE) ...), that
+ is, each entry is a list with three elements.
+
+ REGEXP. Regular expression matching the macro we want to parse.
+
+ MATCH. A number or list of numbers, each representing one
+ parenthesized subexpression matched by REGEXP.
+
+ TABLE. The symbol table to store the data. This can be a function,
+ in which case the function is called with the argument MATCH. Use
+ 'TeX-match-buffer' to get match data. If it is not a function, it
+ is presumed to be the name of a variable containing a list of match
+ data. The matched data (a string if MATCH is a number, a list of
+ strings if MATCH is a list of numbers) is put in front of the
+ table.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-prepare-hook nil
+ List of functions to be called before parsing a TeX file.
+
+ -- Variable: TeX-auto-cleanup-hook nil
+ List of functions to be called after parsing a TeX file.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Appendices, Next: Indices, Prev: Customization,
Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Copying, Changes, Development, FAQ, Texinfo Mode
+***********************************************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying this Manual::
+* Changes::
+* Development::
+* FAQ::
+* Texinfo mode::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Copying this Manual, Next: Changes, Up: Appendices
+
+A.1 Copying this Manual
+=======================
+
+The copyright notice for this manual is:
+
+ This manual is for AUCTeX (version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04),
+a sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1992-1995, 2001, 2002, 2004-2012 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+
+ The full license text can be read here:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying this
Manual
+
+A.1.1 GNU Free Documentation License
+------------------------------------
+
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ 0. PREAMBLE
+
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+ functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+ assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+ with or without modifying it, either commercially or
+ noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
+ author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
+ being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
+
+ This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+ works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+ It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+ license designed for free software.
+
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+ that the software does. But this License is not limited to
+ software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+ of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
+ recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+ instruction or reference.
+
+ 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+ This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+ that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+ be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
+ grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+ to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
+ "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
+ of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
+ the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+ requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+ A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+ Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+ of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+ publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+ subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+ fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
+ is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+ explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
+ historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+ of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+
+ The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
+ titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+ If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+ is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
+ contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
+ any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+ The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
+ listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+ that says that the Document is released under this License. A
+ Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
+ be at most 25 words.
+
+ A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+ represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+ general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+ straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+ of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+ available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+ formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+ suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
+ Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+ been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+ readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
+ used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
+ "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
+ SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+ simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+ Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
+ Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+ edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+ the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+ the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+ processors for output purposes only.
+
+ The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+ plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+ material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
+ works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
+ Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+ work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+ The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+ of the Document to the public.
+
+ A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
+ whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+ following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
+ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+ "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
+ To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
+ Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
+ to this definition.
+
+ The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+ which states that this License applies to the Document. These
+ Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+ this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+ implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+ has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+ 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+ You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+ add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
+ may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+ or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
+ you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
+ distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+ conditions in section 3.
+
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+ and you may publicly display copies.
+
+ 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+ If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+ have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+ the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+ enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+ these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
+ and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
+ front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+ equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
+ covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+ long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+
+ If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+ numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+ Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+ each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+ network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+ network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+ of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+ through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+ the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+ to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+ Document.
+
+ 4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+ You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+ under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+ release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+ distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+ possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
+ the Modified Version:
+
+ A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+ distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+ versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+ History section of the Document). You may use the same title
+ as a previous version if the original publisher of that
+ version gives permission.
+
+ B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+ entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
+ the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
+ principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
+ authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
+ from this requirement.
+
+ C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+ D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+ E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+ F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+ notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
+ Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
+ the Addendum below.
+
+ G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+ Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+ license notice.
+
+ H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+ I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
+ and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
+ authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
+ Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
+ Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
+ publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
+ an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
+ previous sentence.
+
+ J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+ for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+ likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+ previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+ "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
+ that was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+ to gives permission.
+
+ K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+ all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+ L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+ in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+ M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+ N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+ "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+ Section.
+
+ O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+ appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
+ material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
+ some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
+ titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
+ license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
+ section titles.
+
+ You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+ nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
+ and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
+ the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
+ of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+ through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
+ by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
+ behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
+ one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
+ the old one.
+
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
+ License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+ 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+ this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+ modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+ of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+ unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+ combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+ their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+ multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+ copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+ but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+ by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+ original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
+ unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+ the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+ combined work.
+
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+ "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
+ Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+ "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
+ must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+
+ 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+ documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+ copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+ that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+ in all other respects.
+
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+ a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+ License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+ document.
+
+ 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+ A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+ separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
+ storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
+ copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+ legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+ works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+ License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+ are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+ If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+ of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+ on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+ electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+ form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+ the whole aggregate.
+
+ 8. TRANSLATION
+
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
+ 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+ translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+ original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+ translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+ Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
+ include the original English version of this License and the
+ original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
+ disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+ this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+ prevail.
+
+ If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+ "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
+ Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+ actual title.
+
+ 9. TERMINATION
+
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+ except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+ otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+ and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+ license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+ provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+ finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+ copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+ reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+ violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+ received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+ that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+ after your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+ the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+ under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
+ permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+ same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+ 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+ the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+ versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+ differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+ <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.
+
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+ version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
+ have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+ that specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+ Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
+ choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
+ Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
+ decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+ proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+ authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+ 11. RELICENSING
+
+ "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+ World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+ provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+ public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
+ A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+ site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+ site.
+
+ "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+ license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+ corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+ California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+ published by that same organization.
+
+ "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+ in part, as part of another Document.
+
+ An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+ License, and if all works that were first published under this
+ License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+ incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+ texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+ to November 1, 2008.
+
+ The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+ site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+ 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
+notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
+Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being LIST.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
+software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
+their use in free software.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Changes, Next: Development, Prev: Copying this
Manual, Up: Appendices
+
+A.2 Changes and New Features
+============================
+
+News since 11.87
+================
+
+ * AUCTeX now supports Biber in conjunction with biblatex in addition
+ to BibTeX.
+
+ * Each AUCTeX mode now has its own abbrev table. On Emacsen which
+ provide the possibility to inherit abbrevs from other tables, the
+ abbrevs from the Text mode abbrev table are available as well.
+ Newly defined abbrevs are written to the mode-specific tables,
+ though.
+
+ * The file 'tex-fptex.el' was removed.
+
+ * Forward/backward search for Evince has been improved. If Emacs is
+ compiled with DBUS support and a recent Evince version (3.x) is
+ installed, the communication goes over the desktop bus instead of
+ the command line, resulting in more accurate positioning of point
+ in Emacs and highlighting of the target paragraph in Evince.
+
+ * A problem where Ghostscript threw an /invalidfileaccess error when
+ running preview-latex was fixed.
+
+ * A lot of smaller fixes and additions have been made.
+
+News in 11.86
+=============
+
+ * Parsing of LaTeX output was improved. It is now less likely that
+ AUCTeX opens a non-existent file upon calling 'TeX-next-error'; a
+ problem for example encountered when using MiKTeX 2.8. In addition
+ quoted file names as emitted by MiKTeX are now supported.
+
+ * A new framework for the definition and selection of viewers was
+ implemented. If you have customizations regarding viewers you will
+ have to redo them in this new framework or reenable the old one.
+ *Note Starting Viewers::, for details.
+
+ * Comprehensive editing support for PSTricks was added.
+
+ * Support for various LaTeX packages was added, e.g. 'tabularx',
+ 'CJK', and 'hyperref'.
+
+ * An easy way to switch between TeX engines (PDFTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX,
+ Omega) was added.
+
+ * Support for SyncTeX was added. This involves the command line
+ options for LaTeX and the viewer.
+
+ * Folding can now be customized to use macro arguments as replacement
+ text.
+
+ * 'preview.sty' now works with XeTeX.
+
+ * A lot of smaller and larger bugs have been squashed.
+
+News in 11.85
+=============
+
+ * Font locking has been improved significantly. It is now less prone
+ to color bleeding which could lead to high resource usage. In
+ addition it now includes information about LaTeX macro syntax and
+ can indicate syntactically incorrect macros in LaTeX mode.
+
+ * The license was updated to GPLv3.
+
+ * Support for the nomencl, flashcards and comment LaTeX packages as
+ well as the Icelandic language option of babel were added.
+
+ * Support for folding of math macros was added.
+
+ * Lots of minor bugs in features and documentation fixed.
+
+News in 11.84
+=============
+
+ * There have been problems with the '-without-texmf-dir' option to
+ 'configure' when the value of '-with-kpathsea-sep' was set or
+ determined for an installation system with a default different from
+ that of the runtime system. 'with-kpathsea-sep' has been removed;
+ the setting is now usually determined at runtime.
+
+ Due to this and other problems, preview-latex in the released
+ XEmacs package failed under Windows or with anything except recent
+ 21.5 XEmacsen.
+
+ * AUCTeX and preview-latex have been changed in order to accommodate
+ file names containing spaces. preview-latex now tolerates bad
+ PostScript code polluting the stack (like some Omega fonts).
+
+ * 'preview.sty' had in some cases failed to emit PostScript header
+ specials.
+
+ * Support for folding of comments was added.
+
+ * The 'polish' language option of the babel LaTeX package as well as
+ the polski LaTeX package are now supported. Most notably this
+ means that AUCTeX will help to insert quotation marks as defined by
+ polish.sty ('"`..."'') and polski.sty (',,...''').
+
+ * The TeX tool bar is now available and enabled by default in plain
+ TeX mode. *Note Processing Facilities::.
+
+ * Bug fix in the display of math subscripts and superscripts.
+
+ * Bug fix 'TeX-doc' for Emacs 21.
+
+ * There has been quite a number of other bug fixes to various
+ features and documentation across the board.
+
+News in 11.83
+=============
+
+ * The new function 'TeX-doc' provides easy access to documentation
+ about commands and packages or information related to TeX and
+ friends in general. *Note Documentation::.
+
+ * You can now get rid of generated intermediate and output files by
+ means of the new 'Clean' and 'Clean All' entries in
+ 'TeX-command-list' accessible with 'C-c C-c' or the Command menu.
+ *Note Cleaning::.
+
+ * Support for forward search with PDF files was added. That means
+ you can jump to a place in the output file corresponding to the
+ position in the source file. *Note Viewing::.
+
+ Adding support for this feature required the default value of the
+ variable 'TeX-output-view-style' to be changed. Please make sure
+ you either remove any customizations overriding the new default or
+ incorporate the changes into your customizations if you want to use
+ this feature.
+
+ * TeX error messages of the '-file-line-error' kind are now
+ understood in AUCTeX and preview-latex (parsers are still
+ separate).
+
+ * Bug fix in XyMTeX support.
+
+ * The LaTeX tool bar is now enabled by default. *Note Processing
+ Facilities::.
+
+News in 11.82
+=============
+
+ * Support for the MinionPro LaTeX package was added.
+
+ * Warnings and underfull/overfull boxes are now being indicated in
+ the echo area after a LaTeX run, if the respective debugging
+ options are activated with 'TeX-toggle-debug-warnings' ('C-c C-t
+ C-w') or 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' ('C-c C-t C-b'). In this
+ case 'TeX-next-error' will find these warnings in addition to
+ normal errors.
+
+ The key binding 'C-c C-w' for 'TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes' (which
+ was renamed from 'TeX-toggle-debug-boxes') now is deprecated.
+
+ * AUCTeX now can automatically insert a pair of braces after typing
+ <_> or <^> in math constructs if the new variable
+ 'TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript' is set to a non-nil value.
+
+ * Some language-specific support for French was added. There now is
+ completion support for the commands provided by the 'frenchb' (and
+ 'francais') options of the babel LaTeX package and easier input of
+ French quotation marks ('\\og ...\\fg') which can now be inserted
+ by typing <">.
+
+ * Completion support for options of some LaTeX packages was added.
+
+ * Already in version 11.81 the way to activate AUCTeX changed
+ substantially. This should now be done with '(load "auctex.el" nil
+ t t)' instead of the former '(require 'tex-site)'. Related to this
+ change 'tex-mik.el' does not load 'tex-site.el' anymore. That
+ means if you used only '(require 'tex-mik)' in order to activate
+ AUCTeX, you have to add '(load "auctex.el" nil t t)' before the
+ latter statement. *Note Loading the package::.
+
+ * Handling of verbatim constructs was consolidated across AUCTeX.
+ This resulted in the font-latex-specific variables
+ 'font-latex-verb-like-commands', 'font-latex-verbatim-macros', and
+ 'font-latex-verbatim-environments' being removed and the more
+ general variables 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims',
+ 'LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces', and
+ 'LaTeX-verbatim-environments' being added.
+
+ * The output of a BibTeX run is now checked for warnings and errors,
+ which are reported in the echo area.
+
+ * The aliases for 'font-latex-title-fontify' were removed. Use
+ 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning' instead.
+
+ * The problem that Japanese macros where broken across lines was
+ fixed.
+
+ * Various bug fixes.
+
+News in 11.81
+=============
+
+ * 'LaTeX-mark-section' now marks subsections of a given section as
+ well. The former behavior is available via the prefix argument.
+
+ * preview-latex which was previously available separately became a
+ subsystem of AUCTeX. There is no documented provision for building
+ or installing preview-latex separately. It is still possible to
+ use and install AUCTeX without preview-latex, however.
+
+ * The installation procedures have been overhauled and now also
+ install startup files as part of the process (those had to be
+ copied manually previously). You are advised to remove previous
+ installations of AUCTeX and preview-latex before starting the
+ installation procedure. A standard installation from an unmodified
+ tarball no longer requires Makeinfo or Perl.
+
+ Also note that the way AUCTeX is supposed to be activated changed.
+ Instead of '(require 'tex-site)' you should now use '(load
+ "auctex.el" nil t t)'. While the former method may still work, the
+ new method has the advantage that you can deactivate a preactivated
+ AUCTeX with the statement '(unload-feature 'tex-site)' before any
+ of its modes have been used. This may be important especially for
+ site-wide installations.
+
+ * Support for the babel LaTeX package was added.
+
+ * Folding a buffer now ensures that the whole buffer is fontified
+ before the actual folding is carried out. If this results in
+ unbearably long execution times, you can fall back to the old
+ behavior of relying on stealth font locking to do this job in the
+ background by customizing the variable 'TeX-fold-force-fontify'.
+
+ * Folded content now reveals part of its original text in a tooltip
+ or the echo area when hovering with the mouse pointer over it.
+
+ * The language-specific insertion of quotation marks was generalized.
+ The variables 'LaTeX-german-open-quote',
+ 'LaTeX-german-close-quote', 'LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote',
+ 'LaTeX-italian-open-quote', 'LaTeX-italian-close-quote', and
+ 'LaTeX-italian-quote-after-quote' are now obsolete. If you are not
+ satisfied with the default settings, you should customize
+ 'TeX-quote-language-alist' instead.
+
+ * Similar to language-specific quote insertion, AUCTeX now helps you
+ with hyphens in different languages as well. *Note European::, for
+ details.
+
+ * Fill problems in Japanese text introduced in AUCTeX 11.55 were
+ fixed. AUCTeX tries not to break lines between 1-byte and 2-byte
+ chars. These features will work in Chinese text, too.
+
+ * The scaling factor of the fontification of sectioning commands can
+ now be customized using the variable
+ 'font-latex-fontify-sectioning'. This variable was previously
+ called 'font-latex-title-fontify'; In this release we provide an
+ alias but this will disappear in one of the the next releases. The
+ faces for the sectioning commands are now called
+ 'font-latex-sectioning-N-face' (N=0...5) instead of
+ 'font-latex-title-N-face' (N=1...4). Analogously the names of the
+ variables holding the related keyword lists were changed from
+ 'font-latex-title-N-keywords' to
+ 'font-latex-sectioning-N-keywords'. *Note Font Locking::, for
+ details. Make sure to adjust your customizations.
+
+ * Titles in beamer slides marked by the "\frametitle" command are
+ know displayed with the new face 'font-latex-slide-title-face'.
+ You can add macros to be highlighted with this face to
+ 'font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords'.
+
+ * Of course a lot of bugs have been fixed.
+
+News in 11.55
+=============
+
+ * A bug was fixed which lead to the insertion of trailing whitespace
+ during filling. In particular extra spaces were added to sentence
+ endings at the end of lines. You can make this whitespace visible
+ by setting the variable 'show-trailing-whitespace' to 't'. If you
+ want to delete all trailing whitespace in a buffer, type 'M-x
+ delete-trailing-whitespace RET'.
+
+ * A bug was fixed which lead to a '*Compile-Log*' buffer popping up
+ when the first LaTeX file was loaded in an Emacs session.
+
+ * On some systems the presence of an outdated Emacspeak package lead
+ to the error message 'File mode specification error: (error
+ "Variable binding depth exceeds max-specpdl-size")'. Precautions
+ were added which prevent this error from happening. But
+ nevertheless, it is advised to upgrade or uninstall the outdated
+ Emacspeak package.
+
+ * The value of 'TeX-macro-global' is not determined during
+ configuration anymore but at load time of AUCTeX. Consequently the
+ associated configuration option '--with-tex-input-dirs' was
+ removed.
+
+ * Support for the LaTeX Japanese classes 'jsarticle' and 'jsbook' was
+ added.
+
+News in 11.54
+=============
+
+ * The parser (used e.g. for 'TeX-auto-generate-global') was extended
+ to recognize keywords common in LaTeX packages and classes, like
+ "\DeclareRobustCommand" or "\RequirePackage". Additionally a bug
+ was fixed which led to duplicate entries in AUCTeX style files.
+
+ * Folding can now be done for paragraphs and regions besides single
+ constructs and the whole buffer. With the new 'TeX-fold-dwim'
+ command content can both be hidden and shown with a single key
+ binding. In course of these changes new key bindings for unfolding
+ commands where introduced. The old bindings are still present but
+ will be phased out in future releases.
+
+ * Info files of the manual now have a .info extension.
+
+ * There is an experimental tool bar support now. It is not activated
+ by default. If you want to use it, add
+ (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-install-toolbar)
+ to your init file.
+
+ * The manual now contains a new chapter "Quick Start". It explains
+ the main features and how to use them, and should be enough for a
+ new user to start using AUCTeX.
+
+ * A new section "Font Locking" was added to the manual which explains
+ syntax highlighting in AUCTeX and its customization. Together with
+ the sections related to folding and outlining, the section is part
+ of the new chapter "Display".
+
+ * Keywords for syntax highlighting of LaTeX constructs to be typeset
+ in bold, italic or typewriter fonts may now be customized. Besides
+ the built-in classes, new keyword classes may be added by
+ customizing the variable 'font-latex-user-keyword-classes'. The
+ customization options can be found in the customization group
+ 'font-latex-keywords'.
+
+ * Verbatim content is now displayed with the 'fixed-pitch' face.
+ (GNU Emacs only)
+
+ * Syntax highlighting should not spill out of verbatim content
+ anymore. (GNU Emacs only)
+
+ * Verbatim commands like '\verb|...|' will not be broken anymore
+ during filling.
+
+ * You can customize the completion for graphic files with
+ 'LaTeX-includegraphics-read-file'.
+
+ * Support for the LaTeX packages 'url', 'listings', 'jurabib' and
+ 'csquotes' was added with regard to command completion and syntax
+ highlighting.
+
+ * Performance of fontification and filling was improved.
+
+ * Insertion of nodes in Texinfo mode now supports completion of
+ existing node names.
+
+ * Setting the variable 'LaTeX-float' to 'nil' now means that you will
+ not be prompted for the float position of figures and tables. You
+ can get the old behaviour of 'nil' by setting the variable to '""',
+ i.e. an empty string. See also *note Floats::.
+
+ * The XEmacs-specific bug concerning 'overlays-at' was fixed.
+
+ * Lots of bug fixes.
+
+News in 11.53
+=============
+
+ * The LaTeX math menu can include Unicode characters if your Emacs
+ built supports it. See the variable 'LaTeX-math-menu-unicode',
+ *note Mathematics::.
+
+ * Bug fixes for XEmacs.
+
+ * Completion for graphic files in the TeX search path has been added.
+
+ * 'start' is used for the viewer for MiKTeX and fpTeX.
+
+ * The variable 'TeX-fold-preserve-comments' can now be customized to
+ deactivate folding in comments.
+
+News in 11.52
+=============
+
+ * Installation and menus under XEmacs work again (maybe for the first
+ time).
+
+ * Fontification of subscripts and superscripts is now disabled when
+ the fontification engine is not able to support it properly.
+
+ * Bug fixes in the build process.
+
+News in 11.51
+=============
+
+ * PDFTeX and Source Special support did not work with ConTeXt, this
+ has been fixed. Similar for Source Special support under Windows.
+
+ * Omega support has been added.
+
+ * Bug fixes in the build process.
+
+ * 'TeX-fold' now supports folding of environments in Texinfo mode.
+
+News in 11.50
+=============
+
+ * The use of source specials when processing or viewing the document
+ can now be controlled with the new 'TeX-source-specials' minor mode
+ which can be toggled via an entry in the Command menu or the key
+ binding 'C-c C-t C-s'. If you have customized the variable
+ 'TeX-command-list', you have to re-initialize it for this to work.
+ This means to open a customization buffer for the variable by
+ typing 'M-x customize-variable RET TeX-command-list RET', selecting
+ "Erase Customization" and do your customization again with the new
+ default.
+
+ * The content of the command menu now depends on the mode (plain TeX,
+ LaTeX, ConTeXt etc.). Any former customization of the variable
+ 'TeX-command-list' has to be erased. Otherwise the command menu
+ and the customization will not work correctly.
+
+ * Support for hiding and auto-revealing macros, e.g. footnotes or
+ citations, and environments in a buffer was added, *note Folding::.
+
+ * You can now control if indentation is done upon typing <RET> by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-newline-function', *note Indenting::.
+
+ * Limited support for 'doc.sty' and 'ltxdoc.cls' ('dtx' files) was
+ added. The new docTeX mode provides functionality for editing
+ documentation parts. This includes formatting (indenting and
+ filling), adding and completion of macros and environments while
+ staying in comments as well as syntax highlighting. (Please note
+ that the mode is not finished yet. For example syntax highlighting
+ does not work yet in XEmacs.)
+
+ * For macro completion in docTeX mode the AUCTeX style files
+ 'doc.el', 'ltxdoc.el' and 'ltx-base.el' were included. The latter
+ provides general support for low-level LaTeX macros and may be used
+ with LaTeX class and style files as well. It is currently not
+ loaded automatically for those files.
+
+ * Support for ConTeXt with a separate ConTeXt mode is now included.
+ Macro definitions for completion are available in Dutch and
+ English.
+
+ * The filling and indentation code was overhauled and is now able to
+ format commented parts of the source syntactically correct. Newly
+ available functionality and customization options are explained in
+ the manual.
+
+ * Filling and indentation in XEmacs with preview-latex and activated
+ previews lead to the insertion of whitespace before multi-line
+ previews. AUCTeX now contains facilities to prevent this problem.
+
+ * If 'TeX-master' is set to 't', AUCTeX will now query for a master
+ file only when a new file is opened. Existing files will be left
+ alone. The new function 'TeX-master-file-ask' (bound to 'C-c _' is
+ provided for adding the variable manually.
+
+ * Sectioning commands are now shown in a larger font on display
+ devices which support such fontification. The variable
+ 'font-latex-title-fontify' can be customized to restore the old
+ appearance, i.e. the usage of a different color instead of a
+ change in size.
+
+ * Support for 'alphanum.sty', 'beamer.cls', 'booktabs.sty',
+ 'captcont.sty', 'emp.sty', 'paralist.sty', 'subfigure.sty' and
+ 'units.sty'/'nicefrac.sty' was added. Credits go to the authors
+ mentioned in the respective AUCTeX style files.
+
+ * Inserting graphics with 'C-c RET \includegraphics RET' was
+ improved. See the variable 'LaTeX-includegraphics-options-alist'.
+
+ * If 'LaTeX-default-position' is 'nil', don't prompt for position
+ arguments in Tabular-like environments, see *note Tabular-like::.
+
+ * Completion for available packages when using 'C-c RET \usepackage
+ RET' was improved on systems using the kpathsea library.
+
+ * The commenting functionality was fixed. The separate functions for
+ commenting and uncommenting were unified in one function for
+ paragraphs and regions respectively which do both.
+
+ * Syntax highlighting can be customized to fontify quotes delimited
+ by either >>German<< or <<French>> quotation marks by changing the
+ variable 'font-latex-quotes'.
+
+ * Certain TeX/LaTeX keywords for functions, references, variables and
+ warnings will now be fontified specially. You may add your own
+ keywords by customizing the variables
+ 'font-latex-match-function-keywords',
+ 'font-latex-match-reference-keywords',
+ 'font-latex-match-variable-keywords' and
+ 'font-latex-match-warning-keywords'.
+
+ * If you include the style files 'german' or 'ngerman' in a document
+ (directly or via the 'babel' package), you should now customize
+ 'LaTeX-german-open-quote', 'LaTeX-german-close-quote' and
+ 'LaTeX-german-quote-after-quote' instead of 'TeX-open-quote',
+ 'TeX-close-quote' and 'TeX-quote-after-quote' if you want to
+ influence the type of quote insertion.
+
+ * Upon viewing an output file, the right viewer and command line
+ options for it are now determined automatically by looking at the
+ extension of the output file and certain options used in the source
+ file. The behavior can be adapted or extended respectively by
+ customizing the variable 'TeX-output-view-style'.
+
+ * You can control whether 'TeX-insert-macro' ('C-c RET') ask for all
+ optional arguments by customizing the variable
+ 'TeX-insert-macro-default-style', *note Completion::.
+
+ * 'TeX-run-discard' is now able to completely detach a process that
+ it started.
+
+ * The build process was enhanced and is now based on 'autoconf'
+ making installing AUCTeX a mostly automatic process. See *note
+ Installation:: and *note Installation under MS Windows:: for
+ details.
+
+News in 11.14
+=============
+
+ * Many more LaTeX and LaTeX2e commands are supported. Done by
+ Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
+
+News in 11.12
+=============
+
+ * Support for the KOMA-Script classes. Contributed by Mark Trettin
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.11
+=============
+
+ * Support for 'prosper.sty', see <http://prosper.sourceforge.net/>.
+ Contributed by Phillip Lord <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.10
+=============
+
+ * 'comment-region' now inserts %% by default. Suggested by "Davide
+ G. M. Salvetti" <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.06
+=============
+
+ * You can now switch between using the 'font-latex' (all emacsen),
+ the 'tex-font' (Emacs 21 only) or no special package for font
+ locking. Customize 'TeX-install-font-lock' for this.
+
+News in 11.04
+=============
+
+ * Now use -t landscape by default when landscape option appears.
+ Suggested by Erik Frisk <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.03
+=============
+
+ * Use 'tex-fptex.el' for fpTeX support. Contributed by Fabrice
+ Popineau <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.02
+=============
+
+ * New user option 'LaTeX-top-caption-list' specifies environments
+ where the caption should go at top. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Allow explicit dimensions in 'graphicx.sty'. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Limited support for 'verbatim.sty'. Contributed by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * Better support for asmmath items. Patch by
+ address@hidden (Masayuki Ataka).
+
+ * More accurate error parsing. Added by David Kastrup
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+News in 11.01
+=============
+
+ * Bug fixes.
+
+Older versions
+--------------
+
+See the file 'history.texi' for older changes.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Development, Next: FAQ, Prev: Changes, Up:
Appendices
+
+A.3 Future Development
+======================
+
+The following sections describe future development of AUCTeX. Besides
+mid-term goals, bug reports and requests we cannot fix or honor right
+away are being gathered here. If you have some time for Emacs Lisp
+hacking, you are encouraged to try to provide a solution to one of the
+following problems. If you don't know Lisp, you may help us to improve
+the documentation. It might be a good idea to discuss proposed changes
+on the mailing list of AUCTeX first.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Mid-term Goals::
+* Wishlist::
+* Bugs::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mid-term Goals, Next: Wishlist, Up: Development
+
+A.3.1 Mid-term Goals
+--------------------
+
+ * Integration of preview-latex into AUCTeX
+
+ As of AUCTeX 11.81 preview-latex is a part of AUCTeX in the sense
+ that the installation routines were merged and preview-latex is
+ being packaged with AUCTeX.
+
+ Further integration will happen at the backend. This involves
+ folding of error parsing and task management of both packages which
+ will ease development efforts and avoid redundant work.
+
+ * More flexible option and command handling
+
+ The current state of command handling with 'TeX-command-list' is
+ not very flexible because there is no distinction between
+ executables and command line options to be passed to them.
+
+ Customization of 'TeX-command-list' by the user will interfere with
+ updates of AUCTeX.
+
+ * Error help catalogs
+
+ Currently, the help for errors is more or less hardwired into
+ 'tex.el'. For supporting error help in other languages, it would
+ be sensible to instead arrange error messages in language-specific
+ files, make a common info file from all such catalogs in a given
+ language and look the error texts up in an appropriate index. The
+ user would then specify a preference list of languages, and the
+ errors would be looked up in the catalogs in sequence until they
+ were identified.
+
+ * Combining 'docTeX' with RefTeX
+
+ Macro cross references should also be usable for document
+ navigation using RefTeX.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Wishlist, Next: Bugs, Prev: Mid-term Goals, Up:
Development
+
+A.3.2 Wishlist
+--------------
+
+ * Documentation lookup for macros
+
+ A parser could gather information about which macros are defined in
+ which LaTeX packages and store the information in a hashtable which
+ can be used in a backend for 'TeX-doc' in order to open the
+ matching documentation for a given macro. The information could
+ also be used to insert an appropriate '\usepackage' statement if
+ the user tries to insert a macro for which the respective package
+ has not been requested yet.
+
+ * Spell checking of macros
+
+ A special ispell dictionary for macros could be nice to have.
+
+ * Quick error overviews
+
+ An error overview window (extract from the log file with just the
+ error lines, clickable like a "grep" buffer) and/or fringe
+ indicators for errors in the main text would be nice.
+
+ * A math entry grid
+
+ A separate frame with a table of math character graphics to click
+ on in order to insert the respective sequence into the buffer (cf.
+ the "grid" of x-symbol).
+
+ * Crossreferencing support
+
+ It would be nice if you could index process your favorite
+ collection of '.dtx' files (such as the LaTeX source), just call a
+ command on arbitrary control sequence, and get either the DVI
+ viewer opened right at the definition of that macro (using Source
+ Specials), or the source code of the '.dtx' file.
+
+ * Better plain TeX support
+
+ For starters, 'LaTeX-math-mode' is not very LaTeX-specific in the
+ first place, and similar holds for indentation and formatting.
+
+ * Poor man's Source Specials In particular in PDF mode (and where
+ Source Specials cause problems), alternatives would be desirable.
+ One could implement inverse search by something like Heiko
+ Oberdiek's 'vpe.sty', and forward search by using the '.aux' file
+ info to correlate labels in the text (possibly in cooperation with
+ RefTeX) with previewer pages.
+
+ In AUCTeX 11.83, support for forward search with PDF files was
+ added. Currently this only works if you use the pdfsync LaTeX
+ package and xpdf as your PDF viewer. *Note Viewing::.
+
+ * Page count when compiling should (optionally) go to modeline of the
+ window where the compilation command was invoked, instead of the
+ output window. Suggested by Karsten Tinnefeld
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * Command to insert a macrodefinition in the preamble, without moving
+ point from the current location. Suggested by "Jeffrey C. Ely"
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * A database of all commands defined in all stylefiles. When a
+ command or environment gets entered that is provided in one of the
+ styles, insert the appropriate '\usepackage' in the preamble.
+
+ * A way to add and overwrite math mode entries in style files, and to
+ decide where they should be. Suggested by Remo Badii
+ <address@hidden>.
+
+ * Create template for (first) line of tabular environment.
+
+ * I think prompting for the master is the intended behaviour. It
+ corresponds to a 'shared' value for TeX-master.
+
+ There should probably be a 'none' value which wouldn't query for
+ the master, but instead disable all features that relies on
+ TeX-master.
+
+ This default value for TeX-master could then be controled with
+ mapping based on the extension.
+
+ * Multiple argument completion for '\bibliography'. In general, I
+ ought to make ',' special for these kind of completions.
+
+ * Suggest 'makeindex' when appropriate.
+
+ * Use index files (when available) to speed up 'C-c C-m include
+ <RET>'.
+
+ * Option not to calculate very slow completions like for 'C-c C-m
+ include <RET>'.
+
+ * Font menu should be created from 'TeX-font-list'.
+
+ * Installation procedure written purely in emacs lisp.
+
+ * Included PostScript files should also be counted as part of the
+ document.
+
+ * A nice hierarchical by-topic organization of all officially
+ documented LaTeX macros, available from the menu bar.
+
+ * 'TeX-command-default' should be set from the master file, if not
+ set locally. Suggested by Peter Whaite '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make AUCTeX work with 'crypt++'. Suggested by Chris Moore
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make AUCTeX work with 'longlines'. This would also apply to
+ preview-latex, though it might make sense to unify error processing
+ before attempting this.
+
+ * The 'Spell' command should apply to all files in a document. Maybe
+ it could try to restrict to files that have been modified since
+ last spell check? Suggested by Ravinder Bhumbla
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make <.> check for abbreviations and sentences ending with capital
+ letters.
+
+ * Use Emacs 19 minibuffer history to choose between previewers, and
+ other stuff. Suggested by John Interrante
+ '<address@hidden>'.
+
+ * Make features.
+
+ A new command 'TeX-update' ('C-c C-u') could be used to create an
+ up-to-date dvi file by repeatedly running BibTeX, MakeIndex and
+ (La)TeX, until an error occurs or we are done.
+
+ An alternative is to have an 'Update' command that ensures the
+ 'dvi' file is up to date. This could be called before printing and
+ previewing.
+
+ * Documentation of variables that can be set in a style hook.
+
+ We need a list of what can safely be done in an ordinary style
+ hook. You can not set a variable that AUCTeX depends on, unless
+ AUCTeX knows that it has to run the style hooks first.
+
+ Here is the start of such a list.
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-environments'
+
+ 'TeX-add-symbols'
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-labels'
+
+ 'LaTeX-add-bibliographies'
+
+ 'LaTeX-largest-level'
+
+ * Completion for counters and sboxes.
+
+ * Outline should be (better) supported in TeX mode.
+
+ At least, support headers, trailers, as well as TeX-outline-extra.
+
+ * 'TeX-header-start' and 'TeX-trailer-end'.
+
+ We might want these, just for fun (and outlines)
+
+ * Plain TeX and LaTeX specific header and trailer expressions.
+
+ We should have a way to globally specify the default value of the
+ header and trailer regexps.
+
+ * Get closer to original 'TeX-mode' keybindings.
+
+ A third initialization file ('tex-mode.el') containing an emulator
+ of the standard 'TeX-mode' would help convince some people to
+ change to AUCTeX.
+
+ * Make 'TeX-next-error' parse ahead and store the results in a list,
+ using markers to remember buffer positions in order to be more
+ robust with regard to line numbers and changed files. This is what
+ 'next-error' does. (Or did, until Emacs 19).
+
+ * Finish the Texinfo mode. For one thing, many Texinfo mode commands
+ do not accept braces around their arguments.
+
+ * Hook up the letter environment with 'bbdb.el'.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Bugs, Prev: Wishlist, Up: Development
+
+A.3.3 Bugs
+----------
+
+ * The parsed files and style hooks for 'example.dtx', 'example.sty',
+ 'example.drv' and 'example.bib' all clash. Bad.
+
+ * 'C-c `' should always stay in the current window, also when it
+ finds a new file.
+
+ * Do not overwrite emacs warnings about existing auto-save files when
+ loading a new file.
+
+ * Maybe the regexp for matching a TeX symbol during parsing should be
+ '"\\\\\\([a-zA-Z]+\\|.\\)"' --
+ '<address@hidden>' Peter Thiemann.
+
+ * AUCTeX should not parse verbatim environments.
+
+ * Make '`' check for math context in 'LaTeX-math-mode'. and simply
+ self insert if not in a math context.
+
+ * Make 'TeX-insert-dollar' more robust. Currently it can be fooled
+ by '\mbox''es and escaped double dollar for example.
+
+ * Correct indentation for tabular, tabbing, table, math, and array
+ environments.
+
+ * No syntactic font locking of verbatim macros and environments.
+ (XEmacs only)
+
+ * Font locking inside of verbatim macros and environments is not
+ inhibited. This may result in syntax highlighting of unbalanced
+ dollar signs and the like spilling out of the verbatim content.
+ (XEmacs only)
+
+ * Folding of LaTeX constructs spanning more than one line may result
+ in overfull lines. (XEmacs only)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: FAQ, Next: Texinfo mode, Prev: Development, Up:
Appendices
+
+A.4 Frequently Asked Questions
+==============================
+
+ 1. Something is not working correctly. What should I do?
+
+ Well, you might have guessed it, the first place to look is in the
+ available documentation packaged with AUCTeX. This could be the
+ release notes (in the 'RELEASE' file) or the news section of the
+ manual in case you are experiencing problems after an upgrade, the
+ 'INSTALL' file in case you are having problems with the
+ installation, the section about bugs in the manual in case you
+ encountered a bug or the relevant sections in the manual for other
+ related problems.
+
+ If this did not help, you can send a bug report to the AUCTeX bug
+ reporting list by using the command 'M-x TeX-submit-bug-report
+ RET'. But before you do this, you can try to get more information
+ about the problem at hand which might also help you locate the
+ cause of the error yourself.
+
+ First, you can try to generate a so-called backtrace which shows
+ the functions involved in a program error. In order to do this,
+ start Emacs with the command line 'emacs --debug-init' and/or put
+ the line
+
+ (setq debug-on-error t)
+
+ as the first line into your init file. XEmacs users might want to
+ add '(setq stack-trace-on-error t)' as well. After Emacs has
+ started, you can load a file which triggers the error and a new
+ window should pop up showing the backtrace. If you get such a
+ backtrace, please include it in the bug report.
+
+ Second, you can try to figure out if something in your personal or
+ site configuration triggers the error by starting Emacs without
+ such customizations. You can do this by invoking Emacs with the
+ command line 'emacs -q -no-site-file -l auctex'. The '-l' option
+ 'auctex.el' which you normally do in your init file. After you
+ have started Emacs like this, you can load the file triggering the
+ error. If everything is working now, you know that you have to
+ search either in the site configuration file or your personal init
+ file for statements related to the problem.
+
+ 2. What versions of Emacs and XEmacs are supported?
+
+ AUCTeX was tested with Emacs 21 and XEmacs 21.4.15. Older versions
+ may work but are unsupported. Older versions of XEmacs might
+ possibly made to work by updating the 'xemacs-base' package through
+ the XEmacs package system. If you are looking for a
+ recommendation, it would appear that the smoothest working platform
+ on all operating systems at the current point of time would be Emacs 22
+ or higher.
+
+ Our success with XEmacs has been less than convincing. Code for
+ core functionality like formatting and syntax highlighting tends to
+ be different and often older than even Emacs 21.4, and Unicode
+ support as delivered is problematic at best, missing on Windows.
+ Both AUCTeX and XEmacs developers don't hear much from active users
+ of the combination. Partly for that reason, problems tend to go
+ unnoticed for long amounts of time and are often found, if at all,
+ after releases. No experiences or recommendations can be given for
+ beta or developer versions of XEmacs.
+
+ 3. What should I do when './configure' does not find programs like
+ latex?
+
+ This is problem often encountered on Windows. Make sure that the
+ 'PATH' environment variable includes the directories containing the
+ relevant programs, as described in *note (auctex)Installation under
+ MS Windows::.
+
+ 4. Why doesn't the completion, style file, or multi-file stuff work?
+
+ It must be enabled first, insert this in your init file:
+
+ (setq-default TeX-master nil)
+ (setq TeX-parse-self t)
+ (setq TeX-auto-save t)
+
+ Read also the chapters about parsing and multifile documents in the
+ manual.
+
+ 5. Why doesn't 'TeX-save-document' work?
+
+ 'TeX-check-path' has to contain "./" somewhere.
+
+ 6. Why is the information in 'foo.tex' forgotten when I save
+ 'foo.bib'?
+
+ For various reasons, AUCTeX ignores the extension when it stores
+ information about a file, so you should use unique base names for
+ your files. E.g. rename 'foo.bib' to 'foob.bib'.
+
+ 7. Why doesn't AUCTeX signal when processing a document is done?
+
+ If the message in the minibuffer stays "Type 'C-c C-l' to display
+ results of compilation.", you probably have a misconfiguration in
+ your init file ('.emacs', 'init.el' or similar). To track this
+ down either search in the '*Messages*' buffer for an error message
+ or put '(setq debug-on-error t)' as the first line into your init
+ file, restart Emacs and open a LaTeX file. Emacs will complain
+ loudly by opening a debugging buffer as soon as an error occurs.
+ The information in the debugging buffer can help you find the cause
+ of the error in your init file.
+
+ 8. Why does 'TeX-next-error' ('C-c `') fail?
+
+ When writing the log file, TeX puts information related to a file,
+ including error messages, between a pair of parentheses. AUCTeX
+ determines the file where the error happened by parsing the log
+ file and counting the parentheses. This can fail when there are
+ other, unbalanced parentheses present.
+
+ As a workaround you can activate so-called file:line:error messages
+ for the log file. (Those are are easier to parse, but may lack
+ some details.) Either you do this in the configuration of your TeX
+ system (consult its manual to see where this is) or you add a
+ command line switch to the (la)tex call, e.g. by customizing
+ 'LaTeX-command-style' or 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+ 9. What does AUC stand for?
+
+ AUCTeX came into being at Aalborg University in Denmark. Back then
+ the Danish name of the university was Aalborg Universitetscenter;
+ AUC for short.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Texinfo mode, Prev: FAQ, Up: Appendices
+
+A.5 Features specific to AUCTeX's Texinfo major mode
+====================================================
+
+AUCTeX includes a major mode for editting Texinfo files. This major
+mode is not the same mode as the native Texinfo mode (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode::) of Emacs, although they have the same name. However,
+AUCTeX still relies on a number of functions from the native Texinfo
+mode.
+
+ The following text describes which functionality is offered by AUCTeX
+and which by the native Texinfo mode. This should enable you to decide
+when to consult the AUCTeX manual and when the manual of the native
+mode. And in case you are a seasoned user of the native mode, the
+information should help you to swiftly get to know the AUCTeX-specific
+commands.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Exploiting:: How AUCTeX and the native mode work together
+* Superseding:: Where the native mode is superseded
+* Mapping:: Where key bindings are mapped to the native
mode
+* Unbinding:: Which native mode key bindings are missing
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Exploiting, Next: Superseding, Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.1 How AUCTeX and the native mode work together
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+In a nutshell the split between AUCTeX Texinfo mode, and native Texinfo
+mode is as follows:
+
+ * Most of the editing (environment creation, commenting, font command
+ insertions) and/or processing commands (e.g. compiling or
+ printing) which are available in other AUCTeX modes are also
+ handled by AUCTeX in Texinfo mode.
+
+ * Texinfo-related features (e.g. info node linkage or menu creation)
+ rely on the commands provided by the native Texinfo mode. AUCTeX
+ provides the key bindings to reach these functions, keeping the
+ same keys as in native Texinfo whenever possible, or similar ones
+ otherwise.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Superseding, Next: Mapping, Prev: Exploiting, Up:
Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.2 Where the native mode is superseded
+-----------------------------------------
+
+This section is directed to users of the native Texinfo mode switching
+to AUCTeX. It follows the summary of the native mode (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode Summary::) and lists which of its commands are no longer of
+use.
+
+Insert commands
+ In the native Texinfo mode, frequently used Texinfo commands can be
+ inserted with key bindings of the form 'C-c C-c K' where K differs
+ for each Texinfo command; 'c' inserts @code, 'd' inserts @dfn, 'k'
+ @kbd, etc.
+
+ In AUCTeX commands are inserted with the key binding 'C-c C-m'
+ instead which prompts for the macro to be inserted. For font
+ selection commands (like @b, @i, or @emph) and a few related ones
+ (like @var, @key or @code) there are bindings which insert the
+ respective macros directly. They have the form 'C-c C-f K' or 'C-c
+ C-f C-K' and call the function 'TeX-font'. Type 'C-c C-f <RET>' to
+ get a list of supported commands.
+
+ Note that the prefix argument is not handled the same way by
+ AUCTeX. Note also that the node insertion command from the native
+ mode ('address@hidden') can still accessed from the Texinfo
+ menu in AUCTeX.
+
+Insert braces
+ In AUCTeX braces can be inserted with the same key binding as in
+ the native Texinfo mode: 'C-c {'. But AUCTeX uses its own function
+ for the feature: 'TeX-insert-braces'.
+
+Insert environments
+ The native Texinfo mode does not insert full environments.
+ Instead, it provides the function 'address@hidden' (mapped to
+ 'C-c C-c e') for closing an open environment with a matching @end
+ statement.
+
+ In AUCTeX you can insert full environments, i.e. both the opening
+ and closing statements, with the function 'Texinfo-environment'
+ (mapped to 'C-c C-e').
+
+Format info files with makeinfo and TeX
+ In the native Texinfo mode there are various functions and bindings
+ to format a region or the whole buffer for info or to typeset the
+ respective text. For example, there is 'makeinfo-buffer' (mapped
+ to 'C-c C-m C-b') which runs 'makeinfo' on the buffer or there is
+ 'texinfo-tex-buffer' (mapped to 'C-c C-t C-b') which runs TeX on
+ the buffer in order to produce a DVI file.
+
+ In AUCTeX different commands for formatting or typesetting can be
+ invoked through the function 'TeX-command-master' (mapped to 'C-c
+ C-c'). After typing 'C-c C-c', you can select the desired command,
+ e.g 'Makeinfo' or 'TeX', through a prompt in the mini buffer. Note
+ that you can make, say 'Makeinfo', the default by adding this
+ statement in your init file:
+
+ (add-hook 'Texinfo-mode-hook
+ (lambda () (setq TeX-command-default "Makeinfo")))
+
+ Note also that 'C-c C-c Makeinfo <RET>' is not completely
+ functionally equivalent to 'makeinfo-buffer' as the latter will
+ display the resulting info file in Emacs, showing the node
+ corresponding to the position in the source file, just after a
+ successful compilation. This is why, while using AUCTeX, invoking
+ 'makeinfo-buffer' might still be more convenient.
+
+ Note also that in the case of a multifile document, 'C-c C-c' in
+ AUCTeX will work on the whole document (provided that the file
+ variable 'TeX-master' is set correctly), while 'makeinfo-buffer' in
+ the native mode will process only the current buffer, provided at
+ the '@setfilename' statement is provided.
+
+Produce indexes and print
+ The native Texinfo mode provides the binding 'C-c C-t C-i'
+ ('texinfo-texindex') for producing an index and the bindings 'C-c
+ C-t C-p' ('texinfo-tex-print') and 'C-c C-t C-q'
+ ('tex-show-print-queue') for printing and showing the printer
+ queue. These are superseded by the respective commands available
+ through 'C-c C-c' ('TeX-command-master') in AUCTeX: Index, Print,
+ and Queue.
+
+Kill jobs
+ The command 'C-c C-t C-k' ('tex-kill-job') in the native mode is
+ superseded by 'C-c C-k' ('TeX-kill-job') in AUCTeX.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Mapping, Next: Unbinding, Prev: Superseding, Up:
Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.3 Where key bindings are mapped to the native mode
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+This node follows the native Texinfo mode summary (*note (texinfo)
+Texinfo Mode Summary::) and lists only those commands to which AUCTeX
+provides a keybinding.
+
+ Basically all commands of the native mode related to producing menus
+and interlinking nodes are mapped to same or similar keys in AUCTeX,
+while a few insertion commands are mapped to AUCTeX-like keys.
+
+'@item' insertion
+ The binding 'C-c C-c i' for the insertion of '@item' in the native
+ mode is mapped to 'M-<RET>' or 'C-c C-j' in AUCTeX, similar to
+ other AUCTeX modes.
+
+'@end' insertion
+ The binding 'C-c C-c e' for closing a '@FOO' command by a
+ corresponding '@end FOO' statement in the native mode is mapped to
+ 'C-c C-]' in AUCTeX, similar to other AUCTeX modes.
+
+Move out of balanced braces
+ The binding 'C-}' ('up-list') is available both in the native mode
+ and in AUCTeX. (This is because the command is not implemented in
+ either mode but a native Emacs command.) However, in AUCTeX, you
+ cannot use 'C-]' for this, as it is used for '@end' insertion.
+
+Update pointers
+ The bindings 'C-c C-u C-n' ('texinfo-update-node') and 'C-c C-u
+ C-e' ('texinfo-every-node-update') from the native mode are
+ available in AUCTeX as well.
+
+Update menus
+ The bindings 'C-c C-u m' ('texinfo-master-menu'), 'C-c C-u C-m'
+ ('texinfo-make-menu'), and 'C-c C-u C-a'
+ ('texinfo-all-menus-update') from the native mode are available in
+ AUCTeX as well. The command 'texinfo-start-menu-description',
+ bound to 'C-c C-c C-d' in the native mode, is bound to 'C-c C-u
+ C-d' in AUCTeX instead.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Unbinding, Prev: Mapping, Up: Texinfo mode
+
+A.5.4 Which native mode key bindings are missing
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The following commands from the native commands might still be useful
+when working with AUCTeX, however, they are not accessible with a key
+binding any longer.
+
+'@node' insertion
+ The node insertion command, mapped to 'C-c C-c n' in the native
+ mode, is not mapped to any key in AUCTeX. You can still access it
+ through the Texinfo menu, though. Another alternative is to use
+ the 'C-c C-m' binding for macro insertion in AUCTeX.
+
+Show the section structure
+ The command 'texinfo-show-structure' ('C-c C-s') from the native
+ mode does not have a key binding in AUCTeX. The binding is used by
+ AUCTeX for sectioning.
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Indices, Prev: Appendices, Up: Top
+
+Indices
+*******
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Key Index::
+* Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept Index::
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Key Index, Next: Function Index, Up: Indices
+
+Key Index
+=========
+
+ [index ]
+* Menu:
+
+* ": Quotes. (line 15)
+* $: Quotes. (line 61)
+* C-c %: Commenting. (line 23)
+* C-c *: Marking (LaTeX). (line 7)
+* C-c * <1>: Marking (Texinfo). (line 7)
+* C-c .: Marking (LaTeX). (line 16)
+* C-c . <1>: Marking (Texinfo). (line 25)
+* C-c ;: Commenting. (line 15)
+* C-c ?: Documentation. (line 7)
+* C-c C-b: Starting a Command. (line 35)
+* C-c C-c: Starting a Command. (line 13)
+* C-c C-d: Multifile. (line 97)
+* C-c C-e: Environments. (line 20)
+* C-c C-f: Font Specifiers. (line 43)
+* C-c C-f C-b: Editing Facilities. (line 73)
+* C-c C-f C-b <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 16)
+* C-c C-f C-c: Editing Facilities. (line 94)
+* C-c C-f C-c <1>: Editing Facilities. (line 97)
+* C-c C-f C-c <2>: Font Specifiers. (line 37)
+* C-c C-f C-c <3>: Font Specifiers. (line 40)
+* C-c C-f C-e: Editing Facilities. (line 79)
+* C-c C-f C-e <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 22)
+* C-c C-f C-f: Editing Facilities. (line 88)
+* C-c C-f C-f <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 31)
+* C-c C-f C-i: Editing Facilities. (line 76)
+* C-c C-f C-i <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 19)
+* C-c C-f C-r: Editing Facilities. (line 85)
+* C-c C-f C-r <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 28)
+* C-c C-f C-s: Editing Facilities. (line 82)
+* C-c C-f C-s <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 25)
+* C-c C-f C-t: Editing Facilities. (line 91)
+* C-c C-f C-t <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 34)
+* C-c C-k: Control. (line 10)
+* C-c C-l: Control. (line 14)
+* C-c C-m: Completion. (line 29)
+* C-c C-n: Parsing Files. (line 44)
+* C-c C-o b: Folding. (line 113)
+* C-c C-o C-b: Folding. (line 44)
+* C-c C-o C-c: Folding. (line 110)
+* C-c C-o C-e: Folding. (line 94)
+* C-c C-o C-f: Folding. (line 32)
+* C-c C-o C-m: Folding. (line 85)
+* C-c C-o C-o: Folding. (line 132)
+* C-c C-o C-p: Folding. (line 81)
+* C-c C-o C-r: Folding. (line 78)
+* C-c C-o i: Folding. (line 125)
+* C-c C-o p: Folding. (line 121)
+* C-c C-o r: Folding. (line 117)
+* C-c C-q C-e: Filling. (line 92)
+* C-c C-q C-p: Filling. (line 86)
+* C-c C-q C-r: Filling. (line 101)
+* C-c C-q C-s: Filling. (line 97)
+* C-c C-r: Starting a Command. (line 19)
+* C-c C-s: Sectioning. (line 22)
+* C-c C-t C-b: Debugging. (line 19)
+* C-c C-t C-i: Processor Options. (line 29)
+* C-c C-t C-p: Processor Options. (line 15)
+* C-c C-t C-r: Starting a Command. (line 61)
+* C-c C-t C-s: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* C-c C-t C-w: Debugging. (line 23)
+* C-c C-v: Starting Viewers. (line 12)
+* C-c <LFD>: Itemize-like. (line 10)
+* C-c ]: Environments. (line 56)
+* C-c ^: Control. (line 18)
+* C-c _: Multifile. (line 69)
+* C-c `: Debugging. (line 10)
+* C-c {: Quotes. (line 85)
+* C-c ~: Mathematics. (line 12)
+* C-j: Indenting. (line 81)
+* <LFD>: Indenting. (line 72)
+* M-C-h: Marking (Texinfo). (line 34)
+* M-q: Filling. (line 89)
+* M-<TAB>: Completion. (line 19)
+* <TAB>: Indenting. (line 69)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Function Index, Next: Variable Index, Prev: Key
Index, Up: Indices
+
+Function Index
+==============
+
+ [index ]
+* Menu:
+
+* LaTeX-add-bibliographies: Adding Other. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-add-environments: Adding Environments. (line 66)
+* LaTeX-add-labels: Adding Other. (line 13)
+* LaTeX-close-environment: Environments. (line 55)
+* LaTeX-env-args: Adding Environments. (line 109)
+* LaTeX-env-array: Adding Environments. (line 81)
+* LaTeX-env-bib: Adding Environments. (line 103)
+* LaTeX-env-contents: Adding Environments. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-env-figure: Adding Environments. (line 77)
+* LaTeX-env-item: Adding Environments. (line 74)
+* LaTeX-env-label: Adding Environments. (line 85)
+* LaTeX-env-list: Adding Environments. (line 88)
+* LaTeX-env-minipage: Adding Environments. (line 92)
+* LaTeX-env-picture: Adding Environments. (line 100)
+* LaTeX-env-tabular*: Adding Environments. (line 96)
+* LaTeX-environment: Environments. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-fill-environment: Filling. (line 81)
+* LaTeX-fill-environment <1>: Filling. (line 92)
+* LaTeX-fill-paragraph: Filling. (line 86)
+* LaTeX-fill-region: Filling. (line 101)
+* LaTeX-fill-section: Filling. (line 97)
+* LaTeX-indent-line: Indenting. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-insert-environment: Adding Environments. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-insert-item: Itemize-like. (line 9)
+* LaTeX-mark-environment: Marking (LaTeX). (line 15)
+* LaTeX-mark-section: Marking (LaTeX). (line 6)
+* LaTeX-math-mode: Mathematics. (line 11)
+* LaTeX-section: Sectioning. (line 21)
+* LaTeX-section-heading: Sectioning. (line 69)
+* LaTeX-section-label: Sectioning. (line 82)
+* LaTeX-section-section: Sectioning. (line 77)
+* LaTeX-section-title: Sectioning. (line 72)
+* LaTeX-section-toc: Sectioning. (line 75)
+* TeX-add-style-hook: Simple Style. (line 32)
+* TeX-add-symbols: Adding Macros. (line 24)
+* TeX-arg-cite: Adding Macros. (line 109)
+* TeX-arg-conditional: Adding Macros. (line 86)
+* TeX-arg-coordinate: Adding Macros. (line 172)
+* TeX-arg-corner: Adding Macros. (line 150)
+* TeX-arg-counter: Adding Macros. (line 112)
+* TeX-arg-define-cite: Adding Macros. (line 141)
+* TeX-arg-define-counter: Adding Macros. (line 144)
+* TeX-arg-define-environment: Adding Macros. (line 137)
+* TeX-arg-define-label: Adding Macros. (line 129)
+* TeX-arg-define-macro: Adding Macros. (line 133)
+* TeX-arg-define-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 147)
+* TeX-arg-environment: Adding Macros. (line 106)
+* TeX-arg-eval: Adding Macros. (line 97)
+* TeX-arg-file: Adding Macros. (line 118)
+* TeX-arg-free: Adding Macros. (line 94)
+* TeX-arg-input-file: Adding Macros. (line 122)
+* TeX-arg-label: Adding Macros. (line 100)
+* TeX-arg-literal: Adding Macros. (line 90)
+* TeX-arg-lr: Adding Macros. (line 153)
+* TeX-arg-macro: Adding Macros. (line 103)
+* TeX-arg-pagestyle: Adding Macros. (line 159)
+* TeX-arg-pair: Adding Macros. (line 165)
+* TeX-arg-savebox: Adding Macros. (line 115)
+* TeX-arg-size: Adding Macros. (line 169)
+* TeX-arg-tb: Adding Macros. (line 156)
+* TeX-arg-verb: Adding Macros. (line 162)
+* TeX-auto-generate: Automatic Private. (line 23)
+* TeX-clean: Cleaning. (line 6)
+* TeX-command-buffer: Starting a Command. (line 34)
+* TeX-command-master: Starting a Command. (line 12)
+* TeX-command-region: Starting a Command. (line 18)
+* TeX-comment-or-uncomment-paragraph: Commenting. (line 22)
+* TeX-comment-or-uncomment-region: Commenting. (line 14)
+* TeX-complete-symbol: Completion. (line 18)
+* TeX-doc: Documentation. (line 6)
+* TeX-electric-macro: Completion. (line 64)
+* TeX-fold-buffer: Folding. (line 43)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-buffer: Folding. (line 112)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-item: Folding. (line 124)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-paragraph: Folding. (line 120)
+* TeX-fold-clearout-region: Folding. (line 116)
+* TeX-fold-comment: Folding. (line 109)
+* TeX-fold-dwim: Folding. (line 131)
+* TeX-fold-env: Folding. (line 93)
+* TeX-fold-macro: Folding. (line 84)
+* TeX-fold-math: Folding. (line 100)
+* TeX-fold-mode: Folding. (line 32)
+* TeX-fold-paragraph: Folding. (line 80)
+* TeX-fold-region: Folding. (line 77)
+* TeX-font: Font Specifiers. (line 42)
+* TeX-header-end: Multifile. (line 28)
+* TeX-home-buffer: Control. (line 17)
+* TeX-insert-braces: Quotes. (line 84)
+* TeX-insert-dollar: Quotes. (line 60)
+* TeX-insert-macro: Completion. (line 28)
+* TeX-insert-quote: Quotes. (line 14)
+* TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 28)
+* TeX-kill-job: Control. (line 9)
+* TeX-master-file-ask: Multifile. (line 68)
+* TeX-next-error: Debugging. (line 9)
+* TeX-normal-mode: Parsing Files. (line 43)
+* TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 14)
+* TeX-pin-region: Starting a Command. (line 60)
+* TeX-recenter-output-buffer: Control. (line 13)
+* TeX-save-document: Multifile. (line 96)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 12)
+* TeX-toggle-debug-bad-boxes: Debugging. (line 18)
+* TeX-toggle-debug-warnings: Debugging. (line 22)
+* TeX-view: Starting Viewers. (line 11)
+* TeX-view <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 20)
+* Texinfo-mark-environment: Marking (Texinfo). (line 24)
+* Texinfo-mark-node: Marking (Texinfo). (line 33)
+* Texinfo-mark-section: Marking (Texinfo). (line 6)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Variable Index, Next: Concept Index, Prev:
Function Index, Up: Indices
+
+Variable Index
+==============
+
+ [index ]
+* Menu:
+
+* ConTeXt-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* ConTeXt-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* ConTeXt-engine: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* ConTeXt-Omega-engine: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* docTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* docTeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* font-latex-deactivated-keyword-classes: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 162)
+* font-latex-fontify-script: Fontification of math.
+ (line 20)
+* font-latex-fontify-sectioning: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 95)
+* font-latex-match-bold-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-bold-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-function-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-italic-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-italic-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-math-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-math-command-keywords <1>: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* font-latex-match-reference-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-0-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-1-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-2-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-3-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-4-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-sectioning-5-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 107)
+* font-latex-match-slide-title-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 114)
+* font-latex-match-textual-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-type-command-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-type-declaration-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 137)
+* font-latex-match-variable-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-match-warning-keywords: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 60)
+* font-latex-math-environments: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* font-latex-quotes: Fontification of quotes.
+ (line 15)
+* font-latex-script-display: Fontification of math.
+ (line 28)
+* font-latex-sectioning-0-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-1-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-2-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-3-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-4-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-sectioning-5-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 96)
+* font-latex-slide-title-face: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 114)
+* font-latex-user-keyword-classes: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 191)
+* japanese-LaTeX-command-default: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-LaTeX-command-default <1>: Japanese. (line 34)
+* japanese-LaTeX-default-style: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-LaTeX-default-style <1>: Japanese. (line 39)
+* japanese-TeX-command-default: Japanese. (line 6)
+* japanese-TeX-command-default <1>: Japanese. (line 29)
+* LaTeX-amsmath-label: Equations. (line 15)
+* LaTeX-auto-label-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 99)
+* LaTeX-auto-minimal-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 96)
+* LaTeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 102)
+* LaTeX-babel-hyphen: European. (line 149)
+* LaTeX-babel-hyphen-after-hyphen: European. (line 157)
+* LaTeX-babel-hyphen-language-alist: European. (line 136)
+* LaTeX-biblatex-use-Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* LaTeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* LaTeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* LaTeX-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-close-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-open-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-csquotes-quote-after-quote: Quotes. (line 43)
+* LaTeX-default-environment: Environments. (line 34)
+* LaTeX-default-format: Tabular-like. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-default-position: Tabular-like. (line 13)
+* LaTeX-enable-toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* LaTeX-eqnarray-label: Equations. (line 12)
+* LaTeX-equation-label: Equations. (line 9)
+* LaTeX-figure-label: Floats. (line 25)
+* LaTeX-figure-label <1>: Floats. (line 35)
+* LaTeX-fill-break-at-separators: Filling. (line 103)
+* LaTeX-fill-break-before-code-comments: Filling. (line 113)
+* LaTeX-float: Floats. (line 14)
+* LaTeX-float <1>: Floats. (line 32)
+* LaTeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 189)
+* LaTeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 189)
+* LaTeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 189)
+* LaTeX-font-list: Font Specifiers. (line 57)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-check: Indenting. (line 51)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list: Indenting. (line 37)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list <1>: Indenting. (line 48)
+* LaTeX-indent-environment-list <2>: Indenting. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-indent-level: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-indent-level <1>: Indenting. (line 94)
+* LaTeX-item-indent: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-item-indent <1>: Indenting. (line 98)
+* LaTeX-item-regexp: Indenting. (line 19)
+* LaTeX-math-abbrev-prefix: Mathematics. (line 26)
+* LaTeX-math-list: Mathematics. (line 36)
+* LaTeX-math-menu-unicode: Mathematics. (line 54)
+* LaTeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* LaTeX-paragraph-commands: Filling. (line 55)
+* LaTeX-section-hook: Sectioning. (line 40)
+* LaTeX-section-hook <1>: Sectioning. (line 48)
+* LaTeX-section-label: Sectioning. (line 42)
+* LaTeX-section-label <1>: Sectioning. (line 100)
+* LaTeX-syntactic-comments: Indenting. (line 63)
+* LaTeX-syntactic-comments <1>: Indenting. (line 106)
+* LaTeX-table-label: Floats. (line 25)
+* LaTeX-table-label <1>: Floats. (line 38)
+* LaTeX-top-caption-list: Floats. (line 20)
+* LaTeX-top-caption-list <1>: Floats. (line 41)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-environments: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-braces: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* LaTeX-verbatim-macros-with-delims: Verbatim content. (line 10)
+* plain-TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 105)
+* plain-TeX-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* plain-TeX-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* plain-TeX-enable-toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* TeX-arg-input-file-search: Adding Macros. (line 123)
+* TeX-auto-cleanup-hook: Hacking the Parser. (line 100)
+* TeX-auto-empty-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 93)
+* TeX-auto-full-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 108)
+* TeX-auto-global: Automatic Global. (line 25)
+* TeX-auto-local: Automatic Local. (line 22)
+* TeX-auto-parse-length: Parsing Files. (line 87)
+* TeX-auto-prepare-hook: Hacking the Parser. (line 97)
+* TeX-auto-private: Automatic Private. (line 19)
+* TeX-auto-regexp-list: Parsing Files. (line 84)
+* TeX-auto-regexp-list <1>: Hacking the Parser. (line 78)
+* TeX-auto-save: Parsing Files. (line 40)
+* TeX-auto-untabify: Parsing Files. (line 57)
+* TeX-brace-indent-level: Indenting. (line 102)
+* TeX-check-path: Selecting a Command. (line 59)
+* TeX-clean-confirm: Cleaning. (line 26)
+* TeX-close-quote: Quotes. (line 25)
+* TeX-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-command-default: Selecting a Command. (line 42)
+* TeX-command-list: Starting a Command. (line 16)
+* TeX-command-list <1>: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-command-list <2>: Selecting a Command. (line 14)
+* TeX-default-macro: Completion. (line 49)
+* TeX-default-mode: Japanese. (line 6)
+* TeX-default-mode <1>: Japanese. (line 21)
+* TeX-display-help: Debugging. (line 30)
+* TeX-DVI-via-PDFTeX: Processor Options. (line 21)
+* TeX-electric-escape: Completion. (line 56)
+* TeX-electric-sub-and-superscript: Mathematics. (line 68)
+* TeX-engine: Processor Options. (line 66)
+* TeX-engine-alist: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-engine-alist <1>: Processor Options. (line 94)
+* TeX-engine-alist-builtin: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-expand-list: Selecting a Command. (line 14)
+* TeX-file-recurse: Automatic. (line 45)
+* TeX-fold-command-prefix: Folding. (line 137)
+* TeX-fold-env-spec-list: Folding. (line 179)
+* TeX-fold-force-fontify: Folding. (line 63)
+* TeX-fold-help-echo-max-length: Folding. (line 216)
+* TeX-fold-macro-spec-list: Folding. (line 146)
+* TeX-fold-math-spec-list: Folding. (line 186)
+* TeX-fold-preserve-comments: Folding. (line 71)
+* TeX-fold-type-list: Folding. (line 58)
+* TeX-fold-unspec-env-display-string: Folding. (line 199)
+* TeX-fold-unspec-macro-display-string: Folding. (line 195)
+* TeX-fold-unspec-use-name: Folding. (line 203)
+* TeX-font-list: Font Specifiers. (line 48)
+* TeX-header-end: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-header-end <1>: Starting a Command. (line 45)
+* TeX-ignore-file: Automatic. (line 53)
+* TeX-insert-braces: Completion. (line 74)
+* TeX-insert-macro-default-style: Completion. (line 36)
+* TeX-install-font-lock: Font Locking. (line 13)
+* TeX-interactive-mode: Processor Options. (line 29)
+* TeX-language-bg-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-cz-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-de-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-dk-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-is-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-it-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-nl-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-pl-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-sk-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-language-sv-hook: European. (line 53)
+* TeX-macro-global: Customizing. (line 19)
+* TeX-macro-global <1>: Automatic Global. (line 16)
+* TeX-macro-private: Automatic Private. (line 12)
+* TeX-master: Starting a Command. (line 16)
+* TeX-master <1>: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-master <2>: Multifile. (line 40)
+* TeX-math-close-double-dollar: Quotes. (line 70)
+* TeX-newline-function: Indenting. (line 29)
+* TeX-newline-function <1>: Indenting. (line 110)
+* TeX-Omega-command: Processor Options. (line 83)
+* TeX-one-master: Multifile. (line 55)
+* TeX-open-quote: Quotes. (line 21)
+* TeX-outline-extra: Outline. (line 13)
+* TeX-output-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 97)
+* TeX-parse-self: Parsing Files. (line 37)
+* TeX-PDF-mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
+* TeX-quote-after-quote: Quotes. (line 29)
+* TeX-quote-language-alist: European. (line 123)
+* TeX-region: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-region <1>: Starting a Command. (line 41)
+* TeX-save-query: Multifile. (line 100)
+* TeX-show-compilation: Processor Options. (line 108)
+* TeX-source-correlate-method: Processor Options. (line 47)
+* TeX-source-correlate-mode: Processor Options. (line 36)
+* TeX-source-correlate-start-server: I/O Correlation. (line 26)
+* TeX-source-correlate-start-server <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 32)
+* TeX-style-global: Automatic Global. (line 19)
+* TeX-style-local: Automatic Local. (line 16)
+* TeX-style-path: Automatic. (line 38)
+* TeX-style-private: Automatic Private. (line 28)
+* TeX-trailer-start: Starting a Command. (line 32)
+* TeX-trailer-start <1>: Starting a Command. (line 50)
+* TeX-view-predicate-list: Starting Viewers. (line 56)
+* TeX-view-program-list: Starting Viewers. (line 65)
+* TeX-view-program-selection: Starting Viewers. (line 36)
+* TeX-view-style: Starting Viewers. (line 106)
+* Texinfo-clean-intermediate-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+* Texinfo-clean-output-suffixes: Cleaning. (line 7)
+
+
+File: auctex.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Variable Index, Up: Indices
+
+Concept Index
+=============
+
+ [index ]
+* Menu:
+
+* '.emacs': Loading the package. (line 6)
+* '\begin': Environments. (line 6)
+* '\chapter': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\chapter' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* \cite, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
+* '\emph': Editing Facilities. (line 79)
+* '\emph' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 22)
+* '\end': Environments. (line 6)
+* \include: Multifile. (line 6)
+* \input: Multifile. (line 6)
+* \item: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* '\label': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\label' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* \label, completion: Completion. (line 81)
+* \ref, completion: Completion. (line 81)
+* '\section': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\section' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* '\subsection': Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* '\subsection' <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* '\textbf': Editing Facilities. (line 73)
+* '\textbf' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 16)
+* '\textit': Editing Facilities. (line 76)
+* '\textit' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 19)
+* '\textrm': Editing Facilities. (line 85)
+* '\textrm' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 28)
+* '\textsc': Editing Facilities. (line 94)
+* '\textsc' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 37)
+* '\textsf': Editing Facilities. (line 88)
+* '\textsf' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 31)
+* '\textsl': Editing Facilities. (line 82)
+* '\textsl' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 25)
+* '\texttt': Editing Facilities. (line 91)
+* '\texttt' <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 34)
+* Abbreviations: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* Adding a style hook: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Adding bibliographies: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding environments: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Adding labels: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding macros: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Adding other information: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Adding to 'PATH' in Windows: Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 51)
+* amsmath: Equations. (line 6)
+* ANSI: European. (line 5)
+* Arguments to TeX macros: Completion. (line 6)
+* ASCII pTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* ASCII pTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* 'auctex.el': Loading the package. (line 14)
+* 'auctex.el' <1>: Changes. (line 174)
+* 'auto' directories.: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Auto-Reveal: Folding. (line 6)
+* Automatic: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Automatic Customization: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Automatic Parsing: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Automatic updating style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Bad boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Biber: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* biblatex: Selecting a Command. (line 46)
+* Bibliographies, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Bibliography: Commands. (line 6)
+* bibliography, completion: Completion. (line 81)
+* BibTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* BibTeX, completion: Completion. (line 81)
+* 'book.el': Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Braces: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Brackets: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Bulgarian: European. (line 53)
+* Changing font: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Changing the parser: Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Chapters: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Chapters <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Character set: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Checking: Checking. (line 6)
+* ChinaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* 'chktex': Checking. (line 6)
+* citations, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
+* cite, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
+* CJK language: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* CJK-LaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Cleaning: Cleaning. (line 6)
+* Commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Completion: Completion. (line 6)
+* Controlling the output: Control. (line 6)
+* Copying: Copying. (line 6)
+* Copyright: Copying. (line 6)
+* CTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Current file: Control. (line 6)
+* Customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Customization, personal: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Customization, site: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Czech: European. (line 53)
+* Danish: European. (line 53)
+* Debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Default command: Commands. (line 6)
+* Defining bibliographies in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Defining environments in style hooks: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Defining labels in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Defining macros in style hooks: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Defining other information in style hooks: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Deleting fonts: Editing Facilities. (line 97)
+* Deleting fonts <1>: Font Specifiers. (line 40)
+* Descriptions: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Display math mode: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Distribution: Copying. (line 6)
+* Documentation: Documentation. (line 6)
+* Documents: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Documents with multiple files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Dollar signs, color bleed with: Known problems. (line 6)
+* Dollars: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Double quotes: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Dutch: European. (line 53)
+* Enumerates: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Environments: Environments. (line 6)
+* Environments, adding: Adding Environments. (line 6)
+* Eqnarray: Equations. (line 6)
+* Equation: Equations. (line 6)
+* Equations: Equations. (line 6)
+* Errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Europe: European. (line 6)
+* European Characters: European. (line 6)
+* Example of a style file.: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Expansion: Completion. (line 6)
+* External Commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Extracting TeX symbols: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Faces: Faces. (line 6)
+* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
+ (line 6)
+* Figure environment: Floats. (line 6)
+* Figures: Floats. (line 6)
+* Filling: Filling. (line 6)
+* Finding errors: Checking. (line 6)
+* Finding the current file: Control. (line 6)
+* Finding the master file: Control. (line 6)
+* Floats: Floats. (line 6)
+* Folding: Folding. (line 6)
+* Folding <1>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Font Locking: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Font macros: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* font-latex: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Fonts: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Formatting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Formatting <1>: Filling. (line 6)
+* Formatting <2>: Commands. (line 6)
+* Forward search: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Free: Copying. (line 6)
+* Free software: Copying. (line 6)
+* General Public License: Copying. (line 6)
+* Generating symbols: Automatic. (line 6)
+* German: European. (line 53)
+* Global directories: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global style hook directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Global TeX macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* GPL: Copying. (line 6)
+* Header: Commands. (line 6)
+* Headers: Outline. (line 6)
+* Hide Macros: Folding. (line 6)
+* HLaTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* I/O correlation: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* I/O correlation <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Including: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Indentation: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Indenting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Indexing: Commands. (line 6)
+* Initialization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Inputing: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Installation: Build/install. (line 6)
+* Internationalization: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Inverse search: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* ISO 8859 Latin 1: European. (line 6)
+* ISO 8859 Latin 2: European. (line 6)
+* 'iso-cvt.el': European. (line 28)
+* ispell: European. (line 40)
+* Italian: European. (line 53)
+* Itemize: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Items: Itemize-like. (line 6)
+* Japan: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Japanese: Japanese. (line 6)
+* jLaTeX: Japanese. (line 6)
+* jTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* jTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Killing a process: Control. (line 6)
+* kTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Label prefix: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Label prefix <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* Labels: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Labels <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* Labels, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* labels, completion of: Completion. (line 81)
+* 'lacheck': Checking. (line 6)
+* Language Support: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* LaTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Latin 1: European. (line 6)
+* Latin 2: European. (line 6)
+* License: Copying. (line 6)
+* Literature: Commands. (line 6)
+* Local style directory: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Local style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Local style hooks <1>: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Macro arguments: Completion. (line 6)
+* Macro completion: Completion. (line 6)
+* Macro expansion: Completion. (line 6)
+* 'macro.el': Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* 'macro.tex': Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Macros, adding: Adding Macros. (line 6)
+* Make: Build/install. (line 6)
+* 'makeindex': Commands. (line 6)
+* Making a bibliography: Commands. (line 6)
+* Making an index: Commands. (line 6)
+* Many Files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Master file: Control. (line 6)
+* Master file <1>: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Matching dollar signs: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Math mode delimiters: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Math, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Math, fontification problems with: Known problems. (line 6)
+* Mathematics: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* MULE: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* MULE <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* MULE-UCS: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Multifile Documents: Multifile. (line 6)
+* Multiple Files: Multifile. (line 6)
+* National letters: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Next error: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Nippon: Japanese. (line 6)
+* NTT jTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* NTT jTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Other information, adding: Adding Other. (line 6)
+* Outlining: Folding. (line 6)
+* Outlining <1>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Output: Control. (line 6)
+* Overfull boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Overview: Outline. (line 6)
+* Parsing errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Parsing LaTeX errors: Debugging. (line 6)
+* Parsing new macros: Hacking the Parser. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX <1>: Automatic. (line 6)
+* Parsing TeX output: Debugging. (line 6)
+* 'PATH' in Windows: Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 51)
+* PDF mode: Processor Options. (line 15)
+* PDFSync: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* PDFSync <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Personal customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Personal information: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Personal macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Personal TeX macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* pLaTeX: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Polish: European. (line 53)
+* Prefix for labels: Sectioning. (line 110)
+* Prefix for labels <1>: Floats. (line 25)
+* preview-install-styles: Configure. (line 102)
+* Previewing: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Printing: Commands. (line 6)
+* Private directories: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private style hook directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Private TeX macro directory: Automatic Private. (line 6)
+* Problems: Checking. (line 6)
+* Processes: Control. (line 6)
+* pTeX: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* pTeX <1>: Japanese. (line 6)
+* Quotes: Quotes. (line 6)
+* Quotes, fontification of: Fontification of quotes.
+ (line 6)
+* Redisplay output: Control. (line 6)
+* Refilling: Filling. (line 6)
+* Reformatting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Reformatting <1>: Filling. (line 6)
+* Region: Commands. (line 6)
+* Region file: Commands. (line 6)
+* Reindenting: Indenting. (line 6)
+* Reveal: Folding. (line 6)
+* Right: Copying. (line 6)
+* Running BibTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'chktex': Checking. (line 6)
+* Running commands: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'lacheck': Checking. (line 6)
+* Running LaTeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Running 'makeindex': Commands. (line 6)
+* Running TeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* Sample style file: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Sectioning: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Sectioning <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Sectioning commands, fontification of: Fontification of macros.
+ (line 91)
+* Sections: Editing Facilities. (line 26)
+* Sections <1>: Sectioning. (line 6)
+* Sections <2>: Outline. (line 6)
+* Setting the default command: Commands. (line 6)
+* Setting the header: Commands. (line 6)
+* Setting the trailer: Commands. (line 6)
+* Site customization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Site information: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Site initialization: Customizing. (line 6)
+* Site macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Site TeX macro directory: Automatic Global. (line 6)
+* Slovak: European. (line 53)
+* Source specials: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* Source specials <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Specifying a font: Font Specifiers. (line 6)
+* Starting a previewer: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Stopping a process: Control. (line 6)
+* Style: Checking. (line 6)
+* 'style': Style Files. (line 6)
+* Style file: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Style files: Style Files. (line 6)
+* Style hook: Simple Style. (line 6)
+* Style hooks: Style Files. (line 6)
+* Subscript, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Superscript, fontification of: Fontification of math.
+ (line 6)
+* Swedish: European. (line 53)
+* Symbols: Mathematics. (line 6)
+* SyncTeX: Processor Options. (line 35)
+* SyncTeX <1>: I/O Correlation. (line 6)
+* Syntax Highlighting: Font Locking. (line 6)
+* Tabify: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Table environment: Floats. (line 6)
+* Tables: Floats. (line 6)
+* Tabs: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* TeX: Commands. (line 6)
+* TeX parsing: Automatic. (line 6)
+* 'tex-jp.el': Japanese. (line 6)
+* 'tex-mik.el': Installation under MS Windows.
+ (line 286)
+* 'tex-site.el': Loading the package. (line 14)
+* 'tex-site.el' <1>: Customizing. (line 6)
+* 'tex-site.el' <2>: Changes. (line 174)
+* tool bar, toolbar: Processing. (line 11)
+* Trailer: Commands. (line 6)
+* Underfull boxes: Debugging. (line 6)
+* UNICODE: Internationalization.
+ (line 6)
+* Untabify: Parsing Files. (line 6)
+* Updating style hooks: Automatic Local. (line 6)
+* Verbatim, fontification of: Verbatim content. (line 6)
+* Viewing: Viewing. (line 6)
+* Warranty: Copying. (line 6)
+* Writing to a printer: Commands. (line 6)
+* 'x-compose.el': European. (line 31)
+* X-Symbol: European. (line 34)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top927
+Node: Copying7098
+Node: Introduction9054
+Node: Summary9324
+Node: Installation12065
+Node: Prerequisites13439
+Node: Configure16396
+Node: Build/install21807
+Node: Loading the package22298
+Node: Advice for package providers24105
+Node: Advice for non-privileged users28050
+Node: Installation under MS Windows32008
+Node: Customizing47231
+Node: Quick Start48814
+Ref: Quick Start-Footnote-150804
+Node: Editing Facilities50951
+Node: Processing Facilities55746
+Node: Editing59640
+Node: Quotes60956
+Node: Font Specifiers64696
+Node: Sectioning66522
+Node: Environments70842
+Node: Equations73208
+Node: Floats73799
+Node: Itemize-like75332
+Node: Tabular-like75875
+Node: Customizing Environments76505
+Node: Mathematics76745
+Node: Completion79671
+Node: Marking83731
+Node: Marking (LaTeX)84355
+Node: Marking (Texinfo)85297
+Node: Commenting86907
+Node: Indenting88232
+Node: Filling94017
+Node: Display99337
+Node: Font Locking100650
+Node: Fontification of macros102725
+Node: Fontification of quotes112163
+Node: Fontification of math113658
+Node: Verbatim content115377
+Node: Faces116151
+Node: Known problems116640
+Node: Folding117569
+Node: Outline128004
+Node: Processing129258
+Node: Commands130421
+Node: Starting a Command130977
+Node: Selecting a Command134700
+Node: Processor Options137769
+Node: Viewing143439
+Node: Starting Viewers143813
+Node: I/O Correlation149975
+Node: Debugging152349
+Node: Checking153864
+Node: Control155156
+Node: Cleaning155883
+Node: Documentation157096
+Node: Customization157876
+Node: Modes and Hooks158369
+Node: Multifile159575
+Node: Parsing Files164254
+Node: Internationalization168659
+Node: European169840
+Node: Japanese176664
+Node: Automatic178361
+Node: Automatic Global180886
+Node: Automatic Private182047
+Node: Automatic Local183360
+Node: Style Files184449
+Node: Simple Style185242
+Node: Adding Macros186541
+Node: Adding Environments192437
+Node: Adding Other196706
+Node: Hacking the Parser197293
+Node: Appendices201162
+Node: Copying this Manual201546
+Node: GNU Free Documentation License202439
+Node: Changes227557
+Node: Development251794
+Node: Mid-term Goals252440
+Node: Wishlist254001
+Node: Bugs260945
+Node: FAQ262342
+Node: Texinfo mode268358
+Node: Exploiting269494
+Node: Superseding270314
+Node: Mapping274518
+Node: Unbinding276347
+Node: Indices277168
+Node: Key Index277393
+Node: Function Index282914
+Node: Variable Index291023
+Node: Concept Index308707
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/dir b/dir
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab993b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dir
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Ceci est le fichier .../info/dir, qui contient le nÅud le
+plus haut de la hiérarchie Info. Ce nÅud est appelé (dir)Top.
+C'est de ce nÅud que vous démarrez la première fois que
+vous utilisez Info.
+
+File: dir, Node: Top Ceci est le haut de l'arborescence INFO
+
+ Ceci (le nÅud Répertoire) fournit un menu des sujets majeurs.
+ Emtrez « q » pour quitter, « ? » pour afficher toutes les commandes
Info,
+ « d » pour revenir ici ;, « h » affiche un guide d'initiation pour
les
+ nouveaux venus, « mEmacs<Entrée> » démarre une consultation du manuel
+ Emacs, et cætera.
+
+ Dans Emacs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le deuxième bouton de la souris
+ sur une entrée de menu ou sur un renvoi pour le sélectionner.
+
+* Menu:
+
+Emacs
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex).
+ Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+
+TeX
+* AUCTeX: (auctex). A sophisticated TeX environment for Emacs.
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex).
+ Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
diff --git a/latex/prauctex.cfg b/latex/prauctex.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..495ae40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prauctex.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prauctex.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `auccfg')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prauctex.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\PreviewMacro*[[][#1{}]\footnote
address@hidden
+\PreviewMacro*\emph
+\PreviewMacro*\textrm
+\PreviewMacro*\textit
+\PreviewMacro*\textsc
+\PreviewMacro*\textsf
+\PreviewMacro*\textsl
+\PreviewMacro*\texttt
+\PreviewMacro*\textcolor
+\PreviewMacro*\mbox
+\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\author
+\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\title
+\PreviewMacro*\and
+\PreviewMacro*\thanks
+\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\caption
address@hidden@address@hidden@startsection}{%
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \PreviewMacro*[*][#1{}]\chapter}{}}
+\PreviewMacro*\index
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prauctex.cfg'.
diff --git a/latex/prauctex.def b/latex/prauctex.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f8f7fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prauctex.def
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prauctex.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `auctex')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prauctex.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
+\nofiles
address@hidden
+\begingroup
+\lccode`\~=`\-
+\lccode`\{=`\<
+\lccode`\}=`\>
+\lowercase{\endgroup
+ address@hidden
address@hidden:
+ Snippet address@hidden
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\<=13
address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \let<address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \errhelp{Not a real error.}%
+ \errmessage<}}}
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ (address@hidden@box address@hidden)}}
+\hbadness=\maxdimen
+\newcount\hbadness
+\vbadness=\maxdimen
+\let\vbadness=\hbadness
+\hfuzz=\maxdimen
+\newdimen\hfuzz
+\vfuzz=\maxdimen
+\let\vfuzz=\hfuzz
+\showboxdepth=-1
+\showboxbreadth=-1
address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prauctex.def'.
diff --git a/latex/prcounters.def b/latex/prcounters.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7b5726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prcounters.def
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prcounters.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `counters')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prcounters.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
address@hidden@gobble\ifnum\value{#1}=0%
+ \csname address@hidden@#1\endcsname\else\relax
+ \space{#1}{\arabic{#1}}\fi}
address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden@#1\endcsname{\arabic{#1}}}
address@hidden@address@hidden@@ckpt}%
+ address@hidden: Counters\next#1}%
+ address@hidden@eltdef\cl@@ckpt\fi}}
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden:}
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prcounters.def'.
diff --git a/latex/preview.sty b/latex/preview.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c50c5dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/preview.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `preview.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `style')
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `style,active')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from preview.sty.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} address@hidden #1#2$#3:
address@hidden #2#4 $}} address@hidden #1 #2${#1}
+\begingroup \catcode`\_=12
address@hidden@version $Name: $ address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@version CVS-$Revision: 1.126 $ \endgroup \else
+ \def\next release_{} \lccode`\_=`.
+ \edef\next{\lowercase{\endgroup
+ address@hidden@version}}} \next \fi
address@hidden $Date: 2010-02-14 16:19:00 $
+\edef\next{\noexpand\ProvidesPackage{preview}%
+ [\next\space address@hidden (AUCTeX/preview-latex)]}
+\next
+\let\ifPreview\iffalse
address@hidden@gobble
address@hidden@gobbletwo
address@hidden@ship#1#2#3{}
address@hidden
address@hidden@gobble}
address@hidden@front#1#2{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{active}{%
+ \let\ifPreview\iftrue
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@firstofone}
address@hidden@delay{%
+ \ifx#1\relax \let#1#2\fi
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden \else \protected\fi
+ address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{delayed}{%
+ \ifPreview address@hidden
+}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{psfixbb}{\ifPreview%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden/dev/null}}\fi
+}
address@hidden@
+\DeclareOption{dvips}{%
+ address@hidden@ne
+ address@hidden
+ \special{!/address@hidden(address@hidden)def}
+ \special{!userdict begin/preview-bop-level 0 def%
+ /bop-hook{/preview-bop-level dup load dup 0 le{/isls false def%
+ /vsize 792 def/hsize 612 def}if 1 add store}bind def%
+ /eop-hook{/preview-bop-level dup load dup 0 gt{1 sub}if
+ store}bind def end}}}}
+\DeclareOption{pdftex}{%
+ address@hidden@}
+\DeclareOption{xetex}{%
+ address@hidden@@}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\*=11
address@hidden
+\DeclareOption{displaymath}{%
+ address@hidden@{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
+ \expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ {\endgroup}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ {\endgroup}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \PreviewClose\]%
+ \PreviewEnvironment[][\noindent#1]{eqnarray}%
+ \PreviewEnvironment[][\noindent#1]{eqnarray*}%
+ \PreviewEnvironment{displaymath}%
+}}
+\begingroup
+\def\next#1#2{%
+ \endgroup
+ \DeclareOption{textmath}{%
+ \PreviewEnvironment{math}%
+ address@hidden@undefined \let#1=$%$
+ \fi\catcode`\$=\active
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@\relax}%
+ \makeatother\expandafter\xyreuncatcodes\next\fi}%
+ address@hidden@ship\(address@hidden \)
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@textmathcheck}}{}}%
+ address@hidden@endaftergroup
+ address@hidden@gobbletwo\fi#2}}
+\lccode`\~=`\$
+\lowercase{\expandafter\next\expandafter~}%
+ \csname address@hidden
+ \endcsname
+\DeclareOption{graphics}{%
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\includegraphics}%]]
+}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{preview}{%
+Your document class has a bad definition^^J
+of \string#1, most likely^^J
+\string\let\string#1=\string#2^^J
+which has now been changed to^^J
+\string\def\string#1{\string#2}^^J
+because otherwise subsequent changes to \string#2^^J
+(like done by several packages changing float behaviour)^^J
+can't take effect on \string#1.^^J
+Please complain to your document class author}%
+ \def#1{#2}\fi\fi}
+\begingroup
+\def\next#1#2{\endgroup
+ \DeclareOption{floats}{%
+ address@hidden@float
+ address@hidden@float
+ address@hidden@dblfloat
+ address@hidden@dblfloat
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }}
+\expandafter\next\csname endfigure*\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname endtable*\endcsname
+\DeclareOption{sections}{%
+ address@hidden
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\chapter}%]]
+}
+\DeclareOption*
+ {\InputIfFileExists{pr\CurrentOption.def}{}{\OptionNotUsed}}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \long\def\next##1{#2}%
+ address@hidden@endparse}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@endbox}}{}}%
+ address@hidden@macroii}
address@hidden
address@hidden@endbox}
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \long\def\next##1{#2}%
+ address@hidden@endparse}}
address@hidden@address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@{##1}}}%
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@ship
+ address@hidden@endbox##1}}%
+ {\endgroup}}}%
+ address@hidden@macroii}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@{##1\endgroup}}}%
+ address@hidden@macroii}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \long\edef\next##1##2{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \expandafter\next\csname#2\endcsname{#1}%
+ address@hidden end#2\endcsname}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@domacro{#1}}%
+ \long\edef\next[##1]##2{%
+ address@hidden@ship
+ \noexpand\csname##2\noexpand\endcsname{\the\toks@
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@macroii %]
+ }
+\newcommand{\PreviewSnarfEnvironment}[2][]{%
+ address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \csname address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+\newenvironment{preview}{\ignorespaces}{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
+\newenvironment{nopreview}{\ignorespaces}{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ address@hidden@gobble}
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@box\vbox}
address@hidden@}
address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@}%
+ address@hidden
+ \break
+ address@hidden@arrayparboxrestore
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ address@hidden@start
+ address@hidden
+ \else
+ \expandafter address@hidden
+ \fi{#1}}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \ifvmode address@hidden
+ address@hidden@empty\else
+ address@hidden
+ \noindent\par
+ address@hidden
+ \prevdepth\dimen@
+ address@hidden@
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=-\maxdimen\egroup
+ \else\egroup\box\z@ \fi\fi\fi
+ \ifhmode address@hidden
+ address@hidden/}%
+ \else \unskip\unpenalty\unskip \fi
+ \egroup
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden \lineskiplimit\z@
+ address@hidden
+ \nointerlineskip
+ address@hidden@address@hidden to\z@
+ \unvbox\z@
+ \nointerlineskip
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ }%
+ address@hidden@end
+ {\let\protect\noexpand
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \hoffset=\z@
+ \fi
+ address@hidden@snippet
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@box
+ address@hidden@box
+ address@hidden@box
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@markerbox}%
+ \else address@hidden \fi}%
+ address@hidden@ne
+ address@hidden
+}
address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@}
address@hidden@ \expandafter\aftergroup\fi \egroup}
address@hidden address@hidden
address@hidden@percentchar
+\def\next#1{%
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \let#1= }}
+\expandafter\next\csname address@hidden@endparse\endcsname
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@endparse#2{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2}}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@parseit}}
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@endparse#2{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2}}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
address@hidden@endparse#2[#3]{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2[{#3}]}}
+\expandafter\let\csname address@hidden@parseit
address@hidden@endparse#2#3{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#2{#3}}}
+\expandafter\let\csname address@hidden@parse
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden@endparse#3{%
+ address@hidden@endparse{#3}}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@secondoftwo}}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@parseit address@hidden
+ {\aftergroup\the\aftergroup\toks@ \afterassignment}%
+ \let\next= }
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden:\endcsname
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden@endparse{#4}}%
+ \long\def\next#1{#2}%
+ address@hidden
+\long\expandafter\def\csname address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@##1}}%
+ address@hidden address@hidden@endparse}%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
address@hidden@endbox}
address@hidden
address@hidden@outer
+ address@hidden@start
+ address@hidden@start\relax
+ address@hidden
+ \else
+ address@hidden
+ \fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@endparse}}
address@hidden
+ address@hidden@endbox}{\endgroup}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\renewenvironment{preview}{\begingroup
+ address@hidden@endbox}%
+ {\endgroup}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+ {\ifhmode\unskip\fi\endgroup}
address@hidden
+ {\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\output{%
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@empty
+ address@hidden
address@hidden
address@hidden: Fontsize address@hidden pt}%
+ address@hidden: Magnification \number\mag}\fi
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden \else
+ % FIXME: The message should not be emitted if XeTeX does not produce
+ % PDF. There does not seem to be a primitive for that, though.
+ \typeout{Preview: PDFoutput 1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else
+ \ifnum\pdfoutput>\z@
+ \typeout{Preview: PDFoutput 1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
address@hidden
address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `preview.sty'.
diff --git a/latex/prfootnotes.def b/latex/prfootnotes.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d525a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prfootnotes.def
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prfootnotes.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `footnotes')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prfootnotes.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\PreviewMacro[[!]\footnote %]
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prfootnotes.def'.
diff --git a/latex/prlyx.def b/latex/prlyx.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd1dab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prlyx.def
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prlyx.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `lyx')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prlyx.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
address@hidden
address@hidden@address@hidden@end{\typeout{Preview:
+ Snippet address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prlyx.def'.
diff --git a/latex/prshowbox.def b/latex/prshowbox.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3280b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prshowbox.def
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prshowbox.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `showbox')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prshowbox.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
+\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen
+ \showboxdepth\maxdimen}
address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prshowbox.def'.
diff --git a/latex/prshowlabels.def b/latex/prshowlabels.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0d6108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prshowlabels.def
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prshowlabels.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `showlabels')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prshowlabels.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
address@hidden
address@hidden@@label{#1}%
+ address@hidden@{#1}%
+ address@hidden@labelbox
+ address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \romannumeral%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@lastlabel
+ \expandafter\expandafter\romannumeral\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ address@hidden
address@hidden
+ \footnotesize\ttfamily\fboxsep0.4ex\relax\fbox{#1}}}
address@hidden@@maketag{#1}%
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@\box\z@ \egroup\fi}
address@hidden@address@hidden@start{%
+ address@hidden@x
+ address@hidden
+ \global\let\pr@@label\label address@hidden
+ \global\let\pr@@maketag\maketag@@@
+ \let\maketag@@@address@hidden
+}
address@hidden@address@hidden@end{%
+ \ifx address@hidden \global\let\label\pr@@label \fi
+ \ifx \maketag@@@address@hidden
+ \global\let\maketag@@@\pr@@maketag \fi
+ address@hidden
+ \else address@hidden
+ address@hidden,address@hidden
+ \fi}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prshowlabels.def'.
diff --git a/latex/prtightpage.def b/latex/prtightpage.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31516be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prtightpage.def
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prtightpage.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `tightpage')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prtightpage.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
address@hidden
+ \newdimen\PreviewBorder
+ \PreviewBorder=0.50001bp
+\fi
address@hidden
+ \def\PreviewBbAdjust{-\PreviewBorder -\PreviewBorder
+ \PreviewBorder \PreviewBorder}
+\fi
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
address@hidden@}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname address@hidden@%
+ address@hidden@}%
+ address@hidden@ne\ifnum\count@<5
+ address@hidden@=\fi}
address@hidden@
+ \ifcase
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden address@hidden
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax address@hidden
+ \ifnum\pdfoutput>\z@ address@hidden address@hidden
+ \else \thr@@\fi
+ \or \ExecuteOptions{dvips}\relax
+ \or \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}\relax
+ \or \ExecuteOptions{xetex}\relax\fi\fi
address@hidden@empty
address@hidden@address@hidden@end{\begingroup
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden
+ \else address@hidden
+ \typeout{Preview: Tightpage address@hidden
+ \fi\endgroup}
address@hidden
+\or
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \special{ps::address@hidden
+ address@hidden>\z@ address@hidden
+ \else \z@
+ \fi \space
+ address@hidden>\z@ address@hidden
+ \else \z@
+ \fi \space
+ address@hidden>\z@ address@hidden
+ \else \z@
+ address@hidden
+\or
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@box
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\z@ address@hidden@\fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@
+ \global\pdfvorigin\dimen@
+ address@hidden@box
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\z@ address@hidden@\fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@ii
+ \global\pdfpageheight\dimen@
+ address@hidden@box
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\z@ address@hidden@\fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \global\pdfpagewidth\dimen@
+ address@hidden@i}}
+\or
+ address@hidden@address@hidden@address@hidden@box
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\z@ address@hidden@\fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@
+ \voffset=-1in
+ \advance\voffset\dimen@
+ address@hidden
+ address@hidden@box
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\z@ address@hidden@\fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@ii
+ \global\pdfpageheight\dimen@
+ \global\paperheight\dimen@
+ address@hidden@box
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\z@ address@hidden@\fi
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+ \global\pdfpagewidth\dimen@
+ \hoffset=-1in
+ address@hidden@i
+ address@hidden@address@hidden
+\fi
address@hidden@ne
address@hidden
+ \special{!/address@hidden true def (%
+ compatibility PostScript comment for dvipng<=1.5 }
+ \special{!userdict begin/bop-hook{%
+ 7{currentfile token not{stop}if
+ 65781.76 div DVImag mul}repeat
+ 72 add 72 2 copy gt{exch}if 4 2 roll
+ neg 2 copy lt{exch}if dup 0 gt{pop 0 exch}%
+ {exch dup 0 lt{pop 0}if}ifelse 720 add exch 720 add
+ 3 1 roll
+ 4{5 -1 roll add 4 1 roll}repeat
+ <</PageSize[5 -1 roll 6 index sub 5 -1 roll 5 index sub]%
+ /PageOffset[7 -2 roll [1 1 dtransform exch]%
+ {0 ge{neg}if exch}forall]>>setpagedevice%
+ //bop-hook exec}bind def end}
+ \special{!userdict (some extra code to avoid
+ dvipng>=1.6 unknown special:
+ 7{currentfile token not{stop}if 65781.76 div })) pop}
+ \special{!userdict begin/bop-hook{%
+ preview-bop-level 0 le{%
+ 7{currentfile token not{stop}if
+ 65781.76 div DVImag mul}repeat
+ 72 add 72 2 copy gt{exch}if 4 2 roll
+ neg 2 copy lt{exch}if dup 0 gt{pop 0 exch}%
+ {exch dup 0 lt{pop 0}if}ifelse 720 add exch 720 add
+ 3 1 roll
+ 4{5 -1 roll add 4 1 roll}repeat
+ <</PageSize[5 -1 roll 6 index sub 5 -1 roll 5 index sub]%
+ /PageOffset[7 -2 roll [1 1 dtransform exch]%
+ {0 ge{neg}if exch}forall]>>setpagedevice}if%
+ //bop-hook exec}bind def end}}}
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prtightpage.def'.
diff --git a/latex/prtracingall.def b/latex/prtracingall.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dfc7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/latex/prtracingall.def
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `prtracingall.def',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `tracingall')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prtracingall.def.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\ifPreview\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
address@hidden@address@hidden@start{\let\tracingonline\count@
+ address@hidden
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prtracingall.def'.
diff --git a/preview-latex.info b/preview-latex.info
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fa733c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/preview-latex.info
@@ -0,0 +1,2654 @@
+This is preview-latex.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.1 from
+preview-latex.texi.
+
+This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
+(version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04).
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex). Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* preview-latex: (preview-latex). Preview LaTeX fragments in Emacs
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Top, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
+
+preview-latex
+*************
+
+This manual may be copied under the conditions spelled out in *note
+Copying this Manual::.
+
+ preview-latex is a package embedding preview fragments into Emacs
+source buffers under the AUCTeX editing environment for LaTeX. It uses
+'preview.sty' for the extraction of certain environments (most notably
+displayed formulas). Other applications of this style file are possible
+and exist.
+
+ The name of the package is really 'preview-latex', all in lowercase
+letters, with a hyphen. If you typeset it, you can use a sans-serif
+font to visually offset it.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copying:: Copying
+* Introduction:: Getting started.
+* Installation:: Make Install.
+* Keys and lisp:: Key bindings and user-level lisp functions.
+* Simple customization:: To make it fit in.
+* Known problems:: When things go wrong.
+* For advanced users:: Internals and more customizations.
+* ToDo:: Future development.
+* Frequently Asked Questions:: All about preview-latex
+* Copying this Manual:: GNU Free Documentation License
+* Index:: A menu of many topics.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top,
Up: Top
+
+Copying
+*******
+
+For the conditions for copying parts of preview-latex, see the General
+Public Licenses referres to in the copyright notices of the files, the
+General Public Licenses accompanying them and the explanatory section in
+*note (auctex)Copying::.
+
+ This manual specifically is covered by the GNU Free Documentation
+License (*note Copying this Manual::).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev:
Copying, Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+Does your neck hurt from turning between previewer windows and the
+source too often? This AUCTeX component will render your displayed
+LaTeX equations right into the editing window where they belong.
+
+ The purpose of preview-latex is to embed LaTeX environments such as
+display math or figures into the source buffers and switch conveniently
+between source and image representation.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* What use is it?::
+* Activating preview-latex::
+* Getting started::
+* Basic modes of operation::
+* More documentation::
+* Availability::
+* Contacts::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: What use is it?, Next: Activating
preview-latex, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 What use is it?
+===================
+
+WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) sometimes is considered all the
+rage, sometimes frowned upon. Do we really want it? Wrong question.
+The right question is _what_ we want from it. Except when finetuning
+the layout, we don't want to use printer fonts for on-screen text
+editing. The low resolution and contrast of a computer screen render
+all but the coarsest printer fonts (those for low-quality newsprint)
+unappealing, and the margins and pagination of the print are not wanted
+on the screen, either. On the other hand, more complex visual
+compositions like math formulas and tables can't easily be taken in when
+seen only in the source. preview-latex strikes a balance: it only uses
+graphic renditions of the output for certain, configurable constructs,
+does this only when told, and then right in the source code. Switching
+back and forth between the source and preview is easy and natural and
+can be done for each image independently. Behind the scenes of
+preview-latex, a sophisticated framework of other programs like
+'dvipng', Dvips and Ghostscript are employed together with a special
+LaTeX style file for extracting the material of interest in the
+background and providing fast interactive response.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Activating preview-latex, Next: Getting
started, Prev: What use is it?, Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Activating preview-latex
+============================
+
+After installation, the package may need to be activated (and remember
+to activate AUCTeX too). In XEmacs, and in any prepackaged versions
+worth their salt, activation should be automatic upon installation. If
+this seems not the case, complain to your installation provider.
+
+ The usual activation (if it is not done automatically) would be
+
+ (load "preview-latex.el" nil t t)
+
+ If you still don't get a "Preview" menu in LaTeX mode in spite of
+AUCTeX showing its "Command", your installation is broken. One possible
+cause are duplicate Lisp files that might be detectable with '<M-x>
+list-load-path-shadows <RET>'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Getting started, Next: Basic modes of
operation, Prev: Activating preview-latex, Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Getting started
+===================
+
+Once activated, preview-latex and its documentation will be accessible
+via its menus (note that preview-latex requires AUCTeX to be loaded).
+When you have loaded a LaTeX document (a sample document 'circ.tex' is
+included in the distribution, but most documents including math and/or
+figures should do), you can use its menu or 'C-c C-p C-d' (for
+'Preview/Document'). Previews will now be generated for various objects
+in your document. You can use the time to take a short look at the
+other menu entries and key bindings in the 'Preview' menu. You'll see
+the previewed objects change into a roadworks sign when preview-latex
+has determined just what it is going to preview. Note that you can
+freely navigate the buffer while this is going on. When the process is
+finished you will see the objects typeset in your buffer.
+
+ It is a bad idea, however, to edit the buffer before the roadworks
+signs appear, since that is the moment when the correlation between the
+original text and the buffer locations gets established. If the buffer
+changes before that point of time, the previews will not be placed where
+they belong. If you do want to change some obvious error you just
+spotted, we recommend you stop the background process by pressing 'C-c
+C-k'.
+
+ To see/edit the LaTeX code for a specific object, put the point (the
+cursor) on it and press 'C-c C-p C-p' (for 'Preview/at point'). It will
+also do to click with the middle mouse button on the preview. Now you
+can edit the code, and generate a new preview by again pressing 'C-c C-p
+C-p' (or by clicking with the middle mouse button on the icon before the
+edited text).
+
+ If you are using the 'desktop' package, previews will remain from one
+session to the next as long as you don't kill your buffer. If you are
+using XEmacs, you will probably need to upgrade the package to the
+newest one; things are being fixed just as I am writing this.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Basic modes of operation, Next: More
documentation, Prev: Getting started, Up: Introduction
+
+1.4 Basic modes of operation
+============================
+
+preview-latex has a number of methods for generating its graphics. Its
+default operation is equivalent to using the 'LaTeX' command from
+AUCTeX. If this happens to be a call of PDFLaTeX generating PDF output
+(you need at least AUCTeX 11.51 for this), then Ghostscript will be
+called directly on the resulting PDF file. If a DVI file gets produced,
+first Dvips and then Ghostscript get called by default.
+
+ The image type to be generated by Ghostscript can be configured with
+
+ M-x customize-variable RET preview-image-type RET
+
+The default is 'png' (the most efficient image type). A special setting
+is 'dvipng' in case you have the 'dvipng' program installed. In this
+case, 'dvipng' will be used for converting DVI files and Ghostscript
+(with a 'PNG' device) for converting PDF files. 'dvipng' is much faster
+than the combination of Dvips and Ghostscript. You can get downloads,
+access to its CVS archive and further information from its project site
+(http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/dvipng).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: More documentation, Next: Availability,
Prev: Basic modes of operation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.5 More documentation
+======================
+
+After the installation, documentation in the form of this info manual
+will be available. You can access it with the standalone info reader
+with
+
+ info preview-latex
+
+or by pressing 'C-h i d m preview-latex <RET>' in Emacs. Once
+preview-latex is activated, you can instead use 'C-c C-p <TAB>' (or the
+menu entry 'Preview/Read documentation').
+
+ Depending on your installation, a printable manual may also be
+available in the form of 'preview-latex.dvi' or 'preview-latex.ps'.
+
+ Detailed documentation for the LaTeX style used for extracting the
+preview images is placed in 'preview.dvi' in a suitable directory during
+installation; on typical teTeX-based systems,
+
+ texdoc preview
+
+will display it.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Availability, Next: Contacts, Prev: More
documentation, Up: Introduction
+
+1.6 Availability
+================
+
+The preview-latex project is now part of AUCTeX and accessible as part
+of the AUCTeX project page (http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/auctex).
+You can get its files from the AUCTeX download area
+(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/auctex). As of AUCTeX 11.81, preview-latex
+should already be integrated into AUCTeX, so no separate download will
+be necessary.
+
+ You will also find '.rpm' files there for Fedora and possibly SuSE.
+Anonymous CVS is available as well.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Contacts, Prev: Availability, Up:
Introduction
+
+1.7 Contacts
+============
+
+Bug reports should be sent by using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', as
+this will fill in a lot of information interesting to us. If the
+installation fails (but this should be a rare event), report bugs to
+<address@hidden>.
+
+ There is a general discussion list for AUCTeX which also covers
+preview-latex, look at <http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/auctex>.
+For more information on the mailing list, send a message with just the
+word "help" as subject or body to <address@hidden>. For the
+developers, there is the <address@hidden> list; it would probably
+make sense to direct feature requests and questions about internal
+details there. There is a low-volume read-only announcement list
+available to which you can subscribe by sending a mail with "subscribe"
+in the subject to <address@hidden>.
+
+ Offers to support further development will be appreciated. If you
+want to show your appreciation with a donation to the main developer,
+you can do so via PayPal to <address@hidden>, and of course you can arrange
+for service contracts or for added functionality. Take a look at the
+'TODO' list for suggestions in that area.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Installation, Next: Keys and lisp, Prev:
Introduction, Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+Installation is now being covered in *note (auctex)Installation::.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Keys and lisp, Next: Simple customization,
Prev: Installation, Up: Top
+
+3 Key bindings and user-level lisp functions
+********************************************
+
+preview-latex adds key bindings starting with 'C-c C-p' to the supported
+modes of AUCTeX (*note (auctex)Key Index::). It will also add its own
+'Preview' menu in the menu bar, as well as an icon in the toolbar.
+
+ The following only describes the interactive use: view the
+documentation strings with 'C-h f' if you need the Lisp information.
+
+'C-c C-p C-p'
+'preview-at-point'
+Preview/Generate previews (or toggle) at point
+ If the cursor is positioned on or inside of a preview area, this
+ toggles its visibility, regenerating the preview if necessary. If
+ not, it will run the surroundings through preview. The
+ surroundings include all areas up to the next valid preview, unless
+ invalid previews occur before, in which case the area will include
+ the last such preview in either direction. And overriding any
+ other action, if a region is active ('transient-mark-mode' or
+ 'zmacs-regions'), it is run through 'preview-region'.
+
+'<mouse-2>'
+ The middle mouse button has a similar action bound to it as
+ 'preview-at-point', only that it knows which preview to apply it to
+ according to the position of the click. You can click either
+ anywhere on a previewed image, or when the preview is opened and
+ showing the source text, you can click on the icon preceding the
+ source text. In other areas, the usual mouse key action
+ (typically: paste) is not affected.
+
+'<mouse-3>'
+ The right mouse key pops up a context menu with several options:
+ toggling the preview, regenerating it, removing it (leaving the
+ unpreviewed text), copying the text inside of the preview, and
+ copying it in a form suitable for copying as an image into a mail
+ or news article. This is a one-image variant of the following
+ command:
+
+'C-c C-p C-w'
+'preview-copy-region-as-mml'
+Copy a region as MML
+ This command is also available as a variant in the context menu on
+ the right mouse button (where the region is the preview that has
+ been clicked on). It copies the current region into the kill
+ buffer in a form suitable for copying as a text including images
+ into a mail or news article using mml-mode (*note Composing:
+ (emacs-mime)Composing.).
+
+ If you regenerate or otherwise kill the preview in its source
+ buffer before the mail or news gets posted, this will fail. Also
+ you should generate images you want to send with
+ 'preview-transparent-border' set to 'nil', or the images will have
+ an ugly border. preview-latex detects this condition and asks
+ whether to regenerate the region with borders switched off. As
+ this is an asynchronous operation running in the background, you'll
+ need to call this command explicitly again to get the newly
+ generated images into the kill ring.
+
+ Preview your articles with 'mml-preview' (on 'M-m P', or 'C-c C-m
+ P' in Emacs 22) to make sure they look fine.
+
+'C-c C-p C-e'
+'preview-environment'
+Preview/Generate previews for environment
+ Run preview on LaTeX environment. The environments in
+ 'preview-inner-environments' are treated as inner levels so that
+ for instance, the 'split' environment in
+ '\begin{equation}\begin{split}...\end{split}\end{equation}' is
+ properly displayed. If called with a numeric argument, the
+ corresponding number of outward nested environments is treated as
+ inner levels.
+
+'C-c C-p C-s'
+'preview-section'
+Preview/Generate previews for section
+ Run preview on this LaTeX section.
+
+'C-c C-p C-r'
+'preview-region'
+Preview/Generate previews for region
+ Run preview on current region.
+
+'C-c C-p C-b'
+'preview-buffer'
+Preview/Generate previews for buffer
+ Run preview on the current buffer.
+
+'C-c C-p C-d'
+'preview-document'
+Preview/Generate previews for document
+ Run preview on the current document.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-p'
+'preview-clearout-at-point'
+Preview/Remove previews at point
+ Clear out (remove) the previews that are immediately adjacent to
+ point.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-s'
+'preview-clearout-section'
+Preview/Remove previews from section
+ Clear out all previews in current section.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-r'
+'preview-clearout'
+Preview/Remove previews from region
+ Clear out all previews in the current region.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-b'
+'preview-clearout-buffer'
+Preview/Remove previews from buffer
+ Clear out all previews in current buffer. This makes the current
+ buffer lose all previews.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-d'
+'preview-clearout-document'
+Preview/Remove previews from document
+ Clear out all previews in current document. The document consists
+ of all buffers that have the same master file as the current
+ buffer. This makes the current document lose all previews.
+
+'C-c C-p C-f'
+'preview-cache-preamble'
+Preview/Turn preamble cache on
+ Dump a pregenerated format file. For the rest of the session, this
+ file is used when running on the same master file. Use this if you
+ know your LaTeX takes a long time to start up, the speedup will be
+ most noticeable when generating single or few previews. If you
+ change your preamble, do this again. preview-latex will try to
+ detect the necessity of that automatically when editing changes to
+ the preamble are done from within Emacs, but it will not notice if
+ the preamble effectively changes because some included file or
+ style file is tampered with.
+
+'C-c C-p C-c C-f'
+'preview-cache-preamble-off'
+Preview/Turn preamble cache off
+ Clear the pregenerated format file and stop using preambles for the
+ current document. If the caching gives you problems, use this.
+
+'C-c C-p C-i'
+'preview-goto-info-page'
+Preview/Read Documentation
+ Read this info manual.
+
+'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>'
+'preview-report-bug'
+Preview/Report Bug
+ This is the preferred way of reporting bugs as it will fill in what
+ version of preview-latex you are using as well as versions of
+ relevant other software, and also some of the more important
+ settings. Please use this method of reporting, if at all possible
+ and before reporting a bug, have a look at *note Known problems::.
+
+'C-c C-k'
+LaTeX/TeX Output/Kill Job
+ Kills the preview-generating process. This is really an AUCTeX
+ keybinding, but it is included here as a hint. If you are
+ generating a preview and then make a change to the buffer,
+ preview-latex may be confused and place the previews wrong.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Simple customization, Next: Known problems,
Prev: Keys and lisp, Up: Top
+
+4 Simple customization
+**********************
+
+Customization options can be found by typing 'M-x customize-group <RET>
+preview <RET>'. Remember to set the option when you have changed it.
+The list of suggestions can be made very long (and is covered in detail
+in *note For advanced users::), but some are:
+
+ * Change the color of the preview background
+
+ If you use a non-white background in Emacs, you might have color
+ artifacts at the edges of your previews. Playing around with the
+ option 'preview-transparent-color' in the 'Preview Appearance'
+ group might improve things. With some settings, the cursor may
+ cover the whole background of a preview, however.
+
+ This option is specific to the display engine in use. Its default
+ is different in Emacs 21 and Emacs 22, and it is not available in
+ XEmacs.
+
+ * Showing '\label's
+
+ When using preview-latex, the '\label's are hidden by the previews.
+ It is possible to make them visible in the output by using the
+ LaTeX package 'showkeys' alternatively 'showlabels'. However, the
+ boxes of these labels will be outside the region preview-latex
+ considers as the preview image. To enable a similar mechanism
+ internal to preview-latex, enable the 'showlabels' option in the
+ variable 'preview-default-option-list' in the 'Preview Latex'
+ group.
+
+ It must be noted, however, that a much better idea may be to use
+ the RefTeX package for managing references. *Note RefTeX in a
+ Nutshell: (reftex)RefTeX in a Nutshell.
+
+ * Open previews automatically
+
+ The current default is to open previews automatically when you
+ enter them with cursor left/right motions. Auto-opened previews
+ will close again once the cursor leaves them again (this is also
+ done when doing incremental search, or query-replace operations),
+ unless you changed anything in it. In that case, you will have to
+ regenerate the preview (via e.g., 'C-c C-p C-p'). Other options
+ for 'preview-auto-reveal' are available via 'customize'.
+
+ * Automatically cache preambles
+
+ Currently preview-latex asks you whether you want to cache the
+ document preamble (everything before '\begin{document}') before it
+ generates previews for a buffer the first time. Caching the
+ preamble will significantly speed up regeneration of previews. The
+ larger your preamble is, the more this will be apparent. Once a
+ preamble is cached, preview-latex will try to keep track of when it
+ is changed, and dump a fresh format in that case. If you
+ experience problems with this, or if you want it to happen without
+ asking you the first time, you can customize the variable
+ 'preview-auto-cache-preamble'.
+
+ * Attempt to keep counters accurate when editing
+
+ Since preview-latex frequently runs only small regions through
+ LaTeX, values like equation counters are not consistent from run to
+ run. If this bothers you, customize the variable
+ 'preview-preserve-counters' to 't' (this is consulted by
+ 'preview-required-option-list'). LaTeX will then output a load of
+ counter information during compilation, and this information will
+ be used on subsequent updates to keep counters set to useful
+ values. The additional information takes additional time to
+ analyze, but this is relevant mostly only when you are regenerating
+ all previews at once, and maybe you will be less tempted to do so
+ when counters appear more or less correct.
+
+ * Preview your favourite LaTeX constructs
+
+ If you have a certain macro or environment that you want to
+ preview, first check if it can be chosen by cutomizing
+ 'preview-default-options-list' in the 'Preview Latex' group.
+
+ If it is not available there, you can add it to
+ 'preview-default-preamble' also in the 'Preview Latex' group, by
+ adding a '\PreviewMacro' or '\PreviewEnvironment' entry (*note
+ Provided commands::) _after_ the '\RequirePackage' line. For
+ example, if you want to preview the 'center' environment, press the
+ <Show> button and the last <INS> button, then add
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{center}
+ in the space that just opened. Note that since 'center' is a
+ generic formatting construct of LaTeX, a general configuration like
+ that is not quite prudent. You better to do this on a per-document
+ base so that it is easy to disable this behavior when you find this
+ particular entry gives you trouble.
+
+ One possibility is to save such settings in the corresponding
+ file-local variable instead of your global configuration (*note
+ Local Variables in Files: (emacs)File Variables.). A perhaps more
+ convenient place for such options would be in a configuration file
+ in the same directory with your project (*note Package options::).
+
+ The usual file for preview-latex preconfiguration is
+ 'prauctex.cfg'. If you also want to keep the systemwide defaults,
+ you should add a line
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{preview/prauctex.cfg}{}{}
+ to your own version of 'prauctex.cfg' (this is assuming that global
+ files relating to the 'preview' package are installed in a
+ subdirectory 'preview', the default behavior).
+
+ * Don't preview inline math
+
+ If you have performance problems because your document is full of
+ inline math ('$...$'), or if your usage of '$' conflicts with
+ preview-latex's, you can turn off inline math previews. In the
+ 'Preview Latex' group, remove 'textmath' from
+ 'preview-default-option-list' by customizing this variable.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Known problems, Next: For advanced users,
Prev: Simple customization, Up: Top
+
+5 Known problems
+****************
+
+A number of issues are known concerning the interoperation with various
+other software. Some of the known problems can be solved by moving to
+newer versions of the problematic software or by simple patches.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Problems with Ghostscript::
+* Font problems with Dvips::
+* Emacs problems::
+* Too small bounding boxes::
+* x-symbol interoperation::
+* Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling::
+
+ If you find something not mentioned here, please send a bug report
+using 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>', which will fill in a lot of
+information interesting to us and send it to the <address@hidden>
+list. Please use the bug reporting commands if at all possible.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Problems with Ghostscript, Next: Font
problems with Dvips, Up: Known problems
+
+5.1 Problems with Ghostscript
+=============================
+
+Most of the problems encountered come from interaction with Ghostscript.
+It is a good idea to have a fairly recent version of Ghostscript
+installed. One problem occurs if you have specified the wrong
+executable under Windows: the command line version of Ghostscript is
+called 'GSWIN32C.EXE', not 'GSWIN32.EXE'.
+
+ When Ghostscript fails, the necessary information and messages from
+Ghostscript go somewhere. If Ghostscript fails before starting to
+process images, you'll find the information at the end of the process
+buffer you can see with 'C-c C-l'. If Ghostscript fails while
+processing a particular image, this image will be tagged with clickable
+buttons for the error description and for the corresponding source file.
+
+ The default options configurable with
+
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-gs-options <RET>'
+include the options '-dTextAlphaBits=4' and '-dGraphicsAlphaBits=4'.
+These options have been reported to make Ghostscript 5.50 fail, but
+should work under Ghostscript 6.51 and later. If you are experiencing
+problems, it might help to customize them away. Of course, this also
+takes away the joy of antialiasing, so upgrading Ghostscript might not
+be the worst idea after all.
+
+ The device names have changed over time, so when using an old
+Ghostscript, you may have problems with the devices demanded by the
+customizable variable 'preview-image-creators'. In that case, make sure
+they fit your version of Ghostscript, at least the entry corresponding
+to the current value of 'preview-image-type'. While not being best in
+file size and image quality, setting 'preview-image-creators' to 'jpeg'
+should probably be one of the best bets for the purpose of checking
+basic operation, since that device name has not changed in quite some
+time. But JPEG is not intended for text, but for photographic images.
+On a more permanent time scale, the best choice is to use PNG and
+complain to your suppliers if either Emacs or Ghostscript fail to
+properly accommodate this format.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Font problems with Dvips, Next: Emacs
problems, Prev: Problems with Ghostscript, Up: Known problems
+
+5.2 Font problems with Dvips
+============================
+
+Some fonts have been reported to produce wrong characters with
+preview-latex. preview-latex calls Dvips by default with the option
+'-Pwww' in order to get scalable fonts for nice results. If you are
+using antialiasing, however, the results might be sufficiently nice with
+bitmapped fonts, anyway. You might try '-Ppdf' for another stab at
+scalable fonts, or other printer definitions. Use
+
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-fast-dvips-command <RET>'
+and
+ 'M-x customize-variable <RET> preview-dvips-command <RET>'
+in order to customize this.
+
+ One particular problem is that several printer setup files (typically
+in a file called '/usr/share/texmf/dvips/config/config.pdf' if you are
+using the '-Ppdf' switch) contain the 'G' option for 'character
+shifting'. This option will result in 'fi' being rendered as '#'
+(British Pounds sign) in several fonts, unless your version of Dvips has
+a long-standing bug in its implementation fixed (only very recent
+versions of Dvips have).
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Emacs problems, Next: Too small bounding
boxes, Prev: Font problems with Dvips, Up: Known problems
+
+5.3 Emacs problems
+==================
+
+ * GNU Emacs versions
+
+ Don't use Emacsen older than 21.3 on X11-based systems. On most
+ other systems, you'll need at least Emacs 22.1 or one of the
+ developer versions leading up to it. Details can be found in *note
+ (auctex)Prerequisites::.
+
+ * Emacsen on Windows operating systems
+
+ For Emacs 21, no image support is available in Emacs under Windows.
+ Without images, preview-latex is useless. The current CVS version
+ of Emacs available from <http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs>
+ now supports images including the PNG format, so Emacs 22 should
+ work out of the box once it is released. Precompiled versions are
+ available from <http://crasseux.com/emacs> and
+ <http://nqmacs.sf.net>.
+
+ For detailed installation instructions for Windows, see *note
+ (auctex)Installation under MS Windows::.
+
+ * XEmacs
+
+ There is are two larger problems known with older XEmacs releases.
+ One leads to seriously mispositioned baselines and previews hanging
+ far above other text on the same line. This should be fixed as of
+ XEmacs-21.4.9.
+
+ The other core bug causes a huge delay when XEmacs's idea of the
+ state of processes (like ghostscript) is wrong, and can lead to
+ nasty spurious error messages. It should be fixed in version
+ 21.4.8.
+
+ Previews will only remain from one session to the next if you have
+ version 1.81 or above of the 'edit-utils' package, first released
+ in the 2002-03-12 sumo tarball.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Too small bounding boxes, Next: x-symbol
interoperation, Prev: Emacs problems, Up: Known problems
+
+5.4 Too small bounding boxes
+============================
+
+The bounding box of a preview is determined by the LaTeX package using
+the pure TeX bounding boxes. If there is material extending outside of
+the TeX box, that material will be missing from the preview image. This
+happens for the label-showing boxes from the 'showkeys' package. This
+particular problem can be circumvented by using the 'showlabels' option
+of the preview package.
+
+ In general, you should try to fix the problem in the TeX code, like
+avoiding drawing outside of the picture with PSTricks.
+
+ One possible remedy is to set 'preview-fast-conversion' to 'Off'
+(*note The Emacs interface::). The conversion will take more time, but
+will then use the bounding boxes from EPS files generated by Dvips.
+
+ Dvips generally does not miss things, but it does not understand
+PostScript constructs like '\resizebox' or '\rotate' commands, so will
+generate rather wrong boxes for those. Dvips can be helped with the
+'psfixbb' package option to preview (*note The LaTeX style file::),
+which will tag the corners of the included TeX box. This will mostly be
+convenient for _pure_ PostScript stuff like that created by PSTricks,
+which Dvips would otherwise reserve no space for.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: x-symbol interoperation, Next: Middle-clicks
paste instead of toggling, Prev: Too small bounding boxes, Up: Known problems
+
+5.5 x-symbol interoperation
+===========================
+
+Thanks to the work of Christoph Wedler, starting with version
+'4.0h/beta' of x-symbol, the line parsing of AUCTeX and preview-latex is
+fully supported. Earlier versions exhibit problems. However, versions
+before 4.2.2 will cause a drastic slowdown of preview-latex's parsing
+pass, so we don't recommend to use versions earlier than that.
+
+ If you wonder what x-symbol is, it is a package that transforms
+various tokens and subscripts to a more readable form while editing and
+offers a few input methods handy especially for dealing with math. Take
+a look at <http://x-symbol.sourceforge.net>.
+
+ x-symbol versions up to 4.5.1-beta at least require an 8bit-clean TeX
+implementation (meaning that its terminal output should not use
+'^^'-started escape sequences) for cooperation with preview-latex.
+Later versions may get along without it, like preview-latex does now.
+
+ If you experience problems with 'circ.tex' in connection with both
+x-symbol and Latin-1 characters, you may need to change your language
+environment or, as a last resort, customize the variable
+'LaTeX-command-style' by replacing the command 'latex' with 'latex
+-translate-file=cp8bit'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling,
Prev: x-symbol interoperation, Up: Known problems
+
+5.6 Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling
+===========================================
+
+This is probably the fault of your favorite package. 'flyspell.el' and
+'mouse-drag.el' are known to be affected in versions before Emacs 21.3.
+Upgrade to the most recent version. What version of XEmacs might
+contain the fixes is unknown.
+
+ 'isearch.el' also shows this effect while searches are in progress,
+but the code is such a complicated mess that no patch is in sight.
+Better just end the search with '<RET>' before toggling and resume with
+'C-s C-s' or similar afterwards. Since previews over the current match
+will auto-open, anyway, this should not be much of a problem in
+practice.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: For advanced users, Next: ToDo, Prev: Known
problems, Up: Top
+
+6 For advanced users
+********************
+
+This package consists of two parts: a LaTeX style that splits the output
+into appropriate parts with one preview object on each page, and an
+Emacs-lisp part integrating the thing into Emacs (aided by AUCTeX).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* The LaTeX style file::
+* The Emacs interface::
+* The preview images::
+* Misplaced previews::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The LaTeX style file, Next: The Emacs
interface, Prev: For advanced users, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.1 The LaTeX style file
+========================
+
+The main purpose of this package is the extraction of certain
+environments (most notably displayed formulas) from LaTeX sources as
+graphics. This works with DVI files postprocessed by either Dvips and
+Ghostscript or dvipng, but it also works when you are using PDFTeX for
+generating PDF files (usually also postprocessed by Ghostscript).
+
+ Current uses of the package include the preview-latex package for
+WYSIWYG functionality in the AUCTeX editing environment, generation of
+previews in LyX, as part of the operation of the ps4pdf package, the
+tbook XML system and some other tools.
+
+ Producing EPS files with Dvips and its derivatives using the '-E'
+option is not a good alternative: People make do by fiddling around with
+'\thispagestyle{empty}' and hoping for the best (namely, that the
+specified contents will indeed fit on single pages), and then trying to
+guess the baseline of the resulting code and stuff, but this is at best
+dissatisfactory. The preview package provides an easy way to ensure
+that exactly one page per request gets shipped, with a well-defined
+baseline and no page decorations. While you still can use the preview
+package with the 'classic'
+
+ dvips -E -i
+
+invocation, there are better ways available that don't rely on Dvips not
+getting confused by PostScript specials.
+
+ For most applications, you'll want to make use of the 'tightpage'
+option. This will embed the page dimensions into the PostScript or PDF
+code, obliterating the need to use the '-E -i' options to Dvips. You
+can then produce all image files with a single run of Ghostscript from a
+single PDF or PostScript (as opposed to EPS) file.
+
+ Various options exist that will pass TeX dimensions and other
+information about the respective shipped out material (including
+descender size) into the log file, where external applications might
+make use of it.
+
+ The possibility for generating a whole set of graphics with a single
+run of Ghostscript (whether from LaTeX or PDFLaTeX) increases both speed
+and robustness of applications. It is also feasible to use dvipng on a
+DVI file with the options
+
+ -picky -noghostscript
+
+to omit generating any image file that requires Ghostscript, then let a
+script generate all missing files using Dvips/Ghostscript. This will
+usually speed up the process significantly.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Package options::
+* Provided commands::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Package options, Next: Provided commands,
Prev: The LaTeX style file, Up: The LaTeX style file
+
+6.1.1 Package options
+---------------------
+
+The package is included with the customary
+
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{preview}
+
+You should usually load this package as the last one, since it redefines
+several things that other packages may also provide.
+
+ The following options are available:
+
+'active'
+ is the most essential option. If this option is not specified, the
+ 'preview' package will be inactive and the document will be typeset
+ as if the 'preview' package were not loaded, except that all
+ declarations and environments defined by the package are still
+ legal but have no effect. This allows defining previewing
+ characteristics in your document, and only activating them by
+ calling LaTeX as
+
+ latex '\PassOptionsToPackage{active}{preview} \input{FILENAME}'
+
+'noconfig'
+ Usually the file 'prdefault.cfg' gets loaded whenever the 'preview'
+ package gets activated. 'prdefault.cfg' is supposed to contain
+ definitions that can cater for otherwise bad results, for example,
+ if a certain document class would otherwise lead to trouble. It
+ also can be used to override any settings made in this package,
+ since it is loaded at the very end of it. In addition, there may
+ be configuration files specific for certain 'preview' options like
+ 'auctex' which have more immediate needs. The 'noconfig' option
+ suppresses loading of those option files, too.
+'psfixbb'
+ Dvips determines the bounding boxes from the material in the DVI
+ file it understands. Lots of PostScript specials are not part of
+ that. Since the TeX boxes do not make it into the DVI file, but
+ merely characters, rules and specials do, Dvips might include far
+ too small areas. The option 'psfixbb' will include '/dev/null' as
+ a graphic file in the ultimate upper left and lower right corner of
+ the previewed box. This will make Dvips generate an appropriate
+ bounding box.
+'dvips'
+ If this option is specified as a class option or to other packages,
+ several packages pass things like page size information to Dvips,
+ or cause crop marks or draft messages written on pages. This
+ seriously hampers the usability of previews. If this option is
+ specified, the changes will be undone if possible.
+'pdftex'
+ If this option is set, PDFTeX is assumed as the output driver.
+ This mainly affects the 'tightpage' option.
+'xetex'
+ If this option is set, XeTeX is assumed as the output driver. This
+ mainly affects the 'tightpage' option.
+'displaymath'
+ will make all displayed math environments subject to preview
+ processing. This will typically be the most desired option.
+'floats'
+ will make all float objects subject to preview processing. If you
+ want to be more selective about what floats to pass through to a
+ preview, you should instead use the '\PreviewSnarfEnvironment'
+ command on the floats you want to have previewed.
+'textmath'
+ will make all text math subject to previews. Since math mode is
+ used throughly inside of LaTeX even for other purposes, this works
+ by redefining '\(', '\)' and '$' and the 'math' environment
+ (apparently some people use that). Only occurences of these text
+ math delimiters in later loaded packages and in the main document
+ will thus be affected.
+'graphics'
+ will subject all '\includegraphics' commands to a preview.
+'sections'
+ will subject all section headers to a preview.
+'delayed'
+ will delay all activations and redefinitions the 'preview' package
+ makes until '\''begin{document}'. The purpose of this is to cater
+ for documents which should be subjected to the 'preview' package
+ without having been prepared for it. You can process such
+ documents with
+
+ latex '\RequirePackage[active,delayed,OPTIONS]{preview}
+ \input{FILENAME}'
+
+ This relaxes the requirement to be loading the 'preview' package as
+ last package.
+DRIVER
+ loads a special driver file 'prDRIVER.def'. The remaining options
+ are implemented through the use of driver files.
+'auctex'
+ This driver will produce fake error messages at the start and end
+ of every preview environment that enable the Emacs package
+ preview-latex in connection with AUCTeX to pinpoint the exact
+ source location where the previews have originated. Unfortunately,
+ there is no other reliable means of passing the current TeX input
+ position _in_ a line to external programs. In order to make the
+ parsing more robust, this option also switches off quite a few
+ diagnostics that could be misinterpreted.
+
+ You should not specify this option manually, since it will only be
+ needed by automated runs that want to parse the pseudo error
+ messages. Those runs will then use '\PassOptionsToPackage' in
+ order to effect the desired behaviour. In addition, 'prauctex.cfg'
+ will get loaded unless inhibited by the 'noconfig' option. This
+ caters for the most frequently encountered problematic commands.
+'showlabels'
+ During the editing process, some people like to see the label names
+ in their equations, figures and the like. Now if you are using
+ Emacs for editing, and in particular preview-latex, I'd strongly
+ recommend that you check out the RefTeX package which pretty much
+ obliterates the need for this kind of functionality. If you still
+ want it, standard LaTeX provides it with the 'showkeys' package,
+ and there is also the less encompassing 'showlabels' package.
+ Unfortunately, since those go to some pain not to change the page
+ layout and spacing, they also don't change 'preview''s idea of the
+ TeX dimensions of the involved boxes. So if you are using
+ 'preview' for determing bounding boxes, those packages are mostly
+ useless. The option 'showlabels' offers a substitute for them.
+'tightpage'
+ It is not uncommon to want to use the results of 'preview' as
+ graphic images for some other application. One possibility is to
+ generate a flurry of EPS files with
+
+ dvips -E -i -Pwww -o OUTPUTFILE.000 INPUTFILE
+
+ However, in case those are to be processed further into graphic
+ image files by Ghostscript, this process is inefficient since all
+ of those files need to be processed one by one. In addition, it is
+ necessary to extract the bounding box comments from the EPS files
+ and convert them into page dimension parameters for Ghostscript in
+ order to avoid full-page graphics. This is not even possible if
+ you wanted to use Ghostscript in a _single_ run for generating the
+ files from a single PostScript file, since Dvips will in that case
+ leave no bounding box information anywhere.
+
+ The solution is to use the 'tightpage' option. That way a single
+ command line like
+
+ gs -sDEVICE=png16m -dTextAlphaBits=4 -r300
+ -dGraphicsAlphaBits=4 -dSAFER -q -dNOPAUSE
+ -sOutputFile=OUTPUTFILE%d.png INPUTFILE.ps
+
+ will be able to produce tight graphics from a single PostScript
+ file generated with Dvips _without_ use of the options '-E -i', in
+ a single run.
+
+ The 'tightpage' option actually also works when using the 'pdftex'
+ option and generating PDF files with PDFTeX. The resulting PDF
+ file has separate page dimensions for every page and can directly
+ be converted with one run of Ghostscript into image files.
+
+ If neither 'dvips' or 'pdftex' have been specified, the
+ corresponding option will get autodetected and invoked.
+
+ If you need this in a batch environment where you don't want to use
+ 'preview''s automatic extraction facilities, no problem: just don't
+ use any of the extraction options, and wrap everything to be
+ previewed into 'preview' environments. This is how LyX does its
+ math previews.
+
+ If the pages under the 'tightpage' option are just too tight, you
+ can adjust by setting the length '\PreviewBorder' to a different
+ value by using '\setlength'. The default value is '0.50001bp',
+ which is half of a usual PostScript point, rounded up. If you go
+ below this value, the resulting page size may drop below '1bp', and
+ Ghostscript does not seem to like that. If you need finer control,
+ you can adjust the bounding box dimensions individually by changing
+ the macro '\PreviewBbAdjust' with the help of '\renewcommand'. Its
+ default value is
+
+ \newcommand \PreviewBbAdjust
+ {-\PreviewBorder -\PreviewBorder
+ \PreviewBorder \PreviewBorder}
+
+ This adjusts the left, lower, right and upper borders by the given
+ amount. The macro must contain 4 TeX dimensions after another, and
+ you may not omit the units if you specify them explicitly instead
+ of by register. PostScript points have the unit 'bp'.
+'lyx'
+ This option is for the sake of LyX developers. It will output a
+ few diagnostics relevant for the sake of LyX' preview functionality
+ (at the time of writing, mostly implemented for math insets, in
+ versions of LyX starting with 1.3.0).
+'counters'
+ This writes out diagnostics at the start and the end of previews.
+ Only the counters changed since the last output get written, and if
+ no counters changed, nothing gets written at all. The list
+ consists of counter name and value, both enclosed in '{}' braces,
+ followed by a space. The last such pair is followed by a colon
+ (':') if it is at the start of the preview snippet, and by a period
+ ('.') if it is at the end. The order of different diagnostics like
+ this being issued depends on the order of the specification of the
+ options when calling the package.
+
+ Systems like preview-latex use this for keeping counters accurate
+ when single previews are regenerated.
+'footnotes'
+ This makes footnotes render as previews, and only as their footnote
+ symbol. A convenient editing feature inside of Emacs.
+
+ The following options are just for debugging purposes of the package
+and similar to the corresponding TeX commands they allude to:
+
+'tracingall'
+ causes lots of diagnostic output to appear in the log file during
+ the preview collecting phases of TeX's operation. In contrast to
+ the similarly named TeX command, it will not switch to
+ '\errorstopmode', nor will it change the setting of
+ '\tracingonline'.
+'showbox'
+ This option will show the contents of the boxes shipped out to the
+ DVI files. It also sets '\showboxbreadth' and '\showboxdepth' to
+ their maximum values at the end of loading this package, but you
+ may reset them if you don't like that.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Provided commands, Prev: Package options,
Up: The LaTeX style file
+
+6.1.2 Provided commands
+-----------------------
+
+'\begin{preview}...\end{preview}'
+ The 'preview' environment causes its contents to be set as a single
+ preview image. Insertions like figures and footnotes (except those
+ included in minipages) will typically lead to error messages or be
+ lost. In case the 'preview' package has not been activated, the
+ contents of this environment will be typeset normally.
+
+'\begin{nopreview}...\end{nopreview}'
+ The 'nopreview' environment will cause its contents not to undergo
+ any special treatment by the 'preview' package. When 'preview' is
+ active, the contents will be discarded like all main text that does
+ not trigger the 'preview' hooks. When 'preview' is not active, the
+ contents will be typeset just like the main text.
+
+ Note that both of these environments typeset things as usual when
+ preview is not active. If you need something typeset
+ conditionally, use the '\ifPreview' conditional for it.
+
+'\PreviewMacro'
+ If you want to make a macro like '\includegraphics' (actually, this
+ is what is done by the 'graphics' option to 'preview') produce a
+ preview image, you put a declaration like
+
+ \PreviewMacro[*[[!]{\includegraphics}
+
+ or, more readable,
+
+ \PreviewMacro[{*[][]{}}]{\includegraphics}
+
+ into your preamble. The optional argument to '\PreviewMacro'
+ specifies the arguments '\includegraphics' accepts, since this is
+ necessary information for properly ending the preview box. Note
+ that if you are using the more readable form, you have to enclose
+ the argument in a '[{' and '}]' pair. The inner braces are
+ necessary to stop any included '[]' pairs from prematurely ending
+ the optional argument, and to make a single '{}' denoting an
+ optional argument not get stripped away by TeX's argument parsing.
+
+ The letters simply mean
+
+ '*'
+ indicates an optional '*' modifier, as in '\includegraphics*'.
+ '['
+ ^^A] indicates an optional argument in brackets. This syntax
+ is somewhat baroque, but brief.
+ '[]'
+ also indicates an optional argument in brackets. Be sure to
+ have encluded the entire optional argument specification in an
+ additional pair of braces as described above.
+ '!'
+ indicates a mandatory argument.
+ '{}'
+ indicates the same. Again, be sure to have that additional
+ level of braces around the whole argument specification.
+ '?'DELIMITER{TRUE CASE}{FALSE CASE}
+ is a conditional. The next character is checked against being
+ equal to DELIMITER. If it is, the specification TRUE CASE is
+ used for the further parsing, otherwise FALSE CASE will be
+ employed. In neither case is something consumed from the
+ input, so {TRUE CASE} will still have to deal with the
+ upcoming delimiter.
+ '@'{LITERAL SEQUENCE}
+ will insert the given sequence literally into the executed
+ call of the command.
+ '-'
+ will just drop the next token. It will probably be most often
+ used in the true branch of a '?' specification.
+ '#'{ARGUMENT}{REPLACEMENT}
+ is a transformation rule that calls a macro with the given
+ argument and replacement text on the rest of the argument
+ list. The replacement is used in the executed call of the
+ command. This can be used for parsing arbitrary constructs.
+ For example, the '[]' option could manually be implemented
+ with the option string '?[{#{[#1]}{[{#1}]}}{}'. PStricks
+ users might enjoy this sort of flexibility.
+ ':'{ARGUMENT}{REPLACEMENT}
+ is again a transformation rule. As opposed to '#', however,
+ the result of the transformation is parsed again. You'll
+ rarely need this.
+
+ There is a second optional argument in brackets that can be used to
+ declare any default action to be taken instead. This is mostly for
+ the sake of macros that influence numbering: you would want to keep
+ their effects in that respect. The default action should use '#1'
+ for referring to the original (not the patched) command with the
+ parsed options appended. Not specifying a second optional argument
+ here is equivalent to specifying '[#1]'.
+
+'\PreviewMacro*'
+ A similar invocation '\PreviewMacro*' simply throws the macro and
+ all of its arguments declared in the manner above away. This is
+ mostly useful for having things like '\footnote' not do their magic
+ on their arguments. More often than not, you don't want to declare
+ any arguments to scan to '\PreviewMacro*' since you would want the
+ remaining arguments to be treated as usual text and typeset in that
+ manner instead of being thrown away. An exception might be, say,
+ sort keys for '\cite'.
+
+ A second optional argument in brackets can be used to declare any
+ default action to be taken instead. This is for the sake of macros
+ that influence numbering: you would want to keep their effects in
+ that respect. The default action might use '#1' for referring to
+ the original (not the patched) command with the parsed options
+ appended. Not specifying a second optional argument here is
+ equivalent to specifying '[]' since the command usually gets thrown
+ away.
+
+ As an example for using this argument, you might want to specify
+
+ \PreviewMacro*\footnote[{[]}][#1{}]
+
+ This will replace a footnote by an empty footnote, but taking any
+ optional parameter into account, since an optional paramter changes
+ the numbering scheme. That way the real argument for the footnote
+ remains for processing by preview-latex.
+
+'\PreviewEnvironment'
+ The macro '\PreviewEnvironment' works just as '\PreviewMacro' does,
+ only for environments.
+'\PreviewEnvironment*'
+ And the same goes for '\PreviewEnvironment*' as compared to
+ '\PreviewMacro*'.
+
+'\PreviewSnarfEnvironment'
+ This macro does not typeset the original environment inside of a
+ preview box, but instead typesets just the contents of the original
+ environment inside of the preview box, leaving nothing for the
+ original environment. This has to be used for figures, for
+ example, since they would
+
+ 1. produce insertion material that cannot be extracted to the
+ preview properly,
+ 2. complain with an error message about not being in outer par
+ mode.
+
+'\PreviewOpen'
+'\PreviewClose'
+ Those Macros form a matched preview pair. This is for macros that
+ behave similar as '\begin' and '\end' of an environment. It is
+ essential for the operation of '\PreviewOpen' that the macro
+ treated with it will open an additional group even when the preview
+ falls inside of another preview or inside of a 'nopreview'
+ environment. Similarly, the macro treated with 'PreviewClose' will
+ close an environment even when inactive.
+
+'\ifPreview'
+ In case you need to know whether 'preview' is active, you can use
+ the conditional '\ifPreview' together with '\else' and '\fi'.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The Emacs interface, Next: The preview
images, Prev: The LaTeX style file, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.2 The Emacs interface
+=======================
+
+You can use 'M-x customize-group <RET> preview-latex <RET>' in order to
+customize these variables, or use the menus for it. We explain the
+various available options together with explaining how they work
+together in making preview-latex work as intended.
+
+'preview-LaTeX-command'
+ When you generate previews on a buffer or a region, the command in
+ 'preview-LaTeX-command' gets run (that variable should only be
+ changed with Customize since its structure is somewhat peculiar,
+ though expressive). As usual with AUCTeX, you can continue working
+ while this is going on. It is not a good idea to change the file
+ until after preview-latex has established where to place the
+ previews which it can only do after the LaTeX run completes. This
+ run produces a host of pseudo-error messages that get parsed by
+ preview-latex at the end of the LaTeX run and give it the necessary
+ information about where in the source file the LaTeX code for the
+ various previews is located exactly. The parsing takes a moment
+ and will render Emacs busy.
+
+'preview-LaTeX-command-replacements'
+ This variable specifies transformations to be used before calling
+ the configured command. One possibility is to have '\pdfoutput=0 '
+ appended to every command starting with 'pdf'. This particular
+ setting is available as the shortcut
+ 'preview-LaTeX-disable-pdfoutput'. Since preview-latex can work
+ with PDF files by now, there is little incentive for using this
+ option, anymore (for projects not requiring PDF output, the added
+ speed of 'dvipng' might make this somewhat attractive).
+
+'preview-required-option-list'
+ 'preview-LaTeX-command' uses 'preview-required-option-list' in
+ order to pass options such as 'auctex', 'active' and 'dvips' to the
+ 'preview' package. This means that the user need (and should) not
+ supply these in the document itself in case he wants to be able to
+ still compile his document without it turning into an incoherent
+ mass of little pictures. These options even get passed in when the
+ user loads 'preview' explicitly in his document.
+
+ The default includes an option 'counters' that is controlled by the
+ boolean variable
+
+'preview-preserve-counters'
+ This option will cause the 'preview' package to emit information
+ that will assist in keeping things like equation counters and
+ section numbers reasonably correct even when you are regenerating
+ only single previews.
+
+'preview-default-option-list'
+'preview-default-preamble'
+ If the document does not call in the package 'preview' itself (via
+ '\usepackage') in the preamble, the preview package is loaded using
+ default options from 'preview-default-option-list' and additional
+ commands specified in 'preview-default-preamble'.
+
+'preview-fast-conversion'
+ This is relevant only for DVI mode. It defaults to 'On' and
+ results in the whole document being processed as one large
+ PostScript file from which the single images are extracted with the
+ help of parsing the PostScript for use of so-called DSC comments.
+ The bounding boxes are extracted with the help of TeX instead of
+ getting them from Dvips. If you are experiencing bounding box
+ problems, try setting this option to 'Off'.
+
+'preview-prefer-TeX-bb'
+ If this option is 'On', it tells preview-latex never to try to
+ extract bounding boxes from the bounding box comments of EPS files,
+ but rather rely on the boxes it gets from TeX. If you activated
+ 'preview-fast-conversion', this is done, anyhow, since there are no
+ EPS files from which to read this information. The option defaults
+ to 'Off', simply because about the only conceivable reason to
+ switch off 'preview-fast-conversion' would be that you have some
+ bounding box problem and want to get Dvips' angle on that matter.
+
+'preview-scale-function'
+'preview-reference-face'
+'preview-document-pt-list'
+'preview-default-document-pt'
+ 'preview-scale-function' determines by what factor images should be
+ scaled when appearing on the screen. If you specify a numerical
+ value here, the physical size on the screen will be that of the
+ original paper output scaled by the specified factor, at least if
+ Emacs' information about screen size and resolution are correct.
+ The default is to let 'preview-scale-from-face' determine the scale
+ function. This function determines the scale factor by making the
+ size of the default font in the document match that of the
+ on-screen fonts.
+
+ The size of the screen fonts is deduced from the font
+ 'preview-reference-face' (usually the default face used for
+ display), the size of the default font for the document is
+ determined by calling 'preview-document-pt'. This function
+ consults the members of 'preview-document-pt-list' in turn until it
+ gets the desired information. The default consults first
+ 'preview-parsed-font-size', then calls 'preview-auctex-font-size'
+ which asks AUCTeX about any size specification like '12pt' to the
+ documentclass that it might have detected when parsing the
+ document, and finally reverts to just assuming
+ 'preview-default-document-pt' as the size used in the document
+ (defaulting to 10pt).
+
+ If you find that the size of previews and the other Emacs display
+ clashes, something goes wrong. 'preview-parsed-font-size' is
+ determined at '\begin{document}' time; if the default font size
+ changes after that, it will not get reported. If you have an
+ outdated version of 'preview.sty' in your path, the size might not
+ be reported at all. If in this case AUCTeX is unable to find a
+ size specification, and if you are using a document class with a
+ different default value (like KomaScript), the default fallback
+ assumption will probably be wrong and preview-latex will scale up
+ things too large. So better specify those size options even when
+ you know that LaTeX does not need them: preview-latex might benefit
+ from them. Another possibility for error is that you have not
+ enabled AUCTeX's document parsing options. The fallback method of
+ asking AUCTeX about the size might be disabled in future versions
+ of preview-latex since in general it is more reliable to get this
+ information from the LaTeX run itself.
+
+'preview-fast-dvips-command'
+'preview-dvips-command'
+ The regular command for turning a DVI file into a single PostScript
+ file is 'preview-fast-dvips-command', while 'preview-dvips-command'
+ is used for cranking out a DVI file where every preview is in a
+ separate EPS file. Which of the two commands gets used depends on
+ the setting of 'preview-fast-conversion'. The printer specified
+ here by default is '-Pwww' by default, which will usually get you
+ scalable fonts where available. If you are experiencing problems,
+ you might want to try playing around with Dvips options (*note
+ (dvips)Command-line options::).
+
+ The conversion of the previews into PostScript or EPS files gets
+ started after the LaTeX run completes when Emacs recognizes the
+ first image while parsing the error messages. When Emacs has
+ finished parsing the error messages, it activates all detected
+ previews. This entails throwing away any previous previews
+ covering the same areas, and then replacing the text in its visual
+ appearance by a placeholder looking like a roadworks sign.
+
+'preview-nonready-icon-specs'
+ This is the roadworks sign displayed while previews are being
+ prepared. You may want to customize the font sizes at which
+ preview-latex switches over between different icon sizes, and the
+ ascent ratio which determines how high above the base line the icon
+ gets placed.
+
+'preview-error-icon-specs'
+'preview-icon-specs'
+ Those are icons placed before the source code of an opened preview
+ and, respectively, the image specs to be used for PostScript
+ errors, and a normal open preview in text representation.
+
+'preview-inner-environments'
+ This is a list of environments that are regarded as inner levels of
+ an outer environment when doing 'preview-environment'. One example
+ when this is needed is in
+ '\begin{equation}\begin{split}...\end{split}\end{equation}', and
+ accordingly 'split' is one entry in 'preview-inner-environments'.
+
+'preview-use-balloon-help'
+ If you turn this XEmacs-only option 'on', then moving the mouse
+ over previews and icons will show appropriate help texts. This
+ works by switching on 'balloon-help-mode' in the buffer if it is
+ not already enabled. The default now is 'off' since some users
+ reported problems with their version of XEmacs. GNU Emacs has its
+ corresponding 'tooltip-mode' enabled by default and in usable
+ condition.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: The preview images, Next: Misplaced
previews, Prev: The Emacs interface, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.3 The preview images
+======================
+
+'preview-image-type'
+'preview-image-creators'
+'preview-gs-image-type-alist'
+ What happens when LaTeX is finished depends on the configuration of
+ 'preview-image-type'. What to do for each of the various settings
+ is specified in the variable 'preview-image-creators'. The options
+ to pass into Ghostscript and what Emacs image type to use is
+ specified in 'preview-gs-image-type-alist'.
+
+ 'preview-image-type' defaults to 'png'. For this to work, your
+ version of Ghostscript needs to support the 'png16m' device. If
+ you are experiencing problems here, you might want to reconfigure
+ 'gs-image-type-alist' or 'preview-image-type'. Reconfiguring
+ 'preview-image-creators' is only necessary for adding additional
+ image types.
+
+ Most devices make preview-latex start up a single Ghostscript
+ process for the entire preview run (as opposed to one per image)
+ and feed it either sections of a PDF file (if PDFLaTeX was used),
+ or (after running Dvips) sections of a single PostScript file or
+ separate EPS files in sequence for conversion into PNG format which
+ can be displayed much faster by Emacs. Actually, not in sequence
+ but backwards since you are most likely editing at the end of the
+ document. And as an added convenience, any preview that happens to
+ be on-screen is given higher priority so that preview-latex will
+ first cater for the images that are displayed. There are various
+ options customizable concerning aspects of that operation, see the
+ customization group 'Preview Gs' for this.
+
+ Another noteworthy setting of 'preview-image-type' is 'dvipng': in
+ this case, the 'dvipng' program will get run on DVI output (see
+ below for PDF). This is in general much faster than Dvips and
+ Ghostscript. In that case, the option
+
+'preview-dvipng-command'
+ will get run for doing the conversion, and it is expected that
+
+'preview-dvipng-image-type'
+ images get produced ('dvipng' might be configured for other image
+ types as well). You will notice that 'preview-gs-image-type-alist'
+ contains an entry for 'dvipng': this actually has nothing to with
+ 'dvipng' itself but specifies the image type and Ghostscript device
+ option to use when 'dvipng' can't be used. This will obviously be
+ the case for PDF output by PDFLaTeX, but it will also happen if the
+ DVI file contains PostScript specials in which case the affected
+ images will get run through Dvips and Ghostscript once 'dvipng'
+ finishes.
+
+'preview-gs-options'
+ Most interesting to the user perhaps is the setting of this
+ variable. It contains the default antialiasing settings
+ '-dTextAlphaBits=4' and '-dGraphicsAlphaBits=4'. Decreasing those
+ values to 2 or 1 might increase Ghostscript's performance if you
+ find it lacking.
+
+ Running and feeding Ghostscript from preview-latex happens
+asynchronously again: you can resume editing while the images arrive.
+While those pretty pictures filling in the blanks on screen tend to make
+one marvel instead of work, rendering the non-displayed images
+afterwards will not take away your attention and will eventually
+guarantee that jumping around in the document will encounter only
+prerendered images.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Misplaced previews, Prev: The preview
images, Up: For advanced users
+
+6.4 Misplaced previews
+======================
+
+If you are reading this section, the first thing is to check that your
+problem is not caused by x-symbol in connection with an installation not
+supporting 8-bit characters (*note x-symbol interoperation::). If not,
+here's the beef:
+
+ As explained previously, Emacs uses pseudo-error messages generated
+by the 'preview' package in order to pinpoint the exact source location
+where a preview originated. This works in running text, but fails when
+preview material happens to lie in macro arguments, like the contents of
+'\emph'. Those macros first read in their entire argument, munge it
+through, perhaps transform it somehow, process it and perhaps then
+typeset something. When they finally typeset something, where is the
+location where the stuff originated? TeX, having read in the entire
+argument before, does not know and actually there would be no sane way
+of defining it.
+
+ For previews contained inside such a macro argument, the default
+behaviour of preview-latex is to use a position immediately after the
+closing brace of the argument. All the previews get placed there, all
+at a zero-width position, which means that Emacs displays it in an order
+that preview-latex cannot influence (currently in Emacs it is even
+possible that the order changes between runs). And since the placement
+of those previews is goofed up, you will not be able to regenerate them
+by clicking on them. The default behaviour is thus somewhat
+undesirable.
+
+ The solution (like with other preview problems) is to tell the LaTeX
+'preview' package how to tackle this problem (*note The LaTeX style
+file::). Simply, you don't need '\emph' do anything at all during
+previews! You only want the text math previewed, so the solution is to
+use '\PreviewMacro*\emph' in the preamble of your document which will
+make LaTeX ignore '\emph' completely as long as it is not part of a
+larger preview (in which case it gets typeset as usual). Its argument
+thus becomes ordinary text and gets treated like ordinary text.
+
+ Note that it would be a bad idea to declare
+'\PreviewMacro*[{{}}]\emph' since then both '\emph' as well as its
+argument would be ignored instead of previewed. For user-level macros,
+this is almost never wanted, but there may be internal macros where you
+might want to ignore internal arguments.
+
+ The same mechanism can be used for a number of other text-formatting
+commands like '\textrm', '\textit' and the like. While they all use the
+same internal macro 'address@hidden', it will not do to redefine just
+that, since they call it only after having read their argument in, and
+then it already is too late. So you need to disable every of those
+commands by hand in your document preamble.
+
+ Actually, we wrote all of the above just to scare you. At least all
+of the above mentioned macros and a few more are already catered for by
+a configuration file 'prauctex.cfg' that gets loaded by default unless
+the 'preview' package gets loaded with the 'noconfig' option. You can
+make your own copy of this file in a local directory and edit it in case
+of need. You can also add loading of a file of your liking to
+'preview-default-preamble', or alternatively do the manual disabling of
+your favorite macro in 'preview-default-preamble', which is customizable
+in the Preview Latex group.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: ToDo, Next: Frequently Asked Questions,
Prev: For advanced users, Up: Top
+
+Appendix A ToDo
+***************
+
+ * Support other formats than just LaTeX
+
+ plain TeX users and ConTeXt users should not have to feel left out.
+ While ConTeXt is not supported yet by released versions of AUCTeX,
+ at least supporting plain would help people, and be a start for
+ ConTeXt as well. There are plain-based formats like MusiXTeX that
+ could benefit a lot from preview-latex. The main part of the
+ difficulties here is to adapt 'preview.dtx' to produce stuff not
+ requiring LaTeX.
+
+ * Support nested snippets
+
+ Currently you can't have both a footnote (which gets displayed as
+ just its footnote number) and math inside of a footnote rendered as
+ an image: such nesting might be achieved by rerunning preview-latex
+ on the footnote contents when one opens the footnote for editing.
+
+ * Support other text properties than just images
+
+ Macros like '\textit' can be rendered as images, but the resulting
+ humungous blob is not suitable for editing, in particular since the
+ line filling from LaTeX does not coincide with that of Emacs. It
+ would be much more useful if text properties just switched the
+ relevant font to italics rather than replacing the whole text with
+ an image. It would also make editing quite easier. Then there are
+ things like footnotes that are currently just replaced by their
+ footnote number. While editing is not a concern here (the number
+ is not in the original text, anyway), it would save a lot of
+ conversion time if no images were generated, but Emacs just
+ displayed a properly fontified version of the footnote number.
+ Also, this might make preview-latex useful even on text terminals.
+
+ * Find a way to facilitate Source Specials
+
+ Probably in connection with adding appropriate support to 'dvipng',
+ it would be nice if clicking on an image from a larger piece of
+ source code would place the cursor at the respective source code
+ location.
+
+ * Make 'preview.dtx' look reasonable in AUCTeX
+
+ It is a bit embarrassing that 'preview.dtx' is written in a manner
+ that will not give either good syntax highlighting or good
+ indentation when employing AUCTeX.
+
+ * Web page work
+
+ Currently, preview-latex's web page is not structured at all.
+ Better navigation would be desirable, as well as separate News and
+ Errata eye catchers.
+
+ * Manual improvements
+
+ - Pepper the manual with screen shots and graphics
+
+ This will be of interest for the HTML and TeX renditions of
+ the texinfo manual. Since Texinfo now supports images as
+ well, this could well be nice to have.
+
+ - Fix duplicates
+
+ Various stuff appears several times.
+
+ * Implement rendering pipelines for Emacs
+
+ The current 'gs.el' interface is fundamentally flawed, not only
+ because of a broken implementation. A general batchable and
+ daemonizable rendering infrastructure that can work on all kinds of
+ preview images for embedding into buffers is warranted. The
+ current implementation has a rather adhoc flavor and is not easily
+ extended. It will not work outside of AUCTeX, either.
+
+ * Integrate into RefTeX
+
+ When referencing to equations and the like, the preview-images of
+ the source rather than plain text should be displayed. If the
+ preview in question covers labels, those should appear in the
+ bubble help and/or a context menu. Apropos:
+
+ * Implement LaTeX error indicators
+
+ Previews on erroneous LaTeX passages might gain a red border or
+ similar.
+
+ * Pop up relevant online documentation for frequent errors
+
+ A lot of errors are of the "badly configured" variety. Perhaps the
+ relevant info pages should be delivered in addition to the error
+ message.
+
+ * Implement a table editing mode where every table cell gets output
+ as a separate preview. Alternatively, output the complete table
+ metrics in a way that lets people click on individual cells for
+ editing purposes.
+
+ * Benchmark and kill Emacs inefficiencies
+
+ Both the LaTeX run under Emacs control as well as actual image
+ insertion in Emacs could be faster. CVS Emacs has improved in that
+ respect, but it still is slower than desirable.
+
+ * Improve image support under Emacs
+
+ The general image and color handling in Emacs is inefficient and
+ partly defective. This is still the case in CVS. One option would
+ be to replace the whole color and image handling with GDK routines
+ when this library is available, since it has been optimized for it.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Frequently Asked Questions, Next: Copying
this Manual, Prev: ToDo, Up: Top
+
+Appendix B Frequently Asked Questions
+*************************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction to FAQ::
+* Requirements::
+* Installation Trouble::
+* Customization::
+* Troubleshooting::
+* Other formats::
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Introduction to FAQ, Next: Requirements,
Prev: Frequently Asked Questions, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.1 Introduction
+================
+
+B.1.1 How can I contribute to the FAQ?
+--------------------------------------
+
+Send an email with the subject:
+ Preview FAQ
+ to <address@hidden>.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Installation Trouble,
Prev: Introduction to FAQ, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.2 Requirements
+================
+
+B.2.1 Which version of (X)Emacs is needed?
+------------------------------------------
+
+See also the table at the end of the section.
+
+ preview-latex nominally requires GNU Emacs with a version of at least
+21.1. However, Emacs 22 (currently under development) offers superior
+performance and wider platform support, and is even now the recommended
+platform to use.
+
+ While recent versions of XEmacs 21.4 are supported, doing this in a
+satisfactory manner has proven to be difficult due to technical
+shortcomings and differing API's which are hard to come by. If
+preview-latex is an important part of your editing workflow, you are
+likely to get better results and support by switching to Emacs. Of
+course, you can improve support for your favorite editor by giving
+feedback in case you encounter bugs.
+
+B.2.2 Which versions of Ghostscript and AUCTeX are needed?
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+We recommend to use GNU or AFPL Ghostscript with a version of at least
+7.07.
+
+ preview-latex has been distributed as part of AUCTeX since version
+11.80. If your version of AUCTeX is older than that, or if it does not
+contain a working copy of preview-latex, complain to wherever you got it
+from.
+
+B.2.3 I have trouble with the display format...
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+We recommend keeping the variable 'preview-image-type' set to 'dvipng'
+(if you have it installed) or 'png'. This is the default and can be set
+via the Preview/Customize menu.
+
+ All other formats are known to have inconveniences, either in file
+size or quality. There are some Emacs versions around not supporting
+PNG; the proper way to deal with that is to complain to your Emacs
+provider. Short of that, checking out PNM or JPEG formats might be a
+good way to find out whether the lack of PNG format support might be the
+only problem with your Emacs.
+
+B.2.4 For which OS does preview work?
+-------------------------------------
+
+It is known to work under the X Window System for Linux and for several
+flavors of Unix: we have reports for HP and Solaris.
+
+ There are several development versions of Emacs around for native
+MacOS Carbon, and preview-latex is working with them, too.
+
+ With Windows, Cygwin and native ports of XEmacs should work.
+preview-latex will not work with any native version 21 of Emacs under
+Windows: you need to get a hold of Emacs 22 which is at the time of this
+writing not released but available as a developer snapshot.
+
+ The entry "X11/Unix" currently means Linux, Solaris or HP/UX, as well
+as the X-specific version for Mac/OSX.
+
+OS Emacs version XEmacs version
+X11/Unix 21.1 21.4.9
+Win9x cygwin 21.3.50? 21.4.8
+Win9x native 22.1 21.4.8
+MacOSX 22.1 -
+native
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Installation Trouble, Next: Customization,
Prev: Requirements, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.3 Installation Trouble
+========================
+
+B.3.1 I just get 'LaTeX found no preview images'.
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+The reason for this is that LaTeX found no preview images in the
+document in question.
+
+ One reason might be that there are no previews to be seen. If you
+have not used preview-latex before, you might not know its manner of
+operation. One sure-fire way to test if you just have a document where
+no previews are to be found is to use the provided example document
+'circ.tex' (you will have to copy it to some directory where you have
+write permissions). If the symptom persists, you have a problem, and
+the problem is most likely a LaTeX problem. Here are possible reasons:
+
+Filename database not updated
+ Various TeX distributions have their own ways of knowing where the
+ files are without actually searching directories. The normal
+ preview-latex installation should detect common tools for that
+ purpose and use them. If this goes wrong, or if the files get
+ installed into a place where they are not looked for, the LaTeX run
+ will fail.
+
+An incomplete manual installation
+ This should not happen if you followed installation instructions.
+ Unfortunately, people know better all the time. If only
+ 'preview.sty' gets installed without a set of supplementary files
+ also in the 'latex' subdirectory, preview-latex runs will not
+ generate any errors, but they will not produce any previews,
+ either.
+
+An outdated 'preview' installation
+ The 'preview.sty' package is useful for more than just
+ preview-latex. For example, it is part of TeXlive. So you have to
+ make sure that preview-latex does not get to work with outdated
+ style and configuration files: some newer features will not work
+ with older TeX style files, and really old files will make
+ preview-latex fail completely. There usual is a local 'texmf'
+ tree, or even a user-specific tree that are searched before the
+ default tree. Make sure that the first version of those files that
+ gets found is the correct one.
+
+B.3.2 I have problems with the XEmacs installation
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Please note that the XEmacs installation is different, since XEmacs has
+a package system that gets used here. Please make sure that you read
+and follow the installation instructions for XEmacs.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Customization, Next: Troubleshooting, Prev:
Installation Trouble, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.4 Customization
+=================
+
+B.4.1 Why don't I get balloon help like in the screen shots?
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Some users have reported problems with their XEmacs version, so balloon
+help is no longer switched on by default. Use the Preview/Customize
+menu or '<M-x> customize-variable' in order to customize
+'preview-use-balloon-help' to 'On'. This only concerns XEmacs: tooltips
+under GNU Emacs are enabled by default and unproblematic.
+
+B.4.2 How to include additional environments like 'enumerate'
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+By default, preview-latex is intended mainly for displaying mathematical
+formulas, so environments like 'enumerate' or 'tabular' (except where
+contained in a float) are not included. You can include them however
+manually by adding the lines:
+
+ \usepackage[displaymath,textmath,sections,graphics,floats]{preview}
+ \PreviewEnvironment{enumerate}
+
+ in your document header, that is before
+
+ \begin{document}
+In general, 'preview' should be loaded as the last thing before the
+start of document.
+
+ Be aware that
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{...}
+
+ does not accept a comma separated list! Also note that by putting
+more and more
+
+ \PreviewEnvironment{...}
+
+ in your document, it will look more and more like a DVI file preview
+when running preview-latex. Since each preview is treated as one large
+monolithic block by Emacs, one should really restrict previews to those
+elements where the improvement in visual representation more than makes
+up for the decreased editability.
+
+B.4.3 What if I don't want to change the document?
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+The easiest way is to generate a configuration file in the current
+directory. You can basically either create 'prdefault.cfg' which is
+used for any use of the 'preview' package, or you can use 'prauctex.cfg'
+which only applies to the use from with Emacs. Let us assume you use
+the latter. In that case you should write something like
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{preview/prauctex.cfg}{}{}
+ \PreviewEnvironment{enumerate}
+
+ in it. The first line inputs the system-wide default configuration
+(the file name should match that, but not your own 'prauctex.cfg'), then
+you add your own stuff.
+
+B.4.4 Suddenly I get gazillions of ridiculous pages?!?
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+When preview-latex works on extracting its stuff, it typesets each
+single preview on a page of its own. This only happens when actual
+previews get generated. Now if you want to configure preview-latex in
+your document, you need to add your own '\usepackage' call to 'preview'
+so that it will be able to interpret its various definition commands.
+It is an error to add the 'active' option to this invocation: you don't
+want the package to be active unless preview-latex itself enables the
+previewing operation (which it will).
+
+B.4.5 Does preview-latex work with presentation classes?
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+preview-latex should work with most presentation classes. However,
+since those classes often have macros or pseudo environments
+encompassing a complete slide, you will need to use the customization
+facilities of 'preview.sty' to tell it how to resolve this, whether you
+want no previews, previews of whole slides or previews of inner
+material.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Troubleshooting, Next: Other formats, Prev:
Customization, Up: Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.5 Troubleshooting
+===================
+
+B.5.1 Preview causes all sort of strange error messages
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+When running preview-latex and taking a look at either log file or
+terminal output, lots of messages like
+
+ ! Preview: Snippet 3 started.
+ <-><->
+
+ l.52 \item Sie lassen sich als Funktion $
+ y = f(x)$ darstellen.
+ ! Preview: Snippet 3 ended.(491520+163840x2494310).
+ <-><->
+
+ l.52 \item Sie lassen sich als Funktion $y = f(x)$
+ darstellen.
+
+ appear (previous versions generated messages looking even more like
+errors). Those are not real errors (as will be noted in the log file).
+Or rather, while they *are* really TeX error messages, they are
+intentional. This currently is the only reliable way to pass the
+information from the LaTeX run of preview-latex to its Emacs part about
+where the previews originated in the source text. Since they are actual
+errors, you will also get AUCTeX to state
+ Preview-LaTeX exited as expected with code 1 at Wed Sep 4 17:03:30
+ after the LaTeX run in the run buffer. This merely indicates that
+errors were present, and errors will always be present when
+preview-latex is operating. There might be also real errors, so in case
+of doubt, look for them explicitly in either run buffer or the resulting
+'.log' file.
+
+B.5.2 Why do my DVI and PDF output files vanish?
+------------------------------------------------
+
+In order to produce the preview images preview-latex runs LaTeX on the
+master or region file. The resulting DVI or PDF file can happen to have
+the same name as the output file of a regular LaTeX run. So the regular
+output file gets overwritten and is subsequently deleted by
+preview-latex.
+
+B.5.3 My output file suddenly only contains preview images?!
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+As mentioned in the previews FAQ entry, preview-latex might use the file
+name of the original output file for the creation of preview images. If
+the original output file is being displayed with a viewer when this
+happens, you might see strange effects depending on the viewer, e.g. a
+message about the file being corrupted or the display of all the preview
+images instead of your typeset document. (Also *Note Customization::.)
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Other formats, Prev: Troubleshooting, Up:
Frequently Asked Questions
+
+B.6 preview-latex when not using LaTeX
+======================================
+
+B.6.1 Does preview-latex work with PDFLaTeX?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Yes, as long as you use AUCTeX's own PDFLaTeX mode and have not messed
+with 'TeX-command-list'.
+
+B.6.2 Does preview-latex work with 'elatex'?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+No problem here. If you configure your AUCTeX to use 'elatex', or
+simply have 'latex' point to 'elatex', this will work fine. Modern TeX
+distributions use eTeX for LaTeX, anyway.
+
+B.6.3 Does preview-latex work with ConTeXt?
+-------------------------------------------
+
+In short, no. The 'preview' package is LaTeX-dependent. Adding support
+for other formats requires volunteers.
+
+B.6.4 Does preview-latex work with plain TeX?
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Again, no. Restructuring the 'preview' package for 'plain' operation
+would be required. Volunteers welcome.
+
+ In some cases you might get around by making a wrapper pseudo-Master
+file looking like the following:
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{plain}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{plain}
+ \input myplainfile
+ \end{plain}
+ \end{document}
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Copying this Manual, Next: Index, Prev:
Frequently Asked Questions, Up: Top
+
+Appendix C Copying this Manual
+******************************
+
+The copyright notice for this manual is:
+
+ This manual is for preview-latex, a LaTeX preview mode for AUCTeX
+(version 11.87.2012-12-04 from 2012-12-04).
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts and no
+ Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+ entitled "GNU Free Documentation License."
+
+ The full license text can be read here:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying
this Manual
+
+C.1 GNU Free Documentation License
+==================================
+
+ Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ 0. PREAMBLE
+
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+ functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+ assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+ with or without modifying it, either commercially or
+ noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
+ author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
+ being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
+
+ This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+ works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+ It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+ license designed for free software.
+
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+ that the software does. But this License is not limited to
+ software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+ of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
+ recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+ instruction or reference.
+
+ 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+ This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+ that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+ be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
+ grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+ to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
+ "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
+ of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
+ the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+ requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+ A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+ Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+ of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+ publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+ subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+ fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
+ is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+ explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
+ historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+ of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+
+ The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
+ titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+ If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+ is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
+ contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
+ any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+ The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
+ listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+ that says that the Document is released under this License. A
+ Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
+ be at most 25 words.
+
+ A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+ represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+ general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+ straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+ of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+ available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+ formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+ suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
+ Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+ been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+ readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
+ used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
+ "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
+ SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+ simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+ Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
+ Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+ edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+ the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+ the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+ processors for output purposes only.
+
+ The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+ plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+ material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
+ works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
+ Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+ work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+ The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
+ of the Document to the public.
+
+ A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
+ whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+ following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
+ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+ "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
+ To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
+ Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
+ to this definition.
+
+ The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+ which states that this License applies to the Document. These
+ Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+ this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+ implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+ has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+ 2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+ You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+ add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
+ may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+ or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
+ you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
+ distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+ conditions in section 3.
+
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+ and you may publicly display copies.
+
+ 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+ If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+ have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+ the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+ enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+ these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
+ and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
+ front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+ equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
+ covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+ long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+
+ If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+ numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+ Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+ each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+ network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+ network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+ of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+ through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+ the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+ to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+ Document.
+
+ 4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+ You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+ under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+ release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+ distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+ possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
+ the Modified Version:
+
+ A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+ distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+ versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+ History section of the Document). You may use the same title
+ as a previous version if the original publisher of that
+ version gives permission.
+
+ B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+ entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
+ the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
+ principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
+ authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
+ from this requirement.
+
+ C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+ D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+ E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+ F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+ notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
+ Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
+ the Addendum below.
+
+ G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+ Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+ license notice.
+
+ H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+ I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
+ and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
+ authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
+ Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
+ Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
+ publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
+ an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
+ previous sentence.
+
+ J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+ for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+ likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+ previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+ "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
+ that was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+ to gives permission.
+
+ K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+ all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+ L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+ in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+ M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+ N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+ "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+ Section.
+
+ O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+ appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
+ material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
+ some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
+ titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
+ license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
+ section titles.
+
+ You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+ nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
+ and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
+ the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
+ of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+ through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
+ by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
+ behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
+ one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
+ the old one.
+
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
+ License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+ 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+ this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+ modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+ of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+ unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+ combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+ their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+ multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+ copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+ but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+ by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+ original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
+ unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+ the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+ combined work.
+
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+ "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
+ Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+ "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
+ must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
+
+ 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+ You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+ documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+ copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+ that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+ in all other respects.
+
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+ a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+ License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+ document.
+
+ 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+ A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+ separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
+ storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
+ copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+ legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+ works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+ License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+ are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+ If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+ of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+ on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+ electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+ form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+ the whole aggregate.
+
+ 8. TRANSLATION
+
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
+ 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+ translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+ original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+ translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+ Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
+ include the original English version of this License and the
+ original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
+ disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+ this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+ prevail.
+
+ If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+ "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
+ Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+ actual title.
+
+ 9. TERMINATION
+
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+ except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+ otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+ and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+ license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+ provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+ finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+ copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+ reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+ violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+ received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+ that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+ after your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+ the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+ under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
+ permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+ same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+ 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+ the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+ versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+ differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+ <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.
+
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+ version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
+ have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+ that specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+ Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
+ choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
+ Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
+ decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+ proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+ authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+ 11. RELICENSING
+
+ "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
+ World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+ provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
+ public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
+ A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
+ site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+ site.
+
+ "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+ license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+ corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+ California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+ published by that same organization.
+
+ "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+ in part, as part of another Document.
+
+ An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
+ License, and if all works that were first published under this
+ License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+ incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+ texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+ to November 1, 2008.
+
+ The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+ site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+ 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
+notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+ Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
+Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being LIST.
+
+ If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
+software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
+their use in free software.
+
+
+File: preview-latex.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying this Manual, Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+ [index ]
+* Menu:
+
+* \PreviewEnvironment: Provided commands. (line 124)
+* \PreviewMacro: Provided commands. (line 25)
+* Activation: Activating preview-latex.
+ (line 6)
+* 'C-c C-k': Keys and lisp. (line 160)
+* 'C-c C-m P': Keys and lisp. (line 63)
+* 'C-c C-p C-b': Keys and lisp. (line 89)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-b': Keys and lisp. (line 115)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-d': Keys and lisp. (line 121)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-p': Keys and lisp. (line 99)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-r': Keys and lisp. (line 110)
+* 'C-c C-p C-c C-s': Keys and lisp. (line 105)
+* 'C-c C-p C-d': Keys and lisp. (line 94)
+* 'C-c C-p C-e': Keys and lisp. (line 74)
+* 'C-c C-p C-f': Keys and lisp. (line 128)
+* 'C-c C-p C-i': Keys and lisp. (line 147)
+* 'C-c C-p C-p': Keys and lisp. (line 23)
+* 'C-c C-p C-r': Keys and lisp. (line 84)
+* 'C-c C-p C-s': Keys and lisp. (line 79)
+* 'C-c C-p C-w': Keys and lisp. (line 45)
+* 'C-u C-c C-p C-f': Keys and lisp. (line 141)
+* Caching a preamble: Simple customization.
+ (line 59)
+* Contacts: Contacts. (line 6)
+* Copying: Copying. (line 6)
+* Copyright: Copying. (line 6)
+* CVS access: Availability. (line 6)
+* Distribution: Copying. (line 6)
+* Download: Availability. (line 6)
+* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
+ (line 6)
+* Free: Copying. (line 6)
+* Free software: Copying. (line 6)
+* General Public License: Copying. (line 6)
+* GPL: Copying. (line 6)
+* Inline math: Simple customization.
+ (line 110)
+* Kill preview-generating process: Keys and lisp. (line 160)
+* License: Copying. (line 6)
+* 'M-m P': Keys and lisp. (line 63)
+* 'M-x preview-report-bug <RET>': Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* Mailing list: Contacts. (line 6)
+* Menu entries: Keys and lisp. (line 6)
+* Philosophy of preview-latex: What use is it?. (line 6)
+* preview-at-point: Keys and lisp. (line 23)
+* preview-auctex-font-size: The Emacs interface. (line 99)
+* preview-auto-cache-preamble: Simple customization.
+ (line 59)
+* preview-buffer: Keys and lisp. (line 89)
+* preview-cache-preamble: Keys and lisp. (line 128)
+* preview-cache-preamble-off: Keys and lisp. (line 141)
+* preview-clearout: Keys and lisp. (line 110)
+* preview-clearout-at-point: Keys and lisp. (line 99)
+* preview-clearout-buffer: Keys and lisp. (line 115)
+* preview-clearout-document: Keys and lisp. (line 105)
+* preview-clearout-document <1>: Keys and lisp. (line 121)
+* preview-copy-region-as-mml: Keys and lisp. (line 45)
+* preview-default-document-pt: The Emacs interface. (line 82)
+* preview-default-option-list: The Emacs interface. (line 53)
+* preview-default-preamble: The Emacs interface. (line 54)
+* preview-default-preamble <1>: Misplaced previews. (line 60)
+* preview-default-preamble <2>: Misplaced previews. (line 61)
+* preview-document: Keys and lisp. (line 94)
+* preview-document-pt: The Emacs interface. (line 96)
+* preview-document-pt-list: The Emacs interface. (line 81)
+* preview-dvipng-command: The preview images. (line 40)
+* preview-dvipng-image-type: The preview images. (line 43)
+* preview-dvips-command: The Emacs interface. (line 124)
+* preview-environment: Keys and lisp. (line 74)
+* preview-error-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 150)
+* preview-fast-conversion: The Emacs interface. (line 60)
+* preview-fast-dvips-command: The Emacs interface. (line 123)
+* preview-goto-info-page: Keys and lisp. (line 147)
+* preview-gs-image-type-alist: The preview images. (line 8)
+* preview-gs-options: Problems with Ghostscript.
+ (line 22)
+* preview-gs-options <1>: The preview images. (line 54)
+* preview-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 151)
+* preview-image-creators: Problems with Ghostscript.
+ (line 31)
+* preview-image-creators <1>: The preview images. (line 7)
+* preview-image-type: Basic modes of operation.
+ (line 17)
+* preview-image-type <1>: Problems with Ghostscript.
+ (line 33)
+* preview-image-type <2>: The preview images. (line 6)
+* preview-inner-environments: The Emacs interface. (line 156)
+* preview-LaTeX-command: The Emacs interface. (line 11)
+* preview-LaTeX-command-replacements: The Emacs interface. (line 25)
+* preview-nonready-icon-specs: The Emacs interface. (line 143)
+* preview-parsed-font-size: The Emacs interface. (line 99)
+* preview-prefer-TeX-bb: The Emacs interface. (line 69)
+* preview-preserve-counters: Simple customization.
+ (line 63)
+* preview-preserve-counters <1>: The Emacs interface. (line 47)
+* preview-reference-face: The Emacs interface. (line 80)
+* preview-region: Keys and lisp. (line 84)
+* preview-report-bug: Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* preview-required-option-list: Simple customization.
+ (line 63)
+* preview-required-option-list <1>: The Emacs interface. (line 35)
+* preview-scale-function: The Emacs interface. (line 79)
+* preview-section: Keys and lisp. (line 79)
+* preview-transparent-border: Keys and lisp. (line 55)
+* preview-use-balloon-help: The Emacs interface. (line 163)
+* Readme: Introduction. (line 6)
+* Report a bug: Keys and lisp. (line 152)
+* Right: Copying. (line 6)
+* Showing '\label's: Simple customization.
+ (line 23)
+* Using dvipng: Basic modes of operation.
+ (line 19)
+* Warranty: Copying. (line 6)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top952
+Node: Copying2224
+Node: Introduction2678
+Node: What use is it?3352
+Node: Activating preview-latex4741
+Node: Getting started5556
+Node: Basic modes of operation7644
+Node: More documentation8846
+Node: Availability9734
+Node: Contacts10339
+Node: Installation11611
+Node: Keys and lisp11812
+Node: Simple customization18476
+Node: Known problems24236
+Node: Problems with Ghostscript25090
+Node: Font problems with Dvips27275
+Node: Emacs problems28472
+Node: Too small bounding boxes30162
+Node: x-symbol interoperation31548
+Node: Middle-clicks paste instead of toggling32931
+Node: For advanced users33747
+Node: The LaTeX style file34246
+Node: Package options36807
+Node: Provided commands47711
+Node: The Emacs interface55058
+Node: The preview images64229
+Node: Misplaced previews67712
+Node: ToDo71166
+Node: Frequently Asked Questions75937
+Node: Introduction to FAQ76338
+Node: Requirements76677
+Node: Installation Trouble79648
+Node: Customization82210
+Node: Troubleshooting85755
+Node: Other formats88273
+Node: Copying this Manual89588
+Node: GNU Free Documentation License90527
+Node: Index115648
+
+End Tag Table
commit d82dbe41e56c092a54163594869d467192d6dc2e
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Sep 13 22:30:03 2013 -0400
Add rules for auto-generated files.
diff --git a/.elpaignore b/.elpaignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fd7021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.elpaignore
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+*.m4
+*.in
+*.ac
+*.spec
+autogen.sh
+.cvsignore
+install-sh
+lpath.el
+mkinstalldirs
+prv-install.el
+README.CVS
diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.gitignore
similarity index 66%
rename from .cvsignore
rename to .gitignore
index bf0384f..79e2317 100644
--- a/.cvsignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ configure
tex-site.el
tex-site.el.out
-# From preview/.cvsignore
-auto
-auto.el
-preview-latex.el
+doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi
+doc/version.texi
+latex/preview-mk.ins
+latex/preview.drv
diff --git a/GNUmakefile b/GNUmakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44ed8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GNUmakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# Rules to generate the files that need to go into the ELPA package.
+
+# Files we need to auto-generate:
+# dir
+# auctex.info
+# preview-latex.info
+# README
+# auctex.el (or auctex-pkg.el)?
+# tex-site.el
+# doc: preview-dtxdoc.texi
+# doc: version.texi
+# latex: prauctex.cfg
+# latex: prauctex.def
+# latex: prcounters.def
+# latex: preview.sty
+# latex: prfootnotes.def
+# latex: prlyx.def
+# latex: prshowbox.def
+# latex: prshowlabels.def
+# latex: prtightpage.def
+# latex: prtracingall.def
+
+
+MAKEINFO=makeinfo
+INSTALL_INFO=install-info
+PERL=perl
+
+MANUALS=auctex preview-latex
+INFO_FILES=$(MANUALS:=.info)
+
+TEXMFGEN:=$(shell sed -n
's/^%<installer>.*file[{]\([^}.]*\.[sdc][tef][yfg]\)[}].*/\1/p'
latex/preview.dtx)
+LATEX_FILES:=$(patsubst %, latex/%, $(shell echo $$(echo "$(TEXMFGEN)")))
+
+GENERATED_FILES=dir \
+ $(INFO_FILES) \
+ README \
+ tex-site.el \
+ doc/version.texi \
+ doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi \
+ $(LATEX_FILES)
+
+all: $(GENERATED_FILES)
+
+clean:
+ rm -f $(GENERATED_FILES)
+
+# Copied&adapted from doc/Makefile.in.
+MAKEINFO_PLAIN=$(MAKEINFO) -D rawfile --no-headers
+README: doc/intro.texi doc/preview-readme.texi doc/macros.texi
+ (cd doc; $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) intro.texi --output -) >$@
+ (cd doc; $(MAKEINFO_PLAIN) preview-readme.texi --output -) >> $@
+
+# Commands copied&adapted from autogen.sh and doc/Makefile.in.
+AUCTEXDATE:=$(shell LANG=C sed -n '1s/^\([-0-9][-0-9]*\).*/\1/p' ChangeLog)
+THISVERSION:=$(shell sed -n '2,/^[0-9]/s/.*Version \(.*\) released\..*/\1/p'
ChangeLog)
+LASTVERSION:=$(shell sed -n '/.*Version .* released\./{s/.*Version \(.*\)
released\..*/\1/p;q}' ChangeLog)
+AUCTEXVERSION:=$(if $(THISVERSION),$(THISVERSION),$(LASTVERSION).$(AUCTEXDATE))
+
+tex-site.el: tex-site.el.in
+ sed -e 's|@lisppackagelispdir@|(file-name-directory load-file-name)|'\
+ -e 's|@lisppackagedatadir@|(file-name-directory load-file-name)|'\
+ -e 's|@lispautodir@|(if (file-writeable-p "/usr/local/var/auctex")
"/usr/local/var/auctex" "~/.emacs.d/auctex")|'\
+ -e 's|@AUCTEXVERSION@|$(AUCTEXVERSION)|'\
+ -e 's|@AUCTEXDATE@|$(AUCTEXDATE)|'\
+ $< >$@
+
+doc/version.texi: ChangeLog
+ echo @set VERSION $(AUCTEXVERSION) >$@
+ echo @set UPDATED $(AUCTEXDATE) >>$@
+
+# Copied&adapted from doc/Makefile.in.
+doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi: latex/preview.dtx doc/preview-dtxdoc.pl
+ $(PERL) doc/preview-dtxdoc.pl latex/preview.dtx $@
+
+# Copied&adapted from doc/Makefile.in.
+TEXI_SOURCES:=$(wildcard doc/*.texi) doc/version.texi doc/preview-dtxdoc.texi
+$(INFO_FILES): %.info: $(TEXI_SOURCES)
+ cd doc; $(MAKEINFO) --no-split $*.texi
+ mv doc/$*.info $@
+
+dir: $(INFO_FILES)
+ for f in $(INFO_FILES); do $(INSTALL_INFO) --info-dir=. $$f; done
+
+$(LATEX_FILES): latex/preview.dtx latex/bootstrap.ins
+ cd latex; $(TEX) '\nonstopmode \input bootstrap.ins'
+ cd latex; $(TEX) '\nonstopmode \input preview-mk.ins'
diff --git a/auctex-pkg.el b/auctex-pkg.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62a6b4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/auctex-pkg.el
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+(define-package "auctex" "11.87" "Integrated environment for *TeX*" nil :url
"http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/";)
commit baefcc7a81766c9ad1858f5d1408315e4a28f135
Merge: 6a8879c a90c0a2
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Sep 13 14:37:23 2013 -0400
Sync with AUCTeX-11.87.
diff --cc style/harvard.el
index 480c303,b1f12bc..83463ea
--- a/style/harvard.el
+++ b/style/harvard.el
@@@ -1,26 -1,27 +1,27 @@@
;;; harvard.el --- Support for Harvard Citation style package for AUCTeX.
- ;; Copyright (C) 1994,1997,2005,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++;; Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- ;; Harvard citation style is from Peter Williams
- ;; available on the CTAN servers
+ ;; Author: Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
+ ;; Maintainer: address@hidden
+ ;; Keywords: tex
- ;; Author: Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
- ;; Version: $Id: harvard.el,v 1.10 2008-02-03 14:53:30 angeli Exp $
+ ;; This file is part of AUCTeX.
- ;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ ;; AUCTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
;; any later version.
- ;;
- ;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- ;; GNU General Public License for more details.
- ;;
+
+ ;; AUCTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ ;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ ;; General Public License for more details.
+
;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- ;; along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- ;; Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ ;; along with AUCTeX; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ ;; Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ ;; 02110-1301, USA.
;;; Code:
diff --cc tex.el
index 0ff821c,ab92f8b..3fde81e
--- a/tex.el
+++ b/tex.el
@@@ -126,19 -94,8 +99,9 @@@ If nil, none is specified.
:type '(choice (const :tag "Unspecified" nil)
string))
;; At least in TeXLive 2009 ConTeXt does not support an omega option anymore.
-(make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine 'TeX-engine-alist)
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine
+ 'TeX-engine-alist "before 11.86")
- (defcustom TeX-queue-command "lpq -P%p"
- "*Command used to show the status of a printer queue.
-
- First `%p' is expanded to the printer name, then ordinary expansion is
- performed as specified in `TeX-expand-list'. If this is nil,
- the printer has no corresponding command."
- :group 'TeX-command
- :type '(choice (string :tag "Queue check command")
- (const :tag "No such command" nil)))
-
(defcustom TeX-mode-hook nil
"A hook run in TeX mode buffers."
:type 'hook
commit 6a8879c109c99f2b593e0bbd8769897adf62600f
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Sep 13 14:21:05 2013 -0400
Merge in changes from the elpa branch.
diff --git a/font-latex.el b/font-latex.el
index 66f24ea..2b146c7 100644
--- a/font-latex.el
+++ b/font-latex.el
@@ -1944,8 +1944,8 @@ END marks boundaries for searching for quotation ends."
(symbol-function 'font-latex-make-built-in-keywords))
(dolist (elt font-latex-built-in-keyword-classes)
(let ((name (nth 0 elt)))
- (byte-compile (intern (concat "font-latex-" name)))
- (byte-compile (intern (concat "font-latex-" name "-make"))))))
+ (byte-compile (intern (concat "font-latex-match-" name)))
+ (byte-compile (intern (concat "font-latex-match-" name "-make"))))))
;; Provide ourselves:
diff --git a/style/harvard.el b/style/harvard.el
index b503865..480c303 100644
--- a/style/harvard.el
+++ b/style/harvard.el
@@ -1,14 +1,13 @@
;;; harvard.el --- Support for Harvard Citation style package for AUCTeX.
+;; Copyright (C) 1994,1997,2005,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
;; Harvard citation style is from Peter Williams
;; available on the CTAN servers
+;; Author: Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
;; Version: $Id: harvard.el,v 1.10 2008-02-03 14:53:30 angeli Exp $
-;; Copyright (C) 1994 Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
-;; Copyright (C) 1997 Berwin Turlach <address@hidden>
-;; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
diff --git a/tex-fptex.el b/tex-fptex.el
index 48b8dfd..b00ed6d 100644
--- a/tex-fptex.el
+++ b/tex-fptex.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; tex-fptex.el --- fpTeX support for AUCTeX.
-;; Copyright (C) 2000 Fabrice Popineau
-;; Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Fabrice Popineau <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
diff --git a/tex-jp.el b/tex-jp.el
index ece4002..d2778b3 100644
--- a/tex-jp.el
+++ b/tex-jp.el
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-;;; tex-jp.el --- Support for Japanese TeX.
+;;; tex-jp.el --- Support for Japanese TeX. -*- coding: iso-2022-jp-unix; -*-
-;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Hidenobu Nabetani <address@hidden>
-;; Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation
+;; Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2007, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;; Author: KOBAYASHI Shinji <address@hidden>
+;; Author: KOBAYASHI Shinji <address@hidden>,
+;; Hidenobu Nabetani <address@hidden>
;; Maintainer: Masayuki Ataka <address@hidden>
;; Keywords: tex
diff --git a/tex.el b/tex.el
index b147474..0ff821c 100644
--- a/tex.el
+++ b/tex.el
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
;;; tex.el --- Support for TeX documents.
-;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1999,
-;; 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+;; Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1999-2013
;; Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Maintainer: address@hidden
@@ -40,6 +39,11 @@
(eval-when-compile
(require 'cl))
+(defun TeX--call-3/2 (f arg1 arg2 arg3)
+ (condition-case nil
+ (funcall f arg1 arg2 arg3)
+ (wrong-number-of-arguments (funcall f arg1 arg2))))
+
(defgroup TeX-file nil
"Files used by AUCTeX."
:group 'AUCTeX)
@@ -122,7 +126,8 @@ If nil, none is specified."
:type '(choice (const :tag "Unspecified" nil)
string))
;; At least in TeXLive 2009 ConTeXt does not support an omega option anymore.
-(make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine 'TeX-engine-alist)
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'ConTeXt-Omega-engine
+ 'TeX-engine-alist "before 11.86")
(defcustom TeX-queue-command "lpq -P%p"
"*Command used to show the status of a printer queue.
@@ -1286,8 +1291,9 @@ TYPE can be one of the following symbols:\n"
:group 'TeX-command
(TeX-engine-set (if TeX-Omega-mode 'omega 'default)))
(defalias 'tex-omega-mode 'TeX-Omega-mode)
-(make-obsolete 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine-set)
-(make-obsolete-variable 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine)
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete 'TeX-Omega-mode 'TeX-engine-set "before 11.86")
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete-variable 'TeX-Omega-mode
+ 'TeX-engine "before 11.86")
;;; Forward and inverse search
@@ -1435,7 +1441,8 @@ SyncTeX are recognized."
(when TeX-source-correlate-mode
'TeX-synctex-output-page))))
(defalias 'TeX-source-specials-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
-(make-obsolete 'TeX-source-specials-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
+(TeX--call-3/2 #'make-obsolete 'TeX-source-specials-mode
+ 'TeX-source-correlate-mode "before 11.86")
(defalias 'tex-source-correlate-mode 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)
(put 'TeX-source-correlate-mode 'safe-local-variable 'TeX-booleanp)
;; We do not want the custom variable to require tex.el. This is only
commit a3225a28b24f778ec4b99618929be9e3566c46f6
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Date: Fri Sep 13 14:07:51 2013 -0400
Move preview/* to ./ to match the ELPA layout
diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore
index 027e218..bf0384f 100644
--- a/.cvsignore
+++ b/.cvsignore
@@ -16,3 +16,8 @@ config.*
configure
tex-site.el
tex-site.el.out
+
+# From preview/.cvsignore
+auto
+auto.el
+preview-latex.el
diff --git a/preview/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog-preview
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/ChangeLog
rename to ChangeLog-preview
diff --git a/preview/ChangeLog.1 b/ChangeLog-preview.1
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/ChangeLog.1
rename to ChangeLog-preview.1
diff --git a/preview/Makefile.in b/Makefile-preview.in
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/Makefile.in
rename to Makefile-preview.in
diff --git a/preview/auto.el.in b/auto-preview.el.in
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/auto.el.in
rename to auto-preview.el.in
diff --git a/preview/circ.tex b/circ.tex
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/circ.tex
rename to circ.tex
diff --git a/preview/configure.ac b/configure-preview.ac
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/configure.ac
rename to configure-preview.ac
diff --git a/preview/images/prverr16.xpm b/images/prverr16.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prverr16.xpm
rename to images/prverr16.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prverr20.xpm b/images/prverr20.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prverr20.xpm
rename to images/prverr20.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prverr24.xbm b/images/prverr24.xbm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prverr24.xbm
rename to images/prverr24.xbm
diff --git a/preview/images/prverr24.xpm b/images/prverr24.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prverr24.xpm
rename to images/prverr24.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex-cap-up.xpm b/images/prvtex-cap-up.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex-cap-up.xpm
rename to images/prvtex-cap-up.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex12.xbm b/images/prvtex12.xbm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex12.xbm
rename to images/prvtex12.xbm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex12.xpm b/images/prvtex12.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex12.xpm
rename to images/prvtex12.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex16.xbm b/images/prvtex16.xbm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex16.xbm
rename to images/prvtex16.xbm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex16.xpm b/images/prvtex16.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex16.xpm
rename to images/prvtex16.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex20.xpm b/images/prvtex20.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex20.xpm
rename to images/prvtex20.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex24.xbm b/images/prvtex24.xbm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex24.xbm
rename to images/prvtex24.xbm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvtex24.xpm b/images/prvtex24.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvtex24.xpm
rename to images/prvtex24.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvwrk12.xpm b/images/prvwrk12.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvwrk12.xpm
rename to images/prvwrk12.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvwrk14.xpm b/images/prvwrk14.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvwrk14.xpm
rename to images/prvwrk14.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvwrk16.xpm b/images/prvwrk16.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvwrk16.xpm
rename to images/prvwrk16.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvwrk20.xpm b/images/prvwrk20.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvwrk20.xpm
rename to images/prvwrk20.xpm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvwrk24.xbm b/images/prvwrk24.xbm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvwrk24.xbm
rename to images/prvwrk24.xbm
diff --git a/preview/images/prvwrk24.xpm b/images/prvwrk24.xpm
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/images/prvwrk24.xpm
rename to images/prvwrk24.xpm
diff --git a/preview/latex/.cvsignore b/latex/.cvsignore
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/latex/.cvsignore
rename to latex/.cvsignore
diff --git a/preview/latex/Makefile.in b/latex/Makefile.in
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/latex/Makefile.in
rename to latex/Makefile.in
diff --git a/preview/latex/README b/latex/README
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/latex/README
rename to latex/README
diff --git a/preview/latex/bootstrap.ins b/latex/bootstrap.ins
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/latex/bootstrap.ins
rename to latex/bootstrap.ins
diff --git a/preview/latex/preview.dtx b/latex/preview.dtx
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/latex/preview.dtx
rename to latex/preview.dtx
diff --git a/preview/preview-latex.spec b/preview-latex.spec
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/preview-latex.spec
rename to preview-latex.spec
diff --git a/preview/preview.el b/preview.el
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/preview.el
rename to preview.el
diff --git a/preview/.cvsignore b/preview/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cc263e..0000000
--- a/preview/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-*.log
-Makefile
-auto
-auto.el
-autom4te.cache
-config.cache
-config.status
-configure
-preview-latex.el
diff --git a/preview/COPYING b/preview/COPYING
deleted file mode 100644
index 94a9ed0..0000000
--- a/preview/COPYING
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
- The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
- Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
- For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
- Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
- Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- 0. Definitions.
-
- "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
- "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
- "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
- To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
- A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
- To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
- To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
- An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
- 1. Source Code.
-
- The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
- A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
- The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
- The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
- The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
- The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
- 2. Basic Permissions.
-
- All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
- You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
- Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
- 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
- No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
- When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
- 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
- You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
- You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
- 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
- You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
- it, and giving a relevant date.
-
- b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
- released under this License and any conditions added under section
- 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
- "keep intact all notices".
-
- c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
- License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
- License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
- additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
- regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
- permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
- invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
- d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
- Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
- interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
- work need not make them do so.
-
- A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
- 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
- You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
- a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
- Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
- customarily used for software interchange.
-
- b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
- written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
- long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
- model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
- copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
- product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
- medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
- more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
- conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
- Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
- c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
- written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
- alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
- only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
- with subsection 6b.
-
- d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
- place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
- Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
- further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
- Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
- copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
- may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
- that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
- clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
- Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
- Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
- available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
- e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
- you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
- Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
- charge under subsection 6d.
-
- A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
- A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
- "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
- If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
- The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
- Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
- 7. Additional Terms.
-
- "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
- When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
- a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
- terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
- b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
- author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
- Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
- c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
- requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
- reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
- d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
- authors of the material; or
-
- e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
- trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
- f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
- material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
- it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
- any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
- those licensors and authors.
-
- All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
- If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
- Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
- 8. Termination.
-
- You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
- However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
- Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
- Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
- 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
- You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
- 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
- Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
- An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
- You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
- 11. Patents.
-
- A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
- A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
- Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
- In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
- If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
- If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
- A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
- Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
- 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
- If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
- 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
- 14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
- Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
- 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
- THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. Limitation of Liability.
-
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
- If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
- If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
- This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
- You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
- The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/preview/prv-emacs.el b/prv-emacs.el
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/prv-emacs.el
rename to prv-emacs.el
diff --git a/preview/prv-install.el b/prv-install.el
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/prv-install.el
rename to prv-install.el
diff --git a/preview/prv-xemacs.el b/prv-xemacs.el
similarity index 100%
rename from preview/prv-xemacs.el
rename to prv-xemacs.el
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
hooks/post-receive
--
GNU AUCTeX
| [Prev in Thread] |
Current Thread |
[Next in Thread] |
- [AUCTeX-diffs] GNU AUCTeX branch, elpa, created. d9126babe3c9b9f278a1628e8722d0d2dfc71ff5,
Tassilo Horn <=